THE

PEOOEEDINGS

OF THE

LINNEAN SOCIETY

OF

N EW SOUTH WALES.

VOL. IX.

WITH SEVEN"TY-01TE PLATES-

FOR THE YEAR 1884.

SYDNEY:

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY

BY

F. CUNNINGHAME & CO., UG PITT STREET,

AND

SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.

1885.

CONTENTS OF VOL. IX.

PART I.

PAGE

Supplement to the Descriptive Catalogue of the Fishes of Australia.

By William Macleay, F.L.S., &c 2

On some Batrachians from Queensland. By Charles W. De Vis, M.A. 65

Occasional Notes on Plants Indigenous in the immediate neighbour-
hood of Sydney. No. 6. By E. Haviland 67

Studies of the Elasmobranch Skeleton (Plates 1 and 2). By. William

A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc 71

A Monograph of the Australian Sponges. By B. von Lendenfeld,

Ph.D. Parti 121

The Scyphomedus<e of the Southern Hemisphere. Part I. By R.

von Lendenfeld, Ph.D. ... 155

Notices of new Fishes. By William Macleay, F.L.S., &c. ... 170

On the Improvements effected by the Australian Climate, Soil, and

Culture on the Merino Sheep. By P. N. Trebeck, Esq. ... 173

Notes and Exhibits ... ... 119, ITS

IV. CONTENTS.

PART II.

PAGE

Plants which have become Naturalized in New South Wales. By

W. Woolls, Ph.D., F.L.S 185

The Australian Hydromedusre. By R. vox Lendenfeld, Ph.D. ... 206

The Scyphomedusse of the Southern Hemisphere. Part II. By R.

von Lendenfeld, Ph.D 242

On some Fossil Plants from Dubbo, N.S.W. Plate IX. By the Rev.

J. Milne Curran, F.G.S 250

On the Preservation of Tender Marine Animals. By R. von Lenden-
feld, Ph.D 256

On the Scyphomedusa? of the Southern Hemisphere. Part III., Plates

III. and IV. By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D „ 259

Note on the Developement of the Versuridcu. Plate V. By R. von

Lendenfeld, Ph.D 307

Monograph of the Australian Sponges. Part II. By R. vox Lenden-
feld, Ph.D 310

The Australian Hydromedusre, Part II., Plate VI. By R. von

Lendenfeld, Ph.D 345

Revision of the Recent Rhipidoglossate and Docoglossate Mollusca of

New Zealand. By Professor F. W. Hutton, F.G.S 354

Notes on Hybridism in the Genus Brachychiton. By Baron F. von

Mueller, K.C.M.G., F.R.S., &c 379

Notes on the Claspers of Heptanchus. Plate X. By W. A. Haswell,

M.A., B.Sc 381

New Australian Fishes in the Queensland Museum. By Charles W.

DeVls, M.A 389

The Australian Hydromedusic. Part III., Plates VII. and VIII. By

R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D 401

The Geographical Distribution of the Australian Scyphomedusas. By

R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D 421

The Digestion of Sponges Ectoderm or Entoderm ? By R. von

Lendenfeld, Ph.D 434

The Eruption in the Straits Settlements and the' Evening Glow. By

R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D 439

Notes and Exhibits 254, 382, 442

CONTENTS. v.

PART III.

PAGB

Occasional Notes on Plants indigenous in the immediate neighbour-
hood of Sydney. No. 7. By E. Hayilaxd 449

New Australian Fishes in the Queensland Museum. No. 2. By

Chas. W. De Vis, "M.A. 453

On a Marine Species of Philowjria. Plate XI. By Charles

Chiltox, MA 463

The Australian Hydromedusre. Part IV , Plates XII. to XVII. By

R. vox Lexdexfeld, Ph D 467

On the occurrence of Flesh-spicules in Sponges. By R. vox Lexdex-

feld, Ph.D 493

Note on the Slimy Coatings of certain Boltenias in Port Jackson. By

R. vox Lexdexfeld, Ph.D 493

Report on a collection of Echinodermata, from Australia. By F.

Jeffrey Bell, M.A., &c 496

Revision of the recent Lamellibranchiata of New Zealand. By

Captain F. VV. Huttox, F.G.S., &c. 512

A Record of Localities of some New South Wales Zoophytes. By

Baron Sir F. vox Mcller, M D., F.R.S., &c 534

New Fishes in the Queensland Museum. No. 3. By Charles W.

DeVis, M.A 537

Census of Australian Snakes, with description of two New Species.

By William Macleay, F.L.S. 54S

On a New Species of Kangaroo from New Guinea. By N. de

Miklouho-Maclay. Plate XIX 569

On some peculiarities in the Brain of the Australian Aboriginal.

Plate XVIII. By N. de Miklouho-Maplay 57S

The Australian Hydromedusaj. Part V., Plates XX. to XXIX. By

R. vox Lexdexfeld, Ph.D 5S1

Muscular Tissues in Hydroid Polyps. Plate XXX. By R. von

Lendexfeld, Ph.D 635

VI. CONTENTS.

PART III.— continued.

PACE

Notes on the Fibres of certain Australian Hircinidas. By R. von

Lendexfeld, Ph.D 641

On the Myrtacere of Australia. By the Rev. W. Woolls. Ph.D.,

F.L.S., &c 643

The Marine Annelides of the order Serpuiea. Some observations on
their Anatomy, with the characteristics of the Australian Species.
Plates XXXI. to XXXV. By William A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc. 649

On a new Crustacean found inhabiting the tubes of Vermilia. Plates

XXXVI. and XXXVII. By William A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc. 676

Note on the Young of Pristiophorus cirratus. By William A.

Haswell. M.A., B.Sc. 680

New Fishes in the Queensland Museum. No. 4. By Charles W.

De Vis, M.A 6S5

Note on the Eyes of Deep Sea Fishes. By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D. 699

TOO

The Insects of the Maclay-Coast, New Guinea. By William
Macleay, FL.S., &c

On a Subgenus of Paramelidae (Brachymelis), from New Guinea
Plate XXXVIII. By N. de Miklouho-Maclay

Descriptions of Australian Microlepidoptera. Part XI. By E
Meyrick, B.A

713
721

Critical list of Mollusca from the North-west coast of Australia. By

John Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c. 793

Synonymy of some Land Shells from New Guinea. By John

Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c 804

The time of the Glacial Period in New Zealand. By R. von Len-
denfeld, Ph.D. ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... S06

Catalogue of Papers and Works relating to the Orders Marsupialia

and Monotremata. By J. J. Fletcher, M.A. , B.Sc S09

On two new Birds from the Austro-Malayan Region. By E. P.

Ramsay, F.R.S.E., F.L.S., &c 863

Notes and Exhibits 507,681, 864

CONTENTS. vil.

PART IV.

PAGE

New Fishes in Queensland Museum, No. 5. By Charles W. De

Vis, M.A. 869

Notes on the Temperature of the Sea on the East Coast of Australia.

By N. de Miklouho-Maclay ... 887

On two new species of Macropus, from New Guinea (with Plate).

By N. de Miklouho-Maclay 890

The Homoccela of Australia and the new family Homodermidce. By

R. vox Lendenfeld, Ph.D. 896

.Addenda to the Australian Hydromedusce (with Plates). By R. von

Lendenfeld, Ph.D 908

Local colour-varieties of Scyphomedusce. By R. von Lendenfeld,

Ph.D 925

The Metamorphosis of Bolina Chuni (with I Plate). By R. von

Lendenfeld, Ph.D 929

Revision of the Marine Taenioglossate and Ptenoglossate Mollusca of

New Zealand. By Captain Hutton, F.G.S., &c. 932

Suggestions as to the formation of Barrier Reefs in the Solomon

Islands. By H. B. Guppy, Surgeon, R.N., with Plate 949

Record of an undescribed Correct of New South Wales. By Baron

Sir Ferd. von Mueller, K.C.M.G., F.R.S., &c. 960

On traces of Volcanic Action on the north-east of New Guinea. By

N. de Miklodho-Maclay 963

Notes on a Beroid of Port Jackson. By R. von Lendenfeld. Ph.D. 968

The Histology and Nervous System of Calcareous Sponges. By R.

von Lendenfeld, Ph. D 977

Addenda to the Australian Hydromedusce, No. 2. By R. von

Lendenfeld, Ph.D 9S4

Note on the Flight of Insects. By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D. ... 9S6

List of recent Shells found in clay on the Maclay Coast, New

Guinea. By John Brazier, CM. Z.S., &c 9S8

Revision of the Australian Lajmodipoda (with 2 Plates). By

William A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc 993

Revision of the Australian Isopoda (with 4 Plates). By William A.

Haswell, M. A., B.Sc 1001

Vlll. CONTENTS.

PART IV .—continued.

PAGE

On a New Instance of Symbiosis. By William A. Haswell, M.A.,

B.Sc 1019

On the Pycnogonida of the Australian Coast (with 4 Plates). By

William A. Haswell, M. A., B.Sc. 1021

Notes on Australian Edriophthalmata (with 2 Plates). By Charles

Chilton, M.A 1035

Descriptions of Australian Micro-Lepidoptera, No. XII. By E.

Meyrick, B.A 1045

A Monograph of the Australian Sponges, Part 3 (with 9 Plates.) By

R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D 10S3

Notes on the Direction of the Hair in some Kangaroos (with 1 Plate.)

By N. de Miklouho-Maclay 1151

On Tribrachyocrinus corrugatus from the Sandstone of New South

Wales (with 1 Plate.) By F. Ratte, Eng. Arts and Manuf. ... 115S

On the Larvte and Larva Cases of some Australian Aphrophoridre

(with 2 Plates.) By F. Ratte, Eng. Arts and Manuf 1164

Occasional Notes on Plants indigenous in the Immediate Neighbour-
hood of Sydney. By E. Hayiland 1171

The Geology and Physical Geography of the State of Perak. By the

Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.G.S., F.L.S 1175

On the Temperature of the Body of Ornithorhynchus paradoxus. By

N. de Miklouho-Maclay 1204

Notes and Exhibits 944,1015,1169,1205

Presidents Address ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1207

Office-Bearers and Council for 1S85 1241

Title page, Contents, and Index for Vol. IX.

ERRATUM.

Page 252, line 34— instead of "reason for this, for it appears," read
reason for what appears."

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

LINNE-AN SOCIETY

OF NEW SOUTH WALES.

WEDNESDAY, 30th JANUARY, 1884.

The President, C. S. Wilkinson, F.L.S., F.G.S., etc., in the Chair.

Dr. von Lendenfelcl and Mr. Joseph E. Came, of the Mines
Department, were introduced as visitors.

MEMBER ELECTED.

Capt. George Richard Stevens, F.R.G.S., F.R.AS., Culver,

Little Hartley.

DONATIONS.

"Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes." No. 158, December, 1883.
From the editor.

Two pamphlets, " Humanism and Realism in their Relations to
Higher Education," and " The Progress of Geology, 1883." By
Prof. Julius von Haast, F.R.S., &c. From the author.

" Prodromus systematis Mammalium et Avium." Caroli Uligeri,
181 1 . " Researches on the Southern Gold-fields of N.S. W." By
the Rev. W. B. Clarke, M.A., 1860. "Manual of the Natural
History, Geology and Physics of Greenland," 1875. Balfour's
" Comparative Embryology," vol. ii. " South Australia and its
Mines." By Francis Dutton, 1846. " Explorations in Australia.''
By John Forrest, F.R.G.S., 1875. From J. J. Fletcher, Esq.,
M.A., B.Sc.

2 SUPPLEMENT TO CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF AUSTRALIA,

" British Museum Catalogue of Birds," volumes vn. and VIII.
From the Trustees.

" Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard
College, Cambridge, Mass.," Vol. XI., Nos. 3 and 4. " Annual
Report of the Curator for 1882-83." From the Curator.

" Science," Yol. II., Nos. 41, 43 and 44 ; Nov. 10th to Dec. 7th.
From the Editor.

"Say's Conchology," edited by W. G. Binney, 8vo, 1858.
" Official Catalogue of the Melbourne International Exhibition of
1881," Vols. I. and II. From J. F. Bailey, Esq.

" Bibliotheca Historico-Naturalis et Mathematica." Lager-
Catalog, 1883. From Messrs. R. Friedlander and Son, Berlin.

Two pamphlets, " Botany of Kangaroo Island," and " Lists of
Plants from South Australia." By Prof. R. Tate, F.L.S. From
the author

"Monatliche Mittheilungen des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereins
des Regierungsbezirkes Frankfurt." No. 2, November, 1883.
From the Society.

papers read.

Supplement to the Descriptive Catalogue of the Fishes
of Australia.

By William Macleay, F.L.S., &c.

It is now nearly three years since I completed the " Descriptive
Catalogue of the Fishes of Australia," and, as I thought probable
at the time, it has become very necessary already to publish a
Supplement, so many have been the additions made since that date
to the Fish Fauna of the Australian waters both salt and fresh.

But in addition to the fishes described since the date of the
Catalogue I am enabled by the kindness of Dr. Klunzinger to
include now some fishes desci'ibed by him some years ago in the
publications of German Societies, but not seen by me.

Dr. Klunzinger's first publication on Australian Fishes appeared
in the "Archiv. fur naturg. XXXVIII., 1872," and consisted of a

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., ckc. 3

list of fishes, some described as new, sent to him by Baron Sir F.
von Mueller, and collected in South Australia. Dr. Klunzinger's
next publication was of a much more important character. It was
a list, with comments and descriptions, of all the Australian Fishes
contained in the Mueller Collection in the Museum of Stuttgart,
published in the "Sitzb. der K. Akad.Wissensch, 1879." It contains
a carefully compiled list of the literature of New Holland Fishes
from the earliest period known to the date of the publication, and
in addition to the previous list of South Australian Fishes, the
author gives notes and descriptions of a large number of fishes
from Port Darwin and many parts of Northern Queensland. Dr.
Klunzinger's first publication in 1872 clashes somewhat with
Count Castelnau's published in the same yeai-, in the first Vol. of
the Proceedings of the Zool. and Acclim. Soc. of Victoria. I am
not sure which has the priority, but I see that Dr. Klunzinger
claims it. Dr. Klunzinger's second publication was read in 1879,
and published sometime in 1880, it has therefore priority as
regards my Catalogue.

Dr. Gunther's report on the shore fishes collected during the
Challenger Expedition, " Zool. Part VI.," also published in 1880,
adds a few to the list of Australian Fishes ; some of them
trawled off Twofold Bay and the rest collected by Sir Wyville
Thomson, at the Mary River, Queensland. The greater number
however, of the new species here recorded, have been already
published in the Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South
Wales, by Mr. De Vis, M.A., Queensland, E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S.,
Sydney, and myself. I have also been able to add some species
from a most excellent paper or rather a series of papers read by
Mr. Robert M. Johnston, F.L.S., before the Royal Society of
Tasmania in August 1882, on "The Fishes of Tasmania with a
classified Catalogue of the known species." It would be well for
the Australian Student of Natural History, if Mr. Johnston's
example were followed in all branches of Zoology and Botany, in all
our Australian colonies. Without questioning the superiority in
Biological Science of the Germans, it still seems unnecessary, as it
is degrading, for the simple purpose of the identification of species

4 SUPPLEMENT TO CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF AUSTRALIA,

and the compilation of a classified Catalogue of the animal life of
the country to send, as South Australia has done, all her
collections to Vienna, to be recorded in a foreign tongue and in
foreign publications.

I have adopted in this Supplement the same system as in the
Catalogue. I number the species consecutively from the last in
the Catalogue, and when referring to any pi'eviously noticed, I
do so by the number given to it in the Catalogue. I give a
description of every genus and species whether new or not, which
has not been previously described in the Catalogue, or in the
publications of this Society, and I take these descriptions either
from Dr. Gunther's Catalogue or from the author direct.

Family. PEPCIDS.
Species 7. Lates Darwiniensis, Macleay.
Found by Mr. Morton in Lillesmere Lagoon, Burdekin River.
Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, Vol. VII., p. 200.

Species 9. Pseudolates cavifrons, All. and Macleay.
Also found in Lillesmere Lagoon, (loc. cit.)

Species 16. Anthias rasor, Richards.
I have lately seen a specimen of this Fish from South Australia,
Dr. Klunzinger described it in 1872, as A. rasor var. extensus, from
South Australia, and subsequently in 1879, made it a new species.
I feel confident, however, that the species is not a good one ; the
absence of the lateral spot is, I believe, of not unfrequent
occurrence.

1134. Serranus polypodophilus. Bleek.

Atl. Ichth. Perc. p. 59, tab. 5, fig 1. Klunz. Sitzb. der K.
Akad, der Wissensch, 1879.

D. 11/15-17. P. 2/16-17. A. 3/8-9. L. lat. 110. L. tr. 60/65.

Body oblong, compressed ; the height 3 to 3^ times in the
length without, and 4 to 4^ times in the length, with the caudal
fin ; the width of the body is from 1J to 2 times in the height,
and the length of the head is from 2§ to 3 times in the length of

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 5

the body without, and 3^- to 3 J times, with the caudal fin ; the
height of the head is 1| to 1£ times, and its width 1;} to 2 times
in its length ; the line of the forehead is straight or slightly-
convex ; the snout and suborbital bone scaly ; the maxillary
reaches beyond the postei'ior margin of the orbit ; canine teeth in
both jaws, rather small-; jaws about equal in length ; praeoper-
culum angled, the posterior margin with numerous conspicuous
teeth, sometimes becoming spiniform at the angle; the sub and
interoperculum without conspicuous teeth ; operculum with three
spines, the middle one conspicuously the longest, and the upper
the shortest ; the lateral line slightly curved, the apex of the
curvature opposite the 5th or 6th dorsal spine. The tail is about
as high as it is long ; the spines of the dorsal fin are of moderate
strength, the first two shorter, the others about 2 or 2J times in
the height of the body, the membrane between the spines deeply
incised not lobate ; the soft dorsal is a little higher than the
spinous, the longest rays being from 2 to 2\ times in the height
of the body ; the pectoral fins are longer than the postocular part
of the head ; ventral fins rather rounded ; the 2nd and 3rd anal
spines nearly equal and neai'ly the length of two diameters of the
eye, the rays resembling the soft dorsal in height ; caudal fin
rounded. Colour of the body of a brownish or greenish shade,
the fins of a golden hue, eyes with the iris yellow or red with a
golden margin to the pupil. In young specimens there are
generally six broad transverse oblique brown fascife, broader than
the intermediate spaces on the body, and at all ages there are
dispersed over the body numerous blackish and yellowish spots,
becoming smaller and more closely distributed with age.

Hab. Cleveland Bay.

I give this habitat on the authority of Dr. Klunzinger. The
description is taken from Bleeker. Dr, Gunther, in his Catalogue,
(Vol. I., p. 128), suggests the identity of this species with S.
sahnonoides. I have seen many specimens of S. salmonoides from
New Guinea, all of very much more elongate form than one
would infer from the above description the present Fish must be.

Ilu LI BR ' * Y J I

D SUPPLEMENT TO CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF AUSTRALIA,

1135. Serranus estuarius. Macl.
Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, Vol. VIII., p. 200.
Hab. Burdekin River.

Species 38. Serranus armatus. Casteln.
Dr. Klunzinger finds this to be a Plectropoma. Its name,
therefore, should be P. armatum.
Hab. King George's Sound.

Species 45. Plectropoma dentex. Cuv. and Val.

Dr. Klunzinger gives a detailed description and a figure of

this species. (Sitzb. der K. Akad der Wissensch, 1879, tab. 1,

fig 1.)

1136. Genyoroge Macleayana. Rams.

Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, Vol. VIII. , p. 178.

Port Jackson.

1137. Mesoprion argentimaculatus. Forsk.

Gunth. Cat. 1, p. 192. Bleek Atl. Ichth. Pare. p. 74, tab. 46,
fig 3. Klunz. Sitzb. der K. Akad. der Wissensch, 1879, p. 341.

D. 10/13. A. 3/8. L. lat. 46. Ccec. pylor. 4.

The height of the body is 3f in the total length, and equal to
the length of the head. The upper maxillary bone reaching to
the level of the posterior margin of the eye ; a slight notch of
the prseoperculum always conspicuous ; knob of the interoper-
culum sometimes wanting : fine denticulations above the notch,
coarser ones beneath. Caudal fin truncated, pectorals not fully
reaching to the anal. Greenish, each scale lighter at the edge,
sometimes white.

Port Darwin and Cleveland Bay.

I have never seen this species. The description is taken from
Gunther's catalogue, and the localities are given on the authority
of Dr. Klunzinger (loc. cit. ) Dr. Bieeker gives quite 20
synonyms of this fish in the " Atlas," p. 74.

1138. Mesoprion fulviflamma. Forsk.
Gunth. Cat, 1, p. 201. Bleek. Atl. Ichth. Perc. 2, p. 66, tab.
66, fig. 3.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 7

D. 10/13. A. 3/8. L. lat. 50.. Coec. pylor 5.

The height of the body is 3 J in the total length, and the length
of the head 3^ ; the diameter of the eye one fourth of the length
of the head. Jaws equal, the upper maxillary bone reaching
nearly to below the middle of the eye. Prseoperculum indistinctly
notched, the denticulations becoming gradually stronger at the
angle ; no knob on the interoperculum. Caudal fin truncated,
pectorals not reaching to the anal ; the third, fourth, and fifth
dorsal spines, and the second and third anal spines, nearly ecptal
in length and strength.

Yellowish olive, with oblicpie streaks above the lateral line, and
with longitudinal ones beneath ; a black lateral blotch on scales of
the 22nd to 30th transvere lines.

Port Denison. (Klunzinger.)

Species 68. Glaucosoma scapular e. Macleay.

Several fine specimens of this Fish have been captured during
the last few months. It is known to some of the fishermen as the
" Pearl Perch," and is said to be a most excellent food fish.

1139. Ambassis Mulleri. Klunz.
Sitzb. der K. Akad. der Wissensch, 1879, p. 346, tab. 1, fig. 3.
A. urotcenia Klunz. Fishes S. Aust., p. 19 (nee Bleeker.)
This species differs from A. urotcenia of Bleeker in the lower
and weaker second dorsal spine, in the number of dorsal and anal
rays, in the development of the lateral line and in the colour.
The height of the body is 3 J, and length of head 3 J in the total
length as in A. urotcemia. From A. agassizi Gunth. this species
is distinguished by its lower 2nd dorsal spine, which however is
higher than the 3rd anal spine, and by the armature of the
prfeorbital which is less distinctly toothed on the margin. There
is no trace of a spine above the orbital ; the ventral fin does not
nearly reach to the anal ; the fins are hyaline, slightly spotted with
black ; the silvery longitudinal band is not very distinct, and there
seems to be another above it on the 3rd row of scales. Lateral
line ill defined or none.

8 SUPPLEMENT TO CATALOGUE OP THE FISHES OF AUSTRALIA,

D. 7/£. A. 378. L. lat. 25-26. L. tr. 13-14.
Port Darwin (Klunzinger.)

Dr. Klunzinger thinks this species resembles A. agrammus
Gunth. It is very probably the same.

1140. Ambassis marianus. Gunth.

Zool. Voy. H.M.S. Challenger. Part VI., Shore Fishes.

D. 7 1/10-11. A. 3/11. L. lat. 28.

The height of the body is two-fifths, or in young specimens less
than two-fifths of the total length (without caudal), the length of
the head one-third. The diameter of the eye is two-sevenths of
the length of the head, and two-thirds of that of the postorbital
portion. Pra3orbital strongly serrated. Scales on the middle of
the trunk much larger, and those on the nape much smaller than
the remainder. Lateral line interrupted below the end of the
spinous dorsal, the pores of the posterior portion being x'ather
indistinct. The second dorsal spine is as long as and sometimes a
little longer than the third, and one-fourth of the total length
(without caudal.) The third anal spine is longer than the second
but considerably shorter than the second of the dorsal. A narrow
silvery longitudinal streak along the middle of the tail ; the
membrane between the second and third dorsal spine blackish.
Caudal fin not coloured. Queensland.

Length of specimens 1J to 3^ inches. River Mary, near the
Village of Tiaro.

Species 100. Apogonichthys polystigma.
Dr. Klunzinger regards this species as identical with Apogon
auritus C. & V., which it may be, and also as identical with
Apogoniclithys marmoratus All. and Macleay, which it certainly
is not.

1141. Apogon conspersus. Klunz.

Archiv. fur Naturg. XXXVIIL, 1872. Sitzb. der K. Akad. der
Wissensch., 1879,

D. 7. 1/9. A. 3/9. L. lat. 27. L. tr. 3£/7.

Body oval, rather high, chin not or scai-cely prominent, Teeth
in moderately broad bands in both jaws, short and conical. Eyes

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 9

of moderate size ; the maxillary reaches to the vertical from the
hindmargin of the orbit ; the under mai'gin of the prse and
suborbital bones not toothed. The rounded angle of the preeoper-
culum is toothed, the anterior edge not. No teeth on the
suprascapula. The scales of the lateral line are marked with
simple fiat triangular figures longer than high. The dorsal spine
is strong, particularly the third and fourth ; the second dorsal fin
is higher than the first and like the anal, both are rather rounded
at the extremity. The ventrals reach to the anal rays ; the
pectorals are a little shorter. Tail slightly rounded. Colour (in
spirits) brownish with black dots on the anterior part of the body,
as well as on the pectoral fins and head. Fins colourless or with
indistinct blackish specks, the ventrals blackish on the hinder half.

Sab. Port Phillip. Length, 11 ctm.

This description is translated from the German of Dr. Klunzinger.
I have never seen the species, which seems to be very different
from anything hitherto described.

Species 91. Apogon Guntheri. Casteln.

Redescribed by Mr. Ramsay, " Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales.
Vol. VII., p. 110."

1142. Apogon punctatus. Klunz.

" Sitzb. der K. Akad. der. Wissensch, 1S79, tab. 3, fig. 3."

D. 8/10. A. 2/10. L. lat. 25. L. tr. 11/7.

Height of body and length of head ?>h in the total length. 3rd
and 4th dorsal spines l£ in the height of the body. Like A.
coaspersus, but distinguished by the remarkable length of the
caudal peduncle which is only a little shorter than the head. The
number of rays also in the transverse line is smaller, and the 8th
dorsal spine is sometime absent ; the suprascapula is toothed, the
anal fin has ten rays at least, that of A. conspersus only 9.

Colour , on the trunk numerous black spots or specks arranged
longitudinally along nearly the whole length of the side ; beneath
this line each scale has a black spot, but not arranged in lines : the
first dorsal has the membrane dark, especially towards the summit
Ventral fins the same ; the other fins light. Caudal slightly
rounded. 13 ctm.

10 SUPPLEMENT TO CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF AUSTRALIA,

King George's Sound. (Klunzinger.)

1143. Apogon Lemprieri. Johnston.
Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1882, p. 142.

" B. 7. D. 6. 1/10. A. 2/9. L. lat. 27. L. far. 3/10."

" The height of the body is equal to the length of the head, and
is contained nearly three times in the total length. Snout short ;
length about half the diameter of the eye, which latter is fully
one-third of the length of the head. The maxillary scarcely
reaches the vertical from the posterior margin of the eye. Lower
jaws prominent. Two minute cavities on upper part of snout.
Hinder margin of prseoperculum minutely dentate, anterior
ridge simple. Spine of operculum reduced to a soft pointed
membrane. No dark spots on root of caudal. Uniformly
brownish, with iridescent shades of purple, gold, and light blue ;
lighter towards belly. Tips of ventral and dorsal fins blackish.
Other fins light reddish."

Hah. Dunkley's Point, Sandy Bay, Tasmania. One specimen 4
inches long.

Species 86. Nannoperca Riverince. Macleay.

Klunzinger's Paradules foetus seems to be this species. His
genus Paradules must go, as Gunther's genus Nannoperca has
priority by more than 10 years.

1144. Nannoperca obscura. Klunz.
Paradules obscurus Klunz. Archiv. f. Naturg., 1872.
Sitzb. der K. Akad. der Wissensch., 1879, tab. 1, fig 2.

D. 9/10. A. 3/6. P. 9-10. C. 17. L. lat. 28-30. L. tr.
21/10.

Height 3| and head 3g in the length. Body elongate, elliptic ;
profile of head slightly parabolic, nearly straight. Head, snout,
forehead and prseorbital naked ; mouth small, the maxillary
reaching only to below the front margin of the eye. Praeorbital
nearly scpiare, dentate on the posterior mai'gin and angle.
Operculum with two spines. Lateral line not continuous,
following the line of the back. Dorsal fin deeply notched, the
first spine small, the last ray longest ; the fin commences before

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 11

the last third of the pectoral ; the third anal spine is higher than
the second, the soft dorsal and anal fins are alike , the ventrals
commence beneath the first quarter of the pectorals and extend to
the anus. Caudal slightly rounded. Colour in spirit dark brown,
fins grey.

Yarra Lagoon. (Klunzinger.)

1145. Microperca Tasmania. Johnston.

Proc. Hoy. Soc. Tasmania, 1882. p. 110.

D. 8/7V A. 3/8. L. lat. 28-30. L. tr. 12. P. 13.

" Body compressed. Length of head equal to depth of body at
shoulder, and contained in total length four times. Prceoperculum
not serrated. Scales relatively large, ctenoid. Eye large, nearly
as broad as length of snout ; the latter contained in head four
times; dorsal deeply cleft, the first spine slightly pointing
forward when erect ; situated immediately over the posterior
extremity of pectoral ; the second and third spines longest. Anal
commencing in a vertical line, scarcely in advance of the first
spinous ray of second dorsal. The second dorsal and the anal soft
rays gradually increase in width, the last two or three being of
equal length and nearly half the length of the body. Catidal
peduncle somewhat elongate. Caudal truncate. Colour dark
olive with a pinkish streak along the sides from shoulder to tail.
Base of dorsal, anal and caudal tins pinkish, with blackish margins.
Belly silvery tinged with gold. Eye dark blue, with golden
streak around eye ball."

Abundant in Rivers North and South Esk. (Johnston.)

Length, 3 to 5 \ inches.

1146. Gulliveria Ramsayi. N. sp.

B. 5. D. 6/£. A. 2/9. L. lat. 44. L. tr. 4/12.

Body compressed and moderately elevated ; the height being
twice and two-thirds in the length, exclusive of the caudal fin ;
the length of the head is about the same ; the diameter of the eye
is rather more than the width of the interorbital space, which
is flat, naked, much channelled, and about equal to the length of
the snout measured to the extremity of the lower jaw. The

12 SUPPLEMENT TO CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF AUSTRALIA,

profile of the head is slighlv concave, but swells out towards the
snout into a rather prominent convexity truncate in front. The
cleft of the mouth is slightly oblique, the lower jaw distinctly
longer than the upper, the maxillary large, triangular, naked and
extending to, or very nearly to, the vertical from the posterior
margin of the eye. The teeth in the jaws are numerous in broad
viliform bands, those on the vomer are situated on a very
prominent horse-shoe shaped bony protuberance. The prseoper-
culum has a double ridge, both quite smooth ; the operculum has
one membranous point. The dorsal spines are very strong, the
first very short, the last less than half the length of the second ;
the first anal spine is very short : the caudal fin is rounded. The
lateral line follows the curve of the back. Colour (in spirits) pale
brown, the membranes connecting the spines of the first dorsal
fin, and the rays of the pectorals, black. Length 5 inches.
From fresh water inland from Port Darwin.

Species 114. Oligorus Macquariensis.
This fish is found in the Mary River, Queensland.

1147. Oligorus Coliath. De Yis.
Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, Vol. VII., p. 318.
Moreton Bay.

1148. HOMALOGRYSTES LUCTUOSUS. De Vis.

Pro. Linn. Soc, K S. Wales, Vol. VII., p. 369.
Brisbane.

1149. Therapon Mac leay anus. Ramsay.

Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, Vol. VI., p. S31.
Macquarie River.

Species 139. Therapon niger. Casteln.

Klunzinger thinks this fish is identical with Therapon ellipticus
of Richardson. It should be noted, however, that their respective
habitats are far removed from one another; the one inhabiting
the rivers of the Murray system, the other those of Western
Australia.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 13

1150. Therapox fuliginosus. Macleay.

Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales. Vol. VIII., p. 201.

Burdekin River.

1151. Therapon parviceps. Macleay.

Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales. Vol. VIII., p. 201.

Burdekin River.

1152. Diagramma punctatum. Cuv. and Val.

Gunth. Cat. 1 p. 323. Quoy and Gaim. Voy. Astrol., p. G99.,
PI. 12, fig. 2. Plectorhynchus pictus. Bleek. Alt. Ichth. Perc.
11, p. 24, tab. 51, fig. 4. Syn. Diagramma ocellatum, cinerascens,
centtcrio, pcecilopterum, and balteatum. Cuv. and Val.

B. 7. D. 10/22-23. A. 3/7. L. lat. 85. Vert. 12/15.

" The height of the body is 3£ in the total length, the length of
the head 4*. The width of the eye is scarcely longer than the
extent of the snout, and 3 J in the length of the head. The upper
maxillary extends to the vertical from the front margin of the
orbit. Prseoperculum with the posterior limb vertical, and the
angle rounded, finely and equally serrated. The dorsal fin moves
in a high scaly sheath, and is even or slightly notched ; the spines
are moderate, the second and third the longest, half the length of
the head. Caudal truncated ; the second and third anal spines
equally strong, the latter rather longer. Body and vertical fins
with numerous brown spots, disappearing with age ; the dorsal and
anal fins with a black mai'gin. Sometimes light longitudinal
streaks at the side of the head."

Queensland. (Klunzinger.)

1153. Diagramma labiosum. Macleay.

Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales. Vol. VIIL, p. 202.

Wide Bay.

Species 157. Histiopterus labiosus.

Add Port Jackson to the other "habitats."

1154. Scolopsis affinis. Peter.
Monatsber. Berlin Akad., 1876, p. 832. Klunz. Sitzb. der K.
Akad. der Wissensch, 1879.

D. 10/9. A. 3/6-7. L. lat. 45. L. tr. 4J/12.

14 SUPPLEMENT TO CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF AUSTRALIA,

Height of body and length of head 4 times in the total length.
Body oblong ; the spine of the prfeorbital not very distinct, as in
S. inermis, Richards. Eye large. Colour dark, underneath the
dorsal fin a darker longitudinal band. A horizontal silvery stripe
on the prseorbital. 8 ctm.

Port Darwin. (Klunzinger.)

1155. Scolopsis specularis. De Vis.

Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales. Vol. VII., p. 369.

Queensland.

1156. Synagris upeneoides. Bleek.

Gunth. Cat. 1 p. 375. Dentex upeneoides. Bleek. Atl. Ichth.
Perc. 11, p. 92. tab. 49, fig. 2.

B. 6. D. 10/9. A. 3/7. L. lat. 50.

" The height of the body is 4| times in the total length, the
length of the head 4£ ; the diameter of the eye is one-third of
the latter and as long as the snout. The upper maxillary reaches
to the vertical from the anterior margin of the orbit ; the height
of the prseorbital is I5 in the diameter of the eye ; there are three
series of scales between the prceorbital and the margin of the
prgeoperculum. Six canine teeth in the upper jaw, none in the
lower. The spines of the fins slender, flexible ; the middle ones
of the dorsal longest, half the height of the body ; the soft portion
of the fin lower than the spinous. Caudal deeply forked. Rose-
coloured ; the soft dorsal with a yellow longitudinal band near the
upper margin." (Bleek.)

Queensland. (Klunzinger.,)

Family. SQUAMIPINNES.
1157. Chelmo Mulleri. Klunz.
Sitzb. der. K. Akad. der Wissensch., 1879, p. 361.
D. 9/29-30. A. 3/21. L. lat. 50. L. tr. 9/25 (in front 10/22.)
Height of body 2 and length of head ?>\ in the total length.
Snout very short, but narrow and tubular, it is 2£ in the
length of the head. The prseorbital and prseoperculum are toothed
on the posterior margin ; caudal truncate.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 15

The colour is the same as that of C. rostrahis, but the bands are
a little broader, and of an uniform brown colour without white
margin. The ventral fins are black. (Klunzinger.)

No habitat is given of this species by Dr. Klunzinger, but he
includes it among his Australian Fishes.

Family. SPARINE.

1158. GlRELLA CARBONARIA. De Vis.

Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales. Vol. 8, p. 283.
Moreton Bay. Black Bream of the Brisbane Market.

1159. GlRELLA MENTALIS. De Vis.

Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales. Yol. 8, p. 284.
Moreton Bay.

Genus Pemilepterus.

In both jaws a single anterior series of cutting teeth, implanted
by a horizontal posterior process, behind which is a band of
villiform teeth; fine teeth on the vomer, the palatine bones and
the tongue. The soft portions of the vertical fins thickly
enveloped by minute scales ; eleven doi'sal and three anal spines.
Prseoperculum generally denticulated. Scales of moderate size,
bony. Seven branchiostegals. Pyloric appendages sometimes in
small number, sometimes exceedingly numerous. Air bladder
notched posteriorly, and sometimes anteriorly.

Tropical seas.

1160. Pemilepterus indicus. Cuv. and Yal.

Klunz. Sitzb. der K. Akad. der Wissensch., 1879. Plate 7.

P. tahmel Klunz. Fisch. Both. Meer. 1, p. 795 (nee. Forsk.)

D. 11/11-12. A. 3/11. L. lat. G6. L. tr. 10-11/20-22.

This species differs from P. tahmel Forsk. in the 2nd dorsal,
being not nearly so high, and always lower than the middle
highest dorsal spines. It is also lower than the anterior highest
anal rays, which are not quite as high as the highest dorsal spines.
In these respects this species resembles P. Waigiensis and P.
lembus, but these again have always a greater number of dorsal

16 SUPPLEMENT TO CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF AUSTRALIA,

rays. The height of the body is 2f, the length of the head 5, in
the total length ; the fifth dorsal spine 3, the highest dorsal ray 4,
in the height of the body. The prseorbital is naked, in P.
Waigiensis it is scaled. 30 Ctm.
King George's Sound. (Klunzinger.)

Species 230. Pachymitopon squamosum. All. and Macleay.

Dr. Klunzinger suggests that this may be the Pemilepterus
tahtnel of Forsk.

1161. Haplodactylus jkeandratus. Sol.

Richards Trans. Zool. Soc. III., p. 83. Klunz. Archiv. fur
Naturg. XXXVIIL, 1872, p.

About 18 inches in length, of a brownish olive colour, with
anastomosed wavy lines, and small white spots, getting gradually
lighter towards, and quite white on the belly. Teeth, numerous
in the jaws, in many rows, lanceolate, compressed, rather obtuse,
flexile ; a few acute ones on the palate, none on the tongue.
Pectoral fins ovate, obtuse, short, not reaching to half the length
of the abdomen, unarmed, at the base externally rivulose, ashen
coloured, immaculate, with 14 rays, the inferior rays covered with
a thick skin. Anal fin broadly rivulose, acute, 7 rayed, the first
ray simple, the last bipartite. Caudal fin blackish-olive, clouded
with paler.

B. 6. D. 16/18. P. 14. A. 1/6. C. 17.

The above is a translation of Dr. Solander's description, who
took it at Cape Kidnapper, New Zealand. Sir John Richardson
adds, the head is scarcely gibbous over the orbit, the spinous dorsal
is higher than the jointed one, and the caudal is truncated with the
corners rounded. Re-described at great length by Dr. Klunzinger
(loc. cit.)

Hobson's Bay. (Klunzinger.)

1162. Lethrinus nebulosus. Forsk.
Gunth. Cat. 1, p. 460. Syn. L. esculentus. Cuv. and Val.
D. 10/9. A. 3/8. L. lat. 48. L. tr. 6/15.
The height of the body is 3| in the total length, the length of
the head four times. The snout is rather elongate and pointed.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAT, F.L.S., &C. 17

The length of the diameter of the eyes is rather more than the
width of the distance between them, and 1| in the length of the
snout ; the maxillary reaches to the vertical from the anterior
nostril. There is a slight protuberance before the upper anterior
angle of the orbit. Canine and molar teeth moderate. Dorsal
spines moderate ; the fourth rather shorter than the longest ra y,
and one-third of the length of the head ; caudal forked with
pointed lobes. Olive, bluish spots on the sides of the head.
(Gunther.)

Port Darwin. (Klunzinger.)

1163. Lethrinus reticl'latls. Cuv. and Val.

Gunth. Cat 1, page 457.

D. 10 9. A. 3/8. L. Lat. 43 (48 ?) L. tr. 5 17.

The height of the body is 4 in the total length, the length of the
head 3| ; the snoirt is pointed, scarcely longer than the diameter
of the eye, which is one-third of the length of the head, the
maxillary reaches nearly to the vertical from the anterior margin
of the eye. Canine teeth distinct and curved ■ lateral teeth
conical, the posterior ones obtuse. Caudal fin emarginate with
pointed lobes. Olive or rose coloured ; head and body with
violet specks, arranged in irregulai transverse bands ; generally
two violet streaks from the eye to the snout ; the spinous dorsal
marbled with violet ; ventral fins violet ; the rays of the vertical
fins with five cross streaks.

Endeavour River and Port Darwin (Klunzinger.)
Family. CIRRFHT1D.K.
Species 27*2. Chilodactylus spectabilis. Hutton.

Add to synonyms Chilodactylus asper Klunzinger.

Archiv. fur. Naturg. XXXVIII., 1872.

Mr. Ft, M. Johnston (Cat. Roy. Soc , Tasm., 1883) considers C.
Alport i. a distinct species. In my catalogue I followed Dr.
Gunther.

11G4. Chilodactylus xebulosus. Klunz.

Archiv. fur. Xaturg. XXXVIIL, 1872. Sitzb. der K. Akad. der
Wissensch., 1879, p. 364.

D. 16,24. A. 3/9. P. 8,6. L. lat. 55. L. tr. 5/12.

0

18 SUPPLEMENT TO CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF AUSTRALIA,

Height of body 3-| in the total length. Body elliptic ; profile
of head slightly parabolic ; a narrow band of small canine teeth in
both jaws ; the maxillary readier to below the anterior margin of
the eye. Scales of head small ; forehead without process ; scales
of body slightly rough ; lateral line nearly quite straight, its
figures form simple obliquely ascending stride. Dorsal spines
rather low, not higher than the rays ; those of the anal a little
higher than those of the dorsal ; the anal is rather obliquely
truncated. The second simple pectoral ray is the longest, but only
one- sixth longer than the longest compound one, and reaches to
the extremity of the ventrals, which commence under the middle
of the pectorals, and do not reach the anus. Caudal fin deeply
emarginate, the outer rays being half again as long as the middle
ones. Colour ; yellowish with dark nebulose transverse bands,
8-9 in number, which commence broad on the back and extend
obliquely forwards, the 3rd, 4th and 5th arch shaped or angular
forwards, forming each a longitudinal somewhat continuous stripe.
The uppermost runs close along the eye, the second over the
pectoral to the lower margin of the eye, the third rather indistinct
extends along the belly. The dorsal and caudal fins are nebulous
or spotted ; mai-gins of all the fins except the pectorals white ;
ventrals and anal dark. 16 Ctm,

Queenscliff. Port Phillip. (Klunzinger.)

11G5. Chilodactylus Mulhalli. Macleay.
Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales. Vol. VII., p. 366.

Port Jackson.

Genus Dactylophora. De Vis.

Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales. Vol. VIII., p. 284.

1166. Dactylophora semimaculata. De Vis.
Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales. Vol. VIII., p. 284.
South Australia.

Genus Psilocranium. Macleay.
Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales. Vol. VIII. , p. 439.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 19

1167. Psilocranium Coxn. Macleay.

Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales. Vol. VIII., p. 440. PI. XXII

Port Jackson.

Genus Mendosoma. Gay.

One dorsal fin deeply. notched with twenty-two (23) spines; the
anal fin of moderate length, the caudal forked ; the simple pectoral
rays feeble, not exceeding the margin of the fin. Small teeth in
the upper jaw only, none in the lower or on the palate. Scales of
moderate size ; cheeks scaly. Six branchiostegals.

1168. Mendosoma allporti. Johnston.

Proc. Roy. Soc, Tasm., 1880, p. 64.

B. 6. D. 23/1.. A 3/18 P 16 L lat 76# L tr 5//16>

"Body elliptical, compressed. Head small, pointed. Cheeks
scaly. Height of body is 3^ in the total length ; the length of the
head five times. Dorsal fin notched ; the sixth, seventh and eighth
spines are the longest, higher than the longest of the soft dorsal,
and about one-fourth the depth of the body. The first soft dorsal
is situated in a line vertically drawn through the anus ; the third
anal spine is longer than the thickish second, and about half the
length of the longest dorsal spines. Pectoral rays more or less
covered with linear oblong scales, simple rays fine, feeble, all
shorter than the immediately superior branched rays. Body scales
moderately large anteriorly, decreasing hi size towards the tail.
Caudal forked. Uniformly blackish grey, with a deeper shade
along the back." (Johnston.)

Tasmania.

Family. SCORPyENID^.

Species 299 Holoxenus cidaneus. Gunth.

Mr. Johnston (Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1882, p. 114), describes
a fish, known in Tasmania as the Velvet Fish, which he believes to
be H. cutaneus of Gunther, but he finds some difference in the
fin formation. Should it turn out to be a distinct species, he
proposes for it the name Holoxenus Guntlteri.

20 SUPPLEMENT TO CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF AUSTRALIA,

Family. TEUTHIDID^E.

1169. Teuthis sutor. Cuv. and Val.
Gunth. Cat. III., p. 317.

The height of the body is more than one-third of the total
length. Brown, minutely dotted all over with whitish. (Val.)

Klunzinger got this species from Port Darwin, and gives a full
description of it in " Sitzb. der K. Akad. Wissensch., 1879,
p. 393."

1170. Teuthis fuscescens. Houtt.

Gunth. Cat. III. p. 321. Schleg. Faun. Japon. Poiss., p. 127,
pi. 68, f. 1.

The height of the body is contained three times and a half in
the total length. Caudal fin scarcely emarginate. Uniform
brownish.

Queensland. (Klunzinger.)

Family. BERYCIELE.
1171. Trachichthys Macleayi. Johnston.
Proc. Roy. Soc, Tasmania, 1880.
D. 5/13. A. 3/10. V. 8.

" Scales minutely irregularly spiniferous ; a series forming the
pierced scales of the lateral line (about fifty) larger, and armed
with one or two visibly prominent transparent spines. Height of
body 2£ in the total length, the length of the head nearly three
times. Cleft of the mouth wide, almost vertical. The serrated
ventral keel is composed of 13 prominent spiniferous scutes.
Upper and lower margins of caudal peduncle armed respectively
with 8 and 7 strong adpressed translucent spines. Colour of a
uniform bright golden yellow when fresh." Length, 9 A inches.
Mouth of the Der went River.

Genus. Cleidopus. De Vis.
Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, Vol. VII., p. 367.

1172. Cleidopus gloria maris. De Vis.
Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, Vol. VII., p. 368.
Brisbane River.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 21

1173. Beryx Mulleri. Klunz.

Sitzb. der K. Akad. der Wissensch., 1879, p. 359, tab. 3, fig. 1.

B. 8. D. 7/14. A. 4/14. V. 1/7. P. 2/13. L. lat. 47.
L. tr. 5|. 1/12 to 6|-7. 1/12.

Height of body 3g and length of head i\ in the total length.
It differs from B. affirm in the scales of the lateral line being more
numerous as also the rays of the dorsal and anal tins. In most
other particulars it is very like B. affinis. The projecting chin
has in front on each side an obtuse spine and above it a pore. The
caudal fin is long and deeply forked, the fork tips narrow, pointed,
and of the same length. Lateral line straight. Colour reddish
with a blue glimmer (in spirits), especially on the upper part.
25 Ctm.

King George's Sound. (Klunzinger.)

Family. KURTIDiE.
Klunzinger describes two species Pempheris Mulleri and Pem-
pheris multira/rdiatus both from King George's Sound. I cannot
make them out to be different from those already described.

Family POLYNEMID^.

1174. Polynemus specularis. De Vis.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales. Vol. VIIL, p. 285.
Brisbane River.

1175. Polynemus tetradactylus. Shaw.

Gunth. Cat. 1 p. 329. Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales,
Vol. VIIL, p. 203.

D. 8/13i15. A. 2/16-17. L lat. 73-85.

Four pectoral appendages, not or scarcely reaching beyond the
tip of the ventral fin. Pyloric appendages in immense number.

Hab. Mouth of the Burdekin River.

1176. Polynemus Sheridan i. n. sp.

D. 7/3. A. 2/11. L lat. 62.

Oblong, compressed. Height of body one-fourth of the length

exclusive of caudal fin ; length of head slightly more. Eye large,

lateral, near the snout, with a broad depressed interorbital space,

22 SUPPLEMENT TO CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF AUSTRALIA,

showing a slightly concave profile ; two nostrils close together in
front of the upper part of the orbit ; snout roundly pointed, con-
siderably overlapping the mouth ; maxillary large and triangular,
appearing first under the hinder margin of the eye and extending
far behind it. Preeoperculum serrated on the posterior limb, and
without a spine near the angle. Five pectoral appendages, the
two upper ones extending far beyond the tips of the ventrals.
The first dorsal fin is vertically in advance of the root of the
ventrals ; the fh-st spine is very strong, and equal in height to f
the length of the head, the second is a little higher, the others
become gradually lower ; all are feeble except the first, and none
of them are filamentose. The distance between the dorsals is
more than the length of the base of the first; the second has
a falcate appearance like the anal, and both are scaly and fleshy.
The caudal fin is long, forked, scaly, and slightly filamentose. The
distance between the origin of the ventrals and that of the anal,
exactly equals the length of the head.

The scales are of moderate size, resembling somewhat those of
the Mullet (Mugil), the lateral line is straight. The coloration is
bluish-silvery towards the back, and whitish towards the belly ;
the dorsal, anal and caudal fins are blackish ; the pectorals,
ventrals, and pectoral appendages whitish ; each line of scales
shows a more or less distinct longitudinal streak. Length, 26
inches.

Mary River, Queensland.

I am indebted to the Hon. B. Sheridan for the specimen of
this fish here described. It is abundant at some seasons in the
tidal waters of the Mary, and has been known to attain a weight
of 100 lbs. It is highly valued as a food-fish.

Family. SCI^ENID^E.

Genus Umbrina. Cuv.

Body oblong ; muzzle convex, with the upper jaw overlapping
the lower; a short barbel under the mandibulary symphysis. Two
dorsals, the first with nine or ten flexible spines ; the anal fin

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 23

with one or two ; scales moderate ; pseudobranchise. The air
bladder with or without appendages or absent. Pyloric cceca in
small number.

All Seas and Mouths of Rivers.

1177. Umbrina Mulleri. Klunz.
Sitzb. der K. Akad. tier Wissensch., 1879.

D. lO/^. A. 2/7. L. hit, supra. 63 infra. 55. L. tr. 6/16.

Height of body 4 and length of head 4J in the total length.
Like U. Russellii and Dussumieri, but with a shorter barbel on the
chin and a different fin formula. The snout is round and projecting.
The barbel is very short not 1/3 of the diameter of the eye, with a
pore at its base and ai'ound it four others ; there are also several
pores on the snout ; prajoperculum rounded without hard teeth.
Teeth villiform in rows, some a little larger on the outer row of
maxillaries ; 2nd and 3rd dorsal rays nearly equal, flexible ; 2nd
anal ray much larger than the 1st. The maxillary reaches to
behind the middle of the eye ; the posterior rays of the dorsal a
little shorter than the others, and still shorter than those of the
anal. The caudal fin is obtusely rhombic. Colour above, dark, on
the ventral side silvery ; on the ventral side of the head, and snout
and cheeks this colour is sharply circumscribed so that only the
lower margin of the praeorbital is silvery. All the fins are dark,
the dorsal especially, the membranes densely speckled. 20 Ctm.

Queensland. (Klunzinger. )

1178. CORVINA AUSTKALIS. Grlinth.

Rep. Shore Fishes. Voy. Challenger. Part 6, p. 33.
Corvina argentea. Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales. Vol.
VIII., p. 204.

Mouth of Burdekin and Mary Rivers. Queensland.

1179. Corvina miles. Cuv. and Val.
Gunth. Cat. 2 p. 300.
D. 9-10/^.30. A. 2/7.

The height of the body is nearly equal to the length of the head,
and one-fourth of the total ; the diameter of the eye equals the

24 SUPPLEMENT TO CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF AUSTRALIA,

length of the snout, and is one-fourth of the length of the head.
The upper jaw overlapping the lowei*. The band of maxillary
teeth with an outer row of stronger ones. The second anal spine
very strong and as long as the first ray ; caudal pointed. Above
greyish green, sides and belly silvery ; dorsals minutely dotted
with brown, and with a black upper margin, in front of each dorsal
ray a small brownish spot ; ventrals whitish ; the other fins with
a blackish margin.

Queensland. (Klunzinger.)

Sdcena Mulleri Steind, is probably one of the ScirenicUe already
mentioned, but I cannot find any description of it.

Family. CARANGID^.

1180. Caranx ignobilis. Forsk.

Caranx sansun. Rupp. Gunth. Cat. 2, p. 4-47.

D. 8/19V A. 2W]17. L. lat. 30.

The teeth of the upper jaw form a villiform band, with an
outer series of stronger ones ; those of the lower one in a single
series. The height of the body is 3 to 3 \ in the total length.
Breast scaly ; the lateral line is bent anteriorly, the width of the
arch being equal or nearly equal, to the length of the straight
portion ; the latter begins in the vertical from the seventh dorsal
ray. The plates are very well developed and distinct from the
beginning of the straight portion. The lower jaw is longer than
the upper, and the maxillary reaches bejond the vertical from the
centre of the eye. Opercular spot none.

Port Darwin and Cleveland Bay. (Klunzinger.)

1181. Caranx compressus. Macleay.
Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, Vol. VIII, p. 204.
Lower Burdekin, salt water.

1182. Chorinemus Sancti-Petri. Cuv. and Val.
Gunth. Cat. 2, p. 473.
D. 7/20l21. A. 2/18V Vert. 10/16.

The height of the body is nearly equal to the length of the
head, and one-fifth of the total. The maxillary is triangular and

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 25

flat posteriorly, and reaches beyond the vertical from the centre of
the eye. The length of the intermaxillary is contained one and
two-third times, or twice in that of the head. The snout, in
mature fishes, is nearly twice as long as the diameter of the eye.
A series of rounded indistinct blackish spots above the lateral
line, sometimes a second j-ow beneath, sometimes both absent. An
indistinct blackish streak from above the eye to the shoulder. Top
of the dorsal black.

Fort Jackson (Macleay), Port Denison (Klunzinger.)

1183. Equula splexdens. Cuv. and Val.

Gunth. Cat. 2, p. 501. Kner Novara reise, p. 163.

D. 8/15. A. 3/14. Yert. 10/14.

The height of the body is 2\ to 2| in the total length, the
length of the head four times. The upper profile is much more
convex than the lower, A pair of small spines above the anterior
margin of the orbit ; the cavity on the head is about twice as
long as broad. The lower prteopercular margin is finely serrated,
and its length is 1J in that of the mandible, the latter is slightly
concave, and ascends at an angle of about 35°. The length of the
second dorsal spine is three-quarters of that of the head. Scales
small. A black blotch on the spinous dorsal.

Port Denison. (Klunzinger.;

Species 384. Equula edentula. Bl.
I have no doubt that E. coballa. Cuv. and Val., mentioned by
Dr. Klunzinger as coming from Port Darwin and Cleveland Bay,
is identical with E. edentula.

Equula Novce Hollandice, Sleindachner from Cleveland Bay and
Parequula bicomis of the same author from Hobson's Bay,
Victoria, are both unknown to me and I have never seen the
descriptions.

Gen. Lactarius. Cuv. and Val.

Body oblong, compressed, covered with cycloid scales of moderate
size ; cleft of the moutli wide, oblique, with the lower jaw
prominent. Teeth in the jaws small, with one or two pairs of
strong canines ; teeth on the vomer and the palatine bones.

26 SUPPLEMENT TO CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF AUSTRALIA,

Prpeopercular margin entire. The first dorsal with seven or
eight feeble spines, continuous ; the second and the anal are more
developed and scaly, without detached finlets. Three anal spines,
continuous with the fin. Lateral line not armed. Head with
muciferous cavities. Branchiostegals seven ; air bladder bifurcate
anteriorly and posteriorly, the posterior branches united together
behind the hasmal spine. Pyloric appendages in small number.
East Indian Seas.

1184. Lactarius delicatulus. Bl. Schn.
Gunth. Cat. 2, p. 507. Cuv. and Val. 9, p. 238. PI. 261.

D. 7-8/^. A. 3/25-26. L. lat. 74. Ccec. pylor. 63. Vert,
10/14.

The cleft of the mouth is very oblique and the lower jaw very
prominent. Prseorbital much narrower than the maxillary. The
interocular space is convex, and equal in width to the orbit.
Coloration uniform ; sometimes with a black opercular spot.

Queensland. (Klunzinger.)

Family. NOMEIDiE.
Genus Gasterochisma. Richards.

Body oblong, compressed, covered with cycloid scales of moderate
size ; cleft of the mouth wide. Lateral line without any armature.
The first dorsal with seventeen spines ; the second and anal with
the posterior rays detached, forming finlets , no separate anal
spines, The ventral is exceedingly long and broad, and can be
completely concealed in a deep fissure on the abdomen. Teeth
conical, small, forming single series in the jaws, teeth on the
vomer and the palatine bones.

A New Zealand genus.

1185. Gasterochisma melampus. Richards.
Voy. Ereb. and Terr., p. 60. Gunth. Cat. 2, p. 387.

B. 7. D. 17/ 1/10 /VI. V. 1/5. A. 2/10 /VI. L. lat. 64.
L. tr. 27.

Ventrals black, one third of the total length. The maxillary
reaches somewhat beyond the vertical from the centre of the eye.

Mouth of the Derwent. (Johnston.) Length, 39 inches.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 27

Family. SCOMBRI D^E.
1186. Scomber janesaba. Bleek.
Gunth. Cat. 2, p. 359.
D. 9-10 /£ /V-VI. A.l/10ln. /V-VI.

Scales small, conspicuous. The height of the body is 6t-6§ in
the total length, the length of the head four times ; the diameter
of the eye 3J-3^ in the latter. Back with greenish- violet spots
and waving transverse streaks ; sides and belly silvery. An air
bladder.

Hobson's Bay. ^Klunzinger).

1187 Scomber kanagurta. Russ.

Gunth. Cat. 2 p. 360. Syn. S. loo. Cuv. and Val. S. chryzo-
zonus. Riipp. S. microlepidotus. Riipp. *S'. moluccensis. Bleek.
and S. reani. Day.

D. 9-10 /A /V. A. l/i /V.

Scales small. The height of the body is four times in the total,
length of the head 3J. Above uniform greenish, on the sides and
belly silvery, sometimes with longitudinal stripes on the back and
sides, and with four or five blackish spots along the base of the
spinous dorsal fin.

Queensland. (Klunzinger.)

1188. Scomber tapeinocephalus. Bleek.

Gunth. Cat. 2 p. 361. The Tunny of the Mediterranean.

D. 11-11/A /V-VL A. l/i /V-VI

Scales small, conspicuous, those of the pectoral region larger
than the others. The height of the body is seven times in the
total length, the length of the head i\. Teeth conspicuous. Back
and sides with greyish violet spots and waving transverse streaks.
No air bladder.

Hobson's Bay. (Klunzinger.)

1189. Thynnus thynnus. L.
D. 14/A/IX. A. 2/12/VIII. Vert. 16/23.
The height of the body is 4^ in the total length, the length
of the head four times. The pectoral reaches nearly to the end of

28 SUPPLEMENT TO CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF AUSTRALIA,

the spinous dorsal ; dorsal spines rather feeble. The posterior
margin of the prceoperculum is somewhat shorter than the inferior.
Above dark bluish ; beneath greyish, spotted with silvery.
Tasmania. (Johnston)

1190. Cybium semifasciatum. Macleay.
Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, Vol. VIII., p. 205,
Lower Burdekin, in salt water.

Family. TRACHINIM].

1191. Percis Coxii. Ramsay.
Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, Vol. VIII., p. 179.
Loc. Port Jackson.

1192. SlLLAGO SIHAMA. Forsk.

Gunth. Cat. 2, p. 243. Bleek. Atl. Ichth. Sillag., tab. 1, fig. 4.

D. 11/i. A. 1/22-23. L. lat. 70. L. tr. 4/11. Coec. pyl. 2.
Vert. 14/20.

The height of the body is one-sixth of the total length, the
length of the head one-fourth. The space between the eyes is
one-half of the length of the snout. The ventral spine feeble.
Coloration uniform brownish yellow, with a silvery lateral streak;
fins transparent, reddish-violet.

Queensland. (Klunzinger. )

Genus. Pseudochromis. Riipp.

Head and body rather compressed, more or less elongate ; cleft
of the mouth slightly oblique, with the lower jaw longest ; eye
lateral. Scales of moderate size, ciliated ; lateral line interrupted.
One dorsal with a few spines anteriorly ; ventrals thoracie ; the
lower pectoral rays branched. Jaws with cardiforrn teeth,
anteriorly with canines ; vomer and palatine bones toothed.
Praioperculum entire. Six branchiostegals ; the gill-membranes
joined inferiorly ; pseudobrauchia? and air bladder present ;
pyloric appendages none.

Indian Seas.

1193. Pseudochromis Mulleri. Klunz.

Sitzb. der K. Akad. der Wissensch, 1879, p. 370.

D. 3/23-24. A. 3/13. F. 18. V. 1/5. L. lat. 36. L. tr. e. 14.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 29

Height of body and length of head 4^ in the total length. In
front ot both jaws two strong canine teeth, and strong canine-
teeth also on the sides ; there are besides narrow bands of small
canine teeth on jaws, vomer and palatine bones ; 3 to 4 rows of
scales on the cheeks ; 3 spines on the operculum. Prseorbital and
prseopercuhim without serration. All the fins with long rays,
particularly the dorsal, 'the middle rays of which are as high as
the body. The caudal fin is rounded ; the ventrals extend to the
anal fin ; the pectorals are a little shorter. The lateral line
reaches to the 17th dorsal ray. Colour (in spirits) blackish
brown ; head with many small blue spots. 6| Ctm.
Port Darwin. (Klunzinger.)

This fish seems to resemble very closely mv Cichlopsjilamentosus
species 423 of catalogue.

Family. BATRACHLD^E.
1194. Batrachus punctatulus. Ramsay.
Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, Vol. VIII., p. 177.
Torres' Straits.

1195. Batrachus Mulleri. Klunz.

Sitzb. dar K. Akad. der Wissensch., 1879. Tab. IX., fig 1.

D. 3/20-21. A. 17. Height 5, and head 3* in total length.

Like B. diemensis. No scales, body near the pectoral fins with
reticulate folds of skin, 2 spines on the operculum and two on the
suboperculum, the lowest small but distinct. Teeth villiform in
bands on jaws, vomer and palatines. The maxillary extends to
below the middle of the eye. Snout short, transversely vaulted.
Forehead between the eyes broad, flat, much smaller than the
orbit. The orbital cirrhus very minute, as also those of the head
and back. Colour brownish with brown spots and a few larger
dark specks, particularly one under the middle of the second dorsal
fin. Head and forepart of back with thickly set alternately brown
and lighter longitudinal stripes, 14 Ctm.

Port Darwin, (Klunzinger.)

30 SUPPLEMENT TO CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF AUSTRALIA,

Genus. Porichthys.

Head broad, depressed ; body subcylindrical anteriorly and
compressed posteriorly ; skin naked, with many series of very
distinct pores. A canine tooth on each side of the vomer.
Operculum with a single spine. The spinous dorsal formed by two
very small spines. Gill-opening not narrow, extending downwards
to the side of the isthmus. Gills three, pseudobranchise none,
branch iostegals six ; air bladder more or less deeply divided into
two lateral parts. Pyloric appendages none.

Coasts of America.

1196. Porichthys Queexslandle. De Vis.
Proc. Linn. Soc., N. S. Wales. Vol. VII., p. 370.
Queensland.

Family. PEDICULATI.
Species 430 and 431. Brachionichthys hirsutes and B. kevis,
are considered by Mr. Johnston. (Proc. Roy. Soc, Tasmania,
1882, p. 121) to be identical.

Family. COTTINA.

1197. Platycephalus speculator. Klunz.
Archiv. fur Naturg., XXXVIII, 1872. Sitzb. der K. Akad

der Wissensch., 1879, tab. IV, fig. 1.

D. 1/7-12. A. 13. P. 17. L. lat. 85.

Height of body 14 times in the length, and length of head 4
times in the total length, and 3 J times its height and 1 J times its
breadth , Resembles P. insidiator, but with the eye much larger,
forehead and praeorbital narrower, and parallel supraorbital crests,
which in P. insidiator converge backwards. The point of the
tongue is in this species spatulate and prominent, in the other
species truncate. It differs also in the number of the dorsal rays,
being 12 in this as against 13 in P. insidiator. The lower
prseopercular spine is a little longer than the upper. The colour
resembles that of P. insidiator, the fins have a rather greener hue
and not brown-spotted.

Hobson's Bay. (Klunzinger.)

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 31

1198. Platycephalus Mulleri. Klunz.
Sitzb. der K. Akart. der Wissensch, 1879, tab. IV., fig. 2.

D. 1/8/12. A. 12. L. lat. 100. L. tr. 35. Head 4, height
9^ in the length.

Most like P. inops. Head broad and flat, particularly in front.
Teeth villiform in a broad band in the upper jaw, narrower in
the lower, vomerine teeth in two longitudinal stripes separated bv
a groove. Eye rather small. Ridges on head distinct but not
prominent, with a few recumbent spines. A larger spine in front
of the inner and upper angle of the eye. No spine on the
preeorbital. Only one of the spines of the preeoperculum properly
developed (the upper), and that is short, the inferior one is merely
a small obtuse tubercle. Lateral line not conspicuous. Colour
grey, the scales mostly with darker specks. Head above darker,
brown marbled. Belly white or yellowish. Rays of doi'sal fin
with darker rings ; the membrane light ; pectoral fins light ;
ventrals above dirty brownish-grey ; caudal with white and dark
speckled rays, the lower margin and the upper extremity black.

Dr. Klunzinger gives no locality for this species.

1199. Platycephalus Mortoni. Macleay.

Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, Vol. VIII., p. 206.
Lower Burdekin. Salt water.

1200. Platycephalus semermis. De Vis.

Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, Vol. VIII., p. 285.
South Australia.

1201. Lepidotrigla Mulhalli. Macleay.

Proc. Linn. Soc, N. 8. Wales, Vol. VIII.
Outside Heads of Port Jackson.

Family. GOBIID.E.
1202. Gobius nebulopunctatus. Cuv. and Val.

Gunth. Cat. III., p. 20.

D. 6/i. A. 1/8. L. lat. 85.

32 SUPPLEMENT TO CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF AUSTRALIA,

" The height of the body is contained six times in the total
length, the length of the head four times and two-thirds. The
head is nearly as broad as high, its height being more than one-
half its length. The diameter of the eye is one-fourth of the
length of the head ; it is situated entirely in the anterior half of
the head, interorbital space very narrow. Snout as long as the eye,
with the cleft of the mouth oblique, and with the jaws equal
in length. The teeth in the jaws form a band, those of the outer
series being somewhat enlarged. Dorsal fins separated from each
other but close together ; the first is lower than the second, the
height of which equals that of the body. The upper pectoral
rays silk like ; caudal rounded ; the anal is much higher
posteriorly than anteriorly ; its height being equal to that of the
second dorsal fin. Greenish, clouded with brownish ; head and
body with longitudinal series of numerous white dots ; fins
uniform blackish, the first dorsal edged with white superiorly."

King Geoi'ge's Sound and Victoria. (Klunzinger.)
1203. Gobius Tamarensis. Johnston.

Prcc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1882, p. 120.

B. 4. D. 6i. A. 1/8. L. lat. 32. P. 16-18. P. 18-19.

Height of body seven times in total length, the length of head
four times, and the greatest breadth behind orbits six times.
Head depressed ; eyes approximating towards top of head, looking
upwards and outwards. Snout obtuse, convex, one and a-half times
breadth of eye, and contained three and a-half times in length of
head ; interorbital space, half the breadth of the eye ; head and
nape naked. Colour, when alive, greyish. Body and vertical fins
marbled with very fine reddish -brown dots. The extremity of the
rays of second dorsal and anal fins blackish. There are eleven
scales between the anal and the first ray of the second dorsal fin ;
caudal fin rounded ; dorsal and anal fin rays one and a-half times
as long as the snout, when stretched they do not reach the caudal
by a distance gr-eater than their own length."

Abundant in the Tamar River. Length from 2 to 3J inches.

Mr. Johnson remarks that the species seems to closely resemble
G. lateralis. Macleay.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 33

1204. Eleotris Selheimi. Macleay.

Eleotris ])laniceps. Macleay. Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales.
Vol. VII., p. 69.

Palmer River, N. Queensland.

The specific name planiceps has been previously used by Count
Castelnau for a species (525), from the Norman River.

1205. Eleotris aporocephalus. Macleay.

Eleotris planiceps. Macleay. Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales.
Vol. VIII., p. 20G.

Lillesmere Lagoon. Burdekin River.

This I think is probably the species which Klunzinger refers to
E. porocephaloides. Bleeker.

1206. Eleotris cyprixoides. Cuv. and Val.

Gunth Cat. III., p. 118. Klunz. Sitzb. der K. Akad. der
Wi.s.sensch., 1879, tab. V. fig. 2.

D. 6/i. A. 1/9-10. L. lat. 26-28.

Head entirely scaly. Body compressed, its height being nearly
equal to the length of the head, and one-fifth of the total ; the
diameter of the eye is rather more than one-fourth of the length of
the head, equal to the width of the interorbital space, and longer
than the snout. Snout pointed, with the lower jaw longest ; the
maxillary does not extend to the vertical from the anterior mai'gin
of the eye. Teeth in villiform bands. Scales finely ciliated.
Brownish-olive, with a blackish longitudinal band from the upper
part of the base of the pectoral, below the lateral line to the
caudal ; dorsal and caudal fins with brown spots.

Murray River. (Klunzinger.)

1207. Eleotris reticulatus. Klunz.

Sitzb. der K. Akad. der Wissensch.. 1879, p. 385. Tab. 4, fig 3.

D. 6/J. A. 1 10. L. lat,, 28-30. L. tr. 10.

Height of body and length of head 5 times in the total length
The caudal peduncle equals the length of the head. Colour
yellowish or brownish, the dark margins of the scales giving the
appearance of reticulate markings. Fins dark, marbled or speckled.

34 SUPPLEMENT TO CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF AUSTRALIA,

On the base of the caudal fin in its lower half, there is a darker
spot, generally also one above the base of pectoral fin. Scales fine
and equally toothed. 4 Ctm.
Port Darwin. (Klunzinger.)

1208. Eleotkis macrodon. Bleek.

Gunth. Cat. III., p. 129. Klunz. Sitzb. der K. Akad. der
Wiss., 1879, p. 385.

D. 6/10-11. A. 9. Lat. 90-100. L. tr. 30.

Thirty-three longitudinal series of scales between the origin of
the posterior dorsal and the anal, sixty transverse ones between
the anterior dorsal to the snout. The height of the body is
contained four times and two-thirds or five times in the total
length, the length of the head four times and a fourth. Head
broad, depressed, with the snout obtuse ; the lower jaw is some-
what prominent, and the maxillary extends to below the middle of
the eye. Teeth of the outer series enlarged. The diameter of
the eye is one-ninth of the length of the head, one half of that of
the snout, and one-third of the width of the interorbital space.
A small barbel on each side of the upper jaw. The head is covered
with minute scales, the snout is naked. Dorsal and anal fins
much lower than the body ; the greater portion of the caudal
is scaly ; its length is about one seventh of the total. Brownish-
olive (in spirits) ; dorsal and caudal fins dotted with brown, the
other fins uniform. A blackish (in life reddish-brown) ocellus,
edged with whitish, on the upper part of the base of the caudal.

Port Darwin. (Klunzingei\)

1209. Aristeus cavifruns. Macleay.
Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, Vol. VII., p. 70.
Palmer River.

Genus Leme. De Vis. Group amblyopina.

Proc Linn, Soc, N. S. Wales, Vol. VIII, p. 286.
Queensland.

1210. Leme mordax. De Vis.
Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, Vol VIIL, p. 286.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 35

1211. Callionymus achates. De Vis.
Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, Vol. VII., p. 620.
Queensland.

1212. Callionymus phasis. Guntli.

Zool. Voy. Challenger. Part 6., p. 28. PL 15, fig. C.

D. 4/9. A. 7. C. 10.

Preeopercular spine considerably shorter than the eye, terminating
in three curved spines, of which the two anterior are the larger,
and directed upwards. Dorsal spines prolonged ; second dorsal
high ; caudal long ; the ventral fin extends somewhat beyond the
origin of the anal. Gill-opening reduced to a small foramen on the
upper side of the neck ; lateral line single. The length of the head
is one-third of the total length without caudal, or one-fourth with
that fin. Eye very large, a little longer than the snout, one-third
of the length of the head. Reddish-white with irregular broad
blackish cross-bands on the back ; first dorsals blackish, with some
whitish zig-zag lines ; second, variegated with greyish ; the other
fins white. Length of specimens 4 inches."

Twofold Bay. 120 fathoms.

1213. Callionymus lunatus. Schleg.

Gunth. Cat. Ill, p. 146. Zool. Voy. Challenger. Part 0, p. 28.

D. 4/9. A. 9. V. 1/. P. 17. C. 10.

About 8 inches in length. The orifices of the gills, the nostrils,
the pectorals, and ventrals as C. Valenciennei. The superior border
of the orbit is prominent, and the space between the eyes very
narrow and concave. Top of the head naked and rough. The
osseous production of the preeoperculum has a superior spine at
right angles to a larger one. The two dorsals are of about equal
height which is higher than that of the body; but the last three
rays of the 2nd dorsal are longer than the others, the 1st spine
of the 1st dorsal is twice the length of the others, and the
membrane of the last dorsal spine is continued to the base of the
1st ray of the 2nd dorsal. The anal is one-third lower than the
dorsals and its rays, with the exception of the last, are simple. The

36 SUPPLEMENT TO CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF AUSTRALIA,

caudal is of elongate form, its length about 3J in the total length.
The pectorals are a little conical. Colour pale reddish brown,
becoming white on the belly. The root of the caudal and the
ventrals inclining to a deep brown. The anal has large blotches
and the ventrals longitudinal streaks of pale brown. The membrane
which unites the last dorsal spine to the back has a large black
blotch bordered towards the base with white.
Port Jackson. (Gunther.)

Family. TRICHONOTID^S.

Genus. Hemeroccetes. Cuv. and Yah
Head depressed, pointed, trunk cylindrical, tail slightly com-
pi'essed ; cleft of the mouth wide, nearly horizontal, with the
upper jaw longest ; eyes rather large, directed upwards. Scales of
moderate size, cycloid ; lateral line continuous. One dorsal ; all
the rays articulated and not branched : ventrals jugular with one
spine and five rays. Gill-opening very wide, with the gillmem-
branes scarcely united below the thi-oat ; seven branchiostegals ;
pseudobranchire. Villiform teeth in both the jaws, on the vomer,
and on the separated pharyngeal bones ; none on the palatines.
Air-bladder and pyloric appendages none. A New Zealand genus.

1214. Hemerocoztes Haswelli. Ramsay.
Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, Vol. VI., p. 575.
Port Jackson. Dredged in 10 fathoms at North Head

Family. BLENNHD^E.
1215. Salarias Mulleri. Klunz.

Sitzb. der K. Akad. der. Wissensch., 1879, p. 388.

D. 12/20. A. 23-24.

Height 8, head 5h in the total length. Rather elougate, low,
crested on the neck ; orbital cirrhus simple, shorter than the
eye ; profile of head perpendicular or even sloping inwards
towards the snout. No canine teeth. Dorsal fin deeply notched ;
the 1st dorsal a little lower than the 2nd, a little over the height
of the body, and as high as the anal fin ; the second dorsal
connected with the caudal fin which is rounded. Colour brownish,

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 37

in the middle of the body numerous narrow transverse bands with
dark margins, not quite reaching either the back or the belly, and
becoming less distinct and somewhat undulating posteriorly. On
the anterior part of the body there are some bluish transverse
bands convex anteriorly. Belly and side of breast colourless.
Crest of nape with black margin. Dorsal fin, with numerous
oblique bluish streaks, anal with blue spots or streaks towards the
margin in about four rows. Caudal with numerous white or blue
spots. 7 Ctm.

Affinity to S. geminatus. All. and Macleay.

Hobson's Bay. (Klunzinger.)

1216. Salarias punctillatus. Klunz.

Sitzb. der K. Akad. der Wissensch., 1879, p. 389.

D. 12/20. A. 20. V. 2.

Height 5 and head 6 times in the total length.

Like S. onyx. Cuv. and Val. Profile of head in front vertical.
Short small cirrhi round the eye, nostrils, and nape, those round
the eye bifid, and about half the diameter of the eye, the others
simple. Dorsal fin without notch, the first ray is only 1/3 higher
than the last ; it is connected with the caudal fin ; the anal fin is
not. The caudal is rounded. The lateral line is bent in front
and terminates under the 8th dorsal ray. Crest of nape
distinct but very low. Forehead nearly flat. Colour (in spirits)
brownish, with indistinct darker or lighter specks which form
transverse bands. The belly and breast whitish ; dorsal fin
greenish, indistinctly spotted ; pectoral, anal and caudal fins
monochromatic greenish. On the head there are white and blue
spots and lines, and on the back posteriorly there are a few
scattered small spots. 10 Ctm.

Port Darwin. (Klunzinger.)

Dr. Klunzinger alludes to the similarity of this to S. Spaldingii
mihi ; they are I think distinct.

1217. Clinus mamoratus. Klunz.

Archiv. f. Naturg. XXXVIII. , 1872. Sitzb. der K. Akad. der
Wissensch., 1879.

D. 44. A. 30. P. 13. V. 3. C. 10.

38 SUPPLEMENT TO CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF AUSTRALIA,

Height (in front of the anus) 5 times in the length, length of
head six times. Body elongate, compressed : profile of head
parabolic ; snout obtuse, short, teeth in both jaws, arranged in a
band in front, and on the sides in a row short and blunt. Teeth
on the vomer, none on the palatines ; the maxillary reaches to
below the middle of the eye ; space between the eyes narrower
than the orbit. Head and occiput nearly naked ; body covered
with small indistinct round scales. Lateral line only visible on
the anterior part of the body. The dorsal fin begins over the
operculum, and gets higher towards the caudal with which it is
connected with a membrane ; anal fin similar, also with simple
flexible rays.

Colour brown with darker spots, marbled, throat sometimes
white speckled ; fins black speckled, marbled with some lighter
spots ; pectoral fins lighter with dark spots.

Allied to C. cottoides and desincillatus. Length, 15 Ctm.

Port Phillip. (Klunzinger.)

1218. Cristiceps tristis. Klunz.

Archiv. f. Naturg., 1872, p. 31. Sitzb. der K. Akad. der
Wissensch., 1879, p. 392.

D. 3/19/5. A. 2/24. P. 11. V. 3. C. 9.

Height 5 1 in length. Body elongate, very much compressed.
Profile of head nearly straight. Snout pretty long ; lips much
developed : jaws ecpial ; on both and on the vomer a band of small
hair-shaped teeth, broader in front of the prsemaxillary. The
maxillary reaches to below and rather behind the middle of the
eye. Orbital cirrhus over the middle of the eye, flattish and
fringed ; nasal cirrhus small, tubular and with a flat flap above.
Head and nape nearly naked and smooth. The first part of the
dorsal fin is on the occiput over the prasoperculum, it is higher
considerably than the rest of the fin, with which it is -connected by
a membrane. The dorsal rays are pretty strong, and the fin
membranes form a flap behind their apices ; the fin membrane
extends from the last dorsal ray to the base of the caudal fin. The
anal fin commences under the 9th ray of the 2nd division of the

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 39

dorsal fin ; it is lower than the dorsal, and the fin membrane does
not nearly reach the caudal. Tiie pectoral fin is short and rather
high, it extends to the anal fin ; the middle ray of the ventrals
also reaches to the anal. Scales small but distinct, leathery,
shining, etenoid, only slightly imbricate. Lateral line marked
with simple strise ; it ascends from the upper margin of the branchial
aperture, then is strait to the 8th dorsal spine, then descends
abruptly and then runs straight to the tail; caudal fin narrow and
slightly rounded. Colour monochromatic dark brown. 16 Ctm.
Murray River. (Klunzinger.)

Family. SPHYR^ENID^E.

1219. Sphyilena strenua. De Vis.

Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales. Vol. VIII., p. 287.
Moreton Bay.

Family. ATHERINIILE.

1220. Atherina elongata. Klunz.

Sitzb. der K. Akad. der Wissenscb., 1879, p. 394, Tab. III.
fig. 4.

D. 6-7,1 A. 1/11-12. L lat. 40. L. tr. 7.

Nearly related to A. •pingids and valenciennesii. The body
however is larger and the rays more numerous. The vomerine
teeth are present. The 1st dorsal fin commences just behind the
pectorals ; the anal is a little longer than the 2nd dorsal, but
terminates exactly opposite to it. Apophysis of the maxillary
very short. Colour as usual in the genus, the silvery band is on
the third line of scales. Fins hyaline. 7-8 Ctm.

King George's Sound. (Klunzinger.)

1221. Atherinichthys esox. Klunz.

Archiv. f. Naturg., 1872, p. 34.

D. 7|A- A. 1/12. R 12. L. lat. 45. L. tr. 8.

Height 7 times in the length, length of head 3 J. Elongate,
lancet shaped, rather compressed ; profile straight ; snout very
prominent, pointed. Maxillary very protractile ; head flat above.

40 SUPPLEMENT TO CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF AUSTRALIA,

Gape of mouth very obliqiie, extending only to the middle of
snout. The narrow sword shaped upper jaw reaches to below the
middle of the eye. A narrow stripe of small but distinct teeth
in both jaws ; the vomer is toothed, but not the palatines. Scales
large, no distinct lateral line ; spines of 1st dorsal fin weak and
short ; the 2nd dorsal and anal alike ; the pectoral does not reach
quite to under the 1st dorsal spine. The ventrals are inserted
before the point of the pectorals, and extend nearly to the last
dorsal spine, but not nearly to the anus. Caudal fin forked. Colour
above dark, beneath silvery, a broad silvery blue band along the
middle of the body. Length, 14 Ctm.
Port Phillip. (Klunzinger.)

1222. Atherinichthys maculatus. Macleay.
Proc. Linn. Soc, K S. Wales, Yol. VIII., p. 207.
Lillesmere Lagoon, Burdekin.

Family. MUGILID^E.
1123. Mugil tade. Forsk.

Mugil planiceps Cuv. and Val. Gunth. Cat. III., p. 428.

D. 4/|. A. 3/9. L. lat. 33-35. L. tr. 11. Ccec. pylor. 5.

The greatest depth of the body is nearly equal to the length of
the head, and one-fifth of the total ; the depth of the body below
the origin of the spinous dorsal is contained twice and a third in
the distance of the snout from the dorsal fin. The least depth of
the tail is a little more than one-half the length of the head. Lips
thin ; the maxillary is bent downwards behind the angle of the
mouth, its extremity not being covered by the prseorbital. The
space at the chin, between the mandibulary bones, is cuneiform.
Eye with a narrow adipose membrane, which does not extend
on to the pupil. There are twenty scales between the snout and
the spinous dorsal. The eight, the tenth, or eleventh, the twenty-
second or twenty-third scales of the lateral line correspond to the
extremity of the pectoral, and to the origin of the two dorsal fins.
The soft vertical fins scaly ; the origin of the dorsal is in the
vertical from the third soft anal ray.

Cleveland Bay. (Klunzinger.)

BV WILLIAM MACLEA.Y, F.L.S., &C. 41

1124. Mugil LONGIMANUS. Gunth.

Cat. Ill, p. 428.

D. 4/i. A. 3/9. L. lat. 35.

The height of the body is contained four times and two-thirds
or five times in the total length ; the length of the head five times
or five times and a fourth. The width of the interorbital space is
about one-half the length of the head. Eye with an adipose
membrane anteriorly and posteriorly. Snout very convex, with
the upper lip rather thick. The maxillary is entirely hidden
when the mouth is closed. The two dorsal fins and the anal are
nearly equal in height ; pectoral about as long as the head ;
caudal truncated."

Cleveland Bay. (Klunzinger.)

1125. MUGIL GELATINOSUS. KluDZ.

Archiv. fur Naturg., 1872. Sitzb. der K. Akad. der Wissensch,
1879, Tab. VIII., fig. 1.

D. 4/J. A. 2/8. P. 15. L. iat. 42. L. tr. 12.

Height of body oh, and length of head 5 times in the total
length. Body elongate, rather compressed. Profile of head at
the snout a little convex ; forehead transversely slightly convex ;
upper lip thick, on both lips small cilia, knot of the under jaw
simple. Groove of the vomer deep. Lower margin of the prae"
orbital straight without serrature. Maxillary narrow posterioi'ly,
not hidden under the praaorbital, and not reaching the anterior
margin of the eye. The eye has highly developed anterior and
posterior lids, with a gelatinous mass in front and behind. The
space on the chin is of an elongate lance-shape. The margin
of the operculum is simply curved. Scales lai'ge, conspicuous and
striated, the stria? on the breast a little oblique. The 1st spine of
the 1st dorsal is situated in the middle of the body (excluding the
caudal fin) it is short and strong, the others are slender and
flexible ; the anal is situated a little nearer the head than the 2nd
dorsal. Pectorals short, triangular, 1£ in the head ; ventrals a
little shorter; caudal deeply forked, forks pointed. Colour as
usual, pectoral fin blackish behind, margin hyaline ; 2nd dorsal
and caudal blackish margined. 45 Ctm.

Hobson's Bay. (Klunzinger.)

42 SUPPLEMENT TO CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF AUSTRALIA,

1126. Mugil Mulleri. Kluuz.

Sitzb. der K. Akad. der Wisscnsch., 1879, p 395.

D. 4/J. A. 3/8. L. lat. 38-40. L. tr. 14.

Height 41 and head 4 times in the total length. Nearly related
to M. suj)positus. Gunth. but of different dimensions. Month in
front angular, pointed ; upper lip narrow ; both lips with well
developed cilia ; keel of the under jaw simple ; prseorbital toothed
on its posterior margin ; the posterior small end of the maxillary
not. Head scaly above as far as the lip ; dorsal rays stiff but not
thick. Eye without adipose membrane. Colour simple, silvery ;
fins without black magin ; no axillary spot. 8 Ctm.

King George's Sound. (Klunzinger.)

1227. Mugil nasutus. De Vis.
Pro. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, Vol. VII., p. 621.
Rockingham Bay.

1228. Mugil Ramsayi. Macleay.
Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, Vol. VTIL, p. 208.
Burdekin River.

Family. CENTRISCID^E.

1229. Centriscus gracilis. Lowe.

Proc. Zool. Soc, 1839, p. 86. Gunth. Cat. III., p. 521.

B. 4. D. 4-5/11. A. 18-19. P. 16. V. 5. C. 6 x 4 x 5 x 6.

The height of the body is contained twice and three-fifths to
three times in the distance of the operculum from the base of the
caudal fin. The second dorsal spine is rather strong, not (or very
indistinctly) denticulated posteriorly, its length being one-fourth
or two-ninths of the distance of the operculum from the caudal.

Port Jackson. (Macl. Mus.)

C scolopax I have never seen here. Mr. Johnston's scohpax is
probably this species,

Family. GOBIESOCID^E.

Genus Gobiesox. Lacep.
Anterior part of the body very broad and depressed ; skin
tough. Snout very obtuse. Dorsal fin short, situated on the tail.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 43

Posterior portion of the adhesive disks without free anterior
margin. Distinct incisors in the lower jaw ; those of the upper jaw
are in several series, and the interior ones sometimes compressed.
Gills three, pseudobranchiaB rudimentary ; gill-membranes united
under the throat, and not attached to the isthmus.
West Coast of South America, &c.

1130. Gobiesox cardinalis. Eamsay.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales. Vol. VII., p. 148.
Tasmania.

Family. TRACHYPTERD^.

Genus. Trachyterus. Gouan.

Body elongate, strongly compressed, naked ; eye lateral ; mouth
small, dentition feeble. One dorsal fin occupying the whole back,
with a detached anterior portion, composed of flexible rays.
Ventrals thoracic, well developed, composed of several more or less
branded rays. Gill-opening wide ; pyloric appendages in very
great number. Vertebrae numerous. Bones soft, muscles little
coherent.

Coasts of Europe. Pacific Ocean South.

1231. Trachypterus altivelis. Kner.

Gunth. Cat. Ill, p. 303.

B. 6. D. 7/190. A. 0. C. 6/4-6. P. II. V. 7.

" The greatest height of the body is above the ventral fins, equal
to the length of the head, and one seventh of the total. Form of
the head as in T. tcenia. Eight teeth in the upper and six in the
lower jaw. The anterior dorsal rays elevated ; the longest of the
second dorsal fin are not much lower than the body ; dorsal rays
rough, with a small spine at the base of each, Form of caudal fin
and tubercles as in T. tcenia. Silvery, with three large round
black spots below the dorsal fin ; a fourth near the abdominal
edge, a little behind the first on the back."

A specimen taken at Spring Bay, East Coast of Tasmania, and
now in the Museum, Hobart. (Johnston.)

14: SUPPLEMENT TO CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF AUSTRALIA,

Family. POMACENTRIDJS.

1232. Pomacentrus trilixeatus. Cuv. and Val.

Gunth. Cat. IV, p. 25. Bleek. Atl. Ichth. Pomac, tab. 7,
fig. 1-6.

D. 13/15. A. 2/16. L. lat. 28. L. tr. 3/9.

" The height of the body is contained twice and three-fourths in
the total length ; prseorbital denticulated, with two stronger teeth
anteriorly. The dorsal spines increase in length towards behind ;
caudal emarginate, with the lobes rounded. Greenish-olive (in
spirits brown) ; the base of the caudal itself yellowish, each scale
with one, two, or three sky-blue dots ; three or five very fine blue
lines along the forehead, the outer of which are continued on the
nape of the neck and sometimes along the base of the dorsal fin ;
a round dark spot above the operculum ; a black spot edged with
blue on the back of the tail, immediately behind the dorsal fin ;
young specimens with a second similar spot on the anterior third
of the soft dorsal fin."

Port Darwin and Port Denison. (Klunzinger.)

1233. Pomacentrus t.eniurus. Bleek.

Atl. Ichth. Pomac. tab. 9, fig. 2. Gunth. Cat. IV, p. 22.

D. 13/11. A. 2/11. L. lat, 28.

" The height of the body is contained 3| to 3* in the total
length ; prreorbital not serrated. The posterior dorsal spines are
nearly as long as the middle ones ; caudal fin with the lobes
pointed and produced. Violet-olive, each scale with a pearl-
coloured spot ; a blackish spot above the operculum and above the
base of the pectoral fin. Dorsal and anal fins dark-violet, the
posterior half of the soft portion and the pectorals orange-
coloured, caudal orange-coloured, with a dark-violet longitudinal
band on each lobe."

Port Denison. (Klunzinger.)

1234. Pomacentrus cyanospilus. Bleek.
Atl. Ichth. Pomac. tab. 4, fig. 5. Gunth. Cat. IV., p. 30.
D. 12/15. A. 2/13-14. L. lat. 26. L. tr. 3 9.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F L.S., &C. 45

" The height of the body is contained twice and two-thirds in
the total length. There is no notch between the prreorbital and
the other suborbitals, their lower or posterior margin being equally
and finely serrated. The dorsal spines become gradually longer
posteriorly. Caudal rather deeply emarginate, with the lobes
rounded. Brownish, sides of the head and the scales above the
anal fin with round bluish spots ; anal and dorsal fins very dark
posteriorly ; axillary or dorsal spots none."

Port Darwin. (Klunzinger )

1235. Pomacentrus fasciatus. Cuv. and Val.

Gunth. Cat., IV., p. 19.

B. 5. D. 12-13/13. A. 2/12-13. L. lat. 27. L. tr. 3/9.

The height of the body is contained twice and three-fourths in
the total length ; prreorbital denticulated. The dorsal spines
increase in length posteriorly ; caudal very slightly emarginate.
Brown, lighter beneath, with four yellowish cross-bands ; one from
the neck to the operculum, the second from the front part of the
dorsal fin to behind axil of the pectoral, the third from the posterior
dorsal spines, and the fourth, spot-like, on the back of the tail ;
two parallel series of black spots from the opercle along the side of
the trunk."

Port Darwin. (Klunzinger.)

1236. Glyphidodon melanopus. Bleek.

Alt. Ichth, Pomac. tab. 8, fig. 7. Gunth. Cat. IV. p. 48.

D. 13/13. A. 2/13. L. lat. 28.

The upper profile of the head is convex ; snout shorter than the
eye ; the width of the prseorbital, above the angle of the mouth,
is less than one-half of that of the orbit. Each jaw with about
forty teeth. Yellow ; most of the scales with a blue spot ; the
anterior portion of the ventral and anal fins black.

Port Denison. (Klunzinger.)

Species 680. Heliastes hypsilepis. Gunth.

Additional habitat. Kins George's Sound. (Klunzinger.)

46 SUPPLEMENT TO CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF AUSTRALIA,

Family. LABRID^E.

Genus Platychosrops. Klunz.
A genus intermediate between Chceroj>s and Heterochcerops,
with the latter it agrees in the number of dorsal spines (only 11)
with the former in the great altitude of the prseorbital. Peculiai',
are the very flattened spines of the dorsal and anal fins, and the
partially incisor like character of the front teeth ; the scaley
sheath for the dorsal and anal fins is highly developed.

1237. Platychcerops Mulleri. Klunz.

Sitzb. der Akad. der Wissensch., 1879, p. 399. Tab. VIII. fig. 2.

D. 11/11-12. A. 3/11-12. L. lat. 36-38. L. tr. 8/12.

Height 3^-3f , and head 4 times in the total length. The front
teeth are flat, not conical, the lateral teeth as in Chserops. The
upper lip is large and flat, leaf-shaped, the under similar but
thicker. The scales of the cheeks are non-imbricate ; the margin
of the prreoperculurn, around the eyes, the forehead, the snout, the
prseorbital, the lips and the chin are uaked. The scales of the
nape are small, those of the operculum of medium size, and those
of the body large. Lateral line continuous with slightly branched
ramifications. Eyes small ; dorsal spines flat, knife-shaped,
except the 4 posterior ones and the two anterior anal rays.
Ventrals shorter than the pectorals ; caudal truncate ; dorsal and
anal rays higher than the spines. Of very robust form. Colour
dirty grey-green, head brown, fins livid. 28 Ctm.

King George's Sound. (Klunzinger.)

1238. Trochocopus sanguinolentus. De Vis.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, Vol. VIII. , p. 287.
Cape Moreton.

1239. Cossvphus Frenchii. Klunz.

Sitzb. der K. Akad. der Wissensch., 1879, p. 400.
D. 12/10. A. 3/11. L. lat. 35-37. L. tr. 4/12.
I give this species a place in my catalogue, but Dr. Klunzinger
is very doubtful as to whether it is not identical with my

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &0. 47

Trochochojms rufus. If it be the. same fish, he is certainly not
justified in changing the genus and name of the species. The
differences in the descriptions are of the most trivial description.

1240. Labrichthys dux. De Yis.

Proc. Linn. Soc, 1ST. S. Wales, Vol. VIII, p. 287.
Moreton Bay.

Genus. Novacula. Cuv. and Val.

Body compressed, oblong, covered with scales of moderate size ;
head compressed, more or less elevated and obtuse, with the upper
profile generally more or less parabolic ; head nearly entirely
naked, or with small scales on the cheek ; lateral line interrupted.
No posterior canine tooth. D. 9/12. A. 3/12, the two anterior
dorsal spines sometimes remote or separate from the other.

Tropical Seas.

1241. Novacula Jacksoniensis. Bamsay.

Proc. Linn. Soc, N, S. Wales, Vol. III., p. 198.

Port Jackson.

1242. Coris semicincta. Bamsay.

Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales. Vol. VII., p. 301.
Broken Bay. Lord Howe's Island.

Species. 762. Siphonognathus argyrophanes.

Four specimens of this very curious fish were received lately by
the Australian Museum from South Australia. In the character
of the genus given by Dr. Gunther in his Catalogue, he has
omitted to mention that there are no ventral fins.

Family. GADID^F.

1243. Lotella Swanii. Johnston.

B. 7. D. 4/60. A. 55. V. 8. P. 22-23. L. lat. 200. L.
tr. 22/62.

Head contained 4g times in total length, and greatest depth \\
times. Length of snout equal to diameter of eye, and about one-
fifth the length of the head. Distance between orbits half again

48 SUPPLEMENT TO CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF AUSTRALIA,

as broad as diameter of eye. There is a series of 8 to 1 1 irregular
teeth in upper and lower jaws. Scales small. Colour uniformly
dark brown. Not common. (Johnston.)

Tasmania .

Genus. Physiculus. Kaup.

Body elongate, covered with small scales. A separate caudal ;
two dorsal fins and one anal • ventral fins with a very narrow but
flat base, composed of several rays. Teeth in the jaws in a band,
small, villiform, of equal size ; vomerine or palatine teeth none.
Chin with a barbel. Branchiostegals seven ; gill-rakers of the
outer branchial arch short.

Madeira.

1244. Physiculus palmatus. Klunz.

Archiv. fur Naturg., XXXVIIL, 1872.

R. br. 7. D. 9/56. A. c. 50. L. lat. c. 120. L. br. c. 15/30.

Height of body and length of head 4J in the length. Elongate,
elliptic ; profile of head slightly parabolic, point of snout notched,
forehead and preeorbital scaly ; under jaw retreating ; a pointed
barbel on the chin about as long as the eye ; the maxillary
reaches beyond the hind margin of the eye. There is a broad
band of villiform teeth in both jaws, none on the vomer and
palate. The 1st dorsal fin commences immediately behind the
base of the pectoral, the 2nd dorsal opposite the anal ; the cauda}
is quite separate and rounded. The ventrals are about half the
size of the head, with the base narrow, but flat and not styliform.
Colour brownish, dorsal anal and caudal fins brown-margined.
Length, 50 Ctm.

Port Phillip. (Klunz.)

1245. Pseudophycis breviusculus. Richards.
Ramsay Proc. Linn. Soc., N. S. Wales, Vol. VI., p. 717.
Port Jackson.

Family. MACRURID^E.

1246. Coryph^enoides Tasmanle. Johnston.
Proc. Royal Soc. Tasman., 1882, p. 143.
B. 7. D. 15/103. A. 90. V. 8.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 49

Snout short and obtuse, not projecting beyond mouth. Length
nearly six times that of the head, which latter is longer than the
greatest depth of body, and measures three times the length of
snout. Diameter of eye scarcely equal to length of snout. Barbel
rudimentaiy. Scales small, smooth, without ridges or spines.
There are eight series .of scales between anterior dorsal and the
lateral line. The lateral line is composed of about 133 series of
scales, the pierced scales being interrupted. The first dorsal is
composed of 15 feeble jointed rays, the length about twice the
diameter of the eye. The second dorsal commences near to the
termination of the first dorsal. The anus is situated under the
17th ray of the second dorsal, and neai'er to the snout than to the
tail by twice the length of the snout. Uniform silvery plumbous.
with a purplish shade. (Johnston.)

Seen in shoals at some seasons between Port Davey and
Macquarie Harbour, known as the " Tasmanian Whiptail."

Family. PLEURONECTJD^].

Species 780. Pseudorhombus Russellii.

Klunzinger makes the P. polyspilus Bleek, regarded by
Gunther as a synonym of Russellii, as a different species. He
is probably right, the markings and the dentition are certainly
a little different. He gives King George's Sound as its locality.

1247. Pseudokhombus Mulleri. Klunz.

Archiv. fur Naturg., 1872. Sitzb. der. K. Akad. der Wissensch.,
1879, Tab. IX., fig. 2.

D. 90. A. 73. V. 6. L. lat. 66.

Body oval, elliptic ; profile of head convex. Teeth in both
jaws in one row, small, rather unequal. Mouth oblique, jaws
equal ; length of upper jaw 3 in length of head. Eyes close
and directly above one another, the lower slightly in advance.
The diameter of the anterior curved portion of the lateral line, \\
in the length of the head. The dorsal fin commences a little in
front of the eye, the rays are of about the same height from the
10th to the 70th. Scales medium size, ciliated. Pectoral fin
4

50 SUPPLEMENT TO CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF AUSTRALIA,

narrow, 1^ in the length of the head ; ventral nearly 3 in length
of head ; dorsal and anal nearly join the caudal. Colour uniform
dark brown. 15 Ctm.

Hobson's Bay. (Klunzinger.)

1248. Amjiotretts zonatus. Macleay.

Proc. Linn. Soc., N. S. Wales, Vol. II., p. 367.

Port Jackson.

Genus. Pledronectes.

Cleft of the mouth narrow, with the dentition much more
developed on the blind side than on the coloured. Teeth in a
single or double series, of moderate size ; palatine and vomerine
teeth none. The dorsal fin commences above the eye. Scales
very small or rudimentary, or entirely absent. Eyes generally on
che right side.

Temperate and Arctic Seas.

1249. Pleuronectes Moretoniensis. De Vis.

Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, Vol. VII., p. 370.
Moreton Bay.

1250. Solea uncinata. Klunz.

Sitzb, der. K. Akad. der Wissensch., 1879, p. 408.

D. 77. A. 50. V. dextr. 7, sin. 4. P. 10.

Height of body 2£, and length of head 3 times in the total
length without caudal fin. L. lat. about 70 ; the highest dorsal
and anal rays 3-^ in length of body, Body oval, scales small,
lateral line straight ; pectorals of left side scarcely smaller than
the other ; lower eye nmch advanced ; forehead small, protruding,
scaly ; snout curved backwards under the chin, the dorsal rays
extending to the point ; caudal fin long and rounded ; left nostril
small. Colour uniform, slate-grey to black. Resembles S. liturata
Richards. 15 to 20 Ctm.

King George's Sound. (Klunzinger.)

1251. Solea fluviatilis. Ramsay.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales. Vol. VII. p. III.,
Hunter River.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 51

1252. Solea lineata. Ramsay.

Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales. Vol. VII., p. 406.
Port Stephens.

1253. Solea (Achirus) poroptera. Bleek.

Atl. Ichth. Pleuron.'p. 24. tab. 15, fig. 2.

D. 67. A. 52. L. lat. 80.

Dorsal and anal fins simple, or bifid at the top only. The
height of the body is contained twice and a half or twice and two
thirds in the total length. Eyes subcontiguous. Colour greyish-
brown with numerous small blackish dots ; two brown blotches on
the lateral line, and four others along the back. Probably the
same as Aehirus thepassii. Bleek. Gunth. Cat. IV., p. 478.

Port Darwin. (Klunzinger.)

1254. Synaptura fasciata. Macleay.

Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales. Vol. VII., p. 14. •
Port Jackson.

1255. Synaptura Selhedii. Macleay.

Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales. Vol. VII., p. 71.
Palmer River. Fresh water.

1256. Synaptura Fitzroiensis. De Vis.

Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales. Vol., VII., p. 319.
Fitzroy Eiver.

1257. Synaptura cinerea. De Vis.

Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales. Vol. VIIL, p. 288.
Moreton Bay.

1258. Plagusia notata. De Vis.

Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales. Vol. VIIL, p. 288.
Moreton Bay.

Species. 799. Plagusia guttata. Macleay.
Klunzinger thinks this is the Plagusia japoaica of Schlegel.

52 SUPPLEMENT TO CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF AUSTRALIA,

Genus. Lophorhombus. Macleay,

Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales. Vol. VII., p. 14.
This is without doubt the genus Lophonectes of Gunther. Report
ofZool. of Challenger Exp. Part VI., p. 28.
Dr. Gunther's name has priority.

1259. Lophorhombus cristatus. Macleay.
Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales. Vol. VII., p. 14.
Lophonectes gallus. Gunth. Report Zool. Chall. Part VI. p. 29.
PI. XV, fig. B.
Port Jackson.
Dr. Gunther's name has pi-iority.

Genus. L^eops. Gunth.

Body oblong ; head small ; cleft of mouth very narrow, with the
dentition much more developed on the blind side than on the
coloured. Teeth villiform, in narrow bands ; palatine and
vomerine teeth none. Dorsal fin commencing above the front
margin of the eye. Scales small, thin, deciduous. Eyes on the
left side.

1260. L^eops parviceps. Gunth.

Report of Zool. Challenger Exp. Part VI., p. 29. PI. XV.
fig. A.

D. 104. A. 86.

The height of the body is contained 2§ in the total length
(without caudal), the length of the head 5 J. The snout is very
short. The eye rather large ; its diameter being 3|- in the length
of the head. A very narrow ridge, longitudinally grooved,
separates the two eyes, the lower being conspicuously in advance
of the upper. The mouth is directed upwards, and the maxillary
of the left side extends scarcely below the anterior margin of the
eye. The dorsal fin commences opposite to the front margin of
the upper eye and is continued to the root of the caudal, the rays
being of moderate length. Caudal rounded. The left pectoral
rather longer than the light, and as long as the postorbital portion
of the head. The rays of the left ventral are arranged in the

N

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &0. 53

same line as the anal, the right ventral being entirely on the tight
side. The lateral line makes a very short semi-circular curve
anteriorly, and is straight for the remainder of its course. The
colour appears to have been uniform brown.
Off Twofold Bay. (Gunther.)

Genus. Cynoglossus. Ham. Buch.

Eyes on the left side ; pectorals none, vertical fins confluent.
Scales etenoid ; lateral line on the left side double or triple ;
upper part of the snout produced backwards into a hook ; mouth
unsymmetrical, rather narrow ; lips not fringed. Teeth minute,
on the right side only. Gill-opening very narrow.

Indian Seas.

1261. Cynoglossus quadrilineatus. Bleek.

Atl. Ichth. Pleuron. p. 32, tab. 14, fig 3. Gunth. Cat. IV.
p. 497.

D. 102-112. A. 83-86. C. 10. V. 4. L. lat. 95.

Two lateral lines on each side, separated in the middle by about
fourteen longitudinal series of scales. Two nostrils, one between
the eyes, the other below the lower angle of the lower eye. The
upper eye somewhat in advance of the lower. Lips not fimbriated.
The length of the snout is contained twice and two-thirds in that
of the head. The rostral hook just covers the symphysis of the
mandibles. The height of the body is somewhat less than one-
fourth of the total length, the length of the head one-fifth.
Uniform brownish ; fins yellowish ; a black spot on the operculum.

Cleveland Bay. (Klunzinger.)

Family. SILUKID^E.

1262. Cnidoglanis Mulleri. Klunz.

Sitzb. der K. Akad. der Wissensch. 1879, p. 411.

D. 1/5. Height of body 7 and length of head 6 in the total

length. Snout a little projecting ; underlip thick and covered

with warts, without fringe, not pendent. Side fringes on the

angle not threadshaped ; the nasal barbel reaches a little beyond

•54 SUPPLEMENT TO CATALOGUE OF THE PISHES OF AUSTRALIA,

the head, but not to the dorsal fin ; the maxillary barbels are
much shorter, only reaching just beyond the eye; the outer
mandibulary barbels reach to the branchial aperture, the inner
about half the distance. Five short canine teeth on each side of
the lower jaw. 1st dorsal fin as high as the body and a little
shorter than the head ; pectoral spine a little shorter than the
dorsal. Colour uniform brownish. Allied to C. microcephalics,
15 Ctm.

Port Darwin. (Klunzinger.)

Family. HAPLOCHITONID^.

Genus. Haplochiton. Jenyns.

General habit of the trout, but completely naked. The dorsal
fin occupies a position somewhat posterior to that of the ventrals.
which are in the middle of the length of the body, and composed
of seven rays. Adipose fin small ; caudal forked ; anal of inodei'ate
length. The nostrils are somewhat remote from each other. Eyes
of moderate size. Teeth small, curved, in a single series, in the
upper and lower jaw and on the palatine bones. Tongue broad,
with a series of curved teeth on each side. Gill-openings rather
wide, the gill-membranes not attached to the isthmus ; the outer
branchial arch with lanceolate gill-rakers. Pseudobranchia? well
developed. Air-bladder simple, grown to the walls of the abdomen.
Stomach thick and muscular ; pyloric appendages none. The
urogenital organs of both sexes are produced into a cylindrical tube,
which lies concealed in a groove before the anal fin.

Tierra del Fuego and Falkland Islands.

12G3. Haplochiton Sealii. Johnston.

Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasman., 1882, p. 128. The Derwent Smelt.

B. G. D. 8-9. A. 19-20. V. 7. P. 9-12. Vert. 56-57.

" Body naked. Total length 5-3 times length of head and nearly
10 times the height of the body. Head somewhat broad, depressed ;
interorbital space wide. Teeth in a single series, small, hooked,
on maxillary and mandible, minute on the palate. Eye relatively
large, diameter equal to length of snout, which latter is contained

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L S , &C. 5J5

in head 3 2 times. Maxillary extending to a vertical line drawn
through centre of eye ; posterior end slightly enlarged, and curved
downwards. Lower jaw slightly longer. Dorsal situated rather
in advance of vent and behind ventral fin. Belly rounded. Adipose
fin membranous, rudimentary, broadly deltoid. Body ornamented
with extremely minute dots ; from the ventrals forward I
minute dots form two pai'allel interrupted lines, which gradually
approach and unite at an acute angle under the mandibles.
Silvery band along sides. Length 1 to 2 inches.
Upper Derwent River. Tasmania.

Family. SCOPELID.L.

1264. Saurida ferox. Ramsay.

Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, Vol. VIIL, p. 177.
Port Jackson.

Family. GALAXID.E.

1265. Galaxias rostratus. Klunz.

Archiv. fur Naturg., 1872, p. 41.

R. br. 6. D. 11. A. 14. P. 14. V. 7.

Height of body 8£ and length of head 5£ in the total. Body
very slender ; forehead broad and flat. Jaws equal, each with a
row of slightly hooked teeth, the same on the palate ; those on
tongue in two rows. Eye shorter than the snout ; the maxillary
reaches to below the middle of the eye. The dorsal fin commences
at the beginning of the last third of the body, and a little in front
of the anal fin. The free part of the tail is as long as the anal
fin ; the caudal is slightly emarginate ; the ventrals are situated
midway between the base of the caudal and the front margin of
the eye ; the pectorals are of the same length as the ventrals and
are much shorter than half the distance between the two fins.
Colour uniform brownish-yellow, fins bright ; across the base of
the tail a dark cross-band on spot. Length 13 Ctm. Murray
River. (Klunzinger.)

56 SUPPLEMENT TO CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF AUSTRALIA,

12G6. Galaxias Findlayi. Macleay.

Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, Vol. VIL, p. 107.
Mount Kosciusko.

1267. Galaxias auratus. Johnston.

Proc. Linn. Soc. Tasman, 1882, p. 131. " Lake Trout."
. B. 9. D. 11-12. A. 14. P. 16. V. 1/7.

" The height of the body is contained five times in the total
length ; the length of head nearly four times. The head is very
much depressed. Interorbital space wide, having three pairs of
poi'es over each eye. About seventy distinct pores, mostly in.
pairs, along usual course of lateral line. Head blackish. Body
of a bright transparent golden hue. Spots very large, rounded
and sometimes confluent above lateral line. No blackish bars across
shoulder. Ventrals tipped with black ; base and tips of anal and
dorsal blackish. Pectoral reaches half the distance from root of
ventral. Total length 9f inches."

Hah. Great Lake, alt. 4000 feet. Tasmania.

1268. Galaxias Weedoni. Johnston.

Proc. Royal Soc, Tasman., 1882, p. 131. "Mersey Jolly-tail."

D. 11. A. 14. P. 15.

Body somewhat compressed. Length of head scarcely exceeding
the depth of bochy, and contained four and a half times in the
total length. Pectoral reaches half the distance to root of ventral.
Head and body brownish black ; back and sides marbled with
irregularly transverse wedged-shaped streaks, and bands of darker
hue. Caudal bifurcate. Length 4 J inches."

Mersey River, Tasmania.

1269. Galaxias Atkinsoni. Johnston.

Proc. Boy. Soc, Tasman., 1882, p. 131. "Pieman Jolly-tail."
B. 9. D. 11. P. 13. A. 14. V. 8.

" Length 4^ times that of the head, and the latter is equal to 1|
the height of the body. Diameter of eye equal to length of snout

BY WILLIAJI JIACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 57

and ^ of head. Pectoral reaches more than half the distance to
root of ventral. The depth of caudal peduncle not half the
length of distance between dorsal and caudal fins. Colour darkish
brown, sides with 16 to 18 regular transverse bands of a deeper
shade composed of microscopic dots, larger dots are distributed
along the lines of vertebrse and ribs. Length 2£ inches.
Pieman River, Tasmania.

Family. SCOMBRESOCID^E.
1270. Belone Grceneri. Klunz.

Sitzb. der K. Akad. der Wissensch. 1879, p. 414.

D. 19-20. A. 20.

Height of body 1J in the length of the pectoral fin. Head
above with a shallow but distinct groove ; tongue rough ; length
of head a little more than one-third of the total length without the
caudal fin. In other respects this species is like B. robustus.
Gunth. A slight keel of skin on the tail which is higher than
broad ; posterior dorsal and anal rays low ; the lower margin of
the maxillary only visible ; scales small, adhering, caudal fin forked.
B. charan has the posterior dorsal and anal rays longer, and is also
different in its dimensions and fin formula. B. liuroides has
larger scales and larger head. The colour in this species is like the
rest of the genus, Dr. Klunzinger thinks that this species is also
quite distinct from B. gavealoides of Castelnau, but he complains
that that species has been very inadequately described. 60 Ctm.

Port Darwin. (Klunzinger.)

Family. CLUPEID^E.

1271. Eugraulis Carpentaria. De Vis.

Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales. Vol. VII., p. 320.
Norman River.

1272. Engraulis heterolobus. Riipp.

Gunth. Cat. VII. p. 392., Klunz. Archiv. furNaturg. 1872, p. 42.
B. 12. D. 14. A. 17-18. L. lat. 42.

58 SUPPLEMENT TO CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF AUSTRALIA,

The height of the body is two elevenths of the total length, the
length of the head one-fourth ; head not quite as long as deep.
Snout pointed, much projecting below the lower jaw ; maxillary
very finely toothed, rather pointed behind, extending somewhat
beyond the mandibulary joint. Origin of the dorsal fin midway
between the end of the snout and the root of the caudal fin. Anal
commencing immediately behind the dorsal. Abdomen compressed
in front of the ventrals, with several scutes. A well defined
silvery band along the side.

Cleveland Bay and Hobson's Bay. (Klunzinger.)

1273. Engraulis mystax. Bl. Schn.

Gunth. Cat. VII., p. 397. Bleek. Atl. Ichth. Chip., p. 132-
Tab. 3. Fig. 2.

B. 12. D. 13-14. A. 34. L. lat. 42.

The height of the body is contained 3J or 3£ in the total
length (without caudal), the length of the head 4 times. Snout,
short, obtuse, much projecting below the lower jaw. Teeth
present in both jaws, minute. Maxillary much prolonged,
extending to, or nearly to, the ventrals ; it has a short dilatation
above the mandibular}' joint. Gill rakers not very fine, about 10
on the lower branch of the outer branchial arch, the longest as
long as the eye. Origin of dorsal fin somewhat nearer to the end
of the snout than the root of the caudal. Anal commencing shortly
behind the last dorsal rays. Abdomen compressed, the spine scutes
extending to the gill-opening. Sometimes a blackish spot across
the nape down to the scapula.

Queensland. (Klunzinger.)

1274. Engraulis Hamiltonii. Gray.

Gunth. Cat. VII., 395. Macleay. Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S.
Wales. Vol. VIII., p. ^09.

E. poovawali Cuv. Bleek. Atl. Clup. tab. 1, fig. 5. E. Grayi
Kner. Voy. Nov.

B. 13. D. 13. A. 36-40. L. lat. 47.

The height of the body is contained 3| or 3f in the length
(without caudal.) The length of the head 4| or 4^. Both jaws

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY. F.L.S., &C. 5S

with minute teeth ; the maxillary dilated above the mandibular;
joint, its posterior tapering portion extends to or nearly to, the
root of the pectoral fin. Origin of dorsal midway between the end
of the snout and root of the caudal. Anal commencing immediately
behind the last dorsal ray. Entire abdominal ridge serrated.
Scapulary region with black venules. Gill-rakers rather strong,
distant, 13 on the horizontal branch of outer branchial arch, the
longest rather shorter than the eye.

Lower Burdekin in Shoals. (Macleay.)

1275. Chatoessus elongatus. Macleay.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales. Vol. VIIL, p. 209.
Lagoons. Mary River.

Species. 887. Chatoessus Erebi.

Klunzinger regards C. erebi of Castelnau as identical with the
above species, and C. Richardsoni Castelnau as the true C. erebi of
Richardson.

Family. MUR^ENTD^.

1276. Anguilla amboinexsis. Pet.

Gunth. Cat. VIIL, p. 34.

Origin of the dorsal fin twice as far distant from the pectoral
fin as from the vent. The length of the head one third of the
distance of the vent from the end of the snout. Angle of the
mouth below the hind margin of the eye. Teeth small, in broad
bands, that of the vomer rather narrower than that of the maxillary.
Yellowish-brown, spotted with dark brown.

Port Phillip. (Klunzinger.)

1277. Anguilla marginipinnis. Macleay.

Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, Vol. VIIL, p. 210.
Lillesmere Lagoon, Burdekin River.

1278. Mur-enicbthys macropterus. Bleek.
Atl. Ichth. Mur., p. 31, tab. VII , fig. 3. Gunth. Cat, VIIL,
p 52.

GO SUPPLEMENT TO CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF AUSTRALIA.

Origin of the dorsal fin nearer to the gill-opening than to the
vent. Snout pointed, the greater part of the teeth biserial. The
cleft of the mouth extends somewhat behind the eye. Length,
14 inches.

Port Phillip. (Jvlunzinger.)

Family. SYNGNATHID^E.
1279. Syngnathus cinctus. Ramsay.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, Vol. VII., p. III.
Port Jackson, in 17 fathoms.

1230. Syngnathus superciliaris. Gunth.

Report Zool. Exp., Challenger, part VI., p.

D. 23. Osseous rings. 20 x 38.

Snout as long as the postorbital part of head, with a median
ridge above, terminating on the interorbital space, neck com-
pressed into trenchant ridge ; operculum without keel and with
fine radiating striae. Shields without spines ; lateral line passing
into the lower caudal edge ; base of the dorsal fin not elevated,
standing on three body and three caudal rings. Tail twice as long
as the trunk. A very conspicuous filament above each eye.
Pectoral and caudal fins well developed. Brownish-grey, with
indistinct darker cross-brands, and finely marbled with darker and
lighter spots ; snout and lower half of head with oblique vermicu-
lated brown lines. Length, 3 to 6f inches.

Port Jackson. (Gunth er.)

1281. Syngnathus caretta. Klunz.

Sitzb. der K. Akad. der Wissensch. 1879, p. 419.

& modestus Klunz. (nee. Gunth.) Archiv. fur Naturg.,
XXXVIIL, 1872.

D. 24. Osseous rings, 17 x 42-44.

Head 81-9 in the length; snout 2\ in length of head; trunk
half the total length. Operculum with a short longitudinal ridge
in front only. Two nape shields witli a longitudinal crest in
middle. The lateral line is distinct as far as the anal shield.
On the caudal shields it is either wanting or indistinct and
interrupted. The dorsal fin commences on the anterior part of

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. Gl

the anal ring ; pectoral and caudal fins distinct, anal rudimentary.
Body anteriorly a little higher than broad, nearly square. Colour
brownish on the back, with lighter shield like transverse marks or
bands at varying distances, and about 12 in number. 10 Ctms.
Port Phillip. (Klunzinger.)

1282. SOLEITOGNATHUS FASCIATUS. Gimth.

Report Chall. Exp. Zool. Part VI., p. 30, pi. XIV., fig. B.

D. 41. Osseous rings, 27 x 55.

This species is most closely allied to Solenognathus spinosissimus,
having the same rough and spiny scutes, but the forehead is some-
what broader, the dorsal longer and composed of more numerous
rays, and the back of the trunk ornamented with seven narrow
blackish cross-bars. Also the prseanal region is blackish. Length
of specimen, 11 inches, (tail h\ inches.

Twofold Bay. 120 fathoms. (Gunther.)

Family. GYMNODONTES.
1283. Tetrodon reticularis. Bl. Schn.

Gunth. Cat. VIII., p. 296. T. testudineus Bleek. Atl. Gymnod,
p. 71, pi. 8, fig. 3.

Very small spines cover the whole body from the nostrils to the
root of the caudal fin ; those on the abdomen with two, three, or
four roots. Snout short and obtuse, about one-third of the length
of the head, and two-thirds of the width of the broad and flat
interorbital space. Length of the caudal fin ecpxal to its distance
from the front margin of the dorsal. Abdomen with rather
numerous brown or black longitudinal bands, obliquely ascending
over the cheeks to the upper part of the head, and passing on the
side into a brown network, the meshes enclosing round whitish
spots. On the back the brown is the ground colour, with round
whitish spots. Caudal fin with round yellowish spots, separated
by a blackish network. Vert. 8/10.

Lower Burdekin. Salt water. (Macleay.)

G2 SUPPLEMENT TO CATALOGUE OP THE FISHES OF AUSTRALIA,

Family. CARCHARID^.

1284. Carcharias crenidens. Klunz.

Sitzb. der K. Akad. der Wissensch. 1879, p. 426. Taf. VIII.,
fig. 3

Of the subgenus Scoliodon. Teeth in both jaws serrated on the
outer edge of the base, oblique, and without middle tooth in the
lower jaw ; no serration on the inner margin. The teeth in the
upper jaw 12/1/12, in the lower 12/12. The fold of the upper lip
is very distinct, therein differing from C. acutus, and is a little
longer than the under one. The fold of the upper lip occupies J
of the half of the lip, that of the lower 1/4 of the half of the
lower lip. Snout long, obliquely obtuse in front, the distance
between the outer angles of the nostrils is much greater than that
between the nostrils and the snout ; the length of the snout from
the anterior margin of the mouth is equal to the distance of the
eye from the anterior gill-opening. Pores on the head as in
C. acutus. The length of the base of the anal fin is equal to half
its distance from the ventral. Colour as in C acutus, pectorals
whitish margined behind ; the back of the caudal dark. 60 Ctm.

Queensland. (Klunzinger.)

Family. LAMNID^E.
Genus. Selache. Cuv.

The first dorsal fin opposite to the space between the pectoral
and ventral fins, without spine ; the second and the anal fin very
small ; a pit at the root of the caudal fin, which is provided with
a lower lobe. Side of the tail with a keel. No memtrana
nictitans. A very small spiracle above the angle of the mouth.
Gill-openings exti-emely wide. Teeth very small, numerous, conical,
without sei-rature or lateral cusps.

Arctic Regions.

1285. Selache maxima. Gunn.

Gunth. Cat. VIII., p. 394. Basking Shark of Northern
Europe,

This is the only species known of Selache, so that the generic
characters sufficiently describe the species. It has hitherto been

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., itC. 63

believed to inhabit only the Arctic Regions, but the recent
discovery of one by Professor MacCoy on the Coast of Victoi'ia,
seeing to point to the conclusion that it is also an inhabitant of
Antarctic Seas.

The Victorian specimen caught at Portland Bay, measured over
30 feet in length and 20_feet in girth.

Family. SCYLLID^E.
1286. Crossorhinus ornatus. De Vis.
Proc. Linn. Soc., N. S. Wales. Vol VIII., p. 289.
Moreton Bay.

Family. RAILD^E.
1287. Raja australis. Macleay.
Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales. Vol. VIII., p. 461.
Outside Port Jackson in 50 fathoms.

1288. Raja nitida. Gunth.

Report Chall. Exp. Zool. Part VI, p. 27. PL XIV., fig. A.

Angle of snout obtuse, with a very thin median papillary pro-
jection. Width of interorbital space a little less than the length
of the orbit, and distance between the outer margins of the
nostrils, less than their distance from the extremity of the snout.
Teeth with very small points, almost obtuse. Outer pectoral
margin obtusely rounded, the greatest width of disk being equal
to the distance of the snout from the extremity of the ventral.
All the upper parts covered with minute asperities, one or two
curved spines in front, and behind the orbit, one in the middle of
the back, and a series along the median line of the tail. Above
light brown marbled with dark brown blotches which are orna-
mented with small round yellowish ocelli.

Twofold Bay, 120 fathoms.

1289. Raja dentata. Klunz.
Archiv. fur Naturg., XXX VIII., 1872.

Breadth 1^ in the total length. Length of disk (to the end of
the base of the pectoral fins) 1^ of the breadth of the disk. Tail
nearly as long as the disk, which is twelve times as long as the

64 SUPPLEMENT TO CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF AUSTRALIA,

eye. Disk irregular, rhombic, its length not much less than its
breadth. The snout is obtuse and not projecting. The front side
of the pectoral fins rectilinear, the posterior slightly curved with
rounded sides and backward angle. Eyes moderate, their longi-
tudinal diameter equal to the breadth of the forehead. This last
is concave. The snout cartilage is narrow, expanding towards the
forehead. The distance between the nostrils is the same as their
distance from the end of the snout. The back of the disk is every-
where covered with minute spines, with stronger ones disposed as
follows : — One row along the supercilliary ridges in a curve,
one row in the middle line of the back, extending to the tail
where they are arranged in alternate irregular double rows. There
are also large spines on the side of the tail, especially at the base ;
there is also a group of smaller spines on the cartilage of the
snout. The teeth are in 42 longitudinal rows and are not acute.
The ventral fins are long, their outer margin lobed, the front part
with projecting points. Tail very depressed, a slight fold along
the side, and compressed at the extremity, no distinct caudal fin.
The two dorsal fins are close together, close to the tail, equal in
size and rounded ; the shoi't space between these two fins bears a
few spines. Colour grey, underneath white. 50 Ctm.
Port Phillip. (Klunzinger.)

1290. Trygon sephen. Forsk.

Gunth. Cat. VIIL, p. 482. Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales,
Vol. VIIL, p. 212.

Tail with a broad cutaneous fold below, but without one above,
about thrice as long as the disk. Disk rhombic, with obtuse
angles. The upper parts densely covered with flat scale-like
tubercles ; several large globular tubercles in the median line of
the scapulary l'egion. Coloration uniform.

Lower Burdekin. Salt water. (Macleay.)

1291. T^eniura Mortoni. Macleay.
Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, Vol. VIIL, p. 212.
Lower Burdekin. Salt water.

65

On some new Batrachians from Queensland.
By Charles W. De Vis, M.A.

LlMNODYNASTES LINEATUS.

Habit rather slender, but with powerful hind limbs. Tongue
oval, with its free hind edge scarcely eruarginate. The line of the
vomerine teeth extends somewhat beyond the choanal, and is but
slightly interrupted ; each half is dilated in the middle, has its
anterior edge convex, and its posterior rather concave. The
choanee are small and obliquely elliptical. The head is as broad,
or nearly as broad as long. The snout is rounded, longer than the
orbit, and as long as or longer than the interorbit. The nostrils
are equally distant from the orbit and tip of the snout. The
loreal region is concave, the tympanum indistinct. The first
finger is shorter than the second ; the second in the female is
broadly fringed. There are three metacarpal and one metatarsal
tubercles, the latter small and blunt. On protraction of the
hind limb the ankle reaches the front edge of the orbit. The skin
is entirely smooth.
Measurements : —

Total length 18 lines Osseous interorbit .. 2-3 lines

Length of head 8 ,, Hind limb 16 ,,

Breadth of head 7|-8 „ Foot 9 „

Snout 3 „ Forelimb 10* „

Orbit 2| „

The ground colour is olive green to olive brown. A black
longitudinal line commencing in a spatulate marking on the
interorbit runs on each side of a narrow vertebral line of the
ground colour. External to this, a broad black band runs along
the side of the back. A third proceeds from the tip of the snout
over the canthus rostralis and the eye to the shoulder, or is
continued on to the body, where it breaks up into spots. Flanks
and limbs on their front and back surfaces mottled with chestnut
brown. Lower surface of thighs rufous, chin and throat mottled
with brown. A black spot on the upper lip.

66 ON SOME NEW BATRACHIANS FROM QUEENSLAND,

Four specimens collected at Mackay, by Mr. H. Ling Roth.
Approaching near to L. Pei'onii, the present is sufficiently distinct
from that species. Its chief differences are a shorter hind limb
and a well-defined continuity in its dorsal stripes.

LlMNODYNASTES OLIVACEUS.

Habit stout, with short strong hind limit. Tongue orbicular,
with the free hind edge slightly nicked. Vomerine teeth in an
interrupted sei'ies, each half slightly curved, extending a little
beyond the choanss, which are round. Snout rather longer than
the orbit, which is longer than the bony interorbit. Nostril
ecpially distant from the eye and tip of the snout. Tympanum
invisible. Canthus rostralis rounded. Loreal region shelving,
rather concave. Three metacarpal and two metatarsal tubercles ;
the inner metatarsal small, the outer long and low. On protraction
of the hind limb, the ankle reaches the hinder angle of the eye.
Skin of back and upper side of limbs covered with strong
tubercules.

Measurements : —

Total length 18 lines Osseous interorbit 2 lines

Length of head 1\ „ Hind limb to ankle... 14| ,,

Breadth of head 7£ „ Foot 9 „

Snout 3-1 „ Forelimb 9 ,,

Orbit 3 „

Colour olive green, with yellowish bars on the lips and snout.
One example collected at Mackay by Mr. H. Ling Roth.

Hyla Rothii.

Habit slender, with a slender hind limb. Tongue oval, with its
free hind edge rather deeply emarginate. Vomerine teeth in two
small groups between the choanee. Choanse rather large, angular.
Head small. Snout subacute, longer than orbit or interorbit —
the latter ecpial. Nostril much nearer the tip of the snout than
to the eye. Loreal region shelving, rather concave. Tympanum
distinct, two-thirds of orbit. Fingers half-webbed, but fringed to

BY CHARLES W. DE VIS, M.A. G7

the disks ; disks about two-thirds of tympanum. Toes entirely
webbed, with small disks. On protraction of the hind foot, the
ankle reaches between the eye and the nostril. No distinct tarsal
fold. A faint fold over the wrist.
Measurements : —

Total length . 20 lines Osseous interorbit. .. 3 lines

Length of head 1\ „ Hind limb to ankle... 18J „

Breadth G£ „ Foot 9 „

Snout 4 ,, Fore limb, entire 10.', ,,

Orbit 3 „

Colour variable, lead grey, olive or reddish brown, uniform or
mottled with darker. In one example, a faint trace of a dark line
on each side the back, anjd a fine dark line from the nostril to the
eye, curving down to the upper lip. In all the axil is black ; the
groins have large black spots which may run together into a line
between the groin and the axil. On the foreside of the thigh a
long irregular black stripe breaking up into spots distad. Pos-
teriorly, a similar black line enclosing more or less completely one
or two large yellow spots Lower surface of thigh purplish-red.
Generally a black crescentic band across the wrist.

Four specimens collected at Mackay by Mr. Ling Roth.

Occasional Notes on Plants Indigenous in the immediate
neighbourhood of sydney. no. 6.

By E. H AVI LAND.

This paper is the result of observations and notes that I have made,
from time to time during the past six months, on some species of
the genus Darwinia. That most common in the immediate neigh-
bourhood of Sydney is D. fascicularis. I have, however, found
one or two plants of D. taxifolia. The two species closely resemble
each other ; the leaves of D. taxifolia being a little more fiatt
than in D. fascicularis ; and the flowers in each head fewer. Its

G8 NOTES ON PLANTS INDIGENOUS TO SYDNEY,

specific name, taxifolia, was given to it by Allan Cunningham.
Schauer, however, described it as D. laxifolia ; and seems to have
considered the name taxifolia a misprint ; for Bentham adds a note
to his description in the " Flora Australiensis" (Vol. 3, p. 12), in
which he says, " Schauer was mistaken in supposing that Allan
Cunningham's specific name of taxifolia was a misprint ; it was
intended to allude to the pecular bifarious arrangement of the
leaves, in luxurious branches." In the third volume of the
" Flora Australiensis," in which the genus Darvrinia is described,
only twenty-three species are enumerated. Von Mueller, however,
in his census recently published, gives thirty-seven species. It
must not be forgotten that most of the volumes of the "Flora
Australiensis " were published many years ago. This third volume,
for instance, eighteen years. Perhaps then, I may be allowed to
refer here to the great debt of gratitude that I think is owing by
all botanists, but especially by Australian botanists, to Baron von
Mueller, by whose untiring energy they have been kept acquainted
with all discoveries of new genera and species, since the publication
of that work.

Darwinia fascicularis, of which species I speak more particularly
in this paper, is very common about our coast line, being especially
plentiful between Coogee and Botany. It belongs to the order
Myrtacece ; and is a low-lying, half decumbent shrub ; having its
leaves heath-like, crowded and nearly terete ; its infloresence in
terminal heads of ten to twenty flowers ; presenting a rather
curious appearance by having, often on the same head, some of its
flowers white, while the others are red ; the red colour, however,
extends only to the limb of the corolla, the tube, in all cases, being
white. If, as suggested in my last paper, the corolla is slit open,
and spi'ead out by small pins on a flat piece of cork, its five pointed
lobes, with its ten stamens and shining black, gobular anthers,
alternating with ten staminodia, which are often tipped with
crimson rudimentary anthers, give it, especially under a low
microscopic power, a very beautiful and gem-like appearance.

The genus, even if not otherwise interesting, will always be so
by bringing to memory the name of one of the most illustrious

BY E. HAVILAND. G'J

naturalists of our time ; but indeed, even confining my remarks to
Darivinia fascicularis, I may say that it is a plant possessing great
interest to all engaged in the study of vegetable life. In my last
paper I brought under your notice a plant, Myrsine variabilis,
which appeared to me to have its flowers always closed to ensure
self-fertilization. Here, -however, I speak of a plant whose flowers,
or nearly all of them, appears to be always closed to prevent it.
There is, however, this difference between them, that in the
former case, both anthers and stigma are shut in the corolla
together ; while in the latter, the anthers are shut in, while the
stigma is shut out, so that there can be no communication between
them. Here and there, however, in D. fascicularis, an open
flower is found without this separation of the fertilizing organs ;
but I think I am within bounds when I say that of a hundred of
its flowers, ninety-five never open. T do not make this assertion
from the inspection of a few flowers, but as the result of long and
cai"eful watching. Indeed, it was not until I had been studying
the plant for some time that I could find any open flowers ; and
so under the impression that all were closed, having the anthers and
stigma completely separated, I was at a loss to conceive how the
plant was fertilized, Thinking that perhaps the corolla opened
either during very bright sunlight, or perhaps as jEnothera, and
many other flowers, rn the early evening or at night, I have
during this summer marked many flowers, and have watched them
at all hours during both bright and cloudy days, and have also
made special visits to Coogee at night for that purpose ; but in no
instance have I found flowers open except in the very few cases
where they were so from the first. In one instance I marked a
branch bearing three heads, consisting in all of forty-two flowers.
Of these none were open ; none of the styles projected more than
a quarter of an inch beyond the closed corolla, shewing that the
flowers were but little beyond the condition of buds. In four
days I again visited this plant ; none of the flowers were open, but
the styles all projected more than an inch beyond the corolla.
Nearly all the stigmas were mature and ready to i-eceive pollen.
In a week I made another inspection, finding the flowers still all

70 NOTES ON PLA.NTS INDIGENOUS TO SYDNEY,

closed. Of the three heads, one, comprising fourteen flowers, had
pollen of on four the stigmas. A second, having twelve flowers,
had no pollen on the stigmas. The third, which contained sixteen
flowers at first, but now only thirteen, three having withered, had
pollen on seven of the stigmas.

I think the fact that, in the whole of these flowers, the anthers
were closely shut up within the corollas, while the stigmas were
outside at some distance from them, and that no communication
could possibly take place between them ; proves, beyond doubt,
that they were cross-fertilized ; or that, at least, the pollen on the
stigmas came from some other flowers. It also proves, I think,
that if my estimate of the proportion of closed and open flowers is
correct, ninety-five per oent. of them are entirely dependent on the
remaining five per cent, for their fertilization. While sitting at a
little distance from this plant, trying to think out how it could
have been fertilized — for up to that time I had seen no open
flowers — I noticed two or three small bees hovering about one
particular part of it. If I frightened them away they invai'iably
returned to the same place ; and, upon searching there, I found a
head of ten flowers, three of which were open ; the anthers were
fully exposed, and the pollen exuding from them. I revisited it
several times, but, from first to last, the same three flowers only
had opened.

The stigma is very small, being merely the point of the style ;
but there is one feature in the plant which I consider of great
importance. Immediately below the stigma is a ring of stiff hair-
like glands, which secrete an adhesive fluid copiously. This
secretion is greater in the young than in the mature flower.
Indeed, if a bud is opened, it will be found so copious that a broad
baud or ligature is formed of it, extending from the style across to
the inner surface of the corolla. As the flower approaches
maturity, although the secretion is not so copious, it collects in
considerable quantity, forming a globule close under the stigma ;
and not only often creeping up to it, but running clown the style
In the course of time it dries into a smaller mass.

BY E. HAVILAXD. 71

Considering that only about five per cent, of the flowers open,
and consequently that that proportion of the pollen only is avail-
able for the fertilization of the plant, and that the anthers do not
open by slits, as is most usual ; but by two very minute pores,
thus giving out the pollen grudgingly ; that the pollen, even in
the anther, is by no means abundant, but rather the reverse;
taking, too, into consideration that each flower produces but one
seed, one cannot help feeling surprise that the plant is so
abundant. I think, however, this may be accounted for to a great
extent, by the presence of the secretion of which [ have spoken.
The fact of its being more copious in the younger flowers while
the styles are comparatively short, and the secreting glands are
near the surface of the head of flowers, renders it almost impossible
for an insect to crawl about the stage, formed by the compact head,
without becoming so smeared with it, that on visiting an open
flower much of whatever pollen might be exposed, would adhere
to it, and be carried away by it ; and for the same reason upon
its visiting the mature stigmas of the closed flowers, a little only
of the pollen, but cpiite sufficient, since there is only one ovule to
be fertilised, would be left on each ; the greater part remaining
adhering to the insect, who would carry it from one flower to
another. Thus it is not unlikely that by the pollen obtained by
one visit to an open flower, very many of the closed ones would
be fertilised.

Studies ox the Elasjiobranch Skeleton.

By "William A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc.

[Plates I. and II.]

In his well-known memoirs " Das Kopfskelet der Selachier "

and "Die Brnst-Flossen der Fische,"f Gegenbaur has treated

very exhaustively of the structure and homologies of these part s

* Untersuchungen zur vergleichenden Anatomie der Wirbelthiere. Heft- 3.
t Op. cit. Heft. 2.

72 STUDIES ON THE ELASMOBRANCH SKELETON,

of the skeleton in the Selachoidei. There was an absence,
however, in the material at his disposal, rich though it was, of
certain southern forms of some little importance ; and a study
of some of those has enabled me to observe several points of some
theoretical interest. The following is the list of the species
examined : —

Heptauchus indicus Complete skeleton.

Heterodontus (Cestracion) Phillipi ... do.

Carcbarodon Rondeletii do.

Crossorhinus barbatus do.

Cheiloscyllium furvum do.

Squatina angel us do.

Pristiophorus cirratus do.

Trygonorhina fasciata do.

Trygon pastinaca do.

Urolophus testaceus do.

Hypnos subniger do.

Galeus canis dried skull.

Scy Ilium stellarius do.

Lamna cornubica do.

Scymnus circaeensis do.

Mustelus laevis do.

Zygaena malleus do.

The skeletons of the Australian species were all examined in the
fresh state, and the drawings made from them (with the aid of the
camera and sometimes of photographs), while in that state or after
preservation in glycerine jelly after Prof. T. J. Parker's method,
so that little or no distortion or alteration had taken place.

One of the principal objects which I have had in view has been
to ascertain how far a comparison of all parts of the skeleton would
bear out the deductions as to the affinities of the various groups,
based by Hasse* on the structure of the vertebra?; and I have
added at the close of the paper a synopsis of the anatomical
characters of the skeleton in the principal sub-divisions, showing
how far this has been carried out.

* Morphologisches Jahrbuch, II., III., IV., andSupp. to IV.

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 73

The following is a short general summary of the leading points
in the skeletal anatomy of the Plagiostomata.

The vertebral column of the Plagiostomata varies considerably
in the degree to which the vertebra? become marked off from one
another, and the embryonic tissue becomes ossified. In some
( Notidanus), no ossification takes place in the centra, and the
segments are not very clearly separated from one another.
In others ( Spinacidce, Lcemargidm and Echinorhinidce), each
centrum presents a double osseous cone with the apices meeting in
the middle and the cavities of the cones turned towards the
anterior and posterior faces of the vertebra.* In the greater
number of Sharks there is added to this double cone a series of
osseous rays traversing the cartilaginous zone which forms the
outer layer of the centrum. In one case only (Squatina) the
rays are replaced by a series of concentric lamella? surrounding
the double osseous cone. In some sharks (Notidanus for example),
each vertebra in the caudal region bears two neural arches. In
the Rays ossification of the vertebral column is more perfect than
in the Sharks, and the anterior portion of the spinal column
becomes fused into a continuous bony and cartilaginous mass. In
all the caudal vertebra? ai*e distinguishable by the presence of in-
ferior arches enclosing the caudal vessels. The first vertebra has its
anterior surface modified for articulation with the occipital region
of the cranium. In Hexanchus, in which the separation between
adjacent vertebra? is very imperfect, the cartilage of the first
vertebra is perfectly continuous with the cartilage of the cranium.
In most other Selachii, however, the first vertebra developes
lateral articular processes which articulate with the apposed
surfaces of the occipital regiou of the skull. These lateral articu-
lations are more markedly developed in the Rays, in which the
median prolongation of the centrum of the first vertebra? fits into a
deep excavation in the basis cranii, its apex being connected with
the latter by a mesial ligament containing the rudimentary

* This structure seems first to have been noticed by Home : See " On the nature of the
intervertebral substances in Fish and Quadrupeds," Phil. Trans., 1809, pp. 177-184.

74 STUDIES ON THE ELASMOBRANCII SKELETON,

prolongation forwards of the notochorcl, while its sides articulate
with the occipital condyles.

In the caudal region of Sharks the haemal spines become
specially produced to afford support to the ventral half of the
broad caudal fin ; closely related to the dorsal surface of the
vertebrae in this region, but not continuous with the neural
arches and supporting the dorsal half of the fin are a series of
cartilages which, though resembling produced neural spines,
are not continuous with the neural arches, and do not agree
in number with the latter ; and in the trunk the dorsal and
anal fins possess cartilaginous supports which sometimes present
the appearance of modified neural and haemal spines. Frecpiently>
however, the skeleton supporting these unpaired fins is entirely
unconnected with the vertebral column, and, though in some
cases the correspondence in position of its elements with the
segments of the vertebral column seems to indicate some develop-
mental relationship with the latter, in others, the skeleton of
the fin becomes so modified by the formation of plate-like basal
cartilages that this apparent correspondence is no longer traceable.

The cranium of the Plagiostomata is formed of an undivided
mass of cartilage, strengthened in many cases by the deposition
of superficial layers of bony matter. It consists, in essence, of a
cartilaginous case into the sides of which are incorporated the
cavities or capsules that serve to protect the three pairs of organs
of special sense, the ear, the eye, and the nose ; in the walls of
which are apertures for the egress of the cerebral nerves ; and
from which project certain processes which serve for the attach-
ment of muscles or for connection with the anterior visceral
arches. In the middle line behind is the aperture of the foramen
magnum, the plane of which is usually inclined from below and
behind upwards and forwards ; its lower lip is deeply excavated
in the Rays for the reception of the mesial process of the first
vertebra ; and on either side of this is one of the condylar surfaces
which are articulated with the lateral articular processes of the
first vertebra. In some sharks ( Notidanidce), the occipital region
presents certain characteristics which assimilate it to the vertebral
column ; in the middle above is a ridge seeming to prolong

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 75

rorwards the line of the dorsal spines ; on each side is another
ridge apparently continuous with the transverse processes, and
a row of small foramina (through which pass divisions of the
vagus nerve), which seem to continue forwards the row of
spinal nerve-foramina. In a few other sharks ( Spinacidcu) these
peculiarities are traceable in a less decided form ; but in the
majority the mesial and lateral occipital ric'ges disappear. In
front of the occipital is the auditory region of the skull, in which
are contained the various divisions of the membranous labyrinth,
and with which articulate laterally the hyo-mandibular cartilages.
In the lower forms among the Plagiostomes the surface of the
auditory region takes its form to some extent from that of the
enclosed parts of the auditory apparatus, and elevations marking
the position of the anterior and posterior semi-circular canals and
of the vestibule are very prominent on the surface ; in higher
forms these elevations become less marked, and in some exceptional
instances they may become so obscured as to be barely traceable.
On the upper surface of this segment of the skull are the two small
apertures of the aqueductus vestibuli ; in the Sharks these two
apertures are closely approximated to one another, and are situated
at the bottom of a common pit or groove — the parietal groove.
In the Rays, on the other hand, the two apertures are separated
from one another by a distinct interval and do not lie in any
common groove.

The articular surface for the hyo-mandibular in the lateral wall
of the auditory region varies greatly in its form and position. In
form it varies from a simple concavity to a complex articular
surface, sometimes divided into two parts ; it may be excavated on
the lateral wall of the auditory region, or may be borne out from
the general surface on prominent processes of the postero-lateral
region of the cranium. In the Rays it is placed nearer the, base of
the cranium than in the Sharks, and is more elongated antero-
posteriorly. Behind it in the Rays is sometimes a small articular
surface for the first branchial arch.

In front of the auditory region is the orbital region, which
presents on either side a deep concavity for the reception of the eye.

76 STUDIES ON THE ELASMOBRANCH SKELETON,

In most Sharks the orbital cavity is bounded below by a plate of
cartilage— the basilar plate ; but this is absent in all the Rays. It
is frequently bounded in front and behind by prse- and post-orbital
processes ; and its wall is perforated by apertures for the egress of
the facial, trigeminal, abducent and oculo-motor nerves. A shallow
groove passing forwards from the aperture for the trigeminal marks
the coui'se of the ophthalmic branch of that nerve, and a series of
foramina in the roof indicate the points at which the supra-orbital
branches of the same nerve penetrate towai'ds the roof of the skull.
In front near the upper border of the orbit is a canal or notch
by which the ophthalmic nerve reaches the upper surface of the
skull ; and in front of the orbit is a canal or notch (the ethmoidal
canal or notch), by which it again passes downwards towards the
lower lateral region of the olfactory capsule.

In front of the orbits ai*e the olfactory capsules, which are more
or less completely enclosed in cartilage, and are usually solid^
connected with the rest of the cranium. Related to the olfactory
aperture is a small cartilage, the olfactory cartilage usually of the
form of an incomplete ring.

Between the nasal capsules the mesial portion of the skull is
usually produced forwards into a longer or shorter rostrum, which
may be single and contain a canal continuous with the cranial
cavity, or may be composed of three solid bars of cartilage, a
mesial and two lateral, which coalesce anteriorly. Directly or
indirectly related to the skull are the palato-quadrate, Meckelian>
hyoid and branchial arches.

At the sides of the gape are the labial cartilages, of which there
are usually two pairs above and one below. In the Rays labial
cartilages, as a rule, are absent.

The upper and lower jaws of the Elasmobranchii consist of the
palato-quadrate and Meckelian cartilages respectively, the sub-
stance of the cartilage being usually deeply impregnated with
osseous matter. The palato-quadrate is distinguishable in the
Sharks into an anterior, palatine, and a posterior, quadrate,
portion. It presents in Notidanus a process for articulation with
the post-orbital process. In the Notidanidce the palatine cartilages

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 77

of opposite sides are widely separated from one another by an
interval occupied by ligamentous fibres, but bearing teeth. The
two halves are more closely approximated in other Sharks ; in
some fCestracion, Scymnus) they are very intimately connected.
In the Rays the palatine and quadrate portions are usually not
well marked off from one another, and the two halves are
intimately united together in the middle line. In the Sharks a
palatine process is developed for articulation with the basis cranii,
but this is absent in the Rays. The articulation between the
palato-quadrate and lower jaw may be single, but, more usually, is
divisible into two parts.

In most Sharks the two halves of the lower jaw, or Meckel's
cartilage, ai*e freely movable on one another, Cestracion being the
most important exception ; in the Rays the movability is much
less than in the Sharks, and the two rami may be united into
a rigid bar.

In the simplest arrangement to be observed in the Elasmo-
branchii, the upper elements of the hyoid arch are similar in
function and in relation to the arch to those of the succeeding
branchial arches. They serve, that is to say, solely to suspend the
ventral portion of the arch, and the union with the side of the
cranium is slight and unimportant. In a further stage, such
as is represented in Cestracion, these elements become a little more
important and come into relation, slightly at first, with the palato-
quadrate cartilage and lower jaw, which they help to suspend, still,
however, being mainly related to the hyoicl ; in a yet more
advanced stage (most Sharks) the cartilage becomes thicker and
longer, its articulation with the skull becomes more complete, and
by its distal extremity, which develops a special mandibular
process, it is mainly related to the palato-quadrate and mandible,
the relation to the hyoid having now become a subsidiary one ; the
epi-hyal has now become a hyo-mandibular. In a further stage
(Rays) the hyoid undergoes a degeneration, loses its distinctness
from the branchial arches, and is attached to the base of the hyo-
mandibular, or is no longer directly related to it, but articulates
separately with the side wall of the cranium. Finally (as regards

78 STUDIES Oi> THE ELASMOBR.i.NCH SKELETON,

this degeneration), in Hypnos and Trygonorhina the hyoid, now-
become quite similar to the succeeding arches, is connected with
the skull only through the epibranchial of the first branchial arch.
Related to the hyo-mandibular is the spiracular cartilage, a thin
usually four-cornered plate supporting the wall of the spiracle.

The lower or distal portion of the hyoid arch consists of two
lateral pieces on each side, and of a mesial cartilage or copula. The
lateral pieces (as well as the hyomandibular) may bear rays similar
to those of the branchial arches ; the mesial piece may be a broad
plate or a narrow band of cartilage, or, as, in many Batoidei, may
become altogether aborted.

The internal branchial arches, which support the gill-pouches,
are always five in number, except in Hexanchus, which has
six, and Heptanchus which has seven. Each branchial arch,
when typically developed, consists of a dorsal basal cartilage
usually thin and leaf-like, and lying free close to the ventral
aspect of the spinal column, sometimes styliform and articulating
with the spinal column by a distinct joint (some Rays) ; of two
mesial cartilages, a dorsal and a ventral, usually with deep grooves
on their inner surface for the insertion of muscle ; of a copulare,
and of a mesial ventral copula. In most, however, the copulpe
become greatly reduced and may form a single basibranchial plate
as in the Rays ; in Myllobatis and Trygon the copularia are
likewise amalgamated with this basal-plate. The fifth arch has
no copulare and no basal — its dorsal mesial articulating with the
basal of the fourth: very often it is connected by articulation
with the pectoral arch.

The outer branchial arches, which are a series of cartilages
bounding the branchial apertures and situated at the extremity of
the branchial rays, are more rudimentary in Hexanchus and
Heptanchus than in other Sharks ; they are best developed in
Cestracion. They are absent in the Rays, though Gegenbaur found
rudiments of them in Rhynchobatus and Trygon.

The -pectoral arch is a stout cartilage, the lateral portions of
which are curved backwards and inwards towards the vertebral
column, with which they may articulate (Rays). The ventral

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 79

portion of the arch is divided in the middle line in Sharks,
(except Squatina and Heterodontus), by a mesial more flexible
region which permits of a good deal of motion of the two
halves upon one another ; but in the Rays the two halves
are quite continuous with one another, the ventral portion
of the arch forming "(except in Toledo), a rigid bar. Borne
on the lateral portions of the arch towards its ventral aspect
are the articular surfaces for the pectoral fins. Of these there
are usually three, often placed in a horizontal line. Near the
articular surfaces are the foramina for the transmission of the
brachial nerves. The skeleton of the fin proper consists, when
typically developed, of three basal cartilages — the propterygiwni,
mesopterygium and metapterygium — and of a number of rays.
In some Sharks (Heterodontus) the propterygium is absent, and in
Scymnus the mesopterygium also ; in Rays the mesopterygium is
always small, and some of the radial cartilages may articulate
with the shorter-girdle directly, while the propterygium and
metapterygium are greatly elongated. In Sharks the pectoral fins
are of moderate extent and do not ai'ticulate with the cranium :
in Rays, on the other hand, they are greatly expanded, extend far
forwards as well as backwards, frequently completely encircling
the head, and the propterygium is, except in the Torpedinidce,
connected with the olfactory region of the skull, through the
intermediation of an ant-orbital cartilage.

The pelvic arch is a straight or slightly curved bar of cartilage,
with the outer extremities of which the pelvic fins are articulated.
Usually it is perforated by two nerve-foramina on each side, and
may develope longer or shorter processes or cornua in front of and
behind the articular surface. Each pelvic fin contains usually
only two basal cartilages, the hinder being much the more
important, and having the greater number of the rays articulated
to its outer border ; connected with its distal extremity are the
cartilages which form the skeleton of the clasper of the male.

The structure of the fins of the Elasmobranchii has been minutely
studied in connection with the subject of the origin and nature of
limbs. A detailed knowledge of the anatomv of these fishes seems

80 STUDIES ON THE ELASMOBRANCH SKELETON,

first to have been brought to bear on this question by Gegenbaur,*
who came to the conclusion that the primitive limb-skeleton
or Archipterygium resembled generally that of Ceratodus.j From
this primitive form he traced the various modifications of the
fiu of fishes and the limbs of the higher vertebrates. The
Elasmobranch fin, with which we are immediately concerned,
he regards as having been developed from the Archipterygium
by the suppression of the post-axial series of fin-rays — the
metapterygium representing the axis of the archipterygium,
and the rnesopterygium and propterygium, together with the
rays connected with them, having been derived from certain
rays which he supposes to have been directly connected with the
shoulder-girdle in the primitive fin. The archipterygium itself he
regards as having been developed from a branchial arch and its
connected rays. A similar view of the relations of the Elasmo-
branch fin to that of Ceratodus and the Crossopterygian Ganoids
was embraced by Professor Huxley, and maintained by him as
late as 1876, J: but Huxley regarded the axis of the archipterygium
as being represented by the mesopterygium, not the metapterygium,
and does not give his adherence to the theory that the limbs are
modified branchial arches.

Balfour § has shown more recently (1878) that the paired fins
of Scylliuiyi originate in two pairs of lateral ridges of epiblast, the
embryonic limbs of each side being connected for a time by a low
continuous ridge, which, however, soon disappears. In the
messoblast subsequently growing into these folds of epiblast is
developed a longitudinal bar of cartilage. The outer side of this
is connected with a plate which extends into the fin and becomes
segmented to form a series of parallel rays situated at right angles
to the longitudinal bar. In front this longitudinal bar is
continuous with the limb-arch. From these observations has been

* Grundriss der Versrieichenden Anatornie.

t See Giinther, Description of Ceratodus, Phil. Trans.. 1871.

I On Ceratodus Forsteri, with Observations on the Classification of Fishes, P.Z.S., ISfG,
pp. 24-59.

§ Monograph on the Development of Elasmobranch Fishes, pp. 101-104 ; Comparative
Embryology, Vol. II., p. 49, (1881.)

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 81

deduced the theory that in their simplest form the paired fins of
fishes are simply continuous lateral folds similar in their derivation
to the unpaired fins, the continuous fold of each side becoming
subsequently differentiated into the anterior and posterior fins.

From the formation of the pelvic plexus, some of the nerves
going to which in FJasmobranchs are derived from vertebra',
segments situated considerably in front of the fin, Davidoff *
deduced the conclusion that the limbs had moved backwards from
an orginally anterior position, and regards the facts which he
adduces as favouring Gegenbaur's hypothesis. If, he supposes,
the paired fins were derived from continuous lateral folds, they
would be developed in the place they were ultimately to occupy,
and there would be no trace of any previous shifting backwards
or forwards. Gegenbaur f also has endeavoured to show that
the discovery of the lateral ridges supports rather than overthrows
his theory, — the ridges being persistent embryonic structures
marking the passage backwards of the pelvic fins.

Thacher (Proc. Connecticut Academy), J and, independently of
him, Mivart (Trans. Zool. Soc. IX.) have sought to prove that a
comparative study of the structure of the median and paired fins
of adult Elasmobranchs and Ganoids leads to the same conclusion
as the study of development, viz., that the paired and unpaired
fins are strictly homologous structures, and are not developed by
the modifiation of any pre-existing portion of the skeleton.

In a subsecpient memoir § Balfour discusses the general bearings
which he regards his embryological observations on Scyllium to
possess upon the theory of the nature of limbs, pointing out that
these observations are much more favourable to Thacher' s and
Mivart's views than to those of Gesrenbaur and Davidoff.

* Beitrage zur vergleichenden Anatomie der hinteren Gliediuasse der Fische, llorphol
Jahrbuch, V., pp. 450-520 (1879.)

t Zur Gliedniassen-Frage, Morph. Jahrb. V., pp. 521-526 (1879.)

I I only know this memoir as quoted by Mivart, Balfour, and Davidoff.

§ On the Development of the Skeleton of the Paired Fins of Elasmobranchii considered in
relation to its bearings on the Nature of the Limbs of the Vertebrata, P.Z.S., 1881, p.p.
656-670.

6

82 STUDIES ON THE ELASMOBRANCH SKELETON,

" If Gegenbaur's view were correct we should expect to find in
the embryo, if anywhere, traces of the second set of lateral rays ;
but the fact is that, as may easily be seen by an inspection ot
figures 6 and 7, such a second set of lateral rays could not possibly
have existed in a type of fin like that found in the embryo. With
this view of Gegenbaur's it appears to me that the theory held by
this anatomist to the effect that the limbs are modified gill-arches
also falls, in that his method of deriving the limbs from gill-arches
ceases to be admissible, while it is not easy to see how a limb
formed on the type of the embryonic limb of Elasmobranchs could
be derived from a gill-arch wiih its branchial rays."*

He also points out that Huxley's view that the proximal piece
of the axial skeleton of the limb of Ceratodus is the mesopterygium,
and that the fin of the Elasmobranchs is derivable from that of
Ceratodus by the drawing in of the axis, is negatived by the proof
afforded by the facts of embryology of the secondary character and
late development of the inesopterygium. He shows also that the
arrangement of the nerve-plexuses as described by Davidoff does uot
necessarily require the explanation given by that anatomist. Tbe
fact that some of the nerves which go to form the pelvic plexus
are derived from vertebral segments in front of the position of the
fins may be explained by a previously greater extent of the fin,
just as well as by its movement backwards, f

Finally Owen (Proc. Zool. Soc , 1883) has recently given a short
summary of his views on the subject of the homologies of the
vertebrate limb, and has shewn how his theory of the origin of
limbs from lateral appendages of haemal arches gaius support from
Balfour's investigations on the development of the fins of the
Elasmobranchii.

* I. c. p. 669.

t I have ventured (On the Structure of the Paired Fins of Ceratodus. Proc. Linn. Soc,
N.S.W., Vol. VII., p. 10.) to make the very obvious suggestion that the derivation of the
pectoral and pelvic plexuses from a number of spinal nerves was a strong piece of evidence
in favour of Balfour's theory and against that of Gregenbaur ; but I am now inclined to
think, in view of certain facts observed by Furbringer (Morphologischea JahrbuBch, IX.) as
to the origin of the nerves supplying the pelvic fin in some Teleostei with thoracic or
jugular pelvis fins, that the position of the spinal nerves from which the plexuses are
derived is too plastic a factor to support any wide generalisatioE at all.

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 83

CARCHARODON RONDELETII.
Plate I., Figs. 1-1.
Skull and Visceral Arches.

The upper surface_of the occipital region of the skull (Plate

1. fig. 1) is horizontally directed, and is continuous without in-
terruption with the upper surface of the periotic and ethmoidal
regions. The occipital crest is not well marked behind, but in front
forms an elevated, though rounded, ridge, ending between the
auditory foramina in a nearly vertical border. The parietal groove
is shallow and open, and is excavated on the hinder part of a promi-
nent parieto-frontal crest, which reaches as far forwards as the
frontal foramen. A small median foramen lies in its front portion.
On either side of the parietal groove, running forwards and slightly
outwards, is a rounded elevation, which stops short a little way in
front of the auditory foramen, and behind does not quite reach to
the posterior margin of the skull. The anterior and posterior
portions of this correspond to the elevations of the anterior and
posterior semi-circular canals respectively. The vestibular promi
nence is not well marked.

The articular surface for the hyo-mandibular (Plate I., fig.

2, At.), is borne outwards and backwards from the cranium
on a very prominent process, which is produced into thi-ee
prominent angles, one directed backwards, a second upwards,
backwards, and a little outwards, and a third, the shortest,
forwards and outwards. The posterior portion of the process
projects far behind the plane of the foramen magnum, and
bears a large aperture for the glosso-pharyngeal on its upper
and posterior surface at some distance from the posterior anglej
but behind the plane of the foramen magnum and of the
orifice of the vagus ; below it reaches to the plane of the base of
the skull ; and the anterior and upper portion reaches as high
as the middle of the foramen magnum. The articular surface
itself consists of two portions — a hinder, much larger, which is a
shallow concavity and is boundei below by a slight raised ridge ;

84 STUDIES ON THE ELASMOBKANCH SKELETON,

and an anterior, smaller, saddle-shaped, and placed in front of and
above the other, from which it is not distinctly separated. This
large and prominent articular surface distinguishes the present
genus very markedly, though modifications in the same direction
are to be observed in the case of Galeus and Scymnus.

There is no second foramen near that for the glossopharyngeal
such as occurs in some genera. The orifice for the facial nerve is
situated far forwards, separated by a considerable interval from the
articular surface for the hyo-mandibular and near the trigeminal.

The orbitis covered above by a wide lamellar roof produced behind
into a post-orbital process ( Po 0) which is likewise lamelliform,
and is curved downwards and backwards ; the latter does not come
into direct relation with the palato-quadrate cartilage. In front,
the roof bends down towards the base of the skull and bounds the
orbit anteriorly, forming a distinct though not prominent prae-
orbital process. Below, the orbit is bounded by a cartilaginous
lamella which slopes downwards and outwards from the basis
cranii. This lamelliform process or basal plate {Ba), is interrupted
in front by a deep irregular incision, and behind there is a large oval
foramen.

On comparing the skull of Carcharodon with a dried skull of
Lamna cornubica, I can find little difference between the two. In
both are the same postero-lateral processes for the articulation of
the hyo-mandibular ; in both the auditory foramina lie in a groove
which runs along a broad central ridge ; in both thin lamellae of
cartilage overarch the orbits ; and both have the same form of
three-barred rostrum. As, however, the structure of the skull in
the family to which both these genera belong has never been
described, I have entered with some minuteness into the above
description.

The palato-quadrate is suspended, as in most Plagios tomes, by
means of a hyo-mandibular, which is lai-ge and articulates with
skull by a broad articular surface. Attached to the hyo-mandi-
bular and hyoidean cartilages are about twenty irregular rays, with

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 85

a number of smaller intercalary cartilages towards their extremities ;
three of the rays on either side of the articulation between the
hyo-mandibular and the hyoidean coalesce at their bases.

The copulare of the first branchial arch articulates with the
hyoid copula ; that of the second arch is united with its fellow by
the intermediation Of a small copula ; it is connected externally
with both the first and the second arches, as often occurs. The
fifth arch has no copular. The basal plates of the first three
arches are large and triangular ; the third is bilobed at the apex ;
the mesial plates are deeply grooved internally near their proximal
ends for the attachment of the strong adductors. The first arch
has sixteen rays, the second thirteen ; the third twelve. The
fourth basal is confluent with the upper mesial of the fifth, their
being no representative of the fifth basal.* The mesials of the
fourth arch are deeply grooved for the adductors like those of the
preceding three which they resemble in form ; it has twelve rays.
The fifth has no muscular grooves ; it has no rays, but presents
a strong continuous ridge on its outer surface in a position corres-
ponding with that of the rays in the preceding arches.

The Shoulder-Girdle.

The mesial portion projects very strongly ventrad, forming a
fold, and its front margin is greatly elevated towards the middle.
The lateral halves are united by continuous cartilage ; except at
the dorsal extremities and the mesial uniting portion, they are
strongly impregnated with osseous matter. The whole girdle is
very broad, much broader than in Carcharias, slightly contracted
near the line of junction, and narrowing slightly towards the
dorsal extremity. There is no articular process or surface for the
branchial skeleton. The articular surface for the pectoral fin is
directed downwards and slightly backwards and outwards ; it is of
long, narrow form, constricted in the centre. The arrangement of
the nerve apertures is in some respects peculiar, and very different
from that to be observed in Carcharias. \ The aperture of

* A similar arrangement occurs in Raja, RUjiichobatus, Scyllium, and Galeus.
Vide Gegenbaur, Untersuchungen, II., i., "Schultergurtel der VVirbelthiere."

86 STUDIES ON THE ELASMOBRANCH SKELETON,

entrance is situated nearly directly behind the articular surface
about the middle of the arch ; from this two canals lead, the one
short and wide, passing outwards and a little forwards and
downwards to open on the outer surface, the other narrow, and
passing upwards, forwards, and slightly outwards to end above and
behind the articular surface on the inner aspect of the cartilage
close to the anterior border. The upper canal described by
Gegenbaur in Scyllium, Oaleus and Pristiurus is indicated on the
right side only by a slight depression.

The Pectoral Fins. (Plate I., fig. 3.)

As in Carcharias,* the pro- meso- and meta-pterygia are all
well developed and the latter is greatly elongated, having a large
number of rays articulating with its pre-axiad border ; but the
mesopterygium is mt quite distinct from the metapterygiuui, in fact
is completely coalescent with it at the base, whereas in Carcharias
the two cartilages remain cpiite separate. Articulating with the
distal extremity of the propterygium is a lateral cartilage, formed,
as in Scyllium, Pristiurus and Carcharias by the coalescence of the
bases of three posterior propterygial rays, but not continuous with
the latter — being separated from them by an articulation or
interval of fibrous tissue ; the front ray, which is very short,
remains distinct and articulates separately with the propterygiuni.
The propterygium and mesopterygium are relatively more important
than in Carcharias, nine rays in all articulating with them ; the
bases of the last four mesopterygial rays are coalescent for a short
distance. The elongated metapterygiuui articulates at its distal
extremity with two accessory cartilages, the posterior of which is
much the longer and bears nine rays, while the anterior bears
three. The bases of four of the rays which articulate with the
metapterygium are coalescent in pairs for a short distance at the
base.

The arrangement of the basal cartilages described above seems
to place the pectoral fin of Carcharodon in an intermediate position

* Gegenbaur, " Untersuehunger zur vergleiehenUen Anatomie der Wirbelthiere." Heft,
2, 2te. Abschnitt, Brustflosse der Fische, p. 142, Tab. IX., fig. 5 (1365.)

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 87

between that of Carcharias and that of Oallorhyaclms * — the basal
elements in the latter being reduced to two, of which the posterior
may be regarded as the homologue of a coalescent meso- and
nietapter ygiu m .

The whole of the long pointed fin of Carcharodon is supported
by a framework of cartilaginous rays which extend nearly to its
apex and are closely united into a continuous triangular plate. The
middle rays, i.e., those which reach nearly or quite to the apex of
the skeleton of the fin, broaden out considerably distally, and
sometimes divide. Between the distal portion of adjacent rays in
the front half of the apical part of the fin are intercalated a
series of accessory rays, an arrangement which I have not met
with in any other form, though a rudiment of it is traceable
in Meter odontus Phillipi.

The Pelvic Fins.
The pelvic cartilage presents a large oval aperture in its outer
half near the anterior border ; its outer extremity is produced into
a process with which no fewer than six rays articulate. The basai
cartilage is strong and curved, convex above, flat below ; at its
distal extremity are two small cartilages with which the long
tapering flexible cartilage of the clasper articulates. The last ray,
which is very short, is attached exclusively to the base of the
cartilage of the clasper.

The Dorsal fins. (Plate I., fig. 4.)
The dorsal fin is supported by a cartilaginous skeleton which
is separated by a fibrous interval from the spinal column. It
consists of about twenty-eight rays, which slope for the most part
backwards and upwards. The first ray is very short, but presents
traces of division into three segments. The second, which is a
little longer, divides into two branches ; the third is simple, and
consists of three segments, of which the basal is ranch the longest ;
the fourth is bifurcated, and each of the branches presents two
articulations. The next six rays are either distinctly bifurcated near

* Vide Mivart, 1. c.

88 STUDIES ON THE ELASMOBRANCH SKELETON,

the extremity or have intercalated rays between them ; none of
the rest of the rays are distinctly branched. The last five or six
rays, which are very short, are supported on a series of irregular
basal cartilages. The arrangement of the articulations is such
that there are three more or less complete antero-posterior
horizontal lines of them ; that situated nearest the base is confined
to the last eleven rays ; the middle one stretches completely across
the fin from side to side and the distal one, situated not very far
from the middle, extends in an irregular line from the seventh ray
to the eighteenth. The second dorsal and anal fins are very small,
and consist of a few irregular rays without basal plates, and
separated by a well-marked interval from the vertebral column.
The Caudal Fin.
The caudal fin is supported both by supra-vertebral and by sub-
vertebral cartilaginous rays, of which the latter are more highly
developed than the former. The latter begin a little in front of
the upward bend of the spinal column. The first is a short
triangular piece articulating movably with two of the hypurals-
The following five, which become successively longer, likewise
articulate with the hypurals, but the remainder, which gradually
decrease in size from before backwards, coalesce with the latter at
their bases without the intervention of any articulation. The
supi'a-vertebral rays begin a little behind the commencement of the
sub-vertebral ; none of them coalesce with the neural arches. In
front, where they are more irregular and more or less coalescent
with one another, a few of them are separated from the neural
arches by a slight interval occupied by fibrous tissue. In many
cases a pair of rays may coalesce with one another ; otherwise
they correspond in number with the vertebrse.

HEPTANCHUS INDICUS.

Plate I., Fig. 5.

Skull and Visceral Arches.

The occipital region is characterised by the presence of three

ridges — a central one continuous with the spinous processes

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL. M.A., B.SC. 89

of the vertebrae, and two lateral ones continuous with the transverse
processes. Its upper surface slopes obliquely upwards and
forwards to the parietal groove, which is a deep pit continued
forwards for a short distance by a rapidly shallowing concavity.
The elevations for the anterior and posterior semi-circular canals
are well marked and "prominent. The articular surface for the
hyo-mandibular is simple and not raised from the general surface
The orbit is bounded behind by a very prominent post-orbital
process with which the palato-quadrate articulates. There is no
basal plate ; in front of and below the orbit and projecting down-
wards and outwards, is a prominent pointed process, the extremity
of which is free ; this, according to Gegenbaur, corresponds to
the ant-orbital cartilage in Rays ; it is not, however, related to
the wall of the nasal capsule, but is placed behind the latter and
arises from the contiguous portion of the base of the skull. The
rostrum is represented by a pair of short processes of the ethmoidal
region not extending beyond the level of the nasal cartilage. The
walls of the nasal capsule are formed of cartilage only behind
internally, and above, with a short external rim. The nasal
cartilage is ring-shaped, with two short horas directed down-
wards. Below the orbit there is, as in Hexanchus griseus and
Heptanchus cinereus, an extensive vertical articular surface for
the palato-quadrate.

The hyo-mandibular is a long, narrow, curved and flattened
cartilage bearing the hyoid at its distal extremity, and suspending
also the palato-quadrate, though chiefly related to the hyoid. The
hyoid cornua are very large : they bear a few delicate rays ;
distally they articulate with the hyoid copula. The first branchial
arch has no copulare ; its venti'al mesial cartilage is connected with
the postero-external angles of the hyoid copula The following five
arches have all well- developed copularia ; the second and third
have distinct though small copulae ; the fourth has no separate
copula, the latter having become fused with the left copulare. The
fifth and sixth copularia unite with the basibranchial plate. The
seventh arch has no copulare as well as no basal, its ventral is
broad and flattened, and unites with the basibranchial plate. The

90 STUDIES ON THE ELASMOBRANCH SKELETON,

basibranchial plate is broad and leaf-like in front, while behind it
is produced into a rather slender process. This arrangement of
the copulae differs from that observed in Heptanchus cinereus as
described by Gegenbaur* in the absence of an independent
copula for the fifth arch. In the first to the fifth branchial arches the
basals of opposite sides touch one another in the middle dorsal
line, the basals of the first being united with one another by-
cartilage. The basals of the sixth do not reach to the middle line.
There are small but distinct muscular grooves on the dorsal and
ventral mesial cartilages.

The external branchial arches are represented only by two pairs of
cartilages in each ; the one is connected with the external end of
the basal ; the other, which is much longer, with the ventral end of
the ventral cartilage. The free ends of these two slender cartilages
bend round the outer edge of the gill-partition towards one another,
but do not meet. These obviously represent modified rays, and
their presence would seem to indicate that the more highly
developed external branchial arches of other Selachians are
derived from greatly elongated rays which ultimately lose their
connection with the internal arches.

The Pectoral Fins.

The pectoral fin is very similar to that of Hexanchus griseus as
described and figured by Gegenbaur. The propterygium is small
and beai-s no rays, articulating distally with the mesopterygium.
The mesopterygium and the metapteiygium bear a nearly equal
number of rays, a few of them being bifurcate. The metap-
terygium beai-s a small articular cartilage at its extremity, and the
latter sustains about four rays.

The shoulder-girdle is remarkable for the presence in the middle
ventral line of a distinct four-sided lozenge-shaped cartilage let in
to the arch, as it were, in front. This is a condition which
I have not observed or seen described in any other form : it
does not seem to occur either in Heptanchus cinereus or

* 1 c. p. 136, pi. XVIII., fig. 1.

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 01

Hexanchus griseus.* The intercepted cartilage is temptingly like

a presternal, but the absence of such an element in the skeleton

of any group nearer than the Amphibia seems to preclude this
explanation.

The Pelvic Fins. (Plate L, fig. 3.)

In the pelvic fin of Heptanchus indicus there are three distinct
basal cartilages articulating with the pelvic girdle and bearing rays ;
these represent the prse- meso- and meta-pterygia of the pectoral
fin. The first (p. pt'.) is the ecpuvalent of the so-called pre-axial fin-
ray. It is a small, pointed cartilage articulating with the antei'ior
facet on the pelvic girdle, curving forwards and outwards and
ending in a pointed extremity. By its outer posterior border it
gives attachment to the four anterior fin-rays, of which the first two
have their bases coalescent. The mesopterygium (vi.pt'.) is a small
cmadrate cartilage articulating with the middle facet of the pelvic
arch, and giving attachment to two fin rays f The remainder of
the rays are attached along the outer border of the metapterygium
(nit. pt'.) The latter is a long narrow cartilage, somewhat curved
outwards. Distally it gives attachment to two cartilages ; of these
that situated more dorsad is a small nodule, articulating with which
is a long narrow ray-like cartilage ; the latter is applied closely to
the dorsal surface of the cartilage of the clasper and strongly
united with it by means of fibrous tissue ; the more ventrally
placed of the two cartilages articulating with the extremity of the
metapterygium continues the axis of the fin, gives attachment at
the base of its outer border to the last of the fin-rays, and distally
is succeeded by a smaller cartilage with which the principal
cartilage of the clasper articulates. The axial cartilage of the
clasper is a slender, slightly curbed cartilage, which presents no
appearance of the longitudinal groove found in Crossorhinus.
Distally it supports two small, blade-like freely movable ossified
cartilages which are attached to its apex about the middle of their

* Gegenbaur, Schultergnrtel der Wirbelthiere, Op. cit. Heft. 2.

t If this middle basal cartilage is present in the European species it has escaped notice.
(See Davidoff, Alorph , Jahrb. V. ; Mivart, l.c,p. 444, pi. LXXV., flg. 4.)

92 STUDIES ON THE ELASMOBRANCH SKELETON,

length. The latter support the end of the groove of the clasper,
and by their rotation can open or close it.

The pelvic arch is narrow from side to side and very long
antero-posteriorly — the greatest breadth being only about twice the
length — convex ventrally, convave dorsally.

Unpaired Fins.

The dorsal fin is very simple, consisting of two broad and thin
sheets of cartilage, an anterior and a posterior ; the former much
the larger, having about 17 few-jointed rays united with their
upper edge. Several of these rays are obscurely bifiurcate. This
is very similar to the dorsal fin of H. chiereus* except that the
posterior basal cartilage in the latter is very small.

The anal fin is similar to the dorsal, but smaller and with fewer
and shorter rays.

CROSSORHINUS BARBATUS.
Plate I., Figs. 6-8 and Plate II, Fig. 13.

Skull and Visceral Arches.

The cranium is very wide and depressed, as in Scyllitcm catidus,
the interorbital breadth being relatively much greater than in
Chiloscyllium. A noteworthy point in comparison with related
genera is the much greater relative antero-posterior extent of the
post-orbital region. The occipital surface slopes upwards and
forwards, and meets the upper surface in a rounded ridge, in front
of which the not very deep pai'ietal groove is situated. The upper
surface of the skull in front of this is marked by a shallow mesial
longitudinal depression, the continuation forwards of the parietal
groove ; it is bounded externally by a continuous raised border as
far as the pre-orbital process.

The occipital region is not produced in the middle line behind.
As in ScylUum, Mustelus, Galeus, and Scymnus, the lateral posterior

*Mivart, 1. c, p. 443, pi. LXXV., fig. 2.

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 93

processes which articulate with the first vertebra are prominent,
the first vertebra being wedged very closely into the median recess
between them and very closely united to the skull, except in the
middle line above, where a considerable interval occupied by
fibrous tissue intervenes between the hinder part of the skull and
the neural arch.* The apertures for the vagi, which are very large,
are placed immediately above and in front of these lateral
processes, and above and a little external to them are a pair of
smaller apertures of unknown function. There is no trace of
a median occipital crest. In the auditory region the elevations
corresponding to the anterior and posterior semi-circular canals are
prominent, though rounded, and less sharply marked off than in
some nearly-related forms ; between the anterior elevation and
the lateral border of the skull is a rather deep hollow. The postero-
lateral angles of the skull are somewhat curiously modified, the
arrangement being more like that observed in Carcharodon than
in Scyllium. The angles are drawn out into prominent processes,
each of which exhibits three divisions, an antero-superior, an
anteroinferior, and a posterior. The antero-superior is continued
into the very prominent vertical ridge which separates off the
upper surfaces of the cranium from the lateral. The antero-
inferior forms the hinder portion of a ridge which bounds
superiorly the articular surface for the hyo-mandibular. The
posterior, which extends outwards and backwards, is grooved above
for the glossopharyngeal, the aperture of exit of which is situated
at its base ; below it developes a ridge with which some of the
ligaments for suspending the lower jaw appear to have been
connected ; this ridge occurs also in Cheiloscylliv.m ; it runs
forwards and inwards and ends some distance behind the basal
angle. The articular surface for the hyo-mandibular differs from
that of all forms with which I am acquainted f in being a very deep,
almost conical hollow, which is situated below and a little in front
of the anteroinferior process already mentioned. It is in the

* A similar arrangement occurs in Cheiloxcyllium.

t The corresponding articular surface in Cheiloscyllium is a wide and shallow concavity
without any definite upper border, but with the lower border rather prominent, and formtd
by the ridge mentioned above as giving attachment to ligaments.

94 STUDIES ON THE ELASMOBRANCH SKELETON,

same transverse plane as the point of junction of the anterior
and posterior semi-circular canals, and therefore excavated in the
side of the cranium proper and not on the postero-lateral process.
The opening of the facial is directly in front of this articular
cavity, and is separated by a broad ridge from that of the
trigeminal. The supra-orbital ridge is very prominent and forms
to some extent a roof to the inner part of the orbit ; it ends
behind and in front in prominent post- and prae-orbital processes.
There is a very broad and thin lamellar basal plate, nearly
horizontal in position, but inclined slightly downwards externally ;
it presents a rather small oval opening in its hinder portion close
to the lateral wall of the cranium.

The palato-basal articulation takes place through the interme-
diation of a very thick and short ligament inserted immediately
in front of the orbit, where there is a small but well-marked
articular surface looking outwards and forwards.

The ethmoidal canal is not even represented by a notch.* The
prefrontal opening is large and its lateral borders diverge anteriorly
unlike those of Scyllium. In front of it the basis cranii rises up
and is extended into three thin lamellar processes, of which the
middle one or rostrum is nearly straight and ends in a free
extremity between the nasal capsules, while the lateral become
rather expanded, and, their anterior ends curving downwards,
form a part of the roof of the corresponding nasal capsule.
Immediately behind the frontal foramen is a slender process which
passing outwards and forwards, becomes greatly expanded at its
extremity to form the outer and inferior wall of the nasal capsule.

The labial cartilages form a chain of three strong bones on either
side, forming a nearly complete ring round the mouth only inter-
rupted by a space in the middle above and below.

The proximal extremity of thehyomandibular presents anteriorly
a stout peg-like process corresponding to the deep articular cavity of
the side of the skull. Distally it presents a broad surface for the

* This is a marked point of distinction between the present form and Scyllium and

Clu i lose y Ilium.

BY WILLIAM A. IIASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 95

palatoquadrate. The hyoid is a stout, gently curved, cartilage more
than half as long again as the hyo-inaudibular. The rays are
connected with the hyo-mandibular only near the skull, and with
the hyoid for a short space some distance from the proximal end ;
the two sets curve round and meet, leaving a wide opening opposite
the articulation between the two cartilages ; they coalesce and sub-
divide in a highly complex manner. The spiracular cartilage is a
delicate lamella of oblong shape with the two inner angles and the
antero-external produced into short processes.

The body of the hyoid is rather narrower than the branchial
copula and strongly arched forwards. Externally it presents two
cornua an anterior short and stout for articulation with the hyoid
and a posterior, rather longer for the copulare of the first branchial
arch.

The ventral mesials of the first four branchial arches are longer
but narrower than the dorsals ; they both have deep excavations
for the adductor muscles, those of the dorsal cartilages being the
larger, and being perforated. The first arch bears ten rays, the
second likewise ten, the third eight, the fourth six ; a number of
the rays have hooked extremities. On the posterior border of each
ventral mesial cartilage, in continuation of the row of rays, is a
lamelliform process, very prominent in the first arch, becoming
very low in the fourth. A. slender cartilage represents the dorsal
end of an external branchial arch, and in the second, third, and
fourth arches, but not in the first, an irregular flattened cartilage
represents the ventral portion ; the first of these ventral cartilages
of the external branchial arches is not connected with the internal
arch ; the others articulate with the ventral mesials. The dorsal
portion of the fifth arch coalesces as usual with that of the
fourth. The dorsal mesial of the fifth is deeply excavated for the
muscle ; the ventral slightly. The latter is much thicker than
these of the preceding arches ; it presents two conical processes ;
the one on its inner, the other on its outer surface, the latter
nearly corresponding in position to the rays of the preceding
arches.

96 STUDIES ON THE ELASMOBRANCH SKELETON,

The first branchial arch has a short and thick copular which
articulates with the hinder angles of the body of the hyoid. The
copularia of the second arch are very long, and with those of the third
articulate with the anterior border of a broad common copula.
The latter, which is twice as broad as long, has a strongly convex
anterior border, and a waved concave posterior border ; its outer
border is directed slightly back as well as out, and with it the
fifth arch articulates. It presents a trace on one side of a longi-
tudinal division into three parts, the outer of which may represent
the copular of the fifth. With the posterior border of the copula
is articulated a short arrow-head-shaped urobranchial cartilage.

Pectoral Fins. (Plate II., fig. 13.)

The shoulder-girdle is characterised, in accordance with the general
form of the animal, by its very great breadth — its transverse being
much greater than its dorso -ventral extent — and also by the solidity
of its texture — there being no mesial connecting portion of more
flexible cartilage uniting the lateral halves as in other Shai-ks.
The mesial or transverse portion of the arch is but slightly
a ngulated ventrad in the middle. The articular surfaces are placed
on prominent processes, the long axis of which is antero-posterior,
or nearly so. In front of each of them, as in Cestvacion, is a very
prominent crest, and between the articular surface and the crest is
a very large foramen ; the second foramen is situated on the other
side of the articular process, between it and the inner edge of the
cartilage, at the ventral extremity of a wide shallow groove on the
under surface of the lateral portion of the girdle ; a little on the
ventral side of this opening is a conical tubercle. The lateral
portions of the arch are strongly incurved, but their dorsal
extremities are still widely separated from one another ; they end
in a blunt point.

In the skeleton of the fin itself the propterygium is well-
developed, and consists of two nearly equal cartilages, the more
distal of which has a narrow accessory cartilage running along its
outer border. But the propterygium has no direct relation to any

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 97

of the fin-i'ays. The mesopterygium consists of one elongated,
slightly curved cartilage which bears on the distal half of its outer
border a sei'ies of eight fin rays. The metapterygium is long and
narrow, and bears eleven rays, a twelfth being borne ]>y the small
accessory cartilage at the apex. The meso- and metapterygia are
separated from one another throughout a considerable part of
their length by a well-marked space. The rays are likewise
separated at their bases by well-marked intervals ; distally, how-
ever, they expand and become closely apposed, except in the
case of about six of the inner rays, each of which becomes shortly
bifurcated. The skeleton of the pectoral fin in the nearly related
Ginglymostoma differs from that of Crossorhinus in the basal
cartilages being relatively sirualler. In the existence of the
interval between the mesopterygium and the metapterygium, the
latter bears some resemblance to ChezloscyUium ocellatum, as
described and figured by Mivart (1. o, p. 448, pi. LXXVL, fig. 4),
but the space is very much larger in the latter.

Pelvis and Pelvic Fin. (Plate I., fig. 8.)

The pelvic cartilage is nearly straight, flattened from above
downwards, and a little expanded at either end. The anterior
basal cartilage is small and unimportant ; there is no mesoptery-
gium, several rays articulating directly with the pelvis.

The skeleton of the clasper consists of a long ossified cartilage
marked on its dorsal aspect by a deep groove, the lips of which are
closely approximated ; this axial cartilage ends distally in a
strong pointed spine, articulated around the base of which
and ensheathing it are four more or less scale-like pointed bones
capable of being divaricated from the axis of the appendage so as
to spread out in a l'adiating manner from the base of the spine.

Unpaired Fins.

The dorsal fins are of nearly equal size ; the anterior contains
fourteen, the posterior fifteen rays, each, except the first two or
three, with an expanded upper or distal piece, and each, with the

7

98 STUDIES ON THE ELASMOBRANCH SKELETON,

exception of the last two or three, with a short basal element. In
general structure these fins bears a close i-esemblance to the
corresponding parts in (Jinglymostoma (Mivart, I.e., p. 446, pi.
LXXVT., fig. 1), except that the rudimentary basal plate is not
represented. The anal fin is smaller than the second dorsal, with
fifteen rays of similar shape to those of the dorsals.

There are fifty-five pairs of well-developed ribs. Of these a
good many are divided into two segments.

The caudal portion of the vertebral column is but slightly
curved. Its neural rays, about forty-five in number, are nearly
twice the length of the haemal rays.

Of the peculiarities in the structure of the skeleton of Crosso-
rliinus, the most noteworthy are the form of the articular cavity for
the hyo-mandibular, the abnormal shape of the rostrum, the absence
of the external branchial arches, and the rigid nature of the
ventral portion of the pectoral arch. These, besides other less
important characteristics, definitely mark off the genus from the
Scyllidce with which it was previously placed. A characteristic
feature of the skeleton of Crossorhinus is the presence throughout
all the cartilages of innumerable small bony centres, giving the
skeleton a remarkably hard and rigid texture.

PRISTIOPHORUS CIRRATUS.
Plate I., Pigs. 9-12.

Skull and Visceral Arches. (Plate I., fig. 9.)

In general form the skull, were the rostrum removed, would
not be unlike that of Heterodontus. The plane of the occipital
foramen is vertical. The surfaces of articulation for the hyo-
mandibular are antero-posteriorly elongated and placed low down
near the base, as in Rays. The auditory apertures are placed close
together near the middle line, and are placed at the bottom of a
deep excavation which is continued in front into a short shallow

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 99

open groove. The post-orbital processes are not conspicuous. The
palato-basal articulation is placed far back on a level with the
hinder boundary of the orbit. The rostrum is formed of a mesial
and two lateral parts ; the former being a prolongation of the
roof and floor of the cranium, and containing a canal continuous
with the cranial cavity and running forwards to the end of the
snout. The lateral parts are continuous behind with the cartilage
of the olfactory capsules ; they form thin plates bordering the
mesial part and perforated by numerous apertures. The hyoid
arch, as in Sharks generally, articulates above with the distal
extremity of the hyo-mandibular ; ventrally it unites with a
copula which has the form of a very narrow curved bar. Both
the hyo-mandibular and the hyoid cartilages are provided with rays.

The hyoid copula is represented by a transverse band. There is
a common branchial copula without any trace of transverse
division. The first branchial arch is connected not with this,
but with the hyoid copula The second, third, and fourth arches
have well-developed copularia, which decrease in size from before
backwards. The muscular excavations on the first four arches are
perforated by foramina. The external branchial arches are
represented by slender cartilages.

Pectoral and Pelvic Fins. (Plate I., figs. 11 and 12.)

In the pectoral arch the hinge- like central portion found in other
Sharks is not well marked, the two halves being capable of very
little motion upon one another. As in the Sharks generally the
dorsal ends of the arch are wide apart from one another and have
no articulation with the spinal column. The propterygium is only
represented by a slender, ray-like cartilage ; the mesopterygium and
metapterygium on the other hand are well- developed, and contribute
nearly equal shares to the support of the rays ; the metapterygium
bears at its extremity a polygonal accessory cartilage with which
a few short irregular i-ays articulate.* There is nothing in the

* In the general arrangement of the cartilages there 19 a close resemblance to P.japonicus,
as described and figured by Mivart (1. c, p. 453., pi. LXVIII., fig, 1.)

100 STUDIES ON THE ELASMOBRANCH SKELETON,

structure of the pectoral fin presenting in any way an approxi-
mation to the Rays.

The pelvic arch is a nearly straight bar, slightly arched forwards
in the middle, with short, broad, anteriorly directed processes at
either end. There is a short pre-axial ray or propterygium, with
which three short rays are connected ; there is no representative
of a mesopterygium, but none of the rays articulate directly with
the pelvic arch, the long narrow metapterygium supporting all the
rest.

Unpaired Fins.

The unpaired fins present broad plate-like basal cartilages
closely united with the vertebra?.

The verteba? of Pristio2)horus present solid, deeply biconcave
centi'a, which on a mesial transverse vertical section exhibit, as in
the case of Selache, two pairs of cartilaginous tracts passing from
near the cenfo-e to the supero-lateral and infero-lateral parts of the
vetebrse.

TRYGON PASTINACA.

Plate II., Figs. 10-12.

Vertebral Column. (Plate II., figs. 10 and 11.)

The anterior vertebral plate presents a very prominent, con-
tinuous, spinous ridge. In the hinder half of the plate the
transverse processes are likewise developed on each side into a
wide thin lamina perforated at its base by 9 or 10 irregular
apertures. In front this lamina is developed into a free flap.
Behind it is continuous with a plate of cartilage which stretches
horizontally across the middle line, becoming synchondrosed with
the spinous ridge. The horizontal plate corresponds to the
horizontal bar found in a corresponding position in Hypnos, but,
differs from the latter in being closely united with the spinous
ridge. It is connected externally, as in Hypnos also, with
the pectoral arch, the connection being effected by means

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 101

of a somewhat complicated articulation. Each lateral lamella,
formed apparently as above noted by the transverse processes,
developes just below the part where the mesial bar arises
from it, a thick, laterally projecting process with a truncate
terminal face ; above and a little behind this is a wide
aperture in the root of the horizontal lamella into which the dorsal
end of the pectoral arch fits, while the truncate lateral process
articulates with a concave oval surface on the inner border of the
arch at some little distance below. There is a considerable
resemblance between this arrangement and that already described
as occuring in Trygonorhina, except that in the latter there is no
connection between the horizontal bar and the lateral laminae,
and the articulation with the pectoral arch is effected entirely
through the former, which is a development from the spinous ridge.

Another peculiarity which the anterior vertebral plate of
Trygon presents is the presence of a series of articular facets for
the branchial arches. The chief of these articular surfaces is
that for the fifth branchial arch ; this is situated on a little
angular projection on the lateral border of the vertebral plate,
close to the front portion of the lateral lamina. In front of and
a little internal to this on the ventral surface of the plate is a pair
of short triangular ridges ; these articulate or are synchondrosecl
with the basal plates of the fourth branchial arch. In front of
and a little external to those, near the lateral borders of the plate,
is a pair of small elevations which articulate with the third
branchial arch. There are no ribs attached to any part of the
spinal column.

Skull and Visceral Arches. (Plate II., fig. 12.)

In the skull the plane of the foramen magnum is very nearly
vertical. The occipital condyles lie a little behind, on projecting
processes. The orifice for the vagus is close to the foramen
magnum. The elevations for the anterior and posterior semi
circular canals are tolei'ably well marked. The orifices of the
auditory organs are situated far apart, and are not connected by

102

STUDIES ON THE ELASMOBRANCH SKELETON,

any common groove or depression. The articular surface for the
hyoid is an antero-posteriorly elongated surface placed close to the
base of the skull. In front of it is a wide bridge of cartilage for
the protection of the facial. Behind it are the two small
articular facets with which the hyoid and first branchial arches
articulate. These are borne on a rather conspicuous ridge, which
in front forms the posterior and upper boundary of the articular
surface for the hyo-mandibular, and behind is continuous with the
processes bearing the occipital condyles. The post-orbital process
takes the form of a long and broad, thin lamina of cartilage
stretching outwards and forwards from the post-orbital region of
the roof of the skull. The cavity of the cranium dilates con-
siderably in front towards the region of the olfactory capsules,
which are greatly elongated transversely and connected together
in the middle line. The prse-frontal foramen is very wide, and
is continuous behind with the supra-cranial fontanelle. The
praeorbital process has the form of a short pointed projection-
The ant-orbital cartilages are vertically compressed, blade-like
laminae articulating with the lateral angles of the olfactory capsules
and directed backwards and outwards.

The hyo-mandibular is made up, as in most Rays, of two distinct
segments, of which the distal is much the smaller.

In Trygon, as in many of the Batoidei, the ventral elements of
the hyoidean arch are not connected with the hyomandibular.
In Trygon pastinaca they articulate directly with the periotic
region of the skull just behind the surface of articulation for
the hyo-mandibular. The hyoid is intimately connected with
the first branchial arch, and the latter in turn also articulates
with the auditory region of the skull behind the articulation for
the former.

The hyoid arch, as in Rays generally, has but a slender copula,
and articulating with the ventral extremity of each ventral
mesial is a flattened bar of cartilage, which passes almost straight
forwards to end in a free extremity ; this seems to represent the
copulare.

by william a. haswell, m.a., b.sc. 103

Pectoral Fins.

The pectoral arch is characterised by the solidity of its structure
and the massiveness of its lateral portions. The upper and lower
nerve-foramina are very large ; thei'e are no accessory foramina as
in Trygonorhina. ThB articular surfaces for the fin are placed on
a horizontal ridge, at the extreme anterior and posterior ends of
which are placed the surfaces for the propterygium and the metap-
terygium respectively ; the former is a long oval with the long axis
vertical and the surface directed outwards ; in the intermediate
ridge is a concavity for the mesopterygium. Close to the inner
lateral border of the arch is the articular surface for the fifth
branchial arch, which is double and somewhat raised above the
general surface. The propterygium has articulating with its distal
extremity a stout ray with which are connected a number of fin
rays. The mesopterygium is very small but occupies all the interval
between the propterygium and the meta pterygium; none of the rays
articulate directly with the shoulder girdle. The ru eta pterygium
is divided into four segments.

The pelvic arch is a strongly curved cartilage which is produced
behind over the acetabular facet into a strong spine ; a little in
front of this it develops a prominent angular ridge on its outer
surface. The metapterygiurn bears distally two very short cartilages
which continue the axis of the fin and give origin to a few short
rays ; the mesopterygium is not represented.

UROLOPHUS, sp. 1

Plate II., Fig. 14.

The main difference between the skeleton of this species and that
of Trygon pastinaca consists in the presence between the nasal
cartilages of a pair of very slender, crescentic, cartilaginous cornua,
attached to, but not continuous with, the cartilage of the front of

104 STUDIES ON THE ELASMOBRANCH SKELETON",

the skull. These are inclined downwards and backwards and
may represent upper labial cartilages, or may perhaps be regarded
as representing a rudimentary rostrum.

The anterior vertebral plate presents laterally very broad and
long wings representing the coalescent and produced transverse
processes. In the middle it presents a prominent vertical lamina
formed of the coalescent spinous processes. This ends some distance
in front of the position of the shoulder girdle, with which it has no
connection. There are thirty pairs of ribs, of which the majority
are of considerable length.

HYPNOS SUBNIGER.

Plate XL, Figs. 6-9.

Skull and Visceral Arches. (Plate XL, figs. 6 and 7.)

In general shape the skull recalls to some extent that of
Heterodontus. It is long, rather narrow and high, broadest behind
in the occipital and auditory regions, narrower between the orbits
and becoming broader again in front in the olfactory region. The
foramen magnum is very large ; its plane is very oblique, and a
large space occupied only by membrane intervenes between the
upper border of the foramen and the commencement of the neural
arches of the vertebra?. The condyles, as in Torpedo, are placed
close to the foramen magnum. As in Torpedo, also, the aperture
for the vagus is very large. Immediately above and a little in
front of it is a short but well-marked process directed outwards ;
this is rudimentary in Torpedo. Below and behind the foramen
the postero-external angle of the skull is drawn out into a
dorso-ventrally compressed process with the extremity of which the
basal cartilage of the first branchial arch articulates. This is an
arrangement which seems, so far as I have observed, to be peculiar
to this genus. As in Torpedo, the articular surface for the hyo.
mandibular is long, narrow, and nearly horizontal, situated low
down nearly on a level with the base of the skull. The elevation

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., I3.SC. 105

marking the position of the posterior semi-circular canal, which
is absent in Torpedo, is well-developed in the Australian genus.
Neither the prse-orbital nor the post-orbital processes are

developed, and the orbit is devoid of basal plate. There is
neither ethmoidal notch nor foramen.

The olfactory region resembles that of Torpedo but there
are no distinct praeorbital processes, and the fins articulate with
the anterior extremities of the nasal capsules.

The hyo-mandibular is a long cartilage, longer than the greatest
width of the skull, dorso-ventrally compressed and broad proximally,
but narrowing distally ; it is divided into two by a distinct
transverse suture (as in many Kays) the outer piece being much
shorter than the inner. Both upper and lower jaws are extremely
slender. The hyoid arch is small, and quite similar to, though
smaller than the branchial arches ; above it is incomplete, and not
in any way connected either with the skull or with the hyo-
mandibular, its dorsal end articulating with the basal of the first
branchial arch, which articulates with the postero-external process
of the skull in the manner already noticed. Though this arrange,
ment of the anterior visceral arches is not, as will subsequently be
seen, peculiar to the present form, it is a moditication which has
hitherto escaped notice. In the Sharks the hyoid arch proper
(which is much more important and much more sharply marked
off from the branchial arches than in the Rays) is suspended from
the skull by means of the hyo-mandibular, with which it articulates
towards its distal extremity. The hyo-mandibular cartilage is
thus in the Selachoidei a true hyo-mandibular suspensorium.
But in the majority of the Rays, as pointed out by Gegenbaur, it has
no such dual function, the hyoid arch being but slightly, if at all,
connected with it, and its sole function being that of a mandibular
suspensorium. In Torpedo the basal of the hyoid arch unites
with the postero-lateral angle of the skull ; it is free below except
where a short cross-piece unites it with the ventral end of the
first branchial arch. The first branchial arch is attached to the
ventral end of the second, and the second and third have each
distinct copular pieces uniting with the basilar plate.

106 STUDIES ON THE ELASMOBRANCH SKELETON,

The arrangement of the rest of the branchial apparatus in Hypnos
is likewise peculiar. The copular elements of the hyoid and of the
first, second, and third branchial arches are united below on either
side to a thick longitudinal bar of cartilage which unites behind
to the basi-branchial plate, close to its fellow, but diverges in
front so as to leave a considerable triangular space, and ends in a
free thickened extremity some little distance in front of the hyoid
arch. Though these bars present no trace of longitudinal division
they seem to correspond to the copularia of the hyoidean and
three anterior branchial arches. The fourth and fifth branchial
arches unite dorsally, as very commonly occurs, the basal of the
fifth arch not being represented ; from their point of union a long
process passes inwards and backwards. The fifth arch has an
articulation with the shoulder girdle.

Pectoral Fins. (Plate II., fig. 8.)

The shoulder-girdle is distinguished by the slenderness of its
mesial ventral portion, which, as in Rays generally, is formed of
one continuous bar, not interrupted by any fibrous interval such as
occurs in Torpedo. It bears externally the lateral masses of
cartilage with which the pectoral fins articulate, and an upwardly
directed process of each lateral mass is movably articulated with a
dorsal bar of cai-tilage which runs inwards towards the middle
line of the dorsal surface. The dorsal ends of these two bars are
united by a flattened mesial cross-piece, which is placed well above
the vertebral column, not being connected with it save by fibrous
tissue. Such an entire absence of cartilaginous connection
between the pectoral arch and the spinal column is found in no
other Eay with the exception of Torpedo. (Vide Gegen. Unters.
II., 1, p. 81.) The three facets for the pectoral fin are borne on
three short processes. The propterygium is made up of no less
than nine joints which decrease in size distally, the whole having
much the appearance of a magnified fin-ray. The mesopterygium
is a small cartilage shorter than the propterygium, and is divided
into seven segments. Each of the rays of the fin is bifurcate at
the tip.

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 107

The cephalic fin consists of two curved cartilaginous styles
connected with the skull as above noticed, having a series of short
irregular rays attached along their anterior border, and of a series
of irregular rays between them. The latter are not directly connected
with the skull, and do not form a rostral prolongation of it as in
Torpedo .

Pelvic Fins. (Plate II., fig. 9.)

The pelvic arch is a straight, rather narrow bar, continued
externally into a pair of long, pointed, lateral processes directed
forwards and outwards. The axial cartilage of the fin is narrow
and pointed. Nearly all the fin-rays are bifurcate. The anterior
rays articulate directly with the pelvic girdle, the first being shorter
than the rest and repi'esenting the pre-axial fin-ray ; there is no
basal cartilage representing the mesopterygium.

There are two distinct dorsal fins of about ten to twelve rays
each, placed close to one another on the short tail. The caudal
fin itself is very small.

TRYGONORHINA FASCIATA.
Plate II., Figs. 1-5.

Vertebral Column.

The antei^ior vertebral plate presents a very strong odontoid
process with a crescent-shaped articular surface at its extremity,
and at the base of the odontoid process two concave articular
surfaces for the occipital condyles. The spinous processes of the
anterior vertebral plate are combined into a very prominent mesial
ridge, and the transverse processes are likewise amalgamated, as in
Rays generally, and develope about the middle of the length of the
plate on either side a strong vertical process which reaches nearly as
high as the spinous ridge. The spinous ridge ends some distance in
front of the hinder extremity of the vertebral plate, and behind it

108 STUDIES ON THE ELASMOBRANCH SKELETON,

is a much smaller lamella which develops lateral projections
embracing the dorsal extremities of the pectoral arch, so as to form
sockets for the reception of the latter.

There are about twenty-five pairs of rather long slender ribs.

Skull and Visceral Arches. (Plate II., figs. 1 and 2.)

In general form the skull is somewhat expanded laterally and
depressed dorso-ventrally, distinguished by its elongate rostrum
and large olfactory capsules.

The plane of the foramen magnum slopes slightly forwards.
Below it is the deep mesial excavation for the reception of the
odontoid process, the concave articular surface for which is nearly
as wide as the foramen. The condyles are borne on short lateral
processes. The vagus foramen is separated by a considerable
interval from the foramen magnum. Immediately in front of and
external to it is a slender bridge of cartilage.

The articular surface for the hyo-mandibular is long and
narrow, placed, as in Hypnos, close to the base of the skull and
extending on to the postero-lateral process. The auditory
foramina are very large, and are placed well apart from one
another, only a very slight depression connecting them.* The
elevations marking the position of the anterior and posterior
semi-circular canals are very well-marked. Behind the orbit is a
distinct post-orbital process, and in front of it are the very large and
laterally pi'ojecting olfactory capsules. As in the Batoidei generally
theie is no basal plate. The foramen for the trigeminal is
separated from that for the facial by a slight interval ; behind the
latter as in Rhynchobatus is an oblicpiely-placed bridge of
cartilage. With the outer and posterior angle of the olfactoiy
capsules is connected a compressed, curved, pointed cartilage, which
represents the lateral process of the ethmoidal region of
Rhynchobatus.

* The absence of a deep parietal groove seems to he characteristic of the Batoidei.

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 109

The rostrum is a long spoutdike structure, the concavity in
which is continuous behind with the cerebral cavity. In front it
gradually narrows, the excavation becoming shallower, and
expands at the extremity into a thin sheet with a truncated
terminal border ; near each angle of the flattened terminal portion
of the rostrum is a small rounded aperture.

The hyo-mandibular begins above in a broad extremity which
articulates with the surface already noticed on the auditory region
of the skull. Dorsally it presents a prominent ridge. The
hyoidean arch is incomplete dorsally and becomes articulated to
the dorsal mesial of the first bi'anchial arch. The latter
developes a short pi'ocess which, as in Hypnos, articulates
with the occipital region of the skull behind the surface of
articulation for the hyo-mandibular. The copulare of the
hyoid is produced anteriorly into a prominent flattened process.
The hyoid copula is represented by a very long, slender, ribdike
cartilage, which is not expanded into any broad mesial plate. The
basal of the first branchial arch is in very close relationship to
the ventral surface of the spinal column. The mesials of this and
the three following arches present very deep and wide muscular
fossa? which pass into one another across the articulation. The
ventral mesial cartilage of the first branchial arch developes a
flattened anterior process which articulates with the hyoid capula ;
behind it articulates with the second branchial arch at the point of
junction of the ventral mesial and the copulare. The second arch
has a strongly curved ribbondike copulare ; those of the third and
fourth are united ; the fifth arch has no copulare. The copularia
of the second, third, and fourth arches, and the ventral mesial of
the fifth articulate with a very wide basi-branchial plate. The
ventral mesial of the fifth articulates with the shoulder girdle.

Pectoral Arch and Pectoral Fins. (Plate II., figs. 3 and 4.)

The pectoral arch is remarkable on account of the size and form
of its lateral masses. The whole girdle has the form of an oval
hoop, with the long axis transverse, the ventral side straight and
the lateral portions greatly expanded. There is a narrow dorsal

110 STUDIES ON THE ELASMOBRANCH SKELETON,

interspace, the pointed dorsal extremity of each half of the arch
being received into a socket formed for it by a produced portion of
the spinous ridge of the anterior vertebral plate in such a way that
motion is only possible round a transverse axis passing through the
two joints. The outer border of the transversely expanded lateral
portion of the girdle gives origin behind nearly at right angles to
an exti*emely prominent lamella, concave inwards and convex out-
wards and directed outwards as well as backwards. This lamella pre-
sents externally four horizontal ridges, the most prominent being
the third reckoning from above downwards. This ridge connects
the articular surfaces for the pro- meso- and metapterygia, and
between the two last itself gives attachment directly to a number
of fin-rays. The articular surface for the propterygium is placed on
the produced border by which the expanded part of the hoop and
the lateral lamellae unite. A little behind it is the less prominent
articular surface for the mesopterygium. Between the two are two
large nerve foramina, the one above and the other below ; these pass
directly from within outwards. The articular surface for the
metapterygium is placed on the posterior border of the lateral plate
at the extremity of the prominent ridge ; it is a little less conspi-
cuous than that for the propterygium. About midway between the
ridge which bears the articular surfaces and the one above it is a
horizontal row of fine small pores. The articular surface for the
branchial arch is an ovate elevation situate close to the inner
border of the lateral portion of the arch. The ventral bar is
deeply grooved below. Among described forms the shoulder-girdle
of Trygonorhina approximates most nearly to that of Rhino-
batus (Gegenbaur, 1. c. II., p. 82, pi. V., fig. LA.)

The propterygium consists of a stout proximal portion with four
short distal joints, with the extremity of the last of which three
irregular rays articulate. The mesopterygium is small ; between it
and the metapterygium is a wide interval where the fin rays
articulate directly with the shoulder-girdle itself. The metapteiy-
gium is smaller than the propterygium ; two short cartilages are
added to its extremity. The majority of the fin-rays of the pectoral
fin bifurcate at their extremity.

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. HI

Pelvic Fins. (Plate II., fig. 5.)
The pelvic arch is very slender and very wide from side to side, as
in Rays generally. Its lateral extremity presents two articular
surfaces, one for the propterygium (pre-axial fin-ray) the other for
the metapterygium. The mesopterygium is not represented. In
front of the articulation a strong compressed process extends
forwards and outwards, and behind on the dorsal surface just over
the two articulations is a very prominent, slender, curved process
which extends backwards and upwards. The propterygium con-
sists of a long and three short joints, the last bearing several
rudimentary fin rays. The metapterygium consists of a long basal
joint and three shorter distal segments ; it bears twenty-four rays
none of which are bifurcated.

Unpaired Fins.

The dorsal fin is small, with about fourteen rudimentary rays
supported on two elongated, laterally compressed cartilages, the
continuity of which with the spinous processes is manifest. The
anal is very similar to the dorsal. The caudal is rudimentary.

The dorsal fin is described and figured by Mivart, 1. c, p. 454,
pi. LXXV1IL, fig. 6.

SUMMARY.

In the following summary are enumerated the principal
characteristics of the skeleton in such families of the Plagiostomi
as I have had the opportunity of examining. The division of the
Selachoidei into two principal sub-orders — the Palceoselachii and
the Neoselachii — seems to me to follow as a necessary conclusion
from the researches of Gegenbaur on the anatomy of the skull.
The prefixes have reference, I need hardly add, not to the relative
geological age of the two groups, but to their relative degree of
specialisation ; the structure of Notidanvs is certainly much more
archaic than that of any other Shark.

112 STUDIES ON THE ELASMOBRANCH SKELETON,

SELACHOIDEI.

In the skull the post-orbital processes are usually well developed,
the orbit is usually provided with a cartilaginous floor formed of
the basal plate ; there is always a palato-basal articulation ; the
rostrum usually consists of three bars with large foramina at the
base. There are a series of external branchial arches ; the first
branchial arch never articulates with the skull ; the hyoid arch is
supported by the hyo-mandibular ; the copula of the hyoid has the
form of a broad plate connected with its distal extremity. The
pectoral fin is not connected with the skull by means of an ant-
orbital cartilage ; the ventral portion of the pectoral arch is
divided in the middle by a more flexible portion into two lateral
halves usually slightly movable on each other, and the dorsal
extremities do not articulate with the spinal column. The pro-
and meta-pteiygia of the pectoral fin are never greatly elongated
and usually have the form of relatively broad plates.

PALuEOSELACHII.

(NOTIDANIDiE.)

The vertebral column is scarcely ossified. There are two
neural arches for each centrum, at least in the caudal region.

The occipital region of the skull is not so sharply marked off
from the spinal column as in other Elasmobranchii ; it presents
above a mesial ridge continuous with the spinous processes, and at
the sides riclges continuous with the line of the transverse
processes. The plane of the occipital region is vertical or inclined
from below upwards and backwards. There is no lateral occipito-
vertebral articulation. The principal vagus foramen is placed far
from the foramen magnum ; the lower roots of the nerve pass out
by from three to five distinct canals which are in line with the
foramina for the spinal nerves. The vestibulum forms a distinct
eminence on the surface of the infero-lateral portion of the
auditory region. The articular surface for the hyo-mandibular is
simple and not sharply marked off from surrounding parts. The
post-oi"bital process presents an articular surlace for the palato-
quadrate. The orbit has no cartilaginous floor. There is an

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 113

ethmoidal canal. There is no tri-radiate rostrum. Representing
the ant-orbital cartilage of Rays is an ant-orbital process. There
are either six or seven branchial arches ; the external arches are
incomplete. There is only one dorsal fin ; its rays are supported
by a broad basal cartilage.

NE0SELACH1I.

The centra of the vertebrae are well ossified.

The occipital region is well marked off from the vertebral
column. The plane of the foramen magnum is vertical or slopes
forwards. The principal vagus foramen is usually approximated
to the foramen magnum, and there is never a row of accessory
foramina in line with the foramina for the spinal nerves. There is
no distinct elevation on the surface of the skull marking the
position of the vestibule. The articular surface for the hyo-
mandibular is complex. The post-orbital process never presents
an articular surface for the palato-quadrate. The orbit has a
cartilaginous floor. There is no process representing the ant-
orbital cartilage of the Rays. There are never more than five
branchial arches. There are two dorsal fins which may or may not
present broad basal cartilages.

Cestraciontid^e.

The centra of the vertebra? present radiating bony lamellae.

There is only a small tubercle representing the occipital crest,
and the occipital region is sharply marked off from the vertebral
column. The principal vagus opening is placed close to the lateral
occipital process, and there is no row of accessory foramina.
The elevation marking the position of the posterior semi-circular
canal is placed on the posterior aspect of the cranium ; there is no
distinct elevation for the vestibule. There is an ethmoidal canal.
The auditory foramina open at the bottom of a fossa which is
continued forwards into a groove excavated on a longitudinal
mesial ridge. The orbit has a cartilaginous roof. There is no
prominent rostrum ; the ethmoidal region is longer than in other
8

114 STUDIES ON THE ELASMOBRANCH SKELETON,

Selachoidei, and the olfactory capsules are remote from the orbits.
The hyo-mandibular takes a comparatively unimportant part in the
suspension of the lower jaw and palato-quadrate.

There are two dorsal fins, and these possess broad plate-like
cartilages, and are closely related to the spinal column.

LAMNID.E.

The centra of the vertebrae present radiating lamellae.

The articular surface for the hyo-mandibular is simple, but
borne on a projecting portion of the postero lateral region of
the skull. The post-orbital process does not articulate with
the palato-quadrate. The orbit has a cartilaginous floor. There
is no ant-orbital process representing the ant-orbital cartilage
of the Rays. The external branchial arches are well-developed.
There is a well developed three-rayed rostrum. The hyo-mandibular
bears a series of cartilaginous rays. The hyoid copula is a broad
plate. The meso- and metapterygia are partly coalescent ; the
primary rays of the pectoral fins have intercalated among them a
series of accessory rays which do not reach the basal cartilages.
The dorsal and anal fins possess no broad basal cartilages and do
wot articulate with the spinal column.

ScylliolamnidjE.

The centra of the vertebrae present radiating lainellse.
The articular surface for the hyo-mandibular is a deep conical
hollow into which fits a peg-like process of the latter cartilage.
The rostrum is single, and does not advance much beyond the level
of the olfactory capsules. There is a basal plate forming a floor
for the orbit. There is neither ethmoidal canal nor notch.
There are rays on the hyo-mandibular as well as on the hyoid arch.
The hyoid copula is a broad plate. The external branchial arches
are rudimentary. The pectoral arch presents no ventral mesial
flexible interval as in other Sharks. All the three basal cartilages
of the pectoral fin are well-developed. The unpaired fins do not
present expanded basal plates.

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 115

SCYLLID.E.

The centra of the vertebrae present radiating lamellae.

The articular surface for the hyo-mandibular is situated in great
part on a postero-lateral process of the skull ; it is saddle-shaped,
and not very deep. There is no ethmoidal canal. The rostrum is
three-barred. The dorsal fin has no broad basal cartilages.

Rhinidjb.

The centra of the vertebra? are devoid of radiating lamellae.

The post-orbital process is produced forwards and unites with
the praeorbital process. The shoulder-girdle i-eseinbles that of the
Rays in presenting a rigid ventral portion ; and the skeleton of
the pectoral fin has the pro and meta-pterygia elongated in an
antero-posterior direction as in the Rays. The skeleton of the
dorsal fin presents wide basal cartilages apparently continuous
with the neural spines, and has no distinct rays.

PRISTIOPHORIDiE.

The centra of the vertebrae are devoid of radiating lamellae of
bone.

The ethmoidal region of the skull is produced forwards into a
long, dorso-ventrally compressed rostrum, perforated by a longi-
tudinal canal, which is continuous behind with the cranial cavity.
The copula of the hyoid is reduced to the form of a narrow strip
of cartilage. There are rays on the hyo-mandibular as well as on
the hyoid arch. The propterygum is very small. The dorsal fins
are supported by broad thin plates continuous with the neural
arches of the vertebrae.

BATOIDEI.

The post-orbital processes are small or absent ; the orbit is
devoid of cartilaginous floor. There is no palato-basal articulation.
The rostrum, when present, is usually imperforate at the base.
There are no external branchial arches ; the first branchial arch
is sometimes directly connected with the skull. When the hyoid
arch is supported by the hyo-mandibular the articulation takes

116 STUDIES ON THE ELASMOBRANCH SKELETON,

place near the proximal extremity of the latter. The ventral
portion of the pectoral arch forms a continuous and rigid bar ; the
dorsal extremities of the arch are connected either with the spinal
column or with one another. The pro- and metapterygia of the
pectoral fins have the form of elongated narrow bars, and the
mesopterygium is insignificant. The anterior portion of the
pectoral fin is connected by a cartilage — the antorbital cartilage —
with the ethmoidal region of the skull.

Pristid^e.
The ethmoidal region of theskull is prolonged forwards into a very
long, straight, dorso-ventrally compressed rostrum, traversed by a
median and two pairs of lateral longitudinal canals. The first
dorsal fin has broad basal cartilages apparently continuous with the
neural spines, and a series of short rays.

Khinobatid^e.
The ethmoidal region of the skull is produced into a rather long
rostruru. The first branchial arch articulates with the skull. The
hyoid arch is not connected with the hyo-mandibular. The
copulari of the branchial arches are distinct from the copula?.
The dorsal fin has broad basal cartilages, apparently continuous
with the neural spines, and a series of short rays. The pectoral
arch articulates directly with the spinal column. The pro- and
metapterygia are segmented ; between the mesopterygium and the
metapterygium a number of the rays articulate directly with the
shoulder-girdle. There ai'e well-developed ribs.

TORPEDINIDiE.

The ethmoidal region is not produced into a rostrum. The
articular surface for the hyo-mandibular is not wide. The copularia
of the branchial arches are distinct from the copula?. The hyoid
arch is not connected with the hyo-mandibular. The pectoral arch
is not directly connected with the spine ; it is not so rigid in the
middle ventral line as that of other Batoidei. The anterior portions
of the pectoral fins are detached, and articulate with the front of the
ethmoidal region of the skull. None of the rays articulate directly
with the shoulder-girdle. There are well developed ribs.

by william a. haswell, m.a,, b sc. 117

Rajid^:.

The articular surface for the hyo-niandibular is borne on a
prominent process of the postero-lateral region of the skull.
The ethmoidal region is produced into an undivided rostrum.
The hyoid arch is connected with the base of the hyo-mandibular.
There is only one branchial copula ; the copularia are not amal-
gamated with it it, The pectoral arch articulates directly with the
spinal column. The propterygvu/m articulates with the skull by
means of an ant-orbital cartilage ; the pectoral fin is interrupted
in front, with no detached cephalic fin. Short ribs are present.
Some of the rays of the pectoral fin articulate with the shoulder-
girdle.

TRYGONIDiE.

There is no distinct rostral prolongation of the skull. The
articular surface for the hyo-mandibular is elongated antero-pos-
terioi'ly ; it is situated near the base of the skull, and not borne on a
prominent process. The branchial copula is coalescent with the
copularia. The hyoid arch sometimes articulates with the proximal
extremity of the hyo-mandibular, sometimes with the cranium
directly. The pectoral fins are continuous in front ; the pectoral
arch articulates with the spinal column. None of the rays of the
pectoral fin articulate directly with the pectoral girdle. There
are no ribs.

Myliobatil\e.

The cranium is elevated in front. There is no distinct rostrum.
The articular surface for the hyo-mandibular is a tolerably deep
hollow, situated close to the base of the skull, but not so much
elongated as in most other Rays. The branchial copularia coalesce
with the copulae. The hyoid arch is not related to the hyo-
mandibular nor to the skull, but articulates with the base of the
first branchial arch, which articulates with the skull behind the
hyo-mandibular. The pectoral fins unite in front of the skull ;
the pectoral arch articulates with the spinal column. There are
no ribs.

118 STUDIES ON THE ELASM03RANCH SKELETON,

Explanation of the Plates.

Au — Auditory apertures in parietal groove. Ar — Articular surface for
hyo-mandibular. PSC — posterior semi-circular canal. ASC— anterior
seini-circular canal. Po 0 — post-orbital process. Pr 0— prse-orbital
process, fo — fontanelle. or— foramen of exit of ophthalmic nerve from the
orbit— op1 foramen by which the ophthalmic nerve passes downwards and
outwards towards the nasal capsule (posterior opening of the ethmoidal
canal ) R — rostrum. 01 — Olfactory capsule. Vg — foramen of exit of the
vagus nerve. II— foramen for the optic nerve. Bp — Basal plate. PI--
palato-quadrate. Mck — -Meckel's cartilage. HM — hyo-mandibular. Hy —
hyoid arch. Br1, Br2, etc. — Branchial arches, p pt — propterygium. m pt —
mesopterygium. mt pt — metapterygium. p — pectoral arch, pi— pelvic
arch, ppt' — anterior basal cartilage of pelvic fin. m pt' —middle basal carti-
lage of pelvic fin. mt pt' posterior basal cartilage of pelvic fin. cl. — axial
cartilage of clasper.

Plate I.

Fig. 1. Skull of Carcharodon Rondeletii from above.
„ 2. The same from the side.
,, 3. Pectoral fin of the same.
,, 4. Dorsal fin of the same.

,, 5. Pelvic fin of Heptanchus indicus. M pt! — mesial basal cartilage .
,, 6. Skull of Crossorhhius barbatus from above.
,. 7. Pectoral fin of the same.
,, 8. Pelvic fin of the same.

,, 9. Skull of Pristiophorus cirratus from above.

„ 10. Branchial skeleton of the same.

„ 11. Pectoral arch and pectoral fins of the same.

,, 12. Pelvic arch and pelvic fins of the same.

Plate II.

Fig. 1. Skull of Trygonorhina faseiata from above.
,, 2. Branchial skeleton of the same.

j, 3. Lateral view of pectoral arch of the same. Sf — superior nerve-
foramina, if, inferior nerve foramina, p, facet for propterygium.
m, facet for mesopterygium. mt, facet for metapterygium.
,, 4. Pectoral fin of the same— r — rays articulating directly with the

pectoral arch.
,, 5. Pelvic arch and pelvic fins of the same.
,, 6. Skull of Hyjmos subniger.

„ 7- Diagram showmg the connections of the hyo-mandibular, the
hyoid, and the first branchial arch with the skull in Hypnos
subnig r.

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 119

Fig. 8. Pectoral fin of the same.
,, 9. Pelvic arch and pelvic fin of the same.

„ 10. Coalescent anterior vertebras of Trygonpastlnaca seen from below,
„ 11. The same from above, a— process for articulation with the

pectoral arch, b— tubercles with which the branchial arches

articulate, c — nerve foramina.
,, 12. Skull of the same species.
,, 13. Pectoral arch of Crossorhinus barbatus.
,, 14. Nasal and labial (?) cartilages of Urolophus, seen in situ from the

front.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Macleay exhibited for Mr. James Macdonald, who was
unable to be present, a specimen of a very curious little fish,
which his nephew, Master John D. Wilson, had captured at the
North Shore in an empty shell. Mr. Macleay said that it was a
species of Salarias, and as far as he had been able to examine it,
thought it was new.

Mr. Pedley exhibited three specimens of Centriscus gracilis, an
extremely rare fish in Port Jackson.

WEDNESDAY, 27th FEBRUARY, 1884.

The President, C. S. Wilkinson, Esq., F.G.S., F.L.S., in the chair.

MEMBER ELECTED.

Dr. R. von Lendenfekl.

DONATIONS.

A number of pamphlets, chiefly on Ornithology. By Dr. Otto
Finsch. From the author.

" Transactions of the Entomological Society of London." Part 4,
for 1883. From the Society.

"Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society." December, 1883
From the Society.

"Report on the Botanic and Zoological Gardens, Singapore."
For 1882. From the Government of the Straits Settlements,

" Transactions, Proceedings and Report of the Royal Society of
South Australia." Vol. IV., for 1882-83. From the Society.

"Feuilledes Jeunes Naturalistes." No. 159. January, 1884.
From the Editor.

" Abhandlungen herausgegeben von der Senckenbergischen
Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Frankfurt a/M." XIII Band,
1 and 2 Heft, 4to, 1883. And " Bericht," for 1882-83. From
the Society.

DONATIONS. 121

" On the structure and affinities of the Tabulate Corals of
the Palaeozoic Period." By Dr. H. Alleyne-Nicholson. 8vo, 1879.
From Professor W, J. Stephens, M.A.

"Science." Volume lit, Nos. 45 to 48. From the Editor.

"The Victorian Naturalist." Vol. 1, No. 1, January 1884.
From the Field Naturalists Club of Victoria.

" Memoir and Correspondence of Sir J. E. Smith, F.R.S., &c."
2 Vols., 8vo., 1832. From Thomas Whitelegge, Esq.

PAPERS READ.

A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES.
By Dr. R. von Lendenfeld.

1. — Introduction.

During the two years I have spent in the colonies for the
purpose of investigating the Ccelenterata of our shores, I have
collected and studied a great many sponges. I was entrusted
with the identification of the sponges belonging to the Museums
in Dunedin, Christchurch and Adelaide ; and I perform a pleasant
duty in thanking the Directors, von Haast, Haake and Parker,
for the great liberality with which they assisted me in obtaining
the specimens and information which I sought for.

The material and experience at my disposal would probably have
remained obscure and useless had it not been for our Hon. Secretary,
Through the well-known generosity of the Hon. W. Macleay, I
shall be enabled to work out my subject exhaustively, and lay
before the scientific world an extensive Monograph on my subject.
Taking as a model O. Schmidt's "Spongien des Adriatischen
Meeres."

122 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

THE NAME.

The word " Sponge " is derived from the Greek (nroyyia
which name was accepted by the Romans without an alteration :
Spongia. The same root a-noyy is met with in most languages :
sponge, spongea, spynge Anglo-saxon, spunge Old English, sponge
English, spongie Old Hollandish, spons Hollandish, esponge Old
French, eponge French, spogna, spognct Italian, esponga Spanish,
esponja, esponga Provence. The German schwamm, Old German
schwunnu, and the Norwegian Swamp are not related to the Greek
word. The same is the case with the Russian gubak, Hebrew
ekba and Chaldaic Akuba.

Before entering into our subject, I shall give a brief account of
our knowledge of the sponges, and cite the most important work s
on the subject, so as to enable any one of my readers who might
wish to study the sponges, to find the references he requires.

It is always interesting to know, how any special science or
branch thereof, has been developed, and I shall therefore give a
short historic introduction, — an Embryology of Spongiology.

HISTORY OF OUR KNOWLEDGE OF THE SPONGES.

I. — From Aristoteles to Belon, 350 a.G — 1553. Classical

Period.

As in nearly every other branch of Natural Science, so we find
also here the first scientific description of Sponges in Aristoteles
(384 — 322 a.C.) He described three species of Ceraospongise (I)

"eon fie ra>v (TTToyycov rp'ia ytvq, 6 fiev fxavos, 6 fie ttvkvos, rplros S ov
koXovctlv A^tXKeiov XfTTToraros K.a\ ttvkpotcitos kcu tcr^updraros'

The three sponges referred to by Aristoteles, doubtless belong
to the family of the Spongidte of F. E. Schulze (2).

(1). Aristoteles. 7repl fwcof laroplas. Liber V , Cap. 16., § 76.

(2). F. E. Schulze. Ueber den Bau und die Entwickelung der Spongien,
VII. Dit> Fainilie der Spo/iaidce. Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie
Band, XXXII.

BY DR. R. VON LENDENFELD. 123

Besides these, Aristoteles describes (3)., another genus, which
according to O. Schmidt (4). is a Sarcotragus O. S. ; eo-n b'/IXXov
yevos ov KaXovcnv dnXvcruis 8ia to pfj 8vvacrai TrXiiveo-Oai." Aristoteles
mentions that the sponges contract in rough weather, so as not to
be torn from the rocks by the breakers. Because they are
covered with dirt when brought to the surface, he thinks that
they live on organic substances, which fall on them by chance.
He knew that sponges can be propagated by cuttings, a subject we
shall have to dwell on in detail further on. At least he mentions
that sponges, which have been broken off grow out again (5). He
thought that the sponges were animals and not plants, which
appears evident from the fact that he lays great stress on their
similarity to plants, which of course he would not do if he thought
that they were plants.

Aristoteles is the only man of the ancient time whose writings
on this subject are worth recording. Plinius (6), (23 — 79, p. C),
Dioscorides (7), and Claudius Aelianus (8), (about 180, p. C),
only copied Aristoteles' works without mentioning his name. They
add to the correct statements of Aristoteles a lot of foolish myths.

Present Time.
II.— From Belon to Grant, 1553 — 1826.

During the dark time of the middle age when the Church
prosecuted and burnt all men of science, no one attempted to
augment our knowledge of Biology, so that we have to pass over
those ages which are a stain to humanity, from the old Aelianus
180, p. C, to Wotton, 1552, without being able to record a single
paper on our subject.

Full 1400 years passed away without leaving any trace in
history of our knowledge of Spongidse.

(3.) Aristoteles. Trepl t^mav io-roplas. Liber V., Cap. 16, § 80.
(4y. O. Schmidt. Die Spongien des Adriatischen Meeres, Seite 35.
(5). Aristoteles. ivepi fawv iaropias- Liber V., Cap. 16, § 77.
(6), Plinius Seeundus C. Historic/, Naturalis. Liber IX. , Cap. 45.
(7)- Dioscorides P. Trepl v\r]s IciTpiiajs Liber V.
(8). Aelianus Claudius, Trepl ^cowir Liber VIII. Cap 16.

124 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

The earliest writings of the present ei-a are those of Wotton (9)
(1552), and Belon (10) (1553), Both of these copied Aristoteles'
writings. I will not ti-ouble the reader with a list of the names,
the bearers of which wrote on Sponges at the end of the sixteenth
and beginning of the seventeenth Century, some declaring them to
be animals, others to be plants, and others again taking them for
concentrated spray (Gerarde (11) (1633). There is a great
similarity between Aphrodite and a sponge !

Of greater interest to us appears an essay of Nieremberg (12)
(1635), in which for the first time we find an Australian Sponge
mentioned. He says that the Hindoos call an Australian Sponge
Amacpalli : " Amacpalli seu manum coccineam appellant Indi
quoddam Spongiae marinae genus in Australi pelago."

In Ray's (13) (1686) works, we find eight species of sponges
described, which together with some Corals (Alcyonium), are
placed among the fungi as " Plantae imperfectae." At that time
the sponges were considered as plants, and we find several authors
placing them in the vegetable kingdom.

One of these authors, Tournefort (14), describes the sponges
with the following diagnosis : " Herba? marina? aut fluviatiles,
quarum flores et fructus vulgo ignorantur." Also the famous
Anthony von Leeuwenhoek (15), appears to have held similar
opinions. Carl von Linne (16), shared at first the error of his
contemporaries, and described the sponges as Cryptogamic plants.

(9). E. Wotton. De differentiis animalium. Liber, X.. Parish, 1552.

(10). P. Belon. De Jgustibus. Liber II. Parisii, 1553.

(11). T. < Jerarde. The 11, rbaU. London, 1633.

(12). T. E. Nieremberg. Historia Natures. Antverpice, 1635. Liber XIII.
Cap. XXXIL, p. 292.

(13). T. Ray. Historiaplantarum~Loiidhu, 16S6, 1693, 1701, and Synopsis
meth. stirp. Britann. Londini, 1690.

(14). T. P. Tournefort. Tnstitutiones rei herb. Vol. I. Parisiis, 1700.

(15). A. von Leeuwenboek. Microscopical observatio?is. Philosopbical
Transactions. XXIV. (1706), p. 2158.

(16). Carl von Linne\ Mora Lapponica, Amstelajdami, 1737, and
Hortus Cliffort. Amstelsedami, 1737.

BY DR. R. VOX LENDENFELD. 125

An essay of a much higher scientific standing than any of those
mentioned above, and where we for the first time meet with higher
philosophical ideas, was published by Donati (17), in 1750.

According to Donati, there exists in natm'e a continuous series of
living beings, so that the animal and vegetable kingdom are not
separated. In his book" he lets the " Polipari " containing the
sponges follow on the plants, they form the " primo grado con cui
la Natura fa passagia in Mare dalle Piante agli Animali."

The second grade are the " Piantianimali," which are divided
into three groups.

He describes some sponges very accurately, and mentions for the
first time the existence of spicules, " spine di sostanza

d' osso." Rnmpf (18), describes some sponges from the Banda
sea, but it is not possible to identify them with our North Aus-
tralian sponges with any certainty. Only one, his "Nidus
vesparum marinus" I shall probably be able to identify with one
of them.

After Peyssonel (19) and others had been induced by worms
and other animals, which sometimes live in sponges, to believe that
they were produced by these commensales, Ellis (20) examined
living sponges in an Aquarium, and discovered that these animals
had nothing to do with the sponge, and that the sponges were
animals sui generis.

Besides this, Ellis (I.e.) discovered, that currents of sea water
passed through the body of the sponge ; " when we examined these
in glasses of sea water, we could plainly observe these little tubes
to receive and pass the water too and and fro." These openings
he took for the mouths of the sponge. There is therefore no doubt
that he is the discoverer of the Pores and Oscula, and their func-
tions.

(17). V. Donati. Delia storia naturale marina dtlV Adriatko. Saggio.
Venezia, 1750

(18). G. E. Rumpf. Herbar, Amban. Tom. VI. Amstselodami, 1750.

(19). T. A. Peyssonel. New observations on the worms that form sponges.
Philosophical Transactions. Vol. L., 2 (1758), p. 590.

(20). T. Ellis. On the Nature and formation of Sponges. Philosophical
Transactions. Vol. LV. (1766) p. 2S0.

126 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

Our knowledge of the species of sponges was greatly increased
by Pallas (21). He describes 28 species of sponges, as belonging
to the genus Spongia, and there are also some sponges in his genus
Alcyonium. He accepts Ellis's discoveries as correct, and places
the sponges — doubtless animals — under the Zoophyta, genus
Spongia. " Animal ambiguum crescens, torpidissimum. Stirps
polymorpha, e fibris contexta, gelatina viva obvestitis. Oscula
oscillantia (?) seu cavernse cellulaeve superficiei."

In the twelfth edition of Linne's (22) Systema Naturae, the
sponges are for the first time described as animals.

Several species of sponges are described by authors of this period
without advancing our knowledge of the Anatomy and Physiology
at all.

After Ellis's death, Solander set to work to publish the papers
of Ellis, but he also died over the work, which was then taken in
hand by Ellis's daughter. In this book (23), Ellis's and Solander's
disco vei'ies are united to a whole. It contains a lot of valuable
information.

Alcyonium and Spongia which have hitherto been considered
very nearly related, or even to be the same, are strictly separated.

The genus Spongia is denned in the following manner : "Animal,
fixum, flexile, polymorphum, torpidissimiun, contextum vel e fibris
reticulatis, vel e spinulis, gelatina viva vestitis ; osculis seu
foraminibus superficiei aquam respirans."

Esper (24) and Olivi (25), who devoted much time and trouble
to the sponges, did not render so much service to our Science as
their English contempoi-aries.

(21). P. S. Pallas. Elenchus Zoophytorum. Hagae Comit., 1766.

(22). Carl von Linne. Systema Naturae. Ed. XII. Vol. 1, 2. Holmiae,
1767.

(23). T. Ellis and D. Solander. Natural History of many curious and
uncommon Zoophytes. London, 1786.

(24). Esper. Die Pjlanzenthiere and I ortselzung der Pfla?izenthiere.
Nurenberg, 1791— 1S06.

(25). L. Olivi. Zooiogia Adriatica. Bassana, 1792.

BY DR. R. VON LENDENFELD. 127

De Lamarck (26), who deserves our attention as a general
Biologist through his work " Philosophic Zoologique," in which he
expounded our present ideas of the variability of species, and of
the descent of one form of animal life from another ; also devoted
some of his energy to the sponges. In his " Systeme des Animanx
sans Vertebres," he describes and figures 54 species, but unfortu-
nately also he mixes the sponges up with the Alcyonarians. He
believes, namely, that all sponges possess polypes, and that it is
only in consequence of deficient observation, that they had not
been seen in all species, he goes so far as to call the sponges
"Polypiers."

Lamouroux (27) already describes 168 species, and he, although
copying Lamarck in many respects, states that the sponges are
very, and fundamentally different from the Alcyonarians. His
work is the best of the time.

Cuvier (28) treated the sponges very superficially, and without
taking any notice of the former works of Ellis, Solander, Lamarck,
and Lamouroux.

Of greater importance is A. T. Schweigger's (29) essay on
sponges. He was the first to use the anatomical structure for
classificatory purposes, and to point out the difference between
calcareous and other sponges. The prevailing opinion of his time,
that sponges contain polypes, which had as yet not been discovered,
he treats ironically, although in consequence of the deficient
methods of his time he is of course not able to prove their non-
existence. He also observed the movements of the Oscula, which
changed their diameter whilst he observed them.

T. E. Gray (30) considered the sponges as plants, and stated,
that all sponges possess spicules. His observations were made on

(26). M. De Lamarck. Histoire des animaux sans vertibres. Paris. 1S16.

(27). T. Lamouroux. Histoire des polypiers coralles Jiexibles. Casn, 1816.

(28). G. Cuvier. Eegne animal. Vol. IV., 1817,

(29). A.T. Schweigger. BeobachtungenavfNaturhirtorischenReisen. Berlin,
1S19, and Handbuch der Naturgeschichte skekttloser ungegliederter Thiere
Leipzig, 1820.

(30). T. E. Gray. On the situation and rank of sponges in the scale of
Nature. Zoological Journal, I., 1824, p. 46.

128 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

Spongilla and a few other sponges from which he thought himself
justified to conclude that all sponges were Monactinellae,
in Spongilla he saw green bodies, and therefore considered it as a
plant. A short time afterwards, and after his ideas had been
adopted by several Zoologists, Gray changed his opinion and
declared the sponges to be animak.

III.— From Grant to F. E. Schulze, 1826-1875.

Till Grant, so little was known about the Anatomy and Phy-
siology of the sponges, that it appeared advantageous to review the
papers of that period in their chronological order without reference
to the contents.

In the period of progress initiated by Grant, a division of the
papers under three headings becomes necessary, and we shall
commence with the papers referring to the

Anatomy and Histology

of the sponges. In this branch of Spongiology, we have now
happily got over the dark age ; and having worked our way
through innumerable papers of little value, come to a series of
publications, with which, as I can safely say, our knowledge of the
sponges practically commences.

The author of these papers is R. E. Grant. He states that the
sponges consist of a soft mass with or without a skeleton. This
mass contains throughout ramified channels, through which water
is continually passing. The water enters through small holes in
the surface, Pores, and leaves the body of the sponge by means of
the Oscula, which our author calls faecal orifices. The current of
water runs always in the same direction, and is never reversed as
former authors stated. He considered swinging cilia to be the
cause of the current, although he did not observe them. He says
that no classification of sponges is possible without the knowledge
of their anatomical structure, and states that some sponges have a
fibrous skeleton, consisting of horny fibre only, whilst in others,

BY DR. R. VON LENDENFELD. 129

spicules are contained in the fibres (31). He figures and describes
the three forms of calcareous spicules (32). He observed the ova,
the ciliated Embryo, and also, that this Embryo, after swimming
about for some, time, affixes itself (33).

He considers Spongilja to be nearly related to the siliceous
marine sponges. (34.)

Like Lamarck, Grant (35) partly indulged in the views we now
call " Darwinian."

Darwin says in his introduction to the " Origin of Species"
that " Grant, in the concluding paragraph in his well-known paper
on the Spongilla, clearly declares his belief that species are
descended from other species and that they became improved in
the course of modification."

Nardo (36) appears to have arrived at similarly sound con-
clusions as Grant, without knowledge of the latter's essays.
Dujardin (37) discovered the amoeboid movement of certain cells
in sponges in 1838. Laurent (38) two years later described the
propagation of Spongilla very minutely.

In this period we find Huxley's and Owen's names in the
records of Spongiology, who, together with many other authors,
are building up a good foundation for future work.

Dobie (39) discovered in 1852, the cilia on all the free surfaces
of a calcareous sponge. We can trace the improvements of the

(31). R. E. Grant. Observations and experiments on the structure and
function of the Sponge, Edinburg, Philosophical Journal. Vol. XIII., and
XIV.

(.32). R. E. Grant. Remarks on the structure of some calcareous Sponges.
Edinburg. New Philosophical Journal. Vol. I.

(33). R. E. Grant. Observations on the spontaneous motions of the ova, etc.
Edinburg., New Phil. Journal. Vol I.

(34.) R. E. Grant. On the structure and nature oj Spongilla fluviatilis.
Edinb. Phil. Journal. Vol. XIV.

(35.) R. E. Grant, (1 c). Vol. XIV., p 283.

(36.) J. Nardo. Classification cler Schwdmme. Isis., 1833, 1S34.

(37.) F. Dujardin. Observations sur les Sponges. Annales des Sciences
Naturelles, Tom X., 1838, p. 5.

(3S ) T. Laurent. Recherclies sur la Spongillefluviatile. Comptes rendus.
Tome. XL, 1840, p. 1048.

(39.) W. Dobie. Note on the observation oj cilia in Grantia.
1S32. Vol, X., p. 317.
9

130 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES.

Microscope very clearly in the discovery of all the minute details
in the anatomy of our animals.

In 1856, Lieberkiihn (40) published an excellent paper on the
development of spongilla. Afterwards Carter (41) wrote on the
same subject, and without being acquainted with Lieberkiihn's
paper, arrived at nearly identical results.

Bowerbank (42) drew in 1858, attention to the great variety or
the siliceous spicules in shape, particularly those anchorate and
stellate forms, which we find in some of the siliceous sponges
(Stelletta O.S., Ancorina O.S., &c.) He, as Grant had done
before him, considered at that time the shape of the spicules as
the principal thing to be considered in classifying the sponges.
We shall find that he afterwards abandoned that idea to some
extent, but that the recent researches of Zittel on fossil sponges
show the correctness of it.

Lieberkiihn (43) extended his observation to the marine
sponges, and published in 1859, an excellent paper on their
anatomy. He describes the canal system and the ciliated chambers,
which, as we shall see, are peculiar and all important to the
sponges.

Carter (44) arrived at the same time at very different results.
He states that the ciliated chambers are not chambers as described
by Lieberkiihn, but solid masses of cells which bear cilia on their
external surface, and he points out their similarity to Volvox.
In another paper (45) he dwells on the similarity of thegemmuke
of Spongilla, to the winter ova of many simple algae ; and states
that they contain starch granules.

(40.) N. Lieberkiihn. Beitrage zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Spongillen.
Miillers Archiv., 1856.

(41.) H. Carter. On the ultimate structure of Spongilla, Ann. Mag.
Vol. XX. (1857), p. 21.

(42.) Bowerbank. On the Anatomy and Physiology of the Spongida.
Trans. Roy. Soc., Vol 148, p. 279.

(43.) Lieberkiihn. A'twe Beitrage zur Anatomic der Spongien. Archiv.
fiir Anatomie und Physiologie, 1859.

(44.) Carter. Ann. Mag., Vol. III. (1859), page 12.

(45.) Carter. Ann. Mag., (1859), Vol. III., p. 331.

BY DR. R. VON LENDENFELP. 131

In 1860, Max Schultze (46) published a paper on Hyalonrma,
which at that time, when deep sea dredging was unknown,
was very rare, and described it as the skeleton of a sponge
affixed to the bottom of the sea by the long glassy threads which
grow out from one extremity of it.

By many nativralists the Hyalonemas were considered as
artificial products, made by the Japanese out of glass. Ehrenberg
(47) held that opinion amongst others, and attempted to prove
the inefficiency of Schultze's paper. In the subsequent contro-
versy the animal nature of these Hexactinellid sponges was proved,
although Ehrenberg himself never acknowledged that he had
made a mistake.

With the year 1862 we enter into the modern and most
fruitful period of the study of sponges, and we can safely say that
everything published before that year, since Aristoteles, is not of
such value as the discoveries made in every one of the years, from
1862 to 1884.

Bowerbank (48) publishes a series of valuable observations on
the Anatomy of the sponges, and dwells in detail on the spicules,
which are accurately figured and described.

Lieberkiihn (49) continues his observations on Spongilla ; among
the important results of his investigations, I will mention the fact,
that he thinks he has observed, that the ciliated Embryos of
Spongilla sometimes multiply by fission, a statement of great
importance.

Kolliker gives a preliminary notice of his histological investiga-
tions, in the same year. A full account of this most important

(46) Max Schultze. Die Hyalonemen, ein Beitrag zur Kcdurgeschichte
der Spongien. Bonn., 1S60.

(47-) (J. Ehrenberg Bertrage zur Beuriheilung der Gattung Hyalonema.
Monatsberichte der Akadem. Berlin I860, p. 173.

(48). T. J. Bowerbank. On the Anatomy and Physiology of the Spongiadce.
Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Vol. 148, p. 279. Vol. 152, p. 830. Vol. 152, p.
747- Arol. 152, p. 1082.

(49). N. Lieberkiihn. Ueber Beicegungserscheinungenbei den Schvximmen.
Midlers Archiv., 1863. Seite, 717.

132 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

work (50) appeared two years later. Kollikers observations
on the Histology of the Sponges, can be considered as the foun-
dation of our present knowledge of that subject. He discovered
fibrous cells which he correctly considers as muscles. He pointed
out that the horny skeleton of many sponges, as well as the
calcareous and siliceous spicules are to be considered as productions
of gland cells, and grow by apposition, a statement which has
recently been proved by F. E. Schulze (51) and myself (52). He
observed in many cases a cuticle on the surface of the sponges in
continuity with, and of the same substance, as the horn fibres.

The correctness of this observation was doubted by F. E.
Schulze (1. c.) I have been able (1. c.) to prove that Kolliker's
statements on this point are perfectly correct, because, as we shall
see hereafter, sponges attain such a cuticle, when sick ; and it is
highly probable that Kolliker had studied only sponges that had
not been treated with the modern refinements of histological
investigation.

F. E. Schulze's statement that such a cuticle does not exist is
perfectly correct for the healthy living sponge, and for specimens
treated in such a manner that they are killed before they have
time to get sick.

O. Schmidt (53) published in 1865 his first supplement to the
Adriatric Sponges, in which his views on the Histology are
expressed. They differ from those of Kolliker.

Lieberkuhn (54) dwells on the anatomical structure of the
calcareous sponges. He described in 1865 the configuration of the
canal system very accurately.

(50). A. von Kolliker. Icones Histologics, 1. Abtheilung Protozoen
Leipzig, 1869.

(51). F. E. Schulze. Ueber den Bau und die Erttwichelung cler Spongien.
DieFamilii der Spongidae. Z f. w. Z. Band 32, Seite, 593.

(52). R. von Lendenfeld. Ccelenteraten der Siidsee II., Neue. Aplysinidce.
Z. f. w. Z Band 38. Seite, 234.

(53). 0. Schmidt. /. Supplement zu den Spongien des Adriatischen
Metres, 1864.

(54). N, Lieberkuhn. Beitrage zur Anatomie der Kalkspongien. Midler's
Arc hi v., 1865, p. 732.

BY DR. R. VON LENDENFELD. 133

In the still continuing dispute between M. Schultze and
Ehrenberg, about the root of Hyalonema, Bowerbank (55) enters
with the statement, that the apertures (Cloaca) were to be found
at the base of the sponge. He declares, namely, the Coral (Polythoa)
which generally overgrows the Hyalonema, as part of the sponge,
and considers the holes in it — where the Polypes had been situated
— as the Oscula of the Hyalonema.

Haeckel (56) published in 1870 his observations "liber die
sexuelle Fortpflanzung und das natiirliche System der Schwamme''
whex'e he describes the Spermatozoa, the fructification of the
ovum and the early stages of development of the embryo.

Classification and systematic position.

Just as Grant opened up the Anatomy and Physiology,
Johnston (57) laid the foundation for the classification. During
twenty years his " History of British Sponges and Lithophytes,"
was the main work of reference on our subject, and has only been
surpassed by the recent monogi'aphs of Bowerbank and O*
Schmidt. The excellent plates in this work were drawn by Mrs.
Johnston. In this period we meet also with the first essays on
sponges by Bowerbank (58) and Carter (59), the latter of whom
is the Nestor among the present spongiologists. Carter was at
that time surgeon in Bombay, and described some Indian fresh
water sponges.

Leukart, (60) whose classical works in other branches of zoology
make his opinion valuable, already in 1854 pointed out, that the

(55). T. Bowerbank. Hyalonema mirabile. Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p. IS'
350.

(56). Ernst Hseckel. Ueber die sexuelle Fortpflanzung unci das natiirliche
System der Schwamme. Jenaische Zeitschr. VI. Seite. 641.

(57)- G. Johnston. History of British Sponges and Lithophytes. Edin.
1842.

(58). J. S. Bowerbank. Observations on a Keratous Sponge, from Australia.
Ann Mag., Vol. VII. (1841), p. 129.

(59). H. T. Carter. Notes on the species of the freshwater Sponges of
Bombay. Ann. Mag., Vol. I. (1848), page 303.

(60). R. Leukart. Archiv. fin. Naturgeschichte, Band II.

134 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

sponges were related to the corals and hydroids, of course in a
very different sense from that in which Lamarck and his con-
temporaries united them with the Alcyonarians. Althoughthese
views have been disputed ever since, all men of science of the
present day nearly agree to the correctness of Leukart's statement.
Huxley (61) at that time considered the sponges to be colonies of
Protozoa, and called them " unicellular " organisms. In the sense
which Huxley applies to the word " unicellular " all animals would
have to be termed so, because all can be considered as colonies of
simple cells — Protozoa.

in the same year Gray (62) described, among others, two
sponges, Carpenteria and Dujardinia, which, according to Gray,
hold an intermediate position between the sponges and the Poly-
thalamia.

Lieberkiihn (63) classifies the sponges according to the anatomy
of their skeletons, and divides the whole of the sponges, in the
way Grant had insinuated, into four groups : Halisarcina, without
skeleton ; Spongina, with a skeleton, consisting of horny fibre ;
Calcispongina, possessing spicules composed of carbonate of lime,
and Halichondria possessiug spicules composed of silica.

This classification has been adopted, more or less, by Bowerbank
and O. Schmidt, and has been taken by Zittel, whose classification
is now almost universally recognized, as the foundation of his own
system.

In 1862, 0. Schmidt (64) published his well-known " Spongien
des Adriatischen Meeres," and described and figured very accurately
a great many species from the Adriatic ; since then for the last 22
years he has devoted all his time to the systematic description of
sponges, and the study of their genetic relationships.

(61). T. Huxley. Zoological notes and observations. Annals and
Magazine of Natural History, 1851, Vol. VIII., p. 370; 1851, Vol. VIII. ,
p. 433.

(6-2). G. Gray. Desc iption of Aphroceros . Proc. Zool. Soc, Vol. XXVI.,
p. 1 14.

(63). N. Lieberkuhn. Neue Beitragczur Anatomie der Spongien. SI tiller's
Aivhiv., 1859, Beite, 353, 515.

(GIJ. 0. Schmidt. Die Spongien des Adriatischen Meeres, Leipzig, 1862.

BY DR. R. VON'LE^DENFELD. 135

The classification is the following : — I. Calcispongice (according to
Grant — Lieberkiihn.) II. Ceraospongice (Spongina Lieberkiihn).
III. Gummince (without continuous skeleton and tough like india-
rubber, containing Nardo's Chondrosia). IV. Corticatcv (siliceous
sponges, possessing as the term implies, an outer layer different
from the interior of the sponge). V. Halichondrice (according to
Lieberkiihn), and VI. Halisarcina (according to Lieberkiihn).

In the same year appeared Bowerbanks (65) preliminary report
on the Classification of the British Sponges, in which he adopts
Grant's Classification. He calls the three groups : Calcarea,
Silicea and Keratosa.

In 1864 appeared the first volume of Bowerbank's " Monograph
of the British Sponges." (66).

The skeletons of many sponges are carefully described and many
spicules are figured. He uses the classification published by him
in the preliminary report mentioned above. The usefulness of
this work is greatly impeded by the authors extraordinary
neglect of other papers on the same subject. Several of the most
important works on sponges, published shortly before, he does not
appear even to have read.

Duchassing and Michelotti (67) described a number of new
sponges from the Carribean Sea. Unfortunately they noticed neither
the works of Bowerbank nor those of O. Schmidt, so that many of
their species are identical with sponges described before.

Fritz Miiller (68) discovered in 1865 an extraordinary sponge
in South America, which possesses horay star shaped spicules.
One of the species described by myself (69) from Australia

(65). T. Bowerbank On the A natomy and Physioloqy of the Spongidce.
Trans Phil. Soc , 1862. Vol. 152, p. 10, 87-

(66.) J. Bowerbank. A Alonoqraph of the British Spongidce. Ray Soc,
London, 1864.

(67). Duchassing et Michelotti. Spongiaires de la mer C'araibe. Natur-
kundige Verhandlungen Maatschaappij Haarlam. XXI., 2 (1S64), p. 7.

( 68). F. Miiller. Ueher Darwinella aurea. Archiv. fiir mikroskopische
Anatomie Band, I. Seite, 344.

(69). R. von Lendenfeld. Ueber Coelentenden des Sihlsee II. Neue
Aplysinidse. Zeitschrift f. wiss. Zool. Band. XXXVIII. Seite, 234.

136 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

contains fibres with a star shaped transverse section, and helps as I
pointed out in the place cited above, to explain the otherwise
unprecedented occurrence of such Keratous stars.

Up to 1866, all Zoologists had, with the abovenauied exception
of Leukart, considered the sponges as Protozoa.

Amongst others, Huxley, O. Schmidt, and Kolliker. At the
Versammlung deutscher Natnrforscher und Arzte at Hannover,
in 1866, Van Beneden and Claus declared the sponges to be
Ccelenterata (70).

In consequence of Bowerbank not making use of previously
published essays, a great confusion in the nomenclature arose.
0. Schmidt therefore in his second Supplement (71) reduced the
diagnoses of Bowerbank to his own names, and it is only with this
key possible to understand Bowerbank's work.

In the same year appeared the second volume of Bowerbank's
Monogi-aph (72).

A year later Hancock (73) published a paper on excavating
sponges, to prove that they were not as Bowerbank had stated,
ordinary Halichondrise, which lived in deserted worm tubes, and
other old excavations, but that they bored these holes themselves.

In 1867, Selenka (74) published a paper on the sponges of th
Southern Seas, where for the first time a number of Australian
sponges are accurately described and figured. I have been able
to identify several of our sponges with Selenka's species.

(70). Amtlicher Bericht der Versammlung deutscher Naturforscher und
Aerzte in Hannover, 18G6.

(71). 0. Schmidt. Zweites Supplement zu den Spongien des Adriatiscken
Meeres. Leipzig, 1866.

(72). J. Bowerbank. A Monograph of the British Spongidee Vol. II.
Roy . Soc, London, 1866.

(73). A. Hancock. Note on the excavating sponges. Ann. Mag., 1867,
Vol. XIX., p. 229.

(74). E. Selenka. Tiber einege neue Schwdmine der SUdsee. Z. f. wiss.
Zool. Band XVII. Seite, 565.

BY DR. K. VON LENDENFELD. 137

In 18G8, two eminent Zoologists, Haeckel (75) and Miklouho-
Maclay (76) tried to prove the correctness of Leukart's (1. c.)
opinion, that the sponges are Coelenterata.

Haeckel arrives at the opinion of the Ccelenterata-nature of
sponges, by his extensive knowledge of a great many species ;
whilst Miklouho-Maclay (1. c.) was brought to this view of the
subject by the intensive study of a single form Guancha blanca.

The most important point in this question, is the fact, that the
sponges are developed like all higher animals from ova and Sper-
matozoa, and pass through a Gastrula stage, wherefore they must
be strictly separated from the Protozoa.

It is Haeckel to whom the merit of pointing out this simple but
all important fact is due.

Gray (77) published in the same year a classification of the
sponges, which has not been accepted by the scientific world.
He also describes several new species from Australia.

Bowerbank (78) criticised Gray's system rather shai'ply, and
pointed out many doubtful statements in it.

In the same year, 1868, appeared 0. Schmidt's (79) third Sup-
plement to his Adriatic Sponges, in which the sponges of Algeria
are described.

Some changes are made in the classification and new families
are added.

One of these, the Chalinea, is of interest to us, as nearly half
of the Australian sponges belong to it.

(75). E. Haeckel. Ueber die sexuelle Fortpflanzung und das natiirliche
System der Schwamme. Jen. Zeitschr. VI., 641.

(76). Miklouho-Maclay. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Spongien I. Jen.
Ztschr., IV., 221, aucl Ueber Schwamme des nordlichen stillen Oceans und
der Eismeeres. Mem. Acad., Petersbourg, XV., 3. Seite, 1.

(77). T. Gray. Notes on the arrangement of sponges with the description of
oj some new genera Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p. 492.

(78) J. Bowerbank. On Mr. Gray's arrangement of sponges. Proc. Zool.
Soc, 1868, p. 118.

(79). 0. Schmidt. Ill.tes Supplement. Die Spongien von Algier.

138 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

Several smaller papers on new sponges, mostly English, were
published at that time.

Bowerbank (80) and Claus (81) studied the Hexactinellid
sponges, and particularly by the latter monograph of Euplectella
aspergillum gives a correct and complete account of the skeleton.

Loven (82) and others also worked on the same subject. As
there are hardly any Hexactinellid (one) sponges on the shores of
Australia, it is not worth while for us to enter into the history of
their study more minutely.

The works of Haeckel (l.c.) created, after they had been trans-
lated into English, (83) I may say, a storm of indignation in
England, and particularly in America, and a whole host of writers
took up their pens to prove that Haeckel's and Miklouho-Maclay's
views on the Ccelenterate-Nature of sponges were incorrect and
ridiculous. Only Ray Lancaster (84) agreed with Haeckel.

Carter (85) and Kent (86; were foremost in the combat.

Also in Germany some opponents were found. Ehlers, (87) for
instance, was not inclined to agree with Haeckel.

Ehlers (88) re-described the sponges which were studied by
Esper.

In his most important work Grundziige einer Spongienfauna
des Atlautischen Gebietes, O. Schmidt (89) publishes the results

(80;. J. Bowerbank. Hyalonema mirabile. Proc. Zool. Soc , 1867,
p. IS, 350.

(81). C Claus. Ueber Euplectella aspergillum. Marburg unci Leipzig, 1868.

(82). S. Lov6n Om en marklig i Nordijon lefvande Art of Spongia.
Oefversight of Vetensk. Akad. forhoncllgr XXV,. p. 105.

(83) E. Haeckel. On the systematic position of sponges. Ann. Mag.,
Vol. V , 1, 107.

(84.) Ray Lancaster. On the affinity of sponges. Ann. Mag., Vol. VI.,
p. SO.

(85). H.Carter. On the ultimate structure of marine sponges. Ann. Mag.,
Vol VI., p. 329.

(86). S. Kent. Haeckel on the relationship of the sponges to the corals.
Ann. Mag., Vol. V., p. 204.

(87). E. Ehlers. Ueber Aulorhipis elegans, Z.f.w.Z., Vol. XXL, p. 540.

(88). E Ehlers. Die Esperschen Spongien. Programme Erlangen, 1870.

(89). O. Schmidt. Gfrundziige einer Spongienfauna des Atlantischen
Gebietes. Leipzig., 1870.

BY DR. R. VON LENDEMPELD. 139

of his study of the Sponges in the Museums of Copenhagen and
Cambridge Mass. His classification, which he calls " Descendenz-
Sjstematic," is different to most of the former classificatory
systems. He tries to form continuous series instead of describing
distinct species, and so breaks with the old dogmatic idea of
species.

O. Schmidt (90) also extends his identification of the Bower-
bankian Sponges, so that only few of them retain their former
incognito.

He now divides the sponges into four groups : — 1. Sponges with
hexaradiate spicules to which belong the fossil Ventriculites. 2.
Sponges with anchor-shaped tetraradiate spicules related to the
fossil Vermiculates. 3. Sponges with biradiate spicules to which
belong the horn-fibred sponges, and those which possess no
skeleton. 4. Calcareous Sponges.

This classification has recently been adopted and worked out in
detail by Zittel, (91) who supported this classification by the
results of his study of fossil forms.

A whole series of small papers of this period are again devoted
to the Hexactinellidse.

An important paper was published in 1871, by Miklouho-
Maclay (92), on Veluspa polymorpha, a sponge belonging to O.
Schmidt's Chalinidse. A continuous series of different forms are
described, which are not divided from each other by sharp
boundary-lines, and at the ends of the series we meet with totally
different forms.

The single individual varies to a gi'eat extent, and not even the
shape of the spicules is constant. Size and colour vary very much,
and different shapes of the whole are formed by different modes of
concrescence of single zooids.

(90). 0. Schmidt 1 c. Seite., 76.

(91). K. Zittel. Zur Stammesgescluchteder Sponqien. Miinchen, 1S78.
(92). Miklouho-Maclay. Veluspa polymorpha. Mem. Acad. Im
Petersb., 1870, Vol XV-, p. 3.

140 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

It is remarkable that in the Australian waters, sponges corres-
ponding to Miklouho-Maclay's descriptions are very common, and
that this sponge is just as polymorphic here as Miklouho-Maclay's
specimens from the White Sea. Among the thousands of
Australian sponge individuals I have examined nearly the half
correspond to Yeluspa Miklouko-Maclay.

He also (I.e.) dwells on other sponges of varying shape.

In the same year Harting (93) described Poterion, the giant
among sponges.

Carter (94) describes several new species.

In 1872, Pagenstecher (95) published a historical introduction
to our knowledge of the spongida.

In the same year appeared Haeckel's Monograph of the
Calcareous Sponges (96) in three volumes, with 60 plates. He
hopes by the accurate study of one group of animals to render
" den analytischen Beweis von der gemeinsamen Descendenz aller,
einer solchen Gruppe zugehorigen Species."

This well-known work may be considered as a model of a
scientific zoological book. The philosophical deductions are clever,
often brilliant, the classification is simple and clear, and the plates
show the artistic sense of the author.

The scientific facts contained therein are similar to those
published previously by the same author.

Whilst this publication settled all doubt about the Coelenterate-
nature of the sponges in Germany ; English and American authors
continue to publish papers to prove that the sponges are Protozoa.
Carter (97) calls the cells in the walls of the ciliated chambers

(93). P. Harting. Memoire sur cle ginre Poterion. Naturk. Verhandel-
Utrechtsch. Genoatsch 1870, p. 1 .

(94). H. Carter. Ann. Mag. (Series 4), Vol. VIII, p. 1 ; Vol. VIII.,
p. 99 ; Vol. IX., p. 409 ; Vol. XII., p. 349.

(95). H. Pagenstecher. Zur Kenntniss der Schwdmme I. Geschichtliche
Einleitunij . Verhandl. Verein Heidelberg VI., 1872, Seite. 1.

(96). E Haeckel. Die Kalkschwamme 3 Biinde, Berlin, 1872.

(97). H. Carter. Developement of the Murine tiponyes. Ann. Mag., Vol.
XIV., p. 321, 3S9.

B¥ DR. R. VON LENDENFELD. 141

Spongozoa, he observed that they copulated like Difflugia, and in
this way sexual multiplication was attained. The embryos formed
by the conjugation of two Spongozoa are developed in the canals.
He observed (I.e.) that carmine particles were absorbed by the
Spongozoa and digested by them, which he takes as a proof that
these cells are really animals kut i^oxf}v. According to that the
epithelium of the intestine of higher animals which also absorbs
carmine must likewise be considered as a colony of many separate
animals. He comes to the conclusion that the ciliated chambers
are more like Ascidians than Polyps. At the conclusion of
another paper (98) he gives his view on the subject in the
following words: — "The Spongozoan must, ipso Jacto, be con-
sidered the expression of the sponge, in so far, that it represents
the stomach and the generative apparatus, aided by the rest of the
body, which thus becomes analogous to such accessories in the
highest animals, although the plurality of Spongozoa scattered
through the mass may more nearly resemble in this respect the
flower buds of plant, such then appears to be the nature of a
sponge."

Paleontology.

After our knowledge of the fossil sponges had been gi'eatly
increased by Goldfuss (99), de Blainville (100), made the first
attempt to unite the fossil and recent sponges in one classificatory
system.

Toulmain Smith (101) published in 1848, an excellent mono-
gragh of the cretacious Ventriculites. He describes the spicules
very accurately. Regarding the systematic position of those
Ventriculites he made a mistake. He declares them to be
Polyzoa.

(98). H. Carter. On the nature of the side-like body of Sponqilla &c.
Ann. Mag., Vol. XIV., p. 97.

(99). G. Goldfuss. Petrefacta Germanics. Diisseldorf, 1826-1833.

(100). M. De Blainville. Article Eponge. Dietionnaire des Sciences
Naturelles, 1819, Vol. XV.

(101). Toulmain Smith. On the Ventriculidce of the chalk. Ann. Mag
Vol. XX., (1847), p. 73. S

142 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

IV. — FromT. E. Schultze to the present day, 1875 — 1884.

Tn no branch of Biology has such an advance been made
within the last ten years as in Spongiology.

The papers to be mentioned here shall be reviewed more briefly
than the preceding ones, because we shall have to repeat their
contents anon : we cannot write a history of a period which is not
completed.

We shall have to divide the papers of this period into five
groups, and shall commence as in the foregoing chapter with the
Anatomy.

Anatomy and Histology.

In a series of papers (102) Schultze describes very accurately
many genera of sponges belonging to several different groups.
His results are in the main features the following : — The sponges
consist of three layers Ectoderm, Entoderm, and a third, which he
hesitatingly calls Mesoderm.

The Ectoderm consists throughout of simple flat ciliated cells,
which cover the outer surface of the sponge, and the walls of the
canals through which the water flows from the outer surface to the
ciliated chambers.

These ciliated chambers, together with the canals leading from
thence to the Oscular tube, and also this tube, are covered with
Entoderm al cells, which in the chambers of the ordinary, and in
the corresponding tubes of the calcareous sponges, have the shape
of long, fringed and ciliated elements, whilst in the canal system they

(102). F. E. Schulze. Ueber den Ban und die Entwiclcelung der Spongien.
Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie. Sycandra ray nanus Supplement,
Band, XXXV., Seite, 247. Entwickelungsgeschichte von Sycandra.
Band, XX VII., Seite, 486. Die Gattung Halisarca, Band, XXVIII., Seite,
1. DieFamilie der Chondrosidse, Band, XXIX., Seite, 87- Die Familie der
Aplysinidse, Band, XXX., Seite, 379.' Metamorphose von Sycandra, Band,
XXXI., Seite, 262. Die Gattung Spongelia, Band, XXXII., Seite, 117.
Die Familie der Spongidse, Band, XXXII. , Seite, 593, Die Gattung
Hircinia Hand, XXXIII., Seite, 1. Die Plakiniden, Band, XXXIV., Seite,
407. Cortichvm candelabrum, Band, XXXV., Seite, 410.

BY DR. R. VON LENDENFELD.

143

form a low ciliated Epithelium. The intermediate layer which
forms the bulk of the sponge, consists of a soft gelatinous or
harder cartilaginous substance, like the gallert of the umbrellas of
the Medusae, in which cells of different shapes are embedded.
These cells are partly elongate, muscular, partly star shaped
tissue cells, partly horn-producing, gland cells, ova, spermatophors,
and so on.

Keller (103) and Metschnikoff (104) agree in the main points
with Schulze.

Schulze (105) describes a new form of propagation of sponges,
by floating polycellular buds.

Sollas (106) made experiments to show the influence of caustic
potash on the spicules ; he published a series of anatomical and
histological researches, which contain a great many interesting
facts, and are worthy of comparison with Schultze's classical works.

Also, Carter (107) published some data on the structure of
sponges, but unfortunately without noticing the previous publica-
tions on the subject.

Schulze (108) published in 1881, a paper on the soft parts of
Euplectella, from which we learn, that the Histology of this well-
known sponge, corresponds with the minute structure of sponges
belonging to other groups.

(103). O. Keller. Untersuchung ilber die Anatomle und Entioichelungs-
geschichte einiger Spongien des Mittelmeeres. Basel, 1S76. Ueber den Ban von
Meniera semitubulosa. Z. f. w.Z., XXX., Seite,563. Studien ilber Organisation
und Entwiclctlung der Chalineen. Z. f. w. Z., XXXIII., 317. Neue Coelen-
enteraten aus dem Golfe von Neapel. Arch. f. mik. Anat. XVIII., 271.

(104,). E. Metschnikoff. Beitrdge zur Morphologie der Spongien. Z, f. w. Z.
Baud. XXVII., Seite, 275. Spongiologische Studien. Seite, 349.

(105). F. E. Schulze. Ueber die Bildung freischwebender, Brutknospen bei
einer Spongie Halisarca lobularis. Zool. Anz. II., Seite, 636.

(106). Sollas, Sp>onge fauna of Norway. Ann. Mag (Series 5), Vol. V.,
p. 130. Vol. V., p. 241. Vol. V., p. 396. Vol. IX., p. 141. Vol. IX., p. 426.

(107). H. Carter. Contributions to our knowledge of the Spoibjida II.,
Ceratina Ann Mag., Vol. VIII., p. 101. On the development of the fibre
in the Sx>ongida. Ann. Mag., Vol. VIII., p. 112.

(108). F. E. Schulze. Of the soft parts of Enplectella aspery ilium. Trans.
Roy. S., Edinburgh., XXIX., p. 636.

144 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

Ray Lankaster (109) dwells en Chlorophyll and Amyloid deposits
in Spongilla.

I published a short note on the growth of the Hornfibres of
sponges (Aplysinidse) (110).

Polejaeff (111) dwells in detail on the Spenna und Sperma-
togenesis in Sycandra raphanns.

In another paper (112) I gave the results of my researches on
three species of Australian Aplysinida3.

Besides endorsing Schulze's discoveries, I was enabled to draw
attention to some new facts concerning the structure of sponges.
Gland cells producing a slimy covering on the surface of the
sponges when in unfavourable circumstances, similar to those
discovered by Merejkovsky (112a) in Halisarca, were described.
The formation and growth of ova and spermatozoa were studied,
and several doubtful points elucidated by my researches.

Classification and Systematic Position.

Continuing from page 141, we record the following papers on
this subject.

Gray (113) publishes a classification of the sponges amended in
another paper. (114).

(109). Kay Lankaster. On the Chlorophyll-corpuscles and Amyloid deposits
of Spongilla and Hydra. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Vol. XXII., p. 229.

(110). R. von Lendenfeld. Das ffornfaserwachsthum der Aplysinidce.
Zoologischer Anzeiger. Band V., Seite. 634.

(111). N. Polejaeff. Ui bt r das S/> rma und die Spermatogenese bei Sycandra
raphanus. Sitznngsberichte der k. Akad. Wise. Wien. Math, nat Classe
I. Abth. 86, Band 3 5 Heft., Seite. 276—298.

(112). K. von Lendenfeld. Ueber Ccelenteraten der Siidsee. II. Neue
Aplysinidce, Z.f.w.Z. Band XXXVIII., Seite. 234.

(112a). Merejkovsky. Etudes sur les Epong dela mer blanche. Mem.de
VAcad, de Petersbg., 1S78.

(113). J. Gray. On the classification of Sponges. Ann. Mag. (Series 4),
VTol. XL, p. 442.

(114). J. Gray. On the arrangement of Sponges. Ann. Mag., Vol. XIIL,
p. 284.

BY DR. R. VON LENDENFELD. 145

Veiy different from this is Carter's (115) classificatory system.
He divides the sponges, according to the structure of their
skeleton, into 8 orders : —

I. Cccrnosa, without evident skeleton.

II. Ceratiaa. Possessing a skeleton composed of horny fibre,

with a granular, chiefly hollow core, containing for the
most part no foreign bodies.

III. Psammonemata. Possessing a skeleton composed of
solid fibre, more or less cored with foreign bodies.

IV. Rcvphidon&mata. Possessing a skeleton composed of
horny fibre, with a core of proper spicules.

V. Echinonemata. Possessing a skeleton composed of horny

fibre, cored with proper spicules internally, and echinated
with proper spicules externally,
YI. Holorlia-phidata. Possessing a skeleton, whose fibre is
almost entirely composed of proper spicules, bound
together by a minimum sarcode.

VII. Hexactinellida. Possessing a skeleton composed of
hexactinellid spicules.

VIII. Calcarea. Possessing a skeleton composed of calcareous
spicules.

Of Bowerbank's Monograph the third volume (116) appeared
in 1874, in which new species are described, and some of O.
Schmidt's sponges are compared with the author's descriptions.

In another series of papers (117) he describes a number of new
species from all parts of the world. A great many of these are
Australian.

(115). H. Carter. Notes introductory to the study and classification of
Spongida. Ann. Mag. (Series 4), Vol. XVI., pp. 126, 127.

(116). J. Bowerbank. A Monograph of the British Spongidce. Vol.
III., P^ay. Soc, London, 1874.

(117 J. J. Bowerbank. Contributions to the general history of the Spongidai.
Proc. Zool. Soc,. Vol. 1S72, p. 115 ; 1872, p. 156 ; 1872, p. 626 ; 1S73, p. 3 ;
1873, p. 319 ; 1874, p. 298 ; 1875, p. 281 ; 1876, p. 76S.
10

146 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

O. Schmidt (118) published a most important paper on the
sponges of the Gulf of Mexico, where the views expressed by the
same author in his paper on the Atlantic Sponge-fauna are carried
out. The sponges described are throughout siliceous deep sea-
sponges : Lithistida? and Hexactinellida3. In the preface we find
some notes concerning Bowerbank, who, although being personally
acquainted with 0. Schmidt, seems to have remained ignorant of
the contents of 0. Schmidt's papers on sponges.

Hyatt (119) describes many new American sponges, mostly
Ceraospongia?.

It would lead too far to review here all the papers containing
descriptions of new species, suffice it to note a few of the more
important publications of this kind.

The most prominent authors in this field are the following : —
Marenzeller (120), Carter (121), Higgin (122), Czerniavsky

(118). 0. Schmidt. Die Spongien des Meerbusens von Mexico. Jena.,
1878-80.

(119). A. Hyatt, Revision of North American Porifera. Mem. Bost.
Soc, Vol. L, 1875, p. 399 ; Vol. II., 1877, p. 505.

(120). E. von Marenzeller. Coelenteraten etc. cler osterreichischen Nordpol
Expedition. Deuschr. Akad. Wien XXXV.

(121). H. Carter. Description and figures of deep sea sponges. Ann.
Mag., Vol. XVII [.., 226, 307, 3S8, 458. Arctic and Antarctic sponges.
Ann. Mag., Vol. XX., p. 38. On Tedania Ann. Mag., Vol. II. , p. 35.
Contributions to our knozvledge of the Spongida. Ann. M., Vol. III., p. 284,
343 ; Vol. VIII., p. 101, 241. HUtory and classification of the knoion species
of Spongilla. Ann. Mag., Vol. VII , p. 77- Report on specimens </.■ ,
up from the Gulf of Manoar. Ann. Mag., Vol. VI., p. 129. Supplementary
report on specimens, etc., from the Gulf of Manoar. Ann. Mag., Vol. VII.,
p. 361. Contributions to our knowledge of the Spongida. I. Carnosa. Ann.
Mag., Vol. VIII. , p. 241. II. Cerdtina. Ann. Mag, Vol. VIII. . p. 101.
Ad - ndum to our knowledge of the Carnosa. Ann. Mag. (5), Vol. VIII., p.
450. Some sponges from the West Indies and Acajndco. Ann. Mag. (5) Vol,
IX-, p. 266, 346. New sponges, obs( rvations on old ones and a pr<
group. Ann. Mag. (5), Vol. X., p. 106. New genus of sponges. Ann. Mag.
(5), Vol. XL. p. 369. Contributions to our knowledge of tin- Spongida — Paehy
tragida. Ann, Mag. (5), Vol. XI., p, 344.

(122). T. Higgin. Sponges dredged by the S.S. Argo in the Carr'ibean Sta.
Ann. Mag., Vol. XIX., p. 291.

BY DR. R. VON LENDENFELD. 147

(123), Schultze (124), Sollas (125), Keller (126), Wyville Thomson
(127), Marshall (128), Bowerbank (129), D'Urban (130),
Dylowsky (131), Vosmaer (132), Ridley (133), Potts (134),
Haswell (135),Lendenfeld (136), Chilton (137), Hilgendorf (138),
Retzer (139), Vejdovsky (140).

Metschnikoff (141) dwells on the systematic position of the
Spongidae, and comes to the conclusion that their Embryology and
Histology prove their relationship with the Hydrozoa, but that
they are not so highly organised as these.

(123). W. Czerniavsky. Spongia littorales marium pontici et caspii. Bull.
Soc. Imp., Moscow, 1879-80.

(124). F. E. Schulze (1. c.)

(125). N. Sollas (1. c.)

(126). C. Keller (1. c.)

(127). Wyville Thomson. The Voyage of the Challenger, London, 187S.

(128;. W. Marshall. Ideen iiber die Verwandtschaftsverhaltnisse der
Hexactinelliden . Z. f. w. Z., Band, XXVII., p. 113. Untersuchungen iiber
Dysideiden und Phoriospongien. Z. f. w. Z. Band, XXXV., p 88. Ueber
emige neue Kieselsehwdmme aus dern Congo. Jen. Zeitsch. Band XVI.,
p. 553.

(129^. Bowerbank (1. c.), Monaqraph of the siliceo-fibred sponges. Proc.
Zool. Soc, 1875, p. 272; 1875, p. 503; 1875, p. 558; 1S76, p. 535. A
Monograph of British Spongiadea, Vol. IV. Ray. Soc, London, 1881.

(130). W. D'Urban. The Zoology of the Barents Sea. Ann. Mag. (5).
VI., p. 253.

(131). Djdowsky. Studien iiber die Spongien des russischen Reiches etc.
Mem. Acad. Imp. Petersb., VII., Serie, XXVII. , No. 6.

(132). G. Vosmaer. The Sponges of the Leyden Museum, 1. Notes from
the Le}rden Museum, II. Note 13, 99. Voorlap Berigt amtrent het onder-
zock Werktafel in het Zool. Stat, de Naples. Report on the sponges dredged
up in the Arctic Sea by the " Willem Barrents." Niederl. Arch. f. Zool.
Suppl., Band, I.

( 133). O. Ridley. Account of the Zoological Collection made during the
Survey of H.M.S. Alert. Spongida. Proc. Zool. Soc, 1881, 107. Sponges
of Franz-Josefs-Land. Ann. IVlag. (5), Vol. VII., p. 455.

(134). E. Potts. Sponges from the neighbourhood of Boston. Proc. Soc,
Acad. Nat , Philadelphia, 1882, p. 69.

(135). W. Haswell. On Australian freshwater sponges. Proc Lin. Soc,
N.S.W. Vol. VII., p. 208

(136J. R. von Lendenfeld (1. c)

(137). Ch. Chilton. A New Zealand freshwater sponge. New Zealand
Journal of Science, Vol. I., p. 183.

(13S). T Hilgendorf ^iisswasser-Schwamme aus Centred Africa. Sitzber.
Ges. Nat. Tr., Berlin, 1883, Seite, 87-

(139). W. Retzer. Die DeutschenSusswasser-Schivdmme. Tubingen, 1883.

(140). T. Vejdovsky. Revisio faunae Bohcemicce. Prag, 1883.

(141). E. Metschnikoff. Spongiologische Untersuchungen. Z. f. w, Z.
Band, XXXII. Seite, 374, ff.

148 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

Balfour (142) draws conclusions from F. E. Schultze's observa-
tions on the Embryology of Sycandra. He considers the Gastrula
as a colony of Protozoa, like Haeckel (143) and wishes to separate
the sponges from other metazoa, because the functions of Ectoderm
and Entoderm in the sponges are not like those in other animals.

Lately the Analogy of the Ectoderm and Entoderm in different
Ccelenterata has been found to be very vague, and I have in a
series of papers contributed my share to the view that the Embryonic
layers in the higher Ccelenterata are equivalent (143a), so that the
fact that the Ectoderm of the sponges digests, is not sufficient
to warrant that the sponges really are fundamentally different
from all other Metozoa, and it is by no means certain, that it
really is the Ectoderm that digests.

According to the late most important investigations on this
subject, published by Marshall (144) the whole of the inner
Epithelia of the sponge are entodermal, and as the digestion
certainly goes on within the sponge, the digestive surfaces are
entodermal.

In the " Stammesgeschichte der Spongien," Zittel (144a) published
the classificatory system previously often alluded to, which being
based on Palaeontology and Zoology alike, deserves our attention.
He divides the Spongia into eight groups as follows : —

1. Myxospongise. Haeckel, without skeleton.

2. Ceratospongioe. Bronn, with horny skeleton only.

3. Monactinellidpe Zittel, with biradiate siliceous spicules.

4. Tetractinellidee. Marshall, with anchor- shaped spicules.

5. Lithistidae. 0. Schmidt, with interwoven tretraradiate or

irregular spicules.

(142). F. Balfour. Morphology and systematic position of the Sponoidce.
Quart. Jour. Micr. Sc, Vol. XIX. p. 103.

fl43). E. Haeckel. Die Gastrdatheorie Jen. Zeitschr., Vol. VIIL, p. 1.

(143a). R. von Lendenfeld. Uber das Nervensystem der Hydroidpohjpen.
Z. A Band. VI. Seite, p. 69. Eucopella Campanularha. Z. f. w. Z. Band,
XXXVIII., S. 497.

(144). W. Marshall. Die Ontogenie von Reniera filigra7ia. 0. Schmidt.
Z. f. w. Z. Band, XXXVII. Seite, 221.

(144a). K. Zittel. Zur Stammesgeschichte der Spongien Miinchen, 187S.

BY DR. R. VON LENDENFELD. 149

6. Hexactinellidse. 0. Schmidt with hexaradiate spicules.

7. Calcispongise. de Blainville, calcareous skeleton.
Selenka (145) described a most interesting form of a sponge,

which is radially symmetrical ; it has eight radii. He studied the
development of this sponge, which is the first in which a structure
of this kind, corresponding so closely to the Corals, has been
observed. (146.)

The Histology of the sponges was particularly investigated by
Schulze (1. a), who published his results in a series of papers
between 1875 and 1880. These works, models of accuracy,
have proved that the sponges are not Protozoa, with such evidence,
that even the staunchest holders of that theory have not tried to
oppose this evidence. The conclusive results contained in these
essays appear under the heading " Histology."

Keller (147) wishes the sponges to be separated from other
Metazoa, but he is far from considering them as Protozoa or
colonies of such any more than other animals.

0. Schmidt (148) dwells on the individuality of the sponges, on
which cpiestion their systematic position of course greatly depends-
The views on this subject are the following : —

Carter (149) considers the single cell (Spongozoan) as the indivi-
duality, whilst Merejkovsky (150) states that the ciliated chambers
should be considered as the individuals. Haeckel (151) and with
him most authors were of opinion, that the individuality in the
sponges is expressed by the Osculum ; any sponge consists of as

(145). E. Selenka. Uber einen Kieselschwamm von ashtstrahligem Bau.
Z. f. w. Z. Band, XXXIII., Seite, 467.

(146). F. E. Schultze described a similar radial structure in other Sponges
at the " Versammlung deutscher Naturforscher und Aerzte" in Eisenach,
1882.

(147). C. Keller. On the systematic position of Sponges. Ann. Mag. (5).
Vol. V., p. 268.

(14S). 0 Schmidt Die Spongien des Meerbusens von Mexico. Jena., 1880.

(149J. H. Carter. On the nature oj the seed-like body of Spongilla. Ann.
Mag. Vol. XIV., p. 97. , ,

(150). C. Merejkovsky. Etudes sur les Eponges de la mer blanche. Mem.
Acad. Imp., Petersbourgh. Tom. XVI., p. 13.

(151). E. Haeckel. Die Kalkschwamme. Berlin, 1872.

150 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

many persons as it has Oscula. Practically this theory leads to
difficulties, because some sponges have no Oscula, and because
similar sponges may have one, or a great many Oscula.

To avoid this difficulty, O. Schmidt (I.e.) expounds a theory
according to which the sponges are not personified at all, but are
" Zoa impersonalia," or unlimited animals.

Embryology.

The Histology of sponges, as also their Embryology, was not
correctly described before Schulze published his observations on
that subject.

Metschnikoff (152) disputes the correctness of Haeckel's obser-
vations on the Gastrula of Sycandra raphanus and states, that the
skeletophorous outer side of the sponge is formed out of the round
non-ciliated cells which form a plug in the Blastula.

O. Schmidt (153) confirms the observations of Metschnikoff
(I.e.), and states that in other cases, besides Sycandra, no epibolic
Gastrula is formed.

Also Carter (154) confirms Metschnikoff' s statements.

In 1877, S. Kent (156) published an account of the development
of sponges which differs very much from the descriptions given
previously by F. E. Schulze and Metschnikoff. The swarming
ciliated gastrula is not a single individual but a " compound
ciliated gemmule." The ovum divides by continued fission into a
multitude of fringe cells, the fringe of which " has apparently

(152). E. Metschnikoff. Spongiologische Untersuchungen. Z. f. w. Z.
Band. XXXIL, Seite, 349.

( 153) 0. Schmidt Zur Orientierung iiber die Entivickelung der Schwamme
Z.f.wZ. Vol. XXV. Supplement, t?eite 127. No'hmals die Gastrula der
Kalkschwamme. Archiv. fiir mik. Anat. Band, XIV., Seite, 249. Das
Larvensta'Hum von Ascetta primordial is und A. clathrus. Arch. f. mik.
Anat. Hand, XIV, Seite, 249.

(154). Carter. Development of the Marine Sponges. Ann. Mag. (Series 4),
V<J. XIV. p. 321, 389.

(15G). Sav. Kent. Notes on the Embryolo :y of Sponges. Ann. Mag.,
Vol. II., p. 139 .

BY DR. R. VON LENDENFELD. 151

been overlooked by other observers," which are exactly like the
monads, the spongozoa, which compose the adult sponge. The
cells lose their fringes and cilia, and coalesce into a Syncytium,
and the sponge soon forms. The embryo does not pass a Blastula
stage. Every one of the embryonic cells lives independently as a
separate animal through all these stages. The "so called ovum,
with amoeboid movement, which, according to Haeckel and
others, is the independent product of the imaginary entodercn," is
an ordinary Spongozoan which has lost its fringe. In a similar
way, as the " gemmules" also, the cilated chambers are formed.

Barrois (157) made some interesting observations on the
embryology of different sponges. In most cases the embryo
remains solid throughout, and the canal system is formed after,
wards in the Mesoderm. He describes the formation of the
Morula very accurately. His observations tend to prove the
correctness of the previous statements of F. E. Schulze.

Schultze (158) describes the embryology of a great many
different sponges. The ovum is fructified within the sponge and
divides. No Morula is formed in the calcareous sponges, the stage
with sixteen cells is already a Blastula. The Blastula consists of
cylindrical small transpai-ent, and rounded intransparent cells ;
the whole having the shape of an acorn, the intransparent cells
forming the cup.

The transparent cells — evidently the Ectodermal elements — are
invaginated. The morphological Ectoderm of the so formed
Gastrula is physiologically an Entoderm.

The Larva swims about and finallv affixes itself by means of
pseudopodial processes given off from the Ectodermal cells.

By a complicated folding process the original sac is converted
into a large mass traversed by two systems of canals, one being
ectodermal and the other entodermal. (Calcispongiae.) In other
sponges the process is different.

(157). C. Barrois. Embriology des quelques Eponges de la manche.
Annales des sciences Naturelles. Zool. VI. ser. Ill , Art. 9.
(158). F. E. Schultze (I.e.).

152 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

Keller (159) published a very interesting account of the early
stages of Chalinula fertilis, which appears to differ slightly from
the corresponding stages described by Schulze of other.

Ganin (160) also augmented our knowledge on this subject.

Marshall (161) published a detailed description of the develop-
ment of species of Reniera. His observations differ from the
statements of F. E. Schultze and Barrois (I.e.) The larvae of
Reniera filigrana does not pass a Gastrula stage, and does not
show the apparent anomaly of having the transparent cells inside
and the others outside, as Schultze observed in Sycandra.

Physiology.

No branch of our science has been so sorely neglected as this
one, and to this it should mainly be ascribed that our knowledge
of the sponges appears so theoretical. Most of the statements
concerning their physiology are deducted from our experience and
knowledge of the functions of cells and organs of higher animals,
which are similar to those of the sponges.

Metschnikoff (162) and myself (163) have made physiological
experiments on the digestion of sponges. I (I.e.) have published
some facts on the formation of the slime which sponges produce,
and on the sensitiveness of the ectodermal epithelium, and have
tried to find out the functions of all the different forms of cells we
meet with in the sponges.

Schultze (164) discovered the cells which produce the hornfibres.

(159). C. Keller. Studien ilber die Organisation und Entwickelung der
Chalineen. Z.f.w.Z. Band, XXXIII. Seite, 329.

(160). Ganin. Zur Entwickelung von Spongilla fluviatilis. Z.A. Band I.

(161). W. Marshall. Die Ontogenie von Reniera Jiligiana. 7i.i.\,T-7i„
Band, XXXVII., Seite, 321.

(162.) E. Metschnikoff. Spongiologische Studien. Z.f.w.Z. Band, XXII.,
Seite, 371.

(163.) R. von Leudenfeld. Ccelenteraten der Siiisee Neue Aplgsinidce.
Z.f.w.Z. Band, XXXVIII. , Seite. 234.

(164.) F. E. Schultze. Uebcr den Bait und die Entwich lung der Spongien.
Die FamUie der Spongidce. Z.f.w.Z. Band, XXXII., Seite, 593.

BY DR. R. VON LENDENFELD. 153

He (165), Carter (166), Metschnikoff (167), and Keller (168),
and others dwell on the formation of the spicules.

Palaeontology.

The older ideas about the fossil sponges were partly reformed
and partly done away with by Zittel, who made a new classifi-
cation, and whose essays deserve equal praise for the quantity of
new forms discovered and the accuracy of their description, as
also for the brilliant deductions concerning the Phylogeny or
classification of sponges derived therefrom (169.)

A great many new forms were described by Duncan (170),
Sinzow (171), Carter (172), Hinde (173). Wallich (174), Sollas
(175), and others.

(165.) F. E. Schulze. Ueber den Bau und die Entwickelung der Spongien,
die Plakiniden. Z.f.w.Z. Band, XXXIV., Seite 417,

(166.1 H. Carter. Development of the Marine Sponges. Ann. Mag., Vol.
XIV., 321, p. 389.

(167.) E. Metschnikoff. Spongiologischc Studien..Z f.w.Z. Band, XXXII.,
Seite, 349.

168.) C. Keller. Studien uber Organisation und Entwickelung der Chalineen.
Z.f,w.Z. Band, XXXIII , Seite, 317.

(169). R. Zittel. Ueber Cce'optychium, etc. Abhandl. Bayer. Akad. Band,
XII., p- 3, 8eite 1. Studien uber Jossile Spongien. Ibid. I., XIII., 1 ; Ibid.
II., XIII., 1, 65; Ibid. III., XIII., 2, 91.

(170). M. Duncan. On some spheroidal Lithistid Spongida from the upper
Silurian formation of New Brunsivick. Ann Mag. (5) Vol. IV., p. 84, 91.
On a lithistid Sponge and on a form of Aphrocallistes. Journ. Lin. Soc,
London Zool, Vol. XV., p. 320.

(171). T. Sinzow. Ueber Kreideschwdmme des Paratowschen Gouvernements.
Denkschr. d. neuruss Ges., 6, Band, 1.

(172). H. Carter. On Holasterella, a Fossil sponge of the Carboniferous
Era, and on the Hemiastrella, a new genus of recent sponge. Ann. Mag.
(Series 5), Vol. III., p. 141.

(173). G. Hinde. Fossil Sponge Spicules from the TJppjer Chalk. Munich,
18S0.

(174). G. Wallich. A Contribution to the Physical History of the Creta-
ceous Flints.

(175). T. Sollas. On the structure and affinities of the Genus Protospongia.
Salter. Ann. Mag. (5). Vol. V.. p. 23S. On the Flint Nodules of the
Trimingham Chalk. Ann. Mag. (5). Vol. V., 3S4, p. 437.

154 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES.

This brief historic introduction has — as far as the older works
are concerned — been compiled from Pagenstecher's (175) Historic
review, Johnston's (176) introduction to the British Sponges, and
particularly from "Vosmaer's (177) excellent review of which
unfortunately only the first part has at present appeared (178).

Far from being complete, this historic introduction can only
serve to enable the student to find the most important works on
our subject.

It may, however, be of service also as illustrating the history
of science, and indicating the enormous advances made during late
years in Zoological discovery.

(175). Pagenstecher. Zur Kenntniss Der Schwcimme. I. Geschichtliche
Einleitung. Verhandlungen. Verein. Heidelberg. Vol. VI. (1872), p. 1.

(176). G. Johnston. History of British Sponges and Lithphytes. Edinburgh,
1842.

(177). G. Vosmaer. Porifera. Bronn's Klassen und Ordnungen des
Thierreiches. Band II., Heft 1, 2.

(178) The whole of that review has appeared whilst this essay was in
print, and I refer the reader who wishes to go more into detail, to that
publication. (I.e., Heft 3.)

THE SCYPHOMEDUS^E OF THE SOUTHERN
-HEMISPHERE.

By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

Part I. — Introduction.

Animals, which, as in the generative stages of the Scyphomedusse,
live in the open sea, can hardly be studied in a small area. It there-
fore appears advantageous to extend our investigation from the
Australian shores over the whole of the Southern Hemisphere, and
we have a good right to do so from Sydney, as the centre of
scientific zoological research this side of the equator. Very few
other fields of investigation look so promising as this.

Although hardly anything is known of the southern Medusae
in comparison to their better studied northern relatives, still
nearly as many southern species have been described. In some
groups there are already more southern than northern species.
All families are represented here, while I have discovered a new
family on our shores, which has no representative in the Northern
Hemisphere.

In consequence of the larger area of ocean in this hemisphere the
Medusae are, as we might expect from the previous statements,
much more numerous in the southern than in the northern seas,
although at present there are of course not quite so many known
as north of the line.

In this paper I shall give descriptions of all known Scypho-
medusse from this hemisphere. The description of species observed
before will be brief ; on those alone seen by myself I intend to dwell
more in detail.

The classification of Haeckel will be adopted, and Haeckel's
Diagnoses translated.

The authors will be cited, and all papers on the species
referred to.

156 THE SCYPHOMEDUSSE OF THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE,

By this essay I hope to enable those who interest themselves in
the subject to identify any of the Scyphomedusse which they may
find, and to describe it, in case it is new. It is only possible
to augment our knowledge if we make all the use we can of the
previous work done in the same field.

SCYPHOMEDUS^. Ray Lankaster.

The Scyphomedusse form according to Haeckel (1) the second
Legion of the Classis Medusse. He uses Gegenbaur's name Acras-
pedee for them. The difference between these Acraspedge and
the other Medusse, the Craspedota, is however so great that I
prefer to dwell on them separately.

All the large Jelly-fish or Blubbei'S of our shores appear to belong
to this group, although there exist Medusae belonging to the
Craspedotse which are very similar to them in appeai'ance. The
great difference lies in the sessile zooids on which these Medusae,
which are the sexual generation of the Hydrozoa, bud.

While the Craspedotae originally budded from Hydroid Polyps,
(a process which has in many cases been done away with) the
Scyphoinedusee bad from a Scyphostoma which is fundamentally
different from and much highly organized, than a Hydroid Polyp.
I intend to dwell on this subject in another paper.

In the accompanying list, all species from the Southern Hemis-
phere which have been described are enumerated.

The statistical table verifies the above statements of the preva-
lence of the southern Scyphomedusse over the northern in number
of species. The Australian Scyphomedusse fauna is apparently
poor, but this is due only to the insufficient investigations which
have hitherto been carried on on this subject. Suffice it to state,
that of the five Scyphomedusse abundant on our shores only one
had been described before I studied them.

I hope, therefore, that we shall be able to add very extensively
to the Australian Scyphomedusas by our researches,

(1.) Haeckel System der Medusen, Seite 367.

BY DR. R. VOX LENDENFELD. 157

SCYPHOMEDUS^E. Ray Lankaster, 1877.

I. Ordo. — Stauromedu-s,e. Haeckel, 1879.

1. Family TessericUe. Haeckel, 1879.

1. Genus Tessera. Haeckel, 1879.

1. Species T. princeps. Haeckel, 1879.

2. Species T. typus. Haeckel, 1879.

2. Genus Tesseraria. Haeckel, 1879.

3. Species T. Scyphomeda. Haeckel, 1879.

3. Genus Tesserantha. Haeckel, 1879.

4. Species T. connectens. Haeckel, 1879.

2. Family Lucernaridae. Johnston, 1847.

4. Genus Craterolophus. Clark, 1863.

5. Species C. Microcystis. Yon Lendenfeld, 188i(nevj)

II. Ordo. — Perojiedus^e. Haeckel, 1879.

3. Family Pericolpidae. Haeckel, 1879.

5. Genus Pericolpa. Haeckel, 1879.

6. Species P. quadrigata. Haeckel, 1879,

7. Species P. tetralina. Haeckel, 1879.

6. Genus Pei-icrypta. Haeckel, 1879.

8. Species P. galea. Haeckel, 1879.

9. Species P. campana. Haeckel, 1879.

4. Family Periphyllidpe. Haeckel, 1879.

7. Genus Periphylla. Steenstrup, 1837.

10. Species P. Peronii. Haeckel, 1879.

11. Species P. mrrabilis. Haeckel, 1879.

8. Genus Peripbema. Haeckel, 1881.

12. Species P. regina. Haeckel, 1881.

158 THE SCYPHOMEDUS^E OF THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE,

III. Ordo. — Cubomedus^e. Haeckel, 1879.

5. Family Chary bdeidaa. Gegenbaur, 1856.

9. Genus Procharybdis. Haeckel, 1879.

13. Species P. securigera. Haeckel, 1879.

14. Species P. tetraptera. Haeckel, 1879.

15. Species P. flagellata. Haeckel, 1879.

10. Genus Chary bdea. Peron et Leseur, 1809.

16. Species C. alata. Reynaud, 1830.

11. Genus Tamoya. Fritz Muller, 1859.

17. Species T. haplonema. Friz Muller, 1859.

18. Species T. bursaria. Haeckel, 1879.

19. Species T. gargantua. Haeckel, 1879.

6. Family Chirodropidse. Haeckel, 1879.

12. Genus Chiropsalmus. L. Agassiz, 1862.

20. Species C. quadrumanus. L. Agassiz, 1862.

21. Species C. zygonema. Haeckel, 1879.

13. Genus Chirodropus. Haeckel, 1879.

22. Species C. palinatus. Haeckel, 1879.

23. Species C. gorilla. Haeckel, 1879.

IV. Ordo. — Discomedusje. Haeckel, 1866.

7. Family Ephyridse. Haeckel, 1879.

14. Genus Ephyra. Peron et Leseur, 1809.

24. Species E. prometeor. Haeckel, 1879.

25. Species E. discometra, Haeckel, 1879.

15. Genus Palephyra Haeckel, 1879..

26. Species P. antiqua. Haeckel, 1879.

16. Genus Zonephyra. Haeckel, 1879.

27. Species Z. connectens. Haeckel, 1879.

17. Genus Nauphanta. Haeckel, 1879.

28. Species N. Challenged. Haeckel, 1879.

BY DR. R. VON LENDENFELD. 159

18. Genus Atolla. Haeckel, 1879.

29. Species A. Wyvilli. Haeckel, 1879.

19. Genus Collaspis. Haeckel, 1879.

30. Species C. Achilles. Haeckel, 1879.

8. Family Linergida?. Haeckel, 1879.

20. Genus Linantha. Haeckel, 1879.

31. Species L. lunulata. Haeckel, 1879.

21. Genus Linerges. Haeckel, 1879.

32. Species L. Aquila. Haeckel, 1879.

22. Genus Liniscus. Haeckel, 1879.

33. Species L. ornitkopterus. Haeckel, 1879.

23. Genus Linuche. Esckscholtz, 1829.

34. Species L. Laniarkii. Esckscholtz, 1829.

9. Family Pelagidse. Gegenbaur, 1856.

24. Genus Pelagia. Peron et Leseur, 1809.

35. Species P. panopyra. Peron et Leseur, 1809.

36. Species P. papillata. Haeckel, 1879.

37. Species P. discoidea. Esckscholtz, 1829.

25. Genus Ckrysaora. Peron et Leseur, 1809.

38. Species 0. fulgida. Haeckel, 1879.

39. Species C. Blossevillei. Lesseur, 1829.

40. Species C. Plocamia. Haeckel, 1879.

41. Species C calliparea. Haeckel, 1879.

26. Genus Dactylometra. L. Agassiz, 1862.

42. Species D. lactea. L. Agassiz, 1862.

10. Family Cyaniclee. L. Agassiz, 1862.

27. Genus Procyanea. Haeckel, 1879.

43. Species P, protosema. Haeckel, 1879.

28. Genus Medora. Coutkouy, 1862.

44. Species M. reticulata. Couthouy, 1862.

160 THE SCYPHOMEDUS^ OF THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE,

29. Genus Stenoptycha. L. Agassiz, 1862.

45. Species S. rosea. L. Agassiz, 1862.

46. Species S. Goethena. Haeckel, 1879.

30. Genus Drymonema. Haeckel, 1879.

47. Species D. Gorgo. Fritz Muller, 1883.

31. Genus Desmonema. L. Agassiz, 1862.

48. Species D. Annasethe. Haeckel, 1879.

49. Species D. Gaudickaudi. L. Agassiz, 1862.

50. Species D. pendula. Haeckel, 1879.

32. Genus Cyanea. Peron et Leseur, 1809.

51. Species C. Annaskala. Von Lendenfeld, 1882.

33. Genus Patera. Lesson, 1843.

52. Species P. cerebriformis. Lesson, 1843.

34. Genus Melusina. Haeckel, 1879.

53. Species M. formosa. Haeckel, 1879.

11. Family Flosculidae. Haeckel, 1879.

35. Genus Floscula. Haeckel, 1879.

54. Species F. Prometkea. Haeckel, 1879.

55. Species F. Pandora. Haeckel, 1879.

36. Genus Floresca. Haeckel, 1879.

56. Species F. Parthenia. Haeckel, 1879.

57. Species F. Pallada. Haeckel, 1879.

12. Family Ulmaridae. Haeckel, 1879.

37. Genus Ulmaris. Haeckel, 1879.

58. Species U. prototypus. Haeckel, 1879.

38. Genus Aurelia. Peron Leseur, 1809.

59. Species A. colpota. Brandt, 1838.

60. Species A. clausa. Lesson, 1829.

61. Species A. limbata. Brandt, 1835.

62. Species A. coerulea. Von Lendenfeld, I884(7iew).

39. Genus Aurosa. Haeckel, 1879.

63. Species A. furcata. Haeckel, 1879.

40. Genus Auricoma. Haeckel, 1879.

67. Species A. Apkrodite. Haeckel, 1879.

BY DR. R. VON LENDENFELD. 161

13. Family Toreumidae. Haeckel, 1879.

41. Genus Archirhiza. Haeckel, 1879.

65. Species A. aurosa. Haeckel, 1879.

66. Species A. primordialis. Haeckel, 1879.

42. Genus Toreuma. Haeckel, 1879,

67. Species T. tbeophila. Haeckel, 1879.

68. Species T. thamnostama. Haeckel, 1879.

69. Species T. Gegenbauri. Haeckel, 1879.

43. Genus Cassiopea. Peron et Leseur, 1809.

70. Species C. Andromeda. Esclisclioitz, 1829.

71. Species C. ornata. Haeckel, 1879.

72. Species C. depressa. Haeckel, 1879.

44. Genus Cephea. Peron et Leseur, 1809.

73. Species C. fusca. Peron et Leseur, 1809.

74. Species 0. conifera. Haeckel, 1879.

45. Genus Polyrkiza. L. Agassiz, 1862.

75. Species P. komopneusis. Haeckel, 1879.
76/ Species P. Orythyia. Haeckel, 1879.

14. Family Pilemidae. Haeckel, 1879.

46. Genus Toxoclytus. L. Agassiz, 1862.

77. Species T. roseus. L. Agassiz, 1862.

47. Genus Lychnorkiza. Haeckel, 1879.

78. Species L. lucerna. Haeckel, 1879.

48. Genus Eupilema. Haeckel, 1879.

79. Species E. scapulare. Haeckel, 1879.

80. Species E. claustra. Haeckel, 1879.

49. Genus Pilema. Haeckel, 1879.

81. Species P. capense. Haeckel, 1879.

50. Genus Rkopilema. Haeckel, 1879.

82. Species R. rkopalopliora. Haeckel, 1879.

51. Genus Brachiolopkus. Haeckel, 1879.

83. Species B. collaris. Haeckel, 1879.

52. Genus Stomolophus. L. Agassiz, 1862.

84. Species S. Fritillaria. Haeckel, 1879.

11

162 THE SCYPHOMEDUS^E op the southern hemisphere,

15. Family Cbaunostomida?. Yon Lendenfeld, 1882.

53. Genus Pseudorhiza. Von Lendenfeld, 1882.

85. Species P. aurosa. Von Lendenfeld, 1882.

16. Family Versuridae. Haeckel, 1879.

54. Genus Hoplorbiza. Haeckel, 1879.

86. Species H. simplex. Haeckel, 1879.

87. Species H. punctata. Haeckel, 1879.

55. Genus Cannorhiza. Haeckel, 1879.

88. Species C. connexa. Haeckel, 1879.

56. Genus Versura. Haeckel, 1 879.

89. Species V. palmata. Haeckel, 1879

90. Species V. pinnata. Haeckel, 1879.

91. Species V. versicolor. Haeckel, 1879.

57. Genus Stylorbiza. Haeckel, 1879.

92. Species S. punctata Von Lendenfeld, 1884 (new).

17. Family Crambessidae. Haeckel, 1869.

58. Genus Cramborhiza. Haeckel, 1879.

93. Species C. fiagellata, Haeckel, 1879.

59. Genus Crambessa. Haeckel, 1869.

94. Species C. cruciata. Haeckel, 1879.

95. Species C. palmipes Haeckel, 1879.
96 Species C. mosaica. Haeckel, 1879.

60. Genus Mastigias. L. Agassiz, 1862.

97. Species M. papua. L. Agassiz, 1862.

98. Species M. ocellata. Haeckel, 1879.

99. Species M. pantberina. Haeckel, 1879.

61. Genus Eucrambessa. Haeckel, 1879.

100. Species E. Miilleri. Haeckel, 1879.

62. Genus Thysanostoma. L. Agassiz, 1862.

101. Species T. thysanura. Haeckel, 1879.

102. Species T. melitea. Haeckel, 1879.

63. Genus Leptobracbia. Brandt, 1838.

103. Species L. leptopus. Brandt, 1838.

64. Genus Leonura. Haeckel, 1879.

104. Species L. terminalis. Haeckel, 1879,

BY DR. R. VON LENDENFELD. 163

w g ^

B*'g

H &£

Orders and Families. " 5 a « 5

£ g g g 5 g m

h '-5 ^ g <

SCYPHOMEDUS.E . 210 104 26

I. Ordo Stauromedus^e 18 5 2

1. Tesseridse 8 4 1

2. Lucernaridse .,. 12 1 1

II. Ordo Peromedus^e 12 7 3

3. Pericolpidse 4 4 3

4. Periphyllidse 8 3 0

III. Ordo Cubomedus^e 22 11 1

5. Cbarybdeidse 17 7 1

6. Clrirodropidse. . . 5 4 0

IV. Ordo Discomedus^e 158 81 20

7. Ephyridse 12 7 1

8. Linergidse 11 4 0

9. Pelagidfe 20 8 0

10. Cyanidse 21 11 2

11. Flosculidse 4 4 0

12. Ulmaridae 21 6 2

13. Toreumidse 18 12 6

14. Pilemidse 18 8 0

15. Chaunostomidse 1 1 - 1

16. Versuridae 14 7 4

17. Crambessidse 18 13 4

164 THE SCYPH0MEDUS.E OF THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE,

SCYPHOMEDUS^E. Ray Lankaster, 1877.

The Scyphomedusse are Medusae with Gastral filaments or
Phacells, with entodermal Gonads, without Velum, with marginal
laps of the Umbrella, without a double centralized nerve-ring.
Developed'originally from a Scyphostoma by Strobilation. Onto-
genesis, mostly change of generations often connected with a
metamorphosis. The sexual generation is produced by terminal
budding of (1) the non-sexual Scyphostoma generation.

I. Ordo Stauromedus^e. Haeckel, 1879.

Scyphomedusaa without organs of sense, 4 pair of adradial or 4
simple interradial Gonads in the sub-umbral wall. Stomach with
four large perradial pouches 2).

1. Family. Tesseridce. Haeckel, 1879.

Stauromedusa? with simple undivided margin of the umbrella,
without hollow margin laps. Eight simple per-and inter-radial
tentacles. Ring-shaped muscle on margin of Umbrella continuous.
In middle of Exumbrella a protuberance or stalk.

1. Gen. Tessera. Haeckel, 1879.

Tesseridce without stalk, with eight simple tentacles without
nettle knot.

1. sp. Tessera princeps. Haeckel, 1879.

Haeckel System der Medusen. Seite, 374.

Tafel, XXI. Figuren, 1-6.

Umbi-ella bell shaped, higher than broad, with conical protu-
berance on Exumbrella containing a gastral canal. Four simple
gastral filaments. Mouth tube quadrangular prismatic nearly as
long as the height of the Umbrella. Mouth square. Four simple
boof shaped Gonads. The four perradial tentacles double as long
as the four interradial ones.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 4 mm., height 5 mm.

(1). Haeckel, Medusen. Seite, 360.
(2). Haeckel, Medusen. Ibeite, 364.

BY DR. R. VON LENDENFELD. 165

Locality : Antarctic Ocean, S.E. of Kerguelen. Lat. S. 64°
37'. Long., E. of Greenwich, 85° 49'. Station 154 of the
" Challenger." Wyville Thomson.

2. Gen. Tesserantha. Haeckel, 1879.

Tesseridee without Ujnbrella stalk, with Exumbrellar process ;
with 16 simple, not hollow tentacles, without terminal nettle knot.

2. sp. Tesserantha connectens. Haeckel, 1879.

Haeckel, Tiefsee Meclusen der " Challenger" Expedition. Seite
42. Tafel. XV.

Umbrella helmet shaped, 1^- as high as broad, above with conic
process with canal. Four double rows of gastral filaments.
Mouth tube quadrangular, prismatic, half as long as the height of
the Umbrella. Mouth with four folded laps. Four simple hoof
shaped Gonads. The arch surrounds the knots. The eight
tentacles of the same length as long as the height of the Umbrella •

Size : "Width of Umbrella, 6 mm. , height of Umbrella, 9 mm.

Locality : South-eastern part of the Pacific Ocean, near Juan
Fernandez.

Lat. S. 33° 31'. Long, W. Greenwich, 74° 43'. Station,
299 of the " Challenger," in a depth of 2,160 fathoms. Wyville
Thomson.

2. Family. Lucemaridoz. Johnston, 1847.

Margin of Umbrella simple, undivided, without hollow arms or
margin-laps, with simple tentacles. On the Exumbrella a pro-
longation, with which the Medusa affixes itself to foreign bodies.

3. Gen. Craterolophus. Clark, 1863.

Lucernarid^e, with four Mesogon pouches in the wall of the
Subumbrella, without marginal anchors or papilla?.

3. Sp. Craterolophus macrocystis. R. von Lendenfeld, 1884.
Nova species.
The genus Craterolophus has only been found on the coast of
Heligoland, where the hitherto single species Craterolophus Tethys,

166 THE SCYPHOMEDUS.E OF THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE,

Clark, is very abundant ; but nowhere else. Our species is
accordingly the second. Unfortunately it is very rare, so that
my description must be imperfect as I only got two specimens,
both of which were cut into sections forthwith.

Umbrella deep bell shaped, expanded about half as broad as
high (in Cr. Tethys broader than high). Stalk about § of the
height of the umbrella, (in Cr. Tethys only ^ — ^.) Eight arms
short at equal distances. Every arm with a cluster of about 30
tentacles. The Gonads are like those of Cr. Tethys, feathery.

Colour : Dark olive green, fades in spirits.

Size : Height of umbrella, 12 mm. ; breadth, 6 mm. ; stalk,
8 mm. high ; and extended 3 mm. thick.

Locality : East coast of New Zealand, Port Chalmers, Hutton,
Lyttleton, von Lendenfeld.

On Microcystis.

II. Ordo Peromedus^e. Haeckel, 1877.

Scyphomedusie, with four interraclial organs of sense, which
contain an organ of hearing and several eyes, 4 or 12 tentacles,
8 or 16 marginal laps. Stomach surrounded by a large subumbral
ring-shaped sinus, with four interraclial strictures. Four pairs of
frill-shaped Gonads.

3. Family. Pericolpidce. Haeckel, 1877.

Margin of Umbrella with four perradial tentacles and 8
adradial marginal laps. Festoon-canal with 16 pouches.

4. Gen. Pericolpa. Haeckel, 1879.

Without perradial pouches, with continuous funnel-cavities,
four interradial Tseniols, in the basal stomach are solid bars
without gastral filameuts.

4. Sp. Pericolpa quadrigata. Haeckel, 1879.
Haeckel System der Medusen. Seite, 413.
Tafel, XXIII.

BY DR. R. VON LENDENFELD. 167

Umbrella high ; conic, twice as high as broad; a deep furrow-
between central part and marginal part of Umbrella. The 4
perradial Pedal ia double as broad as the interradial ones, as long
as the margin laps, these eight in number ; 4 tentacles double as
long as height of Umbrella. Mouth tube quadrangular prismatic,
nearly double as long as the central stomach.

Size: 10 mm. wide and 20 mm. high.

Locality : Antarctic Ocean, south-east of Kerguelen, Lat. S.
64° 37'. Long. E. of Greenwich, 85° 49'. Station, Nr. 154, of
the " Challenger," Wyville Thomson.

5. Gen. Pericrypta. Haeckel, 1879.
Four perradial pouches with four continuous cavities. 4 inter-
radial Taeniols of the basal stomach ; they are high caves covered
along their whole length with two rows of gastral filaments.

5. sp. Pericrypta galea. Haeckel, 1879.

Haeckel System der Medusen. Seite, 414.

Umbrella high, helmet shaped, 1| as high as broad, divided in two
equally high parts by a circular groove. The four perradial
Pedalia of the margin of the Umbrella only slightly broader than
the four interradial ones, slightly longer than the eight marginal
laps. Four tentacles as long as height of Umbrella. Mouth tube
cubic, with wide pouches with eight long adradial barbs.

Size : Breadth, 30 mm., height, 40 mm.

Locality: South Pacific Ocean, East Coast of Australia.
Schnehagen.

6. sp. Pericrypta campana. Haeckel, 1879.

Haeckel System der Medusen. Seite, 414.

Umbrella bell shaped, a little higher than broad. Shallow
circular groove. Inner part double as high as marginal ring. The
four perradial Pedalia double as broad as the four interradial,
double as long as the eight stump margin laps. Four tentacles
double as long as the height of the Umbrella. Mouth tube
quadrangular prismatic, half as long as the central stomach,
without barbs.

168 THE SCYPHOMEDUS.E OF THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE,

Size: Breadth of Umbrella, 24 mm., height, 30 mm.
Locality : South Pacific Ocean, near New Zealand. Weber.

4. Family. Periphyllidce. Haeckel, 1877.
Peromedusae with 12 tentacles and four marginal organs of sense.
With 16 rnargin laps. Exumbrella with 16 Pedalia, and circular
muscle ; on either side of the Pedalia a pouch. Festoon canal
consists of 32 lap pouches.

6. Gen. Periphylla. Steenstrup, 1837.
With four perradial pouches in the mouth tube, and 4 basal
funnel cavities. The 4 interradial Taeniols are hollow caves, along
the whole length of which there are two rows of G astral filaments.

7. sp. Periphylla Peronii. Haeckel, 1879.

Haeckel System der Medusen. Seite, 420.

Charybdea periphylla. Peron et Leseur. Tableau, etc., p. 332.

Charybdea periphilla de Blainville, 1834. Actinologie, p. 275.
Atlas pi. 31, fig. 1,

Charybdea periphylla. Milne Edwards. 1839. Cuvier, Regne
Animal, Illustre., pi. 55, fig. 2.

Charybdea periphylla. L. Agassiz, 1862. Monograph of the
Acalephre. Contributions etc. Vol. IV., p. 173.

Umbrella flat conic, broader than high. Margin laps triangular
pointed, their distal wings narrow. The tentacle laps projecting
a little more than the laps of the marginal organs of sense. Ten-
tacles long and thick, double as long as the height of the
Umbrella, at the base half as broad as the margin laps. Mouth
tube cubic. No barbs.

Colour : Subumbral surface of the Umbrella brown, tentacles
) ellowish.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 60 mm., height, 50 mm.

Locality : Equatorial part of Atlantic Ocean. Peron. Coast
of South Africa. W. Bleek.

8. sp. Periphylla mirabilis. Haeckel, 1879.
Haeckel System der Medusen. Seite, 422. Die Tiefsee Medusen
der « Challenger " Expedition. Seite, 54. Tafel, XVIII, XXIII.

BY DR. R. VON LENDENFELD. 169

Umbrella conic, £ higher than broad. Pedal zone higher than
the lap zone. Both together § as high as the cone. Margin laps
oval, distal wings triangular. Tentacle laps slightly projecting,
less than the eight laps of the mai-ginal sense organs. Tentacles
double as long as height of Umbrella, at the base J as broad as the
margin laps. Mouth tube cubic, J as high as the Umbrella, 8
adradial long barbs.

Colour : In spirits, light violet, subumbi'al surface dark violet.
Gonads orange.

Size: Breadth of Umbrella, 120 mm., height, 160 mm.

Locality: East Coast of New Zealand. Lat., S. 40° 28'. Long.,
E. of Greenwich, 177° 43', depth, 1,100 fathoms. Station, Nr.
168, "Challenger." Wyville Thomson.

7. Gen. Periphema. Haeckel, 1879.
With 4 perradial pouches in the mouth-tube, and 4 perradial
extensions of the basal stomach. Between these the four
subumbral funnel-cavities foi'in hollow cones which bear two rows
of gastral filaments, except on the top. The two rows terminate
separately below the point of the cone.

9. Sp. Periphema regina. Haeckel, 1881.

Haeckel Tiefsee medusen der " Challenger" Expedition. Seite,
72. Tafel, XXIV., XXV.

Periphylla regina. Haeckel, 1879. System der Medusen.
Seite, 421.

Umbrella bell-shaped, as high as broad ; pedal zone lower than
lap zone ; margin laps oval, distal wings semi-circular ; 8 ten-
tacular laps more projecting than those of the marginal organs of
sense. Tentacles very thick, about as long as the height of the
Umbrella, at the base ^ as broad as the mai'gin laps. Mouth-tube
cubic large and thick-walled half as high and broad as the
Umbrella-mouth, without barbs.

Size: Breadth 180-200 mm. ; height, 180-200 mm.

Locality : Antarctic Ocean, S.E. of Kerguelen, Lat. S. 62° 26'.
Long. E. of Greenwich, 95° 44'. In a depth of 1975 fathoms.
Station Nr. 156 of the "Challenger." Wyville Thomson.

170 notices of new fishes,

Notices of new Fishes.
By William Macleay, F.L.S., &c.

Platycephalus longispinis. n. sp.
D. 1/7/14. A. 14. L. lat. 75.

Somewhat like P. Basse7isis. Length of head 3J in the total
length, width of head one-fourth of the same. The space between
the eyes is flat and less than the diameter of the eye, with a
distinct ridge on each side commencing at the anterior edge of the
orbit, and terminating at the extremity of the occiput, the latter
part of the ridges interrupted, and resembling long, low, recumbent
spines, without being spinous. Another very low similarly in-
terrupted ridge is traceable behind the eye, commencing with one
or two short spines, and extending to the commencement of the
lateral line. A trace of another ridge in the median line of the
head is to be seen near the snout, and again behind the eyes in
about the line of the prseorbital spines, it shows in one very low,
long, recumbent spine. The prajocular terminates at its outer
anterior angle in a strong, acute, short spine, from thence proceed
two ridges, with a smooth groove between to the prseopercular
spines, the first sixth of the lower of these ridges is strongly
serrated The lower prseopercular spine is very long, strong,
acute, and grooved on its thicker portion, the upper is less than a
third of the length of the other, and points upwards and away from
it. One spine on the operculum. The lower jaw is longer than
the upper.

Lateral line smooth. Coloration yellowish-grey, spotted with
yellow on the upper surface, white on the under surface, the two
dorsals and the pectoral fins spotted with brown ; the ventrals and
anal white. The caudal fin is imperfect in my only specimen, but
it seems to have been clouded with black. Length, 10 inches.

Taken in a trawl net outside Port Jackson in 50 fathoms.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAT, F.L.S., &C. 171

Pktroscirtes Wilsoni. n. sp.

D. 26. A. 22. V. 2.

Height of body one-fifth of the total length. Profile perpen-
dicular, with a high compressed crest as in P. cristicejos. Several
of the rays, from the 17th backwards, of the dorsal fin terminate
in long filaments. Colour (in spirits) dark grey, a row of moderate
sized spots along the median line of the side towards the tail, and
a row of smaller spots beneath. The dorsal fin is indistinctly
speckled, the anal is blackish margined. The pectorals are colour-
less. In the fresh specimen the colours were probably more
brilliant, and possibly reddish in some places.

This fish was found lately at the north shore of Port Jackson
by Mr. J. D. Wilson, in an empty shell.

Atherinosoma Jamesonii.

D. 5/8. A. 12. L. lat. 28. L. tr. 5-6.

Height of body over 4 times in the total length ; length of head
about the same. Eye large, head between the eyes broad and flat.
Mouth small, slightly oblique, the edge of each jaw armed with a
row of strong recurved teeth, similar teeth on the vomer. Scales
large, cycloid, no lateral line. The 1st dorsal fin is situated in
front of the middle of the back, and has the 1st spine terminating
in a long filament, the others are filamentose, but shorter ; the
2nd dorsal commences opposite the middle of the anal, and has
the first rays elevated ; the anal also has the first few rays elevated ;
the caudal fin is moderately forked ; the ventrals reach to the
anus ; the pectorals reach to the 7th body scale. Colour greenish
yellow, with minute microscopic dots all over but thickest towards
the back, a narrow black line on the side along the middle of the
3rd row of scales ; the first rays of the 2nd dorsal and anal fins
black ; the 1st dorsal fin finely speckled, the ventrals colourless.
Length, 1^ to 1^ inch.

Bremer Paver, a tributary of the Brisbane. Fresh water.

This very curious little fish which I name after its discoverer, Mr.
Jamieson of Ipswich, is most certainly akin to the Atherinosoma

172 NOTICES OF NEW FISHES.

vorax, described by Count Castelnau, from Cape Schank, and I
provisionally place it in that genus. Assuredly it cannot be
placed in the Family Atherlnldce, notwithstanding its many points
of resemblance, but I am not quite satisfied as to its real affinities,
and therefore refrain from placing it, as was suggested by the
late Count Castelnau, in a new Family to be named N eoatherinidce.

Urolophus bucculentus. n. sp.

This species differs from U. testaceus in being broader on the disk,
and in having the snout terminating in a more distinct triangular
point, in having the tail shorter, with the dorsal- fin much larger,
and the caudal broader and more rounded. But the chief difference
is in the mouth, which in this species is more than three times
larger proportionately to the size of the fish than in U. testaceus.
The nasal valve is almost truncate, and not fringed, and there
are twelve short papillae at the bottom of the mouth.

Trawled outside Port Jackson, in 40 to 60 fathoms.

On the Improvements effected by the Australian Climate,
Soil, and Culture on the Merino Sheep.

By P. N. Trebeck, Esq.

The subject of Merino sheep and Wool, is probably so uninter-
esting to most of our members, that in drawing your attention this
evening to the various developments and changes which have been
effected by our Australian squatters, I shall confine myself
chiefly to a comparison of the European Merino types of wcol,
with the various samples on the table before you, grown under
Australian culture. We must not forget, that our squatters, in thus
increasing the length, lustre, and other good qualities, have done
so entirely with a desire to meet the requirements and tastes of the
manufacturers and wearers, and thus secure the highest returns for
their capital and labor. Our climate and soil have assisted them
very materially in producing a longer and stouter fibre. In a few
years, should the taste for wearing fabrics made from the old style
of clothing wool, return, they will find that it will not be so easy a
matter to work back to the short dense very fine clothing wool of
former years.

In examining the samples before you, you will observe that out-
own colony formerly produced the very highest qualities of clothing
wool, suitable for making the finest felts (for piano hammers, &c),
scarlet hunting cloths, superfine broad cloths, and other fabrics of
the most delicate texture, fit for royal robes. You will also see
the combing and lustrous samples, which have almost supplanted
the former, and are better adapted for the highest qualities of
alpacas, lustres, and the numerous descriptions of corded and fancy
tweeds, so popular now with peer and peasant.

The Merino sheep, which produces these high-class wools was
described as long ago as the first century, by Lucius Columella of
Cadiz, one of the best authors on practical agriculture in that
century. The original flocks appear to have been confined for

174 CULTURE OP THE MERINO SHEEP,

many years to Spain, whence they have been gradually distributed
to most parts of Europe, North and South America and our own
colonies. Here we have found the Merino a hardy animal, thriving
alike on the high and luxuriant pasture lands on the western
waters of New England and Monaro, 2,000 to 3,000 feet above the
sea, or, on the arid plains of the western interior, where the food
consists only of scanty herbage and shrubs.

I will first draw your attention to the Merino wools grown in
Europe, as representative of the average wools of the imported
Merino sheep, and then compare them with those grown in our
colonies from those sheep, giving at the same time a short state-
ment of the climate and soil in which our wools have been grown.
No. 1. — The highest class of German clothing wool in the grease,

sent by the Emperor of Germany to our Agricultual

Society.
No. 2. — The same wool scoured, estimated to be worth 6s. per lb.

The loss in scouring about 78 to 80 per cent.
No. 3. — Fair class Silesian wool roughly washed, worth about

20d. per lb.
No. 4. — The same wool scoured by the manufacturer, ready for

working ; value 4s. 3d. per lb.
In the four small bottles you will observe samples of German
and Silesian wool, which are a little longer than the first two.
They are of fine quality, and represent the ordinary commercial
Silesian wool as sold in London, and used in Europe for their finest
fabrics. The Silesian Merino is the ancestor of many of our best
flocks, and you will notice presently by the Mudgee samples in the
larger bottles, how closely our best earlier wools resembled those
from their Silesian progenitors. In the large bottle No. 1, is a
sample of the late Hon. E. K. Cox's wool, in 1870. It is beauti-
fully fine, and contains every good quality of its Silesian ancestry.
Its elasticity and felting qualities can scarcely be surpassed. It
was grown at Rawdon near Rylstone, 2,000 feet above the sea.
Formation, basalt, porphyry, and carboniferous rocks, country
moderately timbered, fair pasture. Mr. Cox won the Grand Prix
in Paris in 1878, beating all nations. The box No. 2, contains a

BY P. N. TREBECK, ESQ. 175

similar wool (bottle broken) of the highest Silesian type, equal to
any ever produced in the colonies. It was grown by the late
Mr. C. C. Cox, in 1870, at Brombee near Mudgee. Elevation
about 1,700 feet above the sea. Formation, devonian slate and
limestone, country moderately timbered.

The lai-ge bottle No. 3. This is also a good type of the earlier
wools for which New South "Wales became so famous. It was
grown in 1870 by Mr. J. B. Bettington, at Brindley Park, near
Merriwa, about 1,200 feet above the sea. Formation, rich soil,
from basaltic and carboniferous rocks, open country, lightly tim-
bered, well grassed.

Bottle No. 4. As I shall be presently showing you modern
Victorian wool of good length, I have brought you a sample of
Mr. J. L. Currie's wool of 1870, a good type of the Australian
Merino wool of those days, grown on Basaltic Plains, about 1,200
feet above the sea, open plains, with scarcely any timber, well-
grassed. You will observe that even so far back, the Victorian
wool had assumed a distinct combing type, ■peculiarly its own, and
that colony, without doubt, now produces the very highest class
of this long lustrous wool.

I will now draw your attention to our Merino Wools of the
present day, to show how the wool fi'om the same purely-bred
Merino has, under the influence of climate, soil, and culture,
attained a much greater length and improved considerably in
lustre and colour, while it has retained most of its excellent
qualities, extreme fineness of fibre alone excepted.

In box No. 5, is a sample of Mr. H. C. White's wool from his
flock, at Havilah, near Mudgee, long considered one of the
premier ones of our colony. Formerly it much resembled the
fine Mudgee samples in the lai-ger bottles, but has now become
longer in staple and somewhat stouter in fibre, while it has
retained its denseness, the quality above all others the most
difficult to perpetuate here, and so necessary to introduce
periodically into our arid western interior. Havilah is about 1500

176 CULTURE OF THE MERINO SHEEP,

feet above the sea. Formation, Devonian slate and limestone •
country fairly grassed and moderately timbered. Just awarded a
Gold Medal at the Calcutta Exhibition.

In box No. 6, is a sample of the well-known Collaroy Wool,
not quite so fine in fibre as the Havilah, but the sheep grow heavy
fleeces and give excellent results in money value per head.
Collaroy is on eastern water on the south of the Liverpool Range,
1200 feet above the sea. Formation, chiefly basaltic, carboniferous
rocks, with some rich pasture ; lightly timbered.

In box No. 7, is Mr. F. R. White's wool, bred originally from
the Havilah and Broombee flocks, — an excellent description of
sound, soft wool, giving good results per sheep. Grown at
Harben Vale, near Murrurundi, on eastern waters, about 1300
feet above the sea. Formation, basaltic and carboniferous rocks.
Hilly country, good pasture, moderately timbered.

In box No. 8, is a very nice sample of true Merino Wool, grown
by Mr. F. B. Suttor, at Bathurst, from Tasmanian stock. All the
good qualities have been perpetuated most faithfully. Height,
2000 feet above the sea. Formation, granite and basalt. Grown
in open paddocks and sheltered at night. Just awarded a Gold
Medal at Calcutta.

We will now examine two samples from Riverina. The first
grown by Messrs. H. and C. Douglass, of North Yanco, No. 9,
on the edge of the timbered country, near Narrandera, on the
Murrumbidgee. A very nice soft and silky exhibit. Grown
about 600 feet above the sea. Formation, post-tertiary and
alluvial deposits, just on the verge of the salt-bush plains-
Awarded a Bronze Medal at Calcutta.

The other, No. 10, is wool grown by Mr. Falkiner, of Boonooke,
near Denilicjuin. These contrast strongly with the first samples
of German, Silesian, and earlier Mudgee Wools. The length of
the ram's wool is 5 to 6 inches. This is a good sample of what
can be done by judicious culture and selection. Boonooke is only
300 feet above the sea. Formation, post-tertiary and alluvial
deposits. Good salt-bush country, lightly timbered.

BY P. N. TREBECK, ESQ. 177

It was supposed that the Darling River country would not
grow high class wool, but if you examine the almost perfect
specimens of ewes' combing wool, grown by the Hon. T.
dimming, at his Arumpo Station, on the Lower Darling, you will
be convinced that very excellent wool can be grown even there,
under intelligent culture. It was for these ewes that Mr.
Camming recently purchased the Victorian ram, for which he
gave 3150 guineas. You will find wool from this ram in the
same box. It is 5| inches long, and shows in a remarkable
degree what profitable results may be attained by skilful manage-
ment. Aiuimpo is about 250 feet above the sea. Formation,
post-tertiary deposits. Fairly grassed and lightly timbered.

I have brought a fleece of the modern Victorian combing wool
to contrast with that from its German and Silesian ancestors. It
was grown by Mr. Charles Ayrey, of Warranooke, who now
possesses one of the finest flocks in Victoria. In the olden days
this flock was bred freely from Silesian blood, but lately has only
had the addition occasionally of a very choice Tasmanian or
Victorian ram. Colour, length, strength, lustre, and softness are
present in a high degree, and can scarcely be excelled. Mr.
Ayrey's rams have sold up to 1000 guineas. "Warranooke is
about 500 feet above the sea. Formation, Silurian, basalt, and
post-tertiary. Good pasture, moderately timbered.

You will find on the table two representative types of Tasmanian
Wool — Messrs. Gibson and Sons' and Mr. Kermodes. Both are
very pure specimens of Merino combing wool. There is also a
fine sample of wool scoured by Mrs. Darchy, of Oxley, Lower
Lachlan, which deservedly obtained a Gold Medal at Calcutta.

There are also samples from various parts of the colony, and a
curiosity in the way of black and white transversely striped pure
Merino Wool, from Mr, Edol's Burrawang Station, and by way of
a shocking example, some wool from the coast districts of northern
Queensland. The spear grass which you see has quite banished
sheep from the coast districts of that colony.
12

178 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

I should add that our squatters, while they have been attending
to the quality of the wool, have not neglected the carcase. The
Merino sheep of most of our leading flocks is becoming a larger
and a better developed animal, with a strong constitution and
singularly free from disease.

I hope I have in some degree succeeded in showing how well
our Australian colonies are adapted for the growth of the highest
classes of the Merino sheep and wool. The whole of the country
on our western watersheds is an essentially pastoral one. and
eminently suitable for the progressive development and improve-
ment of the Merino sheep, and we cnly require the fostering help
of an intelligent Government to keep in the front rank of the
wool-producing countries of the world.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Norton exhibited a specimen of Tasmanite from the River
Tamar in Tasmania, and explained that it was a species of shale
formed in thin layers, and that numerous small flattened discs
of some substance like amber, resembling spores of a lycopod,
were scattered throughout the whole substance of the stone, in
consequence of which it would burn with a bright flame without
its substance being apparently reduced thereby. It was of no
value as a fuel.

The President exhibited several fine specimens of the " Paper
Nautilus" which had been brought from Lord Howe Island by
Mr. H. T. Wilkinson, J. P. It is said that they are of rare
occurrence there.

Mr. Whitelegge exhibited a number of transparent sections of
fossil wood from the Oldham Coalfield, Lancashire, also some
longitudinal sections of fossil wood from the Darling Downs, and
transverse and longitudinal sections of Lepidodendron, Stigmaria,
and Catamites.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 179

Mr. Deane exhibited a phial of water from a spring in Mrs.
Darvall's land, near Hyde, with specimens of the minerals deposited
by it (alum and sulphate of iron), and fragments of wood
infiltrated and quasi-petrified by these substances.

Mr. Whittell exhibited a specimen in flower of Swainsonia
Greyana and read the following note : — This handsome flowering
plant is indigenous to the interior of this colony ; and from the
delicacy of its colour and general design one would scarcely expect
it to come from the most arid portion of our land. The plant
from which these flowers, &c, were taken was grown by myself at
Petersham from seeds which I brought from the banks of the
Darling River in the neighbourhood of the town of Wilcannia.
In this its natural habitat, I have never observed the plant exceed
about five feet in height. It dies away annually, rather early in
summer, and not even a vestige of it is seen again till early Spring.
The effect of change of climate on this plant is certainly startling,
as it appears to disregard entirely its natural habit and dimensions.
Thft plant from which the exhibits were taken now measures over
nine feet in height, the piece before you measures about nine feet
only ; it has been vigorous in its growth without any sign of
natural decay for one year and six months, and as you will
observe is still in a healthy state. The old shoots are still
flowering and have been flowering without cessation for at least
one year. Another peculiarity is that on exceeding their natural
height some of the stems have a tendency to twine around any
support that presents itself in a manner peculiar to climbing or
running plants proper. I may add that this plant is popularly
supposed to produce a sort of insanity, ending in some cases in
death in stock that feed upon it. I am of opinion that this is
incorrect; I have never seen any stock actually feeding upon it, but
I have seen horses eat freely, without any ill effect, of another
species of the same genus (?) which grows plentifully on the black
soil flats which are at times inundated by the waters of the Darling.
The Hon. William Macleay, who has had large experience in a
district where this plant grows, informed me a few days ago that he
also was of opinion that it is not poisonous to stock. The quantity

180 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

of seed yielded by the plant in the neighbourhood of Sydney
appeal's to me to be much smaller than in its native clime.
Mr. Whittell also exhibited specimens of Lagria rufescens, and
stated he was informed by a resident that there are thousands of
these Beetles to be seen in the Ryde district this year. They are
to be seen in swarms on the fruit ti'ees, and are very destructive to
the fruit, materially damaging its market value by eating shallow
canals all over the surface, but seeming to prefer those parts where
slight decomposition has set in.

The President announced that the Council of the Society had
been presented by a member of the Societv with <£100, accom-
panied with a request that it should be offered as a prize for an
essay on " The Life History of the Bacillus of Typhoid Fever."
The Council has assented to the proposal, and advertisements to
that effect will be immediately inserted in the most prominent
scientific publications throughout the world. The essays will be
received by the Society not later than 31st December, 1884.
The intention and wishes of the donor of the prize will be best
given in his own words. " The questions chiefly to be solved in
the investigation of the Life History of the Bacillus of typhoid
fever, are — 1. What are the specific characters of the organism,
as distinguished from other Bacteria ? 2. What are the changes,
if any, which the organism undergoes in the human body 1 3.
What are its modes of development and reproduction in the
human body'? 4. What changes or metamorphoses, if any, does
the organism undergo after ejection from the human body, or in
any other condition of its existence 1 5. What fluids or other
substances seem best adapted for the growth and multiplication of
the organism 1 6. Can the organism live or be cultivated in pure or
distilled water 1 7. What are its limits of endurance of heat,
cold, dryness, or humidity 1 As far as these points are con-
cerned, the author should confine himself entirely to facts which
come under his own observation, and those should be given in
detail, with a full explanation of the method of investigation.
But in dealing with the results obtained by these investigations,
and the consideration of the means whereby a knowledge of the

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 181

life history of this most dangerous organism may help towards
its eradication, the theories and observations of others may appro-
priately be referred to, but in every such case the authority must
be correctly cited. The chief points to be ascertained in this
branch of the subject are — 1. How, and under what conditions,
does the organism get access to the human body 1 2. How can its
growth be impeded, or its vitality destroyed in the human body
without serious injury to the individual affected 1 3. How can it
be eradicated or rendered innocuous in wells, water-holes, drains,
&c."

The President remarked that the present seemed to be a very
opportune time to bring this matter forward, as the subject was
now engaging the serious attention of medical men, owing to the
prevalence of typhoid fevei*. He had been given to understand
that Australia offered exceptional opportunities for the investiga-
tion of the Bacteria, as the climate was favourable for their
growth during the greater part of the year. He expected, how-
ever, that essays would be received also from other parts of the
world, especially from Europe ; and he felt sure that the informa-
tion which would be obtained would be of great value in regard to
the treatment of typhoid fever and other diseases caused by the
different forms of Bacteria. It is owing to the unostentatious
liberality of the donor of the prize that this Society is afforded
the happy prospect of doing such great good ; for it is in deference
to the wishes of the member who has made this munificent gift
that his name should not be published in connection with it, but
tbat the prize should be offered by the Society.

PL.S.Voi IX

Plate 1

P L S Vol IX

Plate II.

WAHdei

WEDNESDAY, 25ih MARCH, 1884.

The President. 0. S. Wilkinson, Esq., F.G.S., F.L.S., in the chair.

MEMBER ELECTED.

James F. Fitzhardinge, Esq.

DONATIONS.

A pamphlet, "Notes on Wool." By P. N. Trebeck, Esq. From
the author.

" Catalogue of the Australian Museum Library," 1883. From
the Trustees.

" On Ogyris Genoveva, Hewitson, and its life history." By
W. H. Miskin, Esq., Brisbane. From the author.

" Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes." No. 160. Fevrier, 1884.
From the Editor.

" Me moires et Publications de la Societe des Sciences des Arts
et des Lettres du Hainaut." IV. Serie. Tome 16, for 1880.
From the Society.

" Sands' Sydney Directory for 1884." From Dr. Thomas
Dixson.

"Science." Vol. III., Nos. 50, 52 and 53. January 18th to
February 8th, 1884. From the Editor.

" Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Science, Philadelphia."

Part II., for 1883. From the Society.
13

184 DONATIONS.

" Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard
College, Cambridge, Mass." Vol XI., Nos. 5, 6, 7 and 8. From
the Curator.

" Saturated Steam, the motive power in Volcanoes and Earth-
quakes." By R. A. Peacock, C.E., &c. 1882. From the author.

" Voyage to New Guinea and the Moluccas, during the years
1774 to 1776." By Captain Thomas Forrest, One Vol., 4to,
illustrated. 1780. From Captain Hector, through Henry
Austin, Esq.

" Transactions of the Philosophical Society of New South
Wales." One Vol., 1862 to 1865. "Transactions of the Royal
Society of New South Wales." For the years 1868, 1872, 1873,
1876, 1877, 1878, 1879, 1880, 1881 and 1882. " Sedimentary
formations of New South Wales," by the Rev. W. B. Clarke.
1878. "New South Wales in 1881," by Thomas Richards.
1882. Presented with several additional miscellaneous publica-
tions by the Royal Society of New South Wales.

" Minerals of New South Wales," Second edition, by Prof.
Archd. Liversidge, F.R.S. Official "Report on Museums of
Technology, Science, and Art." 1883. Four Pamphlets on
Mineralogy. By Prof. Liversidge. From the author.

" Anthropologische Ergebnisse einer Reise in der Siidsee und
dem malayischen Archipel in den Jahren 1879 — 1882." By Dr.
Otto Finsch, 1884. From the author.

" Mittheilungen aus der Zoologischen Station, zu Neapel."
Band IV, Heft. 4, 1883. From the Director.

' Transactions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society," Vol.
XIII., Parts 1, 2, and 3, 1881-83. Also "Proceedings," Vol. VI.,
Nos. 1 to 6, 1881-83. From the Society.

PAPERS READ.

Plants which have become Naturalized in N". S. Wales.

By W. Woolls, Ph.D., F.L.S.

As, on several occasions, I have given partial lists of the plants
which have become naturalized in N. S. Wales, I propose now to
enumerate all such species as have been observed, and to arrange
them systematically according to the plan pursued by Baron
Mueller in his Census of the Australian Plants. There is a great
difficulty in determining, in some instances, whether certain species
are indigenous or introduced ; and as years roll on and native
plants disappear in the progress of cultivation, the difficulty will
be increased. In the preface to the Census, the Baron observes : —
" The lines of demarcation between truly indigenous and more
recently immigrated plants can no longer in all cases be drawn
with precision • but whereas Alchemilla vulgaris and Veronica
serpilli 'folia were found along with several European-Carices in
untrodden parts of the Australian A lps during the authors earliest
explorations, .4. arvensis and V. peregrina were at first only
noticed near settlements. The occurrence of Arabis glabra, Geum
urbanum, Agrimonia Eupatoria, Eupatorium cannabinum, Car-
pesium cernuum and some others may therefore readily be disputed
as indigenous, and some cpiestions concerning the nativity of
various of our plants will probably remain for ever involved in
doubts." Whilst it must be admitted, then, that there is some
degree of uncertainty in dealing with species supposed to be of
exotic origin, especially such plants as those to which the Baron
refers, there are many which are known to have been introduced
at particular times, and under particular circumstances, some
having been introduced for industrial purposes, and others having
sprung up amidst crops raised from foreign seed ; whilst the great
majority of those to which the name of weeds is given, have been

186 PLANTS WHICH HAVE BECOME NATURALIZED IN N. S. W.,

conveyed to us over the ocean by birds, by currents of air, or by
the woo], manes, tails, &c, of imported quadrupeds. As the great
majority of these plants, now common to Australia and other
regions, were not known to the first colonists, and do not appear
in the lists of plants published by the early Botanists, it is only
reasonable to suppose that such species were not found in N. S.
Wales at the beginning of the Century. Brown's Prodomus,
which gives an account of the Plants collected by him between the
years 1802 and 1805, is a most useful guide, so far as it goes, in
determining what species are really indigenous ; but even in that
most valuable work we are somewhat staggered in finding Solanum
nigrum, Verbena officinalis, Prunella vulgaris, and Cynodou
dactylon recorded amongst Australian plants. Judging a priori,
it might be thought that the first three of these came from Europe
and the last from India, but such does not appear to have been
the case. Some years ago, when Gyperus rotundus (then called
C. hydra) made its appearance in the (Government Gardens in
Parramatta, Oaley the Botanist regarded it as a foreign impor-
tation, and so it was looked upon until the publication of the
Seventh Vol. of our Flora, when Mr. Bentham proved from
specimens forwarded to him from Australia, that it was a plant of
very wide distribution, and identical with Brown's C. littoralis.
Some years after Caley had left the colony, he wrote to Mr. G.
Suttor, F.L.S., from the Island of St. Vincent, where he held the
office of Director of the Botanical Garden, referring to the Gyperus
which he had noticed in Parramatta and identifying it with the
weed which was doing so much mischief to gardens and plantations
in the West Indies. Now, this circumstance shows us how
difficult it is to determine, in some instances, whether certain
plants are indigenous or not. The same remark is applicable to
Cynodon dactylon, the " couch grass " of the colonists, for, whilst
Brown collected it at Port Jackson in the beginning of the present
century, it is known to be identical with the Doorba (sometimes
written Doorwa) or Hurry alee grass of India and to spring up
generally in ground that has been cultivated. On the flats near
some of our rivers, there is a grass called " Water Couch "

BY W. WOOLLS, PH.D., F.L.S. 187

{Paspalum distichum), which the old hands say was unknown in
the early days of the colony, and yet this grass is the same as;
Brown's P. littorale, which may still be found growing on the
shores of Port Jackson, as well as in the Tropical Regions of the
New and Old World. Sorghum Ifalapense (Andropogon Hala-
pensis) is another grass which presents some difficulty, for whilst
Baron Mueller places it amongst the indigenous species of Western
Australia, N". S. Wales and Queensland, the settlers on the banks
of the Hawkesbury look upon it as a recent importation, and seed
of it has been circulated under the name of Panicum spectabile !
There is good reason, therefore, for saying that " the lines of
demarcation between truly indigenous and more recently immi-
grated plants can no longer in all cases be drawn with precision."
It seems almost impossible to decide, indeed, in the case of certain
Caryophyllaceous and Cruciferous plants ; for, whilst they are
now widely disseminated throughout the colonies, there is no
record of them as indigenous in the early days of the colony. Sir
J. D. Hooker, writing in 1859, places Poly carport tetraphyllum
and Sagina apetala amongst introduced plants, but Baron Mueller,
in his recent Census (1883), regards them as common to several
parts of Australia. Again Hooker has Porttdaca oleracea in his
list of importations, but the Baron, having ascertained that the
plant occurs in five Australian colonies, as well as in the arid
regions of the north, is forced to the conviction that it is really
indigenous.

It is worthy of remark, that whilst many English plants have
become naturalized in Australia, no Australian plant has become
naturalized in England. Hooker observes : — " For my own part
I am disposed to consider that the three elements of (1) abundant
exportation of seed from Europe into Australia for agricultural
and horticultural purposes, and scanty export of Australian seed
produce to England ; (2) better adaptation of Australia than
England to support numerous forms of vegetable life ; and (3),
abundance of unoccupied ground in Australia as compared
with England, are, combined, all but sufficient to account for the
predominance of so many European naturalized plants in Australia,

188 PLANTS WHICH HAVE BECOME NATURALIZED IN N. S. W.,

and for the converse state of things in England." The climate and
soil differ so much from each other in England and Australia, that
one would scai"cely expect many species to be common to both, or
that the plants of the one should spring up accidentally amongst
those of the other ; and yet it appears, that, whilst Australian
plants are cultivated with difficulty in England, English plants
find their way hither and nourish; thus showing, that, owing to
the absence of long frosty winters and to the rare occurrence of
cold drizzling rains, Australia is better adapted to support
numerous forms of vegetable life than England.

In reviewing the list of naturalized plants, it will be found that
not more than one-sixth of the whole are monocotyledonous, whilst
of the dicotyledonous plants no less than 35 belong to the order of
the Composite. With regard to the scantiness of the former, it
may be observed, that as we descend in the vegetable kingdom,
the species are more Cosmopolitan in their character, or have a
wider distribution than plants of a higher organisation. Hence
grasses, rushes, and sedges, have many species in common in sub-
tropical and temperate countries. Balfour says that " Humboldt
and Bonfland, in their ti-avels in equinoctial America, did not see
an exogenous plant which was found equally in the New and the
Old World ; the only plants which they discovered common to
both being some grasses and sedges." As we proceed from the
tropics, the greater number of cosmopolitan species are likewise
endogens, whilst the introduced species of exogens vary in
proportion to the extent of cultivation, the character of the
soil, and the nature of their seeds. The Composite order
of plants being the most extensive of all orders, and the species
being found, though in different proportions, in all parts of
the world, it might naturally be expected that many of them
Mould find their way to this colony amidst the various seeds
imported for the purposes of cultivation. Such has been the case
in some instances, but the most troublesome weeds of the oi'der
appear to have been introduced accidentally. The seeds of many
( Composites are well adapted for a wide distribution, for whilst the
pappus of some species serves as an apparatus for conveying them

BY W. WOOLLS, PH.D., F.L.S. 189

through the air, the hooked or rough fruits of others cause them
to be taken from place to place by animals. Amongst the Compo-
sites, which of late years have become a pest to graziers, the two
species of ffypochoeris are the most remarkable. These plants
establish themselves in the -bush, as well as in cultivated ground,
and render the pasture unpalatable for stock, though T have been
informed, that in Victoria they are eaten by sheep. Now the
pappus of these species is well adapted for scattering the seeds in
all directions, as it is feathery and becomes the sport of everv
wind. The same remark is applicable to plants of the thistle kind,
and this accounts for the great increase of such plants in all parts
of the colony where they are permitted to go to seed. Xanthium
spinosum affords an instance of distribution in another way. This
plant (the Bathurst Burr of the colonists) has not any pappus, but
the fruit or burrs are covered with hooked prickles which adhere
to the manes and tails of horses, and the wool of sheep, and thus
the seeds ai'e conveyed from country to country. It is said that
it was brought in the first instance to this colony in the manes of
some South American horses, but it may also have found its way
from the Cape of Good Hope in the wool of some imported sheep,
for Dr. Shaw (Journal Lin. Soc, Vol. 14, 1874) traces its intro-
duction into South Africa, and its enormously rapid distribution
there, to that source. These instances, amongst many which might
be given, are sufficient to account for the number of introduced
Composites and their increase in the colony.

The consideration of this subject, in connection with the
progress of cultivation, is interesting as showing the changes
which are coming over the vegetation of N. S. Wales. It would
appear from the Vegetable Fossils found in our auriferous drifts
that the Flora of this colony and Victoria was very different
in ages past from what it is now, and that, in the pliocene period,
forests of trees which now exist only in fossilised fruits and wood,
extended to what forms at the present period the valley of the
Upper Macquai'ie. What relation the Flora of the past bears to
the Flora of the present, remains yet to be investigated ; but it
seems to be pretty well established that the genus " Spondylostrobus

190 PLANTS WHICH HAVE BECOME NATURALIZED IN N. S. W.,

differs from all other cupressineous genera, living as well as
bygone." (F. von Mueller in Geological Survey of Victoria). The
late eminent Geologist, the Rev. W. B. Clarke, alludes to the Flora
of the past in his work on "The Sedimentary Formations of N S.
Wales," p. 89, and Mr. Wilkinson the indefatigable Government
Geologist and President of the Linnean Society of N. S. Wales,
follows up the subject in his late Annual Address, informing us,
that the fossil leaves of the Miocene or Eocene period belong to 27
species and 21 genera, of which only six of the genera are contained
in the living Flora of Australia. Reasoning from these facts,
Mr. R. Etheridge, Junr., of the British Museum, concludes,
" That the Tertiary Flora of Australia is far more nearly allied to
the Tertiary Floras of other Continents than to the living Flora of
Australia." Great changes, then, have taken place in the Flora
of N. S. Wales in long ages past, and it is equally certain that great
changes (though probably from very different causes) are taking
place now. On this side of the Dividing Range, the destruction
of Eucalypts, the cultivation of the ground with foreign plants,
and the naturalisation of 170 species from different parts of the
world, have made great inroads on the indigenous Flora, and it is
not too visionary to predict, that, in the course of another
Century, many of the native plants will exist only in enclosed or
remote places ; whilst a mixed Flora, adapted to the altered
circumstances of the colony, will usurp the place of the past
vegetation. Where Sydney and Parramatta now stand, R. Brown
collected many of his specimens, and as it was customary in the early
days of the colony, to clear and burn off without reference to the
value of the timber, the Eiicalypts of which he speaks as so
difficult to classify, have long since passed away from the immediate
neighbourhood of these towns. In more recent times, the indis-
criminate ring-barking of such trees has extended through the
length and breadth of the colony, and, whilst the folly of this
policy cannot be too strongly condemned as having some effect on
the rainfall and health of the country, it is certain that it is
making a great revolution in the Flora. The Rev. J. E. Tenison-
Woods, in his very interesting account of Java, tells us that the

BY W. WOOLLS, PH.D., F.L.S. 191

natives never destroy a teak- tree without planting another in its
place, and he expresses a wish that the colonists in Australia
would be as careful in respect to one of our ironbarks (E. crebra),
which he regards as of equal value. It is rather strange that not
long since, I remonstrated with a gentleman for allowing his
overseer to ring-bark some of these very trees, for although
E. crebra is not the most valuable of the iron-barks, yet it is one of
our most durable timbers. But the changes to which I have
alluded are not confined to this side of the Dividing Range. Many
of the weeds enumerated in the subjoined list ai'e now found at
every sheep and cattle station in the interior, whilst it is to be
feared that some of the best salt-bushes, as well as the graceful
. myall, are doomed to extermination. When sheep feed continually
in the same paddocks, they eat down the salt-bushes and prevent
the growth of young plants, so that some stations, which formerly
had abundance of these plants, are now completely denuded of
them. The Myall also suffers from the cattle, for as the old trees
die off, the young ones are eaten or trodden down. In many
parts, useful grasses and another plants are springing up in the
place of those which are disappearing, but I mention the fact,
merely in illustration of the changes which are taking place in our
Flora. There was a time, when some of the orders now so largely
represented on this continent did not exist here, and when the
Flora of A ustralia was assimilated to that of Europe. And a day
will come most assuredly, when in the necessary process of
cultivation and the introduction of foreign species, many plants of
what are now deemed Australian types will make way for a new
order of tinners.

LIST OF PLANTS NATURALIZED IN N. S. W.
DICOTYLEDONE^E.

Ranunculace^e.

Ranunculus.
1. R. muricatus. (L.)

192 PLANTS WHICH HAVE BECOME NATURALIZED IN N. S. W.,
PAPAVERACiE.

Argemone.

2. A. Mexicana. (L.)

FUMARIA.

3. F. officinalis. (L.)

crucifer.e.

Lepidium.

4. L. sativum. (L.)

5. L. ruderale. (L.)

Raphanus.

6. R. raphanistrum. (L.)

Sinapis.

7. # arvensis. (L.)

Brassica.

8. J3. campestris. (L.)

Sisymbrium.

9. aS. officinale. (Scop.)

Senebiera.

10. S. didyma. (Pers.)

Capsella.

11. C. bursa-p>astoris. (Maench.)

Camelina.

12. C. dentata. (Pers.)

LlNEiE.

LlNUM.

13. L. Gallicum. (L.)

BY AV. WOOLLS, PH.D., F.L.S. 193

GERANIACEjE.

Pelargonium.

14. P. graveolens. (Ait.)

. Erodium.

15. E. moschatum. (Willd.)

OXALIS.

16. 0. cemua. (Thunb.)

MALVACEiE.

Malva.

17. M. rotundifolia. (L.)

18. M. parviflora. (L.)

19. M. sylvestris. (L.)

Cristaria.

20. C. coccinea. (Pmsh.)

Sid a.

21. S. rhoriibifolia. (L.)

EUPHORBIACEiE.

Euphorbia.

22. E. peplus. (Willd.)

23. E. helioscopia. (Willd.)

RlCINUS.

24. R. communis. (Willd.)

UrTICACEjE.

Urtica.

25. U. dioica. (L.)

26. U. wens. (L.)

194 plants which have become naturalized in n. s. w.,

Cannabinace^e.

Cannabis.

27. 0. saliva. (Willd.

C'ARYOPHYLLE.flE.

Gypsophila.

28. G. tubulosa. (Boiss.)

Silene.

29. S. Gallica. (L.)

Cerastium.

30. C. vulgatum. (L.)

Stellaria.

31. S. media. (L.)

Spergula.

32. S. arvensis. (L.)

Dianthus.

33. D.prolifer. (L.)

POLYCARPON.

34. P. tetraphyllum. (L.) (?)

PORTULACA.

35. P. oleracea. (L.) (?)

AMARANTACEjE.

Amarantus.

36. A. panicidatus. (L.)

37. A. blitum. (L.)

38. A. viridis. (L.)

BY W. WOOLLS, PH.D., F.L.S. 195

RlJMEX.

39. R. crispus. (L. )

40. R. conglomerates. (L.)

41. R. acetosella. (L.)

Salsolace^e. -

Chenopodium,

42. C. rmirale. (L.)i

43. C. ambrosioides. (L.)

Atriplex.

44. A. patula. (L.)

FlCOIDEiE.

Opuntia.

45. 0. Tana. (Mill)

46. O.Jicus indica. (Haw.)

47. 0. vulgaris. (Mill.)

Polygonace^e.

Polygonum.

48. P. aviculare. (L.)

49. P. orientals. (L.)

PlIYTOLACCEiE.

Phytolacca.

50. P. octandra. (L )

LEGUMINOSvE.

Argyrolobidm.

51. A. Andrewsianum. (Stead.)

Medicago.

52. M. sativa. (L.)

53. M. lupidina. (L.)

54. M. macidata. (L.)

55. M. denticidata. (L.)

196 plants which have become naturalized in n. s. w.,

Trifolium.

56. T. jyratense. (L.)

57. T. repens. (L.)

VlCIA.

58. V. sativa. (L.)

59. V. hirsuta. (L.)

Lotus.

60. L. tetragonobohis. (L.)

Ulex.

61. U. Europanut. (Willi)

Cajanus.

62. C. bicolor. (D.C.)

Melilotus.

63. M. parviflora. (Desf.)

Eobinia.

64. E. pseudacacia. (Willd.)

EOSACEiE.

Eosa.

65. R. rubiginosa. (L.)

ONAGREiE.

(ENOTHERA.

66. 0. biennis. (L.)

67. 0. tetraptera. (Willd.)

Epilobium.

68. E. roseum. (Sm.)

BY W. WOOLLS, PH.D., F.L.S. 197

UmBELLIFERjE.

Ammi.

69. A majus. (L.)

SlUM.

70. S. latifolium. (L.)

71. S. angusti folium. (L.)

Pastinacia.

72. P. sativa. (L.)

Anethum.

73. A. fceniculum. (Willd.)

BtJPLEURUM.

74. B. rotundifolium. (Willd.)

DlPSACACEjE.

SCABIOSA.

75. S. atropurpurea. (Willd.)

Passiflore^e.

Passiflora.

76. P. ccerulea. (Willd.)

Composite.

Centaurea.

77. C. Melitensis. (L.)

78. C. calcitrapa. (L.)

Carthamnus,

79. C. tinctorius. (L.)

Onopordon.

80. 0. acanthium. (L.)

198 PLANTS WHICH HAVE BECOME NATURALIZED IN N. S. W.,

ClRSIUM.

81. C. lanceolatum. (Scop.)

Carduus.

82. C. Marianus. (L.)

EUPATORIUM.

83. E. cannabinum. (L.)

Erigeron.

84. E. Canadensis. (L.)

85. E. linifolius. (L.)

Aster.

86. A. dumosus. (Willd.)

Xanthium.

87. X. spinosum. (L.)

Tolpis.

88. T. barbata. (Willd.)

Stegesbeckia.

89. S. orientalis. (L. )

G-alinsogea.

90. G. parviflora. (Cav.)

BlDENS.

91. B.jrilosa. (L.)

Tagetes.

92. T. glandidifera. (Schranck.)

Anthemis.

93. A. cotula. (L )

by w. woolls, ph.d., f.l.s. 199

Chrysanthemum.

94. C. segetum. (L.)

95. C. Parthenium. (Pers.)

SOLIVA.

96. S. anthemifolia. (B. Br.)

GNAPHALIUM.

97. G. luteo-album. (L.)

98. G. purpureum. (Thunb.)

Senecio.

99. S. scandens. (D.C. )

100. vulgaris. (L.)

Cryptostemma.

101. C. calendulaceum. (E,. Br.)

Hypoch^ris.

102. B. glabra. (L.)

103. H. radiata. (L.)

PlCRIS.

104. P. hieraciodes. (L.)

Crepis.

105. C. Japonica. (Benth.)

Wedelia.

106. W. hispida. (Kunth.)

Sonchus.

107. S. oleraceus. (L.)

ClCHORlTJS.

108. C. intybus. (L.)

14

200 plants which have become naturalized in n. s. w.,

Leontodon.

109. L. hirtus. (L.)

Tragopogon.

110. T. porrifolius. (L.)

Taraxacum.

111. T. dens-leonis. (Desf.)

Eubiace^;.

Galium.

112. G. aparine. (L.)

Sherardia.

113. S. arvensis. (Willd.)

CaMPANULACEjE.

Lobelia.

114. L. erinus. (L.)

PLANTAGINEiE.

Plantago

115. P. lanceolata. (Willd.)

116. P. major. (Willd.)

Primulace^e.

Anagallis.

117. A. arvensis. (L.)

Jasmines.

Ol;ea .

118. 0. Europaia. (Willd.)

AsclepiadacejE.

gomphocarpus.

119. 0. fruticosus. (R. Br.)

by w. woolls, ph.d.. f.l.s. 201

Apocyneje.

VlNCA.

120. V. rosea. (L.)

CONVOLVULACEyET

Ipoivlea.

121. /. purpurea. (Rot.)

CUSCUTA.

122. C.epithymum. (Willd.)

SOLANACEiE

SOLANUM.

123. S. pseudocapsicum. (L. )

124. *S\ auriculatum. (Ait.)

125. £. Sodomceum. (L.)

Verbasccm.

126. V. blattaria. (L.)

Celsia.

127. C Cretica. (L.)

NlCANDRA.

128. N. physaloides. (Gaertn.)

Lycium.

129. L. Ghinense. (Mill.)

Datura.

130. D. Tatula. (L.)

Nicotian a.

131. N. glaum. (Grah.)

202 PLANTS WHICH HAVE BECOME NATURALIZED IN N. S. W.,

SCROPHULARINE^.

LlNARIA.

132. L. elatine. (L.)

ASPERIFOLIiE.

ECHIUM.

133. E. violaceum. (L.)

Labiate.

Marrubium.

134. M. vulgare. (L.)

Stachys.

135. S. arvensis. (L.)

Leonites.

136. L. leonurus. (R.Br.)

Salvia..

137. S. verbenacea. (L.)

MOLUCELLA.

138. M. hevis. (L.)

VERBENACEiE.

Lantana.

139. L. camara. (L.)

Verbena.

140. V. Bonariensis. (L.)

141. V. venom. (G.& H.)

BY W. WOOLLS, PH.D., F.L.S. 203

MONOCOTYLEDONE^E.

Iride^.

SlSYRINCHIUM.

142. S. BerimTdirmum. (L.)

143. S. micramthum. (Cav.)

Trichonema.

144. T. bulbicodium. (U.K.)

Sparaxis.

145. S. tricolor. (H.K.)

Gladiolus.

146. G. cuspidatus. (H.K.)

LlLIACEyE.

Zephyranthes.

147. Z. Atamasco. (Herb.)

Allium.

148. A. fragrans. (Vent.)

Commeline^e.

oommelina.

149. C. Africana. (Willd.

Graminace^.

Stenotaphrum.

150. S. americanum. (Schrank.)

Apluda.

151. A. mutica. (L.)

204 PLANTS WHICH HAVE BECOME NATURALIZED IN N. S. W.,

PHALARIS.

152. P. canariensis. (L.)

Anthoxanthum.

153. A. odoratum. (L.)

Holcus.

154. H. lanatus. (L.)

Avena.

155. A. fatua. (L.)

Dactylis.

156. D. ylomerata, (L.)

POA.

157. P. annua. (L.)

158. P. glauca. (Sm. )

159. P. pratensis. (L. )

Briza.

160. B. maxima. (L.)

161. B. minor. (L.)

Bromus.

162. B. sterilis. (L).

163. B. mollis. (L.)

Ceratochloa.

164. C. unilioides. (L.)

BY W. WOOLLS, PH.D., F.L.S. 205

LOLIUM.

165. L. temulentum. (L.)

166. L. perenne. (L.)

Hordeujvi.

167. H. nodosum. (L.)

168. H. murinum. (L.)

Note. — Psoralea pinnata and Reseda. Inteola are by some regarded as

naturalized plants, and Sir J. D. Hooker, places the Peach-tree {Amygdalus

a) in the same category. The following species, which also appear in

his list, I have omitted, as I have never found them growing in a wild

state : —

Papciver album.
Papaver dubium.
EscJi-icholtzia ealifornica.
Lathyrus odoratus.
Latliyrus latifolius.
Lupinus p'tlyphyUus.
Delphinium consolidum .

206 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS.E,

THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS^E.
By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

Part L — The Classification of the Hydromedus^e.

The Hydvomedusae are here taken in the sense, which Claus (1)
attaches to his order Hydroidea. They are characterized by
Claus (I.e.) in the following manner : —

" Kleine Polypen nnd ramificierte, festsitzende Poly penstock e
mit inediisoiden Geschlechtsgemmen oder mit kleinen Medusen
als zugehorige Geschlechtsgeneration, sowie kleine mit Randsaum
versehene (craspedote) Medusen, ohne polypoide Ammengener-
ation."

It must be noted, that all Hydroid Zoophytes, " whether they "
have Medusoide Geschlechtsgemmen "or" produce generative
elements without the aid of medusoid buds, are placed in the order
Hydroidea by Claus. The same course will be adopced in this
paper.

Accordingly the Hydromedusas comprise the Hydroid Zoophytes
(Hincks), and the craspedote Medusen (Haeckel), together with
the Hydrocorallinse (Moseley.)

Although, perhaps only few groups of animals have been the
subject of so many papers, as the Hydroruedusse, still our know-
ledge, particularly of the Australian representatives of this group,
is very limited.

Most of the Hydromedusse undergo a change of generation,
which is very different in the different Families. The adult animal
with sexual products is in many cases a Medusa, and of course it
is this stage of the whole cycle of changing generations, which
must be considered most in describing, naming and classifying our
animals.

(1.) C. Claus Grundziige der Zoologie vierte Auflage. Seite, 248.

BY DR. K. VON LENDENFELD. 207

The relation between the adult . Medusa and the Hydroid
Zoophyte, on which it grows is similar to the relation between an
adult Proglottis of a Taenia and the non-sexual head of the
tape-worm.

It is an accepted custom in every branch of Zoology to classify
a series of changing generations, according to that stage in which
mature ova and Spermatozoa are found, and it is as expedient to
do this here as in any other group of animals.

However clear and self-evident this may appear, it has never-
theless not been done in the case of our Hydromedusre.

Here the non-sexual stages, the colonies of nutritive Zooids, on
which the sexual stages bud, are described and classified, whilst the
adult Medusa is unknown or ignored. This practice has been
followed by most of the authors on Hydroid Zoophytes, although
both Haeckel and Claus have shown the fallacy of such a practice.
And so the value of papers on this subject, which are written
without the consideration of the adult Medusa, is very small.
Besides this, in most cases, not even the nutritive Zooids but only
their skeletons have been accurately described.

Of course this is much easier and more convenient, than to
describe the soft Meduspe, which are difficult to obtain- and
preserve, and which have no skeleton at all — but it is not scientific.

"What would an Entomologist say if the dried skins of the larvae
of Cecidomya were used to classify these flies, and they were accord-
ingly placed under the annelid worms, instead of placing them
according to the structure of the adult Insect in the group of the
nemocerous flies. It would appear monstrous, but it is only the
same thing that has been done in the case of many Hydroid
Zoophites.

Besides describing the new forms I have found, the main object
of this paper is, to give a list of all the known Australian species,
with references.

Before entering on the subject it may be worth while to recall
to the recollection of the reader a few of the most interesting,
points concerning the morphology and physiology of our animals.

208 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS^E,

The recent researches of Kleinenberg (1), F. E. Schulze (2),
Hertwig (3), Weismann (4), Haraann (5), Jickeli (6), myself (7),
and others on the structure of the Hydromedusae, have thrown
quite a new light on these animals. With the aid of these authors
results and with the help of Haeckel's (8), Monagraph, I hope to
be able to extend our knowledge on this subject a little.

The great scientific interest which attaches to the study of the
Hydromedusa? and the nearly related Siphonophor-a, lies in the
Polymorphism of the individuals which belong to one colony. All
possible stages in the differentiation of the persons are met with,
and it is a thing of particular interest to follow the development
of this Polymorphism through its different stages.

This Polymorphism is attained in the following manner : — The
Hydroids multiply by budding, and all pei-sonsor individuals, with
the exception of the free Medusa-stages, which bud from the
original Polype, remain in continuity, their stomachs are united by
a tube. Now a division of labour takes place among the different
persons and consequently they change their shape and structure by
natural selection, differing finally very much from each other.

(1.) N. Kleinenberg. Hydra, 1S72.

(2.) F. E. Schulze. Cordylophora lacustris, 1871- Syncoryne Sarsii,
1873.

(3.) 0. und R. Hertwig. Das Nervensystem und die Sinnesorgaue der
Medusen, 187S. Der Organismus der Medusen, 187S.

(4.) Weismann. Die Entstehung der Geschlechtszellen bei den Hydroiden,
1883.

(5.) 0. Hamann. Der Organismus der Hydroidpolypen Jenaische
Zeitschrift. Band, XV. Seite. 545.

(6.) G. Jickeli. Der Bau der Hydroidpolypen. I., II., Morpholo-
gisches Jahrbuch. Band, VIII Seite, 373, 580.

(7 ) R. von Lendenfeld. Ueber das Nervensystem der Hydroidpolypen-
Zoologischer Anzeiger Nr. 131. Ueber eine eigentniimliche Art der
Sprossenbildung bei den Campanulariden. Zoologischer Anzeiger Nr. 130.
Ueber Wehrthiere und Nesselzellen Zeitschrift fur wiss. Zool. Band,
XXXVIII. Seite, 355. (Translated into English Annales ami Magazine
of Natural History. 5 Series. Nr. 71) Eucopella Campanularia Zeit-
schrift fur Wissenschaft. Zool. Band, XXXVIII. Seite, 497.

(8.) K. Haeckel. Das System der Medusen. Jena, 1879-1880. Die
Medusen der Challenger Expedition. Jena, 1S81 (Translated into English.
Report of the Zoology of the voyage of the " Challenger.")

BY DR. R. VON LENDENFELD. 209

In the simplest case of Protohydra we have a Polype, which
multiplies by fission and is propagated by generative elements,
produced in the wall of the body. Hydra multiplies by budding
and also produces ova and Spermatozoa in the wall of the gastral
cavity.

Both these Hydroids always remain single and never form
colonies : the budding persons are always completely isolated from
the parent. The same thing happens in the case of Myriothela.

In the stock-forming Hydroida, most of the buds do not attain
personal liberty but remain in connection with the primary
Polype, their common parent, by tubes through which the nutritive
chymus fiows freely. In the simplest case all the Polypes
belonging to one colony are alike : Clava is to be compared to a
colony of Hydra's. Whilst in Clava and Tabiclava the generative
elements are produced by all the Zooids, in other Hydroids the
production of generative elements devolves on certain Zoids only,
which change their shapes and became Blastostyles ; whilst the
other Zooids remain pretty much unchanged in appearance, losing
only the I'eproductive faculty. Division of labour causes some
persons belonging to the stock — a simple political unity — to
become alimentary, and others to attain reproductive functions.

To this group belong the Cordylophorinse, Binierinee, Campan-
larinse, Sertularinas, and perhaps also the fossil Graptolithes. Also,
the Pluinulavidaj are placed in it.

The Plumularidaa are characterized by the tranformation of
some of the Zooids into Machopolypes. These are persons whose
main duty is to defend the stock against outer enemies, and to
attack, slay, and bring home, food for the nutritive Zooids. They
are the soldiers and fishers of the colony ; often as many as 80% of
the Zooids of a colony are thus transformed into soldiers, a state of
affairs not even reached by the Continental powers. These
Machopolyps, or rather the cups in which they live, were formally
called Neuiatothecae or Sarcothecse.

210 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS^,

According to Metschnikoff (1) some of these, which possess no
thread-cells have also the function of devouring the trophosomes
of the colony when they get sick. With great acuteness Metsch-
nikoff (I.e.) follows up the similarity between this process and the
action of amoeboid wandering cells or white blood corpuscles and
festering cells, which perform the same duties in higher animals.
By the action of these analogous oi'gaus similar work is performed.

These Machapolypes appear in three different forms which are
sometimes met with in the same colony. They may possess thread-
cells or adhesive cells, similar to those found in the Ctenophorse,
or both. I have described the Morphology and Physiology of
these Machopolypes elsewhere. (2.)

An intermediate stage between the members of this latter
group and the Clavidae, is met with in Eudendrium, where there
are Blastostyles and Polypes, but Avhereboth may contain ripe ova,
and where the Polypes which mature the generative elements
afterwards, in many cases lose their tentacles, and so become
Blastostyles as it were under the eyes of the observer.

I propose to place all Hyclroids mentioned above with the
exception of those which produce free Medusae, or which are
descended from Hydromedusge which once produced free Zooids,
in the first Suborder the Hydropolypinae. The great difficulty
in executing this task and classifying the Hydroniedusae accoi'ding
to whether their Gonophores are medusoid or not, lies in the great
similai-ity between Polypostyles, that is Gonophores derived from
a generative Polype direct, and Medusoid Gonophores, that is
rudimentary Medusae.

I have attempted a classification, comprising all the Hydro-
medusa? in the Zoologischer Anzeiger, (3) but I fear, as I pointed

(1.) E. Metschnikoff. Ueber die intracellulare Verdaming bei wirbellosen
Thieren. Arbeiten aus dem Zool. Inst, der Universitat Wien Band V.
(Translated into English, Quarterly Journal of Mik. Science, Nr. 93.)

(2.) R. von Lendenfeld. Ueber Wehrthiere und Nesselzellen. Zeitschrift
fur wiss. Zool. Band, XXXVIII Seite, 355 (Translated into English
Annales and Magazine of Natural History, 5th Series. Nr. 71.)

(3.) B. von Lendenfeld. Das System der Hydromedusen. Zoologischer
Anzeiger 18S4.

BY DR. R. VON LENDENFELD. 211

out in that paper, that many of the statements contained in this
first attempt of the kind, are erroneous. Since then a work (1) on
the generative elements of the Hydromedusse, has appeared which
is equally excellent for the correctness of the observations con-
tained therein as for the ingenious conclusions drawn therefrom.
Although I did not receive this work until after this paper had
been read before the Linnean Society of N. S. Wales, I shall still
endeavour to make as much use of it as as possible.

The observations contained in this book are given in a table
(I.e. p. 214, f.f.), and show, that many of the genera which I had
placed in my former (I.e.) paper, among the Hydropolypina?, show
in the Gonophores no traces of a medusoid structure. There are a
few however, in the Gonophores of which such traces have been
discovered by Weismann ; genera which I had placed under the
Hydropolypinae. These are Sertularia and Plumularia.

Weismann (I.e.), states that two genera, namely Autennularia
and Campanularia are peculiar, for the extraordinary difference
between the male and female Gonophores. In both these genera
the male Gonophores show no trace of the Medusoid structuie,
whilst such a structure — several layers of cells outside the gener-
tive elements — is met with in the female.

Now of course it is quite out of the question to suppose, that
the ancestors of these two genera possessed female Medusae, whilst
the male Gonophores were always sessil Polypostyles. We must
therefore, conclude that both male and female Gonophores descended
from free Medusae or from sessile Polypostyles, Weismann
considers it probable — any such conclusion of course can only be
the more or less probable and never certain — that both descended
from free Medusas. Now the male, Dot Medusoid Gonaphores, of
these, are quite similar to those of other Hydroids, and so Weismann
concludes further, that also these (Aglaophenia Sertularella.
Opercularella) have descended from free Mudusae.

(1.) A. Weismann. Die Entstehung der Sexnolzellen bei deu Hydro-
medusen. Jena, 1883.

212 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS^E,

In this manner he brings all but five of those genera which
were investigated by him into the group with Medusoid Gono-
phores, my Hydrornedusinae. But even these five, with the
exception of Hydi-a (I.e. pag. 245 fl\), he finally considers to be
Hydromedusae with medusoid buds. These conclusions are
mainly based on the observations made by Weismann on the
wandering of the generative cells, one of the most important
discoveries concerning our animals, which were ever made,
statements which also I had occasion to confirm in my paper on
Eucopella.

The medusae certainly are more recent than the Hyclroid colonies,
and there can be no doubt, that the Hydroid colonies must have
been propagated sexually before Medusas were formed. It would
appear very strange if no such ancestral forms should have come
down to us as it is clear that now the free Medusae are in many
cases worse than useless and have therefore again become rudi-
mentary. The cases of Gonophores which show traces of a
Medusoid structure doubtlessly belong partly to the Hydro-
rnedusinae as they have really descended from Hydromedusae with
free Zooids. On the other hand it is certainly possible that some
of these are not rudimentary Medusae but real Polypostyles. It
is only a case of greater or smaller probability, and probability
always is a subjective feeling. Weismann thinks it probable that
these Gonophores are rudimentary Medusae, and his opinion is of
great weight if we consider the excellency of his work on the
subject, and I dare say he is quite right.

I for my own part have not been convinced by his publication,
and consider it as probable that Gonophores, which are not
rudimentary Medusae, do exist. Whether all the forms, which
according to my idea, have other Gonophores, and therefore ai'e
placed among the Hydropolypinae really belong there, is another
question. In doubtful cases I decided according to the position of
the Gonophore for the reasons given in my former paper
(Zoologischer Anzeiger) on this subject.

The Hydroid colonies are often overgrown by tufts of Diatoms
and other Protista, and a Medusa produced near the base of the

BY DR. R. VON LENDENFELD. 213

colony would in consequence not be able to swim away whilst the
small embryo escaping the Gonongium could easily penetrate the
marine undergrowth, which, of course, in this case, is of
advantage to the colony, hiding and sheltering the Gonophore.

I have, therefore, in doubtful cases, placed those Hydro-
medusinae, which have Gbnophores at the base of the colony
under the Hydropolypinae, those on the other hand, which bear
exposed Gonophores under the Hydromedusinae.

The first suboi'der of the Hydromedusse, the Hydropolypinae,
comprises accordingly Hydi'a, the Clavidae, Eudench'idae, Cordy-
lophorinae, Bimei-ina?, Campanularinae, Sertularinae, the Plumu-
laridse, and Dicorynidae. I have also placed the Graptolithidae
under this heading.

We meet with cpiite a different kind of Polymorphisne in
another series of Hydrornedusse. Here Medusas are formed, that
is Hydroid persons, which lead a free life and are provided with
an apparatus for free locomotion. This apparatus is in most cases
a bell-shaped Umbrella, an extremely clumsy and unsuitable
propelling organ. Only very few Medusae are destitute of an
Umbrella and crawl on their mai-ginal tentacles like Clavatella
(Eleutheria.)

These Medusae, which had originally the function of distributing
the species like the winged Imagines of Insects, with which
they are to be compared, are small when born and often grow to a
large size afterwards. In such cases the nourishment assimilated
by the Medusa greatly exceeds that, which the Polyp colony
needs. Such Hydromedusae however (Zygodoctyla) are rare. In
most cases they remain small, losing more and more the function
of taking up noui-ishment which in such cases devolves on the
Polyp colonies.

Finally Medusa? are produced which only live a short time
(Globiceps), and which already bear ripe sexual products at the
time of their liberation. The stomach of such Medusae may even be
obliterated (Eucopella) and an organism is produced, which like
the Ephemera is in fact only an apparatus for carrying the
sexual product to a greater distance like the Hectokotylus.

214 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS-E,

These rudimentary Medusae, produced, of course, in the
ordinary course of natural selection, show that it is in many cases
advantageous for the species not to have free swimming stages.
In consequence of this the Medusae may even become more
rudimentary, and finally remain attached to the Hydroid colony,
where they mature the sexual products within them (Tabularia.)
When ijhey have once become so far rudimentary, their parts,
particularly the locomotive organ, the Umbrella will be obliterated,
unless it is utilised for some other purpose (Weismann, Dohrn),
and we shall finally have a Medusoid Gonophor before us.
According to Weismann all Gonophores are rudimentary Medusae
as stated above. I, however, do not wholly agree with Weismann
on this point, although I gladly admit that this is quite possible.

I place all Hydroid colonies which produce Medusas, and also
those which possess Gonophores of a doubtless medusoid origin in
this group, which I designate as the second Suborder of the
Hydromedusae, the Hydromedusinae. I accordingly place the
Anthomedusidae (Anthomedusse Haeckel), the Tubularidae (com-
prising Coryne, Myriothela, Stylactis, Tubularia, Pennaria and
related genera), the Leptomedusidae (Leptomedusae Haeckel), and
those Campanularidae which possess decidedly medusoid Gono-
phores as Gonothyrea and Halecium in this suborder.

In the first of these families, the Medusae bud on all the Zoids
and become free, in the second they also bud on all Polypes of the
stock, but are more or less rudimentary. In the third and fourth
family the Medusae bud on differentiated Polypes, Blastostyls
becoming free in the one and rudimentary in the other.

Some Hydroid colonies producing Medusae, which belong to
Haeckel's Margelidae, are so different from the others that I place
them in accordance with Glaus in a separate family the
Hydractinidae, which evidently connects the calcareous Hydro-
corollinae with the chitinous Hydromedusinae.

The Hydrocorallinae themselves, which I reckon as the third
suborder, also produce Medusae, or at least some of them do, but
the calcareous skeleton seems to me to be so important a
characteristic, because it points to fundamental chemical differences

BY DR. R. VON LEXDENFELD. 215

in the Protoplasme, that I separate them in accordance with Claus
from the other Hydromedusee.

The process described above, by which the Medusae became
more and more rudimentary, was apparently advantageous only
for one series of Hydromedusae, whilst in another series we find
the Hydroid colony becoming more and more rudimentary
inasmuch as the nourishment is more and more assimilated by the
Medusa stage and less by the Polypes.

This process which is indicated in Zygodactyla may go so far
that the Polype stages are finally done away with altogether, and
a Medusa is produced direct from the ovum without the inter-
mediate stage of a Polype. In this manner the change of
generation is done away with altogether and we have Medusa?
before us, which, although probably descended from Hydroid
ancestors, show no trace of such a descendance, and now only the
comparative anatomy of these forms proves that they belong to
our Hydroniedusae. Such Medusae are very numerous. Clatcs
combines all these forms in his suborder Trachomedusse, which
corresponds with our fourth suborder Trachoniedusinse.

The Trachotnedusinse comprise Haeckel's Trachomedusae and
Narkomedusee, which correspond to our families Trachomedusidae
and Narkomedusidae.

It appears to me that the total neglect of those Hydromedusai,
which do not produce free Medusae, in Haeckel's System der
Medusen is not true to nature. If Haeckel considers the
Lucernaridae as part of the Acraspaedaa which they doubtlessly
are, one would also expect that he would include the Hydroid
Polypes in his Craspedotae. And I think I shall follow out
Haeckel's ideas better by placing them there than by separating
them from those Hydromedusae which produce free zoids.

The difference between Craspedotae and Acraspedae is so great
that it seems advantageous to separate these two groups entirely.
In this point I agree with Claus. The great similarity between
the two is only analogy and not homology. At all events the
Hydroid Zoophytes are much more nearly related to the
Ciaspedote Medusae than the latter to the Acraspedae.
15

216 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUSSE,

The Polypomedusee form in my classification the second classis
of the subtype Cnidaria (1), (Claus) of the Coelenterata, and
comprise all polypiform and Medusiform animals. I have selected
this name for the Hydromedusse of Claus (2), and given the
reasons for doing so in my preliminary report (3). Since then I
have received Claus's Lehrbuch of Zoology (4), and I find that
Claus also has adopted in the latter publication this term, which I
had found independently to be the most expressive.

The Polypomedusae as a classis are devided into the three
ordines Hydromedusa? (Hydroidea Claus, Hydromedusse Weis-
ma?in), Syphonophora and Scyphomedusal (Ray Lankaster, Acras-
paedse Gegenbaur, Haeckel.)

Our Ordo Hydromedusse is, as mentioned above, to be divided
into four suborders. The relative value of these classificatory
terms is elucidated in the following table : —

Type Coelenterata.

1. Subtype Spongise.

2. Subtype Cuidaria.

Subtype Cuidaria.

1. Classis Anthozoa.

2. Classis Polypomedusse.

3. Classis Ctenophorse.

Classis Polypomedusae.

A , n ( 1. Ordo Hydromedusa?.
Aphacellse < J

( 2. Ordo Syphonophora.

Phacellotse 3. Ordo Scyphornedusse.

(].) Marshall has objected in a recent publication (Die Ontogenie von
Reniera filigrana, Zeitschrift fiir wiss. Zool. Band XXXVII.) to this term
on the ground that it "den Begriff nicht deckt " (I.e. Seite 243 Anmer-
kung), I don't see what advantage would be gained in altering Claus's
generally adopted term in this case.

(2.) C. Claus. Grundziige der Zoologie, 4te Auflage, Seite 243.

(3.) JR. v. Lendenfeld. Das System der Hydromedusen. Zoologischer
Anzeiger, Band VI., 18S4.

(4.) C. Claus. Lehrbuch der Zoologie 1883, Seite 306.

by dr. r. von lendenfeld. 217

Ordo Hydromedus^:.

1. Subordo Hydropolypinse.

2. ,, Hydromedusinse.

3. „ Hydrocorallinse.

4. ,, Trachoniedusinse.

If we now classify the Hydromedusse according to the principles
set forth above we shall arrive at the following classificatory
system : —

Schemas are attached to the diagnoses. The italics represent
stages which do not take up nourishment, the stages given in
ordinary print represent such which do. The schema's also show
the way in which the budding process alternates with the sexual
propagation. As the change of generation is caused by this
alternation on the one hand and influenced mainly by the phase
in which nourishment is taken up, these schema's will elucidate
the differences which are met with among the Hydromedusse in
this respect.

The most important genera are mentioned. Genera which are
imperfectly known have been omitted.

218 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS.E,

ORDO, HYDROMEDUSX Cams, 1863.

HYDROPHORAE. Huxley, 1856.
HYDROIDEA. Agassiz, 1862.
HYDROID^. Claus, 1876.

THE POLYPCOLONIES.

HYDROID ZOOPHITES. Hinks, 1868. (Old term.)

THE MEDUSAE.

CRASPEDOT^E. Gegenbaur, 1856.
CYCLONEUELE. Eiiner, 1878.
APHACELL^E. Haeckel, 1878.
CRASPEDOT^E. Haeckel, 1879. (1.)

POLYPES WITHOUT GASTRAL FILAMENTS OFTEN IN COLO-
NIES, SOMETIMES WITH GREATLY TRANSFORMED GENERA-
TIVE OR DEFENSIVE PERSONS, AND CYCLONEUROUS MEDUSAE,
WITHOUT GASTRAL FILAMENTS.

I.-SUBORDO HYDROPOLYPIN^E. Von
Lendenfeld, 1884.

HYDROMEDUS^E GENERALLY FORMING COLONIES OF ALI-
MENTARY AND GENERATIVE PERSONS. THE TWOFUNCTIONS
MAY DEVOLVE ON ALL PERSONS ALIKE, OR BE EXECUTED BY
DIFFERENT ZOOIDS. RARELY SOLITARY. NOT PRODUCING
MEDUSA. THE BLASTOSTYLS OF THE HYDRO POLYPIN^E ARE
TRANSFORMED POLYPES AND NOT RUDIMENTARY MEDUSAE.

( 1 . ) Other synonyms in the works referred to.

BY DR. R, VON LENDENFELD. 219

I. FAMILY HYDKID^E. Huxley, 1856.

Multiplying by budding or fission, and by sexual cells produced
in every Polype (1) Solitary.

-SCHEMA.
Polype Ovum

Polype

I
Ovum.

Protohydra. Greff.

Hydra. Linne.

Etc.

2. FAMILY CLAYID^E. Yon Lendenfeld, 1884. non
Allman !

Forming colonies, all persons alike and all maturing (2) sexual
cells on hollow tentacular pi'ocesses.

SCHEMA :
Ovum

I

Polype

I
Hydrorhiza

I
First Polype

I
Ovum.

(1.) In this and in other similar cases it is very likely, and has indeed
been observed, that although the Polypes which produce ova are similar to
others which may not appear adult ; budding and sexual propagation are
not carried on by the same individual at the same period. It appears
likely, that here, as in the Infusoria, periods of sexually multiplying and
budding generations alternate, and so a division of labour in time exists,
which may lead to a division of labour in space, if the budding persons
remain attached to one another.

(2.) " Maturing " in this and the following definitions, because the
generative elements in many cases are produced elsewhere, and wander into
the place, where they finally reach maturity at a comparatively late period.

220 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS^E,

1. SUB-FAMILY CLAVINxE,
With scattered filiforme tentacles.
Clava. Gmelin.
Tubiclava. Allman.
Rhyzogeton. Agassiz.

2. SUB-FAMILY CORYNIN.E.
Withjscattered capitate tentacles.
Coryne. Gartner.
Actinogonium. Allman.
Wrightia. Allman.
Stylactis. Allman.

3. FAMILY MYRIOTHELID^E. Allman, 1872.
Solitary with scattered capitate tentacles. Some of the tentacles
are transformed and bear the sexual products.

SCHEMA.
Polype

Ovum

I
Polype.

Myriothela. Sars.

4. FAMILY EUDENDRIM:. Allman, 1872.

Forming colonies, all Polypes may mature sexual product

whereby they are often changed into Polypostyles without mouth

or tentacles.

SCHEMA.

Ovum Ovum

I I

Polype Polypostyl

Hydrorhiza

I
First Polype

I
Ovum.

Endendriam. Allman.

BY DR. R. VON LENDENFELD. 221

5. FAMILY BLASTOPOLYPID^E. Von Lendenfeld, 1884.

Forming colonies with differentiated Alimentary and Generative

Zooids. The latter are Polypostyles and mature the sexual

products. The Alimentary Zooids do not take part in the sexual

i (^production.

_SCHEMA.

Ovum

I
Polype Polypostyl

Hydrohiza

I
First Polype

I
Ovum.

I. SUB-FAMILY. CORDYLOPHORIN^.
Alimentary Zooids of the Colony, with scattered filiform,
tentacles not protected by a chitinous cup.
Cordylophora. Allman.
Merona. Norman.

II. SUB-FAMILY. BIMERUSLE.
Alimentary Zooids with one verticil of filiform tentacles, not
protected by a chitinous cup.

Heterocordyle. Allman.
Pachycordyle. Weismann.
Garveia. St. Wright.
Bimeria. St. Wright.
Coinistes. St. Wright.
Etc.
III. SUB-FAMILY. CAMPAXULARIN^E.
Alimentary Zooids, with one verticil of filiform tentacles in
chitinous cups which are connected with the Hydrorhiza by more
or less developed stalks, and never adnate to the stem.
Campanularia. Lamarck.
Opercularella. Hincks.
Calycella. Hincks.
Etc.

222 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS.E,

IV. SUB-FAMILY. SERTULARIN^.
SERTULARID/E. Hincks.
Alimentary Zooicls, invested by chitinous cups, which are more
or less adnate to the stem, and never possess separate Hydrocauli.
Lineolaria. Hincks.
Sertularia. Linne.
Diphasia. Agassiz.
Sertularella. Gray.
Pasythea. Lamouroux.
Idia. Laumouroux.
Thuiai'ia Fleming.
Hydrallmania. Hincks.
Triplograptus. Richter.
Corynoides. Nicholson.
Dendrograptus. Hall.
Callograptus. Hall.
Dictyonema. Hall.
Ptilograptus. Hall.
Thomnograptus. Hall.
Buthograptus. Hall.
Tnocaulis. Hall.

G. FAMILY. GRAPTHOLITHID^:.

Possessing a chitinous Endo- and Exo-skeletori. The former
rod-shaped. Colonies free swimming, probably extinct. From
the Cambrian to the lower Devonian.

I. GROUP. GRAPTOLIDEA. Lapworth.
Hydrosom developed from a Sicula, every canal containing
Coenosarc, bears only one row of cells. Axis (Virgula) on the
dorsal side in a furrow of the inner lamina.

A. MONOPRIONID/E.
Hydrotheca? in oue row opposite the axis.

BY DR. R. VON LENDENFELD. *2 2 3

1. SUB-FAMILY. MONOGROPTINJE.
MONOGROPTIDvE. Lapworth.

Developed one-sided ; pointed ends of the Sicula pointing
upwards, united with the dorsal margin of the proximal end of a
single or composite Hydrosome.

Monograptus. Geinitz.

Rostrites. Barrande.

Cryptogi'aptus. Carruthers.

Azygograptus. Nicholson.

Dimorphograptus. Lapworth.

2. SUB-FAMILY. LEPTOGRAPTIN^E.
LEPTOGRAPTID.^. Lapworth.

Hydrosom bilateral, with irregular branches. Cells apart, just
touching. Sicula persistent in the axilar. The broad part
forming the proximal end of the Hydrosome.

Leptograptus. Lapworth.

Amphigraptus. Lapworth.

Pleurograptus. Nicholson.

Nemograptus. Emmons.

Coenograptus. Hall.

3. SUB-FAMILY. DICHOGRAPTESLE.
DICHOGRAPTID^E. Lapworth.
Bilateral. Branches of regular cells, very dense, rectangular
Sicula persistent. Its point at the proximal end of the Hydrosome.
Didymograptus. McCoy.
Trichograptus. Nicholson.
Tetrograptus. Salter.
Goniograptus. McCoy.
Schizograptus. Nicholson.
Temnograptus. Nicholson.
Ctenograptus. Nicholson.
Dichograptus. Saltei*.
Lagonograptus. Hall.
Clonograptus. Hall.
Clematograptus. Hopkins.
Cladograpsus. McCoy

224 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS.E,

4. SUB-FAMILY. DICRANOGRAPTIN/E.
DICRANOGRAPTID/E. Lapworth.
Hydrosom consists of two originally dorsally united axes. Cells
overlapping. Exterior part indented. Broad end of the Sicula
on the proximal end of the Hydrosoina.
Dicellograptus. Hopkins.
Dicranogi'aptus. Hall.

B. DIPRIONIDiE.
Cells in two rows, axis central.

5. SUB-FAMILY. DIPLOGRAPTIN^.
DIPLOGRAPTID.E. Lapworth.
Hydrosom consists of two branches dorsally joined. Sicula
imbedded. The broad part forming the proximal end of the
Hydrosom.

Climacograptus. Hall.

Diplograptus. McCoy.

Glyptograptus. Lapworth.

Petalograptus. Suess.

Cephalograptus. Hopkins.

6. SUB-FAMILY. PHYLLOGRAPTIN^E.
PHYLLOGRAPTID^E. Lapworth.
Hydrosom consists of four biserial axes, which coalesce with
their dorsal sides. Sicula imbedded. The broader ends close to
the pi'oximal terminations of the Hydrosoms.
Phyllograptus. Hall.

II. GROUP. RETIOLOIDzE. Lapworth.
No Sicula. The Coeaosark of the common canal developes a
double row of cells. Epidermis supported by chitnious fibers.

7. SUB-FAMILY. GLASSOGRAPTIN/E.
GLASSOGRAPTIDvE. Lapworth.
Both axes united in the middle of the body.
Retiograptus. Hall.
Sasiograptus. Lapworth.

BY DR. E. VON LENDENFELD. 225

8. SUB-FAMILY. GLADIOGRAPTI^E.
GLADIOGRAPTID^E. Lapworth.
Both axes separate. Perfect exoskeleton of chitinous fibres.
Clathrograptus. Lapworth.
Trigonograptus. Nicholson.
Retiolithes. Barrande.
7. FAMILY PLUMULARID^E. Hincks, 1868.
Forming a colony. Alimentary and Generative Zooids, and
Machopolyps. Alimentary Zooids with one verticil of filiform
Tentacles.

Ovum

Blastostyl Polyp Machopholyp

Hydroriza.

I
First Polyp

I
Ovum.

Ophiodes. Hincks.
Plumularia. McCrady.
Antennularia. Lamarck.
Aglaophemia. McCrady.
Halicornaria. Busk.
Halicornopsis. Bale.
Sciarella. Allman.
Acanthella. Allman.
Schizatricha. Allman.
Polyplumaria. Sars.
Heteroplana. Allman.
Acanthochladium. Allman.
Lithocarpus. Kirchenpauer.
Kirchenpaueria. JickelL
Streptocaulus. Allman.
Diplochilus. Allman.
Cladocarpus. Allman.
Azigo plana. Allman.
Etc.

226 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS^,

8. FAMILY DICORYNID^E. Allman.
Generative Zooids free swimming Polypes with two tentacles
and without a mouth, carrying two ova each.

These Zooids bud only on Polypostyles, and never on the
Alimentary Zooids which have one verticil of filiforine tentacles.

SCHEMA.

Ovum

Free Polypoid

I
Polyp Poly-postyl

Hydrorldza

I
First Polyp

I
Ovum.

Dicoryne. Allman.

II. SUBORDER HYDROMEDUSIN^E. Von

Lendenfeld, 1884.

COLONIES OF POLYMORPHIC ZOOIDS. THE ALIMENTARY
ZOOIDS RETAIN THE SHAPE OF POLYPES, WHILST THOSE IN
WHICH THE SEXUAL PRODUCTS REACH MATURITY ARE
MEDUSAE, WHICH MAY BECOME FREE OR REMAIN ATTACHED
TO THE COLONY AND BECOME RUDIMENTARY.

9. FAMILY ANTHOMEDUSIDA^E. Von Lendenfeld, 1884.

Anthornedusa?. Haeckel, without the Cytaeidae of Haeckel.

Medusae become free, without Otoliths, with Ocelli at the base
of the tentacles. Gonads in the outer or oral wall of the gastral
cavity. Mostly four Radial Canals. The Polype colonies on which
these Medusae bud, contain alimentary Zooids, which are not
invested by chitinous cups. The Medusae bud mostly on the
ordinary alimentary Polypes, exceptionally they are also born on
peduncles and bud direct from the Hydrorhiza. A division of
labour between alimentary Polypes and Polypes, which produce
Medusae, Polypostyles does not occur.

BY DR. R. VON LENDENFELD. 227

SCHEMA. .

Ovum

I
Medusa

I
Polyp

- I

Hydrorhiza

I
First Polyp

I
Ovum.

or :
Ovum
Medusa Ovum

Medusa
Polyp

rr I

Hydrorhiza

First Polyp

I
Ovum.

or :
Ovum
Polyp Medusa

V

Hydroriza

First Polyp

_ I
Ovum.

228 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUSyE,

I. SUB-FAMILY. CODONIN^.
CODONLILE. Haeckel.

Mouth simple, with flaps or barbels. Gonade simple tube
shaped, not divided radially, with four simple Radial Canals and
unbranched tentacles. Alimentary Zooids, with tentacles, which
are scattered, or in two verticils.

Codonium. Haeckel.

Sarsia. Lesson.

Syndictyon. A. Agassiz.

Ectopleura. L. Agassiz.

Dipurena. MacCrady.

Bathycodon. Haeckel.

Dicodonium. Haeckel.

Dinema Van. Beneden.

Steenstrupia. Forbes.

Euphysa. Forbes.

Hybocodon. L. Agassiz.

Ampbicodon. Haeckel.

Amalthaea. O. Schmidt.

Globiceps. Ayres.

Gymnocoxyne. Hincks ?

Vorticlava. Alder.

Acharadria Strethill. Wright.

Dendroclava. Weismann.

II. SUB-FAMILY. TIARIN^E.
TIARID^E. Haeckel-
Anthomedusidse with four broad Moutharms, with four or four
pair of gonads, four simple Radial Canals and unbranched tentacles.
The alimentary Zooids of the Polypecolonies with scattered
capitate tentacles.

Protiara. Haeckel.
Moderia. Forbes.
Corynites. McCrady.
Amphinema. Haeckel.
Codonorchis, Haeckel.

BY. DR. R. VON LENDENPELD. 229

Stomodoca. L. Agassiz.
Panthaea. Lesson.
Conis. Brandt.
Tiara. Lesson.
Tunis. Lesson.
Catablema. - Haeckel.
Turritopsis. McCrady.
Callitiara. Haeckel
Corydendrium Van. Beneden 1

III. SUB-FAMILY. MARGELIN^E.
Margelidse. Haeckel, with the exceptian of Haeckel's Genera
Cytaeis, Cubogaster, Dysinorphosa, Cytasandra.)

Anthoniedusae, with simple or branched moutharms. Gonade
divided into four or eight marginal flaps. The Medusae bud on
Colonies of Polypes, which contain alimentary Zooids, with a
verticil of filiform tentacles.

Lizusa. Haeckel.

Lizzia. Forbes.

Lizzella. Haeckel.

Thamnitis Haeckel.

Thamnostylus. Haeckel.

Thamnostoma. Haeckel.

Limnorea. Peron.

Margelis. Steenstrup.

Hippocrene. Mertens.

Nemopsis. L. Agassiz 1

Margelium. Haeckel.

Rathkea. Brandt.

IV. SUB-FAMILY. CLADONEMIN^E.
CLADONEMID^E. Gegenbaur.
Anthoniedusae, with branched tentacles, with 4 — 8 simple or
branched Radial Canals, and four or four pair of gastral Gonads.
The Medusae bud on Polypecolonies which contain alimentary
Zooids, with scattered capitate tentacles.
Pteronema. Haeckel.
Zanclea. Gegenbaur.

230 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROHEDUS.E,

Gemmaria. McCrady.
Eleutheria. Quatrefages.
Ctenavia. Haeckel.
Cladonema. Diyardin.
Dendronema. Haeckel.
Heterostephanus. Allman ?

10. FAMILY TUBULARLD^E. Von Lendenfeld, 1884.
The Medusas in tins family become more or less rudimentary,
and remain attacked to the Polypes.

All Zooids are alike and all bear Medusae.

SCHEMA.
Ovum

Medusoid bud

I
Polyp

I
Hydrorhiza

I
First Polyp

I
Ovum

I. SUB-FAMILY. PENNARIN^E.
The Polypes possess a distal set of capitate and a proximal set
of filiform tentacles.

Pennaria. Goldfuss.
Halocordyle. Allman.
Monocaulus Sars 1

II. SUB-FAMILY. TUBULARIN.E.
The Polypes possess two verticils of filiform tentacles.
Tubularia. Allman.

III. SUB-FAMILY. ATRACTYLIN.E.
The Polypes possess a single verticil of filiform tentacles. The
medusoid buds are produced on the Uydrocaulus.
Atractvlis. Hincks.

BY DR. R. VON LENDENFELD. 231

11. FAMILY LEPTOMEDUSID^E. Von Lendenfeld, 1884.
LEPTOMEDUS.E. Haeckel.
Medusea with Ocelli or Ectodermal Otolithes and Gonads,
developed in the walls of the Radial Canals.

Medusae always budding on transformed Polypes, Polypostyls
and never on the alimentary Zooids.

Alimentary Zooids and Polypostyles invested by a chitinous
Perisarc.

SCHEMA :

Ovum

I
Medusa

Polyp Polypostyl

V

Hydrohiza

I
First Polyp

Ovum.

I. SUB-FAMILY THAUMANTINA.
THAUMUANT1D.E. Gegenbaur.
Leptomedusa? without marginal vesicles, simple Ptadial Canals.
Tetranema. Haeckel.
Dissonema. Haeckel.
Octonema. Haeckel.
Thaumtias. Eschscholtz.
Staurostoma. Haeckel.
Laodice. Lesson.
Melicertella. Haeckel.
Melicertissa. Haeckel.
Melicertum. A. Agassiz.
Melicertidium. Haeckel.
Orchistoma. Haeckel.
16

232 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUSCE,

II. SUB-FAMILY. CANNOTIN,E.
AKNOTIDiE. Haeckel.
Leptonieduspe, without marginal vesicles, with branched Radial

Canals.

Staurodiscus. Haeckel.

G-aninerna. A. Agassiz.
Ptychogena. A. Agassiz.
IStauropkora. Brandt.
Polyorchis. A. Agassiz.
Cannota. Haeckel.
Discannota. Haeckel.
Berenice. Peron et Leseur.
Dipleurosoma. A. Boeck.
Dicronocanna. Haeckel.
Toxorchis. Haeckel.
Veletta. Haeckel.
Willia. Forbes.
Proboscidactyla. Brandt.
Cladocanna. Haeckel.

III. SUB-FAMILY. EUCOPIX.E.
EUCOPID^E. Gegenbaur.
Leptomedusse, with marginal vesicles and four simple unbranched

radial canals.

Eucopium. Haeckel.
Saphenella. Haeckel.
Eucope. Gegenbaur.
Obelia. Peron et Leseur.
Tiaropsis. L. Agassiz.
Euchilota. McCrady.
Phialium. Haeckel.
Pbialis. Haeckel.
Mitrocomium. Haeckel.
Epeuthesis. McCrady.
Mitrocomella. Haeckel.
Phialidium. Lemkart.

BY DR. R. VON LENDENFELD. 233

Mitroconia. Haeckel.
Eutiminiu. Haeckel.
Eutima. McCrady.
Saphenia. Eschsckoltz.
Eutirueta. Haeckel.
Eutimalplaes. Haeckel.
Octorckidium. Haeckel.
Octorckis. Haeckel.
Octorchandra. Haeckel.
Irenium. Haeckel.
Irene. Escksckoltz.
Tima. Escksckoltz.

IV. SUB-FAMILY. EUCOPELLIN.E. Von Lendenfeld.

Medusa without stomach, highly developed organs of sense, no
tentacles, eight marginal vesicles. Four radial canals, which send
branches into the Gonads.

Alimentary Zooid, with 32 tentacles and a Perisarc. Blastostyl
consisting of four radial tubes, between which the Medusae bud.

Ova formed as in the Conipanularinse in the Hydrorhiza.

SCHEMA :

Ovum

I
Medusa

I
Poly Blastostyl

V

Hydrorhiza

I
First Polyp

I
Ovum,

Eucopella. Von Lendenfeld.

234 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUSiE,

V. SUB-FAMILY AEQUORIN^E.
Aequoridee. Eschscholtz.
"With marginal vesicles and numerous (at least 8), often branched
Radial Canals.

Octacanna. Haeckel.
Zygocanna. Haeckel.
Zygocannota. Haeckel.
Zygocannula. Haeckel.
Halopsis. A. Agassiz.
Aequorea. Peron et Leseur.
Rhegmatodes A. Agassiz.
Stomobrachium. Brandt.
Staurobrachium . Haeckel.
Mesonema. Eschscholtz,
Polycanna. Haeckel.

12. FAMILY CAMPANULINID^E. Von Lendenfeld, 1884.

Colonies of Polypes which ate differentiated into alimentary

Zooids with one verticil of filiform tentacles and generative

Polypes, Polypostyles without mouth or tentacles. Both kinds of

Zooids are invested by chitinous capsules. The Polypostyles only

produce by budding sexual Zooids, which are rudimentary Medusae

and never become free.

SCHEMA :

Ovum

I
medusoid btid

I
Polype Polypostyl

Hydrorhlza

I
First Polyp.

I
Ovum.

Gonothyrea. Allman.

Halecium. Oken.

(According to "Weismann all the genera placed under the heading

Campanularidge, should be placed here.)

BY DR. R. VON LENDENFELD. 235

13. FAMILY HYDRA.CTINID.E. Von Lendenfeld, 1884.
Hydractinidae. Claus (1).

Polypecolonies with free or rudimentary Medusae. The free
Medusae belong to Haeckels Sub-family Cytaeidae, and possess
Ocelli at the base of the tentacles, and no Otolithes. The tentacles
are scattered and equally distributed. With simple Moutharms.

The Polype colonies consist of a dense mass of entwined Hydro-
rhizse from which the Hydrocauli, simple or slightly branched
grow forth. The alimentary Zooids possess one verticil of filiform
tentacles. The Medusae bud from the Hydrorhiza, or on mouth-
less Polyps, Polypostyles, rarely on the alimentary Polypes. Besides
the alimentary and Generative Zooids we meet with defensive
Spiral Zooids. (P. Wright.)

I. SUB-FAMILY CYT^EUSLE.
Cytaeidse. Haeckel.
Producing free Medusae, which bud from the Hydrorhiza.

SCHEMA :

Ovum

Medusa Polype Spiralzoid

entwined Hydrorhiza, basal plate

First Polype

Ovum.
Cyteeis. Eschscholtz.
Cubogaster. Haeckel.
Dysrnorphosa. Philippi.
Cyteandra. Haeckel.
Corynopsis. Allman.

II. SUB-FAMILY HYDRACTININ^.

Medusae bud on Polypostyls, remain sessile and become rudi-
mentary (or immersed in the basal plate V)

236 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMKDUB^,

SCHEMA :

Ovum

I .
medusoid bud

I
Spiralzooid Polype Polypostyl

entwined Hydrorhiza, basal plate

I
First Polype

I
Ovum

Hydractinia. Van Bemeden.

Coppinia, Hincks 1

III. SUBORDER HYDROCORALLIJSLE.

Moseley.

ALIMENTARY ZOOIDS WITH FEW VERTICILLATE, CAPITATE
TENTACLES. HYDRORHIZA FORMING A DENSE CALCAREOUS
SKELETON WHICH ALSO INVESTS THE POLYPES. GROUPS
OF MACHAPOLYPES, IN THE FORM OF TENTACULAR ZOOIDS,
SURROUND THE ALIMENTARY POLYPES.

Ultimately generative Zooids are probably Medusae

SCHEMA (?) :

Ovum

I
Medusa

I
Machopohjp Polype

Hydrorihiza

I
First Polype

I
Ovum.

BY DR. R. VON LENDEXFELD. 237

14. FAMILY. STROMATOPOMD^E. Murie and Nicholson.
Possessing undulating laminae in the skeleton.
Stromatopora. Goldfuss.
Stylodictyon. Murie and Nicholson.
Clathrodictyon. Murie and Nicholson.
Pachystroma. Murie and Nicholson.
Dictyostroma. Murie and Nicholson.
Ellipsactinia. Steinmann.
Cannopora. Murie and Nicholson.
Stromatocerium. Murie and Nicholson.
Labechia. Lansdale.
Etc.

15. FAMILY. MILLIPORID.E. Moseley.
Alimentary Zooids, with from 4 to 6 tentacles. Polypary with
many conic protuberances divided by Tabula?. Coeneuchym with
reticulating canals.

Millepora. Linne.
Pliabothrus. Pourtales.
Axopora. Edwards.
Porosphaera, Steinmann.
Cylindrohyphasma. Steinmann.
Etc.

16. FAMILY. STYLASTERIDJE. Gray.
Alimentary Zooids with from 4 to 12 tentacles. Massive
Hydrosom containing tubes which possess pseudosepta formed by
the regular position of the tentacular Zooids.
Cryptohelia. E. H.
Stylaster. Gray.
Allopora. Ehrenberg.
Polypora.
Eudobelia. E. H.
Distichopora. Verill.
Lepidopora. Pourtales.
Errina. Gray.
Pentalophora. Kent.
Etc.

238 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS.E,

IV. SUBOEDER TRACHOMEDUS1NJE.

Von Lendenfeld, 1884.

TRACHOMEDUS^ CLAUS.

HYDROMEDUS^ WHICH ARE MEDUSiE, AND ARE PROPA-
GATED SEXUALLY WITHOUT A CHANGE OF GENERATION AND
WITHOUT FORMING POLYPOID ZOOIDS. MEDUS-2E WTITH
ENTODERM AL ACUSTIC CLUBS.

SCHEMA :

Ovum

I
Medusa

I
Ovum

or :

Ovum

!

Medusa Ovum

Medusa

I
Ovum.

17. FAMILY TRACHOMEDUSID^E. Von Lendenfeld, 1884.
Trachomedusae. Haeckel.
The Gonads are developed in the walls of the Radial Canals.

1. SUB- FAMILY PETASNLE.
Petasidse. Haeckel.
With 4 Radial Canals, with long tube shaped stomach. Acustic
clubs free or in vesicles on the margin of the Umbrella.
Petasus. Haeckel.
Dipetasus. Haeckel.
Petasata. Haeckel.
Petachnum. Haeckel.
Aglauropsis. F. Miiller.
Gossea. L. Agassiz.
Olindias. F. Miiller.

BY DR. R. VON LENDENFELD. 239

II. SUB-FAMILY. TRACHINEMINiE.
TRACHINEMID^E. Gegenbaur.

With 8 Radial Canals, with long tube-shaped stomach.
Trachyneraa. Gegenbaur.
Marmanema, Haeckel.
Rhopalonema. Gegenbaur.
Pectillis. Haeckel.
Pectis. Haeckel.
Pectanthis. Haeckel.

III. SUB-FAMILY. AGLAURIN^.
AGLAURIDJE. L. Agassiz.

With 8 Radial Canals and with a pedicle to the stomach.
Aglantha. Haeckel.
Aglaura. Peron et Lesseur.
Stauraglaura. Haeckel.
Persa. McCrady.

IV. SUB-FAMILY. GERYONIN.2E.
GERYONID^. Haeckel.

Four or 6 radial tubes, leaf-shaped gonads. Long stomach
pedicle, 8 or 12 marginal peronise, and as many acustic vesicles.
Liriantha. Haeckel.
Liriope. Lesson.
Glossoconus Haeckel.
Glossocodon. Haeckel.
Geryones. Haeckel.
Geryonia. P6ron et Leseur.
Carmaris. Haeckel.
Carmarina. Haeckel.

18. FAMILY. NARKOMEDUSID^E. Von Lendenf eld, 1884.

NARKOMEDUS^. Haeckel.
Trachomedusse, with gastral gonads.

240 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROS! EDUSiE,

I. SUB- FAMILY. CUNANTHIN/E.
CUNANTHID.E. Haeckel.

With broad pouch-shaped Radial Canals, with otoporpa.
Cunantha. Haeckel.
Cunarcha. Haeckel.
Cunoctantha. Haeckel.
Cunoctona. Haeckel.
Cuuina. Eschscholtz.
Cunissa. Haeckel.

II. SUB-FAMILY. PEGANTHIN^,
PEGANTHID^E. Haeckel.

Without Radial Canals and without gastral pouches in the sub-
umbrella. With otoporpa.

Polycolpa. Haeckel.
Polyxenia, Eschscholtz.
Pegasia. Peron et Leseur.
Pegantha. Haeckel.

III. SUB-FAMILY. AGEININ-ffi.
AEGINIDiE. Gegenbaur.
Circular canal in communication with the gastral cavity by
double peranial tubes. With gastral pouches without otoporpa.
Aegina. Eschscholtz.
Aeginella. Haeckel.
Aegineta. Gegenbaur.
Aeginopsis. Brandt.
Aeginura. Haeckel.
Aeginodiscus. Haeckel.
Aeginodorus. Haeckel.
Aeginorhodus. Haeckel.

IV. SUB-FAMILY. SOLAMARIN^I.
SALMARID^]. Haeckel.
Without circular canal and without otoporpa, with or without
Radial Canals.

Solmissus. Haeckel.

BY DR. E. VON LENDENFELD. 241

Solmundus. Haeckel.
Solmundella. Haeckel.
Solmoneta. Haeckel.
Solmaris. Haeckel.

In this list, of course, by no means all known genera are
mentioned, but I have endeavoured not to omit any of the more
recently established ones.

The older genera, for instance, of Lomouroux and Lamai'ck, and
those recent ones, which appear too doubtful, have not been
included.

This classification will, like all its predecessors, doubtlessly be
full of errors, but I think the leading idea of it is the correct one,
although the application of it in detail has in many cases very
likely been a wrong one. And so I beg the reader to judge
mildly of this attempt at a reasonable classification of the Hydro-
medusae.

242 THE SCYPHOMEDUS.E OF THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE,

THE SCYPHOMEDUS2E OF THE SOUTHERN
HEMISPHERE.

By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

Part II.

III. Ordo. — Cubomedus^e.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 423, 1879.

Ckarydeidse. Gegenbaur, 1856.

Marsupialidse. Agassiz, 1862.

Conoraedusse. Haeckel, 1878.

Lobopkora. Claus, 1878.

Acraspede with 4 perradial niai'ginal bodies, wkick contain an
acoustic club, witk Entodermal Otolitke sack, and one or more
eyes ; 4 interradial tentacles or tentacle clusters. Gastral cavity
with four wide perradial square pouches. Gonads four pair leaf-
shaped bulges, which are fixed by their margin to the four
interradial septa. They are developed from the Sub-umbral
Entoderm of the pouches of the stomach. And they project free
into their cavity.

Family. Charybdeidce. Gegenbaur, 1856.
Cubomedusae with 4 simple interradial tentacles, and 4 perradial
marginal bodies, without any marginal flaps in the velarium, but
with 8 marginal pouches, without arms in the 4 radial pouches.

Genus. Procharybdis. Haeckel, 1879.
Ckarydeidse witk 4 simple interradial tentacles witk Pedalia,
simple velarium witkout velar-canals and without Frenula.

Species. Procharybdis tetraptera.
Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 437.
Tafel, XXV. Figuren, 3, 4.

BY DR. R. VON LENDENFELD. 243

Umbrella nearly oval, 1£ times as high as broad, vertex flat ;
the 4 side surfaces strongly curved. Gastral cavity flat with 4
large oval mouth flaps. In the interradial elongated corners of
the base of the Gastral cavity there are 4 pairs of wing-shaped
Phacellse, every one hand-shaped and split in 20 — 30 filaments.
Margin of the Umbrella wit h 8 flat adradial gallert-flaps. Velarium
simple, narrow, continuous. The distance of the niches of the
sense organs from the margin of the Umbrella is about the same
as that of the Pedalbase. Four Pedalia very large, about as long
as the height of the Umbrella ; leaf-shaped, with 2 large wings.
The Abaxial wing reaches nearly to the middle of the interradial
margin of the Umbrella. The Axial wing is very narrow above,
and very broad and deeply cut out below. Four tentacles are
higher than the height of the Umbrella.

Size : Breadth of Umbi'ella, 20 mm. Height of Umbrella,
30 mm.

Locality : Indian Ocean ; Sunda, Archipel. Rabbe.

Species. Procharybdis Jlagellata.
Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 438.

(1) Marsupialis flagellata, Lesson, 1843, Acalephes, p. 278.
Umbrella conic, stubbed above. The height twice the width ; 4
side surfaces strongly curved. The 4 interradial sides rounded
and a little projecting. Gastral cavity 1 Margin of Umbrella
continuous with 8 laps. Velarium simple, narrow, continuous.
The distance of the niches of the sense organs to the margin of the
Umbrella is about half the distance of the pedal base. 4 Pedalia
lancet shaped and half as long as the height of the Umbrella, with
very narrow wings. Tentacles sevei^al times as long as the height
of the Umbrella.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 20 mm. Height of Umbrella,
40 mm. ; Ontogenesis unknown.

Locality: North Coast of Australia : Torres Straits. Weber
(New Guinea. Lesson *?)

244 THE SCYPHOMEDUS.E OF THE SOUTHEKN HEMISPHERE,

Species. Procharybdis cuboides.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 439.

Umbrella nearly cubic, stubbed above, the same height as
breadth. Gastral cavity square, quite flat with 4 short mouth
flaps. 4 Phacelles bipartate, with very short and numerous
Gastral filaments. Twice as broad as their interval. Margin of
Umbrella hardly flapped. The distance of the niches of the sense
organs to the margin of the Umbrella about half the distance of
the pedal base. Velarium pretty broad, quite simple, plaited.
Pedalia nearly lancet-shaped, broadest in the middle, with two
narrow wings, half the height of the Umbrella. Tentacles about
as long, swollen to a roundish knob at the end.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 35 mm. Height of Umbrella,
35 mm. Ontogenesis unknown.

Locality : Tropic Zone of the Pacific Ocean ; Sandwich Islands.
Ballier.

Species. Procharybdis securigera.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 640.

Umbrella nearly cubic, stubbed above, as high as broad. Gastral
cavity quadrate, flat, with 7 triangular mouth flaps, 4 pair wing-
shaped Phacellse, every one split in 10 — 20 filaments. Margin of
Umbrella slightly 8 flapped. The distance of the niches of the
sense organs from the margin of the Umbrella is the same as their
distance from the pedal base. 4 Pedalia axe-shaped, half as long as
the height of the umbrella. 4 Tentacles which are longer than the
height of the Umbrella swollen at the base to a roundish knob.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 40 mm. Height of Umbrella,
40 mm.

Locality : Pacific Coast of Central America. Fuchs.

Genus. Charybdea. Peron et Leseur.
Charybdeide with 4 simple interradial tentacles, with Pedalia,
suspended velarium (velar-canals with 4 perradial Frenula). Gastral
cavity flat and low, without broad mesenteria. 4 horizontal
groups of filaments, single or double, fascicular or pencil-shaped,
onlv on the interradial corners of the fundus.

BY DR. R. VON LENDENFELD. 244

Species. Charybdea alata. Reynaud.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 441.

Charybdea alata. Reynaud, 1830. Lesson's Centurie Zoolo-
gique, p. 95. PI. 33. Fig. 1.

Marsupialis alata. Lesson, 1843. Acalephes, p. 278.

Tamoya alata. L. Agassiz, 1862. Monogr. Acal. Contrib.,
IV., p. 174.

Umbrella conic, about as high as broad. Gastral cavity very
small, scarcely half as broad as the Umbrella-radius. Gastral
cavity simple. Four Phacelhe simple pencil-shaped, scarcely half as
broad as their interstices. The distance of the niches of the sense
organs from the margin of the Umbrella is J as great as their
distance from the pedal base. Velarium narrow in every quadrant
with 6 simple velar canals. Pedalia lancet-shaped, nearly as long
as the Umbrella is high, with rather broad wings.

Colour : Gastral cavity blue, accoi'ding to Eeynaud.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 30 mm. ; height of Umbrella,
33 mm ; Ontogenesis unknown.

Locality : South Atlantic Ocean, Reynaud, South Africa.
W. Bleek.

Genus. Tamoya. Fritz Miiller, 1859.

Charybdeide, with 4 simple interradial tentacles, pedalia,
suspended velarium, (with velar-canals and 4 perradial Frenula,)
Gastral cavity large and deep, connected with the Sub-umbrella,
by 4 broad perradial mesenteria. Four filament groups of vertical
rows of threads, or brush-shaped bands which represent the inter-
radial middle-lines of the sides of the Gastral cavity.

Species. Tamoya haplonema. Fritz Miiller, 1859.

Haeckel, System der Medusen, Seite, 443, 1879.

Tamoya haplonema, Fritz Miiller, 1859; Abhandl. Naturf. Ges.
Halle. Bat. V, p. 1., Taf. I.. IT.

Tamoya haplonema, L. Agassiz, 1862 ; Monogr. Acal. Contrib.
IV., p. 174.

246 THE SCYPHOMEDUS^E OF THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE,

Umbrella nearly quadrangular-prismatic, stubbed at the top,
more than J as high as it is broad. Gastral cavity nearly
globular, occupying the upper half of the Sub-umbrella-cavity.
Twice as high as the infundibuliform mouth-tube, which is split
below into 4 short triangular mouth-flaps ; 4 Phacellte simple
interradial rows of thread, which pass through the upper § of the
Gastral side of the cavity. Velarium broad, with numerous
dendritic ramified canals. Pedalia in the form of clubs, twice
as long as broad, about £ as long as the height of the Umbrella,
spreading towards the base, two winged with broad meridial-
wings.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 120 mm. Height, 150 mm-
Ontogenesis unknown.

Locality : Coast of Brazil, Desterro, Santo Catharina. Fritz-
Miiller.

Species : Tamoya bursarice. Haeckel.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 444, 1879.

Bursarius cythereso, Lesson, 1829 \ Voyage de la Coquille,
Zoophytes, p. 108, pi. XIV., fig. 1.

Bursarius cythereaB, L. Agassiz, 1862. Monogr. Acal. Contrib.
IV, p. 174.

Umbrella semi-spherical, the upper third curved, the other
thirds cubic, \\ as high as broad. The semi-spherical cupola and
the 9 quadratic side-surfaces are papillous, sprinkled with large
nettle-knobs. The 4 corner pillars, half as broad as the side-surfaces,
are divided into two parts by a deep furrow, and longitudinally
finely ribbed. Margin of Umbrella only slightly thickened,
divided into many triangular prismatic ridges by deep cuttings.
From which 6 — 8 are on each of the 4 side-surfaces.

Pedalia oval, three-cornerd, l£ as long as the sub-umbrella
cavity, the dorsal margin wing-shaped, rising from the margin
of the Umbrella.

Size : Breadth cf Umbrella, 70 mm. ; height of Umbrella,
100 mm. ; Ontogenesis unknown.

Locality : New Guinea, Kawack. Waigion. Lesson.

BY DR. R. VON LENDENFELD. 247

Species. Tamoya gargantua. Haeckel.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 444.

Beroe gai'gantua, Lesson, 1829 ; Voyage de la Coquille, Zoo-
phytes, p. 261, pi. XV., fig. 1.

Epomis gargantua, Lesson, 1S43, Acalephes, p. 262.
Umbrella quadrangular-pyramidal, twice as high as broad.
Diameter of the opening of the Umbrella 3 times as large as that of
the stubbed summit. Exumbrella with 16 deep longitudinal furrows,
by which 16 convex divisions of nearly the same breadth are
formed. Gastral cavity nearly globular, occupying the upper
third of the Sub-umbrella cavity, 4 Phacelke, simple interradial
rows of threads along the sides of the Gastral cavity. Velarium
broad, with numerous, dense slightly branched canals. Pedalia
nearly sickle-shaped, with broad convex abaxial wings, narrow
concave abaxial-wings, \ as long as the Sub-umbrella cavity.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella 80-100 mm. ; height, 200 mm.
Ontogenesis unknown.

Locality : Tropical part of the Pacific Ocean, Tahiti, Lesson,
Samoa, Weber.

Family. Chirodropidce. Haeckel, 1879.
Cubomeduste, with 4 interradial tentacle-bundles and 4
perradial marginal bodies ; with 16 marginal pouches in the
marginal flaps of the velarium and 8 umbral arms in the 4 radial-
pouches.

Genus. Chirop>salmus. L. Agassiz, 1862.

Chirodropidag, with 8 simple finger-shaped pouch-arms on the
Umbrella-wall of the 4 radial-pouches, with 4 hand-shaped
Pedalia, which possess numerous tentacles, and with S leaf-
shaped Gonads.

Species. Cliriropsalmus zygonema. Haeckel.
Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 641.
Umbrella quadrangular pyramidal, stubbed above, 1^ times
as high as broad, with the suspended velarium. Mouth-tube
small, with 4 flaps, half as long as the roundish Gastral-
17

248 THE SCYPHOMEDUS.E OF THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE.

pouch, the side-walls have 4 interradial arched Pkacellae. The
two pouch-arms oval and very small ; 4 Pedalia leaf-shaped, two-
edged, not symmetrical, about ^ as long as the height of the
Umbrella, every one with 2 short gallert-processes. Altogether
8 tentacles.

Size : Breadth of the Umbrella, 40 mm. ; height of Umbrella,
60 mm.

Locality : South Atlantic Ocean. Smith.

Species. Chiroj>salmus quadrwmanus. L. Agassiz.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 447-

Chiropsalmus quadrumanus, L. Agassiz, 1862 ; Monogr. Acal.
Contrib. IV., p. 174.

Tamoya quadrumana, Fritz Muller, 1859; Abhandl. Naturf.
Ges. Halle, p. 1., Tef. I.

Umbrella bell-shaped, nearly semi-spherical, together with the
suspended velarium scarcely as high as broad. Mouth-tube large,
quadrangular pyramidal, split into 4 strong triangular mouth-
flaps, higher than the nearly globular gastral pouch, which
contains 4 interradial crooked arched rows of Gastral filaments.
Two pouch-arms on the umbral-wall of each radial-pouch, near
their entrance, very large, fingershaped, simple and more than half
as long as the pouch itself. Four Pedalia hand-shaped, not
symmetrical, nearly as long as the height of the Umbrella,
every one with 10 narrow gallert-processes. Altogether 40 long
tentacles.

Size: Breadth of the Umbrella, 120 mm.; Height of the
Umbrella, 130 mm. Ontogenesis unknown.

Locality : Coast of Brazil, Desterro Island, S. Catharina. Fritz
Muller.

Genus. Cliirodro'pus. Haeckel.

Chirodropida?, with 8 quadripartite, half feathered pouch-arms
on the umbral-wall of the 4 radial-pouches, with 4 hand-shaped
Pedalia, which possess numerous tentacles, and with 8 grape-like
Gonads.

BY DR. R. VOX LF.XDEXFELD. 249

Species. Chirodropus palmatus. Haeckel.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite. 448.

Umbrella quadrilateral-prismatic, vaulted above like a bell,
with the suspended velarium 1^ times as high as broad.
Margins strongly projecting, sides flat. Mouth-tube with 4 flaps,
scarcely half the height of the oval Gastral pouch. Both pouch
arms on the umbral-wall of each radial-pouch are aduate in their
two upper thirds, and are only free in the lower part and split
into a great many filaments. Four Pedalia hand-shaped, not
symmetrical, very large, neaily as long as the height of the
Umbrella, each with 21 long and broad band-shaped gallert-
processes. Altogether 84 long tentacles.

Size: Breadth of Umbrella, 70 mm. ; height of Umbrella
100 mm. Ontogenesis unknown.

Locality : South Atlantic Ocean, not far from the Island St.
Helen. Levasseur.

Species. Chirodropus gorilla. Haeckel.

Haeckel, System der Medusen, 448.

Umbi"ella bell-shaped, nearly semi-sph?erical Together with
the suspended velarium 1 \ times as high as broad, margin slightly
projecting, side curved. Mouth-tube quadrilateral-pyramidal
nearly as high as the globular gastral-pouch. Both pouch-arms on
the umbral-wail of the radial-pouches are adnate in their upper
third, in the lower part they hang freely in the pouch, and are
split into numerous filaments. Four Pedalia hand-shaped, not
symmetrical scarcely as high as the height of the Umbrella, each
with 9 long narrow gallert-processes.

Altogether 36 tentacles.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 120 mm.; height, 150 mm.
Ontogenesis unknown.

Locality : Coast of New Guinea, Ckiiichozo Loango. Falkenstein.

250 on some fossil plants from dubbo, n. s. wales,

On some Fossil Plants from Dubbo, New South Wales.

Plate IX.

By the Rev. J. Milne Curran, F.G.S.

While attempting to determine the geological position of the
so-called Hawkesbary Sandstone at Dubbo, I have been gradually
led to study the fossil plants which are so abundantly represented
in the district. A few yeai's ago I submitted my collection of
fossils to the Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, who identified the species
already known at that time. Shortly afterwards he gave a diagnosis
and figures of all the new species in a paper entitled, " The Fossil
Flora of the Coal Deposits of Australia," published in Vol. VIII.
of our Proceedings. The following is a list of the fossil plants
described therein :

Filices.

Sphenopteris crebra, Ten. -Woods. Ballimoi'e.
Sphenopteris glossophylla- Ten. -Woods. Baltimore.
Neuropteris australis, Ten.-Woods. Baltimore.
Thinnfeldia odontopteroides, Morris. Dubbo.
Thinnfeldia media, Ten.-Woods. Dubbo.
Alethopteris Currani, Ten.-Woods. Ballimore.
Alethopteris concinna, Ten.-Woods. Ballimore.
Merianopteris major, Feistm. Ballimore.

Conifers.

Walchia milneana, Ten. -Woods. Ballimore.

Since the publication of the paper referred to, I have collected
fossils from many parts of the district. Cf these some are well-
known species, but others cannot be referred to any hitherto
described Australian forms.

Odontopteris macrophylla, sp. now Plate IX., fig. 3.
Frond pinnate and bipinnate. Pinnules more or less opposite,
oblkpiely ovate to ovate-acuminate, free, obliquely inserted by
the whole base. No costa. Veins fine, all arising from the rachis,

BY THE REV. J. MILNE CURRAN, F.G.S. 251

dichotomous, diverging as they ascend, and numbering 30 to 33 at
the margin. Length of longest pinnule, 10; width of base, 9.
Length of specimen, 67 : all millimetres.

Loc. Dubbo.

This beautiful and undoTibted species of Odontopteris (Brong-
niart) is very different from M'Coy's 0. microphylla, from which
it is easily distinguished by its greater size and general habit.
The Dubbo species was found in a shaft sunk on the Railway line
at 275 miles 25 chains. It is common in a dark carbonaceous
shale, associated with Thinnfeldia odontopteroides, Hymenophyllites
dubia, and Alethopteris australis.

I am of opinion that many of the very fine impressions on the
Dubbo Sandstones, considered to be some species of Thinnfeldia, can
be referred to this genus. On Plate IX., fig. 4a, I have reproduced
a pinnule of Thinnfeldia odontopteroides from Dr. Feistmantel's
" Palaeozoische und mesozoische Flora des ostlichen Australiens,"
for comparison with a pinnule of Odontopteris. In mere
impressions or casts, showing no trace of the venation, the one
cannot be distinguished from the other. The differences, however,
are very great. In Thinnfeldia the veins arise, partly from one,
which is almost median, and partly from the rachis ; while in
Odontopteris all the veins come direct from the rachis.

Alethopteris australis. Morris (as Pecopteris).

Refs — Strzelecki, Ph. Desc. of New South Wales, pi. VIII.,
figs. 1, 2, 2a. M'Coy, Pake. Vict., pi. XIV, fig. 3, p. 17.

Feistmantel quotes this fern from the Clarence River — the only
locality hitherto known for it in N.S.W. There can be no doubt
as to its identity ; as in the case of Thinnfeldia and Hymeno-
phyllites. I have been able to mount some pinnules on microscopic
slides, so that the venation can be followed as easily as in a recent
fern.

Loc. Same as proceeding.

2~)2 ON SOME FOSSIL PLANTS FROM DUBBO, N. S. WALES,

TlIIXXFELDIA ODONTOPTEROIDES. Feistm. PI. IX., fig. 4.

Refs.— Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W., Vol. VIII., p. 1C2.

This fossil plant has been described and figured in almost every
variety by Dr. O. Feistmantel in the work already referred to.
As Feistmantel's papers are not easily procurable, and as Thinn-
feldia is (in Australia) a recognised characteristic mesozoic fossil,
I herewith present a figure of a specimen, from Garensey's Quarry,
Dubbo, where it is very common. It is confined to a particular
bed — a sparsely micaceous, finely bedded, friable sandstone. It
occurs, either in the shape of sharply defined casts, which show
Thinnfeldia to have been a plant with stout coriaceous pinnules,
or as a red impression (peroxide of iron), which is reduced to
dust by exposure.

In a shaft sunk on the Railway, about three miles from the
Quarry, Thinnfeldia fossils are found in a remarkable state of
preservation, in a black carbonaceous shale. The shale may be
truly described as consisting almost entirely of plant remains. As
the shale is taken out fresh it is not easy to see the fossils, but as
the stone weathers they peel off in flakes. It is only necessary to
steep them in water, and pinnule separates from pinnule and rachis
from rachis so perfectly, that they may be mounted on microscopic
slides as translucent objects. Many of them can readily be used
as negatives to obtain nature-printed heliotypes. PL IX., fig. 4,
is an enlarged copy of one.

Some of the pinnules are studded with minute dots, which may
be stomata. Although I have examined more than 50 specimens
by transmitted light, I have never met with anything which could
be considered as pointing to the mode of fructification, of which
nothing is known That this should be so, is remarkable, notwith-
standing all that has been written, and the great number of plants
that have been examined during the last forty years. It lends
some weight to the opinions of Ettingshausen and Andrea, who
placed Thinnfeldia with the Conifers. It is not easy to see the
reason for this, for it appears amongst ourselves co be a settled
question, that Thinnfeldia was a fern. 1 have to add the

BY THE REV. J. MILNE CURRAN, F.G.S. 253

following localities as new : — Beni, Talbragar R., Macquarie R.,
between Wellington and Dubbo, 16 miles from the latter place.
In both instances the specimens were not perfect enough for
specific determination.

Hymenophyllites dubia. Nov. sp. PI. IX., figs. 1 and 2.

This cannot, with the material in hand, be distinguished from
Sphenopteris digitata of Phillips. (See Geology of Yorkshire.
2nd Edit. Part I. Plate VIII., figs. 5 and 6.) Nothing was
known of the venation of the Yorkshire species. In the Dubbo
species, however, a nervure can be made out, which is divided and
continued into each lobe. It certainly belongs to the Sphenop-
teridse and for the reason stated, I consider it a species of
Hynenophyllites. As more perfect specimens will doubtless come
to hand, I content myself for the present with figuring the species.
Phillips' species is derived from the sandstones and shales of
Gristhorpe and Scalby (Jurassic.)

Loc. From a well, West Dubbo.

CYCADACE^E.

PODOZAMITES. Sp.

Prof. M'Coy described (Pal. Vict., p. 33, pi. 8, figs. 1, 2, and 5)
a species of Podozamites which was associated with Alethopteris
Austrcdis, and with which the Dubbo specimen will, I think, be
found identical. I collected only one example, and that a
fragment, but parallel nerves rapidly constricted at the base were
easily noticeable, and at once separate it from Zamites — the one
other form which it approaches. Loc. Railway shaft, associated
with Thinnfeldia odontopteroides, Alethopteris Austrcdis, Odon-
topteris macrophylla and Podozamites ?

CONIFERS.

Walchia piniformis (V). Sterengberg.

Refs. Fl. d. Vorw. i. p. 22. Goeppert, Foss. Flor. de Perm.,
pi. 49, fig. 13.

Twigs of this are found in water-worn pebbles of an indurated
fireclay in the Talbragar R. It differs from Wcdchia Milaeana,

254 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Ten.- Woods, in having its leaves linear to lanceolate and curved
inwards at the apex. A few of the specimens show that the stems
were flexible, reminding one of some of the Lycopodiaceas. One
species can hardly be distinguished from one figured by Mr.
Twelvetrees, from the Upper Permian of Eastern Russia. (Qt.
J. Geol. Soc, Lond., Vol. 38, p. 498, pi. 21, fig. 4.)

In conclusion I may remark that there are some forms which
we should expect, which are not as yet recorded from Dubbo,
notably Tmtiopteris.

With the foi-egoing list, imperfect as it is, it would be an easy
matter to make some attempt to correlate the Dubbo and
Ballimore beds with other well-known formations ; this I propose
to attempt in another paper.

Explanation of Plate IX.

1. — Hymenophyllites dubia.

2. — A few lobes of same as seen by transmitted light.

3. — Odontopteris macrophylla and Thinnfeldia.

4. — Thinnfeldia odontopteroides, from Dnbbo.

4a. — Pinnule from Feistmantel.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Ramsay exhibited a fine collection of Marine animals in
illustration of the new and excellent methods of mounting and
preserving specimens in use by Senor Lo Bianco, at Dr. Dohrn's
Zoological Station, Naples. Among the exhibits were Trachypterus
Uenia, Torpedo ocellata, Pennaria Carolinii, Eudendrium
ramosum, Zoobotryon pellucidum, Pennatula phosphora, Autidon
rosacea, Ghromodoris elegans, Pleurophyllidea lineata, Pyrosoma
elegans, Cestus Veneris, Rhizostoma pulmo, and many other
beautiful preparations.

The President exhibited a portion of the lower jaw of a
Diprotodon which had been found near Armidale by Mr. W. M.
Harris. It was interesting to note the occurrence of the remains
of this gigantic extinct marsupial on the summit of the Great
Dividing Range as well as on the low-lying plains of the Darling
District.

WEDNESDAY, 30th APRIL, 1884.

The Vice-President, Dr. James C. Cox, F.L.S., in the chair.

MEMBER ELECTED.

Layman M. Harrison, Esq., of Sydney.

DONATIONS.

" Mittheilungen aus der Zoologischen Station zu Neapel."
Band Y, Heft 1. From the Director.

"On the Origin of the Flora and Fauna of New Zealand." By
Prof. F. W. Button, F.G.S., &c. From the Author.

"Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society of London."
February, 1884. Also, " List of Fellows, &c, 1883. From the
Society.

" Transactions of the Entomological Society of London." 1883,
Part Y. From the Society.

"Nests and Eggs of Australian Birds." By Archibald J.
Campbell, Melbourne. 8vo, 1883. Fiom the Author.

" Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard
College." Yol. XL, No. 9, 1883. From the Curator.

" Report of Progress of the Geological and Natural History
Survey of Canada, for 1880-81, 1882." 1 Yol., 4to. With
accompanying Maps, 1883. " Catalogue of Canadian Plants."
1883. From the Director of the Survey.

" Science." Yol. III., Nos. 53 to 57, 17th February to 7th
March, 1884. From the Editor.

" Tijdschrift voor Entomoiogie." Yol. 26, Parts 3 and 4, 1882-83.
From the Entomological Society of the Netherlands.

256 ON THE PRESERVATION OF TENDER MARINE ANIMALS,

" Supplement to descriptive Catalogue of the Fishes of Aus-
tralia." By the Hon. William Macleay, F.L.S. From the Author.

" Victorian Naturalist." Vol. I., No. 3., March, 1884. From
the Field Naturalists' Club of Victoria.

A very large and valuable collection of the publications of
Belgian Scientific Societies. From M. Th. Lefevre, Secretary of the
Royal Malacological Society of Belgium.

"Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes." No. 161, March, 1884.
From the Editor.

" Me moires de la Societe de Fhysique et d'Histoire Naturelle
de Geneve." Tomes XXIII. to XXVII. and XXVIII., Part I.
1873 to 1882, 4to. From the Society.

" Linnaei Genera Plantarum." 1 Vol., 8vo., 1764. From
Thomas Whitelegge, Esq.

" Entomologisk Tidschrift pa foranstaltande af Entomologiska
foreningen i Stockholm." Arg. 4, Heft. 1, 2, 3 and 4, 8vo, 1883.
From the Society.

PAPERS READ.

ON THE PRESERVATION OF TENDER MARINE
ANIMALS.

By R. Von Lendenpeld, Ph.D.

I shall endeavour here to give a few hints on this subject which
may be of service to those of our members, who have no access to
the Zoological Journals in which such methods of preserving are
described. I do this in consequence of a wish expressed at the
March meeting at the Linnean Society of N.S.W.

Medusa?, Actiniae, Alcyonidae, and particularly also Syphono-
phora and Cnetophora are so tender, and contain in parts of their
bodies such a great percentage of water (in Aurelia as much as
97% !) that it is difficult to preserve them without their shrinking.

BY II. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 257

Like other specimens, these also should be kept in strong non-
methylated spirits of wine (70-80%), or in a mixture of alcohol
and glycerine. But if they were placed in such a liquid immedi-
ately on being caught, they would shrink to a shapeless mass and
be useless. It is therefore necessary to harden them before placing
them there. This hardening can be effected by the aid of com-
pounds of heavy metals which act chemically on the Protoplasm
in the cells, and harden it, thereby hardening the whole specimen.
The metal itself, or its Oxide, is frequently precipitated in the
Protoplasm, causing the whole to turn a dark colour.

Osmic Acid, Chromic Acid, Chloride of Gold, Chloride of
Palladium, Chloride of Quicksilver, Nitrate of Silver, and Chloride
of Iron, are used for the above-mentioned purposes.

The solutions in use are very weak, from 0-2 to 1% in
strength, and the animal is immersed in them directly after
having been removed from the seawater. The different solutions
are allowed to act for some time, from one second to an hour or
more as the case may be. Then the specimen is well washed in
fresh water and placed in weak spirits (30 or 40%.) It is left
there a short time, then placed in stronger spirits, and finally
put into the strong spirits, (70-80%.)

Different solutions are used to gain different ends. Osmic Acid
preserves the Epithelia wonderfully, whilst Chloride of Gold and
Picric Acid have a greater effect on that sort of Protoplasm which
is met in Ganglia cells and Nerves, wherefore these are often used
for the purpose of studying the latter. Chloride of Mercury
(corrosive sublimate) is very much used and greatly recommended
by many. Chromic Acid or Bichromate of Potassium, make the
Frotoplasm yellow, and coagulate it in such a manner as to
make it perfectly intransparent. Very transparent animals can,
therefore, be made better visible by Chromic Acid. It must be
used in very weak solution, and particularly carefully washed
out before the specimens are placed in spirits. It preserves
Epithelia exceedingly well, and is very useful to put fish in before
preserving them in spirits.

258 ON THE PRESERVATION OF TENDER MARINE ANIMALS.

Silver is reduced principally in the intercellular substance, and
therefore used to demonstrate the cell margins. Chloride of
Palladium is used for the same purposes as Gold.

Besides preserving the animals in a natural state, it is also
necessary to preserve them in an expanded state, and as all animals
naturally roll themselves up and retract their soft appendages
when placed in a poisonous solution, it is attended with great
difficulty to kill them so rapidly that they have not time to
retract.

Sometimes it is possible to kill Hydroids and the Zooids of
Corals with Osmic Acid so rapidly that they do not contract.
Much more difficult this is with the Actinije (Sea anemones).
The best way to preserve these latter in an expanded state, is to
warm them to a temperature of about 43" C. Hereby they do
not contract, and are lamed partially by the high temperature.

They can then be chloroformed, the only poison which has any
effect on them (1), and treated with Osmic Acid, or any of the
other re-agents.

The Osmic Acid is a high Oxide 03 05 of the Metal Osmium
belonging to the Platina group with a specific weight of 22. It
is exceedingly rare, and derived only from the remains of material
out of which Platina has been obtained.

F. E. Schulze was the first to introduce this substance into the
Zoological Laboratories. And more discoveries are due to the
application of this re-agent, than to any other.

(1) The brothers Hertwig have shown that Curare and Cyanite of
Potassium, and also Morphine do not affect them. A bit of Cyanite of
Potassium half as big as a sea anemone placed in its stomach, does not
kill it.

THE SCYPHOMEDUS^E OF THE SOUTHERN
HEMISPHERE.

By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

Part III. — Conclusion.

IV. ORDO. DlSCOMEDUS^E.

Discomedusce. Haeckel, 1866.

Phanerocarpce. Pschscholtz, 1829.

Discophorce. Claus, 1879. (non Eschscholtz, 1829. non
Agassiz, 1862.)

SemaeostomecB et Rhizostomece. L. Agassiz, 1862.

Acraspedge with 8-16 or more marginal bodies (always 4
perradial and 4 interradial, besides these sometimes several
accessory) ; in each marginal body an acoustic vesicle with
Entodermal Otolith-pouch, and often at the same time an eye.
Marginal flaps, always 8 pairs primary (Ephyra-flaps), and
besides often numerous accessory, (Velar-flaps). Tentacles some-
times present, sometimes wanting. Gastral cavity surrounded by
a circle of radial processes (8-16-32 or more), sometimes broad
radial-pouches, sometimes narrow radial canals. Gonads 4, inter-
radial folded bulges in the Sub- umbrella of the sides of the Gastral
cavity, from the Entoderm of which they are developed (they
disintegrate seldom into 8 adradrial bulges). They are sometimes
pouch-shaped, sometimes protruding inwards into the central
Gastral cavity, sometimes protruding outwards in hernia-shape
into the Umbrella cavity.

Umbrella flattened, orbicular. The ancestral form of all
Discomedusaj is the Octomeral Ephyra.

260 THE SCYPHOMEDUSJE OP THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE,

Family. Ephyridai.
With broad radial-pouches, without terminal branch-canals.
Discomedusse with simple, four cornered Manubrium, without
mouth-ai'ms, with simple central mouth. Mostly 16 broad radial-
pouches (8 ocular and 8 tentacular) rarely 16-32. "With these
alternating as many short, solid tentacles. Mostly 16 (rarely
32-64) marginal flaps with or without simple flap-pouches, always
without branched flap-canals. 4 interradial or 8 adradial Gonads
in the Subumbrella wall of the Gastral cavity.

Genus. Ephrya.
Ephyridse with 8 marginal bodies, and 8 tentacles, with 1 6
marginal flaps without flap-pouches, and 4 interradial horse-shoe
shaped Gonads.

Species. Ephyra prometeor.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 482.

Umbrella flat bell-shaped, 1^ times as broad as high. Marginal
flaps oval, about as long as broad, and i as long as the radius of
the Umbrella. Tentacles pointed, twice as long as the marginal
flaps. 4 simple interradial Gastral filaments. 4 Gonads horse-
shoe shaped without flaps and smooth.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 8 mm. Height of Umbrella, 6 m.rn.
Ontogenesis unknown.

Locality : Coast of Australia. Weber.

Species. Ephyra discometra.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 641.

Umbrella flat, orbicular. Marginal flaps pentagonal, pointed,
its tentacular side twice as high as its ocular side. Tentacles
cylindrical, club like at the end, the same length as the radius of
the Umbrella. In each of the 4 phacellae there are three Gastral
filaments. 4 Gonads horse-shoe shaped, two-flapped.

Genus. Palephyra.
Ephyride with 8 marginal bodies and 8 tentacles, 16 marginal
flaps and 16 flap-pouches (fork-shaped branches of the 8 ocular
radial-pouches) and with 7 interradial horse-shoe shaped Gonads.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 261

Species. Palephyra antiqua.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 484.

Umbrella nearly semi-spherical, with thick convex central disk,
flat spread margin of disk, twice as high as broad. Marginal flaps
narrow, oval, pointed, about half as long as the radius of
brella. Tentacles as long as the radius of the Umbrella. 4 Gonads
horse-shoe shaped with thin median arches and thickened lateral
part. On each Gonad 6-8 thin Gastral filaments. Manubrium
nearly cubic, hardly half as long as the radius of the Umbrella,
without mouth flaps.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 20 mm. Height of Umbrella,
8 mm.

Locality : Indian Ocean, to the East of Madagascar.

Genus. Zonephyra.

EphyridsB with eight marginal bodies and 8 tentacles, 16
marginal flaps, and 32 flap-pouches (16 ocular and 16 tentacular)
and 4 interradial horse-shoe shaped Gonads.

Species. Zonephyra connectens.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 641.

Umbrella flat orbicular with deep circular furrow. Manubrium
as long as the diameter of the Umbrella, split into 4 oval triangular
curved mouth-flaps in the distal third. 16 marginal flaps, nearly
pointed, \ as long as the radius of the Umbrella. 8 tentacles
about as long as the radius of the Umbrella. 4 Gonads horse-shoe
shaped, two flapped.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 10 mm. Height of Umbrella,
3 mm.

Locality : Tropic zone of the Pacific Ocean. Weber.

Genus. Nauplianta.
Ephyride with 8 marginal bodies and 8 tentacles. "With 16
marginal flaps and 32 flap-pouches. (16 ocular and 16 tentacular),
and 8 separate adradial Gonads, which are in regular groups, but
not in pairs.

262 THE SCYPHOMEDUS.E OF THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE,

Species : Nauj)hanta Challengeri.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 487.

Umbrella cap-shaped, with horizontal flat vertex and vertical
side- wall, 1| times as broad as high. Exumbrella with deep
circular furrows and 16 radial grooves. Margin of Umbrella with
16 pedalise (8 weak scapular and 8 stronger tentacular.) 16
marginal flaps oval nearly twice as high as broad, with deep clasp
furrow, about £ as long as the radius of the Umbrella. Tentacles
cylindrical, pointed, about as long as the radius of the Umbrella.
Gonads 8, oval, thick, bulges twice as long as broad, their proximal
halves a little broader than their intervals, their distal halves
covered by the circular muscle.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 12 mm. Height of Umbrella
8 mm.

Locality : South Atlantic Ocean, not far from the Island Tristan
deAcuhna. Lat. S. 32° 24'. Long., W. of Greenwich, 13° 5'. In
8,550 feet (1,425 fathom) depth. 16th of March, 1876. Station,
335 of the " Challenger " Expedition. "Wyville Thompson.

Genus. Atolla.

Ephyride with 16-32 (rudimentary) mai-ginal bodies, and the
same number of tentacles, 32-64 marginal flaps, and 64-128 flap-
pouches. 8 separate adradial Gonads, which are grouped in pairs.
Rhopalia -pouches rudimentary, transformed into narrow glandular
canals.

Species. Atolla Wyvillei.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 488.

Umbrella quite flat, orbicular, about 6 times as broad as high.
Radius of disk of the Umbrella nearly twice as high as the margin
of the Umbrella, divided from it by a very deep radial furrow.
Manubrium contracted in the middle, 3-4 times as broad as high.
Gonads grouped in pairs (in their circumference there are 8
elliptic pouches), their perradial intervals are shorter than the
interradial. 19-22 (16-32 1) rudimentary marginal bodies, and as

BY R. VON LEXDENFELD, PH.D. 263

many short alternating tentacles (half as long as the radius of the
Umbrella.) Tentacle-pedalia broader and shorter than the rhopalar
pedalia. The rhopalar flap canals rudimentary, much narrower
and shorter than the tentacular canals. Marginal flaps elliptic,
truncate with a broad membranous fringe.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 58-66 mm. Height of Umbrella,
8-12 mm. Ontogenesis unknown.

Locality : Antartic Ocean (Indian and Atlantic part). Wyville
Thompson.

Family. Liner g idee.

Discomedusa? with simple quadrangular Manubrium without
mouth-arms, and simple quadratic Mouth. 8 marginal bodies, 8
tentacles and 16 marginal flaps, with broad radial-pouches, and
branched sack shaped flap canals, without ring canal.

Genus. Linantha.

Linergidse with 4 horse-shoe shaped interradial Gonads (ovaries
the proximal arches of which are simple and not divided. On
the Subumbrella there are small vesicular diverticals or Subumbral
pouches.

Species. Linantha lunulata.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 497.

Umbrella cap shaped with horizontal upper surface and flat
declining side-walls, twice as broad as high. Umbrella flaps oval,
pointed, nearly twice as long as broad. Flap canals much bent and
branched dendritically. The longest, \ as long as the flap itself.
In every flap 60-70 cul-de-sac shaped, terminal branched. Ten-
tacles cylindrical, nearly as long as the radius of the Umbrella, 1 \
times as long as the flaps. 4 Gonads simple horse-shoe shaped
without interradial septum, with flat, crooked, nearly semi-circular
proximal arches.

Size: Breadth of Umbrella, 10 mm. Height of Umbrella,
6 mm. Ontogenesis unknown.

Locality : Tropical Coast of the Pacific, South America, Galo-
pagos Island. Fuchs.
18

264 THE SCYPHOMEJDUS^E OF THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE,

Genus. Linerges.

Linergidse with 4 horse-shoe shaped interradial Gonads, the
convex proximal arches of which are divided into 2 adjacent wings
by an interradial median septum. On the Subumbrella a double
circle of 48 Subumbral-pouches (scrota1?). 16 larger proximal
(under and between the Gonads), and 32 smaller distal (on the
upper margin of the circle of the muscle.)

Species. Linerges aquila.

Haeckel. System der Medusen. Seite, 496.

Umbrella cap-shaped with horizontal Exumbrella, and nearly
vertical side-walls, 1^ times as bi-oad as high. Marginal flaps
oval, a little longer than broad. Flap canals broad, hand-shaped,
the longest (medial) half as long as the flap itself, in every flap
20-30 cul-de-sac shaped terminal branches. Tentacles cylindrical,
at their ends club-like, 1| times as long as the flaps. 4 Gonads
horse-shoe shaped, two- winged, both wings divergent, convex
margin flat, on the concave side deeply incised.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 18 mm. Height of Umbrella,
12 mm. Ontogenesis unknown.

Locality : Indian Ocean, to the East of Madagascar. Rabbe.

Genus. Liniscus.
Linergidse with 8 separate adradial Gonads (ovarise) which are
curved sickle-shaped or rectangular, and approach with their
proximal ends, in pairs, in such a manner that they form a horse-
shoe shaped group. On the Subumbrella there is a double circle
of 48 Subumbrella pouches (scrota V). 16 larger proximal (under-
neath and between the Gonads), and 32 smaller distal (at the
upper end of the circle of muscles.)

Species. Liniscus ornithopterus.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 497.

Umbrella cap-shaped, with quite flat vortex and nearly vertical
side walls, 1£ times as broad as high. Marginal flaps oval, l1
times as long as broad, covered with nettle-warts. Flap canals

BY F. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 265

stretched straight and not bent out. The longest (medial) | as
long as the flap. In eveiy flap 30-40 cul-de-sac shaped terminal
branches. Tentacles cylindrical, conic at their ends, nearly twice
as long as the flap. 8 Gonads wing-shaped. Both wings of each
pair flapped, doubly broken in the inter-radius approaching nearly
to touch.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 20 mm. Height of Umbrella,
1 7 mm. Ontogenesis unknown.

Locality : West Coast of the Tropic Africa, Angola, Congo.
Briiggemann.

Genus. Limtche.

Linergidae with 8 adradial Gonads of the same shape, which
are placed in the same intervals, and are approximated in pairs to
4 interradial groups. There is a threefold circle of Subumbrella-
pouches (scrota'?), 16 larger proximal, 32 middling and 64 (or
more) smaller distal.

Species. Linuche Lamarckii.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 642.

Umbrella nearly square with horizontal vortex and vertical
side-walls, as high as broad. Marginal flaps oval, pointed, nearly
twice as long as broad. Flap canal repeatedly dichotomous
branched, with straight branches, the longest (medial) |- as long as
the flap ; in each flap 20-30 cul-de-sac shaped terminal branchlets,
Tentacles rod-shaped scarcely as long as the flaps. 8 Gonads
globular, distributed at equal intervals.

Size : Breath of Umbrella, 20 mm. Height of Umbrella,
20 mm.

Locality : Atlantic Ocean, under the Equator. Smith.

Family. Pelagidw.

With a simple cross-shaped mouth and 4 folded perradiai
moutharms, with simple broad radial-pouches, without branched
distal canals, without ring-canal. Eight marginal bodies, 16 — 32
or more marginal flaps.

266 THE SCYPHOMEDUSjE OF THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE,

Genus. Pelagia.

Pelagidse, with 8 adradial tentacles (alternating with the 8
marginal bodies), and with 16 marginal flaps.

Species. Pelagia panopyra.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 509.

Pelagia panopyra. Peron et Lesueur, 1809. Tableaux des
Meduses, etc., p. 349, N. 64.

Pelagia panopyra. Eschscholtz, 1829. System der Acalephen,
p. 73. Taf. VI., fig. 2,

Pelagia panopyra. Lesson (p. p. !), 1830. Centurie Zool.
p. 192, pi. 62, fig. 2.

Pelagia panopyra. Brandt, 1838. Memoir. Acad. Petersb.
Tom. IV., p. 382. Taf. XIV., fig. 1 ; Taf. XIV., A. fig. 1—5.

Pelagia panopyra. L. Agassiz, 1862. Monogr. Acal. Contrib.
IV., p. 164.

Pelagia tuberculosa. Couthouy, 1862 ; in L. Agassiz. Contrib.
IV., p. 164.

(?) Pelagia Labiche. Eschscholtz, 1829. System der Acalephen,
p. 78.

(?) Pelagia Labiche. De Blainville, 1834. Actinologie, p. 302,
pi. 40, fig. 3.

(?) Pelagia Labiche. L. Agassiz, 1862. Monogr. Acal. Contrib.
IV., p. 165.

Medusa panopyra. Peron et Lesueur, 1807. Voyage aux
Terres Australes, pi. 31, fig. 2.

Dianaea panopyra. Lamarck, 1817. Hist. nat. An. s. vert.
Tom. II., p. 507.

Cyanea Labiche. Quoy et Gaimard, 1824. Voyage de
l'Uranie, etc. Zoologie, p. 571, pi. 84, fig. 1.

Umbrella semi-spherical, flattened above, nearly twice as broad
as high. Kettle-warts of the Exumbrella small and scattered,
elongated. Most dense on the margin of the Umbrella.
Marginal flaps nearly quadratic, slightly crenated on the distal
margin. Manubrium long and narrow, nearly twice as long as
the radius of the Umbrella, 3 times as long as broad. Mouth-arms

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 267

long and narrow, 1-J times as long as the manubrium, about 3
times as long as the radius of the Umbrella ; its membranous
border is twice as broad as the thin cylindrical middle-rip, at its base.

Colour : Variable, generally pale rose or violet. Mouth-arms
more violet. Gonads more purple. Nettle-warts violet.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 50 mm. Height of Umbrella,
33 mm. Ontogenesis unknown.

Locality : Tropic zone of the Pacific Ocean, from Australia to
Peru. Peron, Eschscholtz, Lesson, von Mertens, Couthouy, etc.

Species : Pelagia papillata.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 509.

Umbrella slightly vaulted. Orbicular 3 times as broad as high.
Exumbrella thickly set, with high conic nettle-warts. Marginal
flaps twice as broad as high, deeply crenated, nearly double
flapped. Manubidum very long and narrow ; 8 times as long as
broad, twice as long as the radius of the Umbrella. Mouth-arms
short and narrow, a little shorter than the manubrium, scarcely as
long as the breadth of the Umbrella. Its membrane boi'der narrow,
nearly smooth, at the base narrower than the thin middle ribs.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 40 mm. Height of Umbrella,
1 4 mm. Ontogenesis unknown.

Locality : Indian Ocean. Schnehagen.

Species. Pelagia discoidea.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 510.

Pelagia discoida. Eschscholtz, 1829. System der Acalephen,
p. 76, Taf. VII., fig. 1.

Placois discoidea. L. Agassiz, 1862. Monogr. Acal. Contrib.
IV., p. 125, 165.

Umbrella quite flat, orbicular, 4 times as broad as high.
Exumbrella smooth, without pi-qjecting nettle-warts. Marginal-
flaps very flat, deeply crenated. Manubrium very short. Mouth-
arms very long and narrow, 3 times as long as the radius of the
Umbrella. Its membrane border broad, very much folded and
curved, at its base several times bix>ader than the very thin
cylindrical middle rib.

268 THE SCYPHOMEDUS^E OF THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE,

Colour : Pale reddish hue. Mouth-arms rose-coloured. Gonads
whitish.

Size : Breadth of umbrella, 70-80 mm. Height of Umbrella,
15-20 mm. Ontogenesis unknown.

Locality : South Atlantic Ocean, near the Cape of Good Hope.
Eschscholtz.

Genus. Chrysaora.

Pelagidpe with 24 tentacles (3 between 2 marginal bodies) and
with 32 marginal flaps, 16 ocular, and 16 tentacular.

Species. Chrysaora fulgida.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 514.

Rhyzostoma fulgidum. Reynaud, 1830; in Lesson's Centime
Zoologique, p. 79, pi. 25.

Chrysaora Renaudii. Lesson, 1843. Acalephes, p. 401.

Chrysaora Renaudii. L. Agassiz, 1862. Monogr. Acal. Contrib.
IV., p. 166.

Umbrella semi-spherical, twice as broad as high ; 32 marginal
flaps short and broad, nearly semi- circular, with continuous
margin. The 16 ocular and the 16 tentacular ones nearly of the
same size, and equally projecting (octantes therefore with simple
marginal arches), Radial pouch 1 Mouth-arms spread out from a
narrow base, with only few folds, lancet-shaped, in the middle
about half as broad as the radius of the Umbi'ella, 2-3 times as
long as the diameter of the Umbrella. Tentacles about as long as
the radius of the Umbrella.

Colour : Umbrella yellowish brown. Star figure and marginal
flaps reddish brown. Mouth-arms reddish, Gonads carmine.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 300-700 mm. Height of Umbrella
100-200 mm.

Locality : Cape of Good Hope, False Bay. Reynaud.

Species : Chrysaora Blossevillei.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 514.
Chrysaora Blossevillei, Lesson, 1829. Voyage de la Coquille.
Zool., p. 115, pi. XIII., fig. 2.

BY R. VON LENDEXFELD, PH.D. 269

Chrysaora Blossevillei. Lesson, 1843. Acalephes, p. 401.
Lobocrocis Blossevillei. L. Agassiz, 1862. Monogr. Acal.
Contrib. IV., p. 166.

(!) Pelagia volutata. Coutliouy. Manuscr. in L. Agassiz,
1862. Monogr. Acal. Contrib., IV., p. 166.

(!) Zygonema volutata. L. Agassiz, 1862. Monogr. Acal.
Contrib., IV, p. 127-166.

Umbrella slightly vaulted to semi-spherical, twice as broad as
high. 32 marginal flaps oval, all of the same size and equally
projecting (octantes therefore with simple marginal arcb), Radial
pouches 1 Mouth-arms lancet-shaped, strongly curved, shorter than
the diameter of the Umbrella. Tentacles filiform, longer than the
diameter of the Umbrella.

Colour : Umbrella white, with yellow tinge, and brown design.
Rust coloui'ed mouth arms.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella 100 mm. Height of Umbrella,
40 mm.

Locality : Coast of Brazil, Island Santa Catharina. Lesson.

Species. Chrysaora plocamia.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 516.

Cyanea plocamia. Lesson, 1829. Voyage de la Coquille.
Zool., p. 116, pi. XII., fig. 4,

Cyanea plocamia. Lesson, 1843. Acalephes, p. 385.

Stenoptycha plocamia. S. Agassiz, 1862. Monogr. Acal.
Contrib., IV, p. 162.

Umbrella nearly semi-spherical, twice as broad as high. 32
marginal flaps nearly semi-circular. The 16 tentancular and 16
ocular flaps nearly the same size, equally projecting — (marginal
arch of the octants therefore circular) — Radial pouches 1 Mouth -
arms very broad and with many folds, in the middle nearly as
broad as the radius of the Umbrella. 1J times as long as the
diameter of the Umbrella. Tentacles shorter than the diameter
of the Umbrella.

270 THE SCYPHOMEDUSiE OP THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE,

Colour : Umbrella rust-colour, with yellow-brownish design.
Month-arms without colour, with yellowish frills. Tentacles
carmine.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 100 mm. (and more). Height of
Umbrella, 50 mm.

Locality : Pacific Coast of South America, Peru, Lima, Song-
allan. Lesson.

Species. Chrysaora calliparea.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 516.

(?) Cyanea calliparea. Reynaud, 1830. In Lesson's Centime
Zoologique, p. 67, pi. XX.

(?) Stenoptycha calliparea. L. Agassiz, 1862. Monogr. Acal.
Contrib., IV., p. 162.

Chrysaora dinobrachia. Haeckel, 1877. Prodrom. System
Med., Nr. 446.

Umbrella slightly vaulted, 3 times as broad as high. 32
marginal flaps, kidney shaped, narrower at the base than at the
distal margin. The 16 broader ocular flaps are less projecting
than the 16 narrower tentacular ones (therefore the margin
in the radius of the eye retracted.) 16 ocular radial-pouches
oval, the same breadth in the middle,, and half the breadth on the
distal margin of the 16 tentacular pouches. Mouth-arms curtain-
shaped, very broad and long ; 3-4 times as long as the radius of
the Umbrella, and curved. Tentacles flattened at the base, and
longer than the diameter of the Umbrella.

Colour : Exumbrella intensely reddish yellow, rays of the star-
figure (with 32 radial stripes) and marginal flaps chestnut brown.
Mouth-arms yellow speckled brown. Gonads yellow.

Size: Breadth of Umbrella, 160-200 mm. Height of Umbrella,
50-100 mm.

Locality : Indian Ocean. Reynaud, Zanzibar, Schnehagen.

Genus. Dactylometra.
Pelagidse, with 40 tentacles and with 48 marginal flaps.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 271

Species. Dactylometra lactea.

Haeckel, System der Meclusen. Seite, 517.

Dactylometra lactea. L. Agassiz, 1862. Monogr. Acal. Con-
tributions to the Natural History of the U.S.A., IV., p. 166.

Chrysaora lactea. Eschscholtz, 1829. System der Acalephen,
p. 81. Taf., VII., fig. 3.

Umbrella vaulted, semi-spherical. Mouth-arms short and
broad, the 8 primary (adradial) and the 16 secundary Tentacles of
equal length, 2-3 times as long as the breadth of the Umbrella.
The 16 tertiary Tentacles much shorter, not so long as the basal
distance between two long Tentacles.

Colour : Milky-white, slightly rose coloured. Mouth-avms
colourless. Tentacles pale purple. Marginal bodies yellow.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 50-80 mm. Height, 30-60 mm.

Locality : Atlantic Coast of South America, Rio Janeiro.
(Eschscholtz.)

Family. Cyaneid^e.

Discomeclusee, with a simple cross-shaped mouth, surrounded
by four adradial, folded mouth-arms. Gasti'al cavity, with 16 or
32 broad radial pouches, and branched coecal flap-canals, without
a ring-canal. 8 or 16 marginal bodies, and 8 or more long hollow
tentacles.

Genus. Procyanea.

Cyaneida3, with 8 marginal bodies and 8 adradial alternating
tentacles of the Subumbrella. There are 8 pairs of flaps on the
margin of the Umbrella.

Species. Procyanea protosema.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 524.

Umbrella slightly vaulted ; orbicular. 2-3 times as broad as
high. Manubrium quadrilateral prismatic in the upper-half, in
the lower-half split into 4 narrow lancet-shaped mouth-arms.
Gonads, 4 narrow simple folded bands in the lower part of the
gastral cavity, but not hanging down. 16 flaps of the margin of

272 THE SCYPHOMEDUS.E OF THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE,

the Umbrella pentagonal. 8 tentacles simple, strong, and larger
than the diameter of the Umbrella. A good distance from the
margin of the Umbrella.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 40 mm. Height of Umbrella,
14-18 mm. Ontogenesis unkown.

Locality : Indian Ocean, to the East of Madagascar. Rabbe.

Genus. Medora.
Cyaneide, with 8 marginal bodies, and 24 tentacles on the Sub-
umbrella : 3 on the lower side of every flap. (Umbrella, with 8
main flaps and 16-32 secundary flaps.)

Species. Medora reticulata,

Haeckel, Das System der Medusen. Seite, 525.

Medora reticulata — (et capensis?) — Couthouy, 1862. Manu-
script of Wilke's, U.S. Exploring Expedition.

Medora capensis — (reticulata?) — L. Agassiz, 1862. Monogr.
Acal. Contrib., IV., p. 118-163.

Umbrella slightly vaulted, orbicular, mouth-arms ? Gonads ?
Margin of Umbrella with 32 Haps, 8 pairs of narrow ocular flaps,
and 8 pairs of broad tentacle-flaps. The margin of the 8 tentacle
pouches with 2 broad flaps and 3 tentacles, (1 medial tentacle
between two flap pouches and with two lateral flaps at its outer-
margin.)

Locality : Coast of Terra del Fuego, Orange Harbour, Cape
Horn. Couthouy.

Genus. Stenoptycha.

Cyaneidse with 8 marginal bodies and 40 tentacles on the Sub-
umbrella, 5 on the under side of each tentacle flap. Umbrella
with 8 main flaps and 16-32 secondary flaps.

Species. Stenoptycha rosea.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 525.

Stenoptycha rosea. L. Agassiz, 1862. Monogr. Acal. Contrib.
IV., p. 162.

Cyanea rosea. Quoy et Gaimard, 1827. Voyage de l'Uranie
etc., Zoologie, p. 570, pi. 85, fig. 1, 2.

BY R, VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 273

Umbrella slightly vaulted, semi-spherical 2-3 times as broad as
high. Exumbrella set with warts, covered with pointed eleva-
tions. Mouth-arms tender, l-ichly folded curtains, about as long
as the radius of the Umbrella. The margin of the Umbrella has
16 small incisions of which the 8 ocular incisions are deeper than
the 8 tentacular ones. 16 flaps quadrangular, truncate. There
are 5 very large tentacles on the ventral side of each main flap,
they are to 10 times as long as the diameter of the Umbrella.

Colour : Pink. Margin of Umbrella and tentacles darker.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 200 mm. Height of Umbrella,
100 mm. Length of tentacles neaxdy 2 metres.

Locality : Port Jackson, Sydney. Quoy and Gaimard.

Species. Stenoptycha Goethana.

Haeckel, System cler Medusen. Seite, 642.

Umbrella slightly vaulted, orbicular. Manubrium quadrangular-
prismatic, about as long as the diameter of the Umbrella, split
in the distal half into 4 oval curled mouth flaps. Gonads 4 curled.
slightly bent bands in the lower Gastral wall. They are not
suspended. Sixteen marginal flaps pentagonal and pointed. On
the ventral side of each of the eight main flaps five tentacles. The
middle one is much larger than the others and as long as the
diameter of the Umbrella. The others only a third as long.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 40 mm. Height, 20 mm.

Locality : South Atlantic Ocean, Coast of Argentina. Smith.

Genus. Desmonema.

Cyaneidae with 8 marginal bodies and numerous tentacles, which
are arranged in 8 adradial bundles on the Subumbrella; all
tentacles of each bundle are in a single row. Margin of Umbrella
with 8 main flaps, and 16-32 secondary flaps.

Sppcies. Desmonema Annasethe.

Haeckel, System cler Medusen. Seite, 526.

Umbrella flat, cap shaped, 2-3 times as broad as high, mouth-arms
curtain shaped, very tender and richly folded, nearly as long as

274 THE SCYPHOMEDUS.E OP THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE,

the diameter of the Umbrella. Gonads are four richly folded
pendant pouches, a little shorter than the radius of the Umbrella.
Margin of Umbrella with 16 broad nearly pentagonal flaps.
Tentacles uniserial in 8 bundles, in each bundle 5 larger, and on
each side 4-6 smaller tentacles. Exumbrella depressed in the
middle with 16 pinnate radial ribs.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 100 mm. Height of Umbrella,
40-50 mm. Length of mouth-arms, 90 mm.

Locality : South Atlantic Ocean, "West Coast of South Africa.
Wilhelm Bleek.

Species. Desmonema Gaudichaudi.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 527.

Desmonema Gaudichaudi. L. Agassiz. Monogr. Acal. Contrib.
IX,, p. 166. Chrysaora Gaudichaudi. Lesson, 1829. Voyage de
la Coquille. Zoophyt., p. 114, pi. XIII., fig. 1.

Umbrella semi-spherical, twice as broad as high. Mouth-arms
lancet shaped as long as the diameter of the Umbrella, with
narrow arm frills, which are not curtain shaped. Gonads not
pendant. Margin of Umbrella with 8 (— \21) broad, rounded
triangular, projecting flaps, between the 8 ( — 12 %) pair of narrow
hidden scular flaps. Ex-umbrella with 8 ( — 12 1) pinnate radial
ribs.

Colour : Bright yellow, canals rust-i'ed, tentacles claret colour.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 100 mm. Height of Umbrella,
40-50 mm. Mouth-arms, 100 mm.

Locality : Falkland Islands (Soledad, Maluinen). and further
south to Cape Horn. Lesson.

Species : Desmonema pendula.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 528.

Couthouya pendula. L. Agassiz, 1862. Monogr. Acal. Contrib.
IV., p. 118, 163.

Nerinea pendula. Couthouy, 1862. Manuscript of Wilke's
" U. S. Exploring Expedition.''

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 275

Umbrella slightly vaulted, orbicular. Mouth-arm exceptionally
long (several times longer than the radius of the Umbrella), with
narrow arm-frills, which ai-e not curtain-shaped. Gonads not
projecting much. Margin of Umbi'ella with 8 broad projecting
tentacle flaps, between the 8 narrow clearly distinct ocular flaps.
The 8 ocular-pouches nearly as long as the 8 tentacle-pouches.

Locality : Coast of Terra del Fuego, Orange Harbour, Cape
Horn, Couthouy.

Genus. Cyanea.

Cyaneidee, with 8 marginal bodies and numerous tentacles,
which form 8 adradial bundles on the Subumbrella. There are-
several rows of tentacles, one behind the other in each bundle.
Margin of Umbrella, with 8 main flaps and 16-32 secundary flaps.

Species. Cyanea Annaskala.

Yon Lendenfeld, Zeitschrift fiir wissenschoftlich Zoologie,
Band., XXXVII. Selte, 466, Taf. XVII.— XXIV.

The Umbrella flaps are rounded and not broader at the end
than at the base. Every main-flap (Ephyra-arm) consists of four
flaps. Two smaller ocular flaps and two larger flaps at the sides.
The Umbrella is 5-7 times as broad as high, depressed, with a few
protruding nettle-warts in the centre of the Exumbrella.

Ontogenesis. The embryos hang on to the Mouth-arms until
they are nearly matured to young Scyphystomse, and then affix
themselves to bodies in the water producing a long stalk with a
chitinous Perisark, and eight arms. The Ephyra passes into the
adult animal by a complicated metamorphosis. The Umbrella
flaps are produced by fission.

Colour : Umbrella and Tentacles colourless. Entoderm of the
gastral cavity brown. Mouth-arms intensely purple. Genital
organs in the male rose coloured, and in the female orange yellow.

Size: 70-150 mm diameter of the Umbrella. Length of
Tentacles, 300 mm.

Locality : Port Philip. Von Lendenfeld. Abundant in
January, February, and March.

276 THE SCYPHOMEDUSJE OF THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE,

Genus. Drymonema.
Cyaneida?, with eight sense organs, which lie remote from the
margin of the Umbrella, in deep excavations. Tentacles scattered
over the whole surface of the Subumbrella and arranged radially,
branched ridges of the gallert lie between them.

Drymonema Gorgo.

Fritz Midler. Zoologischer Auzeiger. Band., VI., Seite, 220.

The Mouth-arms are longer than in other species, attaining a
length 2 or 3 times that of the breadth of the Umbrella. The
Umbrella possesses 8 x 20 x 16=176 marginal flaps.

Size : 300 to 500 mm., the diameter of the Umbrella. Tentacles,
10 meters or more.

Locality : Rio de Janeiro. Fritz Mtillei\

Genus. Melusina.
Cyanidse, with 16 marginal bodies and 16 bundles of tentacles,
they are attached in several rows. Margin of Umbrella, with 16
main and 64 secundary flaps.

Species. Melusina formosa.

Haeckel, System der Medusea. Seite, 535.

Umbrella, flat disc-shaped, 3-4 times as broad as high. Mouth -
arms curtain-shaped, richly folded, longer than the diameter of
the Umbrella. Gonads richly folded, suspended sacks, nearly as
long as the Mouth-arms. Umbrella margin with 64 flaps, which
are divided from each other by deep incisions. The 32 ocular
flaps half as long as the 32 tentacular flaps. Tentacles numerous
and long.

Size : Diameter of Umbrella, 100 mm. Height, 32 mm.

Locality : Pacific coast of South America. Station 299, of the
" Challenger." W. Thomson.

Family. FlosculiJu .
Discomedusse, with simple xmbranched narrow radial canals and
with a ring canal. With central mouth and mouth-arms at the
end of a mouth tube.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 277

Genus. FlosGula.

Elosculidse, with 8 marginal bodies and with 8 adradial
tentacles, alternating with the organs of sense. 16 marginal
flaps.

Floscula Promethea.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 536. Tafel, XXXII.,
figs. 1, 4.

Umbrella flat, slightly vaulted, 2-3 times as broad as high
Exumbrella, with an oetoradiate pigmented star. Marginal flaps
nearly pentagonal, as long as broad. Tentacles about as long as
the diameter of the Umbrella, Mouth-tube about as long as the
radius of the Umbrella, and of the same length as the lancet-
shaped curled mouth-arms.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 20 mm. Height, 8 mm.

Locality : Indian Ocean, in the vicinity of the Cocos Islands.
Rabbe.

Floscula Pandora.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 643.

Umbrella, semi-spherical, twice as broad as high. Exumbrella,
with pigment-star. Marginal flaps oval, 1J times as broad as
long. Tentacles as long as the radius of the Umbrella. Manu-
brium half as long as the Umbrella radius, scarcely a quarter of
the length of the narrow lancet-shaped mouth-arms.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 30 mm. Height, 15 mm.

Locality : Tropic Zone of the Pacific Ocean. Weber.

Genus. Floresca.

Flosculidse with 8 marginal bodies, 24 tentacles and 32 marginal

flaps.

Floresca Parthenia.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 538. Tafel, XXXIL,
figs. 5, 8.

Umbrella flat, barrett-shaped, twice as broad as high. Ex-
umbrella with a pigment star of 16 rajs. Marginal flaps oval,
pointed, broadest in the middle, twice as broad as long. Tentacles

278 THE SCYPHOMEDUS^E OF THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE,

2-3 times as long as the diameter of the Umbrella. Manubrium
1 J- times as long as the Umbrella radius, the same length as the
richly folded oval mouth-arms.

Size : Diameter of Umbrella, 30 mm. Height, 3 mm.

Locality : New Caledonia. Levasseur.

Floresca palladia.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 539.

Umbrella slightly vaulted, 3-4 times as broad as high. Ex-
nmbrella with a pigment star of 1 b' rays. Marginal flaps nearly
cpiadratic. Tentacles as long as the diameter of the Umbrella.
Manubrium scarcely as long as the Umbrella. Umbrella radius
not quite half as long as the 4 narrow lancet-shaped mouth-arms.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 40 mm. Height, 12 mm.

Locality : New Guinea. Koch.

Family. Ulmaridce.

Dicomedusa? with simple central mouth, and four mouth-arms,
with branched, narrow, radial canals, and with a ring canal.
Tentacles hollow and long.

Genus. Ulma7'is.

Ulmaridse with 8 marginal bodies, with 8 adradial tentacles,

which alternate with the sense organs, and with sixteen marginal

flaps.

Uhnaris prototypus.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 445. Tafel, XXXIII.
Figur. 1-4.

Umbrella fiat, 2-3 times as broad as high. Manubrium square
in its proximal part, in its distal part split into four oval mouth-
arms, which are much curled and as long as the Umbrella radius.
Gonads 4 narrow slightly bent bands, forming nearly a closed
ring. Marginal flaps pointed, about as long as bx'oad. Tentacles
as long as the diameter of the Umbrella.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 30 mm. Height, 12 mm.

Locality : St. Helena. Levasseur.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 279

Genus. Aurelia.

Ulinarida? with 8 marginal bodies and with 8 broad adradial,
sometimes bipartate velar flaps, each of which bears on its dorsal
side, some distance away from the margin, a row of numerous
short tentacles. Alternating with as many dorsal flaps. Mouth-
arms simple.

Species. Aurelia colpota.

Haeckei System der Medusen. Seite, 555.

Aurelia colpota. Brandt, 1838. Memoires de l'Academie
Imp. des Sciences, St. Petersburgh. Tome IV., p. 370, tab. IX.

Aurelia colpota. L. Agassiz, 1862. Monogr. of Acal, Contrib.
to the Nat. H. of the U. S. A. Vol. IV, p. 160.

Monocraspedon colpotus, 1835. Brandt, Prodrom. Descript.
Animal. Mertens, p. 25.

Umbrella flat or vaulted, 2-3 times as broad as high. 8 velar
flaps of the Umbrella margin not protruding, divided from each
other by small and shallow ocular incisions only. Mouth-arms
slightly longer than the radius of the Umbrella. Much flapped.
Deeply incised and broad at the base. Umbrella radius double
the size of the radius of the Genital Organs. At every Genital
bay, 5 canal roots. 16 anastomosing canal nets, with very elongate
meshes.

Colour : Pale reddish. Gonads and tentacles rose-coloured.

Size : Diameter of Umbrella, 100-120 mm. Height, 40-50 mm.

Locality : Indian Ocean, 35° S., 334° W. Mertens. Coast of
Capland. Bleek.

Species. Aurelia clausa.

Haeckei, System der Medusen. Seite, 558.

Aurelia clausa. Lesson, 1829. Voyage de la Coquille. Zool.,
p. 119.

Aurelia clansa. L. Agassiz, 1862. Mongr. of Acal. Contrib.
to the Natural pi. of the U. S. A. Vol. IV., p. 1 60.

Claustra pissinbogue. Lesson, 1843. Acalephes, p. 78.

Ocyroe lineolata 1 Peronet Leseur, 1809. Tableaux des Meduses,
p, 355.

19

280 THE SCYPHOMEDUS.E OF THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE,

Cassioprea lineolata? Lamarck, 1817. Systeme des Animaux
sans vertebres. Tome. II., p. 511.

Umbrella semi-spherical, twice as broad as high. 1G velar
flaps of the Umbrella margin protruding. Mouth-arms narrow,
thin, and curled ; they coalesce at the base ; with a large oval,
pointed lip-like thickening. The four labial thickenings can
close (?) the entrances to the sub-genital pouches.

Golozcr : Ovaries, canals, and tentacles rose coloured.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 80-100 mm. Height, 40-50 mm.

Locality : South Pacific Ocean, Port Proslin, New Ireland.
Lesson. Australia (?) Peron.

Aurelia coerulea. nov. sp.

The Umbrella is very flat, about 5 times as broad as high,
with 16 small ocular and 16 velar flaps, divided from the
former by deep incisions, but from each other only by a shallow
groove. The mouth-arms are broad and a little longer than the
margin of the Umbrella. They are rounded at the end. The
centrifugal branches of the canal system, divide at larger angles
than in other species, so that the ramification has by no means a
slender appearance. There are very few amostomoses only.

It differs from Aurelia aurita, Lamark, by its broader mouth-
arms, the margins of which are not curled, and by the stubby
appearance of the canal system. In these respects Aurelia
colpota, Brandt, resembles A. coerulea. The colour of our species
is similar to that of A. aurita, but fainter and always decidedly
blue. A. colpota also differs from our species in colour A.
flavidula, Peron et Leseur, possesses flaps at the base of the
mouth-arms, and has a yellow tinge. A. marginalis, L. Agassiz,
has much smaller mouth-arms. A. hyalina, Brandt, again
possesses lancet-shaped mouth-arms. A. labiata Chamisso et
Eysenhardt possesses 16 velar flaps like our species, but these are
divided from each other by deep incisions. In A. clausa, Lesson,
the mouth-arms are narrow and curled, and the colour is red. In
A. limbata, Brandt, there also are 16 very distinct velar-flaps, and
the tentacles are brown.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 281

Similar in appearance, to one or other of these species, it still
appears advisable to distinguish Aurelia coerulea from these.
The main feature of our species are the broad and smooth mouth-
arms.

Colour : Transparent and blue. Only the hoof-shaped Gonads
reflect the light, and appear white or light rose-coloured as in
Aurelia aurita.

Size : Diameter of Umbrella, 110 mm. Height, 20-30 mm.

Ontogenesis : I have obtained a single Larva measuring 9 mm,
this being similar to corresponding stages in Europseon Aurelias,
we may suppose that the Ontogenesis of our species is similar to
that of Aurelia aurita.

Locality : Port Jackson. Von Lendenfeld.

Genus. Aurosa.

Ulruaridse, with 8 marginal bodies, and 8 broad adradial
velar-flaps, each of which bears at its upper side, a little distance
from the margin of the Umbrella, a row of numerous short
tentacles alternating with the same number of much smaller
dorsal flaps. Mouth-arms dichotomous.

Species. Aurosa furcata

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 559.

Umbrella flat, orbicular. The 8 velar-flaps of the margin of
the Umbrella slightly pi'ojecting, divided by small ocular-pouches.
Mouth-arms a little longer than the Umbrella radius, very thick.
Divided into two lobes by a deep incision in their distal part.
Very much cmded at the margin. Umbrella radius twice as long
as the genital radius. At every genital bay five canal roots con-
nected with each other, and with the four perradial ocular canals
by numerous Anastomoses. Canal-net dense with rounded meshes,
which are half as large in the outer than in the inner zone.

Size : Diameter of Umbrella, 80 mm. Height, 30 mm.

Locality : Indian Ocean, Cocos Islands. Rabbe.

282 THE SCYPHOMEDUS.E OF THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE,

Family. Toreumidaz.

Discomedusa) without tentacles and without central mouth, with
four sub-genital cavities, and with ventral suction crisps on the
mouth-arms.

Genus. Archirhiza, .

Toreurnidse, with 8 simple mouth-arms, neither branched nor
furcated. Mouth-arms without vesicles and filaments with 16
radial canals and a ring canal, with 8 marginal bodies.

Archirhiza aurosa.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 645.

Umbrella flat, disc shaped, margin with 80 flaps, in every Octant
8 oval, pointed velar flaps between 2 broad triangular ocular flaps.
Mouth-arms 1| times as long as the Umbrella-radius, conic, simple,
with simple suction crisp.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 50 mm. Height, 20 mm.
Locality : New Zealand. Weber.

Species. Archirhiza primordialis.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 565, Tafel, XXXVI.
Figur. 1, 2.

Umbrella slightly vaulted, hat-shaped or semi-spherical. 2-3
times as broad as high. Umbrella margin with 48 marginal flaps.
In every Octant four large pointed velar flaps and two small
ocular flaps. Mouth-arms about as long as the Umbrella-radius,
cylindrical, simple and undivided ; on the axial margin with simple
zig-zag shaped suction crisp.

Size: Diameter of Umbrella, 40 mm. Height, 20 mm.

Locality : Bass's Straits. Smith,

Genus. Toreuma.

Toreumida? with 8 feathered or trichotome branched mouth-
arms. The upper arm is continued in the adradial main branch of
the underarm. Numerous club-shaped vesicles between the arm-
crisps. 16 radial canals, 8 marginal bodies.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 283

Toreuma theophila.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 566.

Cassiopaea dieuphila. Peron et Leseur, 1809. Tableau des
Meduses, p. 356.

Cassiopaea theophila. Lamarck, 1817. Hist. Nat. Animaux
sans Vertebres. Tome," II., p. 511.

Rhizostoma theophila. Eschscholtz, 1829. System der Acal-
ephen. Seite, 53.

Polydoma theophila. L. Agassiz, 1862. Monogr. of the Acal.
Contrib. to the Nat Hist, of the U. S, A. Vol. IV, p. 159,

Umbi-ella semi-spherical 2-3 times as broad as high. Margin
with 96 short coalescing flaps, in each Octant 10 velar flaps
between two very small ocular flaps, Ex-umbrella roughly
granulated, studded with warts with small oval white spots on the
marginal flaps. 8 arms about as long as the Umbrella-radius.
With 3 or 4 pair of broad and flat main branches. Between the
clusters of crisps numerous, small, and 10 or 20 large club-shaped
vesicles. The latter 2 or 3 times as long as the breadth of the
main branches.

Colour : Umbrella brownish-red, with white spots on the margin
flaps. Gonads and vesicles white.

Size : Diameter of Umbrella, 60-80 mm. Height, 20-30 mm.

Locality ; N. \V Coast of Australia, de Witt's Land. Peron.

Species. Toreuma thamnostoma.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite. 567.

Umbrella flat, hat-shaped. 3-4 times as broad as high, with
120-160 marginal flaps which are short, truncate, and scarcely
protrude. In every Octant 14-18 velar flaps between two very
small ocular flaps. Ex-umbrella finely granulated with umerous
white spots on a dark ground. Mouth-arms double as long as the
Umbrella radius, branched in corymbose manner, with Q-8 pair of
cylindrical main branches. Numerous small vesicles not larger
than the marginal flaps.

284 THE SCYPH0MEDUS2E OP THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE,

Colour : Umbi'ella, dark brown, with numerous white spots,
dorsal side of arms white, ventral side brown. Vesicles white.
Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 90 mm. Height, 30 mm.
Locality : Indian Ocean. Schnehagen.

Species. Toreuma Gegenbauri.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 645.

Umbrella flat. In every Octant 8 rectangular velar, between
two rudimentary ocular flaps. Ex-umbrella papillous, with an oval
white spot on every flap. Arms 1-| times as long as the Umbrella-
radius with 4-6 pair of flattened main branches. Between the
crisps numerous small vesicles, one very large at the base of each
arm, half as long as the arm.

Size : Diameter of Umbrella, 60 mm. Height, 20 mm.

Locality : Tropic part of Indian Ocean. Babbe.

Genus. Gassiopca.

Toreumidse, with 8 pinnate or trichotome branched mouth-
arms. The upper arm extends as main branch to the end of the
lower arm. Numerous club-shaped vesicles. 32 radial canals, 16
marginal bodies.

Species. Cassiopea Andromeda.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 569.

Cassiopea Andromeda. Eschscholtz, 1829. System der
Acalephen. Seite, 43.

Cassiopea Andromeda. Tilesius, 1829. Nova Acta. phys.
med., N. C. Band., XV. Seite, 266. Tafel., LXIX., LXX.

Cassiopea Andromeda. Milne Edwards, 1849. Cuvier, Begne.
Animal Zoophytes, pi. LI., fig. 1.

Cassiopea Forskalea. Feron et Leseur, 1809. Tableau des
Meduses, p. 356.

Medusa Andromeda. Forskal, 1775. Descript. Icones. Anim.
itin. orient., p. 107, Tab. XXXI.

Medusa Andromeda. Modeer, 1791. Nova. acto. Fhys. med.
VIII. Appendix p. 30, Nr. 24.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 285

Umbrella flat. In each of the 16 paramers 3 velar flaps
between two ocular flaps.

Exumbrella, with 96 white radial spots. 16 large ocular and
16x5 smaller marginal spots. Arms broad and compressed, flat,
scarcely as long as the Umbrella radius, with 2-3 pair of flat and
short, curled main branches. Numerous small and 8-10 large
vesicles on each arm.

Colour : Very variable. Exumbrella reddish — or violet —
brown, with white spots between the black radial stripes ;
margin mostly blueish or violet, arms olive green or red brown,
with white spots.

Size: Diameter of Umbrella, 100-120 mm. Height, 20-30 mm.

Locality : Red Sea. Tur., Forskal, Ehrenberg, Haeckel. India,
Smith. Sundasea, Sumatra, Tilesius,

Species. Cassiopea ornata.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 570, Tafel, XXXVII.

Umbrella flat. In each paramere 3 velar flaps between two
rudimentary ocular flaps.

Exumbrella, with 96 radial white spots. 16 tongue-shaped
ocular specs and 16x5 smaller marginal spots. Arms slender,
cylindrical, a little longer than the Umbrella. Radius, with 3-4
slender, densely pinnate main branches. Numerous small vesicles.

Size : Diameter of Umbrella, 100-120 mm. Height, 30-40 mm.

Locality: New Guinea, Koch. Pelew Islands, Weber. Aus-
tralia, Godeffroy.

Species. Cassiopea depressa.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 572.

Umbrella flat. Margin in each paramer, with 7 velar and two
ocular flaps. Exumbrella without radial spots. Arms very flat
shorter than the radius of the Umbrella, with 3-4 pair of short,
broad and curled main branches. Very small white vesicles.

Size: Breadth of Umbrella, 100-120 mm. Height, 15-20 mm

Locality : Madagascar, Levasseur. Querimba Islands, Moss-
ambique, Peters,

286 THE SCYPHOMEDQSJS OF THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE,

Genus. Cepliea.

Toreumidse, with eight bifurcated mouth-amis, the branches of
which are simple and not dichotomous. The upper arm does not
extend beyond the bifurcation. Between the suction crisps
numerous filaments. 8 broad ocular canals, between which there
are numerous narrow radial canals. Without ring canal. 8
marginal bodies.

Species. Cephea fusca.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 575.

Cephea fusca. Peron et Leseur, 1809. Tableau des Meduses,
p. 361.

Cephea fusca. Eschscholtz, 1829. System der Acalephen.
Seite, 57.

Cassiopea fusca. Dussumier, 1835. Mus6e. du Jardin des
plantes. Nr. 111.

Polyrhiza fusca. L. Agassiz, 1862. Monogr. of Acalephte.
Contrib. to the Nat. Hist, of the U.S.A., Vol. IV., p. 156.

Umbrella cap-shaped. Central dome flat, vaulted. Covered
with 16 or 20 large conic excrescences. Divided from the thin
margin of the Umbrella by a deep circular furrow. In every
Octant 8 flaps which appear as secundary flaps of one large
primary one which lies between the two ocular flaps. The two
flat branches of the under arm three times as long as the simple
upper arm. They do not reach to the margin of the Umbrella.
Filaments numerous decreasing in size centrifugally. The longest
as long as the Umbrella radius.

Colour : Umbrella, dark brown. Exumbrella with 8 white
radial stripes. Arms yellowish,, filaments white.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 150 mm. ; height, 30 mm.

Locality : N. W. coast of Australia, de Witt's land. Peron et
Leseur. Malabar. Dussumier.

Species. Cephea conifera.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 576. Tafel, XXXVI.,
figs. 3-6.

BY E. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 287

Umbrella similar to a mitre. Central dome with a very thick
wall, flat bell-shaped, thickly set with 20 or 30 large and many
small gi-annlated conic protuberances. Deep circular groove. In
every Octant 8 large rectangular coalescing velarflaps between two
small deeply-set ocular flaps. The two compressed forks of the
arm double as long as-the upper arm. Their distal ends projecting
beyond the margin of the Umbrella. Filaments long and numerous.
Four particularly stout ones on the Pillar-forks.

Size : 100-120 mm. diameter of Umbrella ; height, 30-40 mm.

Locality : Carolina Islands, Samoa Islands. Godeffroy.

Genus. Polyrhiza.

ToreumidsB with 8 bifurcate mouth arms, the branches are
doubly bifurcate or dichotomous. The upper arm extends beyond
the first bifurcation. Long brachial filaments between the crisps,
8 large ocular canals, and between them numei'ous smaller radial
canals. Without evident ring canal. 8 marginal bodies.

Species. Polyrhiza homopneusis.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 577.

Homopneusis frondosa. Lesson, 1829. Voyage de la Coquille,
Mollusques, plate. XII.

Homopneusis frondosa. L. Agassiz, 1862. Monogr. of Acal.
Contrib. to the Nat. H. of the U.S.A. Vol. IV, p. 159.

Umbrella flat cap-shaped. The central Umbrella disc flat.
Depressed in the centre. With 16 simple radial furrows. Deep
circular groove. Margin centrifugal of this groove as broad as the
central part. In every Octant 8 short, pointed velar flaps between
two small ocular flaps. Arms much dichotomously branched, each
with 6 or 8 thicker branches. Filaments short and numerous.
Arm branches projecting far beyond the margin of the Umbrella.

Size : Diameter of Umbrella, 60-80 mm. Height, 15-20 mm. (?)

Locality : New Guinea. Waigan Islands. Lesson.

Species. Polyrhiza orithyia.
Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 578.

288 THE SCYPHOMEDUS.E OF THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE,

Orinhyia incolor. Quoy et Gairnard, 1833. Voyage de 1' Astro-
labe. Zoophytes. Torn IV., p. 297, pi. XXV, figs. 6-10.

Salainis toreumata. Lesson, 1843. Acalephes, p. 343.

Salamis toreumata. L. Agassiz, 1862. Monogr. of Acal. Contrib.
to tLe Nat. H. of the U.S.A. Vol. IV, p. 159.

Umbrella deep cap-shaped. The central Umbrella-disc flat and
thick. Depressed in the centre with ramified radial furrows.
With deep circular groove. In every Octant 8 short and truncate
velar, and 2 small ocular flaps. Arms much dichotomously
branched; with 8-10 larger branches. Filaments numerous and
short. Longer towards the centre. Arm branches projecting
beyond the Umbrella.

Locality : Molucca Sea. Quoy et Gairnard.

Family. Pilemidce.

With no mouth, and many suction openings along the arms,
without tentacles. With 4 sub-genital cavities, and with dorsal
and ventral suction crisps on the arms.

Genus. Toxoclytus.

Pilemida) without scapulets with 8 free triangular pyramidal
arms, the three broad pinnate wings of which bear simple suction
crisps on their free margins, with long filaments.

Species. Toxoclytus roseus.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 586.

Toxoclytus roseus. L. Agassiz, 1862. Monogr. of Acal. Contrib.
to the Nat. H. of the U.S.A.

Rhizostoma resea. Pteynaud, 1830. Lesson. Centurie Zoologique,
p. 97, pi. XXXIV.

Umbrella flat hat-shaped ; in every Octant 5 or 6 velar-flaps
between 2 ocular flaps (1). Arms scarcely as long as the radius of
the Umbrella. The upper arm cylindrical, and about as long as
the triangular prismatic lower arm. Suction crisps broad and
deeply incised.

BY R. VON LEXDENFELD, PH.D. 289

Colour : Pale rose-coloured Gonads ; marginal flaps and
auction crisps, deep rose-coloured.
Size : Not mentioned.
Locality : Tropic zone of the Atlantic. Reynaud.

Genus. Lychnorhiza.

Pilemidae without scapulets, with 8 free triangular pyramidal
aims. The wings bear on their free margin numerous thick suction
crisps and filaments.

Species. Lychnorhiza lucerna.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Siete, 587. Tafel, XXXIV.

Umbrella flat. Every Octant with 4 large pointed oval
velar, and 2 small triangular ocular flaps. Arms nearly as long
as the diameter of the Umbrella. Upper arm ^ as long as the
lower arm. Laterally compressed and extending below to a broad
triangular shoulder-flap. Lower arm triangular pyramidal, with
2 very broad and much flapped doi-sal wings, and one smaller
ventral wing. Suction crisps much flapped with numerous long,
ribbon-shaped filaments.

Size : Diameter of Umbrella, 120-150 mm. Height, 50-60 mm.

Locality : Rio de Janeiro. Von Martens.

Genus. Eupilema.

Pilemidae with 8 pair of scapulets, and with free triangular
pyramidal lower arms. The three wings of these bear suction
crisps on their free mai'gins, but no other appendages. Without
terminal bulbs.

Species. Eupilema scapulare.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 590.

Umbrella flat hat-shaped, with vaulted dome. In every Octant
8 pair rectangular, narrow and long truncate velar flaps. The 16
intra-circular canal nets touch the distal basis of the mouth-pillars
Stem of disc cubic, narrow, not broader than the pillars. Arms

290 THE SCYPHOMEDUSiE OF THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE,

about as long as the radius of the Umbi*ella. Scapulets of the
same size and shape as the free part of the upper arm ; a little
shorter than the broad lower arms.

Size : Diameter of Umbrella, 150 mm. Height, 50 mm.

Locality : Sunda Archipel. Sumatra. Weber.

Species. Eupilema claustra.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 591.

(?) Claustra Mertensii. Lesson, 1843. Acalephes, p. 379.

(?) Cyanea (!) Rhizostoma. Brandt, Mem. Acad. St. Peters-
burgh. " Tom. IV., p. 388, 407, tab. XXXI.

Umbrella flat hat-shaped. In every Octant 6 broad tri-angular
velar, and two small lancet shaped ocular flaps. The intra-circular
canal net arcades are distant from the mouth-pillars as much as
their own breadth.

Stem of disc, cubic, double as thick as the mouth pillars, arms
i | times as long as the radius of the Umbrella. Scapulets half as
long as the free part of the upper arm, which is a little longer
than the broad lower arm.

Size : Diameter of Umbrella, 200 mm. Height, 70 mm.

Locality : Marquesas Islands. Smith.

Genus. Pilema.

Pilemidse with 8 pair of scapulets, with free, triangular, pyra-
midal, lower arms. The three wings of these bear on their free
margin suction crisps, but no other appendages. At the terminal
end of each arm a club-shaped or triangular bulb without suction
crisps.

Species. Pilema cap^nse.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 645.

Cephea capensis. Quoy et Gaimard, 1824. Voyage de l'Uranie,
p. 568,*pl. LXXXIV, fig 9.

Rhizostoma capensis. Lesson, 1843. Acalephes, 417.

Umbrella semi-spherical. In every Octant six broad semi-
circular velar flaps between two pointed triangular ocular flaps. (?)

BY R. VOX LENDENFELD, PH.D.

291

Upper arm about as long as the lower arm. Terminal bulb adnate,
triangular, pyramidal with toothed edges, half as long as the upper
arm.

Size: 200-300 mm., the diameter of the Umbrella, and 80-100
mm. in height. Q)

Locality : Table Bay, Cape Town. Quoy et Gairnard.

Genus. Rhojnlema.

Pilemidre with 8 pair of scapulets and with 8 free triangular,
pyramidal lower arms. The three wings bear on their free margin
between the suction crisps numerous club-shaped appendages of
similar shape as the terminal bulbs.

Species. Rhopilema rhopalophora.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 596.

Umbrella, hat-shaped, in every Octant 16 narrow rectangular
velar flaps between two short lancet-shaped ocular flaps. Scapulets
as long as the free part of the upper arms, half as long as the
lower arm. On the free margin of the three wings there are
between the flapped suction crisps numerous triangular pyi-amidal
gallert bulbs of the same shape as the larger terminal bulb of the
arms.

Size : Diameter of Umbrella, 100 mm. Height, 50 mm.

Locality : To the East of Madagascar. Itabbe.

Genus. Brachiolophus.

Pilemidaj with 8 pair of scapulets and with dichotomous branched
lower arms, which coalesce at their base with their lateral margins,
but otherwise remain free. The coecal thick-walled Manubrium
does not reach as far down as the first bifurcation of the arms.

Species. Brachiolophus collaris.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 597.
Umbrella semi-spherical, twice as broad as high. In every
Octant 8 quadratic velar flaps between two oval ocular flaps.

292 THE SCYPHOMEDUS.E OP THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE,

Armbush truncate, conic, extending laterally downward. Pro-
jecting a good deal beyond the margin of the Umbrella. Scapulets
with their upper margin in the level of the margin of the
Umbrella.

Size : Diameter of Umbrella, 80 mm. Height, 40 mm.

Locality : Galopagas Islands. Fuchs.

Genus. Stomolophus.

Pilemidse, with 8 pair of scapulets and dichotomous branched

lower arms ; which coalesce in the greater part of the length of

their sides. Only the terminal branches remain free. The coecal

thick walled Manubrium extends beyond the first bifurcation of

the arms. _ . , . , . .„ .

bpecies. btomolopfius fritiUaria.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 598. Tafel, XXXV.

Umbrella highly vaulted ; higher than semi-spherical. In
every Octant 24 stump rectangular velar flaps between two oval,
pointed protruding ocular flaps. Armbush stubbed conic extended
downward protruding beyond the margin of the lattei-, scarcely
\ of the height of the Umbrella. Scapulets hidden in the depth
of the Umbrella.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 80 mm. Height, 60 mm.

Locality : Atlantic Coast of South America. Surinam.

Family. Chaunostomidce.
With a single sub-genital cavity, and a mouth in the lower side
of the brachial disc, with eight arms, the ventral side of which
contains a deep groove. Arms branched dichotomously. Secundary
and tertiary branches arranged somewhat pinnate, without
mai'ginal tentacles.

Genus. Psetidorhiza.

With one large filament at the bifurcation of the arm.

The canal system consist of 16 radial canals, and a ring canal.
Centrifugally from the ring-canal we find an anostomosing net-
work of canals, whilst centripetally there are between two
adjacent main radial canals, 10 canals running from the ring-
canal in a radial direction centripetally.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 293

Species. Pseudorhiza aurosa.
Plate III.

Yon Lendenfeld. Zoologischer Auzeiger, Nr. 116. Band V.,
Seite, 380.

Umbrella 3 or 4 times as broad as high, with a reticulate
figure on the dorsal side.- In every octant between the two long
and narrow ocular flaps there are 6 velar flaps, each of which
consists of three secundary flaps. Arms about as long as the
diameter of the Umbrella.

Colour : Umbrella colourless, with a violet reticulate figure
covering the Exumbrella. Entoderm of Gastral cavity, brown.
Upper part of mouth, arm-grooves, rose-coloured. Arm colourless
and transparent. Frills along the margin of the grooves, and
distal end of long filament richly violet.

Size : Diameter of Umbrella, 400 mm. Thickness of gallert
of Umbrella, 30 mm. Brachial disc, 220 mm. in diameter, and
25 mm. in thickness.

Ontogenesis : The embryos are carried about in pouches sus-
pended in great number from the radial canals, which run centri-
petally from the ring canal. They remain there till they are fit to
turn into Scyphystomas, then escape and affix themselves with the
aboral pole to any free submerged surface. The Scyphystoma does
not differ from other Scyphystomas.

Locality : Port Phillip. Von Lendenfeld. Glenelg. Haacke.

Family. Versuridae.
Discomedusse without tentacles and central mouth, with a single
central sub-genital porticus, and with ventral suctorial crisps of
the 8 mouth arms (without dorsal suctorial crisps).

Genus. Hoplorhiza.
Versuridae with 8 simple, free, neither branched nor fork-shaped,
mouth-arms, which do not coalesce with their lateral walls.

Species. Hoplorhiza simplex.
Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 609.

294 THE SCYPHOMEDUSiE OF THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE,

Umbrella flat orbicular with 48 marginal flaps (in each Octant
4 large square velar-flaps between 2 tongue-shaped projecting
ocular-flaps), 8 arms quite simple, cylindrical, as long as the radius
of the Umbrella. Sub-genital ostia about as broad as the distance
between them.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 50 mm. Height of Umbrella, 20
mm. Ontogenesis unknown.

Locality : South Australia. Bass' Straits. Mueseum, Godeffroy.

Species, JLoplorhiza punctata.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 604.

Umbrella slightly vaulted with 176 marginal flaps (in each
Octant 10 pair of narrow round velar flaps, between 2 small
recurved ocular flaps), 8 arms quite simple, cylindrical, half as long
as the radius of the Umbrella. Sub-genital-ostia 3 times as broad
as the pillars.

Colour : Exumbrella dark violet-brown, equally speckled with
white spots.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella 40 mm. Height of Umbrella,
20 mm. Ontogenesis unknown.

Locality : Coast of North Australia, Arnheim's Land. T. M.
Elsey.

Genus. Cannorhiza.

Versuridee with 8 simple, neither branched nor fork-shaped mouth-
arms, which are connected with their side-margins, and form
together a octagonal tube with an opening underneath.

Species. Cannorhiza connexa.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 605.

Umbrella flat, orbicular, with 80 marginal flaps (in each Octant
8 narrow rectangular velar flaps between 2 oval pointed ocular
flaps.) Brachial tube formed by the lateral concrescing of 8
cylindrical simple mouth-arms, a little longer than the radius of
the Umbrella. Above half as broad as long, below the same

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 295

breadth. The 4 wide sub-genital ostia about as broad as the
strong and free pillars between them. Brachial disk about as
broad as the radius of the Umbrella.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 80 mm. Height of Umbrella,
30 mm. Octogenesis unknown.

Locality : South Pacific Ocean, near New Zealand. Smith.

Genus. Versura.

"Versuridoe with 8 pinnate or trichotome branched mouth-arms,

the upper part of the arm continues to the under adradial main

branch of the under arm as far as its distal end. Numerous

club-shaped vesicles between the branchial frills. Mouth cross

with 4 rays, with perradial forked suctorial crisps, without central

frills.

Species. Versura palmata.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 606.

Umbrella quite flat, scutiform, with continuous margin, 8
slight ocular incisions, and 112 marginal flaps which coalesce (in
each Octant 12 narrow, rectangular velar flaps, between 2 rudi-
mentary ocular-flaps which are quite joined). Sub-genital-ostia
twice as broad as the pillars between. Arms a little shorter than
the radius of the Umbrella, pinnate nearly hand-shaped, flat, spread
out, as long as broad.

Size: Breadth of Umbrella, 60 mm. Height of Umbrella,
20 mm. Ontogenesis unknown.

Locality : Sunda Sea, Java, Cherebon, Andrda.

Species. Verstira pinnata.

Haeckel, System der Medusen, 607.

Umbi'ella, flat, orbicular, with 8 deep ocular incisions and 144
marginal flaps which coalesce, (in each Octant 16 quadratic velar
flaps between two small triangular ocular flaps). Sub-genital-ostia
as broad as the pillars between. Arms a little longer than the
radius of the Umbrella, pinnate flat, spread out twice as long as
broad.

20

29G THE SCYPHOMEDUS^E OF THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE,

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 80 mm. Height of Umbrella,
3 mm. Ontogenesis unknown.

Locality : Indian Ocean, near the Cocos Islands. Rabbe.

Species. Versura vesicata.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 645.

Umbrella flat, scutiform, with 8 deep ocular incisions, 208
coalescing marginal flaps (in each Octant 24 narrow rectangular
velar flaps between 2 rudimentary ocular flaps). Sub-genital ostia
half as broad as the pillars between them. Arms about as long
as the radius of the Umbrella, doubly pinnate, flat, spread out as
long as broad.

Locality : Australia (North-west Coast. 1). Weber.

Genus. Phyllorhiza.
Versuridae, with 8 pinnate mouth-arms. The Pinna? are only
rudimentary and appear connected by a membrane, so that the
whole arm attains an extended leaf-shaped appearance.

Phyllorhiza punctata. Nov. sp.
Plate IV.

The Umbrella is nearly semi-spherical, and about half as high
as broad. The Umbrella margin bears in every Octant two sickle-
shaped ocular flaps, four simple and four double flaps, all of
which taper centrifugally and are truncate. These flaps consist of
thick gallert and are connected by thin niernbranes. Radial
furrows extend centripetally from the fissions towards the centre
of the disc. The sub-genital ostia are large and oval, more than
twice as broad as the pillars of the brachial disc. The brachial
disc is thick and a little more than half as broad as the Umbrella,
octagonal, with a canal system of its own, and thickly set on its
ventral side with filaments to which the young gastrulaj-embryos
adhere. The mouth-arms are § as long as the diameter of the
Umbrella.

Colour : Brachial disc, and stem and branches of mouth-arms
and also the ground substance of the gallert of the Umbrella
colourless. In the gallert of the Umbrella, close to the surface,

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 297

are groups of "yellow cells," Zooxanthella} which give the whole a
brown colour. Towards the Exumbral surface there are clouds of
strongly refracting minute bodies in the gallert, which give our
animal the spotted appearance, from which I have derived the
specific name. The suctoi'ial crisps are bi-own. The long stalked
suction naps (Peitschen filamente) are coloui-less and transparent.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 500 mm. Thickness of Exumbrella,
50 mm. Mouth-arms, 300 mm. Filaments, 200 mm. long, and
at the base 10 mm. thick.

Ontogenesis : The young embryos adhere to the mother's
filaments until they have nearly attained the scyphystoma stage.
The ephyra is brown spotted. The young medusa goes through a
complicated metamorphosis, passing through stages with 24 and
16 marginal bodies.

Locality : Port Jackson. Von Lendenfeld.

Family. Craynbessidce.
Discomedusse, without central mouth and tentacles, with a
single central sub-genital porticus and with dorsal and ventral
suctorial crisps and 8 mouth-arms.

Genus. Cramborhiza.

Crambessidge with free strong upper arm, and strong, triangular-
pyramidal under-arm, the 3 pinnate wings of which possess
numerous long filaments between the corymbiated suctorial crisps.

Species. Cramborhiza flagellata.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 676.

Umbrella slightly vaulted, hat-shaped, with 48 marginal flaps.
In each Octant 4 broad, oval, velar-flaps, between 2 small triangular
ocular flaps. Exumbrella finely granulated. Ostia of the sub-
gential-porticus 3 times as broad as the 4 perradial pillars between
them. Arms about as long as the radius of the Umbrella. Upper
arm strong, cylindrical, about as long as the triangular pyramidal
under arm, the 3 broad wings have strong flapped suctorial crisps,
and numerous Ions filaments.

298 THE SCYPHOMEDUSjE of the southern hemisphere,

Size: Breadth of Umbrella, 80 mm. Height of Umbrella,
30 mm.

Locality : Coast of Brazil, Cotingeriba. Hygon. Pernambuca.
Leseur.

Genus. Crambessa.

Crambessidse with free strong upper-arm, and strong triangular-
pyramidal under-arm, the 3 broad wings of which possess suctorial
crisps without especial appendages, without terminal knots or
crispless appendages at the distal-end.

Species. Crambessa cricciata.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 620.

Rhizostoma cruciata. Lesson, 1829. Voyage de la Coquille,
Zoophyt., p. 121, pi. XL, fig. 1.

(?) Ehizostoma cyanolobata. Couthouy, 1862 ; manuscript.

Rhacopilus cruciatus. L. Agassiz, 1862, Monogr. Acal.
Contrib., IV., p. 153.

Rhacopilus cyanolobatus. L. Agassiz, 18C2. Monogr. Acal.
Contrib. IV, p. 152.

Umbrella semi-spherical, twice as broad as high, with 48 mar-
ginal flaps. In each Octant between 2 rudimentary ocular flaps,
4 large equally sided triangular velar flaps. Exumbrella with 32 (?)
deep radial furrows. Brachial disc as broad as the radius of the
Umbrella. Mouth-arms 1£ times as long as the radius of the
Umbrella. The upper arm short and narrow, the under arm
nearly 4 times as long, surrounded by thick suctorial crisps, conic,
pointed at the distal end.

Colour : According to Lesson, yellowish white ; Gonads and
ring canal pink. According to Couthouy, blue-white, marginal
flaps dark blue, suctorial crisps and arms, carmoisin-red.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 120-150 mm. Height of Umbrella,
50-70 mm. Ontogenesis unknown.

Locality : Coast of Brazil, Island Santa Catharina. Lesson
Rio de Janeiro. Couthouy.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 299

Species. Crambessa palmipes.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 620.

Umbrella semi-spherical, twice as broad as high, with 64 marginal
flaps. In each Octant 6 square truncate velar-flaps between 2
projecting oval ocular-flaps, which are half as long as the former.
Exumbrella finely granulated. Arms a little shorter than the
radius of the Umbrella. Under-arm triangular-pyramidal, pointed,
surrounded by suctorial crisps, twice as long as the short and cylin-
drical upper arms, which are connected with a thin membrane.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 40 mm. Height of Umbrella, 20
mm. Ontogenesis unknown.

Locality ; Coast of North Australia, Koch. Museum, Godeflroy.

Species. Crambessa mosaica.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 622.

Cephea mosaica. Quoy et Gaimard, 1827. Voyage de l'Uranie,
Zoologie, p. 569, pi. 85, fig. 3.

Rhizostoma mosaica. Eschschokz, 1829. System der Acalephen,
p. 53.

Rhizostoma mosaica. Huxley, 1849. Philosoph. Transact., 1849.
pp. 422, 432, pi. 38, figs. 26, 27 ; pi. 39, figs. 28-34.

Catostylus mosaicus. L. Agassiz, 1862. Monogr. Acal.
Contrib. IV., p. 152

Catostylus mosaicus. Grenacher und Noll, 1876. Abhandl.
Senkenberg, Ges. Bd. X., p. 38.

Catostylus "Wilkessii. L. Agassiz, 1862. Monogr. Acal.
Contrib. IV, p. 152.

Crambessa mosaica. Von Lendenfeld, 1883. Zeitsch, f. wiss.
Zool. Bd., 38.

Umbrella slightly vaulted, nearly semi-spherical, 2-3 times as
broad as high, with numerous narrow marginal flaps. (To 200 1
about 24 velar flaps on each Octant). Sides of the gastrogenital-
cross nearly rectangular. The same breadth at the distal, and
at the proximal end ; mouth-arms a little shorter than the
diameter of the Umbrella. Under-arm conic, pointed below

300 THE SCYPHOMEDUS.E OF THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE,

surrounded by thickly set suctorial crisps. 3 times as broad as
the thin and short upper arm.

Colour : Blue or brown, with a net of white lines on the
Exumbrella ; male genital organs grey-green, ovaries deep orange-
red.

Size: Breadth of Umbrella, 200-350 mm. Height of Umbrella,
80-120 mm. Ontogenesis unknown.

Locality : East coast of Australia, Port Jackson, Quoy et
Gaimard, Huxley ; Illawarra Lake, T. Drayton ; Port Phillip,
Port Jackson, von Lendenfeld.

Genus. Mastigias.

Crambessidse, with free strong upper-arms and with strong
three-cornered pyramidal under-arms, the 3 wings of which have
suctorial crisps. At the distal end of each arm there is a club-
shaped, mostly three-cornered, gallert appendage (or terminal knot),
without suctorial crisps.

Genus. Mastigias papua.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 123.

Mastiguas papua. L. Agassiz, 1862. Monogr. Acal. Contrib.,
IV., p. 152.

Cephea papua. Lesson, 1829. Voyage de la Coquille Zoophyt.,
p. 122, pi. XL, figs. 2, 3.

Cephea papuensis. Griffiths, 1832. In Cuvier's Anim. Kingd.,
pi. III., fig. 3.

Cephea ocellata? Huxley — (non Peron !) — 1877. Manual
Invert. Anim., p. 137, figs. 19, 21.

Bhizostoma papua. Lesson, 1843. Acalephes, p. 715.

Umbrella semi-spherical, with 8 marginal flaps (in each octant
8 semi-circular velar flaps between 2 narrower ocular flaps.)
Arms (without appendix) about half as long as the radius of the
Umbrella. Upper arm and under arm nearly the same length.
Terminal appendix three-cornered prismatic, a little longer than the
diameter of the Umbrella.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 301

Colour : Exumbrella bluish green to brownish green, some
times more blue or more green, or more brown, with numerous
large white spots. Subumbrella light brown, with 8 blue or
bluish green ocular canals. Marginal flaps and Gonads rust-colour,
brown, blue-green, with brown spots and suctorial crisps. Terminal
appendage blue or green- towards the end reddish brown.

Size ; Breadth of Umbrella, 60-80 mm. Height of Umbrella,
30-40 mm.

Locality : New Guinea (Waigon and Dorey), Lesson ;
Louisiade- Archipelago, Huxley ; Philippines, Wendt ; China
Sea. H. Koch.

Species. Mastigias ocellata.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 623.

Medusa ocellata, Modeer, 1791. Nova. Acta. phys. med. n.l.,
VIII, Apend., p. 27, nr. 11.

Cephea ocellata, Peron et Leseur, 1809. Tableau des Meduses,
etc., p. 361, nr. 98.

Cephea ocellata, Eschscholtz, 1829. System der Acalephen, p. 56.

Cephea ocellata, L. Agassiz, 1862. Monogr. Acal. Contrib.,
IV., p. 156.

Hidriticus rufus, L. Agassiz, 1862. Monogr. Acal. Contrib.,
IV., p. 158.

Umbrella semi-spherical, with 112 marginal flaps (in each
Octant 12 truncate, rounded velar flaps between 2 oval projecting
ocular flaps.) Arms (without appendage) shorter than the radius
of the Umbrella. Upper arms a little longer than the shortened
broad under arm. Terminal appendage, club-like, three-cornered, as
long as the radius of the Umbrella.

Colour : Exumbrella bright reddish, with numerous white,
spots surrounded by brown. Margin of Umbrella and Gonads
darker red. Arms reddish with small white papillae, Terminal
appendage transparent at the end with a blue stripe.

302 THE SCYPHOMEDUSJE OF THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE,

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 50-60 mm. Height of Umbrella,
20-30 mm.

Locality : East part of the Indian Ocean, near the Cocos
Islands, Rabbe ; Sunda Straits, W. W. Wood.

Species. Mastigias pantherina.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 624.

Umbrella semi-spherical, with 144 marginal flaps (in each
Octant 1 6 narrow rectangular truncate velar flaps, between 2 small
lancet-shaped ocular flaps. Arms (without appendage), nearly
twice as long as the radius of the Umbrella. The upper arm
scarcely as long as the slender three-cornered pyramidal under-
arms. Terminal appendage three-cornered prismatic, very thin and
long, filiform, 2-3 times as long as the diameter of the Umbrella.

Colour : Exumbrella (in spirits of wine), dark brown, with
numerous and large white spots, which are surrounded by a broad
black border.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 50-60 mm. Height of Umbrella,
20-30 mm.

Locality : Tropic Pacific Ocean, Samoa Islands, Museum.
Godeffroy.

Genus. Eucrambessa.

Crambessidse with free strong upper arm, and strong three-
cornered pyramidal under arm, the 3 wings of which possess
numerous clublike appendages without frills. Appendages of the
suctorial crisps, of the same shape as the terminal gallert knots.

Species. Eucrambessa Mulleri.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 624.

Umbrella slightly vaulted, 3 times as broad as high, with 80
marginal flaps (in each Octant 8 large quadratic velar flaps between
2 small three-cornered ocular flaps.) Arms about as long as the

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 303

diameter of the Umbrella, between the suctoral crisps of their
wings there are numerous three-cornered gallert clubs, of the same
shape as the larger terminal knot of each arm.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 120 mm. Height of Umbrella,
40 mm.

Locality : Indian Ocean, Madagascar. Levasseur.

Genus. Thysanostoma.

Crambessidse with weak, shortened and mostly coalescent
upper arm, and strap-shaped, very elongated, three-cornei'ed,
prismatic under arm, the three narrow wings possess suctorial crisps
in their whole length, without terminal knot.

Species. Thysanostoma thysanura.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 625.

Umbrella nearly orbicular, 2-3 times as broad as high with 96
marginal flaps (in each Octant 10 truncate rounded velar flaps
between two pointed three-cornered ocular flaps.) Exumbrella
polygonal, slabbed with irregular and granulated slabs, which
are scarcely half as broad as the marginal flaps. Sub-genital ostia
4-6 times as bi'oad as the pillars. Arms 2-3 times as long as the
diameter of the Umbrella, very narrow, ribbon shaped, thi*ee-
winged, the same breadth nearly throughout their whole length to
the rounded end.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 8 mm. Height of Umbrella, 3 mm.

Locality : Australia, Museum. Godeffroy.

Species. Thysanostoma melitea.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 626

Melitea brachyura. Lesson, 1830. Centurie Zoologique, p. 227,
pi. 80.

Rhizostoma brachyura. Lesson, 1829, Voyage de la Coquille,
Zoopht., Tom. II., p. 120.

%AA

304 THE SCYPHOMEDUS^E OF THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE,

Thysanostoma Lessoni. L. Agassiz, 1862. Mongr. Acal.
Contrib. IV., p. 153.

Umbrella semi-spherical, twice as broad as high, with 80 (?)
marginal flaps (in each Octant 8 rectangular flaps, the sides of which
coalesce. The velar flaps are truncate and lie between two elon-
gated ocular flaps.) Exumbrella prettily and regularly slabbed with
polygonal (5 or 6 cornered) slabs, which are as broad as the
marginal flaps. Arms several times as long as tbe diameter of
the Umbrella, very thin, getting gradually thinner towards the
pointed end.

Colour : Umbrella whitish, with rust-coloured margin, Gonads
yellowish, arms dark yellowish-red.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 300-400 mm. Height of Umbrella,
100-200 mm.

Locality : New Guinea, Harbour of Dorey. Lesson.

Genus. Leptobrachia.

Crambessidse without free uppei'-arms, with ribbon-shaped, very
long and thin under arms, which possess suctorial crisps towai-ds the
distal end above the terminal knot. Mouth-cross with 4 rays with-
out special frills.

Species. Leptobrachia le])toptts.
Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 630.

Leptobrachia leptopus. Brandt, 1838. Bulletin Acad. Petersb.,
Tom. I., Nr. 24, p. 191.

Leptobrachia leptopus. L. Agassiz, 1862. Monogr. Acal(
Contrib., IV., p. 154.

Rhizostoma leptopus. Chamisso et Eysenhardt, 1821. Nova,
Acta phys. med. n. e., Tom. X.. p. 356. Taf., 27.

Rhizostoma leptopus. Eschscholtz, 1829 System der Acale-
phen, p. 52.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 305

Rhizostonia leptocephalus. De Blainville, 1834. Actinologie,
p. 298.

Umbrella semi-spherical, with 48 marginal flaps. In each
Octant 4 rectangular velar flaps between 2 small ocular flaps (?).
Subgenital ostia twice as broad as the pillars between ; the mouth
cross smooth. Arms very long and thin, ribbon-shaped, about
twice as long as the diameter of the Umbrella, with a bundle of frills,
at the end from which there protrudes a pointed terminal knot.

Colour : Pale violet ; marginal flaps, margin of the arms and
terminal suctorial crisps, dark violet ; Gonads, yellow.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 8 mm. Height of Umbrella, 40 mm.

Locality ; Tropics of the Pacific Ocean, Radack Island. Chamisso.

Genus. Leonura.

Crambessidse without free upper arms, with ribbon-shaped, very
long and slender under-arms which only have suctorial crisps
towards the distal end above the terminal knot, mouth cross with
8 rays and 8 adradial suctorial crisps, which form especial frills
round the centre of the brachial disc.

Species. Leonura leptura.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 631.

Umbrella flat, oi'bicular, with 80 marginal flaps. In each
Octant 8 rectangular velar flaps, between 2 pointed triangular
ocular flaps. Sub-genital-ostia 3 times as broad as the pillars
between them. Mouth cross of the brachial disc with frills ;
the 8 rays in pairs. Arms very long and slender, ribbon-shaped,
nearly three times as long as the diameter of the Umbrella, a bundle
of frills, at the end which surrounds a pointed three-cornered
terminal knot.

Size : Breadth of Umbrella, 100 mm. Height of Umbrella,
50 mm.

Locality : South Pacific Ocean, near New Zealand. Weber.

306 THE SCYPHOMEDUS.E OF THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE.

Species. Leonura terminalis.

Haeckel, System der Medusen. Seite, 696.

Umbrella slightly vaulted with 80 marginal flaps. In each
Octant 8 pointed 3-cornered velar flaps between 2 small divergent
ocular flaps. Sub-genital-ostia 3 times as broad as the pillars
between. Mouth cross of the brachial disc with regular frill with
8 rays. Arms not very long, ribbon-shaped, about as long as the
diameter of the Umbrella, with a tassel-shaped bundle of frills,
which surround a 3-cornered, projecting terminal knot.

Size ; Breadth of Umbrella, 80 mm. Height of Umbrella,
20 mm.

Locality ; Pacific Ocean, " Challenger " Expedition. "Wy ville
Thomson.

Explanation of Plates.

Plate III. — Pseudorhiza aurosa, von Lendenfeld, painted from life, 0*5
natural size.

Plate IV. — Phyllorhiza punctata, von Lendenfeld, painted from life, 0 5
natural size.

NOTE ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE VERSURID^E.

Plate V.
By E. Vox Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

Although the early stages of development, the Gastrula and
Scyphistoma of some of those Phizostomse which possess a single
Sub-genital space, the Monodenmia of Haeckel, are known
of one or two species ; the later stages, the Ephyra and the
Metamorphosis of these Medusas is unknown. Only Haeckel
observed young stages of a Medusa belonging to the Crambessidae,
but these also had attained a size of from 30 to 40 mm., and
appeared similar to the adult animal. (1.)

I have had the luck to capture some very young stages of the
Phyllorhiza punctata, a new species described in another paper (2),
which is very abundant in Port Jackson. The smallest of these
measured 15 mm. across the disk, and I obtained an unlimited
number of specimens from this size upward to the adult animal,
which measures half a meter across the Umbrella. In colour and
shape these small larvse are similar to the adult animals.

Claus (1) has described the development of the Mouth-arms in
Rhizostoma Cuvieri (Pilema pulmo. Haeckel), which belongs to
the Family Torenmidse. In our species the Mouth-arms follow in
their development a similar course as that described by Claus.

The Sub-genital space appears to be formed in the way that
Haeckel supposes, but I am as yet not quite sure on this point.

(1.) Since this paper was read I received " Untersuchungen tiber die
Organisation und Entwiclcelung der Medusen." By G. Claus, in which
paper the Metamorphosis of Catylorhiza tuberculata is described (page
43, f. f.) The characteristic peculiarity in the Metamorphosis of Phyllorhiza
punctata — the decrease of the number of marginal bodies does not occur in
Cotylorhiza. The cause of the brown colour in the latter is ascribed by
Claus to Zooxanthellae in a similar manner as by myself in Phyllorhiza.

(2.) Proc. Lin. Soc. N.S.W., Vol., IX., p. 296.

308 NOTE ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE VERSURID^E,

The number of marginal bodies or organs of sense (Sinneskolben)
is in the Discomedusse nearly always eight, only very few possess
more, none less. The number hardly ever exceeds 32. The develop-
ment of the forms with more than eight marginal bodies is
unknown. Haeckel (1) supposes that in these cases already the
Scyphystoma possesses a greater number of tentacles.

Our Phyllorhiza, in its adult state possesses eight marginal
bodies, between every two of which there are two ocular flaps, four
simple and four double marginal flaps (plate V., fig. 4.)

I have never observed any variation in the number of the
marginal bodies of the adult animal except when the margin had
been injured, in which case, marginal bodies are produced irregu-
larly in the regenerated and irregular part of the margin. The
young stages (plate V., figs. 1-3) possess a greater number of
marginal bodies. It is not likely that Phyllorhiza punctata will
differ in this respect from all the other members of the Family,
and so we may assume it as not unlikely, that the development
described below for Phyllorhiza punctata is met with in many of
the other Versuridse.

The youngest stage which I have observed, measuring 15 mm.
(fig. 1) possesses 24 marginal bodies. In the radii of the first,
second, and fourth order. The margin of the Umbrella bears in
each Octant between two ocular flaps, four broad and low ^flaps
which are to be considered as two flaps only, each possesses an
indenture in the middle, the accessary marginal bodies are situated
in these indentures.

These sense-oi-gans are slightly smaller than the persisting eight,
but do not differ from them in shape. Larvse measuring 30 mm.
across the Umbrella show these marginal bodies in a few Octants
only, whilst in the others there is situated only one sense-organ in
the Radius of the third order. It is evident that the larva? lose
these marginal bodies of the quarternary Radii at the time of
their attaining this size. They are slowly replaced by others, one
always taking the place of two. A form is in that way attained,

(1.) E. llaeclul. Das System der Medusen. Seite 45S.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 309

which possesses eight accessory marginal bodies besides the eight
persistent ones. (Fig. 2.) The flaps of the Umbrella margin
adjacent to these ad radial marginal bodies grow out to greater
length and commence to divide into two flaps by fission.

Larvae, with a diameter of 50 mm., loose these adradial bodies
also (fig 3), and by a continued fission of the maginal flaps the
configuration of the Umbrella margin of the adult animal is
attained.

Such a formation of marginal bodies has, to my knowledge, not
been observed before, and tends to prove the great fundamental
difference between these Scyphomedusse which have more marginal
bodies in the young than in the adult state, and Hydromedusse,
which often possess fewer sense-organs, when young, than when
grown up.

Explanation of Plate.

Plate V.— Part of the Umbrella margin of Phyllorhiza punctata, all
enlarged so as to be of the same size.

Fig. 1. Larva with 15 mm. diameter.

Fig. 2. Larva with 30 mm. diameter.

Fig. 3. Larva with 50 mm. diameter.

Fig. 4. Adult with 250 mm. diameter.

310 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES.

By Dr. R. von Lendexfeld.

II. — Continued.

MORPHOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF
THE SPONGES.

I will endeavour to give a brief account of our present know-
ledge on the subject, without entering into detail, which will be
described below in the classificatory portion of this work.

I. — The Anatomy of the Sponges.

1. Shape and size.

Although many Sponges have a constant shape, which is
characteristic for the species, still the greater number do not
possess a definite form. The same species will always be charac-
teristic in outer appearance, but a certain shape which could be
minutely described and set up for a standard is not met with in
most Sponges. Just as a tree although growing irregularly, will
have peculiar points about it, which give the character to the
landscape so it is with the Sponges.

The irregular Sponges appear in every conceivable shape.
Those which have a constant shape are generally cylindrical,
always with a circular transverse section, which points to
the fact that we have here animals before us, which originally
irregular, are just commencing to attain a regular radially sym-
metrical shape, or vice versa. The latter appears more probable.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 311

In detail the form of a species is very constant, so that Sponges
from the same locality growing in the same depth, and under
similar outer circumstances, will always at first sight prove their
identity, may their shape differ ever so much.

The configuration of the surface, the height of the projecting
conuli, and their distance from each other, and the size of the Oscula
are alike. Also, the structure of the skeleton is much more constant
than the shape.

The more we go into detail the more constant peculiarities are
met with, so that the microscopic investigation will often prove
two specimens to be identical, which are very different in shape.

The size is subjected even to greater variations than the form.
Many Sponges certainly do not grow beyond a certain limit, bat
there are others which grow indefinitely — that is all those forms,
which are found in the shape of incrustations. Spongecrusts may
extend for miles. The margins of different crusts coalescing, and
finally covering the whole of the area in which the Sponge in the
struggle for life has the upper hand.

Such a Sponge is for instance our Aplysilla violacea (1)
which covers many thousand square meters in Port Phillip. In
such cases it is difficult to say what should be considered as an
individual.

Whilst the Sponges with characteristic shape can be easily
recognised either as single persons or as colonies of such, whereby
all individuals are alike and moi'e or less separate, these unlimited
sponges can only be understood asZoa Impersonalia (Oscar Scmidt.)
Together with the characteristic and constant shape we find the
individuality of the Sponge slowly disappearing, whereby not cleaiiy
personified individuals are derived from personified species of
definite shape. This certainly tends to prove that these inde-
finite Sponges are not to be confounded with higher indivi-
dualized Coelenterata, but we must always bear in mind, that they
pass an embryonic stage, which is of characteristic, constant and

(1) R. von Lendenfeld. Ueber Goelenteraten der Siidsee II. Ntue -Apty-
siniJ.a. Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologic. Band, XXXVIII.
21

312 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

definite shape, so that the loss of individuality which occurs later
is not the original, but only a coenogenetic peculiarity. The
largest Sponge of definite shape and attaining a height of one
metre or more is Poterion.

2. The color.

In many Sponges the color is less variable than shape and size,
even in the indefinitely shaped species it never varies near as much
as often in higher animals. I consider the colour in life as a very
constant and characteristic feature, so much so, that I would always
be inclined to consider a Sponge as belonging to another species ;
when the color differs though otherwise similar in shape and
structure. Unfortunately the colour is very delicate and always
fades in spirits or changes even totally in a few minutes.

The outer sui-face is mostly monochromatic, although it happens
sometimes that one part of a Sponge is lighter than another.
&pots or figures of any kind never occur in the surface color.
Sponges may have all colors except green. (Spongilla sometimes
contains chlorophyll and then appears green.)

When the colour is not uniform then the lower side is always
lighter than the upper, as in fishes. This appears to be less of a
protective arrangement than a consecpience of the photographic
effect of the light, which causes the exposed surfaces of the
Sponge to attain a darker hue than those which are always in
shade. If the colour of the Sponge is not uniform then the
lighter part is always the same tint as the darker, only a lighter
shade. We have here apparently the same difference as between
the colours of the soles and palms and the other part of the skin
of dark human tribes. Deep sea Sponges are always colorless.

The Calcareous Sponges are white or light yellow, the Horn-
sponges always richly coloured, yellow, orange, blue, red or violet;
the Siliceous Sponges, with the exception of those from great
depths (Hexactinellidpe and Lithistida?) also appear coloured, but
not so intensely as the Ceraospongia?. The interior of the Sponge
is mostly of a similar hue as the surface but always more dull.

BY R. VON LEXDEXFELD, PH.D. 313

The color may be diffuse, but is also often exclusively found
in granules which may be imbedded in the gallert or in the cells
of the Sponge.

Of the changes which the colours of Sponges undergo when
dying, those are most remarkable, which are met with in the
yellow Aplysinidaa and Apjysillidse, they turn dark blue.

3. Internal structure.

The skin or outermost layer of the Sponge is often only loosely
connected with the main part of the body, and can be removed
from the concave fields between the conuli.

The body appears on a transverse section, more or less porous.
The pores are the orifices of the channels which traverse the
body of the Sponge in every direction. The lumen of these
canals varies very much so that in some cases the Sponge appears
very porous, only about 30% of the space being taken up by the
Sponge substance itself, whilst all the rest is canals. In other
cases again the canals become rare and narrow and are often
quite invisible. This, for instance, often occurs, when a living
Sponge is cut, because the whole of the body contracts so much
that all the vacant space is filled up by the Sponge tissue and all
the water ejected.

Also the hardness is subject to great variations. Some Sponges,
without skeleton, appear very soft, nearly slimy ; whilst others
again, particularly the Lithistida?, attain the hardness of a stone.
But not only does the skeleton make a difference in this respect,
the ground substance of the Sponge itself varies greatly in its
density between the slimy appearance of a soft gallert and the
resistent form of cartilage.

4. The Canal-system.

The canals are mostly crooked and irregular, only in a few
Sponges they appear, as more or less, parallel and straight tubes.
Their breadth varies very much, although it often happens that
they will all appear of the same width in a section. From the

314 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

microscopic pores of the surface the water either enters cavities
which lie underneath the skin, the subdermal cavities (Carter) or
flows through small canals which join and form larger tubes.

These tubes afterwards again give rise to smaller ones, which by-
continual ramification finally supply the greater part of the whole
Sponge. In no part of the Sponge this system of canals, through
which the water flows centripetally, is in direct connection with
those canals through which the water passes on to the oscular
tube. There is always a layer of ciliated chambers present in the
Sponge, which layer separates the ectodermal canal system which
brings the water to the ciliated chambers, from the canal system
which carries the water away from the chambers to the oscular
tube, these latter canals are coated with Entoderm. The layer of
ciliated chambers is mostly folded in a very complicated manner.
Originally it has always been of a simple sack-shape, from which
shape the complicated structure of the adult Sponge is derived.
(F. E. Schulze Plakinidse.)

The Ectodermal water-supplying canals are to be compared with
trees which grow from the sub-dermal cavities or corresponding
parts. Also, the Entodermal drain-channels are tree-shaped.

The narrow canals arising from the ciliated chambers unite to
form larger branches which again, like tributary streams, run
together, uniting to a main drain which opens into the oscular
tube or cloaca. Only in a few Sponges, particularly the Syconidee,
the canal system is simple and unbranched. The Asconida?
(Leucosolenia) possess no canal system.

All the mains open into a tube very much wider than any of the
others, which stands vertical on the surface of the Sponge. This
Oscular tube is mostly very wide, always when expanded visible
to the naked eye. It can be compressed, and may under
circumstances be quite oblitered if the Sponge contracts very much.
(Lipostomie.) This Oscular tube opens on the surface of the
Sponge, with a simple, circular aperture. In the case of the
Sponge being cylindrical, or consisting of a lot of parallel cylinders,
there is nearly always an Osculum or opening of the Cloaca at the
terminal face of every cylinder. Complications of this simple

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 315

form of Osculum may arise, by a net-work being formed which
closes the wide Osculum (Euplectella). Sometimes a thin chimney-
shaped membrane projects from the Osculum. (Caminus.)

Sometimes a frill of large spicules surrounds the opening (many
Calcareous Sponges, Holtenia.) The tube itself may possess
transverse membranes, which by being more or less tightened
regulate the current of water (some Spongidse).

5. The Skeleton.

By far the greater portion of known Sponges possess a skeleton,
which in its shape and size is as variable as the shape of the
Sponge itself, but which in its minute structure appears rather
unvarying. The daughters may have a very different skeleton
from the mother as far as shape and size, probably also as far as
sti-ength is concerned ; but the minute structure will resemble that
of the parent so closely, that we are justified in looking on the
minute structure of the skeleton as a very important feature of
the Sponges in as much as their mutual relationship is concerned.

Some Sponges — and as we may safely assume, those resembliug
the ancestral forms — have no skeleton. One or several of such
ancestral soft forms attained a skeleton, consisting of carbonate of
lime (Calcarea.) Others again produced fibres, which were
originally composed of fibrillous tissue only (GumminaB.) In the
course of time horny fibres were produced in the centre of the
fibrellous fibres, and these of course followed the direction of the
large canals (Oscar Schmidt). Originally they had a tree-shape
(Aphysillidae, von Lendenfeld, Vosmaer.) The branches coalesced,
and a reticulate structure was produced, in which main centrifugal
stems could be distinguished from tangental connecting fibres
(Spongidse, Aplysinida?. ) Foreign bodies, sand and the like,
adhering to the surface of the Sponge, in most cases entered the
horny fibres and filled t" e core of them in a varying degree.
Such foreign bodies ar mostly only to be found in the radial
fibres, but sometimes ? oin the tangental ones.

316 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

Within these horny fibres sometimes cells are to be found,
which like the Osteoklasts of the vertebrate animals destroy the
hard substance, here the Spongiolin or horn, and cause the skeleton
to appear as a system of tubes filled with a soft core. (Aplysillidse,
von Lendenfeld.) It is perhaps possible that these cells are
Algfe symbyotic in the Sponge.

Silicious spicules may be formed within the horny fibres, and
these always belong to the Monactinellid type, a rod with one or
two points. They are small in number and size at the beginning
(Veluspa, Miklouho-Maclay), but get larger and more numerous
until the horny fibres are nearly entirely replaced by dense bundles
consisting of Monactinellid spicules only.

At the same time in all of the stages from a soft non-skeletous
Sponge (Halisarca), to a Sponge with a strong skeleton of silica-
cords (Suberites), silicious spicules may be produced outside the
fibres in the ground substance of the Sponge. These iiever belong
to the Monactinellid type. They are always originally charac-
terized by possessing more than two ends — more than one axis.
These " flesh spicules " attain very extraordinary shapes. If they
appear in Sponges, which already possess a strong fibrous skeleton,
they remain small and loose (Desniacidonidas, O. Schmidt) ; if on
the other hand they make their appearance in Sponges which are
destitute of a fibrous skeleton they attain a larger size and
coalesce to form a hard, continuous skeleton (Hexactinellidse,
Tetractinellida?, Lithisticlre. Monactipyalea.) Originally these
spicules were small and scattered. Such ancestral forms were
probably allied to the Plakinidas (F. E. Schulze) ; or to those
Chondrosida?, which possess silicious bodies in their outer layer.

The Sponges are therefore, as far as the skeleton is concerned,
to be grouped along two divergent directions, both of which take
their origin in the Sponges without a skeleton. The one row
comprises the calcareous, the other the horny and silicous Sponges.
(Grant, Vosma^r.) The latter group appears as a straight row
(stem) culminating in those fibrous Sponges, in which all the
horny substance has been replaced by Monactinellid silicous
spicules, and comprising the horny Sponges, Ceraospongige (0.

BY R. VON LEXDENFELD, PH.D. 317

Schmidt), and Monoctinellidae (Zittel.) From the whole extension
of this line or stem, branches take their origin, which are parallel
to one another and run in the same direction. Large at the
bottom, these branches taper towards the top ; they include
the Desrnacidonidae (small branch near the top.) Plakinidre,
Tetractinellidae, Lithistidse and the Hexactinellidre, two large
branches at the bottom, and some Sponges which ai'e allied to
the Ceraospongise, near the middle of the stem, but nevertheless
possesses flesh spicules. (Das System der Monactinella?, von
Lendenfeld and elsewhere.)

We will return to this subject further on, under the heading
" Classification."

II. — The minute structure of Sponges.

As eveiy other Metazoan, the Sponge consists of a great many
cells, different in form and function ; and the products of these
cells. It appears cpiite logical to call the Sponge a colony of
Protozoa, but it must be borne in mind that every other Metazoan
is just as much a colony of Protozoa, as the Sponge. The latter
view is generally accepted, only that we do not call higher animals
colonies of Protozoa.

The mass of the Sponge consists, like the Umbrella of the large
Medusae of connective tissue (Binclegewebe)1 which may be of a
more gallerty or a more cartilage-like texture. It is to be
compared to the tissue which forms the umbilical cord known as
Wharton's galiert. This ground substance is in many cases
without visible structure, in others again it attains the characters
of fibrous tissue, and then the whole Sponge accordingly has a
tenacity like leather (Chondrosia.)

In this ground substance we meet with cells and all the surfaces
of it are covered with Epithelia, so that the ground substance
comes in contact with the surrounding water nowhere. These
Epithelia are of a simple structure, and consist of one layer of
cells only. The muscular fibres are not in connection with
Epithelial cells, but produced from cells imbedded originally in

318 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

the gallert, so that the main cause of the formation of a Sub-
epithelial layer in other Coelenterata does not influence the
Sponges. And as there also do not seem to be any nervous
elements in tbe Epithelia of the Sponge, no reason exists why a
Sub-epithelial layer should be formed. (The origin of the Sub-
epithelial layer in other Coelenterata ; compare O. and R.
Hertwig, Das Nervensystem und die Sinnesorgane der Medusen.)

The ground substance, together with the cells imbedded therein,
is to be considered as Mesoderm, whilst the Epithelia are partly
Ectodermal and partly Entodermal. We shall commence with
the description of the Ectoderm.

1. Ectoderm.

The whole outer free surface of the Sponge is covered with a
low Epithelium, consisting of flat covering cells, each of which
may possess one swinging cilia. The tubes which connect the outer
surface with the inner canal system direct, or with the subdermal
cavities are covered by a continuation of the Ectodermal Epi-
thelium of the outer surface. The subdermal cavities and the
canals leading from them to the ciliated chambers are also covered
with the same Epithelium. Here the Ectoderm ends and all other
surfaces of the Sponge are covered with Entoderm. (F. E.
Schulze. Plakinidas.)

According to the interesting observations of Marshall, it does
not appear improbable, that the Epithelium on the surface also of
those canals through which the water flows towards the ciliated
chambers is to be considered as Entoderm.

In Reniera filigrana the parts of these canals adjacent to the
ciliated chambers certainly are covered with Entoderm. But
Marshall shows also in an extremely ingenious manner, that in
those cases where these canals are originally rarely formed by the
Ectoderm, they may be considered as Entodermal structures,
because they are formed by an invagination, which takes place very
early, and may therefore be considered as a sort of Gastrular
invagination.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 319

"Whether numerous invaginations as those which according to
F. E. Schulze form these canals, ought to be compared to the
invagination of the Gastrula, it is here not the place to discuss,
but if we followed this custom throughout, we would have to call
the sweat glands in our skin also Entodermal, because they are
produced by an invagination of the Ectoderm.

I think that an invagination of Ectoderm can never produce an
Entoderm, but that an Entoderm can only be produced from an
indifferent Blastula which does not consist of Ectoderm. In the
case of the Sponge Embryo the outer surface is covered by Ecto-
derm, and the invaginations take place after the Entoderm has
been formed.

The statement of Marshall, that the canals taking their origin
between the Entodermal ciliated chamber, and the Ectodermal
surface layer, by these two layers moving away from each other,
after they have grown together (Plakina), may be formed as likely
from the ciliated chambers as from the Ectodermal surface, appears
indisputable ; and I gladly accept it, because the digestive func-
tions which I ascribe to the Epithel of these canals and the sub-
dermal cavity, perhaps also point to an Entodermal origin of

those cells.

2. Entoderm.

Whilst the Ectodermal cells, although performing manifold
duties, are apparently (only few Sponges have been investigated
with sufficient care) of a uniform shape, the Entodermal Epithelia
are different in the different parts of the Sponge. In the ciliated
chambers they are elongate, cylindrical, and contain a Protoplasma
which imbibes colors very freely ; in the canals leading from the
chambers to the oscular tube, and on the surface of the latter they
resemble the Ectodermal cover cells, although they never appear
quite so low as these (Aplysillidse, von Lendenfeld). The ciliated
chambers in the Calcispongise often have the shape of long tubes
(Radial tubes Syconid?e). In all other Sponges they are pear-
shaped, sometimes elongated and sometimes nearly spherical
They vary very much in size. (Sack-Birn-Halb.-Kugel fbrniig,
F. E. Schulze).

320 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

These ciliated chambers are the main characteristic of the
Sponges and have no homologue in other Coelenterata. The cells
which cover the inner surface of the chambers, always possess
a frill at their free end, and a cilia in the middle of the free
surface. Standing close together, and pressing each other laterally,
they attain the shape of hexagonal prisms. At the vaulted end
of the chamber a few of these cells here and there are wanting ;
here the pores are situated, through which the water enters the
chambers from the supplying Ectodermal canals. These apertures
are always very small, and it appears that the Sponge has the power
of closing some or all of them.

Towards the other end of the chamber the cells get gradually
lower and pass into the Entodermal Epithel of the drainage
canals. There always is only one outlet, and this is of a large size,
generally about half as wide as the chamber itself. It cannot be
closed by the Sponge.

The Entoderm covers the surfaces of all the drainage-canals,
and the oscular tube and ends at the margin of the latter. The
boundary between Ectoderm and Entoderm lies in the circum-
ference of the Osculum.

3. Mesoderm.

The same difference between the structure of the Mesoderm of
the Polypomedusa? on the one hand and the Ctenophorse on the
other, (Hertwig der Bau der Ctenophoi-en, Chun die Ctenophoren
des Golfes von Neapel), also appertains between the Mesoderm of
Polypomedusse and the Mesoderm of Sponges.

In some respects the Sponge mesoderm shows affinities to the
Mesoderm of the Ctenophorse. Whilst the cells in the ground
substance of the Polypouiedusfe, that is the primary Mesoderm,
(von Lendenfeld : Encopella campanularia) have only a nourishing
function and are derived from the Entoderm ; the Mesoderm
cells of the Ctenophorfo and Sponges have other functions also,
and are in the Ctenophorte (Kawolevsky) and, perhaps, also in the
Sponges derived from the Ectoderm.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 321

If we compare the Histology of the Sponges, Pol yponiedusse,
Actiniaria, and Ctenophora?, we shall find that the four groups
differ from each other in the following manner : —

The principal oi'gans in the Ectodermal Epithel, Polypomedusse.

The principal organs in the Entodermal Epithel, Actiniaria.

The principal — or many. — organs in the primary Mesoderm or
ground substance, Sponges and Ctenophorae.

As mentioned above, the ground substance, which is a product
or secretion of the Meso-dermal cells, mostly has the appearance
of structureless gallerts, or harder substance, which in every case
contains a large proportion of water. The minute fibrelles found
in it run in every direction and are often dense and wavy so as to
resemblance for instance the connective tissue in the cervical
teidon of a bullock.

Cells of the Mesoderm.

The numerous cells of the Mesoderm have very different
shapes. They possess a spherical or oval nucleus around which
the Protoplasm is amassed. These cells are destitute of a cell-
wall. From the central mass of Protoplasme prolongations extend
exceeding in length the diameter of the central part manifold.
These processes are not numerous 2-6. The most indifferent forms
have processes which may extend in every direction. With
a higher development of these elements their processes get fewer in
number, and extending along one plane only. In the case of only
two such excrescences being developed, they always lie at opposite
ends of the cell and in one line — here we have arrived at a form
of Mesodermal cell, which is to be termed a musular cell.
Near the surface of the Sponge in the membrane which divides
the Sub-dermal cavities from the outer water these cells have
their prolongations extended in a tangental plain, they are
mostly two in number but sometimes also three are met with.
Around the canals and the Oscular tube we often find these
cells in dense masses, and their prolongations mostly running
parallel to the adjacent surface. The extensive movements of the
outer skiu and the canals is doubtlessly the result of the contraction
of the processes of these cells. The interesting fact of their being

322 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

sometimes, particularly in the skin, such cells with three processes,
show a mode of the formation of muscular tissue, very different
from that known in the other Ccelenterata in detail, but still
essentially the same, (von Lendenfeld neue Aplysinidse, Kleinen-
bei'g Hydra.)

A tube consisting of a dense mass of such Mesodermal cells
covers in some Sponges the fibres of the skeleton. These cannot
be considered as muscular, but rather as a sort of tissue like the
periost.

Another interesting and much more differentiated form of
Mesodermal cells are large gland-cells, which invest the growing
horn-fibres of Ceraospongiae and secrete the horn substance. (F. E.
Schulze, Spongidse). Similar cells are met with along the outer
surface of the sponge. These produce a slime which protects the
Sponges from noxious influences from without. (Merejkovsky,
Eponges de la mer blanche, von Lendenfeld neue Aplysinidae.)

These cells have the shape of round balls of Protoplasm,
investing the spherical nucleus from which threads of Protoplasm
3-10 in number take their origin, and remaining parallel with each
other connect the body of the cell with the surface where the
secretion is to be poured forth. These threads are as long or
longer than the main body of the cell and stand vertical on the
surface of secretion.

Cells in the core of the hollow-fibred Sponges, which act like the
Osteaklasts, and produce the pith in the fibres of the Sponges,
are also derived from the Mesoderm. (von Lendenfeld das
Hornfaserwachsthum der Aplysiuidse.) (1)

It appears from this that the skeleton of the Ceraspongiai is a
Mesodermal structure.

The cells in the Protoplasm in which the calcareous and
silieious spicules take their origin, also belong to the Mesodermal
layer, and are of an indifferent shape.

We now Lave to review a series of Mesodermal elements, which
are alike in shape at certain stages of their development, but which
perform very different functions.
(1.) Possibly symbiotic Algai, compare Brandt Chlorophyll bei Thieren.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 323

Amoeboid wandering cells, very much like amoebae with lobate
Pseudopodia are common in all parts of the Sponges, their function
is merely to serve as vehicles of food and oxydized substances, as
we shall see in the chapter on Physiology.

Some of these cells are developed into the generative elements.
The form ova and Spermasacks around which an endothel-like
Follicle is formed by other Mesodermal cells.

The sperma forming cells are of a peculiar kind (Polejaeff Sper-
matogenese von Sycandra raphanus) with a Protoplasm which
refracts the light in a greater degree than any other cells. By
continuous partition of this cell, finally a heap of small cells are
produced, which produce a tail and turn into Spermatozoa. These
always consist of a narrow, sharp, lance-point-shaped head and a
long tail. The proximal part of the tail is immovable and thick,
it tapers abruptly to the thin moving distal part.

The ova are not produced in the same manner as the Sperma-
tozoa, it is probable that each amseboid cell only produces one
ovum. (von. Lendenfeld. Neue Aplysinidse.)

All these amoeboid cells, the wandering cells always, and the
sexual cells in their young stages creep about very actively in the
ground substance of the Mesoderm.

Similar amoeboid cells are known in the Medusae, but of course
the sexual products do not take their origin from these in the
higher Ccelenterata.

III. — Embryology.

The development of the Sponges, and particularly the first
stages, can easily be studied, because the embryos remain within
the mother until they have attained a pretty high degree of
development. In the shape of oval ciliated Gastrulse they
leave the mother and swim about in the sea water for a short
time. They then fix themselves to anything suitable and grow
out into the Sponge. This latter part of the Ontogenesis is the
most difficult to investigate, it is only of late that F. E, Shulze,
Keller, and Marshall have succeeded in attaining an insight into
the changes which the ciliated and free swimming embryo under-
goes before it produces the Sponge.

324 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

The cell division does not take place in the same manner
throughout. In the Calcispongire the young Morula consist of a
ring of cells with a hole right throiigh the centre, connecting the
oral pole of the larva? with the aboral. In other Sponges such a
stage does not exist, but only a solid morula which produces
secundary in the interior, a space, or a Furchungshohle. All
Sponges seem, however, to pass a Blastula stage. The single layer
of cells which constitutes the wall of the Blastula may be produced
by the coalescing of the oral and aboral apertures (Calcispongiae),
or by the ordinary process of an imbibition of water by the solid
morula.

In the central mass, which Marshall calls Ccenoblostem, first
Nuclei seem to make their appearance. Marshall thinks that the
whole Ccenoblostem resembles a Syncitium. Other observers are
inclined to consider these "Nuclei as belonging to cells, the limits
of which escape observation.

In this state the embryo leaves the brooding place, swims about
for some time in the canals of the mother and finally leaves them.
The cells of the outer layer, which now can be called Ectoderm,
produce one cilia each, and the movements of these cilia propel the
young Sponge. In some groups (Ceraospongiae, Reniera, and other
Silicispongiee) the embryo has a pigmented spot on one end of the
oval body, which might perhaps be considered as an eye. The
embryos of Reniera filigrana, a Sponge which grows on the lower-
side of stones, &c, shuns the light and always seeks the darkest
corner of the aquarium. In some cases a ring of particularly
long cilia surround the pigmented spot. The bulk of the Ccenoblo-
stem increases in size continually and soon bursts the formerly
continuous Ectoderm and protrudes slightly from the apertures.
The Ectoderm is always torn at the end of the rotation-axis of
the oval Embi'yo. The pigmented cells are 'hereby pushed aside
and form a ring which surrounds the naked Ccenoblastem. The
Ectodermal cells retract their cilia and the embryo, after showing
irregular movements for some time, finally affixes itself. The
Ccenoblastem flows towards the aboral aperture, which is greatly
dilitated and soon sticks to the surface, which the embryo has
chosen as his abode for life.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 325

Now a small cavity makes it appearance in the centre of the
Ccenoblastem, which may have the shape of a ring (Plakina) or
a lens. This original Gastral cavity is perfectly homologous to
the Gastral cavity of all those Embryos of other Metazoa which
produce their Entoderm by delamination and not by direct
invagination. From this simple cavity soon sack-shaped excresences
grow forth. The ciliated chambers produced at their termini
form short excrescences which connect them with the surface. In
this manner tubes are formed, the commencement of the intro-
ductory canal system. In a similar manner the Oscular tube is
formed from the gastral cavity.

As to the further development of the Sponge from this indis-
puted stage, there are two opposite opinions, and both from such
authorities, that it will be best to state both without commentary.

Schulze believes that by a complicated process of continual
folding the sponge is finally produced in such a manner that the
introductory canals are nothing else than parts of the original free
surface of the Sponge, at the sides of which two portions of the
outer surface which have come in close contact by the formation of
a fold, have coalesced.

Marshall on the other hand thinks that all these canals are
formed from the ciliated chambers by sending tubes centrifugally,
which when they reach the surface open there and so form the
introductory canal. The outer surface remaining from beginning
to end unfolded and unchanged.

Further investigations will be necessary to show which Sponges
are developed in the former and which in the latter way. I refer
the reader to the statements made above under the heading
Ectoderm.

IV. Physiology.

The investigations on this subject are still fewer in number than
those on the former subject, and as yet hardly permit of generali-
sation.

1. Skeleton.
a. Calcispongice.

The skeleton of the Calcareous Sponges consists as the name
indicates partly of Calcium.

32G A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

The chemical composition which is met with in the Sponges, is
the carbonic acid salt ; Ca C 03> with very little organic substance,
which mainly forms the narrow and often invisible axial canals.

The calcareous spicules, which sometimes attain a considerable
size, are produced as a secretion by cells and grow by apposition.
Ca C 03 and Ca S 04 are always in abundant solution in sea water.
These substances are taken up by the Sponge-cells in contact with
the water (Canal Epithelpe), and transmitted to Meso-dermal cells,
which produce the skeleton.

b. Silicisjwngice.

The skeleton of the silicious Sponges consists, of Si O., chiefly.
There is always an axial canal, composed of oi'ganic substance, and
it appears that there are also sometimes concentric layers of
siliceous acid and oi'ganic substance intermittent. The young
spicules contain more organic substance in proportion than the old
ones, and appear therefore softer and can easily be dissolved in
re-agents.

Also, these spicules seem to originate always in cells, some-
tin tes (Hyalonema), they attain a length of 10 Cm. and a thickness
of 2-1 mm. They grow, as the concentric layers in their substance
indicates by apposition. The silica is procured from hydrate of
siliceous acid, Si H^ 03 or from soluble siliceous salt, which are
met with in small proportions in solution in the sea water.
Si Ka 03 for instance.

c. Ceraosponyiw.

The horny substance which forms the greater part of the
substance in the skeleton of these Sponges, and many of the
Monactinellse is a substance similar to hornchitin or silk, F. E.
Schulze calls it Spongiolin. Several chemical analysis have been
made of it. The percentage of nitrogen is very great.

The horny fibres of the Sponges are the product of certain
gland cells Spongoblasts, described above, which secrete horny
substance. The fibres always consist of concentric layers and
grow by apposition only and not by apposition and intussusception.
(F. E. Schulze : Die Familie der Spongidee. Von Lendenfeld :
Das Hornfaseiwachsthum der Aplysinidpo.)

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 327

d. The fibrils of Hircinia.

In the European Sponges belonging to the Genera Hircinia and
Oligoceras, and also in some Sponges not belonging to these
Genera, which I have found on our shores, we meet with a dense
mass of fibrillae, long threads with a nob at each end, which may
be considered as a peculiar kind of skeleton. They never form
the only skeleton of the Sponge, but are always associated with a
well developed hornfibre skeleton, and sometimes also with
siliceous spicules (Von Lendenfeld das System der Monactinellae.)
Their accessary appearance makes it not improbable that they are,
or belong to a parasitic organism. The researches which were
carried on to elucidate this point at the Zoological Laboratory in
Graz, under F. E. Schulze, by myself, and others, did not lead to
any positive result. The analysis shows that these fibrils also
contain a great proportion of nitrogen.

2. The ground substance.

The ground substance appears as a secretory product of the
numerous star- shaped cells imbedded therein and has a similar
chemical constitution as glue.

3. Foreign bodies.

Sponges are often rich in foreign bodies, which may be of any
nature, provided they have the proper size. Nevertheless certain
Sponges generally select certain foreign bodies. The most common
are sand and spicules of other Sponges, which, after the death
and decay of these, have dropped to the bottom of the sea.

Ceraospongise nearly always contain, more or less sand and
other particles in their main radial, sometimes also in their
tangental fibres. Sometimes also such bodies are met with in the
ground substance of body or skin. They fall on the surface of the
Sponge, the Ectodermal epithel cells give way to them, they enter
the body of the Sponge and are lead to their place of destination.
Particularly interesting are pointed bits of quartz (sand) which
are selected with great care. They are always of the same shape,
22

328 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

and placed in the skin of a Ceraosponge, with the points centri-
fugally as weapons of defence. (Von Lendenfeld, Neue Aply-
sinidee.)

4. Digestion.

This most important subject is unfortunately also one of the
most difficult to investigate. Experiments with carmine-feeding
nd other observations seem to show that the digestion is intra-
cellular. The carmine particles are taken up freely by all
Epithelia of the Sponge, but they are soon ejected from all the
cells except those which cover the introductory canals.

These cells do not eject all the carmine at any rate, but pass
some of it on to the wandering cells which carry it about,
dissolve some of the substance (the angular particles loose their
sharp edges), and finally seem to pass it on to the cells of the
ciliated chambers.

Whether the Sub-dei-mal cavities and introductory canals really
are the digestive cavity as I believe, or not, cannot yet be known,
(von Lendenfeld, Neue Aplysinidae), although my experiments
have convinced me of the high probability of it.

The cells of the ciliated chambers are in my opinion to be
excluded from all functions which have to do with the taking up
of nourishment. (Polejaeff Challenger-Calcarea.)

Excretary functions and breathing.

I assume (von Lendenfeld, Neue Aplysinidse), that the cells of
the ciliated chambers are the excretary elements, that they act as
kidneys, and I am also enclined to believe that through them the
exchange of oxygen and carbonic acid is effected. Their shape,
and also other observations point that way. The wandering cells
transport the chemical substances which are either necessaiy for
the organism or superfluous to the places where the former are
wanted and the latter ejected.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 329

V. The Systematic Position of the Sponges.

The Sponges are, as I have had occasion to mention above, like
all Metazoa, colonies of single cells or roughly speaking, Protozoa.
They are very low animals, and so the similarity of them with a
congregation of Protozoa is greater than that of higher Metazoa.

There has existed since.1867, when Leukart placed the Sponges
under the Ccelenterata, a dispute, whether the Sponges are
Metazoons or Protozoons. The greatest authorities on the subject
consider them as Coelanterata (Leukart, Haeckel, Claus, F. E.
Schulze, Marshall, Vosmaer, Ray Lankaster), whilst others,
particularly the majority of English authors, who in otio cum
dignitate, do not take much notice of what anyone else does (O.
Schmidt, Vorwort zu den Spongien des Meerbusens von Mexico),
and the Americans consider it ridiculous to call the Sponges
Ccelenterata, but persistently call them colonies of Protozoa.

To me this dispute seems very useless, and in fact ridiculous.
Of course the Sponges are colonies of Protozoa, but so are the
Medusae and corals ; of course the sexual propagation is initiated
by conjugation — but so it is in the Medusae and corals. Of
course the Sponges consist of a zoaglealike ground substance in
which cells are imbedded and which is surrounded by Epithelia —
but so do the Medusae and corals.

There are of course great differences between Medusae and
Sponges — but are there not as great difference between a parasitic
cirrhiped and a lobster 1 Among the essays on this subject which
have been published recently, there is particularly one which I
shall translate here, because it points out the matter so clearly and
simply. (Marshall, Die Ontogenesis von Reniera filigrana. Zeit.
schrift fur wissenschaftliche Zoologie Band, XXXVII. Seite,
239-216.

It is known (but it does no harm to point to it from time to
time) that Leukart (1) drew attention to the fact that the Porifera
belonged to the Ccelenterata in the first instance. This was in his
review of Lieberkuhn's Essays on the Anatomy of the Calci-
spongi .

(1.) Jatresberichte, 1SG4-65, p. 196 and 197.

330 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

Here he follows the results gained by this author " in die
letzten Konsequenzen hinein," and proves his theory for the first
time in a decided manner.

He, in the first place, drew attention to the homology between
the ciliated cavity of the simple Calcispongiae (Grantise), and the
gastral cavity of a Hydroid Polyp. He compai-ed the mouths
of these two with one another, and he dwelt on the accessory
difference between them ; that in the one case tentacles surround
the mouth whilst the other has no arms. The pores of the
Sponges he compares with the numerous cases of waterholes in
the Ccelenterata. (1.)

" Allerdings," Leucart continues : — " Sind nun nicht alle
Poiiferen so einfach organisirt, wie die Kalksckwamme, vielmehr
ist die Mehrzahl derselben mit eniem Hohlensystem versehen,
welches mit der weiten Leibeshohle der Grantien und Syconen
nur geringe ^Ehnlichkeit hat, allein es ist zur Geniige beckannt,
dass der coelenterische Apparat auch soust durch peripherische
Ausstiilpungen und Verastelungen die mannigfachsten Formen
annimmt."

In these words nearly everything is contained that concerns the
comparison between the morphological structure of the Sponges
and the Coelenterata ; only that these ideas can be further worked
out and that a few words can be added about the Ontogenesis and
Phylogeny of these two large groups.

Balfour (2) is inclined to consider the Sponges as a type of
Metazoa developed separately for itself from the Protozoa. And
this appears to him to be proved by the following facts : — (1.) By
the peculiar structure of the free larvae ; (2.) By the early
development of the Mesoblast in the Sponges, and particularly
(3) by the remarkable structure of the digestive canals.

As far as the first reason is concerned, I am not inclined to
consider it as sufficiently general ; the remarkable pecularities of

(1.) Haeckel, who, extraordinary to say, did not know Lenkart's deduc-
tions, compares six years later the Sponges and Acalephes in nearly the
same manner. Kalkschwiimme. Band I. Seite 462, M.A.O.

(2.} Balfour. A Manual of comparative Embryology, Vol. II., p. 309.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 331

the larvse of Sponges compared with those of other Coelenterata
are only met with apparently in the Calcispongise. The Cerao-
spongiae have precisely the same larvse as some higher Coelen-
terata, Eucope for instance. Of course one might consider the
larva? of Eucope as consisting of two layers, and Balfour does
that, but it is the cpiestion whether this procedure is not somewhat
arbitrary. One might consider it also in the following light :
Into the cavity of a Blastosphsera cells enter from the Ectoderm,
which in time fill this cavity, and in this manner form a coeno-
blastem. Now delamination occurs in this coenoblastem and
hereby it separates into a Mesoderm, and an Entoderm which
surrounds the delamination cavity and (conipai'e also Kowalensky's
original plate, fig. 8) consists of cells, which 'are differentiated in
another manner as the cells forming the Mesoderm.

Also the second reason of Balfour's admits of a discussion.

The Sponges are a very old branch of the Coelenterata and for
a long time sessile in the adult stage, probably for a longer time
than any other sessile Coelenterata, as we can easily conclude from
the early time of the affixing of the larvae and the numerous
adaptations which the Sponges have attained in connection with
this way of living.

The sessility again caused the appearance of a skeleton here as
in nearly all other cases where animals become sessile, which,
whether it be of a calcareous, silicious, or horny nature (with the
exception of a few very rudimentary Sponges) increased in size
and density, from generation to generation, as most important
to the Sponges. But the skeleton is not only a product of the
Mesoderm of these organisms, it is even its principal product, and
so the Mesoderm must have also increased in importance and size,
the more the Sponges ceased to be solitary individuals and the
more they commenced to form colonies, until it finally, as we see
in many adult Sponge-colonies, overgrows the gastral cavities
and depresses them nearly to a rudimentary organ.

The otherwise rare obliteration of mouth and gastral cavity
which is sometimes met with, is caused by changes which have
taken place in their function in the Sponges. These changes

332 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

have caused the original water holes of the Coelenterata
to assume the function of taking up nourishment, whilst the
digestive functions have been assumed by the Epithelia of the
coelenteric canals. (1.) Another consequence of this change of
function is the wonderful variety in shape which we meet with in
the Sponges. Intercanal system, Pseudogastral cavities, &c, are
transformed in all these changes, the outer surface of the Sponge
always inci-eases in size, and the number of pores through which
nourishment is taken up is increased. The sum of all these
peculiarities not only favoured the development of the Mesoderm
but it was an efficient cause.

This deduction only would explain why the Mesoderm in the
adult Sponges appears so much more developed than the other
layers, but it would not be sufficient to disprove the second reason
of Balfour's why the Sponges cannot be Coelenterata. For this it
is necessary to consider certain laws of heredity.

The law of heredity in the corresponding age (Haeckel's
homochrone law) may be correct in general, but appeal's to be
modified in some cases, particularly if it is in competition with
settled hei'edity.

This later kind of heredity has the inclination to let
peculiarities appear earlier and earlier from generation to gene-
ration, if these are particularly advantageous to the organism.
The sooner the progenxj attains j)ossession of peculiarities which
have shown themselves as useful for the ancestors, the better for
them. (If not a pure recapitulation of the Phylogeny offers still
better chances.) This is the main cause of the series of
appearances called " shortened heredity." These peculiarities
do by no means always appear in so striking a form, as for
instance, among the crustations, they form moreover a finely
shaded series, corresponding to the infinite variable conditions of
existence in the living beings.

( 1 . ) The whole process of this retrograde development can be compared
to certain consequences of Parasitism .

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 333

It follows from this that the high development of the Mesoderm
of the Sponges which has doubtlessly been developed and fixed in
such a degree, during a very long series of generations, must
finally have commenced to make its appearance in the larva,
particularly if this was not only not disadvantageous but useful
for the larva. This latter is doubtlessly the case with the silicious
spicules which make their appearance so very early in the larva,
and have saved many of them from being eaten. I don't believe
that the free ancestors of the Sponges ever possessed a skeleton,
this will, according to all analogy, have been formed as a conse-
quence of the sessility.

The third reason, lastly, which Balfour brings forward to prove
that the Sponges are not Ccelenterata, is therefore of particular
interest, because it is one of those which induced Leukart to
decide for the Ccelenterate-nature of the Sponges, only that
the one author puts the differences between the development
of the gastral cavity in Sponges and Ccelenterata forward, whilst
the other attaches particular importance to the similarity of the
two ; but we know that when we have to do with modifications of
homologous organs, as evidently in this case, the affinity must be
considered as a proof of the old genetic connection, and is
therefore the essential part, whilst the difference points to a special
attainment, and is therefore accidental.

In both groups we see that a canal system has been differentiated
which extends centrifugally from the gastral cavity, which often
penetrates the Ectoderm (in Sponges, with the exception of the
problematic Physemaria always), and which opens with constant
or variable pores outward ; where tentacles are met with, the
canal can enter them and here (Actinia) or also in other places
(Rhizostomse), can open outward with pores ; and as in the latter
case astomy occurs, nourishing materials are taken up through these
pores just as in the Sponges.

Ciliated cells are widely spread in the gastral cavity of Ccelen-
terata, if they also don't mass themselves locally to form ciliated
chambers. But this is also by no means the case with all Sponges.

334 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

(1.) If Balfour (2) says that the ciliated cells which cover the
ciliated chambers or radial tubes of the Sponges undoubtedly
originate from the invaginated cells (i.e., the ciliated cells of the
Ectoderm), then I would like to state that they certainly did not
originate from those, they are moreover in Sponges and Ccelenterata
modified elements of the Ectoderm which may be produced
originally from the Ectoderm in some cases, (invagination) but not
necessarily must be produced by the Ectoderm (delamination.)

If we once more compare the canal system of Sponges and
higher Ccelenterata, we shall see that it can open outward free in
both, that it can be covered with entodermal ciliated cells for a
greater or smaller extent, and that lastly it can take up nourish-
ment through its tei'minal pores in both.

Another reason which is generally brought forward against the
Ccelenterate nature of the Sponges is, that the Sponges never
possess tentacles or Cnidoblasts.

Without placing too great a weight on the want of both in
Beroe' which is a rudimentary form in this respect I only wish to
discuss : Have the ancestors of the Sponges ever possessed
tentacles and Cnidoblasts ? and if yes, how have they lost them ?
If no, why were these not attained in the course of time.

Cnidoblasts or their Homologa, respectively Analoga and
tentacles are so widely spread among low marine animals, and
are met with in so very different animals, that they cannot be
used as a determinant for the relationship, as they are arrange-
ments doubtlessly often attained sua sponte. But as they are met
with in higher Ccelenterata (3) in different modifications, nearly
without exception, they appear to be a very old peculiarity of these
animals, which has proved itself as very useful in the struggle for
existence, and which therefore could find such a wide distribution
by heredity, in some cases perhaps by an adaptation sua sponte.

(1.) Kiilliker. Icones Histological. 1 Heft., p. 66.

(2.) F. Balfour, I.e., Vol. I., p. 144.

(3. ) Which might be separated from the Sponges as Telifera or as Nemato-
phora, Huxl., (because the name Cuidaria, nettle animals does not cover
the meaning.)

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 335

The great phylogenetic age of these nettling organs is made
likely by the fact that the Cnidoblasts are met with already, in
the free swimming larvae of some species, which is to be considei'ed
more as an exception than as the rule. This appearance of Cnido-
blasts in the larvae is probably produced by a very long-continued
heredity, as this happened in an analogous manner with the
mesoderm in the larvae of the Spongise, as mentioned above.
According to my idea, Cnidoblasts and their Homologa have been
developed in connection with the tentacles firstly in the adult
animal, as they have again disappeared in Beroe', together with
the tentacles (1) they are parts of these (according to Chun, modi-
fied muscular cells) which have been changed in such a remarkable
manner for purposes of catching prey. That they afterwards
should have attained the functions of defensive weapons, and
should then have been distributed all over the body does not
appear so very wonderful. (2)

It is certainly difficult to ascertain whether the Sponges are —
as not possessing tentacles and Cnidoblasts — rudimentary in this
respect or not ; whether their ancestors possessed them or not ;
is not of very great importance, this does not seem to have to do
with the question whether the Sponges are Ccelenterata or not,

In the ontogenesis of the Sponge we never find a stage where
anything homologous could be met with, just as little as we find
any trace of anything of the kind in the adult Sponge. But both
these facts do not prove that they really never had been present :
also here the ontogenetic image of the Phylogeny might be dirnned,
by a very long continued uselessness. It is, in case that the
Sponge-ancestors rarely possessed these organs, not difficult to
understand how they have been lost.

(1) If Protohydra, accepted as an adult animal, had been as lively and
energetic as Beroe, also that animal could dispense with the protection of
Cnidoblasts if it had no mouth-arms. But, if in reality the tentacles were
the primary, and the Cnidoblasts the secundary thing, then Protohydra is
certainly not an ancestral but a rudimentary form.

(2) Compare Cnidoblasts and their distribution among Ccelenterata,
Pagenstecher Allgemeine Zoologie, Band II., pp. 24-27 ; particularly Band
IV., pp. 259-263. Chun, Mikroskopische Waffen d. Coelenteraten, Humboldt,
Band I., Heft 2, 1882.

/£: i- • •-. * va <p\

uj LIBRARY,^

336 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

This was the natural consequence of the change of function of
the water-pores and the Coel enteric apparatus, — the ciliated
chambers with their cilia-motion introducing nourishing material
took the place of apprehensive tentacles, and with the latter the
Cuidoblasts vanished, and the easier, the less the Sponges needed
further protection in consequence of their extremely well developed
skeleton, which also often contains very sharp spicules which are
perfectly analogous to Cnidoblasts (for instance, the superficial
floricome spicules of Euplectella (1). Sponges, which besides this
often smell very badly, don't appear to have many enemies. In
fact they seem not to be edible by other animals, which we may
also conclude from the frightening colours (yellow, orange,
vermillion, &c.,) of the sponges which grow in shallow water.
Also, the animals which so often live in the cavities of the Sponges
are, with the exception of a few minute parasitic algse, not
parasites, but only commensals, which find shelter in the detested
Sponges.

It is, of course, possible that the Sponges branched off at a very
early stage from the stem of the Coelenterata, when tbey possessed
neither tentacles nor Cnidoblasts.

Of much importance in this question the fact appears, that
a radial structure is just as much exception in the Sponges as it is
the rule in the higher Coelenterata : both probably had bilateral
symmetrical ancestors, out of which, perhaps in correlation with
the tentacles, the higher Coelenterata were developed as radial
animals (] the Author).

This structure is also sometimes met with in young sponges
(compare the Protactinia-stage of Reniera), and sometimes also in
the adult.

The following may be the points of coincidence between Sponges
and the higher Coelenterata (2).

(1) F. E. Schulze. On the Structure and Arrangement of the soft parts
in Euplectella aspergillum. Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger. Sponges
Hexactin, pi. A, tigs. 3, 4, 5. (Proc. Phil. Soc, Edinburgh, 1879, the
Author.)

(2) This comparison, of course, is carried out with an ideal form which
has been constructed out of the single peculiarities of different Cuolenterata,
which are nothing else but different modifications of the same type.

BY R. VON LENDENFEtD, PH.D. 337

Both groups are Metazoa with gastral cavities. Mesenterial
pouches (which can, in the case of Sponges, be developed into
ciliated chambers, ? the Author), centrifugal canals, which
originate from the gastral cavity and open with pores outward,
and (in some cases also in higher Ccelenterata) take in nourish-
ment. These canals are, -(in Reniera) like the gastral cavity,
clothed with Entoderm, which in both cases produces ciliated
cells (probably not in all sponges, the Author). The genital
elements of both are developed in the Mesoderm, but both can also
multiply non-sexually by budding, (Tethya and Halisarca, the
Author,) and form colonies by the same process, and both are very
much inclined to become sessile. Both (the Sponges always and
the other Ccelenterata mostly) possess a highly developed Meso-
derm and extensive skeletons. In both groups there are forms
which are developed in the same manner until they become sessile.

We can now, modifying Haeckel's (1) statement slightly, and
comprising our investigations, say : Porifera and Telifera (sit
venia verba) are two divergent branches of the Codenterats, which
have been developed from the common ancestral Protactinia.

VI. Classification.

Several classificatory systems have been mentioned in the
historic introduction, and I have had occasion to mention that
here Zittel's classification shall be adopted. This of course
concerns the orders of Sponges only, and also these I will have to
modify slightly.

The opening up of a hitherto nearly unknown field of research,
always necessitates a change in the previous ideas on classification,
and the system which I have arrived at has the advantage of
being based on a more extensive experience than any of the
previous ones.

The material to be found in the northern hemisphere is in great
part well enough described to admit of recognition, and to this, as

(1.) Haeckel. Die Kalkschwiimme. Band I., p. 461.

338 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

one might say, codified knowledge, now is added the experience
gained by the investigation of the rich and previously unknown
Australian Sponge fauna.

In the systematic part of this Monograph the following classifi-
cation shall be adopted. The reasons which have induced me to
adopt this system shall be expounded anon, under the headings of
the different groups.

SPONGI^E.

CCELENTERATA, WITH A GASTROVASCULAR SYSTEM WHICH
OPENS ON THE SURFACE WITH MANY SMALL AND ONE OR
A FEW LARGE APERTURES. NOURISHING MATERIAL FLOWS
IN THROUGH THE SMALL PORES, THE LARGE PORES OR
OSCULA ARE CLOAOE. FRILLED CILIATED CELLS ARE GENER-
ALLY AMASSED IN CERTAIN PORTIONS OF THE CANAL
SYSTEM. ALL THE EPITHELIA CONSIST OF SINGLE LAYERS
OF CELLS, THE MESODERM IS ALWAYS HIGHLY DEVELOPED.

1. ORDO CALCISPONGI^E.

SPONGI/E POSSESSING A SKELETON COMPOSED OF CARBO-
NATE OF LIME WITH A LITTLE ORGANIC SUBSTANCE, GAS-
TRULA FORMED BY INVAGINATION.

1. FAMILY ASCONID^E.

Calcispongiae consisting of a thin walled porous sac.

2. FAMILY SYCONID^E.

Calcispongice with a thick wall, traversed by radial tubes (canals).

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 339

3. FAMILY LEUCONIML

Calcispongise with thick walls, which are traversed by ramified
canals, which are partly in connection with the Oscular tube, and
partly with the pores. Small ciliated chambers connect the two
systems of canals.

II. ORDO MYXOSPONGI^].

SPONGI^E WITHOUT ANY SKELETON, OR WITH ONLY FEW
AND SCATTERED SILICIOUS BODIES.

1. FAMILY HALISARCID^E.

Myxospongite. The ground substance without a fibrillous
structure.

2. FAMILY CHONDROSIDiE.

Myxospongise the ground substance of which is tough, and has a
fibrillous structure.

1. SUB-FAMILY CHONDROSIN^E.
Chondrosidse without Flesh spicules.

2. SUB-FAMILY CHONDRISSIN^E.
Chondrosida? with Flesh spicules.

III. OBDO CERAOSPONGLE.

SPONGI^E WHICH POSSESS A SKELETON COMPOSED OF
HORNY FIBRE, WHICH MAY CONTAIN FOREIGN BODIES BUT
NEVER PROPER SPICULES. SILICEOUS BODIES RARELY DE-
VELOPED AS SMALL SCATTERED SPICULES IN THE GROUND
SUBSTANCE.

340 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

1. FAMILY SPONGELIDiE.

Ceraospongife with a skeleton composed of anastomosing horny
fibres, with a narrow axial canal, The ground substance clear and
transparent without granules. Ciliated chambers large sack-
shaped.

1. SUB-FAMILY SPONGELIN^E.

Spongelidse without Flesh-spicules.

2. SUB-FAMILY SPONGELISS^.
Spongelidse with Flesh-spicules.

2. FAMILY SPONGLD.^.

Ceraospongiee with a skeleton composed of anastomosing horny
fibres with very narrow axial canals. The ground substance filled
with highly refractory granules and in transparent. Ciliated
chambers small, semi-spherical.

1, SUB-FAMILY SPONGING.
Spongidas without Flesh-spicules.

2. SUB-FAMILY SPONGISSIN^.
Spongidse with Flesh-spicules

III. FAMILY APLYSILLID^E.

Ceraospongiee with a skeleton composed of tree-shaped and
originally not anatomosing horny fibres, with a thick core
surrounded by a thin layer of horny substance only. Ground
substance transparent without granules. Ciliated chambers large
and sack-shaped.

1. SUB-FAMILY APLYSILLINiE.
Aplysillidgc without Flesh-spicules.

2. SUB-FAMILY APLYSILLISS^E.
Aplysillidse with Flesh-spicules.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 341

IV. FAMILY APLYSINID^E.

Ceraospongise with a skeleton composed of anastomosing fibres
which consist of a thick core and a thin horny wall. Ground
substance filled with granules, intransparent. Ciliated chambers
small and pear-shaped.

1. SUB-FAMILY APLYSININ.E.

Aplysinida? without Flesh-spicules.

2- SUB-FAMILY APLYSISSIN^.
Aplysinidae with Flesh-spicules.

V. FAMILY HIRCINTD^E.

Ceraospongiae with a skeleton composed of anastomosing horny
fibres with a narrow axial canal. The ground substance filled
with granules. Besides there are dense masses of long and thin
thread-shaped fibrilles with a knob at each end.

1. SUB-FAMILY HIRCININ.E.
Hircinida? without Flesh-spicules.

2. SUB-FAMILY7 HIRCISSNLE,
Hercinidre with Flesh-spicules.

IV. ORDO MONACTICEILE.

8PONGLE WITH A SKELETON COMPOSED OF ANASTOMOSING
HORNY FIBRES, WITHIN WHICH THERE ARE MONOAXIAL
SPICULES. SOMETIMES WITH FLESH-SPICULES.

1. FAMILY CHALARCHIM:.

Monacticera with anastomosing horn fibres in the axea of which
there are longitudinal minute biacerate spicules.

342 A MONOGRAPH OP THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES.

1. SUB-FAMILY CHALARCHIN^.
Chalarchidse wihout Flesh-spicules.

2. SUB-FAMILY CHALARCHIS^.
Chalarchidse with Flesh-spicules.

2. FAMILY CHALCCENID^E.

Monacticera, with a dense mass of biacerate spicules in the
axis of the anastomosing horny fibres.

1. SUB-FAMILY CHALCCENIN^E.
ChalccenidEe, without Flesh-spicules.

2. SUB-FAMILY CHALCISSIKLE.
Chalccenidse, with Flesh-spicules.

3. FAMILY CLATHRIDyE.

Monacticeras, with predominating truncated spicules in the axes
of the anastomosing horny fibres.

1. SUB-FAMILY CLATHRIN^E,

Clathridee, without Flesh-spicules, and without foreign bodies in
any of the fibres.

2. SUB-FAMILY CLATHRISSIN^E.

Clathridee, with Flesh-spicules and without any foreign bodies in
any fibres.

3. SUB-FAMILY CLATHRILLIN^.

Clathridce, with foreign bodies in the connecting horny fibres,
and without Flesh-spicules.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 343

4, FAMILY ECHISPID^E.

Monactieerae, with an anastomosing network of horny fibi'es,
which contain biacerate or truncated spicules in their axis, and
are clad with truncate spicules, the points of which are free.
These spicules are always inserted at an angle of 45° and point
centrifusjallv.

V. OPJ30 HYALOSPONGI^E.

SPONGIiE, WITH A SKELETON COMPOSED OF SILICIOUS
SPICULES, WHICH HAVE ORIGINALLY BEEN FORMED AS
FLESH-SPICULES, AND AFTERWARDS MAY COALESCE TO FORM
HARD SKELETONS.

1. FAMILY PLAKINIDyE.

Hyalospongiae, with originally tetraradiate spicules, which do
not coalesce but tend to become biacerate.

2. FAMILY HEXACTTNELLID^.

Hyalospongiae, with hexar-adiate spicules, which partly coalesce.
Without a drainage canal system the large sack-shaped ciliated
chambers open direct into a large oscular tube, which is closed at
the osculum by a silicious net work.

3. FAMILY TETRACTINELLID^E.

Hyalospongiae, with loose tetraradiate spicules, which are of
variable shape, and partly tend to coalesce, with an outer hard
layer containing dense masses of Flesh-spicules and often with
subdermal crypts.

4. FAMILY LITHISTID^E.

Hyalospongiae, with a skeleton, consisting of dense hard silica,
which is developed by the coalescing of tetraradiate spicules.
23

344 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES.

VI. OKDO MONACTIHYAL,^.

SPONGLE, WITH A SKELETON, CONSISTING OF BIACERATE
OR TRUNCATE SPICULES, WHICH MAY COALESCE SLIGHTLY,
AND WHICH HAVE ORIGINALLY BEEN FORMED AS FLESH-
SPICULES.

1. FAMILY RENIERID^E.

Monactihyalse, with biacerate spicules, which tend in some
cases to become truncate.

2. FAMILY SUBERITID^E.

Monactihyalae, with predominant truncate spicules.

THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS^E.
Continued.
By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.
Part II. Plate VI.

THE 1st SUBOBDO HYDROPOLYPINJE.

THE FAMILIES HYDRIDE, CLAVIDM, MYRIOTHELID.E AND
EUDENDRID^.

In Part I. of this Monograph the reasons are given, which
have induced me to relinquish the old classification of the Hydro-
medusae, and I now intend to apply the classification pointed oat
above to the Australian Hydromedusse. In this part all known
Australian species, together with a number which I have
discovered, and which will be described here for the first time,
belonging to the above Families of the Hydromedusas, shall be
registered with the necessary references.

ORDO, HYDROMEDUSSE. Cams, 1864.

POLYPOMEDUSiE, WHICH OFTEN FORM COLONIES
WITH A CHITINOUS SKELETON, AND WHICH IN THE
FREE SWIMMING: STATE ARE GENERALLY SOLITARY
MEDUSAE. IN THE COLONIES ALIMENTARY POLYPS
WITH A SIMPLE SACK-SHAPED GASTRAL CAVITY,
WITHOUT ENTODERMAL FILAMENTS, ARE ALWAYS
PRESENT. BESIDES WE GENERALLY MEET WITH
DIFFERENTIATED, DEFENSIVE AND GENERATIVE
ZOOIDS.

346 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDI'S.T-: .

THE EEEE SWIMMING MEDUSA HAVE A CENTEAL-
IZED DOUBLE NEEYE-EING, A VELUM, NO MAEGINAL
FLAPS AND NO ENTODEEMAL FILAMENTS IN THE
GASTEAL CAVITY. THESE MEDUS7E BUD ORIGINALLY
ON POLYP COLONIES, BUT MANY OF THEM HAVE
TAKEN TO A DIRECT DEVELOPMENT "WITHOUT
INTEEMEDIATE POLYP COLONIES.

FEEE SWIMMING POLYP COLONIES ALWAYS
POSSESS A CHITINOUS SKELETON (GEAPTOLITH-
ID2E.)

I.— SUBORDO HYDKOPOLYPIN^E. Von

Lendenfeld, 1884.

HYDROMEDUS.E, WHICH MULTIPLY BY BUDDING AND BY
SEXUAL PRODUCTS, WHICH DO NOT APPEAR IN THE SHAPE
OF MEDUSAE. THE BUDDING POLYPES MAY BE DISINTE-
GRATED FROM THE PARENT AND SO ALL REMAIN SOLITARY,
OR THEY MAY REMAIN ATTACHED AND SO FORM A COLONY.
IN BOTH CASES SEXUAL MULTIPLICATION ALTERNATES WITH
THE PROCESS OF BUDDIKG.

THE SEXUAL PRODUCTS ARE MATURED IN THE WALL OF
THE BODY-CAVITY, WHICH MAY FORM HOLLOW TENTACULAR
PROCESSES IN WHICH THE OVA AND SPERMATOZA ARE
FOUND. ORIGINALLY ALL POLYPES ARE SEXUAL. IN SOME
HYDROPOLYPIN^E ONLY SOME OF THE MEMBERS OF A COLONY
MATURE THE SEXUAL PRODUCTS, AND THESE BECOME
ADAPTED TO THE PURPOSE AND DIFFERENT FROM THE NOW
EX( LUSIVELY ALIMENTARY ZOOIDS. IN THIS PROCESS THEY
LOOSE MOUTH AND TENTACLES AND SO BECOME POLYPO-
STYLES, WHICH ARE IN SOME CASES SO SIMILAR TO RUDI-
MENTARY MEDUS.E, THAT SUCH SPECIES MIGHT ALSO BE
PLACED, AND PERHAPS WITH GREATER ADVANTAGE, IN THE
SECOND SUBORDO HYDROMEDUSINJE. IN SOME CASES, SOME
POLYPES ARE ALSO TRANSFORMED INTO DEFENSIVE MACHO-
POLYPS WITHOUT A MOUTH.

This Suborder comprises forms which have hitherto been
separated widely from each other, but as I think, only because an
undue weight was attached to the structure of the chitinous
exoskeleton, which invests sometimes only the stem and branches

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 347

of the plant-like colony, and sometimes also forms cup shaped
extensions around the Trophosoms. The structure of the
generative zooids seems to me of a much more important nature.
I combine in this Suborder some Calyptoblastea, some Gyinno-
blastea, and Allman's Eleutheroblastea, I do not doubt that
everyone will agree with me, that this Suborder Hydropolypinae
is perfectly natural. - The difficulty lies, as pointed out above, in
the uncertainty of the origin of the Blastostyles. It is clear that
the Hydromedusa?, which are descended from species with free
swimming Medusae, are fundamentally different from those which
possess Blastostyles, which are not homologous to Medusa?, but
must be considered as Polypostyles.

But the question whether a given Blastostyl is medusoid or not
can only be decided by careful histological researches, such as
those recently published by Weismann. (1)

This author found moi'phological peculiarities in many Hydro-
medusse, which show that their Blastostyles are doubtlessly
Medusoid. In others again the evidence is not so clear, and in
many the careful investigator has not been able to detect any
trace in the morphology of the Gonophor, which would point to a
Medusoid origin.

All the Genera enumerated under the Hydropolypinae, with the
exception of Hydra, would according to Weismann (I.e.) have to
be placed under the Hydroniedusime. The main features of our
classification would of course not be affected by this, only that some
of the Families placed here would then appear there. I think it
highly probable, that some of the Genera placed in this Suborder
will subsequently have to be placed in the second Suborder.

1. FAMILY HYDRID^E. Claus, 1876.

Solitary Polyps, which mature the sexual products in the
Gastral wall.

The budding or fission (Protohydra), with which the Hydrida?
are propagated non-sexually is perfectly similar to and analogous

(1. ) A. Weismann. Ueber den Urspruny der Geschhchts Zellen bei den
Hydroiden, 18S3.

348 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS.E,

with the budding in other Hydromedusae, which form colonies.
The fact, that in the case of the Hydridre, these buds become
detached, and so the Polyp remains solitary, cannot be considered
as sufficient reason for placing the Hydridae in a separate Suborder.
We would have to make a Suborder for Myriothela also, if we did
that for Hydra, for Myriothela also remains solitary. Glaus and
others consider the Hydridae as a Family of the Hydromedusse

only.

1. GENUS HYDRA. Linne.

Non-sexual propagation by budding. This genus has been
studied particularly by Kleinenberg (1), F. E. Schulze (2), Parker
(3), and Jickeli (4.)

There are no sub-epithelial muscular cells nor Gariglia, or
epithelial sensitive cells.

The histological structure is simpler than in any other Hydroid.

The " Epithelmuskelzelle " is the predominent element.

1. HYDRA OLIGACTIS. Pallas.
Bale (5) refers a Hydra which is found in the vicinity of
Melbourne, to this species.

2. HYDRA FUSCA. Linn<S (?).

T. Parker, (6) of Dunedin, N.Z., gives an excellent account of
the Histology of this species, but it does not appear from his
paper whether he got his material from Europe or New Zealand.

3. HYDRA VIRIDIS. Linne.

Coughtrey (7) refers a Hydra, found in New Zealand, to this
species.

(1.) Nicholaus Kleinenberg, Hydra. Leipzig, 1S72.

(2.) F. E. Schulze. Cordylophora lacustris. Leipzig, 1871.

(3.) Parker. On the Histology of Hydra fusca. Proceedings of the Royal
Society, No. 200, 1880.

(4.) Jickeli. Her Ban der Hydroidpolypen. I. Morphologisches Jahrbuch.
Band, VIII. Seite, 373.

(5). W. M. Bale. Catalogue of the Australian 1 1 //timid Zoophytes, p. 187.

(6.) T. Parker. On the Histology of Jfijdra fusca. Proceedings of the
Royal Society, No. 200, 1880.

(7. ) Coughtrey. On New Zealand Hydroida. Annals and Magazine of
Natural History, 4th Series, Vol. XVII., p. 24.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 349

2. FAMILY CLAVID^E. Von Lendenfeld, 1884.
Colonies consisting of a creeping stolon from which Polypes

grow up. All the Polypes are the same. They possess scattered
tentacles, and mature the sexual products on tentacular excres-
cences of the gastral wall.

I. SUB-FAMILY CLAVIN^. Von Lendenfel, 1884.
Clavidse, with filiform tentacles.

2. GENUS CLAVA. Gmelin.
With the characters of the family.

4. CLAVA SIMPLEX. Nov. sp.

Clava, with few scattered filiform tentacles, only 10 to 15 in
number, which taper slightly toward their terminal ends. The
club-shaped Polypes are about 1 mm. long and sit on 2-3 mm.
long stalks which rise from a creeping stolon, Polypes colourless.
The sexual products are matured in the lower part of the gastral
wall .

At low water mark.

Port Jackson.

Clava simplex differs from the known species by its Hydro-
caulus, being well developed in this respect it resembles Tubiclava,
but it appears more natural to place our species under the genus
Clava, in consequence of its small size and the want of a chitinous
Perisarc on the Hydrocaulus. The Hydrocaulus of our Hydroid
is never branched as in Tubiclava.

11. SUB-FAMILY CORYNIN^. Von Lendenfeld, 1S84.
Polyps with scattered capitate tentacles.

No representatives of this group are known to occur in
Australian waters.

3. FAMILY MYRIOTHELIM:. Allman, 1872.
Large solitary Polyps with numerous and dense scattered

filiform tentacles, the sexual products are matured on tentacular
extensions of the gastral wall.

No repi*esentatives of this Family are known to occur in
Australian waters.

350 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS^E,

4. FAMILY EUDENDRID^E. Allman, 1872.

The alimentary Zooids possess one verticil of filiform tentacles,
and mature the generative elements on tentacular appendages.

During the maturing of the sexual products the sexual zooids
often become rudimentary and loose their tentacles.

3. GENUS EUDENDRIUM. Ehrenberg.

Every Polypostyl is actually a rudimentary Polyp, and the
generative elements make their appearance before tentacles and
mouth become rudimentary. This latter does not always take
place, and then the mature generative elements are found partly
on Polypostyls and partly on ordinary Polys. The colonies
consist of an anostomising Hydrorhiza from which branched stems
arise. The structure of Eudendrium has been investigated
particularly by Weismann (1.) Jikeli (2), and myself (3.)

The Ectoderm, and particularly the Entoderm, are very much
higher developed than in Hydra. We meet with separate
epithelial and sub-epithelial layers. The Ectoderm consists of a
superficial layer of covering, sensitive and glandular elements, and
cnidoblasts of two different kinds, and the sub-epithelial cells. In
a ring around the base of the Hydranth gland-cells of a peculiar
kind, are amassed on the two sides of a deep groove which
surrounds the Polyp. Below these elements we met with longi-
tudinal muscles, with ganglia cells, and with a few indifferent
insterstitial cells.

The Entoderm also consists of more layers than one. Super-
ficially we find ciliated cylindrical cells and gland-cells of various
kinds. The sub-epithelial layer below these is particularly highly
developed in the proboscis, and contains in that region ganglia
cells and circular muscles, the cells of which are intra-epithelial.

(1.) A. Weismann. Die Entslehunq der Sexual:< /< n In i d n Hydromedvst n.
Seite, 91, 109.

(2.) C. Jikeli. Der Ban der Hydroidpolypenl. Morphologisches Jahrbuch.
Band, VIII. Seite, 376, 391.

(3.) II. von Lendenfeld. Das Nervensystem der Hydroidpolypen, Zoolo-
gischer Anzeiger. Band, VI. Seite, 69.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 351

5. EUDENDRIUM GENERALIS. Nov. spec.
Plate VI.

On stoues, near low water mark, this Hydroid is very abundant
in Port Phillip. Rising from an anastomosing stolon, the stum
attains a height of 18 mm. The Peiisarc of the stem is not much
thicker than that of the branches, and only slightly darker. The
Perisarc is in its greater part cylindrical, and appears annulated
only at the proximal ends of branches and stem. In size and
general appearance it might be taken for Eudendrium capillare
Alder. The Trophosome possesses one verticil of twenty-four
filiform tentacles, a very large and moveable proboscis, which
mostly appears slightly dilated laterally and a broad and short
body. The ring of gland cells at the base of the Trophosome is
very well marked.

Weismann (1) has discovered that in Eudendrium racemosum
the Hydranths possess large processes which he terms Cnidophors.
Such structures are absent in our species.

Allman (2) alludes to an external difference between the male
and female Polypostyls in some species of Eudendrium. Such a
difference is still more marked in our Eudendrium generalis and
I have selected the specific name to express this peculiarity.
Our species is distinguished from those desmbed by other
authors by its small size. E. ramosum Linne, E. rameum Pallas,
E. dispar Agassiz, E. annulatum Kormann, are vexy much larger.
The male Polypostyls in Eudendrium capillare bear clusters of
two-chambered scrota, whilst in our species they are not in
clusters, and only contain a single pouch. E. arbuscula Wright
" forms a bushy tree" and also bears a cluster of scrota on the
male Polypotyls. In Eudendrium insigne, Hincks again, the
perisarc is annulated throughout; the same is the case with E.
vaginatum, whilst in E. tenue A. Agassiz, the scrota are in
clusters.

(1) A. Weismann. Ueber ein eigenthiimliches Organ bei Eudendrium race-
mosum Cav. Mittheilungen aus der Zoologischen fetation in Neapel. Band
III. Seite 1.

(2.) Allman. A Monograph of the Gymnoblctstic or tubular ian Hydroids,
Vol. II, p. 332 ff.

352 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS.E,

The structure of the male Polyps is in fact the most important
characteristic featm'e of our species, and we shall find that this
peculiarity is one of greater morphological importance.

Whilst the ova are borne on irregular verticils of tentacles, the
spermatophores are always four in number, and lie radially sym-
metrical occupying the same position as in the Meduste (Eucope
for instance.) Looked at from above. (Plate VI., fig. 2), the whole
has the shape of a Medusa, from the aboral end of the Gastral
cavity of the male Polypostyle four canals are given off similar
with and homologous to the four radial canals of the Medusa.

The Polypostyles not only phylogenetically but also ontogene-
tically are developed from a Polyp with mouth and arms. After
the genital products have commenced to grow the tentacles are
retracted and also the mouth obliterates. (Plate V), so that finally
the mouthless Polypostyl is the bearer of the large and adult
sexual tentacles.

If this process was arrested, when the tentacles are retracted,
and if then the whole of the lower part of the Hydranth would
grow out and form a wall between the Radial Canals, which in our
case appear as sexual tentacles, then we would have a Medusa
before us.

It appears from this that the Gastral cavity of the Medusa is
not homologous to the Proboscis of the Hydranth only, and that
the Umbrella is not to be compared to a membrane connecting the
oral tentacles of the Hydranth, but rather as a lateral extension
of the aboral sexual tentacles.

The Polypostyls of Laomedea flexmosa and Eucopella campanu-
laria which are intermediate between Hydranths and Medusa?,
also tend to prove the correctness of the above statement.

6. EUDENDRIUM PUSILLUM. Nov. sp.

On Ascidians and other submerged bodies just below low-
water mark this Hydroid is extremely abundant in Port Jackson.

From a creeping Hydrorhiza which covers sometimes very
extensive surfaces, stems grow to a height of 12 mm. They are
densly and irregularly branched, so that every stem appears

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 353

shrub-like. The Polypes on which the male and the female
genital products ripen soon get rudimentary. The male and
female Polypostyls are similar to each other. Their stems are
always short, and they always grow out from the base of the
stems, so that they are generally hidden between the undergrowth
of other organisms whilst the alimentary zooids which do not
become sexual appear high above on the centrifugal branches.
All the Polypes, and particularly the clusters of genital products are
intensely brick red, and can easily be distinguished by their color.

The Perisarc is in its greater part smooth and simple cylindrical,
only just above the branching places a few rings are met with.

Compared with other species it appears characterised by its
small size, the smoothness of its Perisarc and the colour of
the zooids and genital products. E. ramosum Linn6, E. rameum
Pallas, E. dispar Agassiz, E. annulatum Norman, and E. racemo-
sum Cavalini are very much larger.

E. insigne Hincks and E. vaginatum Allman have a Pei'isarc
which is annulated throughout. In E. tenue A. Agassiz again
the ultimate ramuli only are annulated.

In shape E. capillare Alder and E. arbuscula Wright most
resemble our zoophyte, but both these do not possess that intense
orange-red colour as E. pusillum.

From the foregoing species it can readily be distinguished
by color, mode of branching, and particulaidy by the male
Polypostyls.

Explanation of Plate.

Plate VI. — Eudendrium generalis, von Lendenfeld. The formation
Polypostyle.
Fig. 1. Side view, C. Oc I (1).
Fig. 2. View from above, C. Oc I.

(1.) The figures are drawn with a camera lucida, the lenses used are from
Zeiss.

3.54 RIIIPIDOGLOSSATE AND DOCOGLOSSATE MOLLUSCA OF N.Z.,

EEVISION OF THE RECENT RHIPIDOGLOSSATE AND
DOCOGLOSSATE MOLLUSCA OF NEW ZEALAND.

By Professor F. W. Hutton, F.G.S.

Order. Rhipidoglossa.

Family. Nebitldje.*

Genus. Nebita. Linne.

Nerita saturata. Hutton (1884) ; N. atrata (variety of)
Chemnitz, Conch. Cab. V., p. 296; N. atrata, Lamarck,
Anim. sans. Vert., VIII., p. 603, Reeve Conch. Icon.,
fig. 16 [not of Chemnitz] ; N. nigra, Gray in Dieffenbach's
New Zealand, ii., p. 240 (184-3) [not of Lamarck].
Habitat. — Bay of Islands to Wellington. Found also in
Australia and Tasmania.

Shell finely spirally grooved ; blue-black, or occasionally olive
black ; columella white.

I cannot agree with Dr. von Martens and Mr. Tenison- Woods
that this shell is identical with N. punctata (Quoy and Gaimard).
N. punctata, according to Quoy, is from the Mauritius, and is
probably the same as N. nigra of Lamarck. It is not from
Australia, as stated by Dr. von Martens ; nor from South
America, as stated by Mr. Tenison- Woods in the Pro. Roy. Soc,
Tasmania, 1877, p. 38,

Family. Tubbuxe. \

* The following species is omitted as not really inhabiting New Zealand :
Neritina Zealandica, RecluS. Habitat unknown,
t The following are omitted as not really inhabiting New Zealand : —
Turbo undulatus, Chemnitz; inhabits Australia
Turbo stramineus, Martyn ; inhabits Australia
Turbo torquatus, Gmelin ; inhabits Australia
Turbo singularis, Solander ; inhabits Australia
Turbo lajorikairii, Deshays ; inhabits Indian Archipelago
Turbo Twvce-Zezlandice, Chemnitz ; habitat unknown
Phasianella austraUs, Gmelin ; inhabits Australia.

BY PROFESSOR F. W. HUTTON, F.G.S. 355

Genus. Turiso. Linne.
Turbo smaragdus. Martyn, Univ. Conch., pi. 73, 74 (1784);
Chemnitz, Conch. Cab. V., fig. 1815 and 1816; Quoyand
Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. III., p. 219, pi. 60, fig. 6-8 ;
Gray, Figs. Moll. Anim., pi. 38, fig. 1 ; Reeve, Conch.
Icon., fig. 13.
Habitat. — Auckland to~Dunedin.

Shell blackish green covered with a brown epidermis ; inside
white, the mouth and operculum stained with green. Outer
surface of operculum smooth.

Variety, tricostatus. Hutton (1884).
Habitat. — "Wellington to Dunedin.
Body whorl, with three spiral ribs.

The dentition is figured by Troschel in Gebiss den Schnecken
II., pi. 19, fig. 1, and also in the Trans. N.Z. Institute, XIV.,
pi. 7, fig. G.

Sub-genus. Modelia. Gray.

Turbo granosus. Martyn, Univ. Conch. Trochus, pi. 37 (1784) ;
T. rubicundus, Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 11.

Habitat. — Dunedin and Foveaux Straits ; Auckland Islands ;
Chatham Islands.

Shell with spiral moniliform ribs, the umbilical region im-
pressed, callous. Reddish purple varied with white.

The operculum is figured by Adams in Genera of Recent
Mollusca III., pi. 43, fig. 5a-5b. The dentition is figured by
Hogg in the Trans. Micro. Soc, 1866, pi. 11, fig. 51.

Sub-genus Callopoma. Gray.

Turbo shandi. Hutton. Catalogue Marine Moll, of N.Z.,
p. 35 (1873).

Habitat. — Chatham Islands.

Shell with three smooth spiral ribs near the periphery, with two
or three nodulous ribs both above and below. "White spotted with
reddish or purplish brown.

As the operculum and dentition are unknown, the position of
this species is doubtful.

356 RHIPIDOGLOSSATE AND DOCOGLOSSATE MOLLUSCA OF N.Z.,

Genus. Cookia. Lesson.
Cookia sulcata. Martyn, Univ. Conch, plate 35 (1784) ;
Trochus coohii, Spengler Journ. Naturforscher IX., p. 155,
pi. 3, fig. 5-6 (1776) ; Chemnitz Conch. Cab. V., fig. 1540
(1781); Quoy and Gaimard Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. III.,
p. 224, pi. 60, figs. 19-23; Grays Figs. Moll. Anim. I.,
pi. 40, fig. 2 ; coohii nobilis, Lesson, Illus. Zool., pi. 15 (1832).
Habitat. — North Ireland and the Southern shores of Cook's
Straits ; Chatham Islands.
Whorls rounded, with oblique rough imbricating laminae.

Variety davisii. Stowe, Trans. N.Z, Institute IV., p. 218 (1871).

Habitat. — Blind Bay.

"Whorls keeled.

The operculum is figured by Quoy and by Adams in Genera of
Recent Mollusca III., pi. 45, figs. 3a-3b. The dentition is
figured in Trans. N.Z. Institute XV., pi. 14, fig. p.

Genus. Imperator. Montfort.

Imperator lmperialis. Chemnitz (Trochus) Conch. Cab. V.,
pi. 13, figs. 1714-1715 (1781); Quoy and Gaimard Voy.
Astrolabe, Zool. III., p. 226, pi. 61, figs. 1-4; Gray Figs.
Moll. Anim. I., pi. 40, fig. 1. Trochus heliotropium, Martyn,
Univ. Conch., pi. 30 (1784); Reeve, Conch. Icon. Trochus,
fig. 30. Imperator aureolatus, Montfort, Conch. Syst. (1810).
Habitat. — Hauraki Gulf and Foveaux Straits.
Periphery with recurved triangular spines. The operculum is

figured by Quoy ; the dentition by Hogg in the Trans. Micro.

Soc, 1866, pi. 11, fig. 46.

Family. Liotiid^e.
Genus. Cyclostrema. Marryat.

Cyclostrema fluctuata. Hutton, N.Z. Journal of Science I.,
p. 477 (1883) ; Trans. N.Z. Institute XVI., p. 215.
Habitat. — Foveaux Straits.

BY PROFESSOR F. W. HUTTON, F.G.S. 357

Shell minute, spirally grooved, narrowly umbilicated ; yellowish
white with irregular bands of pale brown ; peristome not con-
tinuous. As the dentition of this species is unknown, its generic
position is doubtful. It may belong to Adeorbis.

Family. Eotellid2E.

Genus. Eotella. Lamarck.

Eotella neozelanica. Hombron and Jacquinot, Voy. Pole
Sud., Zool. V., p. 53, pi. 14, fig. 5-6 (1854) ; Eeeve Conch.
Icon., fig. 11.
Habitat — Auckland to Dunedin.

Variable in colour ; yellowish white with purple or chestnut
rays, sometimes brownish pink.

The operculum and dentition are unknown.

Family. Trochid^:.*
Genus. Eucheltjs. Philippi.
Sub-genus. Huttonia. Kirk.
Columella with a deep notch instead of a tooth.

Euchelus bellus. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll. of'N.Z., p. 37 (1873).
Habitat. — Chatham Islands,

* The following are omitted as not really inhabiting New Zealand : —
Trochus incequalis, Martyn ; inhabits Australia
Trochus annulatus, Martyn; inhabits Australia
Trochus caniliculatus, Martyn; inhabits Australia
Trochus gibberosus, Chemnitz ; inhabits Australia
Trochus niger, Chemnitz ; not recognised
Trochus lugubris, Gmelin ; not recognised
Polyodonta tricarinata, Lamarck
Clanculus variegatus, Adams ; inhabits Australia
Clanculus floridus, Philippi ; inhabits Australia
Thalotia conies,, Gray ; inhabits Australia
Thalotla pulcherima, Wood ; inhabits Australia
Zizyphinus scitulus, Adams; inhabits Australia
Zizyphinus doliarius, Chemnitz
Cautharidus jucundus, Gould ; habitat unknown
Trochocochha tcmiata, Quoy and Gaim. ; inhabits Australia
Labio zebrinm, Philippi ; inhabits Australia
Labio tessellatus, Chemnitz ; inhabits Mediterranean
L'tl'io sulcata, Wood
Labio scorpio, Gray ; not described.

358 RniriDOGLOSSATB AND DOCOGLOSSATE MOLLUSCA OP N.Z.,

Shell imperforate ; pinkish white varied with darker, interior
white.

Variety. Iricolor. T. W. Kirk, Trans. N.Z. Inst. XIV.,
p. 282 (1882).

Habitat. — Auckland to Waikanae.

Granules coarser ; dirty chocolate, interior bluish green.
The operculum and dentition are figured in Trans. N.Z.
Institute XV., pi. 14, fig. 1.

Euchelus Hamiltoni. T. W. Kirk, Trans. N.Z. Institute XIV.,
p. 283 (1882).

Habitat. — Wellington.

Shell perforate ; granules very fine. Pinkish white with spots
of darker in diagonal rows.

Genus. Troctius. Linne.

Sub-genus. Anthora. Gray.

Trochus viridis. Gmelin, from Chemnitz Conch. Cab. V., figs.
1643-1644 (1781) ; Eeeve Conch. Icon., fig. 79 ; Polyodonta
tuberculata, Gray in DiefFenbach's New Zealand II., p. 239
(1843) ; Voy. Erebus and Terror, Moll., pi. 1, fig. 6. Trachus
acinosus, Gould, Pro. Boston Soc, Nat. Hist. III., p. 57
(1848). Trochus fulvilabris, Homb. and Jacq., Voy. Pole
Sud., Zool. V., p. 56, pi. 14, figs. 14-16 (1854). Tr.
tritonis, Adams, Pro. Zool. Soc. of London, 1854, p. 132.
Habitat. — Auckland to Dunedin.

Shell with four nodulose spiral ribs on each whorl. Colour
purplish brown, the base pale brown.

The operculum and dentition are figured in the Trans. N.Z.
Institute XV., pi. 14, fig. k.

Sub-genus. Ccelotrochus. Fischer.

Trochus tiarattts. Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool.
III., p. 256, pi. 64, figs. 6-11 (1834); Gray Figs. Moll.
Anim. I., pi. 40, fig. 3. Polyodonta elegans, Gray, in Yate's
New Zealand, p. 309 (1835).

BY PROFESSOR F. W. HUTTON, F.G.S. 359

Habitat. — Auckland to Dunedin.

Shell with six, sub-equal, nodulose spiral ribs on each whorl
above the periphery. Colour purplish white, spotted with darker
both on the spire and on the base.

The dentition is figured in the Trans. N.Z. Institute XIV.,
pi 7, fig. N.

Trochus chathamensis. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of N.Z#>
p. 36 (1873).

Habitat.— Wellington (T. W. Kirk) ; Chatham Islands.

Whorls spirally striated and with a thick sub-nodulose keel at
the periphery, above which they are obliquely plaited ; suture
margined. Colour white with purplish red markings, the base
spotted with red.

Genus. Zizyphinus. Gray.

A. whorls flattened.

Zizyphinos DECARiNATus. Perry, Conchology, Trochus, pi. 47,
fig. 2 (1811); Z. Cunninghami, Gray in Griffith's Animal
Kingdom, Mollusca, pi. 1, fig. 7 ; Eeeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 6.
Habitat. — Cook's Straits to Auckland.

Shell trochiform, thin ; about ten spiral moniliform lines on
the body whorl above the mouth ; umbilical region with a large
callosity ; lower surface nearly white. Periphery angled.
The operculum and dentition are unknown.

ZiZYPHiNtrs selectus. Chemnitz, Conch. Cab. XL, figs. 1896-97
(1789) ; Peeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 1. Trochus pellucidus,
Valenciennes, Voy. de la Venus, Moll., pi. 4, fig. 2.
Habitat. — Auckland and Cook's Straits.

Shell trochiform, thin ; about ten spiral moniliform lines on
the body whorl above the mouth, sometimes with smaller smooth
lines between them ; umbilical region with a small callus. Base
with distant fine sub-moniliform spiral strife ; pale with distant
elongated spots. Periphery rounded.

The dentition is figured in Trans. N.Z. Institute XV., pi. 14,
fig. L.

24

3G0 RHIPLDOGLOSSATE AND DOCOGLOSSATE MOLLUSCA OP N.Z.,

ZiZYPiiiNrs spectabilis. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. of London,
1854, p. 37, pi. 27, fig. 7 ; Eeeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 5.

Habitat. — Auckland ; Auckland Islands (Martens).

Shell trochiform, rather solid ; about six spiral moniliform ribs
on the body whorl above the mouth ; umbilical region without
any callus. Base with rather coarse moniliform spiral ribs, and
round spots.

The dentition is not known.

B. whorls convex.

Zizyphinus geanatdm. Chemnitz, Conch. Cab. V., figs. 1654-55
(1780). Trochus tigris, Martyn, Univ. Conch., pi. 75 (1784) ;
Eeeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 4.

Habitat. — Auckland to Cook's Straits, Chatham Islands.

Shell sub-trochiform, periphery rounded, rather solid. About
18 to 25 fine-spiral moniliform ribs on the body whorl above the
mouth. Umbilical region with a small callosity, the base similar
to the upper surface

The dentition is unknown.

Zizyphinus punctdlatus. Martyn, Univ. Conch, pi. 37, (1784)
after Spengler (1776) ; Eeeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 95. Turbo
diaphanus Lamarck, An. sans Vert.; Quoy and Gaimard,
Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. III., p. 254, pi. 64, figs. 1-5 ; Gray
Figs. Moll. Anim, I., pi. 40, fig. 1. Turbo grandineus
Valenciennes Voy. de la Venus, Zool. pi. 4, fig. 4.

Habitat. — Cook's Straits to Dunedin.

Shell turbinate, rather solid, suture impressed. About ten or
twelve spiral moniliform ribs on the body whorl above the mouth.
Umbilical region without any callus, the base similar to the
upper surface.

The dentition is figured in the Trans. N.Z. Institute, XIV., pi.
8, fig. H.

Genus. Canthabidus. Montfort.

BY PROFESSOR F. W. nUTTON, F.G.S 361

Gantharidtjs iris. Gmelin, after Walch in Naturforscher IV.,
p. 42, pi. 1, figs. 5-6 (1774). Trochus iridis. Chemnitz
Conch. Cab. V., figs. 1522-23 (1781). Trochus vpalm,
Martyn, Univ. Conch, pi. 24 (1784). Canth zealandicus,
Adams, Pro. Zool. Soc. of London, 1851, p. 169.
Habitat. — Auckland" to Cook's Straits, Chatham Islands.
Shell elevated, smooth, spirally streaked ; periphery more or
less angled. Pinkish purple with longitudinal zig-zag reddish
markings.

The young shell is perforated but the perforation gets covered
over. The dentition is not known.

Cantharidt7S purpuratus. Martyn, Univ. Conch, pi. 68, fig. 2
(1784). Trochus elegans, Gmelin in Linne Syst. Nat. 13th
edition. Phasinella rubella, Menke, Synops. Moll. (1530.)
Trochus texturatus, Gould, Pro. Bost. Soc. Nat. III., p. 90,
(184.S). Trochus pallidus, Hombron and Jacquinot, Voy.
Pole Sud., Zool. V., p. 55, pi. 14, figs. 12-13, (1854).
Habitat. — Auckland to Banks' Peninsula.
Shell elevated, imperforate, spirally ribbed and striated, the
surface roughened with growth line. Pinkish white, streaked or
spotted with pinkish brown.

The dentition is figured in Trans. N.Z. Institute, XV., pi. 14
fig. o.

Cantharidus PRtrNiNTJS. Gould, Otia Conch., p. 55, (1846).
Trochus episcopus, Hombron and Jacquinot, Voy. Pole Sud.,
Zool. V., p. 55, pi. 14, figs. 9-11, (1854.)
Habitat. — Auckland Island and Campbell Island.
Shell elevated, imperforate, suture impressed ; whorls finely
and equally spirally ribbed. Blackish purple, columella and
aperture white or reddish, interior highly iridescent.
The dentition is not known.

Cantharidus tenebrosus. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. of London
1851, p. 170. Giblula plumbea, Hutton, Jour, de Conch.,
1878, p. 3.
Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand.

362 RHIPIDOGLOSSATE AND DOCOGLOSSATE MOLLUSCA OF N.Z.,

Shell more or less elevated, imperforate ; whorl spirally ribbed.
Bluish or purplish black, the grooves lighter ; columella white,
margin of the aperture dark purple, interior pearly.

The dentition is figured in Trans. N.Z. Inst. XIV., pi. 7, fig. l.

Variety. Huttonii. Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. of London, Zool.
XII., p. 558 (1876).
Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand.

More depressed than the last, and the spiral sculpture finer.
The dentition is figured in Trans. N.Z. Inst. XIV., pi. 7, fig. m.

Cantharidus rufozona. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. of London,

1851, p. 170.

Habitat. — Auckland.

Shell imperforate, spirally ribbed ; about eleven ribs on the
body whorl, five of which are above the periphery; columella
with a blunt tooth, white ; the ribs purplish red ; interior
white.

Dead specimens from Auckland are referred with doubt to this
species. It is distinguished by the blunt tooth on the columella.

The dentition is unknown.

Cantdtaridus popillus. Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. III.,
p. 91, (1848); United States Exploring Expedition, XII., p.
186, Atlas, fig. 208.

Habitat. — Bank's Peninsula to Dunedin.

Shell depressed, or sometimes more elevated, imperforate or
narrowly perforated ; whorls spirally ribbed. Dark brown, or
greenish brown with brown and reddish markings ; margin of the
aperture greenish brown.

A very variable shell, smaller than C. tetiebrosus. The dentition
is figured in the Trans. N.Z. Inst. XIV., pi. 7, fig. k.

Cantharidus sanguineus. Gray in Diefi'enbach's New Zealand,
II., p. 238, (Gibbula), 1843 ; Voy. Erebus and Terror, Moll,
pi. 1, fig. 12.
Eabitat. — Auckland to Wellington, Chatham Islands.

BY PROFESSOR F. W. HUTTON, F.G.S. 363

Shell imperforate spirally grooved. Pinkish white, with red
spots on the ribs, or with red flexuous longitudinal markings ;
interior and mouth white.

Variety, c^latus. Hutton, (1884).
Habitat. — Foveaux Straits.

Smaller but more deeply ribbed and the grooves wider.
I have seen dead specimens only. The dentition is unknown.

Cantharedus dilatatus. Sowerby Proc. Zool. Soc. of London,
1870, p. 251, (Eleuchns).

Habitat. — Hokianga, Auckland.

Shell smooth, spirally striated ; whorls flattened ; columella
without any tooth. Reddish brown, the interior greenish blue
and highly iridescent.

The dentition is unknown.

Cantharidus smglatgs. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New
Zealand, p. 36, (1873).

Habitat. — Chatham Islands.

Shell smooth, finely spirally striated ; whorls convex. Pink or
pinkish brown, generally with white markings on the spire ;
interior bluish white, iridescent.

Dead specimens only. The dentition is unknown.

Genus. Margarita. Leach.

I put the following three species into this genus with great
hesitation. Perhaps they belong to Gibbula, but the umbih'cus
is narrow.

Margarita antipoda. Hombron and Jacquinot, Voy. Pole Sud.,
Zool. V., p. 58, pi. 14, figs. 26-28 (1854).

Habitat. — Auckland Islands.

Shell small, iridescent, with transverse bands of greenish on
the upper part ; umbilicus almost covered.

I have not seen this species. The dentition and operculum are
unknown.

364 RIIIPIDOGLOSSATE AND DOCOGLOSSATE MOLLUSCA OF N.Z.,

Margarita rosea. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand,
p. 36 (1873).

Habitat. — Stewart's Island ; Campbell Island.

Whorls faintly spirally striated ; very narrowly umbilicated.
Pinkish white with three or four narrow pink spiral hands and
some purplish spots on the body whorl.

The dentition and operculum are unknown.

Marfarita ftjlminata. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New
Zealand, p. 36, (1873).

Habitat.— Auckland to Wellington, Chatham Islands.

Shell smooth, without spiral strice except on the base ;
umbilicus small. Pink, purplish, or olivaceous, usually with
markings especially at the suture.

Dead shells only. The dentition and operculum are unknown.

Genus. Gibbula. Eisso.

Gibbula oppressa. Hutton, Jour, de Conch., 1878, p. 34.

Habitat. — Auckland .

Whorls flattened in the middle and more or less keeled ; closely
spirally ribbed. Dark purplish black not shining. Operculum
many whorled.

The dentition is figured in Trans. N.Z. Institute, XV., pi. 14,
fig. m.

Gibbula nitida. Adams and Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. of London,
1864, p. 36. G. inconspicua, Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of
New Zealand, p. 36, (1873).
Habitat. — Hokianga, Auckland to Wellington.
Shell polished, finely spirally striated. Greenish yellow with
longitudinal undulating purplish brown streaks. Operculum
many whorled.

The dentition is figured in Trans. N.Z. Institute XV., pi. 14,
fig. N.

Genus. Bankivia. Beck.

BY PROFESSOR F. W. HUTTON, F.G.S. 365

Bankiyia varians, Beck, in Krauss' Sudafric Moll. (1848).

Habitat. — Cook's Straits. Found also in Tasmania and
Australia.

Variable in colour, white, pui-ple, pink, or black, plain or
banded, sometimes with longitudinal undulating lines.

The animal is unknown as also is the dentition and operculum.

Genus. Monilea. Swainson.

Monilea egena. Gould (Solarium) Proe. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.
III., p. 84, (1868), U. S. Expl. Expd. XII., p. 116, Atlas,
fig. 223. Monilea zealandica, Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of
New Zealand, (1873). Margarita zealandica, Sowb. in
Reeve's Conch., Icon., fig. 17.
Habitat. — Bay of Islands.

Some^of the spiral ribs are subgranular. Brownish white with
longitudinal nexuous bands of brownish purple.
The dentition and operculum are unknown.

Genus. Monodonta. Lamarck.

Trochocochlea Klein,

Sub-genus. Diloma. Philippi.

Monodonta -ethiops. Gmelin, after Chemnitz, Conchy Cab. V.
figs. 1820-1821 (1781). M. reticularis, Gray in Woods Ind.
Test, Suppl, (1828), and in Diffenbach's New Zealand, II.,
p. 238. Trochus zealandicus, Quoy and Gaimard, Voy.
Astrolabe, Zool. III., p. 257, pi. 64, figs. 10-11 (1834);
Gray, Figs. Moll. Anim. I., pi. 40, fig. 9. Labio concolor,
Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. of London, 1851, p. 180.
Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand, Chatham Islands,
Auckland Islands.

Shell rough ; whorls distantly spirally grooved and obliquely
striated with growth lines ; four or five grooves on the body
whorl above the periphery. Colour brownish purple, when
rubbed purple, spirally tessellated with white ; mouth purplish
black.

3G6 RIIIPIDOGLOSSATE AND DOCOGLOSSATE MOLLUSCA OF N.Z.,

The dentition is figured by Troches in Das Gebiss den Schnec-
ken, II., taf. 23, fig. 3 ; and in the Trans. N.Z. Institute, XV., pi.
15, fig. A.

Monodonta nigerrima. Chemnitz, Conch. Cab. V., pi. 185, fig.
1848 (1780) ; Turbo quoyi, Keiner.

Habitat. — Banks' Peninsula to Dunedin, Chatham Islands,
Auckland Islands.

Shell smooth, polished ; whorls rather closely spirally grooved ;
eight or nine grooves on the body whorl above the periphery.
Purplish black, interior highly iridescent, mouth black ; colum-
ellar lip greenish at the base.

This species is apparently the same as Trochus araucanus,
D'Orbigny, from South America. The dentition is figured in
Trans. N.Z. Inst. XV., pi, fig. b.

Monodonta melaloma. Menke, Molluscorum Novse Hollandioe,

No. 50, p. 14, (1843). Labio carrosa, Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc.

of London, 1851, p. 180 ; Diloma hectori, Hutton, Cat. Marine

Moll, of New Zealand, p. 37, (1873) ; T. chloropoda, Tate.

Habitat — Banks' Peninsula to Dunedin. Pound also in South

and West Australia.

Shell smooth, or with low spiral ribs, never polished. Purplish,
body whorl often yellow ; mouth yellowish with a thin purple
ring inside.

Our shells appear to be thinner, and the interior less grooved
than Australian specimens, but there is no other difference. A
shell in the Canterbury Museum named Chlorostoma atra, Lesson,
from Chili appears also to be the same species. The dentition is
figured in Trans. N.Z. Institute, XV., pi. 15, fig. d.

Variety. Undulosa. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. of London, 1851, p.
182 ; Voy. Erebus and Terror, Moll. pi. 1, fig. 15. Trochus
attritus, Hombron and Jacquinot, Voy. Pole Sud. Zool. V.,
p. 57, pi. 14, figs. 19-20, (1854).
Habitat. — Banks' Peninsula to Dunedin.

BY PROFESSOR F. W. HUTTON, F.G.S. 367

Yellowish with longitudinal undulating lines of dark purple,
or altogether purple. Mouth yellow, articulated with purplish
black.

T. brunien&is, Petterd, from Tasmania is closely allied.

Variety, pltjmbea. Hutton, (1883).

Habitat. — Banks' Peninsula to Dunedin, Campbell Island.

Dark purple, mouth black.

The dentition is figured in the Trans. N.Z. Institute, XV., pi.

15, fig. E.

Variety, guttata. Hutton (1884).

Habitat. — Nelson.

Dark purple, usually spotted with white ; mouth black ;
columellar lip greenish at the base ; interior highly iridescent,
markedly grooved.

This variety looks like a hybrid between M. nigerrima and
M. melanoloma.

Monodonta subrostrata. Gray in Yates' New Zealand, (1835),
and in Dieffenbach's New Zealand, II., p. 238 (1843) ; Voy.
Erebus and Terror, Moll. pi. 1, fig. 14.

Habitat. — Auckland to Tauranga. On Zostera marina.

Shell with sub-nodulose spiral ribs, which are distant on the
upper surface and closer on the base. Yellowish with undulating
longitudinal purple lines ; mouth yellow, more or less marked
with purple.

The dentition is figured in Trans. N.Z. Institute, XV., pi. 15,
fig. G.

Monodonta sulcata. Wood. Trochus cingulatus, Quoy and
Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. III., p. 259, pi. 64, figs.
16-20 (1834) [not of Brocchi] ; Gray Pigs. Moll. Anim. I.,
pi. 40, fig. 10 ; Trochus gaimardi, Philippi in his new edition
of Chemnitz.
Habitat. — Cook's Straits to Dunedin.

Shell with three nodulose spiral ribs and raised lines between
on the upper surface of the body whorl ; about four closer ribs on

368 RHIPIDOOLOSSATE AND D0C0GLOSSATE MOLLUSCA OF N.Z.,

the base. Smooth ; brownish black with minute yellow spots ;
mouth brownish black.

Quoys figure is bad, but it must be intended to represent this
species. The dentition is unknown.

Moxodonta excavata. Adams, and Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. of
London, 1864, p. 37.

Habitat. — Manukau Heads, Auckland.

Shell small smooth, shining ; not spirally marked, except on the
base. Brown, mottled with yellowish white, but variable in
colour.

Referred with some doubt to this species as Adams' description
does not apply very well. The shell is depressed, the base
concave, and the periphery sharply angled. The dentition is
figured in Trans. N. Z. Institute, XV., p. 15, fig. r.

Sub-genus. Latona. Hutton.
Shell as in Diloma but perforated.

Monodonta hdietica. Hutton, Jour, de Conch., 1878, p. 32.

Habitat. — Auckland.

Shell purple with oblique slightly waved lines or spots of white ;
columella more or less stained with green.

The dentition is unknown.

Diloma australis, Tenison-Woods, (Pro. Eoy. Soc. Tas. 1876,
p. 145), appears to be closely allied.

Family. Pleurotomabiid^;.

Genus. Scissurella. D'Orbigny.

Scissurella mantelli. Woodward, Proc. Zool. Soc. of London,
1859, p. 202, pi. 46.

Habitat. — North Island.
I have not seen this species.

Family. Stomatellld/e.

BY PROFESSOR F. W. HUTTON, F.G.S. 369

Grenus. Minos. Hutton.

Shell ear-shaped, regular, umbilicated ; the spire small ;
aperture very large and oblique, not nacreous, the lips thin.
Operculum horny multispiral. Dentition resembling that of
Cantharidus.

Founded on Fossarina petterdi, (Brazier), from Tasmania.

Minos rimata. Hutton; (1884). Adeorbis petterdi, Hutton,
Trans. N.Z. Inst. XIV., p. 132, [not of Brazier].

Habitat. — Waiwera, near Auckland.

Shell small, yellowish white, with oblique brown spots ; the
umbilicus very narrow.

Differs from M. petterdi in its much narrower umbilicus. The
operculum and dentition are not known.

Family. Haliotloe.*
Genus. Haliotis. Linne.

Haliotis iris. Martyn, Univ. Conch, pi. 61, (1784); Reeve,
Conch. Icon., fig. 37.

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand, Chatham Islands,
Auckland Islands.

The outer lip is continuous and produced beyond the body
whorl ; the columella does not form a spiral.

The dentition is figured in Trans. N.Z. Institute, XV., pi. 15,
fig. H.

Haliotis rugoso-plicata. Chemnitz, Conch. Cab. X., p. 311,
fig. 1604 (1788); Eeeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 7. H. plicata,
Karsten, Museum Leskeanum, (1789). H. australis, (xmelxn,
in 13th edition of Linne's Syst. Nat. H. cruenta, Eeeve,
Pro. Zool. Soc. of London, 1846, p. 59.

* The following species are omitted as not really inhabiting New
Zealand : —
Haliotis ncevosa, Martyn; inhabits Australia
Haliotis albicans, Quoy ; inhabits Australia
Haliotis cvtininghami, Reeve , inhabits Australia
Haliotis stomaticiformis, Reeve ; inhabits Australia
Haliotis virginea, Chemnitz ; inhabits Western Africa
Haliotis pulckerima, Deshayes ; Habitat unknown
Haliotis nova-zealandke, Reeve ; Habitat unknown.

370 RHIPIDOGLOSSATE AND DOCOGLOSSATE MOLLUSCA OP N.Z.,

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand, Chatham Islands,
Auckland Islands. Found also in South Australia.

The posterior portion of the outer lip does not project beyond
the body whorl ; columella forming a spiral ; exterior of shell
obliquely plicated and crossed by rough striae.

The dentition is not known.

Halioits gibba. Philippi, Abbild. und Besch. Conch. jHaliotis,
pi. IX., fig. 2, (1848) ; Eeeve Conch. Icon. fig. 42 ; Voy.
Erebus and Terror, Moll. pi. 1, fig. 16.
Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand, Chatham Islands.
Posterior portion of the outer lip not projecting beyond the
body whorl ; columella much curved but hardly spiral ; exterior
of shell longitudinally grooved and irregularly transversely
plicated.

Variety Huttoni. Filhol, Comtes Rendus, XCL, p. 1094. (1880)
Habitat. — Campbell Island.

Ribs stronger and slightly undulated ; apex less anterior.
The dentition is not known.

Family Fissurellid.33.
Genus. Fissubella. Lamarck.

Fisstjrella squamosa. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New
Zealand, p. 42, (1873).

Habitat. — Foveaux Straits.

Oblong with strong radiating scaly ribs. Exterior brownish,
the interior white.

The dentition is not known.

Sub-genus. Lucapina. Gray.
Apical opening surrounded by a callus.

Fisstjrella monilifeba. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New
Zealand, p. 42. (1873).

Habitat. —Foveaux Straits.

With radiating monilifurm ribs, and obscurely cancellated.

The dentition is not known.

BY PROFESSOR F. W. HUTTON, F.G.S. 371

Genus. Emarginula. Lamarck.

Emarginula striatula. Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe.
Zool. in., p. 332, pi. 68, fig. 21-22, (1834); Eeeve Conch,
Icon. fig. 47.

Habitat. — Cook's Straits to Foveaux Straits.
Shell longitudinally aild transversely finely ribbed.
The dentition is not known.

Emarginula emarginata. Blainville, Malacologie, p. 48, fig. 2.
(1825); E. australis, Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe,
Zool. III., p. 328, pi. 68, figs. 11-12, (1834) ; Eeeve, Conch.
Icon. fig. 19.
Habitat. — Lyttelton.
Found also in Australia and Tasmania.
Longitudinal ribs rough, alternately large and small.
The dentition is not known.

M tenuicostata, Sowb. is said by Mr. Justice Gillies to occur in
New Zealand. It is closely concellated, and pointed with green
bands or brown rays.

Genus. Parmophorus. Blainville.

Parmophorus unguis. Linne (Patella) ; Eeeve, Conch. Icon.
Scutus, fig. 5. Patella ambigua, Chemnitz, Conch. Cab. XL,
fig. 1918.
Habitat. — Auckland to Dunedin.
The length of the shell is equal to twice the breadth.
The dentition is figured in Trans. N.Z. Institute, XV., pi. 15,
fig. 1.

Sub-genus. Tugalia. Gray.

Parmophorus intermedius. Eeeve, Proc. Zool. Soc. of London,
1842, p. 50. T. elegans, Gray in Dieffenbach'sNew Zealand,
II., p. 240, (1843. T. cinerea, Sowb. Thes. Conch. III., p.
221, pi. 249, figs. 15-16 ; Eeeve, Conch. Icon. fig. 5, [not
of Gould]. T. ossea, Sowb. loc. sit. fig. 15. ; Angas, Pro.
Zool. Soc. of London, 1876, p. 219, [not of Gould]. T.
australis, Tenison-Woods, Proc. Eoy. Soc. of Tasmania, 1877,
p. 21.

372 RHIPIDOGLOSSATE AND DOCOGLOSSATE MOLLUSCA OF N.Z.,

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand, Chatham Islands. Found
also in New South Wales, Victoria, and Tasmania.
The dentition is unknown.

Order. DOCOGLOSSA.

Family. AcNUEiDffi.*

Genus. Acmzea. Eschscholtz.

Sub-genus. Collisella. Dall.
A. Apex of the shell sub-central.

Acmtea corticata. Hutton, Man. N.Z. Mollusca, p. 89, (1880).

Habitat. — Wellington to Dunedin.

Shell solid and depressed ; the interior margin usually brown,
rayed with white at the ribs, which vary in number from eight to
more than twenty. Eadula with a pair of marginal teeth on
each side.

This species appears to be allied to A. rugosa, Quoy and
Gaimard, from Amboina. The dentition is figured in Trans.
N.Z. Institute, XV., pi. 15, fig. l.

Acm^a cingtjlata. Hutton, N.Z. Journal of Science, I„ p. 477

(1883).

Habitat. — Dunedin and Lyttelton.

Shell solid, white, with about 30 to 50 low radiating ribs ;
interior white, the margin light brownish pink banded with white
Eadula without marginal teeth, the three laterals arranged in an
obligue line.

The dentition is figured in Trans. N.Z. Institute, XVI., pi. X.,
fig. 5.

Acm^ea rubiginosa. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand,
p. 42, (1873).
Habitat. — Chatham Islands.

* The following species is omitted as not inhabiting New Zealand : —
J'ai- lla cantharous, Reeve; inhabits Tasmania.

BY PROFESSOR F. W. HUTTON, F.G.S. 373

Shell rather thin, with 12 to 20 primary ribs, and shorter
secundary ribs between them ; interior pinkish, rayed throughout
with white under the ribs.

Dr. von Martens thinks that this may be Patella lacunosa, Reeve.
The animal and dentition are unknown.

Perhaps Patella campbelli, Filhol, (Comptes Eendus, XCI., p.
1095, 1880), may be this species but the diagnosis is not sufficient
for identification.

AciiiEA conoidea. Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool.
III., p. 355, pi. 71, figs. 5-7„ (1834); Gray Figs. Moll.
Anim. pi. 114, fig. 2.
Halitat. — Banks' Peninsula.

Shell smooth, thin, small, conical, high, the apex rounded.
Brown, sometimes with white radiating bands.

The dentition is figured in Trans. N.Z. Institute, XV., pi. 15,

fig. K.

B. Apex of shell anterior.

AcMiEA pileopsis. Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool

III., p. 359, pi. 71, figs. 25-27, (1834). Patelloides antarctica,

Hombron and Jacquinot, Ann, des Sci. Nat. Sec. 2, vol., 16,

p. 190, (1841).

Habitat. — Bay of Islands to Banks' Peninsula, Auckland

Islands.

Shell solid, smooth, with radiating striae, convex, the apex
recurved. Blackish, mottled with white, the interior bluish with
a black margin.

The dentition is figured in Trans. N.Z. Institute, XV., pi. 15,
fig. M.

Aolea flammea. Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool.
III., p. 354, pi. 71, figs. 15-24, (1834); Gray, Pigs. Moll.
Anim. pi. 114, fig. 5.
Halitat. — Auckland to Dunedin. Found also in Tasmania.
Shell thin, pellucid, depressed, small, radiately striated.
Yellow, marked with brown.

The dentition is figured in Trans. N.Z. Institute, XV., pi. 15,
fig. N.

374 RHIPIDOGLOSSATE AND DOCOGLOSSATE MOLEUSCA OP N.Z.,

Acmjea fkagilis. Chemnitz, Conch. Cab. XI., fig, 1921, (1790) ;
Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. III. p. 351, pi.
71, figs. 28-30 (1834); Gray, Figs. Moll. Anim. pi. 114, fig.
7. Patella unguis-almce, Lesson, Voy. Coquille, Zool. II., p.
420, (1830). Patella solandri, Colenso, Tasmanian Journal of
Science, 1844.
Habitat. — Auckland to Dunedin.

Shell thin, depressed, the apex marginal. Green with concen-
tric brown bands.

The dentition is not known.

Family. Patellice*

Genus. Patinella. Dall.

Shell solid, the apex sub-central or anterior. Branchial wing
interrupted in front.

Radula with a central plate, two laterals and one or two rows
of rudimentary marginals on each side. Mouth entire below ;
margin of the mantle fringed.

I have altered the characters of this genus (which is founded
on P. magellanica) so as to include all our Patellas, as they are
evidently closely related.

Patinella strigilis. Hombron and Jacquinot, Ann. des Sci.

Nat. Zool. Series 2, vol. 16, p. 190, (1841). P. magellanica,

Manual of N.Z. Mollusca, (18H0).
Habitat. — Banks' Peninsula to Shag Point, Otago. Auckland
Islands, Campbell Island.

Shell large, solid, obliquely conical, high, with about 20-30
low radiating ribs ; the apex sub-central or rather anterior.
Brown, obscurely marked with yellowish ; interior greenish or
yellowish-brown above the muscular impression, bluish-white and
iridescent below it, the margin brown.

* The following species are omitted as not really inhabiting New
Zealand : —
Patella granulans, Linn.; inhabits South Africa
Patella cochlear, Born.; inhabits iSouth Africa
Patella stella, Lesson ; Habitat not known.

BY PROFESSOR F. W. IIUTTON, F.G.S. 375

This is probably a variety of P. cenea (Martyn), or of P. magel-
lanica (Martyn). P. juegensis (Reeve), and P. KergueUnsis (Smith),
are scarcely different.

The dentition is figured in Trans. N.Z. Institute, XV., pi. 16,
fig. A.

Patinella redimiculum. Reeve, Conch. Icon. fig. 50, (1854) ;
Voy. Erebus and Terror, Moll. pi. 1, fig. 24. P. radians,
Reeve, Conch. Icon. fig. 25, [not of GmelinJ. P pottsi,
Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand, 44, (1873).

Habitat. — The southern portions of New Zealand and the
Auckland Islands. Found also in Fuegia.

Shell large, depressed, with about 20 or 25 rounded ribs ; the
apex anterior ; the interstices between the ribs bluish white.

Probably a variety of the last species. The dentition is
not known.

Patinella denticulata. Martyn, Univ. Conch, pi. 65, (1784).
P. margaritacea, Chemnitz, Conch. Cab. XL, fig. 1914,
(1790); Voy. Erebus and Terror, Moll. pi. 1, fig. 26. P.
ornata, Dillyyn, Catal. Shell, p. 1029; Deshayes, Aniin. sans
Vert. 2nd edition, VII., p. 542. P. nodosa, Honibron and
Jacquinot, Ann. des Sci. Nat. Zool. Series 2, vol. 16, p. 191,
(184).

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand.

Shell more or less depressed, with the apex anterior, generally
about one fourth of the length from the anterior end. With
eleven reddish yellow ribs, alternating with smaller and dark
coloured ribs, which are spotted with white.

The dentition is figured in the Trans. N.Z. Institute, XV., pi.
16, fig. B.

Patinella inconspictja. Gray in Dieffenbach's New Zealand,
II., p. 244, (1843). P. luctuosa, Gould, Pro. Bost. Soc. Nat.
Hist. IL, p. 150, (1846) [not of Hombron and Jacquinot,

(1841)].

Habitat. — Wellington to Dunedin.
25

376 RIIiriDOGLOSSATE AND DOCOGLOSSATE MOLLUSCA OF N.Z ,

Shell conical, high, the height often more than half the length ;
apex sub-central. Interior brown, with about twelve radiating
white stripes.

This species passes into the last, and should perhaps be consid-
ered a variety of it.

Patinella reevei. Hutton, Man. of New Zealand Mollusca, p.
108, (1880). P. imbricata, Peeve, Conch. Icon. fig. 92,
(1854), [not of Linne].

Habitat. — Wellington to Dunedin.

Apex anterior ; ribs numerous, with imbricating scales. Colour
dark blue black, or brownish.

The animal and dentition are unknown.

Patinella illtjminata. Gould, Otia Conchologica, p. 7, (1846).
Habitat. — Auckland Islands, Campbell Island, Macquarie
Island.

Like the last species but browner, and more or less marked
with 3rellowish. Apex one fourth of the length from the anterior
end. Pibs 30 to 40.

The dentition is figured in Trans. N.Z. Institute, XV., pi. 16,
fig. c. Perhaps Patella terroris, Filhol, (C. R. XCL, 1880) may
be this species, but the diagnosis is not sufficient for identification.

Patinella earlii. Peeve, Conch. Icon. fig. 71, (1854). P.
fexuosa, Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand, p. 45,
(1873), [not of Quoy and Gainiard].

Habitat. — Stronghurst, Canterbury.

Pibs few and small, or none. Pale yellowish with deeply
waved concentric brown lines.
Animal and dentition unknown.

Patinella radians. Gmelin in 13th ed. of Syst. Nat. p. 3720,
P. radiata Novas Zealandice, Chemnitz, Conch. Cab. X. fig.
1618, (1788). P. argyropsis, Lesson, Voy. Coquille, Zool.,
IT., p. 419, (1830). P. argentea, Quoy and Gaimard, Voy.
Astrolabe, Zool. III., p. 345, pi. 70, figs. 16-17, (1834), [not

BY PROFESSOR F. W. HUTTON, F.G.S. 377

of Lirme]. P. radiatilis, Hombron and Jacquinot, Ann. des
Sci. Nat. Series 2, vol. 16, p. 191, (1841. P. decora, Philippi,
Zeitschrift Malak. 1848, p 162 ; Eeeve, Conch Icon. fig. 33.

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand. Its occurrence in
Australia is doubtful.

Depressed, with about 20 ribs larger than the rest ; apex odo
fourth of the length from the anterior end. Olive brown, blotched
with paler.

The dentition is figured in Trans. N.Z. Institute, XV., pi. 16.
fig. E.

Variety olivacea. Hutton, Trans. N.Z. Inst. XV., p. 133,

(1883).

Habitat. — Dunedin to the Bluff.

Ribs fine and uniform ; apex one third to one fourth of the
length from the anterior end. Uniform olive brown, with a
black band round the margin.

The dentition is figured in the Trans. N.Z. Institute, XV., pi.
16, fig. d.

Variety pholidota. Lesson, Voy. Coquille, Zool. II., p. 420,
(1830). P. sturnus, Hombron and Jacquinot, Ann. des Sci.
Nat. Series 2, vol., 16, p. 191, (1841). P. floccata, Reeve,
Conch. Icon. fig. 106, (1854).

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand.

Ribs small and uniform ; apex very anterior, about one seventh
of the length from the anterior end. Olive brown, largely
blotched with white ; or white with brown radiating bands.

Patinella tramoserica. Martyn, Univ. Conch, pi. 16, (1784);
Reeve, Conch. Icon. fig. 27. P. antipodum, Smith, Voy.
Erebus and Terror, Moll. p. 4, pi. 1, fig. 25, (1874.)

Habitat. — Wellington. Found also in New South Wales.
Depressed, finely radiately ribbed. Orange yellow with narrow
black rays.

The animal and dentition are not known.

378 RHIPIDOGLOSSATE AND DOCOGLOSSATE MOLLUSCA OF N.Z.

Patinella flava. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand,
p. 44, (1873).

Habitat. — Poverty Bay, to Stronghurst, Canterbury.

Conical, high, radiately ribbed. Pale yellow or orange with-
out marks.

The animal and dentition are unknown.

Patinella stellifera. Chemnitz, Conch. Cab. X., fig. 1617,

(1788). P. stellularia, Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe,

Zool. III., p. 347, pi. 70, figs. 18-20, (1834). Eeeve, Conch.

Icon. fig. 96.

Habitat. — Cook's Straits to Banks' Peninsula. Found also at

the Friendly Islands.

Depressed, finely radiately ribbed. Reddish brown with
radiating white stripes.

The animal and dentition are unknown.

As the Patellas are variable and not easy to make out I add a
key to the species.

Colour brown.
Interior with 11 or 1 2 rays.

Exterior with dark white spotted ribs . . denticulata.
Exterior without dark ribs . . . . . . inconspicua.

Interior not rayed.
Large and solid.

Exterior all brown . . . . . . strigilis.

Exterior bluish white between the ribs redimiculum.
Medium and thinnish.

Smooth, usually with whith marks . . radians.
Rough and scaly . . . . . . reevei

Colour red or yellow.

With numerous waved concentric brown lines ewlii

With radiating black stripes . . . . . . tramoserica.

With radiating white stripes . . . . . . stellifera.

Without markings . . . . . . . . flava.

NOTES ON HYBRIDISM IN THE GENUS
BRACHYCHITON.

By Baron Ferd. von Mueller, K.C.M.G., M. & Ph. D ,

F.P.S., &c.

Cases of Hybridisation among Australian Plants are as yet
but few on record. Instances therefore of natural cross-fertiliza-
tion, when they come under our notice here, are of particular
interest. Through the circumspect kindness of Dr. J. C. Cox,
lately, a Hybrid between Br achy chiton populneum and B. acerifolium
was brought under my cognizance. It arose in Dr. Cox's brothers
garden, where both the parent plants are up-grown ; but it may
have been obtained as a seedling from another place, both the
indicated Brachychiton, which are beautiful shade trees of ready
growth, being much reared in New South Wales. The Bastard-
tree attained already a height of 40 feet and a stem diameter of
one foot. The leaves differ in a marked manner from those of th-3
parental species being of a more or less ovate shape or verging
somewhat into a lanceolar form ; but so far as seen by me they
are quite lobeless, nor are they conspicuously acuminated. The
leaf stalks are considerably elongated and not very slender. The
panicle is ample, much like that of B. acerifolium, bearing
numerous flowers ; the articulation of the stalklets is at some
distance from the calyx also as in B. acerifolium, not generally
close to the calyx as in B. populneum. The color of the calyces
holds the middle between that of the respective organ of the
parent plants ; it is pale yellowish outside much as in B. populneum.
but inside crimson and not sprinkled as in B. acerifolium, according
to a painted drawing furnished by Mrs. Ford. Fruits, so rarely
developed by hybrids, have not been produced. For distinctive
appellation in accordance with generally recognised rules the

380 NOTES ON THE HYBRIDISM OF THE GENUS BRACHYCHITON.

name Br achy chiton populneo-acerifolium might be chosen for this
highly interesting cross-production, the preponderance of resem-
blance being rather with.5. acertfolium than with B. populneum.

It is worthy of remark, that from the whole extensive order of
Sterculiacem only one instance of spontaneous hybridisation is on
record, Mr. 0. Tepper having discovered a cross between
Lasiopetalum Baueri and L. discolor in South Australia. In the
recent special work by Dr. W. 0. Foske (Die Pflanzen
Mischlinge, 1881) mention is however made of artificial crosses
among the South African Maker mas, and doubtless in that genus
as well as in Uermannia natural bastards could be found also.

This seems an apt apportunity to state that Br achy chiton
acerifolmm has been traced recently by Mr. W. Biiuerlen as far
south as Shoalhaven, where this assiduous collector gathered also
the following plants, which were not proviously noticed so far
south: Philotheca aitstralis, Sida rhombifolia, Poranthera ericifolia,
Elatostemma reticulatum, Pennantia Cunninghami, Yitis clematidea,
Pultenaea elliptica, Hovea linearis, Zornia dipliylla, Ceratophylhtm
yummiferum, C. apetalum, Melaleuca styp>helioides, Kunzea capitata,
Euyenia myrtifolia, Trachymene linearis, Actinotus minor, Cono-
spermum tennifolium, Cassinita quinqueforia, Goodenia heterophylla,
Candollea laricifolia, Ghloanthus Stoechadis, Clerodendron tomentosum,
Tricoryne simplex, Aneilema acuminatum, Gymnostachys anceps,
Paspalum scrohiculatum.

NOTE ON THE CLASPERS OF HEPTANCHUS.
By W. A. Haswbll, M.A., B. Sc.

Plate X.

la most Elasmobranchii there is found at the base of the clasper
a cavity lined either completely (Sharks), or in a special position
(Rays), with gland-cells secreting a sort of sebaceous material.*
This cavity is excavated in the substance of the posterior lobe of
the pelvic fin, and, opening from it, is a groove which runs along
the clasper to its apex. In Heptanchus indicus, however, of which
I have recently had the opportunity of examiuing fresh specimens,
these organs present an arrangement which is in some respects
entirely unlike that observed in other Elasmobranchs, The
clasper itself has the form usual in Sharks, But the longitudinal
groove which runs along its dorsal border is pushed in, as it were,
in its proximal portion to form a deep, loose, vascular pouch of
skin. Proximally the gland ends blindly. Enclosing the pouch
and the claspers themselves is the posterior portion of the pelvic
fin, which has the form of a wide sheath open internally and sup-
ported by the posterior fin-rays. When the two sheaths of opposite
sides are drawn a little in towards one another they form a
complete covering for the organs, only the tips being exposed.
The inside of this sheath is lined with soft, highly vascular skin,
devoid of scales and apparently glandular.

What purpose is served by this unusual arrangement it would
be difficult to determine in the absence of any exact information
as to the functions of the various parts in other forms ; but the
conjecture may be hazarded that the pouch serves as a reservoir

* See K. R. Petri, Die Copulationsorgome der Plagiostomen, Zeitschr. f,
wiss. Zool. xxx., 2 pp. 288 — 335, pi. xvi. — xviii.

382 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

for the secretion of the gland, and that the produced and sheath-
like posterior lobe of the pelvic fin serves to enclose and protect
the pouch and the claspers.

Explanation of Plate X.

Fig. 1. The clasper of Heptanchus indicus seen from the right side the
apex of the right pelvic fin drawn forward and the right clasper drawn
backwards. Drawn from a photograph, reduced to one-third.

Fig. 2. The left clasper from the front, the posterior lobe of the pelvic fin
drawn to one side.

o— entrance to glandular pouch, b— outer surface of pouch, b' — apex
of clasper. c— apex of posterior lobe of pelvic fin. d— vascular inner
surface of the posterior lobe of the pelvic fin forming sheath for clasper.
c—pelvic fins, /—anal fin. g — dorsal fin. h— opening of cloaca, k —
urogenital papilla. I — abdominal pores, a rod passed into the left.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. "W. A. Haswell read the following note: —

In part 7, of the Transactions of the Linnean Society (Sep-
t< mber, 1883), is a paper by Mr. A. G. Bourne " On certain
Points in the Anatomy of the Polynoina, and on Polyno'e (Lepi-
donotus, Leach) clava of Montagu," in which occurs the following
foot-note : —

" Since this was written Mr. W. A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc, in
" A Monograph of the Australian Aphroditea," (Proc. Linn. Soc ,
New South Wales, vol. vii.) lias described the segmental oi'gan in
P. (Antinoe) praeclara, and P. (AntinoeJ Wahlsi allied to P. pellu-
cida, Ehlers. That author has also arrived at the conclusion that
Elders has not seen the true segmental organs, but only intestinal
caeca, he describes the former as opening at the ventral tubercles,
but does not give any figures."

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 383

Now my paper on the above subject, which contained among
other matter an account of the nephridia or segmental organs of
Polyno'e, was published, not after Mr. Bourne's, as might be inferred
from the sentence quoted above, but several months before the
latter was even read.

My paper was read in June, 18S2, and published in August
of the same yeai\ Mr. Bourne's was read on January 18th, 1883,
and published in September of that year. I therefore had
priority in publication by a year. Moreover, I published a paper
on the Segmental Organs of Polyno'e, in the Zoologischer Anzeiger,
of September, 1882, five months before Mr. Bourne's communica-
tion to the Linnean Society was read. Whatever credit, therefore,
is due to priority of discovery, rests unmistakeably with me, and
not with Mr. Bourne, and his note on the subject is calculated to
convey an erroneous impression.*

My Macleay read the following extracts from a letter of the
Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, Vice-President of the Society, which
he had just received from Perak, Straits Settlement : —

" I am sending you now a brief account of my movements
which if you think of sufficient interest I would thank you to
communicate to the Linnean Society. I was laid up during the
whole of January with jungle fever, but early in February I
started on a boat expedition into the interior. I left Kuala
Kausa with a party of nine Malays and one European, descending
the stream to near the mouth, a distance of 120 miles. I then
returned in a smaller boat to the junction of the Kiuta and
ascended that stream nearly as far as navigable, about 50 miles,
then by means of elephants we made several day's journey across
the country to visit the tin mines in the valleys of Possin,
Pappau, Lahat and Goping. All these mines are in the granite
which forms the main central range of the Malayan Peninsula.

* I have already pointed out in the Proceedings of this Society. (Vol.
VII., p. 611), that the position of the external apertures of the segmental
organs of Hermadion was known to Claparede as early as 1870.

384 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

They are deposits of stream tin only. I saw no tin veins of
any kind and believe that the rich formations have all been
derived from the slow weathering of granite in which fine
crystals of tin have been disseminated. The river Kiuta has its
sources in the central granitic axis which here rises in magnifi-
cent mountains 8,000 or 9,000 feet high. The most of this part
of the I'ange is fronted by a lower range of crystalline limestone
weathered into fantastic shapes and generally in some parts
precipitous. These latter portions form cliffs of blue, green, red
and yellow, which are very picturesque, especially as the rest of
the hills like the mountains hereabouts are densely clothed with
jungle forests. The tin deposits are very rich and will supply
large mining resources for ages to come. The slow weathering of
the granite has spread the alluvial to a wide distance from the
mountains. As yet only the heads of the valleys have been worked
and this only to a small extent.

" After leaving Goping I returned down the River Kiuta as far as
the Kampar River which I ascended as far as it is navigable for a
shallow boat. I stayed at the mouth of a small stream named the
Diepang and made a short elephant journey to the Limestone
Mountains. Here I found Chinese and Malays working tin drift
out of Limestone Caves. These Caves are many hundred feet
above the present level of the plains. The alluvial is somewhat
different from most of the mines but I do not doubt that it has been
derived from the granite. Siuce its deposition the plains of lime-
stone have been worn away by weathering hundreds of feet. The
limestone is crystalline and as far as examined quite destitute of
fossils. It is stratified in places, yet even then when cut into thin
plates it fails to show any organisms under the microscope. It lies
upon a ferruginous paleozoic rock (Cambrian T) — which is much
contorted and occasionally metamorphosed into gneiss. The lime-
stone crops out in the beds of most of the rivers. At Possin the
sections in the plains show sharp pinnacles of marble, amid which
granite detritus and tin sand are preserved in the depressions.

"From Kuala Diepang I returned to Telok Anson on the Perak,
where the Government sent a small steamer to assist me in some

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 385

dredging operations, and the examination of the Coral Eeefs at the
Islands called the Bindings. I was only badly provided with
dredging instruments, having in fact nothing but a few small nets
and some tangles, but even with these I managed to get a good
harvest of Crustacea, star-fishes, sea-urchins, mollusca, comatulre,
corals, and hydrozoa. The urchins, crabs and simple corals were
very interesting, having niany points of resemblance with the fauna
of the Barrier Reef of N. E. Australia. The Coral Reefs are small
but rich. I never saw such extraordinary numbers of sea-urchins.
Diadema setosum was literally in thousands on the rock at the
waters edge. The Molluscan fauna is different from that of tropical
Australia. Patella and Acnuea, are seldom seen, and only
occasionally a small Siphonaria ; but judge my surprise in finding
the rocks clustered with small specimens of our well known Port
Jackson Littorina tectaria. The vegetation on all these Islands is
that of all the Indian Archipelago and North Australia, and I
believe the same extends to the Indian Peninsula. I refer to
such species as Lalophyllum inophyllum, Terminalia catappa,
Sccevola Koenigii, Iporncea pes-ca/jrtmy Morinda citrifolia, Tliespizia
popidnea, Toumefortia sericea, Guilandina bonduc, Gmelina
asiatica, &c. Of course there is a little of the indigenous vegetation
as well.

" In the course of my journeys I have not seen many wild animals.
Once when riding alone I started a black panther to the great
alarm of my pony. But the country swarms with wild elephants,
tigers, and several large serpents. Crocodiles in the rivers I
seldom saw, but scarcely a day passed on which some live animal
was not offered for sale at the Malay villages we passed.

" The mines are for the most part worked by Chinese. A few
Malays mine for tin, but in a most inefficient manner, for though
the Chinese methods are bad enough, yet the Malays are far
inferior to them as miners. At the head of the Kiuta I came into
the country of the Sakeis. an aboriginal mountain people who are
only a small degree above our own Australian natives. In this
part of the country they are cpaite peaceful, though never liking to
remain long away from the wild mountains. Some of the tribes

386 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

use bows and arrows but here their only weapon is the sumpitan
or blow tube. Their arrows are poisoned with Upas or Ypo
(Antiaris toxicaria and other plants) and a wound from them is
very fatal.

" I am starting to morrow for the Krian River and I dare say
may be able to communicate something new in my next letter."

Mr. Henry Deane, M.A., exhibited a large and curiously formed
gall found on a gum tree (Eucalyptus resinifera ?) . It was the
production of one of the gall making Coccidse, and resembled
closely the gall of the female of Bracliyscelis duplex, described and
figured by H. L. Schrader in the first volume of the Transactions
of the Entomological Society of New South Wales.

The Chairman said that he wished to call the special attention
of the Society to the magnificent addition to the library just
received from Belgium. About 600 books and pamphlets on
scientific subjects arrived by the " Cuzco " last week, sent by the
Royal Malacological Society of Belgium. For many of tliem the
Society was indebted to the several Societies whose publications
they are, and to these thanks have been duly sent, and in most
cases it is to be hoped that a constant interchange of publications
will be kept up ; but the action of M. Lefevre in the matter
calls for especial notice. That gentleman immediately on receiving
the circular announcing the Society's loss in the disastrous fire at
the Garden Palace, wrote on behalf of his Society, not only
expressing the kindest sympathy, but also announcing that he
would collect for this Society all the Scientific Belgian publications
which he could get. He thought the Society should mark in
some special way its gratitude and approval.

It was resolved that the thanks of the meeting should be
conveyed to M. Lefevre by the President of the Society.

WEDNESDAY, 28th MAY, 1884.

Professor \V. J. Stephens, M.A., F.G.S., in the chair.

The Rev. T. Wyat Gill of the London Missionary Society, P. E.
Henderson, Esq.,CE., and Percy Williams, Esq., were introduced
as visitors.

MEMBERS ELECTED.

G. G. Edelfelt, Esq., of Townsville, Queensland, and Dr.
Maurice J. O'Connor, of Sydney, were duly elected members of the
Society.

DONATIONS.

" Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel." Monographs I. to
VIII., 1880 to 1882. 4to. From E. P. Ramsay, Esq., F.L.S.,
F.G.S.

" Nova Acta Eegise Societatis Scientiarum Upsaliensis." Seriei
III, Tom. XL, Fasc. 2. 4to, 1883. From the Society.

" Annales de la Societe Entomologique de Belgique." Tome
XXVII. Svo, 1883. From the Society.

"Journal of Conchology." Vol. IV, No. 5. January, 1884.
From the Conchological Society of Great Britain.

"Science." Vol. III., Nos. 58 to 61, March 14th to April 4th,
1884. From the Editor.

388 DONATIONS.

"Bulletin of the California Academy of Sciences." No. 1,
February, 1884. From the Academy.

" Proceedings of the Academy of Natm'al Sciences of Phila-
delphia." Part III., for 1883. From the Academy.

" Report of the Trustees of the Sydney Free Public Library for
1883-4. From the Trustees.

" Eucalyptographia." By Baron F. von Mueller, K.CM.G,,
M,D., &c. Decade IX. 4to, 1883. "Systematic Census of
Australian Plants." By Baron F. von Mueller, K.C.M.G., &c.
First Annual Supplement. 4to, 1884. From the Author.

" Report of the Auckland Institute and Museum for 1883-84."
From the Trustees.

"Report of the Royal Society of Tasmania for 1883." From
the Society.

" Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes." No. 162, 1 April, 1884.
From the Editor.

" Midland Medical Miscellany." Vol. III., Ho. 28, April, 1884.
From the publishers.

" Bulletin de la Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscou."
Tome LVIIL, Annee 1883, No. 3. From the Society.

"Victorian Naturalist." Vol. I., No. 4, April, 188 4. From
the Field Naturalist's Club of Victoria.

" Catalogue of Boots added to the Radcliffe Library during the
year 18&3. 1 Vol., 4to, 1884. From the Radcliffe Librarian.

" Twentieth Annual Report of the Zoological and Acclimati-
sation Society of Victoria, for 1883." From the Society.

" Catalogue of the Birds in the British Museum." Vol. IX.,
1884. 8vo. From the Trustees.

" Bulletin de la Societe Royale de Geographie d'Anvers."
Tome VIII . 5e Fasc. 1884. From the Society.

PAPERS READ.

NEW AUSTRALIAN- FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND

MUSEUM.

By Charles W. D. Vis, M.A.

Serranus subfasciatus.
D. 11/15. A. 3/8. Lat. 105. Tr. 14/24.

The height of the body is x56 to fj, of the total length. The length
of the head f0 of the same. The orbit is \ ; snout, \ ; interorbit
£ of the length of the head.

Profile of body and head above regularly convex, slightly
indented over the centre of the orbit ; caudal rounded. Soft
dorsal and anal higher than the spinous dorsal, obtusely pointed.
Muzzle obtuse. Three opercular spines, the middle one the largest.
Pre-opercular serrations gradually increasing in size from the top
of the hinder limb and suddenly expanding at the angle. The
upper maxillaiy reaches beyond the level of the hinder edge of the
orbit. Second anal spine much stronger than the third. Pectoral
rather longer than the ventral, distant from the anal. Scales
enlarging gradually posteriorly. Colour purplish brown, with
indications of darker transverse stripes on the post-abdomen and
caudal peduncle. A series of short dark bars descending forwards
from the base of the dorsal, no spots nor black edge on the caudal.

Length, 8 inches. Locality, Cardwell.

This species has no near alliance with any co-member of its
section of the genus. It must however, be observed, that one of
them, S. oceanicus, C. & V. is considered by Mr. Macleay to be
identical with Bleeker's marginalis, which again is identified by

390 NEW AUSTRALIAN FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM,

Dr. Bleeker with his Epinephelua fasciatus. It is therefore possible
that Bub-fasciatus may be yet another form of the one species, but
its very small scales and its markings render it improbable.

Serranus mars.
D. 9/15. A. 3/8,

The height of the body is 3| in the length of the body, s.c. ;
the length of the head 2? in the same length. The orbit is 4| ;
inter-orbit, 3jj. and snout 3£ in the length of the head. The second
anal spine is I of the length of the head.

Caudal rather emarginate. The upper maxillary reaches far
beyond the level of the hinder edge of the orbit. The profile of
the head is convex, very slightly indented in front of the upper
edge of the orbit The muzzle is pointed. First dorsal lower than
the second and the anal ; both the latter obtusely pointed. Opercle
with three spines, the middle one much the largest ; pre-opercle
minutely denticulated on the hinder limb towards and upon the
angle. Canines I, the upper distant ; the other teeth long, espe-
cially in the inner row below and the innermost of the maxillary
groups. Pectoral long, reaching nearly to the base of the anal.
Second anal spine longer and much stronger than the third.
Scales deciduous.

Colour uniform dark brown. Caudal with an oblique white bar
on each lobe converging backwards. Soft dorsal and anal with a
pule intra-marginal band.

Closely allied to S. urodelus, Cuv., but without any traces of
spots on the pale edged fins. Other distinctive characters are a
longer head and eye, and a concave caudal.

Length, 7 inches. Locality, Cardwell.

Serranus mysticalis.
D. 11/16. A. 3/8. Lat. 100. Tr. 12/30.
The height of the body is rather less than £ of the total
length, the length of the head is £ of the total. The orbit is
^, the inter-orbit £, and the snout J of the length of the head.

BY CHARLES W. DE VIS, M.A. 391

Caudal rounded. The upper maxillary does not reach the level
of the posterior margin of the orbit. The profile of the head is
deeply indented in front of the eyes. The muzzle is rather obtuse.
The fourth, fifth and sixth spines of the first dorsal the longest,
2 J in the height of the body in front of the pectoral. Opercle
with three spines, of which the middle one is much the strongest.
Pre-opercle with sub-equal obtuse comblike denticulations, short-
ened above the angle, broader and more tooth-like at the angle.
Soft dorsal and anal rounded at the tip, equal in height to the
spinous dorsal. Second anal spine longer than the third. Pectoral
much longer than the ventral, nearly reaching the anus.

Colour uniform pale brown, two broad bands along the dorsals,
one at the base, the other in the middle, faintly indicated. Edge
of the jaws and a line on the cheek bordering the upper edge of
the maxillary black.

Length, 8 inches. Locality, Queensland Coast, habitat ?

The nearest ally of this fish is S. moara. Temm. and Schleg. of
the Japanese Seas. It is differentiated by the absence of any
marking on the body and the presence of black lines on the head.

GENYOROGE NOTATA, VAR. C. AND V. SUBLIXEATA.

D. 10/13. A. 3/8. Lat. 49. Tr. 8/13.

The ascending lines above the lateral line wanting. The upper
stripe is along the lateral line, and passes through the black
blotch. The one below it also passes within the edge of the spot.

Length, 1\ inches. Locality, Cardwell.

Genyoroge nigricauda.
D. 10/15. A. 3/8. Lat. 48.

The height of the body equals the length of the head, both
being 3| in the total length. The snout equals the orbit, both
being 3^ in the length of the head ; inteiorbit o| in the same.
The preoperculum is finely serrated on both limbs, and has a
moderate notch above the angle. Caudal strongly emarginate.
26

392 NEW AUSTRALIAN FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM,

Colour yellowish grey. Caudal nearly black with a very narrow
white edge. Soft dorsal and webs of spinous dorsal behind the
first two broadly black edged, the extreme edging being pale.

Length, 4 inches. Locality, Queensland coast.

In sti*uctural characters approaching G. Bengalensis.

Priacanthus junonis.
D. 10/13. A. 3/14. Lat. 87. Tr. 42.

The height of the body is one-fourth of the total length. The
length of the head, 3J in the same ; orbit, 2J ; snout 3 in the
length of the head ; interorbit, ^ of the orbit and ^ of the length
of the head. Lateral line indistinct on fore-part of the body
only. The posterior nostril is more than twice as long as broad
with its posterior side straight, its anterior convex. The oper-
culum has one spine. The preoperculum is serrated on both
limbs, and has a long fiat serrated spine at the angle. Dorsal
spines nearly equal, the second not much shorter than the last,
roughly striated. The ventrals reach to the base of the anal, but
are considerably shorter than the head. The maxillary reaches
the anterior fourth of the orbit. Colour uniform yellowish grey,
(dry) without spots or edgings.

Length, 5 inches. Locality, Queensland coast.

Herops. Nov. gen.

Teeth on vomer and palatine bones ; in jaws viliform, without
canines. Eye very large. Operculum spiniferous. Preoperculum
serrated, without spines. One dorsal deeply notched ; dorsal and
anal sheathed. Lateral line continuous ; gape very oblique.
Habit elevated, compressed. Branchiostegals six. Upper surface
of head naked.

H. MUNDA.

D. 10/11-12. A. 3/11. Lat. 51. Tr. 5/11.
The height of the body is 3-\ to 3£ ; the length of the head 4
in the total length. The orbit nearly ^, the snout and interorbit
each 4 of the length of the head.

BY CHAKLES W. DE VIS, M.A. 393

Lower profile more convex than the upper. The upper edge of
the orbit rises above the interorbital surface. Operculum with
two spines subequal or the lower one elongated. Preoperculum
finely serrated on both limbs. Caudal forked ; oth and 6th
dorsal spines the longest, one half the height of the body. 2nd
aual spine equal in length but stronger than the 3rd.

Colour uniform silvery, on the dorsum with a bluish steel tint.
Caudal broadly dark edged all round.

Length, 5 inches. Locality, Cardwell.

The naked head, associated with comparatively large scales, and
a preoperculum entirely without spines have led to the proposal to
fonn a genus for this Priacanthine fish.

PSEUDAMBASSIS NIGRIPINNIS.

D. 7, 1/8. A. 3/9. Lat. 29. Tr. 11.

The height of the body is 2/5, the length of the head ^ of the
length, s.c. The orbit 2|, the snout and interorbital each 3j in
the length of the head. The 2nd dorsal spine is half the height
of the body. Preorbital serrations feeble. Lower limb of pre-
operculum very feebly serrated, but with two or three strong
teeth at the angle. Profile equally convex above and below,
slightly concave over the orbit. Head and foreparts thick.

Colour fleshbrown, with a silvery mesial line. The scales of
the back edged with black spots ; soft dorsal and anal, more or
less, largely black tipped ; web between 2 and 3 dorsal spines
densely black dotted.

Length, 1-lf inches. Locality, Brisbane.

Besides the black edged scales and black tipped fins this little
fish has a larger head and broader interorbit that P. Bamsayi,
with which it is associated in fewer numbers in the Brisbane
Liver.

PSEUDAMBASSIS PALLIDUS.

D. 7, 1/8. A. 3/8. Lat. 25. Tr. 9.
The height of the body is 2\ ; the length of the head 2f in the
length, s.c. ; orbit £, snout and interorbit each \ of the length of
the head. Second dorsal spine more than | of the height of the

39-4 NEW AUSTRALIAN FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM,

body. Preorbital strongly serrated, lower limb of preoperculum
strongly serrated. Dorsal profile elevated, angular, highest at the
insertion of the dorsal. Head rather large and compressed.

Colour uniform pale brown ; spotless.

Length, If inches. Locality, Queensland.

Allied to P. Macleayi, but with lower fins and smaller eye ; its
form is also less elevated.

PSEUDAMBASSIS CONVEXUS.

D. 7,1/6. A. 3/8. Lat. about 22. Tr. about 11.

The height of the body is 1\ ; the length of the head 3 in the
length, s.c. ; orbit 3 ; snout and interorbit each 3^ in the length
of the head. Second dorsal spine § of the height of the body ;
2nd dorsal longer than 3rd and 2nd anal longer than 3rd. Form,
sub-pyriform compressed, rather deep. Lower profile more convex
than the upper.

Colour bright flesh pink, spotless ; cheek pearly.

Length, 1 inch. Locality, Queensland.

In many characters similar to P. nigripinnis, but longer dorsal
and anal spines and without markings.

APOGON SIMPLEX.

D. 7, 1/9. A. 2/8. Lat. 25. Tr. 9.

The height of the body and the length of the head each 3^ in
total length ; the orbit 2|- ; interorbit 3J ; and snout 5 in the
length of the head. The 3rd and longest dorsal spine 2^ in the
height of the body, and equal to the length of the 2nd anal. The
preoperculum is minutely serrated, the maxillary reaches the
hinder fourth of the orbit. The first dorsal is low, the 2nd dorsal
and the anal elevated. Caudal peduncle long and tapering.

Colour uniform vinaceous grey, operculum pearly.

Length, 2^ inches. Locality, Cooktown.

BY CHARLES W, DE VIS, M.A. 395

Apogon RUDIS.

D. 7, 1/9. A. 2/8. Lat. 24. Tr. 2/6.

The height of the body and length of the head are each 3£ of
the total length ; the orbit is 2§, interorbit 4.1,, and snout 5, of
the length of the head. The hind limb and half of the lower
limb of the preopercle" denticulated ; the maxillary reaches the
hinder third of the orbit. The first dorsal is nearly as high as
the second.

Colour uniform yellowish brown. A broad black band at the
base of the second dorsal ; the first dorsal faint dusky.

Length, 5 inches. Locality, Cardwell.

Apogonicthys longicauda.

D. 6, 1/9. A. 2/9. Lat. 38. Tr. 3/13.

Height of the body, 3f , and length of the head 3^ in the total
length, or 2| and 2? respectively in the length, s.c. Orbit 4,
snout 3J, inter-orbit 5, in the length of the head. The length of
the caudal peduncle equals the height of the 2nd dorsal spine, and
is one-half greater than its own height. The 1st dorsal spine is
more than half the height of the body. The upper maxillary reaches
nearly to the vertical from the hinder edge of the orbit, 2nd dorsal
spine shorter than the 1st. Uniform brownish (dry.) Cheeks
and opercle finely brown-sprinkled ; edge of the first dorsal, second
dorsal and anal finely black dotted. A few brown dots on the
body and fins.

Length, 4 inches. Locality, Queensland.

Homodemus. Nov. gen.

Six Branchiostegals, one dorsal with eleven spines, anal with
three. No canines. Teeth on vomer, palatines and jaws. Outer
row of jaw teeth larger, all villiform. No teeth on the tongue.
Operculum with an obtuse point, entire. Pre-operculum entire.
Scales small. Lower jaw the longer.

396 NEW AUSTRALIAN FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM,
HOMODEMUS CAVIFRONS.

D. 11/16. A. 3/13.

The height of the body and length of the head are each 2-| in
the length of the body, s.c. Orbit 7h, inter-orbit 4|, and snout 4,
in the length of the head ; 5th dorsal spine about -£ of the height
of the body.

Profile gibbous at the insertion of the dorsal, concave over the
head. Head broad behind, muzzle depressed. The maxillary
readies beyond the hinder edge of the orbit. Dorsal deeply notched,
the spinous portion rather lower than the soft and the anal.
Caudal rounded. Fifth dorsal spine the longest. Second anal
equal in length to the third but much stronger. Scales rounded,
obscurely ctenoid.

Colour brown, without markings.

Length, 14 inches. Locality, Tally River.

DULES HUMILIS.

D. 10/11. A. 3/11. Lat. 50. Tr. 5/10.

Height of the body one-third, and length of the head £ of the
total length. Orbit 3, inter-orbit and snout each 3|- in the length
of the head.

The dorsal is deeply notched, its 4th and 5th spines longest, and
equal to more than one-half the height of the body. Habit high,
compressed with the upper profile rather gibbous at the origin of
the first dorsal, and slightly concave over the head. Caudal deeply
emarginate. Second anal spine as long as and stronger than the
third. Operculum with two small points. Pre-opercle finely
serrated. Eye large. The maxillary reaches the anterior fourth
of the orbit.

Colour silvery, immaculate, dai'ker on the back. Caudal broadly
dark-edged all round.

Length, 4 inches. Locality, Queensland.

BY CHARLES W. DE VIS, SI. A. 397

Helotes PROFUNDIOR.
D. 12/10. A, 3/9. Lat, 90. Tr. 17/36.

The height of the body is nearly 4, the length of the head 5 J in
the total length of the body. Orbit 4, snout 3, in the length of
the head. Teeth distinctly lobed. Mandibles with a line of open
pores continuous round -the symphysis. Operculum with two flat
points, the upper one small, the lower (on one side) elongate.
Upper limb and angle of pre-opercle serrated, coracoid denticulated.
The maxillaxy reaches the vertical from the posterior nostril.
Spinous dorsal arched, the 5th spine the longest. Anal spines
short and weak. Caudal emarginate. Snout obtuse, tumid over
the nasal region.

Colour pinky brown with golden reflexions especially on the
head. Four dark brown longitudinal lines on the head and body.

Length, 6 inches. Locality, S. Australia.

The comparative depth of this fish and the narrowness of its
scales are characters sufficiently distinctive. The longitudinal
lines are indistinct in the spirit specimen, in the recent fish there
may be more than four visible.

Therapon spinosior.
D. 14/8. A. 3/8. Lat. 56. Tr. 4/12.

Height of the body, ?0 and the length of the head ^ of the total
length. Orbit and snout each 3J in the length of the head.

Habit oblong. Upper profile regularly convex from tail to tip
of snout. Dorsal and caudal moderately emarginate. The upper
maxillary reaches the level of the interval between the nostrils.
Angle of the pre-operculum rounded, its hinder limb obtusely
serrated, more acutely at the angle. Operculur spine moderate
with a deep notch above it.

Colour yellowish brown, with a brighter band along the middl e
of each scale. Fins uniform.

Length, 4 inches. Locality, Queensland.

398 NEW AUSTRALIAN FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM,

Therapon ACUTIROSTRIS.
D. 12/10. A. 3/8. Lat. 60. Tr. 8/18.

The height of the body is 3, and the length of the head 3f in the
total length. The orbit aud snout are each 3, the inter-orbit, 4^
in the length of the head.

Dorsal moderately emarginate. Caudal slightly so. The upper
profile angular, that of the head nearly straight from the dorsal.
Muzzle sharp. Pre-orbital serrated. The serrations of the hinder
limb of the pre-operculum gradually increasing in length down-
wards. Operculum with two spines. The 4th and 5th doi-sal
spines the longest ; the 2nd anal longer and stronger than the
third. Dorsal spines and 2nd anal very strong.

Colour light silvery blue with three longitudinal stripes on the
body, the middle running from the snout over the eyebrow to the
tail. Web of the dorsal edged with black. Fins othei'wise
uniform. In one example the back above the upper stripe is
nearly as dark as it, rendering it indistinct.

Length, 4 inches. Locality, Queensland.

Allied to T. oxyrhynchus.

Autisthes. Nov. gen.
Persistent vomerine teeth ; body oblong ; jaws subequal ; one
dorsal deeply notched, with 12 strong spines. In each jaw an
outer series of stout conical teeth. All the bones of the head
armed, operculum with a strong spine. Scales small, three strong
anal spines, eye large, no groove behind the chin nor pores on the

mandibus.

Autisthes argexteus.

D. 12/10. A. 3/8. Lat. 85. Tr. 14/26.

The height of the body is less than one-fourth of the total
length and equals the length of the head, including the opercular
spines. Orbit 3|, and snout (=interorbit) 31 in the length of
til.- head ; 4th dorsal spine (the longest) |- of the same.

Preorital and inter-operculum finely denticulated, preoper-
culum on both limbs strongly crenulo-dcntated ; operculum, with
two points, the upper almost obsolete, the lower elongate, dagger

BY CHARLES W. DE VIS, M.A. 399

shaped ; coracoid large, crenulo-dentated ; scapulary more faintly
armed, but reaching nearly to the vertex ; superorbital radiately
grooved ; scales thick, ctenoid ; caudal strongly emarginate ; 4th
dorsal spine more than twice as long as the third, 8th longer than
the 7th, spinous dorsal much higher than the soft or the anal ;
pectoral shoi't, 3rd anal spine the longest ; the upper maxillary
reaches beyond the fore-edge of the orbit.

Colour silvery. Upper two-thirds of webs of 4th and 7th
spines of dorsal, tips of first three rays of soft dorsal, end of upper
caudal lobe and a large spot on the tips of its submedial rays
black.

Length, 12 inches. Locality, Queensland Coast.

Hephaestus. Nov. gen.
Form of body rather elevated ; eye rather small ; mouth hori-
zontal, the lower jaw rather the shorter ; 1 dorsal with 12 spines,
the anal with 3 ; caudal fin emarginate. tio canine, palatal, nor
vomerine teeth. Preoperculum denticulated, operculum with
obtuse points ; scales moderate, ctenoid ; 6 branch iostegals ; pseudo
branchiae and air bladder. (1)

H. Tulliensis.

The height of the body is 2£ ; the length of the head 3| in the
total length ; the orbit 4 J, interorbit 3-|, snout 3 nearly, in the
length of the head. The 5th dorsal spine ^ nearly of the height
of the body. Form very convex above, profile of the head
concave ; 1st dorsal lower than the 2nd or the anal, both the
latter rounded at the tip. Pectorals short, rounded ; coracoid and
scapulary finely denticulated. Preopercle entire on lower limb,
angle rounded ; 4th and 6th dorsal spines the longest. The 2nd
anal equals the 4th dorsal, and is a little longer and much stronger
than the 3rd. Soft dorsal, anal and caudal scaly at the base.
Outer row of teeth strong, incurved.

Colour uniform blackish, soft dorsal, anal and caudal black,
narrowly edged with white.

Length, 9 to 12 inches. Locality Tully and Murray (Queens-
land) Rivers. Feeds on Zostera.

400 NEW AUSTRALIAN FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM .

This genus, if warranted by the characters given, will come
near Lobotes.

Gerres splendens.

Lat. about 48. Tr. about 3£/9.

The height of the body is 2£ ; the length of the head 3^ in the
length, s.c. ; orbit 2£, snout and interorbit each rather more than
J of the length of the head. The 3rd dorsal spine is more than |-
of the height of the body ; the 2nd anal more than £ of the 3rd
dorsal and longer than the 3rd anal. Scales persistent, most of
those on the back crenulated in the centre. Preorbital emarginate,
first dorsal snbfalciform, the upper profile is regularly convex, the
lower straight, and the belly flattened between the ventrals. Hind
limb of the preopercle nearly vertical, and its angle rounded
Sheath of dorsal fin moderate.

Colour uniform silvery with blue and gold reflections. The
edge of the dorsal black.

Length, 7£ inches. Locality, Cardwell.

Scolopsis pleileius.
1). 10/9. A. 3/7.

The height of the body is 3^, the length of the head 4^ in the
length, s.c. ; orbit 2£, interorbit 3, snout 3J- in the length of the
head. The height of the preorbital is g of the orbit, on the edge
of the orbit a single preorbital spine, with two feeble denticu-
lations beneath it on one side, not on the other, hind limb of pre-
operculum vertical and strongly serrated, its produced angle bears
3 large flat denticulations. The 3rd anal spine is equal in length
to the 2nd, but is much weaker. Upper profile gibbous over the
nape.

Colour pale brown. A line of oval white spots at the base of the
first dorsal and anterior half of second running out along the middle
of the second. On the last five webs of the first and first of the
second dorsal a black spot between the white one and the base of
the spine.

Length, 6 inches. Locality, Queensland.

THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS^.

By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

Part III.

Plates VII. and VIII.

THE 1st SUBORDER HYDROPOLYPIN^E.

THE BLASTOPOLYPIDiE.

5. FAMILY BLASTOPOLYPIDIE. Von Lendenfeld, 1884.

Hydropolypinse which form colonies of Zooids, which attain
different shapes, adapting themselves to different parts of the work
that has to be performed by the whole. There are always
alimentary Zooids, Trophosomes and generative Zooids, Poly-
postyles in one colony. The alimentary Zooids never mature the
genital products, this duty devolves exclusively on the Poly-
postyles.

I. SUB-FAMILY CORDYLOPHORIN^E. Von Lendenfeld, 1SS4.

Branched colonies bearing alimentary Zooids, with scattered
filiform tentacles, and Polypostjdes.

No representative of this group is known to occur in Australia.

II. SUB-FAMILY BIMERIN.E. Von Lendenfeld, 18S4.

Branched colonies which bear alimentary and sexual Zooids.
The former have a single verticil of filiform tentacles.
No Biruerinse are known to occur in Austi'alian waters.

402 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS.«,

III. SUB-FAMILY CAMPANULARIN.E. Von Lendenfeld, 1S84.

Blastopolypida) with free alimentary Zooids on stalks, and
invested by a chitinous cup. The Polypostyls are simple mouthless
Zooids, in the gastral walls of which the generative elements are
matured. They possess short stalks.

1. GENUS. CAMPANULARIA. Von Lendenfeld.

Cornpanularime with alimentary Zooids which are destitute of
an Operculum. All Zooids on simple unbranched Hydracauli,
which spring from a creeping Hydrorhiza

The alimentary Zooids are very similar to some which belong to
the Hydromedusinse. The structure of representatives of this
genus has been described by Jickeli (1) and Weismann (2.)

The Entoderm on the body is lower than on the arms, the
muscular cells are epethelial and not sub-epithelial as in many
other Hydromedusas. The cells of the tentacular axis are some-
times filled with Protoplasm.

Jickeli describes extraordinary cells which occasionally fill the
whole of the Ectodei'm, and vary greatly in shape and size. They
appear as amoeba fixed in different stages of locomotion and
growth.

The Entoderm of the Proboscis consists of particularly high
elements.

CAMPANULARIA URNIGERA. De Lamarck.

Lamouroux (3) describes this species from Australia under the
name Clythia urnigera.

CAMPANULARIA MACROCYTTARIA. De Lamarck.

Quoy and Gaimat'd (4) describes this species from Zostera
Antarctica, collected on the shore of Australia.

(1.) C. Jickeli Der Bail der Hydroidpolypen. Morphologisches Jahr-
buch. Band, VIII. Seite, 631.

(•2.) A. Weismann. Die Entstehung der Gesehlechtszellen bei den
Hydromedusen. Seite, 144-146.

(3.) Lnjnourcmx. Histoire des Polypes Coralligenes flexiles, p. 203.

(4.) Quay and Gaimard. Voyage de l'Uranie, etc.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 403

CAMPANULAPJA COSTATA. Bale. (?)

Bale (1) described a Zoophyte without Gonaphor, from Port
Darwin, under this name.

CAMPANULAMA TINCTA. Hincks.

Hincks (2) described a Hydroid from Port Phillip under this
name ; a variety is found at Portland. (3)

2. GENUS. LAOMEDEA. Von Lendenfeld.

The alimentary Zooids are destitute of an Operculum, and the
colonies are tree-like, inasmuch as the Hydrocauli are not inserted
directly in the creeping Hydrorhiza, but appear as branches of a
more or less erect stem, which may be climbing.

LAOMEDEA ANTIPATHES. Lamouroux.
Lamouroux (4) describes this species from " Australasia."

LAOMEDEA TORRESII. Busk.

Busk (5) describes this species form Torres' Straits, and Bale
(G), from Fitzroy Island.

LAOMEDEA BEPTANS. Lamouroux.

Lamouroux (7) found this species on the Thallomes of Ruppia
Antarctica from Lewin's Land.

LAOMEDEA LAIEII. Lamouroux.
Lamouroux (s) obtained this Hydroid from Australian waters.

(1.) W. Bale. Catalogue of Australian Hydroid Zoophites, p. 56.

(2.) T. Hincks. Annates and Magazine of Natural History, series 3.
Vol. VII , p. 280.

(3.) Bale. Catalogue of Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 57.

(4.) Lamouroux. Histoire des Polypes Coralligenesflexiles, p. 206.

(5.) Busk. Voyage of the Rattlesnake, Vol. I., p 402.

(6.) Bale. Catalogue of Australian Hydroid Zoophites, p. 52.

(7-) Lamouroux. Exposition Methodique des genres de l'oure des
Polypiers, Paris 1S21, p. 14.

(8.) Lamouroux. Histoire des Polypes Coralligenes flexiles, p. 207.

I'll THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS.E,

LAOMEDEA MARGIN ATA. Von Lendenfeld.
Bale (1) described this Hydroid from Queenscliff and Port-
land, without knowledge of the Polypostyles, as Campanularia

marginata.

LAOMEDEA RUFA. Von Lendenfeld.

Bale (2) described this Hydroid, the Polypostyle of which is
unknown, from Holborn Island.

LAOMEDEA UNDULATA. Von Lendenfeld.

Quoy et Gaimard (3) describe this species from Algse of Port
Jackson under the name of Clytia undulata.

3. GENUS. LAFCEA. Lamouroux.

The trophosomes on very short stalks, tubular without oper-
culum, and regularly disposed on the Hydrophyton.

The Histological structure of a representative of this genus was
studied by Jickeli. (4).

The Perisarc consists of three layers, only two of which are
visible in the Hydrotheca. The threads which connect the inner
surface of the perisarc with the Ccenosarc are exceptionally thin
and long. Cindoblasts are found exclusively on the tentacles, and
the nettle-capsules are all of one kind.

LAFCEA FRUTICOSA. Sars.

This species is cosmopolitan. Bale (2) describes one specimen

from Busk's collection obtained in Bass Straits as belonging to

this species.

4. GENUS. HALECIUM. Oken.

Trophosomes biserial on the ei'ect stems, subsessile ; jointed to
a short lateral process of the stem. There is a sexual difference
externally visible in the Polypostyles.

(1.) Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 54.

(2.) Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 54.

(3.) Quoy et Gaimard. Voyage de l'Uranic ite.

(4.) C. Jickeli. Der Ban der Hydroidpolypen. Morphologisches Jahrbuch.

-I VIII., Seite 629.
(5.) Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 64.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 405

Weismann (I) studied two representatives of this genus.

Hamann (2) published a short note on the embryology of this
genus. The ciliated embryo, with an Entoderm and an Ectoderm,
was observed. The Entoderm is produced by a kind of invagi-
nation, but not by delamination as in other cases, and the process
is somewhat similar to that described by Ciamician (3) from
Tubularia.

HALECIUM TENELLUM. Hincks.

Bale (4) has found a specimen very similar to this European
species, and I am also inclined to refer some specimens which
I obtained in Port Phillip to this species.

IV. SUB-FAMILY SERTULARINvE. Von Lendenfeld, 18S4.

Alimentai-y zooids sessile their thecpe inserted in the free and
erect or creeping stem.

1. GENUS. LINEOLAKLA. Hincks.

This Genus is intermediate between this and the former Sub-
Family. The Hydrophyton is closely attached to foreign bodies.
The Hydro thecse are sessile.

LINEOLARIA SPINULOSA. Hincks.

This Hydroid is common on Cymodocea Antarctica in Port
Phillip and Portland.

LINEOLARIA FLEXUOSA. Bale ?

Bale (5) describes a Lineolaria the Gonophoi'es of which are
unknown, from Williamstown under this name.

(1.) A. Weismann. Die Entstehung der Geschlechstszellen bei den
Hydromedusen. Seite 160-l(i5.

(2.) Hamann. Der Organismus der Hydroidpolypen. Jenaische Zeit-
schrift. Band XV., .Seite 528.

(3. J Ciamician. Ueber den inneren Bau und die Entwickelung von
Tubularia, Zeitschrift fur wiss. Zool. Band XXXII.

(4.) Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 65.

(5.) Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 62.

406 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS^E,

2. GENUS. SERTULARIA. Hincks.

Stems arising from a creeping stolon. Trophosomes placed
biserially on the stem and inserted in it, without Operculum.

Weismann (1) describes the structure of one species. Of the
histology not much is known. The morphology of the Gonosome
is described by Allman (2.)

SERTULARIA FERTILIS. Nov. sp.
Plate VII., fig. 4, 5.

The stems of the pinnate colonies attains a height of 8 cm. The
Pinnee are inserted alternately. They are from 10-14 mm. long.
The Trophosomes are alternate, and the stem of the Pinna has a
zi^-zag shape, making room as it were for the Hydrothecse to
situate themselves in a straight line. The Hydrothecae stand
close together, and are somewhat wedge-shaped, with seini-circular
opening from the exterior margin of which teeth protude. The
opening is directed forward. The Hydrothecae can be considered
as semi-immersed.

The Gonophores are transformed Polyps of stem and Pinna?. At
the proximal end of each Pinna, one Polyp becomes a Polypostyle,
and there are also Gonophores between the Pinna? on the stem,
one in each internode.

I found this Sertularia at Timaru, East coast of New Zealand,
it bears Gonophores in April.

SERTULARIA IRREGULARIS. Nov. sp.

Plate VIII., fig. 6.

I have named a Sertularia, i-elated to Kirchenpauer's Dynema
Grosse-dentata, S. irregularis, from the great individual irregu-
larities which I have met with in this species.

( 1 . ) A . Weismann. Die Eutstehung der G eschlechts zellen bei den Hydro-
meclusen. Seite, 169.

(2.) J. Allman, A Monograph of the tubularian, etc., Hydroids. Vol. I,
p. 50.

BY R. VON LEXDENFELD, PH.D. 407

This Sertularia grows in dense bushy tufts, which reach a height
of 4 cm. The stems bear few and irregularly disposed branches.
The Hydrothecse are alternate, or opposite. Most of them appear
to be opposite, but sometimes one is found on one side without a
corresponding one on the other (compare the figure.)

The Gonothecse are very large, and only met with in the
proximal portions of the- colony.

The Hydrothecse bear a larger extei-nal and smaller forward
tooth, the back margin is perfectly smooth, the opening lies
forward. The Hyclrothecre are adnate their whole length.

The Gonophor is flat pear-shaped and possesses a large circular
terminal opening.

I found this Hydroid on the i-oots of Microcystis in Port
Phillip. It bears Gonophores in September.

SERTULARIA OPERCULATA. Linne.

This cosmopolitan species has been found at several places on
the coasts of Australia and New Zealand. (1.) It was first
described from Australasia by Kirchenpauer under the name
Dynema fasciculata (2), and is one of the most common Hydroids
of our coast.

SERTULARIA BISPINOSA, Coughtrey.

This species has been described from South Australia and New
Zealand by Gray (3) and Coughtrey (4). The Sertularia oper-
culata of Thompson (5), is, according to Bale (6), probably the
same species. I have found this Sertularia on Bryozoa, and also
on the roots of Algee in Western Port and Port Phillip.

(1.) W. Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 68.

(2.) Kirchenpauer. Neue Sertulariden. Verhandlungen der K.L.C.D.
Akademie. Band XXXI. , Seite 12, 1S64.

(3.) Gray. Dieffenbach : Travels in New Zealand, Vol. II.

(4.) Coughtrey. New Zealand Hydroids. Trans. N. Z. Institute,
Vol. VII.

(5) IF. Thompson. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, February
1S79, p. 107.

(6. ) W. Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 68.
27

408 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUSjE,

SERTULARIA TRISPINOSA. Coughtrey.

This species has been discovered in New Zealand by Coughtrey
(1), Bale (2), believes to be able to refer a Victorian Hydroid to
S. trispinosa.

The Sertularia operculata cf W. Thompson is probably the
same. (3)

8TERTULARIA MAPLESTONEL Bale.
This species found in Portland has been described by Bale (4.)

SERTULARIA BIDENS. Bale.

This species found in Queenscliff and Williamstown has been
described by Bale (5.)

SERTULARIA PULCHELLA. W. Thompson.

This species found in George Town and in South Australia has
been described by Thompson (6), who thinks that the Sertularia
bicuspidata of Lamarck is the same. It is however, according to
Bale (7), different from the species described under that name by
Heller.

SERTULARIA AUSTRALIS. Thompson.

This species was first described by Kirchenpauer (8) under the
name of Dynamena australis, and afterwards by Thompson (9).
It is found in Victoria and New Zealand.

(1.) Coughtrey. Trans. New Zealand Inst., Vol. VII.

(2. ) Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 70.

(3. ) W. Thompson. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, February,
1S79, p. 107.

(4. ) Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 70.

(5.) Bah. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 70.

(6.) W. Tliompson. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, February,
1879, p. 10S,

(7.) Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 72.

(8.) Kirchenpauer. Dynema Verhandlungen Akademie der Naturforscher,
1S64. Seite, 11.

(9) Thompson. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, February,
1S79, p. 105,

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 409

SERTULARIA PENNA. Bale.
This species from Bass' Straits, was first described by Kirchen-
pauer (1), under the name of Dynamena penna.

SERTULARIA ELONGATA. Lamouroux.

This species found in Victoria, South Australia and New

Zealand, has been described by Lamouroux (2), W. Thompson

(3), and Blainville (4), under this name by Lamarck (5),

under the name of Sertularia lycopodium, by Gray (6) as

Dynamena abietinoides, and by Coughtrey (7), as Sertularia

abietinoides.

SERTULARIA. UNGUICULATA. Busk.

This species found in Victoria, New South Wales and New
Zealand, has been first described by Busk (8), and under the
name of Thinaria ambigua by Thompson (9.)

SERTULARIA GEMINATA. Bale.
This species was found in Victoria, and described by Bale (1^).

SERTULARIA FLEXILIS. Thompson.
Is found in Victoria and has been described by Thompson (11).

SERTULARIA TRIDENT AT A. Busk.

This species is found in Bass' Straits, and has been described by
Busk (12.)

(1.) Kirchenpauer. Dynema Verhandlungen Akademie der Natur-
forscher. Seite, 11, 1864.

(2.) Lamouroux. Histoire des Polypiers Coralligenes flexibles, p. 189.

(3. ) W. Thompson. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 1879,
February, p. 107,

(4.) Blainville. Manual d'Actinologie,

(5.) Be Lamarck. Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Vertebres.

(6 ) Gray. Dieffenbach. Travels in New Zealand. Vol. II.

( 7.) Coiiyhtrey. Transactions of the New Zealand Institute. Vol. VII.

(8.) Busk. Voyage of H. M. S. Rattlesnake. Vol. 1, p. 394.

(9.) Thompson. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 1879.
February, p. Ill,

(10.) Bide. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 78.

(11) Thompson. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 1879, February,
p. 103.

(1-2.) Busk. Voyage of H.M.S. Rattlesnake, Vol. I,, p. 394.

410 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDUOMEDUSjE,

SERTULARIA RECTA. Bale.

This species is found in South Australia, and was described by

Bale (1.)

SERTULARIA MACROCARPA. Bale.

This species is found in Victoria, and was described by Bale (2.)

SERTULARIA DIVEEGENS. Lamarck.
This species was found in the South of Australia, and described
by Lamarck (3), and by Lamouroux (4) under the name of
Dynamena divergens; by Thompson (5) as Sertularia flosculus.

SERTULARIA TENUIS. Bale.

This species was found in Victoria, and described by Bale (6).

It is considered by him to be the same as Dynamena distans of

Lamouroux.

SERTULARIA BICORNIS. Bale.

Was found in Victoria and described by Bale (?).

SERTULARIA TRIGONOSTOMA. Busk.
This species was first described by Busk (8) from Torres Straits,
and afterwards by Bale (9), from Albany passage.

SERTULARIA ACANTHOSTOMA. Bale.
This species was found in South Australia and has been
described by Bale (10.)

SERTULARIA INSIGNIS. Thompson.
This species was found in George Town, and has been described
by Thompson (1 1.)

(1.) Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p 79.

(2.) Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 80.

(3.) Lamarck. Histoire Naturella des Aniinaux sans Yertebres. Tom. II.

(4.) Lamouroux, Histoire des Poly piers Coralligcnes flexibles, p. ISO.

(5.) Thompson. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 1879.
February, p 104,

(6.) li'. Bale. Catalogue of Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 82.

(7.) W. Bale. On the Hydroida of South Eastern Australia. Journal of
the Royal Microscopical Society of Victoria, Vol. II., p. 22.

(8.) J. Busk. Voyage of H.M.S. Rattlesnake, Vol. I., p. 392.

(9.) W. Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Zoophytes, p. 84.

(10.) Bale. Catalogue of Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 85.

(11) Thompson. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 1879, February,
p. 109.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 411

SERTULARIA CRENATA. Bale.

This species is found in Port Phillip, and has been described by-
Bale (1.)

SERTULARIA TUBA. Bale.

This species is found at Queenscliff, and has been described by

Bale (2.)

SERTULARIA PATULA. Busk.

This species is found in Bass' Straits and described by Busk
(3). It also occurs in Williamstown and Queenscliffe, Victoria.

SERTULARIA ORTHOGONIA. Busk.

This species has been found in the Prince of Wales Channel,
Torres Straits, parasitic on Ser. pristis, and described by Busk (4),
who thinks it a variety of Ser. patula.

SERTULARIA MINIMA. Bale.

This very variable and wide-spread species was found by Bale
(5), growing profusely on seaweed on the beach at Williamstown,
and was by him identified with Coughtrey's (6) Synthecium
gracilis and with Sertularia pumila. Bale (7) also considers his
own Sertulia pumiloides as a variety of Sertularia minima-
Thompson (8) has also described this Sertularia.

SERTULARIA MINUTA. Bale.

This species is found in Sorrento, Port Phillip, and has been
described by Bale (9.)

(1.) Bale. Catalogue of Australian Hyclroid Zoophytes, p 86.
(2 ) Bale. Catalogue of Australian Hyclroid Zoophytes, p. 87.

(3) Busk. Voyage of H.MS. Rattlesnake, Vol. I., p. 390.
Appendix IV.

(4) Busk. Voyage of H. M, S. Rattlesnake Vol. L, p. 390.

(5.) Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytss, p. 89.

(6.) Goughtrey. New Zealand Hydroideae. Transactions of the New
Zealand Institute Vols. VII. and VIII.

(7.) Bale. Journal of the Microscopical Society, Victoria, Catalogue of
the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 90.

(8.) Thompson. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 1870. p. 104

(9.) Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 390.

412 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS.E,

SERTULARIA LOCULOSA. Busk.

This species is found in Bass' Straits and Victoria. It has been
described by Busk (1.)

SERTULARIA CONFERTA. Bale.

This species is found in Carpentaria Gulf, and was first described
under the name of Dynamena conferta by Kirchenpauer (2), and
afterwards as a Sertularia by Bale (3.)

SERTULARIA GROSSEDENTATA. Bale (4.)

This species was found in Australia and described by Kirchen-
pauer (5) under the name of Dynamena grosse dentata.

SERTULARIA ARBUSCULA. Lamouroux.

This species was found in Australian waters, and described by
Lamouroux (6), Lamarck (7), and de Blainville (8.)

SERTULARIA TUBIFORMIS. Bale.

This species was found by Lamouroux (9), growing on Hydro-
phytes of Australasia, and described by him under the name of
Dynamena tubiformis. Bale (10) follows Lamarck (11) in naming
it Sertularia tubiformis.

(1.) Bush. Voyage of H. M. S. Rattlesnake. Vol I., p. 393.

(2.) Kirchenpauer. Neue Sertulariden etc. Verhandlungeu der K.L C,
d. Akademie Band XXXI., Seite 10, des Seperatabdruckes.

(3.) Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 93.

(4.) Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 94.

(5.) Kirchenpauer. Neu Sertulariden etc. Verhandlungeu der K.L.C.,
d. Akademie Rand XXXI. , Seite 13, des iSeperatabdruckes.

(6.) Lamouroux. Histoire des Polypiers Coralligenes flexibles, p. 191.

(7.) Lamarck. Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Vertebres, Vol. II.

(8.) Blainville. Manual d' Actinologie.

(9.) Lamouroux. Exposition Methodicpue des genres de 1' ordre des
Polypiers, p. 12.

(10.) Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 95.

(11.) Lamarck. Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Vertebres, Vol. II.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 413

SERTULARIA TURBINATA. Bale.

This species was found by Lamouroux (1) growing on the Fuci
of Australia and described and named by him Dynamena tur-
binata. Bale (2) follows, Lamarck (3), and names it Sertularia.
It has also been mentioned by de Blainville (4.)

SERTULARIA OBLIQUA. De Lamarck.

This species was found by Lamouroux (5) also on the Fuci
of Australasia, and described, and named by him Dynamena
obliqua ; Lamarck (6) named it Sertularia obliqua.

SERTULARIA BARBATA. Bale.

This species was found on the Fuci of Australasia, and
described by Lamouroux (7), as Dynamena barbata. Cited also
by Blainville (8) ; Lamarck (9) mentions it as Sertularia ciliata,
Bale (10), calls it Sertularia berbata.

SERTULARIA TYPICA. Von Lendenfeld.

Sertularia Sertularioides. Bale.
This species was found on seaweed and Zoophytes of Australia,
and described by Lamouroux (11), as Dynamena sertularioides ;
and has been named by Bale (12) Sertularia sertulariodes, a rather
extraordinary name, which I think ought to be changed to the
name S. typica.

(1.) Lamouroux. Expositio-n'Methodique ties genres de 1'ordre des Polypiers

(2.) Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 96,

(3.) Lamarck. Histoire Naturelle des animaux sans Vertebres.

(4.) Blainville. Manual d' Actinologie.

(5.) Lamouroux. Histoire des Polypiers Coralligenes flexibles, p. 179.

(6.) Lamarck. Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Vert6bres.

(7.) Lamouroux . Histoire des Polypiers Coralligenes flexibles, p. 178.

(8.) Blainville. Manual d' Actinologie.

(9.) Lamarck. Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Vertebres.

(10.) Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 96.

(11.) Lamouroux. Histoire des Polypiers Coralligenes flexibles, p. 178.

(12.) Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 96.

414 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS.E,

SERTULARIA RIGIDA. Lamouroux.

This species has been found in Australasia and described by
Lamouroux (1). It has been also mentioned by Blainville (2) ;
Lamarck (3), speaks of it as Sertularia divaricata.

SERTULARIA DISTANS. Lamouroux.

This species was found by Lamouroux (4) in Australasia and
described by him. It has also been mentioned by Lamarck (5.)

SERTULARIA TRIDENTATA. Lamouroux.

This species was found in Australasia by Lamouroux (6), and
mentioned by Lamarck (7.)

SERTULARIA SCAN DENS. Lamouroux.

This species found in Australasia has been described by
Lamouroux (8), and also mentioned by Blainville (9.) De
Lamarck (10) speaks of it under the name of Sertularia millefolium.

3. GENUS. DIPHASIA. A. Agassiz.

Branching colony, trophosoms opposite a pair on each Internode
or alternate. They possess an internal operculum. Polypostyles
different in the two sexes.

DIPHASIA SYMMETRICA. Nov. sp.

Plate VIII, Fig. 7.

Shoots rather irregularly pinnate. Stems tapering towards the
centrifugal end. Hydrothecce opposite, standing at an angle of

(1 ) Lamouroux. Histoire des Polypiers Coralligenes flexibles, p. 190.

(2.) Blainville. Manual d'Actinologie.

(3.) Lamarck. Histoire Naturelle des aminaux sans Vertebres.

(4.) Lamouroux. Histoire des Polypiers Coralligenes flexibles, p. 191.

(5.) Lamarck. Histoire Naturelle des animaux sans Vertebres.

(6.) Lamouroux- Histoire des Polypiers Coralligenes flexibles, 187.

(7.) Lamarck. Histoire Naturelle des animaux sans Vertebres.

(8.) Lamouroux. Histoire des Polypiers Coralligenes flexibles, p. 189.

(9. ) Blalnvillle. Manual d'Actinologie.

(10.) Lamarck. Histoire Naturelle des aminaux sans Vertebres.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 415

about 40°, and not adnate to the branch, tubular, the outer margin
crowned by two teeth, which are of equal size and rounded at the
top.

Female Gonotheca? with two long opposite spines, which cause
the symmetrical appearance.

I found the skeletons of this Hydroid very plentiful in the drift
thrown up at Timaru'on the East Coast of New Zealand. The
specimens were collected in February, and found to be full of
Gonothecae.

D1PHASIA PINNATA. Agassiz.

This species probably very rare in Australia, has been found in
Sydney, and described by Agassiz (1), Hincks (2), and also by
Pallas (3), under the name of Sertularia pinnata. Pallas gives a
separate name to the female, Sertularia Nigra, and Lamouroux
(4) Sertularia fuscescens, Oken (5), Nigellustrum pinnatum.

DIPHASIA ATTENUATA. Hincks.

Hincks (6) describes this species found in Adelaide, in the first
place as Sertularia atienutata, Hincks (7), Ellis (8), speaks of it
under the name of Sertularia rosacea, Johnstone (9) under the
name of Sertularia pinnaster.

DIPHASIA DIGITALIS. Bale,

This species found by Busk (10) in the Prince of Wales Channel
and Torres Straits, and named by him Sertularia digitalis, has
been placed by Bale (11) in the genus Diphasia.

(1 ) Agassiz. Contributions to the Natural History of the United States
Acalephse. Vols. Ill,, IV., 1860-62.

(2.) Hincks. History of the British Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 255.

(3.) Pallas. Elenchus Zoophytorum.

(4.) Lamouroux. Histoire des Polypiers Coralligenes flexibles, p. 195.

(5.) Oken. Jahrbuch der Natur Geschichte.

(6.) Hincks. History of British Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 247.

(7.) Hincks. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, April 1861.

(8.) Ellis. Essay towards a .N atural History of the Corallines found on
the Coast of Great Britain and Ireland.

(9.) Johnstone. History of the British Zoophytes.

(10.) Busk. Voyage of H. M. S. Rattlesnake, p. 393-

(11.) Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 101

416 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS.E,

DIPHASIA MUTULATA. Bale.

This species found in Prince of Wales Channel and described by
Busk (1) has also been placed among the Diphasia by Bale (2.)

DIPHASIA SUB-CARINATA. Bale.

This species found in Bass' Straits and in many parts of
Australia, and described by Busk (3), has been placed among the
Diphasia by Bale (4.)

4. GENUS. SERTULARELLA. Gray.

Branching colonies. Trophosomes biserial and alternate, with
an Operculum composed of several pieces of chitin. The Gonothecse
are usually ringed transversely.

The structure of Sertularella Polyzonios has been investigated
by Weismann.

SERTULARELLA MICROGONA. Nov. sp.
Plate VII., fig. 1-3.

From a creeping Hydrorhiza, stems about 1 cm. in height ai'ise,
which bear the distant Trophosomes, and the exceedingly small
Gonosomes. The Trophosomes are wide at the base and narrower
at the mouth which has a toothed circumference because there are
4 bites in it, as it where which leave four protruding teeth between
them. The Gonangium is oval and compressed. It has no
evident rings on its surface, the Polypostyl is a cylindrical body,
thickest in the middle which appears connected with the inner
surface of the Gontheca by many cellular strings.

I found this Hydroid in Port Phillip (Victoria) on stones in the
Laminarian Zone.

(1.) Busk. Voyage of H. AI. S. Rattlesnake, p. 391.

(2.) Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 101.

(3 ) Bask.. Voyage of H. M. S. Rattlesnake, p. 390.

(4.) Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 102.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 417

SERTULARELLA POLYZONIAS. Gray.

This cosmopolitan species has been found in Victoria and New-
Zealand, and has been described from these places by Hutton (1)
and Coughtrey (2), who have named it Sertularia simplex. Bale (3)
gives it the same name as Gray.

SERTULARELLA INDIVISA. Bale.

This species has been found in Victoria and South Australia. It
has been described by Bale (4.)

SERTULARELLA SOLIDULA. Bale.
This species has been found in Victoria and described by Bale (5.)

SERTULARELLA MACROTHECA. Bale.

This species is found at Griffith's Point (Victoria), and has been
described by Bale (6.)

SERTULARELLA L^EVIS. Bale.

This species is found at Williamstown (Victoria), and has been
described by Bale (7.)

SERTULARELLA PYGMAEA. Bale.

This species is found in Victoria, South Australia and New-
Zealand. It has been described by Bale (8.)

(1.) Hutton. Transactions of the New Zealand Institute. Vol. V.
(2.) Coughtrey. Transactions of the New Zealand Institute. Vol. VII.
(3.; Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 104.
(4.) Bale. Journal of the Microscopical Society of Victoria. Vol. II., p. 24.
(5.) Bale. Journal of the Microscopical Society of Victoria. Vol. II., p. 24.
(6.) Bale. Journal of the Microscopical Society of Victoria. Vol. II., p. 25.
(7-) Bale. Journal of the Microscopical Society of Victoria. Vol. II., p. 24.
(8.) Bale. Journal of the Microscopical Society of Victoria. Vol. II., p. 25.

418 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS^,

SERTULARELLA JOHNSTONI. Gray.

This species is found in Victoria, New Zealand, Tasmania and
South Australia. It has been described by Gray (1), Hutton (2),
Coughtrey (3). Allman (4) and Thompson (5).

SERTULARELLA DIVARICATA. Busk.

This species is found in Port Stephens and Bass' Straits, and
has been described by Busk (6.)

SERTULARELLA NEGLECTA. Thompson.

This species is found in Victoria and South Australia, and has
been described by Thompson (7.)

SERTULARELLA RAMOSA. Thompson.

It is doubtful if this species really belongs to Australia, as
Thompson (8) found only a fragment in Bass' Straits, where he
thinks it may have got accidentally. I do not exactly know how.

4. GENUS. PASYTHEA. Lamouroux.

The stems arising from the Hydrorhiza are simple or branched
dichotomously. The Trophosomes are opposite, in pairs, arranged
in sets at some distance apart.

(1.) Gray and Dieffenbach. Travels in New Zealand.

(2.) Hutton. Transactions of the New Zealand Institute. Vol. V.

(3.) Coughtrey. Transactions of the New Zealand Institute. Vol. VII.

(4.) Allman. Journal of the Linnean Society, Zoology. Vol, VII.

(5.) W. Thompson. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Feb. 1879,
p. 101.

(<;.) Bush. Voyage in H. M. S. Rattlesnake. Vol. 1., p. 3SS.

(7.) W. Thompson. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Feb. 1879,
1> KIO.

(S.) W. Thompson. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Feb. 1879,
p. 102.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 419

PASYTHEA QUADRIDENTATA. Lamouroux.

This species is found at Fitzroy Island and Port Stephens. It
has been described by Lamouroux 1), Ellis and Solander (2), and
Lamarck (3) under the name of Sertularia quadridentata, and
by De Blainville(4) under the nameof Tuliparia quadridentata.

PASYTHEA HEXODON. Busk.

This species was found by Busk (5) at Cumberland Island and
described by him.

6. GENUS. IDIA. Lamouroux.

Colonies pinnately branched. The Trophosomes form two
continuous series in contact with each other along the front of the
stem. Gonotheca on the front of the stem.

IDIA PRISTIS. Lamouroux.

This species is found in many parts of New Zealand Coast,
and has been described by Lamouroux (6) and Busk (7).

7. GENUS. THUIARIA. Fleming.

Colonies with branching stems. Trophosoms biserial not in
pairs, usually more or less immersed. Gonothecae similar to those
of Sertularia.

(I.) Lamouroux. Histoire des Polypiers Coralligenes flexibles, p. 156.

(2.) Ellis and Solander. The Natural History of many curious and
uncommon Zoophytes, p. 57.

(3.) Lamarck. Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Vertebres. Tom
II., p. 121.

(4,) Blainville. Manual d'Actinologie.

(5.) Busk. Voyage in H. M. S. .Rattlesnake. Vol. I, p. 395.

(6.) Lamouroux. Histoire des Polypiers coralligenes flexibles.

(7.) Busk. Voyage in H.M.S. Eattlesnake, Vol. I., p. 390.

420 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS^.

THUIARIA FENESTRATA. Bale.

This species described and named by Bale (1) is found off
Cumberland Island, Albany Passage, and Port Curtis. It is also
described by Busk (2) under the name of Sertularia crisioides and
by Lamouroux (3) under that of Salacia tetracythara.

THUIARIA QUADRLDENS. Bale.

This species is found in Port Curtis and off Holborn Island. It
has been described by Bale (5).

THUIARIA LATA. Bale.

This species is found in Victoria and has been described by
Bale (6.)

(1.) Bale. Catalogue of Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 116.

(2.) Busk. Voyage of H.M.S. Rattlesnake, Vol. I., p. 3S9.

(3.) Lamouroux Histoire des Polypiers coralligenes flexibles, p. 214.

(5.) Bale. Catalogue of Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 119.

(6.) Bale. Journal ot the Microscopic Society of Victoria, Vol. II.. p. 26.

THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE
AUSTRALIAN SCYPHOMEDUSvE.

By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

There is extremely little known of the physical conditions of the
Australian Seas, but this little will suffice to explain the peculiar
geographical distribution of the Rhizostomse in these waters.

Of all the different kinds of Medusa? the Rhizostomse can be
preserved most easily. They are also more easily noticed by
travellers than the more delicate and smaller forms of the other
groups. I have myself seen Rhizostomous Medusa? from the deck
of a large steamer so clearly, that with a little imagination I could
have given a description of them, so striking are these creatures on
the open sea !

There are therefore from the more inaccessible parts of the
surface of the earth relatively more Rhizostomous Medusa? known
than others, and for the same reason the Rhizostoma considered
alone gives a better idea of the geographical distribution of the
Medusae than could be obtained by considering the whole class,
as in the latter case those in the more accessible places would be,
in proportion, too numerous.

I shall therefore confine my remarks to Rhizostoma?.

The chemical constitution of the sea, the quantity of common
salt contained in it, and the proportion in which other salts are
found, are all at present unknown. (1) The knowledge of the
currents which are most impoi^tant for our enquiry is in a far
higher state of development.

(1.) The result of the observations taken during the Voyage of the
Challenger, have not yet been published.

422 THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE SCYPHOMEDUSiE,

We will first of all consider the moi*e considerable of the warm
and cold Equatorial, and Polar currents, which tend to equalize the
warmth of the Equatorial and the cold of the Polar water.

THE COLD CURRENTS.

Two mighty currents of cold water flow from the Antarctic
regions in a north-easterly direction towards the zone of the
Tropics. The one approaches Tasmania and the other Cape
Nuyts, the south-west point of Australia. Each current divides at
the spot where it nears the coast. As well from Tasmania as from
Cape Nuyts extend sub-marine elevations of the ground of the
ocean towards the south-west, which, like a ploughshare, divide
the currents in two equal parts before they reach the coast.

The eastern branch of the western current, and the western
branch of the eastern, bend round in a half circle and are lost in
the Great Australian Bight. The eastern branch of the western
Polar current bends round to the east and south-east, but remains
at a distance from the coast ; the branch coming from the eastern
Polar current on the contrary bends towards the north-west and
west, and flows along the coast of this part of Australia, namely,
Victoria.

The western branch of the western Polar current alters its
course from a northern to a western direction. During its
course northwards it washes the west coast of Australia.

The eastern branch of the eastern current flows due north-east
from Tasmania to Cape Van Diemen, the north-west point of
New Zealand.

In its middle course, as we shall see further on, it passes
beneath a warm current coming from the equator, and on the
north-eastern side of this current it appears again. These cold
currents are surface currents, but still appear to extend to a great
depth. Only here and there in deep water we find other currents
than on the surface.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 423

The warm equatorial currents which flow westwards from the
20th degree latitude north, send out many branches towards the
south. Whilst a pax-t of the chief current only just touches Point
Albany, the north point of Australia, two of the branches
flowing south follow the coast line.

A mighty stream flows_ clown in a south-westerly direction, east
of New Zealand, and washes the eastern coast of the New
Zealand islands. A second warm equatorial current branches off
from the principle stream flowing west, north-east of the New
Hebrides, passes New Caledonia and forming towards the west a
convex course, bends towards the smith and later on to east-south-
east. This current joins the one mentioned above near the
Macquarie Island. It washes the east coast of Australia for
many hundred kilometers, and only leaves it at Port Jarvis, 130
kilometers south of Sydney.

This is the current which crosses the cold one flowing from
Tasmania towards New Zealand. As mentioned before it flows
above the cold current and divides it in this way into two
streams, an eastern and a western.

LOCAL CURRENTS.

Besides the currents, often very strong (1), caused by the
winds, which change irregularly with the time of the year, there
are also constant currents of a local kind which it is best to
consider as branches of the equatorial and polar chief currents.
The direction and strength of such currents depend on the
configuration of the floor of the ocean and the line of coast.

One branch of the equatorial stream that washes the east coast
of Australia leaves its convex side in the latitude of Bass' Straits

(1.) Once on a voyage from Cape Van Diemen, the most northern point of
New Zealand, to Sydney, I remarked how strong such currents might
become, for as the steamer approached the east coast of Australia it was
driven 35 kilometers southwards, by a current which is usuallv not there.
28

424 THE GEOGRAPniCAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE SCVPHOMEDUSvE,

and flows through these Straits in a westerly direction. This
current, in the shallow parts of the Straits, is so strong that even
in the calmest weather the sea is very much disturbed. On the
surface of the water, between New Zealand, Australia, and New
Caledonia, slight whirlpools are found.

A current in the Torres Straits, similar to the one in Bass'
Straits, flows in a westerly direction in the pass between Australia
and New Guinea. Again, a stream coming from the south-west
is found on the north-west coast which.flows along the coast of De
Wittsland : another more important current coming from south-
east passes Cape Leuwin.

A current, not discoverable on the surface, to the south of the
great Australian Bight, flows in an easterly direction along the
bottom of the sea.

The sources from which I have collected these assumptions
contradict each other in so many and such important points that
it has been very difficult to make a clear representation of the
facts ; and although from these grounds there must be numerous
deficiencies in my description still in the more important point it
will be found near the truth.

The depths of the sea, in that part under our survey, varies
from 4000 to 5000 meters. The ground of the sea rises every-
where pretty gradually to the level of 200 meters from the surface
at an average distance from the coast of 20 kilometers.

The level of 3,650 meters (2,000 fathoms), does not surround
Australia on all sides ; there are shallows, which on one side unite
Australia with Asia across the Islands towards Cochin China, and
on the other across New Zealand with South America. (1) In
these shallows the sea does not reach the depths of 3,650 meters.
The south-east of Australia is the steepest in descent. The
Geographic Distribution of the Rhizostompe within this district
depends, as I will attempt to show in the following pages, on
these currents on the one hand, and the configuration of the coast
on the other.

(1.) F. llutton. On the origin of the Fauna and Flora of New Zealand.
New Zealand Journal of Science, Jan. 1884.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 425

Haeckel (1) mentions a number of Medusae from Australia.
In his sense, the Australian district extends over all the neigh-
bouring islands, and especially New Guinea. I intend to limit
myself to those species found near Australia and New Zealand.

Haeckel describes twelve Rhizostomae from the coasts of the
Australian Islands. One of these comes from a part not exactly
particularized, and therefore does not throw any light on the
Geographical Distribution. I have myself found four Rkizostomse
on the Australian coasts, but only three of these were preserved
sufficiently to admit of description.

One of these Medusae is the Crambessa mosaica (2) of Haeckel,
the two others were first discovered by me (3). We have therefore
to consider the following fourteen species :■ — -

RHIZOSTOMAE.

Toreumid^:.
Archirhiza primordialis. Haeckel.
Haeckel (4) describes this Medusa found in Bass' Straits.

Archirhiza aurosa. Haeckel.

This New Zealand Rhizostorne was sent to Haeckel (5) without
any exact account of where it was found, but as we only find
anv lively intercourse of vessels on the East Coast of these Islands,
and at any rate as far as the Southern Island is concerned,

(1.) E. Haeckel. Das System der Medusen. Seite XIII. , 645.

(2.) R. von Lendenfeld. Ccelenteraten der Siidsee, III., iiber Wehrthiere
fmil Nesselzellen. Zeitschrift fur wissenschaftliche Zoologie. Land,
XXXVIII. Seite, 364.

(3.) R von Lendenfeld. Ueber eine nene Uebergangsform zwischen
Sajmostomae und Rhizostomae. Zoologischer Anzeiger. Baud V. Seite 380.
Zur Metamorphose der Rhizostomen. Zoologischer Anzeiger. Band VII.
The Scyphomedusre of the Southern Hemisphere. Proceedings of the
Linnean Society of New South Wales, 1884.

(4.) E. Haeckel. Das System der Medusen. Seite, 565.

(5.) E. Haeckel. Das System der Medusen. Seite, 645.

426 THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE SCYPHOMEDUSjE,

civilisation is pretty much limited to the eastern coast, we may
take it for granted that this Medusa, as well as the following New
Zealand species, were found on the East Coast.

Toreuma tlteophila. Haeckel.
This Medusa, first described by Peron and Lesueur (1), and named
Cassiopea Dieuphila, was sent to these authors from de Witt's
Land north-west coast of Australia. It has been catalogued by
Haeckel (2) in his system under the above name. Toreuma
theophila.

Cassiopea Ornata. Haeckel.

Haeckel (3) describes under this name a Rhizostome evidently
extensively distributed in the north of our district. Specimens
from New Guinea, the Pelew Islands and North Australia were
at his disposal.

Cephea Fusca. Peron et Lesueui-.

This Medusa, like the last mentioned, is extensively distributed
in the north of our district. It was first described by Peron et
Lesueur (4), and under the same name catalogued by Haeckel (5).
It was found on the coast of De Witts Land as well as on
the Malabar coast.

The family of the Pilemida? appears to be wanting on the coasts
of Australia, and is not even to be found in the larger district
which Haeckel i-eckons as the Australasiatic.

CHAUNOSTOMID^E.

Pseudorhiza aurosa. Von Lendenfeld.
This Medusa was found by me (6) in Port Phillip, the harbour
of Melbourne, and described as a species of the new family of

(1.) Pa-on et Lesueur. Tableaux des Meduses, p. 356.
(2.) E. Haeckel. Das System der Medusen. Seite, 566.
(3.) E. Haeckel. Das System der Medusen. Seite 570.
(4.) Peron et Lesueur. Tableaux des Meduses, p. 361.
(5.) E. Haeckel. Das System der Medusen. Seite 575.
(6.) R. von Lendenfeld. Ueber eine neue Uebergangsform zwischen
Semostomen und Rhizostomen, Zoologischer Anzeiger. Band V., Seite 380.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 427

the Chaunostomidje. It is not found in great swarms but singly.
I have seen altogether about thirty specimens. Haacke has
found the same Medusa in Glenelc;, the harbour of Adelaide.

VERSURID.E.

HapTorhiza simplex. Haeckel.

This Medusa found in Bass' Straits has been described by
Haeckel (1).

Haplorhiza punctata. Haeckel.

This species (2) comes from the noithern part of our district,
and was found on the coast of Arnheim's Land.

Cannorhiza connexa. Haeckel

This Rhizostoma was caught in the open sea, near New
Zealand,(3.)

Phyllorhiza punctata. Von Lendenfeld

Phyllorhiza punctata (4) has been found hitherto only in Port
Jackson, the harbour of Sydney, not so frequently as other
Medusa?. It is never to be found in close swarms but more
isolated,

CRAMBESSID^E.

Crambessa lyalmipis. Haeckel.

According to Haeckel (5) this Medusa appears to be common in
the north of the Australian waters on the coast of northern
Australia. Haeckel received it from two different sources.

(1.) E. Haeckel. Das System der Medusen. Seite 604.

(2.) E. Haeckel. Das System der Medusen. Seite 604.

(3) E. Haeckel. Das System der Medusen Seite 605.

(4.) R. von Lendenfeld. Zur Metomorphose der Rhizostomen. Zoolo-
gischer Anzeiger Band VIII. The Seyphomedusfe of the Southern Hemis-
phere and The Development of the Versuridse. Proceedings of the Linnean
Society of New South Wales, 18S4.

(5.) E. Haeckel. Das System der Medusen. Seite 620.

428 THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE SCYPHOMEDUSiE,

Crambessa mosaica. Haeckel (1.)
This Medusa is, without doubt, the most common in those parts
of Australia and its waters that have been visited by me. It has
also been mentioned by a long list of authors. It has been
described by Quoy et Gaimard (2) under the name of Cephea
mosaica from Port Jackson, and since by Huxley (3) as
Rhizostoma mosaica from the same place. I have found it
myself (4) in Port Phillip, Melbourne, and in Port Jackson,
Sydney. The Melbourne specimens are blue and more delicate,
those from Sydney brown and coarse.

It is found in immense swarms, and is more common in
Melbourne than in Sydney. After a storm in Port Phillip at
high water mark one often finds these Medusae on the beach in a
row, from 2 to 4 meters wide, lying one over the other in a thick
mass further than the eye can reach.

Thysanostoma thysanura. Haeckel.
This Medusa was sent to Haeckel (5) from the Godefroy
Museum, without any more exact mention of the place where it
was found than New Zealand.

Leonura leptura. Haeckel.

This Rhizostoine found in New Zealand has been described by
Haeckel (6.)

When we compare these Rhizostomaa with those from other
waters we are first struck by the fact, that although a few species
extend from North Australia towards India, still by far the
greater number are only met with on the Australian coast, and
again that we only know very few species which have been
found in more places than one. The following table shows the
peculiarity of these circumstances : —

(1.) E. Haeckel. Das System der Medusen. Seite 625.
(2.) E. Haeckel. Das System der Medusen. Seite 622.
(3.) Quoy et Gaimard. Voyage de l'Uraine Zoologie, p. 569.
(4.) Huxley. Philosophical Transactions, 1849, p. 422-432.
(5.) R. von Lendenfeld. Scyphomedusa? of the Southern Hemisphere.
Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, 1S84.
(6.) E. Haeckel. Das System der Medusen. Seite 631.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D.

429

A TABLE OF THE AUSTRALIAN RHIZOSTOM^E ARRANGED
ACCORDING TO THEIR LOCALITY.

Kind.

Arcliirhiza priruordialis
Archirhiza aurosa .
Toreuma theophila .
Cassiopea ornata
Cepbea fusca ...
Pseudorhiza aurosa.
Haplorhiza simplex.
Haplorhiza punctata
Cannorliiza connexa
Phyllorhiza punctata
Crambessa palmipes
Crambessa mosaica...
Tbysanostama tbysanura
Leonura leptura

If

Locality.

■s.-s

c3 °cj

a '—
§'«

PQ

Q. H.

Dr. L.

w.

w

s

o £

£T3

G.

E.

G

H

K

W.
D.

pj

Tbe letters to tbe right of the table signify the names of those who
found the Medusae, at the places mentioned above them.
D. — Dussimier. Dr. — Drayton.

E.— Elsey. G.— Godefroy.

H.— Haacke. K. — Koch.

L. — Lendenfeld. P. — Peron et Lesueur.

Q. — Quoy et Gaimard. S. — Smith.

W.— Weber.

430 THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE SCYPHOMEDUS^E,

Of those fourteen species there are four known as coming from
more than one place. None of the Australian Medusa? are found
beyond Malabar. Two are found in the East Indian Archipelago,
and also on the Coast of North Australia. The northern kinds
have in general a wider distribution than the southern. New
Zealand species seem perfectly isolated, the three belonging to
New Zealand not having been found in any other place.

Generally speaking we can say that the distribution districts
are very limited, and that three districts, for the moment at least,
perfectly independent of one another can be distinguished in the
Australian waters. These are — New Zealand with its three
species ; South-east Australia with five, and North Australia with
five.

The district of New Zealand is still very little known. Within
the two others we find local as well as transgressing species,
which, although they have at present only been found in two
places, probably exist in the parts lying between these. Therefore
we must accept as a fact that Pseudorhiza exists between
Adelaide and Melbourne, and Cambressa mosaica between Mel-
bourne and Sydney.

Although our knowledge of the Australian Medusa is very
limited still I do not doubt that the three distribution-districts
seen on the table do really represent the facts. The cause of the
development of these three well defined distribution-districts is to
be found in the currents.

The New Zealand Medusae, which, from the grounds alluded
to above, have surely come from the east coast, belong to the
New Zealand equatorial current, and this current might possibly
carry the Medusa to the southern polar sea but never to the
Australian coast. A current flows from Tasmania towards New
Zealand. But as till now, no Medusa? from Tasmania have been
described, it is impossible to know what influence this current
may have on the distribution of the New Zealand Medusa?. But
any connection between the Fauna of Bass' Straits and that of
New Zealand cannot take place as may be clearly seen from the
map.

BY II. VOX LENDEXFELD, PH.D. 431

The Fauna of Bass' Straits is . very different from that of the
warmer streams passing the east coast of Australia. At the
point, Jarvis Bay, where the warm current leaves the coast lies
the boundary between the Fauna of the cold Polar and the
warmer equatorial currents. The fish and shellfish at the north
Jarvis Bay are mostly different from those to the south of it ; but
in the Rhizostoma a movement has taken place which must
certainly be considered as the effect of the local current coming
from the east and flowing through Bass' Straits. The connection
through Bass' Straits of Port Phillip (Melbourne), and Glenelg
(Adelaide) is formed by the Polar current which here bends
towards the west and flows along the coast.

Lastly the northern district is entirely disconnected from the
others, as a current coming from the Tropic Zone in the Pacific
Ocean flows through it. Strong local currents are of course met
with among the numerous islands, and these currents are the
cause of the wider distribution of the northern Medusa, The
current coming from south-east which flows along the coast of De
Witts' Land prevents any extension of the Medusae of this district
towards the south-west. None of these currents are violent, and
it may be taken for granted that living Medusae may be carried
downwards, but never extend upwards in these currents ; and
further that Medusae which are well known to be very sensitive
to any change in their surroundings are not likely to fight the
battle of existence with success if they leave that kind of sea-
water to which they are accustomed in which they live.

Numerous Medusae, and especially the large Rhizostoma, swim
far up into sheltered bays and the mouths of rivers to deposit
their young, and are therefore confined by the formation of the
coast, as well as by the currents, to certain limits.

Should any kind of Medusa get to a place where iis scypho-
storuae can flourish, for instance, in a sheltered harbour, and
should the circumstances of its new abode enable it to live, then
this harbour will remain a lasting dwelling place of such a
Medusa,

432 THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE SCYPHOMEDUS^E,

If a current flows by the entrance of a harbour in which Rhizos-
tomse have found a home, then they can spread to a great distance
even without breeding places, but only in the direction of
the current. Harbours connected by a current often contain
exactly the same species, although they are often very distant
one from the other. On the contrary harbours not so connected
mostly contain different species. From one harbour to another,
even if they be very near one another, this distribution of the
Medusae cannot take place against the current. If we, therefore,
find llhizostoma? in several harbours, the centre of distribution
is not in the middle, but at the extreme upper end of the down
current.

If we now pass over the limits of our district and consider
all the Rhizostomidae, we shall discover some interesting facts
on the distribution of this group of Medusa?, which will be
easily seen in the table published in one of my former
papers. ( 1 )

The adult Medusae will, for the most part emigrate from their
birth place and seek the open sea, swimming about without
particular aim, they must be carried on by the current. Whilst
the Medusae swim about in the open sea they cannot produce
young in case their young consist of Scyphostomaa ; as these
only flourish in quiet and shallow water, but if they get into a
harbour then they can propagate their species, as here the Scypho-
stomee flourish and such a harbour will become a new centre
of distribution.

It appears to be proved, as already mentioned, that Rhizostomee
propagate by means of a change of generation, and that their
Scyphostomse flourish best or perhaps solely in quiet and shallow
water.

And, therefore, the above can be applied to Rhizostoma? and
we must come to the conclusion that the Rhizostomae can spread

(1.) R. von Lendenfeld. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New
South Wales. Vol., IV., May 1884.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 433

from a sheltered harbour, to a great distance, but that a boundary
is set to any such spreading, if a harbour suitable for a breeding
place is too far away.

Although the Rhizostorna? of the Northern Hemisphere are so
much better known than those of the southern, the number of the
species known here is far greater than there. We may, therefore,
be allowed to maintain that the Rhizostoma3 are incomparably
more numerous in the Southern than in the Northern Hemi-
sphere ; which is doubtless in connexion with the greater expanse
of water south of the Equator.

In comparing the whole of the Scyphomedusae, we have to meet
the difficulty, that in proportion but very few of the smaller and
more delicate forms occurring in the Southern Hemisphere are
known. Of the 210 Scyphomedusae with which we are acquainted,
104 have been found in the Southern Hemisphere.

From the reasons inferred to above the comparison of the
Rhizostornge alone gives a more exact idea of the distribution than
the comparison of all the Scyphomedusae would afford.

434 THE DIGESTION OF SPONGES,

THE DIGESTION OF SPONGES EFFECTED BY
ECTODERM OR ENTODERM?

By R. Von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

In my paper on the Australian Aplysinidae (1) I gave an
account of the experiments which I had carried on for the purpose
of obtaining some information concerning the digestion in Sponges.
The main result of these experiments was that the Epithel of the
ciliated chambers is not to be considered as an organ of digestion,
that all cells of the Sponge freely take up Carmine when in
contact with them, and that therefore the cells of the Epithelia of
Sponges kept in water containing Carmine were soon found full of
( '.irmine granules, but that the Epithel of the ciliated chambers
soon ejects the Carmine again whilst the cells of the upper surface
of the subdermal cavity give it off to the amoeboid wandering
cells of the Mesoderm, and that these transmit the Carmine
granules after they have been partly digested, to the cells of the
ciliated chambers for ejection. I concluded from this that the
digestive function of the Sponges which I experimented on was
centralized in the upper wall of the subdermal cavities, and that
in Sponges which do not possess a highly developed cavity of this
kind the digestion was effected by the Epithelia of the introductory
canal system.

According to F. E. Schulze (2) the introductory canal system of
the Sponges is produced by a complicated folding process of the

II.) R. von Lendenjeld. Coelcnteraten der Siidsec II., Neue Aplysinidae
Zeitschrift fur wiss. Zool. Band XXXVIII.. Seite 262 ff.

(2.) F. A'. Schulze. Uber den Baa und die Entwickelung der Spongien.
Die Plakiniden. Zeitschrift fur wiss. Zool. Band XXXIV., Seite 439.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 435

whole, and is derived directly from the Ectoderm. Marshall (1)
studied the Embryology of Reniera filigrana and came to results
very different from those of Schulze, and in fact from anything
published previously. Although there may be a few doubtful
statements in this extremely interesting paper, statements which I
have criticised (2) elsewhere, there are certainly also so many
proofs brought forward -to endorse them that it appears more
than doubtful whether Schulze's statements hold good for
Sponges similar to Reniera. According to Schulze (I.e.) the
introductory canals are produced by the Ectoderm and are
originally very short, they then break through the walls of the
ciliated chambers and afterwards grow out to greater length.
Granted that the centrifugal portion of the canal wall is really
Ectodermal there is no proof that the same thing is the case in the
inner and longer portion of the canal. It is apparently just as
likely that the Epithel of the growing canal is produced from the
lower end as that it is produced by a rapid multiplication of the
cells at its exterior termination. In the case of Reniera, Marshall
(I.e.) has proved that the introductory canal system is Ectodermal,
and although, there is no doubt, that the centrifugal terminations
of the introductory canals of Plakina are originally Ectodermal it
is apparent from the above statements that the lower portion may
also here be Entodermal.

At the time when I wrote my paper on the Aplysinidse, I had
not seen Marshall's paper, which was published at the same time,
and I was accordingly not aware, that any one had made state-
ments about the origin of the Epithelia of the introductory Canals
different from those of Schulze (I.e.), which were at that time
universally accepted. Accordingly, I concluded from the fact that
the digestion in sponges took place in the introductory Canal
system, and that this Canal system had an Ectodermal Epithel,
that the Sponges absorbed their nourishment by means of the
Ectoderm.

(1.) W. Marshall. Die Ontogenie non Beniera filigrana Zeitschrift fiir
wiss. Zool. Band. XXXVII., Seite 227 ff.

(2.) R. von Lendeyifeld. Monograph of the Australian Sponges. Pro-
ceedings of the Lin. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. IX.

43G THE DIGESTION OF SPONGES,

This conclusion was somewhat similar to one which Balfour (1)
had arrived at by reasoning only and without any actual proof.

If the Epithel of the introductory Canals is Entodermal, this
conclusion is wrong, because in that case one of the premises is
wrong. And further investigations will be recpiired to settle the
question of the correctness of these premises.

I have made up my mind to publish this explanation, because
some authors have considered my conclusions as important, and
that part of the premises which is the result of my experiments as
of lesser importance. Polejaeff (2) has pointed out this fact in his
recent excellent publication on the Calcareous Spongea of the
Challenger Expedition.

Metschnikoff (3) in his highly important paper on Intracellular
Digestion, has cited my observations as examples of Ectodermal
digestion, but it appears from his statements, as if I had said that
the outer svorface of the Sponge absorbed noimshinent, which I did
not say.

Polejaeff (I.e.), remarks with great acuteness, that I should not
have considered the " Keimblatter " in my argument, as it is not
certain to which embryonic layers that Epithel belongs, by which in
the case of the Aplysillidas the greater part of its nourishment
appears to be obsejved.

Polejaeff says in another place (4), that nourishment is absorbed
by all the Canal surfaces, that the Epithelia of the Canals conducting
hither and thither, are physiologically as similar as they are morpho-
logically. This opinion is based upon four arguments. Two of these
do not apply to the Aplysillidae. Polejaeff states that the amoeboid

(1.) T. Balfour. Handbuch dcr vergleichenden Embryologie, deutsch von
Vetter. Band, I. Seite, 144.

(±) Polejaeff. The Zoology of the Voyage of H. M. S. Challenger.
Part XXIV., p. 14.

(3.) K. Metschnikoff. Untersuchungen iiber die intracelluliire Verdauung
bei w irbellosen Thieren. Arbeiten aus den Zoolog. Inst, der Universitoet
Wien. Band, V. Seite, 3. Translated into English. Quarterly Journal
of mikr., Sc, Nr. 98.

(4.) Polejaeff. (La), p. lot

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 437

wandering cells are just as numerous below the Epithel of the
Canals leading outwards, as underneath the Epithel of the Sub-
dermal cavity. I do not doubt that this occurs in the Sponges
which Polejaeff has examined. In the Aplysilliclse however, a
centralisation towards the skin appears to have taken place
together with the formations of a large Sub-dermal cavity, as only
there a laver of thickly pressed wandering cells can be proved to
exist.

Polejaeff says further (I.e.), there "is no room for the suppo-
sition that all nourishment is absorbed by the Sub-dermal cavity
Epithel." Although I am quite willing to acknowledge that other
portions of the Epithel are able to absorb nourishment, just as the
outer skin of a man can absorb substances. I must conclude
from my observations, that, in fact, by far the greater part of the
nourishment in the case of the Aplysillidse is absorbed in the
Sub-dermal cavity. Following Marshall's example, I avoid any
generalisation, and I do not doubt, that Polejaeff as well as myself
are both right, but that we have arrived at different results in
some trifling particulars, because we have examined different
Sponges.

We can now discern concerning the digestion of Sponges what
probably is correct, and which statements are doubtful. The views
expressed in my paper on the Australian Aplysinida? (I.e.) are very
different from those expressed by Carter, who is of opinion, that the
cells of the ciliated chanibeis are those to which digestive functions
are to be ascribed.

This, as Polejaeff (I.e.) remarked from a mechanical point of
view, is a very unlikely hypothesis and can be considered as
discredited by my observations. And I think that my scientific
colleagues universally agree to my statement that the nourishment
is absorbed in the canals and not in the ciliated chambers. Whilst
in the Aplysillidae the introductory canals effect the absorption cf
nourishment in a higher degree than the drainage canals ; in some
other Sponges such a diffei'ence does not occur. (Polejaeff I.e.)

438 THE DIGESTION OF SPONGES.

The intracellular digestion, discovered by Lieberkiihn (1) and
Metschinkoff (2) is probably effected by the amcehoid wandering
cells, whilst only the epithelial cells have the function of trans-
mitting the nourishing material to them.

Lieberkuhn's, Metschinkoff's and my own experiments were
made with Carmine and not with neaaly nourishing material, so
that these conclusions are open to a little doubt as Metschinkoff
(3) remarks. His statements based on a series of most interesting
experiments, however, make it probable that in the Sponges the
nourishment is treated similarly to the Carmine granules.

The question whether the Sponges digest with the Ectoderm or
with the Entoderm cannot yet be decided. But it does not appear
improbable that both layers (Polejaeff I.e.) may have that function.
The Keimblatter of other Ccelenterata are nearly analogous, so
that we can conclude that the layers of the much less highly
organised Sponges are still more so, and that we have in the
Sponges indifferent germinal layers before us.

(1.) Lieberkiihn. Beitrag zur Entwickelunesgeschichte der Spongillen.
Miiller's Archiv. Band 1836, Seite 385 ff.

(2.) E. Metschinkoff. Spongiologische Studien, Zeitschrift fur wis. Zool.
Band XXXII., Seite 371-374.

(3.) E. Metschinkoff. Ueber die Introcelluljire Verdauung bei wirbellosen
Thieren. Arbheiten aus den Zool. Inst. d. Universitiit Wien, Band V.,
Seite 25, 26 u.o. O.

THE ERUPTION IN THE STRAITS' SETTLEMENTS
AND THE EVENING GLOW.

By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

The result of the so extremely carefully collected data referring
to the connection between the eruption of Karakatoa, and the
spreading of the evening glow, for which we are indebted to
Professor Smith, of our University, is expressed by this author in
the fellow ing manner : — " We are driven therefore to conclude
that the dust, if dust is really the agent in question, must have been
meteoric, and had its origin outside our earth."

After this it would appear as if the data collected by Professor
Smith, were not favourable to the hypothesis that the dust could
be the volcanic dust of Karakatoa ; but the data collected, on the
contrary pi'ove convincingly, that Karakatoa was the centre of
distribution of the evening glow, and that these set in two days
after the eruption took place.

I do not intend in this paper to dwell in detail on the cause of
the evening glow, and take it as granted, that the cause must be
ascribed to fine particles floating in the air. There is a dispute
whether these particles are ice-crystals or dust. If they were ice
one must be able to discern those rings around the sun which
always make their appearance when the sunlight is transmitted
through clouds of ice-crystals. The radius of such rings which I
have very often had occasion to observe during my Alpine expe-
rience is always 23°. Such rings have been observed of late in
Europe, but not more frequently than in other years, and I think
therefore, I am justified in considering dust as the cause of our
glorious sunsets.

440 THE ERUPTION IN THE STRAITS SETTLEMENTS,

The question now arises whence this dust came. Two sources
only appear possible, and which have been mentioned above.

The dust was distributed from a centre in the neighbourhood of
Karakatoa with exti-aordinary velocity, averaging, according to
the data of the first appearance of the after glow, 2,000 miles per
day. This great rapidity only lasted two days, later on the
distribution was very slow in comparison, averaging only 100 miles
per day. This great rapidity of the distribution at first seems to me
to prove, that the dust must be of meteoric origin. If a cloud of
meteoric dust struck the atmosphere of the earth, which rotating
very rapidly in the tropics moves in a different direction from the
dust cloud, falling towards the earth, it would of course disperse
this dust cloud immediately, and in this manner the great rapidity
of distribution at the beginning is explained. Later on, when the
dust was once moving with the atmosphere, the distribution of
course was very much slower. If the dust came from Karakatoa,
such a difference in the rapidity of the distribution at the
beginning, and afterwards could not be accounted for. Besides it
seems extraordinary that in connection with smaller eruptions no
traces of after glow, even in the nearest vicinity of the Volcano
(Naples), has ever been observed. The long duration of the after
glow, which can even now be observed proves that the dust must
have been there originally in such quantities that a tellurie origin
does not appear at all probable.

I therefore agree with Professor Smith that the dust is of
cosmic origin. But a question now arises which Professor Smith
has not dwelt on, namely, whether there is any connection
between the great eruption in the Straits- Settlements and the
arrival of the cosmic dust cloud.

It is hardly likely that the centre of distribution of the after-
glow that is of the dust in the air should coincide by chance with
the great eruption in space, and the appearance of the dust with
the eruption in time. If this coincidence did not occur by chance
there are two possible ways of accounting for it : either the
eruption was the cause of the appearance of dust or the appearance

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 441

of dust was the cause of the eruption. I have given the reasons
above why I believe the former not to have been the case, and we
must now therefore consider the second alternative.

A dust cloud Hearing the earth must necessarily influence the
earth by its attraction. The general gravitation will attract the
dust cloud to the eai-th, but also the latter towards the former.
When the dust cloud comes near the earth this attraction will be
local, near the place where it reaches the outer surface of the
atmosphere very much stronger in the moment when it falls than
anywhere else, the part of the globe nearest the falling dust cloud
will be attracted in a great measure. If the globe were liquid
the consequence of this local attraction would be, that on and
near the surface from those parts around the place where the dust
cloud was descending the mass would tend to flow towards that
cloud. The firm crust of the earth cannot of course yield to such
a local attraction from without, which can only disturb the
equilibrium on the surface ; but the outer liquid coating, the sea,
and the inner liquid or semi-liquid mass can obey, and in this case
did obey the strain. The sea rose high and swept over the
islands, and the liquid mass in the interior of the earth broke
forth at a place of little resistance, where the pre-existing
volcanoes prove the earth's crust to be weaker than elsewhere in
the vicinity of that place, where the cosmic dust cloud struck the
atmosphere.

I have ascertained an interesting fact, which goes far to prove
the correctness of these statements, and in fact the conclusions
drawn therefrom brought me to the explanation which I have
presented above.

Tidal waves caused by volcanic eruptions are not rare. They
are always caused by a centrifugal shock, and consequently consist
of high waves much higher than those caused by the highest tide,
which are separated f iom each other by steep rare valleys. In this
case, I had occasion to observe the tidal waves at Lyttleton. Here
the irregularity consisted in a sinking of the water, which during
the whole day never reached even middle water-mark, and was at

44 2 THE ERUPTION IN THE STRAITS SETTLEMENTS.

times fully six feet lower than spring ebb tide. Of course, if the tidal
wave is caused by an attraction from without the neighbouring waters
will be drawn from the places around towards the attracting object
in this case the falling dust cloud, and this accounts for the great
difference between this and other tidal waves, which was also
expressed by the extremely long duration of two days in which
period the water in Lyttelton was continually below the average
height.

I have expressed these views in a similar manner in a paper
published in Petermann's Geografische Mittheilungen, where
further details are to be found, and to which essay I refer those of
my readers who may be interested in the matter.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Macleay said that by the last mail from San Francisco, he
had received from the author, Professor Garman, of the Museum
of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass., a pamphlet, con-
taining a description and illustration of a shark of a very
remarkable form. The fish was 5 feet long, with a diameter of
less than 4 inches, the head was like that of a snake, the mouth
large and terminal, the teeth resembling those of a snake, and it
had only one dorsal fin placed opposite the anal. Mr. Garman
proposes for this Sea Serpent looking Shark the name of
Chlamydoselachus anguineus, and thus characterises the Family
Chlaviydoselachida: " Body much elongate, increasing in size
very little anteriorly. Head depressed, broad. Eyes lateral,
without nictitating membrane. Nasal cavity in skull separate
fiom that of mouth. Mouth anterior. Snout broad, projecting
very little. Cusps of teeth resembling teeth of serpents.
Spiracles small, behind the head. One dorsal, without spine.
Caudal without pit at its root. Opercular flap covering first
branchial aperture, free across the isthmus. Intestine with spiral
valve." The only specimen known, a female, was purchased from
Professor H. A. Ward, and is said to have been brought from
Japan.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 443

Mr. Macleay said lie wished to rectify as far as he was able at
pi'esent some unaccountable omissions in the Supplement to the
Catalogue of Australian Fishes, just published in Part 1, of
Vol. IX, of the Proceedings of the Society. These were : —

Lophotes GuntJieri. Johnston. Proc. Roy. Soc, Tasmania, 1882.

Atherina Tasmaniensis. Johnston. Proc. Roy. Soc, Tasmania
1882.

Olistherops Broionii. Johnston. Proc. Roy. Soc, Tasmania,
1883.

Mr. Macleay exhibited for the Rev. T. Wyat Gill a small beetle
from New Guinea — the firefly of the country — found about 40
miles East of Port Moresby. It was of the same family as the
fireflies of Southern Europe, the Lampi/ridce, though probably a
new species. Baron Maclay obseived that he had noticed in
New Guinea many other species of this family producing light in
the same manner.

Mr. P. E. Henderson, C.E., exhibited, through Mr. Neill, a
collection of minerals from Silverton, including a good specimen
of Horn Silver ; and a rich specimen of auriferous quartz from
Cootamundra.

Mr. P. McMahon, J. P., exhibited a specimen of Rock Crystal
(Amethyst) found on the surface near Twofold Bay.

P.L.S., N.S.W., Vol. IX, Plate III.

4b* *"**

~+\

mm

/

mm

V. Lendenfeld, del.

P.L S.,Vol. IX.

Plate V.

^

it

r^ms%n

v^itkT\j

V.Lendenfet I

■

P.L.S., N.X.W., Vol. IX. Plate VI.

V. Lex[>enfkld, del.

PL S„ Vol. IX.

Plate VII.

V. L endenfeld del.

S TttlGHl CUTH.SrDHCY

PL. S., Vol IX.

Plate Vlll.

YLendenfeld del.

$TUI6H4,C*VTH SYDHey

P.L.S. Vol 9.

Pl 9

S.Seclffu

o

0_

~8 -Q <U

=0

CO

o

Oh

W

CO

Pi
W
P-,

to

WEDNESDAY, 25th JUNE, 1884.

The Vice-President, Dr. James C. Cox, F.L.S., &c , in the chair.

Charles E. Tucker, Esq., and Dr. Hankins were introduced
as visitors.

MEMBERS ELECTED.

John Mitchell, Esq., Bowning ; George Masters, Esq. ; Frederick
Stoltenhoff, Esq. ; L. C. Henderson, Esq.

The Chairman announced that G. F. Angas, Esq., F.L.S., etc.,
of London, had been elected a CoiTesponding Member by the
Council.

DONATIONS.

" Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indie." Deel
XLIIL, 1884. From the Eoyal Natural History Society of
Netherlands India.

" Monatliche Mittheilungen desNaturwissenschaftlichen Vereins
des Eegierungsbezirkes Frankfurt." 1st Half Vol., 1S84. From
the Society.

" Phanerogamia of the Mitta Mitta Source Basin. Article 2.

By James Stirling, F.L.S., 1884. From the author.
30

446 DONATIONS.

" Victorian Naturalist." Vol. I., No. 5. May, 1884. From
the Field Naturalist's Club of Victoria.

" Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland." Vol. I.,
Part I., 1884.

" Science." Vol. III., Nos. 62 to 65. April 11th to May 2nd,
1884. Also, Vol. II., Nos. 38, 39 and 42 ; and Vol. III., No. 51.
From the Editor.

" Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History."
Vol. I, No. 5, 1884. Also, " Fifteenth Annual Report for 1883."
From the Museum.

" Medical Press and Circular." No. 2347. April 23rd, 1884.

" Vaccination Inquirer and Health Review." Vol. VI., No. 62.
May, 1884. Also, three Pamphlets on the Vaccination Question.
From the London Society for the Abolition of Compulsory
Vaccination.

" Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania,"
for 1883. From the Society.

" Report on the Progress and Condition of the Botanic Garden,
Adelaide, South Australia, for 1883." From the Director.

"Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes." No. 163. Mai, 1884.
From the Editor.

"Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society." Ser. II.,
Vol. IV., Part 2. April, 1884.

" Fragmenta Phytographise Australian " By Baron F. von
Mueller, K.C.M.G., &c. Decades VI. to XL (1867-1881).
" Eucalyptographia." By Baron von Mueller, K.C.M.Gr., &c.
Decades I. to IX. (1879-1883). "Systematic Census of Australian
Plants." Parti. By Baron von Mueller, K. CM. G., &c. 1882.

DONATIONS. 447

" Natural History of Victoria, Prodromus of the Zoology." By
Professor F. McCoy, F.R.S., <fcc. Decades I. to VIII. (1878-
1883). "Victorian Government Prize Esssays" : (1) " On the
Agriculture of Victoria" ; (2) " On the Origin and Distribution of
Gold in Quartz Veins." From the Government of Victoria.

" Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute."
Vol. NVL, for 1883. From the Institute.

" On the Origination of Typhoid Fever." By A. K. Varley,
Esq., Mount Gambier, S. A., 1884. From the Author.

" Report of the Trustees of the Australian Museum for 1883."
From the Trustees.

" Natiirliche Schopfungsgeschichte, Von Dr. Ernst. Haeckel,
1873." " Kosmos." Von Alex, von Humboldt 4 vols., 8vo.
1845-58. "Recherches Helminthologiques en Danemark et en
Islande." Par Dr. H. Krabbe. From Dr. Schuette

" Official Catalogue of the Wine, Fruit, and Grain at the
Victorian Intercolonial Exhibition of 1884." "Melbourne Uni-
versal Exhibition, 1880. Notices of Public Works, &c, of
Fi-ance," From J. F. Bailey, of Victoria.

" Report on the Kimberiey district, N. W. Australia." By the
Hon. John Forrest, 1883. "Western Australia," History, &c,
by W. H. Knight, Esq., 1870. "Melbourne International
Exhibition, 1880. Catalogue for Western Australia." From the
Government of Western Australia.

" Abhandlungen der Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden
Gesellschaft." Band XIII., Heft. 3. From the Secretary.

" Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie Van
Wetenschappen " Deel. XVIIL, 18s3. Also, " Jaarboekvoor,
1882." From the Academy.

448 DONATIONS.

" Archives Neerlandaises des Sciences exactes et Naturelles."
Tome, XVII. Livr , 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5. Tome, XVIII. Livr. 1,
1882-83. From " La Societe Hollandaise des Sciences k Harlem."

"Annual Report of the Smithsonian Institution for 1881."
From the Director.

" Proceedingsof the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia."
Parts 1, 2 and 3 for 1882. From the Society.

" Journal of the Cincinnati Society of Natural History." Vol.
VI. Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4, 1883. From the Society.

" Proceedings of the Boston Society of JSatural History." Vol.
XXI. Part 4. Vol. XXII. Part 1, 1883.

" Memoires de la Societe Imperiale des Sciences de St. Peters-
bourg." Tome, XXX Nos. 3 to 11, XXXI. Nos. 1 to 9, 1882-83.
"Bulletin." Tome, XXVIII. Nos. 2 and 3. From the Society.

" Zoological Chart." By Dr. Usher. From Harrie Woods, Esq.
Under Secretary for Mines, Sydney.

PAPERS READ.

OCCASIONAL NOTES ON PLANTS INDIGENOUS IN
THE IMMEDIATE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF SYDNEY.

No. 7.

By E. Haviland.

This paper treats of such species of the genus Goodenia as I
have found in the immediate neighbourhood of Sydney. The
genus belongs to the order Goodeniacece, so named after Dr.
Goodenough, Bishop of Carlisle. Of the genus Goodenia we have
the following species common about Sydney, G. ovata, G. bellidi-
folia, G. stelligera, G. hederacea, and a small road-side species,
apparently a variety of G. paniculate/,. G. paniculata itself how-
ever, may be found, though it is not so common as the other
species.

The flowers of this genus are very interesting. The unecpially
lobed corolla, the winged lobes, the position of the stamens and
style, outside the corolla, the presence of an indusium, so unusual
in flowering plants ; all rivet tbe attention of anyone engaged in
the study of vegetable life ; and if my papers did not profess to
speak only of plants belonging to the close neighbourhood of
Sydney, I might refer to the elegance of some of the mountain
species such as G. decurrens or G. pendula: but even those species
I have named, as growing within the limit to which I confine
myself, possess great beauty. I may refer especially to G. ovata,
a fine showy plant of two to four feet high ; the purity of the colour
of its flowers (almost golden yellow) contrasting with its dark
green ovate leaves, gives it an exceedingly pleasing appearance.
G. stelligera is a species found in or near marshes and swampy
ground ; and varies exceedingly, even within the space of a few

•150 NOTES ON PLANTS INDIGENOUS TO SYDNEY,

yards, accordingly as it is found in dry or wet soil. Growing on the
dry ground round the swamp, it is an insignificant plant of four to
six inches high, with few flowers ; and all gradations from that to
a fine robust plant of two feet, bearing a profusion of rich yellow
flowers, may be found as the centre or very wet portions of the swamp
are reached ; marking, not only its character as a marsh plant, but
its necessary treatment if brought under cultivation.

I have examined very carefully all the species to which I have
referred ; and as they all agree in their general form, and
especiallly in those characters essential to this paper ; it will save
time if I speak more particularly of one species only ; and I take
for that purpose Goodenia ovata. The calyx is a linear tube with
five linear lobes ; the lobes as long as the tube. The corolla
monopetalous, but divided into two principal lobes of unequal
size ; the upper and smaller one is again divided nearly to its base
while the lower and larger lobe is divided into three sections, but
not so deeply as the upper one ; there are five stamens ; the style
simple, with an expanded crescent-like stigma, covered by an
indusium. This indusium is an envelope rising from the style
immediately below the stigma, passing on above it and completely
covering it laterally ; but having its mouth open or closed as may
be. It expands towards its upper part, adapting itself to the
crescent form of the stigma ; its edges are densely ciliate. Speaking
of it in one of his lectures, Dr. Woolls says, : " From the days of
Robert Brown various opinions have been held respecting this
indusium, some regarding it as an exaggeration of the rim which
surrounds the stigmatic surface of Heathworts ; some again
considering it as a part of distinct origin though intimately
cohering with the pistil ; whilst others look upon it as necessary
to the fructification of the flower. The parts have been observed
to close on receiving the pollen. However that may be, the organ
is one of deep interest."

If we take a flower of Goodenia ovata in the bud, before it has
even began to open, and carefully dissect it, we shall find the five
stamens as long as the pistil, the anthers just reaching to the top
of the indusium ; the filaments closely packed round the style ; the

BY E. HAVILAND. 451

mouth of the indusium wide open, exposing the stigma inside, as
though it were at the bottom of an open bag ; the whole wrapt up
carefully and securely in the folds of the corolla. Great care is
requisite in this dissection, as the anthers, even at this stage, are
full of pollen, though not ripe ; and being exceedingly delicate
they are liable to be broken and the pollen lodged on the stigma,
which would lead to a- wrong conclusion as to its mode of
fertilization. Now, if we examine a flower a little more open, but
yet not fully expanded, we shall find this state of things quite
altered. The style will now be much longer than the stamens, the
corolla (as I have already said) divided into two principal lobes,
the upper and smaller one again divided almost to its base ; the
lower one thrice divided, though not so low down ; the stamens,
no longer occupying, (as is usual in most other flowers,) the inside
of the corolla, but escaping through the open division of the upper
lobe, close to its base ; and generally growing out and away from
it ; often at a right angle to it. The style will also be found
outside the coi'olla ; but more erect and nearer to the back of the
lobe ; while the indusium is either quite closed, or nearly so ;
the deep ciliate fringe over its mouth, assisting to shelter the
enclosed stigma. Taking now a mature and fully expanded flower
we shall find the stamens still outside, and usually bent farther
away from the corolla ; the anthers all open, and the pollen either
in abundance, or, in some cases, past that stage, all gone, and the
anthers shrivelled. The style however has become very long in
proportion to the stamens, and inclined still more to the corolla ;
until at last, the stigma covered by the indusium has re-entered it,
through the same passage by which it had passed out, the division
of the upper lobe. The re-entrance of the stigma into the corolla
is the more readily effected, since at a short distance below it, the
style is bent nearly at a right angle, just as though a tobacco pipe
were held erect with its bowl upwards, then the stem would
represent the style, and the bowl the indusium, enclosing the
stigma.

The stigma is now, not only out of the reach of the anthers and
pollen of its own flower by its relatively elevated position ; but it

452 NOTES ON PLANTS INDIGENOUS TO SYDNEY.

is also prevented from contact with them, by the indusium
completely covering it ; and separated, too, from them, by the
corolla. The mouth of the indusium now opens widely and the
dense margin of cilia on its edges becomes more erect, forming a
stiff brush, likely to sweep the pollen from any insect bearing it.
It sometimes happens however, that although the mouth of the
indusium is presented to the opening of the corolla, it may not
have quite entered it when the stigma is ready to receive pollen ;
the slightest touch however of the corolla lobe, from the inside,
opens the division, leaving the open indusium and stigma exposed
from within, and in such a position, that an insect could not enter
the corolla without coming into contact with them. The indusium
will often be found in this position, (like that of a person standing
in the open door-way of a room, but not actually in the room) open
and full of pollen covering the stigma ; and which could only have
been placed on it from the inside of the corolla.

As to the fertilization of this plant ; I think there can be little
doubt, when we consider the construction of the flower, that it
must be cross-fertilized. Either each flower must be fertilized by
its own pollen while shut up in the bud ; or by the pollen of some
other flower, after the relative positions of the stigma and anthers
are so changed, that contact between them is impossible. The
first is unlikely, since neither pollen or stigma is mature ; and in
all the flowers I have examined in the bud, either cpiite closed or
partly open, I have found the anthers unbroken and the open
indusium free from pollen. Of course, it is quite possible, that an
insect may alight on the anthers, load itself with pollen, and then
go directly to the stigma of the same flower ; and there is also a
chance of its leaving pollen on one flower which it had gathered
from another on the same plant ; but there can be little doubt that
the species to which I have referred (and perhaps the whole genus)
are entirely dependent upon insects for their fertilization.

NEW AUSTRALIAN FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND
MUSEUM. Part II.

By Charles W. De Vis, M.A.

Ch.etodon aurora.

D. 12/30 (about.) A. 3/20. Lat. 30.

The profile of the head is very concave, the snout produced and
pointed, pre operculum slightly crenulated at the angle, dorsal and
anal fins rounded posteriorly. The ocular band covers the posterior
three-fourths of the oi-bit, and meets its fellow of the opposite side
on the chest. Two broad but very faint bands on the body, the
first from the fourth to sixth dorsal spines to the ventral, the
second, forming on the anterior part of the soft dorsal a bright
black triangle, goes to the anal. A black bar across the base of
the caudal. Behind the black triangle the soft dorsal is bright
buff, its posterior third brown. Anal, caudal peduncle and caudal
yellow, the fins with a narrow intra-marginal black line, tip of
caudal ti-ansparent.

Length, 3£ inches. Locality, Queensland Coast.

Closely related to C. Ulietensis, C & V.

Ch.etodon ephippium. C. &, V.
A half-grown specimen, in all probability from Cardwell.

Celetodon nigripes.
D. 14/23. A. 3/18. Lat. 35.
The insertion of the dorsal is elevated, the profile of the head
and nape descending from it in a nearly straight line. The snout

454 NEW AUSTRALIAN FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM,

produced, conical. The dorsal and anal fins pointed at the posterior
end. The ocular band is narrower than the orbit, but widens on
its lower edge. Body and fins uniform brownish grey, slate colour
posteriorly. Anal with a broad black edge commencing in a point
at the tip and dilating over the greater part of the spines.
Length, 4 inches. Locality, Queensland.

Ch.etodon germanus.
D. 13/24. A. 3/18. Lat. 42.

Nape rather gibbous in front of the dorsal. Snout short, equal
in length to the diameter of the orbit. Dorsal and anal rounded
No ocular band. An indistinct dark band across the forehead, and
a black patch on the gibbosity of the nape. Body with about
eight oblique bands descending forwards. One parallel to them on
the base of the anal. Soft dorsal with a narrow black intra-
marginal line. Caudal with a narrow black crescent in the middle
and broad transparent tip. Anal with a within black edged buff
intra-marginal concentric band, and brown margin.

Length, 2f inches. Locality, Queensland.

CHiETODON TOWNLEYI.

D. 6/28. A. 3/20. Lat. 54.

Snout a little produced, longer than the diameter of the orbit.
Ventral reaching the anal. Dorsal spines gradually increasing in
length to the sixth.

Six brown to black vertical bands, the sixth nai-row across the
tail near the base. The first more or less distinctly double, from
the nape through the eye, meeting its fellow of the opposite side on
the chest. Second over the edge of the opercle. Third, fourth and
fifth from the top of the doi-sal to the bottom of the anal. The
dorsal part of the fourth assuming more or less the form of a
blotch, the fifth interrupted in the middle of its hinder edge by a
large white edged black spot on the caudal peduncle.

Length, 1 to 3 inches. Locality, Moreton Bay.

BY CHARLES W. DE VIS, M.A. 455

A single example received its name from its collector, Captain
Townley, of St. Helena, other specimens have been received
subsequently.

SCATOPHAGUS QUADRANUS.

The fish representing on the Queensland Coast, the Indian
Scatophagus argus Lin. appears to be incapable of identification
with that species. It has no recumbent spine in either its adult
or adolescent states. The spots on the body do not extend beyond
the base of the soft dorsal. When they are present on the caudal
they are limited to its lateral edges, and they scarcely pass on to
the base of the anal. The fourth dorsal spine is 3^ instead of 2h
in the height of the body even in the full grown fish in which the
trunk is relatively elongate. It may be added that no Australian
specimen of S. argus is mentioned by Dr. Gunther. On these
grounds, I venture to draw attention to our well-known fish under
the specific name given above. The absence of the procumbent
spine renders it strictly speaking a Chaatodon, but in its general
characters it is a Scatophagus, and I therefore, refer it to that
genus. Its characters are

D. 11/15-16. A. 4/13-14. L. tr., about 80.

Interorbit half of the length of the head. Pre-orbital with lower
posterior angle minutely serrated. Fourth dorsal spine 3^ in the
height of the adult body.

Colour, dark brown, chest, abdomen and caudal lighter. On the
body black spots becoming smaller on the lower part, not extending
to the nape nor forepart of the abdomen, ncr on the fins, except
the lateral edges of the caudal. "Webs of vertical fins conspi-
cuously darker than the rays.

Length to 13 inches. Locality, Queensland Coasts.

Still commoner on our coasts than the preceding species is the
representative of Scatophagus multifasciatus of Richardson. Its
identification with that species is however, open to the same
cardinal objection — in it also the pro-cumbent spine is entirely and
invariably wanting. Moreover, were it possible to suppose that

456 NEW AUSTRALIAN FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM,

the absence of this generic character could have been overlooked
by the describer of multifasciatus, the identify of our fish would
still remain extremely questionable. Its fourth dorsal spine is the
longest, and is 3 or nearly so in the height of the body against 2^
in the multifasciatus. Its form and markings too are not
sufficiently in accord with those of the subject of the figure given
in the Zoology of the Erebus and Terror, to allow us to refer it to
Dr. Richardson's species. Regarding it therefore as an undescribed
species, I propose for it the name

SCATOPHAGUS ^ETATE-VARIANS.

D. 12/16. A. 4/15.
Height of the body 2 to 2\, and length of the head 4 in the
length of the body, s c. Interorbit, 1\ in the length of the head-
Fourth dorsal spine the longest, 2§ to 3 in the height of the
body. Caudal fin \\ in the same. Length of the median rays of
the caudal much greater than the depth of the caudal peduncle.

Colour, silvery white with markings varying with age. The
young fish has on the upper part of the body five vertical bars,
and on the post-abominal region large spots irregularly disposed.
When about half mature it has two bars across the muzzle, the lower
one continued around the lower lip. Between the orbits a curved
band within a larger one, which curves backward from orbit to
orbit, and is continued backwards on the nape to the first vertical
bar on the body. The body has five bars terminating on the flanks
and breaking up into dark spots on the abdomen, the anterior bar
descending to the upper angle of the operculum, and sometimes
faintly over the operculum. There is also a band from the end of
the soft dorsal half-way to the anal, and another half across the
root of the caudal fin. Between the vei'tical dorsal bands short
alternate ones make their appearance. The dorsal spines are
silvery, the webs of the vertical fins dark. In the adult state the
short alternate bars are lengthened to an equality with the others,
either in continuity or as elongated spots. The irregular abdominal
spots are arranged in two or three continuous longitudinal bands,

BY CHARLES W. DE VIS, M.A. 457

and the markings on the head, except the interorbital band,
become obsolete. The lips, a supraciliary stripe, and the caudal are
dark and the web of the spinous dorsal black. The body is less
deep, the vertex ruore concave and the muzzle rather longer.

Length to 12 inches. Locality, Queensland Coast.

The retention of the two preceding species is justified by the
similar inconstancy in the absence (to the eye) of the pro-cumbent
spine in the allied genus Holacanthus. It is a character which
in both genera should be stated with a reservation. The naked-
ness of the first dorsal in Scatophagies is its distinctive feature.

Two other species of Scatophagus are in the Queensland collec-
tion, one of them near Bougain villi. C & V., but both being
quite young, I forbear to notice them further.

Holacanthus sphynx.

D. 14/16-17. A. 3/17. Lat. 45.

A procumbent dorsal spine. The pre-opercular spine is ■£ of the
length of the head, and has a small one anterior to it. The
vertical fins are rounded, not produced. The pre-orbital pre-
opercle and lower limb of opercle denticulated. Profile equally
convex above and below.

Colour, uniform light golden brown.

Length, 3£ inches. Locality, Queensland Coast.

Holacanthus bicolor. Bl.

The procumbent dorsal spine exposed in the preceding species is,
in bicolor, just covered by the skin.
Locality, Queensland Coast.

Holacanthus semi-circularis. C. & V.

In the Queensland specimen the alternating blue lines are
barely distinguishable.

458 NEW AUSTRALIAN FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM,
TJPENEOIDES RUBRINIGER.

D. 8/8. A. 7. Lat. 27. Tr. 2/5.

The height rather less than a third of the length, s.c. The
length of the head, one-third of the same. Orbit and interorbit,
each 4 J, snout 2\, in the length of the head. Second dorsal
spine, If in the height of the body.

Physiognomy labroid. The profile of the head parabolic.
Colour, dusky reddish brown. The scales narrowly edged, darker.
Head and fins, except the pectoral, black. Pectoral, darker than
the body.

MULLOIDES ARMATUS.

D 7 1 A. 1/6. Lat. 40. Tr. 21/7.

The height of the body is 5-^, and the length of the head, 4^
in the total length. Orbit 3£, snout more than 2£, inter-
orbit 4, dorsal and pectoral 1^, in the length of the head.
Scapula and operculum, each with a short point. The bai'bels
hardly reach the angle of the pi'e-operculum. Profile of the
snout, convex. Pre-orbital high, exceeding post-orbital part of
the head. Tubules of anterior scales of lateral line numerous,
becoming fewer and simpler posteriorly. Teeth of lower jaw
minute in a broad band, of upper, small but distinct.

Colour, uniform ; fins, immaculate.

Length, 6 inches. Locality, Queensland.

Lethrinus ornatus.
D. 10/8. A. 3/8. Lat. 47. Tr. 5/17.
The height of the body is 3J, and the length of the head, 4
nearly, in the total length. Snout 2, orbit 4|, interorbit 3^,
in the length of the head. The fifth (longest) dorsal spine is 3£
in the height of the body, and 2| in the length of the head. The
profile is tumid on the nape, rather concave between it and the
snout. Anterior teeth short, not canines ; posterior teeth molars.
Caudal strongly emarginate. The maxillary does not reach the
anterior nostril, and is not covered by the pre-orbital. A bony
protuberance in front of the orbit.

BY CHARLES W. DE VIS, M.A. 459

Colour, (dry) mottled grey : some of the scales white, some
dark centred. Top of the head chesnut brown ; soft dorsal with
traces of pale spots. Pectoi-al, pale straw colour ; axil, black,
with the black extending on the upper edge of the base of the
pectoral.

Colour, (recent) top of the head nearly greenish blue. Upper
half of the rays of the so*ft dorsal, green ; the webs reticulated
with brown, outer rays of caudal red, passing into golden yellow
near the tip of the upper lobe ; tip white, medians rays tipped
with black; on the body about twenty longitudinal golden streaks.
Many scales of the middle of the trunk with pearly streaks.
General tint bluish on the upper, yellowish on the lower parts.
Sides of the head yellowish, with two blue streaks from the orbit
to the rictus ; rictus within vermilion. Base of pectoral rays
yellow.

Length, 15 inches. Locality, "Wide Bay.

Centropogon nitexs.
D. 14 10. A. 3/5. Lat. ? Tr. £.

The height of the body is 4, and the length of the head to the
tip of the opercular spine 3|, in the total length. Orbit and
interorbit 5, snout 4, in the length of the head. The third
dorsal spine reaches from the tip of the snout to the hinder edge
of the orbit. The dorsal notched, the last spme being two-thirds
of the second ray which is longer than the second spine. The
pectoral is narrow and does not reach to the end of the ventral.
The ventral anal and dorsal webs deeply scalloped. Scales very
distinct, each with three strise converging from the base towards
the margin. Armature of head normal. Colour seems to have
been yellow on the body, the stria? of the scales giving them a
bright glistening appearance. Middle of spinous dorsal blackish,
top of soft dorsal and hinder half of caudal black ; ventral
marbled with black.

Length, 8i inches. Locality, Queensland Coast.

460 new australian fishes in the queensland museum,

Tetraroge Bellona.
D. 15/8. A. 3/4.

Height of body and length of head, each 3£ in the total
length. Orbit and snout, each 3£, interorbit 6, in the length of
the head. Third to sixth dorsal spines (the longest) 21 in the
same. Scales minute, but distinct. The dorsal rises on the nape,
has no notch and is widely separated from the caudal. Third
anal spine the longest. Pre-orbital with two strong denticula-
tions, interorbit with two strong ridges diverging backward ;
nape, with a ridge-like spine, on each side.

Colour, light yellowish brown, blotched with darker brown,
which extends as a patch on the spinous dorsal and forms a cross-
band near the root of the caudal.

Length, 1*4 inch. Locality, Queensland Coast.

Tetraroge Hamiltoni.
D. 16/9. A. 3/5. Lat. 50.

The height of the body and the length of the head are each 3^
in the total length. Orbit 3£, interorbit 6, snout 4, in the
length of the head. Third dorsal spine, 2/3 of the height of the
body. Scales small and harsh, well defined, not extending on the
anterior part of the dorsum. The third dorsal spine the longest,
the 4th and 8th equal. The spinous dorsal higher than the soft
or the anal ; second anal spine longer and stronger than the third.
Spine terminating the pre-opercular ridge long ; the pre-orbital
spine longer ; no opercular ridge. Interorbital furrow shallow,
traversed by two ridges diverging backwards.

Colour, pinky brown, deepening to a rufous brown broad band
descending over the anterior part of the soft dorsal to and over
the corresponding part of the anal ; behind it on the soft dorsal a
narrow fainter band. Spinous dorsal with two groups of brown
specks. Caudal with two bands, one across the root, the other
defining the posterior third. Muzzle and top of head dark brown.
A dark band across the cheeks.

BY CHARLES W. DE VIS, M.A. 461

Length, 3A- inches. Collected by Mr. J. Hamilton, Dunwich,
Moreton Bay ; received also from Mr. Steele, Tweed River.

In the young four cross bands ai"e faintly indicated on the body,
distinctly on the dorsal fin.

ApXoactis lichen.
D. 3 + 11/10. A. 10. P. 13. V. 1/3.
The height of the body is 3, the length of the head 2| in the
length, s.c. The length of the face is If in that of the head.
The first dorsal low, deeply notched. The second dorsal as high
as the length of the caudal, and extending to the base of the
latter. Head large, profile elevated over the operculum. Front
straight, rising at a high angle. No teeth on the vomer nor
palatines.

Colour, liver bi*own with dark blotches irregularly disposed, and
forming cross-bands posteriorly. A large pinky-white lichen-like
spot on the upper corner of the pectoral and similar pink spots on
the opercle and orbit.

Length, 6 inches. Locality, Moreton Bay. Collected by Mr.
G. Watkins, Dunwich.

On comparison with the figure of A. Milesii, Rich, the dis-
tinctive charactei'S of this fish, its nuchal hump, long face, and
high soft dorsal are sufficiently obvious.

Teuthis gibbosus.

A procumbent pre-dorsal spine.

The height of the body is 2?, the length of the head b\, in
the total length. Orbit and snout, each 3 in the length of the
head. Lower profile regularly convex, upper increasing in
convexity under the spinous portion of the dorsal. Last dorsal
spine § of the first ray.

Colour, rufous grey, redder on the back, nearly white on the
abdomen, throat and cheeks. Dark brown spots sparsely scattered
31

462 NEW AUSTRALIAN FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

on the head and lower part of body. A few obscure pale spots on
the lower part of the back.

Length, 6£ inches. Locality, Queensland Court.

Teuthis teuthopsis.

A procumbent pre-dorsal spine.

The height of the body is nearly 2, the length of head 2| in
the length, s.c. Orbit 3-J-, snout and interorbit, each 2£ in the
length of the head. The upper lobe of the caudal the longer.

Lower part of the head, chest, and fore-part of the trunk with
rather large pale dark-edged spots most conspicuous on the opercle
where they are disposed in descending series.

Length, 8 inches. Locality, Queensland Coast.

The presence of a feature unicpie in the genus might be held
sufficient to warrant the formation of a new generic term for the
fish. This, however, I leave to others.

Teuthis flava.
A pi'ocumbent predorsal spine.

The height of the body is 2j?, the length of the head, 4| in
the total length. Orbit 3, snout 2|, in the length of the head.
Profile regularly and equally convex above and below. Caudal,
strongly emarginate. Head, small.

Colour, uniform light purplish brown. The middle part of the
body yellowish, especially near the head. Two dark bars from
the orbit to the rictus. Pectorals yellow.

ON A MAKINE SPECIES OF PHILOUGEIA.

Plate XL

By Charles Chilton, M.A.

The Isopod described in this Paper was obtained at Coogee Bay-
near Sydney, on December 30th, 1883. I took it in considerable
numbers creeping on the under surface of stones, which were
completely covered by sea-water in rock-pools near high water
mark.

The only Oniscince mentioned in Mr. Haswell's " Catalogue of
the Australian Crustacea " are Porcellio graniger and P. obtusifrons
so that my Isopod which belongs to the genus Philougria, is
evidently new to the Australian fauna, and as it differs from the
species of that genus which I can find descriptions of, I have
ventured to think it is new to science. On account of its
extraordinary habitat, I propose to call it Philougria marina. I
have not been able to find any record of other marine species of
the Oniscince, but it must be remembered, that the works of
reference at my disposal are very few in number.

There can be little doubt that all the terrestrial Isopoda are
descended from marine forms, hence the question naturally arises
— is this Philougria a direct descendant of a form that has always
kept to its marine habitat ; or is it a terrestrial form that has
found it convenient to return to the original habitat in the sea ?

4G4 ON A MARINE SPECIES OF PIIILOUGRIA,

'To this question I can give no satisfactory answer, but it resembles
the terrestrial Philougria so closely that I am inclined to think it
is a terrestrial form that has in the struggle for existence been
forced to return to a life in the sea.

I append a detailed description : —

Philougria marina, sp. nov. Plate, XI., fig. 1 to 6. Length
of body rather more than twice the greatest breadth ; lateral lobes
of the cephalon projecting about as far as the central portion which
is rather pointed ; eyes rather large and prominent, considerably
raised above the lateral portions of the cephalon. External
antenna? slightly longer than the cephalon and first three segments
of the pereion, first three joints short, fourth as long as the two
preceding, fifth slightly longer than the third and fourth together,
narrow at base and slightly sinuous, flagellum a little longer than
the fourth joint, composed of four joints, first three of about equal
length, but narrowing distally, fourth slender, merging almost
imperceptibly at the end into a pencil of very short setae. Internal
antennae very small, of three joints, the first much larger than
either of the others, as loug as the second and third together, the
second and third joints each bearing a small stout seta at their
distal ends. Thoracic legs rather spinous, the lai'gest spine, which
splits up into three or four branches, being situated on the inferior
margin of the carpus near its distal end. From the dactylos
of each leg arises a seta longer than the dactylos, divided into two
branches, the one remote from the dactylos being the longer and
clubbed at the end, the other branch simple. Terminal segment of
pleon triangular, sides concave, end rounded and supplied with
two or three very small short setee, not reaching quite as far as the
end of the peduncle of the terminal pleopoda. Terminal
pleopocla moderately long, basal joint large, as long as broad, inner

BY CHARLES CHILTON, M.A. 465

ramus as long as the peduncle, articulated to its inner margin at
some distance from its extremity, slender, ending in a few setae,
the longest of which is about three-fourths the length of the joint ;
outer ramus twice as long as the inner and much stouter, narrowing
distally, ending in a few very short setae. The whole body, the
outer antennae and the terminal pleopoda supplied with short
stout scattered spines. Colour, light yellow, thickly covered with
black or dark-brown stellated markings.

Length of largest specimen, 6 mm.

Habitat. In rock-pools at Coogee Bay, N. S. Wales.

The mandible is shewn in fig. 3 and 3a. I have been unable to
find a molar tubercle in it. The cutting edge of the mandible
itself consists of four teeth, three of about equal size, the fourth
much smaller ; the cutting edge of the accessory appendage ends in
two large teeth and one or two smaller ones. In one specimen
examined, the teeth were much blunter than those drawn, probably
it was an older specimen. Near the base of the accessory
appendage is a thin membranous plate fringed with setae, the two
innermost ones being the largest and fringed on one side. Further
along the inner edge of the mandible is another stout curved seta
with one edge fringed, and beyond this again are four setae arising
from a common projection, the first is the shortest, the second and
third increasing in length, all three having one side fringed, the
fourth is much longer and is simple, Probably all these fringed
setae of the one mandible meet those of the other mandible in the
median line and form a straining apparatus, or, since the setae are
somewhat stout, they may also be of some use in triturating the
food of the animal and thus to a certain extent take the place of
the molar tubercle.

466 ON A MARINE SPECIES OF PIIILOUGRIA. ',

I attach some importance to the peculiar seta arising from the
dactylos of each thoracie leg, it appears to be very constant, and
will, I think, aid in recognising the species ; a seta similar, but
quite distinct in form, is found in the species common in Canterbury,
New Zealand, which I have identified with Philougria rosea.

The pleopoda, except the terminal pair, are very delicate ; they
consist of a basal portion much broader than long, which bears two
broad plates, the inner one the smaller and without seta?, the
outer one supplied with several rather long very delicately
plumose seta?, and between these several very small delicate
simple seta?.

Description or Plate XI.

Fig. — 1. Philougria marina, xl9.

Fig. — 2. Outer antennae of same, x45.

Fig. — 3. Mandible of same, xl80. a. End of same (compressed) x350.

Fig. — 4. Thoracie leg of same, x83. a, dactylos of same more highly

magnified.

Fig. — 5. Pleopod of same, x72.

Fig. — 6. Extremity of abdomen of same, x45.

THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS^E.

Part IV.— Plates 12 to 17.

By Pi. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

THE GRAPTOLITHID^E, PLUMULAKIMI
AND DICORYNIDJE.

6. FAMILY. GRAPTOLITHID^.

Possessing a chitinous Endo- and Exo-skeleton. The former
rod-shaped. Colonies free swimming, probably extinct. From
the Cambrian to the lower Devonian.

I. GROUP. GRAPTOLOIDEA. Lapworth.
Hydrosome developed from a Sicula, every canal containing
Coenosarc, bears only one row of cells. Axis (Virgula) on the
dorsal side, in a furrow of the inner lamina.

A. MONOPRIONID.E,
Hydrothecae in one row opposite the axis.

1. SUB-FAMILY MONOGRAPTIN^E.
MONOGRAPTIDJ3. Lapworth.
Developed one-sided; pointed ends of the Sicula pointing
upwards, united with the doi'sal margin of the proximal end of a
single or composite Hydrosome.

No Australian representatives of this Sub-family are known.

468 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS.E,

2. SUB-FAMILY. LEPTOGRAPTIN.-E.
LEPTOGRAPTID/E. Lapworth.

Hydrosome bilateral, with irregular branches. Cells apart, just
touching. Sicula persistent in the axilar. The broad part
forming the proximal end of the Hydrosome.

No Australian representatives of this Sub-family are known.

3. SUB-FAMILY. DICHOGRAPTIN^E.
DICHOGRAPTID/E. Lapworth.

Bilateral. Branches of regular cells, very dense, rectangular
Sicula persistent, its point at the proximal end of the Hydrosome.

15. GENUS. DIDYMOGRAPSUS. McCoy.

Only two simple branches, without funiculus : Sicula axilar with
the point turned upward; lower Silurian.

87. DIDYMOGRAPSUS FRUTICOSUS. Hall,

McCoy (1) describes this species from the lower Silurian slates
(Llandeilo flags) of Bird Reef, Bendigo, and many other places in
Victoria.

88. DIDYMOGRAPSUS QUADRIBRACHIATUS. Hall.

This species was described by McCoy. (2) It is found together
with the former species in many places in Victoria.

89. DIDYMOGRAPSUS BRYONOIDES. Hall.

This species was described by McCoy (3) from many places in
Victoria.

90. DIDYMOGRAPSUS OCTOBRACHIATUS. Hall.

This species occurs together with the former in several places in
Victoria (4.)

(1.) McCoy. Proclromus of the Paleontology of Victoria. Decade 1,
p. 13, pi. I.

(2.) McCoy. (l.c), p. 15, pi. II.

(3.; McCoy. (I.e.), p. 16, pi. II.

(4. J McCoy. (I.e.), p. 17, pi. II.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 469

91. DIDYMOGRAPSUS LOGANI. Hall.

This species together with an aberrant variety named by McCoy.
D. L. Var. Australia is found in Castlemaine, Kangaroo Creek,
and in other places in Victoria. (1.)

92. DIDYMOGRAPSUS EXTENSUS. Hall.
This species occurs in great abundance in the black Llandeilo

flags (2.)

93. DIDYMOGRAPSUS CADUCENS. Salter.

This species occurs in Castlemaine and other places in Victoria (3).

94. DIDYMOGPAPSUS GRACILIS. Hall.

This species was obtained from the Bala flock, north-west of
Bulla (4.)

95. DIDYMOGRAPSUS THUREANI. McCoy.

This species was obtained from Llandeilo and Sandhurst (5.)

96. DIDYMOGRAPSUS HEADI. McCoy.

Rare in the Llandeilo flags, and in a few other places in (6)
Victoria.

16. GENUS. CLADOGRAPSUS. McCoy, non. Geinitz !

Stem simple below with two rows of cells and mid-rib as in
Diplograpsus ; dividing above into branches with one row of cells
only ; cells excavated in the margin as in Climacograptus ; without
distinct tubes.

97. CLADOGRAPSUS RAMOSUS. Hall.

Not uncommon in the white Llandeilo flags, and in the black
flags north-west of Bulla (7.)

(1.) McCoy. (I.e.), p. 18, pi. II.

(2.) McCoy. (La,), Decade II., p. 29, pi. XX.

(3.) McCoy. (La), p. 30, pi. XX.

(4.) McCoy. (I.e.), p. 35, pi. XX.

(5.) McCoy, (i.e.), Decade V., p. 39, pi. L.

(6.) McCoy. (I.e.), p. 40. pi. L.

(7.) McCoy. (I.e.), Decade II., p. 33, pi. XX.

470 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS.E,

98. CLADOGRAPSUS FURCATUS. Hall.
In the reddish and whitish Llandeilo flag (1.)

4. SUB-FAMILY. DICRANOGRAPTIN.E.
DICRANOGRAPTID^L Lapworth.
Hydrosome consists of two, originally dox-sally united axis. Cells
overlapping. Exterior part indented. Broad end of the Sicula
on the proximal end of the Hydrosome.

There are no Australian representees of this Sub-family known.

B. DIPRIONID^E.
Cells in two rows, axis central.

5. SUB-FAMILY. DIPLOGRAPTINiE.
DIPLOGRAPTIDJE. Lapworth.
Hydrosome consists of two branches, dorsally joined. Sicula
imbedded. The broad part forming the proximal end of the
Hydrosome.

17. GENUS. DIPLOGRAPSUS. McCoy.

Stems simple, straight with a slender central axis ; cells oblique

in two rows alternating often with two spines near the exterior

opening.

99. DIPLOGRAPSUS MUCRONATUS. Hall.

Very abundant in Llandeilo and Bulla (2.)

100, DIPLOGRAPSUS PRISTIS. Hisinger.
This species is found together with the former, and in other
places in Victoria (3.)

101. DIPLOGRAPSUS RECTANGULARIS. McCoy.
This species is found in Llandeilo and Bulla (4.)

(1.) McCoy. (I.e.), p. 37, pi. XX.

(2) McCoy. (I.e.), Decade I., p. 20, pi. I.

(3) McCoy. (I.e.), Decade I., p. 11, pi. I.

(4) McCoy. (I.e.), Decade I., p. 11, pi. I.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 471

102. DIPLOGRAPSUS PALMENS. Barrande.
Very abundant in the black Llandeilo flags (1.)

18. GENUS. CLIMACOGRAPTUS. Hall.

Cells vertical, free, in section suboval, divided from each other
by deep cavities, without ornament or with a simple marginal
spine. Hydrosome tapering, in section circular, or divided into
two flaps. Axis prolonged beyond the distal end.

103. CLIMACOGRAPTUS BICORNIS. Hall.
This species has been found in Victoria (2.)

6. SUB-FAMILY. PHYLLOGRAPTIN.E
PHYLLOGPtAPTID.E. Lapworth.

Hydrosome consists of four biserial axes, which coalesce with
their dorsal sides. Sicula imbedded. The broader ends close to
the proximal terminations of the Hydrosomes.

19. GENUS. PHYLLOGRAPTUS. Hall.

Leafshaped, cells rectangular, the lateral surfaces touching.
Outer opening with two protruding spines.

104. PHYLLOGRAPTUS FOLIUM. Hisinger.
The variety P. F. var. Typus Hall of this species is very
abundant in many places in Victoria (3.)

II. GROUP. RETIOLOID.E. Lapworth.
No Sicula. The Coenosark of the common canal developes a
double row of cells. Epidermis supported by chitinous fibres.

7. SUB- FAMILY. GLOSSOGRAPTIN.E.
GLOSSOGRAPTID.E. Lapworth.

Both axes united in the middle of the body.

No Australian representatives are known of this Sub-family.

(1.) McCoy. (I.e.;, Decade II., p. 32, pi. XX.
(2.) McCoy. (I.e.), Decade I., p. 12, pi. I.
(3.) McCoy. (I.e.), Decade I., p. 7, pi. I.

472 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS.E,

8. SUB-FAMILY. GLADIOGRAPTIN^.
GLADIOGRAPTID.E. Lapworth.
Both axes separate. Perfect exoskeleton of chitinous fibres.

20. GENUS. RETIOLITES. Barrande.

Hydrosome, simple tapering towards both ends. Axes straight
or zig-zag shaped, often rudimentary. Cells rectangular. Both
rows alternating. Inner Periderm layer a wide-meshed net.

105. RETIOLITES AUSTRALIS. McCoy.
This species occurs to the north-west of Keilor in Victoria (1.)

7. FAMILY. PLUMULARIDJE. Hincks, 1868.

Hydropolypime forming colonies, consisting of generative
Zooids, Polypostyls, alimentary Polyps and Machopolyps.

All these different kinds of Polyps are invested by chitinous
cups, and appear regularly disposed along a stem, which in many
cases is regularly branched, pinnate.

21. GENUS. PLUMULARIA. McCrady.

From a creeping and anastomosing Hydrorhiza plumous shoots
arise, which bear Zooids. All the Zooids are invested by chitinous
cups or cupsules. The Hydrotheca? cup-shaped ; the Nematophores
distributed along the stem and branches. Polypostyles different
in the two sexes.

The structure of several species of this genus was investigated
by Hamann (2), Jickeli (3), Weismann (4), and myself (5.)

(1.) McCoy. (I.e.), Decade II., p 36, pi. XX.

(2.) 0. Hamann. Der Organismus der Hydroiclpolypen Janaische Zeit-
schrift. Band XV., Seite 529.

(3.) C. Jickeli. Der Bau der Hydroidpolypen, II. Morphologisches
Jahrbuch. Hand VIII., Seite 636, ff.

(4.) A. Weismann. Ueber die Entstehung der Sexualzellen bei den
Hydromedusen, Seite 172, ff.

(5.) i?. v. Lendenfeld. Ueber Wehrthiere and Nesselzellen. Zeitschr. f.
wiss. Zool. Band XXXVIII. , Seite 354, translated into English Annales
and Magazine of Natural History, 5th series. Nr. 71.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 473

106. PLUMULARIA CAMPANULA. Busk.

This species was found in Bass' Straits and has been described
by Busk (1.)

107. PLUMULARIA BUSKII. Bale.

This species was found at Griffith's Point and has been described
by Bale (2).

10S. PLUMULARIA AGLAOPHENIOIDES. Bale.

This species was found at Broughton Islands and has 'been
described by Bale (3.)

109. PLUMULARIA OBCONICA. Kirchenpauer.
This species was found in the Gulf of St. Vincent and has
been described by Kirchenpauer (4).

110. PLUMULARIA RADIA. Kirchenpauer.

This species was found in Brisbane and has been described by
Kirchenpauer (5).

111. PLUMULARIA EFFUSA. Busk.

This species was found in Torres Straits and has been described
by Busk (6), and Kirchenpauer (7).

112. PLUMULARIA RAMSAYI. Bale.

This species was found in Port Denison and other ports, and has
been described by Bale (8).

(1.) E. Bush. Narrative of a Voyage in H.M.S. Rattlesnake.

(2.) W. Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 125.

(3.) TV. Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 126.

(4.) G. Kirchenpauer. Ueber die Hydroiden Familie Plumularidae etc.
Abhandlungen des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereines in Hamburg. Band
VI., Seite 46

(5.) G. Kirchenpauer. Ueber die Hydroiden Familie Plumularidae etc.
Abhandlungen des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereines in Hamburg. Band
VI., Abtheilung 2, Seite 45.

(6.) Busk. Narrative of a voyage in H.M.S. Rattlesnake.

(7.) G. Kirchenpauer. Ueber die Hydroiden Familie Plumularidae etc.
Abhandlungen des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereines in Hamburg. Band
VI., 2 Ab. Seite 46.

(8. W. Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 131.

474 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS.E,

113. PLUMULARIA CORNUTA. Bale.

This species was found in Port Denison and other harbours,
and has been described by Bale (1.)

114. PLUMULARIA PRODUCTA. Bale

This species was found in Queenscliff and other places, and has
been described by Bale (2.)

115. PLUMULARIA FILICAULIS. Pceppig.

This species described by Poeppig (3) and Kirchenpauer (4),
from South America, has been found at Portland, Victoria, bv

Bale (5).

116. PLUMULARIA SETACEOIDES. Bale.

This species was found in Botany Bay and other Ports, and has
been described by Bale (6). I have myself found it in Port

Phillip.

117. PLUMULARIA DELICATULA. Bale.

This species was found in Griffith's Point and has been
described by Bale (7.)

118. PLUMULARIA GOLDSTEINII. Bale.

This species was found in Queenscliff and has been described by

Bale (8.)

119. PLUMULARIA OBLIQUA. Hincks.

This cosmopolitan species has been desciibed by Saunders (9)

and Johnstone (10), as Laomedea obliqua ; by Lister (11) as

(1.) W. Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 132.

(2.) W. Bale. On the Hydroida of South-eastern Australia. Journal of
the Microscopical Society of Victoria, April, 18S2, p. 39.

(3.) Pc&ppig. Manuscript.

(4.) G. Kirchevpauer. Ueber die Hydroid en Familie Plumularidas etc.
Abhandlungen des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereines in Hamburg

(5.) TV. Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 134.

(6.) TV. Bale. On the Hydroida of South-eastern Australia. Journal of
the Microscopical Society of Victoria. April, 1882, p. 40.

(7.) TV. Bale. On the Hydroida of South-eastern Australia. Journal of
the Microscopical Society of Victoria, April, 1SS2, p. 40.

(S.) TV. Bale. On the Hydroida of South-eastern Australia. Journal of
the Microscopical Society of Victoria, April, 18S2. p. 41.

(9.) Saunders. Manuscript in litteris.

(10-) Johnstone. History of British Zoophytes.

(11.) Lister. Philosophical Transactions for 1S34.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 475

Campanularia, and more rightly by Hincks (1) as above. It has
been described by Bale (2) from Portland and Tasmania, and
found by myself in Port Phillip.

120. PLUMULARIA SPINULOSA. Bale.

This species I found on the drift in Timaru, New Zealand.
It has been described by Bale (3), from Queenscliff, Victoria.

121. PLUMULARIA PULCHELLA. Bale.

This species was found at Queenscliff and has been described by
Bale (4.)

122. PLUMULARIA HYALINA. Bale.

This species was found at Queenscliff and has been described by
Bale (5.)

123. PLUMULARIA COMPRESSA. Bale.

This species was found at Portland and has been described by
Bale (6.)

124. PLUMULARIA AUSTRALIS. Kirchenpauer.

This species was found in Portland and has been described by
Kirchenpauer (7.)

125. PLUMULARIA FILAMENTOSA. Lamarck.

This species was found in the Southern Seas, and has been
described by Lamarck (8), and Blainville (9.)

(1.) Hincks. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, April, 1861.

(2.) W. Bale. Catalogue of the Aush-alian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 138.

(3.) W. Bale. On the Hydroida of South-eastern Australia. Journal of
the Microscopical Society of Victoria, April, 1882, p. 42.

(4.) W. Bale. On the Hydroida of South-eastern Australia. Journal of
the Microscopical Society of Victoria, April, 1882, p. 42.

(5.) W. Bale. On the Hydroida of South-eastern Australia. Journal of
the Microscopical Society of Victoria, April, 18S2, p. 41.

(6.) W. Bale. On the Hydroida of South-eastern Australia. Journal of
the Microscopical Society of Victoria, April, 1882, p. 43.

(7.) G. Kirchenpauer. Ueber die Hydroiden Familie Plumularidae etc.
Abhandlungen des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereines in Hamburg. Band
VI., Seite49.

(8.) Lamarck. Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Vertebres.

(9.) Blainville, Manual d' Actinologie.

476 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS^,

126. PLUMULARIA SULCATA. Lamarck.
This species was found in the Southern Seas and has been
described by Lamarck (1), and Blainville (2.)

127. PLUMULARIA SCABRA. Lamarck.
This species fiom the Southern Sea has been described by
Lamarck (3), and Blainville (4.)

12S. PLUMULARIA LAX A. Allman.
This Hydroid was dredged by the Challenger in Station 163.
Lat. 36° 56' S. long. 150° 30' E., in a depth of 120 fathoms, and
has been described by Allman (5.)

129. PLUMULARIA GRACILIS. Nov. sp.
Plate XIV., fig. 17. Plate XVII., fig. 28, 29.

Shoots few in number rising from an anastomosing network of
Hydro rhiza to a height of 10 cm. Regularly pinnately branched,
each pinna bears secondary Pinnte. Stem and branches black,
ultimate Pinna? transparent, light yellow. Pinna? alternate, one
on each Internode. Hydrotheca? cup-shaped with an entire margin,
the superior part of which projects beyond the inferior, adnate
to the Pinna?. Slightly bithalamic. Nematophores, two lateral
inferior ones in front of each Hydrotheca, and two medial ones
behind and above Male Gonophores a double row along the main
branches oval, with spinous projections on the top.

This species was dredged by the Hon. William Macleay in
Torres Straits. Macleay Museum.

130. PLUMULARIA RUBRA. Nov. spec.
Plate XIII., figs. 11, 12, plate XIV, fig. 15.
From a creeping Hydrorhiza which invests Alga? of the Lami-
narian Zone, shoots rise up, which attain a height of 4 cm. The

(1.) Lamarck. Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Vertebres.
(2.) Blainville. Manual d' Actinolegie.

(3.) Lamarck. Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Vertebres-
(4.) Blainville. Manual d' Actinologie.

(5.) G. Allman. Report on the Hydroida. The Zoology of the Voyage
of the H.M.S. Challenger. Part XX., p. 19.

BY E. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 477

Pinnae are distant and irregularly alternate, one to each Internode.
The whole animal is bright brick red. The Hydrothecae are cup-
shaped and adnate throughout their entire length. The margin is
entire, slightly undulating, the whole cup slightly quadrangular
pyramidal. Every second Internode of the Pinna bears a Hydro-
theca. Nemotophores small and wide-mouthed, bithalamic. An
inferior pair in front of each Hydrotheca and two medial ones
behind each Hydrotheca. The anterior of these is similar to the
paired Nemotophores with a terminal opening lying in a plain
vertical to the axis of the Nematophore. The terminal opening of
the posterior one is oblique and looks forward.

The Gonophores are borne along the stem on the Pinnae and
spring from the base of the Hydrotheca ; Male, oval, tapering
below • Female, slender, pear-shaped, with a jointed stalk bearing
two Nematophores near the base.

I obtained this species from sea- weeds of the Laminarian Zone
in Port Jackson.

131. PLUMULARIA TORRESIA. Nov. sp.
Plate XTII.,figs. 13, 14, plate XIV., fig. 16
The Polyp colony consists of a thick branching stem (polysy-
phonic) on the branches of which slightly pinnate or irregular
branchlets are found. The whole attains a height of 5 cm. The
Hydrothecae are cup-shaped, the margin is entire in its greater
part, and has one tooth with a concave incision below. The cup
is slightly elevated. The Nematophores are broad and stout, oval,
bithalamic, one pair below each Hydrotheca ; two medial ones
between the Hydrothecae. Male Gonophores very slender, oval ;
female, pear-shaped and stalked. This species was dredged by
the Hon. W. Macleay in Torres Straits. (Macleay Museum.)

132, PLUMULARIA TRIPARTITA. Nov. sp.

Plate XII., figs. 8, 9, 10.

From a creeping Hydrorhiza pinnately branched, shoots arise

which attain a height of 4 cm. The pinnae are alternate, and

there is one pinna to each internode. The Hydrothecae are

32

478 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDR0MEDUS.E,

distant on every second internode of the pinna, adnate through
half their length, tubular, with entire margin. The Hydranth is
divided into three different parts by two strictures. Yellow
gland-cells are scattered in the outer widest part, and are found in
a dense mass in the central extension of the gastral cavity.
Nematophores a pair of inferior on each Hydrotheca, one above
and behind the Hydrotheca, and one to each intermediate inter,
node. Gonophores unknown.

I obtained this species in Pert Phillip, Victoria ; and Timaru,
New Zealand.

In the young shoots, cells were observed similar to those
described by Jickeli, in Campanularia (1.) Plate XII., fig. 10.

22. GENUS. ANTENNULARIA. Lamarck.

Plumularidfo consisting of an anastomosing Hydrorhiza from
which stems arise which possess verticillate branchlets. Alimentary
Zooids in cup-shaped Hydrotheca?. Machopolypes in bithalamic
Nematophores to each Alimentary Zooid : one inferior pair and
two medial susperior ones between the Alimentary Zooids.
Polypostyles in Gonothecse which are axilliary and lateral.

The Histology of Antennularia antennina was investigated by
Weismann (2), and this species, together with A. ramosa, served
Hamann (3) as material for his investigations.

133. ANTENNULARIA CYLINDRICA. Bale.

This species was found in Port Curtis and has been described by

Bale (4.)

134. ANTENNULARIA CYMODOCA. Busk.

This species was found in Australian waters and has been
described by Busk (5.)

(1.) C. F. Jickeli. Ueber den Bau der Hydroidpolypen. Morphologiscb.es
Jahrbuch Band VIII. Seite 632.

(2) A. Weismann. Die Entstehung der Sexualzellen bei den Hydro-
medusen. Seite 188.

(3) 0. Hamann. Der Organisums der Hydroidpolypen. Jenaische
Zeitschrift. Band XV. Seite 529, 530.

(4.) W. Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 146.
(5.) T. Busk. Transactions of the British Association, 1S50.

BY R. VON LEMDEXFELD, PH.D. 479

23. GENUS. SCIURELLA Allraan.

Hydrocladia not disposed in pinnae, but springing from many
points round the circumference of chord-like stems. Gonangia
situated in the axils of the hydrocladia, provided with sym-
metrically disposed horn-like processes, and enclosing a ramified
blastostyle, the branches of which are in connection with moveable
Nematophores distributed over the surface of the gonangium.

135. SCIURELLA INDIVISA. Allman.

This Hydroid was dredged by the Challenger, off Somei-set
Island, Cape York, Torres Strait, in a depth of 5-10 fathoms and
has been described by Allman (1.)

24. GENUS. ACANTHELLA. Allman.

Hydrocladia pinnately disposed, bearing branches terminating
in simple jointed prolongations in which the places of the hydro-
cladia are taken by spinelike appendages.

136. ACANTHELLA EFFUSA. Busk.

This Hydroid was dredged by the Rattlesnake, in Torres Straits
off Cape York, and on reefs off Zamboanga, at a depth of 10
fathoms, by the Challenger (1.) It was described by Busk (2.)

25. GENUS. HETEROPLON. Allman.

Hydrocladia pinnate ; Hydrothecal Internode with the lateral
Nematophores moveable, and with a mesial fixed, spine-like Nema-
tophore below the Hydrotheca.

(1.) G Ailman. Report on the Hydroida. The Zoology of the voyage
of H.M.S. Challenger, part XX., p. 26.

(2.) G. Allman. Report on the Hydroida. The Zoology of the voyage
of H.M.S. Challenger, part XX., p. 27.

(3 ) T. Busk. A voyage in H.M.S. Rattlesnake. Vol. I., p. 400.

480 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS^E,

137. HETEEOPLON PLUM A. Allman.

This Hydroid was dredged at Station 162 of the Challenger,
east off Moncoeur Island, Bass' Straits, in a deptli of 40 fathoms,
and has been described by Allman (I).

20. GENUS. AGLAOPHENIA. McCrady.

Shoots plumose, pinnate, often branched, rooted Ly a filiform
stolon ; alimentary Zooids with Hydrothecse, which are generally
toothed or lobed at the margin ; a median superior and two inferior
Machopolypes connected with each alimentary Zooid, no others
along the polypiferous ramules ; Polypostyles enclosed in corbulse,
or borne on specially modified pinnpe.

The structure of several species of Aglaophenia has been investi-
gated by Weismann (2), and myself (3.)

138. AGLAOPHENIA. KIRCHENPAUER1. Nov. sp.
Plate XV., figs. 20, 21, 22, 23.

Stem smooth, divided by oblique joints into short internodes, each
of which bears a Pinna. The Pinnae are nearly opposite, long,
approximate and point to one side. Hydrothecoe cup-shaped,
margin slightly toothed, the lower part with two symmetrical
shallow indentures and slightly projecting, not adnate. The
inferior Nematophores barrel-shaped, the superior long and tubular
with a terminal and lateral apeiture. Half as long again as the
Hydrotheca and adnate to it only in its lower half. Corbulae
oval with seven serrated ribs. Gonothecse oval, stalked.

This species attains a height of 5 cm. It was obtained at
Griffith's Point in Victoria. The specific name needs no
explanation.

(1.) G Allmann. Report on the Hydroida. The Zoology of the Voyage
of H.M.S. Challenger. Part XX., p. 32.

(2 ) A. Weismann. Die Entstehung der Sexualzellen bei den Hydro-
medusen. Seite 191.

(3.) R. v. Lendenfeld. Ueber Wehrthicre find Nesselzellen. Zeitschr. f.
wiss. Zool. Band XXXVIII. , Seite 355. Translated into English Annals
and Magazine of Natural History, 5th Series. Nr. 71.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 481

139. AGLAOPHENIA PLUMOSA. (Bale.)

This species was found in South Australia and Victoria, and
has been described by Bale (1).

I have found it also at Griffiths Point and in Port Phillip,
Victoria.

140. AGLAOPHENIA URENS. Kirchenpauer.

This species was found in Java Sea, Brisbane, Port Stephens,
and Port Denison, East coast of Australia, and has been described
by Kirchenpauer '2).

141. AGLAOPHENIA SQUARROSA. Kirchenpauer.

This species was found in Port Stephens, and has been described
by Kirchenpauer (3).

142. AGLAOPHENIA RUBENS. Kirchenpauer.

This species was found in Port Denison and has been described
by Kirchenpauer (4).

143. AGLAOPHENIA LONGICOKNIS. Kirchenpauer.

This species found by Busk (5) in Prince of Wales Channel,
and named by him Plumularia longicornsi has been described and
placed under the Genus Aglaophenia by Kirchenpauer (6.)

(1) W. Bale. Catalogue of Australian Hydro-id Zoophytes, p. 153 ; and
On the Hydroida of South East Australia, Journal of the Microscopical
Society of Victori?, Vol. II., p. 37

(2) G Kirchenpauer. Ueber die Hydroidenfamilie Plumularidas, etc
Abhandlungen des Naturwissensehaftlichen Vereines in Hamburg. Band
V., Abtheilung 3, Seite 46.

(3) G. Kirchenpauer. Ueber die Hydroidenfamilie Plumularidte, etc.
Abhandlungen des Naturwissensehaftlichen Vereines in Hamburg. Band V.,
Abtheilung 3. Seite 47.

(4) G. Kirchenpauer. Ueber die Hydroiden Familie Plumularidaj, etc.
Abhandlungen des Naturwisseuschaftlichen Vereines in Hamburg, Band V.,
Abtheilung 3 Seite 48.

(5.) T. Busk. Narrative of a voyage in H.M.S. Rattlesnake, Vol. I.

(6.) G. Kirchenpauer. Uber die Hydroiden Familie, Pluinularidae, etc.
A bhandlungen des Naturwissensehaftlichen Vereines in Hamburg. Band V. ,
Abtheilung 3. Seite 47.

482 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS.E,

144. AGLAOPHENIA PHCENICEA. Kirchenpauer.

This species found by Busk (1) in several parts of the
Australian waters and named by him Plumularia phcenicea has
been described by Kirchenpauer (2) as Aglaophenia phcenicea.

145. AGLAOPHENIA HUXLEYI. Bale.

This species was found by Bask (3) at Port Curtis and described
by him as Plumularia Huxleyi. It is identical with Lamouraux's
(4) Aglaophenia angulosa, and Plumularia angulosa Lamarck (5.)
Bale names it as above (6).

146. AGLAOPHENIA DIVARICATA. Bale.

This species is frequent on many parts of the Australian coast.
It has been described by Busk (7) as Plumaria divaricata, by
Kirchenpauer (8) as Aglaophenia ramosa, and by Bale (9) as
Aglaophenia M'Coyi. Becently Bale (10) has combined these
Hydroids as A. divaricata.

147. AGLAOPHENIA RAMOSA. Bale.

This species was found at Swan Island in Bank's Straits. It
has been described by Busk (11) as Plumularia ramosa, and named
by Bale (12) as above.

(1.) T. Busk. Narrative of a voyage in H. M.S. Rattlesnake.

(2.) O. Kirchenpauer. Uber die Hydroiden Familie, Plumularidse, etc.
Abhandlungen des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereines iu Hamburg. Band V.
Abtheilung 3. Seite 45.

(3.) T. Busk. Narrative of a yoyage in H.M.S. Rattlesnake.

(4.) Lamouroux. Mistoire des Polypiers Coralligenes flexibles.

(5.) De Lamarck. Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Vertebres.

(6.) W . Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 161.

(7.) T.Busk. Narrative of a voyage in H.M.S Rattlesnake

(8) G. Kirchenpauer. Ueber die Hydroiden Familie, Plumularidse, etc.,
Abhandlungen des Naturwissencliaftlichen Vereines in Hamburg. Band V.,
3 Abtheilung. Seite 38.

(9.; W. Bale. On the Hydroidaof South-east Australia, Journal of the
Microscopical Society of Victoria, Vol. II., p. 46.

(10.) \V. Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 162.

(11.) T. Bunk. Narrative of a voyage in H.MS. Rattlesnake.

\\2.) W. Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 164.

BY R. VON LEXDENFELD, PH.D. 483

148. AGLAOPHENIA PARVULA. Bale.
This species was found in Queenscliff and Portland, and has
been described by Bale (1).

149. AGLAOPHENIA PLUMA. Lamouroux.

This cosmopolitan species was described by Lamouroux 2), and
mentioned by Ellis (3) as the Podded coralline; Linne (4), Pallas
(5), Esper (6), and Lister (7) describe it as Sertularia pluma.
Agassiz (8) and Hincks (9) adopt Lamouroux's name. Lamarck
{10) and Johnstone (11) call it Plumularia cristata, and Ocken (12)
Pennaria pluma. Kirchenpauer (13) describes it as Australian.

150. AGLAOPHENIA DELICATULA. Busk.

This speeies was found in Torres Straits and other tropic seas,
and has been described by Busk (14.)

151. AGLAOPHENIA CRUCIALIS. Lamouroux.
This species was found in Australian waters and has been
described by Lamouroux (15), Lamarck (16), and Blainville (17)
mention it under the name of Plumularia brachiata.

(1.) W. Bale. On the Hydroida of South-east Australia, Journal of the
Microscopic Society of Victoria, Vol. II., p. 46, April 1S82.

(2.) Lamouroux Histoire des Polypiers Coralligenes flexibles, p. 170.

(3.) Ellis. The Natural History of many curious and uncommon Zoo-
phytes.

(4 ) C. v. Linne. Systema Nature, XII. Ed. Tom. 1, 1309.

(5.) Pallas. Elenchus Zoophytorum, p. 149.

(6.) Esper. Die Pflanzenthiere, Vol. VII., pp. 1, 2.

(7.) Lister. Philosophical Transactions for 1834, p. 369.

(8.) Agassiz. Catalogue of North American Acaleph:©. Contributions
to the Natural History of the U S.A. Vol. IV., p. 358.

(9.) T. Hineks. A History of the British Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 286.

(10.) De Lamarck. Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Vertebres ,
Tom II., p. 161.

(11.) Johnstone. A history of the British Zoophytes, p. 92.

(12.) Oken. Lehrbuch der Natur. Seite 94.

(13.) G. Kirchenpauer. Ueber die Hydroiden Familie Plumularidse, etc.
Abhandlungen des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereines in Hamburg. Band
VI., Abtheilung 2, Seite 23

(14.) T. Busk. Narrative of a voyage in H M.S. Rattlesnake.

(15) Lamouroux. Histoire des Polypiers Coralligenes flexibles.

(16.) Lamarck. Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Vertebres.

(17.) De Blaincilh. Manual de l'Actinologie.

484 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS^E,

152. AGLAOPHENIA FORMOSA. Kirchenpauer.
This species was found in South Africa, and has been described
by Busk (1) as Plumularia formosa. Kirchenpauer (2) named it as
above. According to Allman this species is also found in Aus-
tralian waters (3.)

153. AGLAOPHENIA AURITA. Busk.
This species was found off Cumberland Island, and has been
described by Busk (4).

154. AGLAOPHENIA BREVIROSTRIS. Busk.
This species was found off Cumberland Island, and has been
described by Busk (5.)

155. AGLAOPHENIA MACGILLIVRAYI. Bale.

This species was found in the Louisade Archipelago and named
by Busk (6) Plumularia Macgillivrayi ; it has been renamed as
above by Bale (7.)

156. AGLAOPHENIA RAMULOSA. Kirchenpauer.
This species was found in Port Lincoln, and has been described
by Kirchenpauer (8.)

157. AGLAOPHENIA BREVICAULIS. Kirchenpauer.
This species was found in Ballina, and has been described by
Kirchenpauer (9.)

(1.) T. Busk British Association Report, 1851.

(2.) G. Kirchenpauer. Ueber die Hydroiclenfamilie, Plumularidae, etc.
Abhandlungen des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereines in Hamburg. Band V.
Abtheilung 3. Seite 26.

(3.) W. Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 109.

(4.) T Busk. Narrative of a Voyage in H.M.S. Rattlesnake.

(5.) T. Busk. Narrative of a Voyage in H.M S. Rattlesnake.

(6.) T. Busk. Narrative of a Voyage in H. M.S. Rattlesnake.

(7.) W. Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes. Page 170.

(8.) G. Kirchenpauer. Ueber die Hydroiden Familie. Plumularidse, etc,
A i >handlungen des Naturwissenschaftlischen Vereines in Hamburg. Band V.
Abt. 3. iSeite 71.

(9.) G. Kirchenpauer. Ueber die Hydroidenfamilie, Plumularida;, etc.
Abhandlungen des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereines in Hamburg. Band V.
Abt. 3. Seite 41.

BY R. VON LENDEXFELD, PH.D. 485

15S. AGLAOPHENIA FLEXUOSA. Lamouroux.

This species, obtained in Australian waters, has been described
by Lamouroux (1), Lamarck (2) speaks of it as Plumularia flexuosa.

159. AGLAOPHENIA PIMBEIATA. Bale.

This species was found in Australian waters, and has been
described by Bale (3). Formerly it was described as Plumularia
fimbriata by Lamarck (4), and Blainville (5.)

160. AGLAOPHENIA GLUTINOSA. Lamouroux.

This species was found in the Indian Seas, and has been described
by Lamouroux (6), Lamarck (7) named it Plumularia glutinosa.

27. GENUS. DIPLOCHEILUS. Allman.

Hydrotheca with a duplicature of its walls forming an external
ealycine envelope which surrounds the Hydrotheca for some
distance behind the orifice. Mesial Nematophore in the form of
a shield-like process not adnate to the Hydrotheca ; lateral nema-
tophores absent.

161. DIPLOCHEILUS MIRABILIS. Allman.

This Hydroid was dredged by the Challenger in Station 162,
April 2, 1874, off Moncour Island, Bass' Strait ; depth, 38-40
fathoms ; bottom, sandy. It was described by Allman (8.)

(1.) Lamouroux. Histoire des Polypiers Corallines flexibles.
(2.) Be Lamarck. Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Vertebres.
(3.) W. Bale. Catalogue of Australian Hydroid Zoophytes. Page 172.
(4.) De Lamarck. Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Vertebres.
(5.) De Blainville. Manual d'Actinologie.
(6.) Lamouroux. Histoire des Polypiers Corallines flexibles.
(7.) De Lamarck. Histoire Naturalle des Animaux sans Vertebres.
(8.) G. Allman. Report on the Hydroida. The Zoology of the Voyage of
Ii M.S. Challenger. Part XX.. p. 49.

486 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMRDUS.E,

28. GENUS HALICORNARIA. Bale.

Shoots plumose, pinnate, often branched, rooted by a filiform
stolon ; Hydrothecse generally toothed or lobed, at the margin a
median anterior and two lateral Nematophores connected with each
Hydrotheca, no others along the Polypiferons ramules ; Gonotheca?
naked, on the main stem or the unaltered Pinnae.

162. HALICORNARIA SUPERB A. Bale.

Bale obtained this species from Griffiths Point and Queensclifi",
and has described it as Aglaophenia superba (1), it was after-
wards (2) placed by him in the Genus Halicornaria.

163. HALICORNARIA ASCIDIOIDES. Bale.

This species was obtained from Queenscliff, and described by
Bale as Aglaophenia ascidiodes (3.) Afterwards he placed it in
the Genus Halicornaria (4.)

164. HALICORNARIA BAILEYI. Bale.

This species was found in Port Phillip and has been described
by Bale (5.)

165. HALICORNARIA FURCATA. Bale.

This species was dredged at Broughton Islands near Port
Stephens, and has been described by Bale (6.)

(1.) W. Bale. On the Hydro ida of South East Australia. Journal of
the Microscopical Society of Victoria. Vol. II. No. I, p. 31

(2.) W, Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes. P. 175.

(3.) W. Bale. On the Hydroida of South East Australia. Journal of
the Microscopical Society of Victoria. Vol. II. No. I., p. 32.

(4.) W. Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 176.

(5.) W. Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 177.

(6.) W. Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 178.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 487

166. HALICORNARIA HIANS. Bale.

This species was obtained by the Rattlesnake in Torres Straits,
and has been described by Busk as Plumularia hians (1.) Bale
places it in the Genus Halicornaria (2.)

167. HALICORNARIA HASWELLI. Bale.

This species was obtained at Port Curtis and has been described
by Bale (3.)

168. HALICORNARIA LONUIROSTRIS. Bale.

This species was obtained in South Australia and "Victoria, and
has been described by Kirchenpauer (4) as Aglaophenia longi-
rostris. Bale (5) considers his Aglaophenia Thompsoni to be
identical with it, and combines the two in H. longirostris.

169 HALICORNARIA HUMILIS. Bale.

This species grows on other Hydroids of the same genus, and
has therefore been described as parasitic by Bale (6), like the
previous one. It is found in Port Phillip and Queenscliff.

170. HALICORNARIA PROLIFERA. Bale.

This species is found in Queenscliff. Bale (7) described it
lirst as Aglaophenia prolifera, afterwards (8) he placed it in the
Genus Halicornaria.

(1.) J. Busk. The Voyage of the Rattlesnake.

(2.) W, Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 179.

(3.) W. Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. ISO.

(4.) G. Kirchenpauer. Ueber die Hydroidenfamilie Plumularidae, etc.
Abhandlungen des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereines in Hamburg. Band
V. Abtheilung 3. Seite 42,

(5.) W. Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 181.

(6.) W. Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 182.

(7.) W. Bale. On the Hydroida of South East Australia. Journal of
the Microscopical Society of Victoria, Vol. II., No. I., p. 34.

(8.) W Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 183.

488 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS.E,

171. HALICORNARIA ILICISTOMA. Bale.

Originally described by Bale (1), as Aglaophenia ilicistoma,
this species from South Australia and Queenscliff* was afterwards
placed in the Genus ELalicornaria by him (2).

29. GENUS. HALICORNOPSIS. Bale.

Hydrocaulus pinnate ; Hydrothecte, with fixed anterior Nemato-
phores. Lateral Nematophores absent.

172. HAL1CORNOPSIS AVICULARIS. Bale.

This species was described by Kirchenpauer as Aglaophenia
avicularis (3) from Bass Straits. Bale (4) re-named it as above.
It was found by him in several places on the south coast of
Victoria.

30. GENUS. AZYGOPLON. Allman.

Hydrocladia pinnately disposed, mesial nematophore adnate to
the walls of the hydrotheca ; no lateral nematophores, Gonangia
springing from the stem, and destitute of any special protective
apparatus.

173. AZYGOPLON EOSTRATUM. Allman.

This Hydroid was dredged at Station 161 of the Challenger, on
April 1, 1874, off the entrance to Port Phillip ; depth, 38
fathoms ; bottom, sandy. It was described by Allman (5.)

(1.) W. Bale. On the Hydroida of South East Australia. Journal of
the Microscopical Society of Victoria, Vol. II, No. I., p. 33.

(2.) W. Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 184.

(3. ) G. Kirchenpauer. Ueber die Hydroideu Familie der Plumularid.-e,
«-tc. Abhandlungen auf dem Gebiete der Naturwissenschaften, Hamburg.
I '.and V., Abtheilung 3, Seite 33.

(4.) W. Bale. On the HydroHa of .South Eastern Australia, etc. Journal
of the Microscopical Society of Victoria, Vol. II., No. 1, p. 26.

(5.) G. Aliman. Report on the Hydroida. The Zoology of the voyage
of H.M.S. Challenger, Part XX., p. 54.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 489

31. GENUS. PENTANDRA. v. Lendenfeld. Nov. gen.

Plumularidee in which Machopolypes are as in Aglaophenia in
connection with the alimentary Zooids, inasmuch as sets of them
surround each Hydrotheca. The Polypo-styles are surrounded by
a corbnla as in Aglaophenia. Each alimentary Zooid is sur-
rounded by five Machopolypes. There being instead of the single
superior Machopolype of Aglaophenia three, a small one with
adhesive cells only in the centre, and a pair of large Machopolypes
at the side, which consist of two parts, one with adhesive, and one
with thread-cells, and which are similar to the single superior
Machopolype in Aglaophenia.

17-4. PENTANDRA PARVULA. Nov. sp.

Plate XIV., fig. 19, plate XVI., figs. 24, 25.

Stem recurved, smooth, dark brown, Pinnae alternate, simple,
one to each internode ; Hydrotheca? cup-shaped with an octagonal
margin, with slightly projecting pointed corners, corresponding to
the corners of the octagon, centrifugal part of the cup slightly
elevated not adnate. The inferior Nematophores pretty large,
barrel-shaped, The superior paired and large Nematophores about
twice the length of the Hydrotheca with a lateral and terminal
opening, nearly straight, slightly thickened towards the end. The
medial superior Nematophore free in its upper end, about as long
as the Hydrotheca, with a single terminal opening looking obliquely
forward. Corbula similar to that of Aglaophenia parvula Bale.

I obtained this species from several places on the Southern
Coast of Victoria, and described its soft parts particularly the
Machopolypes elsewrhere (1.) In its appearance it is very similar
to Aglaophenia parvula Bale, so much so, that I was inclined to

(l.)i?. v. Lendenfeld. Ueber Wehrpolypen undNesselzellen. Zeitschrift
fiir wissensch. Zoologie. Band XXXVIII. Seite 355. Translated into
English Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Series V. Nr. 71.

490 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS.E,

consider it as identical with it at first. I have however, since then
had occasion to study an Aglaophenia which possesses all the
characters of Bale's Aglaophenia parvula, and it also appears quite
impossible that so excellent an observer as Bale could have over
looked the generic difference between our Pentandra and his
Aglaophenia parvula. Pentandra parvula attains a height of
from 2-3 cm.

175. PENTANDRA BALEI.

Plate XIV., fig. 18, plate XVI., figs. 26, 27.

Stem recurved, smooth, dark brown, Pinnae alternate simple,
one to each internode. Internodes very long. Hydrothecse cup-
shaped, margin dentate, teeth rounded, particularly large in the
inferior part, anterior part of the margin free, slightly elevated not
adnate. The inferior Nematophores pretty large barrel-shaped,
the superior paired and large Nematophores about twice the
length of the Hydrotheca with a lateral and terminal opening
slightly incurved, centrifugally, and of the same thickness through-
out. The medial superior Nematophore free in its upper end about
as long as the Hydrotheca with a single terminal opening, looking
obliquely forward. Corbula similar to that of the previous species.

This Pentandra was dredged by the Hon. W. Macleay in Torres
Straits (Macleay Museum.) It attains a height from 3-7 cm.

8. FAMILY DICORYNTBvE.

Generative Zooids free swimming Polypes with two tentacles
and without a mouth, carrying two ova each.

These Zooids bud only on Polypostyles, and never on the
alimentary Zooids which have one verticil of filiform tentacles.

32. GENUS. DICORYNE. Allman, 1872.

Hydrocaulus consisting of branched or simple stems, which arise
at intervals from a creeping filiform Hydrorhiza. Alimentary
Zooids fusiform, with a single verticil of filiform tentacles, sur-
rounding the base of a conical Hypostom.

BY" R. VOX LENDENFELD, PH.D. 491

176. DICORYME ANNULATA. Nov. sp.
Plate XVII., Fig. 30.

Hydrocaulus composed of slightly branched stems, which attain a
height of about 1cm., arising from a reticulated Hydrorhyza. The
Perisarc of the Hydrocaulus annulated throughout. Slight strictures
also visible on the Hydrorhyza. Terminal cup-shaped extentions a
little larger than in Dicoryne conferta. The generative Zooids are
similar to those of the European species.

T found this Hydroid in Port Phillip.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES (1.)

Plate XII.

Fig. 8.— Plumularia tripartita, longitudinal section through an alimentary
zooid, and an inferior Machopolyp drawn from sketches of
optic and real sections made with DD., Oc. I.

Fig. 9. — Plumularia tripartita, skeleton of colony. AA., Oc. III.

Fig. 10. — Plumularia tripartita, a growing terminal end of a branch, optic
longitudinal section. DD., Oc. II.

Plate XIII.
Fig. 11- — Section along the Symmetry-plane of the skeleton of a branch

of Plumularia rubra. C, Oc. I.
Fig. 12. — Horizontal projection of the same.
Fig. 13. — Section along the Symmetry-plane of the skeleton of a branch

of Plumularia Torresia. C, Oc. 1.
Fig. 14. — Horizontal projection of the same.

Plate XIV.
Hydromedcs.^ in natural size.
Fig. 15. — Plumularia rubra.
Fig, 16. — Plumularia Torresia.
Fig. 17. — Plumularia gracilis.
Fig. 18. — Pentandra Balei.
Fig. 19. — Pentandra parvula.

(1.) The letters and numbers indicate Zeiss's lenses.

-192 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS.'E.

Plate XV.
Aglaophexia. Kirchenpaueri.
Fig. 20. — The colony in natural size.
Fig. 21. — A Gonophor from below. A., Oc. III.
Fig. 22. — Section through a branch of the skeleton along the Symmetry -

plane. C, Oc. I.
Fig. 23. — Horizontal projection of the same.

Plate XVI.

Fig. 24. — Pentaudra parvula. Section through the skeleton of a branch

along the Symmetry-plane. C, Oc. I.
Fig. 25. — Horizontal projection of the same.

Fig. 26. — Pentandra Balei. Section through the skeleton of a branch
along the Symmetry- plane. O, Oc. I.

Fig. 27. — Horizontal projection of the same.

Plate XVII.

Fig. 28.— Plumularia gracilis. Section through the skeleton of a branch

along the Symmetry-plane. DD., Oc. I.
Fig. 29. — Horizontal projection of the same.
Fig. 30.— Dicoryne annulata, the living Hydrokl. C, Oc. I.

ON THE OCCURRENCE OF FLESH-SPICULES IN
SPONGES.

By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

Siliceous spicules occur in Sponges either in the ground-substance
or in the horny fibres or in both places in the same sponge. As I
have pointed out in previous papers, such Flesh-spicules may
aggregate to produce hard siliceous skeletons if no other skeleton
was] present at the time of their formation, but they remain
loose and small if such a skeleton was present at that time. The
cases where Flesh-spicules occur in the ground substance, and other
differently shaped and closely packed monactinellid siliceous
bodies form a fibrous reticulate skeleton, are numerous. These
Flesh-spicules are rare in other Sponges than such, which possess
a fibrous reticulate skeleton composed of closely packed siliceous
spicules.

Only in a few Gumminse star-shaped or globular siliceous bodies
were known to occur, independantly of a silico-fibrous skeletor.
These are, however, of a very different shape from those which
are found in the Desmacidonidae. The latter never were observed
without a silico-fibred skeleton.

I however, discovered one exception to this in a Sponge from
Port Phillip, as fonnerly no such exception was known. O.
Schmidt, "Vosmaer, and others were perfectly right to combine all
these Sponges with monactinelled spicules in bundles, and Flesh-
spicules of very varying shape to one Family, the Desmacidonida;.
The Desmacidonidpe are Sponges with fibres composed of monacti-
nellid spicules as the ChalinidaB and others, which are distinguished
from these latter Families by the possession of Flesh spicules.

On the ground of this exception mentioned above, where I
found a Hircinia containing Flesh-spicules, I based the Hypothesis
that such Flesh-spicules are of no great systematic value and may
occur in any Family of Sponges.
33

494 ON THE OCCURRENCE OF FLESH-SPICULES IN SPONGES.

The extraordinary rich material which five months dredging in
Port Jackson has brought to light, together with the numerous
and well-preserved Sponges of all parts of the Australian Coast in
the Museum of the Hon. William Macleay, and in the Australian
Museum, which I have had opportunity to examine has rendered
fresh proofs to this hypothesis, which I wish to draw attention to-

I have found an Aplysillidse with numerous anchors in the
ground substance, and a representative of the Spongidse, a Sponge
which would otherwise be undoubtedly referred to Cacospongia
containing numerous truncate spicules in the ground substance.

I therefore consider myself to be justified in arranging the
Families without regard to the existence of Flesh-spicules beside
the fibres in the ground substance, and so divide all Families in
which Flesh-spicules are sometimes met with into Sub-families with
and without siliceous bodies in the ground substance.

As these discoveries tend greatly to prove the correctness of my
former statements, which may have appeared perhaps to stand on
too weak a foundation of facts, it may be worth while to publish
them now as it will be some time before I shall be able to lay that
part of my Monograph of the Australian Sponges before the
Linnean Society of New South Wales, which dwells on the
Families of the Ceraospongise.

NOTE ON THE SLIMY COATINGS OF CERTAIN
BOLTENIAS- IN PORT JACKSON.

By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

A stalked solitary Ascidian, somewhat like Boltenia australis,
which grows in depths between 6 and 10 fathoms in Port Jackson
is characterised by its slimy surface. The pale brick -red colour of
the outer surface of the slimy body of the cellulose mantle is
similar to that of the stalk which does not appear slimy.

Expecting to find gland cells in the cellulose mantle I made
sections which, however showed, that this slimy coating is nothing
else than the ova of the Ascidian which cover the outer surface
of it with a layer about 2 mm. in thickness.

These ova are surrounded by follicula, which consist of pris-
matic cells about three times as high as broad. The follicle-wall,
consisting of a single layer of these cells, is as thick ag the
diameter of the spherical transparent ovum. As in other
Ascidians these follicle- cells are filled with highlv refractive
granules, and there seems to be little doubt that these granules
are nothing else than a muceous substance which is pressed forth
when the Ascidian is touched, and then appears as that slippery
slime which covers the parts of the surface which are coated with
ova only, and is not met with on the stalk where the ova are
absent. Out of the breeding season these Ascidians are ordinary,
not slimy Boltenias.

496 ON A COLLECTION OF ECHINODERMATA FROM AUSTRALIA,

NOTES ON A COLLECTION OF ECHINODERMATA
FROM AUSTRALIA.

By F. Jeffrey Bell, M.A., Sec. R.M.S.
Professor of Comparative Anatomy in King's College, London.

One of the most solid and gratifying " results " of the Great
International Fisheries Exhibition held in London in 1883, were
the lessons zoologists learnt in the " New South Wales Court."
Speaking here only of the department in which I take the greatest
interest I have to express my thanks to the authorities in Sydney
for sending over to this country one who displayed so generous a
disposition as Mr. Ramsay ; to this gentleman's kindness I owe the
opportunity of going through an excellent collection of Australian
Echinodermata ; but I greatly regret that the rarer species of
which he had only single specimens could not be left in my hands
a little longer.

I have thought there might be some slight return on my part if
I were to offer to the Linnean Society of New South Wales a
systematic list of the species which I was able to determine, as a
slight and preliminary contribution to a knowledge of the fauna of
Australian Seas, and I only regret that prior engagements compel
me to refrain from the discussion here of the kind of problems
which had already been suggested to me by a study of the very
magnificent collections made by Dr. Coppinger of the H.M.S.
Alert. To the report on that collection, now shortly to be pub-
lished* I must refer the student for details, descriptions of new
species, and bibliographical references

* As a Catalogue of the British Museum, where the Report on the
Echinodermata will occiipy pp. 117-177.

BY F. JEFFREY BELL, M.A., SEC. R.M.S. 497

After the list of the species of each class, I have added a few
notes on those that have seemed to me to be of special interest or
importance.

Here one genei'al remark need alone be made ; the collections
before me show that within a short distance of the meeting place
of the Linnean Society, thei-e is a bay teeming with species and
individuals. The exact knowledge of the fauna of a given region
— in other words a correct and full enumeration of the species — is
a matter of considerable importance, but one cannot insist too
often, too unweariedly, and even too fanatically on the gi'eat,
though not always clearly perceived, truth that we are not a little
like those who beat the air when we add species to species and
genus to genus, and yet know of these nothing more than is suffi-
cient to justify our framing our diagnoses. The knowledge of the
variations during growth, of the variations due to slight alterations
in the surroundings of the proportional frequency of individuals,
and of the relation of species to one another will afford a firmer
base for systematic work than synonymic catalogues or nominal
check-lists.

The student who lives at Port Jackson might well take this
truth to heart, for he lives in a region in which the number of
individuals of certain species is sufficient for all the purposes just
indicated.

DIVISION. PELMATOZOA.

Class. Ceinioidea.

1. Antedon milberti.

Port Denison, Port Molle.

2. Antedon mauonema.

Port Stephens.

3. Antedon spicata. (P. H. Carpenter. Notes Leyden Museum,
III., p. 190.

Ugi.

4. Antedon sp. Allied to but not the same as A. spicata.

Ugi.

498 ON A COLLECTION OF ECHINODERMATA FROM AUSTRALIA,

*5. Antedon jm?nila.

Nelson's Bay, Port Stephens.

6. Actinometra Solaris.

*7. Actinometra intermedia.
Port Molle.

8. Actinometra jukesi. (P. H. Carpenter, Proc. Royal Soc.,
1879, p. 390.)

Port Molle.

Together with several species of Antedon, hitherto undescribed,
but here unfortunately represented by single, not always perfect,
specimens.

DIVISION. ECHINOZOA.

Class. Asteroidea.

1. Asterias calamaria.

Tasmania.

2. Echinaster purpurea.

Port Molle.

3. Linckia marmorata (?)

Port Molle ; (of Alert report.)

4. Stellaster incei.

Port Molle.

5. Pentagonaster australis.

Tasmania.

6. Anthenea tuberculosa.

Port Jackson. Vide infra.

7. Aster ina Gunnii.

Tasmania.

* 5 and 7 were discovered by the Alert and will be described in the
report on that collection made by that vessel.

BY F. JEFFREY BELL, M.A., SEC. R.M.S. 499

8. Asterina calcar.

Port Jackson.

9. Aster opsis vermicina.

Port Jackson.

10. A stropecten poly acanthus (Young)

Port Jackson.

11. Astropeclinid ? Sp. nov.

Port Molle.

12. Actaster insignis. (Sladen, J. L. S. XVL, p. 200).

Port Jackson.

Anthenea tuberculosa : These are very fine specimens, and a
comparison of their chai-acters with those of the " type " teaches us
that a comprehensive revision of this genus will have to be based
on large series of specimens of very various sizes ; the genus is at
present rather poorly represented in European Museums.

Class. Ophiuroidea.

1. Pectimira stellata.

Port Denison. Vide infra.

2. Pectinura gorgonia.

Sydney : Nelson's Bay, Port Stephens.

3. Pectinura marmoratu.

(?) "Queensland."

4. Ophiojlocus imbricaius.

Port Denison.

5. Ophioglypha multispira.

Port Jackson.

6. Ophiactis resiliens.

Port Jackson : Nelson's Bay.

500 ON A COLLECTION OF ECHINODERMATA FROM AUSTRALIA,

7. Amphiura constricta.

Port Jackson. Vide infra.

8. Ophionereis schayeri.

Sydney, Tasmania, Nelson's Bay.

9. Ophiocoma scolopendima.

Port Moresby, New Guinea, Port Denison.

10. Ophiocoma erinaceus.

Port Moresby. Vide infra.

11. Ophiarthrum elegans.
Thursday Island. TJgi.

12. Ophiarthrum sp.

TJgi.

13. Ophiomastix annulosa.
Ugi.

14. Ophiothrix longijyeda.
Port Molle, Thursday Id.

15. Ophiothrix coespitora.
Port Jackson. Vide infra.

1 6. Ophiothrix fumaria.
Nelson's Bay, Port Stephens.

17-18. Ophiothrix. Sp. f.

Nelson's Bay, Port Stephens.

19. Euryale aspera.
Port Denison.

Pectinura stellata. I am inclined to think that this sho
form the type of a new genus.

Amphiura constricta. The present collection shows that these
lately discovered species are very abundant in Port Jackson.

BY F. JEFFREY BELL, M.A., SEC. R.M.S. 501

Ophiocoma erinaceus. The differences between this and 0.
scolopendrina have been very acutely detected by Mr. Lyman.
(See his Challenger Report. S. V.)

Ophiothrix ccespitosa. This species is perhaps very variable,
but the genus Ophiothrix will need the unreserved labour of many
years before we can even hope to have its species satisfactorily
mai-shalled. I would particularly direct the attention of the Aus-
tralian naturalists to the constancy, variability, and patterns of the
colour-markings of the species of this genus.

Class. Echnoidea

1. Phyllacanthus imperialis.

" Australian Coast."

2. P. tenuiispinus.

Port Jackson. Vide infra.

3. Phyllacanthus, sp.

Port Jackson. Vide infra.

4. Goniocidaris geranioides.

S. E. Australia.

5. Goniocidaris tubaria.

Port Jackson — 5 fms.

6. Diadema setosum.

Port Denison.

7. Centrostephanus rodgersii. (Young.)

Port Jackson.

8. Echinothrix calamaria.

Solomon Islands.

9. Salmacis alexandri. Vide infra.

Port Jackson, Sow and Pig's Reef.

502 ON A COLLECTION OF ECHINODERMATA FROM AUSTRALIA,

10. S. bicolor. Vide infra.

Port Denison.

11. Salmacis sulcata.
Ugi Islands.

12. Salmacis dussumieri.

Port Denison.

13. Amblypneustes ovum.

Port Jackson.

14. Amblypneustes, sp. Vide infra.

Port Jackson.

15. Strongylocentrotus erythrogrammus. Vide infra.
Port Stephens.

16. S. tuberculatus.
Lord Howe's Island.

17. Sphcerechinus australiai.

S. E. Coast of Australia.

18. Echinostrephus molar e.

Lord Howe's Island.

19. Echinometra lacunter.

Lord Howe's Island; Ugi.

20. Heterocentrotus mammelatus.

Ugi.

21. Echinanthus testudinarius.

Port Denison, Port Jackson.

22. Echinanthus tumidus.
Hab1? Vide infra.

23. Laganum decagonale.

Port Denison, Port Molle.

BY F. JEFFREY BELL, M.A., SEC. R.M.S. 503

24. Laganum peronii.

Port Jackson. Vide infra.

25. Arachnoides placenta.

Port Denison.

26. Maretia planidata.

Port Jackson, Port Stephens.

27. Lovenia elongata.

Port Jackson.

28. Breynia australasice.

Lord Howe's Island. Vide infra

29. Echinocardium australe.

Port Jackson.

30. Hemiaster apicatus.

Port Jackson. Vide infra.

Phyllacanthus tenuispinus. This is perhaps a MSS. error for
Phyllacanthus parvispinus of Tenison- Woods, or it is perhaps the
MSS. name of some new and as yet undescribed species.

The specimens present sufficient points of resemblance to certain
points of Mr. "Wood's descriptions * to give some support to the
former view ; on the other hand that description deals with what in
one important point is a Goniocidarid rather than a Phyllacanthid
character — no other Phyllacanthus, to my knowledge, having its
longitudinal axis longer than the diameter of the test. I note so
many misprints in Mr. Wood's paper that I am inclined to suppose
that numbers of millimetres of height and diameter have been
reversed.

In the next place, the specimens now being studied have only
seven primary tubercles in each vertical row, while Mr. Wood's
specimen has eight,

This difficulty, however, I think I can remove.
* Proc, L.S., N.S.W., IV., p. 286.

504 ON A COLLECTION OP ECHINODERMATA FROM AUSTRALIA,

Though Mi*. Tenison- Woods would appeal' to have an extra-
ordinary familiarity and acquaintance with Echinoidea, second
possibly only to that of Prof. Alex. Agassiz, with whose description
and views his own so often and so curiously agree, yet he is, I
think, mistaken in imagining that there is any mysterious
constancy in the number of the primary tubercles ; when there are
but few tubercles, that is where the primary plates are large we
easily count, and sharply note the number of such bosses ; but with
an increase in the size of the test, there must come some increase
in the number of the plates. In other words, because the largest
specimen (75 mm.* in diameter) known to-day has only 6 tubercles,
it by no means follows that a specimen of the same species, found
to-morrow with a diameter of 100 mm. with not have more.

At this moment a specimen of Phyllacanthus imperialis lying
before me has a diameter of 80mm., and seven primary tubercles
in a vertical row.

A specimen of 60 mm. in diameter may therefore well have only
seven primary tubercles, and yet belong to the same species as the
test with 100 mm. for diameter and eight primary tubercles.

I have followed Prof. Agassiz and Mr. Tenison-Woods in the
term Phyllacanthus, but I have to say that I have done this rather
because I have here wished to keep apart from all disputed
questions, and not because I do not myself recognise a force
in de Loriol's plea in favour of Rhabdocidaris. (See Palseento-
graphica. Vol. XXX. pt. II., p. 6.

" Phyllacanthus. Sp. Nov. (unique.") — A specimen bearing the
above remark cannot be passed over without notice. It will
exhibit to the visitors of the Australian Museum an example of
what may well be called symbiosis, for the well developed
Polyzoan colonies must afford protection to the species, and the
small parasitic Balani gain all the food they want in the currents
that stream round so much larger an organism.

*Strangely enough the American and the Australian Naturalist fix on just
the same number of mm.

BY F. JEFFREY BELL, M.A., SEC. R.M.S. 505

Mr. Ridley tells me that there are representatives of three
Polyzoan genera here present — Allopora, Lepralia, (S. Str. ) and
Betepora.

Salmacis alexandri. — In the Proc. Zool. Soc, London, for the
year 1880, I have (p. 433) pointed out that the S. globator of
Agassiz is not the S- globator of Agassiz jil. ; the former that I
there distinguished and figured as form B., is, no doubt, the true
S. globator. The other and much more common species must have
a new name, and in my forthcoming report on the Echinoidea of
H.M.S. Alert, I propose to speak of it as S. alexandri.

Salmacis bicolor. — The abactinal spines of this species may be
unicolor.

Amblypneustes, sp. — As specimens of this genus are beginning
to accumulate, fresh doubts and difficulties arise as to the specific
characters of the forms belonging to it ; and I must take this
opportunity to ask my friends in Australia, " the hot-bed of
the genus," to let me have a large number of specimens from
various localities and in all kinds of stages. I may, at this time,
beg of those into whose hands fresh specimens may come to
attempt to set at rest the difficulties whish are connected with the
differences in the size of the genital pores in specimens of A.
griseus and A. formosus. Have we here different species, different
races, or different sexes ?*

Strongylocentrotus erythrogrammus. — Mr. Woods is both his-
torically and etymologically wrong in writing the specific name
erythrogrammus.

Laganum peronii. — Mr. Woods writes (Op. cit. II. p. 170)
" Genus, Peronella, Gray, 1855 ; as he gives no inference I may
assume that he refers to Dr. J. E. Gray's catalogue of the recent
Echinida published in 1855 ; but, further, in giving no reference
he gives no page, and I cannot, therefore, guess where to look for
Dr. Gray's definition of the genus. It is not, at any rate,
mentioned in the " Synopsis of Genera," on p. 3.

* Cf. P. Z. S., 1880, pp. 436-7, and pi. XLI„ fig. 3-6.

506 ON A COLLECTION OF ECHINODERMATA FROM AUSTRALIA,

A somewhat similar statement with regard to Dr. Gray has
been made by Mr. Alex. Agassiz, and with this I dealt in the
early part of last year,* when T took occasion to point out the
inconstancy and unimportance of the characters which were
regarded as distinguishing Peronella from Laganum.

Breynia australasice. — When the specimens of this species
attain a great size their general appearance is not a little altered,
owing to the want of proportionate increase in the long abactinal
spines, which, no doubt, are more needed by younger than by
older and stouter individuals.

Hemiaster apicatus. — The specimens in which Mr. Tenison-
Woods formed his new species of Hemiaster were without spines ;
the single specimen now before me is, I fancy, a representative of
that species ; as it is well provided with spines I stand aside to
allow Mr. Woods to complete its description.

Class. Holothuroidea.

Unfortunately many of the species of this group are represented
by single individuals only, and as the whole of the Holothurian
collection in the British Museum has not as yet been specifically
determined, the list is unsatisfactory and incomplete.

1. Colochirus tuberculosus.
Port Denison.

2 Colochirus australis.
Port Jackson.

3. Actinocucumis dijfficilis.

[No locality : the Alert collected it in Torres Straits]

4. Thyone buccalis. Vide infra.

Port Denison.

5 Orcula persjricillum.

Port Denison, Port Stephens.

*Ann. N. H. (5) XI., p. 130, etc.

BY F. JEFFREY BELL, M.A., SEC. R.M.S. 507

6. Stereoderma validum, Bell, vide infra.

Port Jackson.

7. Stichopus, sp., (allied to S. chloronotus, but apparently dis-
tinguished by the very long Polian vesicle.)

8. Holothuria pulla. Vide infra.

Ugi.

Thyone buccalis. — I am very doubtful as to the correctness of
this determination. Stimpson unfortunately gives no details as to
the characters of the spicules of the species, which was found by
him in Port Jackson.

Stereoderma validum. — This species is extraordinarily abundant
in Port Jackson. It would be well to examine carefully living
specimens side by side with Quoy and Gaimard's figures of
Holothuria spinosa, which they report to be very common in the
same place. I have carefully considered the subject with Mr.
Ramsay, who was at first inclined to think that the species might
be identical, and we have come to the conclusion that, abundant
as the species is, it has never yet been described. It now remains
for the Zoologists of Port Jackson to rediscover Quoy and
Gaimard's, H. spinosa.

Holothuria pulla. — I am a little doubtful as to the accuracy of
this determination.

British Museum, April 30, 1884-

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Macleay exhibited for Mr. Wilkinson a very peculiar
conical stone implement, found by Mr. A. G Brook, of Gondoblui
Station, embedded in the soil on the plains near the Queensland
border, between the Narran and Barwon Rivers. The note
accompanying the exhibit states that there are no rocks near that
locality, and that the old aboriginals of the district know nothing
about it. The stone is composed of a soft fine white sandstone, is

508 DONATIONS.

of conical form, 19 inches in length, and four inches in diameter
in the middle ; the surface presents a smooth worn appearance.
Dr. Cox suggested that it had probably been used for grinding
nardoo, and that view seemed to receive most favour, though a
number of different opinions were expressed.

Mr. Macleay also exhibited for Mr. Wilkinson, a number of
Helix-like Shells, wound spirally round the leaf-stalks of a species
of Eucalyptus, at Branxton, on the Hunter. These shells,
though calcareous, were pi'onounced not to be the production of
any Molluscous animal, and the general opinion was that they
must be egg cases of some insect.

Mr. Dean exhibited a very perfect specimen of a caterpillar
fungus (Sj)hceria Robertsi) from New Zealand.

Mr. Grilliatt exhibited two large masses of vegetable matter
encrusted with lime taken by him from the surface of the Tarri-
bar Spring, Bando, Liverpool Plains. The spring was over-
grown with moss, weeds, &c, and amongst them on the water,
the deposit exhibited was formed.

A large collection of shells and echinodermata from Cossack,
Western Australia, sent by Mr. J. F. Bailey, of Melbourne, for
exhibition were on the table. Among the rareties were Conns
trigonus. Reeve. Conns Victoria. Reeve. Ancillaria cingulata.
Sowb. Ancillaria elongata. Gray, Oliva Caldania. Duclos, Spon-
dylm Tfrightiamis, Cross. Mr. Bailey also sent some packets
of sand and other microscopic material for distribution among
the members of the Society.

Dr. Cox exhibited a cluster of mud oysters, some of them
measuring seven inches long by six broad, from Eden, Twofold
Bay. It was unusual to find this kind of oyster attached either
to others of its kind as in this instance, or to rocks. Formerly
this species, judging from the number of the shells found in
the cooking ovens at the camps of the natives along our shores,
was very abundant, but is now fast disappearing. Although
growing in abundance to the south, this oyster is never likely
to become a marketable commodity, owing to the fact that it will

t live beyond twenty-four hours out of the water.

DONATIONS. 50'.)

Mr. John Brazier exhibited a fine specimen of a very rare
fossil land shell- -Bulimus auris-vulpina from St. Helena, which
Mr. Ramsay had obtained from the authorities at the British
Museum.

E. P. Rainsay, F.L.S., &c, exhibited on behalf of Mr. A.
Campbell, of Melbourne, a specimen of Pachycejjhala rufogularis
(Gould), in a remarkable rufescent stage of plumage. The
whole of the head, fore and hind neck, chest, sides, and centre of
the abdomen, were of a rich rust red, the interscapular region,
rump, wing coverts and secondaries, washed with the same
colour. The specimen was shot near Melbourne some months
ago, in company with another of apparently the same plumage.

34

WEDNESDAY, 30th JULY, 1884.

Dr. James C. Cox, F.L.S., Vice-President, in the chair.

S. C. Lindley, Esq., was introduced as a visitor.

MEMBERS ELECTED.

John Mackenzie, Esq., F.G.S., Government Examiner of Coal
Fields, Newcastle ; John Rossiter, Esq., Petersham j Thomas
Worcester, Esq., Melbourne; and Percy Williams, Esq., of Sydney.

DONATIONS.

"Science," Vol. III., Nos. 66, 67, 68, and 69; May, 1884.
From the Editor.

" Twelfth Annual Report of the Zoological Society of Phila-
delphia." 1883. From the Society.

" Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London." Part 4,
for 1883. Also, " Supplement to Catalogue of Library," August
30th, 1883. From the Society.

" Re-statement of the Cell Theory, with Applications to the
Morphology, Classification and Physiology of Protista, Plants and
Animals." By Patrick Gecldes. 1883. From the Author.

DONATIONS. 511

" Further Notes on the Coccidse in New Zealand, with Descrip-
tions of New Species." By W. M. Haskell, F.R.M.S. 1883.
From the Author.

" Einige Bemerkungen zu den Regeln der Pflanzen-Benen-
nungen." By Baron F. von Mueller, K.C.M.G, 1883. "Notes
on some Plants from New Guinea. " By Baron F. von Mueller,
K.C.M.G., &c. From the Author.

"Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes." No. 164; June, 1884.
From the Editor.

" Zoologischer Anzeiger." Nos. 168 and 169; 26th May, and
9th June, 1884. From the Editor.

" Monatliche Mittheilungen des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereins
des Regierungsbezirkes Frankfurt." II. Jahrg. Nos. 1 and 2 ;
April and May, 1884. From the Society.

" Transactions of the Entomological Society of London." Part 1,
for 1884. From the Society.

" Notes on a Critical Examination of the Mollusca of the Older
Tertiary of Tasmania, alleged to have living representatives." By
Professor Ralph Tate, F.L.S. 1883. From the Author.

"Victorian Naturalist." Vol. I., No. 6; June, 1884. From
the Field Naturalists' Club of Victoria.

" Repoi't of the Trustees of the Public Library, Museums and
National Gallery of Victoria, for 1883." From the Trustees.

" Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria."
Vol. XX., for 1883. From the Society.

"Sydney University Calendar." 1884. From the Senate.

Two papers, " Description of a New Species of Odax," and
" Description of a New Fossil Shell from the Eocene beds, Table
Cape." By R. M. Johnston, F.L.S. 1884. From the Author.

512 REVISION OF THE RECENT LAMELLIBRANCHIATA OP N. Z-,

REVISION OF THE RECENT LA MELLIBRANCHIATA
OF NEW ZEALAND.

By Captain F. W. Hutton, F.G.S., &c.

Family. Teredid.e.*

Teredo Antarctica. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand,
p. 59 (1873).
Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand.
I find that the calcareous tube is sometimes fairly well developed.

Family. PholadidtE.

Barnea similis. Cray in Dieffenbach's New Zealand. Yol. II.,
p. 254 (1843); Reeve, Conch. Icon. Pholas., fig. 10 (1872).
P. antipodum Philippi, Zeitschrift, f. ; Malakozoologie
(1847), p. 71.

Habitat. — North Island, and as far south as Waikouaiti in
Otago.

Pholadidea tridens. Gray in Dieffenbach's New Zealand.
Vol. II., p. 254 (1843) ; Voy. Erebus and Terror, Moll ,
pi. 2, fig. 8 [not of Reeve.] P. spatuluta, Reeve, Pro. Zool.
Soc, 1849, p. 162, and Conch. Icon. Pholas., fig. 45.

Habitat. — North Island, and as far south as Waikouaiti, in
Otago.

• Species omitted as not inhabiting New Zealand
Aspergillum novce Zealandice, Lamarck.

BY CAPTAIN F. W. HUTTON, F.G.S. 513

Family. Glycimerid^e.

Saxicava australis. Lamarck, Anim s. Vert, 2nd edition. "Vol.
V., p. 153 (1840); Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 8. Hiatella
minuta, Gray in Dieffenbach's New Zealand. Vol. II., p. 252
(1843).

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand in the roots of Kelp.
Found also in Australia and Tasmania.

Panop^ea neozelanica. Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe,
Zool. III., p. 547, pi. 83, fig. 7-9 (1835) ; Reeve, Conch.
Icon., fig. 9 ; P. Solandri, Gray in Dieffenbach's New Zea-
land, Vol. III., p. 255 (1843); Reeve Conch. Icon., fig. 6.

Habitat. — Common in the north, rare in the south ; Chatham
Islands.

Family. Corbulid.e.*

Corbula erythrodon. Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. 2nd edition,
Vol. VI., p. 138 (1840) ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 4 ; G.
macilenta, Hutton Cab. Tertiary Moll, of New Zealand, p.
18 (1873).

Habitat. — North Island.
Found also in Japan,

The shell is distinguished by having both valves longitudinally
grooved.

Corbula neozelanica. Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe,
Zool. III., p. 511, pi. 85, fig. 12-14 (1835); C. catlowce,
Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 21.

Habitat. — North Island.
Found also in Australia.
Both valves are finely longitudinally striated.

* The following species is omitted : —

Corbula adusta. Hinds from W. Africa.

514 REVISION OP THE RECENT LAMELLIBRANCHIATA OF N. Z.,

Corbula haastiana. Hutton, Jour, de Conch., 1871, p. 84.

Habitat. — Lyttelton Harbour.

Rounder in shape than the other species ; the right valve finely
striated, the left deeply grooved.

Family. Ana/tinim:.*

Anatina Angasi. Sowerby ; A. Tasmanica, Hutton, Man, New
Zealand Moll., p. 136 (1880), [not of Reeve].

Habitat. — North Island, and Cook's Straits.
Found also in Tasmania.

Thracia vitrea. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand,
p. 61, (Lyonsia) (1873) ; T. granulosa, Hutton, Cat. Tertiary
Moll, of New Zealand, p. 19 (1873).

Habitat. — North Island.

Ne.era Trailli. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand,

p. 62 (1873).

Habitat. — Stewart's Island.

Myodora striata. Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool.
III., p. 537, pi. 83, fig. 10 (1835) ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig.
6; M. brevis, Woodward, Man. Moll., pi. 23, fig. 12, [not
of Sowb].

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand.

This is the largest species of the genus. The concentric strire on
the left valve f are comparatively fine, and generally less con-
spicuous than as represented in the figures in the " Astrolabe "

* The following species is omitted : —
Thracia novcu-zealandke, Reeve.

t Mr. Smith says that considerable difference of opinion exists as to
which is the posterior end of this shell. I do not understand how this can
be for the pallial sinus is well marked. Mr. Smith's drawings show that it
is the left valve which is flat. This is true for all the species that I have
examined.

BY CAPTAIN F. W. HUTT0N, F.G.S. 515

and the " Conchologia Iconica." The sculpture of the right valve
is rather coarser than that of the other valve. (E. A. Smith,
Proc. Zool. Soc, 1880, p. 580.

Myodora rotundat^. Sowerby, Pro. Zool. Soc, 1875, p. 129,
pi. 24, fig. 8.

Habitat. — New Zealand. (British Museum).

I have seen no specimens.

This species differs from the last in having the right valve much
deeper, the hinder dorsal margin proportionally shorter, less
incurved and more sloping, the ligamental pit much smaller, and
the contour of the shell more round (Smith, 1. c, p. 580).

Myodora brevis. Sowerby, Appendix to Stutchbury's Sale
Catalogue, p. 3, plate, fig. 2 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 7 ;
Chem. Man. de. Conch., II., p. 52, fig. 217 [not of Woodward,
nor of Adams]. M. plana, Hutton, Man of New Zealand
Mollusca, (1880), p. 137 [not of Sowb].

Habitat. — Stewart's Island.

Found also in Australia and Tasmania.

Variable in shape. The microscopic sculpture consists of a very
minute granulation, the granules being of unecpxal sizes, and
frequently transversely oblong. This granulation is coarser than
in other species of the genus ; and the almost total absence of the
radiating lines obtaining in all of them is remarkable (Smith, 1. c,
p. 580).

Myodora pandoriformis. Stutchbury, Zool. Jour., V., p. 99 ;
tab. Supp., 43, figs. 3-4 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 10. M.
brevis, Adams, Gen. Moll., III., pi. 98, fig. 2 [not of Sowb]

Habitat. — Stewart's Island. (C. Traill).

I have not seen this species. It is also found in Australia.

Easily recognised by its transversely elongate form ; its
comparative smoothness, and the excessive fineness of the micro-
scopic sculpture (Smith, 1. c, p. 581.)

516 REVISION OF THE RECENT LAMELLIBRANCHIATA OF N. Z.,

Mvodora crassa. Stutchburyi, Zool. Jour., V.p. 100, tab. Supp.
43, figs. 5-6 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 1.

Habitat.— Stewart's Island. (C. Traill).

I have not seen this species. It is found also in Australia.

This species is l'emarkable for its solidity, and its left valve being
less flattened, or concave, than in other species of the genus (Smith,
1. c, p. 581).

Myodora neozelanica. Smith, ( Novce-zealandice), Pro. Zool.
Soc, 1880, p. 584, pi. 53, fig. 5.

Habitat. — Stewart's Island.

More equilaterally triangular than any other species in the
genus, and remarkable for the abrupt termination of the concentric
grooves on the right valve, the smooth posterior dorsal area, and
particularly for the two divergent impressed rays within both of
the valves or radiating from the umbones as far as the pallial
impression (Smith).

Mvodora subrostrata. Smith, Pro. Zool. Soc, 1880, p. 584,
pi. 53, fig. 6. M. ovata. Hutton, Man. Moll, of New Zea-
land, p. 137 [not of Reeve].
Habitat. — Auckland and Stewart's Island.

More broadly and deeply sulcated than M. striata, and of a
different form, the hinder dorsal slope being straighter, and the
anterior more curved. The right valve has not the elevated and
strongly sculptured hinder marginal ridge which is characteristic of
that species (Smith).

Myodora antipodum. Smith, Pro. Zool. Soc, 1880, p. 585,
pi. 53, fig. 7.

Habitat — Auckland (Col. Bolton).

I have not seen this species.

Shell transversely elongated, but differs from M. pandoriformis
in the front dorsal margin being straight, in being more inequi-
lateral and in the right valve being more convex. From M. boltoni
it differs by the broader posterior truncated end, and the fact of
the hinder dorsal slope being longer than the anterior. (Smith.)

BY CAPTAIN F. W. HUTTON, F.G.S. 517

Myodora Boltoxi. Smith, Pro. Zool. Soc, 1880, p. 585?
pi. 53, fig. 9.

Habitat. — Auckland (Col. Bolton).

I have not seen this species.

Shell transversely elongated, but differs from pandoriformis in
being less strongly sulcated, and less broadly truncated behind,
less curved on the front dorsal mai'gin, and the pallial sinus is
deeper. The hinder dorsal slope is shorter than the anterior. The
sculpture is not so coarse as in antipodum, and the pallial sinus is
deeper and not so broad.

Chamostr.ea albida. Lamarck, Anim, s. Vert., 2nd edition.
Vol. VI., p. 585.
Habitat. — North Island ; Chatham Islands.
Found also in Australia and Tasmania.

Family. MactridyE.*

Mactra discors. Gray, Mag. Nort. Hist., 1837, p. 371, Voy.
Erebus and Terror, Moll., pi. 2, fig. 4 ; Reeve, Conch, Icon,
fig. 17 (1854). M. murchisoni, Deshayes, Pro. Zool. Soc,
1854 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 7C.

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand.

Mactra yequilatera. Deshayes, Pro. Zool. Soc, 1853, p. 17;
Voy. Erebus and Terror, Moll., pi. 2, fig. 10 ; Reeve, Conch.
Icou., fig. 14. M. elegans, Hutton, Cat. Tertiary Moll, of
New Zealand, p. 19 (juv).
Habitat. — Thoughout New Zealand.

Mactra scalpellum. Deshayes, Pro. Zool. Soc, 1854 ; Reeve,

Conch. Icon., fig. 106. Darina picsilla, Hutton, Cat. Marine

Moll, of New Zealand, p. 64, (1873).

Habitat. — Stewart's Island ; Auckland (Strange).

* The following species are omitted : —
Mactra donaciformis. Gray.
C&cella Zealandica. Deshayes.

**»*' v.

518 REVISION OF THE RECENT LAMELLIBRANCHIATA OP N. Z.,

Hemimactra ovatra. Gray in Dieffenbach's New Zealand, II ,
p. 251 (1843); Reeve, Conch. Icon. Mactra., fig. 30. .1/.
dehcta. Gould. Pro. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1849, III., p. 215.
Jf. nidi's. Hutton, Cat. Tertiary Moll, of New Zealand,
p. 19 (1873).

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand, in estuaries.

Hemimactra. elongata. Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe,
Zool. III., p. 518, pi. 83, fig. 1-2 (1835) [not of Reeve]. J/.
infiata. Hutton, Cat. Tertiaiy Moll, of New Zealand, p. 18
(1873).

Habitat. — Cook's Straits and the South Island.

Hemimactra notata. Hutton, Cat. Marine, Moll, of New
Zealand, p. 64 (1873). M. elongata. Reeve, Conch. Icon.
Mactra., fig. 43 [not of Quoy and Gaimard],

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand.

Zenatia acinaces. Quoy and Gaimard. Voy. Astrolabe, Zool.
III., p. 545, pi. 83, fig. 5-G (1835) : Reeve, Conch. Icon.
Lutraria, fig. 14. Z. cumingiara, Deshayes, Pro. Zool. Soc,
1854 ; Reeve, I.e., tig. 13. Z. solenoides, Deshayes, l.c , 1854 ;
[not of Lamarck]. Z. Deshaysii, Reeve, I.e., fig. 1.

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand.

Vanganella taylori. Gray, Ann. Nat. Hist, 1853, XL, p. 476 ;
Voy. Erebus and Terror, Moll , pi., 2, fig. 5. Lutraria
lanceolata, Reev, Conch. Icon., fig. 17. Tryon Structural and
Systematic Conchology III., pi. 110, fig. 10.

Habitat. — Cook's Straits and South Island.

Raeta perspicua. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand,
p. 65 (1873).

Habitat.— Bay of Islands, and Wellington (T. W. Kirk.)

BY CAPTAIN F. W. HUTTON, F.G.S. 519

Family. Paphiid.e.*

Paphia neozelanica. Chemnitz (Mya) Conch. Cab. VI. , fig. I 9-
20 (1782) ; Reeve, Conch. Icon. Mesodenna, fig. 21 ; Mi/a
australis, Gnielin, 13th edition; Linne's Syst. Nat., p. 3221 ;
Paphia Roissyana, Lesson, Voy. Coquille, Zool. I., p. 42+,
pi. 15, fig. 1 ; M. Chemnitzii, Deshayes, Ency. Meth. II., p.
443 ; Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. III., p. 505,
pi. 82, fig. 9-11; Reeve, Conch. Icon. Mesoderma, fig. 21 ;
M. ovalis, Deshayes, Pro. Zool. Soc., 1854, p. 336 ; Reeve, I.e.,
fig. 7 ; M. aucklandicum, Martens, Sitz. der Geselle. Nat.
Freun. Zu Berlin, 1879, p. 37.

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand and at the Auckland
Islands.

Paphia ventricosa. Gray in Dieffenbach's New Zealand II., p.
252 ; Voy. Erebus and Terror, Moll., pi. 3, fig. 6 ; M. latum,
Deshayes in Gu6rin's Magasin de Zoologie, 1843, p. 80 ;
Reeve, Conch. Icon. Mesoderma, fig. 4.

Habitat. — From Cook's Straits to the South of New Zealand.

Paphia spissa. Reeve, Conch. Icon. Mesoderma, fig. 18 (1854) ;
21. sub-triangulata, Gray (?)

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand and at the Chatham
Islands.

Family. Tellinid.e.j

Psammobia stangeri. Gray in Dieffenbach's New Zealand II.,
p. 253 1843 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 12.

P.abitat. — Throughout New Zealand.

* The following species is omitted : —

Mesodesma cuneatum. Lamarck, from Australia,
f The following species are omitted : —

Tdlina sublniticidaris. Sowerby, inhabits Australia.

Tellina strangei. Deshayes.

Psammobia affinis. Reeve, inhabits the Philippines.

520 REVISION OF THE RECENT LAMELLIBRANCHIATA OF N. Z.,

PsAMMOBlA lineolata. Gray in Yate's New Zealand, p. 309
(1835); Voy. Erebus and Terror, Moll., pi. 2, fig. Jl;
Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 58.

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand and at the Chatham

Islands.

Psammobia neozelanica. Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1854, p.
319; P. zonalis, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand [not of
Lamarck].

Habitat. — Stewart's Island.

Hiatula njtida. Gray, in Dieffenbach's New Zealand, II., p.
253 (1843); Voy. Erebus and Terror, Moll., pi. 2, fig. 9.

Habitat. — New Zealand.

Height of the shell rather more than half the length ; the
postei'ior end sub-angulated.

Hiatula incerta. Reeve, Conch. Icon. Soletellina, fig. 13
(1857) ; Deshayes, MSS. ; H, nitens, Tryon American Joui\
of Conch., V., p. 171, pi. 16, fig. 9 (1870).

Habitat. — New Zealand (Strange and T. B. Wilson).
Height of the shell rather more than half the length ; the
posterior end rounded.

Hitaula siliqua. Reeve, Conch. Icon. Soletellina, fig. 10, (1857).

Habitat. — New Zealand. (Hart).
Height less than half the length.

Tkllina alba. Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool., III.,
p. 500, pi. 81, figs. 1-3 (1835); Reeve, Conch. Icon. fig. 180.

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand.

Tkllina glabrella. Deshayes, Pro. Zool. Soc, 1854, p. 366 ;
Voy. Erebus and Terror, Moll., pi. 2, fig. 7; Reeve, Conch.
Icon. fig. 296. T. lactea, Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe,

BY CAPTAIN F. W. HUTTON, F.G.S. 521

Zool., III., p. 501, pi. 81, figs. 14-16 (1835) [not of Limn' |.
T. deltoidalis, Hutton, Man. Moll, of New Zealand, p. 143,
(1880) [not of Lamarck].
Habitat — Throughout New Zealand.

Tellina disculus. Deshayes, Pro. Zool. Soc., 1854, p. 360 ;
Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 306, T. lactea, Gray in Dieffenbach's
New Zealand, II., p, 254 [not of Linne].
Habitat. — North Island of New Zealand ; Chatham Islands.

Tellina subovata. Sowb. in Reeves' Conch. Icon., fig. 160
(1866). T. lintea, Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand
p. 67 (1873).
Habitat. — Stewart's Island.

Tellina ticaonica. Deshayes, Pro. Zool. Soc , 1854, p. 358 ;
Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 303

Habitat — Stewart's Island.

Found also in Australia and, according to Mr. Cumming, in the
Philippines.

Tellina radiata. Deshayes, (Capsella) Pro. Zool. Soc, 1854, p.

348.
Habitat. — Stewart's Island.
Found also, according to Mr. dimming, at the Philippines.

Family Venerid.e *

Venus oblonga. Hanley in Wood's Index Test. Suppl. (1828) ;
Voy. Erebus and Terror, Moll., pi. 2, fig. 1. V. zealandico,
Gray in Yate's New Zealand, p. 309 (1835) [not of Quoy ami
Gaimard].

* The following species have been omitted : —

Venus nodosa, Dunker ; inhabits West Africa.

Venus lima, Sowerby.

C/iione lamellata, Lamarck ; inhabits Australia.

Chione gibbosa, Hutton ; found fossil only.

( '/linne paupercula, Chemnitz ; inhabits India.

Callista disrupta, Sowerby ; inhabits Australia.

Dosinia carpenteri, Romer.

Tapes fabagella, Deshayes; inhabits Australia.

Tapes gatactites, Lamarck ; inhabits Australia.

522 REVISION OP THE RECENT LAMELLIBRANCIIIATA OF N. Z.,

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand, and at the Auckland
Islands.

Venus crebra. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand, p. 70

(1873).

Habitat. — North Island of New Zealand.

Perhaps a variety of the last but more swollen, smoother, and
the concentric striaj crenulated at the anterior end by radiating
lines.

Vexus yatei. Gray in Yate's New Zealand (1835). V. calcarea,
Gould, Pro. Post. Soc. Nat. Hist. III., p. 277 (1850). V.
lucasii, Hombron and Jacquinot, Voy. Pole Sud. Zool. V.,
p. 151, pi. 26, fig. 1 (1854).

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand, but rare in the South.
Prof. v. Martens says that this species is allied to V. exalbida,
Chemn. from the Straits of Magellan, and to V. plicata, Gmelin.

Venus stuchburyi. Gray in Woods Index Test. Supp. (1828) ;
and in Dieffenbach's New Zealand, II., p. 250 ; Voy. Erebus
and Terror, Moll. pi. 3, fig. 4 ; Peeve, Conch. Icon. fig. 59.
V. Zealandica, Quoyand Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. III.,
p. 522, pi. 84, fig. 5-6 (1835) [not good.] V. Diefenbachii,
Gray in Dieff., New Zealand, II., p. 250 (1843) (Young).

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand, and at the Chatham and
Auckland Islands.

Found also in Tasmania (Tenison- Woods), and according to Mr.
S. P. Woodward at Kerguelen's Land.

Venus costata. Qtioy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. III.,
p. 521, pi. 84, fig. 1-2 (1835). V. crassicosta, Hanley in
Recent Shells, p. 118, pi. 16. fig. 39 (1844). V. crassicostata,
Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 42.

llub'ttat. — Throughout New Zealand.

BY CAPTAIN F. W. HUTTON, F.G.S. 523

Venus mesodesma. Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool.
III., p! 532, pi. 84, fig. 17-18 (1835) ; Deshayes, Cat. Brit.
Mus. Veneridse, p. 150; Homer, Mai. Blatt. XIV., p. 133
(1867). V. spurea, Sowerby. Pro. Zool. Soc, 1835 (?),
Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 90. V. denticulate, Quoy and
Gaimard, I.e., p. 530, pi. 84, fig. 15-1 G. V. violarea, Quoy
and Gaimard, I.e., p. 533, pi. 84, fig. 19-20. V. cr asset, Quoy
and Gaimard, I.e.. p. 525, pi. 84, fig. 7-8. V. spissa, Deshayes
in Lamarck's Anim, s. Vert., 2nd edition, VI., p. 373 (1840).
V. scansilis, Rbmer, I.e., VII., p. 114 (1861).

Habitat. — -Throughout New Zealand.

It is said to be also found at Valparaiso and in the Philippine
Islands, but specimens from these localities have not, I think,
been compared.

Cytherea multistriata. Sowerby, Thes. Conch. I., p. 628, pi.
36, fig. 177 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon. Dione, fig. 60 ; Deshayes,
Cat. Brit. Mus., Veneridse, p. 64.

Habitat. — Cook's Straits to Stewart Island.

Dosinia australis. Gray in Dieffenbach's New Zealand, II., p.
249 (1843) ; D. anus, Philippi, Icones, Cytherea, pi. 8, fig. 1
(1848) ; Reeve, Conch. Icon. fig. 10.

Habitat. — North Island and as far south as Oawaru in Otago.

Dosinia subrosea. Gray in Yate's New Zealand (1835) and
in Dieffenbach's New Zealand, II., p. 249 (1843) ; Voy.
Erebus and Terror, Moll., pi. 3, fig. 2.

Habitat.— North Island, and as far south as Dunedin.
Found also in Tasmania.

Dosinia limbata. Gould, Pro. Bost. Nat. Hist. Soc. III., p.
277(1850); United States Exploring Expedition, XII., p.
422, atlas, fig. 536 (1852).

Habitat. — North Island ; rare.

524 REVISION OP THE RECENT LAMELLIBRANCHIATA OP N. Z.,

Dosinia grayi. Zittel, Reise de Novara, Palaeontology, p. 45,
pi. 15, fig. 11 (1864).
Habitat. — Wellington (H. B. Kirk), and at the Chatham
Islands ; rare.

Tapes intermedia. Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool.
III., p. 526, pi. 84, fig. 9-10 (1835).

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand and at the Auckland
Islands.

According to Prof. v. Martens this species is allied to the
European T. decit&satus. L.

Family. Petricolid.e.*

Venerupis reflexa. Gray in Dieffenbach's New Zealand, II., p.
250 (1843) ; Voy Erebus and Terror, Moll., pi. 2, fig. 3. V.
insignis, Deshayes, Pro. Zool. Soc, 1853, p. 6, pi. 18, fig. 4 ;
Reeve, Conch. Icon. fig. 2.
Habitat. — Auckland.

Shell shortly truncated, the lamelhe simply reflexed. Interior
with a purple mark behind.

Venerupis elegans. Deshayes, Pro. Zool. Soc, 1853, p. 5, pi. 18,
fig. 2 ; Voy. Erebus and Terror, Moll., pi. 2, fig. 6.

Habitat. — Auckland.

Shell longer than the last, the lamellce crisped behind. Interior
white.

Family Cardiid.e.

Cardium striatulum. Sower-by, Pro. Zool. Soc, 1840 ; Reeve,
Conch. Icon , fig. 60. G. pulchellum, Gray in Dieffenbach's
New Zealand, II., p. 252 (1843) [not of Reeve].
Habitat. — -Throughout New Zealand.

* The following species have been omitted : —
Petrkola serrata. Deshayes.
Venerupis paupercula Deshayes.
Venerupis siliqua. Deshayes.

BY CAPTAIN F. W. HUTTON, F.G.S. 525

Family Lucinid.e*

Lucina dentata. Wood, Gen Conch., p. 195, pi. 46. fig. 7,
(1817). L. divaricata, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., V, p. 541
(1818) [not of Linne]. Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 47a.

Habitat. — Throughout Zew Zealand.

Found also in Tasmania, Australia and widely spread over the
earth.

For the synonymy of this species see Brazier, Pro. Lin. Soc. of
N. S. Wales, VIII., p. 229.

Family Uxgulinid^:.

Mysia neozelanica. Gray in Dieffenbach's New Zealand, II., p.
256 (1843) ; Voy. Erebus and Terror, Moll., pi. 3, tig. 8. L.
inculta, Gould, Pro. Bost. Nat. Hist. Soc, III., p. 255, (1850).

Habitat. — Auckland.

Mysia globularis. Lamarck, Ann. sans Vert., 2nd edition, VI.,
p. 231 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon. Lucina., fig. 55.

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand.
Found also in Australia.

Mysia striata. Hutton, Jour, de Conch., 1878, p. 51. L. Xovce-
zealandice, Reeve, Conch. Icon. Lucina., fig. 14 (1850) [not of
Gray].

Habitat. — Cook's Straits.

Family. ERYCINID^E.

Kellia citrixa. Hutton, New Zealand Jour, of Science I., p.
477(1883); Trans. New Zealand, Inst. XVI., p. 215 (1884).
Habitat. — Auckland.

* The following species has been omitted : —
L. lactea, Adams ; inhabits Australia.
35

526 REVISION OF THE RECENT LAMELLIBRANCHIATA OP N. Z.

Kellia sanguinea. Hutton, New Zealand, Jour, of Science I.,
p. 478 (1883); Trans. New Zealand, Inst., XVI., p. 215
(1884).

Habitat. — Stewart's Island.

Kellia antipodum. Filho], Cornptes Rendus, XCI., p. 1095

(1880).

Habitat. — Campbell Island.

Near K. cycladi/ormis, but distinguished by the presence of very
regular concentric lines. 1 have not seen this species.

Pythina stowei. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand,

p. 76 (1873).

Habitat. — North Island of New Zealand.

Family. Solemyid^e.

Solemya parkinsoni. Smith, Voy. Erebus and Terror, Moll,
p. 6, pi. 3, fig. 1 ; S Australia Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 4
[not of Lamarck ]

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand.

Family. Astartid^e.*

Crassatella obesa. Adams, Pro. Zool. Soc, 1852, p. 90, pi.

16, fig. 2.

Habitat. — New Zealand, in deep water (Strange.)
I have not seen this species.

Crassatella bellula. Adams, Pro. Zool. Soc, 1852, p. 95.
Gouldia isabella, Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand,
p. 76 (1873).

Habitat. — Cook' Straits, in deep water.

* The following species have been omitted : —

Cardita amabilis, Deshayes ; inhabits Tasmania.
Cardita bimaculata, Dishayes; inhabits Tasmania.

BY CAPTAIN F. W. HUTTON, F.G.S. 257

Cardita australis. Lamarck, Anim. sans Yert. 2nd edition,
VI., p. 383 ; Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool.
III., p. 480, pi. 78, figs. 11-14 (1835); Gray, Figures of
Molluscous Animals, pi. 346, fig, 4. C. Zealandica, Potiez
and Michaud, Gall, des Moll., 1838, p. 166. C. tridentata,
Reeve, Conch. Icon. fig.-22 (1843) [not of Say]. C. purpurata,
Deshayes, Pro. Zool. Soc, 1852, p. 100, pi. 17, figs. 12-13.
Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand, and at the Chatham

Islands.

The interior is generally marked with rosy or purple, and the

ribs are broader than the interstices.

Cardita difficilis. Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1852, p. 103,
pi. 17, figs. 16-17.

Habitat. — Stewart's Island.

The interior is white, and the interstices are sub-equal to the
rib?. Perhaps a variety of the last species.

Cardita compressa. Reeve, Conch. Icon. fig. 46 (1843) ; C.
zealandica, Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1852, p. 101, [not of
Potiez and Michaud] ; C. lutea, Hutton, Man. of New Zea-
land Mollusca, p. 159 (1880).
Habitat. — Auckland.

Cardita tasmanica. Tenison-Woods (Mytilicardia) Proc. Roy.

Soc. of Tasmania, 1875, p. 161 ; Mytilicardia excavata,

Hutton, Man. New Zealeand Mollusca, p. 160 (1880) [not of

Deshayes J.

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand and at the Chatham

Islands. Found also in Tasmania.

Family. Arcid.e.*

* The following species have been omitted, but possibly some of them
may yet be obtained by dredging.
Nucula castanea. Adams.
Nucida striolata. Adams, inhabits China.
Nucula grayi. D'Orbigny, inhabits S. America.
Li dafaatkliosa. A dams.
Leda micans. Adams.

528 REVISION OF THE RECENT LAMELLIBRANCHIATA OF N. Z.

Arc a. decussata. Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1833, p. 18 ;
Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 81.

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand. Found also in Australia.

Arca donaciformis. Reeve, Conch. Icon. fig. 104 (18 ) ;
Barbatia 2}wsi!la, Hutton, Man. New Zealand Moll., p. 162
[not of Sowerby].

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand. Found also in the
Mozambique.

Pectunculus laticostatus. Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe,
Zool. III., p. 466, pi. 77, fig. 4-6 (1835); Reeve, Conch.
Icon., fig. 8 ; P. ovatas, Quoy and Gaimard, I.e., p. 467, pi.
77, figs. 1-2; P. flammeus, Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 7(1843);
P. grayanus, Dunker, Pro. Zool. Soc, 1856, p. 357.

Habitat.- — Throughout New Zealand, and at the Chatham
Islands. Found also in South Australia and Bass' Straits.

Pectunculus striatularis. Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., 2nd
edition, VI., p. 493 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 27.

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand.

Nucula nitidula. Adams, Pro. Zool. Soc, 1856, p. 51 ; Sow.
Thesaur. Ill, pi. 229, fig. 142 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon. fig. 27.

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand.

Nucula stranger Adams, Pro. Zool. Soc, 1856, p. 52 ; Reeve,
Conch. Icon. fig. 15 ; Voy. Erebus and Terror, Moll., pi. 2,
fig. 14.

Habitat. — Cook's Straits. Found also in Australia.

Nucula lacunosa. Hutton (1884). iT. sulcata. Adams, Pro.
Zool. Soc. 1856, p. 53; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 10 [not of
Brown].

Habitat. — North Island of New Zealand.

BY CAPTAIN F. W. HUTTON, F.G.S. 529

Loda concinna. Adams, Pro. Zool. Soc, 1856, fig. 48; Reeve,
Conch. Icon., fig. 15.
Habitat. — Cook's Straits and South Island of New Zealand.

Solenella australis. Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe,
Zool. III., p. 471, pi. "78, fig. 5-10 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig.
4 ; Voy. Erebus and Terror, Moll., pi. 2, fig. 13 ; Gray, Figs.
Moll. Animals II., pi. 372 fig. 7a and 10. Neilo cumingii,
Adams, Pro. Zool. Soc, 1852, p. 93.
Habitat. — Wellington and Stewart's Island.

Family. MytiliDjE.*

Mytiltjs magellanicus. Lamai'ck, Anim. sans Vert., 2nd edition,

VII., p. 37; Reeve, Conch. Icon. fig. 22. M. polyodon, Quoy

and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. III., p. 462, pi. 78,

figs. 15-16 (1835).

Habitat. — Cook's Straits and the South Island of New Zealandf

and at Chatham Islands, Auckland Islands and Campbell Island.

Found also in S. America and Kergulen's Land.

Mytilus latus. Chemnitz, Conch. Cab. VIIL, f. 747 (1785);

Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 12 and fig. 24 [not of Lamarck.]

M. durus, Solander, Cat. Portland Museum. M. canilicidatus

Martyn Univ. Conch., pi. 78 (1).

Habitat, — Throughout New Zealand. Found also in Tasmania.

Myti us chorus. Molina, M. latus, Lamarck [not of Chemnitz].

M. edulis, Hutton, Tran. New Zealand, Moll., p. 167 [not of

Linne].

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand ; and at the Auckland

Islands and Campbell Island. Found also in Chili.

* The following species have been omitted : —
Mytilus hirsutus, Lam ; inhabits Australia.
Mytilus dunkeri, Reeve; inhabits America.
Modiola albicosta. Lam. ; inhabits Australia.
Modula securis, Lam. ; not recognised.
Ldthodomus gruneri ; Reeve, inhabits W. Africa.

530 REVISION OF THE RECENT LAMELLIBRANCHIATA OP N. Z.

Mytilus ater. Frauenfeld, Verhandl.Zool. Bot., Gesellsch. Wien.,

1866, p. 916 ; Reiae der Novara, Moll. pi. 2, figs. 29-30. M.

crassas, Tenison- Woods, Pro. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1876, p. 157

(1877).

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand. Found also in Tasmania.

Modiola australis. Gray in King's Voyage II., p. 477 (1827) ;
Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 21 ; M. areolata, Gould, Proc. Bost.
Soc. Nat. Hist. III., p. 353 (1850).
Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand, and at the Chatham and
Auckland Islands. Found also in Australia.

Modiola fluviatilis. Hutton, Jour, de Conch., 1878, p. 53.
Habitat. — Dunedin and Chatham Islands, in brackish water.

Crenella impacta. Hermann (1782); Reeve, Conch. Icon.

Modiola, fig. 6 i ; M. discors, Chemnitz, Lamarck, and Quoy

and Gaimard.
Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand and at the Chatham
Islands. Found also in Europe and N. America.

Lithodomus truncatus. Gray in Dieffenbach's New Zealand
II., p. 259 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 3 ; Voy. Erebus and
Terror, Moll., pi. 2, fig. 12.
Habitat. — North Island of New Zealand.

Family. Aviculid.e.*

Pinna neozelanica. Gray in Dieflfenbach's New Zealand II.,

p. 259 (1843) ; Voy. Erebus and Terror, Moll., pi. 3, fig. 7 ;

Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 13 ; P. senticosa, Goidd, Proc. Bost.

Soc. Nat. Hist. III., p. 312 (1850).

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand. Found also in Australia.

• The following species have been omitted : —
Avicula glabra. Gould.
Aciculafucata. Gould, inhabits Fiji.
Avicula lurida. Gould.

BY CAPTAIN F. \V. HUTTON, F.G.S. 531

Family. Limid^;.

Lima neozelanica. Sowerby, Proc, Zool. Soc, 1876, p. 754,
pi. 75, fig. 1 ; L. squamosa, Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New
Zealand (1873), [not of Lam).

Habitat. — Stewart's Island.

Lima anuulata. Sowerby, Thes. Conch. ; Reeve, Conch. Icon.,

fig. 13.

Habitat. — North Island ot New Zealand. Found also in
Australia.

Lima bullata. Born., Sowb., Thes. Conch. I., pi. 22 , fig. 33 ;
L. japonica, Adams, Proc. ZooL Soc, 1863, p. 509 ; Reeve,
Conch. Icon., fig. 21 (?)

Habitat. — South Island of New Zealand. Found also in

Tasmania.

Family. Pectin idje*

Pecten asperrimus. Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert. P. australis,
Sowerby. Thes. Conch. I., p. 76; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig.
103.

Habitat. — Foveaux Straits. Found also in Tasmania and
Australia.

Pecten neozelanica. Gray in Dieffenbach's New Zealand, II.,
p. 260 (1843) ; Voy. Erebus and Terror, Moll. pi. 3, fig. 7.
P. ketus, Gould. Pro. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. ILL, p. 345
(1850). P. diefenbachii, Reeve; Conch. Icon. fig. 88 (1852).
P. multicostatus, Reeve, I.e., fig. 173.

Variety gemmulatus. Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. III.

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand, and at the Chatham Islands.

* The following species have been omitted : —
Pecten pica ; Reeve.
Plicatula nova-zeulandica. Sowerby.

532 [revision of the recent lamellibranciiiata of n. z.

Pectbn radiatus. — Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand,
p. 82 (1873).

Habitat. — Stewart's Island.

Pecten convexus. Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe Zool.
III., p. 443, pi. 76, figs. 1-3 (1835) ; P. roseo-ptmctatus,
Reeve, Conch. Icon., tig, 84 ; P. vellicatus, Hutton, Cat.
Marine Moll, of New Zealand, p. 82 (1873).

Habitat. — Cook's Straits and the South Island of New Zealand.

Pecten laticostatus. Gray in Dieffenbach's New Zealand II.»
p. 260 (1843) ; P. novce-zealandice, Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig.
36 (1852) ; Pecten fumatus, L. (?)

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand, and at the Chatham
Islands. Found also in Australia.

Family Anomiid^e.

Anomia stowei. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand, p.

83 (1873).

Habitat. — Cook's Straits.

Anomia alectus. Gray, Pro. Zool. Soc, 1819, p. 117; Reeve,
Conch. Icon., fig. 28.

Habitat. — Stewart's Island.
A doubtful determination.

Anomia cyt^eum. Gray, Pro. Zool. Soc, 1849, p. 115.

Habitat. — Stewart's Island.
A very doubtful determination.

Placuanomia neozealanica. Gray in Dieffenbach's New Zealand,
II., p, 260 : Voy. Erebus and Terror, Moll., pi. 3, fig. 10 ;
Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 4.

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand.

BY CAPTAIN F. W. HUTTON, F.G.S. 533

Placuanomia ioxe. Gray, Pro. Zool. Soc, 1849, p. 123; Reeve,
Conch. Icon., fig. 6.

Habitat. — Stewart's Island and Wellington (H. B. Kirk).
Found also in Tasmania and Australia.

Family Ostreid.e.*

Ostkea edulis. Linne ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 8. Variety
Purpurea. Hanly, Conch, Miscel., pt. 3.
Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand.

Variety Angasi. Sowerby in Reeve's Conch. Icon., fig. 27 (1871).
0. lutaria, Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand, p. 84
(1873). 0. chilensis, Sowb. in Reeves Conch. Icon., fig. 33 (?).

Habitat.— South Island of New Zealand.

OSTREA GLOMERATA. Gould, Pl'O. Bost. SoC Nat. Hist., III., p.

346 (1850); Un. St. Ex, Ep., XII., p. 461, Atlas fig. 577;
Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 52.

Habitat. — Auckland, on rocks.

Ostrea reniformis. Sowerby in Reeves Conch. Icon., fig. 57

(1871).

Habitat. — Dunedin and Banks Peninsula, on rocks.

The following species has been omitted :

Ostrea discoidea, Gould ; inhabits Fiji Islands.

534 A RECORD OF LOCALITIES OF SOME N. S. W. ZOOPHYTES,

A RECORD OF LOCALITIES OF SOME NEW SOUTH
WALES ZOOPHYTES, AS DETERMINED BY DR.
KIRCHENPAUER.

Communicated By Sir F. von Muller, K.C.M.G., &c.

I. HYDROIDA

Thuiaria cartilaoinea. N. sp.
Coast near Mount Dromedary ; Miss Mary Bate.

Sertularella Johnstoni. Gray.

Near the entrance of the Richmond River ; Miss Constance
Hodgkinson.

Sertularella simplex. Hutton.
Coast near Mount Dromedary ; Miss Bate.

Sertularea Millefolium. Lamarck.
Coast near Mount Dromedary ; Miss Bate.

Sertularia Lycopodium. Lamarck.

Coast near Mount Dromedary ; Miss Bate. Near the entrance
of the Richmond River ; Miss Hodgkinson.

Aglaophenia ramosa. Busk.
Coast near Mount Dromedary ; Miss Bate.

BY SIR F. VON MULLER, K.C.M.G., ETC. 535

II. BRYOZOA.
Catenioella ventricosa. Busk.
Coast near Mount Dromedary. Miss Bate.

Catenioella margaritacea. Busk.

Coast near Mount Dromedary ; Miss Bate. Near the entrance
of the Richmond River ; Miss Hodgkinson.

Catenioella elegans. Busk.
Entrance of the Richmond River. Miss Bate.

Catenioella Buskii. Thompson.
Coast near Mount Dromedary. Miss Bate.

Didymia simplex. Busk.
Entrance of the Richmond River. Miss Bate.

Cellularia cuspidata. Busk.
Coast near Mount Dromedary. Miss Bate.

Emma crystallina. Gray.
Coast near Mount Dromedary. Miss Bate.

Bugula dentata. Lamouroux.

Entrance of the Richmond River ; Miss Hodgkinson. Coast
near Mount Dromedary ; Miss Bate.

Flustra denticulata. Busk.
Coast near Mount Dromedary. Miss Bate.

Steganiporella. Species forsan nova.
Entrance of the Richmond River. Miss Hodgkinson.

536 A RECORD OP LOCALITIES OP SOME N. S. W. ZOOPHYTES.
MEMBRANIPORA MEMBRANACEA. L.

Entrance of the Richmond River ; Miss Hodgkinson.

MEMBRANIPORA PILOSA. L.
Entrance of the Richmond River ; Miss Hodgkinson.

2. CYCLOSTOMATA.

Crisia margaritacea. Busk.
Entrance of the Richmond River ; Miss Hodgkinson.

3. CHTENOSTOMATA.

Amathella cor nut a. Gray.
Coast near Mount Dromedary ; Miss Bate.

Spiralia crispa. Lamarck.
Entrance of the Richmond River ; Miss Hodgkinson.

Spiralia dentata. N. sp.
Coast near Mount Dromedary ; Miss Bate.

NEW FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

No. 3.

By Charles W. De Vis, M.A.

Neoniphon hasta.

D. 11-1/12. A. 3/7. Lat. 40. Tr. 10.

The height of the body is 3 barely, the length of the head 2f in
the length s.c. Orbit 2f , interorbit and snout 4 each in the length,
of the head. Second dorsal spine -J of the height of the body ; 2nd
anal spine * nearly of the same. Profile much more convex above
than below. Caudal peduncle long, narrow, tapering. Lower jaw
the longer. Second and third dorsal spines longest and equal.
Second anal spine much the longest and strongest. All the bones of
of the head serrated, the preorbital strongly. Two long spines
overlying each other on the angle of the preopercle. Opercle
crenulated with two short flat spines. Interorbit with two feeble
ridges. Frontal with radiating grooves. Caudal bilobed. Scales
strongly ctenoid.

Colour (dry) yellowish brown, an obscure longitudinal stripe from
the occiput to the caudal. A large black blotch on the 1st to 4th
dorsal webs above.

Length, 3f inches. Locality, Queensland.

The differences between this and iT. armatus are, fewer anal rays
and a longer spine, a much longer caudal peduncle, shorter snout
and opercular spines and a higher body.

Polynemus multiradialus, Gth., ascends the Brisbane River.

538 NEW FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM,

CORVINA CANINA.

D. 10-1/29. A. 2,8. Lat. 50. Tr. 9/12.

The height of the body is 4, the length of the head i\ in the
total length. Orbit and snout each 4, interorbit 3$, second anal
spine 3 nearly, in the length of the head. Snout obtuse with a
sloping profile. Jaws neaidy equal, the lower with an outer
row of long teeth, the upper with a few longer curved teeth in
front. Preopercle not denticulated. First ray of ventral a little
produced. Dorsals conjoined, lowest over the tenth spine. Nostrils
subequal.

Colour reddish brown above, silvery below the lateral line.
First dorsal minutely black dotted, the dots aggregated into a
black patch on the tip, a dark blotch on the opercle. Scales on
the sides of the body minutely dotted with brown.

Length, 7 inches. Locality, Brisbane River.

CORVINA COMES.

D. 10-1/28. A. 2/7. Lat. 50. Tr. 6/12.

The height of the body and the length of the snout are each ^
of the total length. Orbit \, interorbit 5, second anal £, of the
length of the head. Snout obtuse, swollen, with a deep vertical
profile. Low jaw much the shorter. Outer rows of teeth scarcely
larger than the rest. Preopercle not denticulated. First ray of
ventral produced into a rather long filament. Doi'sals confluent,
lowest over the ninth spine. Anterior nostril much the smaller.

Colour pinky brown First dorsal minutely brown spotted.

Length, 6 inches, Locality, Brisbane River.

CORVINA AXILLARIS.

D. 10 1/29. A. 2/7. Lat. 56. Tr. 10/14.

The height of the body is 4g the length of the head 4 in the

length of the body, s.c. Orbit 5|, interorbit 4|, snout 3|, 2nd

dorsal spine 4J in the length of the head. Snout obtusely pointed,

profile sloping, jaws equal. Teeth of upper jaw small, recurved.

BY CHARLES W. DE VIS, M.A. 539

Dorsal continuous, lowest over the eleventh spine. Preopercle
entire. First ray of ventral not pi-oduced. Anterior nosti'il much
the smaller.

Colour uniform silvery grey (dry), paired fins yellow. A large
deep chesnut blotch on the axil.

Length, 27 inches. Locality, Brisbane River.

Locally known as the Jewfish.

Naseus strigatus.
D. 4/33. A. 2/25.

The height of the body is 2 : the length of the head 3§ in the
total length. The snout is one half nearly of the length of the
head. The height of the soft dorsal is one-half of the total length
of the body. The profile of the head is straight, no horn being
developed. A single caudal spine directed forwards. Teeth
large, denticulated throughout, Form elevated, compressed. Tail
truncated, anal deep.

Colour black. Preorbital portion of head and throat pale.
Seven broad pale bands, indistinct posteriorly, across the body and
tail, the first passing through the hinder part of the orbit to the
ventral. Tail pale (yellow in life.)

Length, 2^ inches. Locality, Queensland coast.

CAEANX AURIGA.

D. 6, 1/21. A. 2, 1/20. Lat. 98, plates 38.
The height of the body in front of the pectoral is 4 nearly, in
front of the anal 3^, the length of the head is 4f , in the total
length. Orbit 4 nearly, snout 3|, in the length of the head.
First dorsal, weak first ray of second dorsal prolonged to the
middle of the caudal, of anal a little prolonged. Caudal lobed,
large. Length of pectoral more than the greatest height of the
body, equal to the straight portion of the lateral line. Teeth
villiform, with a stronger outer row on the jaws. Anterior half
(nearly) of lateral line forms a low parabolic curve to below the

540 NEW FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM,

eighth dorsal ray. Plates well developed, the middle ones half
the length of the head. The maxillary reaches the fore edge of
the orbit. Scales adherent. Breast naked.

Colour uniform silvery, with steel blue reflections on the
dorsum.

Length, 10 inches. Locality, Cairns.

Caranx gives.
D. 5, 1/20. A. 1/10.

Height of body 3, length of head 3§, in the length from the
snout to end of middle rays of caudal. Orbit 6^-, snout 2| nearly,
in the length of the head. Pectoral longer than the height of the
body. Second dorsal spine rather more than \ of the length of
the head. First dorsal spine weak. Second dorsal fulcate, anal
low, none of the rays of dorsal or anal elongate. Lateral line
peaked under the spinous dorsal, becoming straight under the
16th dorsal ray. Plates very feeble. Profile of head gibbous
over the eyes, indented over the nostrils. Lower jaw the shorter.
The maxillary extends to the anterior third of the orbit.

Colour uniform. Edge of opercle and axillary spot black.

Length, 22 inches. Locality, north coast of Queensland.

Caranx procaranx.
D. 5/25. A. 1/21.

The height of the body is 3|, the length of the head 4 J, in the
total length. Breast scaly. The maxillary reaches the fore-third
of the orbit. Teeth minute. Lateral line gently curved anteriorly
becoming straight beyond the middle of the soft dorsal. It is
armed throughout, but the plates of the curved portion are
smaller than those of the straight ; scales small, with much larger
irregularly scattered ones amongst them. The pectoi'al reaches
the first anal spine. Fourth dorsal spine about half the height of
the body, caudal forked.

Colour golden brown, the larger scales silvery white.

Length, 4 inches.

BY CHARLES W. DE VIS, MA. 541

Locality, Cape York. Collected by Mr. K. Broadbent.

Tins fish is anything but a typical Caranx, yet hardly deserves
isolation.

Caranx fcclipsifer.
D. 5, 1/32/2. A. 2, 1/27/2.

The height of the body is 4J, the length of the head 4£, in the
total length. Orbit 3§, interorbit 3f, snout 2|, in the length
of the head. Breast scaly. The maxillary does not nearly reach
the fore edgo of the orbit, gape wide, lower jaw protuberant. The
lateral line nearly follows the curve of the back to beyond the
commencement of the soft dorsal. The straight portion consists of
about 42 plates which are high, more than half the length of the
orbit. The second dorsal spine is § of the body. A separate
finlet of two rays behind the dorsal and anal. Scales rather large.
Teeth very small in a single series. Face concave before the eye.
Opercular spot very distinct, round, in a golden areola. Above
lead blue, beneath golden.

Length, 7 inches. Locality, Cape York. Collected by Mr. K.
Broadbent.

M.ICROPTERYX QlJEENSLANDLE.

D. 7, 1/20. A. 2, 1/20.

The height of the body is 4^, the length of the head 5, in the total
length. Orbit 4, snout 3, interorbit 3^, in the length of the head.
Gape rather wide, the maxillary reaching the posterior third of the
orbit. The edge of the abdomen is compressed but not decidedly
trenchant. The first dorsal spines barely continuous, the low
web of each one merely reaching the base of its successor'. The
postei'ior rays are similarly connected, and have the form of finlets.
The ventral reaches the vent, the pectoral rather shorter. The
lateral line rises suddenly in a low arch then descends gradually
but irregularly to the straight part, which commences opposite the
first dorsal ray.

Colour on the head and back blackish, beneath silvery.

Length, 6 inches. Locality, Queensland Coast.
36

542 NEW FISIIES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM,

Equula DISPAR.
D. 8/20. A. 3/14.

The height of the body is 3, the length of the head 3|, in the
total length. Second dorsal and anal spines 1| in the length of
the head. Superorbital spines distinct. Lower pieopercular edge
distinctly serrated, ;? of the length of the mandible, The mandible
rises at an angle of 50°. Lateral line continued to the caudal
peduncle. Caudal ernarginate. Scales minute. Teeth strong,
especially the upper incisors, but without canines. Profile below
more convex than above and anteriorly than posteriorly ; silvery-
brown on the back with a series of blotches below the base of the
dorsals.

Cape York. One example.

Equula longispina.
D. 7/16. A. 3/14.

The height of the body is 3, the length of the head 4^, in the
total length. Second dorsal spine 2 in the same, second anal spine
I of the height. Superorbital spines small. Profile equal above
and below. Lower preopercular edge obscurely serrated at the
angle. The mandible rises at an angle of 30°. Lateral line
continued to the middle of the soft dorsal. Caudal strongly
ernarginate. Scales minute. Uniform silvery, the upper lip
black.

Cape York. One specimen.

Equula ajigentea.

D. 8/16. A. 3/14.
The height of the body is 21, the length of the head 3|, in the
total length. Second anal spine 2, second dorsal spine less than
2, in the length of the head. Superorbital spines moderate.
Cavity on the head elongate oval, twice as long as broad. Lower
per opercular margin distinctly serrated, |th the length of the
mandible. The mandible rises at an angle of about 40.° Lateral

BY CHARLES W. DE VIS, M.A. 543

line continuous. Caudal forked, scales minute. Profile equally
convex above and below, regular or slightly gibbous at the
insertion of the spinous dorsal.

Colour uniform silvery, or with the back tinged with pink.

Locality, Cape York. Two specimens.

Equula decora.
D. 8/16. A. 3/14.
The height of the body is 2|, the length of the head 3|, in the
total length. Second dorsal and anal spines equal, ? of the length
of the head. Superorbital spines small. Cavity on the head
short, largely occupied by a median ridge. Lower pre-opercnlar
margin and its rounded angle serrated, |- of the length of the
mandible. The mandible rises at an angle of about 33.° Lateral
lines continuous. Caudal 1 Scales minute. Upper profile much
more convex than lower.

Colour silvery, with a pink tinge on the back. Three dark
lines, terminating very obscure bands, across the back, at the base
of the soft dorsal and one on the ed^e of the caudal peduncle.

Locality, Cape York. Six specimens.

Equula ovalis.
D. 8/16. A. 3/14.

The height of the body is 2£, the length of the head 3§, in the
total length. Second dorsal spine 1^, second anal spine 2, in the
length of the head. Superorbital spines moderate. Lower pre-
opercular margin distinctly serrated, as long as the mandible. The
mandible rises at an angle of about 40.° Lateral line continuous.
Caudal emarginate. Scales large. Profile nearly equally convex
above and below.

Colour silvery, with a brown tinge on the back and a black
spot between the 1st to 4th dorsal spines.

Locality, Cape York. Several examples.

544 NEW FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM,

EQUULA SIMPLEX.

The height of the body is 2*, the length of the head 4 nearly,
in the total length. Second dorsal spine 1J, second anal spine 1§,
in the length of the head. Super-orbital spines rather large.
Lower preopercular margin serrated, f,th of the length of the
mandible. The mandible rises at an angle of about 45.° Lateral
line continued to caudal peduncle. Caudal emarginate. Scales
small. Profile equal above and below, regular or angular.

Colour silvery, brownish on the back. A dorsal spot.

Locality, Cape York. Several examples.

Equula asina.

D. 8/16. A. 3/14.
The height of the body is 2^- the length of the head, 2>\ in the
total length. Second dorsal spine longer than the head, second
anal spine 1^ in its length. Superorbital spines distinct Lower
preopercular edge faintly serrated, equal in length to the mandible.
The mandible rises at an angle of 20°. Lateral line continuous.
Caudal forked. Profile equally convex above and below. Scales
minute, silvery with the back brownish silvery.

Cape York. Two examples.

Equula profunda.

D. 8/16. A. 3/14.

The height of the body 2, length of the head 4J, in the total
length. No teeth. Scales minutely granular. No lateral line.
Supraorbital spines small. Interorbital cavity triangular, short,
J longer than broad. Lower limb of preopercle sub-convex,
serrated, § the length of the mandible. Mandible nearly straight,
ascending a little beyond the vertical. Lower profile much more
convex than the upper. The protracted snout directed upwards.

Colour above the vertical line silvery grey, above it a median
black longitudinal streak ; between this and the dorsal numerous

BY CIIARLES W. DE VIS, M.A. 545

oblique streaks descending backwards and on its lower side back-
wardly ascending streaks from a lower longitudinal stripe defining
the vertebral line above.

Length, If inches. Locality, Queensland Coast.

Equula nuchalis. Gth.

Of this several Queensland examples are in the collection. Also
of Equula yerroides, Blk., Equula lineolata, Rup., and Gazza
equulceformis, Rup., all from Cape York.

CyBIUM TIGRIS.

D. 13, 4/13, IX. A. 4/14, IX.

Teeth elongate, compressed, irregularly distant. The height of
the body is 4£ in the length to the end of the middle ray of the
caudal ; the length of the head 4|. The lateral line resumes a
straight course below the third finlet. Five distinct crossbands on
the fore part of the back, several others very indistinct on the
hinder part. Anterior portion of the spinous dorsal jet black,
pectoral dark grey.

Locality, Cape York. Collected by Mr. K. Broadbent

Percis stricticeps.
D. 5/21. A. 17. Lat. 69, about. Tr. 8/10.

The height of the body is 6, the length of the head more than 4,
in the total length. Orbit 5-|, interorbit 1 2, snout 2f , in the length
of the head. The maxillary reaches the vertical from the fore
edge of the orbit. The opercular spine is small, rounded. The
spinous dorsal rises behind the base of the pectoral, the anal
opposite the sixth ray of the dorsal. The head is broad and
depressed above and below. The teeth of the lower jaw are four
very strong curved canines. The eyes very close together, and the
orbits sloping a little from the interorbit. Scales posteriorly
striated, with a very low median ridge.

Colour (dry) smoky grey, marbled with dark grey on the back.
Ten dark bars on the body, descending from the mottling of the

546 NEW FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM,

hack, partially interrupted above and below the lateral line. The
lowest end forming as many oval black spots in a longitudinal row.
Bead blackish brown, paler on the cheeks except two blackish
i \ | mnding stripes from the orbit to the preopercle. Soft dorsal with
three rows of large blackish spots. Caudal transversely banded
with dark spots.

Length, 7 inches. Locality, South port (Brisbane.) Collected
by Mr. E. Hanlan.

Percis concinna.

D. 5/22. A. 1/18. Lat. 84.

The height of the body is more than 6, the lengch of the head
4|, in the total length. Orbit 5 nearly, interorbit 7, snout 2f, in
the total length of the head. The maxillary reaches the vertical
from the fore edge of the orbit. The opercular spine is flat. The
first dorsal rises behind the level of the base of the pectoral, the
anal opposite the fifth dorsal ray. The upper caudal lobe (and
apparently the lower) is prolonged into a filament. Posterior
scales with a low central ridge at base.

Colour (dry) light grey with six darker grey interrupted cross
bands, except the fifth web and spine, and the lower part of the
fourth web. Soft dorsal transparent grey with three rows of
opaque white spots. Caudal barred with opaque white, anal
obscurely spotted with same.

Length, 7 inches. Locality, Moreton Bay.

AUTENNARIUS MOLUCCENSIS. Blk.

A Queensland example, as I have every reason to believe, is in
the collection.

Thalassophryne cceca.

D. 2/20. A. 18-19. V. 2.
The height of the body in front of the pectoral is rather more
than 5, the length of the head 3f, approximately in the total
length. The interorbit broader than the long diameter of the

BY CHARLES W. DE VIS, M.A. 547

orbit. The cleft of the mouth reaches beyond the fore edge of
the orbit. Dorsal spines short, equal to the short diameter of the
orbit, depressed. Gill covers with 5 spines. Teeth short but
stout and sharp, especially on lower jaw. Short maudibulary
tentacles. Pectoral short, wide, rounded; ventrals wing shaped.
Lateral line of distant pores without filaments or hardly perceptible.
Eyes covered by the skin of the head. Caudal rounded.

Length 9-h inches. Locality Queesland coast.

The specimen being stuffed and its skin consequently stretched
little reliance can be placed on the proportions of the body given
above, nor can the pecularities of the skin itself be stated. The
only indication of an eye is an oval spot of lighter coloured skin.
The two ventral rays are divided to the base, the outer one is
broadly bordered with dense striated tissue.

Pelor barbatus.

D. 3, 14/8. A. 12.

Upper pectoral rays not produced. Eye three-fiths of the width
of the interorbit. The interorbit, occipital groove and preocular
portion of the head deeply sunken; a long pointed flap from each
side of the lower jaw.

Colour brown, densely freckled with blackish brown. Soft
dorsal with a pale blotch in the middle of its anterior half, caudal
with a broad pale band across the centre flecked with dark brown.
Pectoral with a pale central band becoming more distinct towards
its upper edge. A white spot in front of each orbit.

Locality, Cape York. Collected by Mr. K. Broadbent.

548 CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN SNAKES,

CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN SNAKES WITH DESCRIP-
TIONS OF TWO NEW SPECIES.

By William Macleay, F.L.S., &c.

In a very interesting collection of mammals and reptiles lately
sent to me by J. A. Boyd, Esq., of Ripple Creek, Ingham, in
Northern Queensland, I have found two species of Snakes not
hitherto recorded. Their descriptions are as follows : —

DlPSAS BOYBII.

Ventral plates 252

Sub-caudal 90/90

Anal plate entire.

Scales in 19 rows

Total length 3 feet 11 inches.

Tail 9 J inches.

Form slender and compressed behind the head, the rest of the
body move robust and less compressed that in D. fusca. Head
large, broad, much broader than the neck. Head shields much as
in D. fusca, the anterior ocular large, intervening between the
superciliary and the posterior fiontals ; the two posterior oculars
very small ; ten upper labials, the fourth, fifth and sixth touching
the orbit ; superciliaries much narrowed in front, triangular.
Mouth much curved.

The colour is of a tolerably uniform dark olive brown, paler and
more yellowish on the belly.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 549

DlEMENIA ATRA.

Ventral plates.... 180

Sub-caudal 68/68

Anal 2

Scales in 15 rows.

Total length 40 inches.

Tail 9 inches.

Head 1 inch.

Body rather slender, the neck not narrower than the head, the
tail very slender. The posterior nasal shield of triangular form,
meeting the anterior ocular, which is very large, and completely
separating the frontal from the labial shields ; the inferior of the
two posterior oculars is the longest ; the third and fourth labials
abut on the eye.

Colour jet black on the upper surface, and leaden black on the
belly ; the labial shields, the under surface of the head, and the
first three or four ventral plates are yellowish ; the tail is red
towards the tip.

The other Snakes in Mr. Boyd's collection were Liasis amythy-
stinus, Tropidonotus picturatus, Dendrophis bilorealis, Pseudechis
porphyriacus, and Hoplocephahis nigrescens.

Of Dendrophis bilorealis I received several specimens, and an
examination of them has shown that the name I have given to the
species on account of the divided or double loreal shields is rather
unfortunate, as the peculiarity is not by any means constant.

I subjoin a list of all the known Australian Snakes. Since the
publication of Krefft's " Snakes of Australia," in 1869, many
additions have been made to the Fauna but no attempt has, as far
as I know, been made to revise the list. I believe, therefore, that
the present census will be found useful to all who take an interest
in the Herpetology of the country.

550 CENSUS OP AUSTRALIAN SNAKES,

OPIIIDIA.

DIVISION I. NON-VENOMOUS SNAKES.

A. Land Snakes.

Family. TYPHLOPID^E.

(Blind Snakes and Slow Worms.)

Genus. TYPHLOPS. Schn.

1. Typhlops australis. Gray.

Cat. Liz. Brit. Mas. — Krefft, Snakes of Australia, p. 18.

Syn. T. Pressi Jan. Icou. libr. 1, pi. V., fig. 2. Krefft, Snakes
of Australia, p. 19, pi. V., fig. 9-9a.

Hab. — West Australia (Gray.) South East Coast of New
South Wales (Krefft.)

2. Typhlops bicolor. Schmidt.

Peters Monatsb. tier Berl. Akad Wiss., 1860, pi. 81, Jan.
Icon. libr. 4., pi. IV., V., fig. 3. — Krefft, Snakes of Australia, p.
19, pi. V., figs. 10, 13, 13a.

Hab. — Melbourne, Victoria.

3. Typhlops bituberculatus. Peters.

Monatsb. der Akad. Wiss. Berlin. — Krefft, Snakes of Aus-
tralia, p. 17.

Hab. — South Australia.

4. Typhlops Guntheri. Peters.

Monatsb. der Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1865, p. 259, tig. 1.- Krefft,
Snakes of Australia, p. 17.

Hab. — North Australia, Cape York.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 551

5. Typhlops nigrescens. Gray,
Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus , p. 136. — Krefft, Snakes of Australia, p.
17, pi. 5., figs. 12, 12a, 26. Syn. T. polygrammicus Schleg. —
Krefft (loc. cit.) T. Kussellii Jan. — Krefft (loc. cit.), pi. V., fig.
11. T. Temminckii, Jan. Icon.
Hab. — Neighbourhood of-Sydney.

6. Typhlops unguirostris. Peters.
Monatsb. der Akad. Wis. Berlin., 1867, p. 708, fig. 3.
Hab. — Queensland.

7. Typhlops wiedii. Peters.
Monatsb. der Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1867, p. 24.
Hab. — Brisbane.

Family. BOIDJE.

Genus. MORELIA. Gray.

8. MORELIA SPILOTES.

(The Diamond Snake.)

Gray. Cat. Sn. Brit. Mus., p. 85. — Krefft, Snakes of Australia,
p. 29, pis. 1 and V., figs. 1, 2.

Hab. — East Coast of New South Wales.

9. MORELIA VARIEGATA.

{The Carpet Snake. .)

Gray, Cat. Sn. Brit. Mus., p. 86. — Krefft, Snakes of Australia,
p. 31, pi. II.

Hab. — Queensland, Victoria, South Australia, and inland parts
of New South Wales.

Genus. LIASIS. Gray.

10. Liasis amethystinus. Gray.

Zool. Misc., 44.— Dura, and Bibr. Erp. Gen., VI., 432.— Cat.
Brit. Mus. p 91.— Krefft, Snakes of Australia, pi. V., figs. 5, 5a.

Hab. — North Australia, Cape York, Herbert River, Islands of
Torres Straits.

552 CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN SNAKES,

11. Liasis Childrenii. Gray.
Zool. Misc. 44. — Dum. and Bibr. Erp. gen. VI., 438. Cat. Sn.
Brit. Mus., p. 92. Krefft, Snakes of Australia, p. 34.
Hab. — North-West Australia, Port Essington.

12. Liasis cornwalusius. Gunth.
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) III., p. 85, fig. 1.
Hab. — Cornwallis Island, Torres Straits.

13. Liasis fjscus. Peters.
Monatsb. der Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1873, p. G07.
Hab. — Port Bowen, Queensland.

14. Liasis maculosus. Peters.
Monatsb. der Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1873, p. 608.
Hab. — Rockhampton, Port Mackay, and Bowen.

15. Liasis olivacea. Gray.
Zool. Misc. 45-54. --Dura, and Bibr. Erp. gen. VI., 442. Cat.
Brit. Mus., p. 92. Krefft, Snakes of Australia, p. 35.
Hab. — Sir Charles Hardy's Island.

Genus. ASPIDIOTES. K refit.

16. Aspidiotes melanocephalus. Krefft.
Snakes of Australia, p. 33, pis. III. and V., fig. 4.
Hab, — Port Denison, northward to Cape York.

17. Aspidiotes Ramsayi. Macleay.
Proc. Linn. Soc.New South Wales, Vol. VI„ p. 813.
Hab. — Bourke, Upper Darling River.

Genus. NARDOA. Gray.

18. Nardoa (iIlberti. Gray.

Zool. Misc. 45, 54.— Dum. and Bibr. Erp. gen. VI, 446. Cat.
Brit. Mus., p. 93. Krefft, Snakes of Australia, p. 35, pi. V.,
figs. 3, 3a.

Hab. — Port Denison, Port Darwin,

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 553

Family. COLUBPJD^E.
Genus. CORONELLA. Schl.

19. CORONELLA AUSTRALIS. Gunth.

Cat. Colub. Snakes Brit. Mus , p. 40. Krefft, Snakes of Aus-
tralia, p. 20.

Hab. — North Australia. (Gunther.)

Genus. HERBERTOPHIS. Macleay.

20. Herbertophis plumbeus. Macleay.
Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, Vol. VIII., p. 434.
Hab. — Herbert River District, Queensland.

Genus. ZAMENOPHIS. Gunth.
21. Zamenophis australis. Gunth.
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) 1872, IX., p. 21.
Hab. — Cape York.

Genus. TROPIDONOTUS. Kuhl.
22. Tropidonotus picturatus. Schleg.
Gray Zool. Misc., p. 54. — Dum. and Bibr. Erp. gen. VII., p.
602. Gunth. Cat. Sn. Brit. Mus., p. 70. Krefft, Snakes of
Australia, p. 20, pi. V., figs. 8, 8a.

Hab. — North and North-east Australia, Wide Bay, Clarence
River,

23. Tropidonotus angusticeps. Macleay.

Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, Vol. VIII., p. 433.
Hab. — Herbert River District, Queensland.

Family. DENDROPHIDiE.

(Tree Snakes.)
Genus. DENDROPHIS. Boie.
24. Dendrophis bilorealis. Macleay.
Proc. Lin. Soc. New South Wales. Vol. VIII., p. 435.
Hab. — Herbert River District, Queensland.

554 CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN SNAKES,

25. Dendrophis calligastra. Gunth.

Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (3.) Vol. 20, p. 53. Krefft, Snakes
of Australia, p. 25.

Ilab. — Cape York, Islands of Torres Straits.

26. Dendrophis Darnleyensis. Macleay.
Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales. Vol. II., p. 38.
Hab. — Darnley Island, Endeavour River 1

27. Dendrophis gracilis. Macleay.
Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales Vol. 1, p. 15.
Hab. — Townsville, Queensland.

28. Dendrophis olivacea. Macleay.
Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales. Vol. II., p. 220.
Sab. — Port Darwin.

29. Dendrophis punctulata. Gray.

(Green Tree Snake, j
Gunth. Cat. Sna. Brit. Mus., p. 119. — Krefft, Snakes of Aus-
tralia, p. 23, pis. IV. and V., figs. 6, 6a.

Hab. — Coast Districts of New South Wales.

Family. DIPSADID^.
Genus. DIPSAS. Gray.
30. Dipsas Boydii. Macleay.
Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales. Vol. IX., p. 548.
Hab. — Herbert River District, Queensland.
31. Dipsas fusca. Gray.
Zool. Misc., 1S42, p. 54. Gunth. Cat. Sn. Brit. Mus., p. 171.—
Krefft, Snakes of Australia, p. 26, pi. V., figs. 7, 7a.

Syn. Tryglyphoden jiavescens. Dum. and Bibr. Erp. Gen.,
p. 1880.

Hab. — New South Wales and Queensland.

32. Dipsas irregularis. Merr.
Gunth. Cat. Snakes, Brit. Mas., p. 172.

Syn. Triglyphodon irregularis. Dum. and Bibr. VII., p. 1072.
Hab. — Cornwallis and Murray Islands, Torres Straits (Gunther.)

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 555

B. Water Snakes.
Family. HOMALOPSID^E.

(Fresh water Snakes.)

Genus. CERBERUS. Cuv.

33. Cerberus australis. Gray.

Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus., p. 65. — Krefft, Snakes of Australia,
p. 22.

Ilab. — Port Essington, Port Darwin.

Genus. MYRON. Gray.

34. Myron Richardsonii. Gray,

Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus., p. 70. — Krefft, Snakes of Australia,
p. 23.

Hob. — North West Australia.

Genus. FORDON1A. Gray.

35. Fordonia variabilis. Macleay.
Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales. Vol. II., p. 219.
Hah. — Port Darwin.

DIVISION II. VENOMOUS SNAKES.

A. Land Snakes.

Family. EL API D^.

Genus. DIEMENIA. Gray.

36. DlEMENIA ASPIDORHYNCHA. McCoy.

Prod. Zool. Vict., Dec. III., pi. 23, fig. 4.
Ilab. — Victoria.

556 CENSUS OP AUSTRALIAN SNAKES,

37. Diemenia atra. Macleay.
Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, antea, p. 549.
Hab. — Herbert River District, Queensland.

38. Diemenia ferox. Macleay.
Proc. Linn. Soc. Mew South Wales, Vol. VI. , p. 812.
Hab. — Bourke, Upper Darling River.

39. Diemenia microlepidota. McCoy.
Prod. Zool. Vict., Dec. Ill , pi. 23, figs. 2, 3.
Hab. — Junction of Murray and Darling.

40. Diemenia Mulleri. Schleg.
Krefft, Snakes of Australia, p. 41. Guuth. Cat. Brit. Mus.,
p., 213.

Syn. Pseudelaps Millleri. Dum. and Bibr. VII., p. 1233.
Hab. — New Guinea, North Australia.

41. Diemenia olivacea. Gray.
Zool. Misc., p. 54. Gunth. Cat. Brit. Mus., p. 212. Krefft,
Snakes of Australia, p. 39, pi. VI., figs. 9, 9a.

Hab. — Port Essington, Port Darwin, Port Denison.

42. Diemenia psamjjophis. Schleg.
Gunth. Cat. Brit. Mus., p. 212. Kreft't, Snakes of Australia,
p. 28.

Syn. Pseitdelaps psammophiJeus. Dum. and Bibr.
Hab. — North Australia, Port Essington.

43. Diemenia reticulata. Gray.

Zool. Misc. p. 54. Gunth. Cat. Brit. Mus., p 212. Krefft,
Snakes of Australia, p. 40, pi. XII., fig. 10.

Syn. Elaps psammophis. Schlegel.

Hab. — From the Murray to Rockhampton, very abundant about
Sydney.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 557

44. Diemenia superciliosa. Fisher.

(The Brown Snake.)

Krefft, Snakes of Australia, p. 41, pis. VII. and XI., figs.
10, 10a.

Syn. Pseudelaps Sordellii and Kubingi, Jan. Diemenia annulata,
Gunth. Cat. Brit. Mus., p. 212. Fuvina textilis, Krefft, Proc.
Zool. Soc, 1862.

Rah. — All Australia.

45. Diemenia tokquata. Gunth.

Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), Vol. XX., p, 130. Krefft,
Snakes of Australia, p. 43, pi. XII., figs. 11, 11a.
Hah. — Percy Islands, north-east coast.

Genus. PSEUDONAJA. Gunth.

46. PSEUDONAJA NUCHALIS. Gunth.

Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus., p. 227. Krefft, Snakes of Australia,
p. 44, pi. XII., fig. 13.

Hab. — Port Essington, Port Darwin.

47. PSEUDONAJA AFFINIS. Guilth.

Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), Vol. IX., p. 35, pi. IV, fig. C.
Hab. — Australia, locality not given.

Genus. PSEUDECHIS. Wagler.
48. Pseudechis australis. Gray.

Gunth. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), Vol. XII., p. 362.—
Krefft, Snakes of Australia, p. 47. pi. VII., figs. 11-1 la.
Hab. — Murray River and Port Denison.

49. Pseudechis darwiniensis. Macleay.

Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, Vol. II., p. 220.

Hab. — Port Darwin.
37

558 CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN SNAKES,

50. PSEUDECHIS PORPHYRIACUS. Shaw.

{The Black Snake.)

Gunth. Cat. Snakes, Brit. Mus., p. 218.— Krefft, Snakes of
Australia, p. 46, pis. VIII. and XI., fig. 8.— M'Coy Prod. Zool.,
Vict., Dec. 1, pi. 1.

Syn. Naji australis. Gray, Zool. Misc., p. 55.

Hab. — All Australia.

51. Pseudechis scutellatus. Peters.
Monatsb. der Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1867, p. 710.
Hah. — Rockhampton.

Genus. BRACHYSOMA. Gunther.

52. Brachysoma diadema. Schleg.
Gunth. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (3.) Vol. XL, p. 23.—

Krefft, Snakes of Australia, p. 48, pi. XII., fig. 12.

Syn. Elaps ornata Gray, Furina diadema Duin. and Bibr.,
Rabdion occipitale Girard, Glyphodon ornatus Gunther.

Hab. — New South Wales and Queensland.

53. Brachysoma simile. Macleay.
Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales. Vol. II., p. 221.
Hab. — Port Darwin.

54. Brachysoma triste. Gunth.

Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (3.) Vol. XL, p. 24.— Krefft,
Snakes of Australia, p. 50. — Ramsay, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South
Wales. Vol. II., p. 113.

Syn. Glyphodon tristis. Gunth. Cat. Brit. Mus., p. 211.

Hab. — Cape York, North East Coast.

Genus. FURINA. Dum. and Bibr.
55. Furina bimaculata. Dum. and Bibr.
Krefft, Snakes of Australia, p. 51.

Syn. Brachysoma bimaadatum. Gunth. Cat. Brit. Mus.,
p. 229.

Hab. — West Australia.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 559

56. FuRINA BICUCULLATA. McCoy.

Prod. Zool. Vict., Dec. IV., pi. 32.
Hab. — Murray District.

Genus. RHINELAPS. Guntlier.
57. Rhinelaps fasciolatus. Gunth.
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), Vol. IX., p. 34, pi. V, fig. B.
Hab. — West Australia.

Genus. BRACHYUROPHIS. Gunther.

58. BRACHYUROPHIS AUSTRALIS. Gunth.

Ann. and Mag Nat. Hist. (3), Vol. XV., p. 97. Krefft,
Snakes of Australia, p. 52, pi. XL, figs, 3, 3a, 3b.
Syn. Simotes australis, Krefft Proc. Zool. Soc, 1864.
Hab. — Clarence River, Burdekin River.

59. BRACHYUROPHIS SEMIFASClATA. Gunth.

Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1863, XL, p. 21, pi. 3, and 1865,
XV., p. 97.

Hab. — Perth, "West Australia.

Genus. PETRODYMON. Krefft.
60. Petrodymon cucullatum. Krefft.
Snakes of Australia, p. 72, pi. VI., figs. 10, 10a.
Syn. Diemansia cucullata, Gunth.
Hab. — Sydney, East Coast north to Wide Bay.

Genus. CACOPHIS. Gunther.
61. Cacophis Blackmaxni. Krefft.
Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869. — Snakes of Australia, p. 77, pi. XII.,
fig. 9.

Hab. — Pine Mountains, Queensland.

62. Cacophis Fordei. Krefft.
Proc. Zool. Soc, 1869. — Snakes of Australia, p. 75, pi., XII.,
figs. 8, 8a.

Hab. Pine M untains, Queensland.

560 CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN SNAKES,

63. Cacophis Harrietts. Krefft.

Proc. Zool. Soc, 1869. — Snakes of Australia, p. 76, pi. XL,
fig. 13.

Hab. — Port Curtis, Queensland.

64. Cacophis Krefftii. Gunth.

Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (3.) Vol. XII., p. 361. —Krefft,
Snakes of Australia, p. 74, pi. XL, figs. 5, 5a.

Hab. — Clarence River, New South Wales; Ipswich and Wide
Bay, Queensland.

65. Cacophis Modesta. Gunth.

Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (4.) Vol. IX., p. 35, pi. 3, fig. c.
Hab. — West and North West Australia.

Genus. VERMICELLA. Gray.

66. Yermicella annulata. Gray.
( The Ringed Snake. )
Gunth. Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus., p. 236. — Krefft, Snakes of
Australia, p. 78, pi. XL, figs. 12, 12a.— M'Coy, Prod. Zool, Vict.,
Dec. 7, pi. 52.

Hab. — All Australia.

67 Vermicella Bertholdi. Jan.
Jan. Icon. Year not given.
Hab — West Australia (Gunther).

68. Vermicella lunulata. Krefft.
Snakes of Australia, p. 79, pi. 12, figs. 14, 14a.
Hab. — Upper Burdekin. A doubtful species.

Genus. ELAPOCRANIUM. * Macleay.

69. Elapocranium ornaticeps. Macleay.
Elapidocephalus ornaticeps, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc, New
South Wales, Vol. II., p. 321.
Hab. — Port Darwin.

* Substituted for Elapidocephalus, a name previously used by Dr. Gunther.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C 561

Genus. HOPLOCEPHALUS. Cuv.
70. HOPLOCEPHALUS ater. Krefft.

Snakes of Australia, p. 55, pi. XL, fig. 11.
Hab. — Flinders Range, South Australia.

71. Hoplocephalus Bransbyi. Macleay.
Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales. Vol. III., p. 52.
Hab. — Sutton Forest, New South "Wales.

72. Hoplocephalus coronatus. Schleg.

Gunth. Cat. Snakes, Brit. Mus., p. 215. — Krefft, Snakes of
Australia, p. 62, pi. VI., fig 3.

Syn. Elaps coronatus, Gray in Capt. Gray's Aust. Alecto
coronatus Dum. and Bibr., p. 1255, pi. 76, fig. 2.

Hob. — West and South Australia.

73. Hoplocephalus coronoides. Gunth.

Cat. Snakes, Brit. Mus., p. 215. — Krefft, Snakes of Australia,
p. 62, pi. XII., figs. 1. la.— McCoy, Prod. Zool. Vict. Dec. 11.,
pi. 11, fig. 9.

Hab. — Tasmania, Victoria, Bonibala, New South Wales.

74. Hoplocephalus curtus. Schleg.
(The Brown Banded Snake, New South Wales. The Tiger Snake,

Victoria.)
Gunth. Cat. Snakes, Brit. Mus., p. 216. — Krefft, Snakes of
Australia. M'Coy, Prod. Zool. Vict. Decade 1, pi. 3.
Hab. — All Australia.

75. Hoplocephalus Damelii. Gunth.
Journ. Mus. Godeff. Hefte., XIL, p. 46.
Hab. — Piockhampton and Peak Downs.

76. Hoplocephalus plagellum. M'Coy.
Prod. Zool. Vict., Dec. 2, pi. II., fig. 1.
Hab. — Neighbourhood of Melbourne.

562 CENSUS OP AUSTRALIAN SNAKES,

77. Hoplocephalus Gouldii. Gray.
Gunth. Cat. Snakes, Brit. Mus., p. 215. Krefft, Snakes of
Australia, p. 60, pi. X1L, fig. 2.

Syn. Elaps gouldii, Gray in Captain Grey's Aust.
Hub. — West Australia.

78. Hoplocephalus maculatus. Steind.
Steinclaclmer Voy. Novara, rept., p. 81, tab. 3.

Syn. Denisonia ornata, Krefft, Snakes of Australia, p. 82,
pi. XL, fig. 4.

Hab. — Rockharupton.

79. Hoplocephalus Mastersh. Krefft.

Proc. Zool. Soc, 1866. — Snakes of Australia, p. 63, pi. XII.,
fig. 6.

Hab. — Flinders' Range, South Australia.

80. Hoplocephalus minor. Gunth.
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), Vol. XII., p. 362.— Krefft,
Snakes of Australia, p. 67, pi. 6, fig. 8.
Hab. — West Australia.

81. Hoplocephalus nigresoens. Gunth.

Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), Vol. IX., p. 131.— Krefft,
Snakes of Australia, p. 68, pi. 7, figs. 4, 4a.

Hab. — Port Jackson, Port Macquarie, and Clarence River, New
South Wales ; Wide Bay and Herbert River, Queensland.

82. Hoplocephalus nigriceps. Gunth.
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), Vol. VII., p. 362.— Krefft,
Snakes of Australia, p. 68, pi. 12, fig. 7.

Hab. — Inland districts of Mew South Wales.

83. Hoplocephalus nigro-striatus. Krefft.
Proc. Zool. Soc, 1864.— Snakes of Australia, p. 70, pi. 12, fig. 3.
Syn. Alecto dorsalis, Jan.
Hab. — Rockhampton and Cleveland Bay.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 563

S4. HOPLOCEPHALUS PALLIDICEPS. Gunth.

Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus., p. 214. — Krefft, Snakes of Australia,
p. 59, pi. 11, fig. 1.

Hab. — Lachlan, Port Stephens, Clarence and Richmond Rivers,
New South "Wales ; Port Denison, Queensland.

85. Hoplocephalus Ramsayi. Krefft.
Proc. Zool. Soc, 1884. — Snakes of Australia, p. 66, pi. XL
fig. 2.

H%b. — Braiclwood, New South Wales.

86. Hoplocephalus signatus. Jan.
Krefft, Snakes of Australia, p. 64, pi. XII., fig. 5.
Hab. — Victoria, Southern Districts of New South Wales,
Ipswich, Queensland.

87. Hoplocephalus spectabilis. Krefft.
Snakes of Australia, p. 61, pi. XII., fig. 4.

Bab. — Port Lincoln, South Australia.

88. Hoplocephalus Stephensii. Krefft.
Snakes of Australia, p. 58, pi. VI., fig, 7.

Hab. — Coast Districts of New South Wales, north of Sydney.

89. Hoplocephalus superbus. Gunth.

Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus. p. 217. Krefft, Snakes of Australia,
p. 54, pi. VI., fig. 9. M'Coy, Prod. Zool. Vict, Dec. 1., pi. II.

Hab. — New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania. Known in
Tasmania as the "Diamond Snake" and in Victoria as the
" Copper Head."

90. Hoplocephalus temporalis. Gunth.
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (3.) Vol. IX., p. 130, pi. IX.,
fig. 11. — Krefft, Snakes of Australia, p. 65, pi. VI., figs. 5, 5a.
Hab. — South and West Australia.

564 CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN SNAKES,

91. Hoplocephalus variegatus. Dum. and Bibr.
Kreft, Snakes of A ustralia, p. 58, pi. VI., tigs. 6, 6a, 6b.
Syn. Alecto variegata and bungaroides. Guntb. Cat. Snakes,
Brit. Mus., p. 213.

Hab. — Sydney and Coast Districts Soutli of Sydney in New
Sontb Wales.

Genns. TROPIDECHIS. Guntber.

92. Tropidechis carinata. Krefft.
Snakes of Australia, p. 71.
Hab. — Clarence and Port Macqnarie District.

Family. VCPERID.E.

Genus. ACANTHOPHIS. Dauclin.

93. Acanthophis Antarctica. Wagler.
(The Death Adder.)
Gray, Zool. Misc. and Cat. Sn. Brit. Mas., p. 34. Krefft,
Snakes of Australia, p. 80, pi. X. and XL, fig. 7. McCoy, Prod.
Zool. Vict. Decade 11, pi. 12.
Hab. — All Australia.

B. WATER SNAKES.

Family. HYDROPHID^E (Sea Snakes).

Genus. PLATURUS. Latr.

94. Platurus Fischeri. Jan.
Icon.; Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1859. — Gunth. Rept. Brit. India,
p. 356. — Krefft, Snakes of Australia, p. 90.
Hab.— Tropical Australian seas.

95. Platurus scutatus. Guntb.
Rept. of Brit. India, p. 356.— Krefft, Snakes of Australia, p. 89.
Hab. — Seas from Port Jackson to China.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 565

Genus. AIPYSURUS. Lacep.

96. AlPYSURUS ANGUILLIFORMIS. Schmidt.

Gunth. Kept. Brit. India, p. 357. — Kvefft, Snakes of Australia,
p. 90.

Hab. — Tropical Australia seas.

97. Aipysurus fuscus. Fischer.
Gunth. Rept. Brit. India, p. 558.— Krefft, Snakes of Australia,
p. 91.

Hab. — Australian seas.

98. Aipysurus laevis. Lacep.
Gunth. Rept. Brit. India, p. 358. Krefft, Snakes of Australia,
p. 91.

Sab. — Tropical Australian Seas.

Genus. EMYDOCEPHALUS. Krefft.

99. EMYDOCEPHALUS ANNULATUS. Krefft.

Proc. Zool. Soc, 1869. Snakes of Australia, p. 9?.
Hab. — Australian Seas.

100. EMYDOCEPHALUS TUBERCULATUS. Krefft.

Proc. Zool. Soc, 1809. Snakes of Australia, p. 93.
Hab. — Australian Seas.

Genus. DISTEIRA. Lacep.
101. DisxEntA doliata. Lacep.
Dum. and Bibr. Erp. Gen. VII., p. 1331. Gunth. Rept. Brit.
India, p. 359. Krefft, Snakes of Australia, p. 94.

Genus. ACALYPTUS. Dum. and Bibr.

102. Acalyptus superciliosus. Dum. and Bibr.
Erp. Gen. VII., p. 1340. Gunth. Rept, Brit. India, p. 359.
Krefft, Snakes of Australia, p. 24.
Hab. — South West Pacific Ocean.

566 CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN SNAKES,

Genus. HYDROPHIS. Daud.

103. Hydrophis Belcheri. Gray.
Cat. Snakes, Brit. Mus., p. 46. Gunther, Kept. Brit. India,
p. 364. — Krefft, Snakes of Australia, p. 95.
Ilab. — North Australian Seas.

104. Hydropiiis elegans. Gray.

Zool. Misc. p. 61. — Gunth. Kept. Brit. India, p. 369. — Krefft,
Snakes of Australia, p. 96, pi. XII., figs. 16, 16a, 168.

Syn. H. doliata. Gray, Zool. Misc. and Cat. Sn. Brit. Mus.,
p. 51.

Hob. — Coasts of New South Wales and Queensland.

105. Hydrophis ocella. Gray.

Cat. Snakes, Brit. Mus., p. 53. — Gunth, Kept. Brit. India., p.
378, pi. XXV., fig. 8.— Krefft, Snakes of Australia, p. 97. pi. XII.,
figs. 15, 15a.

Ilab. — Australian Seas.

106. Hydrophis Stokesii. Gray.

Stoke's Australia, 1, p. 502, tab. 3. — Gunther, Rept. Brit. India,
p. 363.— Krefft, Snakes of Australia, p. 95, pi. XII., fig. 17.
Ilab. — North Coast of Australia.

Genus. ENHYDRINA. Gray.

107. Enhydrina bengalensis. Giay.
Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus., p. 48.— Gunth., Kept. Brit, India,
p. 381.— Krefft, Snakes of Australia, p. 98.
JJab. — Tropical Australian seas.

Genus. PELAMIS. Daud.
10S. Pelamis bicolor. Daud.
Gray, Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus., p. 41.— Gunth., Rept. Brit.
India, p. 382.— Krefft, Snakes of Australia, p. 98, pi. 12, fig. 19.
Ilab. —Australian Coasts, Port Jackson, Botany Bay.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 567

An analysis of the foregoing list discloses the remarkable facts,
that, unlike all other countries, the venomous snakes -of Australia
are much more numerous than the harmless ; that out of 108
species of Ophidians known to inhabit Australia, 35 species only-
are innocuous, while 73 are venomous, and that no country in the
world possesses so many species of poisonous reptiles as this. In
India, which is looked upon as the home of venomous serpents,
there is nothing like the same number. Dr. Gunther in the
" Reptiles of British India," gives 18 species as the number of
the Elapidai or venomous Colubrine Snakes and 19 as that of the
Viperine Snakas, or 37 in all ; whereas in Australia there are, after
deducting the Hydrophida>, or Sea Snakes, 58 species. In
America, too, also famed for its numerous reptiles, the numbers
are few in comparison to ours. In that enormous Continent,
extending from the Arctic to the Antarctic regions, there are scarcely
more than twenty species regarded as venomous, though these, no
doubt, belong chiefly to the much dreaded Family of Crotalidxe, or
Eattle Snakes. Such being the facts, it seems strange that cases,
or reported cases, of snake bite, are so seldom heard of here. In
India, where an annual record is kept of all casualties proceeding
from this cause, I And that the deaths from Snake bite in 1877
amounted to 16,777, or one death to every 15,000 of the popu-
lation, taking that at about 240,000,000. The same ratio of deaths
applied to the present population of Australia, would give about
1 i 0 as the annual loss from Snake bite.

There is in this country no official record of deaths from this cause,
but newspapers ax*e so numerous and so widely spread throughout
the country, that I am satisfied that no casuality occurs that is not
duly notified once or even oftener in one or other of those publi-
cations. The probability is that not only are these cases repeated
at intervals as fresh cases, but that some are not caused by the
bites of venemous Snakes, or even of Snakes at all.

I think, therefore, that we may safely take it for granted, that
no casualities occur in any part of this country, without its being
publicly announced, and looking at the paucity of these announce-
ments, we may confidently conclude that the Indian death rate is

568 CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN SNAKES.

in proportion to the population, cpiite ten times gi'eater than ours.
This immunity from Snake casualties, I shall not attempt to
explain, it may be in part owing to the difference in the mode of
life of the Australian, exposing him less to contact with the reptiles,
or it may be that the Indian species are of more aggressive
tendencies, but I would caution any one from being led into the
belief that the immunity is owing to the harmless character of the
Snakes themselves.

Fatal effects from Snake bite are rare, but that is because the
bites themselves are rare. There is neither evidence nor reason to
suppose that the virulence of the poison is less in the JElapidce of
Australia than in those of India.

The venom of some Australian species of the genera Diemenia
and Hoplocephaliis, is, when introduced into the human system, as
deadly in its effects as that of the Cobra of India or Rattlesnake
of America, and I am convinced, notwithstanding the repeated
tales of marvellous cures effected, that recovery from the effects of
the bite of one of them, is, even under the most prompt and skilful
treatment, a very rare occurrence.

ON A NEW SPECIES OF KANGAROO (DORCOPSIS
CHALMERSII) FROM THE SOUTH-EAST END OF
NEW GUINEA.

By N. de Miklouho-Maclay.

(Plate 19.)

During my visit to the South-east and South-Coast of New-
Guinea, in December, 1880, I got a young Kangaroo from the
mainland, opposite to Dinner Island. I obtained the animal an
hour or two after death, having previously seen it alive for weeks.
Without delay I took some measurements, and made a few sketches
and notes, before putting it in spirits, but only had the opportunity
a few weeks ago of examining it more completely.

On the first inspection it appeared to me veiy like, and possibly
identical with the Kangaroo, known as Halmaturus lucluosus (1),
but which is, as Mr. A. H. Garrod has proved, more correctly
called Dorco])sis luctuosa d'Albertis (2.)

The examination of the dentition confirmed me in including the
animal in the Genus Dorcopsis (on account of the size of the
premolars, the general shape of the skull, and the direction of the
hair of the neck), but it became evident that it could not
be rightly identified with the species D. luctuosa. The dentition

(1.) Proceedings of the Zoological Society, 1S74, p. 110, and loc. cit ,
1874, p. 247, pi. XLII.

(2.) On the Kangaroo called Halmaturus luctirosus, by D'Albertis, and its
Affinities, by A, H. Garrod, M. A., F.R.S., in Proceedings of the Zoological
Society, 1875, p.p. 48-59. pis. VII. -IX., or in collected scientific papers of
late A. H. Garrod, 1881, p.p. 264-276, pis. VIII.-X.

570 ON A NEW SPECIES OP KANGAROO (DORCOPSIS CIIALMERSIl),

proved also that the specimen was a young animal : the temporary
premolar and temporary-molar, (1) were followed only by 2 molars,
with the third molar just cutting the gum.

The plates appended to Garrod's paper made the comparison
easy between the dentition of this young Kangaroo and that of
Dorcopsis luctuosa. The form of the incisors of the canine and
of the permanent premolars (which I cut out of their formative
cells) was so different from that of the corresponding teeth of
Dorcopsis luctuosa, that I found it justifiable to describe this
animal as a new species : Dorcopsis Chalmersii, in honour of the
Rev. James Chalmers, the well-known and distinguished mis-
sionary of the South Coast of New Guinea.

DORCOPSIS CHALMERSII. Mel. (Young $.)

3i., 1 1 temp, p.m. 1 temp. m. 2

— c., , -, — m., the 3rd m. cutting the gums

1 0 1 temp, p.m. 1 temp. m. 2

(1.) Prof. Flower says that "in Hypsiprymnus " (a germs which in many
respects agrees with the gen. Dorcopsis. Vide Prof. Owen on a new species
of Sthenurus. Proc. Zool. Soc, 1877, p. 357 and 358), "the reserve pre-
molar is relatively later in acquiring its position in the jaw than in
Macropus, being still in germ, at least in some species (pi. XXIX., fig. 4),
after the last permanent molar is in place and use." (W. H. Flower. On
the development and succession of the teeth in the marsupialia. Philos.
Transact, for the year 1867, p. 634). On pi XXIX., fig. 4, (I.e.) the
1 ' temporary " molar (coloured red) were followed by 4 " true " molars.

Prof. Owen (loc. cit. Proceed, Zool. Soc , 1877. p 352), taking as the base
of his terminology a comparison of the dentition of the marsupials with
higher mammals (he compared as is well known, the dentition Macropus
Major with that of Sus scrofa. Loc. cit., p. 358), calls all the teeth between
the molars and canines, or [in case of the non-existence of the latter], the
incisors ; deciduous molars (Vide Prof. Owen on the Fossil Mammals of
Australia." Philos. Transact., 1874), which on the figures of the plates
illustrating the above paper, and others of the same author, are designated :
</\,(t 2, d 3, d 4 ; d 2 is the tooth I have called " the temporary premolar,"
and d 3 "the temporary molar." In the last mentioned paper (p. 246),
Prof . Owen describing the dentition of Macropus (Halmatwus) erubescrns.
Scl., calls d 3 " the second deciduous molar."

In the paper about Sthenurus (loc. cit., p. 353, and pi. XXXVII. , d 2 and
d 3 are called by Prof. Owen, " deciduous predecessors of the premolar."

According to the last named author, the dentition of our young Dorcopsis
Chalmersii would consist of : —

3 i., 1 c, d2 (I 3, d 4, and ml, or

(temp, premolars.)

1 i., 0 d 2 d 3, d 4, ra 1,

by n. de miklouiio-maclay. 571

Measurements : —

From tip of nose to base of tail 400 Mm. or about26-2 in.

Tail 270 „ — „ 15-8 „

From tip of nose to occiput 96 ,, — ,, 3-8 „

Fore limb 180 „ — „ 7*1 „

From caput humeri to elbow 62 ,, — „ 2*4 ,,

From elbow to wrist 78 „ — „ 3T „

From wrist to end of nail middle finger 40 „ — ,, T6 „

Hind limb 3S5 „ — „ 15-2 „

From Trochanter to knee Ill ,, — )} 4-4 „

From knee to ankle 142 „ — „ 5-6 „

From heel to end of nail of fourth toe 132 „ — ,, 5*2 „

Length of ear (from behind) 49 ,. — „ 1*9 ,.

Circumference of base of tail 52 „ — ,, 2T „

Colour. — Back dark grey, with a silvery tinge on the neck and
shoulders. Fur short, soft, white on the roots. (1) Chin, throat
and chest light grey. Feet dark, covered with shorter hair than
on the back. The arms light grey inside, and of the general colour
of the body outside.

The peculiar direction of the hair on the neck, which occurs in
DorcojJsis luctuosi exists in D. Chalmersii and may be described
just as Garrod (2) does it, in D. luctuosa and others, namely : —

(1.) The hair on the back is from 26-2S mm. (about 1 inch long.) Each
hair is whitish on the base for § of its length, and black for the next ^, with
a white tip (1 mm.) on the end, which tip however, could not be distin-
guished in many hairs. The hair of the tail about 12 mm. long, is black,
nearly the whole length. On the arms, as well as on the head, where it is
6-8 mm. long, the hair was whitish on roots for 2 or 3 mm. The black
portion of the hair is also the thickest. The light hair on the chest is about
13 mm. long.

(2) Gar rod. (Loc. cit. p. 51) mentions, that this peculiarity in the direc-
tion of the hair of the neck has been found in Dendrolagus ursinus, Dtndro-
lagus inustus, Dorcopsis Muelleri and Dorcopais luctuosa. To this number
Dendrolagus Dorianus. (Vide: E. P. Ramsay. Contributions to the
Zoology of New Guinea. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South
Wales, Vol. VIII., p. 15), may be added as well as Osphranter rufus. The
occurrence of this peculiarity in the last named species, I have observed in
a very fine specimen of O. rufus in the Macleay- Museum (rf, 5 feet from the
tip of the nose to the base of the tail, and the tail 3 feet 3 inches long),

572 ON A NEW SPECIES OF KANGAROO (DORCOPSIS CHALMERSIl),

"All the hair covering the space bounded in the front by a line
"running transversely across the parietal region, and behind by two
"lines joining the middle line between the shoulders to form a right
"angle, seven inches behind the occiput and extending, forward and
"outward to the shoulder joint, being directed forward, whilst the
"genei'al body covering of hair is directed normally backward."

Eyes large, with very distinct eyelashes, Iris dark brown.

Ears rather narrow, covered inside with very tine hair.

Muzzle divided in the middle line by a perpendicular groove and
the margin of the lips naked. Instead of 4 large conspicuous
glandular hair-follicles in the middle-line over the laryngeal region
of Dorcopsis luctuosa, shown on pi. VIII., in Garrod's paper, there
are in D. Chalmersii only 3 of them arranged to form a triangle.
(Fig. 2.) (1) Some long hairs are also found between the conspicuous
hair-follicles and the underlips. Similar hair-follicles appear as
well over the upper eyelid (over the inner canthus) and three larger
ones under the outer canthus. (Fig. 1.)

The skull of Dorcopsis Chalmersii resembles that of D. luctuosa.

Length of the skull 90 mm. (3, 6 inch.)

Greatest breadth from Zygoma to Zygoma... 46 mm. (1, 8 inch.)

The Palatine Foramina. Two large ones on each side with
several smaller behind.

Teeths of the upper jaw. (Fig. 5.)

about which I was informed by Mr. W. Macleay, that the skin for the
specimen in question, was quite fresh and in the best order when it was
stuffed, so that no artificial manipulation during the stuffing could have
produced an abnormal diversity in the direction of the hair.

The hair-ridge (where the hair of the head meets the hair of the neck) is
in Osphranter rufus (of the Macleay-MuseumJ on the occiput, just behind the
ears; and the converging point, between the shoulders, is IS inches behind
the occiput. On two other specimens of Osphranter rufus in the Australian
Museum, I found, however, the hair turned backwards. These two contra-
dicting statements leave therefore the question about the direction of the
hair of the neck of O. rufus open.

(1) I do not think, however, that the number and position of the glandular
hair-follicles presents a constant character for a species.

BY N. DE MIKLOUHO-MACLAY. 573

The under surface of the lateral incisors is an oval flat groove,
surrounded with a cuspidated margin. The exterior margin is
divided in both teeth into 4 distinct cusps, which are characteristic
of the incisors of this species.

Incisors. The size of the first (central) incisor, compared with
the lateral ones, shows less "difference in Dorcopsis Chalmersii than
in D. luctuosa, and the second incisor of the former is, relatively
to his neighbours, not so small as in the latter species.

In the second right incisor the incision between the median
cusps, extends in a vertical ridge, (fig. 8) which is not marked in
the corresponding (left) tooth of the other side. (Fig. 7.)

The canines are in D. Chalmersii, relatively to the other teeth,
smaller and shorter than in D. luctuosa.

The temporary premolar, measured on the neck, is only a little
more than half the breadth of the permanent one [the first being
9 mm. or 0-4 inch, the second 16 mm. or 0*65 inch.] On the
cutting edge 4 cusps are distinguishable, of which the first (the
anterior) is the most marked. These cusps are the ends of vertical
ridges which run from the base (the cingulum) on the internal as
well as on the external side.

The permanent Premolar (fig. 9, A.-E.) which I dug out of its
formative cell, showed a breadth (16 mm.) just equal to the breadth
of the temporary premolar and the temporary molar together.

On the external side, 7 ridges ending in the same number of
cusps may be distinguished, of which however, only 3 are well-
marked. On the internal side, the ridges, with the exception of
the first (or the anterior), are less apparent than on the external
side. On the posterior end of the tooth, behind the cutting edge,
appears a tubercle, the cusp of which is lower than the edge. A
smaller tubercle is to be found on the base corresponding to the
second, anterior ridge on the internal side of the premolar.
38

574 ON A NEW SPECIES OF KANGAROO (DORCOPSIS CHALMERSIl),

The temporary molar. Though in general, presenting the
character of the permanent molar, the temporary molar is smaller
in size, and shows a marked difference from the molars, in the
shape of an elongated anterior and external cusp, which gives the
tooth, examined from the outside, a somewhat premolar-like
appearance.

The Molars of D. Chalmersii do not present any special
deviation from the general type of Molar teeth of Macropodidse.

Teeths of the lower jaio. (Fig. 6.)

Incisors. — Rather long and narrow, terminating not in a point,
but with a horizontal edge of 1J mm. breadth.

The temporary premolar, smaller than the corresponding tooth
of the upper jaw ; 4 cuspidate and 4 ridged, with the cutting edge
slightly convex outwards.

The permanent premolar. (Fig. 9, A.-E.) The under jaw being
much harder than the maxillary bone, as well as on account of the
fangs of the temporary teeth, it was not easy to get the permanent
premolar out of its formatory cell. Not having sufficiently delicate
instruments and fearing to destroy not only the jaw but the tooth,
I thankfully accepted the kind assistance of Mr. P. R. Pedley, who,
after fully 45 minutes of filing and breaking away, succeeded in
making the tooth free without the slightest injury. The premolar of
the under jaw showing a general resemblance to the corresponding
tooth of the upper jaw is shorter, (12^ mm. on the neck and
10 mm. between the extreme cusps), and on the cutting edge
only 6 cusps ar*e visible, corresponding to the number of vertical
ridges on the external and internal side of the tooth. Another
distinction from the premolar of the upper jaw is the absence of
tubercles on the internal side of the mandibular premolar ; the
tooth consists only of a cutting edge, like the temporary premolar.

The temporary Molar. Very different from the other molars,
consists of an elongated premolar-like anterior half and a

BY N. DE MIKLOUHO-MACLAY. 575

molar-like posterior half. The cutting edge of the anterior part
forms a sort of continuation of the edge of the temporary pre-
molar, and is higher than the two molar-like cusps of the posterior
portion of the tooth.

The Molars are macropodiform, smaller than those of the upper
jaw, and presenting some -differences in the shape of the trans
versal ridges. (Fig. 10 and fig. 11.)

Habitat. The specimen of Dorcopsis Chalmersii has been, as
already mentioned, caught by the natives of the mainland of New
Guinea, opposite Dinner Island, one of the small islands in the
China Strait. The coast in that locality is hilly and intersected by
grassy plains. The D. Chalmersii is found solitary, not in mobs.

During my stay of about one month at Aruabada (the principal
village of Port Moresby) I saw numbers of Macropus papuanus
(called by the natives there " Makane "), but never met a single
Dorcopsis. Dorcojysis luctuosa appears to be plentiful further
north. Signer D'Albertis mentions in his book (1), that during
his stay in one of the villages near Hall Sound, " that at dusk
several men and women arrived in the village on their return from
hunting the Kangaroo, or 'Barai' (Dorcopsis luctuosa), of which
they have killed twenty. They use long nets in hunting, with
which they surround its haunts, and when it is entangled in the
nets they kill it with clubs."

The specimen of D. luctuosa in the Australian and Macleay
Museum, have been received from Mr. Goldie, who got them
inland, at some distance from Port Moresby. The name for
Dorcopsis luctuosa in use by the natives of the Motu tribe (on the
coast near Port Moresby) is " Gove."

(1.) L. M. D' Albertis. New Guinea. Vol. I., p. 295.

576 ON A NEW SPECIES OF KANGAROO (DORCOPSIS CHALMERSIl),

Explanation of Plate 19.

Fig. 1. — Outline of the lateral view of the head of Dorcopais Chalrnersii,
a short time after death, accurately drawn to show the relative
position and size of the eyes, ears, hair follicles, &c., &c.
(Natural size.)

Fig. 2. — Fore-part of the same head showing the outline of the mouth
and the position of the three conspicuous glandular hair follicles.
(Natural size.)

Fig. 3. — The under surface of the hand. (Natural size.)

Fig. 4. — The under surface of the foot covered with thick black scales,
which near the heels are worn down and the skin there appears
glossy and flaky. (Natural size.)

Fig. 5. — Teeth of the upper jaw and the posterior palatine openings.
(Natural size.)

Fig. 6. — Teeth of the lower jaw. (Natural size.)

Fig. 7. — Lateral view of the teeth of both jaws. Twice the natural size.
The dotted line indicates the position of the formative cells vf.c.)
of the permanent premolars.

Fig. 8. — Side view of the second, right upper incisor with a verticle ridge
which is not marked in the corresponding tooth of the other
side. [Twice the natural size.)

Fig. 9, A.-E. — Upper permanent premolar. (Tivice the natural size.)

A. — View from below, t. — tubercle on the posterior end, behind

the cutting edge (e).
B. — View from outside.
C. — View from inside.
D. — View from the front.
E. — View from behind.

BY N. DE MIKLOUIIO-MACLAY. 577

Fig. 10, A'.-E'. — Permanent premolar of the lower jaw. {Twice the
natural size.)
A'. — View from above.
B'. — View from outside.
C — View from inside.
D'. — View from the front.
E'. — View from behind.

Fig. 10. — Crown of the upper molar from below, to show the ridging.
( Twice the natural size.)

Fig. 11. — Corresponding mandibular molar, to show the ridging of the
crown, from above. {Twice the natural size.)

The same lettering in all the figures.

i. — Incisors.

c. — Canines.

tp. — Temporary premolars.

tm. — Temporary molars.

m. — Molars.

fc. — Formative cells.

578 ON A COMPLETE DEBOUCIIEMENT OF THE SULCUS ROLANDO,

ON A COMPLETE DEBOUCHEMENT OF THE SULCUS
ROLANDO INTO THE FISSURA SYLVII IN SOME
BRAINS OF AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINALS.

By N. de Miklouho-Maclay.

(Plate 18.)

One of the most characteristic of the Sulci o^ the human brain,
as well as one of the first [recognisable at the end of the fifth
month] is, as we know, the Sulcus Rolando.

By reason of the constancy of the presence of this Sulcus in the
human brain, the variations of the same appear to me the more
important. A complete junction of the Sulcus Rolando with the
Fissura Sylvii is very rare in the brains of our race, though a case
of this variation has been described by Turner. Prof. D. Zeruoff,
who has studied the individual types of the Sulci in the human
brain and has published a very interesting and useful work (1) about
the subject, has carefully examined the Sulci of not less than 100
brains, which have served him as mater ialfor this work, does
not mention one case of this variation (2). Prof. A. Ecker in his
work about the Convolutions of the human brain (3) says : — A

(1 ). Individual Types of the Sulci in the human brain. By D. Zernoff,
Professor of Anatomy of the University of Moskow. With 74 woodcuts.
Moskow 1S77, (in Russian).

(2) Prof. Zernoff says : — " About their (the Sulci in general), constancy
" and variation of shape there exists in the literature very different accounts.
"But all agree, that Fis. Rolando and the Ram. Ascendens fis. Sylvii are
" absolutely constant and their individual variations are insignificant. . . .
•■ As regards variableness in the position and outlines the fis. Rolando is the
"least susceptihle. All its individual peculiarities are limited to small
"variations in the position of the upper end. sometimes a little further
"forward, sometimes further back. Its lower end approaches more or less
'• the horizontal ramus of the fis. Sylvii." (Loc. cit , p. 11.)

(3). On the Convolutions of the human brain. By Dr. A. Ecker, Professor
of Anatomy and Comparative Anatomy in the University of Freiburg, Baden.
Translated by John C. Galton, M.A. Oxon., M.E C.S., F.L.S. London, 1873.

BY N. DE MIKLOUHO-MACLAY 579

complete " Debouchement of the Central Sulcus into the Fissure
of Sylvius, " such as is described by Turner, has not yet come
under my "observation" (I).

Having examined a considerable number of brains myself, I
have never observed it before 1881. It was in a brain of an
Australian Aboriginal who.died in the Sydney Infirmary.

The Sulcus Rolando was connected with the Fissura Sylvii only
in the right hemisphere ; in the left, it terminated very near the
edge of the horizontal ramus of the Fissura Sylvii. With the
exception of the complete debouchement of the Sulcus Rolando
into the Fissura Sylvii, the position and the course of the former
presented in this brain nothing abnormal. (Fig. 2, A.-B.), gives
the illustrations of the case (2).

Since my return from Europe, I was fortunate enough to obtain
two other brains of Australian Aboriginals.

It was again on the right hemisphere of one of these brains, that
the variation presented itself. (Fig. 1 A). A little lower than the
middle, the Sulcus Rolando divides into two rami ; one, running
obliquely down, taking the usual course of the Sulcus Rolando ;
the other, the posterior, joining the Sulcus interparietal, runs
likewise down to the Fissura Sylvii. [This second or posterior
ramus can be regarded just as well as an abnormal extension of the
Sulcus interparietalis, as the closer examination of the correspond-
ing Sulci of the left hemisphere (fig. 1 B) makes it easy to
understand.] On the left hemisphere of the same brain, there is a
junction between the Sulcus Rolando and the Sulcus prsecentralis.

The two cases of the complete Debouchement of the Sulcus
Rolando into the Fissura Sylvii, are also remarkable, because, out
of four brains of Australian Aboriginals which I have had the
opportunity of examining, two showed this peculiarity.

(1). Loc. cit. p. 11.

(2). The specimen which served as the original to these illustrations, is, I
am sorry to say, one of the five brains of my collection which were burned,
in the Linnean Societys Rooms during the fire of the Exhibition building
in 1882.

580 ON A COMPLETE DEBOUCHEMENT OF THE SULCUS ROLANDO.

Having examined carefully more brains of men belonging to the
dark races, I may also state that junctions of the Sulcus Rolando
with the other Sulci, are not uncommon and, very likely, occur
more frequently than in the brain of men of our race.

Explanation of Plate 18.

Fig. 1, A. — Part of the right hemisphere of the Cerebrum of the Australian
Aboriginal, showing a complete junction of the Sulcus Rolando
(R.), with the horizontal ramus of the Fiss Sylvii (S.)
B. — Corresponding part of tbe left hemisphere of the same brain,
showing a junction of the Sulcus Rolando (R.) with the Sulcus
prcecentralis (P.)

Fig. 2, A. — Part of the right hemisphere of the brain of another Australian
Aboriginal, showing also a complete debouchement of the Sulcus
Rolando into the Fiss. Sylvii (S.)
B. — Corresponding part of the left hemisphere of the same brain.

The same lettering in all the figures.

R. — Sulcus Rolando.

S. — Fissura Sylvii.

S'. — Ramus ascendens Fiss. Sylvii.

T. — Sulcus Interparietalis.

F, — Sulcus frontalis, Imp.

P. — Fiss. Prcecentralis.

T. — Sulcus Temporo Sphenoidalis primus.

THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS^.

By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

Part V. — Conclusion. — Plates XX. to XXIX.

THE HYDROMEDUSIN^E, HYDROCORALLIN^E AND
TRACHYMEDUS^E.

II. SUBORDER HYDROMEDUSIN^E.

Von Lendenfeld, 1884.

COLONIES OF POLYMORPHIC ZOOIDS. THE ALIMENTARY
ZOOIDS RETAIN THE SHAPE OF POLYPES, WHILST THOSE IN
WHICH THE SEXUAL PRODUCTS REACH MATURITY ARE
MEDUSAE, WHICH MAY BECOME FREE OR REMAIN ATTACHED
TO THE COLONY AND BECOME RUDIMENTARY.

9. FAMILY ANTHOMEDUSIDyE. Yon Lendenfeld, 1884.

ANTHOMEDUS^E. Haeckel, without the Cytaeida; of Haeckel.

Medusa? become free, without Otoliths, with Ocelli at the base
of the tentacles. Gonads in the outer or oral wall of the gastral
cavity. Mostly four Radial Canals. The Polyp colonies on which
these Medusae bud, contain alimentary Zooids, which are not
invested by chitinous cups. The Medusa? bud mostly on the
ordinary alimentary Polyps, exceptionally they are also born on
peduncles and bud direct from the Hydrorhiza. A division of
labour between alimentary Polyps and Polyps which produce
Medusa? ; Polypostyles do not occur.

582 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS.E,

I. SUB-FAMILY. CODONIN^E.

CODONIDJE. Haeckel.

Mouth simple, with flaps or barbels. Gonad simple tube
shaped, not divided radially, with four simple Radial Canals and
unbranched tentacles. Alimentary Zooids, with tentacles, which
are scattered, or in two verticils.

33. GENUS SARSIA. Lesson.

Codonidae with four perradial tentacles of equal size. Manubrium
often very long, never cubic, surrounded by a single large Gonade
which has the shape of a tube. Umbrella without cap on the
vortex. Exumbrella smooth, without projecting nettle warts.

The Medusa? bud on Polyp colonies the members of which are
nearly alike, club or spindle-shaped with scattered capitate ten-
tacles. The Perisarc does not extend to form cups for the Polyps.
The structure both of the Medusa and the Polyp has been studied
by F. E. Schulze. (1)

The Medusa possesses mesenterial pouches in the Umbrella, so
that a coelom is formed. The Polyps bear on their tentacles
Palpocils, long bristles, discovered and named by P. Wright (2),
which are considered by Schulze to be oi^gans in connection with
the sense of touch. These peculiarities of Sarsia tubulosa, the
species studied by F. E. Schulze, are also met with in the Austra.
lian species. Allman (3) figures and describes the species of the
Polyps. Weismann (4) endorses the statements of F. E. Schulze.

(1) F.E. Schulze. Ueber den Bau von Syncoryne Sarsii Loven und die
zugehorige Meduse Sarsia tubulosa. Lesson, Leipzig, 1873,

(2) Perciv 1 1 Wright. Proceedings of the Royal Physical Society of Edin-
burgh. Vol. I., p. 341.

(3) J. Allman. A Monograph of the Tubnlarian, etc. Hydroids, Vol.
II., p. 274 ff.

(4) A Weismann. Die Eutstehung der Geschlechtszellen bei den Hydro-
medusen. Seite 56.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 583

177. SARSIA RADIATA. nov. sp.

Tlie Medusa.

Plate XX., fig. 31.

Umbrella semi-ovate, slightly higher than, broad. Manubrium
cylindrical, half as long as the Umbrella, spindle-shaped containing
deep brown Entoderm and covered from the Gonade. Tentacles
a little longer than the Ocellar bulbs, which are half as thick as
the Manubrium, globular. Medusae do not multiply by budding.

Colour : Entoderm of Manubrium and Ocellar bulbs deep brown.
Medusa? otherwise colourless.

Size: 3 mm. high, and 2-5 mm. broad.
The Polyp.
Plate XX., fig. 32.

From a creeping rarely branched Hydrorhiza, which forms a net-
work of anastomosing threads, the Hydrocauli arise. At the end
of each, one Polyp is situated ; they are unbranched. The Perisarc
which invests Hydrorhiza and Krodrocaulus terminates below
each Hydranth with an oblique elliptical margin.

The Hydranth possesses a muscle which acts as a flexor at this
point, by the means of which it is enabled to bend down and shut
up as it were like a penknife.

The Hydranths possess 6-8 verticils of four tentacles which are
situated in four adradial Meridians. They are spindle shaped.
Those producing Medusa? are shorter and stouter than the others.

The Proboscis is large and often extended, and then shows a
richly folded Entoderm on its inner surface.

Colour : Entoderm, particularly of the central wide part of the
gastral cavity, intensely brown, Persiarc light brownish yellow.
The other parts of the animal colourless,

Size : Height of Polyps, 3-5 mm.

584 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS^,

Ontogenesis : I have succeeded in obtaining the Medusae from
the Syncoryne-Polyps, and also have bred small Polyp-colonies
from adult Medusae, which were obtained with the surface-net.

Locality : Laminarian zone. Port Phillip (I only obtained the
Polypes there, but I do not hesitate to designate them as belonging
to this species), Port Jackson, Polyps and Medusae.

Season : Medusae are produced in April and May.

178. SARSIA MINIMA, nov. sp.
The Medusa.

Plate XXI., fig. 34.

I did not obtain any adult Medusae, which I might refer to this
species with certainty. The young Medusae with only slightly
developed Gonade in the Manubium is very small and has a long
Manubrium like the northern Sarsiae. It can hereby readily be
distinguished from the foregoing species.

The Umbrella is semi-spherical with large globular Ocellar
bulbs and four tentacles with rings of Cnidoblasts. Manubrium
long, stomach, slightly spindle-shaped, nearly cylindrical.

Colour : Entoderm of stomach pale brown. The Medusae other-
wise colourless.

Size : At time of liberation, 1 + 1 mm.

The Polyps.

Plate XXI., fig. 35.

From a creeping not anastomosing Hydrorhiza slightly branched
stems arise, with about two or three Hydranths to the stem. The
Perisarc which invests Hydrorhiza and Hydrocaulus is irregularly
annulated or wavy throughout, and terminates at the proximal
end of the Hydranths with transverse circular margin. The
Hydranths possess from 8-12 scattered tentacles and are slender,
at the time of forming Medusae they become stouter and produce
so many medusa-buds that nothing of their bodies remains visible.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 585

Colour : Perisarc reddish brown.

Size : Height of stem, 2-3 mm. Length of Hydranth,
0-6—0-8 mm.

Ontogenesis : I have bred the Medusae from the Syncoryne-
Polyps in the Aquarium, but have not been able to obtain adult
Medusae.

Locality : Laminarian zone. Port Jackson, on buoys and sub-
merged ropes.

Note : I have always found this species together with Obelia
geniculata, and over-growing the latter, cpaite hidden by the
long stems of the Obelia, it doubtlessly derives great protec-
tion from its neighbour. I think it by no means impossible that
it is a parasite on the Obelia, and that it extracts its food from
the Hydrorhiza of the Obelia. I hope to be able to decide this
interesting question in another paper.

Season : Medusae are produced in April and May.

34. GENUS DICODONIUM. Haeckel.

The Medusae are Codonidae with two opposite tentacles. On
the vortex of the Umbrella there is a conic Gallert protruberance
with axial canal. Manubrium short, scarcely projecting beyond
the orifice of the Umbrella. The Polyp colonies are unknown.

179 DICODONIUM DISSONEMA. Haeckel.

Haeckel (1) obtained this Medusa, the Ontogenesis of which is
unknown, from Australia.

35. GENUS EUPHYSA. Forbes.

Codonidae, with three tentacle rudiments and one well developed
arm. Umbrella regular and bilateral (excepting the larger dorsal
ocellar bulbe).

(1) E. Haeckel. Das System der Medusen. Seite 28.

586 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS.E,

On the vortex of the Umbrella there is no Gallert pro-
truberance. The Polyp colonies are gymnoblastic Hydroids with
two verticils of filiform tentacles, the Medusae bud at the base of
tentacles belonging to the aboral verticil.

ISO. EUPHYSA AUSTRALIS. nov. sp.

The Medusa.

Plate XXL, fig. 33.

Umbrella semiovate. Stomach cylindrical, about half as long
as the Umbi'ella is high. The developed tentacle long and very
retractile with rings of Cnidoblasts in the Ectoderm.

The other three tentacles quite rudimentary, all equal in size,
and not so long as broad.

The ocellar bulbs are lai'ge and the three smaller ones about
half the diameter of the larger.

Colour : Medusa colourless and transparent. Mouth deep
violet. In the Gonad on the Manubrium 4 brown patches and
also a few brown spots at the proximal end of the Manubrium.
Ocellar bulbs and the large tentacle brown, with violet spots.

Size ; Height of Umbrella, 2'5 mm. ; breadth, 1*7 mm. (The
Umbrella becomes shorter and broader after death, in consequence
of the relaxation of the Subumbral muscles.)

The Polyp colonies and Ontogenesis are unknown.

Locality : Port Jackson, rare ; caught 3 specimens with the
surface net.

Season : May and June.

II. SUB-FAMILY. TIARIN.E.
TIARID^E. Haeckel.

Anthoruedusidce with four broad Moutharms, with four or four
pair of gonads, four simple Radial Canals and unbranched tentacles.
The alimentary Zooids of the Polyp colonies with scattered
capitate tentacles.

BY B. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 587

36. GENUS TIARA. Lesson.

Tiavinfe with numerous tentacles in one row (8-16 or more.)
Abaxial ocellae outside on the base of the tentacles. No stalk to
the stomach. Edges of the stomach coalesce above through four
mesenteria with the four radial canals. (Therefore four narrower
and wider funnel cavities between the four interradial stomach
surfaces and the SubumbreUa.) Gonads four, pinnate leaves or 8
longitudinal masses in the surface of the stomach ; which bear
irregular transverse folds. The Polyp colonies are unknown,
but according to Haeckel probably similar to Clavula.

181. TIARA PAPUA. Haeckel.

This species, described as Turns papua by Lesson (1), Eydoux
et Sanleyet (2) and L. Agassiz (3), and as Aegnorea mitra by
Lesson (4), has been found at New Guinea (Waigiu. Lesson), and
in the Indian Ocean (Eydaux et Sanleyet), and has been referred
to the Genus Tiara by Haeckel (5.)

37. GENUS TURRITOPSIS. MacCrady.

Tiarince with numerous tentacles (12-16 or more) in one row.
One Ocellus inside on the axial side of the base of the tentacle,
Stalk to the stomach. No Mesenteria. Gonads four simple
perradial, simple or bipartate, longitudinal folds in the wall of
the stomach, divided from each other by a deep furrow, with
smooth surface.

Mouth flaps with stalked nettle warts on the margin.

The Polyp colonies are Tubularians.

(1) Lesson. Prodrome des Acalephes, 1843, p. 2S3.

(2) Eydaux et Sanleyet. Voyage de la Bonite. Tom. II., p. 639.

(3) L. Agassiz. Monograph of Acalephte. Cont. Natural Hist., N.S.A.
Vol. IV, p. 346.

(4) Lesion. Voyage de la Coquille. Zoology, p. 127.

(5) E- Haeckel. System der Medusen. Seite, 5, 8.

588 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS.E,

182. TURRITOPSIS PLEUROSTOMA. Haeckel.

This species was obtained from De Witt's Land, North-west
Coast of Australia, and described by P£ron et Leseur (1), as
Melicerta pleurostoma. Haeckel (2) refers it to the Genus Turri-
topsis.

183. TURRITOPSIS LATA. nov. sp.

Plate XXII, fig. 36.

Umbrella broad, cylindrical, with a conic roof on the vortex,
scarcely higher than broad. Stomach a spindle-shaped tube, about
§ as long as the Umbrella is high. Gonads large; each having the
shape of a quarter sphere, they altogether appear as a sphere round
the stomach tube like a time-ball on a staff. Their surface is
uneven, much and irregularly folded. Mouth flaps small, I of the
length of the Manubrium, lancet-shaped and slightly recurved.
Ocellar bulbs large, touching each other in the adult animal ; to
every one there is a tentacle. Tentacles about twice as long as the
Umbrella, very numerous. Four in the youngest Medusae I
obtained, and 60-130 in the largest.

Colour : Medusa colourless. Gonads and Entoderm of Ocellar
bulbs intensely brown. Ocella with red pigment.

Size : Umbrella of the largest Medusae 3-5 mm. high and 3 mm.
broad.

Ontogenesis and Polyp colonies unknown.

Locality ; Port Jackson.

Note. — This Medusa is by far the most common Craspedota in
the harbour. Sometimes I have endeavoured to estimate the
number per cubic meter of water. My surface net measured 26 cm.
across, surface of orifice therefore 530 a cm. ; pulled for a length
of 50 meters (dropped from boat and hauled in from land) it
should have caught the Medusae contained in 5,000 x 530 cm.

(1) Ptron et Leseur. Tableau des Med uses, 1S09, p. 353.

(2) E. Haeckel. System der Medusen. Seite 67.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 589

of water, that is 2^ cubic meters. The surface net washed out in a
glass containing 1 litre of sea water (1,000 cm.), stirred up, and the
number of Medusae counted, which were contained in 5 cm., water
taken out from the glass multiplied by 200 and divided by 2*5 gave
the approximate number per cubic meter :

1884— 18th March, 620.
5th April, 790.
22nd April, 510.
If we were to multiply these numbers with the number of tons
of water in Port Jackson, 1 ton=l cubic meter, we would obtain
numbers, which are otherwise only met with in Astronomy.
Season : Summer and autumn.

III. SUB-FAMILY. MARGELIN^.

MARGELID.E. HAECKEL, WITH THE EXCEPTION OF
HAECKEL'S GENERA CYTAEIS, CUBO-GASTER, DYSMOR-
PHOSA, CYT^ANDRA.

Anthomedusaa, with simple or branched moutharms. Gonad
divided into four or eight marginal flaps. The Medusae bud on
Colonies of Polyps, which contain alimentary Zooids, with one
verticil of filiform tentacles. I do not consider Stauridium pro-
ductum, and its Medusa to belong to this Family.

38. GENUS LIZUSA. Haeckel.

The Medusae are Margelinse with simple unbranched styles round
the mouth, and with four perradial bundles of tentacles. The
Polyp colonies ai'e probably, according to Haeckel similar to
Eudendrium.

184. LIZUSA PROLIFERA. nov. sp.

Plate XXIIL, figs. 38-39.

Umbrella semispherical or ovate higher than broad. Stomach
nearly cubic, small, four simple styles round the mouth, about §
of the length of the stomach. Tentacles of the smallest Medusae
39

590 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUSJE,

two in each bunch. Ocellar bulbs scrota-shaped, very large about
half the size of the stomach. The number of tentacles in each
bunch increases to five, so that the adult animal possesses twenty
tentacles. These are about half as long as the Umbrella is high.

The Medusa multiplies at every stage rapidly by forming
numerous buds at the base of the Manubrium. These buds are
prolific when they are born. They show traces of buds even
before. Mesenterial pouches are present as in Sarsia.

Colour : Ocellar bulbs and stomach brown. Medusa otherwise
colourless.

Size: Height of Umbrella, 3 mm. Breadth, 2 5 mm.

Ontogenesis and Polyj) colonies unknown.

Note : I found a good many of the young stages of this Medusa
one morning in a glass containing Hydroids. In searching for the
Polyp colonies, from which these Medusa) were probably produced,
I only found Endendrium pusillum without traces of Medusa-
buds, a Syncoryne and Obelia geniculata. It is just possible that
our Medusse budded on the Syncoryne, in which case it would be
necessary to refer the species to another subfamily (together with
Stauridium). As the Medusa multiplies rapidly by producing
buds at every stage of its development, it is not unlikely that the
numerous Medusae in my Aquarium were produced in this way
from one or two which had been in the water.

Locality ; Port Jackson.

Season : April and March.

39. GENUS LIMNOREA. Peron et Leseur.

The Medusa? are Margelida? with branched or otherwise com-
plicated moutharms (styles), and with numerous tentacles which
are not situated in bunches. (16-32 or more.)

Polyp colonies unknown.

BY B. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 591

185. LIMNOREA TRIEDRA. Peron et Leseur.

This species was obtained in Bass' Straits and briefly noticed by
Peron (1). From Leseur's (2) drawing Haeckel (3) compiled a
diagnosis, and described it at Limnorea proboscidea. De Blain-
ville (4) and Milne Edwards (5) mention the Medusae under the
name Limnorea triedra. -De Lamarck (6) names to it as Dianaaa

triedra.

40. GENUS NEMOPSIS. A. Agassiz.

The Medusas are Mai'gelidag with branched or composite mouth
styles, and with four perradial bunches of tentacles. Mouth small.
The mouth styles originate at the base of the (Esophagus separately.
The Gonads extend from the stomach edges to the Radial Canals.
Polyp colonies unknown.

1S6. NEMOPSIS FAVON1A. Haeckel.

This species was obtained at Arnheim's Land, and described by
Peron et Leseur (7) under the name Favonia octonema. De
Blainville (8), and L. Agassiz (9), mention it under the same name.
De Lamarck (10), names it Orythia octonema. Haeckel (11), places
it in the Genus Nemopsis.

IV. SUB-FAMILY. CLADONEMIX.E.
CLADONEMID.E. Gegenbaur.
Anthoniedusse, with branched tentacles, with 4-8 simple or
branched Radial Canals, and four or four pair of Gastral Gonads.

(1) Peron et Leseur. Tableau des Meduses, 1S09, p. 329.

(2) Leseur. Precueil des Planches (inedites) des Meduses, Planche III.,
fig 5.

(3) E. Haeckel. Das System der Medusen, Seite S7-

(4) De Blainville. Actinologie, p. 290.

(5.) Milne Edwards. Cuvier regne animal illustr^, Zoophytes Planche 52,
fig. 1.

(6) De Lamarck. Histoire Naturelle des animaux aus Vertebres, Tom
II , p. 505.

(7) Peron et Leseur. Tableau des Meduses, 1S09, p. 32S.

(8) De Blainville. Actinologie, 1834, p. 290.

(9) L. Agassiz. Monograph of Acalephce, Contrib. Nat. Hist., U.S.A.
Vol. IV., p.' 135, 159.

(10) De Lamarck. Hist. Nat. des animaux sans vertebres. Tom II.,
p. 503.

(11) E. Haeckel. Das System der Medusen. Seite 34.

592 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS^,

The Medusae bud on Polyp colonies which contain alimentary
Zooids, with scattered capitate tentacles.

41. GENUS PTERONEMA. Haeckel.

Cladoneminae with four simple Radial Canals, and with four
perradial tentacles, which are studded with secondary tentacles, or
with stalked nettle warts. A large brooding cavity above the
stomach. Four simple Gonads in the wall of the stomach. Mouth
with four lips. Exumbrella smooth, without nettle ribs. Polyp
colonies unknown.

187. PTERONEMA DARWINII. Haeckel.

This species was obtained in Australian waters, and has been
described by Haeckel (1.)

188. PTERONEMA AMBIGUUM. Haeckel.

This species was obtained at New Guinea (Waigiu), and described
by Lesson (2), as Microstoma ambiguum. Haeckel (3), combines
it with the foregoing species to form the Genus Pteronema. L.
Agassiz (4), names it Zanclea ambigua.

10. FAMILY TUBULARID^E. Von Lendenfeld, 1884.

The Meduste in this Family become rudimentary and remain
attached to the Polyps. The Zooids are all either alimentary
Polyps or Medusostyles, no Polypostyles are formed. The Zooids
are destitute of a Perisarc.

(1) E. Haeckel, Has System der Medusen. Seite 101.

(2) Lesson. Zoologie de la " Coquille," 1829. Tom II., p. 130. Acalephes,
1843, p. 295.

(3) E. Haeckel. Das System der Medusen. Seite 102.

(4) L. Agassiz. Monograph of Acalephre. Contrib. Nat. Hist , U.S.A.
Vol. IV., p. 344.

BY R. VON LEXDENFELD, PH.D. 593

If we accepted the hypothesis of Weismann (1), many of the
Families described in the Suborder Hydropolypinse would have to
be placed here.

I. SUB-FAMILY PENNARINJE.

The Polypes possess a distal set of capitate and a proximal set
of filiform tentacles. The -filiform tentacles possess a longitudinal
stripe of high Ectodermal nettle-epithel on their dorsal side.

42. GENUS PENNARIA. Goldfuss.

Hydrophyton composed of a symmetrically ramified Hydro-
caulus, rooted by a creeping filiform Hydrorhiza, the whole invested
with a chitinous Perisarc. Hydranths flask-shaped, with the
filiform tentacles, constituting a proximal set, and arranged in a
single verticil round the base of the Hydranth, and the capitate
tentacles a distal set scattered on the body of the Hydranth.

From the ordinary alimentary zooids, Medusas bud, which
become rudimentary in so far as the Manubrium is destitute of
oral appendages. The tentacles are four in number, rudimentary
and short. Ocelli absent.

The structure of Pennaria cavolini was investigated hy Hamann
(2), and particularly by Weismann (3).

The tentacles are bilateral symmetrical, with a ridge running
down one side. The Hydranths are not all alike inasmuch as the
terminal Hydranth produces the other Hydranths of the Pinna by
budding, but never a Medusostyl. The Medusostyles are exclusively
produced from the Proximal Zooids.

1S9. PENNARIA AUSTRALIS. Bale.
Bale (1) describes this species from Port Jackson.

(1) A. Weismann. Die Entstehung der Geschlechtszellen bei den Hydro-
medusen.

(2) 0 Hamann. Der Organismus der Hydroidpolypen Jenaische Zeit-
schrift. Band XV., Seite 520.

(3) A. Weismann. Die Entstehung der Geschlechtszellen bei den Hydro-
medusen. Seite 119-126.

594 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS/E,

190. PENNARIA ROSEA, nov. sp.
Plate XXIV., figs. 40-42.

The Medusostyles are met with on the proximal Hydranths,
from 2-6 on each. They possess very large tentacular rudiments
which are about three times as long as broad, and traces of ocelli
can be detected at their base. The Umbrella is oval, slender, the
space between the large Manubrium and the Subumbrella is taken
up entii'ely by the genital products. In the Aquarium the
Medusostyles always drop off before they discharge their contents,
which latter action is performed apparently by contractions of the
Umbrella. The presence of a Subumbrellar circular muscle is
proved hereby.

On each stem about 20 Pinnae, and from 4 to 6 Hydranths on
each Pinna. The Hydranths are stout, somewhat flask shaped,
with a long mouth. The capitate tentacles numerous (20-30),
short and thick ; the verticil of filiform arms consists of 30-40
tentacles.

Colour : Perisarc of Hydrorhiza and stem black and intrans-
parent. Proximal end of Pinna likewise deeply coloured, distal
half light yellow and transparent. Hydranths and Medusostyles
intensely rose coloured.

Size: Medusostyles, 2x1 mm. ; Hydranths, 2*5 mm. long and
1*5 thick. Stems attaining a height of 8 cm. Pinna, 9-15 mm.
long.

Ontogenesis unknown. The first stages only of the development
of the ovum were observed.

Locality: Port Jackson. Laminarian Zone, together with
Tubularia, not rare.

Season: Medusostyles are produced in autumn. (May.)

(1) W. Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 45-

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 595

191. PENNARIA ADAMSIA. nov. sp.
Plate XXV., fig. 45-48, Plate XXVI., fig. 49.

The Medusostyles different in the two sexes, highly developed in
the male and more rudimentary in the female.

The male Medusostyles" are slender, nearly cylindrical and
truncate at both ends. The four tentacles are about as long as
the Medusostyle is broad and move about freely. Ocelli are present,
although rudimentary as in P. cavolini (1.) The Spermatozoa fill
the space between the small Manubrium and the Subumbrella. In
the Aquarium, the Spermatozoa were ejected within an hour
after the Medusostyle had dropped off. Also, in this case active
contractions of the Umbrella could be observed in connection with
the ejection of the Sperma.

The female Medusostyles are short and broad nearly spherical.
The tentacle rudiments are small, shorter than broad. No traces
of Ocelli are visible In the Aquarium these did not eject the ova
by contraction of the Umbrella.

The Hydranths are slender, the proximal ones only about half
as large as the distal primary one of each pinna. They possess 8
slender capitate tentacles, placed in two verticils of four. Four
small ones on the top of the proboscis near the mouth, disposed
regularly in the four perradii and four longer ones on the body in
the four interradii, and 24 (always ?) filiform arms in the aboral
verticil.

The stems bear from 15 to 20 pinnae, and there are about 8
Hydranths on each pinna.

Colour : Perisarc of the Hydrorhiza and stem black and intrans
parent. Pinna transparent and yellow. Zooids white.

Size : Length of stems 6-8 cm. Pinna 12 mm. Medusostyles
g 1*5 mm. long, 0-7 mm. thick. £ I '6 mra- long, and as broad.
Hydranths 1*7 mm. long.

Ontogenesis unknown.

(1) A. v. Kolliker, Gegenbaur und Midler. Berichte iiber einige im
Herbste, 1852, in Messina angestellte vergleichend anatomische Unter-
suchungen. Zeitschrift fiir wiss. Zool. Band IV. Seite 303.

596 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS^E,

Locality : Port Jackson, rare, I found this species only once on
the bottom of a yacht in March 1884, and named it after the
owner of the boat.

Season : Meclusostyles in March.

II. SUB-FAMILY. TUBULARIN^E.
The Polyps possess two verticils of filiform tentacles.

43. GENUS TUBULAPvIA. Linne.

Medusostyles bud on tentacular processes on the oral part of the
Hydranth. The first stages of the development of the ovum are
passed through within the Medusostyle, which remains attached to
the Hydranth all the while. The Medusostyles are more or less
rudimentary.

Stems simple or branched, rooted by a filiform stolon, the
whole invested by a chitinous Perisarc ; Polyps flask shaped with
two verticils of filiform tentacles. The oral short and surround-
ing the proboscis, the aboral long and forming a circle near the
aboi'al end of the Hydranth.

The structure and development of many species has been
studied by Hamann (1), Jickeli (2), Ciamician (3), and Weis-
mann (4).

The statements regarding the embryology differ to a great
extent, Ciamician (I.e.) supposing the Gastrula to be formed by
invagination and not by delamination as the other authors suppose.

The tissue is similar to that of other Hydroids. The viscei'al
membrane (subepithel of the Entoderm) acquires a higher
developement and forms a sort of internal skeleton.

(1) O. Hamann. Der Organismus der Hydroidpolypen. Jenaische Zeit-
schrift, Band XV., Seite 510.

(2) C. Jickeli. Der Bau der Hydroidpolypen II. Morphologisches Jahr-
buch. Band VIII., Seite 580.

(3; Ciamician. Ueber den feineren Ban und die Entwickelung you Tubu-
laria mesembryantbemum. Zeitschrift fur wis. Zool. Band XXXII.

(4) A. Waiamann. Die Entstehung der Gesehleehtszellen bei den Hydro-
medusen Seite 127-128.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 597

192. TUBULARIA RALPHI. Bale.

Bale (1) describes this specie, found in Hobson's Bay, from the
manuscript on this Tubularia bei Halley.

193. TUBULARIA PYGM^A. Lamouroux.

Lamouroux (2) describes this species from Amphorea dilatata of
Australia.

194. TUBULARIA SPONGICOLA. nov. sp.

Plate XXVI., fig. 50.

From a creaping Hydrorhiza, which is immersed in hoi'ny
Sponges, short stems arise, the terminal ends of which are in the
surface of the Sponge.

The Hydranths ai'e small and have the ordinary shape. The
distal set of tentacles consists of arms, which are about twice as
long as those which compose the proximal verticil. The tentacular
processes on which the Medusostyls bud are short and unblanched,
so ihat the Medusostyls are not numerous but of large size, as
long as the oral tentacles and possessing a serrated Umbrella
margin. The whole, therefore, appears similar to Tubularia bellis.

Colour : Medusostyls and central part of Hydranth dark flesh-
colour, tentacles light rose colour. Hydrorhiza and Hydrocaulus
the Perisarc light brown, the coenosarc colorless.

Size : Breadth of Hydranth (aboral tentacles) 4 mm. Height,
3 mm. Hydrocaulus, 2-3 cm.

Octogenesis : Actinulse are born with 7-9 tentacles.

Locality : Port Jackson in a depth of 10 metres.

Season : Medusostyls, May.

195. TUBULARIA GRACILIS, nov. sp.

Plate XXVII., fig. 51-32.

From a creeping Hydrorhiza Hydrocauli grow up which bear

the Hydranth's terminally. The Perisarc is perfectly smooth

throughout. The tentacles of the aboral verticil are about three

(1) W. Bale. Catalogue of Australian Uydroid Zoophytes, p. 42.

(2) Lamouroux. Histoire Naturelle des Coralliers flexibles, p. 232.

598 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS.E,

times as long as those in the oral circle. The former are generally
recurved S — shaped, which makes the Hydranths appear so graceful.
The oral tentacles are curved downwards. Between the two
verticils the much branched tentacular processes are inserted, which
bear the numerous Medusostyles, which appear like bunches of
grapes. They are however, carried erect, and are not suspended as
the Medusostyles of Tubularia indivisa for instance, although the
number of Medusostyles on each pi*ocess greatly exceeds that of
other Tubularia with erect Genital tentacles. The Medusostyles
are highly rudimentary and small They appear as simple ovoid
sacs.

Colour: Tentacles white, stomach of Hydranth and Entoderm
of the genital tentacles rose-coloured. Perisarc of Hydrorhiza and
Hydrocaulus light yellow.

Size : Hydranths (aboral tentacles), 7 mm. across and 5mm.
long. Hydrocauli 10-12 cm.

Ontogenesis. The Actinulse are born with four tentacles.

Locality : Port Jackson, Laminarian Zone, very common.

Season : Medusostyles in May.

Note. — I have kept Hydranths with young Medusostyles alive,
after they had dropped off the Hydrocaulus in consequence of being
put into an Acpiarium, for over a fortnight in a glass cylinder
closed at both ends with muslin and submerged in the sea, and I
obtained well developed Actinulse from several of these. A few
Actinulse settled in the glass tube, but they were killed and lost
by the repeated visitations to which the cylinder was subjected.

44. GENUS TIBIANA. De Lamarck.

Polyp colonies consisting of a Hydrocaulus from which stems
arise which bear Polyps laterally, alternate or rarely scattered.

196. TIBIANA RAMOSA. De Lamarck.

This species was described from Australia, by De Lamarck (1.)

(1) Be Lamarck. Histoire Nat. des animaux sans Vertebres. Tom II ,
p. 149.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 599

III. SUB- FAMILY ATRACTYLUSLE.

The Polypes possess a single verticil of filiform tentacles. The
Medusoid buds are produced on the Hydrocaulus.

No Australian representatives of this Subfamily are known.

II. FAMILY LEPTOMEDUSID,^. Von Lendenfeld, 1884.

LEPTOMEDUS^E. Haeckel.

Medusea with Ocelli or Ectodermal Otolithes and Gonads,
developed in the walls of the Radial Canals

Meduste always budding on transformed Polyps, Polypostyles
and never on the alimentary Zooids.

Alimentary Zooids and Poh postyles invested by a chitinous
Perisarc, and possessing one verticil of filiform tentacles with the
exception of Campanopsis. Claus (1.)

I. SUB-FAMILY THAUMANTINA.
THAUMANTID^E. Gegenbaur.
Leptomedusse without marginal vesicles, simple Radial Canals.
Polyp colonies similar to Lafoea (2.)

45. GENUS DISSONEMA. Haeckel.

Tkaumantias with four Gonads along the four Radial Canals, two
opposite perradial tentacles. No marginal clubs or cirrhi. Polyp
colonies unknown.

197. DISSONEMA SAPHENELLA. Haeckel.

This species has been obtained from Australia and described by
Haeckel (1.)

(1) C. Claus. Eucopidenentwickelung etc. Arbeiten Zool. Inst Wien,
Band IV. Seite 89.

(2) L. Agassiz. North American Acalephas. Contrib. Nat. Hist , U.S.A.
Vol. IV., p. 124.

600 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMKDUS^,

II. SUB-FAMILY. CANNOTIN.E.
CANNOTID.E. Haeckel.

Leptomedusae, without marginal vesicles, with branched Radial
Canals.

Polyp colonies unknown.

46. GENUS CANNOTA. Haeckel.

Cannotina?, with four radial canals, from each of which two
branches originate, so that 12 terminations occur, on each of
which there is a Gonad.

198. CANNOTA DODECANTHA. Haeckel.

This species, which also occurs near the African coast has been
obtained from New Guinea, and described by Haeckel (2.)

47. GENUS CLADOCANNA. Haeckel.

Cannotinse, with six dichotomously branched radial canals.
These branch dichotomously repeatedly, the branches (about 48)
all extend to the ring-canal. Numerous gonads in the distal part
of the branch canals.

199. CLADOCANNA THALASSINA. Haeckel.

This species from northern Australia was described first by
Peron et Leseur (1), under the name Berenice thalassina.
Eschscholtz (2) and L. Agassiz (3) refer to it under the same
name. The Berenice euchroma of de Blainville (4), Milne

( 1 ) E. Haeckel. System der Medusen. Seite 126.

(2) E. Haeckel. System der Meduseu, Seite 151.

(1) Per on et Leseur. Tableau des Aleduses, 1809, p. 327.

(2) E*chxcholt%. System der Acalephen. Seite 120.

(3) L. Agasniz. .Monograph of Acalephes. Coutrib. Natural Hist.,
U.S.A., Vol. I Vr., p. 345.

(4) De Blainville. Actinologie, p, 270.

BY R. YON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 001

Edwards (1) and L. Agassiz (2), the Aequarea thalassina of de
Lamarck (3) and the Cuviera euchroma of Leseur (4), are
identical. Haeckel (5) has placed this species in his genus
Cladocanna

200. CLADOCANNA POLYCLADA. Haeckel.

This species has been obtained at New Guinea and described by
Haeckel (6).

III. SUB-FAMILY EUCOPIN.E.

EUCOPID.E. Gegenbaur.

LeptomedusEe, with marginal -vesicles, four simple unbranched
Radial Canals.

Polyp colonies mostly consisting of a creeping Hydrorhiza from
which either simple Hydrocauli arise or high more or less branched
stems. Terminally the Hydrocauli extend to form chitinous cups
around the alimentary Zooids.

The Polypostyles are invested by a chitinous Gonangium, which
has a flattened appearance.

Sometimes (Octorchis.) Claus (7.) The Polype colonies consist
of Gymnoblastic Hydranths and the Medusa? bud on the ordinary
Hydranths laterally (Claus I.e.)

Should, as is highly probable, more Hydromedusee be discovered
the Medusa of which were Eucopida?, the Hydranth and Medusoid
buds of which were to possess characters of our Anthomedusida?,
it would be necessary to make a new family or sub-order for these
forms. At present we are not able to do this because our
knowledge of the Ontogenesis of the Eucopinae is so very limited.

(1) Milne Edwards. Cuvier regne animal illustre, Planche 53, fig. 3.

(2) L. Agassiz. Monograph of Acalephes. Contrib. Nat Hist., U.S.A.,
Vol. IV., p. 345.

(3) De Lamarck. Hist. Nat. des animaux sans Vertebres, 1817. Tom
II., p. 497.

(4) Leseur. Recuiel das Planches (inedites) des Meduses, 1839. Planche
II., fig. 2.

(5) E. Haeckel. Das System der Medusen. Seite 160.

(6) E. Haeckel. Das System der Medusen. Seite 161.

(7) G. Claus. Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Geryonopsiden und Eucopiden
Entwicklung. Arbeiteu aus dem Zoologischen Institute der Universitat
Wien. Band IV. Seite S9.

G02 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS^,

48. GENUS EUCOPE. Gegenbaur.

Eucopinae with eight marginal vesicles, 8 tentacles, no marginal
cirrhi, no stalk to the stomach and four Gonads in the four Radial
Canals. The Polypcolonies consist of much branched stems
growing up from a creeping Hydrorhiza.

201. EUCOPE ANNULATA. nov. sp.
Plate XXVIII., figs. 53-57.

The Medusa.

Umbrella semiovate slightly higher than broad. Manubrium
quadrangular prismatic wider at the mouth end with a slight
constriction in the lower third. Connected with the Umbrella by
a narrow neck. About a third as long as the Umbrella-cavity.
Mouth without flaps, four cornered, the corners slightly projecting.
Gonads oval in the distal third of the Radial Canals about a quarter
of their length. Tentacles very short and thick about as long as a
third of the height of the Umbrella. Basal bulb not very con-
spicuous.

The marginal vesicles contain generally two Otoliths.

Irregular Medusae with five Radial Canals were very frequent
and in those there were also five tentacles present. The pentameral
form originates by one Radial Canal branching dichotomously in a
greater or smaller distance from the central stomach.

Colour : Medusa colourless. Gonads bight yellow.

Size : Height of Umbrella, 2-5 mm. ; breadth, 2 mm.

The Polyp Colony.

From a creeping reticulate anastomosing Hydrorhiza stems rise
up which are much branched, all branches diverge at small angles,
so that thecolony attains the shape of a populus pyramidalis.
The branches are annulated throughout, but the transverse incisions
are deeper near the base than near the Hydranths.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 603

The Hydranths are invested by conic, thin and transparent cups,
they possess a single verticil of 30-35 (mostly 32) tentacles, and a
wide mouth.

The Polypostyles on which the Medusa? bud, are invested by long
nearly cylindrical Gonothecae.

The Polypostyle has the shape of a simple tube, which is spread
out laterally at the terminal end. Numerous Medusa? bud in each
Gonophor.

Colour : Perisarc light brown. The depth of colour depends on
the thickness of the Perisarc. Entoderm of Polypostyles dark
brown, in the other parts light brown.

Size : The stems attain a height 12-16 mm.

Ontogenesis unknown.

Locality : Laminarian Zone, Lyttleton, New Zealand.

Season : Gonophores produce Medusa? in June and July.

49. GENUS OBELIA. Peron et Leseur.

Eucopinee with eight adradial marginal vesicles and numerous
tentacles (12-24 or more often over two hundred.) Marginal
vesicles at the axial side of the base of the tentacles. No marginal
cirrhi, four Gonads on the four Radial Canals. Subumbrella with
rudimentary velum. No stalk to the stomach.

Polyp colonies with a much branched stem and elongate
Gonophores. The Perisarc smooth, generally with a few transverse
incisions at the proximal end of each branch.

202. OBELIA GENICULATA. Altaian.

This cosmopolitan species has been observed on the Southern
Coast of Australia and on the Coast of New Zealand by Caughtrey
(1 .) I have observed a Hydromedusa which I am inclined to place
in this species in Port Jackson. This one however, differs from the
ones I have seen at home, but not sufficiently to make a new
species of it.

604 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS^E.

203. OBELIA AUSTRALIS. nov. sp.

The Medusa is not known to me in the adult stage. At the
time of liberation it is similar to a newly-born Obelia geniculata
for instance.

The Polype colony however, presents a few peculiarities by which
it diflers from other species of Obelia. The stem of this Obelia is
creeping, adnate to foreign bodies, to which it clings like a Hydror-
hiza. The stem bears Hydranths on very short annulated stalks,
and also a few very short branches with nearly sessile Hydrothecse.
These creeping stems are short, and take their origin from a distinct
Hydrorhiza, which differs from the creeping stem by the much
greater thickness of its Perisarc and by the numerous anostomoses
which cause it to attain a reteform appearance. The Gonophores
have the ordinary elongate shape.

Colour : Perisarc of Hydrorhiza reddish brown. Perisarc of
stem and branches light orange. Entodermal Epithelium of Poly-
postyles, Medusa buds and the proximal part of the stomach of
the Hydranths brown.

Size : Length of creeping stems 12-16 mm., erect branches,
3-4 mm.

Ontogenesis unknown.

Locality : East coast of .New Zealand, Sumner, Laminarion
zone.

Season : Gonophores produce Medusae from May to July.

50. GENUS TIAROPSIS. L. Agassiz.

Eucopinse with eight adradial marginal vesicles and numerous
tentacles (16 or more up to 300). Eight marginal vesicles with
numerous Otolithes, always betioeen two tentacles. No marginal
cirrhi. Eour Gonads around the four Radial Canals, no stalk to
the stomach. Polyp colonies unknown.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 605

204. TIAROPSIS MACLEAYI. nov. sp.
Plate XXIII., fig. 37.

I have named this beautiful, but unfortunately rare Medusa
after the worthy patron of Zoology in the Australian Colonies.
The Umbrella is flat, corresponding to about the quarter of a
sphere, twice as broad as high. Stomach quadrangular, prismatic,
about -J as long as the Umbrella cavity, mouth with four very small
lips. Gonads along the upper two-thirds of the Radial Canals.
Tentacles about 100, short and slender, with small basal Ocellus,
which is however, perceptible only at the base of a few tentacles
and makes the impression of a rudimentary organ, Eight large
marginal vesicles. The structure of these vesicles differs in so far
from the ordinary auditory organs of the kind, as its inner wall is
produced into numerous folds between which the Otoliths lie. Polyp
colony unknown.

Colour : Medusa light rose-coloured. Gonads dark red. Bulbs
at the base of the tentacles and Entoderm of the stomach brown.
Tentacles nearly colorless.

Size : The largest adult specimen measurtd 12 mm. aci'oss, and
was 5 mm. high.

Ontogenesis. The first stages at the development of the ovum
were traced, and it appears that the development of this Hydro-
medusa is most like that described by H. Fol (1) of Geryona. The
cells of the blastula, when 32 in number divide irregularly in a
similar way as in Geryonia (I.e.) A division between a clear
Entodermal, and an opaque Ectodermal portion does not take plac
in such a manner as in Geryonia. Ectoderm and Entoderm are
nearly alike as far as the contents of the cells are concerned ; they
differ only in shape. The cells of the delaminated Entoderm are
higher and altogether much bulkier than the colls of the Ectoderm.
All the Embryos died at a certain age, when they consisted of
about 200 cells, so that the further development could not be
traced.

(1) H. Fol. Die erste Entwickelung des Geryouideneies, Jenaische Zeit-
schrift. Band VII.
40

606 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUSjE,

Locality : Port Jackson.
Season : April, July.

51. GENUS MITROCOMIUM. Haeckel.

Eucopinae with sixteen marginal vesicles and eight tentacles
(4 perradial and 4 interradial) ; marginal cirrhi between them.
Four Gonads along the Radial canals. No stalk to the stomach.
Polyp colonies unknown. The structure of the marginal vesicles
was studied by the brothers Hertwig (1.)

205. MITROCOMIUM ANNAE. nov. sp.
Plate XXIX., fig. 58-60.

Umbrella flat, resembling a low cone and not watch-glass
shaped. Twice as broad as high. Stomach globular, small, with
four interradial dark spots, connected with the Umbrella by a
narrow neck only, about a third as long as the height of the
Umbrella-cavity. Mouth with four extended membranous lips,
which have radial grooves but no other folds. Gonads oval,
close to the ring-canal, and joined to the radial canal by a narrow
neck. Eight tentacles, with globular basal bulbs 1| times as
long as the diameter of the Umbrella. On each side of the
tentacle-bulbs a small bunch of short cirrhi. Sixteen marginal
vesicles between the tentacle bulbs. No marginal bulges. A
black Ocellus on the abaxial side of each tentacle-bulb. Polyp
colonies unknown. I have named this species after my wife,
who discovered it in the " Auftrieb."

Colour : Medusa colorless, Gonads pale greenish-yellow. Ento-
derm of stomach brown. Ocelli black.

Size : Height of Umbrella, 2-5 mm. ; breadth, 5 mm.

Ontogenesis unknown.

Locality : Port Jackson, rare. I obtained only 5 adult speci-
mens during the autumn.

Season : Autumn, April-June.

(1) 0. und R. Hertwig. Das Nervensystem und die Sinnesorgajie der
Medusen. Seite 90.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 607

52. GENUS EUTIMALPHES. Haeckel.

Eucopime, with eight adraclial marginal vesicles and numerous
tentacles (12-16 or more). Between them marginal cirrhi. Four
Gonads in the course of the four Radial Canals. A long stalk to
the stomach.

Polyp colonies unknown.

206. EUTIMALPHES PRETIOSA. Haeckel.

This species, obtained in Australian waters, was described by
Haeckel (1).

IV. SUB FAMILY EUCOPELLIN^l. Von Lendenfeld. 1S83.

Medusa without stomach, highly developed organs of sense, no
tentacles, eight marginal vesicles. Four radial canals, which send
branches into the Gonads.

Alimentary Zooid, with 32 tentacles and a Perisarc. Blastostyle
consisting of four radial tubes, between which the Medusae bud.

Ova formed as in the Campanularinae in the Hydrorhiza.

53. GENUS EUCOPELLA. Von Lendenfeld.

Characters of the Sub-Family. The structure, both of the
Medusa and the Polyp colonies was investigated by von Lenden-
feld (2).

The Polyps are histologically very highly developed. Sub-epi-
thelial muscular and nervous layers were discovered, not only in
the Ectoderm but also in the Entoderm. Particularly a ring of
nerve-fibres and ganglia cells in the Entoderm of the proboscis.
The shape of the chitinous cups varies very much, and there are
forms with thick Hydranth cups living in the open sea and such
with slender cups in the harbour. The cells in the threads which
connect the Coenssarc with the Perisarc are considered as gland-
cells which secrete Chitin and occasionally resorb it.

(1) E. Haeckel. Das System der Medusen. Seite 195.

(2) Von Lendenfeld. Eucopella Campanularia. Zeitschrift fiir wiss. Zool.
Band XXXV1IL, Seite 497.

608 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUSjE,

The Medusa differs as far as its histology is concerned, not
essentially from other Craspedotse.

The ova are Entoclermal, the sperma is Ectodermal. The
formation of the Medusa bud led the author to consider the
Umbrella cavity as a ccelom.

207. EUCOPELLA CAMPANULARIA. Von Lendcnfeld.

This species is very abundant in Port Phillip and other places
ou the Coast of Victoria, and has been described by Von Lenden-
feld (1.)

V. SUB-FAMILY AEQUORIN^E.

AEQUORID^. Eschscholtz.

W ith marginal vesicles and numerous (at least 8) often branched
Radial Canals

The Polype colonies are known of a single species only (Zygo-
dactyla vitrina. L. Agassiz )

The Hydranth is characterized by a thin membrane, which joins
the tentacles at their base. The Hydranths are invested by a
Perisarc with a lid consisting of numerous pieces.

54. GENUS ZYGOCANNA. Haeckel.

Aequoridse with numerous 16 or more dichotome Radial Canals.
To every branch a Gonad is attached, which may l>e simple or
bilamellar. Stomach without stalk, broad and long. Margin of
mouth split into numei-ous folded mouth flaps. Polype colonies
unknown.

208. ZYGOCANNA COSTATA. Haeckel.

This species was obtained on the Coast of New Guinea and
described by Haeckel (1.)

(1) Von Lendcnfeld. Encopella Campanularia. Zeitschrift fur wissen-
schaftliche Zoologie. Band XXXVIII. Seite 497.
(i) E. Haeckel. Das System der Medusen. Seite 214.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 609

209. ZYGOCANNA PLFURONOTA. Haeckel.

This species was obtained off Arnheim's Laud, North Coast of
Australia, and described by Peron et Leseur (1) under the name
Aequorea pleuronota. Leseur (2), refers to it under the same
name. Eschscholtz (3) .describes it as Polyxenia pleuronota.
Haeckel v4) refers it to the Genus Zygocauna.

55. GENUS ZYGOCANNOTA. Haeckel.

Aequoridse with twelve dichotome Radial Canals. Crisp-shaped
Gonads in the shape of composed branches at the terminations of
the 24 branches. Stomach broad and flat without stalk. Mouth
wide. Margin of mouth simple without flaps or frils.

210. SPECIES ZYGOCANNOTA PURPUREA. Haeckel.
This species was obtained off the Western Coast of Australia,
and described by Peron et Leseur (5), as Aequorea purpurea.
Leseur (6), Milne Edwards (7), and L. Agassiz (8), mention it
under this name. Eschscholtz (9), describes it as Polyxenia
purpurea. Haeckel (10) places it in the Genus Zygocannota.

56. GENUS ZYGOCANNULA. Haeckel

Aequoridse with numerous, 16 or more, dichotome Radial
Canals. A Gonad on each branch. Stomach at the termination
of a large conical stalk, split up into mouth-flaps. The splits reach
nearly to the stalk. Mouth-flaps large and folded.

(1) Peron et Leseur. Tableau cles Meduses. 109, p. 338.

(2) Leseur. Recueil des Planches fineYlites) des Meduses, 1839, Planche
XL, fig. 3-6.

{3) Eschscholtz. System der A calephen, 1829. Seite 119.

(4) E. Haeckel. Das System der Medusen. Seite 215.

(5) Peron et Leseur. Tableau des Meduses, 1S09, p. 337-

(6) Leseur. Recueil des Planches des Meduses (inedites) Planche XL,
fig. 1,2.

(7) Milne Edwards. Cuvier rdgne animal illustre Zoophytes. Planche 43.
Fig. 3.

(8) L. Agassiz. Monograph of Acalephae. Contributions to the Natural
History of the U.S.A. Vol. IV., p. 360.

(9) Eschscholtz. System der Acalephen, 1S29. Seite 119.

(10) E. Haeckel. Das System der Medusen. Seite 215.

610 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS.E,

211. ZYGOCANNULA DIPLOCONUS. Haeckel.
This sj)ecies was obtained in the Sundasee, and described by
Haeckel (1).

212. ZYGOCANNULA UNDULOSA. Haeckel.
This species was obtained off Arnheiin's land, north coast of
Australia, and described by Pei'on et Leseur (2) as ^Equorea
undulosa. Leseur (3) mentions it as .^Equorea undulosa, Lesson
(4) describes it as Polyxenia undulosa and Haeckel (5) refers it
to the genus Zygocannula.

57. GENUS ^EQUOREA. Peron et Leseur.
^Equorida3, with numerous Radial Canals (16-32 or moi'e),

which take their origin separately from the central stomach.
The latter broad and flat without (Esophagus-tube. Lateral
stomach wall rudimentary, very low. Mouth wide open. Margin
of mouth simple, without flaps or frils.

213. ^QUOREA EURHODINA. Peron et Leseur.
This species was obtained from Bass' Straits, and described by
Peron et Leseur (6) is also mentioned by Leseur (7), L. Agassiz
(8) and Haeckel (9) under the same name.

58. GENUS RHEGMATODES. A. Agassiz.
Aequorideo with numerous simple Radial Canals (16-32 or more.')

These are simple and originate separately from the stomach.
Stomach small, funnel-shaped, reversed conic, constricted below.
Lateral wall of stomach high and richly folded. Mouth aperture,
small and narrow. Margin of mouth simple, smooth, or crispy,
without flaps or frils.

Polyp colonies unknown.

(1) E. Haeckel. Das System der Medusen. Seite 216.

(2) Pdron et Leseur. Tableau des Meduses, 1809, p. 33S.

(3) Leseur. Recueil des Planches (ineditesl, pi. XII., figs. 1-4.

(4) Lesson. Acalephes, 1843, p. 314.

(5) E. Haeckel. Das System der Medusen. Seite 217.

(6) Pelrcm et Leseur. Tableau des Meduses, 1809, p. 336.

(7) Leseur. Recueil de Planches des Meduses (inedites). Planche IX.

(8) L. Agassiz. Monagraph of Acaleplue, Contribution to the Nat.
Hist, of the U.S.A., Vol. IV., p. 359.

(9) E. Haeckel. Das System der Medusen. Seite 220.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 611

214. RHEGMATODES THALASSINA. Haeckel.
This species was obtained off Arnheim's Land, North Coast of
Australia. It was described by Peron et Leseur (1), under the
name Aequorea thalassina, Aequorea eganea, Peixm et Leseur (2)
is identical. De Blainville (3) mentions the latter only. L.
Agassiz (4) refers to both.- Haeckel (5) places this species in the
Genus Rhegmatodes.

12. FAMILY CAMPANULINID^. Von Lendenfeld, 1884.

Colonies of Polyps which are differentiated into alimentary
Zooids with one verticil of filiform tentacles and generative
Polypes, Polypostyles without mouth or tentacles. Both kinds of
Zooids are invested by chitinous capsules. The Polypostyles only,
produce by budding sexual Zooids, which. are rudimentary Medusae
and never become free.

No Australian representatives of this family are known.

13. FAMILY HYDRACTINID^l. Yon Lendenfeld, 1884.
HYDRACTINKLE. Claus (?).

Polyp colonies with free or rudimentaiy Medusa?. The free
Medusas belong to Haeckel's Sub-family Cytaeidaa, and posses Ocelli
at the base of the tentacles, and no Otoliths. The tentacles are
scattered and ecpially distributed. With simple Moutharms.

The Polyp colonies consist of a dense mass of entwined Hydro-
rhiza? from which the Hydrocauli, simple or slightly branched grow
forth. The alimentary Zooids possess one verticil of filiform
tentacles. The Medusae bud from the Hydrorhiza, or on mouth-
less Polyps, Polypostyles, rarely on the alimentary Polyps.
Besides the alimentary and Generative Zooids we meet with
defensive Spiral Zooids. (P. Wright.)

(1) Peron et Leseur. Tableau des Meduses. 1809. Planches (in£dites.)

(2) Peron et Leseur. Tableau des Meduses, 1809. Planches (inedites.)

(3) De Blainville. Actinologie, 1834, p. 277.

(4) L. Agassiz. Monograph of Acalephaa. Contrib. Nat. Hist. U.S.A.
Vol. IV.

(5; E. Haeckel. Das System der Medusen. Seite 222.

612 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUSjE,

I. SUB-FAMILY CYT^IN.E

CYT.EID2E. Haeckel.

Producing free Medusse, which bud from the Hydrorhiza. No
Australian species.

II. SUBFAMILY HYDRACTININ^,

Medusse bud on Polypostyles, remain sessile and become rudi-
mentary (or immersed in the basal plate ?)

59. GENUS CERATELLA. Gray (?)

Hydrophyton irregularly dichotomous. Perisarc dark brown.
Hydranths, Polypostyles, and Medusoid buds uuknown. The
detailed description of the skeleton by Gray ^1) is worthless.

215. CERATELLA FUSCA. Grny.

Gray (2) and Carter (3) mention this species, which was
obtained from Bondi, near Sydney, in all probability washed up
on the sands.

60. GENUS DEHITELLA. Gray. (?)

Hydrophyton dichotomous, Perisarc dark brown. Perisarc of
Spiral zooids vertical on the stem and branches. (?) Differs from
Ceratella by the equal distribution of the " tufts of spicules."

216. DEHITELLA ATBORUBENS. Gray.

It is doubtful whether this species described by Gray (4) and

Carter (5) is Australian.

(1) Gray. Proc. Zool. Soc. of London, November, 1SG8.

(2) Gray. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, November,
1S68.

(3) Carter. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, January 1S73.

(4) Gray. Pooc. Zool. Soc, London, November, 1S68.

(5) Carter. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., January, 1873.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 613

III. SUBORDER HYDROCORALLIN^E.

Moseley.

ALIMENTARY ZOOIDS WITH FEW VERTICILLATE, CAPITATE
TENTACLES. HYDRORHIZA FORMING A DENSE CALCAREOUS
SKELETON WHICH ALSO INVESTS THE POLYPES. GROUPS
OF MACHOPOLYPES, IN THE FORM OF TENTACULAR ZOOIDS,
SURROUND THE ALIMENTARY POLYPES.

Ultimately generative Zooids are probably Medusae.

14. FAMILY. STROM ATOPORIDyE. Murie and Nicholson.

Possessing undulating laminae in the skeleton.
No Australian representatives are known of this extinct family
of the Hydrocorallina?.

15. FAMILY. MILLEPORID^E. Mosely.

Alimentary Zooids, with from 4 to 6 tentacles. Polypary with
many conic spaces, divided by Tabular. Coenenchym with reticu-
lating canals.

Dactylozooids, with numerous tentacles. Ampulla? absent.

61. GENUS MILLEPORA. Mosely.

The calcareous skeleton attains different shapes. The colonies
have an uneven surface. In the centre of each irregular group of
Dactylozooids one Alimentary Zooid.

217. MILLEPORA TORTUOSA. Dana.
This species was dredged off Fiji, and described by Dana (1).

(1) Dana. United States Exploring Expedition, Zoophyta, Phila 1S46,
p. 545.

614 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUSjE,

62. GENUS AKACBNOPORA. Tenison- Woods.
The colony spreading like a small thin web over Corals.

218. ARACHNOPORA ARGENTA. Tenison- Woods.

This single species of the above Genus was described by Tenison
Woods (1), without mentioning the locality, probably Australia.

16. FAMILY STYLASTERID^. Moseley.

Alimentary Zooids with from 4 to 12 tentacles. Massive
Hydrosome containing tubes which possess pseudosepta formed by
the regular position of the tentacular Zooids.

Dactylozooids devoid of tentacles, Gonangia contained in Am-
pullae.

63. GENUS DISTICHOPORA. Lamarck.

Pores sporadic, Dactylopores of one kind only. Pores simple in
a triple linear row at the latei'al edges of the branches of the
flabellum rarely on its faces.

219. DISTICHOPORA VIOLACEA. Pallas.

This species has been dredged North of Australia in several
places, and described by Pallas (2) and Tenison Woods (3.)

220. DISTICHOPORA ROSEA. Kent.

This species is found on the East Coast of Australia. It was
described by Kent (4.)

221. DISTICHOPORA COCCINEA. Gray.

(1) Tenison- Woods. On a new Genus of Milleporidaj. Proceedings of the
Linnean Society of New South Wales. Vol. III., \>. 8,

(2) Pallas. Elenchus Zoophytorum.

(3) Tenison Woods. On the Anatomy of Distiehopora. Transactions of
the Royal Society of New South Wales. Vol. XIII., p. 61.

1) 8. Kent. On Corals, etc. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of
London, 1871, p. 281.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 615

This species is found on the north-east coast of Australia. It
has been described by Gray (1).

222. DISTICHOPORA GRACILIS. Dana.
This species was dredged off the Paumatu Islands and described
by Dana (2).

223. DISTICHOPORA LIVIDA. Tenison- Woods.

This species was obtained from several places in the north of
Australia, and described by Tenison- Woods (3).

64. GENUS STYLASTER. Gray.

Pores occurring in regular cyclo-systeins. Both kinds of pores
with styles, Corallum increasing by regular alternate germination
of the cyclosysteuis from one another. Gasterozooids with eight
tentacles.

•224. STYLASTER GRACILIS. Milne Edwards et Haime.

This species was obtained near the Australian shore, and
described by M. Edwards et Haime (4).

225. STYLASTER SANGUINEUS. Valenciennes.
This species, which also occurs at Florida (Pourtale's), was
obtained near Australia and New Zealand. It was described by
Valenciennes (5).

226. STYLASTER GEMMASCENS. Milne Edwards et Haime.
This species, obtained from the Indian Ocean, was described by
M. Edwards et Haime (6),

(1) T. £i. Gray. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1S60,
p. 244.

(2) T. Dana. United States Exploring Expedition. Zoophytes, Phila
1S46. p. 151.

(3) Tenison- Woods. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South
Wales, Vol. IV.

(4) AI. Edwards et Haime. Coralles etc, Annales des Sciences Naturelles
3 Ser. Tom XIII., p. 9S.

(5) Valenciennes. In M. Edward et Haime Coralles etc., Annales des
Sciences Naturelles 3 Ser, Tom XIII , p. 96.

(6) M. Edwards et Haime. Histoire Naturelle des Coralles. Tom II.,
p. 130.

616 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS^,

65. GENUS CRYPTOHELIA. Milne Edwards et Haime.

Pores in regular cyclo-systems. Styles absent, Gastro zooids
without tentacles. Gastropores with two chambers. Summits of
the cyclosystems covered by a lid.

227. CRYPTOHELIA PUDICA. Milne Edwards et Haime.

This species has been obtained from New Guinea and many
other places. It has been described by Milne Edwards and
Haime (1).

IV. SUBORDER, TRACHOMEDUSINJE.
Von Lendenfeld, 1884.

TRACHOMEDUS.E. GLAUS.

HYDRO-MEDUSAE WHICH ARE MEDUS.E, AND ARE PROPA-
GATED SEXUALLY WITHOUT A CHANGE OF GENERATION AND
WITHOUT FORMING POLYPOID ZOOIDS. MEDUS.E WITH
ENTODERM A L ACAUSTIC CLUBS.

17. FAMILY TRACHOMEDUSID^E. Yon Lendenfeld, 1884.

TRACHOMEDUS^. Haeckel,
The Gonads are developed in the walls of the Radial Canals,

1. SUB-FAMILY PETASIN.E.
PETASID^E. Haeckel.
With 4 Radial Canals, with long tube-shaped stomach. Acaustic
clubs free or in vesicles on the margin of the Umbrella.
No Australian species.

(1) M. Edwards et Haime. Annates ctes Sciences Naturelles, 3 Ser. Tom.
XIII. , p. 93.

BY R. VON LENDEXFELD, PH.D. 617

II. SUB-FAMILY TRACHONEMIN2E.
TRACHONEMID.^. Gegenbaur.
With 8 Radial Canals, with long tube-shaped stomach.
No Australian species.

III. SUB-FAMILY AGLAUPJN.E.
AGLAURID^E. L. Agassiz.
With 8 Radial Canals and with a pedicle to the stomach.

66. GENUS STAURAGLAURA. Haeckel.

Aglauridse with 4 Gonads in connection with 4 alternating
Radial Canals, the other 4 Canals sterile. Gonads on the stalk of
the stomach not on the Subumbrella, The 4 acaustic clubs in the
interradii.

228. SPECIES STAURAGLAURA TETRAGONIMA. Haeckel.
This species was obtained in Australian waters and descrihed
by Haeckel (1.)

TV. SUB-FAMILY GERYONIN^E.
GERYONIDiE. Haeckel.

Four or 6 radial tubes, leaf-shaped Gonads. Long stomach
pedicle, 8 or 12 marginal peroniae, and as many acustic vesicles.

67. GENUS GERYONIA. Peron et Leseur.

Geryoninae with six Gonads in the vicinity of the six Radial
Canals, without centripetal Canals. Only 6 permanent hollow
perradiale, tentacles (no interradial ones.) Twelve acaustic vesicles
(6 primary interradial ones and 6 secondary pei'radial ones.).

(1) E. Haeckel. Das System der Mecluseu. Seite 277.

618 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUSiE,

229. GERYONIA DIANA E A. Haeckel.

This species was described by Quoy et Gaiinard (1) under the
name Dianaea endrachtensis ( = Gaberti.) De Blainville (2)
describes this Medusa as Dianaea Gaberti, Eschscholtz (3), as
Eirene endrachotensis and L. Agassiz (4) as Orythia viridis.
Haeckel (5), named it Geryonia dianaea.

This species was obtained off the West Coast of Australia near
Endracht's Land.

68. GENUS CARMARIS. Haeckel.

Geryonidse, with six Gonads in connection with the six Radial
Canals, between which coecal canals run centripetally from the
ring canal. Twelve permanent tentacles (6 hollow perradial ones
and 6 solid interradial ones). Twelve auditory vesicles (6 primary
interradial and 6 secondary perradial.)

230. CARMARIS GILTSCHII. Haeckel.

This species was obtained in Australian waters and described by
Haeckel (6).

18. FAMILY. NARKOMEDUSID^E. Von Lendenfeld, 1884.

NARKOMEDUS.E. Haeckel.
Trachomedusje, with gastral gonads.

I. SUB-FAMILY. CUNANTHIN^.

CUNANTHID^E. Haeckel.

With broad pouch-shaped Radial Canals, with Otoporpa.
No Australian species.

(1) Quoy and Gaimard Voyage de l'Uranie et la Physicienne. Zoology,
p. 566.

(2) De Blainville. Actinologie, p. 289.

(3) Eschscholtz. System der Acalephen. Seite 94.

(4) L Agassiz. Monograph of Acalepha3, Contrib. Nat. Hist. U.S.A.,
Vol. IV., p. 363.

(5) E. haeckel. System der Medusen. Seite 295.

(6) E. Haeckel. System der Medusen. Seite 296.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 619

II. SUB-FAMILY. PEGANTHIN^E.
PEGANTHID^E. Haeckel.

Without Radial Canals and without gastral pouches in the sub-
umbrella. With Otoporpa.
No Australian species. -

III. SUB-FAMILY. ^GININ^E.

^GINID.E. Gegenbaur.

Circular canal in communication with the gastral cavity by double
peranial tubes. With gastral pouches without Otoporpa.

69. GENUS ^EGINURA. Haeckel.

iEginidae, with eight perradial double canals and eight tentacles
(four perradial and four interradial) and with sixteen interradial
genital pouches.

231. 2EGINURA MYOSURA. Haeckel.

Haeckel (1) describes this species, which was obtained in
Australian waters.

IV. SUB-FAMILY. SOLMARIN^E.

SOLMARID.E. Haeckel.

Without circular canal and without Otoporpa, with or without
Radial Canals.

No Australian species.

(1) E. Haeckel. Das System der Medusen. Seite 343.

020 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUSiE,

STATISTICS OF THE AUSTRALIAN HYDRO-MEDUSAE.

In the following table I have enumerated all the known Aus-
tralian species.

I comprise within the Australian area the South Coast of New
Guinea, Fiji, New Zealand, Australia and Tasmania, and the
Islands South-west of Fiji.

The total number of species is 231, which are distributed among
69 genera.

Hydi'opolypinae 176

Hydromedusinpe 40

Hydrocorallina? 11

TrachomedusinsD 4

This list is an extract from the five papers on the subject pub-
lished in these proceedings. Besides the older authors, De Lamarck,
Lamouroux, M. Edwards, Busk, and others who described some
Australian species, we are mainly indebted to W. Thompson,
Coughtrey, Bale, Kirchenpauer and Haeckel for our present
knowledge of the species.

The number of species which I have described for the first time
is 30. The table is arranged according to the system expounded in
the introduction of this Monograph.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 621

THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS^E.

I. Suborder Hydropolypin.e.

1. Family. Hydridae

1. Genus Hydra

1. H. oligactis. Pallas

2. H. fusca. Linne

3. H. viridis. Linne

2. Family Clavidoe

1. Sub-family Clavinse

2. Genus Clava

4. C. simplex. Von Lendenfeld

2. Sub-family Corininae

3. Family Eudendridee

3. Genus Eudendrium

5. E. generale. Von Lendenfeld

6. E. pusillum. Von Lendenfeld

4. Family Myriothelidse

5. Family Blastopolypidae

1. Sub-family Cordylopkorinse

2. Sub-family Bimerinae

3. Sub-family Campanularinge

4. Genus Campanularia

7. C- iirnigera. De Lamarck

8. C. macrocyttaria. De Lamarck

9. C. costata. Bale
10. C. tincta. Hincks

41

622 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS.E,

5. Genus Laomedea.

11. L. antipathes. Lamouvoux

12. L. Torresii. Busk

13. L. reptans. Lamouroux

14. L. Lairii. Lamouroux

15. L. marginata. Von Lendenfeld

16. L. rufa. Von Lendenfeld

17. L. undulata. Von Lendenfeld

6. Genus Lafoea

18. L. fructicosa. Sars

7. Genus Halecium

19. H. tenelluin. Hincks

4. Sub-family Sertularinse

8. Genus Lineolaria.

20. L. spinulosa. Hincks

21. L. fiexuosa. Bale

9. Genus Sertularia

22. S. fertilis. Von Lendenfeld

23. S. irregularis. Von Lendenfeld

24. S. operculata. Linne

25. S. bispinosa. Cough trey

26. S. trispinosa. Coughtrey

27. S. Maplestonei. Bale

28. S. bidens. Bale

29. S. pulchella. W. Thomson

30. S. australis. "W. Thomson

31. S. penna. Bale

32. S. elongata. Lamouroux

33. S. unguiculata. Busk

34. S. germinata. Bale

35. S. flexilis. W. Thomson

36. S. tridentata. Busk

37. S. recta. Bale

BY R. VOX LENDENFELD, PH.D. 623

38. S. macrocarpa. Bale

39. S. clivergens. De Lamarck

40. S. tenuis. Bale

41. S. bicornis. Bale

42. S. trigone-stoma. Busk

43. S. acanthostoma. Bale
4-1. S. insignis. W. Thomson

45. S. crenata. Bale

46. S. tuba. Bale

47. S. patula. Busk

48. S. orthogonia. Busk

49. S. minima. Bale

50. S. minuta. Bale

51. S. loculosa. Busk

52. S. conferta. Bale

53. S. grosse-dentata. Bale

54. S. arbuscula. Lamouroux

55. S. tubiformis. Bale

56. S. turbinata. Bale

57. S. obliqua. De Lamarck

58. S. barbata. Bale

59. S. typiea. Von Lendenfekl

60. S. rigida. Lamouroux

61. S. distans. Lamouroux

62. S. tridentata. Lamouroux

63. S. scandens. Lamouroux

10. Genus Diphasia

64. D. symmetrica. Von Lendenfeld

65. D. pinnata. Agassiz

66. D. attenuata. Hincks

67. D. digitalis. Bale

68. D. mutulata. Bale

69. D. subcarinata. Bale

11. Genus Sertularella

70. S. microgona. Von Lendenfeld

71. S. polyzonias. Gray

624 TIIE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS.E,

72. S. indivisa. Bale

73. S. solidula. Bale

74. S. macrotheca. Bale

75. S. lsevis. Bale

76. S. pygmaea. Bale

77. S. Johnstoni. Gray

78. S. divaricata. Busk

79. S. neglecta. W. Thompson

80. S. ramosa. Thomson

12. Genus Pasythea

81. P. quadridentata. Lamouroux

82. P. hexodon. Busk

13. Genus Idia

83. J. pristis. Lamouroux

14. Genus Thuiaria

84. T. fenestrata. Bale

85. T. quadridens. Bale

86. T. lata. Bale

6. Family Graptolithidse

I. GRAPTOLOID.E

A Monoprionidse

1. Sub-family Monograptinae

2. Sub-family Leptograptinse

3. Sub-family Dichograptinaa

15. Genus Didymograpsus

87. D. fruticosus. Hall

88. D. quadribrachiatus. Hall

89. D. bryonoides. Hall

90. D. octobrachiatus. Hall

91. D. Logani. Hall

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 625

92. D. extensus. Hall

93. D. caducens. Salter

94. D. gracilis. Hall

95. D. Thuieani. McCoy

96. D. Headi. McCoy

16. Genus Cladograpsus

97. C. ramosus. Hall

98. C. furcatus. Hall

4. Sub-family Dicranograptinee

B. DlPRIONID^E

5. Sub-Family Diplograptinee

17. Genus Diplograptus

99. D. mucronatus. Hall

100. 1). pristis. Hisinger

101. D. rectangularis. McCoy

102. D. palmeus. Barrande

18. Genus Climacograptus

103. C. bicornis. Hall

6. Sub-family Phyllograptinse

19. Genus Phyllograptus

104. P. folium. Hisinger

II. Eetioloidea

7. Sub-family Glassograptinse

8. Sub-family Gladiograptinse

20. Genus Retiolithes

105. R. australis. McCoy
7. Family Plumularidse

21. Genus Plumularia

106. P. companula. Busk

107. P. Buski. Bale

108. P. aglaophenoides. Bale

626 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS.E,

109. P. obconica. Kirchenpauer

110. P. radia. Kirchenpauer

112. P. Ramsay i. Bale

113. P. cornuta. Bale

114. P. producta. Bale

115. P. filicaulis. Pceppig

116. P. setaceoides. Bale

117. P. delicatula. Bale

118. P. Goldsteinii. Bale

119. P. obliqua. Hincks

120. P. spinulosa. Bale

121. P. P. pulchella. Bale

122. P. Hyalina. Bale

123. P. compressa. Bale

124. P. australis. Kirchenpauer

125. P. lilamentosa. De Lamarck

126. P. sulcata. De Lamarck

127. P. scabra. De Lamarck

128. P. laxa. Allman

129. P. gracilis. Von Lendenfeld

130. P. rubra. Von Lendenfeld

131. P. Torresia. Von Lendenfeld

132. P. tripartita. Von Lendenfeld

22. Genus Antennularia

133. A. cylindrica. Bale

134. A. cymodocea. Busk

23. Genus Sciurella

135. S. indivisa. Allman

24. Genus Acantliella

136. A. effusa. Busk

25. Genus Heteroplon.

137. H. plum a. Allman
27. Genus Aglaophenia

138. A. Kirchenpaueri. Von Lendenfeld

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 627

139. A. plumosa. Bale

140. A. urens. Kirchenpauer

141. A. squarrosa. Kirchenpauer

142. A. rubens. Kircheii])auer

143. A. longicornis. Kirchenpauer

144. A. phcenica?. Kirchenpauer

145. A. Huxleyi. Busk

146. A. divaricata. Bale

147. A. ramosa. Bale

148. A. parvula. Bale

149. A. pluma. Lamouroux

150. A. delicatula. Busk

151. A. crucialis. Lamouroux

152. A. formosa. Kirchenpauer

153. A. aurita. Busk

154. A. brevirostris. Busk

155. A. Macgillivrayi. Bale

156. A. ramulosa. Kirchenpauer

157. A. brevicaulis. Kirchenpauer

158. A. flexuosa. Lamouroux

159. A. fimbriata. Bale

160. A. glutinosa. Lamouroux

28. Genus Diplocheilus

161. D. mirabilis. Allman

29. Genus Halicornaria

162. H. superba. Bale

163. H. ascidioides. Bale

164. H. Baileyi. Bale

165. H. furcata. Bale

166. H. hians. Bale

167. H. Haswelli. Bale
16S. H. longirostris. Bale

169. H. humilis. Bale

170. H. prolifera. Bale

171. H. ilicistoma. Bale

628 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS^,

30. Genus Halicomopsis

172. H. avicularis. Bale

31. Genus Azygoplon

173. A. rostratum. Allman

31. Genus Pentandi-a

.174. P. parvula. Von Lendenfeld

175. P. Bailei. Von Lendenfeld

8. Family Dicorynidse

32. Genus Dicovyne

176. D. annulata. Von Lendenfeld

II. Suborder Hydromedusin^e

9. Family Anthomedusidse

1. Sub-family Codoninse

33. Genus Sarsia

177. S. radiata. Von Lendenfeld

178. S. minima. Von Lendenfeld

34. Genus Dicodonium

179. D. dissonema. Haeckel

35. Genus Euphysa

180. E. Australis. Von Lendenfeld

2. Sub-family Tiarinse

36. Genus Tiara

181. T. papua. Haeckel

37. Genus Turritopsis

182. T. pleurostoma. Haeckel

183. T. lata. Von Lendenfeld

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D.

3. Sub-family Margelinae

38. Gemis Lizusa

184. L. prolifera. Von Lendenfeld

39. Genus Limnorea

185. L. triedra". Peron et Leseur

40. Genus Nemopsis

186. N". favonia. Haeckel

4. Sub-family Cladoneminse

41. Genus Pteronema

187. P. Darwinii. Haeckel

188. P. ambiguum. Haeckel

10. Family Tubularidse

1. Sub-family Pennarinse

42. Genus Pennaria

189. P. australis. Bale

190. P. rosea. Von Lendenfeld

191. P. Adamsia. Von Lendenfeld

2. Sub-family Tubularinae

43. Genus Tubularia

192. T. Kalpkii. Bale

193. T. pygma?a. Lamouroux

194. T. spongicola. Von Lendenfeld

195. T. gracilis. Von Lendenfeld

44. Genus Tibiana

196. T. ramosa. De Lamarck

3. Sub-family Atractilinee

11. Family Leptomedusidse

1. Sub-family Thamantinse

629

630 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS.E,

45. Genus Dissonema

197. D. saplienella. Haeckel

2. Sub-family Cannotinse

46. Genus Cannota

198. 0. dodecantha. Haeckel

47. Genus Cladocanna

199. C. thalassina. Haeckel

200. C. polyclada. Haeckel

3. Sub-family Eucopinse

48. Genus Eucope

201. E. annulata. Von Lendenfeld

49. Genus Obelia

202. O. geniculata. Allman

203. O. australis. Von Lendenfeld

50. Genus Tiaropsis

204. T. Macleayi. Von Lendenfeld

51. Genus Mitrocomium

205. M. Annee. Von Lendenfeld.

52. Genus Eutimalphes

206. E. pretiosa. Haeckel

4. Sub-family Eucopellinae

53. Genus Eucopella

207. E. Campanularia. Von Lendenfeld

5. Sub-family Aecpiorinre

54. Genus Zygocanna

208. Z. costata. Haeckel

209. Z. pleuranata. Haeckel

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 631

55. Genus Zygocannota

210. Z. purpurea. Haeckel

56. Genus Zygocannula

211. Z. diploconus. Haeckel

212. Z. undulosa. Haeckel

57. Genus Aequorea

213. A. eurhodina. Peron et Leseur

58. Genus Rhegmatodes

214. R. tkalassina. Haeckel

12. Family Carnpanulidse

13. Family Hydractinida?

1. Sub-family Cytseina?

2. Sub-family Hydractininse

59. Genus Ceratella

215. C. fusca. Gray

60. Genus Dehitella

216. D. atrorubens. Gray

III. Suborder Hydrocorallin^e

14. Family Stromatoporidpe

15. Family Milleporidse

61. Genus Millepora

217. M. tortuosa. Dana

62. Genus Arachnopora

218. A. Argentea. T. Woods

16. Family Stylasteridse

63. Genus Distichopora

632 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS.E,

219. D. violacea. Pallas

220. D. rosea. S. Kent

221. D. coccinea. Gray

222. D. gracilis. Dana

223. D. livida. T. Woods

64. Genus Stylaster

224. S. gracilis. M. Edwards

225. S. sanguineus. Valenciennes

226. S. gemmascens. M. Edwards

65. Genus Cryptohelia

227. C. pudica. M. Edwards

IV. Suborder Trachomedusin^e

17. Family Trachomedusida?

1. Sub-family. Petasinse

2. Sub-family. Trachineminee

3. Sub-family. Aglaurinae

66. Genus Staaraglaura

228. S. tetragonima, Haeckel

4. Sub-family Geryoninse

67. Genus Geryonia

229. G. diansea. Haeckel

68. Genus Carmaris

230. C. Giltschii

18. Family Narcomedusidse

1. Sub-family Cunanthinse

2. Sub-family Peganthina?

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 633

3. Sub-family Aegininai
69. Genus yEginura

231. A. myosura. Haeckel.

4. Sub-family Solmarinae

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate XX.
Fig. 31. — Sarsia radiata, adult Medusa, 1:20.
Fig. 32. — Two Hydranths of Sarsia radiata, 1:20.

Plate XXI.
Fig. 33. — Euphysa australis, adult Medusa, 1:20.
Fig. 34. — Sarsia minima, young Medusa, 1:30.
Fig. 35. — Sarsia minima, Polyp colony, 1:6.

Plate XXII.
Fig. 36. — Turritopsis lata, the adult Medusa, 1:30.

Plate XXIII.
Fig. 37. — Tiaropsis Macleayi, the adult Medusa, 1:7.
Fig. 38. — Lizusa prolifera, the adult Medusa, 1:10.

Fig. 39. — Lizusa prolifera, mouth, Radial Canal and Tentacle-bunch seen
from below, 1:30.

Plate XXIV.

Fig. 40. — Pennaria rosea, a terminal Hydranth, 1:30.
Fig. 41. — Pennaria rosea, Polyp colony, natural size.
Fig. 42. — Pennaria rosea, female Medusostyle, 1:25.

Plate XXV.
Fig. 43. — Pennaria Adamsia, female Medusostyle, 20:1.
Fig. 44. — Pennaria Adamsia, male Medusostyle, 20:1.
Fig. 45. — Pennaria Adamsia, Polyp colony, natural size.
Fig. 46. — Pennaria Adamsia, longitudinal section through the base of a

Hydrocaulus, 1;50.
Fig. 47. — Pennaria Adamsia, a pinna, 1:6.
Fig. 48.— Transverse section through a filiform tentacle, T Oe II.

634 THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS.E,

Plate XXVI.

Fig. 49. — Pennaria Adamsia, terminal Hydranth, 1:20.
Fig. 50. — Tubularia spongicola with Medusostyles producing actinuhe, seen
from above, 1:10.

Plate XXVII.

Fig. 51. — Tubularia gracilis, producing actinula? in the Medusostyls, 1:10.
Fig. 52. — Tubularia gracilis, producing actinula? in the Medusostyls, 1:10.

Plate XXVIII.

Fig. 53. — Eucope annulata, adult Medusa, 1:20.

Fig. 54. — Eucope annulata, a marginal vesicle, C Oe II.

Fig. 55. — Eucope annulata, an irregular Medusa (young) with five Radial

Canals as seen from below, 1:20.
Fig. 56. — Eucope annulata, Polyp colony, natural size.
Fig. 57. — Eucope annulata, Polyp colony, 1:15.

Plate XXIX.

Fig. 58. — Mitrocomium Annse, adult Medusa, 1 :15.

Fig. 59. — Mitrocomium Anna?, Medusa, section through a tentacle-bulb,

Oel.
Fig. 60. — Mitrocomium Anna?, adult Medusa seen from below, 1:25.

MUSCULAR TISSUES IN HYDROIDS POLYPES.
By R. von Lendexfeld, Ph.D.

Plate XXX.

The muscular tissue of the Ccelenterata is produced like that
of all Metozoo from the two germinal layers of the gastrula
embryo. In some of the orders this process is carried out direct ;
the muscles are epithelial. In others the muscles are pro-
duced from the Mesoderm, and therefore do not appear epithelial.
The Hydromedusae, Syphonophora, Schyphomedusa?, and Antozoa
belong to the first group. The muscular fibres at first appear
as processes of the centripetal part of the epithelial cells (1)
with higher development division of labour occurs; some of the
epithelcells lose whilst others retain the locomotory function. At
the same time the muscular cells reti-eat from the surface, which is
finally exclusively formed by the non-muscular covering cells. The
muscular cells and their fibres form a layer between the Mesoderm
(Stiizlamelle) and the covering Epithelium (2.) The shape of the
muscular lamella obviously depends on the shape of the supporting
membrane. As long as the latter remains simple and unfolded,
the muscular lamella cannot attain a higher degree of development.
This is, however, achieved in many cases in the following manner :
— The supporting lamella forms longitudinal ridges, and in this

(1) N. Kleinmberrj. Hydra, Leipzig, 1872. Seite 15.

(2) 0. und B. Hertifig. Die Actinien. Jenaische Zeitschrift. Band XIV.,
Seite 47.

636 MUSCULAR TISSUES IN HYDROIDS POLYPES,

manner the surface is increased. The muscular lamella occupies
the sides of these ridges, and so there are many more fibres to the
same surface ; the muscle is higher developed and stronger. Such
structures have been found in the Med usre (1) belonging to the
Hydrornedusa?, in the Syphonophora (2) in the Scyphomedusre (3),
and in the Anthozoa Actiniaria (4), and Pennatulidse (5.)

At first the muscular lamella covers the whole surface of the
folded supporting lamella, but with higher development the ridges
of the supporting lamella become very nai'row, and the muscles lie
only on their sides. The exterior margins of this lamella are
continued into processes which are the stalks of the epithelial
cells (6.) The centrifugal parts of this lamella may coalesce, and
so an apparently Mesodermal muscle is produced. Such structures
have been observed in the ring-muscle of the Actinire by Hertwig
(7), and in the marginal tentacle of Charybdea by Claus (8.) No
complication of the muscular tissue which could be compared to the

(1) 0. und R. Hertwig. Der Organismus der Medusen. Jena. 187S, Seite 8.

(2) C. Claus Uber Halistemma tergestinum. Arbeiten aus dem Zoolo-
gischen Instistute, Wien, 1878. Seite 7.

(3) Von Lendenfeld. Uber Cealenteraten der Siidsee, Cyanea Annaakala.
Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie. Band XXXVII., Seite 511-526.

E. Haec&el. Monographic der Medusen, Zweiter Theil. Jena., 1881, Seite
147.

(4) I'd// Lendenfeld. Zur Histologic der Actinien. Zoologischer Anzeiger,
Land VI., Seite 1S9.

0. und R, Hi i twig. Die Actinien. Jenaische Zeitscbrift, Band XIII., *eite
567, and elsewhere.

VonHeider. Cerianthus membranaceus Haime. Sitzungsberichte der K.
Academie der Wissenschaften in Wien. Band LXXIX, Seite 27, and
elsewhere.

(.3) A. KbUiker. Die Pennatuliden. Abhandl. d. Senkenb. Naturf-
Gesellschaft. Band VII , VIII., Frankfurt a. M., 1872.

(6) Von Lendenfeld. Zur Histologic der Actinien. Zoologischer Anzeiger.
Band VI., Seite 189.

i7) /•'. //' rtwig. Die Actinien der Challenger expedition. Jena., 1S82,
Tafel VI.

(8) C. ('Inns. Ueber Charybdea marsupials. Arbeiten aus dem Zoolo-
gischen Institute, Wien, 1878.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 637

high development of the muscle in the Ccelenterata mentioned
above, has as yet been described of the Hydroid-Polyps. I have
however, been enabled to prove that such structures also occur in
these least developed forms of all Cnidaria. The Hydro icl -Polyps
which produce the Sarsia radiata, V. Lendenfeld, have the peculiar
habit of bending themselves down at a joint situated at the base of
the Hydranth between it and the top of the Perisarc tube which
surrounds the Hydrocaulus. This movement is executed with such
precision and rapidity, that I was led to believe that there must be
a special organ adapted for this purpose.

The Perisarc -tube of the Hydrocaulus terminates oblicpdy so
that the margin has the shape of an oblique ellipse. In longi-
tudinal and transverse sections even with a low power a bundle of
longitudinal fibres can be detected, which is 0"5 mm. long and
spindle-shaped. It covers that part of the supporting lamella which
lays on the side of the Hydranths towards which it bends round.
As well by means of osmic acid as by the application of warm
solution of corosive sublimate (1) it is easy to kill the Polyps
in different positions. If the re-agent does not act quickly, if it
is too weak when it reaches the Hydranth, the latter always
shuts up entirely and is fixed in this position. Bent down half
the Polyps are never fixed, but it is very easy to harden the
Polyps in an upright position. This muscle which I name
Flexor is peculiar to Sarsia radiata, and no similar structure has,
as far as I know, ever been observed in Hydroid-Potyps. We
shall see that the histological structure is very different from
the ordinary occurrence in the Hydro-Polyps. This structure
reminds us of the complicated muscles of the free swimming

(1) A. Wdssman, Die Entstehung der Sexuazellen bei den Hydro
medusen. Iena., 18S3, Seite 13.
42

638 MUSCULAR TISSUES IN HYDROID POLYPS,

Polypo-medusse and Syphonophorao. In an ordinary transverse-
section a radial structure of this muscle can be detected. By
means of very fine transverse sections we can obtain an insight
into the minute structure.

From the structureless supporting lamella longitudinal sup-
porting ridges rise up on the sides of which muscular fibres are
situated. The free margins of these ridges are continued into the
centripedal ends of the epithelial cells, which form the Ectodermal
Epithelium. These are at the same time Chitin-gland cells ; near
the outer margin they appear slightly striped radially, and are
continued into the substance of the cuticle or the Perisarc, according
to whether the section has been made in a higher or a lower part.

The section, fig. 1, lies in the same height as that in fig. 4 ; the
thin cuticule is cut.

In adult animals these cells are not entirely filled with Proto-
plasm attached by a broad basal surface to the inner surface of
the Cuticle, these cells appear as pyramids with a radially situated
axis. Centripetally their width rapidly decreased, and they
continue without apparent limit into the margin of the supporting
ridges. The space between the basal ends of these cells and
between the opposite muscular lamella) is taken up by a granulose
mass in which nuclei can be made visible by coloring. A great
many of these nuclei probably belong to the sub-epithelial muscular
cells. Whether some of them belong to ganglia-cells appears
doubtful, but I consider it nevertheless highly probable. Part of
tli is mass probably also consists of nerve fibres. There are
accordingly longitudinal bonds of tissue which are vertical on the
surface of the Hydranth. Between every pair of muscular bands
lies a band, consisting of nervous fibres and ganglia cells. These
are enclosed on the outer side by ordinary epithelial-cells.

BY R. VOX LEXDEXFELD, PH.D. 639

Similar structures were first observed by Clans (1) in an Apha-
cella, and Brothers Hertwig (2) have independently described
similar muscles in the Craspedote Medusa?. Identical structures are
met with in Actinia?, Acraspedas and Pennatulidee, although they
vary very much, still we_find that in so far they resemble one
another, that the muscular cells principally cover the lateral
surfaces of the supporting ridges, and do not occur on the free
margins. Very often they ai*e also wanting in the valley between
the supporting ridges.

Although earlier observers did not take any notice of this fact,
still it appears from the figures, that there are no muscles on the
free margin of the supporting lamella. In all cases observed by
me, the supporting ridges are very thin, the margin of them
is continued into the epithelial cells, and I suppose that this
pertains also in the cases mentioned above. In every case these
muscular bands consist of striated band-shaped fibres as they were
first described by Briicke (3.)

They are attached to a supporting lamella with a narrow side.

By these facts I have been led to the following explanation of
these structures : — The epithelial cells are in connection with the
supporting lamella by centrepetal processes. These processes are
scattered irregularly over the originally plain surface of the sup-
porting lamella. The muscular epithelial cells occupy the spaces
between the stalks of the epithelial cells. If the supporting
lamella forms folds so that a greater surface is attained to meet the
exigencies of the increasing work that has to be done by the

(1) G. Gmus. Ueber Halestemma tergestinum. Arbeiten aus clem
Zoologischen Institute. Wien 1878. Seite 8.

(2) 0. E. Hertwig. Der Orgauismus der Medusen.

(3) E. Briicke. Ueber die mikroskopischen Elemente, welcheden Schwim-
muskel der Medusa aurita bilden. Sitzngber. A. K. Akademie der Wissen-
schaft, Wein. Band. XLVIII.

G40 MUSCULAR TISSUES IN HYDROID POLYPS.

muscular layer, then the stalks of the epithelial cells move upward
and finally occupy the ridges which have been formed, whilst the
muscular cell adhering closely to the supporting lamella forms a
continuous layer on the sides and at the bottom of the valley. The
nervous elements which always lie above the muscular layer of
course, then fill the part of the valley which has not been
occupied by the muscular elements. In the case of the tentacles
of some Actinge indifferent tissue is formed between the muscular
and nervous layers (1.)

Such structures, however, appear rare, and have, as far as I
know, not been observed anywhere else. A muscle, such as that
described above of Sarsia radiata, however, is a structure very
similar to that in other Coelenterata \ also here the same causes
have produced the same effect independently of each other.

Explanation of Plate XXX.
Sarsia radiata.

Fig. 1. — Transverse section through the base of a Hydranth. L. Oc. I.
Fig. 2. — Three Hydranths in different positions.

a. — bent down half.

b. — erect.

c — bent down quite.
Fig. 3. — Longitudinal section through the basal portion of the Hydranth
along the plain in which the Hydranth bends. DD. Oc. I.

S. layer of Chitin in the Perisarc.
Fig. 4. — Transverse section through the base of the Hydranth. DD. Oc. I.

M. Muscuhis Flexor.

(1) Von Lendenfeld. Zur Histologic der Actinien, Zoologisher .Anzeiger.
Band VI. Seite 189.

NOTES ON THE FIBRES OF CERTAIN AUSTRALIAN
HIRCLNID^.

By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

Among the numerous Sponges of the Australian shores which I
am examining at present, there is a series of forms which possess
the filaments characterising the Hircinidse. These filaments are of
the same shape as those of Hircina (F. E. Schulze. Zeitschrift
fur Wissenschaftliche Zoologie. Band XXXIII , pi. IV.), but
they do not appear so smooth. With high powers (Zeiss }2) it is
possible to detect minute spots on their surface and similar spots
also occur on the fibres of the horny skeletons. I am rather
inclined to consider the latter as the expression of the Spongoblasts,
and I do not think it altogether impossible that Spongoblasts
also form the filaments and cause in some cases their spotted
appearance.

In a few species I have observed filaments apparently growing
out from ordinary fibres. It is highly probable, that the filaments
get into contact with the fibre and are then fixed there by
succeeding layers of Spongiolin. It is however, possible that this
occurrence is not so accessory, in which case we would have to
suppose that the filaments were parts of the horny fibrous skeleton
of the sponge.

Another suggestion has however occurred to me in conse-
quence of the observations of some Oscillarians in Ceraosponges.
These Oscillarians are of equal length with the filaments and of
similar shape, only much thicker ; and it appears not improbable
that these may cause the formation of the filaments in the following
manner : — The Oscillarians infest the Sponges and have on the
Sponge-tissue the same physiological effect as a grain of sand or

G42 ON THE FIBRES OF CERTAIN AUSTRALIAN UIRCINID^i.

other foreign body would have. In Sponges as in higher animals
foreign bodies are always encrusted by the substance the skeleton
is made of. Particles of sand which enter the Sponge are covered
by a thin layer of horny substance.

They are consequently soon covered by a thin layer of horny
substance, which may suffice to kill them. Their substance is
absorbed by the Sponge, and the vacant space filled with horn-
substance. In this way a structure could be arrived at, which is
similar to an Oscillaria as far as the shape, and similar to the
horn-fibres as far as the chemical structure, is concerned.

A series of these Hirsinidse possesses a horn fibre skeleton, which
is very different from the skeleton of the known Hircinidte, but
differs also from any known form of horny fibre.

Numerous minute horny fibres running in various directions and
continually anastomosing form a column of reticulate horny-sub-
stance which corresponds to an ordinary main fibre. It is hardly
thicker than the homologous fibres in other Ceraosponges. A great
number of Hircinidaa possess this character.

Fleming described (WUrzburger physikalisch-med. Verhandl.
II., Seite 1) extraordinary cells in the fibres of Janthella. I have
had occasion to study similar highly pigmented cells in some
hornsponges which possess filaments. These pigment cells are
large and distributed in pretty regular cylindrical layers between
the layers of horny substance in the fibres. These cells cause the
deep black colour of the fibres, but certainly have nothing what-
ever to do with the growth of the horny fibres as Carter assumes.
(On the development of the fibre of the Spongida Ann., Mag. (.3)
VII., p. 112).

These cells might possibly also turn out to be small algae, which
like the yellow cells in other animals live symbiotic with the
Sponge.

Their constant occurrence in certain species cannot influence
the hypothesis, as the yellow cells in higher Coelenterata are also
always found in the same species.

ON THE MYRTACE^E OF AUSTRALIA.

By Rev W. Woolls, Ph.D., F.L.S.

The Myrtle family, occurring as it does both within and without
the tropics, may be regarded as one of the most useful and
extensive families of the Vegetable Kingdom. It is also easily
recognised, for the leaves are for the most part opposite, exstipulate,
and filled with dots of volatile oil, whilst the venation is marked
by a marginal or intramarginal vein. The species are naturally
divided into capsular and berried, the former being wholly or
chiefly Australian, and the latter widely spread both in the New
and Old World. Only one species, Myrtus communis, now grows
wild in Europe (and that is supposed to have been introduced from
Persia), though there is reason to believe, that, during the eocene
period when the climate of that division of the globe was much
warmer than it now is, Myrtaceous trees flourished there with other
plants of an Australian aspect. These trees, which some regard as
the last vestiges of the organic creation peculiar to the primitive
world, now appear in great abundance in Australia, the Myrtacece
alone, according to Baron F. von Mueller, reckoning between 600
and 700 species and constituting by far the greater portion of the
native forests. In the distribution of these trees and shrubs, there
is a peculiarity which is somewhat perplexing, for whilst, in some
portions of the continent, they occur in undue proportion to the
rest of the vegetation, they are limited in others to half the number
of genera and a sixth of the species, as will appear from the
following estimate of Baron Mueller.

Genera. Species.

Western Australia 25 .. 379

IS ew South Wales 18 ... 145

Queensland 23 ... 132

Victoria 13 ... 78

South Australia 11 ... 70

North Australia 17 ... 68

644 ON THE MYRTACE.E OF AUSTRALIA,

The following genera with one or two exceptions, are limited to
Western Australia : —

Actinodium.

Verticorda (except one species in N. Australia).

Pileanthus.

Lhotzkya (except two in S. Australia and one in Victoria).

Wehlia.

Astartea.

Uypocalymma.

Balaustion.

Agonis (except one in Queensland).

Conothamnus.

Beaufortia.

Regelia.

Phymatocarpus.

Calothamnus,

Lamarkea.

Eremcea.

Sir Joseph Hooker, in referring to the primitive character of the
Western Flora, remarks : — " That no natural order, but that many
Genera, and a whole Flora of species, should be created in the
smaller and more isolated area of Western Australia, different
from what Eastern Australia presents, seems at first sight favour-
able to the idea that these derivative Genera and species were
formed during the gradual migration of certain orders and Genera
of the East towards the West. But, on the other hand, this
mussing of most of the peculiar features of the Australian Flora in
the West, unmixed there with Polynesian, Antarctic, or New
Zealand Genera, is an argument for regarding Western Australia
as the centrum of Australian Vegetation, whence a migration
proceeded eastward ; and the eastward Genera and species must in
such a case be regarded as derivative forms." These considerations
of a quarter of a century since have received additional illustration
from the labours of Mr. Bentham and Baron Mueller, who now
show, that, in the great order of the Myrtaceae alone, Western

Capsular.

1.

Tristania.

5

2.

Metrosideros.

6

3.

Backhousea.

7

4.

Osbornia.

8
9

10.

11.

12.

BY REV. W. WOOLLS, PH.D., F.L.S. 645

Australia is not only rich in species, but that in its Flora generally
there is " a singular uniformity, purely Australian without
admixture of any other element."

Of the Myrtaceous order not found in Western Australia, but
occurring in greater or less abundance along the Eastern and
Northern Costs, the following genera may be enumerated : —

Baccate.
Rhodomyrtus.
Myrtus.
Rhodamnia.
Fenzlia
Decaspermum.
Eugenia.
Acicalyptus.
Barriagtonia.

13. Carey a.

14. Sonneratia.

1. Tristania (including Lophostemon) has eight species in
Australia, of which four belong to N. S. Wales. Besides these,
there are two in N. Caledonia, and four in the Indian Archipelago,

2. Metrosideros (with which Baron Mueller unites Syncarpia) is
dispersed over the Islands of the Pacific and Indian Archipelago
from New Zealand to the Sandwich Islands.

3. Backhousea is a genus confined to Australia, and so far as
known, does not extend beyond Queensland and N. S. Wales.

4. Osbornia, a genus constituted by F. von Mueller is represented
by one species in N. Australia and the Islands adjacent.

5. Rhodomyrtus has four species in Eastern Australia, and there
is another widely distributed over the Indian Archipelago and
extending to China.

6. Myrtus is common to the New and Old World, and the
Australian species are limited to Queensland and N. S. Wales.

7. Rhodamnia is spread over Tropical Asia, and four species are
divided between Queensland and N. S. Wales.

8. Fenzlia is purely a genus of E. and N. Australia.

G4G OX THE MYRTACE.E OF AUSTRALIA,

9. Decaspermum (Nelitris of Fl. Aust.) has in Queensland one
species only and that is common to the Indian Archipelago and the
Philippine Islands.

10. Eugenia has 20 species in E. Australia, four of which occur
in the East Indies and the Archipelago, E, jambolana in particular
being very common there and yielding a fruit much eaten.

11. Acicalyptus is the " Scaly-bark Tree " of Lord Howe's Island
(Frag. Vol. 8, p. 15).

12. Barririyfonia is a genus confined to the Tropics of the Old
World but having two species in Queensland and one iu N.
Australia.

13. Careya has three East Indian species, one of which in
Queensland and N. Australia is supposed to be identical with 6'.
arborea.

14. Sonneratia (placed amongst Lythrarieae in the Fl. Aust.)
has one species common to the Indian Archipelago and W.
Australia.

It appears, therefore, that whilst 16 Myrtaceous Genera are
peculiar to Western Australia and do not extend beyond it (except
in two or three cases), there are 14 Genera in N. and E. Australia,
which are common to other regions, and not found near what is
termed •' the centrum of Australian Vegetation." Mr. Bentham,
in the concluding preface to the 7th Vol., of the Flora AustraKensis,
confirms the views of Hooker in the Essay already quoted, and is of
opinion, that, although the predominant portion of the Australian
Flora is strictly indigenous ; yet that a number of genera whose
main station is in Tropical Asia extend more or less into Tropical
and Eastern Australia, thereby giving to the vegetation of E.
Queensland an Asiatic character. In alluding to that part of
Australia where some of the Myrtaceous genera, as seen in the
foregoing list, are strictly endemic, the same illustrious author
speaks of "the remarkable isolation and highly differentiated
character of the Flora in the south-west corner." Amongst the
genera so isolated, are Darioinia and Verticordia, the one with 37
and the other with 38 species. These with several other genera are
not represented in the south-east extremity of the continent, whilst

BY REV. W. WOOLLS, PH.D., F.L.S. 047

of the large genus Melaleuca with its 100 species only 11 are found
in any part of Victoria. Judging from the greater area and the
physical geography of the S.E., region, one would imagine that it
would present a much richer Flora than that of the S.W., but such
is not the case ; and the fact remains yet unexplained. If we
could adopt the theory of regarding W. Australia as a kind of
centrum from which specie's emigrated to other parts of Australia, it
might be argued that a sufficient period of time had not yet elapsed
for a more equalised distribution of species ; but then, so far as
geclogical considerations may be permitted to influence our
conclusions, the comparative ages of the rocks lead to an opposite
opinion, for, according to the phenomena recorded by geologists, the
mountains of the East are far loftier and the rocks of a much
greater age than the depressed area of the West (Jukes as quoted
by Hooker). The distribution of Eucalyptus does not throw much
light on the question. This genus with the exception of a few
species extending to Timor and New Guinea, is entirely Australian,
and, according to Baron Muller's recent estimate, the species occur
in the following order : —

Western Australia ... 46

New South Wales 50

Queensland 37

Victoria 35

South Australia 28

North Australia 25

Here again, as in the great majority of the Australian Myrtaceae
many species are endemic in the West and do not extend from it.
By Baron Muller's recent investigations, he finds that at least 37
species (and some of these differing very widely from any of the
Eastern forms) are peculiar to W. Australia. Of the remainder,
one occurs in N. Australia and Queensland, five in Victoria, and
N. S. Wales, and eight in South Australia. E. rostrata, so far as
yet known, is the only species common to all parts of the continent.
The number of the Western species will be considerably increased
when the Tropical vegetation of W. Australia has been more

648 ON THE MYRTACE/E OF AUSTRALIA.

thoroughly examined and described, for, in the opinion of Baron
Mueller, there are probably some thirty species yet to be added to
the genus, though many of them are only small trees or shrubs.
How many of these may be endemic has to be determined, but it
seems tolerably certain, that in Eucalyptus, as well as in the
Myrtacere generally W. Australia will predominate over the other
colonies in the number and peculiarity of the species. Other
orders of plants/ common to W, Australia and South Africa, led
Sir Joseph Hooker to offer a speculative theory as to the probability
" that the peculiar Australian Flora may have inhabited an area
to the westward of the present Australian Continent." Since the
publication of Hooker's Essay in 1859, the Flora of Australia has
been zealously elucidated by the labours of Mr. Bentham and
Baron Mueller, and the former, in the concluding preface to the
last volume of the Flora Australiensis, gives it as his opinion
" that the predominant portion appears to be strictly indigenous.
Notwithstanding an evident though very remote ordinal tribual or
generic connection with Africa, the great mass of purely Australian
species and endemic genera, must have originated or been differen-
tiated in Australia, and never have spread far out of it."
Eucalyptus, indeed, as already remarked is somewhat exceptional
as regards Timor and New Guinea, but so far as the Myrtacese are
considered generally, the capsular genera, comprehending the vast
majority of species in all parts of the continent are almost
exclusively Australian. How far the labours of geology may assist
in determining the comparative age of our Flora, its connection
with forms of vegetation long past, and its distribution in different
regions, remains yet to be seen.

THE MAEINE ANNELIDES OF THE OEDEE SERPULEA .
SOME OBSEEYATIONS ON THEIE ANATOMY, WITH
THE CHAEACTEEISTICS OF THE AUSTEALIAN
SPECIES.

By William A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc.

[Plates XXXI. to XXXV.]

In the following paper are given the results of some observations
and researches which I have made during the last few months on
the Serpiilea of Port Jackson. The number of species which I
have made the subject of investigation is limited ; but it com-
prises representatives of all the principal sub-divisions of the ^roup.
These differ very little from their European allies, and there is
nothing specially to characterise the Australian members of the
order so far as I have had the opportunity of investigating them.
To the notes on the species which I have myself examined I have
added the descriptions of others previously described by other
writers as found on the Australian Coast.

The researches of Claparede (I) on the minute structure of the
sedentary Annelides have left butlittle to be done by his successors,
and I find that the results of a considerable amount of work
comprise but few facts which were not previously observed and
illustrated by the Genevese savant. There are, however, two
subjects in which I think I have been enabled to add to our
knowledge of the group, and to those I have mainly confined
myself in the following notes on the anatomy.

(1) '•Rccherches sur la Structure cles A nuclides Seklentaires,,: Geneva, 1873;
' 'Annelides Che'topodes du Golfe de Naples," Geneve et Bale, 1868, with Sup-
plement, 1870; "GlanuresZootomiques parmi les Ann^lidesde Port Vendres,"
1868; " Beobachtungen iiber Anatomieund Entwickelungsgeschichte wirbel-
loser Thiere."

G50 THE MARINE ANNELIDES OF THE ORDER SERPULEA,

The methods of preparation which I have employed are mainly
the following : — For dissociation of elements, such as muscular
fibres or epithelial cells, I have used immersion in weak alcohol
(90% alcohol 1 part, water 2 parts) for two or three days ;
followed by picrocarmine and Farrant's solution. For hardening
I have found the corrosive sublimate and alcohol method
preferable to any other. The most perfect stain for the general
histology of the tissues is effected by an absolute alcohol solution
of eosin, followed by Kleinenberg's hematoxylin, both dyes
being used very dilute and the pi'ocess being extended over four or
five days. The chloroform-paraffin method of Giesbrecht (1),
though a little tedious, is preferable to any other method of
embedding for the present group as for most others, and par-
ticulaidy so when employed in conjunction with Caldwell's
invaluable ribbon method of cutting sections with the automatic
microtome. The series are best fastened to the slide with a
weak solution of gum arabic (2), and the paraffin removed with
benzol, which should be followed by oil of cloves and Canada
balsam dissolved in chloroform. In cases in which sections
prepared as above show, on examination before final mounting in
balsam, that some part which may be specially required is not
adequately stained, the following fluid will be found useful, —

Saturated solution of hematoxylin in absolute alcohol, 100 c.c.

Oil of cloves 100 c.c.

Saturated solution of alum in water, 2 c.c.

This fluid mixes with the benzol and does not cause solution of
the gum arabic ; its action, owing to its clarifying effect on the
tissues, can be watched with great ease. It should be removed
and replaced by oil of cloves before balsam is added, as, should
any of it be allowed to mix with the balsam, a process of slow-
staining will still go on after the sections are mounted.

(1) " Zur Schneide Technik," Zool. Anz., 1881, No. 92.

(2) J. H. L. Flogel, Zool. Anz. VI., 565.

BY WILLIAM A. HAKWELL, SI. A., B.SC. 651

PSEUDOHZEMAL SYSTEM.

The vascular systemofthe Serpulea has been treated of by several
anatomists — among the number Williams (1), Milne-Edwards
(2), Grube (3), Quatrefages (4), and Clarparede (5.) The most
detailed account of the coarse of the circulation is given by the
last-named author, who studied it chiefly in Spirographis Spal-
lanzanii, but ascertained that the same general arrangement holds
good in the Serpulidce. The leading peculiarity of the pseudo-
heernal system of this family, as of the Sabellidae, the Ammo-
charidse, the Ariciidae and the Cha^topteridse, consists in the
presence of a peri-intestinal vessel or sinus excavated in the
muscular wall of the alimentary canal, and extending from the
hinder extremity of the body as far as forwards as the oesophagus
and stomach. This peri-intestinal sinus takes the place of the
dorsal vessel found in other Annelids. It terminates in front,
according to Claparede, by breaking up into a network of small
vessels, which again further forward are gathered up into several
larger trunks, the two most important of these being the branchial
vessels. Throughout the greater length of the body the peri-
intestinal sinus is accompanied on the ventral side by a ventral
vessel. This gives off a pair of branches in each segment, and
ends in the thoracic region by breaking up into smaller vessels,
which join the capillary plexus.

" Le mode de circulation chez les Sabelliens devient compre-
hensible par la description qui precede. Les ondes de contrac-
tion du sinus intestinal chassent le sang d'arriere en avant, comme
il est facile de s'en assurer sur le vivant. Ce sang remplit le
plexus cesophagien, et les deux vaisseaux branchiaux ont des
parois contractiles grace a un developpement musculaire rem ar-
guable. Une onde de contraction, parcourant d'arriere en avant
les vaisseaux branchiaux, chasse le sang jusqu'aux dernieres

(1) British Association Report, 1851, p. 1ST-

(2) " Recherches pour servir a 1' histoire de la circulation du sang chez les
Annelides " Ann. Sci. Nat. 2me. sir. X., p. 193.

(3) " Anatomie der Kiemenwiirmer."

(4) "Histoire Naturelle des Ainu-les marins et d'eau douce."

(5) " Recherches sur la structure des Annelides siklentaires."

652 THE MARINE ANNELIDES OF THE ORDER SERPULEA,

extremites des rayons branchiaux et vide en grande partie les
deux troncs principalis ; puis une onde de contraction en sens
contraire ramene le sang dans le plexus. La, le sang oxygene
se melange avec le sang veineux, le plexus etant un reservoir
commun. 11 s'engage dans tous les vaisseaux qui naissent du
plexus, en particulier, dans le vaisseau ventral qui le porte en
arriere jusqu' a l'extremite du corps. On doit remarquer que le
jeu alternatif du plexus a la peripherie et de la peripherie au
plexus, n'existe pas seulement pour les vaisseaux branchiaux,
mais encore pour tous les vaisseaux qui naissent en dessus du
pb-xus. C'est le cas en particulier pour le grand tronc vasculaire
de la collarette, tronc unique de chaque cote" (1.)

It is somewhat remarkable that prior to the time of the publi-
cation by Claparede of his " Recherches sur la structure des
Annelides Sedentaires," the existence of a dorsal vessel was almost
invariably postulated by those who studied the pseudoluemal
system of the Serpulea. Thus Milne-Edwards (2) in describing
the vessels of Salella states. " On y trouve un vaisseau dorsal
ties grele accole au tube digestif et reeevant au niveau de chaque
cloison interannulaire une paire de branches transversales qui
viennent des parties laterales du corps."

To M. A. de Quatrefages (3) is due the credit of having first
called attention to the existence of a peri-intestinal vessel or sinus;
though Grube had already remarked on the absence of a dorsal-
vessel proper. The account which the former author gives of the
course of the circulation is quoted by Claparede (4), as showing
that he was not aware of the absence of a dorsal vessel; but his
words may, I think, very well bear a different interpretation.
They are — " Chez les Sabelliens, les Teiebelliens, les Chlore miens,
on voit le sang ariver d'arrere en avant jusqu' a la base des
branchies par le grand tronc superieur, remplir 1 'espece de sinus

(1) L c.,p. 81,

(2) " Recherches pour servir a 1' histoire de la circulation du sang chez les
Annelides," Ann. des Sc. Nat. 2e serie, t X., pp. 129 et seq.

(3) Histoire Naturelle des Annoles, tome II., p. 406.

(4) 1. c, p. 78.

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 653

qui s'y trouve ; penetrer dans 1' organe respiratoire, en sortir
et suivre une marche inverse d' avant en arriere par le tronc
infurieur." Here the "grand tronc superieur " must be the
peri-intestinal sinus, not the dorsal vessel, and the view of the
course of the blood is, on the whole, correct.

In some of the species in which I have specially studied the
circulation, the arrangement is somewhat different from that
described by Claparede as obtaining in Spirographis, so that
there would seem to be considerable variation in this respect
even within the limits of a single family.

In all the intestine is surrounded throughout the greater part
of its length by a peri-intestinal sinus which gives off numerous
branches to the segments. In Eupomatus elegans, this sinus ends
in front in the oesophageal region of the body and opens into a
short wide dorsal sinus or cardiac sac (pi. XXXI., fig. 2, d. s.
and fig. 3, h. t.) ; passing off from this in front are a pair of
trunks (fig. 2, d. b. v.) which run forwards and outwards
for a short distance to the base of the branchiae where each
unites with a similar branch from the ventral vessel to form
the common branchial vessel (c, b. v.) of the right or the left
side as the case may be. The latter runs in an arched
manner along the bases of the branchiae giving off a single
branch to each of them, and one to the operculum and the pseud-
operculum. The ventral vessel (fig. 1, a ; fig. 2, v. v.) is a distinct
wide trunk which is continued along the whole length of the body
beneath the p6ri-intestinal sinus ; in front it bifurcates, each
of the branches presenting a contractile dilatation (fig. 2, v. v'.)
at its base, and in front communicating with the branches
from the dorsal sinus to form the common branchial vessels as
above described. The rich network of capillaries in the collarette
and lateral flaps receives its blood from the ventral vessel, and
the circulation is here, as in the branchiae, a to-and-fro one,
the same vessels acting both as afferent and efferent trunks fur
the capillary networks.

The course of the blood in Eupomatus is as follows: —

The blood which enters the peri-iatestinal sinus by the
segmental vessels is carried forward by peristaltic contractions to
43

G54 THE MARINE ANNELIDES OF THE ORDER SERPULEA,

the cai'diac sac ; from this it is driven at intervals forwards to
the common branchial vessels, from which it passes by the vessels
of the branchial stems to the extremity of the branchiae ;
returning by the same course it enters the lateral ventral trunks
and passes thus to the ventral vessel by which it is distributed to
the capillary networks of the collarette and lateral flaps and to
the body generally. That all the blood constantly and regularly
takes this course is not to be supposed ; the absence of valves,
the constant and irregular contractions of the body of the worm
interfere with any such regularity ; but the above may be taken
as an accurate general account of the course of the circulation in
this species.

In Pomatoceros the arrangement of the vessels is much more
like that described by Claparede as occurring in Spirographs. In
the abdominal region the principal trunks are the peri-intestinal
vessel, an exceedingly minute ventral vessel, situated between
the widely separated nerve cords, and several other trunks,
mostly longitudinal in direction, which lie in the peri-intestinal
space and are covered by a layer of granular cells. In the front
of the thoracic region (pi. XXXV., fig. 2) the peri-intestinal
vessel becomes divided into a large dorsal vessel or cardiac sac
d. v.), and a series of about sixteen smaller vessels (I. v.),
which run along the wall of the alimentary canal. The
ventral vessel still retains its position. A little further forward
the peri -intestinal vessels join the dorsal trunk, so that we have
here two main vessels, a large dorsal and a very small ventral.
Very soon the dorsal vessel bifurcates into two branchial vessels.
The ventral vessel also bifurcates anteriorly ; but whether the
two ventral trunks thus formed communicate in front with the
dorsal branchial vessels as in Eupomatus I am uncertain : it
seems probable that they do, as they are traceable into the base
of the lophophore.

All the vessels, as observed by Claparede, possess a muscular
wall ; in the smaller vessels this is only to be detected by the
presence at intervals of fusiform nuclei ; but in the larger trunks
the layer is more distinctly developed. In the structure of the

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A„ B.SC. 655

vessels the only remarkable point I have noticed is the great
development in the dorsal, opercular, and branchial trunks of
Vermilia of a relatively very thick layer of circularly arranged
muscle with a few elastic fibres. A similar coat has bean detected
in the principal vessels of several other Annelids, s. g. Phreoryetes.
The blood in most of- the species of Serpulidce which I have
examined is a light green colour. Under the action of alcohol it
coagulates to form a clear clot which stains very readily with
hematoxylin or carmine. Within the lumen of all the vessels,
but usually close to the periphery, are to be observed a
number of clear oval bodies (pi. XXXIV., fig. 5, a a., b.b.)
usually of 75Ixlth of an inch in diameter, though smaller
ones are to be observed here and there. These bodies never
become stained under the action of any staining fluid more
intensely than the coagulum of the blood by which they are
surrounded. They may be seen to lie free in the cavity of the
vessel in the living animal and to move with the motion of the
blood, but examination of a number of sections will show now
and again one of these bodies connected with the wall of the
vessel by a narrow neck which is continuous with the clear
substance of the body itself. Corpuscles have been already
detected in the pseudohemal system of several genera of
Annelides(l), and doubtless such of the bodies above described
as lie free in the cavity of the vessel are of this nature. The
occurrence, here and there, of corpuscles connected with the wall
of the vessel would seem to point to the derivation of the free
corpuscles from the endothelium.

SEGMENTAL OEGANS AND " TUBIPAEOUS GLANDS."

The pair of large and conspicuous glands found in the anterior
part of the bod}r in the members of this group, have been set
down by Claparede as the only equivalents of the " segmental

(1) J. E. Blomfield ami A. G. Bourne, Q. J. Micr. Sci. XXI flSSl), pp.,
500-501; Man, " Ueber Scoloplos armiger," Zeitschr fiir Wiss. Zool.,
XXXVI., p. 3S9, Kolleston, "Blood Corpuscles of the Annelides," Jour.
Anat. Phys. XII., p. 401-419.

G5G THE MARINE ANNELIDES OF THE ORDER SERPULEA,

organs" of other Annelides (1), and he regards excretory ducts
for the generative products as being entirely absent, — the ova
and spermatozoa escaping either by rupture or through simple
apertures in the body wall (2).

The true " segmental organs," however, which seem hitherto
to have escaped notice, are entirely distinct from these large
" glandes tubipares," or " organes segmentaires " of Claparede-
They are found in pairs in all the segments of the abdomen.
They consist of pyriform sacs (pi. XXXIV., fig. 6), densely
ciliated internally and with very delicate colourless walls. These
sacs open externally on the sides of the segments by slit-like
apertures bordered by strong cilia, and, presumably, open also
internally into the body cavity, though I have not succeeded in
finding the internal opening. A somewhat unusual circum-
stance in connection with these organs is that, in Eupomatus
elegans at least, they serve not only as efferent ducts for the
genei ative products, but also as seats of development of the ova.
In that species I found in the cavity of each segmental organ a little
clump of ova in all stages of development, from the transparent
immature cell to the perfectly developed ovum, with its granular
interior and characteristic reddish pigment. The little group of
ova in the interior of each segmental organ were closely adherent
together, and i-otated round and round under the action of the
cilia. Alternating with the segmental organs were the true
ovaries consisting of clumps of ova in various stages of develop-
ment and occupying the ordinary position. In the male speci-
mens examined I have always found the sacs empty.

These segmental organs of Eupomatus are of an extremely
simple type ; but organs of equal simplicity are known to occur
in other forms, e. g. Scoloplos (3.) The discovery of the ova in
their interior places their function beyond a doubt, though at the
same time from the mode of their occurrence as a free group of

(1) L.c, p. 132.

(2) " II est certain qu'il ne se presente mil part chez les Serpulicns
d'organes segmentaires dc la forme typique," 1 c , p. 135.

(3.) Mau, Zeitscrift fiir Wiss. Zool, Band XXXVI., p. 3S9,

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 657

ova in various stages, adding an element of perplexity. It would
seem to afford additional evidence in favour of the theory that
the ova may be developed from the corpuscles of the perivisceral
fluid.

The so-called tubiparous glands were noticed by Huxley in
Protula Dysteri. They were described by Quatrefages, curiously
enough, as hepatic caeca, "similar in their relations to the hepatic
caeca of the Aphroditea (1.) They were examined more minutely
by Clarparede, by whom, as above noticed, they were regarded
as the sole equivalents in this family of the segmental organs.
Clarparede directs attention to a great difference which he
considers to exist in their disposition in the Sabellidas and in the
Serpulidse. In the former family, he states, each " tubiparous
gland " has the form of a tube bent on itself, the two branches
being cemented together. These two branches are of very
unequal dimensions ; the narrower, which is also internal,
opening into the perivisceral cavity ; the other enlarges
into a wide sac which gradually becomes narrowed to form the
excretory duct, opening at the base of the first parapodium.
In the Serpiduke, on the other hand the tubiparous glands of
opposite sides unite to form a common mesial excretory duct
which opens in front between the bases of the branchiae (2.)

I have only examined the tubiparous gland in one species of
the Sabellidse, a species of Sabella, and I find that, so far from
according with Claparede's description, the gland has exactly the
relations which it has in the Serpulidse. The common duct opens
in the usual situation ; it early bifurcates, the two branches
running close to one another for a short distance. In this
situation the efferent ducts are lined by an epithelium which
consists of extremely low flat cells with granular contents and
with long flagella.

Within the limits of the family Serpulidee itself I have found
considerable variations in the form and structure of these organs.
The simplest form is presented by Eupomatm, and in Serpala the
arrangement is closely similar. In these genera each gland

(1) Hist. N. des Ann6l£s, t. I., p. 49.

(2) I.e., p. 133.

658 Tin: marine annelides of the order serpulea,

(pi. XXXI., fig. 1, »., and pi. XXXIV., fig. 7) presents
the form of a somewhat oval brown body situated in the
anterior region of thorax and having its long axis directed
nearly longitudinally. In this body two parts are distinguishable,
a posterior with thinner and clearer walls, and an anterior dark
brown and having the walls somewhat folded. I can find no
trace of any opening into the perivisceral cavity. In front the
gland is continued into the duct, which passes almost directly
inwards to meet with its fellow in the middle line. The delica+e
common duct [a.) into which the gland-ducts of opposite sides
unite passes straight forwards to open towards the ventral side of
the anterior end of the body, between the bases of the branchiae.
Each lateral duct is ciliated and its epithelial lining is granular ;
while I have been unable to find any trace of cilia in the common
duct and its epithelium is free from conspicuous granules. The
gland itself (pi. XXXIV., figs. 8 & 9) is lined with a. layer of very
remarkable cells. They are very large, densely granular cells of
a form which ma}^ be described as that of a cone with an obtuse
apex and a polygonal base. The polygonal bases of contiguous
cells fit in together so as to form a continuous lining for the sac
of the gland ; while the apices project freely into the lumen-
Each cell possesses a large spherical nucleus situated near the
base. The truncate apex of each cell is provided with a leash of
extremely long and fiamentous cilia or rather flagella, often four
or five times the length of the cells themselves, and often much
longer than the breadth of the cavity of the sac. In certain
positions groups of the cells are elongated so as to form a
prominent ridge projecting into the cavity. A very thin fibrous
coat invests the gland.

In Vermilia the duct is wider than in Eupomatus, and dilates
before it opens into the gland, which is divided into four parts.
The latter are long and wide thin-walled sacs, the inner pair
approaching one another in the middle line and encircling about
a half of the retractor muscle of the branchiae ; the outer placed
close to and connected with the body-wall at some distance from
one another on the ventral aspect. The inner pair extend further
back than the outer.

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 659

The wall of the duct is lined by a granular ciliated epithelium.
The walls of the gland have an epithelium similar to that already
described in the case of Eupomatus, with highly granular cells and
long cilia ; but the cells are very much smaller, being only
about ^th of an inch in long diameter, and the cilia are not so
numerous and much more delicate. The epithelium of the outer
sac is much thicker and nfore densely granular than that of the
inner ; it is richly supplied with pseudohcemal vessels. At
intervals among the granular cells lining the sac occur others
which are transparent and free from granules. Here and there
among the granular cells are opaque mulberry-like or spherical
concretions, which are seen on a close examination to be made up
of agglomerations of granules.

In Pomatoceros, (pi. XXXV., fig. 2, t.g., fig. 3, and fig. 4),
as in the other genera, the common excretory duct of the
glands opens upon the anterior and ventral aspect of the head
between the bases of the branchiae ; it runs backwards along
the ventral side of the depression separating the prrestomial lobe
from the lips of the alimentary canal, forming a conspicuous ridge.
In this situation its wall is formed (1st) of a continuation of
the cuticle of the surface of the head (2nd), a layer of hypoderm
which differs from that around in being composed of short
columnar cells (3rd), a layer of fine connective tissue with perhaps
muscular fibres, and (4th), the epithelium, which is composed of
cubical or polyhedral cells filled with brown granules. In the
connective tissue layer are a few pseudohaemal vessels. A little
further back the common duct bifurcates, the two branches each
forming almost a right angle with it, and each opening into the
gland of its side. Each gland consists of a single elongated sac
occupying a lateral position close to the body-wall. I can find no
opening into the perivisceral cavity. The walls of this sac are much
folded and are of considerable thickness and great opacity. They
are formed, besides an outer connective and muscular coating
with numerous pseudohaemal vessels, of a very thick and dense
layer of elongated cylindrical epithelial cells (fig. 4) densely packed
with yellowish-brown granules. These cells are much smaller

G60 THE MARINE ANNELIDES OP THE ORDER SERPULEA,

and relatively narrower than the corresponding cells in Eupomatus,
and are more densely granular ; they resemble these, however,
in having at their intei'nal extremity a clear conical projection or
papilla from which arise one or several long nagelliform cilia.
The nuclei, which are rather small, are situated nearer the
proximal than the distal end of the cell, and there are no addi-
tional nuclei about their bases, the cells constituting a single
layer without the " cellules de r •emplacement " found in the hypo-
derm.

In Sabella velata the glands have a low epithelium somewhat
similar to those of Vermilia, and are deeply lobed posteriorly.
In the hinder part of the thorax is a second pair of lobed glands
with granular cubical ciliated epithelium, situated on either side
between the nerve- cords and the alimentary canal. These dis-
appear in front a little distance behind the posterior termination
of the anterior pair of glands, and I have been unable to
determine their relations to the latter.

AUSTRALIAN SPECIES.

Eupomatus elegans, Mihi. ( 1 )

[PI. XXXI., figs. 3 and 4 ; pi. XXXII., figs. 11 and 12 ; and
pi. XXXIII., figs. 1-6.]

This species is to be found in great abundance adhering to the
stems and fronds of certain sea- weeds at a depth of 10 or 12
fathoms in Port Jackson. I have also found it, though very rarely,
adhering to the under surface of large blocks of stone a little
below low- water mark. The relationship between it and its
European congener is extremely close, and with such a variable
species it is very difficult to be quite clear as to their distinctions.
The probabilities, however, are all in favour of a separation, and
doubtless a comparison of a series of each would show certain
prevalent distinctive characteristics. Meanwhile I retain the
name given when I had only seen a few specimens.

(1) Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W. Vol. VII., p. 633.

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 661

The tube assumes a variety of shapes according to the form of
the object to which it is adherent ; it is always thin-walled, with
slight, irregularly placed, ring-like thickenings ; in transverse
section it is almost perfectly circular. The proximal portion of
the tube, which is usually the part which is adherent, is very
slender, and nearly always much curved and may be coiled into
a short spiral. The diameter increases distally till at the
mouth it is about ^th of an inch. The tree part of the tube is
only very gently sinuous. The total length may be as much, as
an inch and a half, but is usually less.

The ordinary length of the annelid is about half an inch. The
thorax, which is considerably shorter than the rest of the body,
contains seven segments ; it bears very wide lateral flaps and
prominent parapodia with long setae. The setae of the first
segment (pi. XXXIII., figs. 4 and 5) differ from the rest (pi.
XXXIIL, fig. 6.)

The ventral tori are -0075 to -0150 of an inch in length, each is
composed of about twenty to thirty-five pectines, about -001 inch
in length and having six or sometimes seven teeth (pi. XXXIIL,
fig. 3.) The abdomen contains forty to forty-five segments with
long setae, and ends in a pair of short rounded anal processes.

The branchiae (pi. XXXI., fig. 4), which are twenty in
number, have long slender stems beautifully ornamented with
lines of white, crimson, red and brown, the arrangement of
which is subject to great variation. The operculum (pi.
XXXII., figs. 11 and 12 and pi. XXXIIL, figs. 1 and 2)
has a very long and slender cylindrical stem reaching far
beyond the extremity of the branchiae and more than half
the length of the whole body. It is uniform in diameter to
near the base of the operculum, where it gradually enlarges to
form the basal portion of the latter. The operculum is composed
of two segments the proximal formed by the expansion of the
extremity of the peduncle to form a wine-glass-shaped body the
rim of which is divided into lobes or teeth. The number and
size of these lobes or teeth varies to some extent according to the
age of the specimen or of the operculum. In young opercula

662 THE MARINE ANNELIDES OP THE ORDER SERPULEA,

they are few and large ; as growth proceeds they become more
numerous and smaller, the additional lobes being apparently
formed by the longitudinal division of the original broad ones as
is shewn by two of them being frequently united below. The
lobes themselves are frequently, though not always, armed with
minute denticles or spinules, a pair on each. Into the hollow
of the cup formed by the proximal portion of the operculum fits
the distal part, which is also wine-glass-shaped, with the
neck attached to the centre of the proximal segment, and the rim
also divided into a series of teeth. These distal teeth are much
longer than the proximal set, and taper to a fine point laterally
and internally each bears seven or eight acute spines. In
number they vary from thirteen to twenty. In the centre of the
concavity of this distal segment of the operculum is frequently a
strong spine like the teeth of the distal circlet and armed with
spinules. Usually only one operculum is developed and this may
be either the right or the left. Not unfrequently, however, both
opercula are equally developed. When only one operculum is
fully developed the other is represented by a club-like process
containing a pseudohsemal vessel.

2. Cymospira brachycera.

Cymospira brachycera, Baird, "On some new species of Tubicolous
Annelids in the collection of the British Museum," Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool.,
Vol. VIII., p. 17, pi. II., fig. 2.

" Branchiae in spiras quinque convolutae. Operculum magnum,
cornibus duobus brevissimis irregulariter dentatis armatum."
(Baird.)

"East Coast of Australia." [Brit. Mus.]

3. Cymospira Morchii.

Cymospira Morchii, Quatrefages, I.e., pp. 540 and 541.

" Caput indistinctum. Branchiae cirris numerosis in basi vix
quadrispirali. Operculum tricorne. Collare trilobum. Corpus
100 annulis circiter compositum, anterioribus 7. Setee anteriores
late limbata). Pro uncinis lamina? leeves." (Quatrefages.)

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 663

I have not seen this species. The locality given by Quatrefages
is " New Holland."

4. PoMATOSTEGUS BOWERBANKI.

Pomatostegus Bom rbanki, Baird. Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool., Vol. VIII.,
p. 20, pi. II., figs. 4 and 5.

" Branchiae curtre, in spiram imam et dimidiam convolutse.
Opercula quatuor, versus apicem decrescentia, inarmata."
(Baird.)

" Seas of Australia. [Brit. Mus.]

5. POMATOCEROS ELAP1IUS.

[Plate XXXI., fig. 7 and Plate XXXII., figs. 9 and 10.]
? Pomatoceros tetraceros, ScHMARDA, Neue Wirbellose Thiere, I., II., p. 30,
pi. XXL, fig. 129.

? Vermilia tetraceros, Quatrefages, torn. cit. II., p. 520.
" Char. Operculum quadricorne margine crenulatum."
" Der Korper des Thieres hat die allgemeine Umrisse des
Geschlechtes so weit ich es aus dem verstiimmelten Exemplare
mit Sicherheit beurtheilen kann. Seine Farben sind ziegelroth
und blau-griin. Die Liinge ist 5 mm. Der Deckel ist umgekehrt
kegelformig, der obere Theil etwas vorspringend, gerippt. Der
Saum ist gezahnt. Die Mitte der PlJiche ist etwas vertieft. In
der Vertiefung stehen vier kurze, geweihartige FortsJitze. Die
Parbe ist roth mit Ausnahme der Pippen welche griin sind. Die
Zahl der Kiemen ist bei 20 in jedem Biischel. Der untere Theil
ist roth, der obere griin. Der Kragen ist auf der Bauchseite
gespalten, etwas umgeschlagen und weiss gesaiimt ; am Piicken
tragt sein oberer Pand mehrere spitzige Fortsatze. Ausser den
sechs Borstenbiindel des Mantels sind wie bei andern Sarpulaceen
zwei Borstenbiindel am Kragen."
" Neu-Sud- Wales." [Schmarda.]

The tube of this species is trigonal, sinuous, white with a
blush of pink. In length the animal reaches about \\ inch, the
extreme breadth of the thorax being about {gths of an inch. The
abdomen is more than twice as long as the thorax ; the head

664 THE MARINE ANNELIDES OP THE ORDER SERPULEA,

and branchiae slightly exceed the thorax in length. The branchiae
are fifty in number with stout stems and rather short pinnules.
They are pink at the base, marked with purple and dark
green bands distally. The operculum (pi. XXXIL, fig. 9.)
with its peduncle is rather longer than the branchia?, being
about a quarter of an inch in total length. The peduncle
is dorso-ventrally compressed and becomes gradually broader
distally ; laterally it is fringed with a pair of delicate
wing-like expansions which are prolonged at the distal end of the
peduncle into short processes having the appearance of branchiae,
with a row of short processes or pinnules. The operculum proper
has the form of an irregular cone with the apex towards the
peduncle ; it presents on each side a low fold in line with the
wings of the peduncle ; the dorsal surface is flatter than the
ventral and is almost smooth ; the latter presents a few low
ridges radiating from the apex. The distal surface is nearly
transverse, almost circular in outline and slightly concave ; it
possesses three arborescent appendages attached near its centre
and diverging slightly from one another, each dividing dichoto-
mously to form a structure very like the horns of a deer ; the
terminal offshoots have the form of sharp spines. Very often the
three processes arise from a common stem ; sometimes there is
only an elevation of the distal surface of the operculum and from
this the three antler-like processes spring without being directly
connected with one another. In colour the operculum presents
variously arranged markings of green, crimson and white.

There are seven segments in the thoracic region. The collarette
is an exceedingly wide and delicate membrane. The seta? of the
first segment of the thorax are very much longer than those of
the others. They are very indistinctly feathered on one side
towards the apex and taper to a very acute point.

The abdominal seta? (pi. XXXIL, fig. 10) are quite unlike those
of the thorax. They are geniculate near the apex, the part of
the seta in the neighbourhood of the genu being slightly
expanded ; its concave border ornamented with about twenty
minute spinules, the apex extremely fine. The pectines of the

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 66?)

thorax are extremely numerous ; in the abdomen they are fewer
— there being about seventy to eighty in each segment ; they
each possess about fifteen teeth, which are nearly all alike in size
and shape.

Schmax'da's description does not entirely suit the Port Jackson
species ; but it is more likely that he described an imperfectly
preserved variety than that there are two distinct kinds. It
is somewhat nearly related to Grube's Serpula tricomigera (1)
from the Philippines ; among other points, however, I think
it may be distinguished by the form of the distal surface of the
operculum, which in Grrube's species is described as having in
the centre a depression surrounded by a calcareous ring and
having inserted in it a three-sided stem which gives origin to
the three antler-like processes. In the form of the setee and in
the rest of tbe operculum the resemblance between these two
forms is very close.

6. Vermilia strigiceps.
Pomatoceros strigiceps, Morch.

Vermilia strigiceps, Quateefages, torn, cit., p. 521.

"Operculum orbiculare, planum, impressione dilatata-deltoidea
in adultis sensim obliterate . Testa agglomerata, repens, triquetra.
Carina dorsalis compressa, acuta, laciniata, rostrata, basi utrinque
serie punctorum impressorum. Latera convexa. Lirae incrementi
ssepe laminata?, conferral " (Morch, as quoted by Quatrefages.)

This species, which is unknown to me, is said to occur in the
ft orth of Australia and in New Zealand.

7. Vermilia c^spitosa.

[Plate XXXI., fig. 5, and Plate XXXII., figs. 1 and 2.]

Galeolaria ccespitosa, Lamk, Hist. Nat. des An. s. vert., t. V., p. 636 ;
Blainville. Art. Vers, Diet, des Sc. Nat. Atl., pi. I, fig. 4 and 4a.

Vermilia ccespitosa, Quatref. Hist. Nat. des Ann. t II., p. 531 (1865.)
Serpula (GaUolaria) ccespitosa, Grube, Troschel's Archiv, Band XXI.,
p. 126, Taf. V., fig. 4 (1855.)

Vermiha iiisidiosa, Qcatrefages, t. cit., p. 532.

Galeolaria decumbens Baird, I.e. Explanation of Plate.

(1) Annulata Semperiana, p. 273, Taf. XV., fig. 7-

GG6 THE MARINE ANNELIDES OF THE ORDER SERPULEA,

This is the Serpula most abundantly distributed on the Coast
of New South Wales and Tasmania. It occurs only between tide-
marks, most abundantly about midway between high and low
water marks, and it is thus exposed daily to the sun for several
hours. The effect of this exposure however, is greatly diminished
by the thickness of the tubes, and by the massive mode of growth
of the species, forming dense and thick aggregations often an inch
or more in depth, encrusting rocks, submerged wood, the shells
of mussels and similar objects. The ordinary length of the tube
is about an inch, but varies according to the age of the individual.
It is ordinarily closely cemented down to the object on which it
grows, the under surface being expanded and adapting itself to
the inequalities of the surfaces to which it is apposed. The
lumen of the tube is cylindrical, but the wall is irregxilarly
thickened, the upper surface, which is sharply marked off from
the lateral, being marked by a longitudinal groove, narrow in
young tubes, broad and shallow in older ones, and produced
anteriorly beyond the rest of the tube as a prominent rounded lobe
overhanging the orifice. The lateral surfaces do not quite meet
the upper at right angles, but slope slightly outwards.

The branchiae are about 36 in number. They are rather short
and stout, tapering towards the apex. They are characterised,
as in many other Serpulidre, by considerable variety in their
colouration and markings. The most constant markings are a
white band running transversely across the membrane which
unites the bases of the stems, a series of white transverse lines
or blotches placed at regular intervals along the stems, and,
alternating with the latter, a series of parallel pairs of short
green or brown longitudinal bands : these green or brown
markings are, however, frequently replaced by crimson or purple.

The operculum has a very short peduncle, the distal extremity
not extending beyond the ends ef the short branchiae. In shape
it may be compared to an inverted cone, flattened to some extent
dorso-ventrally, and with a very oblique base directed towards
the dorsal side ; the dorsal side is marked by a longitudinal
groove, bounded by a low fold of the integument ; on each side

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. GG7

near the distal end is a prominent triangular flap. The distal
surface is oblique, directed towards the dorsal aspect of the
animal. It is nearly circular, with a slight bay or indentation in
the middle of the dorsal side, and is surrounded by a rim formed
by a large number of closely apposed, flattened calcareous spines
forming a sort of miniature palisade.

The greater part of the surface is concave and is paved with
two or four smooth calcareous plates ; towards the dorsal border
is a deep pit in which is articulated a large mesial, dorso-ventrally
compressed, hollow spine, with a broad base and a rounded apex.
Along the dorsal border of the distal surface on either side of
this mesial spine is a row of either four, or, more usually, five
smaller spines, the size of which increases from the inner towards
the outer end of the series. Each, excepting the last (most
external), is shaped like an ordinary hand-saw, but tapering
towards the extremity, which is slightly curved, and with the
teeth few and relatively large ; the fourth or fifth (most external)
pair, however, have no teeth.

The dorsal setae are similar to those of Pomatoceros elaphus,
minutely feathered on one side and with a very fine tapering
extremity. The ventral uncini have from twelve to fifteen
subequal teeth.

The discrepancies in the descriptions and figures of this species
in the memoirs quoted above depend doubtless on their having
been for the most part taken from dried specimens. The oper-
culum figured in the paper by Baird quoted above, and described
in the explanation of the plate as that of Galeolaria decumbens,
but not referred to in the text, is the operculum of the present
species; the palisade-like structure of the rim has been over-
looked.

8. Vebmilta bo sea.

[Plate, XXXIL, figs. 2-5.]

Galeolaria rosea, Val., M.S.

Vermilia rosea, Qcatref., I.e., p. 532, pi. XX.. figs. 10 and 11,

? Eupomatus Boltoni, Baird, I.e., p. 12, pi. II., fig. 10 (lS6o.)

668 THE MARINE ANNELIDES OF THE ORDER SERPULEA,

" Branchito breves, cirris 34. Operculum radiatim striatum,
spinis medianis, dentiferis crespitose dispositis. Corpus 130-140
annulis compositum, anterioribus 7. Seta? inferiores subulatse,
incurvatae. Laminse crenulatre. Tubus angulatus, bicarinatus."
(Quatrefages.)

This species, characterised by the numerous spines in the
operculum is not uncommon in Port Jackson. It is a solitary
species, never being found in clusters like V. caespitosa, and always
inhabiting a deeper zone. The dorsal seta? are almost identical
in form with those of Pomatoceros. The pectines are very small ;
each has from six to nine acute teeth. The branchiae are marked
with bands of red and brown. The operculum is light-red,
mottled with brown and dark red. The operculum has a pair cf
lateral folds with filiform processes as in Pomatoceros. This is
a larger species than Venn ilia ca'sjntosa, being an inch and three-
quarters in length.

9. Serpula vasifera. N. sp.
[Plate XXXI., fig. 6, and Plate XXXIL, figs. 6-8.]

There are 152 segments in the body of this species. The
operculum (pi. XXXIL, fig. 6), has a tolerably long cylindrical
peduncle ; the operculum is vase-shaped with slight dilation
where it joins the peduncle ; the sides of the vase are formed
of about twenty-five ribs, each of which ends at the rim of the
vase in a prominent lobe. The distal surface of the vase presents
a deep, rounded, central hollow surrounded by a broad margin
which is almost transverse to the long axis of the operculum, but
slopes slightly upwards towards the lobed margin.

The branchiae are fifty in number, with stout stems and delicate
pinnules. In length they are about equal to the thorax, and
extend to a little beyond the extremity of the operculum. The
thorax is about one-fourth of the length of the abdomen; it
possesses a wide collarette and lateral flaps.

The dorsal setse of the thorac segments (pi. XXXIL, fig. 8),
are feathered on one side towards the apex, and taper to a very
acute point ; the length is about ,]0th of an inch; there are forty or

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL. M.A., B.SC. 669

so in each thoracic notopodium. The dorsal setse of the abdomen
are long and slender hairs. The pectines, which are about 2^th
of an inch in length, are about fifteen in number in each segment
of the thorax ; in the abdomen they are much more numerous ;
the}' have four or five teetb, one of which is considerably larger
than the others.

In colour the anterior or thoracic region is scarlet, specially
bright on the lateral flaps and the collarette. The bases of the
branchire are crimson ; the stems are light green and yellow with
narrow longitudinal lines of red and transverse lines of white.
The operculum is almost colourless, the peduncle light red, the
abdomen reddish.

This species occurs along with Pomatoceros elaplius, in Port
Jackson.

10. Sekptjla Jukesii.

Surpirta Jukesii, Baied, l.c. p. 20, pi. II., fig. 6.

" Branchiae in spiram unam convolute, lactese, filamentis dorso
canaliculars. Operculum et filamentum operculigerum alba.
Operculum profunde infundibulatum, multicrenatum. Tubus
teres, solidus." (Baird.)

" Seas of Australia." [Brit. Mus.]

It is possible that this may be identical with the Port Jackson
species described above, but in the figure of the operculum
given in Baird's paper the ribs are much more numerous than
in the Port Jackson species, and the description of other parts is
insufficient for certain identification.

11. SALMACINA AUSTRALIS. N. Sp.

[Plate, XXXIII. , figs. 7-11.]
This extremely minute species is found in little clusters on the
under surfaces of large stones between tide-marks in Port
Jackson. The tubes are cylindrical and twisted, intertwining with
one another to form tolerably dense masses.

The body of the animal is only about a sixteenth of an inch in
total length. The abdominal and thoracic regions of tbe body are
44

C70 THE MARINE ANNELIDES OF THE ORDER SERPULEA,

more nearly equal than is usual in this family, and, when retracted,
the former may appear even decidedly shorter than the latter. The
branchiae which are eight in number, have short stems with two
rows of pinnules, and are devoid of terminal dilatations or pseud-
opercula. The collarette and the lateral flaps are not very greatly
developed. The thorax possesses nine segments, of which the
first differs from the rest in the form and size of the setaa, and in
the absence of ventral pectines. The abdomen possesses nineteen
segments with long acicular setae ; the anal segment presents a
a pair of very prominent rounded ciliated anal appendages.

The setaa of the first segment are -5th of an inch in length ; they
are slightly geniculate near the extremity, the genu being armed
with a small number of teeth. The remaining thoracic setaa are
very obscurely spathulate, being slightly expanded near the fine
tapering point. The abdominal setaa are all extremely fine simple
hairs, o^th of an inch iu length. In the thorax there are 25-32
pectines in each neuropodium ; in the abdomen the number is
much smaller, diminishing from ten in the anterior region to five
in the posterior — the last two or three segments having none at
all. The general colour ie very light pink, with a number of
minute crimson dots on the head.

This species is closeby allied to the Salmacina aedifieatrix of
Claparede, and seems to form a connecting link between it and the
Protula Dysteri described long ago by Huxley. From the latter it
differs in the absence of any pseudopercula or terminal dilatations
of the branchiae ; from the former in the form of the thoracic sette
and other minor points.

The slightly spathulate form of the thoracic setaa does not seem
to be of sufficient importance to justify a separation of the
Australian species from its closely related European allies,
though " Setaa spathulataa vel pectinatse in abdomine desiderata)"
is given by Claparede (1), as a diagnostic peculiarity of the
genus.

I was much interested to observe that the Australian species,
like Salmacina Dysteri, as first noticed by Huxley, is herma-

(1) Ann. Ch<5t. Supp., p. 154.

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 671

phrodite, and multiplies by budding (1). The first indication of
the phenomenon of budding is the appearance of a slight con-
striction about the eighth to the tenth segments of the abdomen.
The body behind this now usually developes some additional
segments, becomes a little dilated, and the coelom in this region
becomes filled with granular cells. A slight elevation now
appears on one side of the tenth abdominal segment, and this
becomes more and more prominent and divides into eight lobes.
Each of these eight lobes becomes elongated, and their bases
grow round the circumference of the segment till they come to
form a whorl round the body of the animal ; soon lateral
pinnules appear on them, and they assume the form of branchiae.
A few segments have, meanwhile, been added in front of the bud,
and, the oesophagus and gizzard of the bud having become
developed from the intestine of the parent, a process of fission
separates the bud from the parent organism.

12. Sabella velata. N. sp.
[Plate XXXL, fig. 8, and Plate, XXXIV., figs. 1-4.]

This species has about 40 segments in the body, eight belonging
to the thorax. There are eighteen long, slender branchiae set on
a narrow lophophore and forming nearly a complete circle.
Connected with the inner face of each half of the lophophore is
a filiform process. Connecting together the stems of contiguous
branchiae near their bases are a series of gossamer-like membranes,
each four-corned, with two of the corners attached to each of the
two stems, the lateral borders being deeply concave and
unattached.

The thorax is long and slender and cylindrical ; it is composed
of eight segments, as in others of the genus. The first segment
has but a low ridge representing the collarette of the Serpulce :
it possesses a narrow oblique band of dorsal setae which project
but slightly from the surface ; they have stout stems and a

(1) Clapankle, " Beobachtungen liber Anatomie und Entwickelungs-
geschichte wirbelloser Tbiere ;" " Annelides Che^opodes du Golfe de
Naples," p. 437 ; Huxley, "On a Hermaphrodite and Fissiparous Species
of Annelide," Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal, 1864.

Q'i 2 THE MARINE ANNELIDES OP THE ORDER SERPULEA,

broader but short geniculate blade which rapidly tapers to a fine
point. Along the outer side of the blade runs a row of minute
denticles. The dorsal seta? of the remaining thoracic segments
are much more prominent but not very numerous; they are
terminated sometimes by short blades which resemble in form
those of the first notopodium, but are devoid of the denticles ;
sometimes by flattened discs. The ventral uncini are very
prominent hooklets.

In colour the body is pinkish ; the branchiae light green with
narrow longitudinal lines of brown ; the membranes between the
branchiae are white.

The tube is of a soft membranous character.

This species occurs with Serpula vasifera and Pomatoceros
elaphus under large stones, etc., in Port Jackson.

13. SABELLA PUNCTULALA. N. Sp.

The general colour of this species is green, due partly to net-
works of minute pseudohsemal vessels on the surface, partly to the
green ova. The dorsal surface is brownish green. The win le
surface of the body is ornamented with minute, irregular, rounded
spots of a dark crimson, and still smaller dots of greenish white;
similar dots occur in pairs at regular intervals along the stems of
the branchiae ; the latter are ornamented also with transverse
green and brown bands, here and there one of rose-pink, and
occasionally one of Naples yellow. There are about fifty branchiae,
and they are devoid of connecting membranes. The collarette is
represented by a low fold on the dorsal side stopping short on the
ventral side near the parapodia ; between the ventral ends of the
fold is a deep, longitudinally-directed depression continuous
behind with the narrow dorsal groove. The body contains sixty
segments The dorsal setae are tapering at the extremity and
finely feathered on one side near the apex, resembling closely the
corresponding structures in Serpula vasifera. The ventral
uncini are similar to those of the preceding species. The length
is nearly an inch.

This species occurs about low- water mark in Port Jackson.

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 673

14. Spirographs australiensis. N. sp.

The body of this species is of a general light green colour,
slightly tinged with red along the middle dorsal line, a band of
blue being external to this. The branchiae, which are extremely
numerous, are ornamented with narrow longitudinal lines of rich
brown, the pinnules being almost white with a very faint tinge of
green; some of them towards the ventral side have the pinnules
lead-colour ; the base of the branchial is tinged with brown with
narrow longitudinal white lines ; the head-lobe is brown ; the
collarette tinged with brosvn.

There are eight thoracic and, in a full-sized specimen, about
170 abdominal segments. The low collarette is cleft deeply in
the middle ventral line ; the ventral lobes have no papillae.
The ventral tentacles are short, slender, and pointed ; they are
coloured like the stems of the branchiae. The only representatives
of dorsal tentacles are two rounded brown lobes, at the apex of
each of which is a pore-like orifice : in a smaller specimen these
organs are ver} much more pi'ominent, and are flattened and
leaf-like, resembling those of Spvrographis Spallanzanii.

The dorsal setae of the thorax and abdomen are alike ; they are
scarcely distinguishable from those of Sabella pitnctidata. The
uncini are simple hooks on the recurved limb of which are some
minute spinules.

The total length of the tube is seven inches ; the diameter is
about half an inch.

This species occurs about low-water mark on the shores of Port
Jackson.

It is possible that the Sabella grandis of Baird (I.e., Part II.,
p. 160), which is described as coming from New Zealand, may be
identical with this species, but the description is too inexact to
permit of any certainty.

G74 THE MARINE ANNELIDES OF THE ORDER SERPULEA,

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Plate 31.

Fig. 1. — Pseudohcemal system of Eupomatus eleijans from the ventral side
enlarged, a, ventral vessel ; It, dilatation of ventral branchial
vessel: c, common branchial vessel; d, head-lobe; e, branches of
ventral vessel ; /, plexus in collarette ; g, plexus in lateral mem-
brane ; n, tubiparous gland.

Fig. 2. — Anterior relations of the pseudohaemal trunks of Eupomatus elegans,
seen obliquely from the left side, v.v., ventral vessel; v. v., dilata-
tion of ventral branchial vessel; d.s., dorsal sac; d.b.v., dorsal
branchial vessels ; c.b.v., common branchial vessel.

Fig. 3. — Body of Eupomatus elegans, compressed. t g., tubiparous gland ;
ht., contractile dilatation of dorsal vessel.

Fig. 4. — Head of Eupomatus elegans.

Fig. 5. — Vermilia caespitosa, magnified.

Fig. 6. — Anterior portion of the body of Serpida vasi/era, magnified.

Fig. 7. — Head of Pomatoceros elaphus, magnified.

Fig. 8. — Head of Sabella velata, magnified.

Plate 32.

Fig. 1. — Operculum of Vcmilia caespitosa, x 8.

Fig. 2. — Operculum of Vermilia rosea, magnified,

Fig. 3-5. — Spines of the latter, x44.

Fig. 6. — Operculum of Serpula vasi/era.

Fig. 7. — Ventral uncinus of Serpula vasi/era, x 400.

Fig. 8. — Dorsal seta of Serpula vasi/era, x 325.

Fig. 9. — Operculum of Pomatoceros elaphus, magnified.

Fig. 10. — Abdominal dorsal seta of Pomatoceros elaphus.

Fig. 11.— Operculum of Eupomatus elegans, x40, slightly compressed.

Fig. 12. — Developing operculum of Eupomatus elegans, x40.

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 675

Plate 33.

Fig. 1-2. — Varietal forms of the operculum of Eupomatus elegans.

Fig. 3. — Ventral uncinus of Eupomatus elegans.

Fig. 4-5. — Dorsal seta; of the first segment of Eupomatus elegans, x 400.

Fig. 6. — Dorsal seta of Eupomatus elegans, x400.

Fig. 7. — Salmacina australis? x 70.

Fig. 8. -Budding Salmacina. a, developing branchiae of bud ; b, anal

appendages ; c, intestine of parent.
Fig. 9. — Thoracic dorsal seta of Salmacina australis, x 400.
Fig. 10. — Abdominal dorsal seta of Salmacina australis, x400.
Fig. 11. — Dorsal seta of first thoracic segment of Salmacina australis, x 400.

Plate 34.
Fig. 1. — Dorsal seta of Sabella velata, x 325.
Fig. 2. — Dorsal seta of first segment of Sabella velata, x 325.
Fig. 3. — Dorsal seta of Sabella velata, x 325.
Fig. 4. — Ventral uncinus of Sabdla velata, x 325,
Fig. 5. — Transverse section of branchial vessel of Vermilia ; a.a., stalked

corpuscles ; b.b., free corpuscles.
Fig. 6. — Segmental organ of female Eupomatus elegans from the ventral side

under slight compression, a, external orifice ; b, clump of ova.
Fig. 7. — Tubiparous gland of Eupomatus elegans. a, common excretory duct ;

b, sac of the gland.
Pig. 8. — Oblique section of the tubiparous gland of Eupomatus elegans, x 400.
Fig. 9. — Transverse section of the same.

Plate 35.

Fig. 1. — Transverse section of the thorax of Eupomatus elegans. t,g„ tubi-
parous gland; n.c, nerve cords; v. v., ventral vessel ; d.v., dorsal
vessel.

Fig. 2. — Transverse section of the thorax of Pomatoceros elaphus ; letters as
in the preceding ; l.v-, lateral vessels.

Fig. 3. — Transverse section of common duct of tubiparous gland of
Pomatoceros elaphus, near the external orifice, x 325. a, granular
epithelium of the interior of the duct ; b, hypoderm ; c, cuticle ;
d, pseudohsemal vessel.

Fig. 4. — Epithelium of the tubiparous gland of Pomatoceros elaphus, x 325.

G76 ON A NEW CRUSTACEAN,

ON A NEW CRUSTACEAN FOUND INHABITING THE

TUBES OF VERMILIA (SERPULID^.)

By William A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc.

[Plates XXXVI. and XXXVII.]

While examining a stone obtained from about low-water mark
at Watson's Bay for living iSerjndce, I found inhabiting the
tube of a Vermilia in several instances an Isopodous Crustacean
which is in many respects very remarkable. In some points
the animal shows relationships to known families of Isopoda
— notably the Anthuridae ; but it has become to some extent
specially modified in accordance with its peculiar mode of life.
The body is narrow and vermiform, the telson and terminal
appendages very wide, the other appendages very small ; the sides
of the body are ornamented with long seta?. The whole appearance
of the animal is singularly like that of a small Serpula, the oper-
culum and branchiee being mimicked by the expanded posterior
appendages and telson, and the hairs representing the pai'apodial
seta?, while the smallness of the limbs and the vermiform shape of
the body, aid in perfecting the resemblance. That the presence of
these Crustaceans in the Serpida-tuhes was not a mere accidental
occurrence was shewn by the fact that the three which I first found,
all of which were females, had each a brood of embryos with them
in the tube, and not in any way connected with them. After
finding those three in Serpula-tuhes all quite near one another on
the same stone, I found another on the surface of the stone. This
I found to differ in several respects from the others, not possessing
the long hairs, and being white instead of red ; it is probable it
had escaped from one of the tubes that was broken open. On
another occasion I found in the same spot three more individuals
of the same species, two of which svere females like those I had
previously found, while the third differed from them very
remarkably in shape, being extremely elongated and filiform.
Each of these, including the last, which I conclude to be a male,

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 677

was found in a separate tube. All of them seemed almost
incapable of motion, the utmost movement to be observed being
very feeble flexions and extensions of the limbs.

The embryos on examination showed two principal stages.
In the first of these (pi. XXXVII., fig. 4) the ventral plate
has become segmented, but there are no appendages ; in the
second (fig. 5) the appendages are all represented ; the larva at
this stage having very much the appearance of that of Aselhis ;
and it is specially noteworthy that the flexure of the larva, as in
the genus just named and other " normal " Isopoda, is towards the
dorsal side. The dorsal organ (d.) is a small lobed body not pro-
jecting beyond the outer larval membrane. On either side of it is
a remarkable jointed larval appendage (e.) arising from the middle
of the lateral surface of the larva and directed outwards and dorsad.
No similar appendages are known to exist in any other Edri-
ophthalm ; but whether they point to the former existence in the
Edriophthalm larva of embryonic locomotive appendages of which
the ordinary paired " dorsal organ" may be a still further reduced
remnant, or whether they are simply developed for the attachment
of the larva to the pinnate hairs of the abdomen of the female a
further study of their structure and relations will be necessary to
decide. They are still present in a rather later stage of develop-
ment than that represented in figure 5, after the alimentary canal
and hepatic lobes have become clearly distinguishable.

ElSOTHISTOS VERMIFORMIS.

The general form of the body is narrow, almost cylindrical, with
a slight amount of dorso-ventral compression. The head is very
small, broader in front than behind, with prominent eyes, each with
three or four bright red spots. The antennae are very short, nearly
equal in length, the upper pair with eight joints in the flagellurn,
the lower with six. In the female the first and the seventh
segments of the thorax are the shortest, the former being not
much larger than the head : the second, third, fourth and fifth
are nearly equal in length, the sixth rather shorter. In breadth
the segments gradually increase frorn before backwards, the first

678 ON A NEW CRUSTACEAN,

being little broader than the head, the last nearly three times as
broad. There are some slight differences between different indi-
viduals in the form and size of the segments, but they are too
slight to require particularisation. In one female all the thoracic
segments are densely bordered laterally with long pinnate hairs,
in another hairs are almost entirely absent. The abdominal
segments, though short, are distinctly separated from one another;
the first and the last are larger than the others. The appendages
of the last segment are on a type similar to those of Anthura,
with a dorso-ventrally compressed peduncle, a ramus, which is
serrated and obtusely pointed ; and an appendage which is
directly articulated with the posterior border of the segment.
This appendage is a curved plate with a strong acute spine on its
distal border, which is minutely serrated. The telson is a broad,
somewhat quadrate structure with a serrated distal border. The
arrangement of these parts is such that the caudal appendages and
telson form an irregular shallow cup with the opening directed
towards the dorsal side, and this forms a very efficient operculum
for the closure of the tube. The abdominal appendages are very
much like those of Idotea, the first pair forming a pair of valves
closing over the rest, which are very delicate and membranaceous
All the thoracic appendages are very similar in character, none of
them being subchelate. The first three pairs are turned forwards,
the last four backwards ; the posterior are rather the smaller, and
have the spines less prominent, but otherwise there* is little
difference between them. The basal joint is narrow ovate, with a
deep excavation at its distal end. The ischium is of similar shape
but smaller, it bears externally a row of about twenty short
conical spines and on its internal border a few small hairs. The
meros is small, with four conical spines externally : the carpus is
still smaller than the meros, with a row of minute spinules and a
longer spine on its outer border. The propodos is longer than the
meros and carpus together, nearly parallel-sided, with an oblique
distal border : on its inner border is a row of minute spinules,
with at the angle a stouter spine ; towards the dorsal border are a
lew short spines. The dactylos is stout, with an acute accessory
spine near its apex.

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 679

The male (pi. XXXVI., fig. 2) differs greatly in appearance
from the female. It is extremely attenuated, the length being
half an inch and the breadth only ^th of an inch, the thoracic
segments being extremely elongated and slender. The limbs are
very small and feeble, but are similar in structure to tho.se of the
female.

In the form of the body and of the pleonal appendages this
curious genus presents a very marked approximation to the
Anthuridce ; it is distinguished from these, however, not only by
the anterior pereiopoda being simple, but also, is would seem, by
ihe position of the embryo in the egg, the flexure in the present
form being towards the dorsal side, as in the " normal " Isopoda of
Spence Bate and YvVstwood, wheieas in the Anthuridit the
flexure of the embryo is towards the ventral side. I am inclined,
however, especially as the development of so few of the Anthuridce
lias been studied, to attribute less weight to the latter point, and
am disposed to think that the structure of the appendages and the
form of the body ally Eisothistos most nearly with the Anthurida ,
though with some points of resemblance to the ^Egidce.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Plate 36.
Fig. 1. — Female of Eisothistos rtrmijbnnis, xl2.
Fig. 2.— Male (?) of the same, xl2.
Fig. 3. — Posterior extremity of the same from above with the terminal

appendages opened, p, ramus of posterior appendages ; t, telson.
Fig. 4. — Anterior antennae..
Fig. 5. — Posterior antennas.
Fig. 6. — Second pair of pereiopoda.
Fig. 7. — Apex of one of the more highly magnified.

Plate 37.
Fig. 1. — Posterior extremity from below, t, telson ; p, ramus of posterisr

pleopoda ; p\ appendage ; a, anterior pleopoda.
Fig. 2. — Dursal plate of the first segment.
Fig. 3. — Ventral plate of one of the middle segments.

680 NOTE ON THE YOUNG OF THE SAW-FISH SHARK,

Fig. 4. —Early stage in the development of the larva before the appearance
of the larval appendages, a, outer larval membrane ; b, inner larval
membrane ; e, blastoderm with indications of segments ; d, yolk ;
e, rudiment of dorsal organ.

Fig. 5. — Later stage. a, outer membrane; b, inner membrane; c, yolk:
d, dorsal organ ; e, larval appendage : /, eye ; g, and h, antennae ;
i, pereiopoda ; k, pleopoda ; I, telson.

NOTE ON THE YOUNG OF THE SAW-FISH SHARK

(PRISTIOPHORUS CIRRATUS).

By William A. Haswell, MA., B Sc.

About 18 months ago female specimens of Pristiophorus with
young, were obtained with the trawl off Port Jackson. The young
were fully formed, l-esembling the parent in everything except
size, so that this peculiar genus of Sharks, like many others is
viviparous. More recently I obtained from specimens received by
the Australian Museum from the Fisheries Commissioners a series
of foetuses which exhibited a very much earlier stage of the develop-
ment, the yolk-sac being still very large and the external gills being-
still conspicuous. In this stage the foetuses (1) which were from
seven to nine in number in each female, are particularly interesting
from their possessing a rudimentary shell, which, though for the
most part extremely delicate, presents at one point a spiral rudi-
ment proving unmistakably its true nature. In one case this
rudimentary shell was found detached and lying free in the cavity
of the uterus. In the advanced stage first examined it had entirely
disappeared. A similar rudimentary shell lias been shewn to exist in
several other viviparous genera. Mustelus, Sphyrna&nd others (1), but
nothing has hitherto been known of the development of this peculiar
Australian genus. On comparing the weights of the early stage
plus the yolk sac, with the later stage, I found, as was to be
expected from their relative size, that the latter was considerably

[I) £ee Balfour's Embryology, Vol. II.

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 681

heavier than the former. Nutrient matter must, therefore, be
supplied to the foetus from the uterine wall, and, as there is no
placental connection, this must take the form of secretion from the
wails of the uterus, which contains close-set, long, vascular villi, of
a nutrient fluid, and its reception by endosmosis into the yolk-sac.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Haswell exhibited specimens of intra-uterine foetuses of a
wallaby received through the Town and Country Journal, from a
correspondent in the interior. The foetuses were well-advanced,
nearly as large as mammary foetuses, and the chorion extended
over the whole surface, but there was still no trace of concrescence
with the wall of the uterus.

The Hon. J. Norton, M.L.C., exhibited a portion of Hawkes-
bury Sandstone, from Springwood, Blue Mountains, which had
been perforated in all directions and to a considerable depth by
some hymenopterous insect. Such perforations are common
enough, but it is believed that the particular bee which forms
them has not yet been determined.

Mrs. Masters exhibited an egg of the Paradisea raggiana from
New Guinea. "Very few of them have ever been seen.

Mr. J. J. Fletcher, M A , B.Sc, exhibited several specimens cf
a Giant Earthworm from Burrawang, N. S. Wales, which is closely
allied to the Megascolides australis from Gippsland, Victoria,
described by Professor McCoy, in 1878. Mr. Fletcher stated his
intention of giving a further account of this worm at a future
meeting.

Mr. Ratte exhibited fossils of the genera Rostellaria, Fusus,
Pleurotomaria ? Belemnites, Venus, Nautilus, from the interior of
New Caledonia, together with a fragment of bone. He observed
that these fossils were characteristic of the upper cretaceous
formation, and were likely to identify these New Caledonian beds
with some already known in New Zealand. He also exhibited an
Inoceramus from thf Neocomian of Noumea.

682 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. F. Ratte also exhibited Calcareous Shells of insects allied to
those exhibited at the last meeting, by Mr. C. S. Wilkinson,
but elongated and conical, instead of helix-shaped. Of these,
at least two different shapes can be distinguished. (1.) One
ornamented with two longitudinal ribs and irregular tubercles
formed by some foldings or denticulations of the outside layers of
growth of the shell. (2.) One smooth, with only circular lines of
growth, longer than the first, being about 2 centimeters in length ;
and another smooth, one much smaller. The larva is growing at
the present time on some species of Eucalyptus. It is provided
with an elongated forehead, very dark eyes, and a thin tongue
working in a tube or sheath reflected downwards. The tarsi are
two-jointed, as far as can be seen in the state of larva. He believed,
that it derives the calcareous matter for building the shell from the
sap of the tree. It constantly emits water like some species of
Aphrcphora. This larva is provided at the hind part of its body
with a chitinous operculum which is removed after it has under-
gone one of its last changes. He also exhibited females of
Monophlebus attacked by a red fungus. One of these was
growing on the living insect.

Dr. Cox exhibited a sample of a very rare shell, Latiaxis Mawce
of Gray. Latiastis is a sub-genus of Eapana of Klein, characterized
by the whorls being more or less detached, and carinated, the
aperture small, trigonal, the canal narrow, rather long and curved.
The operculum has been hitherto unknown, but the specimen
exhibited showed the operculum perfect. It is a very distorted
shell of a rare occurrence, found on Coral Reefs and supposed to
live on the coral polyps. It is closely connected with the common
American Tertiary fossil Fusus quadricostatus.

Mr Macleay exhibited specimens of Dipsas Boyclii and Diemenia
atra, the two snakes described in his paper. Also a specimen of a
new species of Furina, received by Mr. Ramsay from the Barrier
Ranges, which he said he would describe on a future occasion.

Dr. R von Lendenfeld directed the attention of the meeting to
the recently reported death of Dr. Hochstetter, the well-known
Austrian traveller and geologist, and gave a brief sketch of his
life and work.

WEDNESDAY, 27th AUGUST, 1884.

The President, C. S. Wilkinson, Esq., F.G.S., F.L.S., in the chair.

Dr. Otto Finsch was introduced as a visitor.

The President announced that, at the last Meeting of the
Council, F. Jeffrey Bell, Esq., M.A., Professor of Comparative
Anatomy at King's College, London, had been elected a Corres-
ponding Member of the Society ; and that the following gentlemen
had been elected to decide upon the merits of the Essays
on the Life History of the Bacillus of Typhoid Fever, for
which a prize had been offered by the Society : — Dr. H. N.
MacLaurin, Dr. C. K. Mackellar, W. A. Haswell, Esq., M.A.,
B.Sc, J. J. Fletcher, Esq., M.A., B.Sc, and the Honorary
Secretaries, Professor W. J. Stephens, M.A., F.G.S., and the Hon.
William Macleay, F.L.S.

DONATIONS.

" Revision of the North American Poriferse." By Alpheus
Hyatt. Parts I. and II., 4to, 1875 and 1877. "Proceedings of
the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia." Part I., 1882.
" Bulletin de la Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscow.-'
Tome LIIL, No. 4, 1878 ; Tome LIV., Nos. 3 and 4, 1879. " Pro-
ceedings of the Second Congress of Russian Naturalists at Moscow
from 20th to 30th August, 1863. Parts 1 and 2, 4to, 1871.
From Dr, R. von Lendenfeld.

684

DONATIONS.

" Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia." Part I., January— April, 1884. From the Society.

"Science." Vol. III., Nos. 70—73, June 6th to 27th, 1884.
From the Editor.

•'Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society." Vol. IV.,
Part 3, June, 1884. From the Society.

" Annales de la Societe Geologique de Belgique." Tome IX.,
1881-1882. From the Society.

" Bulletin de la Societe Royale de Geographie d' Anvers."
Tome VEIL, 6e Fasc, 1884. From the Society.

" Zoologischer Anzeiger." Nos. 170 and 171, 23rd June, and
17th July, 1884. From the Editor.

" Archives Neerlandaises." Tome XVIII., Livr. 2, 3, 4 and 5,
Tome XIX, Livr. 1, 8vo, 1883-4. From " la Societe Hollandaise
des Sciences a Harlem."

" Results of Rain and River observations during 1883," " New-
South Wales Physical Geography and Climate." By H. C.
Russell, B.A., 1884. "New Double Stars." By H. C. Russell,
B.A., 1883. From the Author.

"Medical Press and Circular." No. 2357. July 2nd, 1884.
From the Editor.

"Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes." No. 165, July, 1884.
From the Editor.

" Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London." Part 1,
for 1884. From the Society.

"Victorian Naturalist." Vol. I., No. 7, July 1884. From the
Field Naturalist's Club of Victoria.

" Abhandlungen herausgegeben vom Naturwissenschaftlichen
Verein zu Bremen." Band VIII , Heft. 2 ; Band IX., Heft. 1,
1884. From the Society.

" Douze Tables pour le calcul des reductions stellaires." Par
M. F. Folie. I. Vol., 4 to, 1883. From the author.

PAPERS READ.

NEW FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.
By Chas. W. De Vis, M.A. No. 4.

GOBIUS PRINCEPS.

D. 6/11. A. 10. Lat. 40-50. Tr. 13-14.

The height of the body is 9, the length of the head 44 in the
total length. The height of the head is g, the breadth \, of its
length. The orbit, interorbit and snout are about i~ in the length
of the head. Caudal pointed, sub-elongate. Teeth long, the middle
lateral of the lower jaw almost a canine. Head bi'oad behind,
tapering to the snout. Lower jaw prominent. Pectorals long,
pointed, without silky rays. Dorsal and anal much higher than
the body. Head naked. Anterior scales much smaller than the
posterior. No crest nor barbels, preopercle unai'med. Pale
yellow with five broad nearly black bands across the back and base
of caudal, sending confluent lateral processes along the mid-line of
the body and vertical processes towards the abdomen. A dark band
across the head behind the eyes descends obliquely over the pre-
operculum. The 2nd, 3rd and 4th cross bands rise on the dorsals
above them. Caudal spotted with dark brown.

Locality, Cape York. Collected by Mr. K. Broadbent.

Gobius Watkinsoni.

D. 6, 1/11. A. 1/10. Lat 32. Tr. 10.

The height of the body is 7, the length of the head 4| in the

total length. Orbit 1 \ in the snout, interorbit •£ of orbit. Caudal 1 of

the total length, pointed. Outer row of teeth enlarged but without

45

G86 NEW FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM,

canines. Head broader than high, J longer than broad. Mouth
neai'ly horizontal, cheeks swollen. Maxillary reaching the posterior
third of the eye. No nuchal crest. Pectoral with silk-like rays.
Dorsal spines produced into short filaments. No barbels. Uniform
smokey grey, lighter on the hinder portion of the trunk. Fins
black. A broad dark curved streak across the base of the pectoral
having a pale one distad of it. A fine black line from the angle of
the mouth over the opercles.

Locality, Moreton Bay. Collected by Mr. G. Watkins, Dunwich.

GOBIUS STIGMATICUS

D. 6, 1/8. A. 8. Lat. 37. Tr. 12.
The height of the body is 5^, the length of the head 4^ in the
total length. Snout and interorbit each 2| in the length of the
head. Caudal short rounded. No canine teeth. Head longer
than high and longer than broad. Interorbit broad and flat. Snout
short. Preopercle uot armed. Jaws equal. Scales smaller
anteriorly than posteriorly. No silk-like pectoral rays. Yellowish
brown with a median line of dark spots posteriorly, or in addition
to them blotches beneath the base of the soft dorsal. A dark
curved line on each side of the occiput, touching the orbit and
descending on the operculum to join a line descending from the
lower edge of the orbit. A third line from the front edge of the
orbit to the maxillary is continued thence on the preopercle from
the angle of the mouth. These lines are sometimes confused into
a brown patch on the cheek. The occipital arch may also be absent.
First dorsal black, second pale with a median row of black spots on
the webs. Anal pale. All these with white edges.

Locality, Moreton Bay. Collected by Mr. G. Watkins.

GOBIUS MARGINALIS.

D. 6, 1/9. A. 9. L. 35. Tr. 11.
The height of the body is G, the length of the head A\ in the
total length. Orbit 4, snout 3f, interorbit 5 in the length of the
head. Breadth of the head \, and depth \ less than its length.

BY CHARLES W. DE VIS, M.A. 687

Teeth small without canines. Upper pectoral rays free, silky.
Head broad behind, obtusely pointed in front. Mouth rather
oblique. Jaws equal. Caudal a little pointed. Dorsal and anal
elongate, pointed ; ventral with basal membrane well developed
and reaching the vent. Maxillary reaching to or a little beyond
the fore edge of the eye. Pale to dark brown, preoperculum
in dark specimens light brown. Both opei'cles and base of pectoral
with white spots which may extend on the chest and rarely on the
body as simple or ocellated spots. Pale examples with broad zig-
zag markings across the body, one beneath the first dorsal extending
upwards across the fin and with faint bars across the head. Dark
specimens nearly uniform or with three or four bands across the
back leaving oval interspaces. The dorsals always broadly edged
with white.

Locality, Cape York. Collected by Mr. K. Broadbent.

GOBIUS PAUPER.

D. 6, 1/11. A. 1/11. Lat. 30 (circa ) Tr. 10.
The height of the body is 6}, the length of the head 4§ in the
total length. Orbit 3, snout 4^ in the length of the head. Inter-
orbit very narrow. Head narrower and lower than long. Snout
obtuse, rounded. Pectorals without silk- like rays. No canines.
Mouth horizontal. Yentral reaching the vent. Caudal obtusely
pointed. Nape scaly. Scales deciduous. Yellowish. A black bar
descends from the orbit to behind the angle of the mouth. Two or
three broad faint cross bars on the body. Vertical fins marked
with light, and on the spines spotted with dark chestnut. A dark
spot at the base of the caudal.

Locality, Moreton Bay. Collected by Mr. A. Macpherson.

GOBIUS FESTIVUS.

D. 6 1/9. A. 1/9. Lat. 32-34. Tr. 12.
The height of the body is 5£, the length of the head 4J- in the
total length. Orbit 3, snout 5, interorbit 9, in the length of the
head. The breadth of the head nearly equals its height, and is £

688 NEW FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM,

of its length. Caudal rounded. No distinct canines. First upper
pectoral rays free, silky. Head and nape naked above but a
strip of rudimentary scales runs forward to the orbit. Upper
profile of head very convex. Maxillary i*eaches nearly to the
middle of the orbit. Jaws equal. First dorsal lower than the
second, central reaching beyond the vent. Grey, a dark bar from
the orbit to the upper lip. A second over the eyes to the end of
the maxillary, two over the nape becoming confluent on the
operculum ; one behind each of the dorsals, each terminating in a
large spot on the sides ; a third bar or spot on the root of the
caudal. The dorsal cross bands are frequently obsolete, the three
large lateral spots becoming more conspicuous. First dorsal with
a submesial brown band, the second with large brown spots.
Anal with a dark edged hyaline band at the base. Caudal finely
spotted, ventral white, immaculate.

Locality. Cape York. Collected by Mr. K. Broadbent

GOBIUS ANNULATUS.

D. 6/15. A. 15. Lat. 57. Tr. 20.
The height of the body and the length of the head each 4 J in
the total length. Orbit 4#, snout 3 in the length of the head.
Interorbit § of the orbit. A distinct canine on each side of the
lower jaw. Head much higher than broad. Jaws equal, maxillary
not reaching the fore edge of the orbit. Head naked, nuchal
scales small. Spines of first dorsal filamentose, but lower than
body. The distance of the first dorsal from the eye equals that of
the snout from the preoperculum. Violet green, with five dark
cross bands on the body, about as wide as the interspaces. The
bands are edged with a black within a silver streak; the first
descends between the root of the pectoral and the vent, the last on
the root of the caudal. Three rows of oblong and round dark
edged silvexy spots on the cheeks, operclesand base of pectoral. A
large black spoc on the first dorsal, between the 4th to 6th spines.
Second dorsal black edged with a pale infra-marginal line. Caudal
yellow at base, black edged with a small spot on the upper part of
the base. Pectoral yellow, ventral dark. A large black spot on
the shoulder.

BY CHARLES W. DE VIS, M.A. 689

Locality, Cape York. Collected by Mr. K. Broadbent.
A near relation and perhaps local representative of G. seml-
cinctics Ben. a Mauritian species.

GOBIUS CONCOLOR.

D. G, 1/11. A. 1/10. Lat. 26. Tr. 8.

The height of the body and length of the head are equal and ^ of
the body s c. Orbit and snout equal and \ of the length of the
head, interorbit 1 of the orbit, and preorbital 2f in the length of
the head. Head over the operculum as high as long, its breadth
I of its length. Upper profile from the end of the second dorsal to
the snout regularly convex. A small canine on each mandible,
lower jaw the longer. Ventral reaching the anal with its basal
membrane but slightly developed. Upper rays of pectoral detached,
silky. Nuchal scales nearly as large as those of the body. Uniform
brown, abdomen paler with some irregular traces of narrow vertical
bands. First dorsal with two longitudinal rows of brown spots.
Pectoral and ventral dark brown.

Locality, Cape York. Collected by Mr. K. Broadbent.

GOBIUS PLAVESCENS.

D. 6, 1/J0 A. 1/9. Lat. 30. Tr. 7.

The height of the body is 6f , the length of the head 3§ in the
total length. The orbit equals the interorbit, and the snout is \ of
the length of the head. Head longer than high and longer than
broad. Snout rounded, obtuse. Physiognomy of Mugil dobula.
Teeth moderate. No canines. No loose rays to the pectoral.
Jaws sub-equal, the lower rather the shorter. Scales of the nape
and occiput large. Caudal short pointed, occasionally enveloped
for the most part in mucous tissue, ventral short, rounded. Pale
grey with a yellow tinge, irregularly freckled with black and with
more or less obsolete traces of a lateral series of spots of which the
last on the base of the caudal is more constant. Ventral with a
dark intramarginal line.

Locality, Moreton Bay. Collected by Mr. G. Watkins. Nearly
allied to G. ornatus, Rupp, but with smaller scales, the upper
pectoral rays attached and the eyes further apart.

690 NEW FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM,

Eleotris MIMUS.

D. 7-8, 1/12. A. 1/9. Lat. 34. Tr. 11.
Height of the body 5-5^, length of the 3£ 4^ in the total length.
Orbit 41 snout 3|-4|, interorbit 3-2J in the length of the head.
Head scaly to the front of the eyes. The maxillary reaches beyond
the fore edge of the orbit. Teeth cardiform with minute ones
intermediate. Scales equal.

Colour pale to dark brown. A line of dai-k brown blotches on
the posterior part of the sides, the interspaces including sometimes
dai'ker brown spots, similar spots continue the line of blotches
forwards and are scattered on the caudal and dorsals. They also
form a regular line below the lateral blotches. A line of small
spots on the anal near the base. Two oblique lines from the orbit
to the edge of the opercle, another above them across the opercle,
and a fourth above all across the base of the pectoral where it forms
a blotch. 1st. dorsal immaculate with a broad yellow edge. 2nd.
dorsal with a naiTow yellow edge. Anal immaculate, except the
basal line of spots, or with a diaphonous white band below them,
and the rest yellow. Least height of caudal peduncle = post-
orbit. In spirits becomes dingy pale to dark brown.

Length to 3 inches. Locality, Brisbane. Creeks and pools. In
life a very handsome fish. E. mogumda, Rich, approaches it
somewhat nearly but the differences between the two are readily
appreciable.

Eleotris humilis.

D. 5-6, 1/9-10. A. 1/9-10. Lat. 28. Tr. 8.
The height of the body is 4^-5, the length of the head 4^-5 in
the total length. Orbit and snout each \ of the length of the
hc.ul. Interorbit 3^-4. Head scaly to the interorbit, rather
compressed, attenuated, lower jaw prominent. Teeth viliform.
M axillary not reaching beyond the fore edge of the orbit, except
in the young. Profile concave over the eye. Fins pointed,
ventrals reaching the vent.

BY CHAKLES W. DE VIS, M.A. 691

Colour in spirits yellowish brown, thickly punctated with black
dots, or yellow without punctations. A black blotch above the
axilla. Caudal more or less dark, with white spots. Spinous
dorsal dark with a white or hyaline sub-marginal band. Soft
dorsal with a series (3-6) of white spots at the base and on the
hinder rays, and with an intermarginal white band. Anal with
a similar mesial band.

Length, to 4 inches. Locality, Brisbane ; creeks and pools ;
common.

This species comes very near to E. compressus, Krefft, but is
distinguishable by means of its narrow body, longer head, and
axillary blotch.

Eleotris longicauda.

D. 6, 1/8-9. A. 1/8. Lat. 29. Tr. 10.

Height of the body 5f-5J, the leugth of the head 3| in the
total length. Orbit 7^-8, interorbit 34^-4, snout 2J-2g in the length
of the head, caudal peduncle 4f in the length of the head. Head
narrow, depressed, scaly to the muzzle. Interorbit flatly excavated.
Muzzle obtusely pointed. Lower jaw very prominent. Soft
dorsal and anal pointed, last rays somewhat prolonged. Caudal
obtusely pointed. Pectoral pointed, reaching the level of the anal
papilla which is also pointed, and reaches the base of the anal.
Maxillary not reaching the orbit.

Colour (recent) dark yellowish brown with a darker longitudinal
stripe between each scale row. First dorsal marked with black
and broadly pinky-white edged, the anterior spines tipped with
bright red. Soft dorsal black at the base, posteriorly with large
white spots, broadly edged with pinky-white. Caudal black,
white edged above. Anal black with a broad ill-defined white
mesial bar anteriorly, all but the last rays broadly white tipped.
Pectoral with a large black spot at the base enclosing 2 or 3
bright red pointed spots ; ventrals black, red edged. Abdomen
and post-abdomen ruddy with broad bars of the body colour
descending upon them.

692

NEW FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM,

In spirits fades to pale brown. The red markings to pale
dingy yellow.

Length, to 6^ inches. Locality, Brisbane River.

Eleotris concolor.
D. 9, 1/10. A. 1/10. Tr. 12.

The height of the body and length of the head are each 3^ in the
length s.c, or 4J in the total. Orbit 5, snout 4, interorbit 3§ in
the length of the head. The dorsal and anal pointed, posterior
spines of first dorsal filamentous and the last ray of the soft dorsal
elongated. Caudal rounded. Head scaly to the muzzle.

Colour uniform, reddish brown. End of the spinous dorsal and
base of the pectoral dark.

Length, 4 inches. Locality, Queensland Coast.

Eleotris robusius.
D. 6, 1/8. A. 1/8. Tr. 15.

The height of the body and length of the head are each 3^- in the
length s.c, or 4-£ in the total. Orbit 5J, snout 4|, interorbit 3 in
the length of the head. Dorsals pointed. Caudal rounded. The
maxillary reaches the middle of the orbit Head scaly to the
interorbit.

Colour reddish brown. First dorsal with a mesial pale band,
and above it large pale spots. Second dorsal with six pale bands.
Anal and caudal with pale marks on the rays forming indistinct
bars.

Length, 4J inches. Locality, Queensland Coast.

Eleotris laticeps.

I). G, 1/9. A. 1/7. Lat, 30. Tr. 10.

The height of the body is 6, the length of the head 4 nearly, in

the total length. Orbit 5}7, interorbit 7h, snout 3 in the length of

the head. The breadth of the head is 1? in its length. The eyes

are approximate and directed upwards, the bony interorbit about

vertical diameter. Scales enlarging posteriorly, with

BY CHARLES W. DE VIS, M.A. 693

strise converging from the base to the tip. The lower jaw is much
the longer. Teeth of the outer row in both jaws strong and sharp.
Yellowish brown. A series of dark blotches on the sides ter-
minating as many obscure cross bands. Soft dorsal with four series
of brown spots. Caudal brown spotted. A broad faint band from
the side of the snout along.the cheek terminating in a triangular
dark spot on the operculum.

Length, 6^ inches. Locality, Queensland Coast.

Eleotris cavifroxs.
D. G, 1/8. A. 19. Lat. 28. Tr. 9.

The height of the body and the length of the head each -i5 in
the total length. Orbit and snout \, interorbit ^ of the length of
the head. Head broad, flat, with a concave profile. The maxillary
does not reach the fore edge of the orbit. Dorsal pointed.
Caudal rounded at the tip. Teeth minute. Head scaly to the
interorbit. Caudal peduncle long. Reddish brown, the scales
broadly pale edged, giving the side a reticulated appearance. An
obscure axillary blotch. First dorsal black with a mesial white
line Second dorsal with a similar line of contiguous oval spots
and a row of round white spots at the base. Caudal rays
conspicuously but irregularly barred with dark brown near the
base. Anal broadly dark edged. Pectoral and ventral immaculate.

Length, 3 inches. Locality, North-east Coast.

Eleotris cyanostigma. Bleek.

Three examples which appear to be of this species have been
collected at Cape York (Somerset), by Mr. Broadbent; certaiuly the
discrepancies between them and Dr. Bleeker's types are somewhat
formidable, but their similarity is on the whole too strong to
allow much doubt about their identity. The Cape York speci-
mens exhibit the following differences.

D. 6, 1/10. A. 9. Lat, 22-23.

Height of the body equal to the length of the head and 4^ in
the total. The maxillary reaching just to the fore edge of the
orbit. No spots on the verticle fins. The first and second dorsal
spines, as well as the third, elongated, but not to the like extent.

694 NEW FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM,

Aristeus PERPOROSUS.

D. 1/5, 1/13. A. 1/19. Lat. 35. Tr. 10.

The height of the body is 3, the length of the head 4f in the
total length. Orbit and snout each 3|, interoibit 2^ in the length
of the head. Spine of the first dorsal short and straight, of the
second and of the anal rather longer, equal and curved ; i-ays of
the first dorsal produced, last rays of the second dorsal and of the
anal produced beyond the base of the caudal ; rays of pectoral
produced beyond the origin of the anal. The anal rises opposite
the middle of the first dorsal, the latter rises its own length from
the snout and much nearer to it than to the caudal. A horse-
shoe shaped series of conspicuous open poi'es from the vertex to
the snout ; another series round the orbit above and continued
posteriorly on the upper limb of the operculum and edge of the
pre-operculum, anteriorly to and along the lower mandible.
Lower jaw thick, slightly protuberant.

Colour red, paler on the middle of the trunk and yellowish on
the fins. Anal black edged. Outer rays of pectoral black, with
or without a broad dusky band from near the base of the caudal,
fading near the origin of the anal.

Locality, Maryborough.

Salarias decipiens.

D. 34. A. 23.

Height of the body and length of the head 6 J in the total length.
Dorsal slightly emarginate, continued on the caudal. Anterior
portion lower than the posterior ; canines in both jaws ; the lower
one very large, received into the upper jaw. No crest nor tentacles
on the head. Profile of head rounded.

Colour grey, posteriorly yellowish. Dorsal and anal fins (recently
dry) lilac.

Length. 2 inches. Locality, Cardwell.

BY CHARLES \V. DE VIS, M.A. 695

Salarias PAUPER.
D. 32. A. 20.
The height is \, the length of the head ^ of the total length.
Anterior profile of the head oblique. On the nape a pair of fringed
transverse crests, over the otbit a bi-or-tripartite tentacle. At the
nostril a short trifid tentacle. A lower canine. Dorsal slightly
emarginate and continuous with the caudal .

Colour uniform brown. A few small dark spots on the soft
dorsal and caudal.

Length, 3-| inches. Locality, Queensland Coast, Cardwell.

Salarias sublineatus.
D. 12/19. A. 20.

The height is 4J, the length of the head 6, in the total length.
Anterior profile of the head vertical. Nape with a short transverse
fringe. Orbital and nasal tentacles very small. A short lower
canine. Dorsal scarcely emarginate, nearly equal in height, extend-
ing on the base of the caudal.

Colour light brown. Throat and chest crossed by 4 or 5 dark
bars, the posterior ones descending from the opercles. First dorsal
with two rows of pale oval spots. Pectoral spotted and ventral
barred with dark brown. Anal with a black edge.

Length, 4 inches. Locality, Queensland Coast, Cardwell.

Salarias belemnites.
D. 12/21. A. 23. V. 4.
The height of the body is 10, the length of the head is 8^- in the
total length. A sharp ridge but no crest on the head. Orbital
tentacles very small, simple. Dorsal deeply notched, the first
spine of the second dorsal short. A lower canine. Profile of head
rectangular. The first dorsal rises in advance of the pectoral and
in half the height of the body. The second does not quite extend
to the caudal and is i of the height. Caudal truncate.

696 NEW FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM,

Colour blackish brown. The soft dorsal edged with white.
Spinous dorsal obscurely spotted. Pectoral rays regularly spotted
with a few spots on the web.

Length, 6^ inches. Locality, Queensland Coast.

In proportions similar to S. tridactt/lus,J$\. Schn.

Salahias furvus.
D. 12/20. A. 21.

The height of the body and the length of the head are 7 in the
total length. Nape with a transverse fringe. Orbital and nasal
tentacles long, simple. Dorsal not notched, No canines. The
web of the soft dorsal extends on the caudal. The spinous dorsal
rises over the opercle and ecpials the anal in height. The soft
dorsal is much higher. Anterior profile rather oblique. Caudal
rather rounded.

Colour dark brown Dorsal with oblique bands of elongated
black spots. Pectoral with elongated spots on the rays.

Length, 5^ inches. Locality, Queensland Coast.

Salarias furcatus.
D. 32. A. 23.

The height of the body is 6, the length of the head 5 in the total
length. Canines. No crest nor orbital filament. A minute nasal
tentacle. Caudal deeply forked with the lower lobe largest.
Dorsal not notched, the anterior (spinous) portion the lower.
Yellowish. Head above; spotted. A dark band from the orbit
through the mouth and over the chin, two strongly curved narrow
peaidy lines on the opercles, the anterior behind the eye enclosing
a dark space which becomes a black spot posteriorly, the hinder
from the orbit above the former to the operculum where it furcates
and encloses likewise a dark space. Lower part of head with dark
streaks and spots. Body with short oblique bars anteriorly break-
ing up into spots posteriorly. Dorsal with dark spots at the base.
Ventrals yellow.

Locality, St. Helena, Moreton Bay. Collected by Mr. D.
Macpherson.

by charles w. de vis, m.a. 697

Salarias Helex.e.
D. 34. A. 23.

The height of the body is 6}, the length of the head nearly the
same in the total length. Canines large in both jaws. No crest
nor filaments on the head. Dorsal without notch, extending on
the base of the caudal. Caudal short, rounded. Profile of head
rounded. Yellowish green. The fore upper part of the body
with about six undulating lines decreasing in size inferiorly.
Head surrounded by a ring behind the eye and by another over
the nape. Dorsal with a centi'al longitudinal band.

Found in Teredo burrows in wood. Very active and vicious.

Locality, St. Helena, Moreton Bay. Collected by Captain
Townley.

Salarias viperidexs.

D. 29. A. 18.

The height of the body is 6 nearly, the length of the head 5 in
the total length. Dorsal not notched, not extending to the caudal.
No ci'est on the nape nor tentacles on the head. Lower canines
very long, a pair of small ones in the upper jaw. Profile of head
very oblique. Brown. A series of large, more or less, confluent
blotches on the back and a dark spot on the base of the caudal.
Dorsal spotted with dark bi'own on each spine and stained with
same on some of the webs.

Locality, Somerset. Collected by Mr. K. Broadbent.

Salarias calvus.

D. 12/18. A. 18.
The height of the body is b\, the length of the head 5 in the
total length. Dorsal notched, extending to the caudal. No crest
on the nape nor tentacles on the head. No canines. Profile
prominent before the eye. Eye large. Light brown, speckled
with dark, the specks forming obscure vertical bands on the fore
part of the trunk and forming a ground colour between white
spots on the upper edge of the belly. Head with small white
spots. Chest with two large ones on each side. A series of
double bars below the dorsals.

698 NEW FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

Locality, Murray Island, Torres Straits. Collected by Mr. K.
Broadbent.

Petroscirtes lineatus.

D. 30. A. 17.

The height of the body is 6, the length of the head 5 in the total
length. Orbit 3 in the length of the head, interorbit § of the
orbit, and longer than the snout. Lower canines more than \ of
the orbit. Upper canines very small. Profile of bead regularly
convex. Yellowish white with equi-distant black longitudinal
bands, the upper meeting on the interorbit, the middle before
the eyes, the lower from the angle of the mouth. Dorsals edged
with black. Anal pectoral and ventral uniform yellowish.

Locality, Murray Island, Torres Straits. Collected by Mr. K.
Broadbent.

Leme purpurascens.

D. 5/37. A 31. P. 10. V. 15-16.

The height of the body is £ of the total length. The length of
the head £ of the same. That of the tail 1? of the length of the
head and trunk. No rudimentary scales visible. Radiating groups
of muciferous ridges round each eye speck, on the snout and cheeks.
Teeth I in front. Dorsal and anal distinctly divided from the
caudal.

Colour in life deep purple red with a series of pale spots down
the middle line of the body. Pins dark with pale edges.

Length, 3 to 5 inches. Locality, Brisbane.

Habitat. — Mud of river banks.

AMBLYOPUS NIGER.

This name is proposed for an Amblyopus of which a single
example which has been allowed to dry up after maceration in
spirit occurs in the collection of Queensland fish. Its fin formula
cannot be confidently given but it seems to have five spines in the
first dorsal and none intermediate between the two fins. The
height of the head is 12, its length 6| in the total length The
colour uniform deep black.

XOTE ON THE EYES OF DEEP SEA FISHES.
By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

In a short note which I published some time ago (1), concerning
the life history of the New Zealand Frost fish, Lepidopus caudatus,
I mentioned the fact, that Lepidopus caudatus had very large eyes,
and deduced from this, that it was a Deep Sea Fish.

Referring to this note, Mr. Arthur (2) points out that large eyes
cannot be a criterion of deep sea fish, because many deep sea fishes
have small eyes, or no eyes at all. There is no doubt that numerous
deep sea animals have lost their eyes in the same manner as the
blind mole, but at the same time I would like to point out that
very large eyes are certainly a proof that the animal which possesses
them lives in a dark place in the case of this animal, being marine,
in deep water.

The progeny of an ordinaiy surface fish, which may have quitted
the shallow water and taken up its abode in the dark abyss could
not have migrated to a greater depth very quickly, but must
necessarily have been many generations doing it.

If the eyes of the fish oi'iginally were good and the migration
was effected very slowly, there is no doubt, that the species may
have adapted itself in the ordinary manner to the slowly changing
amount of light, by its eyes becoming continually enlarged. On
the other hand if the eyes of a species originally were not very good
and the migration was a rapid one, there wTas not sufficient time for
adaptation, and the eyes were of less use the deeper the species
migrated, so that they finally became rudimentary, because they
were useless.

(1) B. v. Lendenjeld. Ueber Lepidopus caudatus. Zoologischer Auzeiger.
Band VII. Seite 1SS3. Translated into English. New Zealand Science
Journal. Vol. II., p. 108.

(2) Arthur. Notes on the occurrence of the Frost Fish. New Zealand,
Journal of Science. Vol. II., p. 157.

700 THE INSECTS OF THE MACLAY COAST, NEW GUINEA,

For the hypothesis concerning the appearance of Lepidopus
candatus set forth in my paper, I do of course not claim anything
more than the merit of a 2^ossibility ; and I will be very well
satisfied if I have thereby induced any one to take up the subject
and discover the secret, whether his discovery prove my hypothesis
to be correct or false.

THE INSECTS OF THE MACLAY-COAST, NEW
GUINEA.

By William Macleay, F.L.S., &c.

During a nearly three years residence at Astrolabe Bay on the
North Coast of New Guinea, about 10 years ago, Baron Maclay
picked up, as occasion offered, a few insects, which he placed in
spirits, where they have remained undisturbed and unexamined
until the present time. The collection is of the scantiest nature,
the number of species of all Orders of the Insecta, not exceeding
50, and many of them I regret to find, from their lengthened
immersion in spirits, in anything but a good state for examination.

It must not however, be supposed that the smallness of the
collection in any way indicates poverty of the insect fauna in that
portion of New Guinea, the reason is simply that the Baron at that
time was so deeply interested in Anthropological investigations,
that he scarcely noticed the other animals of the country, and only
collected what actually came in his way. It is much to be regretted
that he did not make better use of his opportunities in this respect,
for the Maclay Coast — so named after the distinguished traveller
himself — is about the only portion of the coast line which has never
been visited by collectors.

Port Dorey, Triton Bay, and indeed many places on the Wesl
and North-west Coast, have been frequently visited by naturalists,
and many species of the Invertebrata of these regions were described

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 701

long ago by M. M. Garnot and Lesson, Quoy, Gaimard, Boisduval
and others, and in later times by Gestro, Wallace, Bates, Baly, &c.
The Archipelago of large Islands, New Ireland, &c., lying on the
North-East side of New Guinea, was visited by the Coquille,
in 1823, and large collections were made at that time, and
of late years it has been a favourite resort of numerous
professional collectors. The South Coast also has become of late
years pretty well known, from the Delta of the Fly on the West
to the extreme South-east point of the Louisiade Archipelago,
and the labours of D'Albertis, Goldie, and others have enabled us
to form a tolerably accurate estimate of the Fauna of that portion
of the Island. But the country in or near Astrolobe Bay, has never
hitherto been submitted to even the most cursory search for its
zoological productions.

I give, in the following list, under each species, all its known
localities, as by this means the collection, small though it be,
may throw some light on the subject of the geographical distri-
bution of species.

Ordo. COLEOPTEBA.

Family. CICTNDELIDvE.

1. Cicindela D'Urvillei. Dej.
Guer. Voy. Coq. Zool. PL L, fig. 2.
Hob. — Dorey ; Maclay Coast.

FAM. SCARAB^ID^.

2. Lepidiota quinquelixeata. nov. sp.
Oblong-oval, dark reddish brown, opake. Head densely
variolose-punctate, each puncture with a minute whitish scale ;
the clypeus slightly emarginate and considerably reflexed. Thorax
nearly twice as broad as long, the anterior angles advanced, the
sides widening towards the base, the base itself a little sinuate,
and the whole coarsely and rather distantly punctate, each
puncture with a short yellowish or whitish seta-looking scale.
46

702 THE INSECTS OF THE MACLAY-COAST, NEW GUINEA,

Scutellum triangular, rounded behind, sparsely punctured. Elytra
of the width of the thorax at the base, and nearly four times the
length, widening a little towards the apex, the puncturation
irregular and denser than on the thorax, and the scales rather
longer. Each elytron has five longitudinal lines or costa? ; the
first close to the suture distinctly marked, the others at equal
distances apart and scarcely costate, excepting the fifth, which is
distinctly raised. The pygidium is triangular with rounded
angles, and is densely variolose-punctate. The legs and entire
under surface are of a nit-id pitchy brown ; the pro-meso and
metasternum clothed in the middle with yellow pile. Fore tibia?
with three strong teeth towards the apex externally ; the middle
and hind tibia? with three short nearly equidistant teeth on the
outer margin. Long. 16 lin.
One specimen. Maclay Coast.

3. Lepidiota scutellata. nov. sp.

Oblong-oval, brown, opake, very densely minutely punctate, and
densely clothed with minute silky grayish scales. Head rugosely
marked in front on the clypeus, which is emai'ginate and reflexed.
Thorax transverse, a little emarginate in front and sinuate behind,
the antei'ior angles rather rounded, and the sides rounded in
the middle and narrowed slightly towards the posterior angles.
Scutellum rounded behind, its width at the base more than thrice
its vertical length. Elytra about the width of the thorax and
about three times the length, the callus on the hinder part very
conspicuous.

Under surface dark piceous, the abdominal segments densely
clothed with scales, and the mouth pro- and mesosternum with red
hair. Fore tibiae strongly tridentate, the other tibia? slight, and
minutely armed ; the posterior thighs narrow at the base, swelling
and rounded towards the apex. Long. 18 lin.

One specimen, Maclay Coast.

4. Dipelicus nasutus. Bates.
Pro. Zool. Soc, 1S77, p. 153, pi. XXIV., fig. 4.
Uab. — Duke of York Island ; Maclay Coast.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., ifcC. 703

5. SCAPANES POLITUS. nOV. sp.

This is a very distinct species, but from its general resemblance
I have no doubt it has been frequently taken for S. australis.

Boisduval describes S. australis from Port Dorey, and I have
specimens of it in my Museum from Aru, New Ireland, Duke of
York Island, and the Solomon Islands. The species I now
name I have from the Maclay Coast, the East side of the Gulf
of Papua, and the South Eastern extremity of New Guinea. The
size and general appearance of the two species are much the same,
but the difference in sculpture is very remarkable throughout, but
especially on the elytra. In S. azcsti'alis the elytra are covered
with large variolose looking punctures, with a few distinct semi-
costate longitudinal lines ; in S. politns they are smooth and nitid,
the puncturation such as it is being minute and thin.

Several specimens, male and female.

6. LOMAPTERA ADELPHA. TllOmS.

Archiv. Ent. 1., p. 428, tab. 16, fig. 3.

Hob. — Aru Islands ; Fly River ; Maclay Coast.

FAM. BUPRESTID^E.

7. Cyphogastra mniszeckii. Deyr.
Ann. Belg., 1864, p. 40.
Hab. — Amboina ; Maclay Coast.

FAM. EUCNEMID^E.

8. Aeisus atripennis. nov. sp.

Elongate, parallel-sided. Antenna? and palpi as in A. Wicardi
Casteln, and of a light pitchy-red. Head and thorax red, densely
punctate, and thickly covei-ed with short velvety pubescence ; there
are two small round depressions on the head between the eyes : the
thorax is a little longer than the width, very convex above, and
witli the posterior angles acute. Scutellum small, square, and of
an opake reddish hue. Elytra of the width of the thorax and about

704 THE INSECTS OF THE MACLAY-COAST, NEW GUINEA,

three times the length, black, punctate-striate, (10 striae on each
elytron) and densely and finely punctate on the interstices. Body
beneath and legs light red, with a very short golden pile. The
fourth joint of the tarsi is bilobed.

Long. 6 lin. One specimen.

It is with considerable doubt that I place this handsome species
in Bonvouloir's genus Arisus, it shoiild probably form a new genus.
The species is undoubtedly new.

FAM. MALACODERMID^E.
Metriorhynchus papuensis. no v. sp.
Sooty black, with the base of the elytra, margins of the thorax,
the meso and metasternum and the base of the thighs yellow. The
cavities on the thorax are deep but not very distinctly defined.
The elytra are punctate in ten strife, towards the base the alternate
interstices are elevated.
Length, 3-| lines.

10. Luciola ruficollis. Guer.
Voy. Coq. Ent., p. 75.

Hab. — Dorey ; Maclay Coast.

FAM. CURCULIONID^E,

11. Eupholus azureus. nov. sp.

Of a uniform azure blue, subopake, under a lens showing an
extremely fine puncturation. The antennas have the joints from
the second to the eighth clothed with whitish hair, the club is
brown. The thorax has two raised smooth black lines extending
diagonally outwards from the apex on each sides of the median
sulcus to about the middle. The scutellum is very small and
round. The elytra are broader than the thorax at the base,
slightly widened behind and pointed at the apex. There are nine
rows of large deep punctures on each elytron ; these are regular
but not in stria? ; the suture, the scutellar region, a scapular and
subapical callus, a short raised vitta on each side of the scutellum,
and a raised narrow fascia a little behind the middle and not

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 705

reaching the suture are black. The knee joints are black, the
tarsi reddish beneath, and the abdominal segments are lightly
clothed with hair.

Long., 15 lin. One specimen.

12. Rhinoscapha Maclayi. nov. sp.

Black, nitid ; head densely punctured in front, lightly behind,
covered with a thin ashen pubescence and furnished with a
number of strong hairs about the mouth. The extremity of the
snout as broad as the head. Thorax scarcely longer than broad,
broader at the base than the apex, and also broader than the
head, very regularly mai'ked, and with a depression on the
anterior part of the median line. A broad depressed space on the
side and under surface of the apex of the thorax is densely
covered with reddish golden scales, and on each side from the
middle to the base there is a broad vitta of the same. The elytra
ai-e convex, broader than the thorax, with a prominent humeral
callus, and pointed at the apex ; on each elytron are nine rows of
large oblong punctures, the intervals scarcely raised ; the extreme
apex is mucronate. A sutural vitta including the scutellum, a
broadish fascia behind the shoulder and not reaching the suture,
and a narrower rather curved fascia behind the middle and
extending to the suture, are densely clothed with golden scales.
The metasternum is similarly clothed. The legs are sparingly
punctured, each puncture with a short seta.

Length, 14 lines.

Four specimens of this fine species among such a limited collec-
tion would lead to the conclusion that it is a common insect on
the Maclay coast, and yet among the many species described by
various authors I can find nothing like it.

13. Celeuthetes bicristatus. Montr.

Faune del 'Isle Woodlark, p. 49. Lacord. Gen. Col. VI., p. 150.
(Note.)

I believe this insect to be the Otiorhynchus bicristatus of Mon-
trouzier. The scape of the antennae is fine at its insertion, but

706 THE INSECTS OF THE MACLAY-COAST, NEW GUINEA,

immediately becomes broad, flat, and slightly arcuated, and is mucb.
louger than the head ; the elytra are very retuse behind, and pro-
longed backwards on each side into prominent hair clad protu-
berances.

Hab. — "Woodlark Island ; New Guinea.

14. Psomeles plagiatus. Blanch.
Voy. Pole Sud, IV., p. 229 tab. 15 fig. 18.
Hab. — New Guinea.

15. Lixus Duponti. Schn.
Gen. Cure, VII., p. 478. No. 174.
Syn. L. farinosus, Bois., Voy. Astrol. II., 1835, p. 406.
Hab. — New Guinea.

16. Mecopus bispinosus. Weber.
Schn. Gen. Cure. III., p. 556.
Pasc. Ann. Nat. Hist, 1871, pi. 15, fig. 11.
Hab. — Sumatra ; Java ; Borneo ; New Guinea ; Maclay Coast.

17. Rhyncophorus velutinus. Fairm.
Journ. Mas. Godeff., 1878, p. 33. Syn. R. Kaupii. Schauf.
Hab. — Mioko ; Maclay Coast.

FAM. BRENTHID^E.

18. Ectocemus pterygorhinus. Gestro.
Ann. del. Mus. Civico di Stor. Nat. Gen. VII., 1876.
Hab. — Cape York, Aust. ; Maclay Coast.

FAM. ANTHRIBID2E,

19. Nessiara diplonata. Fairm.
Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, torn. 27, p. 45.
Hab. — Wooklark Island; Maclay Coast.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 707

FAM. CERAMBYCIDyE.

20. Batocera Wallacei. Thomson.

Arch. Ent. 1 p. 447, t. 18 fig. 1. Pasc. Ent. Soc. (3), III., p.
267.

Hab. — Aru ; Key ; Mataballo ; New Guinea.

21. MONOIIAMUS VARIOLARIS. PaSC.

Trans. Ent. Soc, ^3.) Vol. III., p. 295.
Hab. — Dorey ; Mysol ; New Guinea.

22. Dihamus rarus. Thomson.

Arch. Ent I., p. 445. Pase. Ent. Soc, (3.) Ill, p. 291.
Hab. — Aru ; New Guinea.

23. Agelasta obhcura. nov. sp.

This species must I think be undescnbed, but it is so denuded
by long immersion in spirits of the vai'iegated scaly clothing so
usual in the genus that it is difficult to speak with certainty.

The whole insect is of a dull chocolate brown colour, the occiput
has a distinct median impression, that of the thorax only shows on
the posterior half. The elytra are strongly punctured in about
fifteen very irregular rows, the intervals for the most part flat, but
three of those in the middle of each elytron are slightly raised and
broader. One specimen (a female). Length, 7 lines.

24 Pithomictus irroratus. nov. sp.

Form rather elongate, the length being five times the width.
The head is deeply impressed between the antennae which are not
far apart. They are longer than the body and ciliated beneath ;
the first joint strong and cylindrical, the third slight but much
longer, the fourth little longer than the first. The thorax is longer
than broad and almost cylindrical, with a short acute spine on each
side behind the middle The scutellum is nearly square. The
elytra are a little wider than the thorax, and over three times the
length, and are narrowed a little towards the apex, which is truncate

708 THE INSECTS OF THE MACLAY-COAST, NEW GUINEA,

and acutely bidentate. Each elytron is strongly punctate-striate,
the intervals costate except towards the sides. The legs are rather
short, the thighs all subclavate, the anterior tarsi very dilated.
The colour is a uniform chocolate brown becoming redder on the
legs and antennae, ornamented with a short white pubescence,
disposed in four vitta? on the thorax, and on the elytra in round
spots in the lines of the striae. Long. 3| lin.
This species should properly form a new genus.

25. Arsysia spilonota. Gestro.

Ann. Mus. Civ. Genoa VIII., 1876, p. 521.
Hab. — Island Jobi ; Maclay Coast.

26. Tmesisternus trivittatus. Guer.

Voy. Coq. Ent., pp, 130 t. 7, fig. 12 ; Blanch. Voy. Pole. Sud.
IV., pp. 284 t. 16, fig. 15 ; Pasc. Trans. Ent. Soc. (3) III., p.
464; Gestro. Mon. Tmes., p. 16.

Hab. — Aru, Dorey ; Maclay Coast.

27. Olenocamptus bilobus. Fab.

Pasc. Ent. Soc. (3), Vol. III., p. 316.
Syn. — 0. serratus Chevr. Mag. Zool., 1835.
Hab. — From India to New Guinea.

28. Glenea picta. Fab.

Pasc. Ent. Soc. (3), Vol. III., p. 373, pi. XVIL, fig. 6.
Hab. — The whole Indian Archipelago.

29. Pachydissus ternatensis. Fairm.

Pet. Nouv. Ent., 1879, No. 70 ; Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, torn.
27, p. 51.

Hab. — Duke of York Island, Ternate, Yule Island (New
Guinea), and Maclay Coast.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 709

30. Ceresium pachymerum. Pasc.
Diatomocephala pachymera. Pasc. Trans. Ent. Soc. (3), Vol.
III., p. 542.

Hah. — Bouru, Ceram, Maclay Coast.

31. Clytanthus lux at a. Pasc.
Trans. Ent. Soc. (3), Vol. III., p. 602.
Hah. — Say lee, Maclay Coast.

32. Pascoea Id.e. White.
Cat. Longic. Brit. Mus., p. 341, pi. 8, fig. 5 ; Pasc. Trans. Ent.
Soc. (3), Vol. 3, p. 486, pi. 19, fig. 6.
Hah. — Ceram, Amboyna, Maclay Coast.

FAM. CHRYSOMELID^E.

33. ASPIDOMORPHA SANCT.E-CRUCIS. Fab.

Ent. Syst. IV., App , p. 446 ; Bohem. Mon. Cassid. II., pp.
287 to 6, fig. B.

Hob. — E. India, Maclay Coast.

34. PcHYPARIDA ATRATA. nOV. sp.

Head emarginate with deep median impression in front ter-
minating behind in a transverse line across the middle of the head,
the epistome, which is large, is densely punctured, the rest of the
head very slightly ; the eyes are large and prominent. The thorax
is transverse, not broader at the apex than the head including the
eyes, but widening on the sides which are rounded, and becoming
narrower towards the posterior angles which are acute ; the surface,
except at the posterior angles, is covered with irregular punctures.
The scutellum is smooth. The elytra are a little broader than the
thorax at its widest part, and are striate puncta te ; the two strise
on each side of the scutellum are abbreviated, and the eighth from
it takes its rise behind the humeral callus and divides near the
middle into three distinct punctured striae. The colour is entirely
of a subnitid black, with a piccous tinge on the head, antenna? and
legs.

Long. 2^ lin.

710 THE INSECTS OF THE MACLAY-COAST, NEW GUINEA,

35. Oides limbata. BlancL.

Adolium llmbatum., Voy. Pole Sud. IV., p. 339, t. 19, fig. 12.
Hab. — New Guinea.

fam. coccinellid^e.

36. Epilachna h^emorrhoa. Boisd.

Voy. Astrol. Col., 1835, p. 599, t, 8, fig. 22. Muls. Spec. Trim.
Col. p. 727.

Hab. — Dorey, Maclay Coast.

37. Epilachma consputa. Muls.

Spec. Trim. Col., p. ', 63.
Hab. — New Guinea.

38. Epilachna. Sp. (?)
The specimen injured beyond recognition.

Ordo. ORTHOPTERA.

FAM. MANTID^E.

39. Hierodula Timorensis. De Haan.

Sauss. Melanges Orthopt. 4th fascicle, p. 38, fig 24. Syn.
Polyspilota timorensis Sauss. Melanges Orthopt. 3rd fascicle, p. 87.
fig. 3.

One fine specimen, possibly a new species, the thorax seems to
be too loug for H. timorensis.

FAM. PHASMATIDiE.

40. Cyphocrania maclayi. nov. sp.

There is only one specimen (a female) of this grand insect, which
I name after its distinguished discoverer. It is 8 inches in length,
and of a very robust form. The colour seems to have been reddish
brown all over, darker on the mesothorax, and lighter on the legs.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 711

Its occiput is convex with five lightly marked lines, the median
somewhat costate. The prothorax is about 4 lines long, and 3
broad, very slightly wider at the base than at the apex, and divided
by a transverse and longitudinal sulcus into four sections, the
posterior ones largest ; in the upper half of the thorax there ai'e
four tubercles, two close tojthe head, the others near the transverse
sulcus ; in the lower half there are also four tubercles placed two
each side of the median line close to the base ; there is also a deep
transverse ioipression across the apex of the prothorax, and there
seems to have been a good deal of yellow colouring over the whole
of its upper surface. The mesothorax is about 12 lines long, as
wide as the prothorax, of equal thickness throughout and armed
with strong spines over its whole surface. Beneath both meso and
metathorax are similarly armed. The tegmina are almost half the
length of the wings and of oval form ; there is an indistinct trace
of a lightish coloured band across them behind the middle. The
costal area of the wings is broad and of the same reddish-brown
hue as the tegmina, the hyaline portion is barred with bi'own. The
legs are all densely spinous. The abdomen is bulky and extends
more than an inch beyond the extremity of the wings.

41. Cyphocrania lobiceps. nov. sp.

This should perhaps be placed in a new genus. The specimen
(a male) is over six inches in length and appears of a uniform
brown colour, excepting on the head, which is yellowish. The
form is more slender than in 0. MaclayL The head is elevated on
the occiput into a bilobed rounded prominence ; the face is rather
inflexed like that of a Blatta ; the pro-thorax is rather narrower
than the head and about 3 lines in length ; the meso-thorax is
about 10 lines in length, smooth and cylindrical. The tegmina
are about one-third the length of the wings, with an oblique
yellow fascia extending from the upper margin near the base to
the middle of the inferior margin. The wings are four-fifths of
the length of the abdomen, and are of a uniform dingy brown.
The legs are moderately spinose ; the anterior tibise are singularly
contorted and twisted

712 THE INSECTS OF THE MACLAY-COAST, NEW GUINEA.

FAM. GRYLLID^E.

42. Phyllophora speciosa. Thunb.

Mem. tome. V., p. 186, tab. 3 ; Brulli. Hist. Nat. Ins. tome. IX.,
p. 142, pi. 13, fig. 2 ; Serville Hist. Nat. Orthopt., p. 592.

43. Anostostoma. Sp. (1)
This insect is winged, otherwise very like Atxostostoma,

Ordo. HEMIPTERA.

44. Megymenum dentatum. Guer.
Voy. Coq., pi. 12, fig. 1. Boisd, Yoy. Astrol., p. 632., pi. 11,
fig. 11.

Hab. — Dorey, Maclay Coast.

45. LYGiEUS pacificus. Boisd.
Faune del Oceanie, p. 630, pi. 11, fig. 20.
Hab. — Port Western, Maclay Coast.

46. Eulyes. Sp. (I)

47. New genus.
48. Galgula. Sp. (I)

Ordo. HYMENOPTERA

I am unable to name these, there in all six species, 2 of Apidce,
1 of Polistes, 1 Pelopaeus, 1 Ghrysis, and a species of Ant.

Ordo. DIPTERA.

One specimen, an Anthrax, very much injured.

Ordo. HOMOPTERA.

One Cicada and one Centrotus. Species doubtful.

NOTES ON ZOOLOGY OF THE MACLAY-COAST (1) IN
NEW GUINEA.

By N. de Miklouho-Maclay.

Leaving the description of anatomical investigations of different
animals obtained at the Maclay-Coast (in 1871-72 and 1876-77),
tc form the comparative-anatomical supplement of my work of
travels (1870-1882), which will be published in Europe by-and-
bye, I intend to bring before this Society a few remarks concern-
ing the systematical position of some the animals collected.

I. — On a New Sub-Genus of Peramelid^e : Brachymelis.
(Plate XXXVIII.)

In July or August, when the rain-falls are less frequent on
the north-east coast of New Guinea than in the other months of
the year (2), and when the coarse grass, which covers the valleys
and slopes of the hills near the coast becomes nearly dry, the
natives of neighbouring villages fix a day for a common sport.
On the fixed day they assemble early in the morning, armed with

(1) To the portion of the north coast of New C4uinea, between Cape
Croisilles and Cape King William, a coast line of about 150 miles, extending
inland for an average distance of 30—50 miles to the highest ranges of the
Mountains Mana-boro-boro (or Finisterre Mountains), I have given the
name of the Maclay-Coast, so far back as 1872 (Natuurkundig Tijdschrift
voor Nederlandsch Indie, Batavia, 1872,) for greater convenience of
reference in scientific description by avoiding the constant repetition of its
geographical position.

(2) N. de Maclay. Notice Met^orologique concernant la Cote-Haclay
en Nouvelle-Guin^e, published in the Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Neder-
landsch Indie. Batavia, 1873.

714 ZOOLOGY ON THE MACLAY-COAST IN NEW GUINEA,

spears, bows and arrows. Arrived on the spot, a few boys under
the direction of an experienced adult, set fire to the' grass in
many places in a systematic manner, according to the direction of
the wind and the formation of the ground. The armed men
surround the burning patches and watch for the animals which
try to escape the fire. In this way a great number of wild pigs
and small marsupials are killed. I used to follow many such
expeditions, not only to have my share of the spoil, but principally
to extend my knowledge of the fauna.

Amongst the victims of the slaughter the most numerous at the
Maclay Coast is a large bandicoot.

The specimen which has served for this description is not by
any means the largest T have seen, because the larger ones aie
always secured by natives at once on account of their size and
spoiled by spear or arrow wounds for zoological or anatomical
purposes.

Not having had in New Guinea a superabundance of alcohol, I
have kept in my collections, only 3 specimens of this animal.

The examination of the dentition (number of the upper incisors)
the bristle-like hair and the proportional shortness of the hind
limbs (1), induce me to describe this bandicoot as belonging to a
new sub-genus (2) of Peramelidte : Brachjmells (3).

I shall show in this paper, that some bandicoots described as
species of Perameles have to be included in the Sub-genus Brachy-
melis, but before this, I intend to give some details about the
species from the Maclay-Coast, which I shall call after the place
where I dissected the first specimen of it. (4.)

(1) "Limbs (ot the Peramelidse) unequal, the posterior legs being con-
siderably longer than the anterior." Waterhouse Mamalia, Vol. I., p. 354.

(2) I am aware that, on the character of possessing 8 upper incisors instead
of 10, a Genus Echimipara has been established by Lesson. I think how-
ever, that this peculiarity alone, is not sufficient to make a new Genus : but
I believe, that the above mentioned .'5 characters authorise the establishment
of a Sub-gt nus.

(3) /Spa^^eAt? — Short limbed.

(4) The hut which formed my first residence in New Guinea in lb7L was
built on a small Cape called by the natives "Garagassi."

BY N. DE MIKLOUHO-MACLAY. 71")

Brachymelis Garagassi. N. Sp.

Habitat. — The Maclay-Coast of New Guinea.
Principal Measurements of an adult £ and an adult Q.

From tip of nose to the base of tail . .432 mm. 17in. 301 mm. ll,9in.

Tail ,, „ ,, ,, 82 — 3,2 63 — 2,5

From the tip of the nose to the occiput 82 — 3,2 71 — 2,8

Fore limb ,, ,. ,, about 135 — "g 5,3 105 — £ 4,2

Hind limb „ ., ,, about 172 — 9. 6,7 145 — j§ 5,7

Hand, from the wrist to the end of d

the nail 3rd finger 39 — g 1,5 31 — g 1,3

From the head to the end of nail of

4th toe 65 — 2,5 55 — 2,2

Length of the ear 22 — 0,9 18 — 0,7

The general contour of the body differs according to the state of
nourishment. At the time of the year, when the natives, as
already mentioned, burn the grass, the Brachymelis Garagassi is
very fat, and his short legs appear still shorter in comparison to the
heavy body.

Fur. — The yellowish-brown fur of the back consists of short
light yellowish-gray under-fur and long flat bristle-like hair, which
may prick palpably, if you pass your hand up the reverse way on
the back of the animal. The length of the prickly hair varies
between 24-16 mm. (0, 9 — O, 6 in.) and their breadth between
O, 8 — O, 5 mm. Both flat sides, the upper as well as the under,
are grooved. The groove on the upper side reaches nearly to the
end of the hair, but the under side of the hair is grooved not more
than half of the length. The base and the lower half of each hair
is of light brown colour which gradually darkens towards the upper
end, which is dark brown, nearly black. The under side of the
hair is in general lighter than the upper. Some of the bristly hairs
are darker than others, some on the contrary quite light brown.
Inspected from the side, some of the flat hair appears to be divided
just on the top in two ends of unequal length and it proves easy
to split the flat hairin two bands of different thickness; the thinnest
of the two bands corresponds to the layer of the upper side of the
flat hair (1). On the underside of the body, from the chin to the

(1) The easy splitting of the hair may also be the result of the remaining
of the specimen a long time in alcohol.

716 ZOOLOGY OF THE MACLAY-COAST IN NEW GUINEA,

arms, the fur is of a yellowish dirty white colour and the hair is
not over 9 mm. (0, 4 in.) long. Between this light coloured short
hair with nearly circular horizontal sections there are also some
light coloured, flat, stiff hairs.

The head is elongate and conical, (Fig. 1) muzzle and lips
blackish and naked.

The distance of the eye from the corner of the mouth is equal to the
distance from the corner of the mouth to the anterior lower margin
of the meatus auditorius, and the distance from the eye to the tip
of the nose is equal to three times the above measure. A few long
black hairs are to be found on the sides of the upper lips, 3 hairs
just behind the corner of the mouth and a few short ones on the
throat.

The eyes are very small.

The ear is elongated, the breadth being j? of the length. Opposite
the meatus is a small, bare, triangular, tragiis-like prominence.
Parallel to the anterior margin of the auricle, between the margin
and the concha runs a longitudinal ridge, while on the opposite
posterior border a narrow pouch is to be found. Nearly in the
centre of the concha are two very characteristic folds. The lower,
which is the longest, stretches horizontally across the whole cavity
of the concha, the upper fold projecting forward presents a deep
notch. The cavities of both folds open upwards. The adjoining
Fig. 1, will facilitate the understanding of the above description.
The position of the slight incision of the posterior margin near the
upper extremity of the ear, is, as far as I have observed not
constant.

The tail, is short, stiff" and naked. Amongst the great number
of Brachymelis I had the opportunity to see on the occasion of
burning the grass, I noticed many animals with only the stump
left, haviug a part of the tail lost (bitten off 1) in some way.

Dentition. — (Fig. 2, 3 and 4.)

4 13 4

I. -, C. - P. -, M. -,
3 13 4

BY N. DE MIKLOUHO-MACLAY. 717

The absence of the 5th upper incisor is one of the principal
characters which distinguishes the Brachymelis from the other
Perarnelidse. The incisors of both jaws stand close together; those
of the upper are nearly of the same size and a trifle smaller than in
the lower jaw. The third mandibular incisor is the broadest and
bicuspid.

The Canines are small, the maxillary ones of about the same size
as the first premolar, the mandibular ones narrower than those of
the upper jaw.

The premolars are slightly different one from the other in their
shape, increasing in size from the front backward. The mandibular
premolars are a little larger than these of the maxilla. In both
jaws, the premolars stand not close together but leaving a space
between each tooth. In the lower jaw there is also a space between
each tooth. In the lower jaw there is a space between the third
premolars and the first molar.

The molars are all very much worn down, so that the cusps can
not be well recognised, with the exception of the last mandibular
molar, where the 5 cusps are distinct.

The grinding surface of the molars is not horizontal, but in those
of the upper jaw, sloping to the internal margin, while in those of
the mandibula, the " grinding-down " appears in the opposite
direction, i.e., the internal margin is the highest.

On the palate, 10 distinct ridges are to be distinguished. (Fig. 3.)

The pouch of the female Brachymelis is very long, with an
entrance as usual directed towards the tail. In the £ of which I
gave the measures, the distance from the anterior margin of the
entrance to the bottom of the pouch measured about 50 mm. (2 in.)
and 83 mm. (3, 3 in.) from the bottom of the posterior fold of the
pouch near the anus.

The pouch contained 6 nipples (1) arranged in 2 parallel longi-
tudinal rows. Four of the nipples could be seen through the

(1) Waterhouse (Mammalia, Vol. 1, p. 345,) gives the number of mamma)
of the Peramelida?— 8 ; he mentions, that Prof. Owen found eight nipples in
P. nasuta, arranged in two slightly curved longitudinal rows, but adds that
possibly this number may not be constant. Peters and e Doria (Euumerazione
dei Mammiferi, etc., p. 354) say that P. Doreyanus has a very developed
pouch with S nipples.
47

718 ZOOLOGY OF THE MACLAY-COAST IN NEW GUINEA,

entrance of the pouch, without distending the same. The nipples
of this 9 were of different length, some not longer than 1 mm., 2
about 10 mm. and one, sucked by a young one (1) 18 mm. (over
O, 7 in.) long.

Up to the present time 4 species of Perameles have been found
in New Guinea and described as : —

P. Doreyanus. Quoy and Gaimard.

P. Moresbyensis. Ramsay.

P. Broadbentii. Ramsay.

P. Longxcauda. Peters and Doria.

In the zoological part of the voyage of the Astrolabe (2), Quoy
and Gaimard give the description of Perameles Doreyanus and
the dental formula of the same, in which only 8 upper incisors
are indicated (3). Waterhouse referring to the statement of Quoy
and Gaimard, expresses the possibility that the two incisors have
been lost " whilst the animal was alive " (4). Peters and Doria,
who had the opportunity of examining numbers of P. Doreyanus,
mention that P. rufescens (from Kei Islands) has like P.
Doreyanus, 8 upper incisors (5.)

I find to my regret that neither the Australian nor the Macleay
Museum in Sydney possess a specimen of P. Doreyanus, so that I
have had only the help of the description and illustrations (6) of
Quoy and Gaimard to decide the question, whether the B.
Garagassi is identical with P. Doreyanus or not. On the first
reflection the number of the upper incisors, the bristle-like hair

(1) Although the mother was dead over 2 or 3 hours, the young one in the
pouch, continued to suck holding the nipples with one of the fore-limbs and
moving constantly the thi-ee other limbs. The young Brachymelis in the
pouch was about 30 mm. (about 12 in.) long (from the tip of the nose to the
base of the tail) and the eyes were still closed. When I tried to draw
away the fore-limbs from the nipple the little animal soon grasped the
same again. Sometimes catching hold of another nipple, introduced it in
the mouth and sucked two nipples at the same time.

(2) Voyage de decouvertes do l'Astrolobe (1826-29).

(3) Mammalia, Vol. I., p. 102.

(4) " Possibly these teeth have existed in the skull, but have been lost
whilst the animal was alive, in which case the sockets would soon become
obliterated." Waterhouse. Mammalia, Vol. I., p. 386.

(5) W. Peters e G. Doria Enumerazione dei Mammiferi, etc., etc., p. 11.

(6) Voyage de decouverte de l'Astrolobe. Atlas, pi. 16.

BY N. DE MIKLOUHO-MACLAY 719

(1) and the general dimensions of the body (2) of both are in
favour of this supposition, but closer examination of the illustra-
tion of the dentition of P. Doreyanus (3), the 6 nipples in the
pouch of B. Garagassi, instead of the 8 of P. Doreyanus, and
other minor differences have induced me to consider B. Gax*agassi
as a new species.

The other three above-mentioned species of Perameles are all
very distinct from B. Garagassi : P. Moresbiensis (4) on account
of the dentition (5 upper incisors and very large canines), (fig. 8),
and in comparison with B. Garagassi soft fur ; P. Broadbentii (5)
and P. longicauda (6) on account of the general habitus and all details.

Examining the collection of Perainelidte in the Australian
Museum, I found that P. Cockerellii Ramsay, shows a general
resemblance to B. Garagassi. Mr. Ramsay mentions in his paper
(7.) " 1 can find no trace of the fifth large posterior incisor" (of
the upper jaw.) The absence of this upper incisor, as well as the
spiny fur on the back are two characters identical with B. Gara-
gassi, but the examination of the dentition of P. Cockerellii, which
was partly possible in the stuffed specimen of the Australian
Musesum. (Fig. 7.), brought me to the conclusion that P. Cocker-
ellii is distinct from B. Garagassi (8.)

(1) Loc. Cit., pi. 16, fig. 4.

(2) Zoolog. part of the Voyage de l'Astrolobe, p, 102.

(3) Loc. Cit. Atlas, pi. 16, fig 2.

(4) E. P. Ramsay. The Mammals of the Chevert Expedition, part I., in
Proc. Linn. Soc. of N.S.W., Vol. II., 1878, p. 14.

(5) E. P. Ramsay. Description of a new Marsupial allied to the Genus
Perameles. Proc. Linn. Soc. of N.S.W., Vol. III., 1879, p. 402.

(6) Peters e Doria. Enumerazione dei Mammiferi, etc., etc., p. 12, pi. X.

(7) E. P. Ramsay, Descriptions of a New Species of Perameles, from New
Ireland. Proceed. Linn. Soc. of N. S. W. Vol. I., 1877, p. 310 and 318.
Note on P. Cockerellii.

(8) At the Meetiug of the Society when this paper was read, and when I had
the opportunity of exhibiting a stuffed specimen of B. Garagassi, Dr. O.
Finsch from Bremen, was present as a guest. Knowing that Dr. Finsch has
collected, during his visit in New Britain in 1881, about twenty specimens
of Perameles, which he obtained in Blanche Bay, it was interesting to
me to ask Dr. Finsch, if he thought B. Garagassii identical with one of the
species from New Brition, and got a decided answer that his specimen
belongs to a different species, which he believed to be P. Doreyanus. The
collections of Dr. Finsch were taken by him to Berlin, but Prof. Peters
died before he could express his opinion about the species of the Perameles
from Blanche Bay.

720 ZOOLOGY OF THE MACLAY-COAST IN NEW GUINEA,

All the Peranielidse with 4. upper incisors agree also in some
other characters, as the bristle-like hair which is more stifi' and
prickly than in the other species with 5 other incisors, and as far as
I can judge from illustrations and stuffed specimens, in the relative
shortness of the hind limbs. I would therefore propose to include
the above mentioned 3 species P. Doreyanus, P. rufescens (1),
P. Coquerellii in the subgenus Brachymelis.

Before the conclusion of this paper I must express my best
thanks to Mr. E. P. Ramsay, at having given me an opportunity
of examining carefully the Peramelidse of the Australian Museum,
and of making the sketches of the dentition of P. Moresbyensis
and P. Cockerellii.

Explanation of Plate XXXVIII.

Fig. 1. — Outline of the lateral view of the Head of Brachymelis Garagassi

Mel. 9> a short time (1| or 2 hours) after death to show the

relative position, shape, and size of the ears, eyes, etc., etc.

(Nat. size.)
Fig. 2. — Lateral view of the teeth of both jaws. {Twice thenat. size.)
Fig. 3. — Teeth of the upper jaw and the ten ridges of the palate. (Twice

the nat- size.)
Fig. 4. — Teeth of the lower jaw. (Ttcice the nat. size )
Fig. 5. — Under surface of the hand of a large Brachymelis Garagassi (j\

(Nat. size.)
Fig. 6. — Under surface of the corresponding foot of the same. (Nat. size.)
Fig. 7. — End of the snout, in profile, of Brachymelis Cockerelli Ems., to

show a part of the dentition of the same. (Nat. size.)
Fig. 8. — End of the snout in profile ot Perameles Moresbiensis Rms. (Nat.

size.)

(1) Peters e Doria. Emerazione dei Mammiferi etc., etc., p. 11.

DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA.

By E. Meyrick, B.A.

XL Oecophorid.e — ( Continued.)

(39. Thyrsopala, Meyr.

This genus may be struck out as non-existent ; it was based on
a single specimen, on the ground of the separation of veins 3 and
4 of hind-wings, an unusual character which has turned out to be
apparently an accidental feature in the individual in question
since other specimens since obtained have these veins placed as
usual in the family.)

40. Philonympha, Meyr.

Head smooth, sidetufts large, spreading, meeting above.
Antenna? moderate, in £ serrate, moderately and evenly ciliated
(1); basal joint stout, with strong pecten. Palpi long, second
joint much exceeding base of antennae, densely scaled, somewhat
loosely beneath, terminal joint considerably shorter than second
slender, recurved. Thorax smooth. Forewings elongate, moderate,
hindmargin rounded or slightly concave. Hindwings almost as
broad as forewings, elongate-ovate, hindmargin rounded, cilia \.
Abdomen moderate. Posterior tibia? clothed with long fine hairs.
Forewings with vein 7 to hindmargin, 2 from before angle of cell.
Hindwings normal.

Only separated from Philobota by the greater comparative
length of the second joint of palpi, which much exceeds base of
antenna? ; the discovery of additional species might render the
genus untenable, but at present it is useful genealogically, since it
appears to mark the transition from Philobota to Protomaclia.
la. Lower half of second joint of palpi dark fuscous.. 249. aparthena.
lb. „ ,, „ „ white 250. pura.

722 DESCRIPTIONS OP AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

249. Phil. apartJiena, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. niveis, costae basi punctisque disci tribus
minimis nigvis ; post, albidis ; palpis basim versus satui-ate fuscis.

£. 22 mm. Head, palpi, antenna?, thorax, abdomen, and legs
white ; lower half of second joint of palpi, sometimes also apex
of terminal joint obliquely dark fuscous ; anterior and middle legs
infuscated. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa moderately
arched, apex almost acute, hindmargin rather concave, rather
strongly oblique ; white ; costal edge slenderly blackish towards
base ; a fine black clot in disc before middle, a second beneath it
on fold, and a third in disc beyond middle : cilia white. Hind-
wings whitish ; cilia white.

Blackheath (3000 to 3500 feet), New South Wales, in November
and January ; two specimens.

250. Phil, pura, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. niveis, $ costae basi punctisque disci duobus
nigrescentibus ; post. $ albidis, £ niveis ; palpis omnino niveis.

^ £. 17-21 mm. Head, palpi, antenna?, thorax, abdomen, and
legs white ; anterior and middle legs infuscated. Forewings
elongate, costa moderately arched, apex almost acute, hindmargin
very obliquely rounded ; white ; extreme base of costa blackish
in ^ ; an indistinct grey or blackish dot in disc before middle,
and another beyond middle, in £ both imperceptible : cilia white.
Hindwings in g whitish, in £ white ; cilia white.

Yery like the preceding, but especially distinguished by the
rounded (not concave) hindmargin of forewings, and the wholly
white palpi.

JJeloraine and Hobart, Tasmania, in November and December ;
three specimens.

41. Peltophora, Meyr.

Head smooth or loosely haired, sidetufts moderate, spreading,
generally meeting above. Antenna? moderate, in £ with long fine
cilia (2-5), basal joint moderate, with strong pecten. Palpi long

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 723

or very long, second joint exceeding, or much exceeding base of
antenna?, with appressed scales, hardly loose beneath, terminal
joint shorter than second, slender, recurved. Thorax smooth.
Foi'ewings elongate, moderate, hindmargin somewhat concave or
rounded. Hingwings slightly narrower than forewings, elongate-
ovate, hindmargin rounded, cilia 5 to J. Abdomen moderate.
Posterior tibiae clothed with long fine hairs. Forewings with vein
7 to hindmargin, 2 from or somewhat before angle of cell, often
stalked with 3. Hindwings normal.

The length of the palpi and of the ciliations of the antennae
differs considerably in different species, and the former ako in the
sexes of the same species in some cases ; the stalking of veins 2
and 3 of the forewings is usually confined to the Q. The genus
may always be separated readily from Philobota by the long
antennal ciliations, and from Compsotropha by the strong basal
pecten : it is probably a development of Philobota through
Philonympha. The species are mostly handsome and striking,
often with yellow or white blotches, or yellow hindwings. The
larva of one Australian species feeds in a sort of nest amongst
spun-together leaves ; that of the European species is said to live
in decayed wood.

The genus is rather extensively represented in Australia ; out-
side this region the only known species is the European P.
forjicella, Sc., classed by European authors with Harpe^lct, but in
my judgment necessarily to be removed thence on account of the
different termination of vein 7 of the forewings, and also different
palpi ; according to a specimen which I possess, it is decidedly
referable to this genus. But it is very probable that the genus
may be found of more general distribution than is at present
known. Hypercallia Stph., a European genus, is also closely
allied to Peltophora in all respects, differing principally by the
absence of the antennal pecten.
la. Hindwings yellow.

2a. Forewings with white or yellow blotches.
3a. Thorax dark fuscous.
4a. Forewings with nine white spots 25 G. marionella.

724 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

4b. Forewings with a yellow blotch 264. helias.

3b. Thorax white or yellow.

4a. Forewings with large yellow blotches 258. tlieorica.

4b. „ with white blotches 259. tJiermochroa.

2b. Forewings without blotches.

3a. Forewings dark fuscous 263. fulvia.

3b. „ whitish-ochreous 269. conjunctella.

lb. Hind wings not yellow.

2a. Forewings yellow or with yellow blotches.

3a. Thorax wholly yellow , 252. coniortia.

3b. ,, not wholly yellow.
4a. Thorax partially yellow.

5a. Forewings with nine yellow blotches 255. gloriosella.

5b. „ with seven yellow blotches 254. argutella.

5c. „ with basal half yellow 251. orthogramma.

4b. Thorax wholly dark fuscous.

5a. Basal yellow blotch narrow, transverse 267. psilopla.

5b. ,, ,, „ . broad.

6a. Basal blotch broadest on inner margin 266. basiplaga.

6b. „ „ „ towards costa 265. proxhnella.

2b. Forewings without yellow markings.

3a. Forewings with white blotches.

4a. With a dark fuscous streak along costa

towards base 260. ntphias.

4b. Costa white towards base.

5a. "White fascia beyond middle entire.

6a. Base of forewings yellowish-white 253. atricollis.

61). „ „ dark fuscous 261. carphalea.

5b, White fascia beyond middle not reaching

costa 257. incomposita.

3b. Forewings without white blotches.

4a. Forewings ochreous- whitish 272. ceratina.

4b. „ not whitish.

5a. Forewings with three discal dots.

6a. Hindwings grey 270. cataxera.

61). ,, ochreous-whitish 271. privatella.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 725

5b. Forewings with one discal dot or. none.

6a. Hindwings rather dark grey 268. glaphyropla.

6b. ,, whitish, dark-margined 262. crypsileuca.

251. Pelt, orthogramma, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. luteis, linea post medium transversa sinuata
saturate purpurea, area apicali omnino griseo-purpurea ; post,
griseis.

<J. 15-16 mm. Head whitish-yellow. Palpi long, whitish-yellow,
anteriorly dark fuscous. Antennae grey, ciliations 3^. Thorax
dark purple-fuscous, becoming pale yellowish posteriorly. Abdo-
men whitish-ochreous, towards the base greyish. Legs dark grey,
posterior pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, costa moder-
ately arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin straight, very
oblique ; whitish-yellow, extreme costal edge blackish at base ;
apical ? of wing greyish-purple, bounded by a deep bluish-purple
sinuate line from ? of costa to inner margin before anal angle ;
cilia light grey. Hind wings grey ; cilia light grey.

Superficially recalls some forms of Coesyra.

Sydney, New South Wales ; Mount Lofty, South Australia ; in
November ; three specimens,

252. Pelt, coniortia, n. sp.

Minor, alis anticis flavis, dimidio posteriori ochreo-flavo, fascia
media sinuata obscure fusca margines non attingente ; post, griseis,
basi flavido-tincta.

^ £. 16-17 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax light yellow ; palpi
rather long. Antennse grey, ciliations 5. Abdomen and legs
whitish-yellow, anterior and middle legs suffused with grey.
Forewings elongate, moderate, costa moderately arched, apex
round-pointed, hindmargin sinuate, very oblique ; bright yellow,
apical half deeper and more ochreous-yellow, separated by a narrow
sinuate central cloudy fuscous fascia, becoming obsolete towards
margins ; in one specimen this fascia is obselete, only somewhat
deeper ochreous-yellow ; costal edge dark fuscous towards base ;
cilia ochreous-yellow. Hindwings grey, base somewhat suffused
with whitish-yellowish : cilia whitish-yellowish.

726 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

Sydney, New South Wales ; in December and January ; three
specimens.

253. Pelt, atricollis, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. niveis, basi partim sulfurea, fascia antica recta,
altera postica maculam mediam canam continente, macula sub-
apicali magna laete ochreo-fuscis ; post, saturatius fuscis.

^ Q. 16-18 mm. Head wbite. Palpi long, white, anteriorly
dark fuscous. Antennas dark fuscous, ciliations 3. Thorax white,
anterior margin rather broadly dark fuscous. Abdomen ochreous-
whitish, irrorated with fuscous. Legs dark fuscous, posterior pair
yellow- whitish. Forewings moderate, costa rather strongly arched,
apex almost acute, hindmargin somewhat sinuate, oblicpie ; white,
base and costal edge somewhat suffused with pale ochi-eous-yel-
lowish ; extreme base of costa dark fuscous ; two straight moder-
ately broad perpendicular reddish-ochreous-brown fascia? ; first
before middle, slightly narrowed beneath ; second beyond middle,
irregularly dilated towards disc, containing a small cloudy white
spot in middle near posterior margin ; an irregular reddish-ochre-
ous-brown blotch on hindmargin, extending from apex to below
middle, and anteriorly only separated from second fascia by a
slender line ; cilia light ochreous-yellowish, with a dark grey apical
bar, beneath anal angle fuscous. Hindwings rather dark fuscous-
grey, lighter towards base ; cilia pale whitish-ochreous, at apex
dark grey.

Superficially resembles some species of Zonopetala.

Sydney, Blackheath (3,500 feet), and Shoalhaven, !New South
Wales ; Mount Lofty, South Australia ; from November to
February, rather common.

254. Pelt, argutella, Z.

{Oecophora argutella, Z., Hor. Ross. 1877, 391.)
Media, alis ant. purpureo-nigris, maculis septem luteis aurantiaco-
suffusis ; post, saturate fuscis.

^ 9. 17-22. Head bright orange. Palpi long, dark fuscous,
terminal joint posteriorly whitish-yellow. Antennas black, cilia-
tions 3£. Thorax orange, anterior margin rather broadly black.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 727

Abdomen grey, segmental margins orange. Legs blackish, posterior
tibiae ochreous-yellow. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa
moderately arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin slightly
sinuate, very oblique ; purplish-black, with seven whitish-yellow
spots mixed with orange ; first basal, transverse, outer edge oblique ;
second rather broad, transverse, not quite reaching costa or inner
margin, narrowed beneath ; third from middle of costa, inwardly
oblique, reaching half across wing; fourth small, roundish, on middle
of inner margin ; fifth transverse, rather narrow, in disc above
anal angle, not nearly reaching costa or inner margin ; sixth on
costa at 5, rather inwardly oblique ; seventh small, on hindmargin
below middle, sometimes produced at apex to meet sixth ; cilia
deep yellow, at apex and anal angle broadly dark grey. Hind wings
dark fuscous ; cilia dark grey, towards inner angle and on apical
half between middle of hindmargin and apex whitish-yellowish.

A very handsome species when fresh.

Larva undescribed ; feeds on Jfonotoca elliptica (Epacridece),
several together in a small dense nest or shelter of silk and refuse
amongst the twigs, in August.

Sydney, New South Wales ; Mount Lofty, Wirrabara Forest,
Ardrossan, and Port Lincoln, South Australia ; from October to
December, flying in the sunshine, tolerably common where its food
plant occurs,

255. Pelt, gloriosella, Walk.

(Oecophora gloriosella, Walk. 697.)

Media, alis ant. saturate purpureo-fuscis, maculis novem flavis ;
post, saturate fuscis.

24 mm. Head orange. Palpi blackish, second joint yellow at
base. Thorax dark purple-fuscous, anteriorly yellow. Forewings
dark purple-fuscous, with nine yellow spots, placed much as in P.
marionella. Hindwings dark fuscous (*?.)

I have not met with this species, which I noted in the British
Museum as apparently near P. marionella, but without describing
it ; the above short description is abstracted from that of Walker,
and may not be accurate. Notwithstanding, the species seems to

728 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

differ notably from P. argutella by the increased number and quite
different position of the spots, from P. marionella by their yellow-
colour, and the dark fuscous hindwings.
Said to be from Tasmania.

256. Pelt, marionella, Newm.

(Oecophora marionella, Newm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. TIL,
(n. s.), 294, PI. XVIIL, 7.)

Media, alis ant. saturate fuscis, maculis novem canis, vix luteo.
tinctis ; post, flavis, margine postico saturate fusco.

£ $. 20-23 mm. Head bright yellow, face greyish. Palpi very
long, dark fuscous, posteriorly whitish -yellowish. Antenna? dark
fuscous, ciliations 3. Thorax dark fuscous, with a small lateral
pale yellowish spot. Abdomen dark fuscous, segmental margins
banded with ochreous-yellow and whitish-yellowish. Legs dark
fuscous, posterior tibiae ochreous-yellow. Forewings elongate, costa
gently arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin sinuate, very
oblique ; dark fuscous, with nine white spots, faintly yellowish-
tinged, especially towards base ; first elongate, along costa near
base ; second similar, along inner margin near base, suffused with
yellow on inner margin ; third broadly cruciform, in disc at ^ •
fourth rather irregular, inwardly oblique, beneath middle of costa ;
fifth small, triangular, above middle of inner margin ; sixth trans-
verse, in disc above anal angle, not nearly reaching costa or inner
margin ; seventh narrow, from costa at 5, inwardly oblique, some-
times coalescing with apex of sixth ; eighth small, irregular, on
hindmargin below middle ; ninth very narrow, along upper half of
hindmargin : cilia fuscous-grey. Hind-wings ochreous-yellow, with
a rather narrow dark fuscous hindmarginal border, broadly dilated
and suffused at apex ; cilia fuscous-grey.

Allied to the two preceding, but with yellow hindwings.

Melbourne, Victoria ; several specimens taken by Mr. G. H.
Raynor in October.

257. Pelt incomposita, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. saturate fuscis, maculis elongatis quinque
ochreo-albis ; post, saturatius fuscis.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 729

g £. 14-19 mm. Head ochreous-white. Palpi very long, dark
fuscous, terminal joint above, and apex of second joint white.
Antennae dark fuscous, ciliations 2|. Thorax dark fuscous, with a
lateral ochreous-white spot. Abdomen pale greyish-ochreous.
Legs dark grey, posterior pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings
elongate, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin
hardly sinuate, oblicpxe ; dark fuscous, with five elongate ochi-eous-
white spots ; first elongate-triangular, extending along costa from
near base to near middle ; second extending along inner margin
from base to near middle ; third extending from middle of disc to
inner margin before anal angle, slightly curved ; fourth from costa
before apex, inwardly oblique, reaching half across wing ; fifth
small, cloudy, indistinct, on hindmargin above anal angle ; cilia
ochreous-white, on apex and anal angle broadly dark grey. Hind-
wings rather dark fuscous ; cilia fuscous-grey, more ochreous
towards inner angle, and on a space beneath apex, with a dark
grey basal line.

Sydney and Mittagong (2000 feet), New South Wales ; in March
and April, appearing to frequent Acacia decurrens, rather common.

258. Pelt theorica, n. sp.

Media, alis ant ochreo-flavis, macula ad basim, fasciis duabus in
costa confluentibus, macula etiam apicis in angulum anal em
producta saturate fuscis ; post, saturate flavis, macula apicis in
angulum anal em anguste producta saturate fusca.

£. 20. Head ochreous-yellow, sides and back of crown dark
fuscous. Palpi long, yellowish-white, terminal joint anteriorly
blackish. Antenna? yellow-whitish, sharply annulated with black.
Thorax ochreous-yellow. Abdomen ochreous-yellow, base of
segments dark fuscous. Legs ochreous yellow, anterior tibiae dark
fuscous except at apex. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa
moderately arched, af>ex round-pointed, hindmargin very obliquely
rounded ; ochreous-yellow ; markings dark fuscous ; a basal patch
extending on costa to \, and on inner magin to 5, outer edge
straight ; a somewhat irregular straight fascia from middle of
costa to middle of inner margin ; a second similar fascia from

730 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

costal origin of first to anal angle ; an apical blotch, narrowly
produced along hindmargin to anal angle : cilia light ochreous-
vellow, at apex and anal angle broadly dark fuscous. Hind wings
deep orange-yellow ; hindmargin slenderly dark fuscous, dilated
into a modei'ate irregular band from middle to apex ; cilia dark
fuscous.

A very handsome species, probably flying by day.

Murrurundi, New South Wales, in November ; one specimen.

259. Pelt, thermochroa, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. saturatius ochreo-fuscis, basi laete ochreo-suffusa,
maculis quinque niveis ; post, fiavis, apice saturate griseo.

£. 16 mm. Head dark fuscous-grey, face white. Palpi very
long, white, second joint with a black subapical ring ; terminal
joint anteriorly blackish. Antenna? white, sharply annulated with
dark fuscous. Thorax snow-white. Abdomen ochreous-yellow.
Legs ochreous-yellow, anterior tibiae dark fuscous. Forewings
elongate, moderate, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed,
hindmargin almost straight, oblique ; rather dark ochreous-f uscous,
suffused with reddish-ochreous towards base, with five snow-white
spots ; first very small, basal ; second fascia-like, fi'orn costa at \
almost to inner margin at g, rather broad above, gradually attenuated
to apex beneath ; third semicircular, on inner margin beyond
middle ; fourth irregulai'ly triangular, on costa at \, reaching half
across wing ; fifth elongate, narrow, along hindmargin from below
apex to middle : cilia dark fuscous, opposite hindmarginal spot
snow-white. Hindwings ochreous-yellow, apex rather broadly
suffused with dark grey ; cilia ochreous-yellow, with a dark grey
apical bar.

Certainly allied to P. theorica, yet very distinct.

Sydney, New South Wales, in December and February ; two
specimens.

2 GO. Pelt, niphias, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. niveis, costa basim versus, striga costa? alteraque
dorsi obliquis confluentibus, puncto disci, linea transversa sinuata,
fascia etiam postica sub costa indentata saturate fuscis ; post,
albido-griseis.

UY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 731

£. 17-18 mm. Head and antenna? white, ciliations 5. Palpi
rather long, white, basal half of second joint dark fuscous. Thorax
white, with a dark fuscous lateral spot. Abdomen whitish-grey.
Legs grey-whitish, anterior and middle pair suffused with grey.
Fore wings elongate, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed,
hindniargin almost straight, oblique ; snow-white, with a few
scattered dark fuscous scales ; markings dark fuscous ; a streak
along costa from base to J ; an irregular cloudy suffusion towards
inner margin at £ ; a bent inwardly oblique narrow streak from
middle of costa, touching apex of a suffused inwardly oblique streak
from | of inner margin ; a blackish dot above middle of disc ; a
sinuate line from middle of costa to anal angle ; a thick cloudy
transverse streak from 5 of costa to anal angle, very sharply
indented inwards beneath costa, thence moderately outwards-
curved ; a row of partially confluent blackish hind marginal dots :
cilia fuscous-grey, whitish at base, and white on anal angle Hind-
wings and cilia whitish-grey.

Allows the normal family type of markings to be seen, recalling
some species of Phloeopola.

Hobart, Tasmania, in December and January ; two specimens.

261. Pelt, carphalea, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. canis, basi, fascia antica lata costam non attin-
gente, altera postica integra, macula etiam apicis in angulum
analem producta saturatius ochreo-fuscis ; post, saturatius fuscis.

<J. 19 mm. Head white. Palpi long, white, basal two-thirds
of second joint dark fuscous. Antenna? whitish, annulated with
dark fuscous. Thorax dark fuscous, with small white anterior and
posterior spots. Abdomen dark fuscous. Legs oehreous-yellow,
anterior pair suffused with grey. Forewings elongate, costa
moderately arched, apex round- pointed, hindmargin .straight,
oblique ; white ; markings rather dark ochreous-fuscous ; a narrow
basal spot ; some ochreous and brown scales towards costa on
basal half; a broad straight fascia before middle, obsolete towards
costa ; a broad straight fascia beyond middle, posterior edge

732 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

indented above middle ; an apical spot, continued along hind.
margin narrowly to anal angle : cilia dark fuscous, whitish
towards tips on hindmargin. Hindwings and cilia dark fuscous.
Brisbane, Queensland, in September ; one specimen.

262. Pelt, crypsileuca, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. rufogriseis, puncto disci cum angulo anali per
strigulam connexo saturate f usco ; post, albidis, margine postico
saturate griseo-suffuso.

ft. 16-17 mm. Head, palpi, an tennse, and thorax rather dark
ochreous-fuscous ; palpi rather long ; antennal ciliations 4. Abdo-
men grey. Legs dark fuscous, posterior pair whitish. Forewings
elongate, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin
almost straight, very oblique; grey, thickly strewn with light
reddish -fuscous scales ; generally a dark fuscous dot in disc beyond
middle, connected with anal angle by a cloudy dark streak : cilia
grey mixed with light reddish-fuscous, beneath anal angle
ochreous- whitish. Hindwings whitish, apex and hindmai-gin more
or less widely suffused with dark grey ; cilia light grey, base
darker.

This species is another instance of the tendency of the
Tasmanian mountains to develop whitish dark-margined hind-
wings.

Mount Wellington, Tasmania, in December, from 2500 to 3000

feet, common.

263. Pelt, fulvia, Butl.

(Cryptopeges fulvia, Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1882, 101.)
Minor, alis ant. saturate fuscis. puncto disci nigro ; post, hete
aurantiacis, margine postico latius nigro.

ft. 15 mm. Head and thorax dark ochreous-fuscous. Palpi
rather long, ochreous, anterior edge fuscous. Antennse dark
fuscous ; ciliations 3. Abdomen dark fuscous. Legs ochreous-
yellow, banded with blackish. Forewings elongate, costa gently
arched, apex rounded, hindmargin straight, oblique ; black,
densely strewn with reddish-ochreous-brown scales ; an obscure

BY E. MEYRICK, B A. 733

black dot in disc beyond middle : cilia Hack mixed with reddish-
brown, tips yellowish-white from apex to above anal angle.
Hindwings bright orange, with a moderately broad black hind-
marginal border, dilated at apex ; cilia dark grey, base blackish,
tips beneath apex yellowish.

Allied to P. crijpslleuca, but widely distinct,

Fernshaw and Warragul, Victoria, in December and January ;
two specimens.

264. Pelt, helias, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. saturate fuscis, macula dorsi ad basim subqua-
drata lutea cano-marginata ; post, lsete aurantiacis, dimidio apicali
saturate fusco.

£. 17 mm. Head light ochreous-yellow. Palpi extremely long,
dark fuscous, apex of second joint white. Antennae dark fuscous ;
ciliations '2h. Thorax and abdomen dark purplish-fuscous. Legs
ochreous-yellow, anterior and middle pair suffused with grey.
Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, hind-
margin hardly rounded, very oblique ; dark fuscous ; a large sub-
quadrate pale yellow, white-margined spot on inner margin near
base, upper side near and parallel to costa, posterior side perpen-
dicular to inner margin , some scattered whitish scales in disc
beyond middle and towards hindmargin : cilia dark fuscous,
beneath anal angle whitish-yellow. Hindwings bright orange,
apical half dark fuscous ; cilia dark fuscous.

Allied to the three following, but differing from all by the
orange anterior half of hindwings.

Sydney, New South Wales in October ; one specimen.

265. Pelt, proximella, Walk.
(Incurvaria ])roximella, Walk. 490.)

Minor, alis ant. saturate purpureo-fuscis, macula dorsi ad basim
subquadrata nava inferius coarctata ; post, saturate fuscis.

^ 9. 14-19 mm. Head ochreous-yellow. Palpi extremely long,

dark fuscous, apex of second joint yellowish. Antenna?, thorax,

and abdomen dark fuscous ; antennal ciliations 3 J. Legs ochreous-

vellow, anterior pair suffused with grey. Forewings elongate,

48

734 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

costa hardly arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin very oblique,
in $ slightly rounded, in $ somewhat sinuate ; dark purplish-
fuscous ; a large subquadrate yellow spot on inner margin
near base, upper side near and parallel to costa, posterior side
somewhat curved, lower side shorter than upper ; extreme costal
edge pale yellow posteriorly ; some whitish-yellow scales on costa
at £ , and on inner margin before anal angle, in £ forming distinct
spots; cilia dark fuscous, tips on hindmargin ochreous-whitish.
Hindwings dark fuscous ; cilia ochreous-yellowish, with a dark
fuscous basal line, round apex becoming wholly dark fuscous.

Distinguished by the form of the yellow spot, which is contracted
below, with the posterior edge curved.

Newcastle and Sydney, New South Wales ; Melbourne, Vic-
toria ; three specimens in October and January.

266. Pelt, basiplaga, Walk.

flncurvaria basiplaga, Walk. 490 ; Oecophora quadratella, ib.
1029.)

Minor, alis ant. saturate purpureo-fuscis, macula dorsi ad basim
subquadrata magna flava inferius dilatata, macula costa? media
parva fasciaque postica angusta albido-ochreis ; post, saturatusi
fuscis.

£ Q. 14-16 mm. Head bright yellow. Palpi in £ long, in Q
extremely long, yellowish, second joint with basal half and sub-
apical ring dark fuscous, in £ anterior edge dark fuscous.
Antenna?, thorax, and abdomen dark fuscous, thorax with a
few yellowish scales anteriorly ; antennal cilia tions 2. Legs
ochreous-yellow, anterior and middle pair banded with dark
fuscous. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex
rounded, hindmargin almost straight, oblique; dark purplish-
fuscous ; a large subquadrate bright yellow blotch on inner
margin near base, upper side near and parallel to costa, posterior
side straight, lower side rather longer than upper ; a small
cloudy whitish-ochreous spot on middle of costa ; a slender
whitish-ochreous fascia from -| of costa to | of inner margin, dilated
on margins, slightly inwards-curved, sometimes interrupted in

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 735

middle ; a few yellowish scales towai'ds middle of hindmargin :
cilia dark fuscous, apical half whitish-ochreous between apex and
anal angle, and with a whitish-yellow spot below anal angle.
Hindwings rather dark fuscous, reddish-tinged ; cilia dark fuscous.

Very like P. proximella, but with the yellow blotch larger,
broadest below, and with "the posterior edge straight.

Brisbane, Queensland ; Sydney and Mittagong (2000 feet), New
South Wales ; rather common from October to March, apparently
frequenting Acacia decurrens.

267. Pelt. jJsilopla, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. saturate purpureo-fuscis, macula dorsi ad basim
angusta flava costam non attingente, fascia postica angusta albido-
ochrea ; post, saturatius fuscis.

£ Q. 13-15 mm. Head bright yellow. Palpi in g rather long,
in $ long, yellow, second joint with basal third and a subapical
ring dark fuscous. Antennae, thorax, and abdomen dark fuscous ;
antennal ciliations 2. Legs ochreous-yellow, anterior and middle
pair banded with dark fuscous. Forewings elongate, costa
moderately arched, apex rounded, hindmargin straight, oblique ;
dark purplish-fuscous ; a rather narrow transverse yellow fascia-
like spot from inner margin near base, not reaching costa ; a
slender whitish-ochreous fascia from § of costa to j of inner
margin, dilated on margins, slightly inwards-curved : cilia dark
fuscous, apical half whitish-ochreous between apex and anal angle,
with a whitish-ochreous spot beneath anal angle. Hindwings
rather dark fuscous, reddish-tinged ; cilia dark fuscous.

Allied to P. basiplaga and P. proximella, but with the yellow
spot very much narrower proportionately.

Sydney, New South Wales, from September to November and
in March, locally rather common amongst Acacia decurrens.

268. Pelt, glaphyropla, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. sericeis, griseis, margine costali angustissime
albo ; post, saturatius griseis

&\ — />

736 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

<£. 19 mm. Head, palpi, antenna), thorax, abdomen, and legs
grey ; posterior legs grey- whitish ; palpi long ; antennal ciliations
3. Forewings elongate, costa slightly arched, apex rounded, hind-
margin almost straight, very oblique ; shining grey, slightly
ochreous-tinged ; costal edge slenderly white from \ to near apex :
cilia shining grey. Hindwings rather dark grey, apex darker ;
cilia grey, with a darker line.

Hobart, Tasmania, in January ; one specimen.

269. Pelt, conjunctella, Walk.

(CEcojihora covjunctella, Walk. 686.)

Media, alis ant. dilute albido-ochreis, interdum punctis disci
duobus saturate fuscis ; post, dilute ochreo-flavis, apice fusco.

£ Q. 20-26 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, thorax, and legs pale
whitish-ochreous ; palpi very long ; antennal ciliations 4 ; anterior
legs internally dark fuscous. Abdomen light ochreous-yellow.
Forewings elongate, moderate, posteriorly somewhat dilated, costa
moderately arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin sinuate,
oblique ; pale whitish-ochreous, sometimes fuscous-tinged ; extreme
base of costa dark fuscous ; sometimes a dark fuscous dot on fold
before middle, and another in disc beyond middle, but these are
often absent : cilia pale whitish-ochreous. Hindwings light
ochreous-yellow, apex and upper part of hindmargin very narrowly
suffused with fuscous-grey ; cilia whitish-yellowish.

Brisbane and Toowoomba (2000 feet), Queensland ; Newcastle
and Sydney, New South Wales ; rather common in September and
October, especially on fences.

270. Pelt, cataxera, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. dilutius ochreo-griseis, punctis disci tribua
serieque postica flexuosa nigrescentibus ; post, griseis.

<J. 22-24 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax light ochreous-grey ;
palpi long. Antenna; grey -whitish, annulated with dark fuscous ;
ciliations 4. Abdomen grey. Legs dark grey, posterior pair grey-
whitish. Forewings elongate, moderate, posteriorly somewhat
dilated, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 737

almost straight, oblique; light grey irrorated with whitish-
ochreous ; extreme costal edge ochreous-whitish, near base black ;
a black dot in disc before middle, a second slightly beyond it on
fold, and a third in disc beyond middle ; a transverse line of
cloudy blackish dots from f of costa to anal angle, irregularly
sinuate inwards beneath qpsta, obtusely angulated above middle :
cilia light grey, irrorated with whitish-ochreous. Hindwings and
cilia grey.

Separable from the following by the grey hindwings.

Deloraine, Tasmania, in November ; two specimens.

271. Pelt, pricatella, Walk.

(Crytolechia privatella, Walk. 753 ; Cri/ptolechia latiorella ib.
755 ; Chezala allatella ib. 788.)

Major, alis ant. dilute albido-fuscis, punctis disci tribus serieque
postica flexuosa nigrescentibus ; post, ochreo-albidis.

£ $. 25-28 mm. Head and thorax pale whitish-fuscous. Palpi
long, white, second joint dark fuscous except at apex. Antennae
ochreous-whitish, ciliations 3|. Abdomen pale whitish-ochreous.
Legs dark fuscous, posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings
elongate, moderate, somewhat dilated posteriorly, costa moderately
arched, apex obtuse, hindmargin straight, hardly oblique ; pale
whitish-fuscous, with a few black scales ; extreme costal edge pale
whitish-ochreous, at base black ; a black dot in disc before middle,
a second rather beyond it on fold, and a third in disc beyond
middle ; a transverse row of indistinct blackish dots from | of costa
to before ana), angle, obtusely angtilated above middle, thence curved
to inner margin : cilia whitish-grey, with rows of whitish points.
Hindwings and cilia ochreous-whitish.

Recognisable by its large size, whitish-fuscous forewings, and
ochreous-whitish hind wings.

Sydney, New South Wales ; Melbourne, Victoria ; locally rather
common in September and October.

272. Pelt, ceratina, n. sp.
Media, alis ant. ochreo-albidis, squamis dispersis nigris ; post,
ochreo-albidis.

738 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

(J. 21 mm. Head, palpi, antenna?, thorax, abdomen, and legs
ochreous-whitish ; palpi rather long ; antennal ciliations 4 ; anterior
legs dark fuscous. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched,
apex round-pointed, hind margin almost straight, rather strongly
oblique ; ochreous-whitish, with some quite irregularly scattered
black scales, partially coalescing to form small dots ; cilia ochreous-
whitish. Hind wings and cilia ochreous-whitish.

Mount Wellington (2500 feet), Tasmania, at the end of January ;
one specimen.

42. Orophia, Meyr.

Head loosely haired, sidetufts large, meeting above, projecting
between antennae. Antenna? moderate, in £ serrate, rather strongly
ciliated (2), basal joint rather stout, with strong pecten. Palpi
long, second joint exceeding base of antennae, densely scaled,
beneath roughly towards apex, terminal joint considerably shorter
than second, slender, curved. Thorax smooth. Forewings elongate,
moderate, hindmargin sinuate, oblique. Hindwings as broad as
forewings, elongate-ovate, hindmargin rounded, cilia |. Abdomen
moderate. Posterior tibia> clothed with very long fine hairs.
Forewings with vein 7 to hindmargin, 2 and 3 from considerably
before angle of cell. Hindwings normal.

Closely allied to Peltophora, from which it is distinguished
principally by the position of veins 2 and 3 of the forewings ; and
also with some apparent affinity to Pleurota,

273. Oroph cinetica, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. flavidis, interdum dilute griseo-suffusis, saepius
punctis disci tribus minimis nigris ; post, griseis.

£ 2- 17-22 mm. Head and thorax whitish-yellow or ochreous-
yellow. Palpi whitish-yellow, sometimes grey anteriorly. Antenna?
whitish or grey. Abdomen ochreous-whitish or grey-whitish.
Legs ochreous-whitish, anterior pair suffused with grey. Forewings
elongate, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin
sinuate, very oblique ; whitish-yellow or light ochreous-yellow,
sometimes suffused with very light grey except costa, a discal

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 739

streak, and subinedian fold ; generally a minute black dot in disc
before middle, a larger one rather before it on fold, and another in
disc beyond middle, but these are sometimes wholly absent : cilia
whitish-yellow, terminal half pale grey. Hindwings grey ; cilia
whitish-grey.

Varies in respect of the .greyish suffusion, depth of ground colour
and presence of the discal dots ; Southern specimens are larger and
greyer.

Sydney, Blackheath (3500 feet), and Shoalhaven, New South
Wales ; Warragul, Victoria ; Hobart. Tasmania ; common from
November to January.

43. Protomacha, Meyr.

Head loosely haired, sidetufts large, spreading, meeting above,
projecting between antennae. Antennas moderate, in <£ moderately
and evenly ciliated (1), basal joint moderate, with strong pecten.
Palpi long, second joint considerably exceeding base of antennas,
densely clothed with loose hairscales, roughly projecting above
towards apex, and sometimes beneath somewhat beyond middle ;
terminal joint rather shorter than second, slender, curved. Thorax
smooth. Forewings elongate, moderate, hindmargin very oblique.
Hindwings as broad as forewings, elongate-ovate, hindmargin
rounded, cilia £ to f. Abdomen moderate. Posterior tibiae
clothed with long fine hairs. Forewings with vein 7 to hind-
margin, 2 from distinctly before angle of cell. Hindwings
normal.

Characterised by the peculiar structure of the second joint of
palpi ; allied to Pleurota, of which it is perhaps an earlier form,
indicating oi'igin from Philonymplia.

la. Forewings white 276. cava.

lb. ,, brassy-ochreous.

2a. Sidetufts of head white 274. consuetella.

2b. ,, ,, yellowish-ochreous 275. chalcaspis.

274. Prot. consuetella, Walk.
(Gelechia consuetella, Walk. 651.)

7-10 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

Minor, alis ant. sericeis, ameo-ochreis, costa anguste nivea ; post,
dilute griseis ; capillis niveis.

J" $. 15-17 mm. Head brassy-ochreous, mixed with white,
sidetufts snow-white. Palpi dark grey mixed with white, above
snow-white. Antennas grey. Thorax brassy-ochreous. Abdomen
light grey. Legs dark grey, posterior pair grey- whitish. Fore-
wings elongate, slightly dilated, costa almost straight, apex round-
pointed, hindmargin slightly sinuate, very oblique ; shining brassy-
ochreous ; costa narrowly snow-white from near base to \ : cilia
shining brassy whitish-ochreous. Hindwings light grey ; cilia
grey- whitish.

Sydney and Blackheath (3500 feet), New South Wales, from
September to November, and in January ; common.

275. Prot. chalcaspis, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. sericeis, aeneo-ochreis, costa anguste nivea ;
post, dilute griseis ; capillis saturatius ochreis.

£. 19-20 mm. Head and thorax deep yellowish-ochreous. Palpi
dark fuscous, above white. Antennae grey. Abdomen ochreous-
whitish. Legs dark grey, posterior pair whitish. Forewings
elongate, costa hardly arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin
straight, very oblique ; shining brassy-ochreous ; costa narrowly
white from near base to f : cilia shining brassy whitish-ochreous.
Hindwings light grey ; cilia grey-whitish.

Separable from P. consuetella by the wholly ochreous head ;
otherwise very similar, but a larger and somewhat duller insect.

Sydney and Blackheath (3o00 feet), New South Wales, in
November ; very common in the mountain locality, but rare lower
down.

276. Prot. cava, Butl.

(Zacorus cams, Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1882, 103.)

Major, alis ant. sericeis, candidis ; post, dilute griseis.

£. 24-26 mm. Head, palpi, antenna), and thorax snow-white;

face and anterior side of palpi dark grey. Abdomen light grey.

Legs dark grey, posterior pair grey-whitish. Forewings elongate,

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A.

741

slightly dilated, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, hind-
margin straight, rather strongly oblique ; shining snow-white ;
extreme base of costa black : cilia shining snow-white. Hind-
wings light grey ; cilia whitish-grey.

Melbourne, Victoria; taken rather commonly by Mr. G. H.
Kay nor.

44. Thalerotricha, Meyr.

Head smooth in front, sidetufts large, roughly spreading, directed
forwards. Antennae moderate, in g with long fine cilia (3), basal
joint rather stout, without pecten. Palpi moderate, second joint
reaching base of antenna?, densely scaled, beneath with rough loose
projecting hair-scales throughout, not forming a tuft ; terminal
joint as long as second, slender, curved. Thorax smooth. Fore-
wings elongate, moderate, hindmargin oblique. Hind wings hardly
narrower than forewings, elongate-ovate, hindmargin rounded, cilia
!-. Abdomen moderate. Posterior tibias clothed with Ions; hairs.
Porewings with vein 7 to hindmargin, 2 from somewhat before
angle of cell. Hindwings normal.

Not very close to any other known genus, though certainly to be
placed in this neighbourhood ; perhaps nearest to $aropla, but at
present of doubtful origin.

277. Thai, mylicella, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. ochreo-albidis, ad dorsum niveo-suffusis, postice
griseo-tinctis, punctis disci quattuor serieque marginis postici nigris,
linea ciliorum subapicali saturate fusca ; post, albido-griseis.

g 2- 14-17 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax snow-white. An-
tenna? grey, towards base white. Abdomen and legs grey-whitish,
anterior and middle pair internally dark fuscous. Forewings
elongate, moderate, rather strongly dilated, -costa gently arched,
apex round-pointed, hindmargin almost straight, rather strongly
oblique ; ochreous-whitish, becoming white towards inner margin,
apical half greyish-tinged ; a small black dot in disc before middle,
a second rather below it on fold, a third in disc beyond middle, and
a fourth a little below third : a very faintly darker curved posterior

742 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LRPIDOPTERA,

line ; sometimes a few black scales posteriorly ; a hindmarginal row
of minute black dots : cilia light ochreous-grey irrorated with
whitish, with a dark fuscous subapical line. Hindwings whitish-
grey ; cilia grey-whitish.

Sydney and Blackheath (3500 feet), New South Wales ; "Delo-
raine, Tasmania ; common in October and November.

44.* Phryganeutis, n. g.

Head with loosely appressed scales, side tufts rather large, meeting
above. Antennae in g moderate, with fine long cilia (3), basal
joint moderate, with strong pecten. Palpi long, second joint much
exceeding base of antennas, clothed anteriorly with long scales which
expand above and beneath to form a rough apical tuft, terminal
joint shorter than second, slender, obliquely ascending, partially
concealed in apical tuft. Thorax smooth. Forewings elongate,
apex pointed, hindmargin very oblique. Hindwings as broad
as forewings, elongate-ovate, hindmargin rounded, cilia f . Abdomen
moderate. Posterior tibia? clothed with long hairs. Forewings
with vein 7 to hindmargin, 2 from before angle of cell. Hindwings
normal.

Not included in the analytical table, having been discovered
since ; it will fall under the same head with Palparia, but be
separated by the hairs of second joint of palpi expanding above at
apex. Intermediate in characters and development between
Protomacha and Pleurota.

278. Phnjg. cinerea, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. griseis, cano nigroque conspersis, punctis disci
elongatis tribus nigrescentibus ; post, dilute griseis.

g. 23 mm. Head and antennae grey- whitish. Palpi dark grey,
suffused with white above. Thorax dark fuscous mixed with white.
Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs whitish, anterior pair internally
dark fuscous. Forewings elongate, costa slightly arched, apex
round-pointed, hindmargin straight, very oblique ; grey, densely
irrorated with white and dark fuscous ; a small linear dark fuscous
mark in disc before middle, a second directly beneath it on fold,

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 743

and a third less elongate in disc beyond middle : cilia pale grey
mixed with white, with two cloudy darker lines. Hindwings pale
grey ; cilia grey-whitish.

Mount Lofty, South Australia ; one specimen received from
Mr. E. Guest, who states that it is not scarce.

45? Saropla, Meyr.

Head loosely scaled, sidetufts large, spreading, somewhat pro-
jecting between antennae. Antennae moderate, in £ moderately
and evenly ciliated (1), ba^al joint moderate, with strong pecten.
Palpi moderate or long, second joint reaching or considerably
exceeding base of antennae, densely scaled, beneath with a short
loose spreading tuft towards apex ; terminal joint shorter or much
shorter than second, slender, oblique, often partially concealed.
Thorax smooth. Forewings elongate, hindmargin more or less
concave, oblique. Hindwings narrower than forewings, elongate-
ovate or broadly lanceolate, cilia 5 to 1^. Abdomen moderate.
Posterior tibiae clothed with very long hairs. Forewings with
vein 7 to hindmargin, 2 from distinctly before angle of cell.
Hind wing normal, cell sometimes elongate.

It seems unnecessary to divide this genus, although there is some
range of structural variation in the different species. & hyperocha
is the neai-est to the ancestral form ; S. cleronoma represents an
extreme of retrograde development. The genus is nearly allied to
Pleurota, and may probably be regarded as an offshoot from an
early form of that genus. It is further interesting as having
considerable direct affinity with the European genera Holoscolia
and Topeutis (most visible in S. melanoneura) which are probably
offshoots from it.

la. Hindwings lanceolate 283. cleronoma.

1 b. „ elongate-ovate

2a. Apex of forewings strongly produced 279. melanoneura.

2b. „ ,, ,, not produced

3a. Markings rather dark fuscous 280. hyperocha.

3b. ,, ochreous

4a. Markings sharply defined 281. ccelatella.

4b. „ obscure 282. philocala.

744 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

279. Sar. melanoneura, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. fuscis, venis marginibusque latins niveo-lineatis ;
post, albido-griseis.

£ Q. 13-18 mm. Head and antennae white. Palpi white,
second joint greyish-fuscous externally except towards apex.
Thorax white, with a narrow pale ochreous stripe on side of back,
and broad ochreous-brown lateral stripe. Abdomen and legs
white, anterior pair internally fuscous. Forewings elongate, costa
moderately arched, apex acutely pointed, strongly produced, hind-
margin strongly sinuate, very oblique ; ochreous-fuscous ; all veins
and margins rather strongly marked with snow-white, sometimes
partially confluent : cilia white, with a blackish subbasal line, tips
dark fuscous, lighter towards anal angle. Hindwings whitish-
grey ; cilia whitish, with a grey line round apex.

Departs from the rest of the genus in markings and form of
forewings.

Sydney and Shoalhaven, New South Wales, in October and
January; two specimens.

280. Sar. hi/perocha, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. niveis, striga subcostali abbreviata, altera
subdorsali, punctis disci duobus his aojacentibus, fascia obliqua e
striga subcostali in angulum analem percurrente, trianguloque
marginis postici magno ochreo-fuscis ; post, dilutius griseis.

(J. 19-21 mm. Head white. Palpi white, second joint brownish-
ochreous except at base and apex. Antennee grey. Thorax
white, with a lateral brownish-ochreous stripe. Abdomen whitish-
grey, anal tuft ochreous-tinged. Legs white, anterior pair
internally dark fuscous. Forewings elongate, somewhat dilated
posteriorly, costa hardly arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin
somewhat sinuate, rather strongly oblique; snow-white, with
ochreous-brown markings ; a moderately broad subcostal streak
from base of costa to costa again at § ; a similar streak above
inner margin from base to inner margin at § ; a moderately broad
streak from subcostal streak beyond middle to anal angle, con-
tracted at origin ; a rather darker round dot touching lower

BY E. MEYHICK, B A. 745

margin of subcostal streak before middle, and a second rather
beyond it touching upper margin of subdorsal streak ; a small
cloudy inwardly oblique mark on costa at 5 ; a triangular blotch on
hindmargin, extending from apex to anal angle : cilia white, with
broad ochreous-brown bars at apex and anal angle, and lower half
ochreous brown from apex- to near anal angle. Hindwings rather
light fuscous-grey ; cilia grey- whitish.

Much larger and darker than the following species, which it
closely resembles in marking.

Blackheath (3500 feet), New South Wales, in November •
common.

281. Sar. ccelateUa, n. sp.

Parva, alis ant. niveis, striga e basi in costam ante apicem
percurrente, altera subdorsali, fascia subobliqua e striga subcostali
in angulum analem perducta, trianguloque marginis postici
dilutius ochreis, partim nigro-marginatis ; post, albido-griseis.

£ <J. 11-14 mm. Head and antennae white. Palpi white,
second joint suffused with ochreous externally except towards
apex. Thorax white, with a bright ochreous lateral stripe.
A.bdomen whitish-ochreous. Legs dark fuscous, posterior pair
whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, apex
round-pointed, hindmargin very obliquely rounded ; snow-white,
markings rather pale bright ochreous, partially finely blackish-
margined ; a moderate streak from middle of base to costa at f ;
a straight fascia from this streak beyond middle to anal angle ; a
moderate streak from base of inner margin to this fascia above
anal angle ; a round black dot on upper margin of subdorsal
streak at J ; an elongate-triangular hind-marginal blotch, extend-
ing from apex to near anal angle : cilia white, with a broad
median and narrow apical line irrorated with black points. Hind-
wings whitish-grey ; cilia pale whitish-yellowish.

Much smaller than S. hyperocha, with the markings pale
ochreous, black-margined, the subcostal streak starting from
middle of base instead of from costa, the subdorsal streak termi-
nating in the transverse fascia.

746 DESCRIPTIONS OP AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

Toowoomba (2000 feet), Queensland ; Sydney and Blackheath
(3500 feet), New South Wales ; Port Lincoln, South Australia;
common from September to February.

282. Sar. philocala, n. sp.

Parva, alis ant. niveis, squamis postice dispersis saturate fuscis,
striga subcostali medium discum attingente, altera dorsali, fascia
etiam postica incurvata seneo-ochreis, punctis discum versus
quattuor nigris ; post, ochreo-albidis.

£ Q. 11-13 mm. Head white. Palpi white, second joint
externally pale ochreous except towards apex. Antennae grey.
Thorax white, with a brownish-ochreous lateral stripe. Abdomen
whitish-ochreous. Legs whitish-ochreous, anterior pair dark
fuscous. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, apex rounded,
hindmargin very obliquely rounded ; white, with some large
scattered dark fuscous scales except towards base ; a broad brassy-
ochreous streak from base of costa to middle of disc, posteriorly
suffusedly bifurcate ; a broad brassy-ochreous streak along inner
margin from base to f, attenuated to apex, enclosing a small
white marginal spot near base ; a round black dot on submedian
fold before middle, a second in middle of disc, a third more trans-
verse in disc beyond middle, and a fourth at apex of dorsal
streak ; a suffused moderately broad inwards-curved brassy-
ochreous fascia from f of costa to anal angle ; an indistinct
fuscous line on hindmargin : cilia white, apical half whitish-
ochreous, tips fuscous. Hindwings ochreous-whitish, slightly
greyish-tinged ; cilia ochreous-whitish.

Cannot be confused with the preceding.

Sydney and Blackheath (3500 feet), New South Wales ; common
from October to February.

283. Sar. cleronoma, n. sp.

Parva, alis ant. canis, saturate fusco-sparsis, punctis disci tribus
fasciaque postica obliqua angusta saturate fuscis ; post, griseo-
albidis.

^ 5. 11 mm. Head, antennre, and thorax white. Palpi white,
second joint whitish-ochreous on basal half. Abdomen and legs

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 747

ochreous-whitish, anterior pair fuscous. Forewings elongate, narrow,
costa gently arched, apex acutely pointed, hindmargin extremely
obliquely rounded, merged with inner margin ; white, thinly and
irregularly sprinkled with ochreous and dark fuscous ; a small
cloudy dark fuscous spot in disc before middle, a second obliquely
beyond it on fold, and a third in disc beyond middle ; a cloudy dark
fuscous streak from costa at I to anal angle : cilia white, with a
strong dark fuscous apical line. Hindwings lanceolate, grey-
whitish ; cilia ochreous-whitish.

Both forewings and hindwings are in fact lanceolate.

Brisbane, Queensland ; Sydney, New South Wales ; two speci-
mens in September and October.

46. Pleurota, Hb.

Head loosely scaled, sidetufts large, spreading. Antenna?
moderate, in £ moderately and evenly ciliated (1-2), basal joint
stout, usually with strong pecten (rarely absent.) Palpi very long,
second joint very long, straight, horizontally porrected or somewhat
ascending, clothed with dense rough projecting scales above and
beneath, terminal joint much shorter than second, slender, ascending.
Thorax smooth. Forewings elongate, moderate, hindmargin oblique.
Hindwings as broad as forewings, or slightly narrower, elongate-
ovate, hindmavgin rounded, cilia § to 5. Abdomen moderate.
Posterior tibiae with long fine hairs. Forewings with vein 7 to
hindmargin, 2 from somewhat before angle of cell. Hindwings
normal.

Easily recognised by the peculiar palpi, of which the long second
joint is roughly haired above and beneath throughout. The
European genus Topentis has similar palpi, but differs in the long
fine ciliations of the antennas. In the first four species the basal
pecten of the antennas is either absent or little developed and
fugitive, but it seems quite unnecessary to separate them generi-
cally. The genus may probably be regarded as a development from
Protomacha.

The distribution is interesting, since the genus is represented in
Europe and Northern Asia by over twenty species, and I have

748 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

already sixteen from Australia; but at present none are known
from any other region. Doubtless, however, it will be found to
occur through Southern Asia and the Malay Archipelago. In
America it seems to be probably really absent; New Zealand has
also failed to produce this or any nearly allied genus. The Austra-
lian species are all more nearly allied together than to the European.
Very few of the larvae of the European species are known ;
these do not seem to present any peculiarity of habit. I have not
met with any of the Australian, but it is very probable that some
at least feed on grass.
la. Head distinctly yellow.

2a. Thorax wholly dark fuscous 291. callizona.

2b. ,, not wholly dark fuscous.

3a. Dorsal streak ochreous-yellow 292. peloxantha.

3b. ,, ,, dark fuscous.
4a. With a dark central fascia parallel to hind-
margin 290. brevivittella.

4b. Without such fascia.

5a. Forewings suffused with light ochreous-

brown 293. pyrosema.

5b. ,, not suffused with brown -. ISbi. psammoxantha

lb. Head not yellow.

2a. Forewings 1 ight ochreous-yellow 288 protogramma.

2b. ,, not yellow.

3a. Head grey or ochreous.

4a. Forewings with three discal dots 287. psepliena.

4b. ,, without discal dots.

5a. Head and thorax grey 286. tephrina.

5b. ,, ,, ,, ochreous 289. crassinervis.

3b. Head white or ochreous-whitish.

4a. Basal third of costa dark fuscous 298. stasiastica.

4b. ,, „ ,, ,, not dark fuscous.

5a. With an oblique dark streak from anal angle.

6a. Three discal dots distinct 284. themeropis.

6b. „ „ ,, obsolete.

7a. Oblique anal streak reaching costa 295. endesma.

BY E. MEYRICK, G.A. 749

7b. Oblique anal streak not reaching -costa 297. chlorochyta.

5b. Without oblique anal streak.

6a. Second discal dot obliquely beyond first ...299. argoptera.

6b. ,, ,, „ „ before first.

7a. Forewings ochreous- whitish 29 G. gypsina.

7b. ,, brownish-ochreous irrorated with

white 285. zalocoma.

284. Pleur. themeropis, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. canis, striga subcostal i discum medium vix
attingente, altera dorsi Integra, fascia postica retro-angulata,
trianguloque marginis postici ochreis fuscisve, punctis disci tribus
nigris ; post, dilutius griseis.

£ £. 17-19. Head white. Palpi white, second joint dark
fuscous except at base and towards apex above. An tenure grey.
Thorax white, with a pale ochreous lateral stripe. Abdomen
whitish-grey. Legs grey-whitish, anterior pair internally dark
fuscous. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, apex round-
pointed, hindmargin straight, very oblique ; white ; markings
cloudy, light yellowish-ochreous, in <J mixed with dark fuscous ; a
subcostal streak from base to middle, posteriorly very indistinct ;
a streak along inner margin from base to anal angle, suffused with
white on margin towards base ; an inwardly oblique streak from
costa at f , and another from anal angle, meeting in disc ; a black
dot in disc before middle, a second more elongate obliquely befoie
it on fold, and a third in disc beyond middle ; a triangular blotch
on hindmargin, extending from apex almost to anal angle : cilia
white, slightly mixed with ochreous, with an ochreous bar at apex
and anal angle. Hindwings light grey ; cilia grey-whitish.

Except in the differently placed discal spots, much resembling a
very pale Sar. hyperocha.

Deloraine and Hobart, Tasmania ; four specimens in November
and December.

285. Pleur. zalocoma, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. fusco-ochreis, cano magis minusve irroratis,
punctis disci tribus nigris interdum obsoletis ; post, dilutius griseis.
49

750 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

£. 20-21 mm. Head white. Palpi white, second joint dark
fuscous except towards base and apex above. Antennae grey.
Thorax grey, shoulders ochreous-fuscous, centre sometimes white.
Abdomen grey. Legs dark fuscous, posterior pair grey-whitish.
Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed,
hindmargin almost straight, very oblique ; brownish-ochreous,
densely irrorated with grey-whitish, and sometimes partially with
dark fuscous ; absence of irroration sometimes produces broad
subcostal and dorsal streaks, and hindmarginal blotch ; extreme
costal edge whitish, towards base blackish ; a round black dot in
disc before middle, a second more elongate obliquely before it on
fold, and a third in disc beyond middle : cilia whitish-ochreous or
whitish-grey, irrorated with whitish. Hindwings rather light
grey ; cilia grey-whitish.

Var. a. White irroration wholly absent, and discal dots hardly
perceptible ; head grey-whitish.

Nearly allied to P. themeropis, but with the ground colour
brownish-ochreous, not white as in that species ; in other characters
variable.

Mount Wellington, Tasmania, at 2500 feet ; four specimens
beaten from Lcptospermum in December.

28G. Pleur. tephrina, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. dilutius fusco-griseis, striga dorsi albido nigroque
mixta, venis postice nigro-lineatis ; post, griseis.

g. 20 mm. Head and antennoe grey. Palpi dark grey mixed
with white. Thorax grey, with a dark fuscous lateral stripe.
Abdomen grey. Legs dark fuscous, posterior pair grey- whitish.
Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, hind-
margin sinuate, very oblique ; light brownish-grey ; costal edge
whitish, towards base blackish ; a streak along inner margin
irrorated with white and dark fuscous ; veins slightly and obscurely
lined with whitish, posterior veins irregularly lined with black :
cilia grey, mixed with whitish, with a very obscure darker line.
Hindwings grey ; cilia whitish-grey.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 751

An obscure-looking but distinct species.
Deloraine, Tasmania ; one specimen in November.

287. Pleur. pesephena, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant, ochreo-griseis, saturatiori-irroratis, punctis disci
tribus nigris ; post, griseis-.

(J 9. 14-16 mm. Head pale grey ish-ochreous. Palpi whitish-
ochreous, second joint dark fuscous externally except at base and
apex above. Antennae grey. Thorax ochreous-gi-ey. Abdomen
grey. Legs dark grey, posterior pair grey-whitish. Forewings
elongate, costa slightly arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin
almost straight, very oblique ; ochreous-grey, more or less irrorated
with darker grey ; costal edge whitish-ochreous, towards base
obscurely blackish ; a round blackish dot in disc before middle, a
second slightly beyond it on fold, and a third in disc beyond
middle : cilia very pale ochreous-grey, with a dark fuscous basal
line. Hind wings grey ; cilia whitish-grey.

Smaller, greyer, and darker than P. zalocoma, with the discal
dots differently placed.

Mount Wellington, Tasmania, at 2500 feet ; eight specimens in
December.

288. Pleur. protogramma, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. flavidis, puncto disci nigro ; post, dilutius
griseis.

(J. 15 mm. Head ochreous-whitish. Palpi dark fiiscous, upper
hairs of second joint, and apical § of terminal joint whitish.
Antennae grey. Thorax light ochreous-yellow. Abdomen and
legs grey. Forewings elongate, costa slightly arched, apex round-
pointed, hindmargin almost straight, very oblicpie ; light ochreous-
yellow ; extreme base of costa blackish ; a round black clot in disc
beyond middle : cilia pale yellowish. Hind wings light grey ; cilia
whitish-grey.

"Very distinct from any other.

Colac, Victoria; found by Mr. G. H. Raynor flying commonly
in a pasture-field, in October.

752 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

289. Pleur. crassinervis, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. saturatius fuscis, venis marginibusque suffusis
flavidis ; post, griseis.

£ 9- 13-15 ram. Head brownish-ochreous, side-tufts ochreous-
whitish. Palpi dark-fuscous, upper hairs of second joint, and apical
| of terminal joint whitish. Antennae grey. Thorax yellowish-
ochreous, back mixed with deep fuscous. Abdomen dark grey.
Legs grey, anterior pair dark fuscous. Forewings elongate, costa
gently arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin straight, very
oblique ; rather dark fuscous ; all veins and margins suffusedly
lined with light ochreous-yellow, sometimes partially confluent ;
cilia fuscous, somewhat mixed with yellowish. Hindwings grey ;
cilia light grey.

Allied to P. protogramma, but suffused with dark fuscous
except on veins.

Sydney, New South "Wales ; locally common in pasture-fields, in
August and September.

290. Pleur. brevivittella, Walk.

(Tkema brevivitella, Walk. 802.)

Minor, alis ant. dilute flavis, striga e basi in discum medium
percurrente, altera dorsi, fasciis duabus posticis in costa ac sub disco
connexis, tertia marginis postici fuscis ; post, fulvis saturatiusve
fuscis.

£. 12-13 mm. Head pale yellow. Palpi dark fuscous, upper
hairs of second joint and apical f of terminal joint above yellowish-
whitish. Antennae dark grey. Thorax light yellow, with a dark
fuscous central stripe. Abdomen dark grey, apex ochreous-yellow.
Legs dark fuscous, posterior pair ochreous- whitish. Forewings
elongate, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin
straight, very oblique; light ochreous-yellow; markings ochreous-
fuscous irrorated with dark fuscous ; a moderate streak from base
of costa to middle of disc, meeting first fascia, and another along
inner margin to f ; a narrow fascia from beyond middle of costa to
middle of inner margin, and a second from f of costa to anal angle,

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 753

connected with first on costa, and again by a bar from middle of
first to anal angle ; a narrow streak along hindmargin : cilia pale
yellow, with a fuscous bar at apex and anal angle, basal half on
hindmargin reddish-ochreous. Hindwings deep fulvous or rather
dark fuscous ; cilia fuscous.

Distinguished from all by the two posterior fasciae.

Brisbane, Queensland ; Murrurundi and Sydney, New South
Wales ; Fernshaw, Victoria ; in October and November, not
uncommon, flying in the sunshine,

291. Pleur callizona, n, sp.

Minor, alis ant. dilute fiavis, costa basim versus, fascia media,
altera etiam marginis postici latiore cum prima sub medio connexa
saturate fuscis ; post, saturate fuscis.

,J. 13 mm. Head light yellow. Palpi light yellow, second
joint externally dark fuscous except upper hairs. Antennae,
thorax, abdomen, and legs dark fuscous ; posterior legs suffused
with grey -whitish. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, apex
round-pointed, hindmargin almost straight, very oblique ; light
yellow, markings dark fuscous ; a streak along basal third of costa;
a moderate fascia from middle of costa to beyond middle of inner
margin, attenuated on costa ; a modei-ately broad hindmarginal
band, anterior edge near anal angle connected with middle of
central fascia by a bar : cilia dark fuscous, beneath anal angle light
yellow, terminal half on a space beneath apex yellow-whitish.
Hindwings and cilia dark fuscous.

A very distinct and handsome species.

Fernshaw, Victoria, in November ; two specimens.

297. Pleur. 'peloxantlia, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. fuscis, striga dorsi attenuata dilute flava ; post,
fuscis.

g. 13-14 mm. Head and palpi light ochreous-yellow, second
joint externally with basal half and a subapical ring dark fuscous.
Antennae fuscous. Thorax pale oohreous-yellow, with a fuscous
lateral stripe. Abdomen ochreous-grey. Legs light ochreous-

7-34 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

yellow, anterior pair internally dark fuscous. Forewings elongate,
costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin almost straight,
very oblique ; fuscous ; extreme costal edge light yellow from near
base to near apex ; a light ochreous yellow moderately broad streak
along inner margin almost from base to anal angle, gradually
attenuated to extremity, somewhat interrupted near before ex-
tremity : cilia fuscous, with a cloudy darker central line, beneath
anal angle light yellow. Hindwings fuscous ; cilia pale fuscous.

Very distinct.

Brisbane, Queensland, in September ; three specimens.

* 293. Pleur. pyrosema, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. saturate flavis, fusco-suftusis, striga dorsi
attenuata nigrescente supra laete flavo-marginata, macula anguli
analis erecta fusca ; post, fulvis.

(J. 13-15 mm. Head yellow-ochreous. Palpi dark fuscous,
upper bail's of second joint, and terminal joint above whitish-
ochreous. Antennre fuscous. Thorax ochreous-orange, shoulders
narrowly and a broad central stripe dark fuscous. Abdomen and
legs dark fuscous, posterior pair ochreous. Forewings elongate,
costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin almost
straight, very oblique ; ochreous-yellow or oi'ange, suffused with
light ochreous-brown ; a short very suffused dark fuscous streak
from base above middle ; a moderately broad blackish streak along
inner mai-gin from base to §, attenuated to extremity, margined
above by a clear ochreous-yellow or orange streak ; a cloudy
fuscous erect spot on anal angle ; cilia brownish-ochreous, terminal
half dark grey. Hindwings rather deep fulvous ; cilia fuscous.

Allied to P. psammoxantha, but much more deeply coloured,
with the dorsal streak not distinctly toothed.

Murrurundi and Sydney, New South Wales ; Melbourne and
Fernshaw, Victoria ; tolerably common from September to
November.

* I have since satisfied myself that this is the tf of P. brecicittella.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 755

294. Pleur. psammoxantha, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. ochreo-flavis, striga dorsi attenuata postice
bidentata nigresceute, £ sfcrigula anguli analis obliqua fusca, £
striga curva e costas basi in angulum analem percurrente cum
fascia marginis postici attenuata conjuncta ochreo-fuscis ; post,
saturate griseis.

(J. 14-16 mm. Head and palpi ochreous-yellow, second joint
dark fuscous except upper hairs. Antennae dark fuscous. Thorax
ochreous-yellow, edge of shoulders and a broad central stripe dark
fuscous. Abdomen grey. Legs whitish-ochreous, anterior pair
internally dark grey. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched,
apex round-pointed, hindmargin almost straight, rather strongly
oblique; ochreous-yellow; a moderately broad blackish streak
along inner margin from base to f, attenuated at extremity, with
two short upper projections beyond middle and before apex ; a
narrow oblique fuscous streak from anal angle, not reaching
middle of disc; sometimes a few fuscous scales towards hind-
margin : cilia ochreous-yellow, a narrow bar on anal angle mixed
with fuscous. Hindwings and cilia dark grey.

Q. Similar to £, but more whitish-ochreous, and with a
moderately broad upwards-curved ochieous-fuscous streak from
base of costa through middle of disc to anal angle, confluent with
a moderate hindmarginal band which is attenuated to apex.

The only species in which the sexes differ markedly.

Rosewood, Queensland; Sydney, New South Wales; rather
common from September to January.

295. Pleur. endesma, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. dilute albido-ochreis, striga dorsi cum altera e
costae basi postice coniuncta, fascia media obliqua, interdum
ti'iangulo marginis postici cum hac infra conjuncto ochreis ferru-
gineisve, partim nigro-mixtis ; post, ochreo-albidis.

^ 2- 15-16 mm. Head and palpi pale whitish-ochreous, second
joint except upper hairs, and apex of terminal joint dark fuscous.
Antennae ochreous-whitish, annulated with dark fuscous. Thorax

756 DESCRIPTIONS OP AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTEKA,

whitish-ochreous, with a central fuscous stripe. Abdomen and legs
pale whitish-ochreous, anterior pair internally fuscous. Forewings
elongate, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, hindruargin
sinuate, rather strongly oblique ; pale whitish-ochreous, with a few
ochreous or ferruginous scales ; markings ill-defined, brownish-
ochreous or ferruginous, irregularly mixed with dark fuscous ; a
streak along inner margin from base nearly to anal angle, uniting
at apex with an almost straight streak from base of costa ; a
straight slender fascia from middle of costa to anal angle, uniting
beneath with a sometimes almost obsolete triangular hindmarginal
blotch ; a row of cloudy dark spots along hindmargin and apical
part of costa : cilia pale whitish-ochreous, with a bar at apex and
anal angle. Hindwings and cilia ochreous-whitish.

Cannot be confused with any other.

Fernshaw and Warragul, Victoria, in November and December ;
five specimens.

296. Pleur, gypsina, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. ochreo-albidis, striga dorsi angusta suffusa,
punctis disci tribus, linea postica obscura squarnisque sparsis
saturate fuscis ; post, dilutius griseis.

£ Q. 13-15 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, thorax, abdomen, and
legs ochreous-whitish ; palpi with second joint externally dark
fuscous except towards apex ; antennae annulated with dark
fuscous ; anterior legs banded with dark fuscous. Forewings
elongate, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, hinclmai'gin
slightly sinuate, very oblique ; ochreous-whitish, partially suffused
with pale whitish-ochreous ; a dark fuscous dot in disc rather before
middle, a second obliquely before it on fold, and a third in disc
beyond middle ; a narrow dark fuscous suffusion along inner
margin from near base to anal angle ; an iiTegular line of dark
fuscous scales from costa before apex to anal angle, sometimes
broader and more suffused, with scattered dark fuscous posterior
scales, especially on hindmargin : cilia very pale whitish-ochreous,
with a fuscous bar at anal angle. Hindwings light grey ; cilia
grey- whitish.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 757

An obscure-looking species, most allied to P. endesma, but
widely distinct.

Fernsliaw, Victoria, in November ; four specimens.

297. Pleur. chlorochyta, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. dilutissime flavidis, strigula e basi flava, striga
dorai postice dentata, strigula anguli analis obliqua, altera etiam
marginis postici saturate fuscis ; post, griseis.

g 5. 14-16. Head and palpi pale whitish-yellowish, second
joint dark fuscous except upper hairs. Antennae grey. Thorax
whitish-yellow, collar ochreous-yellow, with a scpiare grey posterior
spot. Abdomen grey. Legs ochreous-whitish, anterior pair
internally grey. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, apex
round-pointed, hindmargin almost straight, rather strongly oblicme ;
pale whitish-yellow, towards anal angle mixed with ocki-eous-
yellow ; extreme costal edge dark fuscous towards base ; a short
ochreous-yellow streak from base beneath costa ; a narrow dark
fuscous streak along inner margin from base to f, posteriorly
dilated upwards into a triangular projection ; a narrow dark
fuscous streak from disc beyond middle to anal angle, posteriorly
suffused ; a narrow dark fuscous suffused streak along hindmargin
from apex, not reaching anal angle : cilia whitish-yellowish, with
an obscure fuscous bar at apex and anal angle. Hindwings grey ;
cilia light grey.

Somewhat resembles the £ of P. psammoxantha, but much
paler, and readily distinguished by the hindmarginal streak, and
posterior dilation of dorsal streak.

Blackheath (3500 feet), New South Wales ; Launceston and
Hobart, Tasmania ; five specimens in Januaiy.

298. Pleur. stasiastica, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. albis, costa basim versus, fascia media lata
interdum incompleta, puncta disci tria continente, striga etiam
marginis postici saturate fuscis ; post, albido-griseis.

(J. 12-15 mm. Head white. Palpi white, second joint with
basal | and a subapical ring dark fuscous. Antennae fuscous.

758 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

Thorax white, with a dark fuscous lateral stripe. Abdomen and
legs grey-whitish, anterior pair internally dark fuscous. Fore-
wings elongate, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, hind-
margin almost straight, very oblique ; white, markings rathei
dark fuscous ; a modei-ate streak along basal third of costa ; a
round dot in disc before middle, a second beyond it on fold, and a
third in disc beyond middle, all included in a more or less
complete broad oblicpie median band ; a moderate irregular streak
along hindmargin from apex to anal angle : cilia whitish-ochreous,
with a dark fuscous bar at apex and anal angle. Hindwings
whitish-grey ; cilia pale whitish-ochreous.

Allied to the following, but very distinct.

Sydney and Bulli, New South Wales, in October, January, and
February ; four specimens.

299. Pleur. argoptera, n. sp.

Parva, alis ant. albis, punctis disci tribus serieque punctorum
postica saturate fuscis ; post, dilutius griseis.

£. 11-12 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax ochreous-
white , second joint of palpi with basal half and a subapical ring
dark fuscous. Abdomen and legs grey-whitish, anterior pair
internally dark fuscous. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched,
apex round-pointed, hindmargin straight, very oblique ; ochreous-
white ; base of costa dark fuscous ; a round dark fuscous dot in
disc before middle, a second beyond it on fold, and a third in disc
beyond middle ; a row of dark fuscous dots from costa before apex
to anal angle, and a similar dot on costa between this and apex :
cilia whitish-ochreous. Hindwings light fuscous-grey ; cilia
whitish-ochreous.

Sydney, New South Wales, in December ; three specimens.

47. Atheropla, Meyr.

Head smooth, sidetufts appressed. Antennae in £ (?). Palpi
long, second joint long, porrected, densely scaled, with a rough
projecting tuft towards apex beneath ; terminal joint rather

BY E. MKYIUCK, D.A. 759

shorter than second, slender, erect. Thorax smooth. Forewings
elongate, hindmargin very oblique. Hindwings distinctly narrower
than forewings, elongate-ovate, hindmargin rounded, cilia 5.
Abdomen moderate. Posterior tibiae with short scanty hairs.
Forewings with vein 7 to hindmargin, 2 from somewhat before
angle of cell. Hindwings normal.

Although the £ is unknown, I have little doubt that the
antennal characters will be much as in Pleurota, to which it is
apparently allied, differing especially by the structure of palpi.

300. Ather. melichlora, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. dilutius fiavis, punctis disci tribus nigris, fascia
submarginali dilute fusca ; post, griseo-albidis, apice gi'iseo.

Q. li mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax light ochreous-
yellow ; palpi with second joint dark fuscous except towards base
and apex ; antennae annulated with dark fuscous. Abdomen and
legs ochi-eous-whitish, anterior pair internally dark fuscous. Fore-
wings elongate, costa gently arched, apex pointed, hindmargin very
obliquely rounded ; light ochreous-yellow ; extreme base of costa
black ; a black dot in disc before middle, a second directly beneath
it on fold, and a third larger in disc beyond middle ; a moderate
obscure light fuscous submarginal band from costa before apex to
anal angle : cilia light ochreous-yellow. Hindwings grey-whitish,
apex suffused with grey ; cilia grey- whitish.

Blackheath (3500 feet), New South Wales, in November ; one
specimen.

48. Coeraxica, Meyr.

Head loosely haired, sidetufts large, spreading, meeting above.
Antennae slender, in <£ serrate, moderately ciliated (H), basal joint
stout, with moderate pecten. Palpi short, second joint not reaching
base of antennae, densely scaled, beneath with roughly projecting
rather long hair scales, terminal joint half as long as second, slender,
obliquely ascending. Thorax smooth. Forewings elongate, hind-
mai'gin oblique. Hindwings rather narrower than forewings,
elongate-ovate, hindmargin rounded, cilia \. Abdomen moderate.

760 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

Posterior tibiae clothed with long fine appressecl hairs above.
Forewings with vein 7 to hindmargin, 2 from before angle of cell.
Hindwings normal.

Allied nearly to Coesyra, of which it is a development, differing
by the rough projecting scales of the second joint of palpi, which do
not however form a definite tuft.
la. With a dark fuscous costal streak; cilia

yellow 301. Isabella.

lb. Without costal streak ; cilia fuscous 302. eritima.

301. Coer. Isabella, Newm.

(Oecophora Isabella, Newm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. III. (n. s.),
295, PI. XVIII.)

Minor, alis ant. flavis, striga costae abbreviata saturate fusca,
fascia postica angusta cum altera marginis postici inferius conjuncta
purpureis, ciliis flavis ; post, dilutius fuscis.

<J Q. 17-19 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax ochreous-yellow ;
second joint of palpi externally more or less dark fuscous except
at apex. Antennae grey, towards base yellowish. Abdomen
grey, sides and apex whitish-ochreous. Legs dark fuscous, posterior
tibiae pale yellowish. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched,
apex pointed, hindmargin almost straight, very oblicpie; ochreous-
yellow ; a narrow dark fuscous streak along costa from base to §,
attenuated to both extremities ; a moderate light purple steak,
margined with dark fuscous, from | of costa to £ of inner margin,
connected on inner margin with a similar streak along hindmargin
from apex to anal angle : cilia ochreous-yellow. Hindwings and
cilia rather light fuscous.

Brisbane and Toowoomba (2000 feet), Queensland; Murrurundi
and Sydney, New South Wales ; Melbourne, Victoria; common
from August to October, in grassy places.

302. Coer. eritima, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. flavis, fascia postica angusta cum altera marginis
postici inferius conjuncta purpureis, ciliis fuscis ; post, fuscis.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 7G1

^ £. 14-18 mm. Head ;m<l palpi ochreous-yellow, second joint
externally dark fuscous. Thorax ochreous-yellow, with a quadrate
dark fuscous anterior spot. Abdomen grey, apex yellow. Legs
dark fuscous, posterior tibiae light yellowish. Forewings elongate,
costa gently arched, apex pointed, hindmargin almost straight,
very oblicpie ; ochreous-yellow ; extreme costal edge dark fuscous
towards base ; a moderate purple streak, margined with dark
fuscous, from J of costa to f- of inner margin, connected on inner
margin with a similar streak along hindmargin from apex to anal
angle : cilia fuscous. Hindwings and cilia fuscous.

Differs from C. Isabella by the dark fuscous spot on thorax,
fuscous cilia, and absence of costal streak of forewings.

Quorn, Wirrabara Forest, and Port Lincoln, South Australia,
in October and November ; common.

49. EulachnAj Meyr.

Head quite smooth. Antenna? in g strongly ciliated (2|), basal
joint moderate, without pecten. Palpi short, second joint not
reaching base of antenna?, smoothly scaled, terminal joint much
shorter than second, moderate, obliquely ascending. Thorax smooth.
Forewings elongate, hindmargin extremely oblique. Hindwings
much narrower than forewings, ovate-lanceolate, cilia l\. Abdomen
rather stout. Posterior tibia? clothed with long dense hairs.
Forewings with vein 7 to hindmargin, 2 from somewhat before anal
angle of cell, 1 not furcate at base. Hindwings normal.

This genus is included here as numbered in the tabulation, but
I am now convinced that it should be placed further on in the
neighbourhood of Machceritis, of which it appears to be a develop-
ment. The loss of the basal furcation of vein 1 of the forewings
is very unusual in this family, but is a degradational character.

503. Eul. dasyptera, n. sp.

Parva, alis ant. fuscis, saturatiori-irroratis, macula dorsi postica
parva albido-ochrea ; post, saturatius fuscis.

762 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

$ £. 9-11 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, thorax, abdomen, and
legs fuscous ; palpi becoming whitish-ochreous above ; apex of
tarsal joints whitish. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched,
apex pointed, hindmargin extremely obliquely rounded ; light
greyish-fuscous irrorated with dark fuscous ; a small obscure
whitish-ochreous spot on inner margin before anal angle : cilia
light greyish-fuscous, irrorated and terminally suffused with dark
fuscous. Hindwings rather dark fuscous ; cilia fuscous.

One of the smallest and most obscure species of the family.

Sydney, Blackheath (3500 feet), and Wollongong, New South
Wales, from September to November, locally not uncommon.

50. Aristeis, Meyr.

Head smooth, sidetufts small, appressed. Antennae in £
moderately stout, biciliated with long dense cilia (3), basal joint
short, stout, without pecten. Palpi short, second joint not reaching
base of antennae, rather slender, with appressed scales, terminal
joint less than half second, hardly more slender, oblique. Thorax
smooth. Forewings elongate, hindmargin oblique. Hindwings as
broad as forewings, elongate-ovate, hindmargin rounded, cilia -|.
Abdomen moderate. Posterior tibiae with moderately long hairs
above. Forewings with vein 7 to hindmargin, 2 from somewhat
before angle of cell. Hindwings normal.

A development of Ccesyra, with some relation to Ocystola, but
abundantly distinct from either.

304. Arist. chrysoteuches, n. sp.

Parva, alis ant. aurantiacis, fascia postica incurvata ciliisque
saturatius purpureo-fuscis; post, nigrescentibus.

£. 12 mm. Head and antennae dark fuscous. Palpi dark
fuscous, apex of second, and median ring of terminal joint whitish.
Thorax deep orange, with a large central dark fuscous spot.
Abdomen and legs dark fuscous, hairs of posterior tibiae yellowish.
Forewings rather elongate, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed,
hindmargin obliquely rounded; bright deep orange ; extreme base

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 763

of costa dark fuscous ; a moderate dark purplish-fuscous fascia
from f of costa to f of inner margin, curved inwards, rather
dilated beneath : cilia dark purple-fuscous, basal third reddish-
purple. Hindwings blackish-fuscous ; cilia dark purplish-grey,
with a blackish basal line.

A very handsome and intensely coloured insect.

Sydney, New South Wales, in December ; one specimen.

51. Ccesyra, Meyr.

Head smooth, sidetufts small or moderate, spreading or loosely
appressed, not projecting. Antenna? moderate, in g moderately
and evenly ciliated (1-lf), basal joint moderate, with strong
pecten. Palpi moderate, second joint not exceeding base of
antennae, densely scaled, generally rather loosely beneath, terminal
joint rather shorter, slender, recurved. Thorax smooth. Fore-
wing elongate, moderate or rather narrow, hindmargin oblique.
Hindwings slightly narrower than forewings, elongate ovate, apex
rounded, hindmargin rounded, cilia \ to f . Abdomen moderate.
Posterior tibiae clothed with long fine hairs. Forewings with
vein 7 to hindmargin, 2 from somewhat before angle of cell.
Hindwings normal.

Differs from Philobota only by the second joint of the palpi not
exceeding base of antennae, but the separation is natural and in
fact necessary. The species are almost always smaller, and
generally yellow with purple or dark fuscous markings. The
genus may be regarded as originating from Philobota, and in its
turn giving rise to a number of smaller derivative genera, some of
which, as Ocystola and Machceritis, are themselves of not incon-
siderable extent. Ccesyra itself ranks after Philobota and
Eulechria as the third largest Australian genus of the family, but
is not known outside Australia. Only one larva is known, which
presents no peculiarity of habit,

la. Groundcolour ochreous or yellow.

2a. Forewings usually without dark markings.

3a. Head snow-white except on back 330. ochroptera.

764: DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

3b. Head not white.

•1 a. Forewings moderately broad 305. panclirysa.

4b. ,, elongate.

5a. Hindwings whitish-ochreous 336. panxantha.

5 b. ,, rather dark grey 337. amylodes.

2b. Forewings with dark markings.

3;t. Thorax wholly yellow or ochreous.

4a. Forewings with three dark fuscous discal

dots 346. arenivaga.

4b. Forewings without three dots.
5a. With a posterior fascia.

ba. Fascia parallel to hindmargin .306. paragramma.

61). „ not parallel to hindmargin

7 a. Fascia strongly inwards-curved 316. zanclotoma.

71). ,, nearly straight 333. aphanes.

5b. "Without entire fascia.

6a. With an anal blotch, apical space yellow.. 335. aspisia.

6b. Without anal blotch, apical space rosy ...334. parvula.

3b. Thorax not wholly yellow.

4a. Thorax wholly dark fuscous.

5a. Forewings with base dark fuscous.

6a. Terminal band very broad, purple 307. dichroella.

6b ,, ,, moderate, dark fuscous ...325. isogramma.

5b. Forewings with base not dark fuscous.

6a. With a dark fuscous costal streak 329. pyrrhopAera.

61). Without costal streak

7a. Terminal band wholly dark fuscous 327. acrotropa.

7b. ,, „ containing a yellow blotch. .315. ocellaris.

4b. Thorax not wholly dark fuscous.

5a. Head dark fuscous ...326. philoxma.

51). ,, not dark fuscous.

6a. With a costal streak from base to middle.

7a. With a separate posterior fascia 312. triptycha,

7 1 '. Willi a terminal band 321. catoptrina.

6b. Without costal streak, or if pi'esent not

reaching middle.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 765

7a. With a nearly straight fascia in or before
middle.

8a. With a short costal streak from base 311. basilica.

8b. Without costal streak.

9a. With a discal dot beyond middle 310. anthodora.

9b. Without discal dot. _
10a. Anterior fascia terminatingon inner margin

before middle 309 . distephana.

10b. Anteriorfasciaterminating on inner margin

beyond middle 308. iozona.

7b. Without straight anterior fascia.

8a. Forewings irrorated with fuscous.

9a. With three distinct discal dots 339. ergatis.

9b. Without discal dots 338. omichlota.

8b. Forewings not irrorated with fuscous.

9a. With a separate discal dot.
10a. With two fasciae uniting on margins ...318. personata.
10b. With one fascia.

11a. Discal dot preceding fascia 317. annularis.

lib. ,, ,, following fascia 319. ophthalmica.

9b. Without discal dot.
10a. Markings bright reddish-purple.

11a. With a posterior fascia 314. zonostola.

lib. With a terminal band.

12a. With a purple spot at base of costa 322. concisella.

12b. Without basal spot 323. paracycla.

10b. Markings dull purplish-fuscous or dark

fuscous.
11a. With a triangular blotch before anal angle.332. dellosema.
lib. Without triangular dorsal blotch.

12a. With a dark fuscous spot at base of costa.. 3 13. cyclotoma.
12b. Without basal spot.

13a. With a curved fascia beyond middle 320. ecliptica.

13b. Without median fascia.

14 a. Terminal band moderately broad.

15a. Terminal band attenuated to costa 324. seleniaea.

50

766 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

15b. Terminal band not attenuated above 328. stenoplera.

14b. Terminal band reduced to a short streak... 331. melliflua.
lb. Groundcolour whitish or grey.
2a. Forewings with a denned dark fascia

before middle.

3a. Fascia starting from costa at base 344. disci ncta.

3b. ,, ,, ,, ,, at .1 343. gpphjrota.

2b. Forewings without anterior fascia.

3a. With a dark posterior line indented

beneath costa.

4a. Forewings whitish 340. disema.

4b. ,, grey suffused with white.

5a. Cilia of hindwings whitish-ochrecus 341. amphiljca.

5b. ,, „ ., whitish grey 342. apothyma.

3b. Without posterior indented line,

4a. Costa broadly dark fuscous towards base.. 345. austalea.

4b. „ not dark fuscous towards base 347. vegrandis.

305. Coes. panchrysa. n. sp.

Alinnr, alis ant. latioribus flavis, basi nonnihil saturation ; post,
dilute fuscis.

^ £. 14-16 mm. Head and thorax deep yellow. Palpi grey,
internally yellowish. Antennae pale grey. Abdomen whitish-
ochreous. Legs grey, posterior pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings
moderate, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin
sinuate, oblique ; clear yellow, base suffusedly deeper yellow :
cilia yellow. Hindwings pale fuscous-grey ; cilia whitish-ochreous.

The broadest-winged species of the genus, not nearly allied to
any other.

Sydney, New South Wales, in October and November ; three
specimens.

306. Coes. paragramma, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. dilute ochreis, postice leviter purpureo-tinctis,
costae dimidio antico saturatius fusco, fascia post medium angusta
alteraque marginis postici purpureis ; post, ochreo-albidis.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 7G7

<J 9. 12-15 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, thorax, abdomen, and
legs pale yellow-ochreous ; second joint of palpi and anterior legs
suffused with fuscous. Forewings elongate, narrow at base,
posteriorly dilated, costa gently arched, apex pointed, hindmargin
slightly sinuate, very oblique ; pale yellow-ochreous ; basal half of
costa narrowly and suffusedly dark fuscous ; a pale reddish-purple
streak from 5 of costa to | of inner margin, anteriorly margined
with dark fuscous ; an irregular fuscous purple streak along hind-
margin from apex to anal angle ; between these two streaks the
ground colour is slightly purplish-tinged : cilia light ochreous-
yellow. Hindwings and cilia ochreous- whitish.

Not apparently allied to any other species.

Sydney, New South Wales, in October and December ; three
specimens.

307. Coes. dichro'ella. Z.

Oecophora dichro'ella, Z., Hor. Soc. Ross. 1877, 389 ; Oecophora
divisella, Walk. 685.)

Minor, alis ant. flu vis, basi saturate fusca, fascia marginis
postici latissima fusco-purpurea, saturate fusco-marginata ; post,
saturatius fuscis.

J" £. 14-21 mm. Head and palpi yellow. Amtennae dark
fuscous, sometimes with pale annulations. Thorax dark purple-
fuscous. Abdomen and legs dark fuscous, posterior tibiae
yellowish. Forewings somewhat elongate, costa gently arched,
apex round-pointed, hindmargin sinuate, oblique ; bright yellow ;
base narrowly dark fuscous ; a broad fuscous-purple hindmarginal
band, suffusedly mai'gined with dark fuscous, anterior edge
extending from ? of costa to 5 of inner margin, tolerably straight or
somewhat curved and indented in middle, central spot of band
somewhat lighter : cilia fuscous, on upper half of hindmargin
ochreous-yellow, with a dark fuscous line. Hindwings rather dark
fuscous, apex darker ; cilia fuscous, with a darker line.

Characterised by the unusually broad hindmarginal band.

Larva 16-legged, stout, cylindrical ; rather pale brownish-
ochreous : dorsal irregular, reddish-ochreous-brown ; subdorsal

76S DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

broader, pale greyish-brown; this and whole side densely reticu-
lated with strong irregular ochreous-brown lines ; spots rather
large, black; anal segment with two black oblong spots; head
pale yellowish-brown, reticulated with reddish-ochreous and black;
all markings sometimes almost obsolete. Feeds (several together)
in a spun-up discoloured cluster of leaves on Eucalyptus tereticornis
and probably other species, in June ; easy to rear.

Sydney, New South Wales ; Melbourne, Victoria ; Launceston,
Tasmania ; Mount Lofty, South Australia ; common in August,
September, and January, but rarely taken in the perfect state.
Walker described two species separately, each as Oecophora
divisella : this (the second) is therefore quashed.

308. Coes. iozona, n. sp

Minor, alis ant. flavis, fascia media obliqua angusta, alteraque
marginis postici lata saturate purpureo-fuscis ; post, saturatius
fuscis.

^ Q. 13-16 mm, Head and palpi yellow, second joint externally
dark fuscous towards base. Antennte grey. Thorax yellow,
anterior margin blackish-fuscous, forming a quadrate central spot.
Abdomen and legs dark grey, posterior tibiae whitish-ochreons.
Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, apex pointed, hindmargin
slightly sinuate, oblique ; yellow ; costal edge dark fuscous
towards base ; a slender straight dark purplish-fuscous fascia from
before middle of costa to beyond middle of inner margin ; a
moderately broad dark purplish-fuscous hindmarginal band,
slightly narrowed beneath : cilia ochreous-yellowish, toward anal
angle broadly fuscous. Hindwings and cilia rather dark fuscous.

This and the three following species form a connected group.

Sydney, New South Wales, in September, October, December,.
and January ; five specimens.

309. Coes. distephana, n. sp.

Parva, alis ant. flavis, fascia antica curva angusta, alteraque
postica fere recta aream apicalem purpuream excludente saturate
purpureo-fuscis ; post, griseis.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 7G9

(J $. 10-12 mm. Head and palpi yellow, second joint dark
fuscous towards base. Antennae fuscous. Thorax yellow, anterior
margin narrowly dark fuscous except on shoulders. Abdomen
grey. Legs whitish-ochreous, irrorated with dark grey. Fore-
wings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed,
hindmargin almost straight, very oblique ; yellow ; extreme base
of costa blackish ; a slender dark purple-fuscous fascia from ^ of
costa to I of inner margin, slightly outwards-curved ; apical ai'ea
fuscous-purple, bounded by a slender dark purple-fuscous almost
straight fascia from before | of costa to anal angle : cilia yellow or
greyish-ochreous, becoming grey on costa and anal angle. Hind-
wings and cilia grey.

Nearly allied to C. iozona, but smaller, and with the anterior
fascia differently placed and somewhat curved.

Sydney, New South Wales; Port Lincoln, South Australia;
from October to March, six specimens.

310. Coes. anthodora, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. dilute ochreo-flavis, fascia media obliqua
angusta fracta, puncto disci postico, fascia etiam subterminali
curva latiore purpureo-fuscis ; post, griseis.

<J. 15 mm. Head and palpi pale ochreous-yellow, base of
second joint externally dark fuscous. Antennae grey. Thorax
light ochreous-yellow, with an irregular curved dark fuscous trans-
verse median bar. Abdomen whitish ochreous. Legs grey,
posterior pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, costa gently
arched, apex pointed, hindmargin sinuate, oblicpie ; pale ochreous-
yellow ; costal edge dark fuscous from base to near middie ; a
slender somewhat irregular purplish-fuscous fascia from before
middle of costa to beyoud middle of inner margin, broken in
middle ; a purplish-fuscous dot in disc beyond middle ; a moderate
purplish-fuscous fascia from costa before apex to anal angle, some-
what inwards-curved, posteriorly ill-defined : cilia pale ochreous-
yellow, on anal angle mixed with fuscous. Hindwings grey ; cilia
whitish-grey.

770 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTEKA,

Allied to the two pi'eceding, but with the anterior fascia broken,
a separate clot in disc, and the posterior fascia not touching the
hindmargin.

Fernshaw, Victoria, in November ; one specimen.

311. Coes. basilica, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. dilutius flavis, costa basim versus, fascia antica
angusta subeurva, altera postica innexa, tertia marginis postici
dilute purpureis, saturate fusco-irroratis ; post, griseis, interdum
;iU>ido-ochreo suffusis.

£. 13-15 mm. Head and palpi ochreous-yellow, basal half and
generally a subapical ring of second joint, and one or two rings of
terminal joint dark fuscous. Antenna? grey. Thorax yellow,
anterior margin fuscous-purple, forming a quadrate spot in centre.
Abdomen whitish-ochreous. Legs dark fuscous, posterior pair
pale yellowish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, costa moderately
arched, apex tolerably rounded, hindmargin almost straight,
oblique ; light ochreous-yellow ; markings pale purple finely
irrorated with dai'k fuscous ; a streak along basal fourth of costa ;
a slender irregular slightly outwards-curved fascia from J of costa
to I of inner margin ; a somewhat broader rather inwards-
angulated fascia from | of costa to inner margin before anal
angle ; a streak along hindmai-gin from apex to anal angle,
triangularly dilated somewhat above middle : cilia light ochreous-
yellow, on anal angle dark grey. Hindwings grey, sometimes
suffused with whitish-ochrecus except towards hindmargin ; cilia
pale whitish-ochreous, base sometimes grey.

Allied to the preceding species, but with a distinct hindmarginal
fascia besides the posterior fascia, and a well-defined dark sbreak
towards base of costa. It also approaches, and probably marks a
real connection with some species of Machceritis. The suffusion of
the hindwings with whitish-ochreous seems to constitute a local
form, being apparently characteristic of the South Australian
specimens, but there appears to be no ground for specific separation.
Sydney and Kiama, New South Wales ; Hobart, Tasmania ;
Wallaroo, South Australia ; six specimens in November, January,
and February, in sandy places.

BY E. MEYRICK, B A. 771

312. Coes tiiptycha, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. flavis, basi, dimidio costse antico, fascia postica
recta, (interdum etiam altera angustiori antica,) inaculaque margin is
postici elongata saturate purpureo-fuscis ; post, saturatius fuscis.

£ £. 15-18 mm. Head and palpi yellow, second joint with
lower § externally fuscousT Antennas whitisL-ochreous, annnlated
with dark fuscous. Thorax dark purple-fuscous, with a large
anterior yellow spot. Abdomen dark fuscous, segmental margins
yellowish. Legs fuscous, posterior pair ochreous-yellowish.
Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed,
hindmargin almost straight, very oblique ; ochreous-yellow, mark-
ings dark purple-fuscous ; a streak along anterior half of costa, at
base extended to inner margin ; sometimes a narrow straight fascia
from middle of costa almost to middle of inner margin, but this is
generally quite absent ; a moderately broad straight fascia from |
of costa to anal angle, contracted above ; an elongate blotch along
upper half of hindmargin : cilia dark fuscous, beneath anal angle
yellowish. Hindwiugs and cilia dark fuscous.

The variation of this species in the occasional presence of an
anterior fascia which is usually wholly absent is quite singulai', but
I have no doubt that the two forms really constitute a single
species ; the difference is not sexual.

Helidon, Queensland; Sydney, New South Wales; Melbourne,
Victoria ; rather common in September, October, and January,
amongst Acacia decurrens.

313. Coes. cyclotovia, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. dilutius ochreo-flavis, macula ad co3ts?e basim,
fascia postica angusta incurvata, ssepius etiam spatio terminali
saturate purpureo-fuscis ; post, saturate griseis.

(J 9- 14-17 mm. Head and palpi light ochreous-yellow, second
joint externally fuscous on lower half. Antennas whitish-ochreous,
annulated with dark fuscous. Thorax dark purple-fuscous, with
an ochreous-yellow anterior spot. Abdomen ochreous, becoming
grey towards base. Legs dark grev, posterior pair whitish-ochreous.

772 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO- LEPIDOPTERA,

Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed,
hindmargin almost straight, very oblique ; rather light ochreous-
yellow ; a small quadrate dark purple-fuscous spot on base of costa ;
a rather narrow posteriorly suffused inwards-curved dark purple-
fuscous fascia from f of costa to anal angle, space towards this,
except near costa, generally more or less suffused with dark fuscous,
especially along hindmargin : cilia dark fuscous, base mixed with
yellowish, sometimes wholly yellow except at anal angle. Hind-
wings and cilia dark grey.

Near the normal form of C. triptyc/ia, but without the costal
streak, and with the basal spot not extended to inner margin.

Brisbane, Queensland ; Sydney and Shoalhaven, New South
"Wales ; Melbourne, Victoria ; rather common from October to
January, and in April.

314, Coes. zonostola, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. saturate flavis, fascia postica latiore in marginibus
contracta laete purpurea ; post, saturatius griseis.

(J Q. 15-20 mm. Head deep yellow. Palpi yellow, anteriorly
dark fuscous. Antennas whitish, sharply annulated with black.
Thorax deep yellow, extremity of patagia and posterior margin
dark grey. Abdomen and legs grey, posterior pair whitish-ochreous.
Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex almost rectan-
gular, hindmargin obliquely rounded ; deep yellow; extreme costal
edge dark fuscous towards base ; a rather broad bright purple fascia
from before f of costa to anal angle, irregularly margined with
dark fuscous, narrowed on inner margin and sharply contracted on
costa : cilia yellow, on anal angle dark grey. Hindwings rather
dark grey ; cilia grey with a darker line, towards apex pale
yellowish.

Allied to the two preceding, but much more brightly coloured,
and without either basal spot, costal streak, or hindmarginal
suffusion.

Sydney, New South Wales, in November and December ; three
specimens.

HY E. MEYRICK, B.A.

773

315. Coes. ocelldris, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. llavis, fascia postica incurvata in costa usque ad
apicem perducta, lineaque marginis postici saturatius fusco-pur-
pureis ; post, griseis ; thorace saturate fusco-purpureo.
- g $. 15-16 mm. Head deep yellow. Palpi dark grey, above
yellowish. Antenna? grey. Thorax dark fuscous-purple. Abdomen
pale grey, posteriorly whitish-ochreous. Legs grey, posterior pair
whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched,
apex round-pointed, hindmargin slightly sinuate, rather strongly
oblique ; yellow ; extreme edge of costa dark fuscous near base ; a
moderate inwards-curved fuscous-purple fascia from f of costa to
anal angle, continued along costa to apex ; a fuscous-purple line
along hindmargin from apex to anal angle : cilia grey, tips whitish.
Hindwings grey ; cilia whitish-grey, with an obscure darker line.

This and the two following species are nearly allied.

Newcastle, Sydney, and Blackheath (3500 feet), New South
Wales, from November to January ; rather common.

316. Coes. zanclotoma, n. sp.

Minoi*, alis ant. flavis, fascia postica valde incurvata in costa
usque ad apicem perducta, lineaque inai'ginis postici saturatius
fuscis ; post, griseis ; thorace flavo.

(J. 17 mm. Head and thorax orange-yellow. Palpi ochreous-
yellow, terminal joint dark fuscous anteriorly. Antenna? dark
grey. Abdomen grey, anal tuft yellowish. Legs dark grey, posterior
pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched,
apex round-pointed, hindmargin straight, very oblique ; yellow ; a
rather nai'row, very strongly inwards-curved, dark fuscous fascia
from | of costa to anal angle, continued along costa to apex ; a
slender dark fuscous line along hindmargin from apex to anal angle :
cilia grey. Hindwings grey ; cilia whitish-grey, with a darker line
near base.

Differs from C. ocellaris in the more strongly curved fascia, and
especially the yellow thorax.

Mount Lofty, South Australia ; one specimen received from Mr.
E. Guest.

774 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTEU \,

317. Coes. annularis, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. Bavis, puncto disci medio, fascia postica angusta
valde incurvata in costa usque ad apicem perducta, lineaque
marginis postici ochreo-fuscis ; post, griseis.

(J. 17 mm. Head and palpi ochreous-yellow, second joint
externally, and anterior edge of terminal joint dark fuscous.
Antennae grey. Thorax dark fuscous, posterior extremity
yellowish. Abdomen grey, anal tuft ochreous-yellow. Legs dark
fuscous, posterior pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate,
costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin slightly
sinuate, very oblique ; yellow ; costal edge dark fuscous near
base ; a small roundish ochreous-fuscous spot in middle of disc ; a
strongly inwards-curved slender ochreous-fuscous fascia from § of
costa to anal angle, produced along costa as a moderately broad
streak to apex ; a slender ochreous-fuscous line along hindmargin
from apex to anal angle : cilia pale grey, on costa grey-whitish
Hindwings grey ; cilia ochreous-grey-whitish.

Separated from both the preceding by the discal spot.

One specimen of uncertain locality, received from Mr. G. H.
Raynor.

318. Coes. personata, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. flavis, fascia media angusta valde incurvata
cum altera posteriori medium versus in angulum educta in
marginibus cohae rente, signo etiam disci anguli hujus terminos
conjungente ochreo-fuscis ; post, griseis.

J". 1G mm. Head and palpi yellow, second joint externally
except at apex, and anterior edge of terminal joint dark fuscous.
Antennae light grey. Thorax yellow, anterior margin dark fuscous,
more broadly in middle. Abdomen grey, anal tuft yellow. Legs
dark grey, posterior pair pale ochreous-yellowish. Forewings
elongate, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin
slightly sinuate, very oblique ; yellow ; basal third of costa
slenderly dark fuscous ; a slender ochreous-brown fascia from
beyond middle of costa to beyond middle of inner margin,
strongly curved inwards and bent in middle, united on costa and

BY E. MEVKICK, B A. (75

inner margin with a similar outwards-curved fascia, of which the
middle third is bent out into an angulated projection ; a transverse
ochreous-biown mark in disc touching both ends of the base of
this projection ; a very small brown spot on costa before apex :
cilia whitish-yellow, beneath anal angle grey. Hindwings grey ;
cilia whitish-ochreous.

The markings of this species bear a curious resemblance to a
human face in profile.

Sydney, New South Wales ; Melbourne, Victoria ; two speci-
mens in October.

319. Coes. ophthalmica, n. sp.

Parva, alis ant. dilute ochreo-flavis, basi strigaque marginis
postici saturate fuscis, fascia media angustiori incurvata signoque
supra angulum analem transverso ochi'eo-fuscis ; post, griseis.

9.12 mm. Head and palpi pale yellow, basal third of second
joint externally fuscous. Antennae grey. Thorax dark fuscous,
with irregular pale yellow anterior and posterior spots. Abdomen
grey. Legs dark fuscous, posterior pair whitish-ochreous. Fore-
wings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed,
hindmargin slightly sinuate, very oblique ; pale ochreous-yellow ;
base narrowly dark fuscous, shortly produced along costa ; a rather
narrow, strongly inwards-curved, ochreous-brown fascia from
beyond middle of costa to beyond middle of inner margin ; a
transversely elongate ochreous-brown mark in disc above anal
angle ; a dark fuscous streak along hindmargin from apex to
below middle : cilia whitish-ochreous, with an apical bar and basal
half opposite hindmavginal streak dark fuscous. Hindwings
grey ; cilia whitish-grey.

A very distinct species.

Launceston, Tasmania, in January; one specimen.

320. Coes. ecliptica, n. sp.

Minor, jdis ant. flavis, fascia post medium angusta valde incur-
vata subtus dilatata, alteraque marginis postici modica utrimque
attenuata ochreo-f uscis ; post, griseis.

77G DESCRIPTION'S OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOrTERA,

£. 12-15 mm. Head yellow. Palpi yellow, anterior edge dark
fuscous. Antennae grey. Thorax yellow, anterior margin rather
broadly dark fuscous. Abdomen grey, anal tuft ochreous-yellow.
Legs dark grey, posterior pair ochreous-yellowish. Forewings
elongate, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin
slightly sinuate, very oblique ; yellow ; costal edge dark fuscous at
base ; a strongly inwards-curved or somewhat bent narrow ochreous.
fuscous fascia from ? of costa to | of inner margin, dilated beneath
into a triangular spot ; an ochreous-brown fascia along hindmargin,
moderately broad near apex, thence suddenly attenuated to apex
and gradually to anal angle, where it touches the other fascia : cilia
y ello wish -ochreou-s, ■ becoming fuscous on anal angle and whitish-
ochreous on costa. Hindwings grey ; cilia light grey.

Allied to C . ophthalmica, but without the transverse discal mark
above anal angle.

Sydney, New South Wales, in October, December, and March ;
six specimens.

321. Coes. catoptrina, n. sp.

Minor, a lis ant. flavis, costse dimidio antico saturatius fusco,
fascia marginis postici lata superius attenuata antice saturatius-
marginata dilute purpurea, maculas elongatas duas fuscas conti-
nente ; post, saturatius fuscis.

^ 9. 16-19 mm. Head yellow. Palpi whitish, second joint
externally dark fuscous. Antenme light grey. Thorax dark
fuscous, with a large yellow posterior spot. Abdomen grey, anal
tuft whitish-ochreous. Legs dark fuscous, posterior pair whitish-
ochreous. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex
pointed, hindmargin faintly sinuate, very oblicrue ; yellow ; a dark
fuscous streak along costa from base to middle, posteriorly attenu-
ated, at base extended to inner margin ; a broad pale reddish-purple
hindmarginal band, bounded by a strongly inwards-curved, in
middle rather irregular dark fuscous line from costa somewhat
before apex to inner margin at jj, containing two irregular fuscous
blotches somewhat mixed with yellow, the first extending from
apex downwards near hindmargin to middle, the second from

BY E. MEYRICK, B A. 777

middle of anterior edge to anal angle : cilia grey, terminal half
whitish-ochreous between apex and anal angle, on costa whitish-
yellow. Hindwings rather dark fuscous-grey ; cilia grey, base
darker.

A distinct and very elegant species.

Sydney, New South Wales, in September, October, January,
and February ; tolerably common amongst Acacia decurrens.

322. Coes. concisella, Walk.
(Oecophora concisella, Walk. 678.)

Minor, alis ant. Isete flavis, macula ad costae basim parva
fasciaque marginis postici latiori superius attenuata antice nigro
marginata purpureis ; post, dilutius griseis.

£. 18-19 mm. Head bright yellow. Palpi dark fuscous, above
whitish. Antennas grey. Thorax yellow, anterior half bright
purple. Abdomen whitish-yellowish. Legs dark fuscous, posterior
tibiae whitish-yellowish. Forewings elongate, costa moderately
arched, apex pointed, hindmargin faintly sinuate, rather strongly
oblique ; bright yellow ; costal edge dark grey from base to \ or
beyond ; a small purple basal spot, not touching inner margin ; a
light reddish-purple hindmarginal band, bounded by a dark fuscous
unevenly sinuate line from costa rather before apex to inner margin
at | : cilia grey, on hindmargin ochreous-tinged and base mixed
with purple, on costa whitish-yellow. Hindwings light grey ; cilia
whitish-grey, base darker.

This and the two following species are nearly connected.

Blackheath (3500 feet), New South Wales, in January ; three
specimens.

323. Coes paracycla, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. flavis, fascia marginis postici latiore superius
attenuata antice nigro-marginata purpurea ; post, griseis.

^ Q. 13-16 mm. Head yellow. Palpi dark fuscous, above
whitish. Antennae gi'ey. Thorax yellow, anterior margin narrowly
dark fuscous. Abdomen grey, anal tuft whitish-ochreous. Legs
dark purplish-fuscous, posterior pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings

778 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTKKA,

elongate, costa moderately arched, apex pointed, liindmargin
slightly sinuate, very oblique ; yellow ; costal edge blackish near
base ; a bright reddish-purple hindmarginal band, bounded by a
blackish inwards-curved sometimes slightly sinuate line from costa
rather before apex to inner margin at £ : cilia ochreous, base mixed
with purple, beneath anal angle grey, on costa whitish-yellow.
Hind wings grey ; cilia whitish-grey, base darker.

Very closely allied to C. concisella, but smaller, and without the
purple spot at base of costa.

Sydney and Shoalhaven, New South Wales, from November to
January, and in March ; common.

•"524. Goes, seleniaca, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. dilutius ochreo-rlavis, costae basi fasciaque
marginis postici latiore superius attenuata antice saturatius
marginata purpureo-fuscis ; post, griseis, antice albido-ochreo-
suftusis.

(J. 19 mm. Head ochreous-yellow. (Palpi broken.) Antennae
whitish-ochreous. Thorax pale ochreous-yellowish, anterior half
suffused with light purplish-fuscous. Abdomen and posterior legs
light ochreous-yellow (other legs broken.) Forewings elongate,
costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin faintly sinuate,
oblique; light ochreous-yellow; costa suffused with fuscous near
base ; a purple-fuscous hindmarginal band, bounded by a rather
strongly inwards-curved dark fuscous line from costa slightly before
apex to inner margin at f : cilia dark grey, tips between apex and
anal angle oehreous-whitish, on costa wholly pale yellowish.
Hindwings grey, towards base broadly suffused with whitish-
ochreous ; cilia pale whitish-yellowish, basal half light ochreous.

Differs from the two preceding by the much duller colouring,
the dark fuscous suffusion of base of costa, and the whitish-ochreous
suffusion of hindwings.

Duaringa, Queensland; one specimen received from Mr. G,
I'.ainard.

BY E. MfiYRICK, B.A. 779

325. Coes. isogramma, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. costa subrecta, flavis, basifasciaque subterminali
lata saturate fuscis, ciliis ochreo-flavis ; post, saturate fuscis.

Q. 16-17 mm. Head and palpi yellow. Antenna? yellow-
whitish, annulated with dark fuscous. Thorax and abdomen dark
fuscous. Legs whitish-ochreous, anterior and middle pair banded
with dark fuscous. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa
hardly arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin almost straight,
very oblique ; yellow ; base very narrowly dark fuscous ; a rather
broad dark fuscous subterminal band, leaving hindmargin very
narrowly yellow, anterior edge somewhat convex : cilia ochreous-
yellow, on ends of band grey. Hind wings and cilia dark fuscous.

Not very near any other.

Sydney, New South Wales, in September and October; two
specimens.

326. Coes. philoxena, n. sp.

Parva, alis ant. ochreo-flavis, striga costae medium superante
saturate fusca, fascia postica latiore curva antice saturate-marginata

fusco-purpurea ; post, dilutius griseis.

£. 11^ mm. Head, palpi, and antenna? dark fuscous. Thorax
yellow, anterior margin dark fuscous. Abdomen and legs grey,
posterior tibia? pale ochreous-yellowish. Forewings elongate, costa
slightly arched, apex pointed, hindmargin straight, very oblique ;
ochreous-yellow ; a dark fuscous streak along costa from base to
beyond middle ; a rather broad inwards-curved fuscous-purple
fascia from f of costa to anal angle, anteriorly edged with dark
fuscous, posteriorly ill-defined : cilia ochreous-yellow, on costa and
anal angle grey (imperfect.) Hindwings and cilia light grey.

Distinctly characterised by the dark fuscous head and costal
streak.

Sydney, New South Wales, in December; one specimen.

327. Coes. acrotropa, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. flavis, fascia marginis postici lata inferius
attenuata ciliisque saturate fuscis ; post, saturate fuscis.

780 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

§. 15 mm. Head and palpi yellow, second joint fuscous
towards base. Antenna) grey. Thorax dark purple-fuscous.
Abdomen and legs dark fuscous, posterior pair ochreous-yellowish.
Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, apex rounded, hind-
margin obliquely rounded ; yellow ; extreme base of costa dark
fuscous ; a rather broad dark fuscous hind marginal band,
anteriorly suffusedly darker-margined, bounded by a sinuate line
from | of costa to close before anal angle : cilia dark fuscous.
Hindwings and cilia dark fuscous.

Not very near any other.

Sydney, New South Wales, in December and March ; three
specimens.

328. Coes. stenoptera, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. angustis, albido-ochreis, fascia marginis postici
latiore inferius attenuata ochreo-fusca ; post, griseis.

£ £. 14-16 mm. Head and palpi whitish ochreous, basal j of
second joint dark fuscous. Antennae grey. Thorax whitish-
ochreous, anterior margin dark grey. Abdomen and legs grey,
posterior pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, narrow,
costa slightly arched, apex acute, hindmargin hardly rounded,
extremely oblique ; whitish-ochreous ; extreme costal edge dark
fuscous at base ; an ochreous-fuscous hindmarginal hand, hounded
by an inwards-curved suffused dark fuscous line from f of costa
to anal angle : cilia whitish-ochreous, suffused with light fuscous.
Hindwings grey ; cilia whitish-ochreous.

Considerably narrowei"-winged and lighter-coloured than the
preceding, with the thorax mostly whitish-ochreous.

Sydney, New South Wales ; Launceston and Hobart, Tasmania ;
Mount Lofty, South Australia ; five specimens in January and
March.

329. Coes. pyrrhoptera, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. £ fusco-aurantiacis, Q albido-ochreis, costse
dimidio antico, triangulo dorsi medio, fascia postica angusta
incurvata, alteraque marginis postici latiore obscuris saturatiua
fuscis ; post, saturate fuscis.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 781

£ 9. 14-17 mm. Head and palpi in £ orange-yellow, in $
whitish-ochreous, palpi dark fuscous anteriorly and on second joint
externally except at apex. Antennae grey. Thorax and abdomen
dark fuscous. Legs ochreous-yellow, anterior and middle pair
grey above. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa gently
arched, apex pointed, hindmargin almost straight, very oblique ;
in £ orange-yellow, somewhat mixed with fuscous, in Q whitish-
ochreous ; markings cloudy, suffused, rather dark fuscous ; a
moderate streak along anterior half of costa ; a triangular
suffusion on middle of inner margin ; a narrow inwards-curved
fascia from f of costa to anal angle ; a moderately broad hind-
marginal fascia from apex to anal angle : cilia dark fuscous, base
on hindmargin ochreous-yellow. Hindwings and cilia dark
fuscous.

A suffusedly marked but distinct species.

Sydney, New South Wales, from December to March : common
amongst Acacia decurrens, flying in the sunshine.

330. Goes, ochroptera, n. sp.

Parva, alis ant. ochreis, dorsum versus saturatioribus ; post,
saturatius griseis ; fronte niveo.

£ 2- H-12 mm. Head palpi, and antennas snow-white, back
of crown dark fuscous. Thorax ochreous, anteriorly fuscous-tinged.
Abdomen ochreous. Legs whitish-ochreous, anterior pair fuscous.
Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa slightly arched, apex
round-pointed, hindmargin slightly rounded, very oblique ; yellow-
ochreous, becoming deeper towards inner margin and base : cilia
yellow-ochreous. Hindwings rather dark grey ; cilia whitish-
ochreous, with a grey line.

Specially characterised by the white head, with dark fuscous
back.

Newcastle and Sydney, New South Wales, in Januaiy ; four
specimens.

331. Coes. melliflua. n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. dilute ochreis, striga marginis postici abbreviata
obscura dilute fusca ; post, dilute fuscis.
51

782 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTEHA,

J\ 13 mm. Head and palpi whitish-ochreous, lower half of second
joint externally fuscous. Thorax whitish-ochreous, anteriorly
suffused with fuscous. Antennae light grey. Abdomen and
legs grey, posterior pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate,
costa moderately arched, apex tolerably rounded, hindmargin
obliquely rounded ; pale yellowish-ochreous ; costal edge dark
fuscous towards base ; an obscure pale fuscous streak along upper
half of hindmargin : cilia pale yellowish-ochreous. Hindwings
light fuscous ; cilia whitish-ochreous, greyish-tinged.

Of uncertain affinity within the genus.

Duaringa, Queensland ; one specimen received from Mr. G.
Barnard.

332. Coes. deltosema, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. oehreo-flavis, basi trianguloque dorsi postico
saturate fuscis ; post, griseis, antice dilute ochreo-suffusis.

(J. 23 mm. Head light ochreous-yellow. Palpi yellow-whitish,
second joint dark fuscous except at apex. Antennas fuscous.
Thorax dark fuscous, with anterior and posterior ochreous-yellow
spots. (Abdomen broken.) Legs dark fuscous, posterior pair
whitish-yellow. Forewings rather elongate, oblong, costa gently
arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin slightly rounded, rather
strongly oblique ; ochreous-yellow ; base narrowly dark fuscous ;
basal third of costa very slenderly dark fuscous ; a sharply marked
dark fuscous triangular blotch on inner margin before anal angle,
apex reaching more than half across wing : cilia pale ochreous-
yellow, mixed with fuscous on hindmargin. Hindwings fuscous-
grey, suffused with pale ochreous-yellowish towards base ; cilia
pale yellowish.

Adelaide, South Australia ; one specimen taken by Professor
Tate in a salt marsh in January, now in the collection of the
Adelaide University Museum.

333. Coes. aphanes, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. albido-ochreis, fascia postica subrecta ochreo-fusca,
ana apicali ochreo-fusco suffusa ; post, albido-ochreis.

i;y e. meyrick, b a. 783

£ J. 12-15 rum. Head, palpi, antenna?, thoi'ax, abdomen and
legs whitish-ochreous. Fore wings elongate, costa gently arched,
apex round-pointed, hindmargin very obliquely rounded ; whitish-
ochreous ; a narrow somewhat sinuate ochreous-brown fascia,
anteriorly sutfusedly darker, from § of costa to inner margin before
anal angle ; apical space .beyond this more or less suffused with
ochreous-brown, especially towards hindmargin : cilia whitish-
ochreous, somewhat suffused with fuscous. Hindwings whitish-
grey ; cilia whitish-ochreous.

Allied to the two following, but differing from both in the pale
colouring and entire fascia ; also with considerable general resem-
blance to C. stenoptera, but shorter-winged and with the thorax
wholly whitish-ochreous.

Murrurundi, New South Wales, in November ; three specimens.

334. Coes. parvula, n. sp.

Parva, alis ant. flavis, macula disci postica parva transversa
saturate purpurea, area apicali roseo-suti'usa ; post, griseis.

^ £. 10-13 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax yellow, rarely rosy-
tinged, palpi anteriorly grey. Antenna? and abdomen grey, anal
tuft whitish-ochreous. Legs dark grey, posterior pair whitish-
ochreous. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched,
apex round-pointed, hindmargin slightly sinuate, oblique ; yellow,
rarely suffused with pale rosy ; a dark purple transverse spot in
disc beyond middle ; apical space beyond this more or less strongly
suffused with purplish-rosy : cilia whitish-yellow. Hindwings
grey ; cilia pale grey.

"Variable in respect of the rosy suffusion.

Sydney, New South Wales ; Melbourne and Warragul, Victoria;
Deloraine, Tasmania ; Mount Lofty, South Australia ; common in
November, February, and March.

335. Coes. aspasia, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. flavis, macula disci postica parva transversa
alteraque dorsi postica ovali connexis saturate fusco-purpureis ;
post, griseis.

784 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

£ $. 12-15 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax yellow, palpi whitish
towards hase. Antennae and abdomen grey, anal tuft, pale yellowish.
Legs dark grey, posterior pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings
elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex pointed, hind-
margin sinuate, very oblique ; yellow ; a dark fuscous-purple
transverse spot in disc beyond middle (rarely almost obsolete),
connected with a more or less defined oval dark fuscous-purple spot
on inner margin before anal angle : cilia light yellowish, towards
anal angle grey. Hind wings grey ; cilia light grey, towards apex
ochreous-whitish with a grey basal line.

Closely allied to C. parvula, but quite without rosy suffusion,
and with an oval spot before anal angle.

Port Lincoln, South Australia; common in November.

336. Goes, panxantha, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. angustioribus, ochreo-flavis ; post, albido-ochreis,
basim versus vix griseo-suffusis.

(J. 15-17 mm. Head palpi, and thorax ochreous-yellow ; second
joint of palpi externally dark fuscous except at apex ; shoulders
very narrowly dark fuscous. Antenna? grey. Abdomen whitish-
ochreous. Legs grey, posterior pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings
elongate, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin
extremely obliquely rounded ; ochreous-yellow ; costal edge dark
fuscous towards base ; rarely two faint fuscous dots in disc beyond
middle : cilia whitish-yellow. Hindwings whitish-ochreous, towards
base somewhat greyish ; cilia whitish-yellow.

Distinguished from the other unicolorous species by the whitish
ochreous hindwings.

Sydney and Bulli, New South Wales; common in September and
October.

337. Coes. amylodes, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. stramineis, interdum macula anguli analis
obscura fusca ; post, griseis ; thoracis macula antica saturate fusca.

<§ Q. 16-19 mm. Head and palpi whitish-ochreous. Antennae
pale grey. Thorax whitish-ochreous, anterior margin dark fuscous,

BY E. MEYRICK, 15 A. 785

forming a quadrate spot in centre. Abdomen light gvey, anal tuft
whitish-ochreous. Legs grey, posterior pair whitish-ochreous.
Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, hind-
margin obliquely rounded ; pale ochreous-yellowish ; costal edge
dark fuscous at base ; sometimes a cloudy fuscous spot on anal angle,
usually absent : cilia pale ochreous-yellowish, on anal angle fuscous-
tinged. Hindwings grey ;"cilia light grey, tips round apex whitish-
ochreous.

Duller and lighter than C . panxantka, with grey hindwings and
dark thoracic spot.

Murrurundi, New South Wales, in November ; seven specimens.

33S. Coes. omichlota, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. albido-ochreis, fusco-sparsis ; post, griseis.

^ Q. 13-15 mm. Head and palpi pale whitish-ochreous, palpi
anteriorly dark fuscous. Antenna? grey-whitish, annulated with
dark fuscous. Thorax whitish-ochreous, anterior margin dark-
fuscous, forming a quadrate spot in centre. Abdomen light grey,
anal tuft whitish-ochreous. Legs grey, posterior pair whitish-
ochreous. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex
round-pointed, hindmargin obliquely rounded ; whitish-ochreous,
coarsely irrorated with fuscous ; costal edge dark fuscous towards
base : cilia whitish-ochreous, somewhat irrorated with fuscous.
Hindwings grey ; cilia whitish-ochreous, greyish-tinged.

Characterised by the fuscous irroration and absence of other
markings.

Rosewood, Queensland ; seven specimens amongst dense scrub
in September.

339. Coes. ergalis, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. albido-ochreis, saturatius fusco-conspersis,
punctis disci tribus serieque postica saturate fuscis ; post, griseis.

J1. 17-19 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax whitish-ochreous,
shoulders fuscous. Antennae whitish-ochreous, annulated with
dark fuscous. Abdomen and legs whitish-ochreous, anterior pair
fuscous. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex

786 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

round-pointed, hindmargin straight, oblique ; whitish-ochreous,
irrorated with rather dark fuscous ; costal edge dark fuscous near
base ; a dark fuscous dot in disc before middle, another somewhat
beyond it on fold, and a third in disc I .eyond middle ; an indistinct
curved row of dark fuscous dots from f of costa to anal angle :
cilia whitish-ochreous, somewhat irrorated with dark fuscous.
Hind wings grey ; cilia grey- whitish, with a grey line.

Allied to C. omich/ota, but considerably larger, and somewhat
broader- winged, with distinct discal dots.

Brisbane, Queensland, in September ; three specimens.

340. Coes. disema, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. albis, punctis disci tribus (tertio duplici)
lineaque postica sub costa valde indentata saturate fuscis ; post,
dilutius griseis.

£. 18-20 mm. Head and thorax ochreous- white, shoulders with
a dark fuscous spot. Palpi white, second joint dark fuscous
except at apex. Antennte grey. Abdomen grey-whitish, anal
tuft ochreous- whitish. Legs dark fuscous, posterior pair ochreous-
whitish. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa moderately
arched, apex rounded, hindmargin extremely obliquely rounded ;
white, slightly ochreous-tinged ; costal edge whitish-ochreous, at
base blackish ; a dark fuscous dot in disc at J, a second slightly
beyond it on fold, and two others transversely placed and confluent
in disc at §, sometimes connected with anal angle by a dark
fuscous streak ; a short inwardly oblique cloudy dark fuscous
streak from costa at |, giving rise to an outwards-curved row of
cloudy dark fuscous spots running to anal angle ; sometimes some
dark fuscous dots on hindmargin : cilia whitish-ochreous. Hind-
wings light grey ; cilia pale whitish-ochreous.

.Recalls Eulechria in general appearance.

Sydney, New South Wales ; two specimens in November and
January.

BY E. MEYHICK, B.A. 787

341. Coes. amphilyca, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. angustis, saturatius griseis, albo-suffusis, punctis
disci duobus, nebula anguli aualis, lineaque postica sub costa
valde indentata saturate fuscis ; post, griseis, antice albido-ochreo
suffusis

£. 18 mm. Head wliitish. Palpi white, anteriorly grey.
Antennas whitish-grey. Thorax fuscous-grey mixed with whitish.
Abdomen whitish-ochreous, anal tuft ochreous-yellowish. Legs
dark fuscous, posterior pair whitish-ochreons. Forewings elongate,
narrow, costa slightly arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin
straight, extremely oblique ; rather dark fuscous-grey, densely
irrorated and suffused with white ; a dark fuscous dot in disc-
before middle, and a second more transverse in disc beyond middle,
connected with anal angle by a cloudy dark suffusion ; a dark
fuscous line from costa at 5 to anal angle, sharply indented below
costa ; a hindmarginal row of cloudy dark fuscous dots : cilia pale
whitish-ochreous, greyish-tinged. Hindwings grey, anteriorly
suffused with whitish-ochreous ; cilia whitish-ochreous.

Apparently allied to the preceding, but differing widely in the
dark grey ground-colour and other characters ; the single specimen
is not very perfect.

Sydney, New South Wales ; one specimen in September.

324. Coes. apothyma, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. angustis, albis, macula basali, altera costa? media,
tertia dorsi antica, quarta disci, linea postica sinuata, punctisque
disci duobus saturate fuscis ; post, dilute griseis.

£. 15-16 mm. Head and palpi white. Antennae whitish-grey.
Thorax white, anterior half fuscous. Abdomen whitish. Legs
dark fuscous, posterior pair whitish. Forewings elongate, narrow,
costa slightly arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin extremely
obliquely rounded ; fuscous-grey, irrorated with dark fuscous and
irregularly suffused with white ; the dark ground-colour forms a
small basal spot, an elongate-triangular spot on middle of costa, a
small blotch on inner margin before middle, another in disc below

788 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

middle, a spot in disc at \ and another at §•, a sinuate posterior line,
and small apical spot : cilia grey-whitish. Hindwings pale grey ;
cilia whitish-grey.

Allied to C. ampkilyca, but smaller, with the dark ground-
colour forming various distinct markings which are not seen in
C. ampkilyca, and without whitish-ochreous suffusion in the
hindwings.

Petersburg, South Australia, in October ; two specimens

343. Goes, yephyrota, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. niveis, basi saturate fusca, fasciis duabus
angustioribus maculaque costee anteapicali ochreo-fuscis, in margin-
ibus saturatioribus : post, griseis.

^ 9. 14-15 mm. Head white. Palpi white, apex of terminal joint,
and second joint except apex dark fuscous. Antennae fuscous.
Thorax dark fuscous, with a white posterior spot. Abdomen
fuscous, anal tuft whitish-ochreous. Legs dark fuscous, posterior
pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, costa moderately
arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin almost straight, rather
strongly oblique ; white, with some ochreous scales in disc ; mark-
ings ochreous-brown, becoming dark fuscous on costa and inner
mai'gin ; base narrowly dark fuscous ; a rather narrow slightly
outwards-curved fascia from J of costa to \ of inner margin ; a
similar slightly inwards-curved fascia from 5 of costa to anal angle,
dilated on costa ; an inwardly oblique spot from costa immediately
before apex ; an interrupted dark fuscous hindmarginal line : cilia
white, with a dark fuscous bar above apex and on anal angle.
Hindwings grey ; cilia whitish-ochreous-grey.

A very distinct species.

Rosewood, Queensland, amongst dense scrub ; two specimens in
September.

344. Coes. discincta, n. sp.

Parva, alis ant. ochreo-albidis, fascia ad basim perobliqua,

macula costse antica parva, punctis disci duobus anticis, fascia

postica angusta recta, maculaque apicis nigrescentibus ; post,
griseis, basim versus dilutioribus.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 789

<J £. 12 mm. Head and thorax ochveous-white, shoulders
narrowly blackish. Palpi white, irregularly mixed with blackish.
Antennae grey. Abdomen ochreous-whitish. Legs ochreous-
whitish, anterior and middle pair banded with dark fuscous.
Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex
round-pointed, hindmargin extremely obliquely rounded ; ochreous-
whitish ; markings blackish, rather ill-defined ; a straight rather
narrow (in £ broken) fascia from base of costa to inner margin at
I ; a small spot on costa at ^ ; a dot in disc before middle, and a
second beneath it on fold, touching extremity of first fascia ; a
narrow straight fascia from -| of costa to anal angle, dilated on
costa, containing a round black spot in disc ; a small irregular
apical blotch : cilia whitish-ochreous, Hindwings rather dark
grey, towards base much paler ; cilia whitish-ochreous.
Cannot be confused with any other.

Sydney, New South Wales, in October and Januaiy ; two
specimens.

345. Goes. austaleay n. sp.
Parva, alis ant. albido-fuscis, costa? basi, punctis disci quattuor
(quarto duplici), maculaque costse postica parva saturate fuscis ;
post, griseis, basim versus dilutioribus.

g. 10 mm. Head light ochreous-yellowish. Palpi whitish,
second joint externally dark fuscous. Antennae grey. Thorax
whitish-ochreous, shoulders dark fuscous (partially defaced.)
Abdomen grey, anal tuft ochreous-yellowish. Legs dark fuscous,
posterior pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, costa moder-
ately ai'ched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin very obliquely
rounded ; very pale whitish-fuscous ; costal edge pale ochreous-
yellowish ; markings dark fuscous ; a streak along basal £ of costa,
rather broad at base, attenuated to extremity ; a round dot in disc
before middle, a second beneath it on fold, a third in disc above
middle, and two others transversely placed and confluent in disc
beyond middle, connected with anal angle by an obscure streak ; a
small spot on costa beyond middle ; some dark fuscous scales
towards apex : cilia whitish-ochreous. Hindwings grey, towards
base paler ; cilia whitish-ochreous-grey

790 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

An inconspicuous species, yet very distinct.

Bulli Pass, New South Wales, in January ; one specimen.

346. Coes. arenivaga, n. sp.

Parva, alis ant. dilute albido-ochreis, punctis disci tribus saturate
fuscis; post, griseo-albidis.

(J. 10 mm. Head, palpi, antenna?, thorax, abdomen, and legs
whitish-ochreous ; anterior legs infuscated. Forewings elongate,
costa moderately arched, apex pointed, hindmargin very obliquely
rounded ; a dark fuscous dot in disc before middle, a second
obliquely beyond it on fold, and a third in disc beyond middle ;
cilia pale whitish-ochreous. Hind wings and cilia grey-whitish,
towards apex ochreous-tinged .

This and the following species are very easily overlooked.

Sydney, New South Wales ; two specimens Gn coast sandhills in
January.

347. Coes. vegrandis, n. sp.

Parva, alis ant. dilutissime griseis, punctis disci tribus serieque
marginis postici nigris ; post, griseo-albidis.

£. 10 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, thorax, abdomen, and legs
grey-whitish. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, apex
round-pointed, hindmargin extremely obliquely rounded ; very pale
whitish-grey, somewhat strewn with white ; a black dot in disc-
before middle, a second somewhat beyond it on fold, and a third in
disc beyond middle; a row of black dots along hindmargin and
apical portion of costa : cilia grey-whitish. Hind wings and cilia
grey-whitish.

Allied to C. arenivaga, but readily separated by the greyish
ground colour and black marginal dots.

Sydney, New South Wales, in January ; one specimen.

BY E. MEYRICK, B. A. 791

52. Epipyrga, Meyr.

Head smooth, sidetufts small. Antennae in g moderately and
evenly ciliated (H), basal joint moderate, without pecten (?).
Palpi moderate, second joint not exceeding base of antennas,
densely scaled, rather rough beneath, terminal joint as long as
second, moderate, recurved. Thorax with a dense posterior crest.
Fore wings elongate, moderate, hindmargin very oblique. Hind-
wings narrower than forewings, elongate-ovate, hindmargin
rounded, cilia 1. Abdomen moderate. Anterior tarsi slightly
thickened with scales ; middle tibiae with a projecting median
whorl of scales ; posterior tibia? clothed with long dense hairs.
Forewings with vein 7 to apex, 2 frjm somewhat before angle of
cell. Hindwings normal.

In the tabulation of genera it is erroneously stated that vein 7
of the forewings terminates in the hindmargin ; I have since
satisfied myself that it really terminates in the apex, and hence,
considering also the characters of the strong thoracic crest, and
slight dilation of the anterior tarsi, it is clear that the resemblance
to Coisyra is merely superficial, and that the genus should
properly be placed next to Piloprepes, to which it is certainly
nearly related, being perhaps a development from it. It differs
from Piloprepes in the absence of tufts on the forewing, in the
much slighter dilation of the tarsi, and apparently also in the
absence of the antennal pecten, but the latter character requires
verification on further specimens.

348. Epip. agaclita. n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. ochreo-flavis, costas basi saturate fusca, fascia
marginis postici latissima dilute purpurea, antice nigro-marginata,
maculas duas fuscas includente ; post, saturatius griseis.

792 DESCRIPTIONS OP AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LP.PIDOPTERA,

^. 13 mm. Head whitish-yellowish. Palpi yellowish-white,
basal half of second, and extreme apex of terminal joint dark
fuscous. Antennae fuscous. Thorax dark fuscous, with a
posterior pale ochreous-yellowish spot. Abdomen light ochreous.
Legs dai'k fuscous, posterior pair ochreous-yellowish. Foi'ewings
elongate, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin
very obliquely rounded ; ochreous-yellow ; base of costa dark
fuscous ; apical half of wing very pale purple, bounded by an
inwards-curved blackish line from I? of costa to §- of inner margin,
and containing a fuscous blotch before apex, connected with a
smaller one on anal angle ; a row of cloudy blackish spots along
hindmargin and end of costa : cilia pale whitish-yellowish, basal
half pale purplish, finely irrorated with black. Hindwings rather
dark fuscous ; cilia grey, with a darker line.

Rosewood, Queensland, amongst dense scrub in September ; cne
specimen.

CRITICAL LIST OF MOLLUSCA FEOM NORTH-WEST
COAST OF AUSTRALIA.

By J. Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c.

This collection of Mollusca was obtained by a lady at Cossack
Dampier's Land, North-west Coast of Australia, and forwarded by
her to Mr. J. F. Bailey of Melbourne, Victoria. Mr. Bailey sent
the collection to be exhibited and named at this Society's Meeting-
held in June last, and at the time I named all the examples sent, and
promised to give a list at some future meeting. I herewith append
that list with the synonyms and remai'ks on the geographical
range of some of the species. I am sorry to say that Mr. J. F.
Bailey died on the 30th of July at the early age of 43 years. It
appears he caught a cold while out collecting Palreontological
specimens near Melbourne.

1. Murex (Chicoreus) monodox. Sowerby.

Murex monodon, Sowerby. Tankerville Catalogue, p. 19, 1823.
Thes. Conch., pi. 6, figs. 55-56. Murex aranea, Blainville.

2. Murex (Phyllonotus) Stainforthi. Reeve.

Murex Stainforthi, Reeve. Proc. Zool. Soc, p. 104, 1842.
Conch. Icon., sp. 68 ; Sowerby, Thes. Conch, pi. 15, fig. 158.

3. Nassa (Zeuxis) unicorolata. Kiener.

Buccinum unkolorum, Kiener. Coq. Viv., p. 60, pi, 19, fig. 69.

Nassa unicolorata, Reeve. Conch. Icon., pi. 3, sp. 17.

Nassa rutilans, Reeve, b. c, pi. 22, sp. 147 ; Nassa (Alectrion)-
rutilans, Brazier. Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S. W. Vol. 1, p. 180 ; Nassa
unicolor, Hombron et Jacq. Voyage de TAstrolabe et Zelee., 5,
p. 76, pi. 21, figs. 13-15, 1853.

794 LIST OF MOLLUSCA FROM NORTH-WEST AUSTRALIA,

This species is very common at Port Essington and Port
Darwin. During the Chevert Expedition I obtained it at
Darnley Island, Torres Straits, in 30 fathoms. This is the species
described by Reeve as Nassa rutilans, with the locality of New
Zealand on the authority of the late Mr. Cuming, who was gifted
with the art of inventing localities, and who never visited New
Zealand, and who was also in the habit of destroying the
habitats sent with specimens, as he said they could be discovered
by looking at the work in which they were described.

4. Nassa (Zeuxis) bicallosa. E. A. Smith.

Nassa bicallosa, E. A. Smith. Journal Linn. Soc, Vol, XII.,
p. 543, pi. 30, fig. 1, 1876 ; Tryon, Manual of Conchology, Vol.
IV, p. 36, pi. 11, fig. 142, 1882.

This species appears to have a wide range. The type specimen
came from Nicol Bay, Western Australia (Brazier) ; Swan River,
Western Australia and Cape Natal (British Museum.)

5. Voluta (Amobia) pk.etexta. Reeve.

Voluta prwtexta, Reeve. Conch. Icon., pi. 12, sp. 29, 1849.

Voluta reticulata, Sowerby (non Reeve.) Thes. Conch., Vol. I.,
p. 197, pi. 49, figs. 47 and 48 ; Voluta Jieevei, Sowerby. b. c,
Vol. III., p. 269.

6. Oliva Caldania. Duclos.

Oliva Caldania, Duclos. Monograph, pi. 6, figs. 3 and 4, 1835 ;
Sowerby. Thes. Conch., pi. 6, fig. 97 ; Olivina Caldania, Cray.
Proc. Zool. Soc, p. 52, 1858 ; Olivella Caldania, Brazier. Proc.
Linn. Soc, N.S.W., Vol. 1, p. 203.

I believe that Oliva australis, Duclos, figured in his Monograph at
pi. 8, figs. 3 and 4 is identical with this species. It is found at King
Ceorge's Sound ; Adelaide, South Australia ; and Victoria. 0. Cal-
dania we obtained it at Mud Bay, Cape York, North Australia, 5
and 11 fathoms; also Torres Straits, in the Chevert Expedition; New
Cuinea and Solomon Islands. The Polynesian Islanders use the
smaller species extensively for the manufacture of ornaments.

BY J. BRAZIER, C.M.Z.S., &C. 795

They prefer pure white shells for this purpose, and cause the
colored markings to disappear by application of heat. 0.
Caldcmia is treated in this way by the natives of New Guinea.
They might readily be mistaken for a distinct species. The plan
adopted is to place the shells on good clear red-hot ashes which
discharges the colouring, leaving them entirely white. The smaller
the shells the better they stand the heat, and do not crack on the
surface like the larger species.

7. Ancillaria cingulata. Sowerby.

Anciharia cingulata, Sowerby. Thes. Conch. Ancillaria, p. 62,
pi. 3, fig. 54 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 5, sp. 13.

This species extends from Swan River on the west, right round
to the north, then on to the east coast of Australia. It is
generally found at Port Stephens.

8. Ancillaria elongata. Gray.

Ancillaria elongata, Gray. In Voyage of the Fly, Vol. 2.
Appendix, p. 357, pi. 1, fig. 5 ; Sowerby, Thes. Conch., p. 62,
pi. 3, fig. 52 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 5, sp. 13.

9. Terebra duplicata. Linn.
Buccinum duplication, Linne. Syst. Nat., p. 1206, No. 485.

Terebra duplicata, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. Deshayes, ed., Vol.
10, p 243; Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 1, p. 155, pi. 41, figs. 1,
2, 3, 4, and 9 ; Terebra Lamarcki, Kiener. Coq. Viv., p. 30,
pi. 9, fig. 19 ; Terebra Reevei, Deshayes in Journal de Conch., Vol.
6, second series, p. 88, pi. 4, fig. 14; Proc. Zool. Soc, p. 277.
1859.

10. Terebra (Haslula) strigilata. Linn.

Buccinum strigilatum, Linn. Syst. Nat., p. 1206, No. 484.
Terebra strigilata, Lam. Anim. sans Vert., 2nd. edition, Vol.
10, p. 248 ; Reeve, Conch Icon., pi. 18, sp. 85, a., b.

796 LIST OF MOLLUSCA FROM NORTH-WEST AUSTRALIA,

11. Terebra (Myurella) undulata. Gray.

Terebra undulata, Gray. Proc. Zool. Soc, p. 60, 1834.
Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 1, p. 172, pi. 43, fig. 55.

12. Conus stillatus. Reeve.

Comes stillatus, Reeve. Conch. Icon. Supp]., p. 5, sp. 247.
I believe this is only a variety of Reeve's Conus conspersus.

13. Conus trigonus. Reeve.

Conus trigonus, Reeve. Conch. Icon. Suppl., pi. 3, sp. 286.

14. Conus Victoria. Reeve.

Conus Victoria, Reeve. Proc. Zool. Soc, p. 172, 1843.

Conch. Icon., pi. 37, sp. 202.

Conus Victorice, Sowerby. Thes. Conch., Vol. 3, p. 42, pi. 23,
fig. 577.

15. Conus complanatus. Sowerby.

Conus complanatus. Sowerby. Thes. Conch. Suppl., p. 330,
sp. 441, pi. 28, figs. 250 and 251.

This and C. Victories merge into Comis textile, Linne. and may
prove to be the same.

16. Ficula gracilis. Deshayes.

Specimens of this species in Mrs. Brazier's collection from
Western Australia are named as above Mr. G. B. Sowerby, jr.
H. and A. Adams in their Genera of Recent Mollusca give Ficula
gracilis, Philippi. I have not been able to find out in what work,
it was described, if it ever was I firmly believe that it is only a
variety of Ficula reticulata, Lam.

17. Natica globosa. Chemnitz.

Nerita globosa, Chem. Conch. Cab., Vol. 5, p. 267, pi. 188,
figs. 1896 and 1897.

Natica helvacen,, Lam. Anim. sans. Vert., 2nd edition, Vol. 8,
p. 637.

Natica globosa, Reeve. Conch. Icon., pi. 11, sp. 46.

BY J. BRAZIER, C.M.Z.S., &C. 797

18. Natica solida. Blainville.
Natica solida, Blainv. Malacologie, pi. 36, fig. 8.
Natica solida, Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 16, sp. 71.

19. Natica (Mamma) Jukesi. Reeve.
Natica candidissima, Recluz, non Le Guillou.
Natica Jukesi, Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 19, sp. 84.

20. Natica (Mamma) Gruneriana. Philippi.

Natica Gruneriana, Philippi in Abbild. unci Besch. neuer.
Conchylien, pi. 2, fig. 13 ; Conch. Cab., 2nd. edition, p. 47, pi. 7,
fig. 6.

21. Scalaria Philippinarum. Sowerby.

Scalaria Philippinarum, Sowerby. Proc. Zool. Soc, p. 12,
1844.

Scalaria Philippinarum, Sowerby. Thes. Conch., Yol. 1, p. 86,
pi. 32, figs. 1, 2, and 3.

This species extends to the east-coast of Australia.

22. Scalaria acuminata? Sowerby,
Scalaria, acuminata, Sowerby. Px-oc. Zool. Soc, p. 31, 1844
ScoJaria acuminata, Sowerby. Thes. Conch., pi. 35, fig. 130.
Three or four of the last whorls, with the aperture, are broken
oft*, which makes me doubtful of the identification.

23. Uvanilla fimbriata. Lam.

Ttochus fimbi'iatus, Lam. Anim. sans Vert., Yol. 7, p. 12,
1822.

Menke. Moll. Novse Hollandie, p. 16, No. 62, 1843.

Uvanilla fimbriata, H. and A. Adams. Recent Moll., Yol. 1,
p. 400 ; Yol. 3, pi. 44, fig. 6, 1856.

Trochusfimbriatus, Reeve. Conch. Icon., pi. 9, sp. 49, 1861.

Imperator (Uvanilla J fimbriata, Try on. Structural and Syste-
matic Conchologv, Yol. 2, pp. 308-423, pi. 80, fig. 30, 1883.
52

/^,l'

•"O

UJ L i D R

• ,1 Y

^ - •

* J

'f.

798 LIST OF MOLLUSCA FROM NORTH-WEST AUSTRALIA,

24. Delphinula lacinata. Lamarck.
Turbo delphinus, Linn. Syst. IS at., p. 1236, No. 626.
Delphimda lacinata, Reeve. Conch. Icon., pi. 2, sp. 9.

25. Euchelus atratus. Gmelin.

Turbo atratus, Gmelin, p. 3601, No. 53.

Monodonta canalicidata, Lamarck.

Trochus canalicidatus, Quoy and Gaimard. Voyage de Astro-
labe, 3, p. 261, pi. 64, figs. 21-25.

This species was also obtained in the Chevert Expedition at
Cape Grenville, north-east coast of Australia, brought up on the
.ship's cable, from 18 fathoms.

26. Euchelus denigratus. Chem.

Cochlea lunaris trochiformis denigrata, Chem. 5, p. 172, pi. 177,
figs. 754 and 755.

Euchelus denigratus, Chem. Chenu. Manuel de Conch., p. 358,
fig. 2657.

27. Tornatella flammea. Gmelin.

Voluta flammea, Gmelin. Syst. Nat., p. 3435.
Tornatella flammea, Reeve. Conch. Icon., pi. 1, sp. 2.
Bulimus variegatus, Bruguin.
Tornatella flammea. Lam.

28. Solidula suturalis. A. Adams.
Solidida suturalis, A. Adams. Proc. Zool. Soc, p. 61, 1854.
Tornatella suturalis, Reeve. Conch. Icon., pi. 2, sp. 9.

29. Solen Timorensis. Dunker.
Solen Timorensis, Reeve. Conch. Icon., Vol. 19, pi. 6, sp. 27.
This species was found very common at Katow, New Guinea,
during the Chevert Expedition.

BY J. BRAZIER, C.M.Z.S., &C. 799

30. Saxicava australis. Lamarck.

Saxicava australis, Lam. Anim. sans Vert., V., p. 153.
Saxicava australis, Reeve. Conch. Icon., Vol. 20, pi. 2, sp. 8.
Mactra crassa, Peron.

This species appears to be found all round the coast of
Australia.

31. Corbula crassa. Hinds.

Gorbula crassa, Hinds. Proc. Zool. Soc, p. 55, 1843.
Corbula c?~assa, Reeve. Conch. Icon., Vol. 2, pi. 1, sp. 8 a-b.
Found also in Torres Straits and north-east Australia.

32. Venus tiara. Dillwyn.

Concha Veneris orientalis, Chemnitz. PI. 27, figs. 279-281.

Venus tiara, Dillwyn. Descriptive Catalogue of Shells, Vol.
1, p. 1G2, No. 8.

Chione tiara, Deshayes. Conch if Brit. Mus. 1, p. 121, No. 7.

Chione ( Circomphalus ) tiara, H. and A. Adams. Genera.
Recent Moll., Vol. 2, p. 422.

Anaitis tiara, Romer in Malak. Blatter, p. 158, No. 7, 1865.

Venus alta, Sowerby. Thes. Conch., p. 724. pi. 158, figs, 131-133.

Chione alta, Deshayes. Conchif. Brit. Mus. 1, p. 122, No. 8.

Chione (Circomphalus) alta, H. and A. Adams. Genera.
Recent Moll., Vol. 2, p. 422.

Venus thiara. Reeve. Conch. Icon., Vol. 14, pi. 23, sp. 109.

This somewhat common species is also found on the north and
north-east coast of Australia.

33. Venus lamellaris. Schumacher.

Venus cancellata, Var. Chem. Conch. 6, p. 310, pi. 29, figs. 306
and 307.

Antigona lamellaris, Schumacher. Essai d' un Nouveau Systeme
Vers. Testaces., p. 155, pi. 14, fig. 2, 1817.

Venus reticulata, Var. Lam. Anim, Sans. Vert. 5, p. 585, 1818.

Venus subrostrata, Gray (non Lam.) Wood. Tnd. Test. Suppl.,
pi. 2, fig. 7, 1828.

800 LIST OF MOLLUSCA FROM NORTH-WF.ST AUSTRALIA,

Dosinia Lamarckii, Gray. Analyst., Vol. 8, p. 308, 1838.

Venus subrostrata, Reeve (non Lam.) Conch. Syst., "Vol. 1,
pi. 68, fig. 4, 1841.

Venus reticulata, Chenn. Conch. Illust., pi. 4, fig. 2, 1843.

Venus Lamarckii, Hanley. Desc. Cat. Shells, p. 113, 1843.

Venus Lamarckii, Reeve. Cation. Conch. Nomenclator, p. 3,
No. 63, 1845. Sowerby. Thes. Conch., Vol. 2, p. 707, pi. 153,
figs. 20 and 21. Deshayes. Conchif. Brit. Mus. 1, p. 110, No. 31,
1853.

Venus lamellaris, H. and A. Adams. Genera. Recent Moll.,
Vol.2, p. 418.

Venus Lamarckii, Theobald. Jnm\ Cat. Recent Shells in the
Museum, Asiatic Society of Bengal, p. 143, No. 5, 18G0.

Ghione ( Omphaloclathrum ) Lamarckii, Romer in Malak Blatter,
p. 39, No. 1G, 1867.

Venus Lamarckii, Mitchell. Cat. of the Collection of the
Government, Central Museum, Madras, p. 64, No. 7, 1867.

Vemis nodulosa, Sowerby. Thes, Conch., Vol. 2, p. 708, pi.
133, fig. 16.

Deshayes. Conchif. Brit. Mus. 1, p. 110, No. 32.

H. and A. Adams. Genera. Recent Moll. 2, p. 418.

Venus Lamarckii, Reeve. Conch, [con,, Vol. 2, pi. 12. sp. 39.

Chione Lamarckii, Paetel. Cat. der Conch-Sammlung, p. 138,
1873.

Chenus lamellaris, Schmeltz. Mus. Godeflfroy Cat. V., p. 168,
1874.

Venus (Antigona) lamellaris, Dunker. Index Moll. Maris.
Japonica, p. 196, 1882.

This species has a very wide range. It is found sometimes at
S\<lney Heads, Port Curtis and Port Denison on the north-east
coast ; Torres Straits, Port Essington, and Port Darwin, round to
the west and north-west coast of Australia. I have seen speci-
men from Hongkong, China, and Ceylon.

34. Dione impar. Lamarck.
Cytherea impar, Lam. Anim. sans Vert., Vol. 5, p. 565.

BY J. BRAZIER, C.M.Z.S., &C. 801

Hanley. Descriptive Catalogue of Recent Bivalve Shells, p.
98 ; Menke, Molluscorurn Nova? Hollandiee, p. 41, No. 240 ;
Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 2, p. 625, pi. 131, fig. 77.

Chione impar, Gray. Anal. 8, 305.

Dione impar, Deshayes. Conchif. 1, Brit. Mus., p. 56.

35. Dosinia scalaris. Menke.

Cytherea scalaris, Menke. Moll. Nov. Holl., p. 42, No. 241.

Artemis scalaris, Hanley. Desc. Cat. Appendix, p. 357, pi. 15,
fig. 42 j Sowerby. Thes. Conch., Vol. 2, p. 674, pi. 144, fig. 78 ;
Reeve. Conch. Icon., pi. 2, sp. 11.

Dosinia scalaris, Deshayes. Conchif. 1, Brit. Mus , p. 22.

36. Dosinia contusa. Reeve.

Artemis contusa, Reeve. Conch. Icon., pi. 7, sp. 38.

Sowerby. Thes. Conch., Vol. 2, p. 672, pi. 143. fig. 70.

Dosinia contusa, Deshayes. Conchif. 1, Brit. Mus., p. 28.

There was only one specimen of this in Mr. Bailey's collection
from Copack. During the Chevert Expedition to New Guinea
we purchased a large quantity of specimens from the natives of
Katow who obtained them at low water by digging for them in

the sand.

37. Caedium subrugosum. Sowerby.

Cardium subrugosum, Sowerby. Proc. Zool. Soc, p. 108,

1840; Conch. Illust., fig. 33, 71; Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 11,

sp. 55.

38. Corbis Sowerbyi. Reeve.

Corbis Sowerbii, Reeve. Proc. Zool. Soc, p. 85, 1841.

Corbis Sowerbii, Hanley. Desc. Cat. Shells, p. 75, pi, 14,
fig. 15, 1843.

Corbis Sowerbii, Reeve. Conch. Icon., pi. 1, sp. 2, 1872.

This is the only specimen I have ever seen of this beautiful shell.
The valves are crossed transversely with distinct elevated lamellar
ridges, between which there are numerous striae running in a
longitudinal direction. It is tinged with pink, particularly in an
early stage of growth.

802 LIST OF MOLLUSCA FROM NORTH-WEST AUSTRALIA,

39. Crassatella decipiens. Reeve.

Crassatella decipiens, Reeve. Proc. Zool. Soc, p. 42, 1842 ;
Conch. Icon., pi. 1, sp. 4.

Crassatella Kingicola, Reeve. Conch. Syst., pi. 44, fig. 3.

Crassatella decipiens, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Shells, p. 36, 340,
pi. 11, fig. 9.

Crassitella Kingicola, Menke (non Lam). Moll. Nov Holl.,
p. 39, No. 233.

40. Cardita crassicostata. Lamarck.

Cardita crassicostata, Lam. Anim. sans Vert., Vol. 6, part 1,
p. 24.

Cardita tridacnoides, Menke. Moll. Nov. Holl., p. 39, No. 222.

41. Arca fusca. Bmg.

Area fusca, Bmg. Enc. Meth. vers., p. 102. Lam. Anim.
sans Vert., Vol. 6, part 1, p. 39, No. 14. Reeve. Conch. Icon.,
pi. 12, sp. 82.

42. Lithodomus gracilis. Philippi.

Modiola (Lithophagus) gracilis, Philippi. Zeitschrift fur
Malak., p. 117, 1847. Abbilcl., pi. 2, fig. 1.

Lithodomus gracilis, Reeve. Conch. Icon., pi. 1, sp. 4.

43. Lithodomus cinnamominus. Chemnitz.

Mytilus cinnamominus, Chem, Conch. Cab., Vol. 8, p. 252,
pi.. 82, fig. 731 ; Modiola cinnamomea, Lam. Anim. sans Vert.
6, p. 114, No. 18. Hanley. Cat. Rec. Shells., p. 238, pi. 24, fig.
24 ; Lithodomus cinnamominus, Reeve. Conch. Icon. pi. 1, sp. 5.

44. Perna Australica. Reeve.
Pema Australica, Reeve. Conch. Icon. pi. 3, sp. 12.

45. Crenatula viridis. Lamarck.
Crenatula viridis, Lam. Anim. sans Vert.. Vol. 6, part 1,
p. 157, No. 5 ; Hanley. Cat. Rec. Shells, p. 257 ; Reeve. Conch.
Icon., pi. 1, sp. 2.

BY J. BRAZIER, C.M.Z.S., &C. 803

46. Malleus vulsellatus. Lamarck.

Malleus vulsellatus. Lam. Anim. sans Vert., Vol. 6, p. 145.

Hanley. Cat. Eec. Shells, p. 260.

Ostrea regula, Forskael. Desc. Anim., p. 124.

Malleus regula, Reeve. Conch. Icon., pi. 2, sp. 4.

47. Spondylus Lamarckii. Chenu.

Spondylus Lamarckii, Chenu. Conch. Illust., p. 6, pi. 9, fig, 4.
Reeve. Conch. Icon., pi. 8, sp. 30.

48. Spondylus castus. Reeve.
Spondylus castus, Reeve. Conch. Icon., pi. 13, sp. 47.

49. Spondylus ocellatus. Reeve.
Spondylus ocellatus, Reeve. Conch. Icon. pi. 12, sp. 43.

50. Spondylus Wrightianus. Crosse.

Spondylus Wrightianus, Crosse. Journal de Conch., Vol. 20,
p. 360, 1872 ; Vol. 21, p. 253, pi. 9, fig. 1, 1873.

This species is also found on the east-coast of Australia, at Port
Curtis and Port Denison. 7 to 10 fathoms ; Cape Granville,
North-East Australia, 12 to 20 fathoms; Darling Island, Torres
Straits, 25 to 30 fathoms. A large number of specimens were
obtained during the Chevert Expedition {Brazier.) I have a
specimen from Professor Tate obtained by him at Port Darwin,
brought up on the ship's cable with a number of examples. It is
allied to S. regius, Chem. and imperials, Chenu and may pi*ove to
be only a variety of S. regius.

804 SYNONOMY OP SOME LAND MOLLUSCA,

SYNONOMY OF SOME LAND MOLLUSCA FROM PAPUA
OR NEW GUINEA.

By J. Brazier, C.M.Z,S., &c, &c.

In the Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Vol, XL, fifth
series, 1883, Mr. Edgar A. Smith described four new species of
Helicidae said to have been collected at D'Entrecasteaux Island,
off the South-east of New Guinea. The four species so described
were not from D'Entrecasteaux Island, but were collected by
Messrs. Goldie, Rolls, Cairn, and Hunstein, inland from Port
Moresby, under the Astrolabe Rauge of Mountains.

Mr. Goldie's party did send home birds collected on D'Entre-
casteaux Island ; and it is quite evident that they got into some
dealers hands who came to the conclusion that the shells must
have come from the same place as the birds. Mr. Smith says
that besides the new species the collection includes examples of
Helix Tayloriana, Adams and Reeve; H. yulensis, Brazier; Helix
Broadbenti, Brazier ; and a very beautiful variety of Helix corni-
culum, Hcnib. and Jacquinot. One of Mr.Smith's species I have
renamed, as his name had been previously given to a fossil species.

1. Helix (Obba) Goldiei.

Helix Goldiei, Brazier. Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W. Vol. 5, p. 637,
1880. Helix (Obba) oxystoma, E. A. Smith, (non Thomae.) Annals.
Mag. Nat. Hist., 5 series. Vol. XL, p. 191, 1883.

Hab. — The foot of the Mount Astrolabe and Owen Stanley
Range, New Guinea (Mr. A Goldie.)

BY J. BRAZIER, C.M.Z.S., &C. 805

There is already a fossil species named Helix oxystoma, Thoniae.
Nass. Jalirl. 2, p. 136, in Sandberger Die Land-und Siisswasser-
Conchylien 1870-1875. The oxystoma of E. A. Smith I have
changed to Goldei. It was on the 29th of December 1880, that I
exhibited before this Society two Helices named Goldiei and
Hunsteinei, and at the following Meeting held in January 27th
1881, I described the two above named species, but by some
unaccountable means the papers with my description appear to
have got either lost or mislaid by the Secretary.

2. Helix (Geotrochus) Zeno.

Helix (Geotrochus) Zeno, Brazier. Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W. Vol.
I., p. 107, 1876. Helix ( Geotrochus) latiaxis, E. A. Smith. Annals.
Mag. Nat. Hist., 5 series. Vol. XL, p. 191.

Hab. — Hall Sound, New Guinea, Brazier. Laloki or Gel die
River. Broadbent. Foot of Mount Astrolabe and Owen Stanley
Range, Goldie, Rolls, Cairn and Hunstein.

During the Chevert Expedition to New Guinea, we obtained a
few specimens of this species on the mainland of New Guinea at
Hall Sound. They were found in the thick forest on a high ridge ;
since then it was collected by Mr. Broadbent on the banks of the
Laloki or Goldie River, and twice since by Mr. Goldie and his
party under the Mount Astrolabe and Owen Stanley Range.

The other species described by Mr. Smith as Helix (Geotrochus)
Tapparonei, Mr. H. Hunsteini, with the indention in the outer lip
is somewhat allied to Geotrochus Macgillivrayi, Forbes. The lip of
H. Tapparonei, is of an intense jet black colour, some specimens
are spirally banded, others again are pure white like beautiful
porcelain, some again have the whole outer surface of a rich rose
tint with the lip bright jet black ; the species is very rare and was
obtained under the Mount Astrolabe and Owen Stanley Ranges.
The other species described by Mr. Smith is named Helix
( Sphcerospina) Genardi. It appears that when this was described
Mr. Smith had only one specimen in the British Museum ; as
I have some dozens of them I can confirm Mr. Smith's opinion

806 THE TIME OF THE GLACIAL PERIOD IX NEW ZEALAND,

that it is a true species, and in no way distorted. The spine is
granulated but it does not extend to the last whorl. Mr. Smith
states " that the granules are arranged in such a manner as to
form oblique series in two directions or in a criss-cross direction ;
they are excessively minute and crowded upon the topmost whorls,
and gradually enlai'ge and become further apart as the shell grows.
In addition to the sculpture already mentioned, there are indications
on the body whorl of a few shallow transverse indistinct sulci,
with faintly elevated broad ridges between them, especially around
the middle. The apex of this species is peculiar ; for the nucleus
coils in and downwards and is less raised than the second whorl."
The granulation around the spine of this species is very much after
some of the Australian forms.

THE TIME OF THE GLACIAL PERIOD IN NEW

ZEALAND.

By Dr. R. v. Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

In a recent Paper (1)1 described the principal Glaciers of New
Zealand of the present time, and I have found occasion several
times to refer to the Glacial Period, which has left most striking
traces in all parts of that country.

Von Haast (2) has furnished a Map of the Glaciers of the cold
period, which shows that several of the ice-streams of that period
extended down to the sea.

I had occasion to observe the characteristic scratches on the rocks
in the Sounds of the West-coast close to the waters edge, which
prove the correctness of Von Haast's views.

The Sounds in the southern part of the West-coast of the Middle
Island of New Zealand are a most striking topographical feature.
Similar Sounds are found in Norway and Kamtchatka, also there
the traces of glaciers are to be seen on their steep sides.

(1) B. v. Li >i<l< »f i lil. DerTasman Gletscher und seine Umgebung. Peter-
manns Geografische Mittheilungen. Ergimzimgsheft.

(2) T. r. Haaat. Geology of Canterbury and Westland, Plate II.' p. 371

BY DR. R. V. LEXDEXFELD, PH.D. 807

The South-west corner of the Middle Island of New Zealand is
a plateau 3000 to 5000 feet in height, which sinks abruptly towards
the Western Ocean.

Numerous valleys extend from the open sea towards the interior of
the Island which are remarkable for their small width the steepness
of their rocky sides and their length. Along a coast line of 150
miles there are fourteen such Sounds which are similar to one
another, about a mile broad and from ten to thirty miles long.

The sea stretches nearly to the ends of these valleys filling them
up from side to side. The rocks rise steep and abruptly from the
sea on all sides. The water in these Sounds is extremely deep
averaging 100 fathoms, but what appeal's particularly remarkable
is the fact that the water in many cases is deeper towards the
interior than it is at the mouth. Small rivers pour from the sides
of these Sounds into the sea, and there is always a larger one at the
end. But it does not appear that the debris brought down by
these mountains torrents has affected the depth of the water in
the Sounds. And scarcely do we find a small delta pent up
between the rocks at the mouths of the terminal rivers. This
together with the great depth and the fact, that the rivers bring-
down a great amount of rock and sand, shows that the Sounds
cannot have existed long, for otherwise they would necessarily
have been filled up more or less by the material which is contin-
ually being deposited at the bottom of their still waters.

The chai-acter of the sides of the valleys shows, that they were
originally produced by flowing water and that they were filled with
glacier streams afterwards. As long as they were filled with ice
nothing could be deposited in them, and we must assume that the
land sank whilst this was the case ; because if it had not been so,
the originally shallow part would have been filled up by the rivers,
partly at least, more rapidly than it could sink as such high
mountains stand around it. Finally, when the land had sunk so
much, that the bottom of the valley was 100 fathoms below the
sea it got warmer and the ice receded up the mountains, and the

808 THE TIME OF THE GLACIAL PERIOD IN NEW ZEALAND.

sea filled the vacant place ; then the process of filling in commenced,
and we can calculate irom the quantity of material deposited at the
river mouths the time which has elapsed since then.

There is no doubt, that the New Zealand Glaciers were large all
over the Island at the same period, and that therefore the Glacial
period was simultaneous with the subsidence of land and later
than the formation of the Sounds.

The minuteness of the Deltas mentioned above would lead one
to suppose that they are of no great age and comparing them to
similar alluvial formations which have been produced in the
European Alps in historic time, one must come to the conclusion,
that the Glacial period in New Zealand has not been more remote
than two or three thousand years. This would account also for the
extremely fresh appearance of the old moraines and ice scratches

This part of the West coast, has, as far as it is known, never
been inhabited by Maoris and the Middle Island never appears to
have been at all thickly populated by them. To judge from their
myths, they immigrated from the North, probably after it had
begun to get warmer, and with them came animals and plants, the
Glacial Fauna and Flora receding with the Glaciers at the margins
of which even now the greatest number of plants and even birds
are found.

CATALOGUE OF PAPERS AND WORKS RELATING TO
THE MAMMALIAN ORDERS, MARSUPIALIA AND
MONOTREMATA. -

Compiled by J. J. Fletcher, M.A., B.Sc.

The following list of papers is an attempt to do for students
interested in the study of the Marsupialia (including the Didel-
phidse) and the Monotremata, what Messrs. Etheridge and Jack's
Catalogue, recently republished in this colony, has done for
students of Australian Geology and Palaeontology. It was com-
piled in the first instance for private use, and with the resources
of the British Museum Library at hand. In these days, when
the Bibliography of Comparative Anatomy and Zoology and allied
branches has reached such formidable proportions, it is a task
involving some labour to get an accurate idea of what has been
done in connection with any important orders, without the aid
derivable from Catalogues. Much more is this the case in the
Colonies, where even the best of our libraries contain, as yet. but
imperfect collections of the publications relating to the Australian
Fauna in general, and to the mammalian section of it in particular.
Imperfect as this Catalogue doubtless is, it is hoped that it may
be of sufficient use to Australian students to justify its publication.

Meckel in his classical monograph (1826) gives a bibliography
for the Monotremata, and this was subsecpiently amplified by
Strauch in his Dissertation (1859). Both these works, however,
are now out of print, and but few copies have found their way to
Australia, and moreover, many papers have been published during
the last twenty-five years. Incomplete lists of Papers relating to
the Marsupialia will be found appended to some of the memoirs,
but nothing like a complete list has hitherto been published.

810 PAPERS AND WORKS ON MAMMALIAN ORDERS,

In the following Catalogue the effort has been made to include
the references to all the new species which have been described
since the appearance of the works of Messrs. Waterhou.se and Gould.
To have included all the references to earlier descriptions was unne-
cessary because they are to be found in one or both of these
monographs, and in many cases the original descriptions consist
of but a few brief sentences in anticipation of subsequent more
complete accounts. Where anatomical or other important details
are included, the references are given as far as has been possible.
References to Papers dealing with Palteontology are not included
if they are to be found in the Catalogue of Messrs. Etheridge and
•Jack. Doubtless some important Papers have been overlooked,
as also have many which contain important allusions to Marsupials
and Monotremes, but to which the titles of the Papers give no
clue. Of such papers in most cases there are no copies at present
to be consulted in any of our libraries.

There are many gaps in our knowledge of Australian Marsupials
even apart from their embryology, of which, with his known ability
and with the resources at his command, we may hope very shortly to
have a goodaccouut from Mr. Caldwell. At present we knowalmost,
if not absolutely, nothing of the soft parts of many highly interesting
forms such as Chaeropus, Myrmecobius, Hypsiprymnodon, and
Tarsipes, yet, with the exception of Mr. Ramsay's interesting
genus, the most recently described of them has been known to
science for more than forty years.

These rare animals are not likely to become more numerous now
that the interior parts of the colonies are every year becoming
more settled. Surely before they become extinct some special efforts
might be made to obtain specimens of these animals with a view
to the description of something more than skins and bones, which
is all we have at present. Of the smaller Dasyuridse too, such as
Antechinus, Chaetocercus, and Podabrus, our anatomical knowledge
is very meagre, Mr. Alston's brief but valuable notes on Antech-
inomys, with woodcuts of the stomach and liver being the only
special paper and illustrations, which deal with this section, and
with a few stray allusions elsewhere, comprising about all that is

COMPILED BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 811

known of the soft parts. Among the smaller Phalangers, Dromicia
and Dactylopsila for example, yet await the description of their
soft parts. True it is that some of these forms may not yield
any very striking results, nevertheless it would be satisfactory to
know something more of them than is known at present.

In conclusion, I beg to acknowledge my indebtedness to the
Royal Society's (London) "Catalogue, to Carus and Engelmann's
Bibliotheca Zoologica, to the Zoological Record, to the Zoologischer
Anzeiger and to many other works. I have also to thank Hon.
W. Macleay, Mr. Haswell, and Mr. Ramsay for the opportunity of
consulting books, and Baron Maclay for the correct titles of several
Papers.

Note. — References to Papers not dealing exclusively with
Marsupials and Monotremes will be found chiefly uoder the
headings Myology, Osteology, &c. In a few cases in which the
title is in brackets, it means that the compiler, not having seen the
paper, was unable to give the exact title.

Part I.— MARSUPIALIA.

Aboville, Chev. d. Genauere Umst'ande von der merkwiirdigen
Fortpfianzungsweise der weiblichen Beutelratte (D. marsu-
pialis) Yoigt's Magaz. Bd. II., 1802, pp. 683-687.

Alessandrini, Prof. A. Brevi ceni sullo scheletro di due Mar-
supiali (Didelphys Philander, Phlangista Cookii.) Mem. del.
Acad. del. Sc. del. Inst, di Bologna. Tom. IX., 1858, pp.
247-268 (2 plates.)

Alix, P. H. E. Sur les organes dela parturition chez le Macropus
Bennettii. Paris Acad. Sci. Compt. Rend., LXIL, 1866, pp.
146-148 and Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. XVII., 1866, pp. 316-317.

Sur les organes de la parturition chez les Marsupiaux.

Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1879, p. 118.

■ (Notes on the Mechanism of Mastication in Kangaroo.)

Bull. Soc. Zool. France. Tom. II., pp. 65-66.

812 PAPERS AND WORKS ON MAMMALIAN ORDERS,

Allport, M. Remarks on Mr. Krefft's "Notes on the Fauna of
Tasmania." Papers and Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1868,
(August) pp. 33-36.

Alston, E. R. On the Rodents and Marsupials collected by the
Rev G. Brown in Duke of York Island, New Britain and
New Ireland. P. Z. S., 1877, pp. 123-127.

(Description and figure of Macropus lugens = Halmaturus Brownii,
Eamsay.)

Supplementary Note on the above. Ibid., p. 743.

On Antechinomys and its Allies. P. Z. S., 1880, pp. 454-

461. (Plate.)
Note on the Dentition of Cuscus. P. Z. S., 1878, p. 274.

Anatomy and Zoology of Marsupialia in General.

Bronn, H. G. Die Klassen und Ordungen des Their-reichs.

Bd. VI. (Mammalia.)
Cuvier, G. Legons d'Anat. Comp., 5 vols., Paris 1835-1846,

and La Regne Animal. Paris 1836-1849.
Owen, R. Comp. Anat. Vol. III., and Article Marsupialia

in Todd's Cyclopaedia.
Meckel, J. F. System der vergl. Anat, 1821-1828.
Murray, A. The Geographical Distribution of Mammals.

London 4to, 1866.
Wallace, A. R. The Geographical Distribution of Ani-
mals, 2 vols. 8vo. London 1876.

Island Life, London 1880.

See also the Manuals of Blumenbach, Carus, Claus, Dumeril,
Gegenbaur, Hemprich, Huxley, Illiger, Lamarck, MacAlister,
Milne-Edwards, Oken, Pagenstecher, Schinz, Schmarda, Schreber,
Stannius, Tiedemann, Treviranus, Van der Hoeven, Wagner,
Wallace (Tropical Nature, Chap. VIII.,) Wiedersheim.

Angas, G. F. Notes on the Broad-fronted Wombat of South
Australia (P. latifrons). P. Z. S., 1861, pp. 268-271.

COMPILED BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 813

Bachman, J. Notes on the Generation of Didelphis virginiana.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philadelphia, IV., 1848, pp. 40-46.
Archiv. f. Natuvg., 1851, pp. 161-174.

Remarks on Michel's Paper. Proc. Ainer. Assoc. Adv.

Sci., 1851, pp. 60-64.-

Barxard, W. S. Observations on the Development of Didelphys
virginiana. Abst. in Proc. Amer. Assoc, Adv. of Sc, 1875,
B., pp. 145-147.

Barton, B. S. Facts, Observations, and Conjectures relative to
the Generation of the Opossum of North America, in a letter
to M. Roume oi Paris. Philadelphia 1806, 8vo.

Additional Facts, Observations and Conjectures relative to

the Generation of the Opossum of North America. Philad.
1813, 8vo.

Bardeleben, K. See under Osteology.

Bartlett, A. D. See Murie.

Van Beneden, P. J. Rapport sur Prof. Poelman's Paper, Bull.
Acad. Belgique. Vol. XVIII., 1851, pp. 579-80.

Bennett, Dr. G. On the Long-tailed Flying Opossum (Belideus
flaviventris) in a state of Nature and in Captivity. P. Z. S.,
1859, pp. 218-221.

Bennett, E. J. Some account of Macropus Parryi, a hitherto
undescribed species of Kangaroo from New South Wales.
Trans. Zool. Soc, L, 1835, pp. 295-300. (Plate). P. Z. S.,
II., 1834, pp. 151-152. L'Institut, III., 1835. Ann. Sci.
Nat., 2nd ser. Vol- III., 1835. Isis. 1836.

Blainville, G. de. Sur les Organes femelles de la generation et le
foetus des Animaux didelphes. Bull. Scien. Soc. Philomathique
Paris 1818, pp. 25-28. Isis 1819. Meckel's Deutsch. Arch,
f. Physiol., Bd. 6, 1820.

Blandowski, W. Ueber die Geographische Verbreitung der Vogel
unci Skngethiere Australiens. Jahrb. der Akad. Naturwissen.
Vereins zu Breslau, 1860, pp. 60-61.
53

814 PAPERS AND WORKS ON MAMMALIAN ORDERS,

Blumenbach, J. Fr. Ueber die Fortpflanzungsweise des Kanguruh.
Voigt's Mag., Bd. I., 1798, pp. 108-109.

Blundell, H. W. The Marsupials of Australia. Nature. Vol.
XIX., 1879, p. 528.

(An account of the scissor-like action of lower incisors.)

Brass, A. Beitriige zur Kenntniss des weiblichen Urogenitalsystems
der Marsupialen. Inauguraldissertation, Leipzig 1880, 8vo.
pp. 40, taf. 6.

Burmeister, H. Ueber die Arten der Gattung Didelphis.
Abhand. der Naturf. Ges. zu Halle, Bd. III., 1855.
Sitzungsber., pp. 5-6.

Byxoe. Beobactungen iiber die Marsupiata. Fror. N. Not., Bd.
XXXIX., 1846, pp. 17-20.

Cattaneo, G. Contribuzione all' anatoniia compai'ata dello stomaco
dei Kanguri. Boll. Scientif. dai Maggi, Zoja ecc, An. III.,
No. 3, pp. 68-75.

Sugli organi riproduttori femminili dell' Halmaturus

Bennettii, Gou. Con. 1 tav., Estr. dagli Atti Soc. Ital. Sc.
Nat., XXIV., (24 p.)

Sugli organi riproduttori femminili dell' Halmaturus

Bennettii, (Sunto.) Boll. Scientif. Maggi, Zoja ecc., Anno
IV, No. 1, pp. 26-27.

Chapman, H. C. On a Foetal Kangai'oo and its Membranes. Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sc, Philadelphia, part III., 1881, p. 468, with
plate. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1882, pp. 338-340.

Chatin. (Note on the Anal Glands of Sarcophilus ursinus). Bull.
Soc. Philom. XI., 1S77, pp. 54-55.

Cleland, J. The Peritoneum of the Human Subject, illustrated
by that of the Wombat. Jour. Anat. and Phys., Vol. IV.,
1870, pp. 197- 199. (Plate.)

Cobbold, T. S. See under Parasites.

COMPILED BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 815

Collett, R. (Description of some apparently new Marsupials
obtained by Dr. Limholtz in North Queensland.) P.Z.S.,
Pt III., 1884.)

(Phalangista Archeri, Ph. herbetensis, Ph. lemuroides, and Dendrolagus
Liiaholtzi.)

Collie, A. On some particulars connected with the Natural

History of the Kangaroo. Zool. Jour., Vol. V., 1830,

pp. 238-241.
(Joste, M. Vesicule allantoide observee daus l'ceuf des Kangaroo.

Compt, Rend. Acad. Sci., Paris, Tom. V, 1837, pp. 638-639.

Also l'Institut, Vol. V., 1837, No. 221. Supplt., p. 375

Ovologie du Kangaroo. Ann. franc, et etrang. d' Anat. et

de Phys., Paris. Tom. II.. 1838, pp. 12-32 and pp. 90-101.

(Plate.)
Coues, E. On the Osteology and Myology of Didelphys virginiana.

With an appendix on the Brain, by Jeffries Wyman. Boston,

1872, 4to. (Figs.)

Notes on the Variation of Didelphys virginiana. Proc.

Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1871, pp. 15-18.

Cowper, W. A letter to Ed. Tyson, giving an account of those

parts of the male Opossum that differ from the female. Phil.

Trans., Vol. XXIV., 1704, pp. 1576-1590. (Plate.)
Crisp, E. On Some Points Relating to the Anatomy of the

Tasmanian Wolf (Thylacinus), and of the Cape Hunting Dog.

P.Z.S., Vol. XXIIL, 1855, pp. 188-191. Ann. Mg. Nat.

Hist., 2nd series, Vol. XVIII, 1856, pp. 177-180.
Cunningham, D. J. The Nerves of the Fore-limb and the Intrinsic

Muscles of the Hand of the Thy la cine (T. cynocephalus and

Harrisii) and Cuscus (P. maculata). Jour. Anat and Phys.,

Vol. XII., 1878, pp. 427-433.
The Intrinsic Muscles of the Hand of the Thylacine, Cuscus

and Phascogale (P. calura.) Ibid., Vol. XII., pp. 434-444.
The Nerves of the Hind-limb of the Thylacine and Cuscus.

Jour. Anat. Phys., XV, 1881, pp. 265-277.

816 PAPERS AND WORKS ON MAMMALIAN ORDERS,

Cunningham, D. J. Report on Some Points in the Anatomy of
the Thylacine, discus and Phasoogale, collected during the
voyage of H.M.S. Challenger, in the years 1873-1876, with
an account of the Comp. Anatomy of the Intrinsic Muscles
and the Nerves of the Mammalian Pes. Challenger Reports
Zoology, Vol. V., part XVI., 1882. (13 plates.)

Cuvier, Fr. Der Wombat (Phascolomys). Isis von Oken, 1824,
pp. 157-159.

Cuvier, Baron G. Note sur 1' anatomie et le canal intestinal du
Kanguroo geant et du kangaroo-rat. Bull. Scien. Soc. Philo-
mathique, Vol. III., pp. 221-222.

Cuvier et Laurillard. See under Myology.

D'Albertis, L. M. Characters of a New Species of Kangaroo
(Halmaturus luctuosus = Dorcopsis luctuosus Gar.), from
New Guinea. P. Z. S., 1874, p. 110. Fig. p. 246.

Daubenton, L. See Tom. X. of Buffon's Histoire naturelle gen.
et part., &c, Paris, 4to, 1750.

(Description and Figures of the Female Organs of Didelphys.)

Derby, Earl of. Note on the Parturition of Bettongia. P. Z. S.,
Vol. XII., 1844, p. 163.

Deslongchamps, E. Recherches anatomiques sur le sternum du
Didelphis virginiana. Mem. Soc. Linn. Normandie. Tom.
VII., 1843.

Desmarest, A. Article, Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat. Tom. IX.
De Vis, W. Description of a New Belideus (B. gracilis) from

Northern Queensland. Proc. Linn. Soc. of N. S. Wales,

Vol. V1L, 1882, p. 619.

See also under Palaeontology.

DlDELPHiDiE. Natural History of, consult : —

Azara. Essai sur l'Hist. Nat. des Quadrupedes de la
Province du Paraguay, Paris 1801. (Eng. Trans.
Edinb., 1838).

COMPILED BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 817

Aboville. In Chastelleux Voyage a l'Amerique Septentrio-

nale, 1786.
Burmeister, H. Erliiuterungen zur Fauna Braziliens, &c.

Fol. Berlin, 1856.
Frantzius, V. Die Saugethiere Costarica's : ein Beitrag zur

kenntniss der geographischen Verbreitung der Saugethiere

America's. Weigmann Arcliiv., 1869, pp. 2-47-325.
(Remarks on Didelphys aurita, D. quica, D. myosurus)

Hensel, R. Beitr'age zur kenntniss d. Saugethiere Sud-Bra-

siliens. Abh. Akad. Berlin, 1872.

(Microdelphis sorex, n. spO
Hernandez. Hist. Mexican, lib. IX., p. 330.
Marcgravius, G. Historia Nat. Brasilia, 1648.
Maxim. Beitrage zur Naturges. Braziliens.
Pelzeln, A. v. Brasilianische Saugethiei'e. Resultate von
J. Natterer's Reisen in den Jabren, 1817-1835. "Wien
1883, 8vo. Review in Nature, May 22nd, 1884.
(Marsupialia, pp. 109-122.)
Piso. De India? utriusque re naturali, fol. 1658.
Rengger. Naturg. der Sauget. von Paraguay, 8vo Basel,

1830.
Tschudi, J. J. von. Untersuchungen iiber die Fauna
Peruana, St. Gallen, 1844-46.
Doria. See Peters.

D'Orbigny, A. Dictionnaire Universel d'Histoire Naturelle, 13
Vols, 8vo. Paris 1847-1849.
(Article Marsupiaux.)
Duvernoy, G. L. Note sur la dissection de deux femelles de
Didelphis virginiana. Bull. Scienc. Soc. Philomathique. III.
an. 11., pp. 160-161.
Duncan, Prof. P. M. Marsupialia. CasselPs Natural History,
Vol. III., p. 191, 8vo, London, 2nd edition.
''.See also under Palaeontology. )

818 PAPERS AND WORKS ON MAMMALIAN ORDERS,

Etheridge and Jack. See under Palaeontology.

Eydoux, F. and Laurent, P. Considerations zoologiques relatives
aux Marsupiaux a la Classification des Mammiftres et a celle
des Animaux vertebres et invertebres en general. Guerin
Magas. de Zool., 8me Annee 1838, p. 154.

De l'os marsupial du Bassin des Didelphes et Ornithodelplies

et de la signification des pieces du squelette en general. Ibid
1838, p. 65 (plate).

Meinoire sur la region sternoperineale des Marsupiaux et

sur celle des vertebres en general. Ibid 1838, p. 104 (plate).

Recherches anatomiques et zoologiques sur les Mammiferes

Marsupiaux. Extraits de plusieurs Memoires insei'es daus la

Zoologie du voyage de la Favorite &c, par M. Laurent. Ann.

frang. et etrang. d'Anat. Tom. III., 1839, p. 231.
Engelmann. Remarks on the Young, twelve in number, attached

to the teats of an Opossum. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis,

(U. S. A.,) Vol. II., 1866.
Fauna Lists. Vide Appendices in Works on Australia by

Strzelecki, King, Harcus.
Fletcher, J. J. See Lister, J. J.

On the existence after parturition, of a direct communica-
tion between the median vaginal cul-de-sac and the urogenital
canal, in certain Species of Kangaroos. Proc. Linn. Soc ,
N.S.W. Vol. VI., 1881, p. 796.

On Some Points in the Anatomy of the Urogenital Organs

in Females of certain Species of Kangaroos. Part I., Proc.
Linn. Soc, N. S. W. Vol. VII., 1882, p. 640. Part II., Ibid.
Vol. VIIL, 1883, p. 6.
Flower, Prof. W. H. On the Commissures of the Cerebral
Hemispheres of Marsupialia, and Monotremata as compared
with those of the placental Mammals. Phil. Trans , 1865,
]>. 633 (three plates.) Abstract in Proc. Roy. Soc, 1865.
— Reply to Prof. Owen's Paper on Zoological Karnes, <tc.
Proc. Roy. Soc, 1865, pp. 134-139.

COMPILED BY J. J. FLETCHER, MA., B.SC. 819

Flower, Prof. W. H. On the Development and Succession of
the Teeth in the Marsupialia. Phil. Trans., 18G7, p. 631.

Lectures on the Comparative Anatomy of the Organs of

Digestion of the Mammalia. (Lect. XII., on the Organs of
Marsupialia. Med. Times and Gazette, London, 1872, p. 645.

Article " Kangaroo." Encly. Brit., 9th edition. Yol.

XIII., 1881, pp. 838-841 (Woodcuts.)

Article " Mammalia." Ibid. Vol. XV., 1883, pp. 347-

448 (woodcuts.)

(General Account of the Families of Marsupialia, &c.)

Forbes, W. A. On some points in the Anatomy of the Koala
(Phascolarctos cinereus.) P. Z. S., 1881, pp. 180-195 (wood-
cuts.)

Galton. See under Myology.

Garrod, Prof. A. H. On the Kangaroo called Halmaturus
luctuosus (= Dorcopsis luctuosus) by D'Albertis and its
affinities. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 48. (Plates.)

Gegenbaur, C. Bemerkungen iiber die Milchdrusen-Papillen der
Saugethiere. Jena Zeitsch. Vol. VII., pp. 204-217.
(Reference to the Kangaroo.)

Geoffroy Saixt-Hilaire, Et. Dissertation sur les Animaux a
bourse Millin. Magaz. Encycl. Vol. II., 1796, pp. 445-472 (2
plates.) Bull. Sciene. Soc. Philom. I., 1797, p. 106.

. Note sur les especes du genre Dasyurus. Bull. Science.

Soc. Philom. Vol. III. an. 11, pp. 158-159.

Memoire sur les especes du genre Dasyurus. Ann. du

Museum. Vol. III., 1804, pp. 353-363.

Sur un nouveau genre de Mammiferes a bourse nomine

Perameles. Ibid. Vol. IV., 1804, pp. 56-65 (2 plates.) Voigt's
Magaz., 1804 (2 plates.) Philos. Mag. Vol. XXL, 1805.

Description de deux especes du Dasyurus. (D. Cynoceph-

alus et ursinus.) Ann. du Museum. Vol. XV., 1810, pp.
301-306.

820 PAPERS AND WORKS ON MAMMALIAN ORDERS,

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Et. Ueber den Beutel tier Beutel-
thiere. Fror. Not, Bd. VII., 1824, pp. 25-26.

— Sur des vestiges d' organisation placentaire et cV oinbilic

decouverts chez un tres petit foetus du Didelphis virginiana.
Ann. Sci. Natur. Vol. II, 1824, pp. 121-125. Fror. Not. Bd.
IX., 1824. Zool. Jour. Vol. I., 1824, pp. 403-406.

Note sur quelques circonstances de la gestation des femelles

de Kangaroos, et sur les moyens qu'elle niettent en oeuvre
pour nourrir leurs petits suspendus aux tetines. Ann. Sci.
Natur. IX., 1826, pp. 341-344. Feruss. Bull. Sc. Nat.
XIII., 1828, pp. 115-116.

Ueber melirere neuentdeckte Eigenthumlicbkeiten der

Geschleclistsorgane der Beutelthiere. For. Not. Bd. XXIX.,
1830, pp. 113-115.

Sur l'existence des canaux peritoneaux chez la femelle du

Kangaroo. Feruss. Bull. Sc. Nat. XXIIL, 1830, pp.
268-269.

Note sur les genres Phascolomys et Perameles. Bull.

Scienc. Soc. Philom. III. an. 11., pp. 149-150.

Notice sur une nouvelle espece de Mammiferes, &c. (Phas-
colomys) Ann. du Museum II., 1803, pp. 364-367.

— Article Marsupiaux. Diet. des. Sc. Nat. (Ed. by F.
Cuvier.) Tom. XXIX.. 1823, pp. 205-244. Strasbourg and
Paris.

— Systeme sexuel des animaux a bourse. Mem. Mus. Nat.

Hist. Paris, Vol. IX., 1822, pp. 403-412. (Part of a Paper
entitled "Considerations generates sur les organes sexuels des
uuimaux a grande respiration et circulation.")

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire Isid. Memoire sur la generation des
Animaux a bourse et le developpement de leur foetus. Ann.,
Sci. Natur. Tom. I. 1824, pp. 392-408. Ferus. Bull. Sc.
Nat., Tom. V., 1825, pp. 267-270, (also Tom. IX., 1827.)

COMPILED BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 821

GERVAIS, P. Sur le Myrmecobius fasciatus. Compt. Rend. Acad.

Sci., Paris. Tom. VII., 1838, p.. 672. I' Institut, Vol. VI.,

1838, p. 323.
Meinoire sur less formes cerebrates propves aux Mar-

supiaux. Paris Mas. Hist. Nat. nouv., Archives. Vol. V.,

1869, p. 229.
Gervais, P., et Verreaux, J. On a New Genus of Marsupial

Animals (Tarsipes rostratus). P. Z. S., Vol. X., 1842,

pp. 1-5.
Description du Tarsipes rostratus. Magas. de Zoologie,

Paris, 1842. Mammif. (12 pp., 3 plates.)
Quelqnes observations relatives au Tarsipes rostratus n. g.

de Didelphes. Soc. Philom. Extr. Proces verb., 1842, p. 19.

L' Institut X., 1842, No. 427, pp. 75-76.

Description du Didelphis Derbiana (n.sp.). Mem. Acad.

Montpellier Sienc, Tom. III., 1856, pp. 249-251.
Giebel C. G. Das Zahnsystem der Beuteltbiere. Zeitschrift

f. d. des Naturwiss. Halle. Vol. II., 1853, p. 289. (2 plates.)
Ueber einige Beutelthierschadel der Halle'schen Sammlung.

Halle Zeitscb. Gessamt. Naturwiss., Bel. XXVIL, 1866,

p. 391.

(Petaurus, Phalangista. )

Vorlegung beider Schadel auf den Unterschiedskelet

zwischen H. giganteus and H. Bennettii. Ibid., XXIX.,

1867, p. 89.
Gould, J. The Mammals of Australia, 3 vols. Folio, London.
An Introduction to the Mammals of Australia, 8vo,

London, 1863.
Gilbert. Letter describing the habits of some Mammals and

Birds of West Australia. P. Z. S., Vol. XII., 1844, pp. 33-

37. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1844, pp. 447-452.
(Lagorchestes, M. ocydromus. H. Manicatus.)
Grant, R. E. Observations on the Anatomy of the Perameles

nasuta from New Holland. Trans. Werner ian Nat. Hist.

Soc, Edinburgh, Vol. VI., 1832, p. 184.

822 PAPERS AND WORKS ON MAMMALIAN ORDERS,

Gray, J. E. Notice of the Wombat. Report Brit. Assoc., for
1838.

Some Observations on the Skull of Phascolomys Vombatus.

P. Z. S., Vol. XV., 1847, p. 41. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol.

XIX, 1847, p. 469.
Ueber die geogi-aphische Verbi'eitung der Thiere in Neu-

Holland. Fror. N. Not., Bd. XIX., 1841, pp. 209-212.
On the Geographical distribution of the Animals of New

Holland. Report Brit. Assoc. Meeting for 1841 (1842).

Trans. Sect., pp. 68-69. LTnstit., Vol. XI, 1841. Appendix

to G. Greys's Journals of two Expeditions in N.E. and W.

Australia, Vol. II., London, 1841.

Description of a New Species of Cuscus (C. ornatus) from

the Island of Batchian with a list of the Mammalia collected
in that Island by Mr. A. R. Wallace. P. Z. S., 1860, pp. 1-5,
(plate).

Note on the Female of Cuscus ornatus. Ibid., p. 374.

Additional Observations on the Genus Cuscus. P. Z. S.,

1861, pp. 314-321, (woodcuts).

Notes on some Mammalia from Port Albany (Cape York

Peninsula), N. Australia with the description of new species.
P. Z. S., 1866, p. 219.

(Halmaturus Coxeni, description and figure.)

Green, W. T. The Kangaroo. Science Gossip, Vol. XVIIL, pp.
3 and 27.

Gruber. See under Myology.

Gulliver, G. On the Blood Carpuscles of the Marsupial Animals.
P. Z. S. Vol. IX., 1841, p. 49. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. IV,
p. 283, 1840. Phil. Mag. and Dub. Med. Press, 1839. P. Z. S.,
1845, p. 146.

Gunn, R. Notes accompanying a Collection of Quadrupeds and
Fish from Van Diemen's Land with Notes and Descriptions
of the New Species by J. E. Gray. Ann Mag. Nat. Hist.,
Vol. I. 1838, pp. 101-111. Isis 1844, pp. 572-576.

COMPILED BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B. SC. 823

Guenther, Dr. A. Description of a New Species of Kangaroo
(Halmaturus apicalis) from Cape Grafton, N. W. Australia.
P. Z. S., 1874, p. 653 (plate).

Description of a New Species of Didelphys (D. Turner!)

from Demarara. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. IV., 5th series,
1879, p. 108.

On a New Species of Perameles (P. myoides) from New

Britain. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., series 5th, Vol. XL, 1883,

p. 247.
Harris, G. P. Description of two New Species of Didelphis

(Dasyurus cynocephalus and D. ursinus) from Van Diemen's

Land. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, Vol. IX., 1808, pp. 174-

178.
Haughton, Rev. S. On Some Points in the Muscular Anatomy

of the Marsupials. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. XIX., series

3rd, 1867, p. 127.
On Animal Mechanics, No. 9. On the Muscles of the

Marsupials. Proc. Irish. Acad., Vol. IX., 1867, p. 469.
Hensel. On the Mode of Adherence of the young Didelphys to

the Teat. Sitzungsber. Ges. Naturfor. Fremd., Berlin, 1867,

Feb. 19, p. 5.
(Notes on the Distinctive Characters and Natural History

of Didelphys azara? and D. aurita.) Der Zool. Garten,

Frankfurt am Maine, 1867, pp. 290-293.
Heron, Sir R. Note on the habits of the Kangaroos. P. Z. S.,

1835, p. 187.
Sur les mceurs des Kanguroos. Instit. IV., 1836, No.

173, p. 290.
Note relating to a Young Kangaroo. P. Z. S., 1840, p. 59.

Higgixs, F. T. and Petterd, W. F. Description of hitherto

undescribed Antechini and Murkhe inhabiting Tasmania.

Papers and Proc. of Eoy. Soc. of Tasmania, for 1882, pp.

171-173. (Descriptions of three new species of Antechiuus.

(A. Rolandensis, A. lencogenys, and A. niger.)

824 PAPERS AND WORKS ON MAMMALIAN ORDERS,

Higgins, E. T. and Petterd, W. F. Descriptions of New Tas-
manian Animals (Potorous rufus n. sp. and Antecbinus
Moorci, n. sp.) Ibid., for 1883, pp. 181-182.

New Species of Tasinanian Antechini and Mus. Ibid., for

1883, pp. 184, 185.
(Descriptions of A. concinnus and A. Moorei var. assimilis.)

List of Terrestrial Animals of Tasmania. Ibid., for 1883,

pp. 196-198.
Hill, E. S. On the Passage of the Young to the Pouch in the

Kangaroo (Macropus and Halmaturus), with remarks by

Professor Owen. P.Z.S., Vol. XXXV., 1867, p. 475.
Hoffmann, C. K. Ueber den Bau der Ketina bei den Beutel-

thieren. Niederland. Archiv. fur Zoologie, Vol. III., 1876,

pp. 195-199. (Plate.)
Home, Sir E. Some observations of the mode of Generation of

the Kangaroo, with a particular description of the Organs

themselves. Phil. Trans., Vol. LXXXV., 1795, p. 221.

(Four plates.) Also Lect. on Comp. Anatomy, London,

Vol. II.
An account of some peculiarities in the Anatomical

Structure of the Wombat (should be Koala), with observa-
tions on the female organs of generation. Phil. Trans., Vol.

XCVIIL, 1S08, p. 304.
Beitrag zur Geschichte der Zeugung der Beutelthiere.

Meckel's deutsch. Arch. f. Physiologie, Bd. II., 1816, p. 528.
■ On the Ova of the different Tribes of Opossum and

Ornithorhyncus. Phil. Trans. Vol. CIX, 1819, p. 234.

(Plate.) Also Lect. on Comp. Anat.
On the Mode of Breeding of the Kangaroo, Opossum and

Ornithorhyncus. Lect. on Comp. Anat., Vol. III. Lect.,

XII., p. 341.
Lectures on Comparative Anatomy, 4 vols. Suppl., 2 vols.,

1814-1828.
Hunter, J. General Observations on Animals from New Holland.
Zoological Appendix to the Journal of a Voyage to N.S.W.
4to, 1790, by John White, Esq.

COMPILED BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 825

Hunter, J. The above with Anatomical Notes. Essays and
Observations arranged and revised by Prof. Owen. Vol. II.
p. 248, London, 1861.

Huxley, T. H. See under Osteology.

On the Application of the Laws of Evolution to the

Arrangement of the Vertebrata, and more particularly of the
Mammalia. P. Z. S., Pt. IV., 1880, pp. 644.

(References to Marsupialia and Monotremata.)

Hyrtl, J. Ueber die Arterien der Extremitaten von Halmaturus
Parryi. (1. Vorderarmarterien, 2. Unterschenkelarterien
with plate). Denksch. der Kaiserliche Acad, der Wissensch.
Wien, XXIL, 1864, p. 138.

Jones, T. R. Notes on the Dissection of a Didelphis Azarse.

P. Z. S. Vol. II., 1834, p. 101.
Katz, O. Zur Kenntniss der Bauchdecke und der mit ihr

verkniipften Organe bei den Beutelthieren. . Zeitschr. f. wisa

Zool. Bd. XXXVI., pp. 611-670 (3 plates), Auch Inaug.

Diss. Gottingen, 8vo., 1882, 61 pp.
Krefft, G. On the Vertebrata of the Lower Murray and

Darling, their Habits, Economy, and Geographical Distribu-
tion. Proc. Phil. Soc. of N. S. W. Vol. I. (1862-1865), pp.

1-35.
On the Classification of the small Dasyurida? of Australia,

with descriptions of two new genera and one new species.

P. Z. S., 1866, p. 431 (plate.)
Australian Vertebrata, Fossil and Recent. The Industrial

Progress of N. S. W., Sydney, 1871. Marsupialia, p. 705.

(Also published separately. Sydney, 1871, 8vo.)
The Mammals of Australia, illustrated by Miss Scott and

Mrs. Forde, for the Council of Education ; with a short

account of all the species hitherto described. Imp. 4to,

Sydney, 1871.
The Mammals of Australia and their Classification. Pt. 1.

Ornithodelphia and Monodelphia. Proc. Roy. Soc. of Sydney,

1873, pp. 135-147.

826 PAPERS AND WORKS ON MAMMALIAN ORDERS,

Krefft, G. Notes on the Fauna of Tasmania, 8vo., Sydney, 1868.

Letter on the Species of Wombat, P. Z. S., 1872, p. 795.

Description of a new species of Rock Kangaroo from

N. S. W. (Petrogalelongicauda), P. Z. S.,1865, p. 324. Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. XVL, 3rd series, 1865.

Notes on the Fauna of Tasmania. Papers and Proc.

Roy. Soc , Tasmania, 1868. Appendix, pp. 91-105.

Description of New Species of Thylacinus (T. breviceps.)

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. II., 4th series, 1868, pp. 296-297
(plate,)

Description of a New Species of the Genus Dromicia (D.

unicolor), discovered in the neighbourhood of Sydney. P.Z. S.,
1863, p. 49.

Laurent, P. See Eydoux.

Recherches anatomiques et zoologiques sur les Mammiferes

Marsupiaux. Guerin Mag. de Zool., 7 Annee, 1837 (plates.)

Leisering, — . Ueber die Fortpflanzung des Kanguruh. Weig-
mann Archiv. f. Natui'g. II., 1849, p. 18.

Lacepede, — . Memoire sur plusieurs animaux de la Nouvelle
Hollande dont la description n'a pas encore ete publie. Ann.
du Museum, IV, 1804, pp., 184-211 (3 plates.)

Leslie, G. On the Dentition of Hypsiprymnus (Bettongia) peni-
cillatus, Gray. Jour. Anat. and Physiol. Vol. XIII. , p. 546.

Leuckhart, F. S. Anatomische Notizen iiber Halmaturus
giganteus. Meckel's deutsch. Archiv. f. Physiol. Bd. VIII. ,
1823, p. 442.

Limiioltz, Dr. C. (Notes on the Mammals recently discovered by
him in Queensland.) P. Z. S., Pt. III., 1884.
(See under Collett.)

Lister, J. J., and Fletcher, J. J. On the Condition of the
Median portion of the Vaginal Apparatus in the Macropodidse.
P. Z. S., 1881, p. 976 (woodcuts.)

COMPILED BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 827

Lucae, G. Ueber die Zeugungswege des weiblichen Kanguruhs.
Der Zoolog. Garten Frankfurt. Bd. VIII., 1867, p. 418.
(Plate.)

Ibid., Bd. IX., 1869, p. 61.

See also under Osteology .-

MACALISTER, A. On the Myology of the Wombat and Sarcophilus
ursinus. An. and Mag. Nat. Hist., series 4. Vol. V., 1870,
pp. 153-173.

Further observations on the Myology of S. ursinus. Ibid.,

Vol. X., 1872, pp. 17-20.

On the Muscular Anatomy of the Koala. Ibid., Vol. X.,

1872, pp. 127-134.

Notes on a Specimen of the Broad-faced Wombat (P.

latifrons.) P. Z. S., 1872, p. 497 (plate.)
Macintosh, H. W. Note on a Skull of Koala, with a Premaxillo-
frontal suture. Pro. Roy. Irish Acad., Vol. III., 1881,
pp. 335-337. (Plates.)
Macleay, W. S. Notice of a New Genus of Mammalia (Ante-
chinus) discovered by J. Stuart in N. S. W., Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist. Vol. VIII., 1842, pp. 241-243 (plate.) Nuov. Ann.
delle Sc. Nat. di Bologna. Vol. IX., 1843, pp., 183-187.

Additional particulars inspecting Antechinus Stuartii, a

new Marsupial Quadruped. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol.
VIII., 1842, pp. 337-338.
Marno, E. Fortpflanzung des Beutel wolfs (Phalangista vulpina).
Der Zoolog. Garten Frankfurt, Bd. X., 1869, p. 255.

Fortpflanzung des Kiinguruhratte (Hypsiprymnusmurinus).

Ibid., Bd. X, 1869.
Martin, W. Notes of the Dissection of Phalangista vulpina.
P. Z. S., IV, 1836, p. 2.

Notes on the Anatomy of the Koala (Phascolarctos

fuscus.) Ibid., Vol. IV, 1836, p. 109. Also L' Institut.,
V., 1837, p. 263.

828 PAPERS AND WORKS ON MAMMALIAN ORDERS,

Mayer, F. J. C. Zur Anatomie des Sarcopbilus ursinus. D'Alton
and Burm. Zeitung f. Zool, Bd. I., 1848, p. 181.

Ueber die Bestimmung der sogenannten Beutelknochen.

Fror. N. Not., Bd. XXJ., 1842, pp. 164-165.

McBain, Dr. J. On a Skull of a Wombat, from the Bone Caves
of Australia, with remarks on the Marsupialia. Proc. R.
Phys. Soc, Edinb., Vol. I., 1858, pp. 373-378. Edinb. N.
Phil. Jour., 1858, n.s., Vol. VII,, p. 308.

McCoy, Prof. F. On the Ancient and Recent Natural History of
Victoria. Intercolonial Exhib. Essays, 1861, p. 158 (8vo,
Melbourne.) Annals. Nat. Hist., Vol. IX., 1862, p. 137.

Notes sur la Zoologie et la Paleontologie de Victoria.

Exposition Intercolonial (Traduit de l'Anglais par E.
Lissignol). 8vo, Melbourne, 1866.

On the Recent Zoology and Palaeontology of Victoria.

Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., 3rd series, 1867, p. 175.

Note on Phascolomys setosus and P. niger. Ann. Mag.

Nat. Hist., Vol. I., series 4, 1868, p. 30.

On a New Genus of Phalanger (Gymnobelideus.) Ann.

Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. XX., series 3, 1867, p. 287. (Figure.)

— On the Species of Wombats, &c. Proc. Roy. Soc. of
Victoria, Vol. VIII.

On a New Species of Halmaturus (H. Wilcoxi) from

E. Australia. Ann. Mag Nat. Hist., Vol. XVIIL, series
3rd, 1866, pp. 322-323.

Meigen, W. De Marsupialium dispositione systematica. Disser-
tatio Zoologica. Bonnse, 1851, 8vo.

Meigs, C. D. Memoir on the Reproduction of the Opossum.
(Didelphis virginiana.) Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc, N. S. Vol.
X., 1853, p. 155. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Vol. IV, 1847,
p. 327.

COMPILED BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 829

Michel, M. On the Generation of Didelphis virginiana. Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sc. Philadelphia. Vol. IV., 1848, p. 4G.

Researches on the Generation and the Development of the

Opossum. Proc. Amer. Assoc, f. Adv. of Science, 3rd meeting^
1851, p. 60.

Miklouho-Maclay, N. de. On a New Species of Kangaroo
(Dorcopsis Chalmersii) from the South-east end of New
Guinea. Proc. Linn. Soc., N. S. W. Vol. IX., pt. Ill, 1884.

Milne-Edwards, A. Descrip. d'une nouvelle espece dePerameles,
(P. Raffrayana) provenant de la Nouvelle Guinee. Ann. Sci.
Nat., Tom. VII., series 6th, 2 pp. Art. 11. (Plate.)

Note sur quelques Mammiferes nouveaux (Dromicia

caudata et Cuscus vestitus) provenants de la Nouvelle Guinee.
Compt. Rend. Acad. Sc. Paris, Tom. LXXXV., Deer. 1877,
pp. 1079-1081.

Sur une nouvelle espece du genre Dasyurus (D. fuscus),

provenant cle la Nouvelle Guinee. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sc.
Paris, Tom. XC, 1880, No. 26, pp. 1518-1519. Ann. Mag.
Nat, Hist., Vol. VI., 1880, series 5th, p. 172.

Mivart, Prof. St. G. The Natural History of the Kangaroo.
Popular Science Review, London, Oct. 1875, p. 372 (plate).

Morgan, J. A description of the Mammaiy Organs of the
Kangaroo. Trans. Linn. Soc, London, Vol. XVI., 1831,
p. 61. (Plates.)

A further description of the anatomy of the Mammary

Organs of the Kangaroo, Ibid., Vol. XVI., 1831, p. 455.
(Plate.)

Murie, Dr. J. On the Identity of the hairy-nosed Wombat (P.
lasiorhinus) with the broad-fronted Wombat (P. latifrons),
with further observations on the several species of the genus.
P. Z. S., 1865, p. 838. (Plate.)

On the Platyrhine Wombat (P. platyrhinus.) P. Z. S.

1867, p. 798. (Plate )
54

830 PAPERS AND WORKS ON MAMMALIAN ORDERS,

Mukie, Dr. J., and Bartlett, A. D. On the movement of the
Symphysis of the lower jaw in the Kangaroo. P. Z. S.,
1866, p. 28.

Myology.

(a) Cuvier, G., et Laurillard. Anatomie comparee.

Recueil de Planches de Myologie. avec explication ;

publiees par Laurillard. Paris, fol. 1850-1856.

(Didelphys cancrivora, D. Marsupialis, Phalangista cavifrons, Macropus
major, M. minor, Oriiithorhynchus paradoxus.)

(b) Galton. Note on the Epitrochleo-anconeus or anconeus

sextus (Gruber). Jour. Anat. and Phys., Vol. IX.

(Anconeus of Wombat, rigd.)

(c) Gruber, W. Ueber den Musculus Epitrochleo-anconeus

der Menschen und Saugethiere. Mem. de l'Acad. Imp.

des Sc. de St. Petersbourg., Tom. X., No. 5, series 7th,

1866.

(Anconeus of Dasyurus viverrinus.)

(d) Rolleston, Prof. G. On the Homologies of certain

muscles connected with the shoulder-joint. Trans. Linn.
Soc, Vol. XXVL, p. 626.

(Muscles of Wombat.)

(e) Huge, G. Untersuchung liber die Extensorgruppen am

Unterschenkel und Fusse der Saugethiere. Morph.
Jahrbuch, 1878.

(Various Marsupials and Ornithorhyncus.)

(/) Zur vergleichenden Anatomie der teifen Muskeln

in der Fusshole. Morph. Jahrb., 1879.
(Various Marsupials.)

See also under Cunningham, Haughton, Macalister, and Voung. Also
Meckel's Vergl. Anat , Vol. VI.

Neurology op Marsupialia.

(«) Burdacii. Physiologie, Bd. I., 1S28, pi. IV.

COMPILED BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 831

(b) Leuret and Gratiolet. An'atomie comparee du systeme
nerve ux, consideree dans les rapports avec l'intelligence.
Paris, 1839, 2 vols.

(c). Mayo, H. Outlines of Physiology, 1833, p. 235.
(Spinal cord of Kangaroo. )

(d) Tiedemann, F. Icones cerebri Simiarum et quorundam
animal ium rar. Heidelberg, 1821, in fol. maj. et 10
tab. sen.

New Guinea, Fauna (Marsupialia and Monotremata. )

(a) Finsch, Dr. O. Neu-Gruinea und seine Bewohner. 8vo,

Bremen, 1865.

(Reference to 10 Species of Marsupials.)

(b) Gray, J. E., and Gray, J. R. Catalogue of the Mammals

and Birds of New Guinea in the collection of the
British Museum. 8vo, London, 1859.

(c) Maindron, M. Coup d'oeil sur la fauna de la Nouvelle

Guinee. Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, 1882, pp. 354-373.

(d) New Guinea Bibliography. Extracted from the Boyal

Geographical Society's Supplementary Papers, Vol. I.,

No. 2, 1884.

(This is a valuable Catalogue of Works and Papers relating to New
Guinea ; the Zoology included.)

(e) Sclater, P. L. On the Zoology of .New Guinea. Jour.

Proc. Linn. Soc, London, Vol. II., 1858 ; Zool.,
pp. 149-170.
(See also under Maclay, Milne-Edwards. Ramsay, Schlegel, Peters andDoria )

Nicols, A.. Zoological Notes on the structure, affinities, habits
and mental faculties of Wild and Domestic Animals, ifcc.
8vo., London, J 883.

(Marsupials and their Allies, pp. 61-115.)

Ogilby, W. On the Species of the Genus Hypsiprymnus. P.Z.S.
Vol. VI, 1838, p. 62.

832 PAPERS AND WORKS ON MAMMALIAN ORDERS,

Ogilby, W. Remarks upon Chironectes Yapock. P. Z. S., Vol.
IV. . 1836, p. 56.

On a new Species of Marsupial Animal (Chaeropus

ecaudatus) found by Major Mitchell on the banks of the
River Murray, in N.S.W. P.Z.S, 1838, pp. 25-26.

— — — Remarks on the history and classification of the Mar-

supial Quadrupeds of New Holland. Charlesworth's Mag
Nat. Hist., new series, III., 1839, p. 130, p. 257, p. 338.

Osborn, H. F. On the Fcetal Membranes of Marsupials. Zoolog,
Anzeiger, No. 145, 1883, pp. 418-419.

Observations upon the Foetal Membranes of the Opossum

and other Marsupials. Q. Jour. Micro. Sc, No. XCL, 1883.
p. 473. (Plate.)

Osteology of Marsupialia in General.

(a) Bardeleben, K. Das os intermedium tarsi der Sauge-

thiere. Zoolog. Anzeiger, No. 139, 1883, pp. 278-280.
(Marsupialia and Monotremata.}

(b) Flower, W. H. Osteology of the Mammalia. 2nd edition,

London, 1876.

(c) Gerrard, E. Catalogue of the Bones of Mammalia in the

Collection of the British Museum, Svo, London, 1862.
(Dental formula?, &c.)

(d) Huxley, Prof. T. H. On the Epipubis in the Dog and

Fox. Proc. Roy. Soc, Vol. XXX., 1880.
(Reference to Marsupials.)

Ein Analogon des Beutelknockens bei hbheren Saugern.

Kosmos, von E. Krause. IV. Jahrg. 1880, pp. 152-154.

(e) Lucae, J. C. H. G. Die Hand und der Fuss. Ein

Beitrag zur vergleichenden Osteologie der Menschen,
Affen und Beutelthiere. Abhandl. Senckenb. naturforsch.
Ges. Bd. V, 1865, pp. 275-332. (Four Plates.)
(Phalangista and Phascolomys.)

COMPILED BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 833

(f) Pander and D'Alton. Die vergleichende Osteologie.

Text and Atlas. Folio. Bonn., 1828.

(g) Parker, W. K. A Monograph on the Structure and

Development of the Shoulder-Girdle and Sternum. Folio,
Ray Society, 1868, London.

(Cholines Monotremata et Marsupialia, pp. 192-19S. )

Owen, Prof. Sir R. On the Female Organs of Generation of
Macropus major, Proc. of the Committee of Sci. &c, Zool.
Soc. of London, Pt. I., 1830-1831, p. 159.

On the Period of Uterine Gestation and the Condition of

the New-Born Foetus in the Kangaroo. (M. major). P. Z. S.,
Pt. I., 1883, p. 128. L'Instit. II„ 1835. Isis 1835. Fror.
Not. 1834.

Notes on the Anatomy of a New Species of Kangaroo (M.

Parryi). P. Z. S., Pt. II., 1834, p. 152. L'Institut.
III., 1835.

On the Generation of the Marsupial Animals with a

Description of the Impregnated Uterus of the Kangaroo.
Phil. Trans. 1834, p. 333. (Plates.) L'Institut. II., 1834.
Ann. Frang et Etrang. d'Anat., I., 1837, p. 34. Isis 1836.
Fror. Not, Bd. XLI, 1834, p. 164.

Notes on the Dissection of a Long-Tailed Dasyurus (D.

macrourus). P. Z. S., Pt. III., 1835, p. 7. LTnstit. 1835.
Isis 1837, p. 119.

Notes on the Anatomy of the Wombat (Phascolomys

wombat). P. Z. S., Pt. IV., 1836, p. 49. L'Institut. V.,

1837, p. 6.
— On the Structure of the Brain in Marsupial Animals'

Phil. Trans. 1837, p. 87. (3 Plates.) Ann. Sci. Natur.,

1837, Fror. Not. 1837, L'Institut. 1837.

On the Existence of an Allantois in a Foetal Kangaroo

(M. major). P. Z. S., Pt. V., 1837, p. 82.

834 PAPERS AND WORKS ON MAMMALIAN ORDERS,

Owex, Prof. Sir R. Description of the Membranes of the Uterine
Foetus of the Kangaroo. Charlesworth's Mag. Nat. Hist.
Vol. I., 1837, pp. 481-484. (Plate.) Ann. Sci. Nat. 2nd
series, Zool., Tom. VII, 1837, p. 372. Fror. Not., Bd. IV.,
1837, p. 1. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. VII., ser. 2., 1837,
p. 372.

Sur le foetus d'un Kangaroo (M. major). L'Institut., Tom.

VI., 1838, pp. 311-312.

■ On the Dentition of the Koala (Phascoloarctos cinereus).

P. Z. S., Vol. VI., 1838, pp. 154-156.

Remarque sur une communication de M. Coste relative a

l'ceuf clu Kangourou. Comp. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris, Tom.
VI., 1838, p. 147.

Letter to M. Arago with Reference to the Discovery of the

Allantois of the Kangaroo. Mag. of Nat. Hist, and Jour, of
Zool. edited by Charles worth. Vol. II., 1838, pp. 94-9G.

Remarks on the Physiology of Marsupialia. A reply to a

Communication addressed by M. Coste to the French Acad, of
Sci. Ibid. II, 1838, pp. 183-198.

On the Blood Discs of Marsupialia. Med. Gaz., 1839.

Outlines of a Classification of the Marsupialia. P. Z. S.,

Vol. VII., 1839, pp. 5-19 (abstract). Isis 1846, pp. 600-606.
Trans. Zool. Soc, Vol. II., 1841, pp. 315-334.
■ — On Marsupiata. Report Brit. Assoc. Meeting for 1838.
Trans, of Sec. p. 105, 1839.
On the Osteology of the Marsupialia, part I. P. Z. S.,

Vol. VI., 1838, pp. 120-148. Trans. Zool. Soc, Vol. II.,
1842, pp. 379-408. Isis, 1845, pp. 542-545.

— Odontography, or a Treatise on the Comp. Anat. of the
Teeth, &c, London, 2 vols., 8vo, 1840-1845.

(Teeth of Marsupials, pp. 373-3S6.) (Plates.)

— Article " Marsupialia." Todd's Cyclop, of Anatomy, Vol.
III., 1841, pp. 257-331. (Woodcuts.)

COMPILED BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 835

Owen, Prof. Sir K. Account of a Thylacinus, the great Dog-
headed Opossum. Report of Brit. Assoc. Meeting of 18-11.
London, 1842, pp. 70-71, of Trans, of Sections. L'Institut.
X., 1842, pp. 84-85.

— On the Rudimental Marsupial Bones in Thylacinus.
P. Z. S., Vol. XL, 1843, pp. 148-149.

— On the existence of two Species of Wombat (Phascolomys).
P. Z. S., Vol. XIII., 1845, pp. 82-83.

Note on Meigs's Memoir on the Reproduction of the

Opossum. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. XX., 1847, pp. 324-328.

— On the Generation of Didelphys. Proc. Amer. Acad.
Arts and Sc, Vol. I., 1848, pp. 178-179.

— On Zoological Names of characteristic parts, and the
homologous interpretations of their modifications and
beginnings, especially in reference to connecting Fibres of the
Brain, Proc. Roy. Soc, 1865, pp. 129-133.

(In reply to Professor Flower.)

— ■ Notes on the Anatomy of the Tree-Kangaroo (Dendro-
lagus inustus.) P. Z. S., Vol. XX., 1852, pp. 103-107.
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 2nd series, Vol. XIV, 1852,
pp. 448-451.

— Descriptive Catalogue of the Osteological Series contained
in the Museum of the Royal Coll. of Surgeons of England.
London, 4to, Vol. I., 1853.

(Pisces Reptilia Aves, and Marsupialia.)

— Catalogue of the Hunterian Collection in the Museum of

the Royal Coll. of Surgeons. Parts I.-VL, 1830-1831, 4to.

Descriptive and Illustrated Catalogue of the Physiological

Series of Comparative Anatomy contained in the Museum of
the Royal Coll. of Surgeons, London, Vols. I.-V. London,
1833-40, 4to.

836 papers and'works on mammalian orders,

Owen, Prof. Sir R. Lettre de M. Owen acconipagnant la presen-
tation de son rneinorre, &c, (Remarks on the parturition of
Marsupials in reply to M. Alix), Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci.,
Paris, LXII., 1866, pp. 592-596. Ana. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
Vol. XVII, series 5, 1866, pp. 382-384.

Comparative Anatomy and Physiology of Vertebrates,

Vol. III., 1868.

On the Osteology of the Marsupialia. Part II. Com-
parison of the skulls of the Wombats of continental Australia
and Tasmania, whereby their specific distinction is established.
Trans. Zool. Soc, Vol. III., 1849, pp. 303-306. (Plate.)

On the Osteology of the Marsupialia. Part III. Modifi-

cations of the skeleton in the species of Phascolomys. Trans.
Zool. Soc, Vol. VIIL, pt. VI, 1873, pp. 345-360. (Plates.)

On the Osteology of the Marsupialia. Part IV. Bones

of the trunk and limbs of Phascolomys. Trans. Zool. Soc,
Vol. VHP, 1874, pp. 483-500. (Plates.)

On the Osteology of the Marsupialia. Part V. Family

Poephaga, Genus Macropus. Trans. Zool. Soc, Vol. IX.,
1876, pp. 417-446. (Plates.)

■ Note on a new Marsupial from Australia. (Pleopus,

Hypsiprymnodon, Ram.) Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. XX.,
4th series, 1877, p. 542.

On Hypsiprymnodon (Ramsay), a genus indicative of a

distinct family (Pleopodidse) in the Diprotodont section of
the Marsupialia. Trans. Linn. Soc, Vol. I, 2nd series,
1879, pp. 573-582. (Two plates.)

Pagenstecher, H. A. Die Thierwelt Australiens. Der Zoolog.
Garten Frankfurt, Bd. VI., 1865, pp. 441-465.

Ueber den Embiyo von Macropus major. Verhand. des

Natur. Vereins zu Heidelberg, Bd. V. Halle Zeitsch. Bd.
III., 1871, pp. 526-528. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. VIIL,
4th series, 1871, pp. 292-294.

COMPILED BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 3 >7

Pappenheim, S. Notices preliminaires but l'anatomie du Saurigue
femelle (Didelphys virginiana). Compt. Rend. Acad. Sc,
Paris, XXIV., 1847, pp. 186-190. Fror. Not., 1847,
pp. 339-341.

palaeontology.

(«) Australian Marsupialia.

Cope, E. The Ancestry and Habits of Thylacoleo. Amer.
Nat., Vol. XVI., pp. 520-522.

Be Vis, W. On Remains of an Extinct Marsupial (Stheno-
merus Charon.) Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W., Vol. VIII.,
1883, pp. 11-15.

On Tooth-marked Bones of Extinct Marsupials.

Ibid., Vol. VIII., 1S83, pp. 187-190.

On Brachalletes Palmeri, an Extinct Marsupial.

Ibid, Vol. VIII., 1883, pp. 190-193.

Notes on a Lower Jaw of Palorchestes Azael. Ibid,

Vol. VIIL, 1883, pp. 221-224.

On a Fossil Humerus. Ibid, Vol. VIIL, 1883,

pp. 404-408.

Duncan, P. M. The Great Extinct Quadrupeds. Manchester
Science Lectures, 7th series, 1875-76.
(Extinct Marsupials, pp. 7S-81.)

Etheridge, R., and Jack, R. L. Catalogue of Works,
Papers, kc, on the Geology, Palaeontology, &c., of the
Australian Continent and Tasmania, 8vo, London, 1881.
Also Sydney, 1882 (Publ. of Department of Mines.)

Exploration of the Caves and Rivers of N.S.W., — Report
on, laid before Parliament, Sydney, 1882.

(Plates of Fossil Mammals, without text.)
Harlan, R. On the Extinct Mammals of Australia. Silli-
man's Amer. Jour., 2nd series, Vol. I., 1846, pp. 129-130.

838 PAPERS AND WORKS ON MAMMALIAN ORDERS,

Harlan, R. On the Extinct Mammals of Australia, with
additional observations on the Genus Dinornis of New
Zealand. Ann. of Nat. Hist., Vol. XVI., 1845, pp-
142-143.

Report on Extinct Mammals of Australia, with

descriptions of certain fossils indicative of the former
existence in that continent of large Marsupial repre-
sentatives of the order Pachydermata. Reports British
Assoc, 14th meeting for 1844 (pub. 1845), pp. 223-240.

Owen, Prof. Sir R. Researches on the Fossil Remains of
Australia, with a notice of the Extinct Marsupials of
England, 2 vols., 4to, London, 1877.

(This work contains a bibliography.)

Description of Part of the Femur of Nototherium

Mitchelli. Jour. Geol. Soc, Vol. XXXVIII, 1882, p.
394-396. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) Vol. X., pp. 172-173.

On the Affinities of Thylacoleo. Phil. Trans., Pt. II.,

1883. Abstracts in Nature Feb. 8th, 1883, and Proc.
Roy. Soc, Vol. XXXV., No. 224, 1883.

On the Pelvic Characters of Thylacoleo carnifex.

Phil. Trans., Pt. II., 1883. Abstract Proc. Roy. Soc

Vol. XXXV., No. 225, 1883.
(b) American Marsupialia.

Cope, E. D. On Eocene Plagiaulacida? (Ptilodus medisevus

n. g. et. sp.) American Nat ., Vol. XV., 1881, pp. 921-

922. Triconodon. Ibid. p. 8
On a Second Genus of Eocene Pla giaulacidse (Cato-

psalis). Ibid. Vol. XVI., pp. 416-417.
New Marsupials (n, g. Polymastodon, 4 New Species,)

from the Puerco Eocene. Amer. Nat., Vol. XVI., pp.

G82-684.
On some Mammals of the Lowest Eocene Beds of

New Mexico. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, Vol. XIX,. pp.

484-495.

COMPILED BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 839

Lund, P. W. Recherches sur les Mammiferes fossiles du
Bresil. Ann. Sci. Nat. 2 ser. Zool. Tom. XI., 1839,
pp. 214-234. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. III., 1839,
pp. 235 and 422.

[Note. — A summary of Dr. Lund's Researches on the Fauna of the
Brazilian Caves will be found on pp. 143-145 of Wallace's Geographical
Distribution of Animals.]

Marsh. O. C. On a Fossil Mammal (Diyolestes fuscus, n. g.)
from the Jurassic of the Rocky Mountains. Amer. Jour.
Sci. and Arts, Vol. XV., 1878, p. 459. Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist, Vol. II., 5th series 1878, p. 108.

— Notice of a New Jurassic Mammal (Stylacodon
gracilis). Ibid. Vol. XVIIL, 1879, p. 61. Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., Vol. IV., 5th series, 1879, pp. 167-168.

— New Jurassic Mammals (4 n. sp. n. g. Ctenacodon).
Amer. Jour. Sc. (Silliman), Vol. XVIIL, Nov., pp. 396-
398.

— Notice of New Jurassic Mammals representing two

New Orders. Amer. Jour. Sci.. Vol. XX., pp. 235-239,

(Cuts.)
(6 n. sp. n. g. Diplocynodon : n. ord. Pantotheria and Allotheria,)

Notice of New Jurassic Mammals (4 n. sp. n. g. Allodon

and Docodon). Amer. Jour, of Sci. (Silliman's), Vol.
XXL, pp. 511-513.

(c) European Marsupialia.

Article " Fossil Marsupialia " in Penny Cyclopaedia, pp. 464.
469.

Filhol, H. (Description of Amphiperatherium ronzoni, n.
sp.) Ann, Sci. Geok, Vol. XII., p. 65.

Lemoine, — . Sur deux Plagiaulax tertiares (Neoplogiaulax
eocenus andN. Marshii) recueillesaux environs de Reims.
Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris, Tom. XCV, No. 21, pp.
1009-1012.

840 PAPERS AND WORKS ON MAMJIALIAN ORDERS,

Lemoine, — . Etude sur le Neoplagiaulax de la Faune eocene
inferieure des environs de Reims. Bull. Soc. Geolog.
France, Tom. XL, No. 4, 1883, pp. 249-271. (Two
Plates.)

Owen, Prof. Sir. R. Researches on the Fossil Remains of
Australia, with a Notice on the Extinct Marsupials of
England. 2 Vols. 4to, London, 1877.
(Contains a Bibliography.)

Seeley, H. Note on the Femur and Humerus of a Small
Mammal from the Stonesfield Slate. Jour. Geol. Soc.
Vol. XXXV., pp. 456-463, (Woodcuts.)
(Supposed to have Monotreme affinities.)

Willett, E. W. Notes on a Mammalian Jaw (Triconodon
mordax, Owen,) from the Purbeck Beds at Swanage,
Dorset. Q. J. Geog. Soc. London, Vol. XXXVIL, 1881,
pp. 376-379.

See also the Manuals of Gaudry, Gervais, Nicholson and Owen.
Parasites infesting Marsupialia.

(a) Bennett, Dr. G. Wanderings in New South Wales, &c.

8vo. 2 Vols., London, 1834.

(Filaria Macropi majoris, Vol. I., p. 293.)

(b) Cobbold, Dr. T. S. Parasites ; A Treatise on the Entozoa

of Man and Animals, &c. 8vo. London, 1879, pp. 430-
434, with a Bibliography.

(c) Pagenstecher, H. A. Ueber Echinococcus bei Macropus

major. Heidelberger Verhand. Bd. V.

(d) For other Papers see the Bibliography given by Cobbold.

Parker, Dr. A. J. On the Knee- Joint of the Kangaroo. Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Part II., 1878, pp. 222-223.

Pearson, J. T. Note on Thylacinus cynocephalus. Jour. Asiat.
Soc. Bengal, Vol. IV., 1835, pp. 572-574.

COMPILED BY J. .7. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 84:1

Peters, W. Ueber die bei Beutelt.hieren im Entwickelungs
zustande vorkommende Verbindung des Os tympanicum mit
dem XJnterkiefer als einem neuen Beweis fur die Ueber-
einstimmung dieses Knochens mit dem Os quadratum der
iibrigen Wirbelthierclassen. Monat. der Konigl. Preussen
Acad. Berlin, 1867, pp. _725 729. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist, Vol.
I, 4th series, 1868, p. 388-390.

* and Doria, Gr. Enumerazione dei Mammiferi raccolti

da, O. Beccari, L. M. D'Albertis, ed A. Bruijn, Nella Nuova
Guinea propriamente detta. Genova, 1581. (Plates.) Estratto
dagli Ann. del. Mus. Civ. di St. Nat. di Genova, Vol. XVI.,
1881).

(Descriptions of 8 new species.)
Pcelman, Prof. C. Description des organes cle la generation cliez
le Macropus (Halmaturus) Bennettii femelle. Bull, de FAcad.
Boy. des. Sc. de Belgique, Tom. XVIII., 1851, pp. 595-599.
(Plate.) LTnstitut. Tom. XIX., 1851, pp. 317-318.
(See also Van Beneden.)

Note additionelle sur la Conformation des organes de la

generation cliez les Marsupiaux femelles. Ibid., XVIIL,
1851, pp. 271-272. L'Institut., XIX., 1851, p. 422.

Sur la disposition des organes femelles de la generation

dans les Kanguroos. Paris Acad. Sci. Compt. Bend., Tom.
LXIL, 1866, pp. 399-400. Rev. et Mag. Zool. Paris, 1865,

p. 121.

(A reply to M. Alix.)

Poulton, E. B. The Tongue of Perameles nasuta with some
Suggestions as to the Origin of Taste Bulbs. Quart. Jour.
Micro. Sc, No. 89, Jan., 1883.

Structures connected with the Ovarian Ovum of Marsu-

pialia and Monotremata. Ibid. No. XCIII., Jan. 1884, pp.
118-128. (Plate.)

* Preliminary accounts of most of these New Species were given by the
authors in Vols. VI. , VII., and VIII., of the Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova. The
exact references will be found in the work above quoted.

842 PAPERS AND WORKS ON MAMMALIAN ORDERS,

Poulton, E. B. On the Tongues of the Marsupials. P. Z. S.,
1883, Part IV., pp. 599-627. (2 Plates.)

Pucheran, — . Note sur le caractere faunique de la Nouvelle
Hollande, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sc. Paris, Tom. XXXIX.,
1854, pp. 631-633. LTnstitut., XXIL, p. 351.

Ramsay, E. P. Description of a New Genus and Species of Rat
Kangaroo allied to the Genus Hypsipi'ymnus, proposed to be
called Hypsiprymnodon moschatus. Proc. Linn. Soc. of New
South Wales, Vol. I., 1877, pp. 33-35.

Description of a New Species of Kangaroo (Halmaturus

crassipes) from New Guinea. Ibid. Vol. I., 1877, pp. 162-
164.

Description of a new Species of Halmaturus (H. Brownii,

Macropus lugens, Alston), from New Ireland. Ibid., Vol. L,
1877, pp. 307-309.

Description of a new Species of Perameles (P. Cockerellii)

from New Ireland. Ibid., Vol. I., 1877, p. 310.

Description of a supposed new Species of Rock Wallaby,

from the Palm Islands, on the north-east coast of Australia,
proposed to be called Petrogale assimilis. Ibid., Vol. I.,
1877, pp. 359-361.

Note on Perameles Cockerellii. Ibid., Vol. I., 1877,

pp. 378-379.

The Mammals of the Che vert Expedition. Part I. Ibid.,

Vol. II., 1878, pp. 11-15.

(Contains the description of a new species of Bandicoot, Perameles
Moresby ensis.)

Contributions to the Zoology of New Guinea. Part I.

Mammals. Ibid., Vol. III., 1879, pp. 242-244.

Contributions to the Zoology of New Guinea. Part III.

Description of a new Marsupial (Perameles Broadbentii),
allied to the genus Perameles. Ibid., Vol. III., 1879,
pp. 402-405. (Plate.)

COMPILED BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 843

Ramsay, E. P. Contributions to the Zoology of New Guinea.

Part VII. Ibid., Vol. VII., 1883, p. 15.

Contains the description of a new species of Tree Kangaroo, Dendrolagus
Dorianus.)

On the range of the Striped Opossum (Dactylopsila

trivirgata.) Letter in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist, Vol. XVII.,
4th series, 1876, p. 331.

Reid, J. Description of a new Species of the Genus Perameles,
(P. Lagotis.) P. Z. S., 1836, pp. 129-131.

Rengger, J. P. Ueber die Fortprlanzung der Beutelthiere. Fror
Not., Bd. XXVIL, 1830, pp. 49-51.

Von Ritgen, F. A. Ueber einige eigenthiimlichkeiten im Ban
der Beutelthiere. Heusinger Zeitsch. Bd. II., 1828, pp. 371-
378. Feruss. Bull. Sc. Nat. XVIL, 1829, pp. 273-274.

Rolleston, Prof. G. See under Myology.

Ruge, G. See under Myology.

Schafer, E. A., and Williams, D. J. On the Structure of the
Mucous Membrane of the Stomach in the Kangaroos.
P. Z. S., 1876, pp. 165-177. (Plates.)

Schlegel, H., and Mueller, S. Over drie Buiteldieren (Dendro-
lagus ursinus, D, inustus, Dorcopsis Brunii) uit de familie
der Kengoeroes. Verhand. over de Nat. Gesch. d. Nederl.
overzee. Bezitt. Zool. Mamm., 1842, pp, 129-148. (6 plates.)

Beschrijving eener nieuwe soort van vleeschetende Buidel-

dieren, Phascogalea melas. Ibid., 1842, pp. 149-152. (Plate.)

Schlegel, H. On Dasyurus albopunctatus. Notes from the
Leyden Museum Vol. II. Note IX., pp. 51-53.

Observations Zoologicpues. Nederlandsch Tijdschrift voor

de Dierkunde, D. Ill, 1866, pp. 350-358.

(New Species from Aru and Salawattie. Phalangista longicaudata, Ph.
bernsteinii, Phascogalea Wallacei, P. Thorbeckiana. References to
Perameles doreyanus and Macropus brunnii.)

844 PAPERS AND WORKS ON MAMMALIAN ORDERS,

Schmidt, M. Der grossohrige Beuteklachs, Perameles (Macrotis)
Der Zool. Gart., Bd. VIIL, 1867, pp. 42 and 81. (Plate.)

Sclater, P. L. The Mammals of Australia. Quart. Jour. Sc.
Vol. II., 1865, pp. 13-19.

Description of a new Species of Kangaroo (Macropus

erubescens), from South Australia. P. Z. S., 1870, pp. 125-
126. (Plate.) Ibid., p. 668.

Note on Halmaturus erubescens. Ibid., 1871, p. 240.

(Woodcut)
— See also under New Guinea.

Seiler, B. W. Einige Beobaehtungen iiber die erste Geburt des
Kangeru-Embryo und seine Ernahrung in dem Beutel. Isis
von Oken XII., 1828, pp. 475-477.

Swainson, W. Ueber Beutelthiere. Fror. Not.. Bd. VIIL, 1824,
p. 215.

Temminck, C. J. Monographies de Mammalogie, 4to, 2 vols.,

Paris, 1827-38.

(I. Sur le genre Phalangista, II. Sur le genre Didelphis, III. Sur les genres
Dasyurns, Thylacinus, Phascogale, 72 pp., S plates.)

Tomes, J. On the Structure of the dental tissues of Marsupial

Animals, and more especially of the enamel. Phil. Trans.

CXXXIX., 1849, pp. 403-412. (2 plates.) Proc. Boy.

Soc, 1849, pp. 847-849. (Abstract.) L'Institut. XVIIL,

1850, p. 110.

Tomes, R. F. Description of a new Species of Opossum
(Didelphys Waterhousii) obtained by Mr. Fraser in Ecuador,
P. Z. S., 1860, part I., pp. 5S-60. (Plate.) An. Mag. Nat.
Hist., 1860, pp. 73-75.

Additional note on Didelphys Waterhousii. Ibid., 1860,

pp. 303-304.

Notice of a new American form of Marsupial (Hyracodon

fuliginosus, n.g. et. sp.) from Ecuador. P. Z. S., 1863,
pp. 50-51. (Plate.)

COMPILED BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 845

Treviranus, G. R. Ueber das Gehirn und die Sinneswerkzeuge
des Virginiscken Beutelthiers. Tiedinann u. Treviranus
Zeitsch. f. Physiol, Bd. Ill, 1828, pp. 45-61. (Plate.)
Feruss. Bull. Sc. Nat. XV., 1828, pp. 141-142.

Turner, Prof. On the Minute Anatomy of a non-gravid uterus
of Macropus giganteue. Jour. Anat. and Physiol., Vol. X.,
pp. 513-515.

Tyson, E. Carigueya, seu Marsupiale amei-icanuni, or the
Anatomy of an Opossum (Didelphys.) Phil. Trans., Vol.
XX., 1698, pp. 105-164.

Carigueya, seu Marsupiale americanum masculum ; or the

Anatomy of a Male Opossum. To which are added some
further observations on the Opossum ; and a new division of
terrestrial brute animals, particularly of those that have
their feet formed like hands. Phil. Trans., Vol, XXIV,
1704, pp. 1565-1575.

Verreaux, J. Sur quelcpies animaux de la Tasmanie et de

1' Australia, qu'il serait possible de naturaliser en France.

Compt.Rend. Acad. Sci., Paris, Tom. XXVI, 1848, pp. 222-

224.
Observations sur l'introduction et l'acclimatation de divers

Mammiferes et Oiseaux de la Tasmanie et de l'Australie.

Revue. Zool., 1848, pp. 70-74.
On Tarsipes, see Gervais P.,

Vrolik, W. Ontleed-en natuurkundige Aanteekeningen over

den grooten Kanguroo (M. major). Hoeven en Vriese

Tijdschrift III., 1836, pp. 291-356, (Plate.)
Ontleedkundige opmerkingen over den Dasyurus (Sar

cophilus) ursinus. Tijdschr. voor de wis. en Nat. Wetens.

Amsterdam, D. IV, 1851, pp. 153-190. (Plate)- Fror.

Tagsber., 1852, p. 104. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. IX.,

2nd series, 1852, pp. 245-246.
Ontleedkundige nasporingen omtrent Dendrolagus inustus.

Uitgegeven, door de Koninklijke Acad, van Wettenschap.

Amsterdam, O. G. Van der Post., 1857. (6 plates.)
55

846 PAPERS AND WORKS ON MAMMALIAN ORDERS,

Waterhouse, G. R, Marsupialia, Vol. XXIV., in Jardine's
Naturalist's Library, 8vo, Edinburgh, 1841.

Description of a new Genus (Myrmecobius fasciatus) of

Mammiferous Animals belonging probably to the order
Marsupialia. Trans. Zool. Soc, Vol. II., 1841, pp. 149-154.
(2 plates.) P. Z. S., Vol. IV., 183G, pp. C9-70. l'Institut,
V., 1837. Isis, 1838.

On a second specimen of Myrmecobius. P. Z. S., 1836,

p. 131.

Observations on certain modifications in the dentition of

the Flying Opossums (Petaurus.) P. Z. S., Vol. VI., 1838,
pp. 149-153. Isis., 1845.

A Natural History of the Mammalia, Vol. I., Marsupiata,

8vo, London, 1846.

Waterhouse, H. G. List of South Australian Fauna in the
Appendix to Harcus's South Australia ; its History,
Resources and Progress, 8vo, London, 1876.
(Marsupials.)
Weinland, F. Vorlesung ttber Beutelthiere. Der Zool. Gart.
II., 1861. pp. 37-44. Also Ibid., Bd. I.,jjl860, pp. 93-109.

Wellington Bone Caves. Sydney Morning Herald, September
15th, 1881.

(Extract from a Report by the late Prof. Thomson, laid

before Parliament in 1870.) Ibid., September 28th, 1881.

Wilson, A. On Kangaroos. Good Words, 1880, pp. 663-668.

Wagner, A. Beschriebung einer neuen Art von Bandikuts
(Perameles myosurus) nebst Bemerkungen fiber P. obesula.
Archiv. f. Naturg. L, 1841, pp. 289-296.

Young. A. H. On the Male Generative Organs of the Koala
(Phascolarctos cinereus.) Jour. Anat. and Phys., Vol. XIIL,
1879, pp. 305-317. (Plate.)

COMPILED BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 847

Young, A. H. The Muscular Anatomy of the Koala (P.
cinereus.) Ibid., Vol. XVI., 1882, pp. 217-242.

Anatomy of the Koala (P. cinereus.) Ibid., Vol. XV.,

1881, pp. 466-474.

On the so-called Movements of Pronation and Supination

in the hind limb of certain Marsupials. Jour. Anat. and
Phys., Vol. XV., 1881, pp. 392-394.

The intrinsic Muscles of the Marsupial Hand. Jour.

Anat. and Phys., Vol. XIV, 1879, pp. 149-165.

ADDENDA.

Alix, P. H. (On the Nervous System of D. cancrivora.) Bull.
Soc. Philom, 7th series, II., pp. 143-149.

Miklouho-Maclay, N. de. Notes on the Zoology of the Maclay
Coast, Nsw Guinea. I. On a new sub-genus of Peramelida?.
Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. \V, Pt. 3, Vol. IX, 1884.
(Brachymelis Garagassi.)

On two new species of Macropus from New Guinea

Ibid., Pt. 4, Vol. IX, 1884.

(M. Jukesii and M. gracilis.)
Thomas, O. The Ax-ticle "Opossum." Encyclo. Brit., 9th edition,
Vol. XVII., 1884, p. 796.

848 PAPERS AND WORKS ON MAMMALIAN ORDERS,

Part II. MONOTREMATA.

Alisrecht, P. Die Epiphysen und die Arnphiornphalie der
Saugethierwirbelkiirper. Part I., Wirbelkurperepiphysen bei
Monotremen. Zoolog. Anzeiger II., Jahrgang, 1879, pp.
12-15.

Sur la Fente maxillaire double sous-muqueuse et les 4 Os

intermaxillaires de l'Ornithorhynque adulte norniale. Avec
1 grav. dans le text. Bruxelles, A. Manceaux, 1883, 8vo.
(4 PP.)

Anon. Some account of the Ornithorhynchus pai-adoxus. Pbilos.
Mag., Vol. XIII., 1802, pp. 179-181. (Plate.)

Arm it, W. Notes on the presence of Tachyglossus and Orni-
thorbyncbus in North and North-east Queensland. Jour.
Linn. Soc, Vol. XIV, No. 76, 1879, pp. 411-413.

Baer, C. E., von. Noch eine Bemerkung iiber die Zweifel,
welcbe man gegen die Milchdriise des Ornithorhynchus
erhoben hat und Betrachtungen iiber das Eierlegen und
Lebendiggebaren. Meckel's Archiv. fiir Anat. und Phys.,
1827, pp. 568-576.

Banks, J. Zur Anatomie des Schnabelthiers. Voigt's Magaz.,
Bd. III., 1802, pp. 724-725.

Barkow, H. C. L. Zootomische Bemerkungen. Die Milchdriise
der Echidna. Breslau, 1834, fol. p. 21, plate XIV

Bennett, G. On the Mammary Secretion of Ornithorhynchus.
P. Z. S., Vol. I., 1833, p. 82.

Notes on the Natural History and Habits of the Orni-
thorhynchus paradoxus. Trans. Zooi. Soc, Vol. 1., 1835,
pp. 229-258. (Plate.) Abstract in P. Z. S., Vol. II., 1834,
pp. 141-146. Fror. Not., XL., p. 10 ; XLL, p. 330 ; XLIL,
p. 72. Tijdscbr. voor. nat. Gesch., III., 1836. LTnstitut.
1835. Isis, 1835. Ann. des Sc. Nat., 2nd series, Zool.,
II., p. 303 ; III., p. 299. Miincber gel. Anz., II., Nr. 86, d,
687. Midler Archiv. fiir Anat. &c, 1836.

COMPILED BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 849

Bennett, G. Notes on the Duck-Bill (Ornithorhynchus anatinus),
P. Z. S , 1859, pp. 213-218. (Plate.)

Gatherings of a Naturalist in Australasia, 8vo, London,

1860, chap. VI. and VII., pp. 94-150.

Bennett, G. F. Notes on Ornithorhynchus paradoxus, in a letter
from Dr. G. Bennett to Prof. Owen, with remarks by the
latter. P. Z. S., 1877, pp. 161-166.

Bennett, G. J. Observations on the Habits of the Echidna
hystrix of Australia. P. Z. S., 1881, pp. 737-739.

Blainville, H. M. D de. Dissertation sur la place que la famille
des Ornithoi-hynques et des Echidnes doit occuper dans les
series naturelles. Paris, 4to, 1812.

Observations sur l'organe appele ergot dans l'Ornithor-

hynque. Bull. Scienc. Soc. Philom., 1817, pp. 82-84.
(Plate.) Isis 1817. Ann. of Philos., 1817. Meckel's
Archiv., 1817. Jour, de phys. de chim, et d'Hist. Nat., Tom.
LXXXIV. and NOV.

— Sur les Mammelles de l'Ornithorhynque femelle et sur
l'ergot du male. Nouv. Bull, des Sc. Soc. Philom., 1826, pp.
138-140.

- — Me moire sur la nature du produit femelle de la generation
de l'Ornithorhynque. Nouv. Ann. du Museum, Tom. II.,
1833, pp. 369-416. (Plate.) Muller's Archiv., 1835, p. 36.

— Sur la generation de l'Ornithorhynque. Nouv. Bull. Scienc.
Soc. Philom., 1833, pp. 47-48.

— Sur les glandes mammaires du meme Animal. Ibid. pp.

69-70.

Blumenbach, J. Fr. Ueber das Schnabelthier (Ornithorhynchus
paradoxus) ein neu entdecktes Geschlect von Siiugethieren
des funftcn Weltthiels. Voigt's Magaziu, Bd. II., 1800, pp.
205-214. Gottingische Anzeigen, Vol. I., 1800, p. 609.

850 PAPERS AND WORKS ON MAMMALIAN ORDERS,

Blumenbach, J. Fr. Einige anatomische Bemerkungen iiber
dasselbe. Ibid. pp. 284-291. (Plate.) Philosop. Magaz.,
Vol. XL, 1802, pp. 366-367.

— Sur un nouveau genre du Quadrupede edente nomine

Ornitborhynchus paradoxus. Bull, des Sc. Soc. Pbilom., Tom.
II, An. 8, p. 113.

Breciiet, — . Quelques observations nouvelles sur FOrnithor-
hynque. Ann. des Scien. Mat., Tom. II., 1824, p. 74.

Breton, R. N. On the Habits of Echidna. P. Z. S., Vol. II.,
1834, p. 23.

Broderip, \V J. The Article "Ornitborhynchus " in the Penny
Cyclopaedia. Ibid, also articles, Echidna and Monotremes.

Broecker, G. De textura et forrnatione spinarum, &c. Dissertatio.
Dorpati Livonorum, 1848, 4to. De Echidnse spinis, p. 21.

Calkoen, J. Beschrijving van den Ornitborhynchus paradoxus.
Natuurkund. Verhand. Maatsch. Haarlem, D. II., 1803, pp.
177-187. (Two Plates.)

Coues, E. On the Myology of Ornitborhynchus paradoxus.
Proc. of Essex Institute, Vol VI., Part II.

Creighton, C. On the Development of the Mamma and of the
Mammary Function. Jour. Anat. and Phys., Vol. XL, pp.
29-31.

(Allusion to the Crural Gland of Monotremes.)

Cunningham, Prof. D. Vide in Part I.

Davy, J. Notice sur la forme des globules du sang chez FEchidna
hystrix. LTnstitut, Tom. VIII., 1840, p. 441.

Desmarest, — Article " Ornithorhynque." F. Cuvier's Diet,
des Sc. Natur., Tom. XXXVI., 1825, p. 434.

Dubois, A. Remarques sur FAcanthoglossus Bruijnii (= Bruijnia
tridactyla, Dubois). Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 6 Ann., 1881,
pp. 266-270. (Two Plates.)

COMPILED BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 851

Durand de Gros. (Criticism, on 0. Martin's Paper on 0. p. and
Echidna.) Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris. Tom. XIX., 1874.

Duverxoy, G. L. Fragment d' Anatomie comparee des organes ed
la generation de rOrnithorhynckus et de l'Eckidna. Mem. de
la Soc. d'Hist. Nat. de Strasbourg. Tom. I, 1830. (Plate.)

Eydoux, F. and Laurent, P. Notice sur l'encepkale de l'Eckidne
compare a celui de l'Ornitkorkynque, &c Guerin, Magas. de
Zool. Ann. 8, 1838. CI. I., pp. 141-153. (Plate.)

.. Le cerveau de l'Eckidne. Laplace, Voyage autour du

Monde de la corvette la Favorite. Tom. V., 1839, p. 159.
(Plate.)

Fisher de Waldeim, G. Metataxymeres. Bull, de la Soc. des
Nat. Moscou, 1831. Tome III., p. 52.

Addition a l'article des Metataxymeres ou Monotremes.

Ibid. Tom. III., 1831, p. 271.

Flower, W. H. On tke Commissures of tke Cerebral Hemis-
pkeres of tke Marsupialia and Montremata as compared with
tkose of tke placental Mammals. Pkil. Trans. 1865, p.
633. (Plates.)

On tke Optic Lobes of tke Brain of tke Eckidna. P.Z.S.,

1864, pp. 18-20. (Woodcut.)

Fewkes, J. "W. (Myology of Tacky glossus kystrix.) B. Essex
Institute. Vol. IX., pp. 111-137. (2 plates.)

Garnot, P. Observations sur l'Eckidne epineux. Ann. Sci. Nat.
Tom. VI., 1826, pp. 504-508. Nouv. Bull. Sc. Soc. Pkilom.,
1825, pp. 45-46. Feruss. Bull. Sc. Nat. Tom. VII., 1826,
pp. 93-95. Fror. Not. Bd. X, 1825, pp. 305-308, Isis., 1827,
pp. 966-867.

Gegexbaur. Zur vergleickenden Anatomie des Herzens. Jenaiscke
Zeitsckrift. Vol. II., 1866, p. 381.

(Heart of Ornithorhynchus.)

852 PAPERS AND WORKS ON MAMMALIAN ORDERS,

Gervais, P. (Description of A canthoglossus Bruijnii = Tachy-
glossus Bruijnii, Peters and Doria.) Cornpt. Rend. Acad.
Paris. Tom. LXXXV., 1877, pp. 837 and 990. Jour, of
Zoology. Vol. VI., p. 375.

Osteographie des Monotremes vivants et fossiles, compre-

naut la description et ITconographie du Scpielette et du
Systeme dentaire de ces animaux. Text 4to., Atlas, fol.
Paris, 1877-78.

Giebel, C. G. (Note on the Shoulder-girdle of Ornithorhynchus.)
Halle. Zeitch. Gessarnt. Naturwiss., 1877, p. 96.

Glockner, E. F. Ueber die Haare des Ornithorhynchus. Isis.
1819, pp. 651-652. (Fig.)

Grant, R. E. Oeufs de l'Ornithorhynque. Ann. des Sc. Nat.
Tom. XVIIL, 1829.

Gregori, — . Sur les habitudes de l'Ornithorhynque. Ann. des
Sc. natur. Tom. X , 1827, p. 193.

Hesse, J. Fr. G. De ungularum, barbae Balaense, dentium Orni-
thorhynchi structura. dissertatio cum tabulis III ameis.,
8vo. Berolini, 1839.

Hesse, J. Fr. W. Ueber die Structur der Hufe, des Fischbeins
und der Zahne des Ornithorhynchus. Fioriep N. Not. Bd.
XV, 1840, pp. 1-6. (Fig.)

Geoffroy, Saixt-Hilaire, Et. Anatomie Philosophique. Tom.

I., Paris 1818.

(Osteology. Figs.)

— Note ou l'on etablit, que les Monotremes sont ovipares et

qu'ils doivent. former une cinquieme classe de l'embranche-

ment des animaux vertebres. Bull. Sc. Soc. Philom. 1822,

pp. 95-96. Isis, 1823, pp. 1425-1430. Fror. Not. Bd.

III., p. 10.

Sur indentite de deux especes nominales d'Ornithor-

hynques. Ann. Sci. Nat. Tom. IX., 1820, pp., 451-457.

COMPILED BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 853

Geoffroy, Saint-Hilaire, Et. Sur l'unite des especes d'Orni-
chorhynque. Nouv. Bull. Sc. Soc. Pliilom., 1826, p. 175
Meckel's Archiv. f. Anat. u. Phys., 1827, pp. 14-18.

— Sur un appareil glanduleux recemmeiit decouvert en

Alleinagne dans l'Ornitliorhynque, situe sur les flancs de la
region abdominale et -faussement considere comme une glande
mammaire. Ann. des Sci. Nat. Tom. IX., 1826, pp. 457-460.
Meckel's Archiv. 1827, pp. 18-22.

— Sur les appareils sexuels et urinaires de l'Ornitliorhynque.
Mem. du Museum. Tom. XV., 1827, pp. 1-48. (2 plates.)
Ferussac, Bull. Sc. Nat. Tom. XIV., 1828, pp. 112-114.

— Considerations sur des ceufs de l'Ornithorhynque, formant
de nouveax documens pour la question de la classification des
Monotremes. Ann. des Sci. Nat. Tom. XVIIL, 1829, pp.
157-164. (Fig.) Meckel's Archiv., 1830, pp. 119-129. Fror.
Not. 1830. Isis, 1833.

Sur les glandes abdominales chez l'Ornithorhynque, dontla

determination comme mammaires fut en Alleinagne et est de
nouveau en Angleterre un sujet de controverse. Paris, 8vo;
1833.

— Nouvelles considerations sur la nature des glandes abdomi-

nales des Monotremes. LTnstitut, I., 1833, No. 9 pp. 73-74.
6 Mem., ibid. No. 32, pp. 266-268.

— ■ Nouvelle revelation d' oviparite dans les Monotremes.
L'Instit., Tom. II., 1834, No. 75, pp. 339-340.

— Propositions de philosophie anatomique au sujet des
glandes mammaires et des glandes monotremiques. LTnstitut,
Tom. I., 1833, No. 7, pp. 52-53.

— Me moire sur la structure et les usages des glandes mono-
tremiques et en particulier sur ces glandes chez les Cetacees.
Paris, 8vo, 1834. Abstract in P. Z. S., Vol. II., 1834,
pp. 26-57.

854 PAPERS AND WORKS ON MAMMALIAN ORDERS,

Geoffroy, Saint-Hilaire, Et. Sur le caractere ovipare cle
l'Ornithorhynque. Feruss. Bull., Tom XIX., 1829, p. 110.

Sur des glandes abclonrinales cle l'Ornithorhynque, Bull.

Soc. Imp. Natur. Moscou. Tom. VI., 1833, pp. 126-164.

Memoire sur les glandes abclominales de l'Ornithorhynque

faussement presumes mammaires, lesquelles secretent non du
lait mais du mucus, premiere nourriture des petits nouvellement
eclos. Gazette Meclicale de Paris, 1833, Jan. et Fev. Revue
Encyclopsedique, 1833. Juill. et Aout.

— Reflections on Dr. Weatherhead's communication respecting

the Ornithorhynchus. P. Z. S., Vol. I., 1833, pp. 15-16.

On the Abdominal Glands of the Ornithorhynchus. P. Z. S. ,

Vol. I., 1833, pp. 28-31.

New Observations on the Nature of the Abdominal Glands

of the Ornithorhynchus. P. Z. S., Vol. I., 1833, pp. 91-96.

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Isid. Memoire sur les Monotreines.
Ann. Sci. Nat., Tom II., ser. 2 ime- 1834, pp. 308-311.

Gunn, R. M. On the Eye of Ornithorhynchus paradoxus. Jour.
Anat. and Phys. Vol. XVIII., 1884, pp. 400-405. (Plate.)

Hill, P. On the Ornithorhynchus paradoxus, its venomous spur
and general structure. Trans. Linn. Soc, Vol. XIIL, 1822,
pp. 621. Edin. Phil. Jour., 1822. Mem. du Mus., XV.
Fror. Not., Vols. II., IV. Isis, 1823.

On the Ornithorhynchus paradoxus or Mullingong. Philo-
sophical Magazine, Vol. LX1., 1823, pp. 8-10.

Hobson, E. G. Observation sur les globules du sang de rOrni-
thorhynque. Ann. Sci. Nat. 3 ser., Zool., Tom III., 1845,
p. 48.

Hoeven, J. van der. Memoire sur le genre Ornithorliynque.
Nova acta Acad. Leop. Car. Nat. Cur., Tom XL, part II.,
1823, pp. 351-372. (Plate.)

Corrections au memoire sur le genre Ornithorliynque.

Ibid., Tom XII., part II., 1824, pp. 869-872.

COMPILED BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 855

Hoeven, J. van der. Jets over tie Spoor van den Ornithorhyn-
chus. Bijdr. tot de natuurk. Wettensch., D. II., 1827, pp.
503-504. Feruss. Bull. Sc. Nat., Tom XVI, pp. 461-462.

Home, Sir E. Observations on tbe Head of the Ornitborbyncbus
paradoxus. Pbil. Trans., 1800, pp. 432-436. Abstract in
Abstracts of tbe Papery, etc., Vol. I., 1832, pp. 29-30. Voigt's
Magaz., Vol. III., 1801, pp. 78-84. Wiedemann Arcbiv.
Bd. III.

A Description of tbe Anatomy of tbe Ornitborhynchus

paradoxus. Pbil. Trans., 1802, pp. 67-84. (3 Plates.) Abstract
in Abstracts of tbe Papers, &c, Vol. L, 1832, pp. 68-69.
Wiedemann Arcbiv. III. Voigt's Magaz., IV., 1802, pp.
719-726.

Description of tbe Anatomy of the Ornitborbyncbus

(Ecbidna) hystrix. Pbil. Trans., 1802, pp. 348-364. (Four
Plates.) Abstr. in Abstracts of tbe Papers, &c, Vol. I., 1832,
pp. 89-90. Bull. Sc. Soc. Pbilom., Tom. III., An. 11., pp.
125-127.

^— — On tbe Ova of tbe different tribes of Opossum and Orni-
tborbyncbus. Pbil. Trans., 1819, pp. 234. (Plate.) Meckel's
Arcbiv. Bd. V., p. 419.

■ Lectures on Comparative Anatomy in which are explained

preparations in the Hunterian Collection. 4 Vols., Suppl. 2
Vols., 4to. London, 1814-1828.

Huxley, T. H. On the Characters of the Pelvis in tbe Mam-
malia, and the Conclusions respecting the Origin of Mammals
which may be based on them. Proc. Roy. Soc, No. 194,
1879, pp. 395-405. (Plate.)

(References to Monotremata with figures.)

Hyrtl, J. Ueber das arterielle Gefass-system der Monotremen.
Sitzungsber. der kaiser. Acad, der Wissen. zu Wien. Bd.
VIII. , 1852, pp. 33-39. (4 plates). Denkschr. d. Wien.
Acad. Bd. V., 1853, pp. 1-20. (3 plates). Also published
separately 4to. Wien 1853, 20 pp.

856 PAPERS AND WORKS ON MAMMALIAN ORDERS,

Jaffe, L. M. De Ornithorhyncho paradoxo. Dissertatio, inau-
guralis Zootomica emu II tabulis aeneis. BeroUni, 1823, 4to.

Jamieson, — . Note on the Venomous Nature of Wounds
Inflicted by the Spurs of the male Ornithorhynchus. Trans.
Linn. Soc. Vol. XII., 1821.

Knox, R. Observations on the Anatomy of the Duck-billed
Animal of N.S.W., the Ornithorhynchus paradoxus of Natur-
alists. (Four parts.) Mem. of the Wernerian Soc. of Nat.
Hist. Edinburgh. Vol. 5, pt. I., 1824. (Plates.) Pt. I.
Organs of Sense, Poison Gland and Spur, pp. 26-41. Pt. II.
Organs of Digestion and their Appendages, Organs of Respira-
tion and Circulation. Pt. III. On Kidneys, Urinary
Bladder, and Male Organs of Generation, 152. Pt. IV.
Osseous, Muscular and Nervous Systems, Edin. Philo.
Jour., 1823. Vol. IX., pp. 377-381. Fror. Not. Bd. 8, 1824.
Bd. V., 1826. Ferussac. Ball. Sc. Nat. Tom. I., 1824. Tom.
IV., 1825.

Notice respecting the Presence of a Rudimentary Spur in

the Female Echidna. Edinb. New Phil. Jour., Vol. I.,
1826, pp. 130-132. Ferussac Bull. Sc. Nat., Tom. XII. 1827,
Isis 1832.

Discovery of a Remarkable Structure in the Knee-joint of

the Echidna hystrix. Brewster, Edinb. Jour, of Sc, Vol.
VIII., 1828, p. 183. Heusinger Zeitsch, Bd. II. Ferussac
Bull. Sc. Nat., Tom. XVI., 1829.

Lankester, E. Ray. On the Valves of the Heart of Ornithorhyn-
chus paradoxus compared with those of Man and the Rabbit,
with some Observations on the Fossa Ovalis. P. Z. S., 1882,
pp. 549-559. (Plates.)

On the Right Cardiac Valve of Echidna and Ornithorhyn-
chus. P. Z. S., 1883, pp. 8-14. (Two Plates.)

Lutken, Dr. C. W. Letter containing Remarks as to the possi-
bility of their being inore than one species of the Genus
Tachyglossus inhabiting Australia. P. Z. S., Pt. I., 1884,
pp. 150-152.

COMPILED BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 857

Macgillivray, W. Description of a New Species of Ornithor-
hynchus. Mem Wernerian Nat. Hist. Soc, Edinburgh, Vol.
VL, 1837, pp. 127-132.

Martin, C. (The Bones of the Forelimb of Ornithorhyncus and
Echidna compared with those of other Vertebrates.) Ann. Sci.
Nat. ser 5. Tom. XIX, 1874.

Maule, L. On the Habits and Economy of the Ornithorhynchus.
Proc. of the Comm. Zool. Soc, London, Pt. II., 1832,
pp. 145-146. Isis, 1835.

Mayer, C. Zur Anatomie von Ornithorhynchus und Tachy-
glossus. Wiegmann Archiv f. Naturg., Jahrg. XV., Bd.
I, 1849, pp. 81-91.

Miklouho-Maclay, N. de. On the Temperature of the body of
Echidna hystrix. Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W., Vol. VIIL,
1883, pp. 425-426.

Meckel, J. Fr. Osteologie der Echidna hystrix und des Orni-
thorhynchus paradoxus. Meckel, Beitrage zur vergl. Anat.
Bd. I., Heft. II., Leipz., 1809, pp. 64-90. (Plate.)

Ueber den Stachel und das Giftorgan des Ornithorhynchus.

Meckel's Archiv., Bd. VIIL, 1823, pp. 592-595.

Relatio de glandula Ornithorhynchi inventa. Ad calcem

Voigtelii dissertationis de causis mechanicis, quae liberum

ciborum stercorisque transitum impediunt. Halis, 1823.
Ueber die Luftwege des Schnabelthieres. Meckel's Archiv.

Bd. VIIL, 1823, pp. 596-598.
Omnium eorum, quae ad id tempus de Ornithorhynco pro-

mulgata erant, complexus. Ad calcem Campii dissertationis

de hydrocephalo acuto. Halis, 1823.

Zur Anatomie des Ornithorhynchus. Fror. Not., Bd.

VL, No. 117,1824, 105-106.
De Fabrica laryngis et pulmonum Ornithorhynchi. Ad

calcem diss. Lohmeieri de nimia funiculi umbilicalis brevitate,

1823.

858 PAPERS AND WORKS ON MAMMALIAN ORDERS,

Meckel, J. Fr. Ueber den Sporn des Schnabelthieres. Isis,

1825, pp. 121-124

Ornithorhynchi paradoxi descriptio anatomica. Lipsios,

1826. Accedunt tabulae aenese VIII. Fol.

Ueber die Brustdriise des Ornithorhynchus. Meckel's

Arehiv., 1827, pp. 23-27.

Ueber die Saugethiernatur des Ornithorhynchus. Fror.

Bd. VI., No. 119, 1824, p. 144

Mivart, St. G. On Some Points in the Anatomy of Echidna
hystrix. Trans. Linn. Soc. Vol. XXV., 1866, pp. 379-402.
(2 plates.)

Muller, J. De glandula venenata Ornithorhynchi. " De glandu-
larum secernitium structura penitiori, &c." Lipsise, 1830, fol.

Murie, J. Remarks on the Skull of the Echidna from Queensland.
Jour. Linn. Soc, Vol. XIV., No. 76, 1879, pp. 413-417.
(Woodcut.)

Myology. See under Myology, Part I.

Nicols, A. The Monotreme Order. Chap. IV., in Zoological
Notes, London, 1883. 8vo.

Ogilvy, "W. On two New Species of Mammals from New
Holland, (Hysiprymnus setosus and Ornithorhynchus brevi-
rostris.) Proc. of Comm.Zool. Soc, London. Vol., I., 1831,
pp. 149-150.

Osteology.

Cuvier, G. Ossemens Fossiles. Vol. V. Paris, 1823.
Pander and D'Alton. Skelete der zahnlosen Thiere Bonn ,

1825.

(See also under this head. Part I.

Owen, Prof. Sir R. On the Mammary Glands of the Orni-
thorhynchus paradoxus. Phil. Trans., 1832, pp. 517-538.
(Four plates.) P. Z. S., Vol. I., 1833, pp. 30-31 and pp. 95-96.
Lond. and Edin. Philos. Mag., 1834. L'Inst., Tom. II.,
1834. Midler's Arehiv., 1834. Isis., 1835.

COMPILED BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 859

Owex, Prof. Sir R. On the Mammary Glands of Echidna
hystrix. Proc. of Coram. Zool. Soc, London, part II., 1832,
pp. 179-181. Isis, 1835.

On the Ova of the Ornithorhynchus paradoxus. Phil.

Trans., 1834, pp. 555-566. (Plate ) L'Institut, Vol. III.,
1835. Fror. Not., Bd., XLIIL, 1835. Muller's Archiv.,
1835. Lond. and Edin. Phil. Mag., 1835.

Observations sur les jeunes de l'Ornithorhynque, extraites

d'uns lettre adressee a M. Arago. Ann. Sci. Nat. 2 ser.,
Zool., Tom. II., 1834, pp. 303-308. Fror. Not., 1834.
Isis, 1835.

On the Young of the Ornithorhynchus paradoxus. Blum.

Trans. Zool. Soc, Vol I., 1835, pp. 221-228. (2 plates.)
Ann. Sci. Nat., 2 ser., Tom. III., 1835. Isis. 1836.
Tijdschr. v. nat. Geschied, 1836.

Ueber die Foi'tpflanzung des Ornithorhynchus. Fror. N.

Not., Bd. XVIII., 1841, p. 330.

Article " Monotremata." Todds Cyclop., Anat. and Phys.,

Vol. III., London, 1841, pp. 366-407.

Observations on the living Echidna. P. Z. S., Vol. XIII.,

1845, pp. 80-82. Fror. N. Not., 1846.

On the Os Humero-Capsulare of the Ornithorhynchus.

Report Brit. Assoc, 18th Meeting, 1848. Trans, of Sect.,

p. 79. L'Institut, Tom. XVIL, 1849, Fror. Not.. Bd. XL,
1849.

— Remarks on the " Observations sur l'Ornithorhynque par
M. Jules Verreaux." Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., 2nd
series, Vol. II., 1848, pp. 317-322. Fror. Not., Bd. IX.,
1849.

— On the Marsupial Pouches, Mammary Glands, and Mam-
mary Foetus of the Echidna hystrix. Phil. Trans., Vol. CLV.,
1865, pp. 671-686. (3 Plates) Abstr. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
3rd series, Vol. XV., 1865, pp. 419-423.

860 PAPERS AND WORKS ON MAMMALIAN ORDERS,

Owen, Prof. Sir R. Comparative Anatomy and Physiology of
Vertebrates. Vol. III., London, 1868.

On the Ova of the Echidna hystrix. Phil. Trans., 1880,

pp 1051-1054 (Plate.) Abst. Proc. Roy. Soc, Vol XXX.,
1880. Archiv. Zoolog. Experiment, Tom. X., No. 3, Notes
pp. XLV-XLVI.

Oxford, T. Ueber den Ornithorhynchus. Fror. Not., Bd.
XXIV, 1829, pp. 231-233.

Peron, F., et Lesseur. Voyage de Decouvertes aux Terres
Australes. Fol. Paris, 1807, 2nd edition, 1824.
(Ornithorhynchus fuscus and O. rufus,)

Peters, W., and Doria, G. Descrizione di una nuova specie di
Tachyglossus (T. Bruijnii) proveniente dalla Nuova Guinea
septentrionale. Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, Vol. IX., 1876-
1877, pp. 183-187. Tijds. Nederl. Indie, XXXVII., 1877.
p. 178. See also Sclater Nature, XV, 1877, pp. 257-258,
(Woodcut.)
(See also Enumerazione dei Mammiferi, &c, Genova, 1881, pp. 27-28.)

Peters, W. Ueber das Os tympanicum und die Gehbrknochelchen
der Schnabelthiere in Bezug auf die Frage von der Deutung
Quadratbeins bei den Vogeln. Monatsber. Berl. Akad. der
Wiss., 1867, pp. 779-782. (Plate.) Ann. Mg. Nat. Hist.,
4th series, Vol. I., 1868, pp. 390-391.

Pfeiffer, H. Der Schultergiirtel und die Schultermuskeln der
Monotremen. Inaugural-Abhandlung. Zur Anatomie des
Schultergeriistes und der Schultermuskeln bei Saiigethieren,
&c. Giessen, 1854, 4to.

Poulton, E. B. The Tongue of the Ornithorhynchus paradoxus :
the Origin of Taste Bulbs and the parts upo*1 which they
occur. Q. Jour. Micro. Sc, No. XCL, 1883, pp. 453-472.
(Plate.)

Pritchard U. The Cochlea of the Ornithorhynchus paradoxus,
compared with that of ordinary Mammals and Birds. Phil.
Trans., 1881, pp. 267-282. (2 plates.)

ERRATA.

Professor Bell's Paper. Page 496.

gc 497,

line

») ))

line

, 498,

line

„ 499,

line

,, ,,

line

,, ,,

line

>> ,,

line

,, 500,

line

>! >>

line

>, ,,

line

,, 501,

line

.. 502,

line

,, ,,

line

,, ,,

line

,, 505,

line

„ 506

line

24 — for "Cenioidea," read Crinoidea.
27 — for "manonema," read macronema.

2— from bottom of page ; for "Guiinu," read Gunnii.

9 — Sp. 12; for "Actaster," read Retaster.
21 — Sp. 3 ; for "marmoratu," read mar mo rata.
23 — Sp. 4 ; for " Ophioflocus, " read Ophioplocus
25 — Sp. 5; for "multispira," read multispina.

5 — Sp. 9 ; for ' • scolopendima. " read scolopendina.
17 — Sp. 15; for " coespitora, " read ciexpitosa.
25 — for "sho," read should.
13 — Sp. 2 ; for •"tenuiispinus," read tenuispii

1 — Sp. 10 "S.,'' read Salmacis.
13 — Sp. 16 ; for "S.," read Strongylocentrotim.
21 — Sp. 20 ; for "mammelatus," read mam/i

8 — from the bottom of the page, for erythrogrammus, read
' ' eurythroijram m us. "

4 — from the bottom, for " Vli/e," read VidL .

COMPILED BY .7. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 861

Quoy, — . Quelques observations nouvelles sur l'Ornithorhynque.
Ferussac Bull. Sci., Tom. IP, 1824, p. 283.

Quoy et Gaimaed. Voyage de 1' Astrolabe. Zoologie, Paris'
1830-1833.

Ramsay, E. P. Note on a Species of Echidna (Tachyglossus
Lawesii) from Port Moresby, New Guinea. Proc. Linn. Soc.
New South Wales, Vol. II., 1878, pp. 31-33. (Plate.)

Reichert. (In reply to Peters). Sitzungber, Ges. ntrf. Fremd.
Berlin, 1868 (1869) p. 5.

Reissner, E. De pilis Echidnse setosse Cuv., et Ornithorhynchi
paradoxi Blum. Nonnulla de hominis mammaliumque pilisi
Commentio ad veniam legendi cum tabulis duabus. Dorpat.
Livonorum, 1853, 8vo. (Plates.)

Rudolphi, P. A, Ueber den sogenannten Giftsporn des mann
lichen Ornithorhynchus paradoxus. Abhand.d. Berlin Akad.,
1820-21, Abtheil, I., pp. 233-236.

Ruge, G. Vide under Myology. Part I.

Ryder, J. A. Notes on the Recently Described Monotremes.
Amer. Nat., Vol. XII., 1879, No. 5, pp. 320-321.

*Sclater, P. L. Remarks on the new Monotremefrom New Guinea.

Nature, January 18th, 1877, Vol. XV, pp. 257-258.

(Woodcut.)

(Tachyglossus Bruijnii.)

Seifert, — . De glandula femorali Ornithorhynchi. Specilegia
adenologica. Dissert. 4to, Berol. 1823, p. 1, Tab. I., figs. 5-6.

Shaw, G. Myrmecophaga aculeata (= Echidna hystrix.) Natural-
ist's Miscellany, Vol. III., 1792, Plate 109. Also Gen. Zool.,
Vol. I., Pt. I., p. 175.

(Original description and figure.)

* For letters on the distribution, &c, of Monotremes, in answer to a
remark in this article, see Nature of the following dates: — (W. E. A.),
September 13th, 1S77, Vol. XVI., p. 420; (P. L. S.), Ibid., p. 439
(Bennett), Ibid., pp. 475-476 ; (E. P. R.), Ibid., Vol. XVII., 1873, March
pp. 401-402 ; (W. E. A.), Ibid., Vol. XVIIL, August 28th, p. 464.
56

862 PAPERS AND WORKS ON MAMMALIAN ORDERS,

Shaw, G. Platypus anatinus. Ibid, Vol. X., 1799, Plate 385.
Also Gen. Zoology, Vol. I., Pt. I., Plates 6G and 67
(Original description and figure.)

Spicer, — On the Effects of Wounds inflicted by the Spurs of
the Platypus. Trans. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1876.

Stokes, — . Note on the Discovery of Milk in the Manimse of
Ornithorhynchus paradoxus. Trans. Linn. Soc, Vol. XVII.

Strauch, A. De loco Monotrematibus in systemate Zoologico
assignando et de Ornithorhynchi anatini Calcari. Disser-
tatio inauguralis, Dorpati Livonorum, 1859, 8vo, 100, pp.
(Plate.)

Sur un nouveau genre de Quadrupede edente nomine"

Ornithorhynchus paradoxus par Blumenbach. Bull. Sc. Soc.
Philom., Tom. II., Ann. 4, pp. 113-169.

Traill, — . On the Perforation of the Spur of the Ornithorhyn-
chus. Edinburgh, Philos. Journ., 1822, p. 184. Fror. Not.
Bd. II., p. 56.

Verreatjx, J. Observations sur l'Ornithorhynchus. Compt.
Rend. Acad. Sc. Paris, Tom. XXVI., 1848, pp, 224-225.
Revue Zool., 1848, pp. 127-134. Fror. Not., VI., 1848.
Nuov. Ann. delle Sc. Nat. Bologna, 3 series, Tom. I., 1850,
pp. 134-142.

Viallanes, M. Observations sur les glandes salivaires de
l'Echidne. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sc, Paris, T. LXXXTX.,
1879, pp. 910-912. Guide du Natural. 2 an., No. 1, pp. 9-
10. Bibliot. de. l'Ecole des Hautes Etudes, sec. des sc. nat.,
Tom. XXL, Article No. 3. (2 plates.) Ann. and Mag.
Nat. Hist., 5th series, Vol. V, 1880, pp. 83-84.

Vlacovic, P. Dell' apparecchio sessuale de' Monotremi. Wiener

Sitzungber. d. math.-naturw CI., Bd. IX., 1852, pp. 152-172.

(2 plates.)

Aiso published separately, Wien, 1S52.

COMPILED BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC.

863

"Wagner, J. Os temporum osseum Monotrematum. Dissertatio.

De partibus Mammalium os temporum constituentibus.

Dospati Livonorum, 1858, 8vo, pp. 20.
Webster, — . De Echidna viva. Fror. Nat., Bd. XLIIL, 1835,

p. 154.

Wiedemann, G. R. W. Nachricht von einem ausserst sonder-
baren und neu entdeckten Siiugethiere, Platypus anatiuus.
Wiedemann's Archiv. f. Zool. u. Zoot., Bd. I., St. I., 1800,
pp. 175-180- (Plate.)

Weatherhead, Dr. On the Habits and Economy of the Orni-
thorhynchus. P. Z. S., 1832, pp. 145-146.

DESCRIPTIONS OE TWO NEW SPECIES OF BIRDS
FROM THE AUSTRO-MALAYAN REGION.

By E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., F.L.S.

Halcyon (Cyanalcyon) albonotata, sp. no v.

Adult male, the whole of the head rich dark blue, brighter and
of an ultramarine tint over the eyebrows and on the sides of the
head ; from the lores and mandible across the ear-coverts and
round the hind neck a narrow deep blue band, a small white spot
in front of the nostrils and a rather lai'ge semi-lunar white spot
on the nape ; the throat and all the under surface, a broad collar
on the hind neck, the interscapular region, the whole of the back
and rump, and upper and under tail coverts, white ; wings and
tail dark blue, concealed portions of the quills black margined
with white at the base ; under wing-coverts white, "a black spot on
their tips at the base of the primaries ; bill black, feet and legs
blackish grey.

Length, 6*8; wing, 3*3; tail, 2*1 inch; tarsus, 0"45 ; bill
from forehead, 1-4 from nostril 1 1 height at nostril 0-4 its
width 0-4.

Hah. New Britain.

864 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

This description has been taken from a single specimen received
in spirits, and which proved on dissection to be a male. It
belongs properly to the sub-genus Cyanalcyon, and is most nearly
allied to C. diops, C> leucopygialis, and C. macleayana, but may
be distinguished froru all of them by its white interscapular region,
back, and upper tail colours. It appears to be smaller than
any other species of the genus, being about the same size or
smaller than Halcyon recxrvirostris.

Pitta (Erylhro qritta) finsciiii. sp. nov.

The whole of the head, nape, neck and chin of a dark reddish
chocolate brown, tinged with reddish in certain lights ; throat
Mack, across the chest a broad band of blue, bounded below by a
narrow band of black, all the feathers of this black band tipped
with crimson ; the remainder of the under surface very deep
rich crimson ; outer series of the under tail coverts tipped with
blackish blue. The whole of the upper surface, lower portion of
hind neck, wings and tail deep blue of the same tint as that of the
chest, inner webs of the quills above, and all their under surface
1)1 ack, a small white spot on the shoulder coverts, and an oval
white spot on the 3rd, 4th, and in some on the 5th primary quill.

Bill black, legs and feet blackish brown.

Length of skins 6 to 7 inches.

Wing, 4 inches ; tail, 2 inches ; tarsus, 1 '6 ; bill from forehead
1-15, from nostril 0 8.

Jlab. — Astrolabe range.

What I take to be the females or not quite adult individuals
have the sides of the chest and interscapular region oil green.

Dr. Otto Finsch, however, is of opinion that these with the
green backs must be referred to Pitta macklotii (Tem.)

Notes and Exhibits.

Professor Stephens exhibited, for the Pev. J. Milne Curran,
some specimens of the conifer Walchia Milneana known only from
the coal measures of Ballimore, near Dubbo. Also a specimen of
Spirifer from the Marine Coal Measures, near Mudgee.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 865

Mr. P. McMahon, J. P., exhibited a fragment of a fossil tree
stem from the Coal Measures exposed in the cliffs of the Nobbys,
at Newcastle ; also a sample of white wood from Queensland,
resembling cedar in texture and of remarkable lightness.

The President exhibited some fine specimens of fossiliferous
limestone from the Tertiary formation at Aldinga, South Australia,
and samples of diamond drill cores containing cretaceous fossils
from the Government bore at Hergott, South Australia, where
artesian water was struck at a depth of 334 feet, which rises 40 feet
above the surface. He also exhibited a curious shoe which was
obtained by Mr. H. G. L. Brown from some natives in Central
Australia : it is made of emu's feathers and human hair, and is
said to be worn by the natives to prevent their footprints being
detected.

Mr. Macleay exhibited a lizard sent for exhibition by the
Rev. J. Milne Curran, from Dubbo. He captured it on account
of its singular mode of progression, havirig observed it run for six
yards in an erect posture with the fore legs quite off the ground.
The lizard was of the genus Grammatophorus, of which there are
several species in the country, all of them much given to playing
and gambolling on sunny days, but the peculiar mode of progression
mentioned by Mr. Curran had not been observed by any of those
present.

Mr. Masters exhibited a specimen of Ibacus antarcticus which
had been taken lately at Newcastle, and presented by Dr. Cox to
the Macleay Museum. He stated that it was, he believed, the
largest specimen of that very rare crustacean that had been found
in Australian seas.

Mr. Trebeck exhibited two samples of wool grown on the same
sheep. The first, grown in Victoria in 1879, was fully four inches
long, and showing every good quality of the highest type of combing
wool. The second, grown this year on the east side of the
Liverpool Range, was scarcely 1\ inches long, and approached
in character the early Mudgee wools of Silesian type. In
the first specimen, the normal black tip of the old Merino had
disappeared under the influence of Victorian cultivation, but

866 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

after a period of growth in New South Wales, the wool of the
same ram reverted to the original type of the pure Merino. The
contrast between the two samples was clue simply to the effects
produced by the differences in the climate, soil, and culture.

Dr. von Lendenfeld exhibited a specimen of Haliphysema
suberites, nov. spec, obtained from Macrocystis in Port Jackson.
This Haliphysema is in appearance somewhat similar to H.
ramulosa. The skeleton of the hollow stem consists of truncate
longitudinally disposed spicules. Similar spicules with bulbous
centripetal ends are found in the spherical body ; these are situated
radially. In the stem, sand-particles are found, which protrude two-
thirds of their length. Dr. Lendenfeld was inclined to consider
the spicules to be produced, and not collected by the Haliphysema.

E. P. Ramsay exhibited the new birds described in his Paper.
Also specimens of Halcyon drops from various localities, and a rare
species of Coriphilus, C. Kuhlii, peculiar to the Fanning Islands.

Mr. Brazier exhibited the following species of Helicidce in con-
nection with his Papers : — Helix Broadbentii, Braz. ; H. (Obba)
Goldiei, Braz. ; H. (Geotrochus) Zeno, Braz. ; H. (Geotrochus)
Tapperonii, Smith ; H. (Geotrochus) Tayloriana, Ad. and Reeve ;
H. (Spluerosjnna) Gerrardi, E. A. Smith ; H. ( Planispina) corni-
culum, Hombr. and Jacq. ; Nanina (Xesta) citrina, Linn.

Mr. Fletcher exhibited a number of very old and rare publica-
tions referred to in his list of works on the Marsupialia and
Monotremata.

P. LS. Vol. 9

Pl

S.SzcLqheloL Ixtfrv.

P.L.S. Vol. 9.

Pl. 12.

v. Lendenfeld del.

S. Sedg field Uth.

P.L.S.Vol.9.

Pl.I3.

v. Lendenfeld del.

S. Sedg field lith.

P.L.S. Vol. 9.

Pl. 14.

S. Sedg field lith.

P.LS Vol. 9.

Pl. 15.

v. LendenfelJ

S Sedg field lilh.

P.L.S. Vol. 9.

Pl. 16.

> . -JS-

P.4-.

v. Lendenfeld del.

S. Sedgfield lith.

P.L.S. Vol.9.

Pl. 17.

28.

$^

■

S.Sedg field lith.

P.LS. Vol.9.

i-u, I

Pl .18.

PLS Vol 9

Pl 19

C D E

,!? S'-j / ■■..'

DORCOPSIS (JHALMERSII, MCL.

P.L.S. Vol. 9.

Pl 20.

v. Lendenfeld del .

S. Sedafield htk.

P.L.S Vol. 9.

Pl 21.

v. LendenfeltL del.

S . Sedyfie'

P.L.S. Vol. 9.

Pl. 22.

36 Oj-

v. Lendenfeld del

S.Sedyfield lilk.

P.L.S. Vol. 9

Pl 23

37.

s. «E

33.

v. Lendenfeld del.

S. Seclq field Uth.

PL S Vol 9

Pl.24

v. TiencLenfeld del.

S.Sedy field lUh.

P.L.S.Vol.9.

Pl 25

43.

4-4.

v. Len.oien.feld iet.

S. Se da Field hth.

P.LS Vol. 9

Pl 26

49

50

'd del.

S. Seda field lilk.

P L.S Vol .9

Pl Z7

-

..;>-

51.

52.

v . Lendenfeld del .

ild Utk

PL S. Vol 9.

Pl 28

S3.

\

v. Lendenfeld del.

S.SedyfuU hik.

P.L.S Vol 9

Pl 29

60.

y. LencUnfeld del.

S. Sedqheht- lilh .

PL.S. Vol .9,

Pi 30

£

■

*

Australian Serpulea.

P.L.S. Vol. 9.

Pl.32.

W.A.H.del.

'

P.LS. Vol. 9.

PL. 33.

W.A.H.del.

S.Sedy field lith.

PL.S. Vol. 9.

Pl.34

W.A.H. del.

■

P.L.S. Vol. 9.

Pl. 35

.

■-

PL 5. Vol. 9.

Pl 36.

W.JL.H. del. S.Sedj field Uth.

LTFORMfS.

P.LS. Vol 9

Pl 37

I

v

W.JL.H. <££ S.Sedgfiela

Vermiformts.

P.L.S. Vol 9

Pl 38

r-^

Mouduy del.

Perameles Moresfciensis Rms.

S.Sedjfield Itth.

Figs, 1- 6 Brachtmelis Garagassi Mcl.

WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 24th. 1884.

The President, C. S. Wilkinson, Esq., F.L.S., F.G.S., in the chair.

The following gentlemen were introduced as visitors : — E.
Bedwell, Esq. ; H. Hammond, Esq. ; Dr. Bancroft, of Brisbane ;
Mons. Lison, of Noumea ; and Mons. L. Marin La Meslee.

MEMBERS ELECTED.

Professor T. P. Anderson Stuart, M.D., of Sydney University.

DONATIONS.

"Science," Vol. IV., Nos. 74, 75, 7G, 77, July 4th to 25th,
1884. From the Editor.

"Journal of Conchology," Vol. IV, No. 6, April, 1884. From
the Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ireland.

" Journal of Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South
Wales for 1883," Vol. XVII. From the Society.

" Verhandlungen der Kaiserlich - Koniglichen Zoologisch.

Botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien," Austria. Band XXXIII,, for

1883. " Brazilische Saugethiere. Resultate von Johann Natterers

Reisen in den Jahren 1817 bis 1835. Dargestellt von August

von Pelzeln," I Vol. 8vo., 1863. From the Kaiserl. Konig. Zool.

Bot. Gesellschaft in Wien.
57

868 DONATIONS.

" Zoologischer Anzeiger." Complete set. Vols. I. to VI., 1878
to 1883. Also, Vol. VTL, Nos. 157 to 167, and 173, 1»84.
From the Editor.

" Mittheilungen der Naturforschenden Clesellschaft in Bern,"
Nos. 1 and 2 for 1882, and No. 1 for 1883.

" New Guinea Bibliography." By E. 0. Rye, F.Z.S. (Pamphlet. )
From the Author.

" Proceedings and Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada."
Vol. L, for 1882 and 1883. From the Society.

" Medical Press and Circular," No. 2359, July 1G, 1884. From
the Editor.

"Victorian Naturalist," Vol. I, No. 8, August, 1884. From
the Field Naturalist's Club, Victoria.

" Annual Report of the Registrar of Births, Deaths and
Marriages, as embodied in the Statistics of Tasmania, for 1883."
From R. M. Johnston, Esq., F.L.S.

" Monatliche Mittheilungen des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereins
des Regierungsbezirks Frankfurt." Jahrg. II. Nos. 3 and 4.
June and July, 1884. From the Society.

" Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes." No. 166. August 1884.
From the Editor.

" Result of Rain and River observations in New South Wales
during 1882." " Sydney Observatory, History and Progress,
1882." " Spectrum and appearance of the recent Comet, 1881."
By H. C. Russell. " Anniversary Address to the Royal Society,
1882." By H. C. Russell, B. A. From the Author.

" Jahreshefte des Vereins fur vaterlandische Naturkunde in
Wurttemberg." Jahrg. 40, 1884. From the Society.

PAPERS READ.

NEW FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

By Chas. W. De Vis, M.A.

No. 5.

Atherinichthys punctatus.
D. 6, 1/9. A. 1/10. Lat. 35.

The height of the body is 6£, the length of the head 4J in the
total length. Orbit 3, snout nearly the same, interorbit 2^ in the
length of the head. Habit much that of a young mullet. The
origin of the first dorsal is in the middle of the length, s.c. The
space between the dorsals equals that between the second and the
caudal. The origin of the anal is in advance of that of the second
dorsal. The ventral rises between the pectoral and the first dorsal.
The cleft of the mouth extends to below the anterior nostril. Teeth
minute. Upper jaw the longer. Pinky yellow. The lateral band
blue edged above. Scales of the upper parts edged with dots.
Tip of the snout nearly black with a group of close spots behind it.
A black dot on the lower edge of the base of the pectoral.

Locality, Cape York. Collected by Mr. K. Broadbent.

MUGIL CONVEXUS.

D. 4, 1/8. A. 3/10. Lat. 34. Tr. 11-12.
The height of the body is 4, the length of the head 5 in the
total length. Orbit 4|, snout 4, interorbit 2£, pectoral 1^ in the
length of the head. No adipose eyelid. Upper profile convex,
lower nearly straight. Head narrow. Snout rather pointed. No
pectoral axillary scale. Maxillary exposed throughout its length.
Preorbital strongly serrated behind and in front. Jaws with fine
close set teeth. About 27 scales between the dorsal and the

870 NEW FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

interorbit, the rest of the head naked. The pectoral rises rather
below the angle of the operculum, the ventral below the posterior
third of the pectoral. The first dorsal over the tip of the ventral.
The second dorsal considerably behind the anal. The height of the
caudal peduncle at its greatest is equal to its length. The free
space on the chin is broadly lanceolate. Colour entirely silvery.
Operculum golden. No markings.

Length, 8 inches. Locality, Cardwell.

The " Mangrove Mullets " of the Brisbane fishermen are M. lade
Forsk and M. longimanus, Gth.

MUGIL MAKfilNALIS.

D. 4, 1/8. A. 3/8. Lat. 40-41. Tr. 13.
The height of the body and length of the head are 4| in the
total length. Orbit 3J-, snout 4£, interorbit 2| in the length of
the head. Pectoral §, caudal peduncle 2£, first dorsal spine less
than 2 in the same. The adipose membrane broad fore-and-aft
with a gelatinous mass on the snout and pre-operculum. Upper lip
thin. Hinder nostril much nearer to the eye than to the snout.
Preorbital entire in front tapering to an obtuse point, slightly
armed behind. Maxillary uncovered. Mandibulary angle rather
more than a right angle. Cleft of the mouth twice as broad as
long. Free space behind the chin very broad. The opercles
widely separate behind. First dorsal midway between the snout
and the base of the caudal. The 11th scale corresponds with the
tip of the pectoral and origin of the first dorsal. The twenty-third
with the origin of the second dorsal. There are about 25 scales
between the snout and the origin of the dorsal. The pectoral is
above the middle of the height, rather above the angle of the oper-
culum. It has no axillary scale. Origin of ventral nearer to the
pectoral than to the dorsal. Second dorsal and anal nearly on the
same parallel. Caudal moderately forked. Second dorsal spine
the longest. Head thick, obtuse ; scales over it concentrically
striated. Body with alternate clear and clouded lines. An obscure
blue spot on the base of the pectoral. Dorsals and caudal with a
broad dark and narrow black edge.

BY CHARLES W. DE VIS, M.A 871

Length, 5| inches. Locality, Brisbane.

In a younger example there are differences which might mislead.
The mandibulary angle is acute and the lower jaw much longer in
proportion ; the free space much narrower, the opercles nearly
meeting behind, the bead is more pointed and longer than the
height of the body. There is a large dark patch in the middle of
the caudal, another in that of the soft dorsal and a streaky one on
the spinous dorsal.

The affinities of the species seem to be with M. cephaloltcs on
the one hand and M. gelatinosits on the othei\

MUGIL SPLENDENS.

D. 4|. A. 3/9. Lat. 40. Tr. 12.

The height of the body is 41, the length of the head 5 in the
total length. Orbit and snout 4 J, interorbit \\ in the length of
the head.

No adipose eyelid, the eye in spirits covered with an opaque
membrane. No teeth. Lower lip strongly ciliated. No free
space under the chin. The lower end of the maxillary is visible
at the angle of the mouth. The preorbital is strongly serrated on
its posterior limb. Twenty-one series of scales between the snout
and the first dorsal. The root of the pectoral is level with the
upper angle of the operculum ; it has a moderately long axillary
scale and reaches nearly to the origin of the dorsal. The dorsals
rise opposite the 13tn and 25th scale rows, the anal opposite the
second dorsal. Elongated scale of first dorsal I of the first spine,
that of the ventral short.

Colour golden, rather greyish on the back and yellow on the
lower part of the head. The scales with shining margins. The
duller centres produce longitudinal bands changing their position
as the incidence of the light is altered. Pectoral with a bright
yellow elongated spot across the base, above it a black spot
extended on the edge of the fin.

Length, 10 inches. Locality, Card well.

872 NEW FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

A.MPHISILE CRISTATA.

D. 3?/9. A. 14. C. 10. V. 7. P. 11.

The height of the body is 5, the length of the head l|d in. the
I h from the snout to the base of the caudal tin. Snout one-
fourth longer than the height of the body. The distance of the
pectoral from the operculum is thrice the distance of the latter
(i.e., its posterior edge) from the orbit. There are six vertebral
shields, the sutures indistinct, simple, and five lateral shields with
no suture along the vertebral line. The operculum is very little
broader than high. The humeral does not nearly extend to the
of the pectoral. Thei'e is no longitudinal groove on the
head, the sharp edge of the nostral is continued to the first
vertebral shield. The top of the root of the pectoral is on the
upper third of the body. The first and second super-abdominal
shields are equal in size and as high as broad. The cuirass covers
two-thirds of the height of the body and is equal in height to the
caudal peduncle. Profile regularly convex from the snout to the
caudal. There are three radiating dorsal spines, but the tip of the
cuirass being lost its appendages remain to the ascertained.

Length, 11 inches. A dry specimen picked up on the beach at
JS'oosa and not in good condition, but the absence of serrated
sutures between the plates, length of the thorax, ridged crown,
&c, are in the present state of our knowledge of these remarkable
fish, sutiicient to separate it from A. scutata. Linn.

Heptadecanthus brevi pinnis.
D. 17/15. A. 2/14.

The height of the body is less than 2, the length of the head -i
times in the total length. Profile of head regularly subconvex, of
nape gibbous. Operculum entire, preoperculum serrated, preorbital
finely serrated. The pectorals reach the third scale row from the
anal. The lateral line reaches the middle of the soft dorsal. The
first ray of the ventral elongated, filiform. Caudal forked. Colour
nearly uniform greenish brown, a little clouded with darker.

BY CHARLES W. DE VIS, M.A. 873

Upper rays of pectoral and soft portion of dorsal, lobes and middle
rays of caudal and a few rays of spinous part of dorsal with dark
brown specks.

Length, 4 h inches. Locality, Queensland Coast.

Hepxadecanthus maculosus
D. 17/15. A. 2/16.

The height of the body is 2 or less in the length s.c, 2? c.c.
Head 4| in the total. Orbit 3, snout 4 nearly, interorbit 3, in the
length of the head. The pectorals and ventrals reach nearly to the
anus. Preopercule and preorbital finely serrated. Caudal deeply
forked.

Colour, anterior two thirds of body greenish brown with lines of
dark brown (blue) spots on each side. Similar spots on operculum
cheeks, and chest. Posterior third of body greenish grey. Spinous
part ot dorsal dark brown.

Length, 4 inches. Locality, Cardwell.

The profile, especially of the head, is much lower down than in
//. longicaudls. Macl.

Po.UACEXTRUS SUBNIGER.

D. 12 16. A. 2/13. Lat. 34. Tr. 3 10.

The height of the body is 2^ in the total length. Infraorbital
denticulated. Dorsal spines lengthening to the fifth, the rest equal
to it. Second anal spine very long and strong, as long as the
breadth of the base of the caudal peduncle. Caudal sublobed.

Colour murky black. Scales with some obscure pearly markings.

Length, 4^ inches. Locality, Cardwell.

POMACENTRUS PROSOPOTCEN'IA. Elk.

Locality, Cardwell.

POMACENTRUS PROFUNDUS.

D. 12 14. A. 2:15. Lat. 28. Tr. 3/9.
The height of the body is lj in the length s.c. Preorbital with
a notch in front and a hook posteriorly. One or two small teeth

874 NEW FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

on the infraorbital and one on the opercle. Preopercle sharply
toothed, the teeth larger at the angle. Profile above regular and
very convex, below deep beneath the postabdomen. Eye large, 2\
in the length of the head.

Colour uniform pale yellowish brown.

Length. 2 inches. Locality, Barrier Reef.

POMACENTRUS APICALIS.

D. 13/14-15. A. 2/13. Lat. 26-28. Tr. 3/11.

The height of the body is 245 in the total length. Dorsal spines
behind the third sub-equal in length. Second anal spine equals the
third dorsal and half the length of the head nearly. Preorbital
denticulations broad and flat near the angle. Caudal deeply
forked, lobes slightly rounded, upper one the largest. Profile of
nape elevated.

Colour uniform greenish brown. The soft dorsal narrowly and
the upper lobe of the caudal broadly tipped with white.

Length, 4 J inches. Loc, Barrier Reef.

A Pomaccntrus also from the Barrier Reef, having a height of
2 J in the total length, differs from the preceding species not only
in its shortened proportions but in having a black blotch between
the 2nd and 4th dorsal spines. It may possibly be distinct.

POMACENTRUS FRENATUS.

D. 13/14-15. A. 2/13-14. Lat. 25. Tr. 3/8.

The height is 2| in the total length. Infraorbital denticulated
without stronger teeth anteriorly. Dorsal spines gradually length-
ening posteriorly. Caudal emarginate with rounded lobes. Oper-
culum with a short spinous tooth. Upper teeth with a basal lobe.

Colour pale yellowish green. Between the eyes two transverse
lines curving strongly forward. On the cheek two straight lines
from the upper part of the preopercle to the angle of the mouth
and a line of spots below them. Opercle with spots, dashes, and
curved streaks. Scales of the body below the lateral line each with
a vertical line on the base extending to the scales above and below
it. On the scales above the lateral line posteriorly, small round

BY CHARLES W. DE VIS, M.A. 875

spots extending a little on the base of the soft dorsal. Base of
caudal and pectoral similarly spotted. A very obscure brown
patch on the base of the hist four dorsal rays. A dark brown
axillary spot and an obscure bluish spot on the origin of the
lateral line.

Length, 5 inches. Locality, Cardwell.

Glypiiidodon expansus.
D. 13/13. A 2/11. Lat. 32. Tr. 3/8.

The height of the body is rather more than ^ of the length s.c.
Interorbit flat. Profile symmetrically concave above and below.
Three series of scales on the cheeks. Preorbital not half the
breadth of the orbit. Infraorbital narrow merging gradually into
the preorbital.

Colour uniform blueish silvery. Fins darker. Hinder part of
the dorsal and anal whitish, with the rays minutely dotted black.

Length, 2\ inches. Locality, Barrier Reef.

ONAR N.G. POMACENTRIDiE ?

Pungent spines of the dorsal few. Dentition labroid, none of
the bones of the head carved. Scales ctenoid. Lateral line
resumed. Branchiostegals five.

Onar nebulosum.
D. 2/17. A. 3/14. Lat. 46. Tr. 3/14.

The height of the body is 4J, the length of the head 4 in the
total length. Orbit 3 in the length of the head.

Lower lateral teeth short, stout, conical close set, canines one
pair in front. Upper laterals small transversely compressed on
edge of the jaw, canines, two pairs, small. The first two rays of
the dorsal the shortest, pungent, the rest flexible. Latei'al line
ending beneath the soft dorsal on the 32nd scale and resumed
below on the 36th. Lower jaw protruding and teeth exposed.
Lips thin, cheeks with five rows of scales, caudal scaly at base.
Dorsal a little scaly at posterior end. Brownish black, each scale
with a round black spot at the base. Fins black.

S7G NEW FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM,

Locality, Murray Island. Collected by Mr. K. Broadbent.
This form seems a link between the Pornacentridse and Labridse.

Chcerops alricexa.
D. 13/7. A. 3/10. Lat. 29. Tr. 3/8.
The height of the body is less than a third, the length of the
head less than a fourth of the total length. Snout and preorbital
2| in the length of the head. Scales of cheeks not imbricated,
caudal truncate, no posterior canines. Yiolet brown, chin yellowish
white ; anal with four pale longitudinal bands. A dark blotch
(sometimes obsolete) on the back beneath the ninth dorsal spine.
Locality, Cape York. Collected by Mr. K. Broadbent.

Chcerops olivaceus.
D. 13 7. A. 3/10. Lat. 28. Tr. 3J/8£.

No posterior canine. Scales of the cheeks rudimentary in
regular distant rows Preorbital (from snout to orbit) | of the
length of the head. Preoperculum entire.

Colour (in spirits) olive green to rosy green on the post abdo-
men, anterior portion of the base of the anal pale with 3 rose
coloured bands and another along the base. A pale blotch beneath
the posterior half of the soft dorsal.

Length, 2 inches. Locality, Barrier Reef (Cardwell), Cape
York.

The living fish appears to be streaked with red on the abdomen
and lower half of the caudal peduncle.

Chcerops concolor.
D. 13/7. A. 3/10. Lat. 27. Tr. 2/8.
No posterior canine. Serrature of preopercle distinct. Head
longer than high, snout pointed. Preorbital high 2\ in the length
of the head. Scales on the cheeks not imbricate.

Colour uniform greenish brown (dry). Caudal with numerous
faint brown bars near the tips. Anal with two or three pale
longitudinal bands.

Length, 5\ inches. Locality, N. E. Coast.

BY CHARLES W. DE VIS, M.A. 877

Chcerops UNIMACULATUS.

D. 13/7. A. 3 10. Lat. 27. Tr. 2/8.

No posterior canine. Serrature of preopercle rather coarse.
Head much longer than high. Snout obtuse. Preorbital 1- in the
length of the head. Scales on the cheeks not imbricate.

Colour light brown (in spirits) with hardly appreciable broad
cross bands. Fins immaculate. A bright oval spot below the end
of the soft dorsal. Middle of the operculum rather bright.

In a younger example the body and preorbital are somewhat less
deep ; the genei'al colour darker, nearly black at the root of the
caudal and round the oval spot and the end of the upper lobe of
the caudal numerous short dark brown bars composed of spots on
the rays.

Length, 4 inches. Locality, Barrier Reef.

ClICERorS PERPULCHER.

D 13/7. A. 3/10. Lat. 28. Tr. 3| 10.

No posterior canines. Preoperculum entire. Cheeks with a
few embossed scales towards the limb of the preopercle. Caudal
very rounded or a little produced in the middle. Canines *, the
outer lower pair very long outwardly curved. The middle upper
long curved forwards.

Colour, recent, forehead from upper lip to nape blue crossed by
narrow orange lines. Chin with blue descending lines. Between
nape and dorsal flame red. Opercula with small orange spots
enlarging posteriorly. A blue line across the base of the pectoral
a few others above the the axil. Behind the pectoral an indistinct
dark oblique band. Last ray of pectoral bright blue edged with
cinnamon. Body bluish green, base of most of the scales blue.
Dorsal edged with cinnamon with the free tips blue, base yellowish,
above it oblique blue streaks and a blue longitudinal band. Anal
bright blue at the base, pale yellow in the middle, near the margin
pale blue with golden spots. Tail blue with broad close wavy
yellowish brown bands. Teeth blue.

In spirits the colours mostly disappear, in dry specimens almost
entirely.

Length to 14 inches. Locality, Moreton Bay.

878 NEW FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM,

ClKEROPS GRAPHICUS.

D. 13/7. A. 3/9-10. Lat. 27-28. Tr. 3/9.

The height of the body is 3 to 3£, the length of the head 4
nearly in the total length. Orbit 5, snout less than 3, interorbit 1
in the length of the head. No posterior canine. Preoperculum
not serrated. Scales of the cheeks in 8 series, subimbricate.
Preorbital 2£ to ?>\ in the length of the head. Yellowish grey to
brown with seven or eight broad black cross bands confluent in the
middle or on the dorsum. In one example a distinct black spot on
the lateral line opposite the 6th and 7th dorsal spine. Teeth blue.
Fins immaculate.

Length to 14 inches. Locality, Queensland Coast (Card well.)

COSSYPHUS LATRO.

D. 12/9. A. 3/11. Lat. 33. Tr. 5/12.

The height of the body is 3.V, the length of the head 3\ in the
total length. Orbit 7 preorbital 3^ in the length of the head.
Ventral -| of the height of the body. Both limbs of the preoper-
culum naked and entire. Nine series of scales on the cheeks
decreasing to four behind the orbit. Lateral teeth of lower jaw
distinct and large. Caudal rounded in the middle edge, the lobes
elongated. Ventrals with the outer rays gradually elongated. The
eight anterior spines of the dorsal without scales at the base,
increasing in length to the 4th and 5th, then decreasing, the ninth
one third longer, and together with the rest of the fin and the
anal scaly at the base. The first dorsal spine stands over the
middle of the pectoral.

Colour of body (dry) yellowish. The scales margined with grey,
and each with a dark medial streak near the tip constituting
continuous lines. The eight anterior dorsal spines and webs black.
A black blotch at the base of the middle caudal web, another on the
l>;ise of the pectoral. Ventral streaked longitudinally with black.

Length, 20 inches. Locality, Moreton Bay.

BY CHARLES W. DE VIS, M.A. 879

Labrichthys Guntiieri. Blk.

A fish occurs in Moreton Bay which may possibly be the one
named by Dr. Bleeker, L. Guntiieri. If it be so it is either
variable in colouring to an unusual extent or it has suffered from
a too imperfect description. Though I should prefer to think the
latter alternative impossible so much doubt remains in my mind
as to the identity of the fish with L. Guntheri that T venture to
give its characters.

Lat. 26.

Posterior canine very small. Cheek with four series of scales.
Tubercles of lateral line unifurcate. Canines \ 1 Caudal slightly
rounded with the lobes a little produced.

Recent colour, green, in one specimen rosy green on the trunk,
oil green on the back, blue green on mouth and chest, yellowish
green on the base of the caudal. Six red stripes radiate from the
eye, the upper post orbital one extending on the body, above it a
broader red band traversing nine cross bands which are more
distinct above the longitudinal band and extend on the base of
the dorsals. From the angle of the mouth a i'ed band running
beneath the pectoral to the abdomen. Base of the caudal with
two oblique blotches, the hinder half golden brown with the webs
stained with purple. Spinous dorsal red between the first three
spines, with a black blotch in the centre and the base yellow.
Soft dorsal mingled green and red, the red predominating
posteriorly and forming a broad margin. Anal with three red
longitudinal bands and a sky-blue margin. Pectoral red with a
black axillary spot. Throat golden brown, the preopercle and
opercle tinged with the same. The upper teeth consists of a pair
evidently canines, the next on each side very much smaller, can
only rank as the first of the diminishing series behind it.

Labrichthys cruentatus.

Lat. 27.

A posterior canine. Scales of the cheeks in four series, the

\ipper two the larger. Canines two above and probably four

below. Tubules of scales twice, or once dichotomous, caudal

truncate.

880 NEW FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM,

Colour, recent, reddish olive with stains of crimson on the base
of pectoral, and on the dorsal and anal especially along then-
bases. Rest of the fins green. A spot on the axil and one
between the 3rd and 4th dorsal spines deep blue. Pectoral and
upper lip pinky yellow.

Length, 7 inches. Locality, Moreton Bay. Collected by
Captain Towneley, St. Helena.

Labrichthys sexlineatus.

A posterior canine. Scales of the cheeks in three series.
Canines \. Tubules of scales bifid. Caudal truncate.

Colour, (in spirit) upper half of the web between the first three
dorsal spines black, an obscure dark blotch on the base of the
caudal above and below, a black stripe along the back from the
upper part of the orbit, two on the side convei^ging towards the
orbit and continued as one on the snout, the upper commencing on
the caudal peduncle as black spots, the other vanishing beneath the
pectoral, the fourth obscure, from the infra orbital to the base of
the pectoral, the fifth from the angle of the preoperculum passes
below the pectoral to the abdomen, the sixth on the chest and
abdomen. Two obscure stripes on the lower side of the caudal
peduncle. Dark blotches on the anterior part of the web of the
soft dorsal, above them a faint narrow dark band.

Length, 4 inches. Locality, Barrier Reef.

Labrichthys rex.
Lat. 26.

A posterior canine. Six rows of scales on the cheeks, two behind
the orbit. Caudal subconcave, lobes a little prolonged. Canines ;.

Colour, recent, olive brown to olive grey, stained more or less
with pink with six indistinct subvertical bands across the trunk.
Two oblique bands converging towards the end of the caudal
peduncle and a bx-oad one across the middle of the caudal. A.
broad black band on the centre of the first four dorsal webs and
spines. Soft dorsal pink with or without three cloudy patches at
the base. Anal pink posteriorly. A greater or less pink patch on
the cheek. Two dark lines from the orbit to the lips and two

BY CHARLES W. DE VIS, M.A. 881

running backwards to the edge of the opercle. A black axillary
•spot. A line from the angle of the mouth to the side of the chest.

In spirits variable, more or less of the pink stainings being
destroyed, a little on the dorsal and anal however usually remains.
In pale specimens the lower postorbital line is undulated on the
opercle or both lines are continued as longitudinal bands along the
back.

Length 5 inches. Locality, Moreton Bay. Collected by Captain
Townley, St. Helena.

Labrichthys maculatus.
Lat. 27.

A posterior canine. Scales of the cheeks in four series. Canines \.
Caudal short, truncate. Tubules of lateral line widely bifid.

Colour olive yellow. Two dark streaks from the upper lip
through the eye to the edge of the operculum. A double line of
black spots on the posterior half of the trunk over the lateral line.
The first two dorsal webs black. Fins orange red. A faint yellow
line along the middle of the anal.

Length, 4 h inches. Locality, Moreton Bay, Collected by
Captain Townley, St. Helena,

Labrichthys nudigena.
Lat. 27.

A posterior canine. Scales of the cheeks in one infraorbital
series. Canines I. Caudal subconvex. Tubules of lateral line
simple. Height i\ in the total length.

Colour (dry) brownish grey, head and fins yellow, A broad ill-
defined dark streak down the operculum. Each scale of the upper
part of the trunk with a dark vertical streak. A black blotch on
the middle of the upper side of the caudal peduncle.

Length, 4^ inches. Locality, Barrier Reef.

TORRESIA LINEATA.

D. 13/7. A. 3/10. Lat. 27.
Height of the body 2 J, length of the head Z\ in the length of
the body, s.c. Orbit and snout each 4, interorbit 3^ in the length
of the head.

882 NEW FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM,

Four lower canines, the two laterals of the upper jaw minute.
Upper profile tumid over the nape, the lower over the post abdo-
minal region. Nape tubuliferous.

Colour yellowish brown, with numerous bluish longitudinal
stripes on the trunk formed by the pearly centres of the scales.
Head with four blue stripes diverging backwards over the cheeks
and opercles, the lowest from the angle of the mouth to the chest.
A black blotch on the dorsum extending on the base of the
posterior third of the dorsal fin. In a second example the fish is
uniform in colour except the dorsal blotch,

Length, 4 inches. Locality, Cardwell.

PSEUDOJULIS ZICZAC.

D. 9/12. A. 3/11. Lat. 28. Tr. 2/9.

The height of the body and length of the head each 4 in the
total length. Caudal truncated. Ventrals produced beyond the
origin of the anal. Brownish white. A broad dark band of
ziczac markings (distinct when recent) from the snout below the
eye to behind the soft dorsal. A salmon coloured stripe from the
angle of the operculum to the abdomen. Blotches of the same on
the cheeks and opercles A longitudinal band of the same near
the base of the anal. Dorsals . very pale salmon with a central
paler band. Base of caudal orange.

Locality, Murray Island. Collected by Mr. K. Broadbent.

PSEUDOJULIS MURRAYENSIS.

D. 9/11. A. 3/11. Lat. 27. Tr. H/8.

The height of the body and length of the head are each 4 in the
total length. Caudal rounded, yellowish. A broad blackish band
occupies the middle of the side of the body. A dark spot behind
and befoi-ethe eye and on the snout. Anal with four small bright
black spots on each web. Dorsals with fainter spots more or less
confluent on the spinous portion into oblique bands.

Locality, Murray Island. Collected by Mr. K. Broadbent.

BY CHARLES W. DE VIS, M.A. 883

COKIS CORONATA.

D. 9/11. A. 2/11. Lat, 55.

The height of the body and length of the head each 4^ in the
total length. Caudal rounded. Anterior dorsal spines low.
Body with three or four broad faint ill-defined bands across the
back, the first sometimes"as though composed of large spots. This
ends above in a dark spot on the anterior dorsal spines and a
distinct band across the base of the pectoral. A spot before and
behind the eye, one on the side and another near the rays of the
nape. These form together a circle of spots ai*ound the head, but
are sometimes replaced by small irregularly scattered spots on the
head. Under parts pink, the base of the scales bearing each a
pink triangle. The dorsal bands sometimes nearly obsolete, the
pectoral band and soft dorsal ocellus constant.

Locality, Murray Island. Collected by Mr. K. Broadbent.

Heteroscarus tenuiceps.
D. 14/9. A. 2/12. Lat. 36. Tr. 4/8. V. 1/4. P. 14.

The height of the body is 2|, the length of the head 3 in the
length, s.c. Orbit 4J, snout and interorbit each 3^ in the length
of the head. Lower jaw with a median suture. Head naked,
minutely rugose, profile sloping at a low angle from the dorsal
and tumid over the orbit. Three series of scales on the oper-
culum. Jaws equal. Preoperculum denticulated. Anterior
dorsal spines not fiiaruentose. Dorsal and anal sheathed at their
base.

Colour, after long maceration in spirits, ferruginous with a few
brown blotches. No markings discernible.

Length 2^ inches. Received from the South Australian
Institute.

In a second specimen the attenuation of the head is not so
pronounced. The fish is evidently very near to R. Caatleuaui,
Macl., but it has the normal number of anal spines, and the
abnormal median suture in the lower jaw, and it has no trace of
lines upon the head.
58

884 NEW FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM,

JULIS VENTRALIS.

D. 8/13. A. 2/10. Lat. 28. Tr. 3/9.

The height of the body is 3§, the length of the head 4 in the
length s.c. Orbit and interorbit each 4, snout 3 in the length of
the head.

Head blue black with obscure green streaks, one above the eye
to the lateral line, one from the snout touching the lower edge
of the orbit and going to the base of the pectoral, the third
produced from the lower edge of the body colour as a bright blue
green streak to the subopercle, thence obscurely to near the angle
of the mouth, where it cuiwes down to meet its fellow of the opposite
side on the chin, on which there is before it another transverse
streak, from its centre a longitudinal streak runs along the median
line of the belly. Between these three green lines the thorax and
belly are of a copper red colour. Body green, each scale brownish
at the base. Pectoral green with a broad chocolate band near its
upper edge. Hinder part of spinous dorsal with a band of white-
edged green spots at the base. A mesial chocolate streak extending
forwards and a yellow marginal band. Anal chocolate at the base,
green in the middle, yellow on the edge. Caudal yellow, lobes
edged above and below with green, enclosing a reddish orange
streak.

Length, 5 inches. Locality, Moreton Bay. Collectedby Mr.
G. Watkins, Dunwich.

Allied to J. Aneitensis.

JULICHTHYS, n.g.

Dorsal with eleven spines. A posterior canine. Scales of the
thorax comparatively small. Cheeks and opercles nearly naked.
Anterior canines I. Lateral line continuous.

JULICHTHYS INORNATA.

D. 11/11. A. 2/11. Lat. 28. Tr. 3/10.

The height of the body is 4J-, the length of the head 4-i in the

total length. Suborbital 4, orbit 5, interorbit 4 in the length of the

head. Snout pointed, head attenuated. Cheeks with one series of

pierced infraorbital scales. Operculum with one or two rudimentary

BY CHARLES W. DE VIS, M.A. 885

scales. Tail subtruncate. Dorsal spines gi'adually lengthening
posteriorly. Lateral line deflected on the 20th scale. Tubules
simple except the first three which are bifid.

Pale yellowish (dry). Trace of a black spot behind the orbit, of
a curved mark from the angle of the mouth across the preopercle,
of a bluish coloration on the opercle and a dark one on the
sides of the trunk. A small dark spot on the base of the pectoral
Scales of the posterior part of the body with one, occasionally two,
dark brown dots, of the fore part below the lateral line each with
a dark vertical streak.

Length, 6 inches. Locality, Barrier Reef.

Platyglossus punctatus.
D. 9/11. A. 2/11. Lat. 30. Tr. 3/10.
The height of the body and length of the head are each 4J in the
total length. Caudal rounded. Light pinky yellow, each scale of
the upper parts with a small blue spot on the base. A blue edged
pearly 1 bar from the orbit to the snout. A dark blotch behind
the orbit and a light crimson one below it.

Locality, Murray Island. Collected by Mr. K. Broadbent.

Platyglossus amabilis.
D. 9/11. A. 3/11. Lat. 30. Tr. 3/10.

The height of the body and length of the head are each (nearly)
4 in the total length. Caudal rounded. Pale green. A pale
violet bar from the snout through the eye over the operculum. A
second from the angle of the mouth over the operculum, a third
from the side of the chin over the suboperculum to the abdomen, a
fourth along the chest and abdomen. A faint spot behind the
orbit. Caudal largely tipped with rich violet and with a spot of
the same on the upper part of its base.

Locality, Murray Island. Collected by Mr. K. Broadbent.

Platyglossus equinus.
D. 9/11. A. 2/10. Lat. 27. Tr. 2/8.
The height of the body is 4!, the length of the head 3| in the
total length. Caudal a little rounded. First ventral ray produced.

886 NETV FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM,

Lilac grey. A large oval white patch on the cheeks enclosing a
horse shoe shaped dark edged blue band. A similar band from the
orbit to the angle of the mouth. On the operculum a curved band
edging the white patch and enclosing a blue dot in its upper
rounded end, a dark blue patch on the angle. A ring on each side
the nape, a horse shoe mark on the vertex. Body marbled with
purplish brown on its upper part descending in broad irregular
bands over the postabdomen. Soft dorsal with a series of pale
spots along the base and a black blotch on the anterior rays and
webs, traces of pale spots in rows on tbe spinous dorsal. Caudal
with six brown bars aci'oss its middle rays. A deep blue axillary
spot.

Length, 6| inches. Locality, Barrier Reef (Cardwell).

PSEUDOSCARUS FLAVIPINNIS.

D. 9/10. A. 3/9. Lat. 25. Tr. 11/6.

The height of the body is 3 J nearly, the length of the head 4
nearly, in the total length. Orbit 4, snout 3 in the length of the
head. Three series of scales on the cheeks ; one series on the
lower limb of the preoperculum. Upper lip thin. Dental ridges
slightly grooved and nicked on the edge. No corner tooth. Caudal
subtruncate. Yellowish brown, paler beneath. The scales
striated with brown, fins yellowish.

Locality, Cape York. Collected by Mr. K. Broadbent.

PSEUDOSCARUS STRIGIPJNNIS.

Three series of scales on the cheeks, the lowest composed of
five on the preopercular limb, the middle series composed of six
scales. Upper lip narrow, leaving the jaw exposed. Jaws
white without pointed teeth at the angle. Dorsal spines subequal
in length. Pectoral with fourteen rays. Caudal short, truncate
with three long jointed scales at the base. Grey, clouded with
darker grey. Fins black, the caudal with alternating white
longitudinal stripes equalling the black intervals in breadth.
Dorsal, anal and pectoral, with irregular white lines and streaks
in the direction of the rays. All the white streaks appearing as
if laid on with pigment.

Length, 6 inches. Locality Cardwell.

BY CHARLES W. DE VIS, M.A. 887

PSEUDOSCARUS FUSCUS.

Two series of scales on the cheek and two scales on the lower
preopercular limb ; the middle series composed of five scales.
Upper lip broad. Jaws whitish with pointed teeth at the angle.
Thirteen pectoral rays. Caudal lobes prolonged. Uniform
brownish olive, vertical fins darker. Caudal white on its posterior
edge.

Length, 10 inches. Locality, Barrier Reef.

NOTE ABOUT THE TEMPERATURE OF THE SEA
WATER ALONG THE EASTERN COAST OF AUS-
TRALIA, OBSERVED IN JULY 1878 AND 1883.

By N. de Miklouho-Maclay.

Having found a complete absence of published records of obser-
vation of the temperature of sea water on the Coasts of Australia,
I venture to submit tc the Society these very limited observations,
hoping that they may be of some use for Zoologists who are
interested in the geographical distribution of marine animals.

On my way from Singapore to Sydney in 1878, it appeared
interesting to me to observe the temperature of the sea water as
we were steaming near the coast of Australia. I used to do it
every day at noon with a very exact thermometer of Grainer in
Berlin (well compared with the Standard Thermometer of the
Meteorological Observatory of Batavia), leaving the same each time
over ten minutes in the bucket of sea water, which was hauled
up from the sea just before the observation.

Before submerging the thermometer in the water, it was left
suspended for half-an-hour or more in a shady place under the
awning, to ascertain the temperature of the air.

SEA WATER TEMPERATURE ALONG COAST OF EAST AUSTRALIA,

THESE OBSERVATIONS ARE FOLLOWING :

£.

o

rS1 *

- 30

^ '-'-'-'- '-'--- '---- ~ - -~ -■■- -

5j H

gcieSrtrtrtcsrtcSrteScScSrtcirtrtrttS

ovv^cuvovvvvvvovvou

-

OOUOOOOOOOOOOOOQDOO

<

B.

O

pa

b 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

of j:

-^©lOSOWOOOOOOjOOOi-IOOiO©

H -

t 5

HNt^LOM-OOOO^h-f'OCteiOiO^tO

■4

m
oo

B

£

E3

-^ — •& -r s~„~— ^

Pei

so so so tc - qoS asos s ? s s s s

J ^ S • — > .-^F^SS *— 4 (-^4 J^ f— 41 f-^4 r^H P-^H

OOO I '• O .CJocSoortrtrtrtcSrtcS

E

S_ S- in . .t-c .^S-OS-S-OOOOOCaO

O

Z

rt .. ., • " „ • s

-s

QJ - - ©

<

» i;:!i:rj:ii::

a

04

—

O

<!

&.

o

B oi

a b

l I i t i i I l i I I I i i ; i i i

p E-

o 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 I II 1 I I | I ||

<^

Kl'*in«»«)i()'*OL,5OONOOi0i3OO

K -

g0Q

t-ffl^^Mt»-Ha« - ci cs ■* o co *& cn ot ~ i

CN<M(M<McNCN<MCMCNcNCN'-<^r-(rt^H-Hrtrt

K

o

<

04

g-

<

• ■•S'E * :o : •

Eg

O e3 O

<

ooaa Oi

s

E-°

fa

DQ

cs to o c b b ti « i-- ^* o Ot*<

w

Om-HtJOifCINM ->.<N ,Q - '-' rt

oooooooootSo (-. " o o

o"

CO-*iOWXOCl«C<5'2lM ai rt nOffl „«

55

o

>* ■* -* ■* -)■ ta O ifl L"T> l—l 1C r£ M r- LO •* ^g

o a> so . <u cd r*

£ >>"£ >> Q*

H

T5^ ^i-) -3 „ £-o

3
O
CO

r-cocot^eooiiOrHcc 5; -+ >v»_ >»«? ci c 'C

-"iTt^oi^CTJCMcccot^c— ^-S-5 rs CO CC ^ rt

!-"

J

^ +3 --W

-U 3 -U £ -U +a

<3 0<1 O <J<3

P

COCSO'^CNCO'tOtO -t^OO -O --H cN - «

►*

i-i i-h -h .-i h r-i f-H -p^rt 'CN 'CNCN " "

.c s
c 5 E

BY N. DE MIKLOUHO-MACLAY.

889

On my return voyage from Hongkong to Sydney in June 1883,
I had the opportunity to verify the correctness of these observa-
tions, and found that the list of temperatures obtained, agreed very
closely with the former, taking into consideration the slight
difference in the time of the year, and that the observations have
not been made in both cases in exactly the same place.

Date.

Near what Place.

TEMPERATrRE OF

TEMPERATrRE OF

the Air.

the :>ea Water.

30th June

Hogestone Island

27° 2 C

2<T 5C

31st „

Cap. Sidmouth

26° 7 -

25° 9 —

2nd July

P. Douglas

27° 1 —

25° 4 —

3rd „

Townsville

25 6 —

24° 0 —

4th „

Percy Islands

■2-2 3 —

24° 0 —

5th ,,

L. Elliot Islands

173 2 —

•-•:! 6 —

6th „

Glass Houses

223 3 —

22° 1 —

7th „

Moreton Bay (on anchor)

20° 5 —

18° 0 —(1)

8th „

P. Danger

W 6 —

22° 0 —

9th ,,

Solitary Island

20° 1 —

21° 7 —

10th „

Broken Bay

17° 8 —

IB-

») )>

Sydney Heads

,,

IS'S—

>> >)

Port Jackson

j »

16° 2 —(2)

The steamers on the Eastern Coast of Australia follow a track
from 5 to 10 miles (seldom more) distant from the shore, and the
average depth of the sea in this track varies from 12 to 60
fathoms. (See Admiralty Charts.)

The current which runs from the northward (with a velocity of
I to 3 knots) (3) on the Eastern Coast of Australia, from about
the latitude of Brisbane, is, as we know, a part of the current
which having followed the tropic of the Capricorn divides in two
branches on the south end of New Caledonia ; one in the direction
towards Torres Straits, the other along the coast of New South
Wales, turns near Cape Howe towards New Zealand. This
current is a warm one and explain the reason why the sea water
at the Heads of Sydney Harbour is about 7: C warmer than the

(1). An hour before anchoring at Moreton Bay, I found the temperature
of the sea water to be 23° 3, and leaving the bay and passing Stadbroke
Island outside the temperature of the sea water was 22° 5.

(2). The place of observation was passing Camp Cove.

(3) AVellbank's Australian Nautical Almanac, 1884, p. 2S0.

890 TWO NEW SPECIES OF MACROPUS,

water on the Western South American coast in about the same
latitude (Valparaiso) (4), which on the other hand is, on account
of the cold Peruvian current, lower than on the Eastern Coast of
South America, in the Atlantic Ocean, where (in the latitude of
42° and 43° south) the temperature of the sea water on the
surface varies between 14° 0 and 14° 5 C (5).

My fragmentary observations of sea temperature prove also,
that during the winter months, the sea water in comparatively
shallow bays in Port Jackson (in Darling Harbour the depth is
from 3 to 5£ fathom) is much colder tban the water of the ocean.
It is very likely that in the hot summer months the reverse is the
rule, i.e., that the water of the ocean is colder than the wrater in
the Bay.

ON TWO NEW SPECIES OF MACROPUS FROM THE
SOUTH COAST OF NEW-GUINEA.

(Plate XXXIX.)

By N. de Miklouho-Maclay.

Amongst the collection of Mammals from New Guinea in the
Macleay Museum, two undescribed species of Kangaroo attracted
my attention. Through the well-known kindness of Mr. W. Macleay,
I had the opportunity of examining the specimens sufficiently to
enable me to bring the following remarks and description befox*e
this Society.

Both were remarkably alike in the general proportions of the
body and the colour of the fur. One was smaller than the other,
which difference however, I accounted for its being a female. But
the closer inspection of its incisors (Fig. 5 and Fig. 8), presented

(4). I found the temperature of the sea water on the surface in the
harbour of Valparaiso (in May, 1871) to vary from 12° 0 and 12° 5 C.

(5). Vide : my letter on the way to New Guinea in 1*871, published in
the "Iswestija" of the Imp. Russ. Geograph. Soc. of St. Petersburg.

BY N. DE MIKLOUHO-MACLAY. 891

such diversity in shape, that it cannot be explained, I believe, as a
sexual difference and therefore, I find myself obliged to distinguish
them as two different species.

The general shape of the body, principally the greyish brown
colour of the fur, greatly resembles Dorcopsis luctuosa. but the
hair on the neck dh-ected backwards and the large incisors conti-a-
dict this supposition.

Having been informed by Mr. Masters, the Curator of the
Macleay Museum, that a few skins of some New Guinea Kangaroo's,
purchased by Mr. Macleay from Mr. Goldie, were preserved in
spirits, I examined them at the first opportunity and had the good
chance of finding amongst them a skin, with the skull, of one of the
new species, which discovery put me in the position of examining
the dentition and of making the description of this species more
complete.

The shape of incisors, the absence of canines, the smallness of
premolars and the direction (backwards) of the hair on the neck
are reasons why I include the two new species in the Genus
Macropus. One of them I have called in honor of J. Beete Jukes,
the distinguished naturalist of the surveying voyage of ELM.S.
Fly in Torres Straits and New Guinea during the years 1842-46.

1. Macropus Jukesii. n. sp.

£. From the hills near Anuabada (Port Moresby) on the South
Coast of New Guinea. (Stuffed specimen in the Macleay Museum.)

Measurements.

From tip of nose to base of tail 635 mm. 24,8 in.

Tail „ „ ,, , 370 — 14,6

From tip of nose to occiput 124 — ^, 4,9

Fore limb „ „ ,, about 170 — § 6,7

Hind limb ,, ,, ,, about 330 — ■% 13,0

From head to the end of nail of 4th toe 142 — u 5,6

Length of the ear 44 — ° 1,7

Circumference of tail near base 124 — 4,9

Colour of the fur. The head, back and external sides of the
limbs dark grey. The underside of the body from the chin to the
end of the tail of light grey colour.

Muffle bare.

892 TWO NEW SPECIES OP MACROPUS,

Tail slender, on the under side nearly bare, on the upper covered
with short dark hair. No white tips to the tail.

I have already mentioned, that I had the opportunity of examin-
ing the skull of M. Jukesii, but unfortunately, the skin before it
arrived in Sydney had been preserved in common salt, which mode
of preservation had the result, that the bones and teeth of the
specimen were covered with a thick layer of some white stuff, which,
though not interfering with the general shape of the skull, rendered
the examination of the sutures as well as other minor osteological
details of the same very difficult. Wishing to get rid of this white
interfering cover, I tried to dissolve it in boiling water but not
having succeeded, I went to Dr. A. Leibius to find out about its
chemical nature. It proved to be magnesia (*), which could only
be dissolved by boiling the skull in a solution of muriatic acid.

Fearing however, that even a very weak solution of acid would
destroy the thinner bones, I preferred to abstain from the experi-
ment and to remove as much as possible the white crust mechanically
by scratching it off with a scalpel. I succeeded only partly, some of
the suture remained still not distinct and the molars could not be
made free from the incrustation of magnesia, without destroying
them.

The skull is elongated ; examined from above (Fig. 2) shows two
very marked ridges running from the orbital margin of the frontal
bone, along the parietalia, to the exteimal corners of the imparietal
bones.

Examined from the side, (Fig. 1) the skull appears not of great
height in the region of the fronto-parietal suture and shows a very
marked bending of the premaxillary region downwards. The apex
of the angular process of the inferior margin of the zygoma is
opposite the posterior cusp of the second molar. The palate

* Dr. A. Leibius who kindly examined the above-mentioned white sub-
stance, expressed the opinion that the magnesia crust on the skull was
probably the result of decomposition of magnesium cloride, which is nearly
always contained in the unpurified common salt, which had been used
in this case for preserving the skin. The other product of this decom-
position— chlorhydric acid — had the effect of softening the bones. I think
this case shows sufficiently the unfitness of using uupurified ordinary salt
for preserving Zoological specimens.

BY N. DE MIKLOUHO-MACLAY. 893

presents some strongly marked transversal folds, of the disposition
of which, a glance on Fig. 3 can give a better idea than a long
description. The anterior part of the palate, between the second
lateral incisor and the first transversal fold is only half the width of
the palate between the 3rd and 4th molar.

Dentition. 3 1 3

— i, — pm. — m. (Fig. 3 and Fig. 4.)
1 1 4

Incisors. (Fig. 5 and 6.) The first, is a little longer than the
other two, the second little smaller than the first and third and the
third broader than the first and second. The lower margin of the
third incisor is not a straight line but an angular one and presents
on his posterior lower corner an indication of a fold which is
rather easy to discern only when the skull is taken out. (Examin-
ing the incisors of the stuffed specimen, I was not at all sure
about the existence of the fold and convinced myself of it only
after having examined the skull.)

The third incisor inspected from below (Fig. 6), consists of two
longitudinal, parallel edges, of which the interior is lower than the
exterior. The third incisor of Macropus (Halmaturus Thetidis (*)
is a little like the corresponding tooth of Macropus Jukesii.

Premolars. The upper premolar is not larger (broader) than the
first molar. On the cutting edge of the upper premolar 2 anterior
cusps and a 3rd longer and less pointed one are distinctly to be
seen. The lower premolars are smaller than the upper and have
also 3 marked cusps on the cutting edge.

The anterior cusps of premolars of both jaws are the most distinct
and the most pointed. The incisors and premolars have suffered less
from the effect of the salt than the molars, where the crust of
magnesia could not be removed without destroying the teeth, i.e.,
breaking also away pieces of enamel. Notwithstanding the crust
the usual shape of the molars of Macropodidse could however easily
be discerned, as well as that the transversal l'idges only of the first
maxillar and of the first and second mandibular molars have been
to a certain extent worn down.

(*) Waterhouse. Mammalia II., p. 194, pi. 3, fig. 2 c. and d.

894 TWO NEW SPECIES OF MACROPUS,

On the lower jaw 3 molars on each side are to be found, with
the tops of the crown of the 4th just appearing.

2. Macropus gracilis, n. sp.
(Fig- 7.)
<J. From the hills near Anuabada (Port Moresby), on the South
Coast of New Guinea. (Stuffed specimen at the Macleay Museum.)
Meas urements.

From tip of nose to base of tail 725 mm. 29,3 in.

Tail „ „ „ ,, .... 385 — 15,2

From tip of nose to occiput 138 — ^> 5,4

Fore limb ,, „ ,, about 220 — g 8,7

Hind limb „ „ „ about 410 — •% 16,2

From head to the end of nail of 4th toe 162 — u 6,4

Length of the ear 58— ° 1,9

Circumference of tail near base .... 128 — 5,0

Muffle, bare and split vertically in the median line.

Colour of the fur. Head, back, external side of limbs dark
brownish-grey, the underside of the body, from the chin to the end
of the tail, of light grey colour. On the head, from the upper lip
to under the eye, a light coloured band is noticeable.

Nails long and sharp ; on the middle finger 17 mm. (about 0.7 in.)
on the 4th toe 32mm. (about l-3 in.) long.

Tail. One third of the upper side covered with dark grey hair,
on the other two third hair scarce, on the under side nearly bare.

The white tip of the tail is quite distinct.

As already mentioned, these two species present very slight
differences : the fur of M. gracilis is a little browner than of M.
Jukesii, the tail in proportion to the body and the distribution of
hair on the same shows trifling differences. Therefore I am very
sorry not to have had the chance of obtaining a skull of M. gracilis
the examination of which could, I think, decide the question if
these differences are specific or only sexual.

Not having the skull, all 1 know about the dentition of M-
gracilis is restricted to the result of the examination of the incisors
from the outer side and the fact of the absence of the d. canini
(which fact as well as the direction of the hair on the neck authorise
me to describe this animal as a Macropus.)

BY N. DE MIKLOUHO-MACLAY. 895

Fig. 8 represents the lateral view of the incisors of M. gracilis
(four times the nat. size) and Fig. 5 the corresponding teeth of M.
Jukesii (four times the nat. size).

The comparison of these two figures, shows very marked differ-
ence in shape which I do not think could be recognised as sexual
differences only, and until it is proved; that the dentition of
Kangaroos varies to such an extent, according to the sex, the de-
scribed two species have to stand separate.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIX.
Fig. 1. — Lateral view of a skull of Macropms Jukesii, Mel. (Nat. size.)
Fig. 2. —Superior view of the same. (Nat. size.)
Fig. 3. — Teeth of the upper jaw and the palate, with the transversal folds

of M. Jukesii. (Nat. size.)
Fig. 4. — Teeth of the lower jaw. (Nat. siz.)

Fig. 5. — Lateral view of the incisors of M. Jukesii. (Four times nat. size.)
Fig. 6. — Under surface of the 8 right incisors. (Four times nat. siz.)
Fig. 7. — Macropus gracilis, Mel. (Sketch after a stuffed specimen of the

Macleay-Museum. )
Fig. 8. — Lateral view of the incisor of M. gracilis. (Four times nat. size.)

896 THE IIOMOCCELA DESCRIBED FROM AUSTRALIA,

THE HOMOCCELA HITHERTO DESCRIBED FROM AUS-
TRALIA AND THE NEW FAMILY HOMODERMID^E.

By R. v. LenjjEnfeld, Ph.D.

THE HOMOCCELA.

The simplest of all Sponges doubtlessly, are the Asconidaa and
the Physeinaria.

The Sponge nature of the latter however, is not sufficiently
acknowledged for them to be placed in the Class Spongise, and so
those Sponges appear as the least developed, which possess a
non-differentiated Entoderm, where flagellate cells cover the whole
of the Entodermal surface.

I. SUBOKDO HOMOCCELA.

Polejaeff, 1884 (1.)

THE WHOLE OF THE INNER SURFACE COVERED BY THE
SAME KIND OF FLAGELLATE CELLS, NO DIFFERENTIATION
OF THE ENTODERMAL EPITHELIUM.

Polejaeff (I.e.) made this group, which I recognize here as a
Suborder for the Asconidae of Haeckel, because he justly con-
siders the Lenconidse, Syconidse and Carter's Teichonellidse much
nearer related to one another than to the Asconidae.

(1.) N. Polejaeff. Report on the Calcarea, Zoology of the Voyage of
H.M.S. Challenger. Part XXIV., p. 22.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 897

If we were not to attach great importance to the chemical
nature of the skeleton we would have to place the Physemaria —
those that are Sponges — in this Suborder because they resemble
the Asconidse very closely. I think it very probable that this will
be done in future, when the Embryology of these doubtful
organisms is better known.

1. FAMILY. ASCONIDSE. Claus (1.)

HOMOCCELA WITH A PLAIN POROUS BODY WALL, WITH-
OUT ANY COMPLICATION OF THE INNER SURFACE.

The Asconida? are identical with Haeckel's (2) Ascones.
Polejaeff (I.e.), comprises all species in Bowerbank's (3) Genus
Lencosolenia. Although the difference between the Genera of
Haeckel may in many cases appear trivial, I shall nevertheless
adopt them here. The soft parts of only very few have been
studied, so that any classification must appear preliminary.

1. GENUS. ASCETTA. Haeckel, 1872.
Asconidse possessing triradiate spicules only.

1. SPECIES ASCETTA PRIMORDIALIS. E. Haeckel.

Prosycum primordialis. E. Haeckel.

Prodromus eines Systems der Kalkschwamme. Jenaische

Zeitschrift fur Medicin und .Naturwissenschaft, 1870.

Band V., Heft, 2, p. 236-257.
Olynthus simplex. E. Haeckel.

Prodromus, I.e., p. 237.
Leucosolenia dictyoides. E. Haeckel.

Prodromus, I.e., p. 243.
Soleniscus loculosus. E. Haeckel.

Prodromus, I.e.. p. 244.
Clathrina loculosa. E. Haeckel.

Prodromus, I.e. p. 245.

(1.) C. Claus. Grundziige der Zoologie, IV., Anflage. Seite 221.

(2.) E. Haeckel. Die Kalkschwamme, eine Monografie. Band II. Seite
11.

(3.) T. S. Bowerbank. On the Anatomy and Physiology of the Spongiad®.
Transactions of the Royal Society of London, Vol. 152, p. 1094.

898 THE IIOMOCOELA DESCRIBED FROM AUSTRALIA,

Auloplegma loculosum. E. Hackel.

Prodromus, I.e., p. 250.
Thecometra loculosa. E. Haeckel.

Prodromus, l.c, p. 254.
Ascetta primordialis, E. Haeckel.

Die Kalkschwamme Eine Monopraphie. Band II., p 16.
Triradiate spicules regular, with equal angles and rays ; rays
straight, slender conic or cylindrical proximally, distally semi-
spindle-shaped, tapering from the middle ; point of rays simple,
sharp, without bulbous terminal extension (not inflated.)

Size of spicules very variable, generally the rays O'l — 0*15
x 0-008— 0-012.

Special description and figures in Haeckel (Monografie der Kalk-
schwamme l.c.)

Colour : Generally white, sometimes yellowish or reddish, rarely
pure sulphur yellow, gold yellow, menning red, crimson or brown.

Locality : Mediterranean, Nice, Naples, Messina, Gibraltar,
Lesina, Haeckel ; Adria, Zara, Sebenna, Lesina, Lagosta, Oscar
Schmidt ; Lesina, Heller.

Atlantic Ocean, Rio Janeiro, Wendt ; Algoa Bay, Poehl ; Cape
Town, Wilhelm Bleek.

Red Sea, Frauenfeld, Mikluho.

Indian Ocean, Singapore, Putnam.

Coast of Australia, St. Vincent's Gulf, Wendt ; Sydney, Sonder.
Bass Straits, Wendt.

Pacific Ocean, Philippines, Semper.

Viti Islands, Graeffe.

Valparaiso, Trautmann.

2. SPECIES. ASCETTA POTERIUM. E. Haeckel.

Ascetta priruordialis var poterium. E. Haeckel.

Die Kalkschwamme eine Monografie. Band II., Seite 17.
Clathrina poterium. Ridley.

Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1881,

p. 133.

BY R. VOX LEXDEXKELD, PH.D. 899

Leucosolenia poterium. Polejaeff.

Report on the Calcai-ea. Zoology of the Toy age of
II. M.S. Challenger. Part XXIV., p. 35.

Spicules differentiated, of unequal size. The spicules on the
surface form a dermal membrane, consisting of several layers of
spicules, with thick rays, .which are only 6-8 times as longas thick.
The spicules of the inner surface with slender rays, which are 16-20
times as long as thick. The dermal spicules 1-2 times as long, but
3-4 times as thick as those near the inner surface. Gastral cavity
not fan-shaped.

It appears in the Auloplegma form, and possesses peculiar
triradiate spicules in the peristomial membrane.

Interior spicules with rays 0*12 — 0T8 x 0-006 — 0*01 mm.,
dermal spicules 03 x 0-035 mm. Some Sub-dermal spicules show
an incipient fourth ray.

Special description and figures in Polejaeff, I.e.

Colour : White and yellowish.

Locality : Australia (St. Vincent's Gulf, Wendt 1 Sydney,
Sonder? Bass' Straits, Wendt. Station 163, April 4, 1874. Lat.
363 50' S. long., 150° 30' E., off Twofold Bay; depth 120 fathoms,
Challenger); South America (Tour Bay, South-west Chili, Alert. )

3, SPECIES. ASCETTA CHALLENGE PJ. Von Lendenfeld.

Leucosolenia Challenged N. Polejaeff. Report on the Calcarea.
Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger. Part XXIV.,
p. 38.

A special set of triradiate spicules covering the outer surface of
the colony. These are all sagittal, while the triradiate spicules of
the interior are all regular. Solemiscus form. The diameter of
the tubes varies from 0*3 — 0-8 mm. ; the pseudopores are still
narrower, rarely exceeding 0'28 mm. in diameter ; the Oscula
sparsely scattered here and there possess the same dimensions, or
they are slightly larger. The whole forms an irregularly oval body
30 mm. long and 20 mm. broad in its thickest part, presenting a
compact web of minute tubes and terminating in a short (2 mm )
peduncle, which is solid.
59

900 THE HOMOCCELA DESCRIBED FROM AUSTRALIA,

Skeleton : Two forms of spicules are to be distinguished, regular
and sagittal.

The regular spicules possess slender rays, which are 01 8 mm.
long and 16-20 as long as thick, cylindrical with rounded end.

The basal i'ay is sometimes rather longer than this, some
of them show an incipient fourth apical ray.

The sagittal triradiate spicules are on an average of the same
size as the regular ; their rays, compared with those of the latter,
are more conical, although there is no want of intermediate stages,
they are not constant in their outline. With some of them the
irregularity consists only in their not being flat, the point of
meeting of the rays not lying in the same plane as their ends, the
basal ray being in this case either of the length of the lateral
rays or rather longer ; but such a form is comparatively rare.
The gx-eater pai't also show variation in their angles ; the angle
formed by the basal, and each of the lateral rays varying from
120° to 92° ; the length of the basal ray is in this case variable
(0"12-0'25 mm.) ; it is either straight or undulating, the lateral
rays being horn-shaped and curved, more or less, one towards the
other. There exists also on the outer surface of the colony another
constituent part of the dermal skeleton, namely, large regular
triradiate spicules ; each ray attaining a length of 0 -8 mm. and a
diameter of 0*06 mm ; but these spicules are so extremely rare
that they ai-e of no importance.

Special description taken from Polejaeff (I.e.) where the Sponge
is figured.

Colour : Yellowish.

Locality: Australia. Station 186, September 8th, 1874, lat.
10p 30' S., long. 142° 18' E. ■ Cape York, depth 8 fathoms. Coral
sand, Challenger.

2. GENUS. ASCALTIS. Haeckel.
Asconidse, with triradiate and quadriradiate spicules.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 901

•4. SPECIES. ASCALTIS LAMARKII. E. Haeckel.

Lencosolenia Lamarkii. E. Haeckel.

Prodromus eines Systems der Kalkschwamme, Jenaisehe
Zeitschrift fur Medicin und Naturwissenschaft, 1870-
Band V., Heft, 2, p. 243.
Aulorhiza intestinalis. E. Haeckel.

Prodromus I.e., p, 250.
Ascaltis Lamarkii. E. Haeckel.

Die Kalkschwamme, Eine Alonographie. Band II., p. 60.
Lencosolenia Lamarckii. Polejaeff.

Report on the Calcarea. Zoology of the Voyage of
H.M.S. Challenger. Part XXIV., p. 36.
Triradiate and quadriradiate spicules regular, with equal angles
and rays. Some of the triradiate spicules much larger up to three
times as thick and long as the quadriradiate spicules.

Forms irregular masses on seaweed, which attain a diameter of
5-20 mm., consisting of mouthless colonies, which are composed of
a net work of tubes.

Skeleton, — The quadriradiate spicules possess straight, conic
rays ; the apical ray is as long or shorter than the facial rays,
vertical to the plane in which they lie. Often slightly curved,
Rays 0-08—0-12 x 0004— 0-006 mm.

The triradiate spicules are of two sizes, the smaller ones are
regular with rays of equal length as in the quadriradiate spicules.
The larger ones often form a membrane in the outer surface, their
rays measure 0*2 — 0-3 x 0-015 — 0-02 mm., they are mostly regular,
like the smaller kind, a few however have paired rays.

Polejaefl's specimens possessed spicules which showed a greater
tendency towards sagittal differentiation. The rays of the large
triradiate spicules attained a size of 0-5 x 0-06 mm.

Special description and figures in Haeckel (I.e., Monogi'aphie.)
Colour : White or red.

Locality : North Atlantic Ocean ; Coast of Alarocco (Magador,
Haeckel) ; Gibraltar (Tenarifa, Haeckel) ; Florida (Alexander

902 THE HOMOCCELA DESCRIBED FROM AUSTRALIA,

Agassiz) ; East Coast of Greenland (North Shannon, Pansah.)
Australia (163 A, off Port Jackson, depth 30-35 fathoms, bottom,
rock, Challenger.

3. GENUS. ASCANDRA. Haeckel.
Asconidos with acerate triradiate and quadriradiate spicules.

5. SPECIES. ASCANDRA DENS A. E. Haeckel.

Tarrus densus. E. Haeckel.

Prodromus eines Systems der Kalkschwamme. Jenaische
Zeitschrift fur Medicin und Naturwissenschaft. Band
V., Heft 2, p. 244.

Nardopsis gracilis. E. Haeckel.

Prodromus I.e., p. 247.
Ascandra densa. E. Haeckel.

Die Kalkschwamme. Eine Monographie. Band II.,

p. 85.
Triradiate and quadriradiate spicules regular of equal size. All
the rays straight and pointed, cylindrical ; apical ray half as thick,
straight. Acerate spicule straight, truncate at both ends ; the
exterior end thickened, club-shaped, three to four times as long
and five to six times as thick as the rays of the triradiate spicules.

Colonies consisting of entwined tubes, 8 — 10 mm. in diameter
in Auloplegma-form or with a pi'oboscis to the mouth.

Skeleton : The greater number of spicules ai-e triradiate and
regular. The rays measure 0-1— 0-12 x 0-006— 0-008 mm.

The quadriradiate spicules are few in number, and of the same
size and shape as the triradiate spicules, regular with slender rays.

The ;<cerate spicules are large, 0-5 — 0-6 x 0-03 — 0-04 mm., and
protrude from the outer surface their distal ends are thickened,
club-shaped, and rounded.

Special description and figures in Haeckel (I.e. Monographie.)

Colour : (Di'ied) white.

Locality : South Coast of Australia (Glenelg 1 Schomburgk.)

BY R. VON LEXDEXFELD, PH.D. 903

2. FAMILY. HOMODERMlD.^. Von Lendenfeld.

HOMOCCELA, THE ENNEB SURFACE OF WHICH IS COMPLI-
CATED SO AS TO FORM RADIAL SACK -SHAPED EXCRESCENCES
SIMILAR TO THE RADIAL TUBES OF THE SYCONUXE. (CILIATED
CHAMBERS.)

I constitute this family for a small Sponge, which combines
characters of the Syconidae, with those of the Asconidae. The
whole of the Entoderm consists of flagellate cells, and we find the
same Epithelium on the inner side of the Oscular tube, in the hollow
peduncle and even in the Entoderm of the hollow stolons, which
connect the different individuals of one colony ; as in the sack-
shaped excrescences, the homologa of ciliated chambers. Pores
lead from the outer water not only into the radial tubes but also
direct into the Gastral cavity.

I place this family in the group Homoccela, because I consider
the " homodermic " character more important than the " asconic."

Haeckei (1) has described two Sponges, namely, Ascaltis
canariensis and Ascaltis Lamarkii which show a similar stx-iicture
of the body wall. He describes papillae growing from it into the
gastral cavity, papillae into which the outer ectoderm is drawn and
which are situated in longitudinal rows. It is evident that this
complication is similar to the canal system of the Syconidaa. If
these two species are not to be considered as Homodermidae they
are in any case transition forms between it and the Asconidae
proper, with a simple or irregularly folded gastral cavity.

GENUS. HOMODERMA (2). Nov. Gen.
Homodermidae, with acerate triradiate and quadriradiate spicules.

HOMODERMA SYCANDRA. Nov. Spec.

Shape : From a creeping hollow stem homologous to the
Hydrorhiza of Hydroids, tubes grow up which are about twice as

(1). From 0/j.oiov depfia, the same kind of skin throughout.
(2). E. Haeckei. Die Kalkschwamme, eine Monographie. Band II.,
Seite 53-54 and 61.

004 THE HOMOCCELA DESCRIBED FROM AUSTRALIA,

thick in the middle than at either end, and which therefore
appear spindle-shaped. These attain a height of 4 and a thick-
ness of 1*5 mm., and possess two frills of acerate spicules round the
mouth.

Viewed with the magnifying glass the outer surface presents a
hairy appearance, and the Oscular frill is found to consist of two
sets of spicules, one set longitudinal, parallel to the axis and the
other set divergent.

The hairy appearance is caused by acerate spicules, which are
situated in tufts, one tuft at the end of each of the numerous
protruberances, which give the whole a papillate appearance.

These spicules are turned towards the Osculum, they are longest
in the central part and shorter towards the narrow ends. The
surface of the Spongorhiza, as I propose to call the creeping stems
is covered with vertically projecting spicules, shorter than the
others.

Structure : In the central part of the Sponge, where it is
thickest, we find that tubes extend from the central Gastral cavity
radially, perfectly similar to the ciliated chambers of the Syconidse
On the dermal surface each radial tube is found to project a good
distance. In the vaulted ends of these chambers, as well as in the
body wall, where no chambers are developed, numerous pores can
be detected.

One might from this be led to suppose that my Homoderma
Sycandra is only a young Sycon.

I must state that I have examined a great many specimens of
this Sponge, and that I never found any larger individuals than
those of 4 mm., and that evidently this was the limit of growth,
because the central ones of large colonies were all of this size
throughout. I have repeatedly detected mature sexual products
in these Sponges.

The Oscular tube is very wide, of the same diameter as the
Gastral cavity ; the walls of it are very thin, and the sarcode
extends in good Osmicacid specimens far up the spicules of the two
frills.

BY R. VOX LEXDEXFELD, PH.D. 905

The cilated chambers are simple sac-shaped, and in their
proximal part cylindrical, and not contracted towards the cir-
cular opening into the Gastral cavity

The most interesting part of our animal is the Entoderm : It
consists, as mentioned above, throughout of the same flagellate
cells. This can be seen -in the living Sponge, but still better in
Osmic-acid specimens. The peculiar short cylindrical shape which
the flagellate cells attain, when hardened, the large, highly
colourable nucleus, and the regular network of boundary-lines
between the cells is the same throughout the inner surface of the
Sponge.

The cells correspond to the well-known shape of the flagellate,
frilled Sponge cells.

It is particularly remarkable that the same cells also cover the
inner surface of the Spongorhiza.

We find in our Sponge an Entoderm, which is not differentiated
into different kinds of cells, whilst a higher development in the
direction of the Syconidse has already been attained by the Sponge,
in consequence of the folding process which has produced the
ciliated chambers. This would appear altogether exceptional.
Generally the cells are ditferenciated first, and then Organs of a
whole complex of such differentiated elements are formed.

The exception is, however, I think, not actual, but only
apparent. I am inclined to believe that the Mesoderm is, in our
case, the active part growing, more or less, in different parts, and
so forcing the Entodermal layer to attain a complicated structure,
which is not caused by the cells of the latter.

The Ectoderm consists of the ordinary flat cells, and is the
same throughout.

The Mesoderm also presents no peculiar character.

The Skeleton consists of seven different kinds of spicules. 1 •
Gastric quadriradiates; 2. Parenchymal Quadriradiates ; 3. Par-
enchymal triradiates ; 4. Dermal triradiates ; 5. Dermal acerates
thick ; 6. Dermal acerates slender ; and 7, Oscular acerate spicules.

1. The gastric quadriradiate spicules are found all over the
inner surface. Three tangental rays lie in one plane in the

906 THE HOMOCCELA DESCRIBED FROM AUSTRALIA,

surface which divides the Entoderm from the Mesoderm. They
stand at equal angles, each ray measuring O04 — 0-05 x 0'004 mm.
The fourth ray penetrates the Entoderm, and is situated radially.
Like the former it is conic, and often slightly curved. The three
tangental rays are at their base convex towards the axis, the
radial ray concave towards the Osculum. The radial ray measures
0-02 — 0-04 x O0025 mm., and it is accordingly as long or shorter
than the others.

2. The Parenchymal quadriradiate spicules are all parallel
three short and equal rays tangental and one longer radial
ray pointing outward. These spicules vary very much in size ;
the radial ray is straight, slendei', and conic, measuring
0-03—0-05 x 0-002—0-003 mm. The tangental rays all have the
same angle of 120° between each other, and are slightly curved at
the base, the convex side towards the axis. They measure
0-0075 — 0-01 x 0-002 — 0-003 mm. ; they are therefore much stouter
than the radial ray.

These spicules are found throughout the Mesoderm, the larger
ones towards the inner surface. In no case do they penetrate
either the Entoderm or the Ectoderm.

3. The Parenchymal tri-radiate spicules are situated below the
Ectoderm, and do not penetrate it. Their position is irregular,
their rays lie at equal angles, and appear much curved and
irregular, measuring 0-05 x 0*003 mm. These spicules arenot nearly
so numerous as the former.

4. The Dermal tri-radiate spicules are similar to the former in
shape and size ; the difference lies mainly in the fact that these
always possess perfectly straight rays, one of which is always
situated radially, and penetrates the Ectoderm. They are found
in rings around the tufts of acerate spicules near the summit of
the ciliated chamber, and also intermingled with the latter.

5. The thick Dermal acerate spicules in tufts of 15 — 25 on the
summit of each ciliated chamber stand at an angle of 45 to the
axis of the Sponge, and point upward towai'd the Osculum ; they
are pointed at both ends and spindle-shaped. The thickest part is
nearer the proximal end, they measure 0*5 — 1 x 0-01 mm.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 907

6. The slender Dermal acerate spicules are of the same length
us the former, but only 0-003 thick. They are rare, and situated
in the tufts between the others.

7. The acerate spicules of the Oscular frills are similar to those
in the chamber tufts, but larger.

The upright ones are slightly curved, the convex side towards
the axis ; they are pointed at both ends, and measure 1*5 — 2
x 0-015— 0-02 mm.

The lower frill is composed of spicules similar to the slender
acerate ones of the tufts ; these are slightly curved, the convexity
towards the basis of the Sponge, and measure 0#5 — 1 x 0-004.

DEVELOPMENT.

I have traced the postembryonal development, or metamor-
phosis, as it may be termed, of Homoderma.

The young Sponge is cylindrical, with short acerate spicules
distributed equally all over the surface, and presents, therefore,
the same outer appearance as the Spongorhiza,

There is a slight trace of an Oscular frill visible.

It grows in size without changing its shape, but developes the
two frills of the Osculum. All this time the inner surface is
perfectly simple. Our Sponge is an Ascon.

With the development of the first excresences of the Entoderm,
when in the centre of the Sponge, a few chambers make their
appearnce ; tufts of spicules also appear on the surface

Move chambers and tufts are developed ; the Sponge grows, and
the Oscular frills attain the large size we find in the adult. The
small, equally distributed spines of the young, are then only found
in those parts of the Sponge which do not contain ciliated
chambers.

The Sponge has attained the structure of the full-grown adult
when it is 2 mm. high.

Colour : Light yellow.

Locality : South Coast of Australia, Port Phillip, Victoria.

908 ADDENDA TO THE AUSTRALIAN IIYDROMEDUSiE.

ADDENDA TO THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS^.
By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

Plates XL., XLL, XLIL, XLIII.

In this paper a series of new or otherwise interesting species of
Hydromeduste from different Australasiatic localities, which I
obtained after my papers on the Hydromedusse were read, will
he described, and a few erroneous statements corrected.

They are the following : —

I. SUBOKDO HYDROPOLYPIN^E.

1. FAMILY. HYDRIDE.
1. GENUS. HYDRA. Liune.

2. HYDRA FUSCA. Limie\

This species must be struck from the list of Australian H3 dro-
medusse, because the specimens referred to it are identical with
H. oligactis. Pallas.

5. FAMILY. BLASTOPOLYPID^.

4a (70). GENUS. MONOSKLERA.

10b (231). M. PUS1LLA. Nov. Spec.

An interesting representative of a new Genus from Port
Phillip.

6. GENUS. LAFGEA.
18a (232). L. CYLINDRICA. Nov. Spec.

A new Species from the Bay of Islands, New Zealand, which is
very similar to Lafcea pai-asitica Ciamician.

BY R. VOX LENDENFELD, PH.D. 909

8a (71). GENUS. SYNTHECIUM.
21a (233). S. ELEGANS. Allman.

I obtained a specimen of this Species from Timaru, New
Zealand.

9. GENUS. 8ERTULARIA.

63a (234). S. SIMPLEX. Nov. Spec.

An apparently new Species from Lyttleton, New Zealand.

10. GENUS. DIPHASIA.
69a (235). D. RECTANGULARIS. Nov. Spec.
An interesting new Species from Torres Straits.

14. GENUS. THUIARIA.
85. T. QUADRIDENS. Bale.

In a specimen from Timaru, New Zealand, I found the
Gonophors which were hitherto unknown.

II. SUBORDO HYDROMEDUSIN^E.

9. FAMILY. ANTHOMEDUSIDiE.

34. GENUS. SARSIA.

178. S. MINIMA. Von Lendenfeld.

I obtained the hitherto unknown adult Medusa of this Species
in Port Jackson.

36a (72). PAND.UA.

180a (236). P. MINIMA. Nov. Spec.
A new Species of Haeckel's Genus Pandsea, from Port Jackson.

40a (73). GENUS. MARGELIS.
185a (237). M. TRINEMA. Nov. Spec.
A new species from Port Jackson.

910 ADDENDA TO THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUSjE,

11. FAMILY. LEPTOMEDUSID^.

46a (74). GENUS. OCTORHOPALON.
197a (240). O. FERTILIS. Nov. Spec.
I obtained this interesting representative of a new Genus in
Port Jackson.

49. GENUS. EUCOPE.

201a (239). E. HYALINA. Nov. Spec.
A large new Species obtained in Port Jackson.
50. GENUS. OBELIA.
203. OBELIA AUSTRALIS. Von Lendenfeld.
I obtained the hitherto unknown adult stage of this Medusa in
Port Jackson.

12. FAMILY. CAMPANULINIDyE.

59a (75). GENUS. OAMPANULINA.
214a (240). CALICULATA. Von Lendenfeld.
I have received specimens of Campanularia caliculata, Hincks,
from Port Phillip, Victoria ; and Lyttleton, New Zealand. I
find, that this Species is not a Campanularia but a Campanulina.

The Species which are added to the Australian Fauna in this
paper, bring the total number of Australian Hydromedusse up to
240, which are distributed amongst 74 Genera.

I. SUBOEDO HYDROPOLYPIN^E.

Von Lendenfeld.

5. FAMILY. BLASTOPOLYPIDA. Von Lendenfeld.
III. SUB-FAMILY. CAMPANULARIN^E.
4a (70). GENUS. MONOSKLERA (1). Nov. Gen.
Campanularinre, with erect unbranched stems, which bear alter-
nate Trophosomes on the distal ends of each Internode on short
annulated stalks. Internodes wedge-shaped, with a cylindrical
tube along one side. Gonophor, unknown.

(1.) From fiovo one, one-sided ; and oKXrjpa thick skin.

BY E. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 911

8b (231). MONOSKLERA PUSILLA. Nov. Spec
Plate XL., Figs. 1, 2, 3.

The Hydrorhiza forms a network of minute threads, -with
elongate meshes, which adheres closely to the Thalloms of
Macrocystis. The Hydrorhiza is thick- walled, and appears flattened
onthe side which is in contact with the seaweed. No such broad
extension, however, is formed as in Eucapella. The colour of the
Perisarc is light yellow. The Coenosark contains in the Entoderm
of the single specimen, which I obtained, and which was hardened
with chromic acid, numerous round cells, which take up Carmin
very freely ; they may, perhaps, be consiclei-ed as young stages of
ova.

From this Hydrorhiza, erect and unbranched stems arise, which
attain a height of 10-15 mm. (Fig. 1.) They consist of a row of
Internodes, which ai*e wedge-shaped, and twice as broad at the
distal-end than at the proximal termination. These joints are fixed
to one another in this way that the narrow end of one is always
inverted into the broad and flat end of the preceding one laterally.
They are alternate, in as much as the third Internode grows
out from the left margin of the second ; the second out of the
right margin of the first. (Fig. 2 )

These Internodes consist of solid light yellow, and per-
fetly transparent Chitin. They are perforated by a cylin-
drical tube, which runs along the slanting side (Fig. 1 and 2),
and therefore appears regularly zig-zag-shaped. Between the
Internodes the tube is slightly constricted.

From the upper end of the tube in each Internode (Fig. 3), a
process extends to the other side of the Internode, a small sac-
shaped excrescence of the cavity. This sac is in communication
with the cavity of the Hydrotheca, by means of a tube which
perforates the short peduncle of the Trophosome. The part of the
Internode which is solid, appears compressed, as a ridge con-
necting the main tube with the sac-shaped excrescence. The
Trophosomes are attached to the free part of the flat end of
the Internode. They are, therefore, alternate. (Fig. 2.) Genei'ally

912 ADDENDA TO THE AUSTRALIAN IIYDROMEDUSjE,

there is one Trophosome to each Internode, but sometimes there
are two, close together. The Peduncle consists of two spherical
parts, with incisions dividing them from the Hydrotheca, each
other and the Internode of the stem. Strictures in the Ccenosark
tube correspond to these. The Hydrotheca is cup-shaped, bi-lateral,
symmetrical, the outer margin a little higher than the inner, so
that the oval aperture looks obliquely forward.

The Ccenosark of the stem does not contain the highly colourable
cells found in the Hydrorhiza.

The alimentary zooids possess 10-15 stout tentacles and a short
proboscis, but otherwise appear similar to other Campanulariang
or Leptomeduse-Polyps. There is a decided "floor" to the
Trophosome.

Locality. — Port Phillip.

6. GENUS. LAFOEA. Lamourroux.
ISa (232). L. CYLINDRICA. Nov. Spec.
Plate XL., Figs. 4, 5.

Ciamician (1) described a species of this genus as L. Parasitica,
from the Adriatic. I have recently obtained a similar Lafcea,
which, however, is not identical with Ciamician's species.

The Hydrorhiza is creeping, and closely adnate to the stem of
other Hydroids, mainly Sertularians. It appears very small and
slender, and is not smooth. It runs in a straight line, and keeps
to the same side of the Hydroid and is attached throughout, as is
also the case with L. Parasitica. From this creeping stem large
Hydro thecse arise, which are borne on very short and extremely
narrow peduncles. (Fig. 5.) The Hydrotheca is mainly
cylindrical and thin walled, large as in L. Parasitica. The margin
is recurved so that it attains a trumpet shape. Near the
bottom, which appeal's semi-spherical we find a perforated disc,
forming a ring near the base of the Hydrotheca. Although the
Trophosome of Lafcea is considered always to be destitute of a
floor, I do not hesitate to consider this species as a true Lafcea.

(1.) T. Ciamician Ueber Lafcea parasitica, n. sp. Zeitschrift fur
Wisscnschaftliche Zoologie. Baud XXXI11. Seite 673.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 913

Gonophores unknown. The Hychanths are large, and possess
about 20 stout tentacles.

It appears doubtful whether our species should be considered
parasitic, as I failed to find any organs by means of which it
might extract nourishing material from the Hydroid to which it
clings. It appears to me rather as if the only use the Lafcea
makes of the Sertularia on which it grows, was to use it as a
support. Lafcea Cylindrica is therefore to be termed " climbing "
rather than parasitic.

Locality : Bay of Islands, New Zealand.

IV. SUB-FAMILY SERTULARIX.E.

8a (71). GENUS. SYNTHECIUM. Allman.

Sertularinse, with opposite alimentary zooids, and wuh Gonophors
which appear to grow out from an ordinary Hydrotheca which
surrounds the peduncle of the Polypostyl.

21a (233). SYNTECIUM ELEGANS. Allman.
Allman (1) describes this interesting Hydroid from New
Zealand. It appears that Bale (2) had his doubts about it, as he
does not mention it in the catalogue. I have, however, found a
small fragment on a sea-weed from an unknown locality, which
corresponds to Allman's description.

9. GENUS. SERTULARIA. Hincks.
63a (234). SERTULARIA SIMPLEX. Nov. Spec.
Hydrocaulus simple, Hydrotheca? opposite, a pair to each
Internode, conic adnate throughout their whole length, and
straight, the outer surface at an angle of about 30° to the axis of
the stem ; aperture, simple oval ; margin, entire and smooth,
lying in a plane vertical to the axis of the stem. The margin is
prolonged into a short conic process, looking outward on the side
everted from the stem.

(1.) G. T. Allman. A i\J onograph of the Gymnoblastic or Tubularian
Hydroids. (Ray. Society for 1S70, Vol. II., page 229)

(2.) W. Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes.

914 ADDENDA TO THE AUSTRALIAN IIYDROMEDUS^E,

The stem is simple, unbranched, and rises from a reticulate
Hydrorhiza to a height of 12-18 mm.

Gonopbores oVjlong, rather large, on short peduncles.
Locality : Lyttleton, New Zealand.

10. GENUS. DIPHASIC. Agassiz.

69a (235) DIPHASIA RECTANGULARIS. Nov. Spec.

Plate XLL, Figs. 6, 7, 8.

From an anastomosing thick Hydrohiza, which is adnate to
shells and other hard bodies, thick and rough, straight stems grow
forth, which attain a height of 9 Cm. They taper towards the top.
These stems bear alternate Pinnae, which are shorter towards the
end, and appear longest near the base, from 2 to 14 mm. in length.
Towards the tops, where growth is going on rapidly, the Hydrothecse
stand at right angles to the stem. Pinnae, and stem bear the
Hydrothecaa which are close to one another, and appear biserial,
but otherwise disposed in a very irregular manner. Further clown
the stem and Pinnse they are disposed in a perfectly regular
manner. Here they are distant and alternate. (Fig. 7.) They
are tubular, and bent in the shape of a knee, at a right angle in
the middle of their length. The proximal half is immersed in the
stem, and neaidy parallel to it, whilst the distal half is turned
outward, and projects at right angles. The Hydrotheca has a
circular transverse section throughout. The aperture is simple
smooth, oval, and looks obliquely outward and forward. (Fig. 7.)

The Gonophors spring from the stem at the bases of same of the
Pinna?. (Fig. 6.) The male Polypostyls are invested by a very
pretty Gonangium. (Fig. 8.) It is conic, attached with the small
end to a minute peduncle, the sides convex, and the base
slightly raised towards the circular aperture in the centre.
Eight or more ridges run from the aperture to the peduncle.
The surface between them is depressed into as many valleys,
which are particularly well marked on the sides. From serrate
projections in the ridges transverse lines take their origin,
which cross the valleys between the ridges. The ridges on the
llat base of the cone are smooth.

BY K. VOX LENDENFELD, PH.D. 915

Female Gonophores unknown.
Locality : Torres Straits.

14. GENUS. THUIARIA. Fleming.
85. THUIARIA QUADR1DEXS. Bale.
Plate XL., Fig. 9.
This species has been described by Bale (1). The Gonophores
have not been found hitherto. A specimen which I obtained from
Timaru, New Zealand, bears Gonophores. (Fig. 9.) They are
pretty large, barrel-shaped and annulated. Transverse ridges run
round them like hoops. These are particularly well visible in the
distal part and less distinct towards the rounded base, which is
sessile on the stem.

II. SUBORDO HYDROMEDUSIX^E.

Von Lendenfeld.

9. FAMILY. ANTHOMEDUSID^E. Von Lendenfeld.
I. SUB-FAMILY. CODONIX.E

34. GENUS. SARS1A. Lesson.
178. SAKSIA MINIMA. Von Lendenfeld.

I described (2) this species in a former paper and have now
obtained a series of small Medusa?, which lead up from the small
young Medusae which were produced by the Polypcolonies in my
Aquarium to adult Sarsise. I obtained all intermediate stages
with the surface net in early spring in Port Jackson.

The adult Medusa?, filled with ripe generative elements, is about
four times the size of the larva at the time of liberation. The
shape is the same with the exception of the gastral tubular Gonad.
The Medusa is 2i mm. broad and 3 mm. high. The manubrium
slightly shorter in proportion than in the larva.

(1.) William Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes,
page 119

(2.) Von Lendenfeld. The Australian Hydromedusae, Part V. Proceed-
ings of the Linnean Society of X S.W.. Vol. IX., p. 584, pi. XXL, fig. 34.

60

916 ADDENDA TO THE AUSTRALIAN IIYDROMEDUS^,

II. SUB-FAMILY. TIAEIN^E.

36a (72). GENUS. PAND^EA. Lesson.

Tiarinse, with numerous tentacles (8-16) or more in one row.
Abaxial Ocelli, outside on the base of the tentacle. No peduncle
to the stomach. Edges of stomach connected with the radial
canals in the Sub-umbrella by four mesenteria. Four simple
Gonads with smooth surface. Longitudinal lines of thread cells
on the Ex-umbrella. Polypcolonies unknown.

ISOa (236). PAND^EA MINIMA. Nov. Spec.
Plate XLIL, Figs. 10, 11, 12.

The Medusa is semi-ovate, higher than broad. It possesses
eight tentacles of about the same length as the Umbrella. There
are eight nettlecell-lines on the Exumbrella at equal intervals,
which are situated in the Adradiis, but they do not appear con-
tinuous. They consist apparently of a series of elongate nettle-
warts. (Fig. 11), which taper to a narrow line at each end. The
line can be traced from one nettle-wart to another. All appear
connected by it. Subjected to slight maceration the covering
Exumbrella Epithel becomes loose and floats away when the
cover glass is tapped. (Hardening with week osmic acid and
macerating with week acetic acid, the time that is necessary for
exposure to the latter re-agent depends on the temperature and
varies from half an hour to twelve hours.) Then the Sub-epithelial
layer becomes more clearly visible and with a high power.
(Zeiss /n, Fig. 12.) It is easy to recognize a nerve fibi-e in the
thread which connects the nettle-warts with one another.

The nerve fibre consists of similar fibrils and bipalar gauglia
•cells as those which I described (1) in the homologous organ of
Encopella Campanularia.

In another paper (2) I have pointed out that the Cnidoblasts

(1.) Von Lendenfeld Eucopella Campanularia. Zeitschrift fiir Wiss.
Zoologir. Band XXXVIII Seite 558.

(2.) Von Lendenfeld. Ueber Wehrthiere and Nesselzellen. Zeitschrift
fur Wisscnschaftliche Zoologie, Band XXXVIII. Seite 368.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, Pn.D. 917

are connected by one thick fibre with the supporting lamella or
gallert, and by a thin fibril, probably with the Sub-epithelial
plexus of ganglia cells.

This hypothesis [ tried to prove by additional facts (1)
published in another paper.

Korotneff has recently (2) found a similar structure in the
nettle-bulb of Praya, where, besides the thick peduncles, which
he considers as muscular, fine and gvanulose Nerve-fibres are
described, connecting the Cnidoblast with a Ganglia cell.

Although working at the unparalleled Zoological Station at
Naples he is apparently unacquainted with my discovery, pub-
lished in the papers mentioned above a year previously, he
describes the same thing which I have discovered. He has, how-
ever, not been led to the very simple conclusion which I drew
from the fact, and overlooks the great importance of it concerning
the physiology of Thread-cells altogether.

The stomach of our Medusa is slender, and about half as long
as the Umbrella. The Mesenteria which connect it with the
Radial Canals are inconspicuous and transparent. The Gonads are
four longitudinal, narrow folds, with smooth surface. There are
four small lips to the mouth.

Size : Height of Umbrella, 3 mm. Breadth, 2mm.

Colour : Umbrella, light pink. The nettle-lines more intensely
coloured. Stomach and tentacle-bulbs light brown.

Locality : Port Jackson.

Season : Spring, August, September.

III. SUB-FAMILY MARGELIN^.

40a (73). GENUS. MARGELIS. Steenstrup.

Margelinaa, with ramified or composite mouthstyles, and with
four perradial bundles of tentacles. Stomach small, without
peduncle, with narrow basis attached to the point, where the

(1.) V. Lendenfeld. Zur Eistologie der Actinien. Zoologischer Anzeiger.
Band YI. Seite 189.

(2.) A. Korotneff. Zur Histologie der Siphonophoren. Mittheilungen
der Zoologischen Station in Neapel. Band V. Seite 264. Tafel 18.
Fig 80.

918 ADDENDA TO THE AUSTRALIAN HYDKOMEDUSJE,

four Radical Canals meet. No elongated Manubrium. Mouth
narrow. Mouth styles touching at the base. The Gonads do not
extend to the Radial Canals. The Polypcolonies are branched ;
the alimentary Po]yps possess one vertical of filiform tentacles,
the Medusae, bud on peduncles, which arise out of the Hydrorhiza.

185a (237.) MARGELIS TRINEMA. Nov. spec.

Plate XLL, Fig. 13.

Umbrella semi-spherical, a trifle higher than broad. Stomach
short, cylindrical, nearly half as long as the Umbrella ; not quite so
broad as long. Gonads in the shape of four pair of oblique folds.
The folds ascending towai'ds the primary Radii. Mouthstyles
about as long as the stomach, the margin of the mouth between
the styles straight. Each style bears at its end three small eqral
brandies, about a third as long as the style. These mouth-styles
are carried upward.

The Tentacle-bulbs ai'e small, broader than high, and thick.
From each bulb three tentacles take their origin, which are about
half again as long as the Umbrella ; also the tentacles are curved
upwards terminally (Fig. 13.)

Colour : Medusa colorless. Entoderm of stomach and tentacle
bulbs dark yellow.

Size : Diameter of Umbrella, 2-3 mm.

Ontogenesis : I have found some Bougainvillia's in Port Jackson,
which are similar to B. ramosa. They are the only Hydroid Polyps
resembling that Genus, which I have met with in Australian waters.

It seems therefore not unlikely that they are different stages in
the cyclus of development of our Margelis trinema. Both how-
ever, Medusa and Polyp are rare, so that not much reliance can be
placed on that assumption.

Locality : Port Jackson.

Season : Early Spring.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 919

11. FAMILY. LEPTOMEDUSID^. Von Lendenfeld.

I. SUB-FAMILY. THAU.VIANTIN.E.
46a (74.) GENUS. OCTORHOPALON (1.) Nov. gen.

Thamantinte with four Radial Canals and four Gonads, eight
tentacles, and eight clubs, in the intervals between the tentacles
one in each Octant.

This new Genus belongs to Haeckel's Sub-Family Laodicidee (2),
and appears very nearly related to his Genus Octonema, from
which it differs by the absence of Cirrhi, and by the small number
(8) of the marginal clubs.

197a (238), OCTORHOPALON FERTILIS. Nov. spec.
Plate XLIL, figs. 14-15.

Umbrella semiovate, much higher than broad. Stomach repre-
senting a double four-sided Pyramid, Octeedral, widest in the
middle. Tips of the mouth produced into four inconspicuous
extensions at the corners. Intervening parts of the margin
concave. Gonads very large and extending all about the Radial
Canals. The four Gonads are joined around the stomach. They
are richly folded transversely.

The tentacles about two-thirds of the length of the Umbrella.
The perraclial ones longer than the interradial ones. The bulbs at
the bases of the tentacles not large, elongate. The clubs
large, elongate-oval, a little longer than the tentacle bulbs.

Colour ; Gonads reach orange yellow. Medusae otherwise
colourless.

Size : Height of Umbrella, 2*5 mm., breadth, 2 mm.

Ontogenesis : Unknown.

Locality : Port Jackson.

Season : Early spring.

(1.) oktco, eight ; s'onaXov, a club.

(2.) Haeckel. Das System der Medusen. Seite 125.

920 ADDENDA TO THE AUSTRALIAN IIYDR0MEDUS.E,

III. SUB-FAMILY. ENCOPIN^E.

49. GENUS. EUOOPE. Gegenbaur.
201a (239). EUCOPE HYALINA. Nov. Spec.
Plate XLIL, Figs. 16, 17, 18.

Umbrella flat, nearly watch-glass shaped, more than twice as
broad as high. Gallert in the centre, exceptionally thick. The
stomach half as long as the Umbrella is high and a little broader
than long. Margin exteuded, with irregular small flaps. The
4 Gonads are oval and grow out from the distal third of the four
Radial Canals. Eight tentacles about as long as the Umbrella is
high with conic basal tentacle bulbs. Eight adradial large
vesicles. There are always three Otolithes on each vesicle. The
vesicles (Fig. 18) are spherical and attached to the cushion of
elongated sensitive cells with long cilice by a broad and short
peduncle

Colour : Medusa extremely transparent. Gonads and stomach
pale yellow.

Size : Diameter of Umbrella 6 mm. ; height 3 mm.

Ontogenesis : Unknown. I have found numerous different
species of Campanularians which have not been decribed, because
their Gonophores were not seen. There is no one of these more
likely than any other, to be the Polypcolony belonging to our
Eucope.

Locality : Port Jackson.

Season : Early spring.

50. GENUS. OBELTA. Peron et Leseur.

203. OBELIA AUSTRALIS. Von Lendenfeld.

Plate XLIIL, Figs. 19, 20, 21, 22.

1(1) have described this species from the Polypcolonies and
the young larvre, which I obtained in Port Jackson. Since then
I have obtained the adult Medusa, apparently belonging to this

(1.) Von Li'wlenfeld. The Australian Hydromedusae. Part V. Pro-
ceedings of the Linnean Society of N.S.W., Vol. IX., p. 604.

BY R. VON LENTDENFELD, PH.D. 921

species. The Umbrella is flat, and always reversed. I have
examined hundreds of these Obelias lately, and have always found
the Umbrella in this apparently abnormal state. But as these
Obelias seemed perfectly healthy, and were obtained together
with other Medusa? which never reverted the Umbrella, I am led
to suppose that this is their natural position. All Obelias seem to
have the extraordinary habit of reverting the Umbrella, and even
of fastening themselves to foreign bodies by means of the mouth.

Whilst the other Australian species, O. geniculata, is often
found with non-reverted Umbrella, and also the young larvse of
O. Australis present that appearance, I have never seen an adult
Medusa of this species in another position from that represented
in the figure. (Fig. 19.)

The Gonads are situated in the distal part of the Radial Canals,
oval and thicker at the distal than near the proximal end. The
Radial Canal widens at the proximal end continuously into the
cavity of the Gonad. In the distal end the Radial Canal enters
and widens abruptly into the fundus of the cavity. (Fig. 21.)

The male genital products are produced by a continual division
and subdivision of the cells in the Subumbral wall of the Gonad.
A thin layer of Ectodermal Epithelium covers the Gonad. It
appears as if the Spermamother cells were Entodermal. The
division of the cells goes on more rapidly towards the cavity, so
that these cells always appear smaller (tig. 21e) than the outer
ones (g). From the inner surface lines extend centrifugally (fig
27f), and it appears that these lines are minute channels in
connection with the Gastral cavity, through which nourishing
material flows to the growing Spermatozoa.

The stomach (fig. 19) is spherical, and we find attached to it a
short Manubrium, with four short, cylindrical Moutharms in the
Perradii. Looked at from above the stomach appears quad-
rangular. (Fig. 20.)

922 ADDENDA TO THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS^E,

The tentacles are from 30 to 40 in number, and inserted in the
margin of the Umbrella by means of a plug-shaped f&g. 22a)
centripetal process (1).

Eight adradial Otolithes at the side of adradial tentacle-bulbs.

12. FAMILY. CAMPANULINIDJE. Yon Lendenfeld.

No Australian representatives of this family were known
hitherto. I have had occasion to examine the Gonophors of some
Hydroids, which are apparently identical with Campanularia
Caliculata Hincks ; and I find that they are Medusostyles.
Therefore I consider myself justified in placing this well-known
Hydroid in this family.

59a (75.) GENUS. CAMPANULINA. Yon Lendenfeld.

Campanulinidse, which consist of Polycolonies invested by a
chitinous Perisarc, and containing alimentary zooids, with one
verticil of filiform tentacles, invested by a radially symmetrical
cup on a peduncle, Polypostyles, which grow from the Hydrorhiza
in the shape of trumpet-like tubes, and Medusostyles budding
at their sides.

Connected by Eucapella with Eucope.

214a (240). CAMPANULINA CALYCULATA. Von Lendenfeld.
Var. Mahrogona.

In my paper on Eucopella (2) I referred to a Hydroid from
Port Phillip, which is very similar to Eucopella, and which I
believed to belong to the above species. I have since obtained
specimens with Gonophors, and find that it is identical with
Campanularia Caliculata, Hincks (3) and Allinan (4), and with

(1.) Compare A lhnan. Monograph of the Gymnoblastic or Tubularian
Hydroids. Vol. I. Page 142.

(2.) R. con Lendenfeld. Eucopella Campanularia. Zeitschrift fur Wis-
senschaftliche Zoologie. Band XXXVIII.. Seite 499.

(3 ) '/'. Hincks. On some new British Hydroids. Annal. and Magazine
of Natural History, 2nd series, March, 1836.

(4.) (■'. T. A lhnan. On the structure of the Reproductive Organs in
certain Hydroid Polypes. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh
for 1857-58.

BY R. VOX LEXDEXFELD, PH.D. 923

Campanulavia Breviscyphya, Sars (1), Agassiz (2) describes it as
Clytliia poterium.

In the variety Makrogona — all Australian specimens belong to
it — the Gonophors are nearly as high as the Hydrocaulus of the
Trophosome, and 8-10 times as large as the Hydrotheca.

Aledusoid buds are produced in the Gonophor, which do not
become free, in fact they do not possess a properly developed
Umbrella at the time when the sexual products are matured.
Judging from Hincks's (3) figure, the European Campanulina
caliculata produces similar Aledusoid buds, and T therefore do not
hesitate to place this species in this family. It appears, as I have
often taken occasion to mention, extremely likely, that many other
species will wander from the Hydropolypinae to this Subordo, so
particularly the Genus Sertularia.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XL. to XLIII.

Fig. 1. — Monosklera pusilla, R. v. L. A small Colony in Natural size.

Fig. 2. — Monosklera pusilla, R. v. L. Part of a shoot. AA., Oc, 1.

Fig. 3. — Monosklera pusilla, R. v. L. An Internode with two Hydrothiere.

C, Oc. II.
Fig. 4. — Lafcea cylindrica, R. v. L. A , Oc. II.
Fig. 5. — Lafcea cylindrica, R. v. L. C, Oc I.
Fig. 6. — Diphasia rectangularis, R. v. L. Natural size.
Fig. 7. — Diphasia rectangularis, R. v. L. Part of a pinna. AA., Oc. II.
Fig. 8. — Diphasia rectangularis, R v. L. A male Gonophor e. AA.,Oc. II.
Fig. 9. — Thuiaria quadridens, Bale. With a Gonophore. AA., Oc. I.
Fig. 10. — Pandsea minima, R. v. L. A., Oc. 111.
Fig. 11. — Pandrea minima, R. v. L. An Exumbral MeridianaMine. C,

Oc, II.
Fig. 12. — Pandasa minima, R. v. L. Part of the Exumbral MeridianaMine

treated with osmic and acetic acid. 12, Oc. I. The outer Epithel

removed from the upper part of the Figure.

(1.) G. 0. Sars. Campanularia Breviseyphia. Bidrag til Kundskaben
om Middelhavet's Littoral-Fauna, 1S57, 49, pi. 1, figs. 12, 13.

(2.) L. Agassiz, Clytia poterium Contribution to the Natural History
of the United States Acalephas, Vol. IV., p. 297, pi. XXVIII.

(3 ) T. Hincks. A History of the British Hydroid Zoophytes, Vol. II .,
pi. XXXI , fig. 2d.

924 ADDENDA TO THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUSjE.

(tt) Ordinary flat Epithel-cells.
(/;) K erven bre.

(c) Nettle cells.

(d) Bipolar Ganglia cell.

(e) Irregular Ganglia cell of the nettle-wart.

(/) Subepithelial cell producing nettle capsules.
{<j) Nerve tibrills radiating out from the fibre to the different
parts of the nettle wart.
Fig. 13.— Margelis trinema, R. v. L. A., Oc. III.
Fig. 14. — Octorhopalon fertilis, R. v. L. A., Oc. 111.,
Fig. 15. — Octorhopalon fertilis, R. v. L. The Medusa seen from below.

AA., Oc. II.
Fig. 16. — Eucope hyalina, R. v. L. A., Oc. III.
Fig. 17. — Eucope hyalina, A. v. L. Longitudinal section through the

stomach and the commencement of a Radial Canal, osmic acid,

alum-carmin. F.. Oc. II.
Fig. 18. — Eucope hyalina, R. v. L. An acustice vesicle with three Otolithes.

A fresh compressed specimen. DD., Oc. II.
Fig. 19. — Obelia Australia, R. v. L. AA.,Oc. II. A Medusa with reverted

Exumbrella.
Fig. '20. — Obelia Australia, R. v. L. The mouth seen from below. AA., Oc.

II.
Fig. 21. — Obelia Australis, R. v. L. Longitudinal section through a growing

male Sexual Organ, osmic acid, picra carmin. DD., Oc. I.

(a) Proximal part of Hadial Canal.

(b) Granulose part of the Umbrella Gallert just below the

Sexual Organ.
(r) Ordinary Entoderm on the upper side of the Sexual cavity.
(</) Distal part of the Radial Canal,
(e) Mass of small, indistinct cells, with Protoplasme which

does not refract the light very strongly.
^/) Minute Canal leading from the cavity into this mass of cells.
{(j) Larger and well separated cells, filled with highly refracting

Protoplasme near the outer surface.
(h) Ectodermal Epithel.
rig. 22. — Obelia Australis, R. v. L. Base of one of the Tentacles. Afresh
specimen compressed. C. , Oc. I.

(a) Plug-shaped transparent mass inserted into the margin of

the Umbrella.
(h) Proximal wall of the Ring canal.

(c) Hing canal.

(d) Distal wall of the Ring canal.

(e) The rudimentary rest of the Velum.

(/) Large Ectodermal cell of the tentacle-bulb.
(g) First Entodermal cell of the Axis of the Tentacle.
(h) Conic extension of the cavity of the Ring canal into the
Tentacle.

LOCAL COLOUR-VARIETIES OF SCHYPHOMEDUS^E.

A New Species Produced in Forty Years'?

By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

The colours of the lai-ge Medusae are as variable as they are
brilliant, and we generally find the same species appearing in a
long series of finely toned colour-varieties.

I have observed two species of large Medusas, Cyanea Annaskala,
R. v. L., and Crarabessa mosaica H., which although they vary
very much in their colour do not appear in a series of connecting
varieties, but rather as " beginning species " in as much as the
colour in these varieties is quite constant in the different coloured
Medusae met with in different localities.

I have found these two species in Port Phillip, South Coast, and
in Port Jackson, East Coast. Although these two places are not
far apart, still the water is very much warmer in the latter harbour
than in the former. This is owing to the nature of the Ocean
Currents. A warm equatorial current which passes along the
Eastern Coast of Australia, supplies Port Jackson with warmer
and probably Salter water than that with which Port Phillip is
filled. A cold Polar current flows past the entrance to Port
Phillip.

T have found occasion to draw attention to the fact, that
Crambessa mosaica in Sydney was brown, whilst in Melbourne the
same species always appeared deep blue. The brown colour
is not always of the same depth and of similar hue all over the
surface of the Medusa, but varies from the colour of white bread to
that of coffee. The cause of this colour is to be found in yellow
cells, which appear in more or less dense clusters throughout the
gallert. These cells are parasitic Alga?, known as Zooxanthella.
Such Zooxanthellpe are very common in Jelly-fish, Sponges, &c,

926 LOCAL COLOUR-VARIETIES OF SCI1YPHOMEDUS.E,

in all parts of the world. Also, m Port Phillip, I obtained
numerous Actinise, which were infested by them. The Cram-
bessa mosaica of Melbourne however, never shows a trace of a
Zooxanthella, and consequently retains its original blue colour.
In the harbour of Sydney on the other hand, Zooxanthella?, which
appear identical with those in Melbourne are found in great masses
in all Crambessse. In Sydney as well as in Melbourne I had
occasion to see many thousand specimens, and I found that the
Melbourne variety was always blue, but that the Sydney species
was not absolutely always cpiite brown.

With the trawl we sometimes brought up Crambessse from depths
of 10 or 20 metres, which did not show the brown colour very
distinctly, and it appeared that only few heaps of Zooxanthelhe
could be detected with the magnifying glass. In every case some
yellow cells were present.

I think that I might be justified in considering the difference
between the Sydney and Melbourne specimens as sufficient to
make two varieties of them.

In the cold water of Port Phillip, it appears not to be advanta-
geous for the Medusa or the Algse to live symbiotic, whilst this does
appear to be the case in the warm water of Port Jackson. The
Melbourne variety which I name

CRAMBESSA MOSAICA CONSERVATIVA

is blue and has apparently retained the habits of its ancestors.
The Sydney variety which I shall name

CRAMBESSA MOSAICA SYMBIOTICA,

a i \en up this mode of life and has taken to live together with
a Zooxanthella. The difference between the two is evidently the
same as that between Fungi and Lichens. Should the variety Sym-
biotica adapt itself in the ordinary course of natural selection so
wholly to this Symbiotism so as not to be able to live without the
Zooxanthella a new species will have been formed, which may
perhaps be the case already.

( 'ranibessa mosaica has been described by several authors (see
for reference my former paper the Scyphomedusai of the Southern

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 927

Hemisphere.) All the specimens were collected near Sydney, and
the species is described as blue to gray, No one mentions the
bright brown colour, which is so very striking. The latest of these
observers was T. Huxley in the year 1S45. Has the change taken
place since that time 1 Have we to assume that a new species or
variety has been produced within the last forty years 1

If this paper should be read by anyone who has access to the
original type specimens of Quoy et Gaimard or Huxley, it would
be well worth while to examine them so as to find out whether
they can detect any Zooxanthellse in them or not.

Two years ago I described a most beautiful Medusa of Port
Phillip as Cyanea Annaskala, R. v. L. Although this species
appeal's in millions in the place mentioned there is no record of its
having been found anywhere else, and also I have not found it in
any other locality until lately. In September a few specimens
appeared in Port Jackson, which although slightly different in
colour and size must doubtlessly be referred to my species Cyanea
Annaskala. Whilst the Melbourne specimens appeared never to
grow beyond 10 Cm. in diameter, the Sydney specimens attain a
diameter of 20 Cm. and more. There is hardly a doubt that this
Medusa grows to a larger size in the warmer water of the
equatorial current than in the cold water that comes from the
South Pole, the Fauna of which is comparatively poor. There
exists also a difference in the colour of the mouth-arms. The
Melbourne specimens possess mouth arms, which are deep purple
throughout, whilst the purple colour in the Sydney specimens is
found only at the margin.

The margin, which is much thicker than the proximal parts of
the mouth-arms, consists of a number of cells in the Ectoderm,
which here is composed of many layers. The pigment is found in
these cells exclusively and not also in the supporting lamella as in
the Melbourne specimen.

Among the thousands of specimens which I examined at
Melbourne I did not find a single form which might be considered
as a transient variety. The moutharms of all had quite the same
colour, a fact to which I drew attention at the time. As also the

928 LOCAL COLOUR-VARIETIES OF SCHYPIIOMEDUS.E,

few Sydney specimens which I found were constant in this
particular. T consider myself justified in setting up provisionally
two varieties of this species :

CYANEA ANN ASK ALA PURPUREA

found as yet only in Port Phillip, with moutharms which are
richly purple throughout, and

CYANEA ANNASKALA MARGINATA

found as yet only in Port Jackson with moutharms, which are
purple at the free margin, but otherwise appear colourless.

The purple colour in the moutharms is very similar to the
brilliant purple " Sehpurpur " in the sensitive apparatus of the
Retina of some animals, particularly the lizard. When the
Cyanea is placed in a glass aquarium this colour fades in less
than an hour to a dirty brickred. When the Medusa is sick even
in the open sea it is always this colour, which is affected first and
turns into a dirty coffee colour long before the tentacles begin to
drop off, which is always a sign of approaching death.

In my paper on the structure of Cyanea Annaskala, I pointed
out that no pigment occurs in the marginal bodies and that there-
fore the organs of sight of this species, if to be found in the
marginal bodies at all were not nearly so highly developed as in
other Medusas, nor even as in the other species of the same genus,
which do not possess purple moutharms.

Sensitive cells are very numerous, particularly in the purple
margin and contain the purple substance. Ganglia cells are also
met with there. The pigment in the other parts might be con-
sidered as reserve material for that, which may perhaps be used
up by the sensitive cells.

I do not go so far as to draw the conclusion which the reader
will have inferred from the pieceding lines, but I should like to
hint at the possibility of the moutharms of our Medusa being
able to perceive light.

THE METAMORPHOSIS OF BOLINA CHUNI. Nov. Spec.

By R. -von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

Plates XLIV.-XLV.

The extreme delicacy of Ctenaphorae in general must in a great
measure be considered as the reason why so few of these Ccelenterata
have been described from Australian waters. Nevertheless they
really appear to be rare. During my three years stay in the
colonies, a great part of which time was devoted to the investi-
gation of marine animals I have only met with two species one of
which was very abundant in Port Jackson. The swarms consist
apparently of Bolina and Cydippidse, but I found after I had
examined a great number of specimens, that the Cydippidse were
nothing else than the young stages of the Bolina.

The metamorphosis of this Genus has been studied by A. Agassiz
(1), and Chun (2) describes the development of Eucharis multi-
cornis. In both these cases as well as in a few other species of
Lobatse, the young stages are similar to Cydippe.

The metamorphosis of our Bolina is nevertheless slightly different
from that of Bolina alata described by Agassiz (I.e.)

The larvae possess for a long time a perfectly circular transverse
section. (Pig- 5), and are depressed neither in the Gastral nor in
the funnel-plane. The paddle-lines are in the young larva much
longer than in corresponding stages of other Lobate. The apical
Callert masses protrude far beyond the sense organ.

I shall first describe the adult animal

(1.) A. Agassiz. North American Acalephae. Illustrated Catalogue of
the Museum of Comparative Zoology. No. II, 1865.

(2 ) C. Chun. Die Ctenophoren des Golfes von Neapel. Fauna und Flora
des Golfes von Neapel. Band I.

930 I UK METAMORPHOSIS OF BOLINA CHUNI,

BOLINA CHUNI. Nov. spec.

Body slightly compressed. Lobes when expanded about as long
as the body. Surface smooth. Auricels long and triangular with
straight sides and a sharp-pointed end. Bulges above the nerve-
center high, paddles not large and rather numerous. Adradial
canals join the proximal part of Meridional vessels. Curves of the
lobe-vessels simple.

Size : Length 11 Cm., breadth of lobes 9 Cm.

Colour: Perfectly transparent. Lobe-vessels in the adult violet.

The most striking feature of this Bolina is the great bulk of the
lobes, which ai'e thicker than the body, and nearly circular. The
lobe- vessels are extremely simple and show the characteristic
arabese-shaped curves only when the lobe is contracted. The
muscles in the lobe are clearly visible forming an extremely delicate
network of radial and circular fibres, which however, are by no means
so distinct as those in Eucharis multicornis. The body appears in
its upper end decidedly truncate. The stomach is rectangular and
much broader than in other species.

The sense organ is situated about 1 Cm., below the aboral end
of the body.

The specific name needs no explanation.

DEVELOPMENT.

The youngest Bolina Chuni, which I obtained was a globular
larva with about 3 mm., in diameter. (Fig. 3). Decidedly pear-
shaped it differs from the larvae figured by Agassiz and Chun in
shape very much, as the narrow part is the oral, whilst the broad
part, the aboral end of the animal.

The sense organ lies more than half way below the aboral
end of the body, a peculiarity which is met with in very much
younger larvae of Eucharis and Bolina alata. I have mentioned
before that the transverse section of this, as well as of later stages,
is circular. It appears that the larva of Eucharis is compressed
in another direction than the adult animal. (Chun I.e., p. 1 - - . )
Agassiz (I.e., p. 15) states that Bolina is compressed in the same
direction throughout. It appeals, therefore, that this character is
ted to greater changes than has been supposed.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 931

The gastro-vascular system of our larva resembles one stage of
Eucharis very closely. (Chun I.e., Tafel. IX., fig. 7.) The two
tentacles are very long. (Fig. 3), extended up to ten times the
length of the body.

A later stage, measuring 8 mm. in dianietei*, is represented in
figures 4 and 5.

The difference between it and Eucharis larvae of a similar size
mainly consists in the greater width of the canals in the former,
and in the peculiarity that the tentacles arise very much further
from the point where the main channel branches, so that a
continuation of the perradial canal stem is formed which extends
as far beyond the branches as these are distant from the centre
(Fig. 5.)

The paddle-lines are long, and lines can already be traced con-
necting them with the aboi-al pole. (Fig. 4.)

The lobes are very small, about the same size as in a 6 mm.
larva of Eucharis. When the animal attains a length of about
3 Cm., all its parts are developed and it presents the same
appearance as the largest.

The lobes of the smaller species are carried much further apart,
more horizontally than in the larger individuals.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XLIv". and XLV.

BOLINA ChUNI.

Fig. 1. — Large specimen in natural size, painted from life. Seen from the

funnel-plane.
Fig. 2. — The same from the Gastral-plane.

Fig. 3. — Youngest larva, magnified four diameters, painted from life.
Fig. 4. — Older larva, magnified about four diameters from the Gastral-plane,

painted from Jiie.
Fig. 5. — The same from ahove.

61

932 REVISION OF THE MARINE MOLLUSCA OF NEW ZEALAND,

REVISION OF THE MARINE T^NIOGLOSSATE AND
PTENOGLOSSATE MOLLUSCA OF NEW ZEALAND.

By Captain F. W. Hutton, F.G.S., Hon. Memb. Linn. Soc,
New South Wales.

T^ENIOGLOSSA.

Family. Tritonidje.*

Triton tritonis. LinnaBus, Syst. Nat., 2nd edition, 1222. T.
v i riegatus, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., 2nd edition. Vol.
IX., p. 623 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 3. Tryon Man.
Conch. Vol. III., p. 9, pi. 1 ; fig. 1, pi. 3 ; fig. 16, pi. 4:
fig. 25.

Habitat. — Northern parts of the Auckland Province. (Buller.)
Found also through the whole Indo-pacific region.

Triton nodiferus, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., 2nd edition.
Vol. IX., p. 624. T.australis, Lam. I.e. Vol. IX., p. 625 ;
Reeve, Conch. Icon , fig. 12. T. saulice, Reeve, I.e., fig. 17.
Tryon, Man. Conch. Vol, III., p. 10, pi. 1, fig. 2-3, pi. 3, fig.
17, pi. 4, fig. 23.

Habitat. — North Island as far as South Napier, and at Chatham
Island. Found also in Australia, Japan, and other places.

Triton olearium. Linmeus, Syst. Nat., edition. XI., p
748 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 32. T. succinctum, Lamarck.
Anim. sans. Vert., 2nd edition. Vol. IX., p. 628 ; Homb.

* The following species has been omitted : —

Triton f uniforms, Kiener ; inhabits Australia.

BY CAPTAIN F. W. IIUTT0N, F.G.S., &C. 933

and Jacquinot, Voy. Pole Sad., pi. 25, fig. 3 . Tryon Man.

Conch. Vol. III., p. 11, pi. 3, fig. 19, pi. 4, fig. 24; pi. 5,

fig. 27-29 ; pi. 6, fig. 37. T. acclivis, Hutton, Cat. Marine

Moll, of New Zealand, p. 13.
Habitat. — Auckland.
Found in Australia-; Polynesia, and various parts of the world.

Triton spengleri. Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., 2nd edition. Vol.
IX., p. 627, Peeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 36 ; Quoy and Gaimard,
Voy. Astrolabe, Zool., Vol. II., p. 583, pi. 40, figs. 1-2 ; Tryon,
Man. Conch., Vol. IIP, p. 16, pi. 9, fig. 61.
Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand, and at the Chatham Islands.
Found also in Australia and Tasmania.
Panella leucostoma. Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., 2nd edition.
Vol. IX., p. 542 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 4 ; Quoy and
Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool., Vol. IP, p. 546, pi. 40, figs.
3-5. Tryon, Man. Conch., Vol. Ill, p. 42, pi. 23, figs. 53-54.
Habitat. — North Island of New Zealand, and Martin's Pay in
the South Island.

Found also in Australia and Tasmania.
Ranella argus. Gmelin ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 12; Tryon,
Man. Conch., Vol. IIP, p. 44, pi. 24, figs. 61-65. E vexillum,
Sotvb. Pro. Zool. Soc, 1841, p. 51 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig.
13. Hombron and Jaccpiinot, Voy. Pole Sud. Zool., Vol. V.,
p. 115, pi. 25, figs. 38-39. Bursa proditor, Franenfeld, Reise
der Novara, Moll., pi. 1, fig. 1. B. tumida, Dunker, Novit.
Conch., pi. 11, fig. 8.
Habitat. — Auckland to Stewart's Island.

Found also in Tasmania, Chili, St. Paul's Island, and the Cape of
Good Hope.

Family. Doliid,e.

Dolium variegatum. Pamarck, Anim. sans Vert., 2nd edition.
Vol. X., p. 143 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 7.

Habitat. — North Cape to Tauranga.
Found also in Australia.

934 REVISION OF THE MARINE MOLLUSCA OF NEW ZEALAND,

Cassis pyrum. Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., 2nd edition. Vol.
X., p. 33 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 29. C. striatus, Hutton,
Cat. Tertiary Moll, of New Zealand, p. 8 (Young.)
Habitat. — North Island of New Zealand and Martin's Bay in
the South Island.

Found also in Australia and Tasmania.

Cassis achatina. Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert , 2nd edition. Vol.
X., p. 33 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 28.
Habitat. — North parts of Auckland Province.
Found also in Australia and the Cape of Good Hope.

Family. Lamellariid.e.
Coriocella OPHiONE. Gray, Pro. Zool. Soc, 1849, p. 169.
Habitat. — Auckland.

Lamellaria cerebroides. Hutton, Trans., New Zealand
Institute, Vol. XV, p. 122 (1883.)
Habitat. — Dunedin.

Family. Naticid^e.

Natica neozelanica. Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool.
II., p. 237, pi. 66, figs. 11-12 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 90.
Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand.

Natica australis. Hutton, Jour, de Conch., 1878, p. 23

(Lunatra.)
Habitat. — Auckland.

The operculum is calcareous ('Cheesernan, M.S.S.)
Natica vitrea. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand,
p. 21 (1873.) N. amphiala, "Watson, Linn. Soc. Jour., Zool.
XV, p. 261 (1881.)
Habitat. — Stewart's Island and the Chatham Islands.
The operculum is horny.

Family. Turbonillid^e.

Turbonilla neozelanica. Hutton (Chemnitzia) Cat. Marine

Moll, of New Zealand, p. 22 (1873.)

BY CAPTAIN F. W. HUTTON, F.G.S., &C. 935

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand.

Perhaps identical with Turbonilla nitida, Angas, from South
Australia.

Aclis (Rissopsis HTALINA. Hutton, New Zealand Journal of
Science II., p. 173 (1884.) Shell thin, hyaline, white or
brownish, darker at the apex, smooth, polished ; apex blunt,
whorls 5 or 6, rather flattened, the suture well washed,
Aperture ovate, acuminate posteriorly ; columella smooth,
slightly recurved anteriorly.

Length, 0-l inch.

Habitat. — Stewart Island.

Odostomia lactea. Angas, Pro. Zool. Soc, 1867, p. 112, pi. 13,

fig. 11.
Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand.
Found also in Australia.

Family. Pyramidellid^e.

Obeliscuns roseus. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand,
p. 22 (1873.)

Habitat. — Stewart's Island.

Family. CYPRjEiDiE.*

Trivia australis Lamarck, Aaim. sans Vert., 2nd edition.
Vol. X., p. 545; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 138. Gray, Figs.
Moll. Anim., Vol. I., pi. 34, fig. 7.

Habitat. — North Island of New Zealand.
Found also in Australia and Tasmania.

Trivia europ^ea. Mont. G. coccinella, Lamarck, Anim. sans
Vert., 2nd edition. Vol. X., p. 544 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon.,
fig. 129.
Habitat. — North Island of New Zealand.

* The following species have been omitted : —

Cyprcea punctata, Linnaeus; inhabits the Philippines.
Cyprcea annulus, Linnaeus ; inhabits Polynesia.

936 REVISION OF THE MARINE MOLLUSCA OF NEW ZEALAND,

Found also in Europe, &c, and fossil in the miocene beds at
Table Cape, Tasmania.

Family. Cancellariid.e.*

Cancellaria trailli. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zea-
land, p. 20 (1873.)
Habitat. — Stewart's Island.

Family. Triciiotropim:.

Trichotropis inornata. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New

Zealand, p. 26 (1873). T. clathrata, Sowerby in Reeve's

Conch. Icon., fig. 10 (1874); Voy. Erebus and Terror, Moll.,

pi. 1, fig. 21 (1874.)

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand, and at the Chatham

Islands.

Family. CeriitiiudjE.-j-

Bittium terebelloides. Martens, Critical List of the Moll, of
New Zealand, p. 26 (1873.) C . cinctum, Hutton, Cat. Marine
Moll, of New Zealand, p. 27 (1873.)
Habitat. — Throughout New Zewland.

Bittium exilis. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand,
p. 27 (1873), and Trans. New Zealand Inst. Vol. XVI.,
p. 214.
Habitat. — Auckland and Stewait's Island.

Triphoris angasi. Crosse, Jour, de Conch., 1865, pi. 1, figs. 12-13.

C. minimus, Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand,

p. 27 (1873.)
Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand.
Found also in Australia.

* The following species has been omitted : —

Cancellaria ampullacera, Lesson.
t The following species have been omitted : —

Cerithium hicolor, Hombron and Jacquinot.

Cerithium striatum, Hombron and Jacquinot.

Ct rithium nigrum, Homb. and Jacq. ; no desmption,

Cerithium austrak, Quoy and Gaimard.

BY CAPTAIN F. W. HUTTON, F.G.S., &C. 937

Triphoeis gemmulatus. Adams and Reeve, Voy. Samarang.

Moll., p. 46.

Habitat. — New Zealand (Martens).
I have seen no specimens.

Cerithidea. alternate. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New
Zealand, p. 26, (1873).
Habitat. — Tauranga.

Cerithidea bicarinata. Gray, in Dieffenbach's New Zealand,
Vol. TL, p. 241 (1843); Voy. Erebus and Terror, Moll., pi. 1,
fig. 20. C. lunulentum, Kein, Mon. Cerith., pi. 23, fig. 1.
Habitat. — North Island, and Bank's Peninsula.

Cerithidea tricarinata. Hutton, New Zealand Journal of Science.
Vol. I., p. 477 (1883); Trans. New Zealand Institute, Vol.
XVI., p. 214, (1884).
Habitat. — Tauranga.

Cerithidea subcarinata. Sowerby ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig.
28 (1866), C. australis, Gray, in Dieffenbach's New Zealand.
Vol. II., p. 241 [not of Lamarck].

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand, and at the Chatham Islands.

Family. Aporrhaid.e.*

Struthiolaria papulosa. Martyn, Univ. Conch., pi. 54 (1784).
Murex jies-struthlocamell, Chemnitz, Conch. Cab., Vol. X., figs.
1520-21 (1788). Murex stramineus, Gmelin, 13th edition
Linne's Syst. Nat. S. nodulosa, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert.,
2nd edition. Vol. IX., p. 524. *S". papulosa and S. vermis,
Reeve, Conch. Icon., figs. 3 and 4 [not of Mavtyn], S. glgas,
Sowerby, Chenu, fig. 1651.

Habitat. — North Island of New Zealand, and Cook's Straits.

* The following species are omitted : —

Struthiolaria tricarinata, Lesson ; not recognised.
Struthiolaria scutulata, Martyn; inhabits Australia.

938 REVISION OF THE MARINE MOLLUSCA OF NEW ZEALAND,

Struthiolaria vermis. Martyn, Univ. Conch., pi. 53 (1784).
Kiener's, Mon. Stiuth., pi. 2, fig. 3. & australis, Gmelin, in
13th edition, Linne's Syst. Nat. : Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 1.
S. crenulata, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert , 2nd edition. Vol.
IX., p. 533 ; Quoy and Gairaard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool., Vol.
II., p. 430, pi. 31, figs. 7-9. S. iriermis, Sowerby, Thes.,
Conch,, Vol. I., fig. 12.

Habitat. — North Island of New Zealand, and Cook's Straits.
Very rare south of Cook's Straits.

Family Calyptrid.e.

Galerus neozelanicus. Lesson (Sigapatella), Voy. Coquille,
Zool., Vol. II., p. 395 (1830). Crepidula macidata, Quoy and
Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool., Vol. III., p. 422, pi. 72, figs.
6-9 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 15.

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand,

Galerus scutum. Lesson (Sigapatella), Voy. Coquille, Zool., Vol.
II., p. 395 (1830). Trochita tenuis, Gray, Pro. Zool. Soc,
1867, p. 735.

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand.

Crepidula costata. Sowerby, Genera of Shells, fig. 3. Quoy
and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool., Vol. III., p. 414, pi. 72,
figs. 10-12 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 21.

Habitat. — North Island of New Zealand.

Crepidula monoxyla. Lesson, Voy. Coquille, Zool., Vol. II., p.
391. C. contorta, Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool.,
Vol. III., p. 418, pi. 72, figs. 15-16. Crypta profunda, Hutton,
Cat. Tertiary Moll, of New Zealand, p. 14 (1873).
Habitat. — Bay of Islands to Auckland.

Crepidula unguiformis. Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert,, 2nd edition,
Vol. VIII., p. 642 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 1.
Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand. World wide.

BY CAPTAIN F. W. HUTTON, F.G.S., &C. 939

Hipponyx (amalthea) australis. Lamarck, Aniin. sans Vert.
Vol. VI., p. 335. Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool.
Vol. III., p. 434, pi. 72, figs. 25-34.

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand, and the Chatham Islands.
Found also in Australia.

Family. Turritellid-e.

Turritella rosea. Quoy aud Gaimard. Voy. Astrolabe, Zool.
Vol. III., p. 136, pi. 55, figs. 24-26 (1834); Reeve, Conch.
Icon., fig. 41.

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand, and in the Chatham Islands.

Turritella vittata. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand,
p. 29, (1873).

Habitat. — North Island of New Zealand.

Turritella fulminata. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New
Zealand, p. 29 (1873).
Habitat. — Northern part of the Auckland Province.

Turritella carlott.<e. Watson, Linn Soc. Jour. Vol. XV., p.

222 (1880).

Habitat. — Queen Charlotte's Sound.

Turritella pagoda. Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 60 (1849).

Habitat. — Northern Part of the Auckland Province.

Turritella tricincta. Hutton, Cat. Tertiary Moll, of New
Zealand, p. 13 (1873). Eylisia symmetrica, Hutton Cat.
Marine Moll, of New Zealand, p. 30 (Young). Turritella
rosea, Mantell, Quar. Jour. Geol. Soc, Vol. VI., pi. 28, fig.

16, (1850).

Habitat. — Lyttelton Harbour ; Stewart's Island.

Eglisia plicata. Hutton, (Rissoa) Cat. Marine Moll, of New
Zealand, p. 29 (1S73).
Habitat. — Auckland and Stewart's Island.

940 REVISION OF THE MARINE MOLLUSCA OF NEW ZEALAND,

Family. Rissoid.e.*

Rissoina (Eatoniella) olivacea. Hutton, (Dardania), Trans.
New Zealand Institute. Vol. XIV., p. 147, pi. 1, fig. k, (1882).

Habitat. — Lyttleton.

Shell ovate, smooth, very dark brown when dry ; aperture not
continuous.

Length, O08 inch.

Rissoina annulata. Hutton, New Zealand Jour, of Science.
Vol. II., p. 173 (1884).

Habitat. — Auckland

Shell ovate, smooth, brown, often with a paler band just below
the suture. Whorls 5, slightly rounded, the suture well marked,
Aperture rounded, continuous in the adult.

Length, 0-08 inch.

Distinguished from B purpurea by its shape and better marked
sutures.

Rissoa rugulosa. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand,
p. 28 (1873.) Uulima chathamensis, Hutton, I.e., p. 23.

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand and at the Chatham
Islands. According to Mr. Justice Gillies it is the same as R.
variegata, Angas, from Australia.

Our largest species, elongately curved, white or yellowish white.
The spire whorls ai'e longitudinally ribbed, but the body whorl is
smooth.

Length, 0-3 inch.

Rissoa purpurea. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand,
p. 29 (1873.) R. subfusca, Hutton, I.e., p. 28.

Habitat. — Stewart's Island.

Shell subulately elongated, yellowish with a purple spire, and a
white band below the suturs, apertures rounded, continuous.

Length, 01 2 inch.

The following species has been omitted : —

Rissoa fasciata, Adams ; inhabits Australia.

BY CAPTAIN F. W. HUTTON, F.G.S., &C. 941

Eissoa impolita. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand,
p. 29 (1873,)
Habitat. — Stewart's Island.

Shell conoidal, white, whorls flattened, finely spirally striated ;
sature small.

Length, 0-1 inch.
Eissoa NANA. Hntton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand,
p. 28 (1873.)

Habitat. — Stewart's Island and Auckland.

Shell oval, spire short and blunt ; whorls longitudinally ribbed.

Length, 01 inch.
Eissoa rosea. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand,
p. 29 (1873.)

Habitat. — Stewart's Island.

Shell ovate, pink ; whorls rather flat ; mouth not continuous.

Length, 0*07 inch.
Eissoa flammulata. Hutton, Jour, de Conch., 1878, p. 28.

Habitat. — Auckland.

Shell turbinately conical, polished red with oblique white rays ;
aperture not continuous.

Length, 0*25 inch.
Eissoa limbata. Hutton, New Zealand Journal of Science. Vol.
I., p. 477 (1883); Trans. New Zealand Institute. Yol.
XVI., p. 214 (1884).

Habitat. — Auckland.

Shell turbinately conical, polished ; ashy brown with white spots
at the suture.

Length, Oil inch.

Family. Littorixid.e.*

Littorina cincta. Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool.
II., p. 481, pi. 33, fig. 20-21 (1833); Eeeve, Conch. Icon.,

* The following species have been omitted : —
Littorina vilis, Menke.
IAttorina novce-zealandice, Reeve.
Risella melanostoma, Gmelin ; inhabits Australia.
(R. Kiehnansegge. Frankf.)

942 REVISION OF THE MARINE MOLLUSCA OP NEW ZEALAND,

fig. 53. L. angulijera, Gould, Otia Conch., p. 55 (1846.)
L. luctuosa; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 65 (1857.)

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand, and the Chatham Islands.

Littorina mauritiana. Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert. L. dimene?isis,
Quoy and Gaimai'd, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. II., p. 479, pi. 33,
fig. 8-11 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 94 (1833). L. antipodum,
Philippi, abbild. a Berch. Conch. Littorina, p. 195, tab. Vol.
IV., fig. 2(1847),

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand and at the Chatham Islands.

Found also in Tasmania, Australia, and the Mauritius.

This species is quite distinct from L. neritoides, L , and I suppose
therefore that Tenison-Wood is wrong in uniting it with L. cosrtoles-
cens. Lam.

Fossarina varius. Hutton. Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand,
(Aderorbis) p. 35 (1873).
Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand, and at the Chatham
Islands.

Family. VermetiD;E.

Vermetus (Bivonia) neozelanicus. Guoy and Gaimard, Voy.
Astrolabe, Zool. Vol. III., p 293, pi. 67, figs. 16-17 (1833).
Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand.

Vermetus (Siphonium) lamellosus. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll,
of New Zealand, p, 30 (1S73).
Habitat. — Cook's Straits in deep water.

Vermetus (Strephopoma) roseus. Quoy and Gaimard, Voy.
Astrolabe, Zool. Vol. II., p. 300, pi. 67, figs. 20-24.
Habitat. — Hauraki Gulf.

Siliquaria australis. Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool.
Vol. II., p. 302 ; Chenu, Man. Conch., figs. 2, 3, 10.
Habitat. — Hauraki Gulf.
Found also in Australia. Doubtfully identified.

BY CAPTAIN F. W. IIUTT0N", F.G.S., &C. 943

PTENOGLOSSA.

Family. Scalarid^e.

Scalaria zelebori. Frauenfeld, Peise der Novara, Moll., p. 1,
fig. 6 (18G7.)

Habitat. — Auckland, Stewart's Island.

Varices 12-13 ; distinct spiral ribs, body whorl keeled.

IScalaria jukesiana. Forbes, Voy. Eattlesnake, App., p. 383,
fig. 7. S. wellingtonensis, T. W. Kirk, Trans. New Zealand
Inst. Vol. XIIL, p. 307 (1882.)
Habitat. — North Island cf New Zealand.
Found also in Australia and Tasmania.

Varices 1 7-20 ; no spiral ribs, no ridges on the body whorl ;
pure white.

Scalaria tenella. Hutton (1885.) S. lineolafa, Cat. Marine
Moll, of New Zealand, p. 22 [not of Keiner.] S. Gra., Man.
New Zealand, Moll., p. 70 [not of Sowerby.]
Habitat. — Auckland.

Varices about 20 in the body whorl ; no spiral ribs ; white with
a pale brown band on the anterior part of the body whorl. Not
so acute as the last species,

Family. Onustid^e.

Xenophora conchyliophora. Bora ; Phorus agglutinans,
Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert. Vol. IX., p( 161.
Habitat. — Hauraki Gulf (Cheeseman).
Found also in the West Indies.

Family. SoLARiiDiE.

Solarium luteum. Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., 2nd edition.
Vol. IX., p. 100 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon, fig. 14.
Habitat. — Auckland (Mathews), Wellington (Kirk.)
Found also in Australia and the Mediterranean Sea.

944 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Family. JanthinibvE.
Janthina communis. Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert 2nd edition.
Vol. IX., p. 4 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 5.
Habitat. — North Island of New Zealand.
Found also in Australia.
Janthina iiucolor. Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 23.

Habitat. — North Island of New Zealand.
Janthina exigua. Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., 2nd edition.
Vol. IX , p. 5 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 21.
Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand and at the Chatham Island.
Found also in Australia.

Notes and Exhibits.
Dr. Cox read the following letter from Mr. Benjamin Hinde,
R.N., of H.M.S., Diamond, on the poisonous effects of the bite
inflicted by the Conus Geographicus, Linn, on the natives of New
Britain : —

" H.M.S. Diamond,
" At Sea, Lat. 10° 1J/ S., Long. 155° 34' E.
" The following facts which I have learned partly by hearsay, and
partly by personal observation, concerning the shell, known as
Conus Geographies, of Linnreus, may be of intei'est.

" What first drew my observation to this curious power of C.
Geographies was, a native of Nodup, New Britain, an interpreter
on board H.M.S. Diamond, seeing me with a specimen of C.
Geographies in my hand, remarked, " suppose he bite he kill man."
Thinking this to be an exaggeration on the part of the native, but
at the same time thinking that he must have some reason for so
saying, I encpured of him more particularly as to how the shell
would harm any one, as at the time I fancied that he meant if the
edge of the shell cut a person by accident it would cause blood
poisoning, however, he described how that the fish would bite and
that the bite was poisonous, and that it always killed people if they
did not cut themselves to let the blood run, all round the place
bitten, he also promiseed to procure me a live specimen and shew
me how it bit.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 945

" This promise lie carried out as nearly as lie could for lie brought
rue the shell, but said when he went to take it up the animal had
retired or rather, commenced to retire into its shell when he cut
off the head, which he brought me separated from the shell. The
shell he brought was about 5 inches in length.

"Some time afterwar-ds being in conversation with a Mr. B.
Parkinson, a New Britain Cctton Planter, I encpiired if he knew
any thing of this man's statement about this Conus. He told me
that he believed it to be perfectly true, and that he had written
about it to some one in Sydney.

" I should have taken no more notice of the statement but for
the fact, that / saw myself, a native, on the Island cf Matupi,
Blanche Bay, New Britain, \vho had been bitten by one, and who
had at once cut small incisions with a sharp stone all over his arm
and shoulder from which the blood had flowed freely, and he
explained to me that if he had not taken these precautions that he
would have died. He explained to me also the shell and how he
had been bitten (there was a small mark about the size of a three-
penny piece) between his finger and thumb, but upon close exami-
antion there were two small incisions in the centre but from which
evidently no blood had come.

" I may mention that to stop the bleeding of the numerous cuts
in his arm and shoulder, hot wood ashes had been put on them, and
the arm seemed to be stiff and useless for the time. But whether
this was the effect of the bite or the cure I really am unable to
state.

" Many natives whom I cpiestioned, (shewing them the shell at
the same time) said that the bite was deadly.

" Hoping that these few observations may be of use either as
information, or conformation to Conchologists generally.

"Benj. Hugh Hinde, B.N."

Dr. Cox stated that an instance had been recorded by Mr.
Arthur Adams of a poisoned wound produced by the bite of Conus
aulicus, Linn. The Bev. W. "Wyatt Gill had recorded the fatal
effects of the bite of the Conus textilis. Linn., and Mr. Brazier

946 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

bad informed Dr. Cox that he had known severe effects caused
by the bite of the Conus tulipa. Linn. This was the first instance
Dr. Cox had heard of the poisonous effects of Conus Geographicus.

Dr. Cox exhibited a collection of Fibres, obtained by maceration
from the bark of indigenous trees growing on the Northern rivers
of N.S.W. Also, two distinctly banded specimens of Helix
Angasiana collected by the President on the Barrier Ranges ; and a
new species of Land Shell from New Britain, which he had
obtained from Mr. Hinde of H M.S. Diamond, and which he
proposed to call Cochlostyla Hindei. The type specimen is in the
Australian Museum.

Mr. H. Gilliat exhibited a Stone Implement which had been
found near the Darling above Wilcannia. It is 17 inches long
and If inch in diameter, one end being pointed and the other
nearly flat, slightly concave. The use of this implement is not
understood by the natives at present living in the district ; but it is
believed to have been employed as a roller or pestle for crushing
the nardoo seed. It is somewhat similar in shape to the one which
was recently exhibited from the Walgett district.

The President exhibited several interesting specimens of Argen-
tiferous Lead Ores and Chloride of Silver from the lodes in the
Barrier Ranges.

Mr. Masters exhibited specimens of six extremely rare Austra-
lian Beetles, viz. : — Aulacopsis Reichei, Schizorhina Digglesii,
Cacostomus squamosus, Stigmodera Chevrolati, Megamerus Kingii,
and a species of Mecomastix.

Mr. Gervase F. Mathew, F.L.S., of H.M.S. Espiegle exhibited
a number of remarkably perfect and beautiful specimens of
Papilio Godeffroyi, Semp. from Samoa, and of P. Schmeltzi, Herr.
Sckaff., from Fiji, which he had reared at sea from larva; obtained
at these Islands, and fed on the leaves of a species of Aralia. He
exhibited also the ova, pupa, and larva of each insect, and
mentioned that these stages had not previously been observed.

WEDNESDAY, 29th OCTOBER, 1884.

The President, C. S. Wilkinson, Esq., F.L.S., F.G.S., in the chair.

The Rev. T. Wyatt Gill, H. B. Brady, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S., J.
Harris, Esq., and T. W. David, Esq., B.A., F.G.S., were intro-
duced as visitors.

MEMBERS ELECTED.

Leopold F. Woolrych, Esq., of Newtown ; Mons. Jean Lison,
Analytical Chemist, of Noumea, New Caledonia.

DONATIONS.

" Reistochen naar de Geelvinkbaai op Nieuw Guinea in den
Jahren 1869-70, door G. B. H. von Rosenberg," 4to, 1875. From
Baron N. de M-Maclay.

" Science," Vol. IV., Nos. 78 to 84, August 1st to September
12th, 1884. From the Editor.

" Bulletin of the Museum of Comp. Zool., at Harvard College,
Cambridge, Mass." Vol. XL, No. 10. From the Museum.

" Karte des Tasman Gletscher von Dr. R. von Lendenfeld,"
1884. From the Compiler.

" Zoologischer Anzeiger," Jahrg. VIL, Nos. 174, 175, 176,
18th August to 15th September, 1884. Fiom the Editor.

"Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society," Ser. II., Vol.
IV., Part 4, August, 1884. From the Society.

" Annali del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Genova."
Volumes VI to XX., inclusive, 8vo, 1874 to 1884. From the
Director.

62

948 DONATIONS.

" Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London." Part 2,
for 1884. " List of Fellows," 1884. From the Society.

" Joirrnal of the Linnean Society of London." Botany, Vol.
XX., Nos. 130-131, Vol. XXL, Nos. 132-133, April 26th to 30th,
1884. Zoology, Vol. XVIL, Nos. 101-102, October 20th, 1883,
and February 29th, 1884. Also " Proceedings," November, 18S2,
to June, 1883, and " List of Fellows," 1883.

" Notiser ur Sallskapets pro Fauna et Flora Fennica Forhand-
lingar." Parts III., IX. to XIV. and XVIIL, 1857 to 1882.
" Acta," Vol. I., 1875-77. « Meddelanden," Parts I. to VEIL,
1876 to 1881. From the Society.

"Victorian Naturalist," Vol. I., No. 9, September, 1884. From
the Field Naturalists Club of Victoria.

" Tijdschrift voor Entomologie." Vol. XXVII. Parts 1 and 2,
1884. From the Entomological Society of the Netherlands.

" Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes." No. 167, September, 1884.
From the Editor.

" Illustrations of the Nueva Quinologia of Pavon." By W. Fitch,
F.L.S., and J. E. Howard, F.L.S., l'Vol., folio (with coloured
plates), 1882. From E. C. Merewether, Esq.

" Course of Instruction in Zootomy," (Vertebrata.) By Prof-
T. Jeffrey Parker, B.Sc, 8vo, 1882. From W. A. Haswell, Esq.,
M.A., &c.

" Report on the Zoological Collections made in the Indo-Pacific
Ocean during the voyage of H.M.S. 'Alert,' 1881-82," 1 Vol.,
8vo, 1884. From the Trustees of the British Museum.

A large and valuable collection of lichens made by Dr.
Knight in New Zealand. Presented by the Rev. William Woolls,
Ph. D., F.L.S.

" The Higher branch of Science, or Materialism refuted by facts."
By H. J. Browne, pamphlet, 8vo, 1884. From the Author.

" Mittheilungen aus der Zoologischen Station zu Neapel." Band.
V., Heft. 2, 1884. From the Director.

PAPERS READ.

SUGGESTIONS AS TO THE MODE OF FORMATION OF
BARRIER REEFS IN BOUGAINVILLE STRAITS,
SOLOMON GROUP.

By H. B. Guppy, M.B., Surgeon, R.N.

[Plate LVIIL]

A broken line of barrier-reef skirts the eastern extremity of
the large island of Bougainville at a distance of about fifteen
miles from the coast, and incloses a wide expanse of water, forty
to fifty fathoms deep, dotted by an archipelago of islands and
inlets, mostly of volcanic formation. This line of reef fringes the
edge of a sub-marine platform which may be described as the sab-
merged extension of the adjacent coast of Bougainville. On its
seaward side the slope of the reef descends rapidly beneath the sea
at an angle varying between 15° and 20Q, the "hundred fathom "
line being removed to between one-quarter and one-third of a
mile from the outer edge. Reserving a general description of the
reefs of these Straits until the completion of the survey, I will at
present confine my remarks to a sub-group known as the Short-
land Islands, a collection of islands which have been upheaved
along the line of the barrier-reef at the south-west corner of the
submerged platform above alluded to.

Viewed from seaward the Shortland Islands have a low-lying
level profile never probably attaining an elevation much in excess
of 400 feet above the sea. They consist of one main island named
Alu (alu), eight to ten miles in length, the coasts of which, more
especially those on the weather sides, are skirted by lines of
smaller islands and islets. Alu — the main island — is composed in
great part of a soft calcareous deposit containing numbers of the
shells of pteropods, foraminiferous tests, and other organic

950 FORMATION OF BARRIER REEFS IN BOUGAINVILLE STRAITS,

remains, and overlaid by a crust of coral-limestone which probably
rai-ely exceeds a hundred feet in thickness : whilst the lines of
islands, which skirt its coasts, are in reality elevated lines of
barrier-reefs formed of the coral-rock. The most interesting
feature, however, of the geology of this small group of islands — a
subject to which I can only briefly refer in connection with the
subject of this paper — is the occurrence of volcanic formations in
the north-west corner of the main island of " Alu," the volcanic
portion passing into the calcareous region of the island without
any indication shewn in the profile and surface-contour of such a
change of formation.

My examination of the Shortland Islands has led me to the
conclusion that they have been formed dining a movement of
elevation by the advancement of successive lines of barrier-reefs
in a prevailing south-eastern direction from the north-west corner
of the main island of " Alu," where the volcanic formations
occur. The ancient lines of barrier-reefs are still preserved in the
interior of this Island by ridges of coral-limestone, which usually
have a constant trend at right angles to the prevailing trade-wind
The more recent lines of barrier-reefs, which have also experienced
elevation, are represented by the broken lines of islands and
inlets, some of which rise over a hundred feet above the sea, that
skirt the weather coasts of "Alu." The accompanying diagram,
which represents a section drawn N.W. to S.E., may make the
foregoing remarks more clear. I have purposely drawn it on an
exaggerated scale, since on the true scale the more characteristic
features could not be delineated.

On the opposite side of Bougainville Straits, a broken line of
barrier-reef skirts the western extremity of Choiseul Island
inclosing a lagoon-channel known as Choiseul Bay, which has a
breadth vai-ying between half and three-quarters of a mile, and a
depth in the deeper parts between thirteen and eighteen fathoms,
where a sheltered anchorage is obtained. (Vide plan of this
locality.) The submarine slope on the outer side of the barrier-
reef has a more gradual descent than that which prevails among
other reefs of this character in the Solomon Group, the " hundred

BY H. B. GUPPY, M.B., SURGEON, R.N. 951

fathom " line lying about three-fifths of a mile from the edge of
the reef and representing a general inclination of about 10°.
The gradual character of the submarine slope of this barrier-reef
is a feature on which I lay a particular stress : I have previously
referred, in the instance of the long line of barrier-reef on the
Bougainville side of the Straits, to the more rapid submarine
slope (15° to 20°) as indicated by the nearer approach to the
coast of the " hundred fathom " line.

On the line of barrier-reef which incloses Choiseul Bay five
wooded islets have been formed. They are for the most part
formed of materials thrown up by the waves at the present sea
level ; but the presence in some of the larger islets of elevated
coral-rock in mass affords evidence of the whole line of reef
having been upheaved recently some six feet or more. An islet
of coral-limestone, which rises up in the midst of the lagoon-
channel to between 20 and 25 feet above the high-tide level,
affords testimony of a recent movement of upheaval to that extent.
To the northward this line of barrier-reef meets the coast at the
head of the bay where it joins the shore-reef ; to the southward,
it is continued as a sunken line of reef covered by five or six
fathoms of water with a channel thirty fathoms deep inside.

The interior of the adjacent portion of Choiseul Island displays
long level ridges with intervening valleys running parallel to the
coast — a surface-contour resembling that of the interior of the
Shortland Island before described. An examination of the hills
near the coast has shown that the geological features are much the
same as those of the Shortland Island ; a soft calcareous deposit
containing pteropod-shells, foraminiferous tests, and other oi'ganic
remains, forms the bulk of these hills, being itself encrusted by
the coral-limestone. Here then, as in the Shortland Island,
barrier-reefs have been formed in a region which has been under-
going upheaval during a prolonged period : but in neither locality
was I able to find a clue to the problem of their formation until I
had taken a series of soundings off the outer edge of the Choiseul
Bay reef, a subject to which I will immediately refer.

952 FORMATION OF BARRIER REEFS IS BOUGAINVILLE STRAITS,

The profile, which I have appended, of the seaward slope of this
barrier-reef, has been drawn on a true scale, partly from my own
soundings which extended to forty fathoms, and partly from those
made by the officers of the survey as far as the " hundred fathom
line." As shewn in this section, the submarine portion of the reef
at first slopes gradually to a depth of four or five fathoms, when it
plunges down by a steep declivity another nine or ten fathoms,
from the foot of which there is a less precipitous talus-like slope to
a depth of about twenty fathoms from the surface. Beyond, there
extends a broad ledge covered by from 23 to 25 fathoms of water
which terminates in another rapid slope to a depth of a hundred
fathoms, which is the limit of the section. Living corals flourish
on the upper part of the submarine slope down to the cliff or
declivity above referred to. In depths of fifteen to twenty fathoms
at the foot of this submarine cliff there appeared to be very little
living coral, since out of twelve casts in these depths the armings
brought up calcareous sand and gravel on eight occasions. Carry-
ing the soundings further seaward on the broad ledge previously
described, I found that the armings of my lead gave much less
frequent indications of the occurrence of sand and gravel, whilst the
greater proportion of the casts shewed the presence of living coral.
Out of eleven soundings in depths between 23 and 4-0 fathoms,
seven shewed a perfectly clean indentation on the arming as of
living coral ; biit on account of the swaying movement of the lead
only two of these impressions were recognisable : from a depth of
23 fathoms the prints of the contiguous stars of an Astrsea were
preserved ; and in a subsequent cast of 31 fathoms the impressions
of a rounded knob of a Porites with its characteristic small cells were
similarly displayed. A reference to the section in profile of this
reef will explain this distribution of the detritus and of the living
coral.

Sand and gravel, derived from the constant action of the rollers
breaking on the edge of the reef-flat, would naturally tend to collect
at the foot of the first declivity in depths of fifteen to twenty
fathoms ; in such a situation living coral would be scarcely
expected to thrive ; but in the more level region beyond, as the

BY H. B. GUPPY, M.B., SURGEON, R.N. 953

sand and gravel thinned away, conditions more suitable for the
growth of coral would be found, and this is the conclusion towards
which my soundings pointed. There would thus appear to exist
on the outer submarine slope of this barrier-reef, in depths of
fifteen to twenty fathoms, a belt of detritus dividing into two
portions the zone in which the reef-building corals thrive. (I
have marked the position of this belt in the section by a cross.)
Had my soundings been confined to the upper of these two sub-
zones, I should have been justified to a great extent, on reaching
the belt of sand and gravel, in concluding that coral did not
thrive in depths beyond fifteen fathoms ; but by subsequently
extending such soundings seaward across this band of detritus into
the lower or outer sub-zone, I should have exposed the fallacious
character of such a conclusion.

The results of these soundings supplied me with an explanation
of the growth of barrier-reefs in a region of elevation, which I will
briefly review in the light of numerous observations I have made
in this group on the growth of coral-reefs during the past two years.

If we imagine an Island, oi-iginally formed from the materials
ejected from some volcanic vent and bare of coral-reefs, to afford,
after the extinction of the subterranean fires, the conditions for
growth on its coasts for reef-building corals, a fringing reef of
varying width according to the degree of inclination of the sub-
marine slope will ultimately invest its shores. In coiu-se of time,
the detritus of the corals will collect in a band of calcareous sand
and gravel on the outer slope of the reef, marking the apparent
limit of the depths in which the reef-corals are usually stated to
thrive. But the vertical and horizontal extension of such a band
of detritus will be mainly determined, as my observations on the
Choiseul barrier-reef have shewn, by the presence and position of
submarine declivities and by the degree of inclination of the slope.
In such a zone of sand and gravel corals will not thrive ; but if the
submarine slope has a veiy gradual inclination, as in the case of
the barrier-reef of Choiseul Bay, the lower limit of this zone of
detritus mav lie within the depths in which reef-building corals
flourish, and a line of barrier-reef begin lying parallel with the
fringing reef, but separated by a deep channel.

954 FORMATION OF BARRIER REEFS IN BOUGAINVILLE STRAITS,

On the other hand, should the submarine slope have a more
rapid descent, the lower limit of the belt of detritus may extend
far beyond the depths in which reef-corals can thrive : in such a
case no barrier-reef will form, and the original fringing-reef will
continue to grow outwards on its own talus. On this view the
occurrence of barrier-reefs and of fringing-reefs on different parts
of the coast of the same island may be readily explained as due to
the different degrees of inclination of the submarine slope.

Keeping in view the foregoing explanation of the formation of
a barrier-reef in a district which may for a long period have exper-
ienced no change in the relative positions of land and sea, we can
perceive how in an area of elevation line after line of barrier-reef
will be formed as from time to time fresh portions of the sea-bottom,
previously below the reef-coral zone, are brought up within the
depths in which reefs commence their growth ; line upon line of
barrier-reef will be thus advanced, each growing up along the lower
limit of the belt of detritus derived from the line of reef inside
it. In process of time the elevating movement assisted by the
accumulation of sediment, the growth of branching corals, and the
reclaiming agency of the mangrove, will bring about the filling up
of the passages or lagoon-channels between the lines of reef, until
at length a tract of land is produced rising gradually from the sea-
border to the interior but with the ancient lines of barrier-reef
still indicated by ridges of coral-limestone on its surface. Such in
fact is in my mind the histoiy of the formation of the Shortland
Islands and I opine of the western extremity of the Choiseul Island.
In the former locality we have the original Island of volcanic
formation in the North-west corner, from which, as from a nucleus,
line after line of barrier-reef has been advanced in a south-easterly
direction, forming ultimately, during the continuance of the elevation,
the large Island of " Alu." Should this elevating movement beat
present suspended, as would appear to be indicated by the great
width of the reef-flats still over-flowed by the sea on the weather
coasts of the outlying islands, there yet remains a considerable
addition to be made to the sea-border of " Alu " by the filling up
of the passages between the lines of islands which represent

BY H. B. GUPPY, M.B., SURGEON, R.N. 955

elevated barrier-reefs on its weather coasts. Such a process is in
actual operation at the present time in the passages, the encroach-
ment of the mangrove on either side and the upward growth of
coral in the channels being the agencies at present effecting this
operation. These remarks may be made more clear by a reference
to the section of the Shortland Islands.

It follows from this view of the formation of barrier-reefs in
this region that the lagoon channels inside the reefs should never
be deeper than the zone in which reef building corals are stated to
thrive, a depth from which my soundings in different parts of the
Solomon Group I place at fifteen fathoms, but which has been
variously estimated in other parts of the world, where coral reefs
occur, at from ten to thirty fathoms. The passages inside the
reefs of the Shortland Islands and Choiseul Bay, comply with this
condition. Depths however of forty to fifty fathoms occur, as
stated in the commencement of this paper, inside the line of
barrier reef that skirts the eastern extremity of Bougainville.
Similar depths are not uncommon in the lagoon channels of barrier-
reefs in other regions of the Pacific ; and thus this view of the
formation of barrier-reefs apparently breaks down. There,
however, appears to be no " a priori " reason why reef-building
corals should not thi-ive beyond the belt of calcareous sand and
gravel that apparently marks the limit of their zone, and therefore
in depths greater than those which are usually accepted as
favouring the growth of reefs. Soundings off the outer edge of
barrier-reefs have rarely been extended (in the Pacific at least)
much beyond fifty fathoms, the presence of the sand and gravel,
which I hold to be merely gathered together into a belt, having
been considered as marking the lower limit of the reef coral zone.
I refer not to the soundings taken in a nautical survey which fail
to particularize the nature of the bottom with sufficient accui'acy,
but to such lines of soundings as are taken by observers with a
specific object before them.

My observations on the recently elevated calcareous formations
of this group enable me to approach this subject by another road ;
and in passing from the consideration of a probable cause of the

956 FORMATION OF BARRIER REEFS IN BOUGAINVILLE STRAITS,

origin of barrier-reefs to the study of such reefs when upraised, with
their foundations above the sea, I at once enter a domain of greater
certainty. These investigations have shown that coral-reefs are
based usually on a partially consolidated calcareous ooze, often
foraminiferous, generally abounding with recent shells, and now
and then laden with pteropod-shells in considerable numbers, the
thickness of the overlying coral-rock rarely exceeding a hundred
feet. That the reef-corals commence to grow on such a bottom, and
not on a layer of detritus of sand and gravel, is shewn by the
fact of my finding at Santa Anna two massive corals of the
Astrseidae, the largest four feet in diameter, imbedded in the
position of growth, at a height of forty feet above the sea, in the
base of a coral-limestone cliff where they almost rested on the
subjacent partially consolidated ooze. It is a noteworthy circum-
stance that in my numerous soundings off the outer edge of reefs in
this group, I.e., extending to fifty fathoms, the armings never
brought up any other indication of the nature of the bottom,
outside the usually accepted coral-zone, than that of calcareous sand
and gravel. In truth my soundings down to depths of fifty
fathoms failed to reach the ooze. It would therefore appear that
such reefs as those of the Shortland Island commenced to build in
depths greater than fifty fathoms. If elevation had brought the
ooze within these depths uncovered by the calcareous detritus, the
armings would probably have recorded such an occurrence amongst
some of my numerous soundings. The following question then
seems pertinent to the subject in hand. How is it that since
coral-reefs base their foundations on calcareous ooze, it is necessary
to go far beyond the depths in which reef-corals are usually stated
to thrive to reach the ooze. The reply to such a query may furnish
a more satisfactory explanation of the depths of forty and even
sixty fathoms, which have been found in the lagoon channels of
barrier-reefs and in the lagoons of atolls, than those which have
been hitherto advanced. Mr. Darwin admitted that an objection
to his theory of subsidence might be found in " the circumstance
of the lagooos within atolls and within barrief-reefs never having
become in any one instance during prolonged subsidences of a

BY H. B. GUPPY, M.B., SURGEON, R.N. 957

greater depth than 60 fathoms, and seldom more than 40 fathoms"
but he met it with the explanation that such lagoons are being
filled up, pari ])ctssu with the downward movement, by the growth
of corals and the accumulation of sediment (Coral Reefs, edit.,
1842, p. 115.) In the second of two papers by Prof. Arch. Geikie,
published in "Nature'1" (Dec. 6th, 1883) on "The Origin of
Coral Reefs," -where the arguments for and against the theory of
subsidence are fully examined, the more recent views advanced by
Mr. Murray and Prof. A. Agassiz are dwelt upon at some length.
My observations on the raised calcareous formations in this Group
go far to support the modification in Mr. Darwin's theory which
appears to have become necessary ; but since these observations
aud my collections are now in the hands of Mr. Murray, I must
at present forbear from further remarks on the subject. It may
not however, be out of place to observe that amongst the reefs I
have examined in this group I have not found evidence of the
solution of the coral-rock taking such an important part in the
formation of lagoons as is implied in Mr. Murray's description of
the reef at Tahiti.

The leading points of my paper I may briefly summarise as
follows : —

(1). That reefs of the barrier class exist in Bougainville
Straits, a region which has been undergoing upheaval
during a prolonged period.

(2). That these reefs may be arranged in two classes, (a)
those which have been formed at the present sea level ;
and (b) those, which having experienced upheaval, are
now represented by lines of islands and islets of coral
limestone, varying in elevation between a few feet to
over a hundred feet above the sea, their lagoon channels
being still preserved but often very shallow.

(3). That the Shortland Islands have been produced by the
successive advancements of lines of barrier-reefs from a
nucleus of land of volcanic formation during a period of
upheaval, a process which resembles that by which,

958 FORMATION OF BARRIER REEFS IN BOUGAINVILLE STRAITS,

according to the observations of Professor A. Agassiz,
the southern extremity of Florida is growing westward,
but with this distinction, that in Florida the area seems
to have remained stationary for a long period, the lagoon
channels between the concentric lines of reef being
merely silted up into dry land.

(4). That the calcareous detritus, which covers the outer
slopes of reefs in this group in depths usually of twenty
fathoms and beyond, is probably a band dividing the
zone of reef-building corals into two sub-zones where the
slope is gradual, but where the slope is of a more rapid
character extending far beyond the coral zone.

(5). That in the case of reefs which possess such a gradual
slope that the lower margin of this band of detritus lies
within the zone of reef building corals, a line of barrier-
reef will be ultimately formed beyond this band with a
deep channel inside : but that in the case of reefs, which
possess a more rapid submarine slope so that the lower
limit of the band of detritus extends far beyond the
depths in which the reef corals thrive, no such line of
barrier-reef will be formed.

(6). That where the area is undergoing elevation, a succession
of concentric lines of barrier-i*eefs would thus originate,
line after line being advanced, as fresh portions of the
sea bottom are brought towards the surface, each line
growing upward along the lower margin of the belt of
detritus derived from the line of reef inside it.

(7). That inasmuch as my observations go to show that the
elevated reefs in this group repose on a partially consoli-
dated calcareous ooze which is not found in depths under
fifty fathoms on the outer slopes of the present reefs, it
is probable that coral reefs may commence to build in
depths gi'eater than those usually assigned.

(8). That on such a view may be readily explained the
circumstance, that the depths of the lagoons inside
barrier-reefs and atolls so frequently exceed the depths
in which reef corals are stated to thrive.

BY H. B. GUPPY, M.B., SURGEON, R.N. 959

An apparent objection here presents itself with reference to the
last two conclusions. If reefs begin to build their foundations in
depths greater than those which are usually assigned to them, the
thickness of the elevated coral formations I examined ought to
have been far in exces_s of a hundred feet. But fringing reefs
themselves are restricted to shallow waters around the coast, and
their seawai'd extension in localities where the submarine slope is
steep must be extremely slow. Whilst, on the other hand, in an
area of elevation, such as that in which the Solomon Islands are
included, barrier-reefs, which begin to grow in depths not less
than fifty fathoms, may owe their approach towards the surface as
much to the elevating movement as to the verv slow upward
growth of the coral. It should also be borne in mind that the
rapid subaerial denudation to which these regions of heavy rainfall
are subjected would be an important agency in the thinning away
of the raised coral formations.

In conclusion I may observe that the preceding remarks,
although in the main suggestive, are founded on observations not
only of reefs as they skirt a coast, but of those whose foundations
have been exposed by upheaval. After having failed to account
for the origin of the barrier-reefs of Bougainville Straits by the
views at present held of the growth of coral reefs, I offer the
foregoing explanation of their formation.

960 RECORD OF AN UNDESCRIBED CORREA OF N.S.W.

RECORD OF AN UNDESCRIBED CORREA OF NEW
SOUTH WALES.

By Baron Ferd. Von Mueller, K.C.M.G., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.

CORREA BaUERLENII.

Branchlets thinly covered with dark brown stellular hair ; leaves
of thin consistence, almost lanceolar, gradually upwards narrowed
or occasionally verging into an ovate form, quite flat, above dax-k
green and almost glabrous, beneath pale-green and very scantily
star-hairy, shining on both sides, much transparently dotted ;
flowers solitary ; stalklet about as long as the calyx or somewhat
longer ; the latter comparatively large, about as broad as long,
glabrous, enlarged near the almost truncate base by an horizontally
expandingsoon somewhat reflexed appendicular membrane, through-
out considerably wider than the corolla-tube, usually terminating
into two nearly semi-orbicular lobes, occasionally irregular,
ruptured, or lobulated, or denticulated ; corolla cylindrical, about
three times as long as the calyx, pale yellowish green, thinly
stellular-hairy outside, its lobes hardly spreading, many times
shorter than the tube, lilaments conspicuously exerted, slightly
broader towards the base ; anthers dark green, several times
longer than broad ; style glabrous ; fruitlets hairy, becoming
glabrescent, almost truncated ; valves of the endocarp upwards
dilated ; seeds shining, dark brownish ; cotyledons nearly as long
as the radicle.

On stony banks of rivulets of the Upper Clyde ; Wilhelm
Baeuerlen.

BY BARON VON MUELLER, K.C.M.G., M.D., PH.D., F.R.S. 961

The plant to which specific rank is here assigned, accoi'ds best
in its characteristics with C. Lawrenciana ; that is however, not a
real highlands plant, and does not exceed 6 feet in upward growth ;
the leaves are constantly flat, almost membranous, never tomentose
beneath, and are more gradually narrowed into the pointed summit,
than in any other congener ; the flowers are always solitary,
while the often almost bilabiate calyx with its invariable basal
expansion is quite aberrant within the genus, nor otherwise to be
found in allied Eictacece, it being moreover large, lax, and never
tomentose ; but a variety of C. Lawrenciana found by me on the
banks of the Genoa, shows also a glabrous calyx, although cylindric,
appressed and acutely four-lobed. The characteristics of C.
Baeuerlenii, as above pointed out, prove uniform in the considerable
number of specimens, available for examination. The remarkable
expansion, which encircles the base of the calyx, and which is pale
greenish above but darker green beneath, must therefore be
regarded as a normal appendicular oi'gan, not as a casual deformity,
nor is it connected with the hypogynous disk, although both are in
close approach to each other.

This seems a fitting opportunity for continuing the records of
far southei-n localities of various plants in New South Wales, as
commenced in these pages previously.

Drimys dipetvda. Shoalhaven.

Pahneria scandens. Shoalhaven.

Citriobatus multiflorus. Shoalhaven.

Cedrela australis. Bateman's Bay.

Melia Azedarach. Shoalhaven.

Zieria pilosa. Shoalhaven.

Hibiscus tricuspis, var Collieii ; ('possibly a distinct sp.) Mount
Dromedary.

Dodoncea pinnata. Clyde.

Ficus Muelleri. Shoalhaven.

Laportea photinophylla. Bateman's Bay.

Pseudomorus Brunoniana. Shoalhaven.

Peperomia refiexa. Shoalhaven.

Peperomia leptostachya. Shoalhaven.

962 RECORD OF AN UNDESCRIBED CORREA OF N.S.W.,

Piper hederaceum. Sboalhaven.

Polygonum orientale. Shoalliaven.

Gompholobium glabratum. Clyde.

Oxylobium scandens. Clyde.

Acacia binervata. Shoalliaven.

Rliodamnia trinervia- Sboalhaven.

Astrotricha Jtoccosa. Clyde.

Polyosma Cunninghami. Shoalliaven.

Quintinia Sieberi. Shoalliaven.

Banksia ericifolia. Shoalliaven.

Choretrum Candollei. Shoalliaven.

Helichrysum collinum. Shoalhaven.

Symplocos Thwaitesii. Mount Dromedary.

Diospyros Cargillea. Bateman's Bay.

Logania pusilla. Shoalliaven.

Polymeria calycina. Clyde.

Duboisia myoporoides. Shoalhaven.

Eranthemum variabile. Mount Dromedary.

Styphelia amplexicaidis . Shoalhaven.

Dendrobium teretifolium. Clyde.

DendrobiiLm tinguiforme. Mount Dromedary.

Eulbophyllum Shepherdi. Shoalhaven.

Bulbophyllum minutissimum. Shoalhaven.

Sarcochilus Hillii. Shoalhaven.

Acianthus fornicatus. Shoalliaven.

Ptychosperma Cunninghami. Conjola.

Trichomanes digitatum. Broger's Creek.

Gleichenia Hermanni. Milton.

Lindsaya trichomanoides. Milton.

Adiantum affine. Milton.

Of these the perhaps new Hibiscus was collected by the Rev.
R. Collie, F.L.S. ; Symplocos Thwaitesii, Eranthemum variabile
and Dendrobium linguiforme by Miss Mary Bate ; all the others
were gathered by Mr. M. Bauerlen.

ON VOLCANIC ACTIVITY ON THE ISLANDS NEAR
THE NORTH-EAST COAST OF NEW GUINEA AND
EVIDENCE OF RISING OF THE MACLAY-COAST
IN NEW GUINEA.

By N. de Miklouho-Maclay.

During my first stay at Maclay-Coast in 1871 and 1872 I
recorded in nay Meteorological Journal not less than 13 shocks of
earthquakes (1). Some of them were strong enough to shake the
books out of the shelves and make some old trees in the forest fall
down. On my return to the same coast in June 1876, I was struck
by the change in the aspect of the tops of Mana-Boro-Boro
(Finisterre Mountains), which were before my departure (in Dec.
1872 ) covered with vegetation to the highest summits, but appeared
now in many places quite denuded of trees. The natives told me
that during my absence they had experienced on the coast and the
mountains several earthquakes, on which occasions some natives
were killed by the falling of cocoanut trees in the villages, which in
falling destroyed the huts. The villages on the coast suffered more
on account of unusually big waves which followed soon after the
earthquake, breaking down the cocoanut trees and sweeping away
a few huts nearest to the beach. In revisiting the coast villages,
I found many not unimportant changes : stretches of destroyed
forest by tidal waves after the eai'thquake ; alteration in the

(1) N. de Maclay Notice Meteorlogique concernant la CV>te-Maclay en
Nouvelle-Guinee, in Natuurkundig Tijdschrift. Deal XXXIII. Batavia. Is74.
Accounts about earthquakes in the Northern (near Doreh) and South-western
portions of New Guinea have been published in the Description of the Expe-
dition of the steamer "Etna" in 1858, (Bijdragen to de Taal-Land en
Yolkenkunde van Nederlandsh Indie. Deel V., 1S62. p. 78), and are
mentioned also in the report of travels of Beccari, D'Albertis and Meyer.
C3

964 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY ON THE ISLANDS NEAR NEW GUINEA,

direction of some small streams, the old mouths of which had
been closed by bars of sand left behind by waves ; a great number
of old pathways in the forest, between the villages, which I knew
well, having used them daily during 15 months in 1871 and 1872,
were impassable on account of many large trees which had come
down during the earthquake.

On the hills, the natives showed me in many places long
crevices 1-3 feet wide and 3 or 4 feet deep, as the remaining marks
of the " tangrin-boro" (1). The depth of the sea near the coast in
some places has been also altered, so that, for instance in Port
Constantine the old soundings made by the officers of H.I. R. M.S.
" Vitiaz " in Sept. 1871, proved in many details incorrect as
well as the outlines of the harbour (Port Constantine').

Talking about earthquakes, the natives informed me, that on a
former occasion, before my arrival on the coast in 1871, a village
named Aralu (situated on the coast between the rivers, Gabeneu and
Koli) had been completely swept away by the waves after an earth-
quake. All the huts, and the cocoanut trees surrounding them, were
broken down and carried away by the tidal waves, and the inhabi-
tants, men, women, and children were drowned (it occurred during
the night.) A few men belonging to the village and who happened
to be away at the time on a visit to some neighbouring village,
would not attempt to rebuild their huts on the old place, but went
to live at Gumbu, also a coast village but which had escaped
destruction being built further inland. The destruction cf Aralu
was well remembered by not very old people and it took place I
suppose (2) about the year 1856. The natives on the Maclay-
Coast complained about the sickness in the villages on the coast
which appeared soon after the destruction of Aralu. The sickness
amongst them, I believe, was the result of decomposition of animal

(1) In the dialect of the Bongu of the Maclay-Coast tangrin means earth-
quake and boro, big.

(2) I found the approximate year of this event by the inquiry : which
of the young men of the village was born at the time of the earthquake.
The man shown to me as being born soon after the destruction of Aralu,
could not be more (in August 1876) than about 20 years of age.

BY N. DB MIKLOUIIO-MACLAY.

965

and vegetable matter left behind on shore after the inundation
produced by the high tidal wave, as has been observed on some
Islands of the Pacific (1).

During my second stay at the Macl ay-Coast, in 1876 and
1877, I noticed only a few slight shocks of earthquake. In
November, 1877, however, I could distinctly hear during some
calm nights, a rolling noise in the distance similar to discharges of
heavy artillery, as by a bombardment, and a kind of trembling of
the ground. Leaving the coast about a fortnight later I found
the two Volcanoes on the Island Vulcan and Lesson Island in full
eruption, the noise which I heard during the night on my coast,
and the slight shaking of the earth were, I suppose, forerunners of
these eruptions.

Arrived at Singapore in January, 1878, I heard that some
vulcanic disturbances occurred also on the north-east end of New
Britain, and in comparing dates I found that that they took place
about the same time as I saw the eruptions of the volcanoes on
Vulcan and Lesson Islands.

On my way to the Maclay-Coast for the third time, in March,
1883, I saw the volcano on Lesson Island still in activity, and
the natives on the Maclay-Coast again complained to me about
earthquakes. A few weeks later, when at anchor on the north
coast of the Great Admiralty Island, I witnessed the eruption of
a volcano on the south coast of the island or on one of the small
islands south from the big island (2). It was during the night of
March 28th, and I could see a large halo as from an immense fire,
and two or three times heavy thunderlike rolling noises were
heard, followed by distinct flashes like columns of fire on the
horizon.

(1). A case of great sickness and mortality on the Island Lub (or Hermit
Island), in 1875, after the inundation of some low islands of the group by
a tidal wave, has been communicated by me, in a letter about the Island
Lub, to the Imp. Euss. Geogr. Soc. (Investiya of the Imp. Russ. Geogr.
Soc. , Vol. XV.) I have heard about a similar case which happened on the
Island Mafia (or St. David's Island), some twenty or thirty years ago.

(2). It might, very likely, have been the volcano on the small island
called by the natives Loo, and from which they obtain the obsidian for
their weapons and implements.

9g6 volcanic activity on the islands near new guinea,

Evidences of Rising of the Maclay-coast in New Guinea.

Besides the already mentioned changes from shocks of frequent
earthquakes, I have noticed in many places on this coast proofs of
the gradual rising of the coast. A large extent of the same is
nothing but uplifted coral banks, and in the greenish sandy clay
(1) which forms the nearest hills to the coast (from 100-400 feet
high), I found some layers with remains of marine animals,
( Anthozoa, Echinodermata, Mollusca and Crustacea), the appearance
of which seemed to prove that the rising of the coast was quite of
recent date.

I noticed these remains imbedded in clay in a great many places
at different heights over the sea, but always neglected to make a
systematical collection of them, At one place, however, near the
village Bongu, the layers appeared particularly rich and the speci-
mens well preserved, not broken. Having taken there a, few
handfuls of the sandy clay, I washed them carefully out and
obtained a small collection of shells which, at my request has been
kindly examined by Mr. J. Brazier. The shells (38 different
species) belong to the following 18 genera : — Ranella, Nassa,
Mifra, Oliva, Terebra, Conus, Strombus, Bulla, Atys, Dendalium,
Cultellus, Corbula, Mactra, Tellina, Venus, Cytherea, Leda and
Area (2.)

All the shells, without one exception, belong to species at present
living on the Coasts and Islands of the Pacific.

Amongst debris of different Ecldnoidea and Crustacea, I obtained
in the clay only one unbroken specimen of Laganum (Spec. 1),
and the carapace of a small Crustacean ( Myra, Spec. 1)

Many of the shells from the clay-layers look as fresh as
if they had been gathered alive on the shore and well preserved
afterwards. But the above mentioned layers of sandy-clay of

(1.) Mr. C. S. Wilkinson, to whom I showed some of the clay, expressed
his opinion that this "greenish calcareous sandy clay of Bongu, Maclay-
Coast, resembles in lithological character the Miocene Tertiary clay of Yule
Island on the south coast of New-Guinea."

(2.) «/. Brazier. List of some recent shells found in layers of Clay on the
Maclay-Coast, New-Guinea. (Proceed. Lin. Soc, Vol. 9, part 4.)

BY N. DE MIKLOUHO-MACLAY

967

Bongu, are followed by many others, as layers of small boulders
and marine detritus of different kinds (mostly coral fragments),
imbedded in other layers of clay, and all covered over with a
stratum of dark-brown humus of variable thickness, which is the
ground for a luxuriant, tropical primeval forest, where trees many
centuries old are not uncommon.

Besides the above mentioned layers at different levels above the
sea, I have seen large blocks of corals (mostly of the genera,
Meandrina and Astraea), in some isolated spots, where the dense
vegetation and the cover of humus has been removed (by
man, or accidentally), and the deeper layers of soil, under the
humus, left bare. I have noticed such blocks in and near villages
many hundred feet above the sea. Once I obtained a piece of
coral {Prionastraea, spec. 1) amongst small stone in the bed of the
river Koii, near Sangdinbi-Mana, not less than 1,200 feet above
the level of the sea, and from all appearance the piece was brought
down by water (1) from some place higher up. (2.) Another
proof that the coast is still rising is the existence of numerous reefs
of dead corals which are left quite dry at each low tide.

Considering the facts, that the elevation of the raised coral reefs
on different portions of the Maclay-Coast, as well as on the Islands
of the Archipelago of contented men, presents the same level above
the sea, and like the layers of the greenish clay are, as far as I have
observed, horizontal, it appears to me not unlikely, that besides
the occasional upheavals, there exists a gradual steady rising of
this part of the North-Eastern Coast of New Guinea.

(1.) Some rivers of the Maclay-Coast as for instance the river Koli
presents during the dry season, but a narrow band of running water in a
very large bed filled with stones of all dimensions and some bands of sand.
After heavy rains in the mountains the water rushes with great velocity
bringing down more stones and trees, which are left behind in the bed of the
river when the water falls to wait for the next rain and the next flood.

(2.) I confess, that the finding of a loose piece of coral cannot be regarded
as a decided proof of the origin of the same, from a coral bank raised to over
1000 feet. It might have happened (which however is not very likely,) that
the piece of coral has been brought there and dropped by some passing
native.

90S NOTES ON A BEROID OF PORT JACKSON,

NOTES ON A BEROID OF PORT JACKSON.
By Dr. R. v. Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

Oa March the 18th, 1827, a Beroe' was captured by the "Coquille"
in Pert Jackson, which Lesson (9, p. 103) describes in the following
manner : — le nouveau genre de zoophyte a cils, est remarq liable par
son corps aminci sur ses deux faces en coin, obcorde au pole
superieux, et lai*gement on vert au pole natateur. L:axe cavitaire
est allonge, etroit, borde sur ses deux faces de cils unis en haut et
libres en bas, et de deux rougees sur tons les boids, soit des poles
soit des cotes.

This description is accompanied by a very fair illustration
(9, pi. XVI., fig. 2), which enabled me to identify an animal found
by myself with Neis cordigera, Lesson, without difficulty.

I consider myself justified in redescribing this Ctenophore,
because Chun (3, p. 306) very correctly remarks that the Beroids
not examined by himself have hitherto not been adequately
described ; and the more so as the histological examination of it
has furnished results which are of some interest.

Whilst L. Agassiz (1, p. 89) considers Lessons Genus Neis, as a
representative of a separate Sub-family, Chun (3, p 307), thinks
that Neis is identical Math Beroe.

I will pass over the question of the propriety of making a special
Sub-family for Neis as unripe for discussion, but wish to remark
that I cannot coincide with Chun's plan of placing all the Beroids
in one Genus, viz : — Bei*oe. The good plate of Neis in the Atlas
of the Coquille Zoologie (9, pi. XVI. ), should have, T think,
convinced him that Neis is no Beroe. Here in the colonies I
have often had the opportunity of observing lower marine animals
which have been described by former authors, and I should like to
state that in general these descriptions are by no means so bad or
insufficient as modern zoologists seem to think.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 969

I cannot enter further into the classification of the Beroids, but
] am quite sure that Neis represents a Genus distinct from Beroe,
and in many points represents a transition from Beroe to the Lobata;
and even to the Tamiatse.

For sixty years no one seems again to have observed Neis
cordigera, perhaps the most beautiful animal in the rich Fauna of
Port Jackson. I have repeatedly found single specimens of it,
this spring, accompanying the swarms of flapped Ctenophore
described by me as Bolina Chuni (8), in those parts of the harbour
to which the currents bring great numbers of pelagic animals.

MORPHOLOGY.

Our animal differs from the Genus Beroe principally in two
points. It has large flaps which extend far beyond the pole of
the nerve centre, and the vascular system of the gallert in one
half of the body is not separated from that of the other half
as according to Chun (3, p. 57) in the case of Beroe.

Size.

The largest specimen attained a length of 200 — 250 mm. The
animal is about 2 — 2^ times as long as broad and 4 — 5 times as
long as thick.

Form .

In shape Neis is, in so far intermediate between Beroe and
Lobata?, as the nerve centi'e does not lie at the extreme end of the
body but is overlapped by two flaps which are almost \ as long as
the body. The body appears to be more compressed than in most
of the species of Beroe. The flaps have an almost triangular
transverse section as the paddle-ribs which form the edges are
so near together on the inner side, that they almost touch
each other. Viewed on the broad side the body appears almost
square, setting aside the flaps. Slightly contracted in the oral
third it widens slightly towai'ds the end. The longitudinal
section vertical to the stomach-plane has a nearly oval contour.
Also the narrow sides are widest in the middle. Towards

970 NOTES ON A BEROID OF PORT JACKSON,

the top they diminish very rapidly in width whilst the edges
are straight and but slightly converging towards the mouth-
pole, so that the whole resembles a gothic arch. The surface
of the broadsides is slightly retracted between every pair of paddle
ribs, so that the six broad stripes thereof appear concave. The
surface of the narrow side is convex.

raddle- Ribs.

The eight paddle-ribs aie not of equal length as the four
which lie nearest to the stomach-plane, circumscribe the flaps
whilst the four others diverge but slightly from the shortest
meridian. They are convex in their distal part. Towards the
mouth the eight paddle-ribs run almost parallel. Also herein Neis
resembles the Lobatee more than Beroe. The difference in length
of the aboral parts of the paddle-ribs observed in the Lobatas
is even greater in Neis, so that it might, as far as the paddle-ribs
are concerned, be considered as a transition form between Neis
and Beroe.

Nerve Centre.

The organ of sense at the aboral pole does not show any particular
peculiarity, it lies of course in the saddle between the flaps. The
Pole fields with their fringes lean on the slopes of the flaps
and turn their faces towards each other. They are 2 mm. long,
1-| mm. broad and differ only in so far from the corresponding
organ of Beroe as the fringes are ramified only in the proximal part
and even there only slightly. The fringe on the distal part consist
of simple finger-shaped excrescences. I have studied the minute
structure of this organ by means of sections.

The results I have arrived at corroberate the statements of former
investigators in particular those of Richard Hertwig (6, p. 339, ff)
and Chun (3, p. 165-167). I find that the fringes in especial are
clothed with a high Epithelium which consists of broader ciliated
cells and slender nervous, sensitive elements. This Epithelium
resembles that of the extreme zone in the mouth margin and we
shall speak of it again below.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 971

Gastrovascular System.

The stomach and the vascular system stamps our animal as a
real Beroid. The stomach is in no degree influenced in its form
by the flaps but has the simple shape of a cone or sack. I
was able to observe the peristaltic movement of the stomach.
Only one stricture occurs at a time. It begins above the mouth
progresses quickly upwards and reaches the aboral end in about a
second and a half. The stomach is thereby constricted to a fourth
of its usual diameter. As soon as the contraction has reached the
end, a fresh one commences at the margin of the mouth.

This peristaltic movement can be reversed and I consider this
as very important. If the animal is not killed at once but is
allowed to lie in slowly acting reagents this reversed peristaltic
movement can easily be observed.

If a Neis dies slowly in a mixture of 16% alcohol, 16% glycerine,
0-5% corrosive sublimate and 67-5% sea water, the reversion of the
movement of the stomach described above, sets in soon after the
animal is placed in this preparation. The vomiting movement at
first recurs rapidly and afterwards when the animal is near death
it can be brought on again in a less degree by mechanical irritation.

The stomach is as Agassiz (1, p. 74) at length describes, extraor-
dinary mobile and our Neis can without difficulty swallow animals
larger than itself.

The Vascular System.

The Vascular System of the Gallert consists of eight stems
which spring from the stomach in the same manner as Chun (3, p
56 and elsewhere), describes it in the case of Beroe. The vascular
reticulation differs in as far from that of Beroe (3, p. 57) that it
forms a continuous network, and is not divided into two separate
vascular systems.

The vascular reticulation of Neis is much more highly developed
than that of Beroe. Whilst in Beroe the canals form a reticulation
of scarcely more than one superficial layer, in Neis the network
extends in three dimensions from the superficial, tangental canals,
branches extend centripetally and pervade the gallert reaching to

972 NOTES ON A BEROID OF PORT JACKSON,

the stomach. These ramifications become finer and finer and end
as fine capillaries outside the surface of the stomach. Towards
the mouth the network is very fine and indistinct, but can be
demonstrated by means of injection with osmic acid without
difficulty.

The vascular reticulation of the flaps consists of nearly parallel
longitudinal canals, which run upwards and end vertical to the
surface, diverging accordingly in graceful curves. These stems
are connected with one another by transverse canals of similar
width so that a ladder-shaped network is formed which resembles
the skeleton of Spongelia in shape.

In the middle between each pair of meridian canals, the vessels
of the reticulation are much larger than near the stem, their
diameter is here almost three times as great.

The Seomal Products.

Ripe sexual products are exclusively found in those parts of the
vascular reticulation which are most remote from the meridian
canals. The latter never contain ripe ova or spermatozoa.

In this aspect also, Neis differs essentially from Beroe (3, p. 62)
and Idyia (1, p. 285), as in these it is just the meridian canals and
the proximal part of the vascular reticulation which contain the
sexual products, whilst the more distant parts of the vascular net
work remain sterile. I have made no observation which would
tend to prove an Ectodermal origin of the sexual product, which
Claus (4, p. 299), and Richard Hertwig (G, p. 426) assume.

As compared with Beroe, Neis accordingly shows a greater
differentiation ; the maturing area of the sexual cells is conveyed
from the meridian canals to the reticulation.

According to Chun (3, p. 191), the female sexual products are
modified Epithel cells. I assent to this assumption, but I believe
that the ova are Sub-epithelial and do not lie on the surface. In
a transverse section through the meridian canal it can easily be
observed, that cells lie beneath the Entodermal Epithelium as
highly coloured (Alumn Carmin) nuclei lie in abundance between
the canal Epithelium and the Gallert. Such nuclei are also found

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 973

beneath the Epithelium of the canals of the network, which
originate from the meridian canals. The latter are a little larger
than those in the meridian canals. At a greater distance from
these canals, ova are clearly seen, which increase in size the further
they are removed from the meridian canals.

In those parts of the vascular reticulation which occupy the
middle of the fields, the canals appear thickly filled with ripe ova.

From these observations I think I must draw the conclusion
that the place of germination of the ova lies in the meridian
canals, whilst their maturing place in Neis is removed to the
canals of the reticulation.

Single Entoderm cells of the "meridian canal epitliel sink doion
into the sub-epithelium and wander along it into the vascular
reticulation. During this migration they increase in size. At
length they remain in those parts of the network vessels, furtliest
removed from the meridian canals and there develope into mature
ova. The spermatoza are found united in balls also in the reticula-
tion canals.

As to the origin of male products I have arrived at no satisfactory
conclusion. It is of course not impossible that the ova-germs
migrate from the Ectoderm, first into the subepithelium of the
meridian canals, and then continue their migration in the manner
described above. But this I do not consider probable. The whole
process appears somewhat analogous to the formation and migra-
tion of the ova in many Hydromedusa?. (11.) The same cause
which Weisman ascribes to the migration of these elements in the
Hydroids cannot be accepted for our Ctenophore. I see in this
process rather a further development of that met with in Beroe
Forskalii.

The Margin of the Mouth.

The mouth-margin of Beroe is clothed by a highly developed
Ectoderm which Chun (3, pp. 33, 159, 160, Taf. XV., fig. 19) and
Richard Hertwig (6, pp. 333-337, Taf. XIX., figs, 11, 14, 15, 17)
have described and figured.

The mouth-margin of Xeis cordigera resembles that of Beroe in
so far as below the free margin the same three zones are met with

974 NOTES ON A CEROID OF PORT JACKSON,

which the authors mentioned describe. The figures of Richard
Hertwig resemble this part of Neis so closely that T consider it
unnecessary to describe it more minutely. The zone of the
gland cells is not embedded in the Gallert, as Chun represents.
The only essential difference, in this respect, between Neis and
Beroe is met in the zone of the ciliated cells.

This is mainly supported by excrescences of the Gallert, which
are ring-shaped. The ciliated cells radiate from the Gallert-
ridges, and remind us in this respect of the so often described
appearance in other Ccelenterata. These ciliated cells agree with
those of Beroe, which Richard Hertwig describes (6, p. 334,) but
between them are found slender granulated sensitive cells, which
resemble the homologous elements in the fringes of the Pole-fields
very closely, and possess the type of the ectodermal sensitive cells of
other Ctelenterata.

Between the ciliated and sensitive cells on the one side and the
Gallert on the other, are found in this zone exclusively, numerous
pear-shaped Ganglia-cells which appear connected with the sensitive
cells by very fine nervous threads. Towards the aboral pole they
are continued into a thick granulated nerve which can be traced
for some distance without difficulty on longitudinal sections and on
surface preparations.

Style-cells.

Concerning the sensitive cells with styles of Cestus, Eucharis and
Beroe, described by Richard Hertwig, I have arrived at a conclusion
which differs essentially from that adapted by him and by Chun.
I consider these elements not to have a mainly sensitive function.
As well in the Papillae of Eurachis multicornis as in those of Cestus
and in the homologous zone of Beroe these large styles which differ
by their thickness and the different refractive power from ordinary
sensitive cilia, are very striking, they are always found thickly
surrounded by gland-cells. In other Caelenterata such styles are
never to be found. The Palpocils of the Sarsia-polypes (10) alone
can be compared with them, and these are very different in shape
aud of unknown function. The sensitive cilia of other Ccelenteraca
are much finer and resemble the cilia of those sensitive cells, which

BY R. VON LEN'DENFELD, PH.D. 97")

are found on the sensitive pole and on the mouth-margin of Neis.
I have in vain looked for ganglia-cells below the style-cells and I
cannot find any notice in literature that below these the ganglia-
cells are more numerous than elsewhere, which must necessarily be
the case if these cells really are sensitive.

I think, therefore, that I am justified in assuming that these
styles are jjoison thorns and not sensitive bristles. Accordingly I
suppose the glands surrounding these cells to be poison glands. The
position of these elements in the Beroids and still more in Cestus
and Eucharis appears to me to prove conclusively that they are
defensive weapons which represent the thread cells.

In detail it is true that such an analogy cannot be traced, but
the outer similarity in the arrangement, form and chemical behaviour
with regard to re-agents which exists between these organs and
the nettle-epithelia of other Ccelenterata is very striking.

The style-cells are often drawn out into a continuation down-
wards. This can just as easily be taken for a peduncle as for a
nerve. And even were we to ascribe nervous functions to these
style-cells, the other functions mentioned above might co-exist
therewith. The recurved sabre-formed cilia of the stomach-epithel
do not show any essential difference with the hooked teeth in Beroe.

The Color.

The Gallert and Epithelia are colorless, only those cells which
cloth the vascular reticulation, especially when the animal contains
ripe sexual cells, are slightly rose-coloured. Below the surface
of the narrow sides there is a beautiful orange red reticulation
formed by pigment cells. Just below the surface the threads
of this reticulation are very thick, and are spread out tangen-
tally. Fine radial ramification extend from this surface-net
in a centripedal direction pervading the Gallert. This can be
traced for a distance of about 8 mm. The meshes of this
pigment reticulation are smallest just below the surface between
the paddle-ribs, so that in the middle of the narrow side an
indistinct orange stripe is produced. The yellow pigment is
wanting on the ends of the narrow sides in the vicinity of the

976 NOTES ON A BEROID OF PORT JACKSON.

sensitive pole. Single groups of the spindle-shaped pigment cells
are found also in other parts of the body, so on the paddle-ribs
and the mouth margin.

As appears from this description of the colour my specimens ai'e
not exactly similar to those of Lesson (9, pi. XVI., fig. 2.) I
should however, not consider this as of any importance, as the
colouring of the plates in the Coquille Atlas is not very accurate.

I am at present so loaded with other work that I have not the
leisure to examine all the organs of Neis in the same minute
manner, and I have therefore directed my attention to those which
seemed to me most interesting.

I have again endeavoured to prove a connection between the
Sub-epithel nervous plexus with those Mesodermal threads which
Eimer (5) has declai'ed to be nerves, and to which also Richard
Hertwig (6) is inclined to ascribe a nervous function. It is true
I do not agree with Chun (3), who denies that these Mesodermal
fibres are nervous, but I must confess that my endeavours to
find this connection in JSTeis have been as fruitless as in Cyanea.

LITERATURE.

Concerning the complete literature I i-efer to Richard Hertwig's
list (6.)

(1). L. Agassiz. Acalephfe. Contributions to the Natural History of
the United States of America, Vol. III.

(2). T. Allman. Contribution to our knowledge of the structure and
development of the Beroid;e. 1 he Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal,
Natural Science, Vol. XV.

(3). C. Chun. Die Ctenophoren des Golfes von Neapel. Fauna und
Flora des Golfes von Neapel. Band I.

(4). C. Glaus. Grundziige der Zoologie, IV. Auflage.

(o). F. Eimer. Ueber Beroe ovatus, Ein Beitrag Zur Anatomie der
Rippenquallen. Leipzig. 1873.

(6). A'. Hertwig. Ueber den Bau der Ctenophoren. Jenaische Zeitschrift
fur Naturwissenschrift, Band XIV.

(7). R. von Lendenfeld. Cyanea Annaskala. Zeitschrift fur Wissen-
sehaftliche Zoologie, Band XXXVII.

(8). E. von Lendenfeld. The Metamorphosis of Bolina Chuni. Pro-
ceedings of the Linneau Society of New South Wales, 18S4.

(!ij. Lesson. Acalephes. Voyage de la Coquille, Tom II. et Atlas.

(10). T. E. Schulze. Ueber Syncoryne Sarsii und die zugehorige Meduse
Sarsia tubulosa, Leipzig, 1S73.

(11). A. Weisman. Die Entstehung der Sexualzellen bei den Hydro-
medusen. Jena. 1883.

THE HISTOLOGY AND NERVOUS SYSTEM OF THE
CALCAREOUS SPONGES.

By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

Like other Sponges, the Calcispongise consist of Entoderm,
Mesoderm and Ectoderm. The Mesoderm is the only layer which
is highly differentiated. Ectoderm and Entoderm are formed by a
single layer of cells. The outer surface of the Sponge doubtlessly
is Ectodermal and the cells which line the Oscular tube, the ciliated
chambers and the excretary canal system can with equal certainty
be determined as Entodermal. The Epithelium of the introductory
Canals is in all probability in the greater part Ectodermal, in a
small portion Entodermal.

ENTODERM.

The Entoderm is very simple, but nevertheless shows a higher
development than the Ectoderm. In some Calcareous Sponges it
consists of one kind of cells only ; the ordinary flagellate elements
with frills. In others again only part of the Entodermal Epithelium
is composed of such cells, whilst another part consists of simple, low
pavement cells. Where such a differentiation occurs, the flagellate
fringe-cells are found in the outer and middle part of the body,
lining the ciliated chambers or their homologa, whilst the pavement
cells clothe the Oscular tube and the exhalent canals leading from
the ciliated chambers to the Oscular tube.

Those Sponges, which Haeckel comprises in his Family Ascones,
Leucosolenia Bowerbank, which possess a simple tube shaped
gastral cavity and in which no ciliated chambers are developed,
possess flagellate Entodermal cells only. The same is the case with
an Australian Sponge which possesses ciliated chambers like the
Syconidoe, recently described in these Proceedings.

978 HISTOLOGY AND NERVOUS SYSTEM OF CALCAREOUS Sl'ONGES,

J combine all these foi*ms with non-differentiated Entoderm in
one Group, for which I adopt Polejaeffs term Homocoela, the meaning
of which word I adapt to the view explained above.

All the other Calcareous Sponges possess a more highly differen-
tiated Entoderm. Ciliated chambers clothed with flagellate cells
ai-e always present and the Oscular tube and adjacent canals are
clothed with pavement cells. I combine all these to form one
Group for which I likewise adopt Polejaeffs term, Heterocoela the
meaning of which word is likewise modified.

MESODERM.

The Mesoderm, which forms the bulk of the Sponge, consists of
Gallert of a pretty high degree of density.

In this the Mesodermal cells are imbedded. In Calcispongiae
the Gallert never shows a fibrillous structure as is the case in some
others Sponges. (Gumminse.)

Also the Skeleton of these Sponges is produced by the Mesoderm.
The spicules always originate there and are always clothed with
Mesodermal cells or a Mesodermal cuticle, however far they may
protrude beyond its limits.

THE TISSUE CELLS.

In all calcareous Sponges numerous starshaped cells, with a
spherical nucleus, ai'e found in all parts of the Gallert, their proto-
plasmic processes are slender and vary in number from three to
ten. Generally they are simple, only exceptionally they may be
ramified. These cells are different in different Calcispongiae in as
much as in some they are all alike with about five irregular pro-
cesses, whilst in others we find different kinds of these star-shaped
elements in the different parts of the body. The first is the case
in the Homocoela, the second in the Heterocoelia. Here we find
that in the central parts of the Mesoderm these cells have
numerous irregularly disposed processes, whilst they attain a
greater regularity towards the surface. The nearer they lie to
any free surface the more all their processes are influenced thereby
in such a manner that they run parallel to the surface in a more

BY R. VON LEXDENFELD, PH.D. 979

and more tangental direction. In most parts of the Sponge these
processes at the same time diminish in number till we finally
arrive at structures which no longer can be termed star-shaped,
but which are already decidedly bipolar, spindle-shaped. Such
bipolar tissue cells are very frequent in other Sponges. In the
Calcispongia? they are. comparatively rare, and met with only in
the Heterocoelia. They are here perhaps to be considered as
muscular element throughout. It is in the Calcispongiae still more
difficult than in others to discern between contractile cells and
ordinary tissue elements.

In the Homocoela the movements (closing of Pores) are
doubtlessly caused by contractions of the Processes extending
from the star-shaped tissue cells.

SKELETON.

Spicules, with two, three and four axis, comparable to the axis
of crystals, are always found in great abundance in the Calci-
spongise. They consist of carbonate of lime, mixed with organic
substance. They often protrude beyond the Mesoderm. But
they are, as mentioned above, always covered by a mesodermal
cuticule. The structure of the spicules can best be studied in
specimens treated with chloride of gold-potassium. (Twelve
hours.) By means of the appliance of this re-agent we see that
the whole spicule consists of a great number of small prisms,
parallel to one another, radiating from the axis. Under ordinary
circumstances no such structure can be detected, but by the
appliance of the gold solution we can readily isolate these prisms.
A spicule exposed to this re-agent represents melting glacier ice in
appearance. Like the latter it is composed of parallel prisms.

Furthermore we find that the radial structure first makes its
appearance in the interior, close to the inner axis, which is a
cylindrical chord of organic matter without lime. The whole
spicule soon commences to be dissolved by the gold solution if the
latter is strong, and always from the axis outward. The outermost
layer remaining intact whilst the central parts are split up into
prisms and dissolved. These new observations, together with
64

980 HISTOLOGY AND NERVOUS SYSTEM OF CALCAREOUS SPONGES,

those of other authors, point to the fact that the inner part, the
part produced first, of the spicule is softer and contains more
organic matter, whilst the outer layers, the youngest part, is harder
and resists the action of re-agents ; the whole spicule is composed
of prisms formed as cuticular productions by the cells clothing the
spicule from without.

With colouring re-agents it is easy to prove the existence of a
highly colourable cuticle all over the spicule. On the part of the
spicules which protrude beyond the surface of the Sponge, the
cuticle is easily rubbed off, but always present, if the Sponge is
captured with sufficient care. The existence of a cuticle on the
protruding part can be proved without observation : were there
no cuticle the spicule would very soon be dissolved by the sea-
water and traces of a corrosive action thereof are never met with,
unless in those spicules found on the bottom of the sea or taken
up by other Sponges or Foraminifera to help to build up their
skeleton.

This cuticle is slowly converted into spicule substance by an
interposition of molecules of carbonate of lime. This is the cause
of the lamella-structure of the spicules. Outside the Mesodermal
cuticle flat, Endothel-cells ai'e met with, covering the immersed
part of the spicule, in the shape of a hollow tube. Also on the
protruding part of the spicules such cells can be detected, but I
believe the latter to be Ectodermal, and nothing else than a
continuation of the Ectodermal pavement Epithelium.

The spicules firstly make their appearance within cells, and the
axial rod (not canal !) is part thereof. The succeeding layers are
cuticular productions of Endothel cells.

It is remarkable that the rays of the spicules are often curved
in various ways.

THE MUSCULAR CELLS.

Although all the tissue-cells, particularly in the Homocoela are
to be considered as contractile, still there are some Mesodermal
elements which aie developed in such a manner that their muscular
nature is much more expressed than in in the ordinary tissue cell.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 981

I have met with the elements I refer to in the Syconidje, around
the regularly disposed pores in the dermal layer. Here we find
circular spindle-shaped cells, which form a contractile sphincter by
the aid of which the pores can be more or less closed. In Lencones
which have extensive Sub-dermal cavities there are longitudinal
cells of this kind in the pillars which connect the outer membrane
with the body of the Sponge.

AMCEBOID CELLS.

I have met with these elements in all calcareous Sponges. They
represent like those of other Sponges, the lobate Amcebse, and
move about pretty rapidly in the Gallert. I have not observed
that they are packed more closely together in one part of the
Sponge than in another.

They seem equally distributed. Their number is subject to great

variations. I have always found more in Lencones than in other

Sponges.

SEXUAL PRODUCTS.

The ova are transformed Amoeboid cells which are when
matured, enclosed by an Endothel. Before that they creep about,
and are distinguished by their size and granular Protoplasm from
ordinary wandering cells a long time before they become sessile and
enclosed by Mesodermal pavement cells and so surrounded by a
Follicula.

Genei*ally four or five ova lie together in separate Follicula
closely packed together and surrounded by a common Follicula in
the Heteroccelia. In the Homoccela the ova remain simple and no
Follicula is formed as in their higher developed relations, although
also here the indifferent star-shaped cells congregate around the ripe
ova.

The first stages of development are passed through within the
body of the mother.

The Spermatozoa are formed in numbers within transformed
Amoeboid wandering cells, Spermospores, which betray their
nature a long time before Spermatozoa begin to make their appear-
ance as small dots ; the nuclei are derived from the nucleus of
the Spermospore by continued fission.

982 HISTOLOGY AND NERVOUS SYSTEM OF CALCAREOUS SPONGES,

THE GLAND CELLS.

Similar cells as those described from a few other Sponges, and
to which a secretory function is attributed, are also met with in
the Calcareous Sponges.

Either single or in small bunches they are attached to the inner
side of the Ectoderm of the Lencones. They are pear-shaped, and
their real nature can easily be detected by the presence of large
highly refractive granules in their interior. They stand vertical to
the surface with which they are in connection by a slender
peduncle.

SENSITIVE AND GANGLIA CELLS.

Spindle-shaped cells of the Mesoderm, which lie just below the
surface, and protrude beyond the outer coating of Ectodermal
pavement cells are not rare in the Heteroccela. They stand vertical
to the surface, the nucleus is oval and situated in the middle of the
cell. The proximal part of such a cell is often produced into a long
tlnead, which may be ramified and often can be traced to another
cell lying further down in the Mesodermal Gallert. Such spindle-
shaped cells have been observed by me in clusters scattered
irregulai-ly over the surface in Leucandra saccharata Leucandra
meandrina and other species. Single and also scattered irregularly,
but particularly numerous in the vicinity of the pores in Leucandra
conica,n.s.,and Leucandra sacharata, also in Lencetta and Leucaltis.
As a ring surrounding the inner wall of the conic, widening
canal leading down from the pores of Sycandra arborea into the
inter canals. As clusters in the same locality in Grantessa sacca,
n. s. Also, in Vosmreria gracilis, n. s., and Sycandra pila, n. s.
I have detected similar structures in bunches around the pores,
these latter are however, slightly different from the former, and
I do not like to assert their nervous nature with the same con-
fidence as that of the former organs.

It appears from this, that sensitive cells of this kind are met
with in all Heteroccela. In Homoccelia I have not found any
cells which may be considered as specially sen s tive

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 983

Ganglia cells have been observed in several of the species
mentioned above. They are highly colorable (particularly their
nucleus) multipolar cells. In Sycandra arborea they lie between
the muscular fibres of the Sphincter and the sensitive elements, just
above them. In Leucandra they are often found near the base of the
clusters of sensitive spindle-cells.

They are here of the same shape as in Sycandra.

Also in connection with the solitary sensitive cells of Leucandra
conica solitary Ganglia cells are found. Also these seem to be of
the same multipolar kind as in the former cases.

THE ECTODERM,

In all Calcareous Sponges the Ectoderm consists of simple pave-
ment cells, which cover the outer surface, the inhalent canals and
often also extend over the spicules protruding from the outer
surface. No differentiation of any kind can be detected. Many
of the cells are flat (on the surface) or concave (in the pore canals)
or convex (on the spicules), they always represent the same simple
type of low plates filled only partially with protoplasm, which
surrounds the compressed nucleus and adheres as a thick plate to
the outer surface. From this plate threads extend, which pervade
the cell cavity.

The question whether the nervous and gland cells really are
Mesodermal, as I assume, or Ectodei'mal, seems worth discussing.

My assumption of the Mesodermal nature of these organs is
mainly based on the fact that the Ectodermal Epithelium cells
never show any tendency of higher development. There exists
no transition forms between the pavement cells and gland or
nerve cells. Such transition forms do however exist in great
quantity between these elements and the indifferent, doubtlessly
mesodermal star-shaped tissue cells, from which, muscles and pro-
bably nerves have been differentiated ; whilst the gland cells may
possibly be referrable to another and more recent kind of meso-
derm cells, from which also the sexual cells originate the meso-
dermal wandering cells.

984 ADDENDA TO THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUSiE.

ADDENDA TO THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS^E.

No. II.
By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

I have lately examined some specimens of Hydroid polyps, and
find that a few alterations are necessary in my classification.

1. The Genera Camnanularia, Halecium and Sertularia should
be placed in the Subordo Hydromedusinte. Family Campanulinidse

2. The identity of Plumularia effusa, Busk, and Acanthella
effusa, Allman, which has been stated by All man. (Report on
the Hydroida of the Challenger. Part L, Plumularidae), has not
been accepted by me formerly. The differences between the two
are however not of such valid a chai-acter as I had supposed, and
we must therefore unite these two. I retain Allman's name, and
eliminate the Plumularia effusa of Busk.

3. The Genus Azygoplon, Allman, is identical with Halicor-
nopsis, Bale, and the name has to give way to the latter, which
has the priority. Allman's Azygoplon rostratum, (Report on the
Challenger Hydroida), must therefore be named Halicornopsis
rostratum. Von Lendenfeld.

4. Campanularia simplex (Bale), Laomedea simplex, Lamouroux,
has been omitted in the list, and must be placed in the genus to
which Bale refers it.

5. I find that Sei-tularia divaricata, de Lamarck, is not identical
with Sertularia rigicla, Lamouroux, as de Lamarck and Bale
supposed, and therefore add it to the list of Sertularians.

6. T. Hutton named a Sertularella, (Sertularella polyzonias,
Lin.) Sertularia simplex (Transactions of the New Zealand Insti-
tute, Vol. V.) This is not similar to Sertularia simplex, von Len-
denfeld. (Addenda to the Australian Hydromedus*. Pro-
ceedings of this Society, Vol. IX.)

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 985

7. Bale enumerates in his catalogue two species of Sertularia
under the same name, viz., tridentata, Sertularia tridentata,
Lamouroux, (catalogue, p. 96) and Sertularia tridentata, Busk,
(catalogue, p. 79.)

In my former papers I have accepted these two, the Lamouroux
species of which seems "doubtful, being not sufficiently described

I have lately obtained a Hydroid in Port Jackson, which I
believe may be identical with Lamouroux species, which I propose
to re-name Sertularia tridens, von Lendenfeld.

Stem slightly branched, irregularly pinnate with very short
pinna?. Cellules campanulate, adnate throughout their entire
length, cylindrical or wider at the base than at the mouth,
parallel to the pinnse, very distinct, alternate. Aperture with two
small rounded teeth in front, and one long and sharp spine on the
outer margin. Height, one to two centimetres.

Port Jackson, New South Wales.

986 NOTE ON THE FLIGHT OF INSECTS.

NOTE ON THE FLIGHT OF INSECTS.

By P. von Lendenfeld, Ph D.

In a paper (1) on this subject, which was published a few years
ago, I opposed the view held by Marey and others, that the
changes in the shape of the wing during the flight was caused by
the mechanical action of the resisting air without any muscular
action of the insect itself coming into play. I found that the
radial nerves of the wings of the dragon fly are extended centri-
petally into the body, and that they are in connection with
numerous muscles and a complicated articulating skeleton, by
means of which arrangement each ray can be moved more or less
independently of the rest, whereby the shape of the wing is
changed. This view of the matter has recently been opposed by
some Physiologists who apparently did not take the trouble to
investigate the anatomy of the organs in cjuestion.

Apparatus were constructed to demonstrate the mechanical
theory, but these by no means prove the correctness of it.

I have recently made some interesting observations bearing on
this point, which are particularly well adapted to prove the fallacy
of the mechanical theory, and can easily be repeated by everyone .

If the animals are treated with certain poisonous substances, very
often a tetanus is produced. Such a poison is strychnine. Insects
are affected by substances, which are not injurious to other
animals in the way mentioned. The aromatic oil contained in the
blossoms of Pyrethrum carneum, roseum and cinerarisefolium— the
essential part of " Insecticide," and turpentine are such substances.
If a fly comes in contact with one of these substances a tetanus is
produced, the consequence of which is that the wings although
remaining in the ordinary position, change their shape in an
extraordinary manner.

(1). Von Lendenfeld. Der Flug der Libellen. Sitzungsberichte der
Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften in Weir, 18S1.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 987

When at rest the wings of Diptera are more or less askew. "When
a fly is immersed in turpentine it is immediately made insensible
and lies motionless. Tetanic movements, after a short time, cause
.slight movements of the legs and then the wings, although
remaining in the same position relative to the body, turn their
face round in such a manner that they firstly become quite flat and
then askew in the opposite direction to the original position.
This movement is slow and can easily be observed. When the fly
is dead the wings collapse again and return to their ordinary
shape.

The same movement for which a mechanical action of che
resistance of the air is considered the sole cause, is here executed
in a manner which precludes the possibility of such a cause.

I think this proves my views in an ecpaally simple and decisive
manner.

In connection with this I would like to draw the attention of
the reader to peculiar effect of the " insecticide " on the large
vi viperous flies. They invariably give birth to the maggots when
under the influence of it at a time when the tetanus appears in
other parts of the body. The maggots are not influenced by the
insecticide to any great extent.

988 ON SOME RECENT SHELLS FOUND ON THE MACLAY-COAST,

LIST OF SOME RECENT SHELLS FOUND IN LAYERS
OF CLAY ON THF MACLAY-COAST, NEW GUINEA.

By J. Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c.

About two months ago Baron Maclay brought ni3 a small box of
shells for determination, which he had obtained on the North-east
Coast of New Guinea in the year 1877. The whole of the species
seem to have been thrown from the bed of the Ocean by some
volcanic or submarine agency. Having gone carefully through
them, I find that they are species common to the Philippine
Islands, China Sea and Torres Straits. Some of them are very much
sea worn and past identification, others again are represented only
by a single example and odd valves. A list of them is here
given : —

I. Ranella albivaricosa.

Murex rana, Linn. Syst. Nat., p. 1216, No. 527.

Ranella albivaricosa, Reeve. Proc. Zool, Soc, 1844, p. 136.
Conch. Icon., pi. 1, fig. 2. Bursa rana, H. and A. Adams. Genera
of Recent Mollusca, 1853. Vol. 3, pi. 11, fig. 3, 3a.

2. Nassa Liquijarensis.

Nassa Liquijarensis, A. Adams. Proc. Zool. Soc, 1851, p. 97.
Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 8, fig. 53.

3. Nassa. Sp 1

Only a single specimen of this species very much sea worn.

4. Mitra. Sp?

Only a whorl and a half remain of this species.

by j. brazier, c.m.z.s., &c. 989

5. Oliva neostina.

Oliva neostina, Duclos. Olives, pi. 19, figs. 9, 10.
One specimen of this species in good condition.

6. Oliva sidelia.

Oliva sidelia, Duclos. Olives, pi. 19, figs. 1, 2.
One specimen in good condition.

7. Oliva. Sp 1
All that remains of this species is about an inch of the
columella.

8. Oliva lepida.

Oliva lepida, Duclos. Olives, pi. 25, figs. 15-20.

9. Oliva ispidula.

Voluta ispidula, Linn. Syst. Nat., p. 1188, No. 400.

Oliva ispidula, Sowerby. Thes. Conch. Oliva, pi. 16, fig. 250.

10. Oliva. Sp.

Only one specimen (not adult) resembles in markings Oliva
pintamella, Duclos.

11. Oliva. Sp.

Piece of spine showing three whorls.

12. Terebra straminea.

Terebra straminea, Gray. Sowerby Thes. Conch., Vol. 1, p.
169, pi. 42, figs. 22, 23.

13. Conus (Dendroconus) glaucus.
Conus glaucus, Linn. Gmelin., p. 3382, ~No. 15. Sowerby
Thes. Conch., pi. 11, fig. 237.

14. Strombus canarium.

Strombus canarium, Linn. Gruel., p. 3517, No. 24. Sowerby,
Thes. Conch., Vol. 1, p. 33, pi. 8, fig. 69, 70.

Gallinida cananum, Brazier. Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W., Vol.
1, p. 292.

990 on some recent shells found on the maclay-coast,

15. Bulla ampulla.

Bulla ampulla, Linn. Gmelin, p. 3424, No. 10. Sowerby,
Thes. Concb., p. 575, pi. 122, fig. 59. Bulla trifasciata, Sowerby
in Reeve. Concb. Icon., pi. 1, fig. 1. Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc,
N.S.W., Vol. 2, p. 83, No. 33.

This species is only represented by the dorsal surface showing
two transverse bands. Mr. Sowerby figures it in the Thes. Conch,
figure 59, as Bulla ampulla, Linn., but in Reeve's Conch. Icon.,
he re-describes it as Bulla trifasciata. I believe it to be only a
variety of ampulla.

16. Atys cylindrica.
Bulla cylindrica, Helblings. Chem, fig. 1356, 1357.
Bulla cylindrica (Atys), A. Adams in Sowerby, Thes. Conch.,
pi. 125, fig. 114.

17. Atys cylindrica variety elongata.

Bidla elongata, (Atys), A. Adams in Sowerby, Thes. Conch.,
pi. 125, fig. 121.

18. Atys. Spl

This species (a single specimen) may be a small variety of Atys
cylindrica.

19. Dentalium longitrorsum.

Dentalium longitrorsum, Reeve. Proc. Zool. Soc, 1842, p. 197 ;
Sowerby, Thes. Concb., Vol. 3, pi. 223, fig. 59, 60.

20. CULTELLUS. Sp 1

Represented by a sea worn valve.

21. Corbula crassa.

Corbida crassa, Hinds. Proc. Zool. Soc, 1843, p. 55.
Represented by two odd valves.

BY J. BRAZIER, C.M.Z.S., &C. 991

22. CORBULA ALBUGINOSA.

Corhula albuginosa, Hinds. Proc. Zool. Soc, 1843, p. 56.

Right valve.

23. Mactra. Sp?

Represented by one -sea worn valve.

24. Tellina (Tellinella) McAndrewi.

Tellina McAndrewi, Sowerby in Reeve Conch. Icon., pi. 23,
fig. 122.

The eight valves, right and left, answer in every respect to the
description given in the Conch. Icon.; it is quite clear that Mr.
Sowerby's locality Madeira must be wrong.

25. Tellina (Arcopagia) pinguis.

Tellina pinguis, Hanley. Proc. Zool. Soc, 1844, p. 63 ;
Sowerby Thes. Conch., p. 252, pi. 56, fig. 34.

26. Tellina (Phylloda) foliacea.

Tellina foliacea, Linn. Syst., p. 1117, No. 51 ; Hanley in
Sowerby Thes. Conch., Vol. 1, p. 274, pi. 65, fig. 253 ; Reeve
Conch. Icon., pi. 3, fig. 11.

27. Tellina (Angulus). Sp]

Only two odd valves of this species.

28. Tellina (Tellinides) conspicua.

Tellina conspicua, Hanley. Sowerby Thes. Conch., p. 293, pi. 58,
fig. 100.

29. Tellina (Tellinides.) Sp?

A single valve of a pinkish tinge near to T. coccinea, Ch.
30. Tellina (Peron^ea) scalpellum.

Tellina scalpellum, Hanley. Proc. Zool. Soc, 1844, p. 147 ;
Sowerby, Thes. Conch., p. 310, pi. 59, fig. 116.

992 ON SOME RECENT SHELLS FOUND ON THE MACLAY-COAST.

31. Tellina (Strigella.) Sp 1

A single minute valve, sculptured very much like Tellina
splendida and piriformis.

32. Tellina (Metis) spectabilis.

Tellina spectabilis, Hanley. Proc. Zool. Soc, 1844, p. 141 ;
Sowerby, Thes. Conch., p. 323, pi. 65, fig. 254.

33. Venus (Chione) calophylla.

Venus calophylla, Philippi in Wiegmanns Archiv. fur Natur-
geschichte, 1836, Vol. 1, p. 229, pi. 8, fig. 2 ; Hanley, Desc. Cat.
App., p. 361, pi. 16, fig. 26 ; Sowerby, Thes. Conch., p. 724, No.
64, pi. 160, fig. 176 ; Venus tiara, Reeve. Conch. Syst, Vol. 1,
pi. 67, fig. 3. (Non Dillmyn) ; Venus calophylla, Hanley. Reeve
Conch. Icon., pi. 23, fig. 114.

34. Venus (Chione) imbricata.

Venus imbricata, Sowerby. Thes. Conch., p. 715, pi. 156, fig
81, 82 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 24, fig. 118.

35. DlONE BULLATA.

Cytherea bullata, Sowei'by. Thes. Conch., p. 640, pi. 136, f. 192.

36. DOSINIA CANALICULATA.

Artemis canaliculata, Sowerby. Thes. Conch., p. 668, pi. 143,

f. 58.

37. Leda pullata.

Nucula jndlata, Hinds. Proc. Zool. Soc, 1843, p. 100.
Leda pullata, Sowerby. Thes. Conch, p. 127, pi. 3, fig 94;
Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 11, fig. 34.

38. Arca. Sp?
One sea worn valve.

REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN LyEMODIPODA.
By William A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc.

[Plates XLVIII.-XLIX.]

Since the publication of my " Catalogue of the Australian Stalk
and Sessile-eyed Crustacea," two years ago, the appearance of
Dr. Mayer's exhaustive monograph, " Die Caprelliden," has greatly
added to, and brought into a convenient form, our knowledge of
the structure and generic and specific forms of this group of Crus-
tacea. On examining the Caprellidse in my possession, I have
found several new and interesting forms, and to the description of
these add in the present paper a few notes on forms previously
described.

The following is a list of the well-ascertained Australian
species : —

1. Proto Novca ffollandice. Haswell.

2. P. condylata. n. sp.

3. P. spinosa. n. sp.

4. Protella australis. Haswell.

5. P. echinata. Haswell.

6. P. haswelliana. Mayer.

7. Hircella comigera. Haswell.

8. Caprella aequilibra. Say.

9. Caprella attenuata. Dana.
10. Caprella inermis. Haswell.

Proto condylata. N. sp.

[Plate XLVIIL, figs. 1-4.]
Diagnosis. Head and body without spines. Flagellum of
superior antenna? with twenty articuli. Inferior antenna? two-
thirds of the length of the supei'ior pair, the flagellum with nine

994 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN LiEMODIPODA,

articuli. Propodos of posterior gnathopoda in the male with a
rounded process over the articulation of the dactylos ; palm defined
by a bifid denticle.

Female. — The head of this species is without spines, about
equal in length to the following segment. The second, third, and
fourth segments are nearly equal ; the fifth and sixth are nearly
equal in length, longer than the preceding three ; the last segment
is about half the length of the fifth. The superior antenna are
as long as the head and following three segments ; the first and
second segments of the peduncle are stout, the second the longer
and somewhat narrower at the base than towards the extremity ;
the third segment is rather more than half the length of the
second, narrower, being broadest towards the distal end ; the
flagellum is a little longer than the peduncle, with twenty articuli,
of which the last is extremely small. The inferior antennae are
about two-thirds of the length of the superior pair, the second and
third joints of the peduncle small, the fourth and fifth nearly
equal, each nearly three times as long as the third ; the flagellum is
once and a half the length of the last segment of the peduncle and is
composed of nine joints

The propodos of the anterior gnathopoda is triangular in lateral
outline; the palm is very slightly convex, defined by a short tubercle
and ornamented with short hairs. The posterior gnathopoda are
as long as the superior antenna? (|ths of an inch) ; the propodos is
^th of an inch in length, and nearly Jrd of that in breadth, of a
long oval shape in transverse outline, the upper (dorsal) border is
slightly angulated near the middle, but nearer the proximal
than the distal end ; the lower (ventral) border has a well-defined
palm which is slightly convex and is defined by two small
tubercles, or more correctly, by one bifid tubercle, and has five
serrations towards its distal end with a row of short setae ; the
dactylos is more than half the length of the propodos, geniculate
at the junction of its proximal with its middle third. The first
and second pereiopoda are slender, but as long as the others, (as
long as the head and the two following segments — ^ths of an inch),
with long narrow branchhe. The two posterior pairs are short

BY WILLIAM A. BASWELL, M.A., B.SC.

995

the propodos and dactylos of the penultimate pair being rather
larger than those of the last. The surface is dotted with minute
black specs, and there are cross bands of similar dots on some of
the appendages.

With the female specimens were a number of males, the
majority of which differ from the female only (1) in having only
seven segments in the flagellum of the lower antenna? (2) in
having the first two pairs of pereipoda decidedly louger than the
others, and (3) in having the last pair rather stouter than the
penultimate. Among these, two, though resembling the rest
in other respects differ from them in the form of the propodos of
the posterior gnathopoda. In the first of these, which is otherwise
like that of the female, the joint in question is relatively longer and
narrower than in the latter. In the other, which I take to be the
only completely adult male, the propodos (PI. 48, fig. 3), is
narrow at the base, broadening distally, with a strong rounded
process at the dorsal and distal angle over the insertion of the
dactylos, with a deeply concave palm defined by a double tubercle
as in the female, with a quantity of fine hairs towards its middle
and two very minute spines near its distal end ; the dorsal process
is ornamented with hairs ; the extremity of the dactylos is slightly
hooked.

Proto spixosa. N. sp.

[Plate XLIX., fig. 1.]

Diagnosis. Head without spines : three following segments each
with three spines ; flagellum of superior antenna? with twenty-two
or twenty-three articuli. Inferior antenna? equal in length to the
peduncle of the superior pair ; their flagellum with fourteen articuli.
Propodos of posterior gnathopoda having the palm defined by two
teeth an external and an interal, with a groove between them in
which the extremity of the dactylos lies.

The head with the coalescent first segment, the second, third,

and fourth segments of the thorax are all neai-ly equal in length,

the last being the longest. The fifth segment is longer than the

fourth ; the sixth is much shorter. The head is without spines,

65

996 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN L.EMODIPODA,

but has a rounded eminence on its upper surface. The three
following segments each hears three spines, a mesial dorsal, and two
lateral, the latter placed immediately over the origin of the limbs ;
the spines of the first of these segments (second thoracic segment
propei-) are the most prominent, and are very acute and inclined
forwards ; the spines of the other two segments are conical, and
are not inclined forwards. The fourth segment has also a short
conical spine at its posterior end ; the fifth has four short spines
or tubercles in the same position as those of the fourth ; the sixth
and seventh have short, pointed spines over the insertion of the
appendages. These posterior spines are not always present, the
constant ones being those of the second and third segments. None
of the rest of the segments possess spines. The superior antennas
are a little longer than the head and following three segments
(2oths of an inch) ; the first segment is about half the length of the
head ; the second segment is twice the length ef the first, slightly
narrower proximally than distally, the third segment about two-
thirds of the length of the second, much narrower ; the flagellum
a little longer than the two last segments of the peduncle, and
consists of twenty-two or twenty-three segments. The lower
antennae are about equal in length to the peduncle of the superior
pair (/?0ths of an inch) ; the fourth joint of its peduncle is the
longest ; the flagellum is slightly longer than the two last joints
of the peduncle, and has fourteen articuli. The anterior gnathopoda
are a little longer than the head ; the propodos is triangular in
lateral outline, with a well-defined palm, the defining lobe of
which is divided into two small teeth, each with two short, stout
setae. The posterior gnathopoda are as long as the head and two
following segments (Jth of an inch) ; the propodos is longer than
the head, long ovate, the palm convex, obscurely toothed distally,
and defined by two prominent acute teeth, an internal and an
external, between which is a hollow, in which the point of the
dactylos lies when folded up ; the dactylos is more than half the
length of the propodos, nearly uniformly curved. The first two
pairs of pereiopoda are as long as the posterior gnathopoda, slender ;
the third pair are a little more than half the length of the

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 997

preceding pairs ; the two last pairs are as long as the two first,
and stouter ; their propodos has a well-defined palm.

The branchiae are narrow, cylindrical, and very long, about
two- thirds of the length of the basal joint of the appendage.

The total length of the head and body is three-fifths of an inch.

I have seen specimens of this species only in one locality — Port
Western, Victoria.

Of well-established species of Proto, besides the Australian
forms there are, according to Mayer, only two, viz., P. brunneo-
vittata, Haller, and P. ventricosa. O. F. Miiller. The following
synopsis will assist in showing the relations of the species.
' I. Limbs without spines.

a. Palm of posterior gnathopoda with a
defining tubercle, but without other
projections.
1. A process on the large hand over

the articulation of the dactylos.

P. condylata. Haswell.

A. .Body without . o -yt ±t i i a r>

/ \ 2. No process on the large hand. P.

ventricosa. O. F. Miiller.

b. Palm of posterior gnathopoda armed
with teeth. P. Novce-Hollandhe.
Haswell.

II. Third joint of the posterior gnathopoda
with an acute spine. P. brunneo-
vittata. Haller.

B. Body armed with spines. Proto. spinosa. Haswell.

Protella austealis.
[Plate XLIX, figs. 2-4 ]

Protella aicstralis, Haswell. Proc Linn. Soc. New South Wales,
Vol. IV., p. 276, pi. XII., fig. 4.

This species is characterised by the presence of a pair of short,
acute, forwardly-directed spines on the head and by the extreme
length of the superior antennae, which equal the body in length,
their peduncle being equal in length to the head and the following
three segments of the body ; the flagellum on the other hand is
comparatively short, not exceeding the third segment of the peduncle
in length : it is composed of seventeen articuli. The inferior
antennae are relatively short, being no longer than the first two

998 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN L^EMODIPODA,

segments of the peduncle of the superior pair : the fourth and fifth
segments of its peduncle are of nearly equal length, the latter
rather longer and more slender than the former ; the fiagellum is
very short, not being half the length of the last segment of the
peduncle ; it is composed of six articuli. The pi-opodos of the
anterior gnathopoda has the " palm " undefined. The propodos of
the gnathopoda is ovate ; its palm is defined by an acute conical
tooth, and it has two other teeth near its distal end, one proximal,
acute, the other compressed. The branchiae are long oval : the
corresponding appendages are distinct, between a third and a half
of the length of the branchiae. The posterior pereiopoda have the
palm defined by a tooth-like projection.

The length of the body is over half an inch.

I have only found this species in Port Jackson. It is a very
well-marked species and quite distinct from P. gracilis of Dana, to
which Mayer is inclined to unite it, both in the form of the head
and of the gnathopoda. The gnathopoda are not unlike those of
P. dentata but in other respects the two species are quite different.

Protella echinata.

Cap'etta echinata. Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W. Vol.
IV., p. 346, pi. XXIIL, fig. 2. Cat. Aust. Crust., p. 312.

Protella echinata. Mayer, Caprelliden, p 32, figs. 6 and 7.

Mayer points out the presence of extremely reduced rudiments

of anterior pereiopoda, the presence of which places the species in

the genus Protella, of which, however, it must he regarded as an

outlying member.

Protella Haswelliana.

Protella Haswelliana. Mayer, I.e., p. 32, figs. 8-10.

I append Mayer's remarks on this species : —

" With Haswell's consent I here describe this Australian species
(of which a male and a female are at my disposal), as on account
of a peculiarity in its structure it may be regarded as of especial
interest. This consists in the coalescence of the last segment of
the thorax with the penultimate, the former being thus deprived of
independent movement ; at the same time it is so reduced that its
pair of appendages lie close up to the base of the preceding pair.

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 999

In contradistinction to this the fifth segment is very long and
slender. The rudimentary feet of the branchial segment almost
equal the branchiae in length. The spines of the dorsal surface of
the head and body are more strongly pronounced than in the other
Protelke. Moreover, the basal segment of the anterior antennae
bears in its middle a small tubercle with one hair and the pro-
podos of the posterior gnathopoda is also tuberculated on the
dorsal side. The form of the abdomen I have not completely ascer-
tained, but it does not seem to present any special peculiarities."
I have only found this species in Port Jackson.

HlRCELLA CORNIGERA.

Caprella coi'nigera, Haswell.

(?) Proto cornigera, Mayer, I.e., p. 25 fig. 3.

The following are Mayer's remarks on this species of which I
forwarded him specimens for his Monograph : —

" The ten original specimens before me agree completely with
Haswell's description, but they probably belong to the genus Proto
as I was inclined to conclude on my first glance at the figure. This
shows, to wit, three pairs of branchiae arranged in the manner
characteristic of Proto. * * * The three anterior pairs of
pereiopoda were not figured by Haswell, and are also no longer
present in my specimens. * * * The muscles going to these
limbs which in true Protos are by no means weak are so feebly
developed that they have quite produced upon me the impression
that the limbs have become rudimentary ; one would then have to
do with a form in which the reduction of the thoracic legs had
gone even further than in the New Zealand genus Caprellina.
Should this suspicion be borne out by the examination of fresh
specimens the creation of a new generic name for (?) Proto comic/era
would be unavoidable ; I should like in that case to have proposed

the name Hircella."

Caprella ,equilibra.

Caprella ozquilibra. Say. Journ. Acad. Philad. I. ; Bate and

Westwood, Vol. II., p. 71 j Bate, p. 362, pi. LVII , fig. 5 ; Mayer,

p. 45, pi. I., fig. 7 ; pi. II., figs. 1-11 ; pi. IV., figs. 20-25 ; pi. V.,

figs. 16-18 ; Miers, Collections of H.M.S. Alert, Crustacea, p. 320.

1000 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN L.EMODIPODA.

Caprella jrmua/rii. Dana. U. S. Expl. Expd., Crust., p. 819,
pi. LV., fig. 2 ; Kroyer, Voy. en Scand., pi. VI, fig. 15.

Caprella monacantha. Heller.

Caprella laticornis. Boeck.

Caprella obesa. Haswell. Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W., Vol. IV. ,
p. 348, pi. XXIV., fig. 1 ; Cat. Austr. Crust., p. 314.

This species is of very wide distribution, being found on the
British and Scandinavian coasts, the Eastern coast of the United.
States and of South America ; the coast of China and the coasts
New South Wales and Victoria. Of the identity of the
Australian with the European and American form there cannot
remain the least doubt after the careful examination which Dr.
Mayer has made of a considerable series of specimens.
Caprella inermis.

Caprella inermis. Haswell. Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W., Vol.
IV., p. 348, pi. XXIII., fig. 3 ; Cat, Austr. Crust., p. 314 ; Mayer
Caprelliden, p. 71, figs, 26-29.

This species has been received by Dr. Mayer from Rio de

Janeiro.

Caprella attenuata.

Caprella attenuata. Dana. U. S. Explor. Exped. Crust., p. 817,
PI. 55, fig. 1 ; Spence Bate, Cat. Amphip., p. 364, PI. 57, fig. 7 ,
Mayer, I.e., p. 67, figs. 24 and 25 ; Miers, Collections of H.M.S.
Alert, p. 320.

This species has been found at Rio as well as in Port Jackson.

The species figured by Miers is very different from the adult C.
attenuata. but may be an immature form.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Plate, XLVIII.
Fig. 1. — Anterior portion of Proto condylata.
Fig. 2. — Posterior gnathopoda of adult male of Proto condylata.
Fig. 3. — Posterior gnathopoda of male specimen of Proto condylata.
Fig. 4. — Anterior gnathopoda of adult male of Proto condylata.

Plate XLIX.
Fig. 1. — Proto sjrinosa.

Fig. 2. — Anterior gnathopoda of Protella australts.
Fig. 3. — Posterior gnathopoda of Protella avdralis.
Fig. 4. — Pereiopoda of Protella australis.

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN ISOPODA.

By William A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc.

[Plates L., LI., LII. and LIIL]

List of Species.
Faro. Idoteid.e.

1. Idotea Peronii. M. Echv.

2. Idotea marina. Linn.

3. Idotea stricta. Dana.

4. Idotea longicaudata. Spence Bate (= Crahyzos longicaudata.)

5. Idotea margaritacea. Dana.

Fam. Oniscid^:.

6. Armadillidium subdentatum. Haswell.

7. Porcellio graniger. White.

8. Porcellio obtusifrons. Haswell.

9. Philougria {Philygria) marina. Chilton.

10. Ligia gaudichaudii, var australiensis? Dana.

Fam. CymothoidjE.

11. Ceratothoa, trigonocephala. Leach.

12. Geratothoa imbricata. Fabr.

13. Codonophilus argus. Haswell.

14. Ourozeuktes owenii. Milne-Edwai'ds.

15. Ourozeuktes pyriformis. Haswell.

1002 A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN ISOPODA,

Fam. ^Egid^:.

16. ^Ega cy clops. Has well.

17. Cirolana midtidigitata. Miers.

18. Cirolana Schiddtei. Miers.

19. Cirolana tenuistylis. Miers.

20. Cirolana lata. Haswell.

21. Rocinela orientalis. Schiudte and Meinert.

22. Rocinela vigilans. Haswell.

Fam. SpiiiEROMiD^;.

23. Sphaeroma gigas. Leach.

24. Sphaeroma quoyana. Milne-Ed vv.

25. Sphaeroma verrucauda White.

26. Sphaeroma (?) anomala. Haswell.

27. Sphaeroma kevis. Haswell.

28. Sphaeroma aspera. Haswell.

29. Cymodocea granulata. Miers.

30. Cymodocea (?) Gaimardii. Milne-Edwards.

31. Cymodocea. longistylis. Miers.

32. Cymodocea aculeata. Haswell.

33. Cymodocea bidentata. Haswell.

34. Cymodocea coronata. Haswell.

35. Cymodocea tubercxdata. Haswell.

36. Cerceis tridentata. Milne-Edwards.

37. Cerceis bidentata. Milne-Edwards.

38. Cerceis acuticaudata. Haswell.

39. Cerceis trispinosa. Haswell.

40. Gilicaea tenuicaudata. Haswell.

41. Gilicaea Latreillii. Leach.

42. „ „ var. crassicaudata. Haswell.

43. ,, „ var. longispina. Miers.

44. Cilicaea antennalis. White.

45. Cilicaea hystrix. Haswell.

46. Cilicaea spimdosa. Haswell.

47. Cilicaea curtispina. Haswell.

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 1003

48. Cilicaea crassa. Haswell.

49. Zuzara diadema. Leach.

50. Zuzara armata. Milne-Edwards.

51. Zuzara Integra. Haswell.

52. Zxizara emarginata. Haswell.

53. Haswellia carnsa XCalyptura carnea.) Haswell.

54. Amphoroidea australiensis, Dana.

Fam. Arcturid.e.

55. Arcturus longicornis. Haswell.

56. Arcturus brevicornis. Haswell.

Fam. ANTHURID.E.

57. Faranthura australis. Haswell.

58. Faranthura crassicornis. Haswell.

59. Paranthura diemenensis. N. Sp.

60. Anthura Miersii. N. Sp.

61. Hallophasma purpureum. Haswell.

62. Haliophasma maculatum. Haswell.

63. Eisothistos vermi/ormis. Haswell.

Fam. Tanaid.e.

64. Tanais tenuicornis. Haswell.

65. Paratanais linearis. Haswell.

66. Apseudes obtusifrons. Haswell.

67. Apseudes australis. Haswell.

Fam. AnceiDjE.

68. Anceus ferox. Haswell.

Fam. Asellid.e.

69. Stenetrium armatum. Haswell.

70. Stenetrium inerme. Haswell.

Fam. CYMOTHOiDiE.
Miers Zoological Collections of H.M.S. " Alert," (p. 300) adds
a species — Ceratothoa imbricata, Fabr., of which there are speci-
mens in the British Museum from Port Essington, Sydney,
Murray River, and Western Australia, as well as from New
Zealand and from Calcutta.

1004 A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN ISOPODA,

Fam. JEgidm.

Miers describes two new species of Cirolana — C. multidigitata
from Albany Passage, Swan River and the Philippines ; C.
schiodtei, from Torres Straits ; G. tenuistylis, also from Torres
Straits, and a variety of C. lata, mihi from Albany Island.

Rocinela orientalis, Schibdte and Meinert is stated by Miers
(I.e., p. 304) to have been obtained from Torres Straits and
Moreton Bay, as well as from the Gulf of Suez, Ceylon, and the
Philippines.

Fam. Sph^eromid.e.

Miers (I.e., pp. 305-310) describes a new species — Cymodocea
lonyitstylis, from Torres Straits and from Singapore ; a new variety
of Cerceis bidentata of Milne-Edwards, which he calls asperi-
caudata ; he notices the occurrence in Torres Straits and in
Western Australia of Giliccua Latreillii (Sphceroma pvbescens) of
Milne-Edwards ; and describes an additional variety of that
species (C. longispina~) from Bass's Straits. He points out that an
additional species of Ciliccea (C . antennalis of White) had been
obtained from Swan River.

He also points out that the generic name Calyptura, which I
applied to a curious form of this family having the last segment
of the thorax produced into a broad plate, was pre-occupied and
proposes to call it Haswellia.

I have to add the following remarkable new genus.

Bregmocerella, N,G.

Oral region immediately in front of the epitsoine (antennary
sternum) produced forwards into a long horn-like process. Last
segment pi*oduced, pointed. Uropoda with the outer (mobile)
ramus rudimentary.

Bregmocerella tricornis .N. Sp.
[Plate LIIL, fig. 1.]
The oral process is considerably longer than the head, slender,
cylindrical, curved upwards towards the distal end which is slightly

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 1005

dilated. The head is armed, a little in front of and internal to
each eye, with a much shorter process, about a fifth of the length
of the mesial one, directed forwards. The head is about the same
length as the first segment of the pereion, but considerably narrower :
the first segment has the pleural regions expanded and produced
behind into a short acute process. The following five segments are
nearly equal, slightly produced laterally : the seventh is rather
larger, with two obscure teeth on each side of its distal border.
The terminal segment is large, about a third of the length of the
body, nearly triangular in outline, the apex produced into a bluntly
pointed process with a slight notch on either side near the extremity :
on the dorsal surface are two oval elevations covered with minute
granulations. The anterior antennae are slender, but as long as
the head and first two segments. The posterior antennae are much
longer and stouter, more than half the length of the body, the
peduncle and flagellum nearly equal in length, the latter with
about thirty segments. The uropoda are narrow, about half the
length of the terminal segment, not extending to near the apex,
with a notch about the middle of the outer border in which is
articulated the rudiment of a mobile ramus, and with two obscure
teeth in the distal half. The length is f0ths of an inch. The
colour of the dried specimen is mottled red and brown, the horns
red at the extremities : in the middle of the first body segment is
an oval white spot with a light red mark in the middle of it.
Dredged at the " Heads " of Port Jackson. [Macleay Museum.]

Fam. Oniscoidea.

LlGIA AlJSTRALIENSIS.

Miers (I.e., p. 299) describes fully the species common on the
Queensland coast, doubtfully referring it to Ligia Gaudichaicdii,
var. Australiensis , Dana.

Fam. AnceiDjE.
Anceus ferox. N. Sp.
[Plate LIT Figs. 1—5.]
The body is very broad, the greatest breadth being nearly .j,th
of an inch, and the total length, exclusive of the mandibles, being

1006 A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN ISOPODA,

only about /0th of an inch. The head is extremely large, more
than half the length of the pereion ; it presents in front a deep
mesial excavation, at the bottom of which is a tooth ; bounding
the excavation on either side is a tooth-like projection. The
pereion is as broad as the head in front, narrower behind ; the
hinder segments are slightly longer than the anterior. The pleon,
with the telson, is about equal in length to the last four segments
of the pereion ; its length is rather more than thrice its breadth.
The upper antennse are shorter than the lower, considerably
shorter than the head ; the three joints of the peduncle progres-
sively increase in length distally ; the flagellum, which is nearly
as long as the last joint of the peduncle, consists of a rudimentary
proximal, a longer second, and a very small terminal articulation,
the last ornamented with hairs. The inferior antennse are longer
than the superior, but shorter than the jaws ; their flagellum is
about the same length as the last segment of the peduncle, and
consists of seven articuli. The jaws are very large, longer than
the head ; internally, near the base, each presents a bifid tubercle ;
at the apex each is divided into three teeth, of which one is
rudimentary. The two anterior pairs of legs, which are a little
larger than the following pairs, have the ventral borders of the
merus and carpus each armed with two blunt spines ; in the
hinder pairs the place of these is taken by a series of very short
spinules.

In the form of the jaws and their enormous size this species
differs from any others, as well as in the great relative size of the
head. Its nearest ally seems to be Anceus maxillaris, from which,
however, it is very far removed.

I am indebted for the only specimen of this species I have seen
to Mr. Thos. Hewitt. It was found in Port Jackson.

Fam. TanaiDjE.
Tanais tenuicornis.
[Plate L. Figs. 1—8.]
Paratanais tenuicornis, Haswell. Proc. Lin. Soc, N.S.W.,
Vol. VI., p. 194, pi. IV.

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 1007

This species, of which only a shcrt diagnosis has been
published, presents two well-marked varieties — specimens from
Port Western, Victoria, all presenting certain constant though
unimportant peculiarities by which they differ from specimens
from Port Jackson and Port Stephens. The following is a
description of the Victorian form : —

The body is moderately stout. It is ornamented with a few-
scattered hairs on the dorsal surface, chiefly at the junctions of the
segments. The head is nearly as long as the following four
segments ; between the upper antenna? it forms a low triangular
lobe. The first three free thoracic segments are shorter than the
rest — the first being the shortest of all. The abdomen is about
equal in length to the two last segments of the thorax. The
superior antennae are stout, the first joint half the length of the
the head, the second about a third of the length of the first and a
little narrower, the third about two-thirds of the length of the
second, narrower, with a minute lobe at its apex which may be a
rudimentary fourth joint : the extremities of all three joints are
ornamented with a few long hairs. The inferior antennae are
equal in length to the superior pair and slightly more slender, and
consist of six joints ; the first joint is short and stout ; the second
more than twice the length of the first ; the third about a half to
a third of the length of the second ; the fourth as long or very
nearly as long as the second ; the fifth about two-thirds of the
length of the fourth ; the sixth very small, not much more than a
quarter of the length of the penultimate joint; the terminal joints are
ornamented with long delicate hairs. The fingers of the first pair
of thoracic appendages have brown corneous tips ; they are not
denticulated ; but there is a row of short fine hairs near the inner
edge of the immobile finger. The second pair of thoracic append-
ages are more slender than the following, are not ornamented with
spines, and terminate in a long, slender, two-jointed finger. The
third and fourth pairs are shorter than the second and a little
stouter; their dactyli are also slender and straight, but their
meros and carpus are armed with short, stout spines, which are
most numerous round the distal end of the latter segment. The

1008 A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN ISOPODA,

three last pairs have the meros and carpus like those of the
preceding two pairs, but the dactylos is hook-like and armed
internally with a double row of acute spinules. The uropoda have
a well developed ramus with from five to seven subequal articuli.

The surface of the body is irregularly mottled with blackish
spots. The length is about a quarter of an inch.

In the Port Jackson specimens the terminal joint of the
superior antennae is relatively longer and narrower, and the
second joint of the inferior antennae relatively shorter.

Paratanais linearis. N. Sp.

[Plate L. Figs. 9—16.]

The body of this species is extremely narrow — the length being
about ten times the breadth. The head with the coalescent first
segment is about twice as long as the second segment ; it bears on
either ends a strong tooth-like process directed backwards and
downwards. The segments of the thorax are nearly equal, but
increase a little in length and decrease slightly in height towards
the posterior end. The abdominal segments are all equal, about a
third of the length of the last segment of the thorax. The superior
antenna? are stout and short, scarcely so long as the head and first
segment ; with only five joints, of which the second is the largest.
The lower antennae have four joints, of which the two proximal are
the largest, with a strong tooth at the supero-distal angle of the
second ; the fourth joint is very small and scarcely half the length
of the third. The first pair of thoracic appendages are very stout,
as long as the head and following two segments; the meros, carpus
and propus all stout, the carpus the largest ; the immobile finger
has a rounded tubercle ornamented with a few hairs. The
following three pairs of appendages are slender, the propus con-
siderably longer than the carpus, the dactylos slender, continued
into a delicate hair-like point. The last three pairs of thoracic
appendages are rather stouter than the preceding pairs ; the meros,
carpus and propus are each ornamented towards the distal end
with a few conical or curved spines, of which two placed at the

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 1009

extremity of the propus assume the form of accessory dactyli. The
dactylos proper is longer and stronger than these, a little less than
half the length of the propus. The uropoda are very short, the
inner ramus composed of one compressed joint which is about twice
the length of the peduncle ; the outer shorter and narrower,
apparently one-jointed- on one side, but on the other showing an
articulation (or fracture) about the middle. The total length of
the animal is fgths of an inch.

The only specimen I have was obtained with the dredge in Port
Jackson.

Stenetrium armatum.

[Plate LI. Figs. 1—12.]

Stenetrium armatum. Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.
Vol. V., p. 478.

The males of this species differ from the females in the form of
the first pair of thoracic appendages (see P.L.S., N.S.W. Vol. V.,
pi. XIX., figs, lc and 1c1), and also in having the flagella of the
superior antennae usually, though not invariably, longer. The
number of articuli of the inner antennae varies from eight to
twelve, and the length varies considerably in different individuals ;
the extremity never quite reaches the end of the fourth joint of
the peduncle of the inferior pair, and usually does not reach much
beyond the distal end of the third joint. Connected with the
second joint of the inferior antennae is a movable scale or
scaphicerite. The flagellum of the superior antennae is very
long, consisting of 115 very short articuli. As in Apseudes,
Tanais, and Anthura the mandible has a well-developed
palp ; its cutting apex is bi-lobed, each lobe being divided into
several teeth ; behind the teeth is a row of strong curved
spines. The first pair of maxillae have two rami, of which the
outer is the longest, both armed apically with stout, simple spines
and hairs. The second pair of maxillae have three lobes, each
armed with long simple spines. In the first pair of maxillipedes
the basal joint has articulating with it a long, un-jointed,
scale-like, pointed, external appendage ; the second joint is

1010 A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN ISOPODA,

broad, and bears a plate-like appendage, which is armed inter-
nally with a row of four or five chitinous teeth, and distally
with some short seta? ; the following three joints are expanded,
especially the fourth and fifth ; the two terminal joints are
narrower. The six posterior pairs of pereiopods each termi-
nate in two claws, with a third claw or spine a little further
back on the ventral border of the propodos ; the third and
fourth joints are each produced into a process tipped with one or
two very long seta?. The ventral surface of the last segment of the
abdomen frequently possesses an acute spine in the middle line
behind, but this is sometimes rudimentary. The abdomen
possesses three pairs of appendages besides the terminal uropoda.
Of these the first pair are biramous, the exopodite being large and
crustaceous, meeting with its fellow in the middle, and completely
covering the posterior appendages ; it is divided into two parts by
an oblique articulation ; its endopodite is much smaller and more
delicate, tipped with a few setge, and is placed behind the
expodite. The second and third pairs of abdominal appendages
are likewise delicate ; the second is biramous, the third
uniramous. The bases of the first pair of abdominal appendages
are covered in both cases by a broad plate, with a bifid apex
attached to the posterior border of the last thoracic segment. The
eggs are borne in a brood pouch on the ventral surface of the first
four segments of the pereion.

The specimens which I have at my command at present are not
sufficiently well preserved to enable me to ascertain the position
of the embryo in the egg, but I have little doubt on a careful re-
examination of the subject that the present form (in spite of the
direction of the four anterior pairs of thoracic appendages) finds
its nearest allies among the Asellidai, not among the " Abnor-
vialia," as I was at first inclined to suppose. The grouping
together in Dana's classification under the title of Anispoda, of a
number of forms whose chief bond of connection is the direction
of the thoracic appendages results an an extremely artificial
arrangement.

BY WILLIAM A. HASWJELL, M.A., B.SC. 1011

Fam. ANTHURID.E

Paraxtiitra dimenensis. N. sp.

[Plate LIL, figs. 6-13.]

The head is rather smaller than the first segment of the pereion,
conipi-essed from above downwards, nearly square in outline, with
the anterior border concave. The second and third segments are
about equal, very little lai'ger than the head ; the following
segments of the pereion are both longer and thicker than the first
and second, except the last which is rather shorter. The pleon is
nearly as long as the penultimite segment of the pereion ; all its
segments are quite distinct. Both pairs of antennae are shorter
than the head, the inferior pair rather longer than the superior, the
latter has six segments, of which the last is very small and there
seems to be the rudiment of a seventh : the former has five
segments, the last small, ornamented with a fringe of hair. The
first thi-ee pairs of thoracic appendages are all sub-cheliform, the
first the largest with very stout cai'pus and propodos : the former
triangular, produced so as to articulate with a considerable part of
the ventral border of the carpus ; the propodos with the palm
oblique defined by a small spine : the following two pairs are of
somewhat similar shape, but rather smaller, the palm undefined in
the third, defined only by an obtuse angle in the second. The
terminal appendages are rather pointed, ornamented with a small
fasciculus of hairs : the telson has a minute notch in the middle
behind. The length is half an inch.

Found at Hobart between tide marks.

Paraxthura CRASSICORXIs.

[Plate LIIL, figs. 8 and 9.]
Paranthura C7'assiconiis, Haswell. Proc. Linn. Soo, N.S.YV,
Vol. V., p. 478, pi. XVIII., fig. 5 Cat. Aust. Crust., p. 305.

There is a considerable amount of variation in this species ;
particularly in the length of the antennas. In the specimen
originally described the inner pair were about half the length of
66

1012 A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN ISOPODA,

the head : the outer were twice as long as the inner pair. In a
second specimen the inner pair are as long as the head, composed
of five segments of nearly equal size — the fourth the longest, the
fifth shorter, ornamented at the extremity with numerous tine
hairs ; the outer are about half the same length as the inner ;
their flagellum very stout, a little longer than the peduncle, of
eight articuli. In a third specimen the outer antennre are nearly
as long as the head and first two segments, the flagellum having
thirteen joints ; the inner pair are broken off.

[ may add to the description originally given that the propodos
of the first pair of peripods is ornamented on its palmar border
with a few fine hairs : the dactyli likewise have a few very short
hairs along their inner border. The "palm" of the second and
third pereiopods is provided with short straight spines, and there
are similar spines on the carpus and propus of the following pairs.

Haliopiiasma purpureum.

[Plate LIIL, figs. 6 and 7.]

Haliophasma pv/rpureum, Haswell. Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W.,

Vol. V., p. 47G, pi. XVIIL, tig. 3 ; Cat. Aust. Crust., p. 305.

I give here an outline of the antennre of this species. In the

flagellum of the outer pair there are seven distinct segments, the

first large with indications of subdivision into two ; the last two

very small.

Parantiiura australis.

Paranthura australis, Haswell. Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W.,
Vol. V, p. 477, pi. XVIIL, fig. 1 ; Cat. Aust. Crust,, p. 304.
Miers, Zooligical Collections of H. M.S. Alert, p. 311.

A very distinct variety of this species, or perhaps a distinct
species, has been described by Miers (I.e.) as found at Dundas
Straits by Dr. Coppinger.

Pahanthura Miersi. N. sp.

[Plate LIIL, figs. 2-5.]
The body is long and narrow ; the first segment is longer than
the head and projects like a hump behind ; the segments of the

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 1013

pereion are of nearly equal length — the last being a little smaller
than the rest ; the pleon is a little longer than the last segment of
the pereion ; the segmentation is obscurely indicated. The inner
(superior) antennae are shorter than the head very slender, with a
rudimentary flagellum. The outer are as long as the head, with
stout basal joints and a rudimentary flagellum of four articuli with
a dense fringe of extremely fine short hairs. The first pair of legs
have the carpus produced into an infero-distal process which is
armed with a few spinules ; the propus is dilated, the palm
presents a deep excavation the border of which is minutely
serrulate, the dactylos has a tuberculated elevation near its base.
The following pairs are short and stout, the carpus of each
is a little produced infero-distally, and is here ornamented with
a row of very minute spinules with a single larger spine and
three or four fine hairs. The propus is likewise ornamented along
its inferior border towards the distal end with minute spinules
and has a stronger spine at the infero-distal angle ; the dactylos
is large, two-thirds of the length of the propus and is biarticulate.
The rami of the uropoda are ovate. The telson is ovate, narrowing
a little towards the apex.

The length is half an inch. Each of the segments is marked
with a large patch of blackish purple.

Port Jackson.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

[Plate L.]

Fig. I. — Tanais Tenuicornis, lateral view.

Fig. 2. —Superior antenmu of the same species.

Fig. 3. — Inferior antemia3 of the same.

Fig. 4. — Terminal joints of first pair of pereiopods of the same.

Fig. 5. — Second pair of periopods of the same.

Fig. 6. — One of the posterior pairs cf pereiopods of the same.

Fig. 7. — Uropod of the same.

Fig. S. — Lips of pincers of first pair of pereiopods.

Fig. 9. — Paratanais linearis.

Fig. 10. — Superior antennae of the same.

1014 A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN ISOPODA.

Fig. 11— Inferior antennas of the same.

Fig. 12.— Terminal joints of first pair of pereiopoda of the same.

Fig. 13.— Second pair of pereiopoda of the same,

Fig. 14. — One of the posterior pairs of pereipoda of the same.

Fig. 15.— Terminal joints of one of the posterior pairs of pereiopods.

Fig. 16. — Uropod of the same.

[Plate LI.]

Fig. 1. — Stenktrium armatum.

Fig. 2. — Basal joints of inferior antennae.

Fig. 3.— Apex of mandibles.

Fig. 4. — Base of the mandihular palpi.

Fig. 5. —Toothed edge of the maudihles.

Fig. 6.— Maxilla of the first pair.

Fig. 7. — Maxilla of the second pair.

Fig. 8.— Maxillipedes.

Fig. 9. — Ahdominal spine.

Fig. 10. — Pereipods.

Fig. 1 1 . — Anterior pair of pleopods.

Fig. 12—

[Plate LI I.]

Fig. 1. — Anceus fa-ox, magnified.
Fig. 2. — Superior antennae of the same.
Fig. 3. — Inferior antenna) of the same.
Fig. 4. — Distal joints of one of the anterior pereiopods.
Fig. 5. — Fourth and fifth joints of one of the posterior pairs of pereipoda.
Fig. 6. — Head of Paranthura diemenensis.

Fig. 7.— Posterior extremity of Paranthura dh m< in ush, from above.
Fig. 8. — Superior antennae of the same.
Fig. 9. — Inferior antennae of the same.

Fig. 10. — Terminal joints of first pair of pereiopods of the same.
Fig. 11. — Terminal joints of second pair of pereipods of the same.
Fig 12. — Terminal joints of third pair of pereipods of the same.
Fig. 13. — Extremity of one of the posterior pairs of pereiopods of the
same.

[Plate LIIL]

Fig. 1. — Breijmocerella tricornis, magnified.

Fig. 2. — Upper antennae of Paranthura Miersi.

Fig. 3 — Lower antenna) of the same.

Fig. 4. — Extremity of periopod of first pair of the same.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS!. 1015

Fig. 5. — Extremity of one of the posterior pereiopods of the same.

Fig. 6. — Upper antenna of HcUiophasma purpun urn.

Fig. 7. — Lower antenna of the same.

Fig. S. — Upper antenna of Paranthura crassicornis.

Fig. 9. — Lower antennae of the same.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., &c, exhibited a Throwing Stone, used
in warfare by the natives of Futuna, New Hebrides, which had
been presented to the Australian Museum by Captain Geo. Braith-
waite of the Dayspring. The stone was a cylindrical weapon,
about two feet and a half long, and two inches in diameter, and had
been cut out of a solid block of coral. Mr. Ramsay pointed out
that the natives of Futuna were compelled to resovt to coral for
their weapons, as there were no stones Or rocks on that island.

Mr. J. G. Griffin, C.E., exhibited some Oyster Shells, obtained
from the cutting (adjacent to the Yarra River) now being made by
the Melbourne Harbour Trust for improving the water approach to
that city. These were taken at a depth of about 30 to 40ft. He
also exhibited oyster and other shells, from the shaft of the
Maryville Colliery, at Newcastle, about 40ft. from the surface.
Mr. Brazier said the oyster-shells from the neighbourhood of
Melbourne were identical with those of England, and are named
Ostrea edulis, while those from Maryville, were 0. glomerata
var. 0. sub-trigona of this colony.

Mr. Trebeck exhibited two samples of wool grown from the
same ram in Victoria and in Mudgee. The longer sample, grown
under high culture at Ercildoune, is nearly five inches long, and
has every good quality for which the Victorian combing wool is
celebrated ; the shorter sample is of the same time of growth on the
natural pastures of Mudgee, and is only about 1^ inches long.
Irrespective of the marked difference in length, the quality of that
grown on the natural pastures of Mudgee appears to be -very much
inferior in many points. This is unaccountable, as the Mudgee
district is well known to produce merino wools of the highest
quality.

1016 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Professor Stephens exhibited the magnificent donation which
the Society had lately received from the Rev. Dr. Woolls, con-
sisting of a very large collection of New Zealand Lichens, all well
preserved, mounted, and accurately named by Dr. Knight, of
Wellington, New Zealand. For this donation a most cordial
vote of thanks was accorded by the meeting.

Mr. Brazier exhibited a specimen of Tvigonia Lamarckii, Gray,
containing a beautiful flesh tinged Pearl, from Port Jackson.

Dr. von Lendenfeld exhibited specimens of the Ctenophora of
Port Jackson, described by him as Bolina Chimi, in different stages
of development, alive in an Aquarium. A live specimen of Neis
cordigera, measuring a foot in length, was also exhibited by him.

Baron Maclay exhibited the shells, — identified in Mr. Brazier's
Paper, — which he^ had collected on the Maclay-coast, many
hundred feet above the sea level. He also exhibited a sample of
dried clay, remarkable on account of its extreme hardness.

Mr. Layman M. Harrison exhibited a leg bone of a bullock,
which had been fractured in such a way that the broken ends had
been forced aside and completely apart. Notwithstanding this
the bones had knit by very remarkable side growth.

WEDNESDAY, 26th NOVEMBER, 1884.

The President, C. S. Wilkinson, Esq., E.L.S., F.G.S., in the chair.

MEMBERS ELECTED.

Dr. Louis Foucart, F.R.C.S., &c., 231 Macquarie Street, Sydney
Albert K. Varley, Esq., Mount Gambier, South Australia; Dr.
H. Cooper Rose, F.R.C.S., Balmain.

DONATIONS.

" Proceedings of the Royal Society of London," Vol. XXXV.,
No. 227. Vol. XXXVL, Nos. 228 to 231, June 21st, 1883, to
April 24th, 1884. From the Society.

"Bulletin de la Societe Royale de Geographie d'Anvers."
Tome IX., Fasc. 1, 1884. From the Society.

" Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes," No. 168. October, 1884.
From the Editor.

"Victorian Naturalist," Vol. I., No. 10. October, 1884. From
the Field Naturalists Club of Victoria."

018 DONATIONS.

" Naturhistorisches Museum zu Hamburg, Bericht des Directors
fur 1883." " Ueber einige afrikanische Reptilien, Amphibien
and Fische des Naturhistorischen Museums. Von Dr. J. G.
Fischer." Two pamphlets, 8vo, 1884. From the Hamburg
Museum.

"Midland Medical Miscellany," Vol. III., No. 34. October,
1884. From the Editor.

"Journal of Conchology," Vol. IV., No. 7. July, 1884. From
the Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ireland.

" Monatliche Mittheilungen des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereins
des Regierungsbezirkes Frankfurt." II. Jahrg., No. 5. August,
1884.

" Zoologischer Anzeiger." Jahrg. VII., No. 178. 6th October,
1884. From the Editor.

" Science,'' Vol. IV., Nos. 85-88. September 7th to October
10th, 1884 From the Editor.

" Leopoldina, Amtliches Organ der Kaiserlichen Leopoldino-
Carolinischen Deutschen Akademie der Naturforscher, Halle."
Part 19 for 1883. From the Society.

" Final Report of the South Australian Institute for the nine
months ended June 30th, 1884." From the Director.

" Entomologisk Tidschrift." Arg. V., Haft. 1 and 2, 1884.
From the " Entomologiska Foreningen, Stockholm."

"Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society of London." Ser.
II , Vol. IV, Part 5. October, 1884. From the Society.

ON A NEW INSTANCE OF SYMBIOSIS.
By William A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc.

Some time ago I had the pleasure of bringing under the notice
of this society an instance of Symbiosis, in which the organisms
were a minute Sea-Anemone and a Bryozoan. (1) The example
which I have now to bring forward is not without analogy
with this. Last year I described in a preliminary note (2) the
general appearance of a new and remarkable species of Phoronis,
the first that had been found to inhabit Australian Seas. I
described the worms as inhabiting spaces or channels in the
substance of a wide tube about six inches long, formed of felted
threads and having a smooth interior — the heads of the Gephyreans
projecting externally. The tube when first discovered was quite
empty, and I could not even conjecture what the meaning of this
singular structure could be. Fragments of similar colonies have
been dredged repeatedly since, and Mr. W. H. Caldwell, who while
at Naples made a special study of the Mediterranean Phoronis
hippocrepis, has more than once obtained large pieces containing
many individuals. It was only the other day however, that the
mystery regarding this remarkable mode of growth of the Phoronis
was solved. Mr. Ramsay obtained in a dredge a fortnight ago,
specimens which proved not only to contain colonies of Phoronis
australis, but also the inhabitant of the cavity of the tube in the
substance of which the Phoronis grows. This proves to be a large
St a- Anemone, of the genus Cerianlhus.

We have thus here a very remarkable instance of mutual
co-operation in two animals belonging to widely different classes.
A Sea-Anemone lives in the lumen of a tube the substance of
which is inhabited by a colony of Phoronis. It is not an instance
of mere parasitism or commenalism ; we have plenty of instances

(1.) Proc.Linn. Soc, N.S.W., Vol. VII., p. 608.
(2.) Op. cit., Vol. VII., p. 611.

1020 ON A NEW INSTANCE OF SYMBIOSIS,

in which one animal finds it advantageous to take up its abode in
the walls of the dwelling of another. But here we have something
more. The tube in which the Anemone dwells is not formed by
the Anemone alone, but is partly manufactured by the Phoronis.
This is proved by an examination of the texture of the tube, which
is partly made up of gelatinous threads containing a large amount
of the same dark purple pigment found in the integument of the
tentacles and front part of the body of the Phoronis, and partly of
much finer threads.

Among the meshes of the latter, which form the greater part
of the thickness of the tube are numerous oval thread-cells, and
the thick felt-like substance seems to consist of nothing else than
the discharged flagella of these bodies (1). The Phorones inhabit
transparent membranaceous tubes which run obliquely in the
substance of the tube of the Cerianthus, projecting usually a little
distance beyond the general outer surface of the latter— the mouth
directed more or less upwards. The openings of thesa smaller
tubes lie over the whole surface of the large tube ; except a short
.space at the lower end, the tubes themselves form a substantial
part of the thickness of the latter, and there can be little doubt
from the way in which the threads which seem to be derived from
the Phoronis are interwoven with those produced by the thread-
cells of the Cerianthus, and from the intimate manner in which
the smaller tubes are interwoven with the tissues of the larger one
that the two structures — the colony of Phoronis and the pro-
tecting case of the sea-anemone — have grown simultaneously.

The symbiosis of a Sagartia with a Pagurus has been described
by Eisig — the hermit-crab permitting the sea-anemone to live on
the back of its shell, and the sea-anemone apparently preferring
this situation to any other (2). The advantage derived from
association with one of the Actinidce in all such cases, is

(1). Thread-cells of similar shape occur (with others) in the ectoderm
ot the body wall of the Cerianthus, though not of the tentacles, the
nematocysts of the latter being all along and narrow with a spiral thread.

(•J). Dromia excavata. another of the Anomoura, found in Port Jackson,
is almost always found with a colony of Diazona, a solid heavy compound
Asoidian, growing on its back — the Diazona frequently being very many
times the bulk and weight of the Crustacean.

BY WILLIAM A. IIASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 1021

dependent on the power which the latter possesses of killing or
stunning by the action of its thread-cells small organisms that
approach the neighbourhood of its tentacles — a plentiful supply of
food being thus provided for the anemone itself and for am other
animal, such as the hermit-crab or the colony of Phoronis that
may live in association with it, and common enemies being at the
same time warded oft'. In return for this the Phorones help to
build and to strengthen the protecting case in which the
Cerianthus lives.

ON THE PYCNOGONIDA OF THE AUSTRALIAN COAST,
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.

[Plates LIV., LV., LVL, LYTL]

By William A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc.

Very few Australian species of Pycnogonida have been described.
In the list of the known members of the order given by Hoeck in
his Report on the Pycnogonida of the Challenger Expedition (188 1)
there are only seven Australian species mentioned and of these
seven, several are rather to be regarded as belonging to the deep-sea
fauna than to the fauna of Australia.

The following is a list of all the Australian forms now known : —

Fam. NymphonidjE.

Nymphon validum, n. sp. Port Stephens.
Nymphon aequidigitatum, n. sp. Port Jackson.
Nymphopsis armatus, n. gen et sp. Port Molle.

Fam. C'OLOSSENDEID.E.

Ammothea longicollis, n. sp. Port Jackson.
Ammothea assimilis, n. sp. Port Jackson.

1022 ON THE PYCSTOGONIDA OF THE AUSTRALIAN COAST,

Ascorhynchus minutus, Hoeck. Off Port Phillip.
Colossendeis gigas-leptorhynchus, Hoeck. South of Australia.
Colossendeis tenuissinia, n. sp. Port Denison.
Achelia kevis, var. austral iensis, Miers. Port Jackson.

Fam. Pallenid.e.
Pallene lsevis, Hoeck. South Coast.
Pallene chiragra, Milne-Edwards. Jervis Bay.
Pallene pachycheira, n. sp.

Pallene austi-aliensis, Hoeck. South-East Coast.
Pallene languida, Hoeck. Melbourne.
Phoxichilidium tubiferum, n. sp. Port Jackson.
Phoxichilidium Hoeckii, Miers. Torres Straits.

Fam. PhoxichilidjE.
Phoxichilus charybdaeus (j), Dohrn. Port Molle.
Pycnogonum australe, Grube.
The momenclature of the appendages and the definitions of the
genei-a followed in drawing up the following descriptions have been
mainly those of Dohrn (1).

Genus. NYMPHON. Fabr.

Nymphon jEQUIDIGITatum, n. sp. [PI. LIV., figs., 1 — 5.]

The length of the body is about four and a-half times its greatest

breadth; the lateral processes are separated from one another by

distinct intervals, and are about as long as the body is broad ; the

"neck" is half the length of the rest of the body and much

narrower. The divisions between the segments are well-marked.

The proboscis is rather longer than the neck, and is dilated at the

base where it is considerably broader than the body ; distal ly it

narrows slightly and ends in a rounded extremity. The abdomen

is about a fifth of the length of the body, deeply notched behind.

The first pair of appendages are very large, their basal joint is as

long as the proboscis, stout, rather thicker distally than proximally.

(1.) Fauna and Flora des Golfes von Neapel, III. Monographic: Pant
opoda, von Dr. Anton Dohrn, Leipzig, 1881.

BY WILLIAM A. IIASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 1023

The second joint is also very long, though shorter than the first, it
is ovoid and swollen ; the finger into which it is prolonged is about
half the length of the rest of the joint, is provided with a series of
denticles and ends in an extremely fine, curved point; the movable
linger resembles the immobile one. The second pair of appendages
are of the same length -as the first, but very slender ; the first joint
is very short, the second is eight times as long, the third is a little
shorter than the second ; the fourth is a little more than a third of
the length of the third ; the fifth is considerably longer than the
fourth, but shorter than the third. The third pair of appendages
are long and slender ; the first joint is short, the second longer, the
third twice as long as the second, and rather dilated distally, the
fourth longer and more slender than the third, gently curved ; the
fifth short, the sixth longer than the fifth, about a third of the
length of the fourth, the seventh and eighth, ninth and tenth, nearly
ecpial in length ; the number of spines on the tenth joint is over
fourteen, but the appendage is damaged on both sides and some of
the spines have been broken off ; the terminal claw is nearly as
long as the tenth joint. The following four pairs of appendages
are distinguished by their great length, being four times as long as
the whole body inclusive of the proboscis ; the first joint is short
and rather thick ; the second is more than three times the length
of the second, narrower proximally than distally ; the third is
slightly larger than the second ; the fourth is twice as long as the
second, slightly swollen distally ; the fifth is a little longer than the
fourth, and much more slender ; the sixth is the longest and
slenderest of all, nearly as long as the fourth and fifth together ; the
seventh and eighth are likewise very slender, the former the
shorter of the two, a little longer than the first ; the eighth is not
at all thicker than the seventh ; it has three terminal claws which
are of nearly equal size, scarcely a fourth of the length of the joint.

The length, inclusive of the proboscis is fgths of an inch ; of each
leg |ths of an inch.

Dredged at Port Jackson, New South Wales.

A second specimen from the same locality has the proboscis rather
larger, and the second joint of the first pair of appendages longer

102-4 ON THE PYCN060NIDA OF THE AUSTRALIAN COAST,

and less dilated ; it has seventeen denticulated spines on the last
joint of the third pair of appendages, fifteen on the ninth joint,
about fifteen on the eighth, and eighteen on the seventh.

Nympiion validum, n. sp. [PI. LIV., figs., 6 — 9.]

The length of the body is about six times its breadth ; the
latei'al processes are separated by distinct intervals ; they are well
developed, being rather longer than the breadth of the body ; the
neck is rather short and stout. [The proboscis and the abdomen
arc both lost.] The first pair of appendages are rather short, the
first joint short and thick ; the second ovid and swollen, produced
into a long, rather slender, finger. The second pair of appendages
are very short, much shorter than the first, the third joint the
longest. The third pair of appendages are well dt veloped ; the first
three joints are short and thick, the fourth longer, slightly curved,
the fifth considerably longer than the third, provided at its
extremity with a remarkable process ; the sixth to the tenth joints
are nearly equal, the ninth and tenth being the smallest ; the last
four joints are armed with denticulated spines of which there are
five on the seventh, six on the eighth, four on the ninth and five
on the tenth ; there is no terminal claw. The last four pairs of
appendages are of nearly equal length, more than twice the length
of the body, stout, and ornamented with a few conical tubercles
each capped with a small, simple spine ; the first joint is short and
thick, the second more than twice as long, narrow proximally, very
stout distally ; the third is shorter and has one or two low tubercles;
the fourth is more than twice as long as the second and has two
prominent conical tubercles at its distal end; the fifth is rather
shorter than the fourth and has two prominent tubercles in its
proximal half ; the sixth is a good deal longer than the fourth and
lias two obscure tubercles in its proximal half and a pair at its
distal end ; the seventh segment is very small and is armed with a
few stout spines ; the eighth is strongly bent, it palmar border is
deeply concave, and armed with a row of spines of which the
proximal five are much shorter than the rest ; the large claw is

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 1025

scarcely two-thirds of the length of the eighth joint ; the accessory
claws are scarcely half the length of the large claw.

The length of the body is an eighth of an inch : of the posterior
appendages a third of an inch.

Specimens of this species were obtained with the dredge in Port
Stephens.

Genus. NYMPHOPSIS. Haswell.

First pair of appendages well developed, cheliform. Second pair
well-developed, palpiform with nine joints. Third pair with seven
joints, none of them provided with compound spines.

Nymphopsis armatus, n. sp.

[PL LV., tigs. 1-4.]
The thorax of this species is about three times as long as its
greatest breadth, a little narrower behind than in front ; the lateral
processes are long, and are separated from one another by tolerably
wide intervals ; the last pair are directed much more backwards
than outwards, the thorax appearing to bifurcate behind and the
two processes thus formed not diverging widely from one another.
The abdomen is very long, being more than half the length of the
thorax, narrow, cylindrical, armed near the extremity with two
powerful acute spines. The ocular lobe is also very long, about half
the length of the abdomen with two closely approximated eyes. The
proboscis is as long as the thorax ; broad at the base and narrowing
a little towards the apex which is truncate. The first pair of
appendages extend a very little beyond the extremity of the
proboscis ; the first joint is long and narrow, but a little expanded
at the extremity where it is produced into a circular rim forming
a cup at the bottom of which the second joint is articulated, apices
of the fingers extending a little beyond it; this rim is armed with
one or two spines ; the fingers are slender, strongly curved, crossing
at their tips, and leaving a wide space between when closed. The
second pair of appendages ai'e a little longer than the first, slender ;
the first joint is short, the second and fourth long, the former being
slightly longer than the latter which has a rounded tubercle on

1026 ON THE PYCNOGONIDA OF THE AUSTRALIAN COAST,

its outer margin near the extremity ; the third very short : the last
four joints are small, armed with numerous simple spines. The
third pair of appendages are slendei", with seven joints, of which the
third is the longest, the fourth a little shorter and the rest small,
the terminal joint being the smallest of all ; none of them are
ornamented with compound spines.

The fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh pairs of appendages are
about four times the length of the body, comparatively stout,
ornamented with tubercles and numerous compound spines. The
first joint is small and has only one or two simple spines ; the
second joint is more than twice as long as the first, narrow
proximally, broader distally, with a very prominent tubercle and
several spines, one very large ; the third joint is smaller than the
second ; it is ornamented at its distal end with a few small, finely
ciliated spines ; the fourth joint is very long, four times as long as
the third, and with three or four spiniferous tubercles ; the fifth
joint is nearly as long as the fourth and is ornamented along its
anterior border with about ten to fifteen very large compound
spines ; the sixth joint is nearly the same length as the fifth, but a
little narrower, and is ornamented with similar spines ; the eighth
joint is about four times as long as broad, bears on its inner
(" palmar ") border a row of about twenty slightly curved spines, of
which the proximal two or three are stouter than the others ; the
dorsal border is beset with seven or eight longer and somewhat
more delicate spines, each set in a little tubercle ; the extremity has
likewise a few slender spines ; the claw is slightly shorter than the
eighth joint, stout, nearly straight.

I obtained one specimen of this species in the dredge at Port
Molle in Queensland, at a depth of 15 fathoms during the cruise
of H. M.S. "Alert."

Genus. AMMOTHEA. Leach.
Ammothea assimilis, n. sp.
[PI. LV., figs. 5-9.]
The body of this species is tolerably broad : tin; intersegmental
lines distinct. The lateral processes are in contact with one another.

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 1027

The proboscis is very large, about three fourths of the length of the
body, as broad as the body in its middle part, constricted behind,
narrowing somewhat in front and ending in a blunt apex, the out-
line being that of a long oval. The abdomen is exceedingly small,
not a third of the length of the rest of the body, cylindrical,
narrowing slightly towards the posterior extremity, which is
obscurely notched. The first pair of appendages are very short,
not a half of the length of the proboscis. The second pair are
somewhat longer than the proboscis, slender ; the first and second
joints are small ; the third is the longest, extending beyond the
extremity of the first pair of appendages ; the fourth very small ;
the fifth nearly half the length of the third ; the sixth to the tenth
all small ; the tenth narrow oval, rather more than thrice as long
as broad ; the five terminal joints are ornamented with a few short
and fine hairs. The seventh pair of appendages are rather smaller
than the fourth, fifth and sixth : the latter are rather more than
twice the length of the body exclusive of the abdomen : the first
three joints are all short, the second the longest of the three, con-
stricted proximally, and ornamented at its distal end with a very
prominent process having a few small hairs ; the fourth joint is
rather longer than the second and third together ; the fifth is
slightly longer and narrower than the fourth ; the sixth is rather
longer and narrower than the fifth ; the seventh is very small ;
the eighth about two thirds of the length of the sixth, the large
claw not cpiite half the length of the eighth joint : the fifth and
sixth joints are slightly constricted proximally ; each bears a few
longish hairs on its dorsal border ; the palm on the eighth joint is
not distinctly defined ; the palmar border bears eight spines, of
which the proximal three are longer than the others ; the dorsal
border of the eighth joint bears about ten bristles : the small claws
are scarcely two-thirds of the length of the large.

I found specimens of this species on Clark Island, Port Jackson.
It is very nearly related to Ammothea Langii of Dohrn ; but the
form of the terminal joint of the second pair of appendages and
other minor points distinguish the two species.
67

1028 ON THE PYCNOGONIDA OF THE AUSTRALIAN COAST,

Ammothea loxgicollis, n. sp.

[PI. LVI., figs. 1-4.

The body of this species is rather long and slender, the " neck,"
or portion intervening between the point of inseition of the second
pair of appendages and that of the third, about half the length of
the rest (exclusive of the abdomen.) The intersegmental lines are
very distinct. The lateral processes are not in contact with one
another, but not very wide apart, those of the third pair of
appendages being more widely separated from the fourth than any
of the following pairs are from one another. The proboscis is
very large, as long as the neck and first segment, long oval, with the
ends somewhat pointed. The abdomen is narrow cylindrical,
notched at the extremity, equal in length to the last two segments.
The first pair of appendages are very small, scarcely one-third of the
length of the proboscis ; the first joint is narrow, slightly incurved,
rather broader distally than proxiinally ; the second is ovate, about
one-fourth of the length of the first. The second pair of appendages
are about four and a-half times the length of the first, and are
longer than the proboscis ; the first joint is short and thick ; the
rest slender, the second very much the longest, thicker at the distal
than at the proximal end ; the third about a quarter of the length
of the second, the fourth two-thirds of the length of the second, the
fifth very short ; the sixth nearly half of the length of the fourth ;
the seventh equal in length to the sixth ; the eighth a little shorter,
and the ninth shorter still ; the ninth joint is ornamented with a
few short hairs. The basal joint of the third pair of appendages
is small ; the second twice as large as the first, curved ; the third
rather smaller than the second; the fourth twice as long as the
third ; the fifth rather shorter than the fourth and more slender
towards the proximal end ; the sixth nearly two-thirds of the length
of the fifth ; the seventh about equal to the sixth ; the eighth rather
smaller, the ninth and the tenth nearly equal in length ; the last
four segments are ornamented with pinnate hairs ; the last termi-
nates in a curved claw. The fourth, fifth, sixth and .seventh pairs

BY WILLIAM A. IIASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 1029

of appendages have each short basal joints, each of which lias two
short lateral processes near its distal end ; the second joint is a little
longer than the first, the third ecpial to the first ; the fourth is
longer than the three first together ; the fifth is somewhat longer
than the fourth, the sixth about the same length as the fourth,
but more slender, the seventh about half the length of the sixth ;
the eighth, the joint between which and the seventh is scarcely
discernable, is equal in length to the seventh ; the claw is longer
than the eighth segment, tapering distally, and resembles an
additional segment.

This species occurs in Port Jackson.

Genus. COLOSSENDEIS. Jarzynsky.

CoLOSSEXDEIS TENUISSIMA. n. Sp.

[Plate LVL, figs. 5-8.]
The body of this remarkable species is of extremely slender form
exceeding in that respect any of the described species of Pantopoda.
The first joint is comparatively short, and its lateral processes
approach close to the bases of the preceding appendages. The
second segment is extremely long, the length being about six times
the breadth, and the lateral process for its pair of appendages which
are placed close to the posterior end of the segment, being separated
by a very wide interval from those of the preceding pair. The
third segment is about equal in length to the second ; the fourth is
about half the length of the third. The lateral processes are all
very short, and somewhat constricted where they join the segment.
The abdomen has been lost. The proboscis is very remarkable ;
with its peduncle it is nearly as long as the body, of a pyriform
shape armed towards its middle with a prominent tooth and
supported on a very long and slender peduncle. The second pair
of appendages are very long and slender passing far beyond the
extremity of the proboscis ; the first joint is indistinct ; the second
is short and stout ; the third is slender and of great length, longer
than the peduncle of the proboscis ; the fourth joint is veiy short ;
the fifth is about half the length of the third and equally slender ;

1030 ON THE PYCNOGONIDA OF THE AUSTRALIAN COAST,

the sixth is scarcely a fifth of the length of the fifth ; the seventh
is a little longer than the sixth and slightly narrower ; the eighth
is rather longer and narrower than the seventh ; the ninth is equal
in length to the seventh, Imt narrower ; the tenth is scarcely two-
thirds of the length of the ninth. The third pair of appendages is
a little longer than the second ; its three first joints are short and
stont, while the fourth is very long, equalling in length the third
joint of the second pair of appendages, and very slender, expanding
a little towards the distal end ; the fifth joint is short ; the sixth
as long as the fourth, very slender throughout the greater part of
its extent, but a little expanded towards the distal end ; the
seventh, eighth and ninth joints are nearly equal, short, slightly
curved, bordered with a close line of hairs ; the tenth is rather
smaller, ornamented internally with a dense fringe of hairs and
armed with a terminal claw, forming a cheliform termination to
the appendage. The appendages of the fourth, fifth, sixth
and seventh pairs are very long and slender, much longer than
the body ; the three basal joints are short and stout, the fourth
very long and very slender in the greater part of its extent,
though somewhat thickened distally. The fifth joint is about equal
in length to the fourth, slender and a little thickened distally ; the
sixth joint is a little shorter than the fifth and of nearly uniform
diameter throughout ; the seventh is scarcely half the length of the
sixth ; the eighth is about equal to the seventh ; the claw is between
half and two-thirds of the length of the eighth joint, nearly
straight, acute.

The length of the body inclusive of the proboscis is three-eighths
of an inch ; of the legs seven-eighths.

I have only one specimen of this well-marked species, found in

Port Denison.

Genus. PALLENE.

Pallene pachyciieira, n. sp.
[Plate LVIL, figs. 6-9.]
The body of this species is rather short and thick, the interseg-
mental lines very distinct, thelateral processes closely approximated
to one another. The proboscis with the neck is a little shorter than

BY WILLIAM A. HA.SWELL, M.A., B.SC. 1031

the body proper ; the length and breadth of the segments of the body
are nearly equal. The proboscis is as broad as the body behind,
conical, coming gradually to a point in front. The abdomen is
short, shield-shaped, slightly notched in the middle behind. The
first pair of appendages are very large ; more than twice as
long as the proboscis, the first joint is thick, a little narrower at
the proximal than at the distal end, as long as the proboscis ; the
penultimate joint is very large, somewhat longer than broad,
laterally compressed ; its digital process is stout, and presents a
rounded lobe towards the middle of its inner border ; the last joint
(dactyl us) is of a similar form to the digital process of the
preceding and has a similar rounded lobe on its inner border. The
third pair of appendages have the four basal joints stout, the third
and fourth longer than the first and second ; the fifth is as long as
the third and fourth together, narrower, curved, and provided with
a conical process standing out at right angles at its distal end ; the
sixth joint is about a fifth of the length of the fifth ; the following
four joints are each ornamented with a small number — half-a-dozen
or fewer — of compound setaj ; the seventh and eighth are longer
than the ninth and tenth ; the last is succeeded by a long pointed
claw. In the following pairs of appendages the basal joint is equa
in length to the lateral process ; the second joint is about twice the
length of the first, constricted at the proximal end ; the third joint
is about the size of the first ; the fourth, fifth and sixth joints are
nearly equal, the fifth being the smallest ; each of them presents
two constrictions ; the seventh joint is very small, ornamented
with a few strong seta? : the eighth joint is rather strongly curved,
its palm provided at the base with five or six stout spines, and
distally a few small irregular spines ; all the joints are ornamented
with minute tubercles. The total length of the body and proboscis
is an eighth of an inch ; of one of the posterior appendages three
eighths. This species, which I have found in Port Jackson is
rather nearly related to P. Iteois of Hoeck, but differs from it
strongly in the small number of spines on the third pair of appen-
dages, and the presence of the process on the fifth joint, the
constrictions on the fourth, fifth and sixth joints of the posterior
appendages, etc.

1032 ON THE PYCNOGONIDA OF THE AUSTRALIAN COAST,

.Genus. PHOXICHILIDIUM. Milne-Edwards.

PlIOXICHILIDIUM TUBIFERUM. N. sp.

[Plate LVII., figs. 1-5.]
The body is rather elongate, the intersegmental lines indistinct.
The first segment constricted produced over the origin of the
proboscis. The proboscis is scarcely equal to half of the length of
the body, exclusive of the abdomen, notched at the extremity,
narrower than the following segments, rather broader at the base
than at the apex. The segments of the body have large lateral
processes widely separated from one another, and somewhat
constricted at the base ; those for the seventh pair of appendages
rather shorter than those for 4, 5 and 6 ; the last segment
is narrower than the preceding two. The Abdomen is narrower
than the last segment of the thorax, rather shorter than the
proboscis, cylindrical, a little narrower posteriorly ; the posterior
extremity notched. The first pair of appendages are very
long, extending well beyond the extremity of the proboscis,
there are two joints, the first long, cylindrical, rather broader
distally than proximally, with about a dozen simple hairs ;
the second joint scarcely a third of the length of the first, the
dactyli slender and acute, crossing at their apices. The third
appendage is six jointed, nearly as long as the body and abdomen,
slender. The first joint is thicker than the rest but very short ;
the second is twice as long as the first and rather narrower ; the
third is more than twice as long as the second and very slender ;
the fourth is very short, scarcely a fourth of the length of the
third, but about the same breadth, slightly curved ; the fifth is
also slightly curved and is somewhat smaller than the fourth ;
the sixth is extremely small, scarcely half the length of the fifth.
The fourth, fifth, sixth and seventh appendages are very similar
to one another. The first joint is short and stout ; the second is
longer, constricted at the base ; the third is very small, not half
the length of the second ; the fourth is nearly as long as the first
three together ; the fifth is rather shorter than the fourth and
narrower ; the sixth is about equal in length to the fifth, but

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 1033

move slender; the seventh is very small; the eighth is scarcely
half the length of the sixth ; the claw is nearly two-thirds of the
length of the eighth joint. There is a whorl of hairs round the
distal end of each limb-process and a few scattered hairs on the
proximal joints ; there is- a small process at the distal ends of the
fourth, fifth, and sixth joints each bearing one long hair with
sometimes a small one at its base ; the seventh joint has a small
spine and three or four minute hairs on its ventral border ; the
eighth joint has a well-defined " sole," with a row of twelve (or
eleven) curved acute spines ; on the projection bounding the palm
are three other spines, one large, the others small ; between the
row of curved spines and the base of the claw is a row of very
minute hairs ; the second claw is only represented by a rudiment.

The cement glands are placed in the fourth joint of the limbs,
and their common duct opens at the end of a very long haii'-like
process more than a third of the length of the joint itself.

This species was obtained with the dredge in Port Jackson.

Genus. PHOXICHILUS. Latreille.

PlIOXICHILUS CIIARYBDiEUS. (?) Dohrn.

I am unable to separate a species of Phoxichilus obtained at
Port Molle from the species above-named, which has hitherto only
been obtained in the Mediterranean, except that in my only
specimen the third appendages have only three joints instead of
seven as in Dohrn's species. This may be owing to the immaturity
of the specimen, and I have, therefore, refrained from adding
another specific name.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Plate LTV.

Fig. 1. — Xymphon osquidigitatum : extremity of one of the first pair of

appendages.
Fig. 2. — The same : extremity of second pair of appendages.
Fig. 3. — The same : third pair of appendages.
Fig. 4. — The same : terminal joints of one of the pair of appendages.

1034 ON THE PYCNOGONIDA OF THE AUSTRALIAN COAST.

Fig. 5. — The same : extremity of the abdomen.

Fig. 6.— Terminal joints of one of the first pair of appendages of Xymphon

vcUidum.
Fig. 7. — Third pair of appendages of the same.
Fig. 8. — One of the compound set;e of the third pair of appendages of

the same.
Fig. 9. — Terminal joints of the fifth pair of appendages of the same.

Plate LV.

Fig. 1. — First pair of appendages of Xy»ijjhojt-<i'> armatus.

Fig. 2. — 8econd pair of appendages of the same.

Fig. 3. — Extremity of the fifth pair of appendages of the same.

Fig. 4. — Compound spine of one of the posterior appendages of the same.

Fig. 5. — Proboscis and appendage of the first pair of Ammothea assimilis.

Fig. 6.— Extremity of one of the appendages of the first pair of the same.

Fig. 7. — Extremity of one of the appendages of the second pair of the

same.
Fig. 8. — Terminal joints of one of the posterior appendages of the same.
Fig. 9. — Four basal joints of one of the posterior appendages of the same.

Plate LVI.

Fig. 1. — Proboscis and anterior portion of the body of Ammothea longicollis.

Fig. 2. — Abdomen of the same.

Fig. 3. — Extremity of the second pair of appendages of the same.

Fig. 4.— Extremity of one of the posterior appendages of the same.

Fig. 5. — Body, proboscis and anterior appendages of Colossendeis tenuissima.

Fig. 6. — Extremity of the second pair of appendages of the same.

Fig. 7.— Extremity of one of the appendages of the third pair of the same.

Fig. 8. — Extremity of one of the posterior appendages of the same.

Plate LVII.

Fig. 1. — Proboscis and anterior appendages of Phoxichilidium tubiferum.

Fig. 2. — Base of posterior appendages and abdomen of the ,<ame.

Fig. 3. — Extremity of one of the appendages of the third pair of the same.

Fig. 4. — Terminal joints of one of the posterior appendages of the same.

Fig. 5. — Cement gland of the same.

Fig. 6. — Appendage of the first pair of Pallene pachycheira.

Fig. 7. — Extremity of one of the appendages of the third pair of the same.

Fig. 8. — Compound setse of the same appendage.

Fig. 9. — Extremity of one of the posterior appendages of the same.

NOTES ON A FEW AUSTRALIAN EDPJOPHTHALMATA.
By Charles Chilton, M.A.
[Plates XLVI. and XLVIL]

This short paper contains some notes on a few species of
Australian Edriophthalmata, collected early in January of this
year. Two species are from Coogee Bay, the others were taken
trom seaweed, &c, growing on the rocks exposed at low tide near
the point known as Lady Macquarie's Chair, in Sydney harbour.
I also append references to some remarks already published on a
few Australian species that I have also taken in New Zealand.

Allorchestes crassicorxis. Haswell.
[Plate XLVI., fig. 1.]

Cat. Aust. Crust., p. 223 ; Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, IV.,
p. 252, PI. VII., fig. 5.

One male and several female specimens were taken on stones in
rock-pools at Coogee Bay, in company with Pkilougria marina.
The male agrees fairly well with Mr. Haswell's description, but
the inferior antennae are not " very stout ;" the superior antenna?
slightly exceed in length the peduncle of the lower, thus agreeing
with Mr. Haswell's figure ; in the description he says " superior
antenna? exceeding in length the first and second segments of the
peduncle of the inferior pair," which must be a mistake since the
first three segments of the peduncle of the inferior antennae are
very short in almost all the Amphipoda.

The female of this species does not appear to have been yet
described ; it differs from the male chiefly in the form of the
second pair of gnathopoda. The first pair of gnathopoda

1036 NOTES ON A FEW AUSTRALIAN EDRI0PHTHALMATA,

resemble those of the male ; the meros is produced inferiorly into
a small rounded prominence, which presents a peculiar striated
appearance apparently due to rows of very short setse ; the carpus
is sub-triangular, much longer than the propodos, the inferior
margin is striated like the prominence on the meros, and bears an
oblique row of stout setae ; propodos oblong, slightly wider at distal
end; postero-distal angle rounded and striated; numerous small
setse scattered about on the inferior margin, and a few also at the
base of the dactylos ; palm not defined. (See tig. l,b.) Posterior
gnathopoda only slightly larger than the anterior ; meros similar to
that of preceding gnathopod, but with striated prominence larger,
carpus sub-triangular, slightly longer than propodos, bulging out
iuferiorly and having the integument of this portion striated, a
small tuft of three or four setae near distal end ; propodos long
ovate narrower at base, infero-distal angle rounded and produced
beyond the extremity of the very short dactylos ; inferior portion
striated and marked off from the rest by a row of very small
seta? ; a few setae at base of dactylos.

I propose to give this variety the name of Coogeensis.

Allorchestes rupicola. Haswell.

Cat. Aust. Crust,, p. 222 ; Proc. Linn. Soc... N. S. Wales, IV.,
p. 250, PI. VIII., fig. 1.

Several specimens from rock-pools about high-water mark,
Sydney Harbour, agreeing closely with Mr. Haswell's description.

Glycerina affinis. N. sp.
[Plate XLVIL, fig. 1, a, b.]

I have two specimens from Sydney Harbour, of what seems to
be a new species of Glycerina.

This species closely resembles O. tenuicomis, Haswell, in
general shape, but differs in the gnathopoda.

In the smaller of my two specimens the first gnathopod has the
same general form as that found in Lysianassa, but is much
slenderer, though scarcely " filiform " The propodos is longer
than the carpus and narrows considerably towards the distal end :
it bears along nearly the whole of its inferior edge a single row of

BY CHARLES CHILTON, M.A. 1037

very short setse, a few longer ones are scattered over the propodos,
carpus and nieros, the greater number being found on the carpus.
Posterior gnathopoda very long and slender, propodos not so long
as carpus, sub-quadrate, nearly three times as long as broad, palm
not define']. Both the carpus and propodos bear on their inferior
margins, besides a few long seta? of the ordinary kind, a number
of densely packed fine straight hairs, similar to those found on
the second gnathopoda of some species of Lysianassa.

Atylus megalophtiialmus. Haswell.

Cat. Aust, Crust., p. 244 ; Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, IV.,
p. 102, PI. VI., fig. 4.

Numerous specimens from Sydney Harbour. The cephalon is

produced between the upper antenna? into a short rostrum about

three-fourths as long as the first joint of the peduncle ; depth

towards the distal end, where it is greatest, about one-third the

length, extremity rounded. The telson, which has not yet been

described, is oblong, broadest proximally where it is almost as

broad as long ; postero-lateral angles rounded ; cleft for about

half its length. It is somewhat curved so that if seen from

above without being compressed it may appear narrower than it

really is.

Atylus lippus. Haswell.

Cat. Aust. Crust., p. 243 ; Proc. Linn. Soc, X. S. Wales, IV.,
p. 328, PI. XX., fig. 1.

Three specimens from Sydney Harbour, taken in company with
the preceding species. The antennae agree closely with the
description given in the catalogue, but the eyes appear quite
regular, and the telson is rather oblong than triangular, differing
from that of the preceding species only in being somewhat
narrower.

MCERA FESTIVA. N. sp.

[See plate XLVL, fig. 2, a. b. c]
I obtained in Sydney Harbour several specimens of a species of

Maira which seems to be new.

The following is a description of my specimens : —

Male. — Superior antennas about as long as the cephalon and

pereion, second segment of the peduncle as long as the first but

1038 NOTES ON A FEW AUSTRALIAN EDRI0PHTHALMATA,

narrower, third half as long as the second, flagellum considerably-
longer than the peduncle, secondary appendage of four articuli.
Lower antennae longer than peduncle of upper, flagellum longer
than last joint of peduncle.

Anterior gnathopoda small, meros thickly covered on inferior
edge with very furry setae, carpus considerably lunger than
propodos, inferior edge bordered with many long setae arranged in
short transverse rows, many of the shorter seta? serrated, small
tufts of setae along the centre of the joint and at antero-distal
corner a row of stout serrated setae, the integument near the base
of these being thickly covered with short furiy setae similar to those
on meros ; propodos nearly quadrangular, about twice as long as
broad, narrower at base than at distal end, long setae at base of
the dactylos and a few in small scattered tufts over the joint ;
palm almost transverse, bordered towards the end by 4-5 short
seriated setae like those at end of carpus.

Second gnathopoda large, right and left equal in size, meros
produced infero-distally into a short pointed process ; carpus sub-
triangular, short ; propodos about four times as long as carpus,
quadrangular, greatest breadth about half the length, upper and
lower borders nearly straight ; palm slightly oblique, defined by a
short acute tooth and having a blunt prominence in the centre,
bordered with a few stout setae, whole propodos thickly covered
with transverse rows of long fine hairs, chiefly at upper and lower
margins but with some also in the centre; carpus having two
similar rows on anterior margin and 4-5 densely packed transverse
rows of short stouter serrated setae on posterior margin, two rows
of long setae in centre at base of propodos. Dactylos very short
and blunt, truncate at end.

Female. — Differs from the above in having the second gnathopoda
much smaller, right and left being equal in size as in the male ;
carpus three-fourths as long as propodos, subtriangular, thickly
covered with transverse rows of setae on anterior and posterior
nun gins and on centre ; propodos ovate, palm oblique, not defined,
transverse rows of setae on Loth margins ; dactylos long, acutely
pointed. The first pair of gnathopoda is precisely the same as that
of the male.

BY CHARLES CHILTON, M.A. 1039

In all my specimens the terminal pleopoda have been broken
off, hence they were probably of large size. In their absence it is
impossible to say whether this species is a Mcera or a Melita.

MCERA SUB-CARINATA.

Meoamcera sub-carinata. Haswell.

Cat. A ust. Crust., p. 260 ; Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, IV.,
p. 335, PI. XXL, fig. 4.

Mcera petri ei. G. M. Thompson.

Trans. N. Z. Inst., XIV., p. 236.

Among algae in Sydney Harbour I took at low water several
specimens which on examination proved to be without doubt the
same as Mcera petriei Thomson, a species fairly common in
Lyttelton Harbour, and after a careful comparison of the two
descriptions, I have no doubt that this species is the same as
Megamcera sub-carinata, Haswell. I am by no means sure of the
generic importance of the differences separating Megamcera from
Mcera, and therefore prefer to place the species under Mcera as
Mr. Thompson has done.

The only point in which the two descriptions really differ is with
regard to the length of the superior antennae. That of Mara petriei
is "as long as the body" while that of Megamcera sub-carinata
is " nearly as long as the cephalon and pereion ;" the length of the
superior antenna however, varies in this species as in many others
of the Amphipoda.

I have both male and female specimens from Sydney, the females
agreeing with the description given by myself in Transactions
N. Z. Institute, XV., p. 82. Curiously enough the males
agi'ee with those described by Mr. Thomson and differ from my
Lyttelton specimens in having the " whole lower surface (of the
propodos of the posterior gnathopoda) very densely fringed with
two rows of long simple hairs." These hairs which are of the
same size throughout their whole length and thus differ from the
ordinary setee found in this genus are quite absent in the Lyttelton
specimens. An interesting question thus arises, but must for the
present remain unanswered — what is the function of these hairs
and why should specimens from Sydney and Stewart Island have
them while those from Lyttelton have not ?

1040 NOTES ON A FEW AUSTRALIAN EDRIOPHTHALMATA,

Amphitiioe setosa. Haswell.

Cat. Aust. Orast., p. 268; Proc. Linn. Soc, X. S. Wales, IV.,
p. 270.

A few specimens from Sydney Harbour. One, probably a male
specimen, agrees very closely witb the description given ; the
others, presumably females, differ in having the second gnathopoda
only as large as the first pair, which they closely resemble except
that the carpus is shorter, and they do not bear the long
slender hairs found in the male. Both male and female specimens
have a very short secondary appendage on the upper antenna.

Microdeuteropus (1) Mortoni. Haswell.

Cat, Aust. Crust, p. 264 ; Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, IV.,
p. 339, PL XXIL, fig. 2.

I have a few specimens of this species from Sydney Harbour.
In his description of the anterior gnathopoda Mr. Haswell makes
no mention of the long hairs on the various joints. They are, I
think, of sufficient importance to be given in the specific descrip-
tion, and so far as my experience goes the general arrangement of
them is remarkably constant both in Microdeuteropus and many
other genera. In this species in the anterior gnathopoda the
basos has its anterior margin bordered with a fringe of long hairs,
there is a tuft at the antero-distal corner of the ischios, the meros
which is slightly hollowed anteriorly for the reception of the
carpus has both sides, except towards the end, fringed with long
hairs arranged more or less regularly in tufts, the carpus has then
on tho anterior margin, the propodos on both margins and the
dactylos three or four tufts of them on its concave border. The
hairs on the basos, ischios, meros and carpus are very delicate
and sparsely plumose towards the distal ends only, those on the
propodos and dactylos appear to be simple.

Microdeuteropus tenuipes. Haswell.

Cat. Aust. Crust., p. 264 ; Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, IV.,

p. 339, PI. XXIL, fig. 1.

(1). The Rev. T. K. It. Stebbing tells me by letter that " there seems to
lie a disposition to write Microdeuteropus instead of Microdeutopus on
philological grounds, regarding the latter as merely a casual mis-spelling.'

BY CHARLES CHILTON, M.A. 1041

Along with the preceding species I took a few specimens which
I refer without hesitation to J/, tenuipes. One of my specimens

was a mature female, and from its close resemblance to M.
Mortoni in everything but the anterior gnathopoda, I very much
suspect that they are only male and female of the same species.
We have a similar case among New Zealand Amphipoda where
M. maculatus, Thomson7 which is certainly a female form, has for
male either the form with large anterior gnathopoda which I have
described (Transactions New Zealand Institute, Vol. XIV., p.
173), or Aora typica. (See Thomson's Trans. N.Z. Inst., Vol.
XIIL, p. 218.) All three forms are found iu Lyttelton Harbour,
and though M. maculatus <J, Chilton, and Aora typica very closely
resemble one another in other respects they differ constantly in
the form of the anterior gnathopoda and in the arrangement of
the long hairs thereon. Under these circumstances it is a little
puzzling to know whether we are dealing with two species of
which the males are distinct, but the females almost or quite
alike, or with one species having two forms of the males. Until
further evidence is forthcoming I prefer to consider the species as
distinct. I have a similar instance with Parancetiia. For two of
the three species, viz., P. typica (1), and P. dentifera I know
only one form of the female, and for the third species P. loaji-
manus I have a female form which very closely resembles the
female described for P. typica, but appears to differ from it in a
few small points (2). 1 have also another instance of the same
kind in two undescribed species of Lysianassa from Lyttelton
Harbour in which the females are almost but not quite identical,
but the males considerably different.

If Microdeuteropus tenuipes is really the female of M. Mortoni,
it will be another example of the same thing for it is almost if not
quite identical with M. maculatus Q Thomson, while M. Mortoni
closely resembles both M. maculatus £ Chilton and Aora typica in
everything except the first gnathopoda.

(1). Possibly P. typica, Chilton, is the same as Moera approximans,
Haswell, a species which I had originally overlooked, but neither the figure
nor description is sufficiently detailed to warrant me in actually combining
the two species without further evidence.

[2;. See " Transactions N.Z. Institute, Vol. XVI. , p. 258."

1042 NOTES ON A FEW AUSTRALIAN EDRIOPHTHALMATA,

From what has been already said it will be seen that the
genera Aora and Microdetiteropus will have to be combined, I leave
this however to be done by some one who may hereafter attempt a
re-arrangement of the Amphipoda on a larger scale.

Protella australis. Haswell.

Cat. Aust. Crust., p. 311 ; Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, IV.,
p. 276, PI. XII., fig. 4.

A single specimen from Sydney Harbour. According to Haswell
the form of the posterior gnathopoda varies ; in my specimen the
palm has only one tooth, viz., the defining one at the proximal end.
The antennae are scarcely so long relatively to the length of the
body as given in the description, the upper one has the flagellum
nearly as long as the peduncle and the lower one is slightly longer
than the peduncle of upper ; the specimen, however, appears to
be a young one and the relative lengths of the antennae and of the
different joints appears to vary considerably at the different stages
of growth in these animals.

Philougria marina. S. Chilton.

I have already described this specie s, which was taken at Coogee
Bay, in a paper communicated to the Linnean Society, N. S. W.,
on June 25th, 1884.

Paratanais ignotus. N. sp.
[Plate XL VII., fig. 2 ; XL VI., tig. 3.]

Cephalon narrowing anteriorly, slightly pointed between the
bases of the uppper antennae which are closely approximated.
Antennas short, inner pair stout, the basal segment about three
times as long as the second, third smaller and more slender than the
second, succeeded at the end by a minute joint which bears a small
tuft of long setae. Outer antennae nearly as long as the inner, but
more slender, first three joints of the peduncle short ; the second
bearing at distal end two stout spines one above and one below,
the third bearing a stout spine on upper surface at distal end, hist
joint smaller than the penultimate, which is as long as the two
preceding taken together, and having at the end a small tuft of
long setae. First gnathopoda stout, propodos curved, dactyloswith

I!V CHARLES CHILTON, M.A. 10-43

inner margin smooth, fixed finger with a slightly convex inner
margin furnished with a few strong hairs and two or three rounded
projections. Second thoracic leg long and slender, ischios very
short, dactylos very slender, slightly longer than the propodos.
Third and fourth thoracic legs similar, stouter than the second,
basos long and stout, ischios very short, meros and carpus < qual in
length and stouter but shorter than the propodos, the last three
joints bearing stout spines at their distal ends, inner margin of
dactylos smooth. Fifth, sixth and seventh thoracic legs similar to
one another and differing slightly from the third and fourth, basos
very stout, greatest width half its length, meros and carpus sub-
equal shorter and stouter than the propodos, all three bearing at
distal ends stout slightly curved spines, those on propodos at base
of dactylos are serrated and are more numerous in the seventh
thoracic leg than in preceding, dactylos curved, slender, inner
margin smooth? Extremity of abdomen truncate but having in
centre a small triangular, apparently membranaceous projection
which bears two short seta?. Caudal appendages short, inner
branch with 5-7 joiuts, outer very short, one-jointed.

This species appears to resemble Paratanias tenuis, G-. M
Thomson somewhat closely, but I have only one very small
specimen of this latter species and I do not feel inclined to base
any very positive assertion on the resemblance of the descriptions
alone. It is very closely related to P. tenuicornis, Haswell, but
differs in the presence of the spines on the under surface of the
peduncle of the lower antennae and other minor points

The following five species I have also taken in New Zealand : —

PROBOLIUM (1) MIERSII.

Montagua MIERSII. Haswell.

Cat. Aust. Crust,, p. 226.

Specimens doubtfully referred to this species have been taken
at Timaru and at Lyttelton. See Transactions New Zealand
Institute, Vol. XV., p. 72.

(1). The Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing informs me that the genus Montagua
has given place to Probolium, Costa. See also Bate's and Westwood s
British Sessile-eyed Crustacea. (Appendix), Vol. II., p. 527.
68

1044 NOTES ON A FEW AUSTRALIAN BDRIOPHTHALMATA,

Harmonia crassipes. Has well.
Cat. Aust. Crust., p. 251.

Found at Timaru and Lyttelton. Female described. See
Trans. N.Z. Institute, Vol. XV., p. 82.

Mcera spinosa. Haswell.
Cat. Aust. Crust., p. 257.

Taken at Auckland. Female described. See Trans. N.Z. Inst.,
Vol. XV, p. 81.

PARAN/ENIA dentifera.

Mcera dentifera. Haswell.
Cat. Aust. Crust., p. 256.

Taken at Lyttelton and placed in new genus. See Trans. N.Z.
Inst., Vol. XVI., p 360.

Podocerus longimanus.
Wyvillea longimanus. Haswell.
Cat. Aust. Crust., p. 261.

Taken at Lyttelton and identified with Podocerus cylindricus.
Kirk (not Say.), and replaced in Podocerus. See Trans. N.Z.,
Inst., Vol. XVI., p. 253.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XLVI.

Fig. 1. — AUorchestes crassicornis. Var. Coogeensis *} •

h. First gnathopod, x45 ; a second gnathopod, x45 of female.
Fig. 2.— Mcera f estiva. N. sp.

a. First gnathopod of male, x83.

b. Second gnathopod of male, x22i.

c. Second gnathopod of female, x-15
Fig. 3. — Parafanais ignotus. N. sp.

a. Antenna1, side view, xl04.

b. Second thoracicley, x58.

DE&CRIPTION OF PLATE XLVII.

Fig. l.r- Glycerina affirm sp. nov. (details)

a. Anterior gnathopod, x 5S

h. Posterior gnathopod. x 58.
Fig. 2. — Parataium tennicornis. Haswell. (? or P. ignotus, sp. nov)
(details)

<i. Third thoracic leg, x 90

ft. Sixth thoracic leg, x 90

c. Terminal pleopodo (uropodaj, x 90.

DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA.

By E. Meyrick, B.A.

XII. CEcophorid^: — (continued).

53. Brachynemata, Meyr.

Head, smooth, sidetufts loosely spreading. Antennae in g
somewhat serrate, shortly ciliated (£), basal joint with strong
pecten. Palpi moderate, second joint not exceeding base of
antenna?, densely scaled, rather loosely beneath, terminal joint
rather shorter than second, slender, recurved. Thorax smooth.
Forewings elongate, hindmargin oblique. Hind wings rather
narrower than forewings, elongate-ovate, cilia f. Abdomen
moderate. Posterior tibia? clothed with long fine hairs above.
Forewings with vein 7 to hindmargin, 2 from somewhat before
angle of cell. Hindwiugs normal.

Only differs from Coesyra by the shortness of the antennal
ciliations, and might perhaps be eventually united with it ; the
single species nearly resembles the group of Cozs. ecliptica.

349. Brack, ciagulata, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. dilutius flavis, fascia postica incurvata subtus
dilatata fusca ; post, dilute griseis.

£. 13-15 mm. Head and palpi light ochreous yellow. Antenna?
fuscous. Thorax purple-fuscous. Abdomen grey, anal tuft
ochreous-yellowish. Legs whitish-ochreous, anterior pair fuscous.
Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed,
hindmargin straight, oblique ; light ochreous-yellow ; costal edge

104G DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

dark fuscous at base ; a narrow inwards-curved fuscous fascia
from | of costa to inner margin before anal angle, dilated
beneath : cilia pale brownish-ochreous, on costa and an anal spot
pale ocbreous-yellow. Hindwings light grey ; cilia pale greyish-
ochreous.

Duaringa, Queensland ; Murrurundi, New South Wales ;
Mount Lofty, South Australia; five specimens in November.

54. Microbela, Meyr.

Head smooth, sidetufts moderate, spreading. Antenna? of £
somewhat serrate, shortly ciliated (h), basal joint with strong
pecten. Palpi short, apex only reaching base of antenna?, second
joint slender, loosely scaled beneath, terminal joint about half
second, slender, oblique. Thorax smooth. Forewings elongate,
hindmargin very oblique. Hindwings narrower than forewings,
ovate-lanceolate, apex somewhat pointed, cilia 1. Abdomen
moderate. Posterior tibias clothed with very long fine hairs.
Forewings with vein 7 to hindmargin, 2 from somewhat before
angle. Hindwings normal.

Intermediate between Ccesyra and Ocystola ; distinguished from
the former by the veiw short palpi, of which the apex does not
exceed base of antenna?, from the latter by the short antennal
ciliations. The three species are nearly allied together, and
approach nearest to the group of Cces. amylodes.

la. Cilia of forewing yellow 352. monodyas.

lb. „ „ „ grey.

2a. Forewings with a dark grey triangular

anal spot ,...350. ejricona.

2b. Forewings without anal spot 351. allocoma.

350. Micr. epicona, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. ochreo-flavis, triangulo anguli analis strigaque
apicis marginal! saturate griseis, nigro-mixtis ; post, griseis.

BY E. MEYRICK, IS. A. 1017

$ 9. 13-19 mm. Head and palpi yellow, base of second joint
dark fuscous Antennae grey. Thorax dark fuscous, terminal
half of patagia and a posterior spot on each side of back yellow.
Abdomen and legs dark grey. Forewings elongate, costa slightly
arched, apex round-pointed, hindniargin very obliquely rounded ;
ochreous-yellow or deep, yellow ; costal edge dark grey at base ;
an erect triangular dark grey spot, mixed with black, on inner
margin just before anal angle, reaching half across wing; a dark
grey sti'eak, mixed with black, from apex along hindmargin to
middle, attenuated downwards : cilia dark grey. Hindwings and
cilia grey.

Petersburg and Ardrossan, South Australia ; common in
October and November.

351. Micr. allocoma, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. ochreo-fiavis, interdum linea marginis postici
incerta nigra, ciliis griseis ; post, griseis.

£ Q. 15-18 mm. Head and thorax yellow, collar dark grey.
Palpi yellow-whitish, second joint suffused with dark grey. An-
tennae, abdomen, and legs dark grey. Forewings elongate, costa
gently arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin extremely obliquely
rounded ; ochreous-yellow ; costal edge dark grey near base ; a
grey line, anteriorly edged with scattered black scales, along hind-
margin from apex to anal angle : cilia grey. Hindwings and cilia
grey.

car. a. Hindmarginal line and black scales obsolete.

Murrurundi, Bathurst, and Blackheath (3400 feet), New South
Wales ; Melbourne, Victoria ; common in October and November.

The form described as typical is that found alone at Blackheath ;
in the other localities the variety is the only form occurring.
Except for this localisation the variety would not have required
special notice, as the difference is very slight, and traces of the
black hindmarginal scales are sometimes perceptible.

1048 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

352. Micr. monodyas, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. dilutius ochreo-navis, etiam ciliis ; post, dilutius
griseis.

£ 9. 13-15 mm. Head and thorax light ochreous-yellow, collar
obscurely grey. Palpi whitish-yellow, second joint grey. Antennae
whitish-grey. Abdomen and legs grey, anal tuft and posterior legs
wliitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched,
apex roundpointed, hindmargin extremely obliquely rounded ; light
ochreous-yellow ; costal edge dark fuscous towards base : cilia light
ochreous-yellow. Hind wings and cilia light grey.

Toowoomba, Queensland ; rather common in September.

55. Heterozyga, Meyr.

Head smooth, sidetufts rather small, spreading. Antennae in £
somewhat serrate, moderately ciliated (1), basal joint with strong
pecten. Palpi moderate, second joint not exceeding base of
antennae, densely scaled, somewhat loosely beneath, terminal joint
rather shorter than second, slender, recurved. Thorax smooth.
Forewings elongate, hindmargin very oblique. Hindwings some-
what narrower than forewings, elongate-ovate, apex round-pointed,
cilia 1. Abdomen moderate. Posterior tibiae clothed with long
dense hairs. Forewings with vein 7 to hindmargin, 2 from
somewhat before angle of cell, 3 and 4 closely approximated or
short-stalked. Hindwings normal.

Differs from all other (JEcophoridce in the close basal approxima-
tion or short stalking of veins 3 and 4 of the forewings ; in other
characters the genus closely approaches Ccesyra, of which it is
probably an offshoot, being apparently related especially to the last
group of that genus. I have examined the neuration of several g'a
of the single species, and in all veins 3 and 4 originated on a short
stalk or at least from the same point ; and of one 9, in which
these veins were closely approximated at base but not from the
same point.

BY E. MEYKICK, B.A. 1049

353. Het. coppatias, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. griseis, partim cano-suffusis, punctis disci anticis
duobus nigris, fascia postica angusta nigro-bi punctata lineaque
subterminali saturatioribus ; post, dilutius griseis.

£ Q. 13-14 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax white mixed with
dark grey ; second joint of palpi with a dark grey subapical band.
Antennae white, annulated with dark grey. Abdomen grey. Legs
dark grey, apex of joints whitish, posterior tibise pale greyish-
ochreous. Fore wings elongate, narrow, costa gently arched, apex
tolerably acute, hindmargin extremely obliquely rounded ; grey,
suffused with white, and irrorated with dark grey ; a black dot in
disc before middle, and a second much larger one slightly beyond it
on fold ; two black dots transversely placed and sometimes confluent
in disc beyond middle, placed on a narrow dark grey fascia from
§ of costa to anal angle ; a cloudy dark grey line from costa near
apex to anal angle ; a i-ow of very ill-defined dark grey spots on
hindmargin: cilia white, irrorated with grey. Hind wings light
grey ; cilia whitish-grey.

The posterior markings are sometimes very indistinct, but the
two anterior dots are always very conspicuous.

Murrurundi and Bathurst, New South Wales ; Adelaide, South
Australia ; tolerably common in October and November.

56. Oxythecta, Meyr.
Head loosely haired, sidetufts rather large, rough, spreading.
Antenna? in £ strongly ciliated (2J-3), basal joint rather stout,
with strong pecten. Palpi moderate, second joint not exceeding
base of antenme, densely scaled, dilated beyond middle, somewhat
rough beneath, terminal joint rather shorter than second, l-ather
stout, recurved. Thorax smooth. Forewings elongate, hind-
margin very oblique. Hindwings slightly narrower than fore-
wings, elongate-ovate, apex round-pointed, cilia * to 1. Abdomen
moderate. Posterior tibiae clothed with extremely long tine
dense hairs. Forewings with vein 7 to hindmargin, 2 almost
from angle of cell, upper basal fork of 1 obsolete except at origin
Hindwino;s normal.

1050 DESCRIPTIONS OP AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

Characterised by the obsolescence of the upper basal fork of
vein 1 of the forewings ; apparently most related to Ocystola, and
pel haps a development of it. In the analytical tabulation
Oxytliecta is erroneously included under 7b ; it should be trans-
ferred to 7a, and will be separated fruui 12b ( Peltophora) by the
neural character above-mentioned. The six known species form
a closely-allied group ; all vary considerably in size, whence I
suspect that the larvae may be wood-feeders.

1 a. Ante-median fascia entire 354. altemella.

11). ,, ,, ,, not reaching inner margin.

2a. With a short streak from base along inner

margin 359. acceptella.

2I>. Without dorsal streak.

3a. Basal fascia entire 357. zonoteles.

3b. „ ,, reduced to a costal spot.

4a. Centre of thorax wholly grey , 355, -iiephelonota.

4b. ,, ,, ,, white

5a. Ante-median fascia interrupted beneath

costa 356. hievoylyphica.

5b. Ante-median fascia not interrupted 358. lygrosema.

354. Ox. altemella, Walk.

(CEcophora altemella, Walk., Brit, Mus. Cat. 682.)

Media, alis ant. niveis, macula costal basali nigra, fascia antica
obliqua integra inferius furcata maculaque postica magna cum
costa quater connexa saturate fuscis ; post, albido-griseis.

£ Q. 16-23 mm. Head and palpi white, lower § of second
joint dark fuscous. Antennae whitish. Thorax white, anterior
half blackish. Abdomen pale yellow-ochreous. Begs dark
fuscous, posterior pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate,
rather narrow, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed,
hindmargin nearly straight, very oblique ; snow-white, with dark
fuscous markings ; a subquadrate blackish spot on base of costa ;
a narrow fascia from I of costa to £ of inner margin, triangularly

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 1051

dilated on lower third ; an irregular streak from middle of this
fascia to j of inner margin ; a small round spot in disc beyond
middle, connected with costa by a perpendicular bar, and nearly
confluent with a large irregular blotch immediately following,
which touches anal angle, and sends from its upper angle a three-
) unnched streak to costa before apex ; a curved interrupted line
immediately before hindmargin : cilia white, with a cloudy central
light grey shade, on costa dark fuscous. Hindwings whitish-grey,
ochreous-tinged ; cilia pale yellowish -ochreous

Easily recognised by the blackish anterior half of thorax, entire
anterior fascia, and more complex posterior markings.

Sydney, Blackheath (3500 feet), and Mittagong (2000 feet), New
•South Wales ; Melbourne, Victoria ; Hobart, Tasmania ; from
August to March, generally distributed but never very common.

355. Ox. iiephelonota, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. canis, dimidio dorsali griseo, macula costae basali,
fascia antica obliqua dorsum non attingente, altera postica directa
maeuliscpie costse duabus posticis saturate fuscis ; post, griseis ;
thorace medio griseo.

£. 15-22 mm. Head white, face and crown greyish-tinged.
Palpi white, lower f of second joint dark grey. Antennae grey-
whitish. Thorax grey, patagia and a posterior spot white mixed
with grey. Abdomen whitish-ochreous. Legs dark fuscous, apex of
joints white, posterior pair whitish-ochreous. Fore wings elongate,
narrow, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, hind-margin
almost straight, extremely oblique; white, somewhat sprinkled
with greyish-fuscous, and dorsal half wholly light greyish-fuscous,
separation irregular ; markings dax-k fuscous ; a small rounded spot
at base of costa, reaching half across wing ; a rather narrow
inwardly oblique fascia from costa before middle, not reaching
inner margin, sometimes very slenderly interrupted below costa ;
sometimes a dot in disc above middle ; a moderate fascia from costa
beyond middle towards anal angle, beneath dilated and lost in the

1052 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA,

dorsal suffusion ; two quadrate spots on costa between this and
apex ; a row of very ill-defined confluent spots before hindmargin :
cilia white, with a cloudy central pale grey shade. Hindwings
grey ; cilia whitish-ochreous-grey.

Closely allied to the two following, from which it is distinguished
by the grey thorax, grey dorsal suffusion of the forewiugs, and
darker hindwings ; it differs further from 0. zonoteles by the basal
costal spot not being produced to inner margin, and from 0.
hieroglyphica by the anterior fascia being only slightly or not
interrupted beneath costa.

Launceston and Deloraine, Tasmania ; from November to
January, three specimens.

356. Ox. hieroglyphica, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. canis, macula costa? basali, fascia antica obliqua
sub costa interrupta, dorsum non attingente, macula dorsi postica
parva, fascia postica directa sub costa interrupta, maculisque costa?
duabus posticis saturatius fuscis ; post, albido-griseis.

£ 5- 12-18 mm. Head and palpi white, apex of terminal joint,
and second joint except apex dark fuscous. Antenna? whitish.
Thorax white, with a dark fuscous spot on shoulder. Abdomen
whitish-ochreous, in £ more yellowish. Legs dark fuscous, apex
of joints whitish, posterior pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings
elongate, narrow, costa gently arched, apex tolerably acute,
hind-margin straight, extremely oblique ; white, with scattered
fuscous scales, sometimes partially suffused with pale greyish ;
markings ochreous-fuscous or dark fuscous ; a rounded spot on
base of costa, l'eaching half across wing ; a small oblong spot on
costa before middle, and three similar spots between this and
apex ; an oblique fascia-like spot in disc before middle, not
reaching costal spot or inner margin ; a small spot on inner
margin before anal angle ; a narrow fascia from beneath
postmedian costal spot to anal angle ; a row of small confluent
spots close before hind-margin ; cilia ochreous-whitish, with a
cloudy central pale greyish shade. Hind-wings whitish-grey,
ochreous-tinged ; cilia pale whitish-ochreous.

BY E. MKVKICK, 15.A. 1053

Separated from 0. nephelonota by the white thorax and pale
hind-wings, from 0. zonoteles by the basal costal spot not produced
to inner margin, from both by the conspicuous subcostal inter-
ruption of the anterior fascia.

Toowoomba (2000 feet), Queensland ; Murrurundi, Newcastle,
Sydney, and Bathurst (2000 feet), New South Wales; Port
Lincoln, South Australia ; common from August to November
and in March, usually amongst Acacia.

357. Ox. zonoteles, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. canis, fascia basali Integra, altera antica obliqua
dorsum non attingente, macula dorsi postica transversa, fascia
postica directa sub costa interrupta maculisque costa? duabus
posticis saturate fuscis ; post, albido-griseis.

£ 12-18 mm. Head and palpi white, apex of terminal joint,
and second joint except apex dark fuscous. Antenna? whitish.
Thorax white, anterior margin irregularly dark. fuscous. Abdomen
whitish-ochreous. Legs dark fuscous, posterior pair whitish-
ochreous. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa moderately arched,
apex tolerably acute, hind-margin straight, extremely oblique ;
white, with a few scattered dark fuscous scales ; markings dark
fuscous ; a rather narrow entire basal fascia ; a narrow inwardly
oblique fascia from costa before middle, not reaching inner
margin ; a transverse spot on inner margin before anal angle,
nearly reaching middle ; three quadrate spots on costa between
middle and apex ; from beneath first of these a narrow fascia to
anal angle ; a row of small confluent spots immediately before
hind-margin : cilia ochreous-whitish, with a cloudy central pale
greyish shade. Hind-wings whitish-grey, ochreous-tinged ; cilia
pale whitish-ochreous.

Differs from all the other species by the entire basal fascia.

Sydney and Blackheath (3500 feet), New South Wales, in
October and March ; five specimens.

1054 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

358. Ox. lygrosema, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. niveis, macula costie basali, fascia antica obliqua
dorsum non attingente, macula dorsi postica, fascia e costa
anteapicali in disco recte angulata in angulum analem percurrente
saturating ochreo-fuscis ; post, dilute gviseis.

£. 14-15 mm. Head white, face fuscous. Palpi white, apex
of terminal joint, and second joint except apex dark fuscous.
Antennae whitish-grey. Thorax white, anterior margin broadly
blackish. Abdomen whitish- ochreous. Legs dark fuscous, posterior
pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa mode-
rately arched, apex tolerably acute, hind-margin extremely
obliquely rounded ; white, with scattered ochreous-fuscous scales;
markings rather dark ochreous-fuscous ; a small cuneiform spot
along base of costa ; a narrow inwardly oblique fascia from before
middle of costa, not reaching inner magin ; a dot on costa beyond
middle ; a small triangular spot on inner margin before anal angle ;
a rather strong streak from costa before apex to disc beyond
middle, thence rectangularly bent and continued to anal angle ;
some indistinct dots before hind-margin : cilia whitish, with a
cloudy central pale greyish shade, on costa dark fuscous. Hind-
wings pale grey, ochreous-tinged ; cilia whitish ochreous.

Closely resembling the following, but immediately distinguished
by the broadly black anterior margin of thorax, and absence of
basal streak on inner margin.

Toowoomba (2000 feet), Queensland, in September; Blackheath
(3500 feet), New South Wales, in November ; two specimens.

359. Ox. acceptella, Walk.

(Oecophora acceptella, Walk., Brit. Mus. Cat. 694 ; Oecophora
couuexella, ib. 695 ; ] Gryptolechia abstersella, ib. 762.)

Minor, alis ant. niveis, strigula dorsi basali, fascia antica
obliqua dorsum non attingente, macula dorsi postica transversa,
fascia e costa anteapicali in disco recte angulata in angulum
analem percurrente Itete ochreis ferrugineisve ; post, dilute griseis.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 10")"i

£ 9. 13-20 mm. Head white, face beneath and collar ochreous.
Palpi white, second joint yellow-ochreous or ochreous-brown
except apex. Antenna? ochreous or fuscous. Thorax white.
Abdomen light yellow-ochreous. Legs brownish-ochreous, posterior
pair yellow-ochreous. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa gently
arched, apex tolerably acute, hindmargin somewhat sinuate,
extremely oblique ; snow-white, with ochreous-orange or ferru-
ginous markings ; a short streak from base of costa along inner
margin to ^ ; a narrow fascia, very oblique inwardly, from middle
of costa, not reaching inner margin ; a short irregular inwardly
oblique streak from inner margin before anal angle, not reaching
middle ; two small dots on costa between middle and apex ; a
modei ate streak from costa before apex to disc beyond middle,
thence rectangularly bent and continued to anal angle ; a row of
small confluent spots before hindmargin : cilia white or ochreous-
white, above apex fuscous. Hindwings pale grey, ochreous-
tinged ; cilia light yellow-ochreous.

Differs from all by the short basal dorsal streak and brighter
markings.

Brisbane and Toowoomba (2000 feet), Queensland ; Newcastle,
Sydney, Bathurst (2000 feet), and Mittagong (2000 feet), New
South Wales ; Melbourne, Victoria ; common from September to
April, and in July, ajiparently attached to Acacia.

I have quoted Cryptolechia abstersella, Walk , among the
synonyms of this species, but it would have been impossible to
employ the name for this or any species ; Walker appears in this
instance to have attained a maximum of confusion. It will be
apparent to anyone who will compare Walker's Latin diagnosis
with his English description that they must have been drawn from
totally different insects, without a particle of resemblance to each
other ; and an examination of the Museum types will further
show that neither the diagnosis nor the description can be
intended to refer to them. The Latin diagnosis is certainly
unindentiflable with any species known to me, and probably
insufficient and erroneous, and may be disregarded ; the English

1056 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICR0-LEPID0PTERA,

description undoubtedly refers to the species described above, for
which reason T have quoted it as a synonym ; the types belong to
a species to be described hereinafter as Piloprepes aristocratica.

57. Crepidosceles, Meyr.

Head smooth, sidetufts moderate, loosely ap pressed. Antennas
in <J somewhat serrate, with long ciliations (3), basal joint with
strong pecten. Palpi moderate, second joint not exceeding base
of antennae, with appressed scales, smooth beneath, towards apex
loosely scaled, terminal joint shorter than second, slender,
recurved. Thorax smooth. Forewings elongate, hindmargin very
oblique. Hindwings rather narrow than forewings, ovate-
lanceolate, apex almost acute, cilia *. Abdomen moderate.
Anterior tibia; and tarsi strongly dilated with dense scales ;
posterior tibiae clothed with long fine hairs above. Forewings
with vein 7 to hindmargin, 2 from somewhat before angle of cell.
Hindwings normal.

Closely allied to Ocystola, from which it differs principally by
the strongly dilated anterior tibhe and tarsi. Although nearly
approaching Lepidotarsa in structure, I do not consider that there
is any direct affinity with that genus ; the best character for
separation appears to lie in the terminal joint of the palpi, which
in Crepidosceles is moderately slender and not much shorter than
the second joint, whilst in Lepidotarsa, it in very fine and hardly
more than half the second ; this distinction should be inserted in
place of that given in the analytical table, which is inaccurate.

la. With a dark fuscous costal streak 3G1. exanthema.

1 b. Without costal streak 360. iostephana.

360. Crep. iostephana, n.sp.

Minor, alis ant. flavis, strigula dorsi basali e costa oriente saturate
purpureo-fusca, fasciis tribus posticis angustis purpureis prima
costam non attingente, tertia marginali ; post griseis.

(J. 14 mm. Head pale ochreous-yellow, crown dark fuscous.
Palpi ochreous-whitish, apex of second joint dark fuscous.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 1057

Antennae ochreous-whitish. Thorax yellow, with a small posterior
purple-fuscous spot. Abdomen grey. Legs whitish-ochreous,
anterior pair suffused with dark fuscous. Forewings elongate,
costa moderately arched, apex tolerably acute, hindmargin straight,
very oblique ; bright yellow ; a thick dark purple-fuscous streak
from base of costa along inner margin to h ; an erect pale crimson-
purple streak from inner margin before anal angle, dilated and
suffused with dark fuscous beneath, reaching j across wing ; an
outwards-curved narrow pale crimson-purple fascia from J ot costa
to anal angle, and a similar fascia, irrorated with deep purple, along
apical part of costa and hindmargin to anal angle : cilia yellow,
on anal angle broadly light purple irrorated with dark fuscous.
Hind wings grey ; cilia light grey.

Brisbane, Queensland ; one specimen from Eucalyptus in
{September.

361. Crep. exanthema, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. flavis, striga costae, strigula dorsi basali,
fasciaque marginis postici latiore saturate purpureo-fuscis ; post
subfulvis.

(J. 19 mm. Head light yellow. Palpi whitish-yellow, second
joint suffused with dark fuscous except towards base. Antennae
pale fuscous. Thorax light yellow, apex of patagia and a posterior
spot dark purple-fuscous. Abdomen fuscous. Legs dark fuscous,
posterior pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, costa gently
arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin faintly sinuate, rather
strongly oblique ; rather light ochreous-yellow ; markings dark
fuscous, slightly purple-tinged ; a narrow streak along costa from
base to | ; a thick streak along basal third of inner margin ; a
moderate hind-marginal band, inner edge rather convex, ex-
tending from near before anal angle : cilia greyish-fuscous, becoming
purplish-tinged towards base. Hindwings ochreous-fuscous ; cilia
lighter fuscous.

Quorn, South Australia ; one specimen in October.

1058 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LKPIDOl'TKKA,
58. OCYSTOLA, U. g

Head smooth, side-tufts moderate, loose. Antennae in £ with
long ciliations (2-1-8) basal joint with sUong pecten. Palpi rather
short, second joint not reaching or rarely slightly exceeding base
of antenna?, with appressed scales, somewhat loose beneath towards
a|>ex, terminal joint shorter or much shorter than second,
moderately slender, oblique or curved. Thorax smooth. Fore-
wings elongate, hindmargin very oblique. Hind wings narrower
than forewings, from elongate-ovate to narrow-lanceolate, cilia
1 to 3. Abdomen moderate. Posterior tibia? clothed with
moderate or very long hairs above. Forewings with vein 7 to
hind margin, 2 from before angle of cell. Hindwings with veins
3 and 4 sometimes more or less remote at origin, sometimes from
a point, rarely stalked.

Although showing considerable variation in some characters of
structure, this genus is undoubtedly natural, and easily recognised
by the short palpi and long antenna! ciliations, the former
character separating it from Peltophora, and the latter from
Coesyra, of which it appears to be a development. The hindwings
are sometimes hyaline, and vary much in form, but the differences
are of specific value only. The variation in the origin of veins 3
and 4 of the hindwings is in general here unreliable, though
occasionally of specific value ; usually individuals and sexes of the
same species differ in this respect, the £ tending to have these veins
more remote than in the <J. The relative length of the joints of
the palpi also differ with the species.

This genus was accidentally omitted from the analytical
tabulation ; it should be placed under the same head with
Peltophora, and distinguished from it by the second joint of the
palpi (usually) not reaching base of antenna?, in conjunction with
the usually lanceolate hindwings.

Larvae 16-legged, of various habits, feeding in portable cases or
between joined leaves; those known are all attached to species of
Eucalyptus.

The genua is not known outside Australia.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 1059

la. Ground colour of fore wings white

2a. Veins lined with ochreous 398. neurota.

2b. Veins not lined.

3a. Without markings except a dorsal suffusion.

4a. Thorax grey 387. monostropha.

41). Thorax white -x 388. homoleuca.

3b. With defined darker markings.
4a. With a streak along inner margin.
5a. With a streak along hind margin.

6a. With an entire median fascia 392. paidinella.

6l>. Without median fascia 391. crystallina.

5b. Without hind-marginal streak 389. chionea.

41). Without dorsal streak.

5a. Without transverse fascia 390. glacialis.

5b. With one or more fascia?.

6a. Fascia linear _ 393. suppressella

6b. Fascia moderately broad.

7m. With two entire fasciae 395. niphodesma.

7b. With only one entire fascia.

8a. Thorax dark fuscous 396. trilicella.

8b. Thorax white.

9a. Hind wings light grey 394. dichthra.

9b. Hindwings ochreous-whitish 397. thalamepola.

lb. Ground colour of fore wings not white.
2a. Costa white or paler than ground colour.
3a. With dark discal dots.

4a. Hindwings pale yellow-ochreous 372. callista.

4b. Hindwings greyish.

5a. Head whitish 374. enoplia.

5b. Head brownish-ochreous 378. milichia.

31). Without discal dots 387. lithophanes.

2b. Costa not paler.

3a. Hindwings hyaline or semihyaline towards base.

4a. Forewings yellow.

5a. With a broad posterior purplish fascia.

6a. Fascia terminal 365. thiasotis.

09

10G0 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

Gb. Fascia not terminal 364. gnomica.

5b. Without broad fascia 367. oxytora.

4b. Forewings ocbreous.

5a. With an erect dark spot on anal angle ...366. hemisema.

5b. Without anal spot 377. psamathina.

3b. Hind wings evenly scaled.

4a. Hindwings dark fuscous.

5a. Anterior half of costa dark fuscous.

6a. Posterior edge of yellow area straight 381. placoxantha.

6b. ,, ,, ,, ,, concave.

7a. Median fascia on inner margin at I? 362. hemicalypta.

7b. ,, „ „ ,, ,, at | 363. thymod.es.

5b. Anterior half of costa not dark fuscous.
6a. With entire dark median fascia.

7a. Posterior area wholly fuscous 382. mesoxantha.

7b. ,, ,, partly yellow 380. euanthes

6b. Without entire median fascia 383. pyramis.

4b. Hindwings not dark fuscous.

5a. Hindwings more or less ochreous or whitish.

6a. Cilia of forewiugs yellow.

7a. Hindmarginal edge dark purplish.

8a. Thorax grey 373. tyranna.

8b. ,, ochreous-whitish 371. ant/iera.

7b. Hindmargin not purplish 368. malacella.

6b. Cilia of forewings not yellow 375. coniata.

5b. Hindwings grey.

6a. Forewings with dark discal dots.

7a. Forewings light yellowish 379. protosticlia.

7b. „ not light yellowish.

8a. Cilia of forewings yellow.

9a. Forewings mixed with yellow 369. isarithma.

9b. „ not mixed with yellow 370. acroxantlia.

8b. Cilia of forewings not yellow 3/6. agelcea.

7a. Inner margin of forewings suffused with

fuscous 385. illuta,.

7 b. Inner margin of forewings not suffused

with fuscous 384. acrobaphes.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 10G1

362. Ocyst. hemicalypta, n.sp.

Minor, alis ant. flavis, striga costse e dorsi basi oriente fasciaque
marginis postici latissima saturate purpureo-fuscis ; post, saturate
fuscis.

<-£. 15 mm. Head and palpi ochreous-yellow, anterior edge of
terminal joint dark fuscous, terminal joint half as long as second.
Antenna?, thorax, abdomen, and legs dark fuscous ; antennal
ciliations 2| : thorax purple-tinged ; posterior legs whitish-
ochreous, base of tarsal joints dark fuscous. Forewings elongate,
costa moderately arched, apex acute, hindmargin sinuate, very
oblique ; yellow ; a dark purple fuscous streak from base of inner
margin along costa to beyond middle, posteriorly finely attenuated ;
a very broad dull purplish hind marginal band, irrorated with
fuscous, bounded anteriorly by a narrow inwards-curved dark
fuscous fascia from \ of costa to \ of inner margin : cilia rather
dark fuscous. Hindwings ovate-lanceolate, tolerably acute, veins
3 and 4 somewhat remote ; dark fuscous ; cilia dark fuscous.

Melbourne, Victoria ; one specimen received from Mr. G. H.
Raynor.

363. Ocyst. thymodes, n.sp.

Minoi', alis ant. flavis, sti'iga costse angusta e dorsi basi oriente
fasciaque postica incurvata saturate fuscis, area postica purpureo-
mixta griseo-marginata ; post, saturate fuscis.

(J. 15 mm. Head and palpi ochreous-yellow, anterior edge of
terminal joint dark fuscous, terminal joint half second. Antennae,
thorax, abdomen, and legs dark fuscous ; antennal ciliations 2^ ;
thorax purple-tinged ; posterior legs pale ochreous-yellowish, base
of tarsal joints dark fuscous. Forewings elongate, costa moderately
arched, apex acute, hindmargin sinuate, very oblique ; yellow ; a
very slender dark fuscous streak froui base of inner margin along
costa to beyond middle, finely attenuated ; a moderate rather
dark fuscous inwards-curved fascia from 5 of costa to £ cf inner
margin, beyond which the apical space is irrorated with purple-

1UG2 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

reddish, and suffused on margins with rather dark fuscous : cilia
rather dark fuscous, tips paler and more ochreous. Hindwings
ovate-lanceolate, round-pointed, veins 3 and 4 somewhat remote ;
dark fuscous ; cilia dark fuscous.

Closely allied to the preceding, but with the costal streak more
slender, the fascia nearer hindmargin, and the posterior space not
wholly dark.

Quorn, South Australia ; one specimen in October.

3G4. Ocijst. gnomica, n. sp.

Parva, alis ant. dilute flavis, linea costse saturate fusca, fascia
postica latiore strigulaque marginis postici dilute purpureis fusco-
raarginatis ; post, griseis, basim versus vitreis.

£. 10 mm. Head and palpi pale whitish-yellow, terminal joint
half second. Antenna? whitish, ciliations 3. Thorax grey,
patagia pale whitish-yellow. Abdomen light grey. Legs whitish-
yellowish, anterior pair fuscous. Forewings elongate, narrow,
costa posteriorly moderately arched, apex acute, hindmargin
sinuate, extremely oblique ; pale ochreous-yellow : a linear dark
fuscous sti-eak along anterior half of costa, posteriorly attenuated ;
a broad pale reddish-purple fascia from | of costa to inner margin
before anal angle, margin broadly irrorated with dark fuscous ; a
pale purple streak, irrorated with dark fuscous, from apex along
upper half of hindmargin : cilia light ochreous. Hindwings
narrow-lanceolate, acute, veins 3 and 4 somewhat remote ; grey,
towards base hyaline ; cilia light grey.

Sydney, New South Wales ; one specimen in December.

365. Ocyst. Ihiasolis, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. flavis, fascia marginis postici lata purpurea
saturate griseo-marginata ; post, griseis, <$ basim versus vitreis.

<J 9. 10-14 mm. Head yellow, back of crown dark fuscous.
Palpi yellow, lower half of second joint dark fuscous, terminal

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 1063

joint 5 of second. Antennue dark fuscous, ciliations 5. Thorax
yellow. Abdomen grey, segmental margins whitish-ochreous.
Legs deep greyish-purple, posterior pair whitish-ochreous. Fore-
wings elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex round-
pointed, hindmargiu extremely oblicpiely rounded ; bright yellow ;
base of costa slenderly dark fuscous ; a broad purple hind-
marginal band, suffused with dark grey on margins, anterior edge
convex, extending from f of costa to £ of inner margin : cilia
ochreous-yellow, with a dark purple-grey spot above apex, beneath
middle of hindmargin wholly light purplish-grey, becoming purple
at base. Hindwings broadly lanceolate, tolerably acute, veins 3
and 4 from a point or slightly remote ; grey, basal half in fi
semi-hyaline ; cilia light grey.

Sydney, New South Wales ; seven specimens taken on a fence
beneath Eucalyptus trees, from August to November.

366. Ocyst. hemisema, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. dilute ochreis, strigula costae basali, macula
anguli analis transversa, striga marginis postici, sacpius etiam
puncto plica) saturate fuscis ; post, g vitreis, £ saturatius griseis.

(£ $■. 11-16 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax pale yellowish-
ochreous, second joint of palpi dark fuscous, terminal joint I of
second. Antennae light grey, ciliations 3. Abdomen light grey.
Legs dark grey, apex of joints and posterior pair whitish-ochreous.
Forewings elongate, narrow, costa hardly arched, apex tolerablj-
acute, hindmargin slightly sinuate, very oblique; light yellow-
ochreous, with dark fuscous markings ; a narrow sti-eak along
basal third of costa ; a round dot on submedian fold below middle
of disc, sometimes absent ; an erect spot on anal angle, reaching
half across wing, constricted beneath its apex ; a thick streak from
apex along hindmargin to below middle, attenuated beneath :
cilia whitish-ochreous, with a dark fuscous spot above apex,
beneath middle more or less grey, becoming purplish at base.
Hindwings broadly lanceolate, acute, veins 3 and 4 short-stalked ;
in <J wholly hyaline, with dark grey veins ; in £ rather dark
grey, towards base hyaline ; cilia light grey.

1064 DESCRIPTIONS OP AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

The wholly hyaline hind wings of the £, and the stalking of
veins 3 and 4 in both sexes are special chai^acteristics of this
species, which is nearly allied to the following.

Sydney, New South Wales ; Mount Lofty, South Australia ;
five specimens in October.

367. Ocyst. oxytora, n. sp.

Parva, alis ant. flavis, strigula cost* basali, puncto disci postico,
strigaque marginis postici saturatius fuscis ; post, dilute griseis,
basim versus vitreis.

£Q. 11-13 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-yellow. Palpi with
second joint whitish, towards apex externally dark grey, terminal
joint yellowish, § of second. Antenna? grey, basal joint whitish,
ciliations 3. Abdomen whitish-ochreous. Legs dark grey,
apex of joints and posterior pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings
elongate, narrow, costa hardly arched, apex tolerably acute, hind-
margin somewhat sinuate, extremely oblique ; ochreous-yellow,
with cloudy rather dark fuscous markings ; a line along basal
third of costa ; a round dot in disc at § ; a streak along hind-
margin from apex to anal angle : cilia ochreous-yellow, becoming
greyish-tinged towards anal angle. Hindwings broadly lanceolate,
acute, veins 3 and 4 from a point, grey, towards base semihyaline,
in (J rather more widely ; cilia whitish-grey, slightly yellowish-
tinged .

Brisbane, Queensland ; Sydney and Bulli, New South Wales ;
in September, October, February, and March, rather common.

368. Ocyst. malacella, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. flavis, puncto disci postico, interdum cum
marginibus connexo, strigulaque marginis postici ochreis, saepius
partim obsoletis ; post, ochreo-albidis.

(J2- 12-14 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax light yellow, terminal
joint of palpi g of second. Antenna? grey-whitish, ciliations 5.
Abdomen pale whitish-ochreous. Legs whitish-ochreous, anterior

BY E. MEYRICK, B A. 1065

pair dark fuscous. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa
moderately arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin extremely
obliquely rounded ; bright yellow ; a dot in disc beyond middle,
sometimes connected by obscure bars with costa and anal angle,
and a suffused streak along hindmargin light brownish-ochreous,
but these markings are often more or less obsolete ; cilia yellow.
Hindwings ovate lanceolate, round-pointed, veins 3 and 4 from a
point or slightly remote ; ochreous-whitish ; cilia pale whitish-
ochreous.

Sydney, New South Wales ; Femshaw, Victoria ; Launceston
and Hobart, Tasmania ; common from September to November,
and in January,

369. Ocyst. isarithma, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant, ochreis, partim luteo-mixtis, punctis disci
tribus majusculis, macula anguli analis, strigaque marginis postici
saturatius fuscis ; post, griseis.

£. 14-15 mm. Head, palpi, and thoi-ax light brownish-ochreous,
somewhat mixed with fuscous and yellowish ; terminal joints of
palpi f of second Antenme ochreous-whitish Abdomen and
legs whitish-ochreous, anterior pair dark fuscous. Forewings
elongate, tolerably narrow, costa moderately arched, apex round-
pointed, hindmargin somewhat sinuate, extremely oblique ;
brownish-ochreous, somewhat mixed with yellow in disc and
towards inner margin ; a small roundish dark fuscous spot in
disc at £, a second obliquely beyond it on fold, and a third in disc
beyond middle ; a fuscous erect spot on anal angle ; a cloudy
fuscous streak along hindmargin from apex nearly to anal angle :
cilia ochreous-yellowish. Hindwings ovate-lanceolate, round-
pointed, veins 3 and 4 from a point or somewhat remote ; grey ;
cilia whitish -grey.

Mount Wellington (2500 feet), Tasmania ; two specimens in
January and February.

1066 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO- LEPIDOPTERA,

370. Ocyst. acroxantha, n.sp.
Minor, alis ant. rufescentibus, punctis disci tribus strigaque
marginis postici purpureo-tincta obscure saturatioribus, ciliis

tlavis ; post, griseis.

£ 9. 13-15 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax light reddish-fuscous;
terminal joint of palpi 5 of second. Antennse grey-whitish,
ciliations 4. Abdomen pale grey. Legs dark grey, posterior pair
grey-.vhitish. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, apex
round-pointed, hindmargin nearly straight, rather strongly
oblique; rather light reddish-fuscous ; au indistinct darker fuscous
dot in disc at \, a second obliquely beyond it on fold, and a third
in disc beyond middle ; hindmargin suffused with darker and
purplish-tinged : cilia ochreous-yellow, on costa and anal angle
purplish-grey. Hindwings elongate-ovate, round-pointed, veins 3
and 4 from a point or slightly remote ; grey, lighter towards
base ; cilia pale grey.

Broader-winged than 0. isarithma, and with the hindmargin of
forewings much less oblique ; the ground colour not mixed with
yellowish, and no anal spot.

Blackheath (3500 feet), New South Wales; Warragul, Victoria;
Deloraine and Hobart, Tasmania ; in November, December.
March and April ; six specimens.

371. Ocyst. anthera, n.sp.

Minor, alis ant. ochreis, postice flavo-suffusis ac purpureo-mixtis,
punctis disci tribus strigaque marginis postici saturate purpureo-
f uscis, ciliis fiavis ; post, albido-ochreis.

<J. 15-16 mm. Head, antennae, and thorax ochreous-whitish.
Palpi whitish, second joint externally suffused with dark purplish-
grey, terminal joint f of second. Abdomen pale whitish-ochreous.
Legs light crimson-purple, banded with dark grey, posterior pair
pale whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched,
apex round-pointed, hindmargin sinuate, very oblique ; light
yellow-ochreous, posteriorly suffused with deep yellow and some-
what mixed with reddish-purple ; a purplish-fuscous dot at J, a
second obliquely beyond it on fold, and a third in disc beyond

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 1067

middle ; a narrow greyish-purple suffusion along hindmargin from
apex to near anal angle : cilia ochreous-yellow, on anal angle liglit
grey, becoming reddish-purple at base. Hindwings elongate-ovate,
round-pointed, veins 3 and 4 from a point or slightly remote ;
whitish-ochreous, apex and hindmargin narrowly suffused with
grey ; cilia whitish-ochreous.

Closely allied to 0. acroxantha, but lighter and brighter-
coloured, and separable by the ochreous-whitish head and thorax,
and whitish-ochreous hindwings.

Sydney, New South Wales; two specimens in September and

October.

372. Ocyst. callista, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. rufescentibus, macula dorsi media pallidiore,

costa nivea, punctis disci tribus areaque apicali saturate purpuieo-
fuscis, ciliis flavis ; pest, dilute ochreis.

£. 16 mm. Head and thorax purple-fuscous, with scattered
grey-whitish hair-scales. Palpi white, terminal joint and apical
half of second externally purple, terminal joint J of second.
Antennae dark fuscous, ciliations 2^. Abdomen pale yellow-
ochreous. Legs white, anterior pair internally dark fuscous
suffused with reddish purple, hairs of posteror tibia? light yellow-
ochreous. Fore wings elongate, rather narrow, costa sinuate, apex
round- pointed, hindmargin sinuate, very oblique ; dark purple-
fuscous, lighter towards inner margin anteriorly, and densely
strewn in disc from near base to f with pale greyish-ochreous
hair-scales ; a snow-white streak along costa almost from base to
near apex ; a round pale flesh-coloured spot on inner margin
beyond middle, surmounted by a dark fuscous dot ; a second dark
fuscous dot in disc above and rather beyond this ; a fuscous ring
in disc beyond middle, connected with costal streak and inner
margin by fuscous lines : cilia bright yellow, on costa bright
crimson, on anal angle grey, becoming purplish at base. Hind-
wings broad-lanceolate, tolerably acute, veins 3 and 4 from a
point ; pale yellow-ochreous, semihyaline, veins and margins
densely scaled ; cilia light ochreous-yellow, from middle of hind-
margin to anal angle greyish.

1068 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

A conspicuously distinct and elegant species.

Larva feeds in a portable case on Eucalyptus hemiphloia, eating
holes in the leaves ; case formed of a single stout cylindrical
twig, hollowed down the centre and open at both ends ; found in
November. This kind of case (shared at least by the following
species and probably others) is not known to me as employed in
any other genus of Lepidoptera.

Sydney, New South Wales ; one specimen bred in December.

373. Ocyst. tyranna, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. griseis, albido-conspersis, serie obliqua antica
macularum trium parvarum lutearum, punctis disci duobus lineaque
postica obscuris saturatioribus, ciliis flavis ; post, dilutius ochreo-
flavis.

Q. 23 mm. Head and thorax light grey. Palpi grey-whitish,
reddish-tinged, anteriorly greyer, terminal joint very short, ^ of
second. Antennae grey-whitish. Abdomen light yellow-ochreous.
Legs light grey, crimson-tinged, posterior pair light yellow-ochreous.
Fore wings elongate, moderate, costa rather strongly arched, apex
round-pointed, hindmargin sinuate, rather oblique ; clear grey,
densely irrorated with whitish hair-scales except towards base and
on margins ; three small round pale whitish-ochreous spots arranged
in an inwardly oblique row from beneath | of costa to above inner
margin near base ; two indistinct grey dots in disc before and after
middle ; a faint roundish pale whitish-ochreous spot above middle
of inner margin ; an indistinct irregular grey line from | of costa
to anal angle ; a dark grey hindrnarginal line : cilia ochreous-yellow,
becoming light reddish-purple towards base, on anal angle broadly
grey. Hindwings elongate-ovate, round-pointed, veins 3 and 4
slightly remote ; light ochreous-yellow, extreme apex grey ; cilia
pale ochreous-yellow, on an apical spot and between middle of
hindmargin and anal angle light grey.

Certainly allied to the preceding but very different : the terminal
joint of palpi is relatively much shorter than in any other species
of the genus.

BY E. MFA'RICK, B.A. 1069

Larva feeds in a portable case on the leaves of Eucalyptus sp. ;
case formed of a stout cylindrical hollowed twig, open at both
ends ; found in October.

Quorn, South Australia; one specimen bred in December.

374. Dcyst. enoplia, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. dilutius fuscis, costa anguste nivea, punctis disci
duobus saturatioribus ; post, albido-griseis.

£. 15-17 mm. Head whitish, back of crown greyish. Palpi
grey, apex of second joint white, terminal joint § of second.
Antenme grey-whitish. Thorax light grey-fuscous. Abdomen
grey-whitish. Legs dark fuscous, mixed with white, posterior pair
grey-whitish. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex
round-pointed, hindmargin very obliquely rounded ; light fuscous ;
a narrow white streak along costa from near base to near apex ; a
dark fuscous dot on fold beneath middle, and a second in disc at § :
cilia light fuscous. Hind wings elongate-ovate, round pointed,
wins 3 and 4 from a point ; whitish-grey ; cilia whitish-grey.

Port Lincoln, South Australia ; six specimens early in November.

375. Ocyst. ccmiala, n. sp.

Parva, alis ant. albido-ochreis, saturate fusco-conspersis, punctis
disci tribus, plerisque etiam marginis circum apicem nigris ; post
albidis.

^ 2- 12-13 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax whitish-ochreous,
mixed with dark fuscous ; terminal joint of palpi g of second.
Antenna? whitish-ochreous, annulated with dark fuscous, ciliations
5. Abdomen ochreous-whitish. Legs dark fuscous, apex of joints
and posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate, narrow,
costa gently arched, apex acute, hindmargin somewhat sinuate,
extremely oblique ; whitish-ochreous, irregularly irrorated with
dark fuscous ; a round black dot in disc at J-, a second obliquely
beyond it on fold, and a third in disc at |; some ill-defined blackish
spots on apical part of costa and hindmargin : cilia pale whitish-
ochreous, somewhat mixed with dark fuscous at base round apex.
Hind wings lanceolate, acute, veins 3 and 4 from a point ; grey-
whitish ; cilia grey-whitish.

1070 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

Deloraine and Mount Wellington (1000 feet), Tasmania ; three
specimens in November and December.

376. Ocyst. agelcea, n. sp.

Parva, alis ant. ochreis, fusco-suffusis, punctis disci tribus
majusculis saturate fuscis ; post, saturatius griseis.

£ (J). 10-12. mm. Head, palpi, and thorax brownish-ochreous ;
terminal joint of palpi | of second. Antennae fuscous, ciliations
5. Abdomen grey. Legs grey, posterior pair grey-whitisb.
Forewings elongate, narrow, costa gently arched, apex acute, hind-
margin sinuate, extremely oblique ; brownish-ochreous, irregularly
suffused with fuscous ; a small round dark fuscous spot in disc
before middle, a second slightly beyond it on fold, and a third in
disc at % : cilia fuscous. Hindwings broad-lanceolate, acute, veins
3 and 4 from a point ; rather dark grey ; cilia grey.

Distinguished from the two following by the much longer
antennal ciliations (relatively twice as long), partial fuscous
suffusion, and darker grey hindwings.

Deloraine, Tasmania ; two specimens in Novembei'.

377. Ocyst. psamathina n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. ochreis, puncto plicse interdum obsoleto, altero
disci postico nigris ; post, dilute griseis.

<£. 13-14 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax yellow-ochreous, second
joint of palpi externally fuscous, terminal joint § of second.
Antenna) greyish-ochreous, ciliations 2|. Abdomen grey, anal
tuft whitish-ochreous. Legs dark fuscous, posterior pair whitish-
ochreous. Forewings elongate, very narrow, costa slightly arched,
apex round-pointed, hindmargin extremely obliquely rounded ;
yellow-ochreous ; a black dot on fold slightly before middle, some-
times obsolete, and a second in disc at § : cilia yellow-ochreous,
Hindwings broad-lanceolate, tolerably acute, veins 2 and 3 from a
point ; light grey, towards base semihyaline ; cilia light greyish-
ochreous.

Sydney, New South Wales ; two specimens in September and
April

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 1071

378. Ocyst. milichia, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. fusco-ochreis, costa ochreo-albida, punctis disci
tribus nigris ; post, dilute griseis.

(J. 16 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax brownish-ochreous ;
terminal joint of palpi f- of second. Antenna? light ochreous,
ciliations 2i. Abdomen grey, anal tuft whitish-ochreous. Legs
dark fuscous, posterior pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate
narrow, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin
extremely obliquely rounded ; brownish-ochreous ; a slender
yellow-whitish streak along costa from base to § ; a black dot in
disc at J, a second very obliquely beyond it on fold, and a third
in disc at § : cilia light brownish-ochreous. Hindwings broad-
lanceolate, tolerably acute, veins 3 and 4 from a point ; light
grey ; cilia pale greyish-ochreous.

Closely allied to the preceding, but with the forewings some-
what broader and the costa rather more arched, a pale costal
streak, and additional anterior discal dot.

Blackheath (3500 feet), New South Wales ; one specimen in
October.

379. Ocyst. protosticha, n. sp.

Parva, alis ant. dilute ochreo-flavis, punctis disci tribus saturate
fuscis, tertio cum angulo anali per strigam fuscam fere connexo ;
post, griseis.

c£ $. 12-13 mm. Head and palpi light ochreous-yellowish,
second joint sometimes more or less fuscous externally, terminal
joint § of second. Antenna? greyish-ochreous, ciliations 2^.
Thorax light ochreous-yellowish, anterior margin rather broadly
fuscous. Abdomen whitish-grey. Legs dark fuscous, posterior
pair pale ochi-eous-yellowish. Forewings elongate, rather narrow,
costa moderately arched, apex tolerably acute, hindmargin slightly
rounded, very oblique ; light ochreous-yellow ; a dark fuscous dot
in disc before middle, a second directly beneath it on fold, and a
third (sometimes double) in disc beyond middle ; a cloudy fuscous
streak from third dot to anal angle, sometimes obsolete ; some

1072 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

fuscous scales along liindmargin : cilia pale ochreous-yellow, base
sometimes mixed with fuscous. Hind wings broad-lanceolate,
acute, veins 3 and 4 from a point ; grey ; cilia pale grey.

Duaringa and Toowoomba (2000 feet), Queensland ; one
specimen taken in September, and six received from Mr. G.
Barnard.

380. Ocyst. euanthes, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. flavis, strigula dorsi basali e costa oriente, fascia
media latiore, alteraque marginis postici saturate fuscis ; post,
saturate fuscis.

£.17 mm. Head yellow. Palpi dark fuscous, internally
yellow-whitish, terminal joint nearly as long as second. Antenna?,
thorax, abdomen, and legs dark fuscous ; posterior legs yellowish
beneath. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa moderately
arched, apex acute, hindmargin slightly sinuate, extremely oblique ;
yellow ; markings dark fuscous, slightly purplish-tinged ; a short
streak from base of costa along inner margin to \ ; a moderately
broad fascia from middle of costa to inner margin before anal
angle, dilated beneath ; an irregular fascia along hindmargin from
apex to anal angle, touching central fascia : cilia dark fuscous.
Hindwings ovate-lanceolate, acute, veins 3 and 4 from a point ;
dark fuscous ; cilia dark fuscous.

Adelaide and Wirrabara Foi'est, South Australia ; two
specimens.

381 .Ocyst. placoxantha, n. sp.

Parva, alis ant. saturate fuscis, macula doi-si antica magna
subquadrata altei'aque disci postica parva tranversa dilute ockreo-
flavis ; post, saturate fuscis.

(J. 13 mm. Head, palpi, antenna?, thorax, abdomen, and legs
dark fuscous ; second joint of palpi internally yellow-whitish,
terminal joint § of second ; antennal ciliations 5 ; posterior legs
greyish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa moderately
arched, apex acute, hindmargin sinuate, extremely oblique ; dark
fuscous ; a large light ochreous-yellowish trapezoidal blotch

BY E. MEYRICK, B A. 1073

extending on inner margin from near base to beyond middle,
upper side near and parallel to costa, anterior and posterior sides
erect ; a transverse light ochreous-yellowish spot in disc above
anal angle : cilia dark fuscous. Hind wings broad-lanceolate,
acute, veins 3 and 4 from a point ; dark fuscous ; cilia dark
fuscous.

Bathurst (2300 feet), New South Wales , one specimen in
November.

382. Ocyst. mesoxantha, n. sp.

Parva, alis ant. flavis, basi fasciaque marginia postici latissima
saturatius fuscis ; post, saturatius fuscis.

£. 10-11 mm. Head shining purple-grey, face whitish. Palpi
whitish, terminal joint anteriorly dax-k fuscous, § of second.
Antenna? dark grey. Thorax and abdomen dark purple-fuscous.
Legs grey, posterior pair grey-whitish. Forewings elongate, rather
narrow, costa moderately arched, apex acute, hindmargin slightly
sinuate, extremely oblique ; yellow ; base narrowly dark fuscous ;
a narrow dark fuscous fascia from beyond middle of costa to j of
inner margin, beyond which the whole apical area is rather dark
purple-fuscous ; cilia rather dark fuscous. Hind wings ovate-
lanceolate, acute, veins 3 and 4 from a point ; rather dark
fuscous : cilia rather dark fuscous.

Sydney, New South Wales ; two specimens in September.

383. OcysL pyramis, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. flavis, basi, triangulo erecto dorsi postico,
areaque apicali saturate fuscis ; post, saturate fuscis.

(J9. 15-20 mm. Head light yellow. Palpi yellow-whitish,
second joint grey except towards apex, terminal joint \ of second.
Antenna? grey, ciliations 3. Thorax dark purple fuscous. Abdomen
and legs dark fuscous, posterior legs yellowish beneath. Forewings
elongate, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin
somewhat sinuate, very oblique ; bright clear yellow ; base rather
narrowly dark fuscous ; an erect elongate triangular dark fuscous
spot on inner margin before anal angle, reaching more than half

1074 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

across wing ; a dark purple-fuscous apical suffusion, extending
nearly to this spot and sometimes partially confluent with it at the
base and apex : cilia dark fuscous. Hindwings ovate-lanceolate,
acute, veins 3 and 4 from a point ; dark fuscous ; cilia dark
fuscous.

Larva feeds between joined leaves of Eucalyptus tereticornis ;
pupa in a firm flattened cocoon in same position ; found in August.

Sydney and Blackheath (3500 feet), New South Wales ; seven
specimens from September to November, usually at rest on fences.

384. Ocyst. acrobaphes, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. dilute ochreo-flavis, macula anguli analis parva
saturate fusca ; post, griseis.

(J. 18 mm. Head light yellow-ochreous. Palpi ochreous-
whitish, anterior edge dark grey, terminal joint * of second.
Antennae grey, ciliations 3-&. Thorax light yellow-ochreous,
anterior margin strongly dark fuscous. Abdomen light greyish-
ochieous. Legs dark grey, posterior pair whitish-ockreous. Fore-
wings elongate, rather narrow, costa moderately arched, apex
tolerably acute, hindmargin very obliquely rounded ; pale
ochreous-yellowish ; extreme costal edge dark fuscous at base ; a
small roundish dark fuscous spot on anal angle; some dark fuscous
scales at apex : cilia rather dark fuscous, towards middle of hind-
margin mixed with pale ochreous-yellowish. Hindwings ovate-
lanceolate, round-pointed, veins 3 and 4 from a point ; grey ; cilia

Sydney, New South Wales ; one specimen in January.

385. Ocyst. illuta, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. dilute ochreo-flavis, dorso usque ad apicem
latins fusco-suffuso ; post, fuscis.

$ Q. 14-18 mm. Head light ochreous-yellow, face ochreous-
whitish. Palpi dark grey, internally whitish, terminal joint
almost as long as second. Antenna? grey, ciliations 3. Thorax
light ochreous-yellow, sometimes suffused with greyish, collar and

BY E. MEYRICK, B A. 1075

a large quadrate anterior spot dark fuscous. Abdomen grey. Legs
dark grey, posterior pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate,
narrow, costa moderately arched, apex acute, hindmargin extremely
obliquely rounded ; light ochreous-yellow ; base of costa narrowly
dark fuscous ; inner and hind margins more or less broadly suffused
with fuscous, apex more broadly, the suffusion sometimes extending
over whole wing : cilia fuscous. Hind wings broad-lanceolate,
acute, veins 3 and 4 from a point ; fuscous ; cilia fuscous.

Svdney and Blackheath (3,500 feet), New South Wales ; Mel-
bourne, Victoria ; from January to March, rather common.

386. Ocyst. lithophanes, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. griseis, costa ochreo-albida ; post, griseis.

^ 2- 18-19 mm. Head grey-whitish, crown more or less gi'ey.
Palpi grey, apex of second joint white, terminal joint § of second.
Antenna?, thorax, abdomen, and legs grey ; antennal ciliations 4 ;
posterior legs grey-whitish. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa
gently arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin extremely obliquely
rounded ; shining grey ; costa suffused with ochreous-white, in £
forming a definite moderate sh'eak : cilia whitish-grey. Hindwings
broad-lanceolate, round-pointed, veins 3 and 4 from a point ; grey ;
cilia light grey.

Deloraine, Tasmania ; two specimens in November.

387. Ocyst. monostropha, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. albi.s, dimidio dorsali dilute griseo ; post, griseis ;
thorace griseo.

g £. 16-20 mm. Head white, crown slightly greyish-tinged.
Palpi white, anteriorly grey ; terminal joint § of second. Antennae
whitish, ciliations 5. Thorax light grey. Abdomen ochreous-
whitish. Legs grey, posterior pair whitish. Forewings elongate,
narrow, costa moderately arched, apex acute, hindmargin slightly
sinuate, extremely oblique ; shining white, very faintly ochreous-
tinged ; dorsal half suffused with light ochreous-grey from base to
anal angle : cilia ochreous-white, beneath anal angle pale greyish-
70

1076 DESCRIPTIONS OP AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA,

ochreous. Hindwings broad-lanceolate, ac\ite, veins 3 and 4 more
or less remote or even parallel ; grey ; cilia very pale greyish-
ochreous.

Sydney and Blackheath (3500 feet), New South Wales ; rather
common from September to November.

388. Ocyst. homoleuca, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. candidis, dorso vix griseo-tincto ; post, dilute
griseis ; thorace candido.

£ £. 10-15 mm. Head and thorax white, faintly ochreous-
tinged. Palpi white, anterior edge somewhat grey, terminal joint
§ of second. Antennae whitish, ciliations 5. Abdomen ochreous-
whitish. Legs dark grey, posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Fore-
wings elongate, narrow, costa moderately arched, apex acute,
hindmargin extremely obliquely rounded ; shining white ; inner
margin narrowly and slightly tinged with greyish-ochreous : cilia
white, on anal angle somewhat greyish-ochreous. Hindwings
broad-lanceolate, acute, veins 3 and 4 from a point or very slightly
remote ; light grey ; cilia ochreous-grey-whitish.

Closely allied to 0. monostropha, but always smaller, with the
thorax white, the grey suffusion of forewings hardly perceptible,
and veins 3 and 4 of the hindwings hardly or not remote.

Sydney and Bathurst (2300 feet). New South Wales ; Wirrabara
Forest, South Australia ; six specimens in October and November.

389. Ocyst. chionea, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. candidis, striga dorsi saturate fusca ; post,
griseis.

<J Q 16-17 mm. Head yellowish-white or whitish-ochreous.
Palpi white, anterior edge grey ; terminal joint f of second.
Antennae grey, ciliations 3£. Thorax dark grey, patagia white
except at base. Abdomen pale yellow-ochreous. Legs dark grey,
posterior pair pale yellow-ochreous. Forewings elongate, narrow,
costa gently arched, apex acute, hindmargin sinuate, extremely
oblique; shining white, very slightly ochreous- tinged ; a moderate

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 1077

dark fuscous streak along inner margin from base to anal angle,
attenuated at both extremities : cilia white, faintly ochreous-
tinged, on anal angle light fuscous. Hindwings broad-lanceolate,
acute, veins 3 and 4 from a point ; grey ; cilia whitish-ochreous.
Wirrabara Forest, South Australia ; four specimens in October.

390. Ocyst. glacialis, n. sp.

Parva, alis ant. candidis, macula dorsi postica parva, strigaque
marginis postici saturate fuscis ; post, dilute griseis.

(J 13 mm. Head and palpi white, terminal joint almost as long
as second. Antenna?, thorax, and abdomen whitish-grey ; antenna]
ciliations 3. Legs dark grey, posterior pair whitish. Forewings
elongate, narrow, costa moderately arched, apex acute, hind-
margin faintly sinuate, extremely oblique shining white ; a
rather small subquadrate dark fuscous spot on inner margin
beyond middle ; a slender dark fuscous streak along hindmargin
from apex to anal angle : cilia whitish, mixed with dark fuscous
scales towards base. Hindwings bi-oad-lanceolate, acute, veins 3
and 4 widely remote, parallel ; light grey ; cilia ochreous-whitish.

Mount Lofty, South Australia ; one specimen received from
Mr. E. Guest.

391. Ocyst. crystalline/,, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. candidis, striga dorsi bidentata, punctis disci
quattuor interdum obsoletis. strigula anguli analis erecta, strigaque
marginis postici saturate fuscis ; post, griseis.

9 1 6-20 mm. Head yellowish-white or whitish-ochreous. Palpi
white, second joint externally grey except apex, terminal joint f
of second. Antennae grey. Thorax dark fuscous. Abdomen pale
yellowish - ochreous. Legs dark fuscous, posterior pair pale
yellowish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa moderately
arched, apex acute, hindmargin sinuate, very oblique ; shining
white, faintly ochreous-tinged, with dark fuscous markings ; a
moderate streak along inner margin from base to anal angle,
shortly protuberant upwards before middle and neai anal angle,

1078 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

each protuberance often connected with a round dot placed
immediately above it, but these dots are sometimes separate or
absent ; a small round dot in disc before middle, somewhat beyond
first protuberance, and another in disc at §, both sometimes
obsolete ; a short erect streak from anal angle, sometimes touching
second discal dot ; a streak along hindmargin from apex to below
middle, tending to be interrupted into spots : cilia white, beneath
anal angle fuscous. Hindwings broad-lanceolate, acute, veins 3
and 4 from a point ; grey ; cilia pale yellowish-ochreous, becoming
greyer l'ound apex.

Mount Lofty, South Australia ; five specimens in Octo ber and
February.

392. Ocyst. paulinella, Newm.

(Oecophora paulinella, Newm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., Vol. III.,
(n.s.), 297, PL XVIII.)

Media, alis ant. candidis, striga dorsi, fascia angusta media
incurvata, triangulo anguli analis delineate, strigaque marginis
postici saturate fuscis ; post, dilute griseis.

£ 9. 16-21 mm. Head and palpi white, lower f of second joint
dark fuscous, terminal joint § of second. Antennse whitish,
ciliations 3. Thorax blackish, with a narrow transverse anterior
white spot. Abdomen light yellow-ochreous. Legs dark fuscous,
posterior pair light yellow-ochreous. Forewings elongate, rather
narrow, costa moderately arched, apex acute, hindmargin sinuate,
very oblique ; shining white, with dark fuscous markings : a
moderate streak along inner margin from base to anal angle,
abruptly narrowed and sometimes interrupted near base ; a narrow
inwards-curved fascia from beyond middle of costa to before middle
of inner margin ; a streak from | of inner margin and another from
anal angle converging to meet in middle of disc, apex produced
upwards into a short tooth ; a moderate streak along hindmargin
from apex to anal angle, attenuated beneath : cilia white, beneath
anal angle dark fuscous-grey. Hindwings broad-lanceolate, acute,
veins 3 and 4 from a point ; light grey, sometimes tinged with
whitish-ochreous ; cilia pale yellow-ochreous, with a grey apical
spct.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 1079

Sydney and Blackheath (3500 feet), New South Wales ;
Melbourne, Victoria ; Mount Lofty, South Australia ; tolerably
common from August to October, and in March.

393. Ocyst. suppressella, Walk.

(Gelechia suppressella, Walk., Brit. Mus, Cat., p. 650.)

Parva, alis ant. niveis, punctis disci tribus, macula dorsi media
parva, lineaque postica recta fuscis ; post, griseo-albidis.

£ £. 12-13 mm. Head, palpi, antenna?, thorax, and abdomen
white ; terminal joint of palpi § of second ; antennal ciliations 8.
Legs fuscous, posterior pair whitish. Forewings elongate, rather
narrow, costa gently arched, apex acute, hindmargin slightly
sinuate, very oblique ; white ; a fuscous dot in disc before middle,
a second directly beneath it on fold, and a third in disc beyond
middle ; a small fuscous spot on middle of inner margin, touching
second dot ; a nearly straight linear dark fuscous fascia from f of
costa to anal angle ; some fuscous scales on hindmai'gin : cilia
whitish, mixed with rather dark fuscous from apex to near anal
angle. Hinrlwings bi-oad-lanceolate, round-pointed, veins 3 and 4
slightly remote ; grey-whitish ; cilia grey-whitish.

The antennal ciliations in this species reach their maximum.

Rosewood, Queensland ; three specimens in September.

394. Ocyst. diclethra, n. sp.

Parva, alis ant, niveis, macula disci antica transversa fasciaque
postica in marginibus nonnihil producta ac cum angulo anali connexa
ochreis, saturate fusco-sparsis ; post, dilute griseis.

£ Q. 10-13 mm. Head, palpi, antenna?, and thorax white ;
second joint of palpi externally grey on lower half, terminal joint §
of second ; antennal ciliations '2\. Abdomen light grey. Legs
dark grey, posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate,
narrow, costa gently arched, apex acute, hindmargin slightly sinuate,

10S0 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

extremely oblique ; snow-white ; markings bright yellow-ochreous,
more or less irrorated with dark fuscous ; two small round generally
confluent spots transversly placed in disc before middle, lower
slightly anterior ; a rather naiTow fascia from § of costa to
| of inner margin, narrowly produced along inner margin to
beneath anterior spots, and more broadly along costa to near apex,
and connected below middle by a short slender bar with anal angle :
cilia ochreous-whitish, suffused with ochreous and sometimes
irroi^ated with dark fuscous between apex and anal angle. Hind-
wings lanceolate, acute, veins 3 and 4 somewhat remote ; light
grey ; cilia very pale greyish-ochreous.

Sydney, New South Wales ; not uncommon from October to
December.

395. Ocyst. niphodesma, n. sp.

Parva, alis ant. niveis, costse basi fasciisque duabus rectis fusco-
ochreis, saturate fusco-sparsis ; post, dilute griseis.

£. 12 mm. Head and palpi white, second joint externally
fuscous except at apex, terminal joint § of second. Antenna?
fuscous, ciliations 3. Thorax white, anterior margin dark fuscous.
Abdomen whitish-ochreous. Legs dark fuscous, post, pair whitish-
ochreous. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa moderately
arched, apex acute, hindmargin sinuate, extremely oblique ; snow-
white ; markings brownish-ochreous, somewhat irrorated and
irregularly margined with dark fuscous ; a small quadrate fuscous
spot on base of costa ; a straight moderate fascia from I of costa
to before middle of inner margin ; a fascia from before £ of costa
to anal angle, moderate on costa, rather broadly dilated beneath ;
some dark fuscous scales at apex : cilia white, basal half somewhat
suffused with pale ochreous and irregularly irrorated with dark
fuscous. Hindwings lanceolate, acute, veins 3 and 4 remote ;
light grey ; cilia whitish-grey, ochreous-tinged.

Duaringa, Queensland ; one specimen received from Mr. G.
Barnard.

BY E. MEYRICK, B A. 1081

396. Ocyst. trilicella, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. niveis, fascia media supra abbreviata, altera
postica integra incur vata, lineaque marginis postici ochreo-fuscis ;
post, dilute griseis.

£ (j). 14-18 mm. Head and palpi white, lower half of second
joint anteriorly suffused with dark grey, terminal joint f of
second. Antenna? whitish, ciliations 4. Thorax dark fuscous.
Abdomen ochreous-whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish, anterior pair
dark fuscous, middle pair suffused with fuscous. Forewings
elongate, costa moderately arched, apex roundpointed, hindmargin
sinuate, very oblique ; white, slightly ochreous-tinged, with
ochreous-brown markings ; an erect triangular spot on middle of
inner margin, reaching more than half across wing, apex some-
times produced obliquely forwards ; a moderate inwards-curved
fascia from § of costa to anal angle ; an irregular line along hind-
margin : cilia ochreous-whitish, basal half ochreous-fuscous. Hind-
wiugs broad-lanceolate, tolerably acute, veins 3 and 4 from a
point ; light grey ; cilia pale whitish-ochreous, round apex greyish-
tinged at base.

Sydney and Blackheath (3500 feet), New South Wales ; four
specimens, in September, December, and January.

397. Ocyst. thalamepola, n. sp.

Parva, alis ant. albidis, macula disci prope basim, fascia antica
supra abbreviata, altera postica integra incurvata nebulosis
ochreis ; post, ochreo-albidis.

£ 2- 10-11 mm. Head, palpi, antenna?, thorax, abdomen, and
legs white ; terminal joint of palpi f of second ; antennal
ciliations 7 ; shoulders with a fuscous spot ; anterior legs dark
fuscous. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex
tolerably acute, hindmargin faintly sinuate, very oblique ;
ochreous-whitish. with ill-de6ned yellow-ochreous markings ; a
roundish spot in disc near base ; an erect elongate triangular spot

10S2 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA.

on middle of inner margin, reaching more than half across wing ;
a moderate somewhat inwards-curved fascia from § of costa to
anal angle : cilia ochreous-white. Hindwings broad-lanceolate,
tolerably acute, veins 3 and 4 from a point or slightly l-emote ;
ochreous-whitish ; cilia ochreous-whitish.

Sydney and Blackheath (3500 feet), New South Wales ; three
specimens in December and February.

398. Ocyst. neurota, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. niveis, venis omnibus ochreis ; post, ochreo-
albidis.

^ Q. 14-16 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, thorax, abdomen, and
legs ochreous-white ; second joint of palpi externally fuscous
except apex, terminal joint | of second ; antennal ciliations 3 ;
anterior legs fuscous. Fore wings elongate, narrow, costa moderately
arched, apex acute, hindmargin slightly rounded, extremely oblique ;
white ; all veins obscurely lined with pale ochreous: cilia ochreous-
white. Hindwings broad-lanceolate, tolerably acute, veins 3 and
4 from a point ; ochreous-whitish ; cilia ochreous-whitish,

Duannga and Brisbane, Queensland ; one specimen taken in
September, and a second received from Mr. G-. Barnard.

A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONG]
(Continued.)

By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

Part III.

[Plates LIX. to LXVIL]

PRELIMINARY DESCRIPTION AND CLASSIFICATION
OF THE AUSTRALIAN CALCISPONGIvE.

CLASSIS SPONGI-dE.

CCELENTERATA, WITH A GASTRO VASCULAR SYSTEM WHICH
OPENS ON THE SURFACE WITH MANY SMALL AND MOSTLY
ONE OR A FEW LARGE APERTURES. NOURISHING MATERIAL
FLOWS IN THROUGH THE SMALL PORES, THE LARGE PORES
OR OSCULAE ARE CLOAC/E. FRILLED CILIATFD CELLS ARE
GENERALLY AMASSED IN CERTAIN PORTIONS OF THE CANAL
SYSTEM. ALL THE EPITHELIA CONSIST OF SINGLE LAYERS
OF CELLS, THE MESODERM IS HIGHLY DEVELOPED.

I.— ORDO CALCISPONGL<E.

SPONGIiE POSSESSING A SKELETON COMPOSED OF CARBO-
NATE OF LIME WITH A LITTLE ORGANIC SUBSTANCE,
GASTRULA FORMED BY INVAGINATION.

I.— SUBORDO HOMOCCELA. Von Lendenfeld.

Calcispongise the Entoderm of which consists throughout of
frilled flagellate cells. No histological difference between the
Entodermal clothing of the central gastral cavity and that of its
branches.

1084 A MONAGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

Tins Subordo is nearly identical with the Homocoela of PolejaefF
(1) but comprises some species, which according to Pol ejaeff would
be considered Heterocoela.

FAMILY. ASCONID^E. Claus (2).
Sac-shaped Homocoela often forming colonies without a thick
Mesoderm which the Canals perforate. The Asconida? are identical
with Haeckels (3) Ascones. Haeckel's genera are adopted pre-
liminarily.

1. GENUS. ASCETTA. Haeckel (4).

With predominant triradiate spicules some of which may possess
an incipient fourth ray, without acerate spicules.

1. SPECIES. ASCETTA DICTYCTDES. Von Lendenfeld.

ASCETTA PRIMORDIALIS var. DICTYOIDES. E. Haeckel (5).
Triradiate spicules regulai', rays conic or semi spindle-shaped,
pointed. Spicules forming several layers. Rays 8 to 16 times as
long as thick with simple gastral cavity.
Locality : Australia. (Haeckel.)

2. SPECIES. ASCETTA POTERIUM. Yon Lendenfeld.
ASCETTA PRIMORDIALIS var. POTERIUM. E. Haeckel (6).
CLATHRINA POTERIUM. Ridley (7).
LEUCOSOLENIA POTERIUM. Polejaeff (8).
Triradiate spicules regular with straight, conic or semi-spindle-
shaped rays in several layers. The dermal spicules clumsy with

(1.) N. PoUjaeff. Report on the Calcarea. The Zoology of the Voyage
of H.M.S. Challenger. Part XXIV., p. 35,

The new species described here have been partly obtained by the author
himself, and were partly furnished by the Colonial Museums. I am parti-
cularly indebted to Mr. E P. Ramsay for some highly interesting specimens
from the Australian Museum in Sydney.

{2) C. Claus. Grundziige der Zoologic Vierte Auflage. BandI.,Seite 221.

(3.) E. Haeckel. Die Kalksehwamme. Eine Monographic Band II.,
Seite 11.

(4.) E. Haeckel. L.c. Band II., Seite 14.

(.->.) E. Haeckel. L.c. Band II., Seite 17-23 ; Band III., Taf, V., fig. 1.

(6.) E. Haeckel. L.c. Band II., Seite 17 ; Band III., Taf. II., figs. 8-9,
Taf. V, fig. If— li.

(7.) Stuart O. Ridley. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London,
1881, p. 133.

(8.) N. Potijaefi. L.c, p. 35 ; Taf. III., figs. 1-2.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1085

rays which are 6 to 8 times as long as thick. The Gastral ones
more slender with rays which are 16 to 20 times as long as thick.
Triradiate spicules of the wall of the Pseudostoma with equal
angles and paired rays.

Dormal rays, 0" 18—0-3 x 0-01— 0O35.

Gastral rays, 0-12—0-18 x 0-006—0-01.

Always Auloplegma-form.

Locality : East Coast of Australia (Twofold Bay, Challenger),
and other places on the Australian Coast. Haeckel.

3. SPECIES. ASCETTA LOCULOSA. Von Lendenfeld.
ASCETTA PRIMORDIALIS var. LOCULOSA. E. Haeckel (1.)

Triradiate spicules regular, rays conic or semi-spindleshaped,
pointed.

Spicules in several layers. All of the same size, the rays 8 to 16
times as long as thick. From the Gastral wall Lamellae extend
inward which divide the Gastral cavity into numerous compart-
ments. Haeckel (2.) states that these folds are covered by several
layers of entodermal Epithelium.

Polejaeff (3 ) doubts the correctness of this statement, and also
I can state that I have never met with such a structure in any
calcarious sponge.

Locality : Australia. Haeckel.

4. SPECIES. ASCETTA CHALLENGER!. Von Lendenfeld.

LEUCOSOLENIA CHALLENGER!. N. Polejaeff. (4.)

The triradiate spicules form two layers ; a Gastral one of
regular spicules and a dermal one of irregular sagittal difterenciated
triradiate spicules.

(1.) E. Haeckel. Die Kalkschwamme. Eine Monographie. Band II.,
Seite 17, 23.

(2 ) E. Haeckel. L.c, Band I., Seite 144. Band II., Seite 17, 23.

(3.) N. Pol&jaefj'. B,eport on the Calcarea. The Zoology of the Voyage
of H.M.S. Challenger. Part XXIV., page 6.

(4.) N. PoUjaeff: L.c, p. 38 ; Taf. I., fig. 1 ; Taf. III., fig. 4,

1086 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

The only specimen is a Soleniscus with 0'3 — OS broad persons.
The Pseudopores have a diameter of 0-28. The clumsy colony
which is 30 mm. in length is sessile on a 2 mm. long peduncle.
The Oscula are slightly larger than the pores in the reticulation.

Regular spicules with cylindrical, rounded rays, which are 0*18
long and 0-01 thick. The irregular dennal spicules are of the
same size as the above, but with paired angles and generally in
such a way irregular, that their rays are not situated in one plane.
The paired rays which inclose the unpaired angles are slightly
curved, convex towards each other.

Besides these there are a few regular spicules with rays 0 8 mm.
long.

Colour : Yellowish.

Locality : North Coast of Australia, Cape York (Challenger.)

5. SPECIES. ASCETTA PROCUMBENS. Nov. spec.

The sponge consists of numerous slightly curved cylindrical
tubes, extending in one plane, in one or more layers. The sponge has
the appearance of a perforated plate, and attains a diameter of 25
and a thickness of 2'5 mm.

The spicules are regular. The rays are 0"1 mm. long and at the
base 0-015 thick. The rays are pretty stout, conic and slightly
rounded at the ends. Our species is distinguished from the
allied species by the rays of its spicules being neither cylindrical
as in Ascetta coriacea nor pointed as in the numerous varieties of
Ascetta primordialis. Besides that, the spicules are shorter than
in the latter and thicker than in the former.

Locality : East coast of Australia (Port Jackson.) South coast
of Australia (Port Phillip), von Lendenfeld.

6. SPECIES. ASCETTA MACI.EAYI. Nov. spec.

Triradiate spicules forming low triangular pyramids with equal
angles. One ray always longitudinally situated, longer than the
other two and pointing towards the aboral pole. Longitudinal
ray 0-05 (Pseudo-osculum) — O'l (body and peduncle) x 0-003 —

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1087

0-007. Lateral rays 0-04-0-05 x 0-003— 0-004 mm. Rays
conic, rounded at the end, rarely with a slight stricture just
below. Auloplegmafoi'm with Pseudo-osculum ; a reticulate colony
like guancha blanca (1). The canals (Ascon-individuals) with
small inhalent pores on the outer side and larger exhalent pores
towards the Pseudo-gaiter.

(Transition form between Asconidaa and Nardopsidse.)
Colonies 3-10 mm. high, peduncle as long, or longer than the
reticulated part of the body.

Locality : East coast of Australia (Port Jackson), Laminarian
zone. Von Lendenfeld.

2. GENUS. ASCALTIS. Haeckel (2.)

Asconidce with tri- and quadriradiate spicules. Without acerate
spicules.

7. SPECIES. ASCALTIS LAMARCKII. Haeckel (3.)
LE UCOSOLENI A LAMARCKII. N. Pole>eff (4. )

Tri- and quadriradiates regular. Some of the triradiates three
times as large as the other trh-adiates and the quadrivadiates.
Quadriradiates and small triradiates with rays 0-08 — 0-12 x 0-004
—0-006. The large triradiates with rays 0-2—0-3 x 0-015—
0'02 mm. Auloplegma form. Spherical 5-20 mm. in diameter.

Locality: East Coast of Australia, (Port Jackson, Challenger.)
30-35 fathoms.

3. GENUS. ASCANDRA. Haeckel (5.)
Asconidae with triradiate, quadriradiate and acerate spicules.

(1.) N. M. Maclay : Jenaische Zeitschrit fur Natunvissenschaft, Band
IV., 2 Heft, 1868, Seite 221.

(2.) E. Haeckel. Die Kalkschwiimme. Eine Monographic Band II
Seite 51.

(3.) E. Haeckel. L.c. Band II., Seite 60; Taf. IX., fig. 5; Taf. X.,
fig. 4 a-d.

(4. ) N. PoUjaeff. Report on the Calcarea. The Zoology of the Voyage
of H.M.S. Challenger, Tart. XXIV., p. 36.

(5.) E. Haeckel. L.c. Band II., Seite SO.

1088 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

8. SPECIES. ASCANDRA DENSA. Haeckel(l).

Tri- and rare quadriradiate spicules regular, of equal size. Rays
straight cylindrical and pointed. Apical ray half as thick, straight.
Acerate spicules straight truncate on both ends, inflated on the
external end, 3-4 times as long, and 5-6 times as thick as the ray
of the triradiates. Triradiates 0-1— 042 x 0-006—0-001 mm.
Acerates 0-5 — 0*6 x 0-03 — 0-04 mm., with or without Pseudo-
oscula.

Locality : South Coast of Australia, Haeckel.

2. FAMILY. HOMODERMIP^E. Von Lendenfeld(2.)

Homoccela with radial tubes.

Transition form between Asconidse and Syconidre.

4. GENUS. HOMODERMA. Von Lendenfeld (3.)

Homodermidns which form colonies of several spindle-shaped
persons ; the Gastral cavities of which are connected with each
other by a hollow Spongorhiza.

9. SPECIES. HOMODERMA SYCANDRA. Von Lendenfeld (4.)
Quadriradiate, triradiate and acerate spicules. The radial tubes
in regular strobiloid circles around the cylindrical Gastral cavity
which is clothed up to the margin of the Osculum with frilled
flagellate cells. Gastral quadriradiates, centripetal radial ray
0-02 — 0-04 x 0*0024 conic, pointed and straight ; lateral tangental
ray slightly curved, convex outside 0*05 x 0.0038 ; longitudinal,
aboral tangental ray 0-04 x 0-0038. Parenchymal triradiates ;
internal triradiates with unequal rays, radial centrifugal ray
0-048 x 0'0032 conic, sometimes protruding into the Gastral
cavity. Tangental basal rays curved 0-0074 — 0-011 x 0-0048,
convex towards the outer side often equatorially situated.

(1.) & Haeckel. L.c. Band II., Seite S5, Taf. XIV., figs. 2a-2c ;
Taf. XVII. , fig. 9-12.

(2.) Von Lendenfeld. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of N.S.W.,
Vol. IX., p. 338.

(3.) Von Lendenfeld. L.c.

(4.) Von Lendenfeld. L.c.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1089

Medial triradiates regular, rays conic O048 x 0*003. Dermal
rays similar in size and shape to the former on the summits of the
radial tubes some triradiates are situated, the outer rays of which
protrude beyond the surface. Dermal acerates protruding and
leaning towards the Osculum under an angle of 45° 0-71 x 0*0071
mm., cylindrical, pointed, the centrifugal end abruptly pointed to
a sharp point. Situated in groups of 10 to 12 on the summits of
the radial tubes. Oscular acerates a longitudinal cylinder forming
a kind of Oesophagus with a frill of horizontal acerates. The
former slightly cui-ved, convex on the inner side 0.57 x 0-0016,
the latter 0-21 x 0-003 slightly concave to the front.

Persons attaining a height of 14 mm., and a breadth of 5 mm.

Homoderma Sycandra is connected with the Asconidse by forms
such as Ascaltis cauariensis (1), and Ascaltis Gegenbauri (2.)

Localitj : East Coast of Australia, Port Jackson, South Coast of
Australia, Port Phillip, Von Lendenfeld.

3. FAMILY. LEUCOPSID^E. Yon Lendenfeld.

Homocoela with a highly developed Mesoderm in which the
mouthless ascon persons are imbedded. With a large Pseudogaster
and Pseudostom.

Transition-form between Asconidae and Leuconidee.

5. GENUS. LETJCOPSIS. Yon Lendenfeld.

Leucopsidse without any canal system. The inhalent Pores of
the Ascon tube reticulation small and in direct communication
with outer water. The exhalent Pores large and opening direct
into the Pseudogaster.

10. SPECIES. LEUCOPSIS PEDUNCULATA, nov. sp.
A pedunculate small Sponge with one or several Oscula. The
peduncle is hollow and clothed with ectodermal pavement cells
internally. On the summit of it a spherical Sponge is situated

(1.) E. HaecM. L.c. Seite 5'2., Taf. IX., figs. 1-3; Taf. X., figs, la-lc.
(2.) E. Haeckel. L.c. Seite 62, Taf IX , figs. 6-8 ; Taf. X., figs. 5a-5d.

1090 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

•which possesses trivarliate spicules only, scattered throughout the
Mesoderm which is exceptionally rich in cells. Tangental multi-
polar tissue cells and glandcells are met with. The spicules have
one longer ray mostly pointing towai'ds the aboral pole. The
longitudinal raj' measures 0-074 — 0*11 x 0*0074 ; and the paired
rays 0-056— 0-0074 x 0-004—0-006 mm. The three angles are
equal. Height 3 to 7 mm, breadth 3 to 4 mm. Peduncle half as
long as the body.

Locality : East Coast of Australia, Port Jackson, Laminaria
zone, Von Lendenfeld.

II.— SUBORDO HETEROCOELA.

Von Lendenfeld.

Calcispongire with differentiated Entoderm. Ciliated chambers
clothed with frilled flagellate cells are always present. The gastral
cavity is clothed with entodermal pavement cells.

I adopt Polejaeffs (1) name with a different definition but
nearly identical meaning.

1. FAMILY. SYCONID^. Claus (2).

Heterocoela with cylindrical ciliated chambers which traverse the
body-wall, are situated radially, and open direct into the gastral
cavity. Sensitive cells around the inhalent pores. Identical with
Haeckel's (3) Sycones.

Connected with Asconidse by Homoderma and with Leuconidse
by Vosmaeria

1. SUBFAMILY. SYCONIN.E. Von Lendenfeld.

Syconidre with unbranched distally separate ciliated tubes, and
without complicated canal system. (Subgenera with the end
syllable " aga " of Haeckel (4.)

(1.) N. Polejaeff. L.c. P. 39.

(2.) C. Claus. Grundziige der Zoologie. Vierte Auflage. Band I ,
Seite 221.

(3.) E. Haeckel. L.c. Band II. , Seite 232.
(4.) E, Haeckel. L.c. Band II.

BY It. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1091

I devide this Subfamily, which comprises a great number of the
Sycones of Haeckel, according to Haeckel's principle preliminarily
into the seven genera, which according to Haeckel (1) comprise all
Syconida3.

6. GENUS. SYCETTA. Von Lendenfeld.

Syconidae, with predominant triradiate spicules, which some-
times show an incipient fourth i-ay, without acerate spicules.
Identical with Haeckel's (2), sub-genus Sycettaga.

11. SPECIES. SYCETTA PRIMITIVA. Haeckel (3).

Radial tubes conic or bell-shaped, free ; between them wide free
intercanals. On both ends of each tubus an ostium, the gastral
ostium three times as large as the dermal one, dermal surface and
gastral surface smooth. Triradiate spicules of the skeleton all of
the same regular shape, with equal angles and rays, rays straight,
slender conic, 10 to 15 times as long as thick, with sharp point.
All triradiate spicules are situated in regular order, with parallel
rays, the basal ray is directed aborally downward in the gastral-
surface, and centrifugally outward in the tubar-surface.

Colour : White (in spirits.)

Locality: South coast of Australia (Bass's Straits, Wendt ;
St. Vincent Gulf, Schomburgk.)

7. GENUS. SYCANDRA. Von Lendenfeld.

Syconinre with acerate, triradiate and quadriradiate spicules.
Comprising Haeckel's (4.) Subgenera Sycocarpus, Sycocercus,
Sycocubus, Sycotrcbus.

(1 ) E. Haecket. L.c.

(2.) E. Haeckel. L.c. Band II., Seite 236.

(3.) E. Haeckel, L.c. Band II., Seite 237, Taf. XLI.

(4.) E. Haeckel. Die Kalkschwamme. Erne Monographic Band II.,
Seite 294-295.
71

1092 A MONOGRAPH OF TIIE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

12. SPECIES. SYCANDRA CORONATA. Haeckel (1).

Spongia coronata. Ellis and Solander (2.)
Spongia coronata. A. F. Schweiger (3.)
Scyphor coronata. F. Gray (4.)
Spongia coronata, R. E. Grant (5.)
Spongia coronata. R. E. Grant (6.)
Grantia coronata. Hassal (7.)
Sycum coronaturn. E. Haeckel (8.)
Sycomella tubulsoa. E. Haeckel (9.)
Grantia ciliata. T. S. Bowerbank (10.)
Grantia ciliata. T S. Bowerbank (11.)

Radial tubes cylindrical, with slender distal cones, quite free or
adnate at the base, between these quite free intercanal spaces.
Dermal surface villose, Gastral surface bristly, A cerate spicules
forming a bundle at the distal end of the radial tubes ; they are
several times longer and 2 to 3 times as thick as the triradiate and
quadriradiate spicules. Tubar triradiate spicules subregular or
sagittal, with straight basal rays, curved lateral rays and large
lateral angles. Gastral quadriradiate spicules without order?

(1.) E. Haeckel. L.c. Band II., Seite 304 ; Taf. LI., figs. 2a. -2t. Taf.
LX., figs. 1-6.

(2.) Ellis and Solander. The Natural History of many curious and
uncommon Zoophytes, 1786, p. 190; Taf. LVIIL, figs. 8-9.

(3.) A. F. Sclmeiger. Beobachtungen auf naturhistorischen Reisen
uber Corallen etc., 1819, page 80. Taf. V., fig. XXXXVII.

(4.) F. Gray. British Plants. Vol. 1., p. 357.

(5.) B. E. Grant. Remarks on the structure of some calcareous sponges.
In the new Philosophical Journal of Edinburgh. Vol. I., 1S26, p. 166.

(6.) B. E. Grant. Observations and Experiments on the Structure and
Functions of the Sponges. In the new Philosophical Journal of Edinburgh.
Vol. II., p. 122. PI. II., figs. 17-18.

(7.) Hassal. Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Vol. VI., p. 174.

(S.) E. Haeckel. Prodromus eines Systems der Kalkschwamme.
Jenaische Zeitschrift fur Medicin und Naturwissenschaft 1870. Band V.
Heft 2, p. 239.

(9.) E. Haeckel. Prodromus I.e., p. 239.

(10.) T. S. Boicerbank. On the Organisation of Grantia ciliata. Trans-
actions of the Microscopical Society. New series. Vol. VII., 1859, p.
79-84, pi. LXXV., figs. 1-5.

(11.) T. S. Bowerbank. A Monograph of the British Spongida?, 1S64.
Vol. I., pi. XXVL, figs. 345, 346a ; T. S. Bowerbank, l.c. Vol. II., p. 19.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1093

mostly subregular, more rarely sagittal or regular. Their facial
rays mostly straight, about as long or a little longer than the
slightly curved apical-ray.

Colour : White, silvery-grey or yellowish.

Locality : Mediterranean (Lesina, Nice, Gibraltar, Haeckel) ;
Atlantic Ocean, Coast of Portugal, Barbozza du Boyage ; Bretagne,
Mievre ; Normandie, Lazaze-Duthiers, Grube ; South Coast of
England, Montagu; Torquay, Griffiths, Weymouth, Max Schultze;
Pacific Ocean, California, Brown ; Honolulu, Sandwich Islands,
Haltermann ; East Coast of Australia, Wendt.

13. SPECIES. SYCANDRA INCONSPICUA. Nov. spec.

Cylindrical erect persons remaining solitary with a small frill of
longitudinal Acerates around the terminal, circular Osculum.
Height 10 to 15 mm., breadth 4 to 7 mm. Dermal cones small,
flat dome-shaped. Inhalent canals very narrow, hardly visible,
with triangular section.

Spicules. Gastral quadriradiate spicules with three tangental
i"ays below the surface and one longer radial one, penetrating the
Gastral wall. Radial ray pointing inward 0*14 — 0*2 x 0O048 mm.,
pointed abruptly, slightly bent towards the Osculum. Three
tangental rays equal and nearly straight 0-074 x 0-004 pointed
abruptly. Parenchymal triradiates regular with conic slightly
rounded rarely bent rays, measuring 0-12x0'007 — 0-008. Dermal
acerate spicules 0'8 x 1*2 mm., x 0*016 mm., curved regularly
towards the Osculum ; densely scattered over the surface, pointed
abruptly on the outer end, conic proximally.

Locality : East Coast of New Zealand, Lyttelton. Von
Lendenfeld.

14. SPECIES. SYCANDRA RAPHANUS. Haeckel (1.)
Sycon raphanus. O. Schmidt (2.)
Sycon raphanus. O. Schmidt (3.)

(1). E. Haeckel Die Kalkschwitmme. Eine Monographic Band II.,
Seite 312, Taf. LIIL, figs. 4a-4t; Taf. LX., fig. 7.

(2.) O.Schmidt. Die Spongien des Adriatischen Meeres. Leipzig, 1S64,
p. 14, Taf. I., fig. 2.

(3.) O. Schmidt. III. Supplement-Heft der Spongien des Adriatischen
Meeres, p. 32.

1094 A MONOGRAPH OP THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

Gran tia raph anus. T. E. Gray (1.)
Sycum raphanus. E. Haeckel (2.)
Sycon ciliatum. O. Schmidt (3.)
Sycon ciliatum. N. Lieberkuehn (4.)
Spongia inflata. S. delle Ckiage (5.)
Sycum inflatum. E. Haeckel (6.)
Sycarium vesica. E. Haeckel (7.)
Syconella proboscidea. E. Haeckel (8.)
Sycum tergestinum. E. Haeckel (9.)
Sycodendrum procumbens. E. Haeckel (10.)
Sycandra raphanus. F. E. Schulze (11.)
Sycandra raphanus. H. T. Carter (12.)

Radial tubes cylindrical-prismatic, mostly hexagonal, coalesce
with their edges throughout the whole length to the low distal
conus. Between those triangular prismatic inter-canals. Dermal
surface corymbate-shaggy. Gastral surface with slender and
small spines. Acerate spicules only at the distal conus of each
tube forming a thinner or thicker bundle, cylindrical, straight or
curved, at both ends tapering continuously to a fine point much
longer, and 2 to i times as thick as the triradiate and quadri-
radiate spicules. Tubar triradiate spicules sagittal, with unequal

(1.) T. E. Gray. Notes on the arrangements of Sponges, with the des-
cription of some new Genera. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of
London, 1867, p. 554.

{2.)E. Haeckel. Prodromus eines Systems der Kalkschwamme. Jenaische
Zeitschrift fur Medicin und Naturwissenschaft, 1870. Band V., Heft 2,
p. 239.

(3.) O. Schmidt. Adriatische Spongien, I.e., p. 14, Taf. I., figs. 1-ld.

(4. ) N. Lieberkuehn. Neue Beitriige zur Anatomie der Spongien. Archiv
fur Anatomie und Physiologie, 1859, p. 373, Taf. IX., fig. 3.

(5. ) S. delle Chiaje. Memoire sulla storia e notomia degli animali senza
vertebrate nopoli, Vol. III., p. 114.

(6.) E. Haeckel Prodromus, I.e., p. 239.

(7.) E. Haeckel. Prodromus, I.e., p. 238.

(8.) E. Haeckel. Prodromus, I.e., p. 239.

(9.) E Haeckel. Prodromus, I.e., p. 239.

(10.) E. Haeckel. Prodromus, I.e., p. 245.

(11.) F. E. Schulze. Ueber den Ban and die Entwickelung von Sycandra
raphanus, Haeckel. Zeitschrift fur wissenschaftliche Zoologie. Band XXV.,
Suppl., Seite 247, Taf. XVIII., XIX., XX., XXI.

(12.) //. T. Carter. On Grantia ciliata, var.spinispiculum, Crtr. Annals
and Magazine of Natural History. Fifth Series. Vol. XIII. , 18S4, p. 153.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1095

obtuse angles, the straight basal ray just as long or a little longer
than the curved lateral rays. Gastral triradiate and quadriradiate
spicules mostly regular or sub-regular with straight or slightly
curved radii, nearly as long and thick as the tubar triradiate
spicules. The slightly curved apical ray a little shorter than the
3 facial rays.

Colour : White, grey, or yellowish, seldom brown.

Locality : Mediterranean (Nice, Naples, Messina, Triest, Lesina,
Haeckel ; Triest, Zara, Sebenico, Lesina, Cette, O. Schmidt ;
Triest, Lieberkuehn) ; Red Sea, Siemens ; Indian Ocean, Ceylon,
Wright ; Australia, St. Vincent's Gulf, Schomburgk ; Bass's
Straits, Wendt ; Philippines, Bohol, Semper ; Japan, Jeddo,
Gildemeister.

15. SPECIES. SYCANDRA ARBOREA. Haeckel (1.)
SYCON ARBOREA. Pole>eff(2.)

Branched colonies composed of more or less cylindrical Sycon-
Persons. No peduncles and small frills. Colonies composed of
from 5 to 30 persons. Each measuring from 8-20 mm. in length
and from 4 to 8 mm. in diameter. Inhalent pores very regularly
disposed and surrouuded by rings of sensitive cells and a
sphincter. They lead into spherical subdermal extensions of
the intercanals, which are wide and have a quadratic transverse
section.

Spicules : Gastral quadriradiate spicules. The radial centripetal
ray pointing towards the Osculum and also curved in that
direction, pointed, conic 0*04 — 0-06 exceptionally 0-08 x 0*008
(Haeckel), 0-08 x 0-008 my measurements. The two aboral rays
paired and straight, the other longitudinal and curved, concave
towards the gastral cavity. All of equal size, 0*037 — 0*04 x
0-006. Parenchymal Triradiates sagittal. Lateral rays 0-06 — 0T
x 0-005 — 0-006. The unpaired ray in the proximal part of the
ciliated tubes shorter than the others 0-05 x 0-004 ; in the distal
part longer, 0"12 x 0-007 mm. Dermal acerates short and stout,

(1.) E. Haeckel. L.c., Seite 331 ; Taf. LIIL, figs. la-It ; Taf. LVIII.
fig. 7.
(2.) .V. PoUjaeff. L.c. Part XXIV., p -10.

1096 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

curved and irregularly amassed on the summits of the ciliated
tubes. In each group 610 long, acerates 0-96 — 1 x 005, and
very numerous ; shorter ones 0*02 — 0"04 mm. long of the same
thickness. All these are inflated at the distal ends. The terminal
knobs form a hard pavement. They have a diameter of
008— 0-1 mm.

Locality : East coast of Australia ; Sydney, Frauenfeld ; Port
Jackson, von Lendenfeld ; South Coast of Australia ; Bass's
Straits, Wendt ; Moncoeur Island, Challenger ; Port Phillip, von
Lendenfeld.

16. SPECIES. SYCANDRA ALCYONCELLUM. Haeckel (I.)

Alcyoncellum gelatinosum. de Blainville (2.)
Alcyoncellum gelatinosum. T. E. Gray (3.)
Sycidium gelatinosum. E. Haeckel (4.)
Grantia gelatinosa. T. S. Bowerbank (5.)
Grantia virgultosa. T. S. Bowerbank (6.)

Radial tubes prismatic, mostly octagonal, coalesce with their
edges throughout the whole length to the low distal conus,
between them narrow quadrangular prismatic inter-canals are
situated. Dermal surface smooth, plain, regularly pannelled.
Gastral surface covered thickly with bristles and spines.
Acerate spicules forming only at the distal conus of each
tubus, a dense and short reversed conic bundle, the base
of which is a hexangular dermal pannel. Acerate spicules
partly club-shaped, partly nail-shaped. The inner ends are thin

(1.) E. Haeckel. Die Kalkschwamme. Eine Monographic Band II.,
p. 333. Band III ; Taf. LIIL, figs. 2o-2d ; Taf. LVIII.

(2.) M H. de Blainville. Manual d'Actinologie ou de Zoophytologie,
Paris 1834, p. 529, pi. XCIL, fig. 5.

(3.) T. E. Gray. Notes on the Arrangements of Sponges with the
Description of some New Genera. Proceedings of the Zoological Society,
1867, p. 557.

(4.) E. Haeckel. Prodromus eines Systems der Kalkschwamme.
Jenaische Zeitschrift fur Medicin und Naturwissenschaft. Band V., Heft
2, p. 245.

(5.) T. S. Bowerbank, On the Generic name Alcyoncellum. Annals and
Magazine of Natural History, 1869. Vol. III., p. 84.

(6.) T. S. Bowerbank. Manuscript.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1097

and pointed, the outer ends thick and rounded. Tubar triradiate
spicules with right angles, the proximal and distal spicules more or
less differentiated. Gastral cpiadriradiates mostly regular or sub-
regular, with straight and thin facial rays. Their apical ray very
strong, cylindrical or spindle-shaped, straight or slightly curved,
thicker and longer (twice as large) as the rays of the proximal
triradiate spicules.

Colour : Dry, and in spirit, white or yellowish.

Locolity : Indian Ocean, Quoy et Gaimard ; Java, Mulder ;
West Coast of Australia, Harvey ; Fremantle, G. Clifton ; Mouth
of the Murray River, Ray.

17. SPECIES. SYCANDRA RAMSAYI. Nov. spec.

Sac-shaped or spherical Sycandrae which never form colonies,
obtaining a height of 50, and a diameter of 40 mm. The body
wall is very thick, so that even the largest specimens have a com-
paratively small Gastral cavity which is more or less tubular, sac-
shaped. In consequence of the thickness of the body wall, the
ciliated tubes attain an exceptional length * they are longest in the
middle of the Sponge. Their length decreases towards the oral
and aboral end. The Sponge attains in consecpience of the long
protruding dermal acerates, a very hairy appeai-ance. The circular
Osculum 5 to 10 mm., in diameter, is surrounded by a frill of very
long (4 mm.) longitudinal Acerates. The protruding nearly conic
distal end of the ciliated tubes are crowned by clusters of very long
and slender acerates.

Spicules : Gastral radiate spicules very slender, irregular.
Centripetal radial ray conic or cylindrical nearly straight,
0-22 x 0*005; transverse tangental rays straight, 0*2 x 0*0018
longitudinal tangental ray 0*1 x 0*003 — 0 004 pointing towards
the aboral pole. The centripetal radial i*ays protrude into the
Gastral cavity.

Parenchymal Spicules : Triradiates and quadriradiates with
numerous transition forms. The largest quadriradiates perfectly
regular, all rays straight slender and slightly conic. 0*17 x 0*0048.
The rays of the largest triradiates which are likewise regular, of

1098 A MONOGRAPH OP THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

the same dimensions. Towards the outer surface, the spicules
become sigittal, the unpaired rays always being longer and
pointing outwards.

Measurement of the dermal quadriradiates and triradiates :

Centrifugal ray (Ho— 0-18 x 0-006; tangental rays 0-07—
0T2 x 0-006. Dermal protruding acerates straight, slightly
leaning towards the Osculum, cylindrical in the centre end conic
at both ends ; the proximal end more abruptly pointed than the
distal end. 1-8—2-5 x 0-021 mm.

Locality : East Coast of Australia, Port Jackson, " Bottle and
Glass," on black mud, 10 fathoms. Ramsay.

This Sponge, one of the most beautiful in Port Jackson, was'
provisionally set down by Miklouho-Maclay (manuscript), as
Baeria Ramsayi. The Genus Baeria may with further investi-
gation be re-established, when we are in a position to replace
Haeckel's artificial classification by a more natural one. The
specific name has been adopted.

II. SUB-FAMILY. UTEIN.E. Von Lendenfeld.

Syconidje the ciliated tubes of which coalesce throughout, so that
there are no projecting distal cones, but a smooth and continuous
outer surface. The tubes are simple unbranched ; no complicated
canal system.

8. GENUS. GRANTESSA. Von Lendenfeld.

Uteime with sparsely scattered bunches of long dermal protrud-
ing Acerates, which are not determined in their number or position
by the ciliated tubes. Sensitive cells in clusters on the inner side
of the strictures which surround the inhalent pores.

18. SPECIES. GRATESSA SACCA. Nov. spec.

Large sackshaped Uteina?, which do not form colonies and are
characterized by the largeness of their gastral cavity and the thinness
of the body-wall. The sponge attains a length of 80 mm., and has
the shape of a straight or slightly curved cylinder, with a circular
transverse section, and a diameter of 20 to 25 mm. The body wall

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1099

is only 2 to 2-5 mm. thick. Intercanals triangular regular and
conspicuous connected with the outer water by small pores which
pervade the dermal layer. No subdermal cavities.

Spicules : Gastric quadriradiates rare. One differentiated ray
protruding into the gastral cavity, straight, short and stout, conic
and pointed O055 — 0 006 x O005. Tangental rays regular in one
plane, vertical to the centripetal ray 0-07 x O005.

Triradiate spicules of the Parenchyma, sigittally differentiated.
Centrifugal unpaired ray straight, conic, rounded at the end 0-2 — 0-3
x 0-006 — 0*007 mm ; the paired rays slightly bent irregularly or
curved with the convex side looking inwards 0-ll x 0"005.
Regular Triradiates with straight, cylindrical, abruptly pointed
rays are met with towards the outer surface. Their rays measure
0T — 0T4 x 0007. Dermal Triradiates similar in shape to the
sagittal ones in the Pai-enchyma are very numerous. Their unpaired
ray is situated radially and points inwards. The paired rays stand
nearly vertical on the sagittal one and are very variable in size,
always however very slender ; they form a dense and hard dermal
felt. The dermal acerate spicules are cylindrical and pointed at
both ends, more abruptly at the distal end. They are very slender
and in specimens nearly always broken off in consequence of their
extreme tenderness. They measure 2 — 3 x 0-014 mm. These
spicules are amassed in clusters of 10 to 15 and they protrude
jjths of their length beyond the surface, on which they stand
vertical. The clusters are regularly disposed and situated at
intervals of about 2 mm., from one another. In these " villi "
also small linear Ace rates are met with.

Locality: East Coast of Australia, Port Jackson on rocky
bottom 5 to 10 fathoms. Ramsay, Von Lendenfeld.

9. GENUS. UTE. O. Schmidt (1).

Uteinae, with a cortex consisting mainly of several layers of large
acerate spicules disposed tangentally.

(1.) O. Schmidt. Die Spongien des Adriatischen Meeres. Leipzig, 1S62.
Seite 16.

1100 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

19. SPECIES. UTE ARGENTEA. Pole>eff(l.)

The Sponge has the shape of an elongated tube, 40 mm. long
and 3 mm. thick. (The only specimen.) Bodywall 0-5 mm. thick.
Half of its thickness is taken up by the strong cortex. Outer
surface smooth.

Skeleton of the gastric surface : This consists of an outer layer
of quadriradiate, of an inner layer of quadriradiate or triradiate,
and of minute acerate spicules, scattered amongst those just
mentioned without any regular order.

Outer quadriradiate Spicules : Basal and lateral rays straight,
sharply or rather bluntly pointed, all of the same diameter,
0*01 mm., and usually of the same length (0-25 mm. on an
average) ; basal ray forming with each of lateral rays an angle of
115° ; apical ray curved tapering from the base to a sharp point,
reaching 0*15 mm. in length with a diameter of 0-01.

Inner quadriradiate Spicules : Basal ray straight, tapering
from base to sharp point, usually rather thinner than lateral rays,
forming with each of them an angle of about 100°, length
inconstant, varying from 0" 18 mm. to 0*5 mm. ; lateral rays curved
inwards, tapering from the base to sharp points, reaching 0-3 mm.
in length, 0'0125 mm. in diameter; most of them are truly
quadriradiate, their apical ray being occasionally longer, 0-2 mm.,
than that of the outer quadriradiate spicules; its length is, how-
ever, variable, and there are amongst the inner quadriradiate
spicules others with a merely incipient apical ray, and even
quite deprived of it.

Minute acerate Spicules : Straight or slightly curved, spindle-
shaped, tapering from the centre to a sharp point at either
extremity, usually 0*1 mm. long 0O02 mm. in diameter.

Skeleton of the radial tubes : The tubar skeleton consists of sub-
gastric triradiate spicules, reaching with their centrifugally

( 1 . ) N. PoUjaejf. Report on the Calcarea. The Zoology of the Voyage
of H.M.S. Challenger. Part XXIV., p. 43, pi. I., rig. 3 ; pi. IV., fig. 3 ;
pi. V., fig. la-lp.

BY R. VON LEXDENFELD, PH.D. 1101

directed basal ray to the zone of the cortical acerate spicules.
Tuber Acerate lying pai-allel to the basal ray just mentioned, and
tubar quadriradiate spicules scattered here and thereat the bottom
of the radial tubes.

Subgastric triradiate Spicules : All rays of the same thickness,
0"013 mm ; basal ray straight, tapering from the base to a sharp
point, its average length 0*3 mm. ; lateral rays slightly curved
inwards, forming with basal ray an angle varying from 100c> to
110°, rarely exceeding 015 mm. in length.

Tubar quadriradiate Spicides : All rays in different planes,
lateral rays forming one curve, basal and apical rays another ;
basal ray bluntly pointed, cylindrical 0-0025 mm. thick, rarely
longer than 0*003 mm. ; lateral rays straight or slightly curved,
tapering from the base to sharp points, each forming with basal
ray an angle of about 110°, reaching 0-05 mm. in length, with a
diameter of 0-002 ; apical ray slightly curved, sharp pointed, of
the same diameter as lateral rays, but usually three times shorter.

Tubar acerate Spicides : Straight or slightly curved, tapering
from the centre to sharp points, l'arely longer than 0*3 mm., with
a diameter of 0-005.

Skeleton of the Cortex : The skeleton of the Cortex consists of
large spindle-shaped acerate, of minute acerate, and of sagittal
triradiate spicules, with the basal ray directed towards the closed
end of the Sponge.

Large acerate sjricides straight or slightly curved, tapering from
the centre to a sharp point at either end ; length varying from 1
to 3 mm., diameter from 0*05 to 0-12 mm.

Minute acerate Sjncules : Like those of the gastric surface
spindle-shaped, straight, or slightly curved, tapering from the
centre to sharp points, rarely exeeding 0-15 mm. in length and
0-0028 mm. in diameter.

Sagittal triradiate Spicides ; Basal ray smooth, either of
cylindrical form or tapering from the base to a sharp point,
reaching 0*75 mm. in length, with a diameter of 0-005 ; lateral
rays sharp pointed, forming with basal ray an angle of 112°,

1102 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

either straight or more frequently slightly curved, usually
inwards, twice as thick as basal ray ; length inconstant, varying
from 0-025 mm. to 012 mm.

Locality: Station 163, April 7, 1874; latitude 36° 56' S.,
longitude 150° 30' E., depth 120 fathoms; off Twofold Bay,
Australia. (Challenger. )

10. GENUS. SYCORTUSA. Von Lendenfeld.

Uteinae with minute acerate spicules in the cortex. Identical
with Haeckel's (1) Subgenus Sycortusa.

20. SPECIES. SYCORTUSA LAEVIGATA. Von Lendenfeld.
SYCORTIS LAEVIGATA. Haeckel (2.)

Cylindrical radial-tubes irregularly prismatic, coalesce with tLeir
sides. No distal cones. Dermal surface and gastral surface
smooth. Acerate spicules very small in dense masses felted in the
dermal surface and forming a kind of cement, which covers the
whole Sponge. Here we find regularly disposed sagittal triradiate
spicules with straight rays, the basal ray which points to the
aboral pole, of which is three times as long as the lateral rays.
Tubar triradiate spicules sagittal, with straight rays ; the mesial
angle much larger than the paired ones. The basal ray two to
three times as large as the lateral ones. Most of the gastral
triradiate spicules irregular, with strongly curved unequal rays
and very varying angles without any order closely packed in the
gastral surface. All triradiate spicules of the skeleton of the
same thickness, six times as thick as the minute acerate spicules
of the de: mal surface.

Colour : In spirit, white.

Locality: South Coast of Australia (St. Vincent's Gulf,
Schomburgh.)

(1.) E. Jfaeckel. Die Kalkschwiunme. Eine Monographic Band II.,
Seite 278.
(2.) E. llaeckd. L.c. Seite 2S5. Taf. 49,

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1103

11. GENUS. AMPHORISCUS. Von Lendenfeld.

The radial rays of the dermal quadriradiate spicules and the
centrifugal rays of the Gastral spicules are joined, or the former
penetrate the whole thickness of the body wall.

This genus is nearly identical with Polejaeff's Amphoriscus,
Haeckel (1), but very different from Haeckel's (2) Genus Amphor-
iscus. •

21. SPECIES. AMPHORISCUS CYLINDRUS. Von Lendenfeld.
SYCILLA CYLINDRUS. Haeckel (3. )

Radial tubes prismatic, dermal surface flat, smooth. Gastral
surface shortly spined. Gastral quadriradiates sagittal * rays
cylindrical, straight and short trunkate, 0*008 — 0*012 mm. thick.
Basal ray 0*24, both lateral ones 0*16, the free apical ray
which is slightly curved towards the Osculum only 0*06 — 0*09 mm.

Parenchymal quadriradiate spicules sagittal ; radial rays
0 016 mm. thick. Basal 0*3, both lateral 0*2, and the straight
centrifugal apical ray 0-5 — 0*6 mm.

Dermal quadriradiate spicules, all four rays are cylindrical at
basal half, 0*024 mm. thick, in the apical half slender, conic.
Basal ray straight, 0*5 mm. long, nearly twice as large as the
lateral rays, which are only 0*3 mm. The centripetal apical ray,
0*8 mm., reaches to the subgastral layer.

Locality : Adriatic, E. Haeckel * East Coast of Australia, Port
Jackson, von Lendenfeld.

22. SPECIES. AMPHORISCUS POCULUM. Pokjaeff (4.)

The single specimen representing this species in the Challenger
collection is of tubular elongated form, 36 mm. long 4 mm. broad
in its middle and superior part ; towards the closed end the tube

(1.) E. Haeckel. L.c. Seite 46.

(2. ) E. Haeckel. Prodromus eines Systems der Kalkschwamme. Jenaische
Zeitschrift fur Medicin und Naturwissenschaft, 1S70. Band V., Heft 2.,
Seite 238.

(3.) E. Haeckel. L.c. Seite 254. Taf XLIIL, fig. 5-7. Band III.

(4.) Polejaeff. Report on the Calcarea. The Zoologie of the Voyage
of H.M.S. Challenger, Part XXIV., p. 46, pi. IV., fig. 4; PI. V., figs.
2a-2f.

1104 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SrONGES,

becomes rather narrower. The individual is bare-mouthed ; the
outer and inner surfaces are slightly roughened by the cortical
and gastric triradiate spicules respectively ; the average thickness
of the wall does not exceed 0-6 mm.

Skeleton : The skeleton consists of gastric triradiate, subgastric
triradiate, subdermal triradiate, dermal triradiate and acerate
spicules.

Gastric triradiate spicules sagittal, all rays in the same plane
and of the same diameter 0 015 mm. ; basal ray straight, tapering
from the base to a sharp point, length inconstant, usually one and
a half times as long as the lateral rays, often much shorter, lateral
rays curved outwards, cylindrical, either sharply or rather bluntly
pointed, each forming with basal ray an angle of about 110°,
on an average 0'25 mm. long. Subgastric triradiate spicules,
sagittal, all rays of the same diameter 0*02 mm. ; basal ray
straight, tapering from the base to a sharp point, usual length
0'38 to 0-45 mm., lateral rays sharp pointed, curved, often
angularly bent in their middle or basal part rarely exceeding
0-275 mm. in length, forming with each other an angle varying
from 170° to 140°, and with the basal ray an angle varying from
100° to 120°.

Subdermal triradiate spicules irregular ; all rays usually of the
same thickness, 0-0 15 mm., but of different lengths, lying in the
same plane ; basal ray straight, tapering from the base to a sharp
point, rarely exceeding 0#1 mm. in length, occasionally rather
thinner than lateral rays, forming with each of these an angle of
about 120° ; lateral rays curved forwards, sharp pointed of
different lengths, the longer directed centripetally, reaching
0.35 mm. often, however, considerably shorter, scarcely longer
than the shorter ray, the length of which varies from 0'12 to
0*15 mm.

Dermal triradiate spicules sagittal ; all rays of the same
diameter, 0'02mm., usually sharp pointed; basal ray straight,
length inconsistent, not exceeding 0-425 mm. ; lateral rays curved,
each forming with basal ray an angle of about 120°; average
length 0-25 mm. Acerate spicules usually spindle-shaped, often

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1105

lanceolate, sharp pointed ; the lanceolate straight the spindle-shaped
either straight or slightly curved ; attaining a length of 1 mm. and
a diameter of 0 05 mm. ; a few much shorter and stouter, the
proportion between the length and the thickness being 6:1
Sparsely scattered in the parenchyma, their free end projecting
from the outer surface being usually broken off ; piercing the wall
perpendicularly to the longitudinal axis of the Sponge.

Colour : Pale yellowish.

Locality : Station 163a, June 5, 1874 ; off Port Jackson,
East Coast of Australia ; depths, 30 to 35 fathoms ; rock. (Chal-
lenger.)

23. SPECIES. AMPHORISCUS CYATHISCUS. Haeckel (1.)
SYCILLA CYATHISCUS. E. Haeckel (2,)

Radial tubes prismatic, coalesce entirely with their sides, no
distal cone. Dermal surface plain, smooth, Gastral surface with
short spines. The skeleton consists of quadriradiate spicules.
The quadriradiate spicules of the skeleton possess throughout
sagitally differentiated facial rays and form four layers : —
1 . A dermal layer of parallel quadriradiate spicules, the
straight basal ray and the knee-shaped lateral rays are situated in
the dermal surface, whilst the centripetal apical ray penetrates the
distal half of the gastral wall. 2. A subdermal layer, which is
perfectly similar to the dermal one, and which lies just underneath
it. 3. A subgastral layer of parallel quadriradiate spicules, the
facial rays of which are situated underneath the gastral layer,
whilst the centrifugal apical ray which is two to three times as
long as the former, penetrates the greater part of the gastral
wall. 4. A gastral layer of parallel quadriradiate spicules, the
fascial rays of which lie in the gastral surface. The apical ray is
much shorter and protrudes into the gastral cavity. The dermal

(1.) E. Haeckel. Prodromus eines Systems der Kalkschwamme Jenaische
Zeitschrift flir Medicin und Natur "Wissenschaft, 1870. Band V., Heft. 2,
p, 23S.

(2.) E. Haeckel. Die Kalkschwamme, Eine Monographie. Band II., p.
250, Taf. XLIIL, figs. 8-11, Band III.

1106 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

quadriradiate spicules as thick as the gastral ones, and three to
five times as thick as the gasfcral quadriradiate spicules.

Colour : White in spirits and in the dry state.

Locality: Coast of South Australia (Sonder.)

III. SUB-FAMILY. GRANTING. Von Lendenfeld.

Syconidre with ramified ciliated tubes, with a complicated
inhalent canal system.

12. GENUS. GRANTIA. Von Lendenfeld

The skeleton consists of acerate, triradiate and quadriradiate
spicules, which are all of the same size exclusively. Groups of
sensitive cells around the inhalent pores. This Genus is nearly
identical with Polejaeff's " Grantia Fleming " (1), but very
different from Flemings (2) original Genus Grantia. Transition-
forms between Syconida}, Sylleibidae and Leucopsidae (3).

24. SPECIES. GRANTIA LOBATA. Von Lendenfeld.
SYCANDRA COMPRESSA var. LOBATA. E. Haeckel (4).

The specimens of Grantia compressa, Fleming, in Australian
waters are all cylindrical, solitary persons and must be referred to
Haeckel's variety " lobata." I therefore consider myself justified
in raising this variety to the rank of a species.

The Sponge attains a height of 25 mm. and a diameter of 6 mm.
The body wall is 1*5 mm. thick. The ramifications of the ciliated
tubes only slight.

Spicules : Gastral quadriradiate spicules irregularly scattered,
generally disposed in such a manner that the sagittal ray stands

(1.) 2V". Polejaef. Report on the Calcarea. The Zoology of the Voyage
of E.M.S. Challenger, Part XXIV., p. 41.

(2.) J. Fleming. History of British Animals, 1S24, p. 524.

(3.) /'. K. Schttlze describes that also uvSycandra the ciliated tubes are
slightly ramified, and may even form a reticulation at the base of the
Sponge; sharp distinction between the families can of course not be
expected.

(4 J K. Haeckel. Die Kalkschwiimme. Eine Monographic Part II.,
Suite 3G2.

EY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1107

radial. Tangental rays 0-1 — 0-3 5 x 0-305 mm., cylindrical slightly
bent, pointed. Centripetal ray 0-04 — 0*08 x 0-007 mm. shorter
and thicker than the tangental ones. Triradiates of the Parenchyma
sagittal, basal ray 0-2 x 0007, lateral rays slightly curved 009 —
0-12 x 0-007 mm. There are 2-3 layers of these spicules in the
body-wall. The cortex contains triradiates and acerates. The
former are mostly regular, disposed tangentally the three rays
nearly in one plane cylindrical, pointed 0.09 — 0-12 x 0-007 mm.
The Acerates are bent on the outer end rectangularly so as to attain
the shape of hooks. The longer portion is immersed in the sponge
with its proximal two thirds and stands vertical on it and measures
0-2 x 0-014 mm., the bent outer part 0-05 x 0-014 mm., centripetal
end conic, both pointed. The outer part of these Acerates points
towards the Osculum.

Locality : East Coast of Australia, Port Jackson, V. Lendenfeld ;
Europe, E. Haeckel.

13. GENUS. HETEROPEGMA. Polejaeff (1).

Grantinse with a highly developed cortex containing triradiates
and quadriradiates, totally different from those of the Par-enchyma,
ciliated tubes much branched.

25. SPECIES. HETEROPEGMA NODUS GORDII. Polejaeff (2.)

This species forms colonies of a rather Asconoid appearance.
The tubes, sometimes standing vertically, sometimes lying horizon-
tally, ramify and interlace, thus constituting a kind of knot in
which neither beginning nor end can be discerned. The indivi-
duality of the tubes is expressed only by Oscula, these latter being
naked. The size of the Oscula is inconstant, varying from 0-25
mm. to 1 mm. in diameter. Both the surfaces ai-e rough. The
average thickness of the wall is 1 mm., the diameter of the inner
cavity 1 to 2 mm. The radial tubes are of irregular outline, and
show a great tendendy to ramify.

(1.) N. PoUjaeff. L.c, 25-45.

(2.) iV. Polejaeff. L.c, p. 45, pi. I., fig. 7 ; pi. IV., fig. la-Id.
72

1108 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

Skeleton : The tubar quadriradiate spicules are regular, their
rays either tapering from the base to a sharp point, or of cylindrical
form with truncated ends ; in both cases the proportion between the
length and the thickness of the rays at their base remaining
the same 0-01, their length being 0-06 mm., their diameter
O002 mm. These regular spicules of the radial tubes are connected
by all possible intermediate stages with sagittal and irregular
quadriradiate spicules supporting the inner surface. Constant as
to the thickness of their rays, only near to the Osculum exceeding
0-002 mm., the gastric quadriradiate spicules vary extremely with
regard to the cornpai-ative length of the rays, as well as with regard
to their form and their angles. The apical rays, which in the
tubar quadriradiates do not exceed the length of the facial rays,
and are often still shorter, grow much longer in the gastric
quadrmidiate spicules, and near the Oscular part of the tube attain
0-18 mm. in length, and 0-005 mm. in diameter, the corresponding
facial rays rarely exceeding the length of 006 mm., the lateral
rays remaining of the same diameter, 0-005., the basal ray gi-owing
rather thinner.

Skeleton of the cortex. The triradiate and quadriradiate spicules
of the cortex are regular, their rays sharp-pointed, more or less
stout, the proportion between their length and thickness varying
from 6-l to 12-1, With respect to their dimensions, the quadri-
radiate are connected with the triradiate spicules by intermediate
stages ; the length of the rays of the quadriradiate reaching 1 mm.,
that of the rays of the triradiate not exceeding 0-6 mm. These
spicules lie apart from the centripetal ly directed apical ray of the
quadriradiate spicules, parallel to the outer surface, but the
direction of the basal rays is variable.

Skeleton of the Osculum. The skeleton of the border of the
Oscular circle consists exclusively of rectangular sagittal triradiate
spicules, marked by their horn-shaped lateral rays, lying parallel
to the line of the border. Their size is extremely inconstant, the
length of the rays from 0-05 to 0-25 mm., and the proportion
between the length and the thickness from 10-1 to 20-1. The

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1109

comparative length of the basal ray is also variable ; in most
cases, however, this ray is shorter and rather thinner than the
lateral.

Colour : Yellowish-grey.

Locality: Station 36, April 23, 1873, off Bermuda's, depth 32
fathoms ; Mud Station 180, September 8, 1874 j Lat. 10° 30' S.
Lon. 142° 18' E. ; Cape York, Australia; depth, 8 fathoms, Coral
Sand, Challenger.

14. GENUS. ANAMIXTLLA. Polejaeff (I.)

The spicules in the Parenchyma irregularly disposed, more or less
tangental as in the Leuconidse. Ciliated tubes slightly branched.

26. SPECIES. ANAMIXILLA TORRESII. Polejaeff (2.)

The single specimen of Anamixilla torresii of the Challenger
collection, presents a colony of tubular individuals ; some indi-
viduals are bare-mouthed, some mouthless. The thickness of
different individuals varies from 1 to 9 mm., the width of the
walls is more constant, reaching 1 mm. on the average. The
inner surface is slightly roughened by the protruding rays of the
gastric quadriradiates, the outer surface is in a still higher degree
roughened by the cortical triradiate spicules.

Skeleton : Gastric quadriradiate spicides. All rays of the same
diameter, 0-02 mm. ; basal ray straight, either sharply or bluntly
pointed, of conical form, length varying from 0*16 to 0*4 mm.,
occasionally rather thicker than lateral rays, forming with each of
these an angle of about 1153, lateral rays curved outwards, often
highly undulating, tapering from the base to a sharp point, usual
length 0"35 to 0'4 mm. ; apical ray curved, sharply pointed, its
length not exceeding 0-06.

Gastral triradiate spicides: Rays smooth, tapering from the
base to sharp points, reaching 0-4 mm. in length, with a diameter
of 0'015 mm. ; basal ray straight, lateral rays slightly curved

(1.) N. PoMjaef. L.c, p. 50.

(2.) N. PoUjaeff. L.c, p. 50, pi, IV., fig. 2a-2c.

1110 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

inwards, each forming with basal ray an angle of about 110° ;
some of them are provided with embryonic apical rays, reaching
occasionally 0-2 to 0-3 mm. in length.

Subgastric triradiate spicules : Sagittal ; lateral rays either
lying in the same plane or forming with one another an angle
varying from 180° to 140° ; all rays of the same diameter, varying
from 0-02 to O05 mm. ; basal ray straight tapering from the base
to a sharp point reaching 0'8 mm. in length; lateral rays curved,
often undulating usually half as long as basal ray, often of the
same length, occasionally even longer, not exceeding however
0'8mm. Triradiate spicules of the Parenchyma either quite
regular, or showing a slight tendency to sagittal differentiation ;
rays sharply pointed maximum size about 1 mm., diameter varying
from 0-1 to 0 025 mm.

Dermal triradiate spicules : Regular, more slender than the
triradiate ones just described ; rays either tapering from the base
to a sharp point or of cylindrical form ; average size of the rays
0-3 mm. in length by 002 mm. in diameter.

Color : Pale yellowish.

Locality: Torres Straits, Australia, September 7, 1874; depth
3 to 11 fathoms. Challenger.

5. FAMILY. SYLLEIBII^E. Von Lendenfeld.

Heterocoela with a complicated exhalent canal system, connect-
ing the sack-shaped, cylindrical ciliated chambers with the gastral
cavity. The Sylleibidte are transition-forms between Syconidaa
and Leuconidse. They can be considered as Sj'conidge with an
exhalent canal net, or as Leuconidse with cylindrical sack-shaped
ciliated chambers. I establish this family for Leucetta vera and
the Genus Lucilla of Polejaeff and devide it into two Subfamilies,
which represent different modes of development of the Canal system
and which I name after the two greatest authorities on Calci-
spongire among the younger zoologists, Vosmaer and Polejaeff.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1111

I. SUB-FAMILY. VOSMAERIN.E. Von Lendenfeld.

The ciliated chamber-tubes are all situated at the same distance
from the main axis of the sponge-person and all stand radially like
the simple ciliated tubes of the Syconida?. The layer of ciliated
chambers is cylindrical. A thick layer of reticulate exhalent
Canals intervenes between the ciliated chambers and the gastral
cavity. The inhalent canals also form a reticulation.

15. GENUS. VOSM^ERIA, Von Lendenfeld.

Vosniamnaa with triradiate, quadriradiate, and acerate spicules.
Sensitive cells in small irregularly scattered clusters on the
surface. I cannot agree with Polejaeff in combining forms like
his Leucetta vera and Haeckeliana with different ciliated
chambers and a different canal system to one Genus, and I have
no doubt that Polejaeff will gladly accept an alteration on this
point, according to the structure of the canal system, the
importance of which he has very correctly asserted.

27. SPECIES. VOSMiERIA GRACILIS. Nov. spec.

The Sponge has the outer appearance of an ordinary Syconid,
is ovate or cylindrical, does not form colonies and attains a length
of 25 mm. and a diameter of 12 mm. The circular, terminal
small Osculum is surrounded by a frill. The gastral cavity is
cylindrical, the body wall attains in the central and lower part of
the Sponge a thickness of 2*5-4 mm. The ciliated chambers are of
the uniform length of l'l mm., only towards the Osculum they are
shorter. The Sponge appears hairy. The reticulation of the
inhalent canals is but slightly developed, that between the ciliated
chambers and the gastral cavity on the other hand attains a
diameter of 2 mm. In this part of the Sponge the sexual cells
are matured. The inhalent canals are narrower than the ciliated
chambers. The latter possess a width of 014 mm. The exhalent
canals are of very varying dimensions and irregular, sometimes as
narrow as O05 mm. often attaining a diameter of 1 mm. They

1112 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

open into the gastral cavity by means of distant circular pores
11-2 mm. in diameter. These pores are pretty regularly disposed
towards the Osculum on an average 5 mm. apart. Near the base
as near as 2 mm.

Spicules : The skeleton consists of gastric quaclriradiates, trira-
diates of the Parenchyma (two kinds), dermal acerates and long
acerates around the Osculum. The gastric quadriradiates are very
curiously shaped. One ray protrudes into the Gastral cavity.
This centripetal ray is slightly bent upwards, conic and slightly
rounded at the end, it measures 0-l x 0-0074 mm. One of the
three other rays, which are tangental, is very much longer than the
other two, and points away from the Osculum. This ray measures
0-15 x 0-005, it is conic, slightly rounded at the end, and regularly
curved, turning the concave side towards the Gastral cavity or
canal. The angle between this ray and the centripetal one is about
110°, with the tangental rays about 133°. The paired tangental
rays measure 005 — 0-06 x O003 mm. These quadriradiates are
met with not only in the Gastral wall, but also in the larger exhalent
canals. The further away from the stomach, the smaller the
longitudinal and centripetal rays become. Triradiates of the
Parenchyma of the two kinds. Regular ones with mostly straight
cylindrical rays with rounded ends, measuring 0T x 0*005, and
sagittal triradiates, the unpaired ray of which is situated centri-
f ugally and longer than the other two with which it encloses angles
of about 125° ; it measures 0-15 x 0-005. The paired rays
0'08 x 0*004. All rays straight, conic and sharp pointed. Dermal
acerates in clusters of 15-20, immersed in the Sponge one-tenth of
their entire length, pointed at both ends, tapering towards the
terminal end throughoiit the projecting pai't nearly vertical on the
surface, measuring 1 x 0-007 mm. The clusters of these spicules
are very close to one another, so that the Sponge appears hairy
velvet like. The clusters are not determined in their position by
the ciliated tubs below, as in Grantessa. The acerate spicules of
the Oscular frill measure 2 x 0"0065 and taper towards the upper
end. The distal half is only 0-0006 thick, very flexible and moves
backward and forward like a soft thread, with the liquid in which
the Sponge is immersed.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1113

Locality : East Coast of Australia, Port Jackson. Yon Len-
denfeld.

28. SPECIES. VOSMAERIA IMPERFECTA. Von Lendenfeld.
LEUCETTA IMPERFECTA. N. Polejaeff (1.)

This species is bare-mouthed, of tubular, elongated, cylindrical
form, 35 mm. long, and 5 mm. in diameter, the thickness of the
wall being 1 -25 mm. that of the cortex 0-35. Both the surfaces
are rather rough. The characteristic peculiarities of the species
consists in the form of its pigmy triradiate, and in the presence of
the parenchyma of large quadriradiate spicules, not differing either
in size or in form from those of the cortex ; these last are not
numerous.

Gastric quadriradiate spicides. All more or less regular ; facial
rays straight, smooth, tapering from the base to approximately
sharp points 0 06 mm. long, diameter varying 0-006 mm.
20*008 mm. Apical ray either straight or curved, often
irregularly bent, sharply pointed ; length constant, reaching
0*08 mm. Minute quadriradiate and triradiate spicides of the
Parenchyma. Quadriradiatesjust of the same form and dimensions
as those of the gastric surface, not numerous ; triradiates still
smaller, their rays rarely exceeding 0-025 mm. in length, and
0-002 mm. in diameter; some of these are regular, their straight
and smooth rays tapering from the base to sharp points ; but such
regular triradiate forms are extremely rare ; most present only two
rays, foraiing an angle varying from 120° to 16°, the basal ray
having become rudimentary, and being represented only by a
small process at the crossing of the lateral rays.

Quadriradiate spicules of the Parenchyma and cortex. Both of
the same form and the same very inconstant dimensions, the length
of their rays varying from 0-3 mm. to 1 mm., and even more.
Regular rays smooth, tapering from the base to sharp points,
usually ten times as long as thick.

(1.) N. PoUjaeff. Report on the Calcarea. The Zoology of the Voyage
of H.M.S. Challenger. Part XIV., p. 67, PI, VII , figs. 9a-9c.

1114 A MONOGRAPH OP THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

Dermal triradiate spicules. Like the quaclriradiates just described,
regular, but niore constaut with respect to the proportion of the
length of their rays to their thickness ; this proportion varies from
10/1 to 16/1. Rays smooth, of conical or cylindrical form, bluntly
pointed, average length 0-6 mm.

Locality: Station 163a, 1874; off Port Jackson, Australia;
depth, 30 to 35 fathoms, rock. Challenger.

29. SPECIES. VOSMAERIA HAECKELIANA. Von Lendenfeld.
LEUCETTA HAECKELIANA. N.PoWjaeff (1).

The largest specimen reaches 65 mm., in length with a maximum
diameter of 10. ; the walls are 2-5 mm., thick, the cortex strongly
developed. The outer surface is smooth, the inner slightly rough.
Gastric and parenchymal quadriradiate spicules : either regular or
sagittal, the lateral rays becoming more or less curved, or even
irregular, all rays instead of being straight becoming irregularly
bent and of different lengths ; all rays of the same average diameter
0-005 mm., tapering from base to sharp points; facial rays 0-02
mm., to 0-08 mm. The gastric radiate spicules follow the course
of the exhalent canals throughout their whole length, and their
presence or absence on the surface of the cavities of the parenchyma
intimates whether we have to do with an exhalent or inhalent canal.

Dermal quadriradiate spicules : Extraordinarily rare ; regular ;
all rays of the same length not exceeding 0*75 mm., by 0-075 mm.,
smooth tapering from the base to sharp points.

Dermal triradiate spicides : Regular, rays of a rather cylindrical
form, 0-55 mm., long, 0'03 mm., in diameter, lying in the cortex
in several parallel layers, becoming smaller in the low collar and
sagittally differentiated, the angles between basal and lateral rays
becoming more acute, 120°-95°, and the lateral rays themselves,
like those in the Oscular triradiate spicules of Leucetta vera
becoming horn-shaped.

Locality: Station 163a, June 3, 1874, off Port Jackson,
Australia ; depth, 30 to 35 fathoms, rock. Challenger.

(1.) .V. PoUjaeff. L.c, p, 69, PI. II., fig. 6 ; PI. VIII., figs. 1-6.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1115

II. SUBFAMILY POLEJN.E. Von Lendenfelcl.
The ciliated chambers (tubes) vertical on the exhalent canals,
disposed therefore radially around the canals and not equi-distant
from the axis of the Sponge, the chamber layer not a simple
cylinder but extensively folded.

16. GENUS. POLEJNA. Von Lendenfeld.

The spicules of the Parenchyma resemble Amphoriscus inasmuch
as the centripetal rays of the dermal layer lie parallel with and
meet the centrifugal rays of the gastral layer. Polejaelff (1) has
adopted Haeckel's name Leucilla for these Sponges, As the
meaning which he gives to it however is totally different from
that, which Haeckel associated with the word Leucilla, and as I
retain the Genus Leucilla in the true sense of Haeckel I fancy
myself justified in establishing this new name, which like the
term Pulejnse is derived from the name of the author of the
Challenger-Calcarea.

30. SPECIES. POLEJNA UTER. Von Lendenfeld.
LEUCILLA UTER. N. Polejaeff (2. )

The external form of this Sponge is variable ; mostly of tubular
elongated form, growing narrower towards both ends, attaining a
length of 100 mm. and a maximum diameter of 13 mm. The walls
are 2 mm. thick.

Gastric quadriradiate sjricules sagittal. All rays of the same
diameter, 0'02 mm. on an average, more or less sharply pointed,
basal ray straight, length inconstant, varying from 0*25 to
0*35 mm., forming with each of the lateral rays an angle of about
110° ; lateral rays curved outwards, reaching a length of 0"7 mm. ;
apical ray curved, half as long as lateral rays. Towards the
osculum these quadriradiate spicules grow smaller, lateral rays
0*3 mm. long, with a diameter of 0"0125 mm., the concave lateral
rays becoming straight and convex.

(1.) N. Poltjaeff, Report on the Calcarea. The Zoologie of the Voyage
of H. M.S. Challenger. Part XXIV. f p. 51.
(2.) N. Poltjaeff. L.c, p. 53, PI. VI., figs. 2a-2f.

1116 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

Subgastric triradiate spicules sagittal. All rays sharp pointed
and of the same diameter, the proportion between their length
and thickness varying from 12*1 to 20-l ; length inconstant, not
exceeding, however, 0-6 mm. in basal, and 042 mm. in lateral
rays ; some are provided with a nidimentary fourth apical ray.

Quadriradiate spicules of the parenchyma and dermis : All rays
of the same diameter, rarely exceeding 0'05 mm. ; facial rays
usually of the same length, varying from 0*4 (l^arely shorter) to
0 6 mm.; basal ray straight, tapering from an approximately
sharp point, forming with each of the lateral rays an angle of 105u
to 110° ; lateral rays either straight or slightly curved inwards,
sharp pointed ; apical ray straight, tapering from the base to a
sharp point, never projecting from the inner surface, length
varying from 0"4 to 1*2 mm.

Dermal acerate s]?icules straight, fine, linear, sharp pointed,
surtace smooth, length not exceeding 04 mm., with a diameter of
0-0025 mm. ; not numerous, projecting from the outer surface.

Locality: Station 36, Api'il 23, 1873; off Bermudas; depth,
32 fathoms. Station 209, January 22, 1875 ; Lat. 10° 10' N.,
Long. 123° 55' E. Philippine Islands ; depths, 95 to 100 fathoms
Challenger. Torres Straits, Von Lendenfeld. Macleay-Museum.

6. FAMILY. LEUCONID^E. Von Lendenfeld.

Heterocoelia with ramified inhalent and exhalent canals with
spherical ciliated chambers. The outer surface is not differentiated
into two different parts. This family comprises the Leucones of
Haeckel (1), with spherical chambers with the exception of the
Teichonidse.

17. GENUS. LEUCETTA. Von Lendenfeld,

Leuconidae with triradiate spicules exclusively. This Genus is
nearly identical with Haeckel's (2) Leucetta.

( 1 . ) E. Haeckel. Die Kalkschwamme. Eine Monographic. Band II. ,
Seite 113.
(2.) E. Haeckel. L.c. Band II., Seite 116.

BY R. VON* LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1117

31. SPECIES. LEUCETTA MICRORHAPHIS. Von Lendenfeld.
LEUCETTA PRIMIGEXIA var. MICRORHAPHIS. Haeckel(l.)
LEUCETTA PRIMIGEXIA var. MICRORHAPHIS. Ridley (2.)

Both surfaces smooth._ Triradiates regular. Rays straight,
pointed. Numerous small spicules measuring 0-742 x 0-011, and
rarer large ones of a similar shape measuring 0-8 x 0*085, very
rare spicules of an intermediate size are also met with. I have
many specimens of Haeckel's Leucetta primigenia, they are all
slightly ramified ; 3-6 cylindrical pieces with uneven surface
grown together and meeting at sharp angles. These cylinders
taper towards the dermal osculum and attain a length of 25 and
a diameter of 8 mm. The gastral cavity is large. The body
wall not exceeding 2 mm. in thickness.

The inhalent pores are covered by a thin perforated membrane
as in other Sponges (Aplysillidaj) and lead into wide bulbous
extensions from the proximal end of which the inhalent canals
take their origin. A great number of Canals radiate from each
subdermal lacune. The latter have a diameter of 0'12 mm. In the
surface the small spicules are situated very regularly and tangen-
tally disposed in such a manner that they form a network with
hexagonal meshes. The pores are situated in the meshes, but
there is not a pore to each mesh.

The spiculation of all these specimens is the same — as above —
corresponding to Haeckels var. microhaphis of Leucetta primi-
genia. Ridley (I.e.) has obtained the same sponge from Torres
Straits. The similarity in the structure of my specimen led me
to assume that this variety of Haeckels should be considered as a
species.

Locality : Australia 1 Haeckel ; North Coast of Australia, Torres
Straits. Alert ; East Coast of Australia, Port Jackson, Von
Lendenfeld ; South Coast of Australia, Port Phiilip V. Lendenfeld.

(1.) E. Haeckel. L.c. Band II., Seite 119; Band III., Taf. 21.
Figs. 10-17.

(2. ) Stuart O. Ridley. Report on the Sponges. Report on the Zoological
Collections made in the Indian and Pacific Ocean, during the Voyage of
H.M.S. Alert, 1881-82. British Museum Catalogue, 1SS4, p. 482.

1118 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

32. SPECIES, LEUCETTA DURA. Von Lendenfeld.
LEUCONIA DURA. Polejaeff (1).

Irregular colonial or solitary Sponges with or without a frill
round the Osculum. Gastral cavity small. Besides the regular
spicules of large and small size there are irregular and sagittal
Triradiates. The latter are amassed around the Oscula.

Locality : Bermudas, North Coast of Australia, Torres Straits
Challenger.

33. SPECIES. LEUCETTA PANDORA. Haeckel (2.)

A solitary Sponge, without frill round the osculum. Spherical
or ovate often with a short peduncle. They are 12 to 15 mm.
long and have a diameter of 8 to 12 mm. The Gastral wall is
very thin, measuring only 1-1 -5 mm. in thickness. Dermal and
Grastral surface smooth. Triradiates very variable in size and
shape, in greater part or throughout irregular, with bent unequal
rays. Rarely acerate, and quadriradiate spicules are met with,
so that E. Haeckel establishes three connective varieties of this
species : Leucaltis pandora, Leucortis pandora, Leucandra
pandora. The spicules contain, according to Haeckel (3) more
organic substance in proportion than those of other Leucetta
species. The mean size of the rays is 0*3 — 0*6 x 0-0005 — 0-005.

Locality : South Coast of Australia, Bass' Straits, "Wendt ;
St. Vincent's Gulf, Schomburgh.

34. SPECIES. LEUCETTA CLATHRATA. Carter (4.)

A cake-like Sponge, consisting of a plate-like basal extension,
which bears curved cylindrical extensions on the upper surface,
the latter appearing on relief. Triradiates of two kinds, small
ordinary regular ones in great abundance with rays measuring

(1.) N. Polejaeff. Report on the Calcarea. The Zoology of the Voyage
of H.M.S. Challenger. Part XXIV., p. 65, pi. II., fig. 3; pi. VII., figs.
7a-7a"i.

(2.) E. Haeckel. Die Kalkschwiimme. Eine Monographie. Band II.,
Seite 127., Bd. III., Taf. XXII., figs. 3a-3c.

(3.) E. Haeckel. L.c. Band II., Seite 129.

(4.) H. T. Carter. Annals and Magazin of Natural History 23;
series. Vol. XL, nr. 61, p. 33, pi. I., figs. 13-17.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1119

008 x 0-011, and larger pyramidal ones the rays of which are
curved S shaped. The proximal ends are turned towards the
axis and the distal ends away from it, so that the whole
represents a tripod (I.e., fig. 16.) Their rays measure 0"13 x
0 04. The dome-shaped central part underlies the surface of the
Sponge, the v&ya point centripetally.

Locality : South-west Coast of Australia. Carter.

18. GENUS. LEUCALTIS. Von Lendenfeld.

Leuconidse, with triradiate and quadriradiate, but without
acerate spicules. This genus is nearly identical with Haeckel's
(1) genus Leucaltis.

35. SPECIES. LEUCALTIS HELENA. Nov. spec.

Oval, elongate or cylindrical, solitary Sponges attaining a
length of 25 and diameter of 15 mm., with circular transverse
section. No frill to the Osculum. Gastral and dermal surface
smooth. Gastral cavity large ovate. Thickness of the body
wall 2 mm. The inhalent pores lead into large cylindrical canals,
which are 0'2 mm. wide, and extend longitudinally just below
the surface. From these tangental subdermal Lacune-canals,
tubes originate which extend, more or less regularly, radially in
a centripetal direction towards the Gastral cavity. Below the
Gastral surface, which is perforated by distant circular pores,
with from 0-5 — 1*5 mm. diameter, likewise longitudinal lacunose
canals extend, which are very irregular and have an average
diameter of 0'4 mm. From these, radial tubes, extending centri-
fugally originate. Between these and the inhalent tubes described
above, there is one layer of spherical ciliated chambers which
measure 0-l mm. The canal system is like that of Aplysilla.
When the canal system of a greater number of species will be
better known it will afford characters for the establishment of
classificatory categories.

(1.) E. HaecM. L.c. Band II. , Seite 142.

1120 A MONOGRAPH OP THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

Spicules ; A dense felt-like layer of Triradiates and Quadri-
radiates with one very short ray clothing the Gastral cavity. The
rays of these spicules measure on an average 0-1 x 0-01 mm.
Rare regular triradiates in the Parenchyma with straight conic
rays measuring 0-28 x 0*03 mm. Very numerous sagittal
quadriradiates, the sagittal ray mostly pointing towards the
interior of the Parenchyma. Sagittal ray straight, conic and
pointed 0-42 x 0-056. The three basal rays alike with equal
angles between them, straight, conic and pointed 0-35 x 0-042 mm.
Dermal quadriradiates sagittal. Differentiated ray centripetal,
straight, conic and pointed 0-57 x 0-05 — 0*06, always exactly
radial. Tangental rays curved in the proximal, and straight in
the distal part ; conic and pointed, all equal and regularly
disposed convex towards the outer side 0-28 x 0 033 — 0-04.

Locality : East Coast of Australia, Port Jackson. Von Len-
denfeld.

36. SPECIES. LEUCALTIS PUMILA. Hackel (1.)
LEUCONIA PUMILA. Bowerbank (2.)
LEUCONIA PUMILA. Gray (3.)
DYSSYCONELLA PUMILA. Haeckel (4.)

This Sponge does not appear to form colonies. It is always
solitary spindle-shaped, ovate or cylindrical, with or without
Osculum, which may be sessile or on the termination of a long
proboscis. Sponge 10 to 20 mm. long and 3-7 mm. in diameter.
Gastral cavity cylindrical. Body wall of uniform thickness
1 to 2 mm. The regularly disposed Gastral pores have a
diameter of 0*3 — 0*6 mm. The exhalent canals form alacunose
reticulation composed of relative narrow tubes. All the Australian
specimens examined by Haeckel, possess a proboscis.

(1.) E. Haeckel. L.c. Band II., Seite 148., Band III., Taf. XXVII. ,
figs. 2a-2g.

(2.) T. S. Bowerbank. Monograph of the British Spongiadse. Vol. II.,
p. 41.

(3.) F. Gray. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1S67,
p. 556.

(4.) E. Haeckel. Prodromns eines Systems der Kalkschwlimme.
Jenaische Zeitschrift fur Medicin mid Wissenschaft. Band V., Heft II.,
Seite 242.

BY R. VON LEXDENFELD, PH.D. 1121

Skeleton : The main skeleton is formed out of larger and
smaller, slender triradiate spicules. The large Triradiates are
mostly sagittal. The rays of which are slender, conic, mostly
straight, or slightly bent, 0-6 — 0* 9mm., rarely 1 — 1-2 mm., long
and only 003— 0-05 mm., rarely 0-06—0-08 mm., thick. The
smaller triradiate spicules, which are more numerous than the
large one, are irregularly scattered, and fill up the space between
the former, they are mostly sagittal or irregular. Their rays are
sometimes straight, or more or less, often strongly bent, on an
average of 0*2 — 0-3 mm. in length, andOOl — 0-02 mm. in thick-
ness. Triradiate spicules very variable.

The Gastral surface and the inner surface of the larger wall
canals is clothed by a dense layer of middle-sized sagittal quad-
riradiate spicules. These are regular, parallel disposed, the basal
ray is bent aboral downwards, or in the canals, outwards, if
straight 0-25 — 035 mm. long. Both the lateral rays are slightly
curved, and a little shorter, only 0-15 — 0*3 mm. long. The angles
vary greatly, once nearly equal, once strongly differentiated. The
unpaired angle increases from 120°, 150°, and to 160°, 180° in
the proboscis.

Accordingly the paired angles decrease from 120° to 105° and
to 90°. Round the mouth there are only rectangular quadri-
radiate spicules. The apical ray varies greatly, mostly very
short, only 0 05 — 0-15 mm. long, slightly bent to the oral side.
All rays are at the base 0-01 — 0-02 mm. thick.

Locality : Atlantic Ocean, Norman's Islands ; Guernsey,
Norman ; Coast of Mexico ; Mogados, Haeckel ; Cape of Good
Hope,Wilhelm Bleek ; Indian Ocean, Bass Straits, Wendt.

37. SPECIES. LEUCALTIS BATHYBIA Haeckel (1).

GRANTIA ARABIC A. Miklouho (2).

LEUCALTIS BATHYBIA var. AUSTRALIS. Ridley (3).

Solitary Sponge, of a cylindrical or ovate rather irregular shape.
The specimen of Haeckel measured 8 to 16 mm., in length 4 to 6

(1.) E. Haeckel. Die Kalkschwamme. Eine Monographie. Band II.,
Seite 156, pi. XXVIII., figs. 2a-2e.

(2.) N. M. Maclay. Manuscript.

(3.) Stuart O. Ridley. Report on the Sponges. Report on the Zoological
Collections made in the Indian and Pacific Ocean, during the Vovage of
H.M.S. Alert, 1881-1882. British Museum Catalogue, 1884.

1122 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

mm., in thickness. The cylindrical Gastral cavity is covered
with small pores, rather narrow. The body-wall measures
1-H mm. in thickness.

Skeleton. Most of the spicules are Quadriradiates of middling
size. These are covered by a clothing of Triradiates. The latter
form a dense dermal layer. The Quadriradiates are mostly
sagittal or irregular. Their rays measure 0*3 — 06 x 0*03— 0-05.
The dermal Quadriradiates are situated as in Leucaltis Helena :
three rays in the surface tangental ; the fourth radial, pointing
centripetally. The tangental rays of these spicules are sagittal
in themselves, the unpaired angle measuring 150 — 180°

The Tiiradiates are irregular, the mean measurement of their
rays is 0*15 — 03 x 0-008 — 0-015. The inner layer is formed by
Triradiates and Quadriradiates.

The principal difference between this species and Leucaltis
Helena lies in the distribution of the Triradiates, which in the
latter do not form sheaths around the parenchymal Quadriradiates.
Ridley (I.e.) has established the variety Leucaltis bathybia var.
australis for a slightly aberrant form obtained by the Alert. He
describes his variety as follows : — A small low marine specimen,
with a small lateral unarmed vent and very reduced cloacal cavity.
The Quadriradiates are sagittal, those of the outer surface very
large. Diameter of rays about 0.04 mm. The facial angle nearly
180°, the apical ray in the same plane as the laterals. The deep
Quadriradiates have a somewhat smaller facial angle and more
slender rays and the apical ray often projects well forward. Rays
almost straight. The Triradiates form a thin layer on the inner
wall where their rays measure only about 0'01 mm., in diameter,
they have a facial angle of about 160°, in the deep parts they are
subregular, sparsely scattered amongst the Quadriradiates and the
ray measurs about 0-02 sometimes 0*025 in diameter, rays approse
straight:

Colour : White.

The main feature of this variety lies in the large size of the
profound Triradiates, and in the massive form of the Sponge.

Locality : Red Sea, Perim, Siemens, Djeddah, Miklouho-
Maclay • East Coast of Australia, Port Jackson, Alert.

BY R. VOX LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1123

19. GENUS. LEUCOKT1S. Von Lendenfeld.

Leuconidae with acerate and triradiate spicules. This genus
is nearly identical with Haeckel's Genus Leucortis.

38. SPECIES. LEUCGPTIS LORICATA. Von Lendenfeld.
LEUCONIA LORICATA. N. Pole>eff(l.)

This species represented by a single specimen, 30 mm. long and
8 mm. broad, possesses a strongly developed cortex 0-5 mm.
thick, the width of the whole wall being 2 mm. consisting of
several parallel layers of sagittal triradiate spicules ; a quite
irregular disposition of the Parenchymal spicules, only those
which are near the inner surface lying more or less parallel to it ;
minute spined acerate spicules scattered everywhere in the body,
but chiefly coating the inner surface. The structure of the canal
system presents no deviations from the general type.

Spined acerate spicules 0-025 mm. x 0-002 mm. Numerous on
the inner surface, they are very rare in the Parenchyma and in
the coxtex. Triradiate spicules of the Parenchyma, either quite
regular or rather sagittal and irregular; rays straight, tapering
from the base to sharp points ; surface more or less smooth ; the
proportion between the length and thickness 8-1, the length
0-6—1 mm.

Cortical triradiate spicules, sagittal, all rays lying in the same
plane, tapering from the base to a more or less rounded end,
usually of the same thickness, the proportion between this latter
and the length varying from 10-1 to 16-1 ; basal ray straight,
sometimes rather thinner than lateral rays forming with each of
these latter an angle of 115°, lateral rays either straight or
slightly curved forwards, 0*325 — 0-5 mm. long, usually somewhat
shorter than basal ray, often of the same length, sometimes even
rather longer. In the wall of the collar these triradiate spicules
become smaller, their rays being rarely longer than 0-15 mm.,
with a diameter of 0-0125 mm., and show a regular disposition.

( 1 . ) V. Polejaeff'. Report on the Calcarea. The Zoology of the Voyage
of H.M.S. Challenger. Part XXIV., p. 63, pi. II., fig. 2; pi. VII.,
figs. 6a. -6b.
73

1124 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

their basal ray being directed towards the closed end of the animal.

Stout acerate spicules, sparsely scattered in the wall perpen-
dicularly to the outer surface, often projecting from it ; spindle-
shaped, tapering from the centre to a sharp point at each side,
either straight or slightly curved; rarely exceeding 0-75 mm. in
length and 0*07 mm. in diameter.

Slender acerate spicules of the same shape and disposed
similarly to the last mentioned form, rarely longer than 0 3 mm.
with a diameter of 0 0025 mm.

Acerate spicules of the collar straight or curved, either sharply
or bluntly pointed, 0-5 — 1 x 00 18 mm.

Locality: East Coast of Australia. Station 163a, June 3,
1874, off Port Jackson ; depth 30 to 35 fathoms; rock.

39. SPECIES. LEUCORTIS PULVINAR. E. Haeckel (1.)

SYCOLEPSIS PULVINAR. E. Haeckel (2.)

MLEA DOHRNI. N. Miklouho (3.)

LEUCORTIS PULVINAR VAR. INDICA. E. Haeckel (4).

This species forms, in the adult stage, solitary persons or
colonies, with or without mouth-opening. The latter is always
simple and naked. The canal- system is always very narrow and
especially the Gastral cavity of a very small extension.

In the lipostome forms the latter coalesces entirely, so that the
whole Sponge gets the appearance, in a transverse section, for
the Qaked eye of quite massive heap, without any visible cavity.
The Parenchyma firm. The solitary form mostly appears as a
conic, oval or roundish, rather irregular mass, which has no
peduncle. Its diameter is mostly 5 to 10, rarely 15 to 20 mm.
A longitudinal section shows that the Gastral cavity is very
narrow, rarely exceeding 1 or 1*5 mm. in diameter. The colonial
specimen forms very irregular roundish colonies of a bulbous or

(1.) E. Haeckel. Die Kalkschwamme. Eine Monographie. Band II.,
Scite 162., Band III., pi. XXIX.

(2.) E. Haeckel. Prodromuseines Systems der Kalkschwamme. Jenaische
Zeitschrift far Medicin und Naturwissenschaft, 1870 ; Band V., Heft II.,
Seite 251.

(3.) N. Miklouho- Malcay. Manuscript.

(4.) E. Haeckel L.c. Band II., Seite 163.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1125

rough shape, which are mostly composed of only 2 to 5, rarely of
6 to 12 persons. These colonies resemble small potatoe-bulbs
and have a diameter of 10 to 20 mm. rarely 30 to 40. Some-
times they form riat cushions covered with excrescences. At the
top of each knob generally a small Osculum is met with, 0*5 to
1*5 mm. in diameter, which leads into a similar narrow Gastral
cavity. Sometimes there is no trace of an Osculum, sometimes
several persons in a colony possess only one Osculum, or there is
only one single Osculum for all the persons in the colony.
Dermal and Gastral surface bare. The main mass of the
skeleton consists out of middle sized triradiate spicules, between
which there are enormous Ascerates. These are on an average
5 to 10 times as long and thick as the rays of the tiiradiate
spicules. The Dermal and the Gastral surfaces contain sagittal
triradiate spicules, the lateral rays of which are as long but only
half as thick as the rays of the subregular or irregular triradiate
spicules of the outer layer of the Parenchyma. The Australian
specimen belongs to Haeckel's Leucortis pulvinar var. indica.
The spicules contain a very large proportion of organic matter,
therefore they are more flexible, the triradiate spicules of the
Parenchyma mostly irregular.

Locality : Indian Ocean, Schneehagen ; West Coast of
Australia, Harvey ; Ceylon ; Wright. Eed Sea, Frauenfeld,
Miklouho.

20. GENUS. LEUCANDEA. Von Lendenfeld.

Leuconidas with acerate, triradiate and quadriradiate spicules.
Nearly identical with Haeckel's (1) genus Leucandra.

40. SPECIES. LEUCANDRA ALCICORNIS. E. Haeckel (2).

The solitary person, which possess an Osculum sometimes,
sometimes none, is a slender cylinder measuring from 10 to 20 x
3 to 5 mm. The most common colonial form is a bushy scrub,

(1.) E. Haeckel. L.c. Band II., Seite, 170.

(2.) E. Haeckel. L.c. Band II., Seite 184; Band III., Taf. XXXIL,
figs. 4a-4h ; Taf. XXXVII. , figs. 3 A., 3 B., 4.

1126 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

-with dichotomous branches, every terminal branch with a simple
naked Osculum. The branches form sometime anastomoses.
The Sponge represents in outer appearance the coral Cladocora
ca:-spitosa, and forms an elongate cushion measuring 40 — 70 x 30
— 50 x 20 — 40 mm. The number of persons forming a colony is
great (sometimes several hundred). The Australian specimen,
which are slightly branched, each branch measures 30 to 50 mm.,
and more, in length, and 3-6 mm., in thickness. The bare Oscula
have only a diameter of J to 1 mm. All persons are curved, the
concave side towards the interior of the colony.

Skeleton. The main mass is formed by middle-sized triradiate
spicules. The rays are at an average 0-2 to 0 4 x 0*012 to 0-02
mm., subregular or sagittal. The rays are slender, mostly
slightly, often much curved, rarely quite straight. In the sagittal
triradiate spicules both the lateral rays more curved, the basal ray
straight and at the end inflated. On the inner surface of the large
canals there are many sagittal quadriradiate spicules of the same
shape and size. Apical ray is only short, 0-05 mm. Character-
istic of this species is the armer-like cortex of the outer surface,
which consists of one or more layers of the very large acerates.
These are spindle-shaped, either tapering equally towards both
ends, or thicker in the outer portion, sometimes inflated. They
are slightly curved, seldom quite straight, 1 to 3 x 007 to 0-1
mm. All acerate spicules are situated parallel in the dermal
surface and extend longitudinally. The interstices of acerate
spicules are filled up with sagittal triradiate spicules, of which
the basal-ray is parallel to the longitudinal ones of the acerate
spicules and pointing downwards. The outer surface sometimes
quite smooth and bare, sometimes velvet-like, as everywhere a
mass of very fine bristly acerate spicules stand vertically on it.
These spicules are 0-1 — 0*3 x 0*001 mm.

41. SPECIES. LEUCANDRA CONICA. Nov. Spec.

A small solitary, irregular, more or less cylindrical Sponge with
an Osculum, which bears a small hardly perceptible fringe of
spicules but appears naked. Outer and inner surface are pretty

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1127

smooth. The Sponge attains a length of 30 and a diameter of
12 mm. The Gastral cavity is cylindrical and rather narrow,
measuring only a third of the diameter of the Sponge across. The
thick body wall is lacunar; wide canals measuring from 0*2 —
0*25 mm. in diameter, and with a circular transverse section,
traverse it in every direction. Below the outer surface we meet
with extension, communicating sub-dermal cavities, from which
comparatively narrow canals take their origin, which can be
traced in a centripetal direction for some distance. The circular
Canals mentioned above belong to the exhalent canal system, and
are connected with the Grastral cavity by very wide (0-4 mm.) and
irregular tubes, whijh do not stand vertical in the Gastral wall,
but extend upwards towards the Osculum. The pores in the
Gastral wall at their terminations are scattered sparsely, and
measure on an average 0-5 mm. across. The ciliated chambers
have a diameter of 0*06 mm.

Spicules : The skeleton consists mainly of triradiates in the
Parenchyma. The Gastral quadriradiates are small and
irregularly scattered ; the rays and angles are all different. The
rays vary from 0028—008 x 0-004—0-007. The Parenchymal
Triradiates are very regular ; sometimes the rays are slightly
bent; they are conic and blunt and measure 035 x 001.
Acerates of the Parenchyma, more or less radially disposed,
pointed at both ends, slightly protruding beyond the surface,
spindle-shaped, and measuring 1"5 and 0-035 mm., rather rare.
Minute Acerates in a continuous layer in the outer surface all
parallel and situated radially, measuring 0-08 x 0002. These
spicules are rounded at the proximal, and pointed sharply at the
distal end. Although forming a continuous layer, they nerver-
theless do not produce a dense and hard outer skin as in those
Sponges which possess a " Stabchen-Mortel." Acerates forming
the frill named the Osculum of the same appearance as the
former, measuring 0*3 — 0 5 x 0-002 often slightly bent. Thickest
towards the proximal rounded end, and tapering from there to
the distal end, which is mostly broken off in specimens.

Locality : East Coast of Australia, Port Jackson, Laminarian
zone. Von Lendenfeld.

1128 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

42. SPECIES. LEUCANDRA MEANDRINA. Nov. spec.

A solitary cylindrical and tube-shaped Sponge attaining a
length of 120 and a diameter of 25mm. The dermal surface is
smooth, without projecting spicule rays, the Gastral surface and
also that of the larger exhalent canals appears hairy or velvet-
like. The outer surface is very uneven, and has the appearance
of a surface with an intricate meander-like sculpture on it, in high
relief. The Gastral cavity is cylindrical and the thickness of the
body wall is very different in different parts in consequence of
the above-mentioned surface-sculpture. The canal system is
rather peculiar : there are no lacunose extensions of the inhalent
canals, no subdermal cavities. In the Gastral part of the body
wall we meet with very regular longitudinal canals of an oval
transverse section. The short axis of the Ellipse is situated
radially. The thickness of the body wall is 1-8 — 2.1 mm., the
Gastral cavity is accordingly very large. The longitudinal
canals measure on an average 0*7 x T2 mm. These exhalent
wide collecting canals open separately into the Gastral cavity,
without forming anastomoses or lacunes. The remarkable
gastric quadriradiate spicules clothe these canals in the same
way as the Gastral cavity itself, so that they make rather the
impression of branches of a ramified Gastral cavity than of
exhalent canals.

Spicules : The skeleton consists of gastric quadriradiate spicules
with a very elongated, protruding centripetal ray, Parenchymal
triradiates of two kinds and Parenchymal, radially situated and
slightly protruding large acerate spicules. The gastric quadri-
radiates are sagittal and regular. The centripetal ray measures
from 0*07 to 0-28 mm. in length, the longer ones are predominating
with a very constant basal thickness of 0-005 mm. The tangental
rays lie in one plane which is vertical to the centripetal ray.
Their rays are equal and also the angles, like the centripetal ray
quite straight or slightly and irregularly curved at the distal end.
They measure 018 x 0-005 mm. All rays are cylindrical and
pointed. The Triradiates of the Parenchyma are regular or
slightly irregular, never sagittal and stout or slender. The stout

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1129

ones predominate throughout. The slender ones are more
numerous towards the outer surface. The rays of the stout
spicules measure 0-28 x 0021, those of the slender ones have the
same length, but are only 0 0)7 mm. thick. Among the Trira-
diates there are also a few small Quadriradiates with spicules
corresponding to those of the slender triradiate spicules. Transi-
tion forms between these Quadriradiates and the slender Triradiates
are present in great abundance. Transition forms between the
slender and the stout triradiate spicules do not exist.

The acerate spicules are spindle-shaped and pointed at both
ends. They measure 1*5 mm. x 0 035 mm. These are rare.
Around the Osculum there are no differentiated spicules.

Locality : East Coast of Australia, Port Jackson, 10-20 fathoms.
Yon Lendenfeld.

43. SPECIES. LEUCANDRA CATAPHRACTA. E. Haeckel (1).

This Sponge consist3 of solitary persons of an elongate cylin-
drical or flattened shape, they are slightly spindle-shaped, a
narrow peduncle and narrow oscular part are generally met with.
These cylinders attain a length of 20 to 30 mm., by a diameter of
6 mm. The Gastral cavity is narrow only J to | of the diameter
of the outer cylindrical surface. Osculum present without frill.
On the surface of the stomach there open a great number of very
fine Gastral pores, which lead into minute perietal- canals. On a
longitudinal section through the wall these latter are hardly
visible.

Skeleton : The main mass of the skeleton is in this species,
quite different from all the others, formed by several layers of
longitudinal enormous acerate spicules, which lie parallel to the
dermal surface. They are coated and united by a cement, which
consists of small, mostly sagittal triradiate spicules. The large
acerate spicules are spindle-shaped, either tapering to both ends,
or inflated on the oral side, mostly slightly curved, rarely
straight, 1 to 3 mm., 0*15 to 0*2 mm. All Acerates lie in alongitu-

(1.) E. Haeckel. L.c. B ami II. Seite 203., Band III., Taf. XXXII.,
figs. 6a-6f ; Taf. XXXVII., fig. 2.

1130 A .MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

dinal direction, parallel to the longitudinal axis of the body, but
pointing a little outwards with the oral end. They are situated
in several parallel laye:s closely backed (10 to 15 layers at the
thickest place in the body-wall). The small interstice between
the Acerates are filled up by small Triradiates, which surround
sheath-like the inner Acerates. Most of them are sagittal and
are with their basal ray parallel to the longitudinal axis of the
body, whilst both the lateral rays diverge to the oral side, and
often embrace the acerate spicules by their more or less curvity.
The unpaired angle 150° to 170°, both the paired ones 95 to 105°.
The straight basal ray measures 015 to 0 2 in length. Their
basal thickness 0-005 to 0-008 mm. Between the sagittal rays
there are also single irregular, rarely regular triradiate spicules.
The sagittal quadriradiate spicules which coat the whole inner
surface of the G-astral cavity, and the larger canals, and which
are arranged regularly, the basal ray towards the aboral side,
possess an unpaired angle of 160 to 170°, the two paired angles
100 to 95°. Their basal ray is to 0*35 mm., long, straight, their
slightly curved lateral rays 0-2 to 0'3 mm., and like the basal ray
only 0005 mm., thick. But the apical ray is 2 to 6 times thicker,
that is 0-01 — 0-02 or 003 mm., in thickness. It is very varying,
in the greater part of the Grastral cavity only 0*1 — 0 15, but
towards the Osculum 0 3 — 0"4 mm., long. The entrance to the
Gastral cavity is in this way hindered by a terrible circle of strong
apical rays just below the Osculum.

Locality : East Coast of Australia, Port Jackson, Frauenfeld ;
Port Denison, Von Lendenfeld.

44. SPECIES. LEUCANDRA TYPICA. Von Lendenfeld.
LEUCONIA TYPICA. var. tuba. N. PoMjaeff (1.)

This Sponge attains a length of 40 mm. and an average
diameter of 12 mm., the thickness of the body wall is 3 mm.
The round flagellated chambers in this species have particularly
regular outlines, and are smaller than in any other case, their
diameter rarely exceeding 0*04 mm.

( 1 . ) N. PoUjaeff. Report on the Calearea. The Zoology of the Voyage
of H.M.S. Challenger. Part XXIV., p. 56, pi. VII., figs, 2a-2c.

BY It. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1131

Gastric Quadriradiate spicules. Basal ray straight, tapering
from the base to a sharp point usually shorter, 018 mm., and
rather thinner than lateral rays, forming with each of these latter
an angle varying from 105° to 110°; lateral rays more or less
cylindrical, either straight or slightly curved forwards, rarely
exceeding 0225 mm. in length, with a diameter of O'Olo mm. ;
apical ray curved, more or less sharply pointed, length not
exceeding 006 mm. The length of the apical ray, however, is
variable, and there are amongst the quadriradiate spicules many
triradiate spicules also. Triradiate spicules of the Parenchyma.
Most quite regular, rays straight, smooth, tapering from the
base to sharp points, reaching 075 mm, in length and 0*065 mm.
in diameter.

Dermal Triradiate spicules. Sagittal, all raye of the same
length, rarely exceeding 0-35 mm., and of the same diameter,
0-02 mm., either tapering from the base to sharp points or of a
more cylindrical form ; basal ray straight, lateral rays curved,
forwards, forming each with basal ray an angle of about 115°.
Acerate spicules. In the walls of the body, sparsely scattered
here and there in the Parenchyma, either isolated or in groups,
fine linear, straight, occasionally slightly curved, reaching 0*3
mm. ; near the Osculum piercing the wall in perpendicular
direction, either spindle-shaped or rather cylindrical, but sharp
pointed, straight or slightly curved, 0*1 mm. long, 0"304 mm. in
diameter.

Locality: Station 36, April 23, 1873; off Bermudas, 32
fathoms, mud. East Coast of Australia, Port Jackson. Von
Lendenfeld.

45. SPECIES LEUCANDRA VILLOSA. Nov. spec.

This Sponge appears in the shape of the very large thin- walled
and irregular sacs with an extremely wide Osculum. These sacs,
of an irregular cylindrical or oval shape, attain a length of 50
and width of 25 mm. and more. They generally appear com-
pressed, with an oval transverse section, the large axis of the
ellipse about twice as long as the small one. The Osculum is

1132 A MONOGRAPH OP THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

nearly as wide as the body. Narrower in the oval Sponges it i*
relatively much wider in the cylindrical specimens. The body
wall is only 2-4 mm. thick, so that the Gastral cavity appears
very roomy. The Osculum is destitute of a frill. Our Sponge
seems always to be solitary. The outer surface is covered by
dense hair protruding a good distance and consequently makes
the impression of a thick fur. The inner surface is slightly
rough. The cana system, in different parts of the Sponge near
the Osculum, extremely simple, no lacunes or anastomoses of an}'
kind are formed. The body wall is consequently very thin in
this part 2 mm. Further down towards the aboral pole we find
the Gastral wall perforated by large, densely scattered round
holes measuring 1-5-25 mm. in diameter. These exhalent pores
lead into longitudinal canals of an oval, transverse section similar
to those described in a very different species, Leucandra mean-
drina by myself. The pores or rather short radial canals
connecting the longitudinal tubes with Gastral cavity are conic or
trumpet-shaped, wide at the mouth, they open with an aperture
not exceeding 0#5 mm. in diameter into the tubes. These
longitudinal tubes are clothed with the same skeleton as the
stomach.

Spicules : Gastric Quadriradiate spicules. Centripetal, sagit-
tally differentiated ray, straight, slender, and protruding into
the tubes and Gastral cavity. This ray is cylindrical and pointed,
rarely slightly curved towards the end, measuring 0*2 — 0-55 mm.
x 0*01 mm. Three tangental rays equal, in a plane vertical to
the centripetal ray, straight, conic and pointed with equal angles
between them. These rays measure 0-28 x 0-01 mm. Triradiates
and Quadriradiates of the Parenchyma. Regular Triradiates
with straight conic and rounded rays, measuring 0-35 x 0-02 mm,
are predominant in the body wall. Besides there are triradiates
of a similar size as the former with curved rays and more or less
irregular angles. I have never met with proper sagittal
Triradiates. On these irregular spicules and also on a few
regular ones an incipient fourth ray can be observed. These
forms lead up to Quadriradiates with conic, curved and terminally
rounded rays measuring 0*3 x 0*018 mm. which are however

BV R. VOX LEN'DENFELD, PH.D. 1133

rare. The dermal Acerates are of two kinds ; very slender
linear spicules and larger but also slender and very long spindle-
shaped spicules. The latter are set at nearly right angles to the
surface of the Sponge and extremly dense, they cause the hairy
appearance of our Sponge. They are sharply pointed at either
end and immersed about \-i of their length in the body. They
measure 2 — 3-5 mm. by 3-035 mm. The shorter ones are
common, those measuring over 3 mm. in length found only
exceptionally. The linear acerates measure 1 mm. x 0006 mm.
Locality : East Coast of Australia, Port Jackson. Yon
Lendenfeld.

46. SPECIES. LEUCANDRA VAGINATA. Nov. spec.

Solitary cylindrical Sponges with hairy inner, but nearly
smooth outer surface if compared to the nearly related L. aspera.
Our Sponge has the shape of an irregular cone or spindle, or
may even be ovate. The Osculum is always situated terminally
on the narrow end of the cone. Leucandra vaginata attains a
height of 30 — 40 mm. and a diameter 12 — 20 mm. The body
wall is thick, particularly in the short and irregular specimens.
The Gastral cavity measuring only \-\ of the diameter of the
Sponge. The Osculum sometimes is surrounded by a frill. The
canal system is rather complicated. The inhalent pores lead into
a reticulation of tangental canals below the surface, all of which
possess a circular transverse section and a diameter of 0-2 mm.
The meshes of this reticulation are wide, so that no lacunes,
which might be considered as subdermal cavities are formed.
Towards the Gastral wall we meet with irregular circular canals
running tangentally, but not regularly longitudinally. I am
doubtful as to whether these form a reticulation, I think not.
If anastamoses are present they are very rare. From these
canals numerous small radial tubes only 0*2 mm. in diameter
lead into the Gastral cavity. The terminations of these, the
pores in the Gastral wall, are of the same dimensions a3 the
canals to which they belong, and very close to one anoth er.

Spicules.. The skeleton consists of similar elements as that of
the foregoing species.

1134 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

Gastric Quadriradiates, Centripetal, protruding ray Oi x 0-008
conic, pointed, mostly straight, sometimes slightly curved near
the end. Tangental ray sagittally developed. One ray situated
longitudinally and pointing towards the aboral pole shorter than
the other two. Angles on the side of it equal, about 100° This
ray measures 0-08 x 0-006. The other two equal rays 0-12 x
0-008 mm.

Triradiate and Quadriradiate spicules of the Parenchyma. The
Triradiates are equiangular with straight, conic, terminally
rounded rays. The rays mostly sagittally developed. The
unpaired ray longer than the other two pointing outwards
and measuring 0-28 x 0-014 mm. The others 0*22 x 0014 mm,
Some regular Triradiates are also met with. Their rays have
varying intermediate dimensions between the longer and shorter
ones of the sagittal Triradiates. Some of the latter show an
incipient fourth ray. Decidedly Quadriradiate spicules are rare.
Their rays have the same dimensions as those of the Triradiates,
but are generally curved.

Acerate spicules. These measure 1-7x0 035, are spindle-shaped
and slightly curved. The concave side towards the Osculum.
They are immersed in the body of the Sponge about half their
length and stand nearly vertical on its surface. Both ends are
sharply pointed. These spicules are not very numerous. The
sheath, which covers the spicules of calareous Sponges generally,
is very highly developed on the protruding part of these spicules,
much more so than in any other calcareous Sponge known to me
and I have derived the specific name from this characteristsc
peculiarity.

Locality : East Coast of Australia, Port Jackson, V. Lendenfeld.

47. SPECIES. LEUCANDRA CUCUMIS. E. Haeckel (1).

This sponge is solitary and forms a cylindrical or spindle-shaped

person of 15 to 20 x 7 to 10. The longitudinal axis is mostly

more or less arched. Opposite the narrow peduncle there is the

rouud Osculum of 1-5 to 2 mm., in diameter. The dermal surface

(1.) E. Haeckel. Die Kalksehwamme. Eine Monographie. Band II. , Seite
■20o ; Band III., Tafel 33, tigs. la-Ik., Tafcl 36, figs 1-3.

BY R. VOX LEXDENFELD, PH.D. 1135

of the body is smooth. Gastral cavity 3 to 4 mm., in diameter,
the wall of the body 2 to 3 mm., cortex 4 mm. The canals of the
cortex are pretty regular and large loculi of 1 mm., in length and
0-3 — 0*4 mm., in width. They are like the regular radial-canals
of the sycones. They communicate by conjunctif-pores, and open
outward by the dermal peres, inward into the Parenchyma. The
canals of the parenchyma are quite irregular, partly very narrow,
partly pretty broad, and open into Gastral pores of very varying
diameter.

Skeleton : The main skeleton consists of Quadriradiate spicules.
There are 4 clearly distinct separate layers. 1. Outside a dermal
layer of Triradiate spicules mixed with single Acerates. 2. A
regular layer of large Quadriradiate spicules. 3. An irregular
layer of middle-sized Quadriradiate spicules, and 4, a Gastral
coating of Triradiates. The first layer consists of Triradiates which
are mostly slightly irregular. Their rays are straight, pointed,
and measure 015 — 0-25 mm. x 0-02 mm. Between theiu in
varying quantity longitudinal, spindle-shaped Acerates are
situated, measuring 0*1 — 1*5 mm. x 0 ol — 0-06 mm., these are
straight or slightly curved. Below the cortex we meet with a
peculiar lacunose layer, which is composed of two layers Quadri-
radiates. The apical ray is vertical on the plane of the three
lateral rays, and is situated centripetally in the outer, and
centrifugally in the inner layer. The radial rays join as in
Amphoriscus. The inner Quadriradiates are smaller than the
outer ones. Radial rays straight and pointed, lateral rays
slightly curved. The rays of the Quadriradiates measure 0 6 —
0 9 x 0-06 mm. The central canal is often particularly well
visible. Below these lies the Parenchyma, supported by irregular
Quadriradiates. Their rays measure 0-1 — 0*8 mm. x 002 — 0'05
mm, they are mostly straight or very slightly bent. The wall of
the stomach and the larger exhalent canals is quoted with sagittal
middle-sized Triradiates. The basal ray measures 0-1 — 0-4 mm.,
in length and is situated radially. It forms an angle of 100° with
the lateral rays. These measure 0*2 — 0;3 mm. in length. All
rays 0 02 — 0 03 mm. thick. The skeleton of Peristome consists of
two layers, on inner one of Triradiates and an outer of Acerates.

1136 A MONOGRAPH OP THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

The former are sagittal. They are similar to the Gastral
Triradiates described above. The sagittal ray a little longer, the
lateral rays curved. Acerates longitudinal packed closely. They
measure 0-1—3 x-006— 0-012 mm.

Locality : Indian Ocean, Polk Straits, Ceylon, Wright ; South
Coast of Australia, St. Vincent Gulf, Schomburgk ; Bass Straits,
Wendt.

48. SPECIES. LEUCANDRA BOMBA. Haeckel (1.)

Solitary Sponge with a proboscis. Bomb shaped, consisting
of a hollow sphere with a neck to it ; like Sycandra Ramsayi.
The diameter is 10-20 mm. The Sponge has no peduncle. The
cylindrical proboscis, 2-6 mm. in length. Osculum circular;
2-3 mm. in diameter. The surface of the Sponge is smooth ;
the Parenchyma very rigid. The body wall is 3-4 mm, thick,
and traversed by a large number of parietal canals, which are
very short and wide. These are situated radially and branch
dichotomously. Their Gastral mouths possess a diameter of
0-5-1 mm. The Gastral cavity is cylindrical or ovate, the direct
continuation of the cavity in the proboscis In the middle of the
body the diameter of the stomach is equal to the thickness of
the body wall. Above and below it is smaller.

Spicules : The skeleton consists mainly of regular Triradiates,
which are larger in the Parenchyma than in the cortex. In the
latter their rays measure 0*1 — 0-2 x 0*008 — 0'012 mm., they are
pointed, conic, straight. They are coated by dense masses of
minute Acerates which form a cement (Stabchen-Mortel.) The
component parts of this cement, the minute Acerates, are straight
or slightly bent, pointed at one end and truncate at the other,
which shows incipient spines. They measure 0-02 — 0"04 x
0 001 mm. Below this layer we meet with larger Triradiates not
so thickly set with minute Acerates. They are regular, their
rays measure 0-25—0-35 x 002— 0-025. The skeleton of the
Parenchyma consists of middle-sized regular Triradiates, with
m; stly straight, conic, and pointed rays, measuring 0*2 — 0*3 x

(1.) E. Haeckel. L.c Band II., Seite 209: Band III., Tafel 33, figs.
2a-2f. Taf. 38, figs. 1-6 ; Tafel 40, fig. 9.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1137

0-02 — 0*03 mm. The corresponding rays of adjoining Triradiates
generally lie parallel. Here we find also a few very large
Acerates, which ars situated longitudinally and increase in
number the nearer we get towards the proboscis, they are
spindle-shaped, pointed at both ends, straight or curved with the
convex side turned outw-ard. They measure 7 — 1*5 mm. x 0 04
— 0'05 mm. The wall of the stomach and the larger exhalent
canals is coated with regular sagittal Quadriradiates, the
differentiated ray of which protrudes into the cavity. The
tangental rays are sagittally developed, the sagittal ray points
downwards and is 0*2 — 0-3mm. long. (In the Gastral wall.)
In the Quadriradiates along the canals these rays are shorter
measuring 0 1 — 0*15 mm. only in length, and much shorter than
the tangental rays, which appear strongly curved and embrace
the canals. The centripetal protruding ray of the Quadriradiate
is either straight or bent hook-like, and \-^ as long as the
tangental, lateral rays. The rays of the Quadriradiates are
0-008— 0-012 mm. thick.

The proboscis consists of a thick wall supported by no less than
four different layers of spicules. (1st.) Outside a ring of very large
longitudinal Acerates 1 x 0-05 mm. (2nd.) A layer of sagittal
Triradiates the differentiated ray of which points downwards.
(3rd.) A layer of similarly disposed Quadriradiates. (4th.) An
interior layer of extremely slender Acerates measuring 0-6 — 0 9 x
0001 — 0-004 which are situated longitudinally and very closely
packed.

Locality : Pacific Ocean, Viti Islands, Graeffe ; East Coast of
New Zealand, Von Lendenfeld.

49. SPECIES. LEUCANDRA SACCHARATA. Haeckel (1).
LEUCANIA SACCHARATA. Ridley (2).

This Sponge occurs in the shape of solitary persons and also in
colonial forms, with or without Oscula. The solitary form with

(1.) E. Haeckel. L.c. Band II., Seite 228; Band III., Taf. 33, figs.
3a.3e. Tafel 38, figs. 7-74.

(2.) Stuart 0. Ridley. Report on the Sponge. Report on the Zoological
Collections made in the Indian and Pacific Oceans during the Voyage of
H.M.S. Alert, in 1881-18S2. British Museum Catalogue for!8S4, p. 482.

1138 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

a naked Osculum has the shape of a cylinder or cone and is some-
times compressed leaf-shaped measuring 10 — 30 x 5 — 30 mm.
It is attached by a broad basis or a rudimentary solid peduncle
is developed. The Osculum at the terminal end is circular or
oval and measures 3 — 10 mm., in diameter. Sometimes it is
closed. The colonial form without Oscula appears as a large
undulating mass with highly projecting gyri and often represents
a "range of volcanoes" (Haeckel (1). The largest Sponge seen
by Haeckel measured 60 x 40 mm. Carter (2) was therefore
wrong to say, that his Teichonella prolifera is " by far the largest
Calcisponge on record " I have seen specimens measuring 140 x
80 x 30 mm., which were only fragments brought up by the
dredge, so that the upper limit in size to which this Sponge may
grow, is unknown.

The canal system.

The body wall is from 2 to 5 mm. thick, the Gastral cavity
follows in shape the outer surface pretty regularly, but is not
influenced by the external Gyri, the body wall is very much
thicker 5 mm. The canal system is simple. The outer cortex is
perforated by numerous small pores, which are equi- distant, and
measure 0 04 mm. in diameter, the solid parts of the cortex
between them are of the same dimensions as the pores. Below
the pores the inhalent canals commence wich trumpet shaped
extensions, and lead centripetally downwards into the Parenehj'ma.
These canals are cylindrical and situated radially, they measure
0-16 mm. in diameter and do not taper towards their centripetal
termination, but end cul-de-sac like. No tangental inhalent
canals are met with ; there exists no anastomosis or sub-dermal
cavities. The ciliated chambers measure 0 04 mm. across. The
exbalent canal system is slightly more complicated.

Eadial canals, parallel to the inhalent ones, lie between the
latter and have the same shape and dimensions as these. They do

(1.) K Haeckel. Die Kalkschwamme. Eine Monographic Band II.,
Seite 229.

(2. ) //. T. Carter. On Tcichonia, a new Family of Calcareous Sponges,
with descriptions of two species. Annals and Magazine of Natural History
5th series. Vol. II., Nr. 7, p. 37.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1139

not open directly into the Gastral cavity, but coalesce by means
of short tangental tubes 5 to 20 of these coalesce to a very short
radial tube 0-l mm. in diameter, which opens into the Gastral
cavity with a trumpet-shaped extension.

Spicules : The skeleton consists mainly of large Quadriradiates,
to which are added minutes Acerates in the cortex and tangental
Triradiates in the Gastral wall. The outer surface is covered by
a smooth cortex of a brilliant white color.

The main part of it is formed of a cement of minute Acerates
which are peculiar in shape. They consist of a longer conic and
pointed centripetal part and springing from the distal thick end of
this in an oblique direction a shorter also pointed centrifugal
part, which has the shape of a triangular pyramid. From the
edges of this pyramid strong spines take their origin, which are
as long or longer than the spicule is thick and give the edges of
the pyramid a strongly serrated appearance. These minute
spicules measure 0-06 x 0004 mm. In the cortex we meet here
and there with middle-sized Triradiates and large Quadriradiates.
The largest Quadriradiates are regularly disposed. Their rays
are sagittally developed. Three of them extend tangentally in
the outer surface, and lie in one plane, the fourth extends centri-
petally and is exactly radial in its position, standing vertical on
the plane of the other three. This centripetal ray is 1 V5 mm.
long and straight. The tangental rays are 0 5 — 1 mm long and
curved inward at the base. All rays are 0-06 — 0 08 mm thick.
These spicules are situated very regularly at equal distance.
Below the cortex a layer of Quadriradiates is met with, the sagittal
ra\ of which is situated centrifugally and meets the centripetal
ray of the dermal Quadriradiates. Parench} ma smaller trira-
diates regular, with rays measuring 0*2 — 05 x 0 002 — 0-004 mm.
Parenchymal larger triradiate spicules with rays measuring
0-6 — 0-8 x 4-006 — 0-008. Between these regular spicules a few
irregular Triradiates are met with. Parenchymal Quadriradiates
irregular and variable, slightly smaller than the dermal ones
described above. Gastral and canal walls (exhalent) are coated
by a layer of sagittal triradiates, which are situated tangentally.
74

1140 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

The surface of the stomach and exhalent canals is consequently
perfectly smooth. The lateral rays enclose an angle of 160° and
are 03 mm.x 0024, the basal sagittal ray measures only 0-37 x
0-012, mm.

Below the outer surface groups of spindle-shaped cells are met
with, which are mesodermal, and which I consider as sensitive,
in consequence of their great similarity to the sensitive cells of
Cnidaria.

Locality : South Coast of Australia, Bass' Straits, Wendt.
East Coast of Australia, Port Jackson, Port Denison, von
Lendenfeld.

7. FAMILIA TEICHONID.E. PolSjaeff (1.)

Heterocoela, with the outer surface differentiated into two
different planes, one bearing pores the other oscula. This
family is identical with that established by Carter (2) under the
name Teichonellidre. I have not seen any representatives of this
family myself, but am of opinion that they might perhaps be
considered as colonies of Leucones or Sy cones, as Marshall (3)
asserted, before Polejaeff's essay was published. I take occasion
here to draw the attention of the reader to the remark made by
Carter (4), who says, concerning the Teichonidae, established as
a family by him, that " it is somewhat laughable that the self-
constituted author of the History of Creation should have
omitted a whole family of these Sponges " in his Monograph ;
knowing at the same time that the only Sponges which might be
considered as representatives of the new Family Teichonidae,
were never seen or described by Haeckel or any one else before
Carter, who accordingly made new species out of the existing
specimens six years after Haeckel's Monagraph had been

(1.) N. PoUjaeff. Report on the Calcarea. The Zoology of the Voyage
of H.M.S. Challenger. Part XXIV., p. 70.

(2.) H. T. Carter. On Teichania, a new Family of Calcareous Sponges,
with! descriptions of two species. Annals and Magazine of Natural
History, ser. 5. Vol. II., Nr. 7, p. 35.

(3.) W. Marshall. Bericht iiber die wissenschaftlichen Leistungen in der
Naturgcschichte der niedersten Thiere wiihrend der Jahre 1S76-1879. Von
Dr. Paul. Lenckart. Zweite Hiilfte. Seite 714.

(4.) H. T. Carter. L.c, p. 38 below.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1141

published. Every educated man in the world admires Haeckel's
genius, but that his mental powers would be considered sufficient
to enable him to know more than six years beforehand what new
forms nay be discovered, can only be accounted for by a degree
of admiration which one would not expect to find in so cautious
a scientist as Carter.

21. GENUS. TEICHONELLA. Carter (1.)

Foliate Teichonidse. I accept this genus preliminarily, it is
very doubtful weather the two species described by Carter belong
to one and the same genus and in what relationship they are to
the species of Teichonidse described much more accurately by
Polejaeff as representing a new genus.

50. SPECIES. TEICHONELLA PROLIFERA. Carter (2).

The Sponge consists of a foliate lamina about 4 mm., in thick-
ness which is much folded and may extend to 60 mm., and more
forming a complicated folded mass. The surface of the main
lamina is uneven bearing sometimes also secondary laminae of
varying size. Oscula amassed on the margin of the lamina
varying in diameter the largest measuring 0*54 mm. These
Oscula are nearly in a line and 3 mm,, apart. Oscula tubes
slightly narrower than the Osculum. Inhalent pores scattered
thickly, small. The Anatomy of this Sponge is unknown,
so that no decision about its relationship can be arrived at.

Spicules. The skeleton consists of large Quadriradiates, small
Quadriradiates and large and small Triradiates. Acerate spicules
are absent. Triradirates regular, rays straight and pointed mea-
suring 0-13 mm., in length in the smaller kind and 0*52 mm., in
the larger. The smaller triradiate spicules are more numerous
than the others. Gastral Quadriradiates with a centripetal differ-
tiated protruding ray curved and smaller than the other three ; of
the same size as the smaller Triradiates. Large Quadriradiates

(1.) H. T. Carter. L.c, p. 35.

(2.) H. T. Carter. L.c, p. 35, pi. II., figs. 7-5.

1142 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

of the outer surface. Three rays tangental and regular, curved
inward, fourth ray sagittal, pointing centripetally and much
shorter than the others.

Locality : South West Coast of Australia, Freemantle, Carter.

51. SPECIES. TEICHONELLA LABYPJNTHICA. Carter (1.)

Laminae smooth and wound round a central axis so as to form
a labyrinth of screw-shaped fans. Oscula on the concave side of
the whole lamina 0-07 mm. in diameter and 0-14 mm. apart. The
lamina has a thickness of about 2 mm., the whole Sponge
attaining a greatest diameter of 50 mm. The structure and
position of the spicules make it apparent, that the canal system
is Sycanoid.

The anatomy of this Sponge is likewise totally unknown, so
that its name and position hei*e are only preliminary.

Spicules : The skeleton consists of triradiate and acerate
spicules. Triradiates sagittal, unpaired ray, straight 0-22 mm.
long. Paired rays much shorter, curved, nearly at right angles
with the unpaired ray. The long ray situated longitudinally.
These spicules form a perfect tubar skeleton. Acerates straight
or bent obtusely pointed at the inner, and spear-shaped at the
outer end, measuring 0*13 mm. in length. These spicules are
disposed in tufts, they are twice as long on the Oscular side as
at the other. (To which does the measurement apply. 1)

Locality : South west coast of Australia, Freemantle, Carter.

22. GENUS. EILHARDIA. Polejaeff (2.)

Teichonidee of caliciform shape. The surface carrying pores
supported by triradiate and minute acerate spicules, that bearing
oscula propped by large acerate spicules.

This genus is deservedly dedicated by Polejaeff to my teacher,
Franz Eilhard Schulze, the reformer of Spongiology.

(1.) H. T. Carter. L.c, p. 37, pi. II. , figs. 6-9.
(•->.) N. PoUjaeff. L.c, p. 70.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1143

52. SPECIES. EILHARDIA SCHULZEI. Polejaeff (1.)

The concave surface is dull, the convex has a silvery lustre.
The convex surface bears low volcano-like Oscula, disposed at
approximately equal distances, one from another ; their diameter
does not exceed 0-4 mnr, usually being still less. The concave
surface may be compared to a seive, its pores inconspicuous to
the naked eye, are found under the microscope to be round and
disposed close together; their average diameter is 0-06mm.
The wall of the calyx 3 mm. to 7 mm. thick near the centre,
grows gradually thinner towards its free blade-like margin.

Skeleton. The skeleton of the sieve-like surface consists of
sagittal Triradiate and minute Acerate spicules ; that of the
Parenchyma, of large regular, often sagittal Triradiate, and of
minute acerate spicules ; that of the convex Oscular surface of
large acerate and subdermal triradiate ; that of the Oscula them-
selves of an exterior layer of large acerate, of a middle layer of
sagittal triradiate, of an inner layer of quadriradiate, and of
minute acerate spicules, supporting the ring-like border of the
external opening of the Osculum. The minute acerate spicules
are in all parts of the body of the Sponge of the same outline.

Minute Acerate Spicules. Usually O'Oo mm., long, with a
diameter of 0-0025 mm. Triradiate Spicules of tho Sieve-like
surface. Sagittal ; all rays lying in the same plane, of the same
diameter, tapering from the base to approximately sharp points ;
lateral rays curved forwards, slightly undulating, each forming
v»ith basal ray an angle varying from 115° to 120°, reaching
0 75 mm., in length, usually not longer than 0*5 mm., often still
shorter the proportion between the length and the thickness being
15:1 ; basal ray straight, length inconstant, either rather exceed-
ing that of lateral ray or equal to it, or even less.

Triradiate Spicules of the Parenchyma. Regular, with pro-
nounced inclination to sagittal differentiation by the shortening of
basal ray ; all rays of the same diameter ; the proportion between
their length and thickness varying, in lateral rays, from 10:1 to

1.) .V. Polejaeff. L.c, p. 70, pi. II., fig. 7; pi. IX., fig. 1-70.

1144 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

12:1; lateral rays smooth, tapering from base to sharp points ;
basal ray, if not shortened, also sharp pointed, if shortened, often
truncate, in both cases, however, of conical form ; size extremely
inconstant the length varying, in lateral rays, from 0-15 mm., to
1-8 mm.

Sub-dermal Triradiate Spicules showing a rudimentary fourth
apical ray.

Sub-dermal Triradiate Spicules of the convex surface. Sagittal,
all rays lying in the same plane, basal rays straight, tapering
from the base to a sharp point, ^-f , as thick as lateral rays and
either longer than these latter, not more than twice, or of the
same length, or even shorter, forming with each of them an angle
varying from 110° to 115° ; lateral rays either straight, or slightly
curved, average length 0-6 mm., the proportion between the
thickness and the length varying from 1:10 to 1:12. In the space
between the Oscula these triradiate spicules lie pretty regularly,
their corresponding rays being disposed more or less parallel one
to another, their basal ray turned to the closed end of the Sponge,
and the angle between the lateral rays towards the sharp margin
dividing the sieve-like surface from that bearing Oscula. Near
these latter as well as near the margin just mentioned, their
disposition becomes irregular, they lose their characteristic shape
presenting all possible transition forms to the sagittal triradiate
spicules of the sieve-like surface, and on the other hand, growing
smaller and becoming similar to the rectangular Triradiate ones
of the Oscular skeleton.

Large Acer ate Spicules of the convex surface lying in several
layers almost parallel to the surface, causing its smoothness and
silvery lustre. From length and comparative thickness extremely
variable, either spindle, club, or lance-shaped, or of quite irregular
outline, reaching 1 mm. in length, usually shorter, the proportion
between their length and thickness varying from 8:1 to 30:1.

Oscular Acerate Spicules. Spindle or lance-shaped, usually
twenty-eight times as long as thick, rarely longer than 0-55 mm.,
often considerably shorter.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1145

Oscular Triradiate Spicules. Sagittal, basal ray forming with
each lateral ray an angle of 90° ; basal ray straight,
tapering from the base to a sharp point, usually half as thick as
lateral rays, often still thinner, occasionally almost of the same
diameter; length inconstant, rarely more than 0 05 mm., often
not exceeding 0-01 mm. or still less; lateral rays either
straight or slightly curved inward, usually sharply pointed, ten
times as long as thick, average length O01 mm. ; connected as
regards their form and size with the sagittal subdermal triradiate
spicules of the osular surface by a long series of intermediate
stages.

Oscular Quadriradiate Spicules. Like the rectangular Triradiate
nothing but modified sagittal triradiate spicules of the Oscular
surface ; lateral rays either straight or slightly curved forwards,
tapering from the base to approximately sharp points, average
length 0-2 mm, by 0 02 mm., basal ray usually rather shorter,
straight, sharp pointed, forming with each of the lateral rays an
angle of about 110° ; apical ray curved, not seldom undulating,
sharp-pointed like the facial rays, usually rather thinner than
these latter; length varying from 0-06 to 0-2 mm.

Locality: Station 163a, June 3, 1874, off Port Jackson ; depth,
30 to 35 fathoms; rock. Station 163, April 4, 1874; latitude
36° 58' S., longitude 150° 30' E. ; depth, 120 fathoms; off
Twofold Bay, Australia, Challenger.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plates., LIX to LXVII.

Fig. la. — Ascetta procumbens. R. v. L. Three colonies on a shell of
Mytilus. Natural she painted from life. The middle-sponge
is young and consists of only a few separate individuals.
These tubes soon grow out to form a felt-like texture as seen in
the other two Sponges, and leaving round, trumpet-like Pseud
oscula between them. (Port Jackson, Laminarion zone.)

1146 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

Fig. lb. — Ascetta procumbens. R. v. L. A colony on the inside of a
Mytilus shell. Half the natural size. Photographed from
a spirit specimen. The pseudopores small in the specimens
figured in la attain such a size in this specimen that only
narrow parts of the Sponge, consisting of one or more tiibes
remain between the large pores. In this way the whole attains
the shape of a beautiful network. (Port Jackson, 10-15 fathoms.)

Fig. lc. — Ascetta procumbens. R. v. L. A colony half the natural size.
Photographed from a spirit specimen. The reticulation extending
in a single plane only in the specimen figured in lb extends into
the third dimension and so a spongious structure is produced.
Attached to the sea bottom. (Off Port Jackson, 30-40 fathoms. )

Fig. Id. —Ascetta procumbens. R. v. L A specimen similar to lc, with
finer pores and different shape, growing all over the fragment of
a coral.

Fig. 2. — Ascetta procumbens. R. v. L. Transverse section through a narrow
part of the Sponge figured in la to the right below. Osmic acid
Picrocarmin. The inhalent pores (P) appear in the entirely,
among Ascones, unprecedented shape of very long and narrow
canals, leading from the outer surface into the gastral cavity.
The tubes are cylindrical. The outer surface is smooth, only
the tips of the rays of a few irregularly disposed spicules
protrude from it. The inner surface is extremely uneven and
covered with ridges. In the thick Mesoderm numerous ova
(E) are visible. A., Oc. III.

Fig. 3. — Ascetta procumbens. R. v. L. Transverse section through part of a
tube. Osmic acid, Picrocarmin. The section passes through one
of the ridges [1) in the gastral wall and discloses a spicule and an
inhalent canal to view. The outer surface («) and the inhalent
canals (g) are covered by a low ectodermal Epithelium, which
covers also several of the protruding tops of the spicules (b).
The thick Mesoderm contains no bipolar muscular or tissue-
cells. The transparent gallert is filled by numerous multipolar
tissue-cells, the processes of which are irregularly disposed (s).
A young ovum (E) appears in the section. Amceboid wandering
cells are absent. Around the spicule (f) the Mesoderm cells
form an Endothel which covers the immersed part of it. The
spicules are covered by a highly colourable cuticule and show
the axial canals very clearly. The flagellate frill cells cover the
whole of the inner surface of the gastral cavity. F. Oc. II.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1147

Fig. 4. — Ascetta procumbens. R. v. L. An adult spicule. The rays are conic
and rounded. In other species they do not have this shape.
F. Oc. II.

Fig. 5. — Ascetta procumbens. R. v. L. A young spicule. The rays of which
are already so thick as those of the adult, only much shorter.
F. Oc. II.

Fig. 6. — Ascetta procumbens. R. v. L. Schematic view of the interior
of the gastral cavity showing the reticulation of the ridges.

Fig. 7. — Ascetta Maclaeyi. R. v. L. Painted from life. AA. Oc. II.

Fig. 8. — Ascetta Macleayi, R. v. L. Transverse section through the upper
part of a colony. Osmicacid, AlumnCarmin, AA. Oc. II. The
black dots represent the flagellate cells. In this portion the Sponge
represents a tube of large diameter, a pseudosculum in the wall
of which small lacunes Ascon individuals or ciliated chambers
make their appearance.

Fig. 9. — Ascetta Macleayi. R. v. L. Transverse section through a colony in
its thickest part. Osmic acid, Alumn Carmin, AA. Oc. II. The
dots represent the flagellate cells. The Ascon tubes in this
region of the Sponge are not connected by a membrane as
above.

Fig. 10. — Ascetta Macleayi. R. v. L. Transverse section through the solid
peduncle. Osmic acid, Alumn Carmin, AA. Oc. I.

Figs. 8, 9 and 10 are selected from a continuous series of sections made
through one specimen.

Fig. 11. — Ascetta Macleayi. R. v. L. Longitudinal section through the
colony. Osmic acid, AA. Oc. I. The Pseudosculum (0) is formed
by asimple membrane above. Further down Ascon tubes are
found around it. The tube terminates as such below, just above
the middle of the Sponge. The central and lower part form a
free reticulation (s) here the Ascon-persons are not connected by
a membrane. (See fig. 9.) Towards the peduncle the Ascon
tubes become larger. The solid peduncle {p) extends below to
form a disc, by means of which it is attached.

Fig. 12. — Ascetta Macleayi. R. v. L. Transverse section through a tube.
Osmic acid, Alumn Carmin, F. Oc. II. This section is near the top
of the Sponge, where the Ascon tubes are joined by a membrane

1148 A MONOGRAPH OP THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

(m), this contains the ordinary triradiate spicules disposed
exactly tangentally. It is formed by Mesoderm — a thin wall
with sparsely scattered tissue cells — and a coating of flat
ectodermal pavement cells on either side. The surface a c b
forms part of the outer surface of the Sponge, d ef on the other
hand is part of the surface of the pseudosculum. The pores in
the outer surface (p) are of course inhalent, they are small,
those of the inner surface are not so numerous and much larger
(P) they are exhalent. The pseudoscular tube very flexible,
and following every current of water acts like a moveable
chimney, and evidently greatly assists the flagellate cells in
producing a strong current of water through the Sponge. If
we consider the Pseudoscular tube as a real gastral cavity and
the Ascon tubes as ciliated chambers, we have an ordinary
Leuconide or Syllcibide Sponge before us. Inhalent (p) and
exhalent ( P) canals are clothed with low epithelium. The inner
surface of the tube (g h) is covered by the ordinary flagellate
cells. The spicules, regular Triradiates have the shape of low
pyramids following absolutely tangentally the curvature of the
Ascon tubes. Their points never protrude.

Fig. 13. — Ascetta Macleayi. R. v. L. Transverse section through the solid
peduncle. Osmic acid, Alumn Carmin, DD. Oc. I. In the tubes
and pseudoscular wall we find only a single layer of spicules. In
the peduncle we meet with a strong cote of three to five layers
of spicules with numerous multipolar tissue cells in the
mesoderm. The central pai't is destitute of spicules and filled
with numerous highly colourable cells (a) which appear
spherical in the specimens treated with hardening reagents.
They may be amorboid cells ; it appears not unlikely that they
are young stages of ova or spermatophores. In which case the
peduncle must be considered as a kind of sexual organ or
brooding place. (Similar to the formation of ova in the hollow
peduncle of Homoderma and the Hydrorhiza of some sessil
Hydromedusse.)

Fig. 14. — Homoderma Sycandra. R. v. L. Growing from an Aplysilla
violacea, painted from life in natural size.

Fig. 15. — Homoderma Sycandra. R. v. L. Longitudinal section combi-
nated picture. The same kind of Entodermal flagellate cells
throughout the Sponge and the Spongorhiza. Ciliated tubes
as in Syconidre. Spongorhiza hairy. Thes ummits of the
ciliated tubes crowned by tufts of Acerates. Regular disposition

BY R. VON LEXDENFELD, PH.D. 1149

of the ciliated tubes. Numerous young ova, particularly in the
particularly in the Mesoderm of the peduncle. Two oscular
frills of Acerates.

Figs. 16-21. — Homoderma Sycaiidra. R. v. L. The Metamorphosis from
the simple sackshaped Ascon to the adult, but smal vSycon.

Figs. 22-23. — Homoderma Sycandra. R. v. L. Acerate spicules of the tufts
on the ciliated tubes.

Figs. 24-26. — Homoderma Sycandra. R. v. L. Quadriradiate spicules of the
Parenchyma.

Figs. 27-29. — Homoderma Sycandra. R. v. L. Triradiate spicules of the
Parenchyma.

Figs. 30-31. — Homoderma Sycandra. R. v. L. Quadriradiate spicules of
the gastral wall.

Fig. 32. — Homoderma Sycandra. R. v. L. Transverse section through the
middle of Sponge individual. Combined picture.

Fig. 33. — Homoderma Sycandra. R. v. L. Transverse section through half
the upper part of the Sponge Osmic Acid. Picrocarmin, F. Oc. II.
This section shows the distribution of the different spicules. In
the Mesoderm there is a large oval Ovum. The spicules are
covered by sheaths, particularly those which protrude into the
Gastral cavity show these sheaths very clearly. Protruding
triradiates of the regular kind of fig. 27, are exposed in the
section. These are rare hidden by the tufts of acerates, which
are parallel to one another, and immersed only a very short
distance.

Fig. 34. — Leucopsis pedunculata. R. v L. Longitudinal section. Osmic
Acid, the dots represent the flagellate cells covering the inner
surface of the Ascon tubes which have become in this specie
isolated ciliated chambers, with one large exhalent pore to each.
The shape of these chambers is irregular.

Figs. 35, 36. — Sycandra Ramsayi. R. v. L. Seen en face (35) and en
profile (36.) Photographed from a spirit specimen.

Fig. 37-— Sycandra Ramsayi. R. v. L. Transverse section combined
picture. C. Oc. I. The inter or inhalent canals are particularly
wide, and both these and the ciliated tubes remarkable for their
regularity and straightness. The tufts of spicules are disposed
tangentally on the summits of the ciliated tubes.

1150 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES.

Fig. 38. — a and b. Sycandra Ramsayi. R. v. L. Triradiate sagittal
spicules of the Parencayma (a) which often show an incipient
fourth ray {b.)

Fig. 39. — a and b. Sycandra Ramsayi. *R. v L. Quadriradiate spicules,
a of the Gastral part of the Parenchyma, b of the Gastral wall.
The sagittal ray of the former lies centrifugally, that of the
latter centripetally.

Fig. 40. — a b and c. Sycandra Ramsayi. R. v. L. Acerate spicules of the
dermal tufts a large straight spindle-shaped acerate, b and c
irregular curved spicules numerous at the base of the tufts.

Fig. 41. — Grantessa sacca. R. v. L. Photographed from a spirit specimen.

Fig. 42. — Grantessa sacca. R. v. L. Transverse section, through a one of
the tufts of spicules conspicuous in fig. 41 .

Fig. 43. — Leucandra meandrina. R. v. L. Transverse section. The
dermal cortex a is penetrated by the pores which open into
tangental canals b, from which centripetal inhalent tubes c take
their origin. The exhalent centripetal canals d lead into
tangental wide and lacunose canals e with mostly an oval
transverse section, which finally open into others f, just below
the Gastral wall. These are in connection with the Gastral g
by irregular pores P.

Fig. 44. — Leucandra meandrino. R. v. L. A Gastral quadriradiate spicule.

Fig. 45. Leucandra meandrina. R. v. L. a Parenchymal triradiate
spicule.

Figs. 46, 47. — Leucandra saccharata, Haeckel. Photographed from spirit
specimens.

NOTES ON THE DIRECTION OF THE HAIR ON THE
BACK OF SOME KANGAROOS.

By N. de Miklouho-Maclay.

[Plate LXXI.]

The peculiarity in the direction of the hair on the neck of
Dorcopsis Mulleri (1), Dendrolagus ursinus and Dendrolagus inuslus,
has been described and figured already by Schlegel and Midler
(2) over forty years ago.

(1). The Dorcop>sis Brunii of S. Muller, or the Macropus Muelleri of Prof.
Schlegel, is after Prof. Garrod, " generically distinct from Macropus in its
widest sence, and from all it minor divisions, it is also evident that Dorcopsis
Mulleri must be the name applied to the Dorcopsis Brunii of Muller."
(Proceed, of the Zool, Soc , 1875. p. 49 )

(2). Herm. Schlegel and Sal. Midler. Over drie Buideldieren uit de
familie der Kengoeroes. (PI. XIX-XXIV, published as a part of the :
" Verhandelingen over de Natuurlijke Geschiedenis der Nederlandsche over-
zeesche Bezittengen door de Leden der Naturhundige Commissie en andere
Schrijvers uitgcgeven op last van den Koning doorC. T. Temminck. 1S39-1S44.

Over the direction of the hair of the body of Dorcopsis Mulleri, the
authors say : —

" De vleug der haren neemt op verscheidene plaatsen van het ligchaam
" eene besondere rigting aan. De haren des staarts namelijk loopen, langs de
" boven-en onderlijn naar achteren ; die der zijden daarentegen zijn naar
" boven gerigt, en op de eerste helft van de lengte des staarts zijn deze haren
" in het midden, als het ware gescheiden, door dat de bovenste opwaarts, de
" onderste benedenwaarts gerigt zijn. Boven, langs het midden de schouders,
" vormen de haren eene scheiding, doordein zij van daar naar voren op den
"nek, en van de zijden naar beneden op de armen loopen, en alzoo van de
" regt naar achteren loopende haren van den rug afgescheiden zijn. De haren
" van de zijden des kops loopen naar beneden, maar die van de bovenste
" vlakte zijn naar achteren gerigt, stooten op het midden der kruin aan
" elkander, en vormen eene sort van kam, welke zich teganover het achterste
' ' einde der ooren, op de nek, in de naar boven en voren gerigte haren der
" achterzijde van den hals verliest. . . . (Loc. Cit. p. 135.)

About Dendrolagus ursinus the same authors remark : —

" . , . . Boven op den rug, achter de schouders, vormt het hair eene
" soort von kring, van waar het naar alle kanten, als wit een middelpunt,

1152 DIRECTION OF THE HAIR ON THE BACKS OF SOME KANGAROOS,

Prof. Garrod, redescribing the Ealmaturus luctuosus of
D'Albertis as Dorcopsis luctuosa, which shows the same
peculiarity, says: — "All the hair covering the space bounded in
" front by a line running transversely across the parietal region,
" and behind by two lines joining in the middle line between the
" shoulders, to form a right angle seven inches behind the
" occiput, and extending forward and outward to the shoulder -
" joint, being directed forward, whilst the general body-covering
" of hair is directed normally backwards." (1.)

Dorcopsis Chalmersii, described by me in a former paper (2),
shows on the neck exactly the same extent of fur, with the hair
directed forward, as in Dorcopsis luctuosa. The direction of the
hair on the tail of Dorcopsis Muelleri, mentioned by Schlegel and
Muller, does not exist in Dorcopsis luctuosa nor in Dorcopsis
Chalmersii.

The peculiarity in the direction of the hair on the neck of the
above mentioned kangaroos is still more remarkable in a new
species of Dendrolagus, discovered lately on the South Coast of New
Guinea. In this species — Dendrolagus Dorianus — not only the
hair on the neck, out nearly the whole of the hair on the back is
directed forward. Mr. E. P. Ramsay, in the description of this
species, says : — " The whole of the hair on the body is reversed,

straalvormig heenloopt. Het is om deze reden, dat het hair der achterdeelen
van den hals naar voren loopt, en tusschen de ooren, aan het naar achteren
gerigte, korte hair des kops stootende, hier eene sort van kam vormt, welke
" zich dwars over het achterhoofd, van het eene ovo tot het andere uitstrekt.
" , i . . (Loc. Cit. p. 142.)

About Dendrokigtis imistus, we find the following remarks : —
" Het hair, hetwelk van den hairkring boven de schouders, langs den
"achterhals naar voren loopt, blijft die rigting tot op het midden van den
" kop behouden, en stoot hier aan het naar achteren gerigte hair der snuits,
" aldus op den bovenkop eene lijn vormende, welke zich, in eene half
" cirkelvormige bogt, tot aan de de boven- voorhoek van het oor uitstrekt.

" (Loc. Cit. p. 144,) On the plates 19, 20 and 2Hof the above

mentioned paper of H. Schlegel and S. Muller) the direction of the hair on
the neck is distinctly to be seen.

(1.) A. H. Garrod. On the Kangaroo called Halmaturus luctuosus, by
D'Albertis, and its affinities. I'roceed. of the Zool. Soc, 1^75. P. 51.

(2.) N. de M. Mac/ay. On a new species of Kangaroo from the S.E. end
of New Guinea. Proceed, of the Linnean Soc. of N.S.W. Vol. IX. P. 569.

BY N. DE MIKLOUHO-MACLAY. 1153

and meeting that of the head, which is directed backward, forms
a ridge between the ears and down the sides of the cheeks, and
is similarly directed on the limbs, the hair on the legs and arms
being directed forward, as is usual." (1 )

Having had the opportunity, through the kindness of Mr.
Wm. Macleay, of closely examining in his museum three
specimens of Bendrolagus Dorianus (adult £ and $ and a
young <£) (2), it appears to me that some additional remarks
about this most interesting animal to the description cf Mr.
Ramsay will not be out of place.

The principal external peculiarity of the same is, without
doubt, the remarkable direction of the hair on its back, a fair
idea of which may be gained by the inspection of fig. 2 (pi. 71),
representing Bendrolagus Dorianus in profile, with the direction
of the hair marked with small darts. The converging point
(marked with * on fig. 2, of the lines forming the boundary of
the hair directed forward and the hair directed backward, is
situated in the middle line, near the base of the tail (565 mm.,
or about 21-1 in. behind this occiput). From this point the lines
run forward and outward (the animal examined in the position
represented on fig. 2) to the sides of the knee-joints. From this
dividing line the hair of the back is directed forward, while on
the sides of the body the direction of the hair is gradually
bending towards the ventral middle line. The hair of the head
directed normally backward in meeting the hair of the neck
(directed forwards) forms between the ears a hair-ridge, which
is less marked than in Dorcopsis, which extends from the ears to
the front along the lower edge of the under-jaw. On the ventral
surface of the neck, beginning a little above the episternum, the
hair is directed upwards, whilst two narrow bands, with the hair

(1. ) E. P. Ramsay. Contributions to the Zoology of New Guinea. Part
VII. Proceed, of the Linnean Soc. of N.S.W. Vol. VIII. 18S3. P. 17,

(2.) They are the same specimens which have served Mr. E. P. Ramsay
for his description of the species — Dendrolagus Dorianus — and so far as I
know, the only specimens of this species brought, until now, from New
Guinea.

1154 DIRECTION OF THE HAIR ON THE BACKS OF SOME KANGAROOS,

turned downwards, run on both sides of the median portion of
the chest. The hair on the arms and legs is directed normally
downwards. From the dividing line the hair on the hindparts
of the body as well as of the tail is as usual directed backwards.
The direction of the hair on the back in the female of Dendro-
logies Dorianus is exactly the same as in the male (1), and can
very distinctly be observed in the young one (2).

Besides thepeculiar direction of the hair on the back, which as we
have seen, is not to be found in such an extent in the other species
of the genus (3), the dentition of D. Dorianus shows a very marked
differential character, which does not appear in the other two
species. I mean the large size and shape of the central incisors
(fig. 3), which are in these respects very different in comparison
with those of D. ursinus and D. inustus (4). Although, as Mr.
Ramsay, in his paper about D. Dorianus, rightly observes, the
teeth of the specimens described by him are in " a very bad state,
being corroded by the liquid in which the skin was preserved "
(5), it seems to me, that the incisors have not suffered much. The
length of the central incisors of the male (in the present state),
is not less than 13 mm., or about ^ of an inch. Their external
surface is rounded, while the internal fiat, worn down. Examined
from the front (fig. 4) the space between the central incisors on
their base is about 2 mm,, (or about A in.), but they touch each
other on their lower margin which is not pointed, but presents a
half rounded cutting edge.

(1). The only sexual differences which I found in the pair of D. Dorianus
of the Macleay Museum, were : the smaller size of the female (the total
length of the q*, from tip of nose to end of tail, being 1340 mm., or 52 '2 in.,
tail 560 mm, or 22'1 in. ; total length of the 9 1320 mm., or 51'4 in.,
tail 550 mm., or 21 -7 in.) and the hair of the end portion of the tail of the
female being longer.

(2). The total length of the young tf (from tip of nose to end of tail
665mm., or 22"3 in., tail 270mm., or 10"7 in.)

(3). Speaking in this paper about the " other " species of the genus
J )< ndrolagus, 1 refer only to D. ursinus and D. inustus.

(4). Schlegel and Mailer. Loc. cit., pi. 23, figs. 2 and 5.

(5). E. P. Ramsay. Loc. cit., foot note to p. 17. The D. Doriaims
skms have been preserved, as I have been told by Mr. Ramsay, in common
salt, called ' ' brine. "

BY N. DE MIKLOUHO-MACLAY.

1155

The canines in D. Dorianus are very large in comparison with
those of the other species of the genus ; their breadth on the
cingulum is nearly 4 mm. (or not quite 0, 2 in), but their length
has been most likely reduced in this specimen by the effect of
the mode of preservation. _

I am unable to my regret, to add an account about the other
teeth of D. Doriantis, because they are not accessible for
inspection in a stuffed specimen.

In a former paper (1) I have already mentioned that in
Osphranter rufus the same peculiarity of the direction of the hair
of the neck is to be found as in the Genera Dorcopsis and
Dendrolagus. At the time when I wrote the above paper, the
only specimen of Osphranter rufus showing the peculiarity was
the specimen in the Macleay-Museum ; but since then, Mr.
Ramsay informed me, that another specimen of 0. rufus, brought
alive from the Eiverina district and presented lately to the
Australian Museum, shows distinctly the same peculiarity as the
specimen of the Macleay-Museum.

Two more specimens of 0. rufus of the same kind have been
found amongst the collection of skins in the Australian Museum,
so that I had now four skins for my inspection (2). The two old

(1). iV. de MiMouho-Maclay. On a new species of Kangaroo, Dorcopsis
Chalmersii, from the south-east end of New-Guinea. Proceed, of the
Linnean Soc. of N.S.W., Vol. IX., p. 569.

(2.) Some measurements of the four specimens of

osfhrakter rufus,
Demarbst.

From tip of nose-
end of tail.

Mm.

F. in.
8 3

2 from the Murrumbid^ee

R. (Mel. Mus.) 2515 %

O from the Lachlan R. g

(Austr. Mus.) 2065 * 6 9,3

O from the Riverina distr. o

(Austr. Mus.) 1630 5 4,2

Q also from Riverina

(Austr. Mus.) 1800 5 10,9

75

Length of tail.

Mm.
992

F. in.
3 3

650 "8 2 9,4

740
690

2 5.1

3 3,1

From occiput to

converging point

on the back

Mm. F. in.

457 -g 1 6

o

290 Is 11,4

u

490 1 7,3

310 1 0,2

1156 DIRECTION OF THE HAIR ON THE BACKS OF SOME KANGAROOS

males are of a decided rufus colour, while the young male and the
female are grey. The young male is especially interesting- —
showing the converging point, not between the shoulder, but
much lower down on the back than in the other three specimens.
Having inspected the four specimens, I came to the conclusion,
that in 0. rufus (as well as in the genera — Dorcopsis and
Dentrolagus) the peculiar direction of the hair on the back is not
a character of sex or age, and, secondly, that the extent of fur
with the hair directed forward, is not strictly the same in different
specimens. The anterior boundaries of this part of the fur in
0. rufus differs also from those of the genus Dorcopsis. The
hair-ridges on the head (between the ears) and the other running
down from the ears on the sides of the neck, which both are
very marked in Dorcopsis, are absent in 0. rufus. (Compare fig.
5 and fig. 6.)

As regards the non-occurrence of the described peculiarity
in the greater number of specimens of 0. rufus, I think the
same could be explained by the supposition of the existence
of two different varieties of 0. rufus. (1.)

The reasons why it appeared to me not without interest to give
by description and illustrations a fuller idea about the occurrence
of the above mentioned peculiarity in the direction of the hair on
the back of some marsupials are : because in the first instance it
is, as far as I know, quite an exceptional case in the class of
mammals, where, as a rule the hair on the back is always
directed downwards (or backwards), and secondly, because this

(1.) Such a possibility is in accordance with the opinion of Mr. K. H.
Bennet and Mr. E. P. Ramsay, who think there are two distinct species
of the red Kangaroo, on account of different colour of the young ones ; the
young of one species being of a bluish-grey colour, the other grey, tinged
with light rufous.

BY N. DE MIKLOUHO-MACLAY. 1157

peculiarity contradicts, or at least puts in doubt until further
observations, the general validity of the opinion expressed by
Wallace (1) and Darwin. (2.)

This opinion was : that the direction of the hair on the back of
mammals is adapted to throw the rain off (3), As an example of
the corelation of the direction of the hair and the rain, the hair
on the arms of Simia satyrus, observed by Wallace, has been
given (4).

Observations of the attitude of the above mentioned marsupials
(principally of Dendrolagas Doriamis) during rain will be therefore
of great interest, and will give a striking evidence in favour, or
against the explanation of Wallace or Darwin.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 71.

Fig, 1. — Upper part of the body of Dorcopsis luctuosa, D'Albertis (Jin
profile, showing the peculiar direction of the hair on the neck.

Fig. 2. — Dendrolagw Doriamts, Ramsay, $ in profile, to show the direc-
tion of the hair on the body.

(1). A. R. Wallace. Contributions to the theory of natural selections.
A series of Essays, 2nd edition, 1871, p. 344.

(2). Ch. Darwin. The descent of man, 2nd edition, 1882, p. 151.

(3). Ch. Darwin. "The hairy covering of the body forms a natural
protection against the severities of climate and particularly against rain.
That this is the most important function is well shown by the manner in
which the hairs are disposed so as to carry off the water, by being
invariably directed downward from the most elevated part of the body."

Wallace, Loc. cit., p. 344. "It can hardly be doubted that with

most mammals the thickness of the hair on the back and its direction is
adapted to throw off the rain." Darwin, Loc. cit., p. 151.

(4). "A. R. Wallace remarks that the conveyance of the hair towards
the elbows on the arms of the Orang may be explained as serving to throw
ojf the rain.', Darwin, Loc. cit., p. 151.

1158 ON TRIBRACHYOCRINUS CORRUGATUS,

Fig. 3.— Incisors and canine of Dendrolarjus Dorianus $• Natural size in
profile.

Fig. 4. —The central incisors of the same from the front. Natural size.

Fig. 5.— Upper part of the body of Osphranter rufus, Demarest, $ in profile
showing the same peculiarity in the direction of the hair on the
neck. Converging point of the dividing lines "between the
portions of fur " with the hair differently directed. The
darts show the direction of the hair on different parts of the
body.

Figs. 1, 2, 5 are sketches made with the help of a camera lucida, from
stuffed specimens of the Macleay-Museum.

ON TEIBEACHYOCEINUS COEEUGATUS (F. EATTE.)
Spec. Nov. FEOM THE CAEBONIFEEOUS SAND-
STONE OF NEW SOUTH WALES.

Elate LXVIII.

By F. Eatte, Eng. Arts and Manuf., Faris.

Professor M'Coy first described in 1847 (Tribrachyocrinus
Clarkei), for which he created a new genus (1.)

Professor de Koninck later described specimens of this fossil
also. (2.)

(1.) Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist. Vol. XX., p. 228. PI. XII., fig. 2.
(2.) Fossiles Pal^ozoiques de la Nouvelle Galles du Sud," 1877, part the
third, p. 161, pi. 6, fig. 5.

BY F. RATTE, ENG. ARTS AND MANUF., PARIS. 1159

The new species which I intend to describe agrees very closely
with both Prof, de Koninck and Prof. McCoy's descriptions,
but especially with the latter. The specimen is in the Australian
Museum.

The chief difference it presents to Tribrachyocrinus Clarkei, is in
the external appearance, the new species being wrinkled or ridged
on the surface, whilst the first one is smooth.

The fossils that Dana has described under the generic name of
Pentadia( several species) (1), are probably separate plates of Cyatho-
crinus, but they might as well be separate plates of Tribrachy-
ocrinus.

The inner casts of these two genera are often found in the same
beds, but in Cyathocrinus the basal plate is formed of five articles,
whilst in Tribrachyocrinus it is formed of three articles o:dy as in
Platycrinus.

Calyx.

In order to afford, besides the diagrams figured, a ready
systematic schema of the relative disposition of the plates forming
the calyx, I will name these pieces as follows (fig. 1, pi. 68) : —
1, 2, 3 for the three basal pieces, A B C D E for the five
adjacent subradial plates.

The anal, inter-radial, and radial plates will be named by
composing the letters of the two adjoining plates. For instance,
the anal plate being adjacent to A and B, will be called AB, and
so on, It will then be easy to read the following tabular
disposition : —

(1.) Am. Jom\ Science. Vol. TV., 1S47, and Geol. U. S. Expl. Exped.,
p. 713., pi. 4, f. 10.

1160

ON TRIBRACHYOCRINUS CORRUGATUS,

-

Dissymmetrical
Octagonal

/-

Large irregular Dissymmetrical

Pentagonal

Heptagonal

B\^

L

-

Symmetrical
Quadrilateral

Irregular

Regular

O

Pentagonal Pentagonal

Axis of the

Dissymmetrical
Interradial

<h Symmetrical ==»-)>-

.2 5^.2

Symmetrical
Region

Dissymmetrical
Radial

Sub-symmetrical

Interradial

Symmetrical
Radial

Sub-symmetrical
Interradial

Dissymmetrical.
Radial

->P

~ 7,

S o

Q

ego

.9 >> 2
3 o 9
5 O "§ —

3bd o

O

OS fe

The region 3, D.E. (D E) radiating from 3 can be called the
Symmetrical region, its plane axis cutting in halves 3 and (D E),
whilst the region nearly opposite including the first and second

BY F. RATTE, ENG. ARTS AND MANUF., PARIS. 1161

anal, and the adjoining radial and interradial (A + AB), and
(B + A B), can be called the Anal region, its plane axis cutting
in halves (A B) and p.

The detail ol this arrangement is the following : —

The tripartite division of the basal plates and the situation of
the so-called anal plates cause the row of five plates which follow
the basal and are called sub-radial (sous-radiales) by Prof, de
Koninck, and first costals by Prof. McCoy, to be, necessarily,
formed of irregular elements.

Prof, de Koninck, at page 161 has given a geometrical diagram
of the plates, of Tribrachyocrinus Clarkei. The basal pentagon
in this diagram is made regular, and the three sides on which
fall the divisions are made straight. The diagram given by
Prof. M'Coy of the same species is nearer the diagram I give of
the new species (pi. 68.)

The fossil being observed from above, the medial line of division
of the basal plate projected downwards and the two lateral lines
of division projected upwards, it will be seen that the basal
pentagon is not regular, and may even be more exactly considered
as an irregular octagon with three re-entering angles at the
points of junction of the three segments, the general outline of
the figure, however, approaching a regular pentagon. Moreover
of the two segments adjacent to the medial division a i, one much
more extended than the other, is the segment adjacent to the anal
region, and, as a consequence, the angle a i d is greater than the
angle a if.

To follow this first irregularity, the three subradial plates which
are not adjacent to the anal region, are not of the same shape,
one C, adjacent to b c, is pentagonal, whilst the two D and E,
adjacent to cde, and efg, are, we may say, hexagonal with two of
their sides only about half the length of the others.

As to the two other subradial plates A and B, those adjoining
the anal region, they differ only a little from each other. One
of them, B, adjacent to hab being irregularly octagonal, whilst
the other one, A, adjacent to gh, is irregularly heptagonal, both
with one re-entering angle.

11G2 ON TRIBRACHYOCRINUS CORRUGATUS,

The intercostal or anal plate, which, as seen in our specimen,
presents a re-entering angle at its upper part, exhibits a bilateral
symmetry, being octagonal in shape, and is made to fit in the two
re-entering angles of the two preceding subradial plates. Lastly,
I will remark that the last row being composed as follows, three
radials, three interradials, and the second costal or second anal
p, forms a continuous set of plates fitting each other by alter-
nating re-entering angles. For instance, the second costal
occuping the space between an irregular radial and an inter -
radial, fits on one side, in the re-entering angle of the radial, and
on the other, is provided with a cuneiform projection fitting the
next interradial plate.

Ornaments of the Calyx.

The external ornaments of the Calyx are fairly impressed in
the external cast with which it was possible to obtain a positive
representation in plaster of Paris, of the outer part of the Calyx.
These ornaments are composed of coarse granulations which give
the fossil an apparent resemblance to Platycrinus granulatus
(Austin) of the Carboniferous of Belgium. The difference, how-
ever, is very great, between the ornaments of Platycrinus granu-
latus and those of Tribrachyocrinus corrugatus. In the first they
consist of irregular tubercles, sometimes following each other in
sequence or meeting together for a short distance, but without
regularity. Sometimes these tubercles are rounded, sometimes
they are angu lar

In Trib. corrugatus the ornaments form a network of ridges,
leaving hollows between them, except on the radials where
separated tubercles disposed into radiating lines are to be seen
as in fig. 7, pi. 68.

Both the external cast and the internal cast are represented.
PI. 68, figs. 2 to 5.

These internal and external casts show, above the three radials,
the impressions of the second radials which were not known
before. These I was more inclined to call first brachial articles ;
they come into contact with the radials by a sharp straight edge,
their under surface, as well as the surface of the corresponding
part of the radial, exhibiting fine strioo produced by the attach-
ment of muscles which allowed the arms to move in a plane

BY F. RATTE, ENG. ARTS AND MANUF., PARIS. 1163

perpendicular to the straight articulation and passing at or near
the centre of the Calyx. It was, therefore, acting like a hinge.

The shape of this articulation with the striated surfaces of
attachment of the muscles is represented Plate 68, figs. 2 to
12, on a doubled scale.

It is nearly that of an isosceles triangle, the larger base of
which is the straight edge. The opposite obtuse angle is pro-
vided with an inner groove, which is the continuation of the
arm-channels or ambulacral groove, communicating with the
digestive apparatus.

The upper side is convex, except round the groove, where it is
hollowed in the shape of a saucer to receive the next arm-plate.
Moreover, this saucer-shaped hollow is provided with a semi-
circular pad ( " bourrelet ") or ridge, nearly concentrical with
the outer margin of the hollow, as seen in the genera Platycrinus
and Poteriocrinns, on the fixed plates that Prof, de Koninck calls
" pieces superieures " (1.)

Arms.

Traces of the arms are impressed above the last- mentioned
articulation, but not in a sufficient state of neatness for descrip-
tion. I have seen in the collection of the Geological Department a
beautiful impression, representing two branches of arms four
inches in length and |,ths of an inch in thickness. Each article
is cuneiform in shape, say presenting a maximum of thickness at
the extremity of one diameter, and a minimum at the other
extremity of the same diameter alternately, the thickest part
(distal end) giving insertion to a spine. Some syzygies also are
distinguished. But it is not known if these arm-branches are
those of THbrachyocrinus or of Cyathocrinus Konincki, which
both occur in the same beds.

" Voute " (Vault), or Outer Part of the Calyx.

Between the arm-plates are seen the casts of very small plates,
irregular in shape, which doubtless belong to the so-called
"voute" (vault), or outer part covering the calyx, as in
Rhodocrinus, for instance. Many of these small plates are four-
sided, few are five-sided.

(1.) Desc. des Anim. Foss. Carb. Belg., 1842-4. Plate F.

1164 LARViE AND LARVA-CASES OF AUSTRALIAN APHROPHORIDiE,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXVIII.

Fig. 1. — Diagram of the plates of Tribrachyoerinus corrugatus, including
the second radials articulated with the first radials.

Fig. 2. — Upper side view of the outer part of the Calyx, from a plaster
cast obtained from the sandstone hollow cast (negative). The
three second radials and a part of the small plates of the vault
are seen.

Fig. 3. — Upper side view of the inner cast (sandstone) of the Calyx
showing the negative casts of the three second radials and of a
part of the small plates of the vault. Taken in the same
position as fig. 2.

Fig. 4. — Under side view of the outer part of the Calyx, from a plaster
cast as in fig. 2. Showing the three basal plates and the sub-
radial B on the right of the fig.

Fig. 5. — Under side view of the inner cast of the Calyx, taken in the same
position as fig. 4.

Fig. 6. — View of the symmetrical radial, showing the granulations of the
surface. Double size.

Fig. 7. — Under side of the second radial showing muscular striae. Double
size.

Fig. 8. — Upper side of the same showing socket for the first article of the
arm. Double size.

Fig. 9. — Side view of the same. Double size.

Fig. 10. — Medial section of figs. 6 and 7, arranged so as to show the place
of the muscle and their relative position. Double size.

Fig. 11. — Section pq. of second radial. Double size.

Fig. 12. — Section rs. of same.

ON THE LARViE AND LARVA-CASES OF SOME

AUSTRALIAN APHROPHORIDiE.

By F. Ratte, Eng. Arts and Manuf., Paris.

(Plates LXIX. and LXX.)
There are several instances of insect larvae building a kind of
shell, if not shell in structure, at least in form. In Helicojisyclie,
a phryganid (Trichoptera), the larva of which lives in the
waters of warm countries, the shell is in the shape of an Helix,
and is formed of agglutinated sand. This shell often includes
bright minerals, such as quartz, garnets, amphibole, mica (New
Caledonia.) In a classical instance, it is formed of small
Planorlis (Westwood). In this country the female of a case-moth
lives in a perfectly helicoidal shell apparently formed by aggluti-
nated vegetable matter.

BY F. RATTE, ENG. ARTS AND MAXUF., PARIS. 1165

But these are not true shells like those of molluscs or serpulao.

At the meeting of June last, our President, Mr. C. S.
Wilkinson, exhibited helicoidal shells of insects found on the
branches of some gum trees at the Hunter River. They are
figured in connection with this paper, but were remains of the
last year, and had no insects in them. Mr. Brazier found some at
the North Shore years ago, but they do not seem to be common
everywhere. However, Mr. Ramsay found an empty specimen
at Manly, probably of the same species.

Similar shells, but of a conical shape, of two or three different
species, are rather common around Sydney, especially on white
gum (Eucalyptus hcemastoma, var. micrantha) and stringy bark
(Euc. capitellata) ; it is those which enabled me, with the help
of Mr. Macleay, to find the genus to which, most probably, the
three or four mentioned species belong. Those are true shells,
much resembling some living and fossil serpulae.

The shell is fixed on the branch, generally a little or imme-
diately above the insertion of a leaf ; and its opening is turned
upwards. The position of the larva in it is reversed, its head
being placed downwards, except in the helicoidal shell, where
the insect lies horizontally for the greater part of its larva life.
In both instances it follows that the larva, instead of presenting
its head at the entrance of its shell, like a mollusc, presents its
hind region. The mouth of the larva is transformed into a
suctorial apparatus, with which it pierces the bark of the stem,
and sucks the sap. For that purpose the shell is provided with
a longitudinal slit. It occasionally moves itself backwards and
emits a drop of clear water at the entrance of its shell, which is
habitually half or nearly full of water. In warm weather
especially, the production of water is increased, and drops are
seen falling from the top of the shell. A well-known species of
Apkrophora, A. Goudoti (Benn), of Madagascar, also lives on
trees, but does not build a shell. In the state of larva, as well
as of imago, it emits a large quantity of clear water. Mr.
Gkmdot says that on a warm day he could obtain in half-an-hour
about a bottle-full of water produced by about sixty insects. (1.)

(1.) Bennet. Proc. Zool. Soc, Load., 1833, and Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc,
Mauritius, 1S32.

1166 LARVAE AND LARVA-CASES OP AUSTRALIAN APHROPHORIDiE,

This phenomenon does not occur only in this order of insects.
It is said that a kind of ant in Brazil absorbs water, and emits
it in abundance. ("Nature," 1881.)

The lime which enters into the composition of the shell is
evidently provided from the sap of the tree, and, according to
Professor W. A. Dixon, the stems and leaves of gum trees are
rich in lime. From a rough assay made by treating the shells
with diluted hydrochloric acid, I obtained at least seventy-five
per cent as the proportion of carbonate of lime, the insoluble
remains being considered as chitinous matter.

The weight of the ornamented shell, the most common species,
is about 4 centigrammes, whilst that of the larger one is 6
centigrammes.

The imago was obtained about the end of September, and
was identified by Mr. Macleay as belonging to the genus PUjelus
nearly allied to Aphrophora.

When it is ready to undergo its last change the larva gets out
of the shell in the middle of a frothy mass of water like the
cuckoospit (Aphrophora spicmaria, Linn.), and shortly after
leaving its skin, appears in the shape of imago.

About the same time, I received from Mr. John Mitchell of
Bowning, some living specimens which were far less advanced
than those around Sydney, showing that they were at least one
month or two later.

It is not known when they deposit their eggs, but it is probable
that they live for some time in the perfect state5 as they are still
to be found now (end of November) on the trees.

These little jumpers don't make great use of their wings and
consequently don't go very high on the trees although they run
very quickly ; their shells are found from two feet to six or seven
feet above the ground.

Ten monthsatleastought probably to bereckoned as the time the
insect lives in its larval state, at the same time growing its shell.
During that period it apparently undergoes numerous changes, as
in the three last months of the life of the larva, it passes through
at least six distinct stages including the last one.

By perusing the appended plates we will go rapidly through
the details of this study. The scale is marked on the figures.

BY F. RATTE, ENG. ARTS AND MANUF., PARIS. 1167

Plate 69,fig. 1,1a, lband2. Helicoidal 3hell. Occurs dextrorsum
or sinistrorsum round the stems, section ogival, showing a longi-
tudinal costa. Shell finely striated with lines of growth. Helix
of two rounds and one half, diameter 1\ millimetres (fig. 1, etc.)
The shell represented by fig. 2 differs somewhat in general
appearance from fig. 1, but the striation is the same and it is
probably the same species. The last one was found at Manly by
Mr. Ramsay.

Plate 69, fig. 3, 4, 6, 8, 8a, 1 1. The commonest species. Is
easily distinguished by the granulations of its lines of growth.
These exhibit ornamentations which recall some forms of wall
stalactites (fig. 8 and 11.) This shell is also very dark, especially
on the tubercles. These ornaments are irregularly disposed in
front of the shell, but on each side follow each other, forming a
continuous serrated costa Length of shell, 15 millimetres.
Attached to the stem along it3 whole length. Plate 70, fig. 1, 2,
4, 5, 10, represent five different stages of the larva enlarged 10
times and on a smaller scale, the imago from the ornamented shell,
(fig. 3 etc.) Fig. 1, as found in July, 3 millimetres. Fig. la
the shield shaped anal plate enlarged. It acts as an operculum.
Fig. 10, the imago drawn only double size. Length of body, 7 J
millimetres. Alar expansion, 14£ millimetres. Thorax and
scutellum light green and transversely striated. Among the
imagos obtained from the common shells there are some much
smaller, soaiewhat differing in shade, having the wings better
marked than the others, which are probably the males.
Length of body, A\ millimetres. Alar expansion, 10^ millimetres.

Plate 69, fig. 3a, 10 represent the shell of another species,
the largest among the species described. Section ogival,
rounded, and narrower at the mouth. The surface is
marked with lines of growth and is somewhat lustrous with a
light shade of buff, darker near the mouth. These shells soon
lose their colours under the sun, those of the preceding year being
perfectly white. It is obvious that the younger lines of growth,
near the mouth of the shell, are likely to exhibit the colours in a
fresher state. Fig. 10 represents a shell which has been broken
and mended. A piece of the broken part is seen cemented on the

11G8 LARV.E AND LARVA-CASES OF AUSTRALIAN APIIR0PH0RID.E,

surface in front of the shell. Length 22 to 25 millimetres.
Detached from the stem and bent for about 9 millimetres.

Plate 70, fig. 6, represents the larva of the same enlarged five
times, as found in July. This larva shows no plates like those
represented figs. 1 to 5.

Plate 69, fig. 3b, 4(?), 5, 7 and 9, represent a smaller shell much
resembling the preceding one, being only from 15 to 1 8 millimetres
in length. The section is generally more distinctly ogival and
the shell presents in front a longitudin al angle, but, as well as in
the preceding species the mouth is round or nearly so. A peculi-
arity which distinguishes this shell is a narrowing which is situated
at two or three millimetres from the mouth. From this narrow
space to the mouth the shell is dark, nearly black. The general
colour is a greyish white. The shell is bent on its upper part and
detached from the stem as the preceding one. The larva resembles
the one represented fig. 6, plate 70.

From these I obtained a perfect insect apparently differing from
the common species by a lighter shade on the wings. Fig. 7
represents an instance of this shell taking a half round.

Plate 70, fig. 7, represents a hind tibia of larva with three articu-
lations, two claws and rings of setae. This figure and the following
ones apply to the different larvae examined, but especially to the
common species.

Fig. 8a, 8b, represent the inferior lip composed of three divisions
forming a tube for the seta), which are four in number (mandibles
and maxillae.) The maxillae are serrated fig. a,b.

Fig. 9. Antennae of larva terminating in asingle seta short
and stout.

In conclusion I should say that much remains to be done next
year towards the study of these little insects.

In the dry parts of the interior it is probable that the water
contained in these shells is resorted to for drinking by the ants so
numerous in Australia, as if it was a specialty among the small
homopterous insects to provide during their life for the Formicidoa.

Other insects inhabit the interior of the shell after it has been
left by its builder ; small cockroaches take occasional refuge in it.
It is often also occupied by a small spider.

BY F. RATTE, ENG. ARTS AND MANUF., PARIS. 11G9

The larvre are attacked by small black flies which perhaps
deposit an egg or two in the young larva, the product of which
feeds on it and ultimately takes its place. I found the pupa of
this fly in a black hairy cocoon, but have lost the perfect insect.
Similarly some Coccidce are attacked by small Diptera and
Symenoptera.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

The Hon. James Norton exhibited male and female cones of
Araucaria Cooki, now to be seen in full fructification in the
North Eastern Division of Hyde Park. Mr. Norton observed
that this tree in its earliest stages was not distinguishable from
Araucaria excelsa, but when full grown it was more dwarf and
compact. As in the case of A. excelsa, the male cones grow at the
ends of the leaf spires, and the female are produced on the higher
branches, but the latter are apparently smaller and moi'e clustered.

Dr. George Hurst exhibited an egg of Scythrops Notxa Hollandice,
taken from the ovarium of a bird shot this month at Kempsey,
He mentioned that the only other specimen of this egg ever
recorded was obtained in a similar manner and described in
Gould's Handbook of the Birds of Australia.

The President exhibited, for Mons. F. Ratte, a number of
beautiful drawings, illustrative of his papers ; and also a box
containing carefully mounted specimens of the insect shells
referred to, which have been presented to the Australian Museum.

The President also exhibited four specimens of the shell-like
covering of a species of Phryganea. These are built up entirely of
small round nodules of brown iron ore, fastened together by a
silky web. They were obtained on the north end of New
Caledonia, by Dr. Storer, in a creek flowing over rocks composed
of iron ore.

The President submitted a lithograph of a new fossil plant,
found by Mr. R. M. Johnston, of Hobart, in the carboniferous
beds of the Jerusalem Basin, Tasmania. It has been named by
the discoverer Lepidostrobus Miilleri.

WEDNESDAY, 31st DECEMBER, 1884.

The President, C. S. Wilkinson, F.L.S., &c, in the chair.

The following gentlemen were present as visitors. W. H.
Caldwell, Esq., B.A. ; C. E. Smith, Esq. ; James Mosely, Esq. ;
Alex. Hamilton, Esq.

MEMBER ELECTED.

George Wall, Esq., of Sydney.

DONATIONS.

" Zoologischer Anzeiger." Nos. 179 to 181., 20th October to
17th November, 1884. From the Editor.

'•' Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh," Vol.
XXXI, Part 1. Vol. XXXII, Part 2. 1881-83, 2 Vols. 4to.
"Proceedings," Sessions 1881-82 and 1882-83, 2 Vols. 8vo.
From the Society.

" Definitions of some new Australian Plants." By Baron F.
von Mueller, K.C.M.G., &c. From the Author.

"Origin of the Fauna and Flora of New Zealand." By
Captain F. W. Hutton, F.G.S. From the Author.

" Bulletin de la Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscou,"
Tome LIX., No. 1, 1884. From the Society.

" Science," Vol. III., Nos. 89 to 93. October 17th to November
14th, 1884. From the Editor.

" Studies from the Biological Laboratory of the Johns Hopkins
University, Baltimore, U.S.A.," Vol. III., No. 1, March, 1884
Also, " University Circular," April, 1884. From the University.

"Midland Medical Miscellany," Vol. IV., No. 35. From the
Editor.

DONATIONS. 1171

" Catalogue of Papers and Works relating to the Mammalian
Orders, Marsupialia and Monotremata." By J. J. Fletcher, M.A.,
B.Sc. From the Author.

"Scientific Opinion," 3 Vols., 4to, 1869-70. "Intellectual
Observer," 16 Vols., 8vo, 1862-70. From Professor W. J.
Stephens, M.A., F.G.S.

" Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London," Part 3, for
1884. From the Society.

" Nova Acta Regire Societatis Scientiarum Upsaliensis." Series
III., Vol. XII., Fasc. I., 1884, 4to. From the Society.

" Monatliche Mittheilungen des Naturwissenchaftlichen Vereins
des Regierungsbezirkes Frankfurt." Jahrg. II. No. VII.,
October 1884. From the Society.

" Second Supplement to R. A. Peacock's 'Saturated Steam.'"
1 Pamphlet 12 mo. 1884. From the Author.

PAPERS READ.

OCCASIONAL NOTES ON PLANTS INDIGENOUS IN
THE IMMEDIATE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF SYDNEY.

No. 8.
By Edward Haviland.

The subject of this paper is the plant Wahlenbergia gracilis.
It belongs to the order Cai/yxmulacece.

This order, although abundant in genera in most other countries,
contains, so far as is yet known, but three in Australia. Bentham
(Flora Australiensis, Vol. IV.) gives four, Lobelia, Pratia, Isotoma,
and Wahlenbergia ; but Baron von Mueller (census A ustralian
Plants, 1882) reduces them to three by uniting Pratia and
Lobelia. Of the genus Wahlenbergia, there is but one species,
Wahlenbergia gracilis, as yet known in .New South "Wales ; and
this appears in all the Australian colonies, while in Tasmania
there are two, W. gracilis and W. saxicola ; both species being
also found in New Zealand. The genus seems to be almost
uninfluenced by climate. Bentham mentions W. gracilis as being
76

1172 NOTES ON PLANTS INDIGENOUS TO SYDNEY,

common from the coast to the mountains, being found even at a
height of six thousand feet ; while W. saxicola is stated by
Hooker to be found on the coast and also on the summit of
Mount Wellington, in Tasmania. Wahlenbergia gracilis is an
exceedingly variable plant, both in its general stature and in
the size of its individual tlowers. Mature specimens may be
collected side by side, varying from six to eighteen inches
in height, and with corollas from two or three lines to three
quarters of an inch in diameter. It seems to prefer light open
forest land, and in such localities it has been exceedingly abundant
during the present spring and summer. In all its forms it is an
exceedingly graceful plant ; its beautiful blue flowers, when seen
at a little distance, bringing at once to memory the English
Harebell {Campanula rotundifolia), though of course a very
different plant when more closely inspected. Walblenbergia
gracilis presents a peculiarity, when quite mature, in the apparent
loss of its stamens. It is but apparent, however, their peculiar
form, together with the early loss of the anthers, lead often to the
supposition that the flower has no stamens ; but I have not found
them altogether absent in any specimen that I have examined.
In nearly all, however, after the flowers have reached maturity
the anthers have been wanting. The ovary has its dome shaped
top level with the bases of the calyx lobes, and the fine stamens
have the lower portions of their filaments so broad, that during
the early existence of the flower, when they lie flatly upon the
ovary, they cover it so closely that they are scarcely distinguishable
from it ; and as the edges of these broad portions of the filaments
are ciliate, the top of the ovary, at that time, presents the
appearance of a flattened dome having five ridges extending
downwards from its apex. As the flower reaches maturity the
filaments become loose, standing moi'e away from the ovary ; but
looking more like an inner perianth than stamens. Although so
broad at the base they end abruptly in a very fine thread-like
portion, as long as the broader part, having, through the loss of
the anthers the appearance of staminodia, hence the flower
appears either to have no stamens or imperfect ones.

BY E. HAVILAND. 1173

If a bud, just before it expands, be opened, the anthers may be
seen attached to the almost hair-like portion of the filament ; and
forming a close tube round the style, which at that time is only
level with them, although it subsequently passes through them,
and grows to a considerable length beyond them. Upon the style
there are sveral large glands and these secrete a viscid fluid causing
the pollen, which has already escaped from the anthers, to adhere
to it. The style ends in a stigma of three lobes which at this time
are closed, the stigmatic surfaces being inside, so that the pollen
that has been deposited can have no fertilising effect upon the
flower. Soon after the anthers have thus shed their pollen, as a
rule, they disappear, by what means, I am at present unable to say.
My first impression was that they were carried away by insects
with some pollen still in them. Our friend Mr. Deane however,
who has rendered me very great assistance in the study of this
plant, suggested, that becoming detached they simply fall out of
the corolla by gravity. I am not able to satisfy myself that this is
the case ; because, if it were so, I should expect the anther always
to be detached at the connective. I find however that this is not so ;
but that on the contrary, although sometimes so detached, tbey are
more frequently so by the rupture of the thinner portion of the
filament at various points ; and moreover I find that when the
filament itself is so broken, the remaining portion always seems to
have recoiled, as though from a violent rupture. I do not think
the anthers fall from mere gravity, for the flower, although so
fragile, is generally quite erect when expanded, becoming pendant
only as it closes, thus imprisoning the anthers at the very time
when it could fall out by gravity. On this account I have searched
for the debris of anthers in the bottom of the corolla but have
have found it only in exceptional instances.

I think, however, another suggestion of Mr. Deane's a very happy
one, and likely to be the solution of the difficulty. To explain this,
I must repeat, that when the bud first opens the anthers and the
thin portions of the filaments lie closely round the style, and are to
some extent cemented to it by the viscid secretion from its glands.
From that time the style grows very rapidly, passing far beyond

1174 NOTES ON PLANTS INDIGENOUS TO SYDNEY.

the stamens. Mr. Deane suggests that this rapid growth of the
style, carrying the stamens for a time with it, causes such a strain
upon them that the thin portions of the filaments ai*e ruptured.
Of course this rupture may occur in any part of the filament, and
this is just what I find, sometimes at the connective, at other times
lower down and even close to the broader base. The suggestion
however, though in all probability right, lacks confirmation by
actual observation.

When the style has grown far above the anthers it exposes a
large mass of pollen adherent to it. In a few days, as a rule, the
whole of this pollen disappears. It does not fall into the corolla,
nor can it I think be carried away by the wind, as it is not of the
dry dusty nature of the pollen of anemophilous flowers. I can
therefore only conclude that it is carried away by insects for the
fertilisation of other flowers.

It rarely happens that the stigmatic lobes open before the whole
of the pollen has been so carried away ; then however they open
widely, forming a convenient stage upon which an insect may
alight, and exposing freely the stigmatic surfaces, densely covered
with stiff hair-like glands ; which, at the same time, form a brush
to sweep the pollen from any insects bearing it, and secrete a fluid
to retain it. Thus, like Lobelia, in the same natural order of
plants, although somewhat in a different way, this plant first offers
its own pollen for the fertilisation of other plants, and then exposes
its own stigmas to receive that of other plants in return.

REPORT ON THE GEOLOGY AND PHYSICAL GEO
GRAPH Y OF "THE STATE OF PERAK.

By the Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods, F.G.S., F.L.S., &c.

Geology.

The Geology of the State of Perak may be briefly described as
consisting of : —

1. An immense granite formation passing into schists and slates
of very early or ancient geological age.

2. Of a formation of paleozoic slates and clays, forming outliers
or detached portions showing that it has been subject to great
denudation. It is nearly always decomposed into blue mottled
clays, red sandy clays, or highly variegated contorted clays com-
monly called Laterite. It forms small hills, or lies along the base
of the ranges or in the valleys and on plains. It is not now of
great thickness but has evidently once covered the whole granite
formation.

3. Limestone in detached outliers or isolated hills of precipitous
character showing much denudation. It is stratified or crystalline.
There are no traces of fossils, or at least none have been yet found.
I think, however, that it is probably of paleozoic age. From its
wide extension throughout Perak where it crops out in so many
places, I should say that it once covered the whole of the granite
and paleozoic clays.

4. Drifts and alluvium derived from ancient streams and river-
beds, formed of material from all the preceding deposits.

1176 GEOLOGY AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY OF THE STATE OF PERAK,

In these drifts there are deposits of tin which occur in a
manner very similar to the alluvial gold in Australia, that is to
say, in " leads" which are the ancient river beds of the country.

Tin also occurs in caves in the limestone and at the junction of
the paleozoic clays with the granite. In the former case the ore
has been drifted into its present position. In the latter it does not
occur abundantly.

5. Above these alluvial deposits there is the usual surface soil,
supporting for the most part a dense vegetation.

Physical Geography.

The mountain system of the State of Perak, consists of detached
groups of mountains which cover the west side of this part of the
Peninsula, with an almost continuous range close to the sea of the
Straits of Malacca.

The groups of mountains form parallel chains 20 or 30 miles
long and with a direction a little oblique to the true meridional line.
Sometimes they are wholly detached groups so as to allow rivers
from the eastward to pass between them. Such for instance is
seen in the ranges between the rivers Kinta and Perak. This
group of mountains declines to the north, so as to allow the Plus
River to join the Perak, and to the south the Kinta joins the Perak.

The Islands off the Coast, such as the Dindings, Pula Penang,
and those off State Keddah (Pulo Leddas, P. Lanka wi, Buton, &c),
are probably portions of similar groups. The}- usually run in
sharp parallel ridges variously modified by oblique spurs which some-
times connect the main chains. These junctions form watersheds
which throw off small streams to the north-east and south-west.

The following are the principal groups of mountains known to
me, proceeding from south to north.

Dindings.

Off the Coast in front of the Dindings River (Lat. about 4° 12'
N.), there is a series of islands of moderate elevation, though one
peak in Pulo Pankore may be 800 feet high. All these islands are
granitic, with tin and a little fine scaly gold (so it is said.) These

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., F.L.S., &C. 1177

are densely clothed with jungle and have fringing reefs of coral.
I have visited three or four of these islands, and they are all of the
same character.

On the main land there is a cluster of hills called the false
Dindings, from the fact, that at a short distance they look like
islands. They give rise to small rivers such the Dindings River
and its tributaries. This cluster is also granitic, and tin occurs on
the alluvial beds derived from it.

Gunong Bubu.

North-east of this group, but quite detached from it, is a series of
parallel mountain ridges with a uniform N.N.E. trend. These
ridges are eight or nine in number. The central one is the highest,
culminating in Mount Bubu, a fine peak of about 5600 feet in
elevation. All the ridges are granitic with occasional patches of
metamorphic schists, all more or less rich in tin, though there are
but few mines in this group. A remarkable character in these
mountains is that all the ridges are extremely steep and frequently
interrapted by granite precipices of 1000 feet or more. Gunong
Bubu is only accessible in one or two places, the summit beiug
surrounded by escarpments of rocks of great height.

Rivers Kangsa and Kenas.

Many small streams join the Perak River from this range. The
Rivers Kenas and Kangsa both flow into the Perak from the slopes
of this group, the Kenas in a south-east and the Kangsa in a north-
east direction. In an ascent made by me to the summit of Mount
Bubu, I was able to explore some of the sources of these rivers,
which afford a home to many a Rhinoceros, but few other animals
except monkeys (Hylobates, Semnopithecus and Macacus.) The
rivers descend many hundred feet in a series of cascades, giving
rise to some of the finest scenery in the Malay Peninsula.

Gapis Pass.

North of Mount Bubu this group of ridges falls away abruptly,
leaving a narrow pass (Gapis Pass) between them and the west

1178 GEOLOGY AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY OF THE STATE OF PERAK,

group. This pass is about 400 feet above the level of the sea,
and therefore too elevated to permit of any river outlet.

Mount Pondok.

In Gapis Pass, or rather at the eastern end of it, there is an
isolated hill of highly crystalline limestone. It is an outlier of
the great paleozoic limestone formation already referred to.
Mount Pondok is about 4000 feet high and quite precipitous.
Its junction with the granite or paleozoic clays is not visible. Its
bright blue and red precipices, crowned by dark green jungle,
makes it a singular and beautiful object, though there are many
similar to it, in the State of Perak and elsewhere in the Peninsula.

Mount Ijau.

North of Gapis another group of ranges succeeds, culminating
in Mount Ijau. This cluster of ridges appears to be nearly of the
same dimensions as the Mount Bubu group, but not so high by
1000 feet or so. I estimate that each group is from 20 to 25
miles long and 14 to 16 miles broad, covering an area of about
400 square miles. This, however, is only a rough estimate formed
from views obtained from the summits of Group Bubu. I have
not been able to examine closely the termination of Mount Ijau
group to the north. From the sea and from the Perak River one
can perceive a distinct pass like that of Gapis. It is probably
about the same height and does not form the outlet of any river
from the eastern side of the range.

Kurau Group.

North of Gunong Ijau is another group which I don't know
how to distinguish, except that it forms the watershed of the
Kurau River. Its highest point is said to be a mountain also
called Ijau. If it be the peak which seems the highest point in
the range, it does not appear from a distance to be so high as
Mount Ijau to the south.

by the rev. j. e. tenison-woods, f.g.s., f.l.s., &c. 1179

Mount Iuas.

Mount Iuas, as understood by the Malays of Selama, is the
highest point of another detached group north of the Krian and
Selama Rivers. At a few miles distance from the foot of this
range it seemed somewhat over 4000 feet high, and the highest
point of an isolated group of ridges.

Keddah Peak.

North of Iuas in the State of Keddah, there is, close to the sea
a detached group of mountains, l'ound the southern base of which
the Keddah River flows. Keddah Peak is the highest summit
and probably over 4000 feet above the sea.

Other Groups.

In the north of Perak near Patani there are other groups of
mountains, notably the Gunong Kendrong Group, which is quite
detached from any other hills.

Perak; River.

The whole of these groups are sufficiently connected to prevent
any drainage from the central range from flowing directly to the
West Coast of the Peninsula. Thus the Perak River which has
its source in the Keddah and Patani Mountains flows to the
southward in a winding course of over 200 miles. It has many
tributaries the most important of which are the Plus and Kinta.

Plus River.

The Plus River has its sources in the high mountain group east
of Mount Iuas and in the main range. It flows round the southern
end of the Bukit Panjang Range and then joins the Perak.

Kinta Ranges.

South of this junction of the Plus is a group of mountains, called
by some the Kinta Ranges. This group is about 25 miles long.
It is quite detached from all the others having a generally north and

1180 GEOLOGY AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY OF THE STATE OF PERAK,

south direction, but sending off spurs, north-east from the eastern
side, and south-west from the western. As in all these groups of
mountains the spurs on the eastern side are not numerous. The
group is entirely granitic but on its lower slopes has extensive
deposits of limestone. This belongs to the formation already
referred to. Above and below the limestone strata drift tin is
woiked ; below, that is to say, the horizon of the limestone. I am
not aware of any instance where the calcareous strata have been
bored through.

For about 25 miles this range separates the valley of the Perak
River from that of the Kinta, which flows on its western base.
The highest peaks rise to about 3750 feet above the sea and give
rise to small streams which all flow into the Perak. There is a
remarkable uniformity in three or four of the highest summits
which are about the centre of the chain. They are all within a
few feet of the same height. From these mountains the range
falls away gradually to the south. It sends off two considerable
spurs to the south-west. Where it ceases the River Kinta joins
the Perak.

Kinta Valley.

The valley of the Kinta River is about as wide as that of the
Perak. Both rivers flow on the eastern sides of their respective
valleys. The eastern tributaries are many and important. On
the sides, limestone, granite, and schistose slates crop out. To the
eastwai'd there are many detached hills of limestone, fronting the
main central chain. They form very characteristic features in the
landscape from their precipitous outline and brilliantly coloured
escarpments of blue, green and bright red rock. They are also dis-
tinguished by a different vegetation.

Perak Valley.

The valley of the Perak River is bounded on the west by the
groups of mountains already described. I have previously observed
that the stream flows on the eastern side of the valley. This
is owing to the many spurs and outliers on the eastern slopes
of Mount Bubu and the Ijau Ranges. It would seem as if there

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, P G.S., F.L.S., &C. 1181

had been much less denudation on the eastern than on the western
side of the range. This may be owing to the prevailing rains
falling more abundantly on the western than on the eastern sides
of the mountains.

As a consequence of this, the tin workings appear to be (with
no exception known to me) on the western slopes of the ranges,
where the waste and wash have been probably greater.

Batu Kurau.
Between Mount Bubu Group, Mount Ijau Group and the sea,
there are no hills except small outliers, mostly of paleozoic clay.
These have evidently, at one time, been united to the ranges.
North of the Larut River there is an isolated limestone mountain
near the Kurau River called Batu Kurau. It is similar to Mount
Pondok in the Gapis Pass. It is quite unconnected with the main
range, and rises out of the plain between the spurs which form
the valley of the Kurau River. There is also a small detached
range dividing the valley of the Krian River from that of the
Kurau.

Main Range.

The geology of the main range is apparently like the rest of
the country, namely granite, slates, and limestone, with traces of
basaltic rocks. The general structure of the range can best be
studied from some of the mountains to the Westward. It forms
a most imposing boundary to the whole of the western hox'izon.
In the most northerly portion visible there is a mountain of
rounded outline which appears to be very lofty. This range
then declines to the southward with a somewhat serrated outline,
with an average height of over 3000 feet. At a point near the
latitude of the centre of the Kinta range the chain rises, and in
the distance is seen a peak which is probably over 8000 feet high.
This hill may be the one named the Sugar-Loaf Hill by some.
The Malay name is a subject of uncertainty. It is the most
distant mountain of its particular group and is a conspicuous
object of conical outline. South and west of this the chain rises
into a grand cluster of peaks, the highest of which is over 8000

1182 GEOLOGY AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY OF THE STATE OP PERAK,

feet at a rough estimate. I think this mountain is the one known
as Gunong Robinson. From it the range declines, but is still a
bold series of picturesque peaks, many of which must be over
6000 feet high. Other higher points are said to be occasionally
visible in the south-east. It is possible that geologically the main
range is younger than the groups already referred to.

IDEAL SECTION.

The following is a description of a section through the State
from east to west, in about the latitude of Thaiping.

Proceeding westward from the Straits of Malacca we meet : —

1. Alluvial mangrove flats.

2. Light quaternary drifts with much vegetable matter, granite,
sand and gravel, lying upon stream tin.

3. Clays and partly decomposed schists and slates, sandstones,
red, yellow, blue and grey, commonly called Laterite, from the
brick red colour of some portions. This is a paleozoic stratified
rock, resembling in lithological character the Ordovecian or
Cambrian deposits of other countries. There are no fossils, and
as lithological character is by no means a certain clue, though it
has a considerable value in these older rocks, it will be under-
stood that I only provisionally refer the rocks in question to any
horizon, especially to the Ordovecian which in Australia and other
countries are so rich in minerals.

4. Granite rocks of the first range which I shall here distinguish
as the Thaiping Range.

5. Alluvial of the valley of the Perak River, consisting of drift
from the spurs of the granite mountains, and including stream tin
in the valleys formed by these spurs. It is uncertain if the
Cambrian deposits re-appear in this valley, but here we meet with —

6. Detached outliers of a highly crystalline limestone with almost
perpendicular dip.

7. A second granite range which I distingush as the Kinta
Range dividing the valley of the Perak River from that of the
Kinta.

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., F.L.S., (fcc. 1183

8. Alluvium of the Kinta Valley.

9. A low limestone range of crystalline limestone in which a dip
and strike may be observed.

10. Alluvial valley.

11. Central granite chain.

I shall now proceed to consider the geology of these eleven
formations.

1. Alluvial Mangrove Flats. — These are a sei-ies of mud islands
and flats from two to three miles in width, fringing the whole of
the coast line. The vegetation is principally made up of Rhizophorae.
There can be no doubt that such islands and flats are the usual
deposits from lands on which great erosion is going on, from
numerous and large rivers and an abundant rainfall. They point
very clearly also to an absence of any upheaval along the coast
line. Like the eastward of Australia in its northern and central
portions the waste Irom the land is gradually extending the limits
of the shore and filling up the sea. Such a process has been going
on for a very long geological period in the Straits of Malacca.
Both the coasts of Sumatra and Malaysia prove this as well as the
shallowness of the Strait and the numerous mud banks occurring
in it. The rich vegetable mould in this formation is entirely due
to the mangrove forests, valuable as timber for fuel and making a
very graceful and luxuriant fringe to the shores. I intend subse-
quently to make a report on the general aspect of the vegetation of
tha mangrove flats. It is extremely probable that here they cover
tin deposits, but the great depth and the water must render them
inaccessible.

1. Quaternary Drifts. — Probably most of the surface drifts in
this State are quaternary, but I restrict the term now to those drifts,
which form the alluvial plain between the Mangrove and the
Thaiping Range. These range between 10 and 30 feet deep and
have all been deposited by the various small streams which now
run across the plain. These have been larger and smaller, fewer
or more numerous by turns in the history of the filling up of the
level. The channels have also shifted to an almost inconceivable
extent according as the levels were altered by the deposition of

1 1 84: GEOLOGY AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY OF THE STATE OF PERAK,

drift. This is composed of clays, fine sand, fine or coarse gravel
which is large near the hills, and finally tin sand, which rests upon
blue, white or red clays. The sand is quartzose, angular, composed
of transported grains, evidently sifted by water and not abraded.
It is transparent, showing much color under the polariscope. The
pebbles in the gravel are rounded granite, with black mica, schorl,
and grains of tin.

There are also rounded fragments of quartz of various colours,
generally opaque white, but also red, brown, rose coloured, and
violet. The two latter tints are due to fluor spar. The whole of
the deposits have been dei'ived from the granite and the tin has
sunk to the lowest level by the force of gravitation. The drifts are
sometimes full of stumps of trees and large stems of fallen timber.
There are also the remains of jungle swamps which have given rise
to deposits of black and brown humus full of roots, stumps, trees,
leaves, &c. This deposit loses half its weight on drying, and the
remainder burns leaving half its weight of ash. Remains of boats,
paddles and fragments of pottery have occasionally been found in
the drift. Except when covered with vegetable remains it is of a
light colour and gives rise to a poor soil, covered with Calang
(Imperata arundinacea) or jungle.

3. Paleozoic Clays. — These generally form the bottom on which
the tin sand rests. They are much decomposed, yet preserve the
marks of former stratification. They have been contorted and
metamorphosed, sometimes resembling Gneiss. There are cross
veins of white quartz and felspar in ceitain portions, showing
metamorphism. Brick red and yellow sandstone bands are
frequently intercalated. The common result of decomposition on
this rock caused by water containing carbonic acid is to change it
into red brick earth, which goes by the name of " Laterite." The
use of this term throughout the peninsula is inconvenient and
should be discontinued because it groups under one name several
formations. Any rocks, such as trap, granite, and gneiss, may
decompose into a red earth through the influence of water strain-
ing through vegetable matter and containing carbonic acid. A
very small quantity of iron being thus converted into peroxide

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., F.L.S., &C. 1185

will stain a large mass of earth. As a rule the latei'ites of the
drift are derived from the paleozoic clays but they are sometimes
due to the surface decomposition of granite. In one instance in
the Kinta Valley this red deposit is caused by the erosion of a
basaltic dyke of a recent tertiary age.

An important question arises in connection with these paleozoic
clays which are found to contain on the surface a little tin
combined with rounded grains of iron. The question is how far
they may have been the original matrix of the tin sand. If we
regard the granite as only a more highly metamorphosed portion
of these rocks they may be considered as stanniferous. My
opinion is that they are an upper formation lying on the granite,
and contain a little tin.

A more important question is whether the clays derived from
this rock may always be considered as a true " bottom." For
stream tin I should say decidedly yes. There can be no tertiary
drift between this formation and the granite. But I am not so
sure that in these loose clays stream tin may not sink to a certain
depth and be found a little below the first level. At the junction
of the paleozoic clay with the granite it is consistent with
experience to expect to find granular tin in small pockets or veins.
These deposits would be local. It is an open question whether
they would repay a search for them. The paleozoic clay is only a
few feet in thickness and rests directly upon the granite, so there
would be no great expense in testing the question. In looking
for a second bottom for stream tin, as the ore would have to sink
through soft sandstone or into very loose clay, any search beyond
a few feet would be useless.

Granite Rocks.

The whole of the Thaiping Range and a good deal of the rock
underlying the stream tin is a coarse blueish or grey granite, con-
taining but little mica, large crystals of orthoclase felspar, with
schorl, cassiterite, tungstates of iron (wolfram), fluor spar, manga-
nese, and titanif erous iron imbedded in a quartzose paste. It is
clearly a metamorphic rock, as many portions are still schistose,

1186 GEOLOGY AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY OF THE STATE OF PERAK,

and the marks of former stratification can be traced in the granite.
There are occasional bands or veins of quartz and felspar, but no
true metalliferous vein has as yet been discovei'ed.

The stream tin which has been found so abundantly at the foot
of some portions of this range has been derived from the granite, in
which it was scattered or disseminated in small crystals. Probably
the tin was nearly confined to the upper part of the granite,
especially at its junction with the paleozoic rock. Liberated in the
gradual weathering of the stone it has been swept down into the
valleys and flats by the almost continuous rainfall. The gravitation
of the particles has performed the necesssary sifting. As the tin
is found in the lowest strata it may owe this position to three
causes. 1. Gravitation facilitated by the repeated washing and
sifting to which stream beds are subject, and the heaviness of tin
ore. 2. A greater richness in the upper granite at its junction
with the paleozoic clays. 3. Stream tin gradually sinking through
the strata.

Tin ore is not universally scattered through the matrix of the
granite in its \ipper portions, but it must be so to a very large extent,
considering the wide spread character of stream tin deposits in
Perak. It may be regarded as a very good indication of the
existence of stream tin whei'e there is evidence of another formation,
such as the Ordovecian clays or the limestone. In cases where the
overlying formation has been denuded away the red clay is a good
indication. My reason for this opinion is that all metalliferous
formations are richesc at the junction of a different deposit. Thus
when the upper formation has been denuded away the upper
portion of the granite has been' very rich in tin. All my
experience in Australia has forced these conclusions upon me.

It should also be borne in mind that the gradual wearing away
and denudation of the granite has reduced the slope of the
mountain at the foot and gradually converted it into a plain. But
time was when the upturned paleozoic rock presented steep and
jagged edges to the sides of the hills. These acted as ripple tables
in which the tin was caught and accumulated. It was not until
the drift had silted up within reach of these rocks and reduced all
to a plain that light sands would accumulate upon them.

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. F.G.S., F.L.S., &C. 1187

Instances of this are common at Assam Kumbang, where the
surface soil is level, but underneath this thepaleozoic clays are found
to be very uneven and lying in ridges on the summits of which
there is no tin but with very rich deposits in the valleys between.

Thai ping Range.

The range that bounds the plain from the coast has this pecu-
liarity, that it sends out at right angles a number of long undulating
spurs, gradually decreasing in height and becoming a series of
small detached hills. The spurs end sometimes abruptly, and
sometimes run out into the plains for four or five miles. They
give rise to a series of long narrow valleys. Near Thaiping the
spurs and the valleys are shorter. Round the sudden termination
of the spur on which the Government quarry is situated, is the
rich tin field of Assam Kumbang. It is curious to remark how
the tin mines curve round the base of the hill, and also to what a
distance they extend from it. The Residency Hill is a detached
portion of one of the many short spurs abutting from the main
range. There is evidence that they are or they were covered with
outliers of the paleozoic rock, and to this I attribute the richness of
the tin fields around Thaiping.

5. Valley of the Perak River. — Jungle and alluvium prevent any

close examination of the geology of this portion of the section.

There are detached outliers of the limestone formation and in the

valleys near them I should look for rich tin deposits. At Salak,

about four miles from Enggor there is a fine valley with tin in it

derived from the spur of the range. In this case there are schists

and hard slates in the bed of the river where the stream tin is

found.

Kinta Range.

This is another granite mountain chain which is detached from
the main axis and trending south. Its exact height is not well
known. Those portions which I have seen were overlaid by lime-
stone strata, crystalline but with a clear easterly dip of about 17
degrees. This rock bore a strong resemblance to the Devonian
limestones of North-eastern Australia. These are also crystalline
77

1188 GEOLOGY AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY OF THE STATE OP PERAK.

but on being treated with acids they manifest organisms, such as
Stenophora, Favosites and fragments uf Brachiopoda. Here I could
discover nothing of the kind. Sections showed the usual striated
crystalline structure of calcite but no trace of any fossil. I cannot
conceive that such large masses of limestone should be entirely
destitute of organic tissue of some kind and I am not without hopes
that under favourable circumstanees thev will yet be found.

I lock upon the limestone formation as probably younger than
the paleozoic clays but I have seen no section which establishes this
beyond question. Apparently the limestone lies directly on the
granite and so do the paleozoic clays. But the limestones are on a
higher level and show generally a slighter dip. Looking at the
physical geography of the river valleys, whichinsectionshow granite,
paleozoic clays and schists, and then more towards the centre lime-
stone ranges, the inference is that the limestones lie above the clays.
Lithological character may also be appealed to. There is very little
difference between the Silurian rocks all over the world and even
such local characters as the Oolitic of Europe possesses are found to
have perfect representatives in the Oolitic of Australia. According
to this the limestone may be estimated as Devonian or Lower
Carboniferous.

8. Alluvium of the Kinta Valley. — This overlies the limestone
but not to such an extent as to prevent outcrops. There are also
outcrops of granite and in one place a small patch of highly
inclined schists and slates. In a journey I made up the Ivampar
River, which is a tributary of the Kinta, and flows by the side of a
small elevation or table land of limestone and granite, 1 noticed the
same sections but more limestone rock. The whole of the alluvium
of these rivers, inasmuch as it is derived from the junction of the
granite with the two other formations, I regard as probably rich in
stream tin. The Malays have tested it to a trifling extent and
always with success.

9. Limestone Range. — This forms a series of irregular hills
lying like a rampart at a short distance from the main central
range. Its appearance from any elevation to the westward is
very peculiar. It forms a series of detached almost conical hills

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., F.L.S.. &C. 1189

seldom above 1500 feet high and presenting precipitous sides of
greyish or blueish rock very beautifully variegated with stalactites
and various infiltrations of iron oxides. The vegetation on these
rocks is to some extent different from that of the granite, and no
doubt where it has been examined by the Rev. B. Scortecbini,
will show most interesting and new features.

It is quite evident that this limestone has been subject to
enormous denudation and of a very rapid kind. Like all similar
rocks the hills are full of caves situate on the face of the cliffs,
inaccessible without appliances. In these caves tin sand is found,
evidently derived from the granite. Some of this tin drift with
granite detritus occurs in caves several hundred feet above the
present level of the plains whence any stream could affect them,
and three or four miles from the nearest granite ix>cks. This will
give an idea of the extent to which erosion has worn away these
rocks. I shall have occasion subsequently to describe some of the
mines worked in these caves.

From near Pappan, and again from the hill on which the
residence of Mr. de la Croix is built at Lahat, excellent views
may be obtained of this singular range. Its irregular outline and
the white faces of its cliffs make it a conspicuous feature, especially
as the cliffs and the d<nse dark green vegetation with which they
are always surrounded give strong contrasts of colour.

10. Alluvial Valley. — The width of the valley between the
limestone hills and the main range is not great, but varies from one
to ten miles. It is broken up by many ridges of both limestone
and granite amid which flow rivulets and small rivers. In some
of these s Dialler valleys tin is worked and in all it may be expected.

11. Central Granite Chain. — The few opportunities I have had
of examing spurs of this range convinces me that it differs in no
essential particular from the Thaiping Range. It is granitic and
rises into greater elevations. Some of its summits are supposed to
be between 8000 and 9000 feet above the sea. Seen from a
distance the highest peaks have a grand and picturesque aspect.
As, far as the country is known this range is believed to be the
main axis of elevation. All the other granite ranges are detached

1190 GEOLOGY AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY OF THE STATE OF PERAK;

from it to the north, so that in reality they are diverging groups
distinct from it, and terminating to the southwards. It is owing
to these isolated groups that the Malayan Peninsula widens out to
so great an extent about the centre of the State of Perak. Looking
at the extent to which denudation has taken place, we have clear
evidence that the central range has been much higher than it is
now, but its reduction has been by erosion, not by subsidence.
Much of this has been carried to the sea as sediment, and some
spread in the valleys. The upheaval of these large mountain
systems is too much involved in obscurity to render any specula-
tions on the subject of use in estimating the physical geology of the
country. It may, however, be fairly assumed that the granite was
at one time overlaid completely by the paleozoic formation, and
probably by the limestone. The upheaval dates subsecpiently to the
deposition of the latter. The granite has broken through both
formations, depositing them, and it may be other newer strata on
each side of the chain. Erosion through the countless ages has
left us the rocks as they stand at present.

The granite being a metamorphic rock was pix>bably at one time
stratified and was one of the earliest formations, either Lower
Cambrian, or Laurentian. This accords with what is universally
observed in connection with tin deposits which are always found
in the most ancient rocks. The metamorphism must date subse-
quently to the deposition of the paleozoic clays and may even
have been subsequent to the deposition of the limestone. The
breaking through of the granite chain may have been much later.
The chronology of the opei-ations thus revealed may be stated thus :
1. The tin was originally disseminated in finely divided m3sses in
the paleozoic strata, of whatever age they were. 2. It was subse-
quently segregated and brought to the surface of the overlying
rocks. 3. It was brought within the influence of erosion by the
upheaval of the granitic chain. 4. Denudation distributed it as
stream tin in the valleys and alluvium.

There is one more geological question that may here be touched
upon. It is generally recognised in the present day that in granite
we have one of the results of volcanic action presented to us. It

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, P.G.S., F.L.S., &C. 1191

supposed to be more the deep-seated portions of the fusion which at
the earth's surface produces basalts, lavas, and scoriae. That this is
very near the truth may be seen from certain sections in Northern
Europe whose upper portions have all the characters of volcanic
products but gradually merge into granite in the lower sections.
Hydrothermal action consequent upon pressure is the assigned
cause of all the phenomena, but this is of no moment in our
present inquiry. We may therefore conclude that there have been
volcanic products in connection with this range, which have now
disappeared or nearly disappeared.

It must be borne in mind however, that these cannot be looked
for under the recent form of the volcanic series. Local rneta-
morphism has changed them. According to the researches of
Phillips and others, basalts, dolerites, &c, would be changed into
diorite, diabase, and other rocks, in which augite disappears, and
hornblende takes its place. Time and that constant interchange of
particles which takes place in even the most solid rocks would effect
these changes.

Furthermore, even if there had been no erosion, we could not
expect to find these metamorphosed volcanic products widely distri-
buted. Probably they are only connected with those outlets where
the pressure was less, the gases and steam were able to expand,
and the chemical influence of oxidation felt.

But nearly all of these products belonging as they did to the
upper portion of the granite have been swept away by erosion.
Yet not quite all. In the section of the Kuala Kangsa pass at
about 14 miles from Thaiping, there is a wide dyke which is
trappean. It has been much metamorphosed, and at present has
considerable resemblance to a porphyrinic rock. I have not
examined sections as yet, and therefore cannot give any further
information as to its character. This is the only dyke or rock of a
trappean character which I have seen in connection with the
granite, nor would this have been visible but for the cutting
connected with the road through the Pass at Gapis.

It should be mentioned here that one of the greatest difficulties
experienced in exploring the geology of this country is the absence

1102 GEOLOGY AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY OF THE STATE OF PERAK,

of any sections. The only roads are those made by the Govern-
ment during the last six years. On none of these are there any
extensive cuttings. On the rivers it is extremely i*are to see a
section of rock exposed ; in fact, I only know of two instances,
amongst all the rivers I have visited. The rest of the country is
jungle where ouccrops of rock are covered with dense vegetation.

Near Pappan, in the Kinta District, on the road between Batu
Gadja and Pappan, there is a small cutting through a recent
volcanic rock. It is basaltic, and the appearance is very like the
doleritic lavas of Australia. A small section showed crystals of
Augite in a glassy paste with abundance of microliths and
magnetite. In the drifts about this neighbourhood I found many
rounded waterworn pebbles of basalt, the vesicles of which are
either filled with zeolites or lined with chalcedony. I believe this
is the first discovery of recent volcanic rock in this portion of the
Malay Peninsula, and of course there must be more than this
example. It is most interesting as showing the former connection
of this land with the great volcanic belt which runs through
Sumatra, Java, and the islands to the eastward Whatever
connection there was has now completely died out nor does it
appear probable that its manifestation has in any important
degree modified the physical geography of the Peninsula.

The Tin Mines.

I shall now proceed to give an account of the various tin mines
I have visited throughout the State.

Thaiping.

The mines of Thaiping are stream tin deposits underlying drifts
derived from the Larut River and some small tributaries. They
are situated at the ends of some small spurs running westward
from the Thaiping granite range. They also run up the valleys
between these spurs as far as the base of the range. The geology
of these spurs is granite, covered with a red earth which is seen
from other sections to be derived from the paleozoic clays already
referred to. In a few instances these clays remain as outliers

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, P.G.S., F.L.S., &C. 1193

with well defined sti-atification. Towards the gaol and at the foot
of the quarry hill the paleozoic formation may be seen, with much
contorted bedding, and ribbon like structure, forming bands of red,
yellow, and white. It is evident that the present river valleys
have all been cut through -this rock on to the granite and that the
materials forming the drift have been derived from both. I consider
that the paleozoic clays play a most important part in connection
with the tin deposits, according to what has already been said.
The rich tin sand has its matrix in the granite, but moi'e
abundantly at its junction with the paleozoic clays than elsewhere.
All the tin workings at Thaiping are in drift, and therefore in
what has at one time or another been a portion of a river valley.
The depth of the drift is never more than 30 feet and sometimes
much less. Near the range it is less and the gravel coarser, often
mingled with boulders of granite of a ton or so in weight. The
tin sand is also coarse. The general run of the sections is : —
1. Alluvium of yellow clay. 2. Sand of yellow colour with
occasional driftwood of large size. 3. Blue and yellow clays with
infiltrations of much bright reel oxide of iron. 4. Coarse waterworn
gravel composed of granite and various coloured quartz and felspars.
5. Tin sand, in clay or sand or pipeclay. The tin is fine in
quality. The crystals usually not much abraded and seldom
much larger than two millimetres in diameter. In speaking of tin
ore or tin, tin sand, cassitei-ite or oxide of tin (Sn 02) is meant,
that is to say, pure metallic tin 78*62 and oxygen 21 38. It
occurs in short prisms with four or eight sided pyramidal
summits or complicated by twin crystals. Generally however it is
so abraded and broken as to leave scarcely any trace of crystalli-
zation. It is blackish like graphite, sometimes reddish brown or
ruby red, often transparent but rarely colourless. Its fracture is
hackly and its lustre vitreous. In many specimens of fine tin from
Thaiping small broken prisms of transparent olive green are not
uncommon. In this there appears to me to be a distinct difference
between the tin ores of Perak and those of Australia, especially
those of Victoria. The latter contain a much larger proportion of
hyacinth-red crystals. Samples from the above named countries

1194 GEOLOGY AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY OF THE STATE OF PERAK,

could easily be distinguished by those who have had a little
experience in tin ores.

Without entering into detail I may refer generally to all the
mines about Thaiping as affording instances of the origin of the
stream tin deposits. The Residency of Thaiping is built on a small
isolated hill, capped with red clay, about 100 feet or so above the
plain. Very rich mines were formerly worked at the foot of it.
There are other hillocks of the same kind at the base of which tin
is now worked, and there are others farther out in the plain where
the yellow clays give a fair indication that tin deposits may be
looked for at a moderate depth.

Five samples of pure tin ore carefully picked and separated from
impui'ity gave the following results for Specific Gravity.

Sample 1. Thaiping 6-78

2. Thaiping 6-80

3. Klian Pow ... ... ... 6 '77

4. Kamunting ... ... ... G-80

5. Assam Kumbang... ... ... 6*78

Most of the specimens are hard enough to scratch glass.

It is remarked that the stream tin of Australia is rich in
sapphires and other gems. In Perak there appear to be none.

Assam Kumbang.

Due north of the town of Thaiping, a spur from the
range extends, and round the foot of this in a direction N.N.W.
from the town are the mines of Assam Kumbang. They commence
about a mile from the town, and continue round the foot of the
mountain for three or four miles. These mines are mainly
distinguished for the great distance they extend from the range.
Tt will be understood from the conditions under which stream tin
accumulates, that it cannot be looked for far from the influence of
rapid streams, or from where rapid streams have formerly been. At

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S , F.L.S., &C. 1195

the mines referred to, the spur of the range isvery steep, and the wash
from it may on that account have been carried out much further.
As a matter of course, the further from the hills, the liner the tin,
as only small particles of the ore can be carried any distance by
water. Two miles seems to be about the limit to which the very
fine particles of tin have been carried into the plains by floods.

These mines seem to confirm the view that the rich tin deposits
have been formed by the wearing down of the paleozoic clays at
their junction with the granite. There is less oxide of iron and
coloured clays in these mines than in those at Thaiping. White
porcelain clays and sands are the rule. In many places however,
the drift lies upon the softened and almost disintegrated paleozoic
clays, showing that they still lie at the foot of the hills, and must
have been very much worn away in the wash and denudation that
have laid the granite bare.

Kamunting.

These mines are at the foot of the range about three miles
north of Thaiping. The drift lies upon the paleozoic clays in some
mines and in others upon the granite. They are all very close to
the base of the mountain from which they have been derived. It
appeared to me as if the deposits could be shown to follow the
course of more than one ancient stream bed. Both here and at
Assam Kumbang, there are deposits of vegetable matter some
eight to fourteen feet thick. Large trees and stumps with logs are
found, the stumps and roots being often in the position in which
they grew. This shows that the locality has been alternately the
bed of a stream and the site of a forest, probably when the stream
took a different course and left the banks and bed free to receive a
forest vegetation.

Another peculiar circumstance connected with the clays in these
localities is the water standing in any of the old workings
becomes a beautiful pale blue colour. Neither by microscopic
examination nor chemical tests was I able to find any satisfactory

1196 GEOLOGY AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY OF THE STATE OF PERAK,

reason for this. The water is quite colourless in small quantities.
I am inclined to think it is due to a hydrated silicate of alumina
(Halloysite) derived from the clays, but it may be also a minute
diatom (Tryblionella 1) which is sparingly found in the water.
See Note.

The tin in all these mines is abundant, rather coarse, and often
in two strata of a foot or more in thickness. It is generally in
the lowest portion of the drift, covered with coarse water-worn
sands and gravel, fine yellow and white sands and vegetable
matter in regular sti"ata.

Salak.

This mine is situated in a valley formed by granitic spurs from
the range on the eastern side of the Perak River. It is about four
miles east of Enggor, a village on the river about five miles north
of Kuala Kangsa. The workings are in a small river valley which
at the time of my visit (February 6th, 1884) was nearly dry. All
the workings were in alluvial drift with coarse gravel , but with much
fine sand above. In the bed of the river there were outcrops of
very hard stratified quartzite forming bars aci'oss the stream.
These have acted as " ripples " and consequently much drift tin
was accumulated on the upper sides of them. I was told that
there were indications of a tin vein here but I saw none. The
whole of this valley must be rich in tin, but it is only worked to a
small extent as yet, by Chinese. The tin is excellent, with grains
of a large size. I saw some crystals half an inch in diameter with
little signs of abrasion.

Note. — The action of water holding carbonic acid in solution (derived
from the vegetation) accounts for most of the changes in the clays and
sands of these localities. The orthoclase felspar containing potash becomes
easily soluble in carbonized waters. Thus the potash becomes carbonate
of potash and the silica of the felspar is set free, partly in solution, and
partly as siliceous sand. Nearly all the water in these pools gives a
slightly alkaline reaction. I need hardly say that carbonate of potash is a
very soluble salt and easily carried away by running water. Soda felspars
are not so common in the granite here, but if present a similar process of
solution goes on, only that the product is carbonate of soda.

by the rev. j. e. tenison-woods, f.g.s., f.l.s., &c. 1197

Pappan.

This is a stream tin deposit in the valley of the Kinta. The lime-
stone formation crops out at a short distance, and in fact flanks the
whole of the range, but does not here rise into such a high series of
hills as on the eastern side of the valley. The Pappan mines are
in river drift composed of sand with granite gravel. This is much
mixed with occasional waterworn fragments of basalt three inches
or so in diameter. The vesicles of this rock are filled with infil-
trations of lime and chalcedony. The drift vai'ies very much in
thickness. In some parts of the flats near the Shanghai Company's
works it is scarcely 20 feet, while further up the valley it increases
enormously. In some old Malay workings on the hill at the back
of the village the deposit of drift is between 60 and 70 feet. This
is scarcely a quarter of a mile up the valley. The drift here is
very fine grained and has hardened into an almost compact sand-
stone. Much of it is stained a deep red especially where the water
from the surface has free access to it.

The old workings are abandoned and now form a large square
waterhole nearly 30 feet deep, surrounded by picturesque cliffs of
compact yellow, white, and red drift. The water in the mine is,
like neax-ly all the deep mining waters in this country, of a clear
light blue of a beautiful tint, quite different from that of sea- water.

There must be two or three strata of tin sand in this locality.
On the path by the side of the workings a small but very rich seam
crops out. [ washed a small sample and found an unusual amount
of tin in coarse grains. This was being worked by a native chief,
but only on the sui'face, with the help of a few Malays.

The accumulation of so much drift above the tin in which no
metal is found would seem to point out that the granite in its
lower portions is barren of ore. In shallow drifts the river gravels
have most probably been turned over by the water again again,
and so in this manner the tin sand sifted out and gradually settled
at the bottom. Or in very thin layers of sand permeated by water,
tin may easily sink through to the clay. Such large accumulations
of sand as we have in the case of Pappan, if they have slowly been

1198 GEOLOGY AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY OF THE STATE OF PERAK,

gal hered by the weathering of granite, have probably not been sifted
by water, and ought to contain all that the granite contained. The
absence of tin ore in this drift is therefore significant. There may
however, have been a large river here, and this may have been a
sandbank. The present aspect of the valley is against such a
supposition, but as denudation is evident to the extent of a
thousand feet and more in the limestones on the other side of the
Kinta valley, equal erosion may be supposed to have taken place
here. I am, however, inclined to think that the rich tin deposits
were found on the upper part of the granite at its junction with
the limestone or the paleozoic clays already referred to.

Altogether, T consider the Pappan district as very rich in stream
tin and offering most favourable prospects when properly mined.

Poussin.

About two miles from Pappan on the road between that village
and Batu Gadja there is a small mining community of Malays.
They work upon a low ridge on which white limestone crops out. It is
crystalline, but retains its marks of stratification which dips about
17° east. The rock is very much eroded, and cut into pinnacles,
and sharp angles of fantastic appearance. Much of the stone is
covered with clay and light soil. This the Malays remove by
cutting narrow trenches, never more than ten feet deep. In the
crevices and amid the pinnacles of the limestone thus uncovered,
they find tin sand. It must be abundant and of great richness,
for though the methods of mining are so rude, and confined to mere
narrow pockets, and though the ore is smelted in a small charcoal
furnace with a piston bellows, yet they manage to make a good
deal of money out of these mines.

Amid the gravel above the limestone were many rounded and
angular fragments of the basalt already referred to. It appeared
to me as if the clay and gravel were derived from granite and
that there were marks of river action.

Between these mines and Pappan there is the small outcrop of
basaltic rock already referred to. The cutting has only revealed

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON- WOODS, F.G.S., F.L.S., &C. 1199

a very small portion of the decomposed surface, so that it cannot
as yet be said whether this is a dyke or a more extensive out-
pouring of trap.

Lahat.

Separated from the vaHey of Pappan by a low granite spur
from the main range is the valley of Lahat, a stream tin deposit
taken up by the Company, of which Mons. J. Errington de la Croix,
is the manager. It is as usual a stream tin deposit, but is not yet
uncovered sufficiently to enable one to pronounce upon its richness.
The drift appeared to be of moderate depth and mostly of fine
sand and clay, with a good deal of vegetable deposit. The drift
has been formed by the river Kinta which winds around this spur.
I could see no outci-op of any rock except granite, but the lime-
stone is all through the adjacent valley.

Mons. de la Croix has cleared the timber from a portion of the
side of the valley. This has given him a beautiful site for his
residence and the houses of his assistants at a height of 170 feet
above the river. The view from this is very extensive. The
Kinta ranges appear of moderate height to the westward. To the
east were high ranges of mountains from 5000 to 8000 feet,
fronted by limestone cliffs and hills, some about 1200 feet in
elevation. These are thickly wooded, and all around the plains
was dense jungle.

GOPING.

This is an extensive valley of stream tin deposits about 10
miles from Lahat. The mines lie on the eastei'n side of the
Kinta and on the eastern side of the limestone range, in a valley
formed by spurs from the main range. It is said that the stream
tin has been nearly worked out. The mines are few in number
and apparently have been inefficiently worked. From the habit
the Chinese have of throwing the stripping or spoil heaps in all
directions, it is very probable that much ground is covered which
has never been worked at all. It seems to me very improbable
that such a large valley can have been completely tested, much
less exhausted.

1200 geology and physical geography of the state of perak,

Tecca.

Between Lahat and Goping there is a small mining village at
the foot of a spur from the main range and close to limestone rocks.
I did not examine the workings here which are small. There are
also other small tin workings ot the base of the limestone hills.
But it appears to me that all the valleys at the junction of the
limestone ought to be rich in tin. The indications are exactly
the same as those of the rich mines mentioned already.

Kampar River.

Along this river Malays have worked for tin successfully in the
sand-banks left dry by the stream. Or they have turned the course
of the river and found abundance of tin sand in its former bed.
All along the course of this stream there are outcrops of both
limestone and granite, showing every favourable indication at the
junction of the two deposits.

Kuala Diepang.

About four miles from the junction of the Diepang with the
Kampar River, the new Government road passes close to the lime-
stone range. Here Malays and Chinese are working for stream
tin in the limestone caves which are found at various levels above
the river valley. Payable tin has been taken out of mines 1000
feet above the valley. The tin is in fine earth of dark brown
colour, mingled with glossy rounded pea iron ore. It is very
unlike the tin drift of the valleys but the difference is due to its
mode of preservation. Much of the earth is a kind of guano,
chiefly derived from the decomposed excrement of bats and birds.
The remainder is probably derived from decomposed granite
materials of which the siliceous particles still remain.

If as I suppose this tin sand is derived from the granite it affords
evidence of the great erosion to which the limestone has been
subjected. We must suppose that the limestone strata where the
caves are now where once the bottom of a valley connected with

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., P.L.S., &.C. 1201

the granite, the nearest portions of which are three or four miles
away. Limestones are however so easily dissolved by water
containing carbonic acid that there is nothing astonishing in this
denudation. The highest point at which the tin is found is said to
be 1000 feet above the present level of the valley. This I did not
see. The Malays and Chinese were working in caves 300 or 400
feet up the face of the cliff. The ore was sent down in baskets
running on wire.

DlNDINGS.

At the Island of Pulo Pankore, one of the Dindings Group a
small quantity of tin sand is obtained by washing the sand in the
valleys. The island is entirely of granite with much red clay on
some small hills I did not see any other indications of the
paleozoic formation. There are no regular mines. The tin sand is
washed from the surface by a few Malays, and smelted in a small
charcoal furnace of the rudest construction. The Datu of the
locality said that gold was also found in the sand but could not
show me any specimens. He brought me however, to a narrow
valley about two miles north of the landing place. The spot
pointed out was in the bed of a small stream full of large boulders.
We washed several panfuls of sand but without seeing a trace of
the precious metal. Nevertheless, the Datu insisted that if we
would only get some of the sand from under the very large
boulders we should find plenty of gold, but as no one had ever
done so, this was merely his opinion. It would take a good deal
of dynamite to remove even the smallest of the rocks.

It is very possible that minute scaly gold may be found in
connexion with the granite. It is so found at Batang Padang at
no great distance to the south-east. It may be also mentioned
that the first discovery of tin sand in Australia was made in
connexion with gold in the drifts of the Oven's River. Gold in
granite is however, rare in Austi'alia, but it is not uncommon, and
even rich deposits have been found at the junction of granite with
lower paleozoic slates and schists. I believe that at some former
time small quantities of gold have been found at Pulo Pankore.

1202 geology and physical geography of the state of perak,

Selama.

These mines are situated near the Krian River, which forms the
boundary between Keddah and the State of Perak at the Kuala
Selama. They are very rich in drift or stream tin derived from
the decomposition of the paleozoic clays at their junction with the
granite. Close to the village of Selama there is an outcrop of
paleozoic rock. It is highly ferruginous sandstone, the external
appearance which at the outcrop has been much modified by the
action of water. The sandstone is a brown mottled with red, and
those various colours which mark the presence of ferric oxide. The
outcrop forms a regular ledge, and appeal's like a dyke about 15
feet above the ground. It is possible that there is a vein or lode
near it though I saw none. The tin found at the surface in the
mud of a swamp at the foot of the outcrop is very rich. The
Malays easily gather small quantities of good ore without digging
at all, in fact most of the families in the village contribute in this
way to their own support.

The workings in the neighbourhood appear to have been con-
ducted on no plan. No one with sufficient capital to drain
the mine effectually appears to have worked a claim. The mines
are a series of small holdings, and the ground has been turned over
in a wasteful manner. The consequences are that the spoil heaps
are an obstacle to any working with small capital, and the mines
are almost abandoned. Yet it appears to me to be a singularly
rich deposit of tin, and only wants the employment of capital to
render it as flourishing as any in Perak. A large extent of clear
ground which must contain tin, and in many places has been proved
to contain tin, is quite unworked.

CONCLUSION.

From what has been said in the preceding report it appears that
we may form the following conclusions.

1 . That stream tin deposits are the only ones worked hitherto in
the State of Perak.

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., F.L.S., &C. 1203

2. These are drift formations derived from the weathering and
wearing down by water of the granite and other overlying strata
on the neighbouring hills.

3. They have accumulated very slowly in the beds of ancient or
existing streams.

4. It is probable that the tin has been mostly derived from the
wearing down of the paleozoic clays and granite at their point of
junction.

5. Tin must therefore be sought for only at the base of hills in
ancient drift beds. Generally also the western slopes are the
richest.

6. Red and yellow clays, or better still an outcrop of slates at
the foot of a range are favoui'able indications.

7. True tin lodes or mineral veins have only been found in the
northern part of the State, and these have not been worked.

I may state further that the general impression left on my mind
is that only a small portion of the tin deposits of Perak has yet
been worked. The similarity of the formations throughout the
State gives good ground for believing that tin may be expected on
the western bases of all the mountain groups I have referred to.
I cannot speak so certainly as to the main range, which geolo-
gically may be more modern and belong to an entirely different
mountain system.

1204 TEMPERATURE OF BODY OF ORA'ITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS,

ON THE TEMPERATURE OF THE BODY
OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS. Blumenb.

By N. de Miklouho-Maclay.

The low temperature of the body of Echidna hystrix (28° C. or
82°, 4 F.), (1) as compared with that of other mammals made me
desirous of ascertaining also the temperature of Ornithorhynchus
paradoxus. Through the kindness of Mr. Win. Macleay, to whom
a specimen of this animal has been sent alive from Penrith, I had
the opportunity a few days ago of making the desired observation.

The elongated narrow bulb of a sensitive thermometer (2) having
been introduced into the cloaca of the animal (a young g) the
mercury gradually rose to 24°, 4 C. (or 75", 9 F.), and remained
stationary. The water in the tub in which the animal was kept,
had a temperature under 23° C. (73°, 6 F.), and the temperature
of the air in the room (observed with another thermometer) was
20°, C. Cor 68° F.)

The thermometer having remained in the cloaca not more than
two minutes, it appeared to me that a slight possibility of a higher
temperature of the body of the Ondthorhynchus was not quite
excluded. I was therefore very glad to have a chance of trying
the same experiment again on the same animal two days later.

This time I let the thermometer remain in the cloaca, over
5 min. and obtained the temperature of 25° 2 C. (or 77° 3 F.), the
temperature of the air being that afternoon 23° O. (73°, 6 F.), and
of the water of the tub. 24Q 3 C. (75° 8 F.)

(1.) My paper on the temperature of the body of Echidna hystrix. Cuv.
Proceed. Linn. Soc. of N.S.W. Vol. 8, p. 425.

(2.) The scale of the thermometer used (of Patz and Foehr in Berlin), was
divided into degrees (centigrade) from 24° to 46° C. The tenths of a degree
were carefully and distinctly marked on the scale.

BY N. DE MIKLOUIIO-MACLAY. 1205

The animal being then in a dying condition, presenting no chance
of living much longer, I made a small incision near the linea alba,
and introduced the thermometer into the abdominal cavity. It
then showed, after lying there for a few minutes, exactly the same
temperature as in the cloaca (i.e., 25° 2 C, or 77° 3 F.) Taking
the mean of the two observations, the temperature of the body of
Ornithorhynchus paradoxus is — 24° 8 C, or 76° 6 F.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. W. H. Caldwell, B.A., exhibited several specimens which
he had recently obtained in Queensland, showing the stages in the
development of the Monotremes from the laying of the egg to the
hatching.

Mr. J. Mitchell of Bowning, exhibited a large number of Silurian
fossils collected by him in the neighbourhood of Bowning. They
consisted of a variety of Molluscs, Corals and about sixteen species
of Trilobites. Among the Trilobites are Phacops caudatus, P. longi-
caudatus, P. encrinurus punctatits, and P. Jamesii (1), Calymene
( Lenaria ?), Harpes ungula, Staurocejrfiahis Murchisoaii, Broateus,
and several of the genus Acidaspis one of which attained a consid-
erable size. The molluscs included representatives of Pentamerus,
Orthoceras, Avicula, Strophomena. &c.

Mr. Macleay exhibited a specimen of Ophiophagus elaps, a
venemous snake of the Indian region, and the largest known species
of the venemous Colubrine snakes. He had received it from the
Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods from Perak. The specimen measured
142 inches in length, but the species had been known to attain
a length of 170 inches. As its name implies, it preys on other
snakes, and its venom is so deadly, that it is said to kill a man in
three minutes and an elephant in a couple of hours.

1206 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Gervase F. Mathew, F.L.S., of H.M.S. Espiegle, exhibited
four boxes containing a collection of many hundred Lepidopterous
Insects, which he had obtained during his last cruise on the South
East Coast of New Guinea. The collection contained a few Microle-
pidoptera, but by far the greater part of it consisted of Diurnal
Butterflies of the most gorgeous hues and of wonderful variety.

Dr. Cox exhibited some fine samples of a Mushroom grown
at Potts' Point on an artificial bed. The spawn (Mycelium) of
these Mushrooms was obtained from a clump of bamboos and was
placed in the bed in July last. The mushrooms have when half
expanded a strong white membrane reaching from the pileus
to the stipes, and when this breaks the mushroom expands. Pro-
fessor Stephens considered that the Agaric shown belonged in all
probability to the sub-genus Amanita, and that they were, to say
the least, suspicious as articles of diet.

Dr. Cox also exhibited and presented to the Society for safe
custody a dried specimen of a plant recently described by Baron
Sir F. von Mueller from the mountain region of the Clyde River,
and named by him Eriostemon Coxii. The plant is believed to
have valuable medicinal properties.

Mr. E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., exhibited for Mr. E. G. W. Palmer
a native Bees' Nest which had been obtained in the neighbourhood
of Smithfield. For the last seven years it had been suspended
from a branch of a pear tree in Mr. Palmer's garden, and a quart
of honey had often been obtained from it, but during the last
winter a caterpillar formed its cocoon in the only aperture and so
effectually closed it that all the bees were killed.

Drawings were exhibited of some fossil bones which Mr. R. D.
Fitzgerald, F.L.S., had received from Lord Howe's Island. The
bones have been forwai'ded to Sir Richard Owen, and are believed
to be those of two species of extinct lizards, probably allied to the
gigantic horned Megalania and Notiosaurus, which have been
found in the Pleistocene deposits in Queensland and New South
Wales.

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING.

28th January, 1885.

The President, C. S. Wilkinson, F.G.S., F.L.S., in the Chair.

President's Address.

It is again my privilege to address you on the occasion of our
Meeting here this evening to celebrate the 10th Anniversary of
the Linnean Society of New South Wales.

The Members must I feel sure be gi"atified with the progress
that has been made during the past year — progress that is mani-
fested in the increased amount of valuable original research which
has been conti'ibuted through the Society to the Science of Natural
History.

The number of Members has also increased to 161, as against
153 at the end of 1883, notwithstanding, as it is our painful
duty to record, the loss of six by death — Dr. Badham, Mr. J. F.
Bailey, Hon. Joseph Docker, Dr. Joseph, Monsignor Lynch, and
Dr. Palmer.

During the year M. Theodore Lefevre, Secretary of the Royal
Malacological Society of Belgium, has been elected an Honorary
Member ; and Mr. G. F. Angas, F.L.S., O.M.Z.S,, of London, and
Mr. F. Jeffrey Bell, M.A., F.Z.S., Professor of Comparative
Anatomy, King's College, London, have been elected Correspond-
ing Members.

The Act for the Incorporation of the Linnean Society of New
South Wales received the Royal assent on the 1st February.

1208 president's address.

The following is a list of the Papers read at the monthly meetings
of the Linnean Society, 1884 : —

1. Supplement to the "Descriptive Catalogue of the Fishes of
Australia." By William Macleay, F.L.S., &c.

2. "On some Batrachians from Queensland." By Charles W.
De Vis.

3. " Occasional Notes on Plants Indigenous in the immediate
neighbourhood of Sydney." No. 6. By E. Haviland.

4. " Studies of the Elasmobranch Skeleton." Plates I. and
II. By W. A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc.

5. " A Monograph of the Australian Sponges." Part I. By
It. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

6. " The Scyphomedusje of the Southern Hemisphere." Part I.
By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

7. "Notice of New Fishes." By W. Macleay, F.L.S., &c.

8. " On the Improvements effected by the Australian Climate,
Soil, and Culture on the Merino Sheep." By P. N. Trebeck, Esq.

9. " Plants which have become Naturalized in New South
Wales." By W. Woolls, Ph.D., F.L.S.

10. "The Australian Hydromedusse." By R. von Lendenfeld,
Ph.D.

11. " The Scyphomedusse of the Southern Hemisphere." Part
II. By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

12. " On some Fossil Plants from Dubbo, New South Wales."
Plate IX. By the Rev. J. Milne Curran, F.G.S.

13. "On the Preservation of Tender Marine Animals." By
R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

14. "On the Scyphomedusaj of the Southern Hemisphere."
Part III. Plates III. and IV. By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

15. " Note on the Development of the Versuridse." Plate V.
By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

president's address. 1209

16. "A Monograph of the Australian Sponges." Part II.
By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

17. "The Australian Hydroinedusre." Part II. Plate VI.
By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

18. "Revision of the Recent Rhipidoglossate and Docoglossate
Mollusca of New Zealand." By Professor F. W. Hutton, F.G.S.

19. "Notes on Hybridism in the Genus Brachychiton." By
Baron Sir F. von Mueller, K.C.M.G., F.R.S., &c.

20. " Notes on the Claspers of Heptanchus." Plate V. By
W. A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc.

21. "New Australian Fishes in the Queensland Museum." By
Charles W. De Vis, M.A.

22. "The Australian Hydromedusas." Part III. Plates VII.
and VIII. By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph. D.

23. " The Digestion of Sponges Ectoderm and Entoderm V By
R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

24. " The Eruption in the Straits Settlement and the Evening
Glow." By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

25. " Occasional Notes on Plants Indigenous in the immediate
neighbom-hood of Sydney." No. 7. By. E. Haviland.

26. " New Australian Fishes in the Queensland Museum "
No. 2. By Charles W. De Vis. M.A.

27. "On a Marine Species of Philougria." Plate XL By
Charles Chilton, M.A.

28. " The Australian Hydromedusa*." Part IV. Plates XII.
to XVII. By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

29. " On the Occurrence of Flesh-spicules in Sponges." By
R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

30. " Note on the Slimy Coatings of certain Boltenias in Port
Jackson." By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

1210 president's address.

31. " Report on a Collection of Echinodermata from Australia."
By. F. Jeffrey Bell, M.A.

32. " Revision of the Recent Lainellebranchiata of New Zea-
land." By Captain F. W. Hutton, F.G.S.

33. " A Record of Localities of some New South Wales
Zoophytes." By Baron Sir F. von Mueller, M.D., F.R.S., &c.

34. " New Fishes in the Queensland Museum." No. 3. By
Charles W. De Vis, M.A.

35. " Census of Australian Snakes with Description of two New
Species." By William Macleay, F.L.S.

36. " On a New Species of Kangaroo from New Guinea." By
Baron N. de Miklouho-Maclay.

37. " On Some Peculiarities in the Brain of the Australian
Aboriginal." By Baron N. de Miklouho-Macleay.

38. "The Australian Hydromedusse." Part V. By R. von
Lendenfeld, Ph. D.

39. "Muscular Tissues in Hydroid Polyps." Plate XXX.
By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph. D.

40. " Notes on the Fibres of Certain Australian Hircinidse."
By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

41. " On the Myrtaceee of Australia." By the Rev. W. Woolls,
Ph.D., F.L.S., &c.

42. " On the Mai'ine Annelides of the Order Serpulea ; some
Observations on their Anatomy, with the Characteristics of the
Australian Species." By W. A. Has well, M.A., B.Sc.

43. " On a New Crustacean found inhabiting the Tubes of
Vermilia." By W. A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc.

44. " Notes on the Young of Pristiophorus cirratus." By W.
A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc.

45. " New Fishes in the Queensland Museum." No. 4. By
Charles W. De Vis, M.A.

president's address. 1211

46. "Note on the Eyes of Deep Sea Fishes." By E. von
Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

47. " The Insects of the Maclay Coast of Guinea." By William
Macleay, F.L.S.

48. " On a Subgenus of Parainelidae (Brachymelis) from New
Guinea." By Baron N. de Miklouko-Maclay.

49. " Descriptions of Australian Microlepidoptera.'' Part XI.
By E. Meyrick, B.A.

50. " Critical List of Mollusca from the North-west Coast of
Australia." By John Brazier, C.M.Z.S.

51. " Synonymy of Some Land Shells from New Guinea." By
John Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c.

52. " The time of the Glacial Period in New Zealand." By R.
von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

53. " Catalogue of Papers and Works Relating to the Orders
Marsupialia and Monotremata." By J. J. Fletcher, M.A., B.Sc.

54. " On Two New Birds from the Austro-Malayan Region."
By. E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., F.L.S.

55. " New Fishes in the Queensland Musexim." No. V. By
Charles W. De Vis, M.A.

56. " Observations on the Temperature of the Sea on the East
Coast of Australia." By Baron N. de Miklouko-Maclay.

57. "A Monograph of the Australian Sponges." Part III.
By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

58. Addenda to the Australian Hydromedusse." By R. von
Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

59. "On Colour Varieties of Scyphomedusae." By R. von
Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

60. "The Metamorphoses of Bolina Chuni." By R. von
Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

1212 president's address.

61. " Revision of the Marine Teenioglossate and Ptenoglossate
Mollusca of New Zealand." By Captain F. W. Hutton, F.G.S.

62. " Suggestion as to the Mode of Formation of Barrier Reef
in Bougainville Straits, Solomon Group." By H. B. Guppy, M.D.,
Surgeon, R.N.

63. " Record of an Undescribed Correa from New South Wales."
By Baron Sir F. von Mueller, K.O.M.G., F.R.S., &c.

64. " On Volcanic Activity on the Islands near the North-east
Coast of New Guinea, and the Evidences of Rising of the Maclay
Coast of New Guinea." By Baron N. de Miklouho-Maclay.

65. " Note on a Beroid of Port Jackson." By R. v. Lendenfeld,
Ph.D.

66. " The Histology and Nervous System of the Calcareous
Sponges." By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

67. " Addenda to the Australian Hydromedusa?." No. 2. By
R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

68. " Note on the Flight of Insects." By R. von Lendenfeld,
Ph.D.

69. " List of Recent Shells found in Layers of ^lay on the
Maclay Coast, New Zealand." By John Brazier, C.M.Z.S.

70. " A Revision of the Australian Lsemodipoda." By W. A.
Haswell, B.A., B.Sc.

71. "A Revision of the Australian Isopoda." By W. A.
Haswell, B.A., B.Sc.

72. " On a New and Remarkable Instance of Symbiosis." By
W. A. Haswell, B.A., Sc.

73. " On the Pycnogonidoe of the Australian Coast, with Des-
criptions of New Species." By W. A. Haswell, B.A., B.Sc.

74. "Notes on the Port Jackson Crustacea." By Charles
Chilton, B.A.

president's address. 1213

75. " Descriptions of Australian Micro-Lepidoptera." By E.
Meyrick, B.A.

76. " A Monograph of the Australian Sponges." Part III. By
R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

77. " Notes on the Direction of the Hair in some Kangai'oos."
By Baron N. de Miklouho-Maclay.

78. " Note on Tribachycrinus Clarkei, McCoy." By F. Ratte,
M.E.

79. " On the Larvae and some Larva Cases of some Australian
Aphrophoridse." By F. Ratte, M.E.

80. " The Geology and Physical Geography of the State of
Perak." By the Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.G.S., F.L.S.

81. "On the Temperature of the Body of Ornithorhynchus
paradoxus." By Baron N. de Miklouho-Maclay.

82 " Occasional Notes on Plants Indigenous in the immediate
vicinity of Sydney." By E. Haviland, Esq.

It will be seen from this list that the number of Papers read
diu-ing the year exceeds that of the previous year by thirty -four.
The subjects dealt with embrace each of the six sub-kingdoms of
the Animal Kingdom ; whilst a few other papers contain chiefly
observations upon Botanical and Geological subjects.

The Hon. W. Macleay has contributed, besides other papers, a
supplement to his " Descriptive Catalogue of the Fishes of
Australia." Another important work is the " List of Papers and
Works relating to the Mammalian Orders, Marsupialia and Mono-
tremata." By J. J. Fletcher, M.A., B.Sc. These are valuable
additions to the already advanced list of works of reference which
have been published by this Society : —

" Catalogue of Australian Birds, showing the distribution of
the Species over Australia and New Guinea." By E. P. Ramsay,
F.L.S.

,ed

" Catalogue of Accipitres." By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S.

1214 president's address.

"Census of Australian Snakes." By Hon. W. Macleay, F.L.S.

" Descriptions of Australian Microlepidoptera." By E.
Meyrick, B.A.

" Mollusca of the ' Chevert ' Expedition." By John Brazier,
C.M.Z.S.

" Contributions to Australian Oology." By E. P. Ramsay,
F.L.S.

" On the Edible Oyster found on the Australian Coast." By
J. C. Cox, M.D., F.L.S.

" On the Australian Amphiopoda." By William A. Haswell,
B.Sc.

"The Echini of Australia." By the Rev. J. E. Tenison-
Woods, F.L.S., F.G.S.

" Australian Fishes — new or little known." By Count F. de
Castelnau.

" The Flora of Tropical Queensland." By. F. N. Bailey.

" Contribution to South Queensland Flora." By the Rev. B.
Scortechini, L.L.B.

" Forage Plants Indigenous to New South Wales." By Rev.
W. Woolls, Ph.D., F.L.S.

" On the Fungi of New South Wales and Queensland." By
Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.LS., and F. M. Bailey, F.L.S., <fcc.

" A Monograph of the Australian Sponges." By R. von
Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

" The Scyphomedusee of the Southern Hemisphere." By R. von
Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

" The Australian Hydromedusse." By R. von Lendenfeld,
Ph.D.

" Contributions to Zoology of New Guinea." By E. P. Ramsay,
Chilton,

president's aldress. 1215

"On the Coal Flora of Australia." By Rev. J. E. Tenison-
Woods, F.L.S., F.G.S.

" Occasional Notes on Plants Irdigenous in the immediate
neighbourhood of Sydney." By Edwin Haviland.

" Synonymy of Australian and Polynesian Land and Marine
Mollusca." By John Brazier, C.M.Z.S.

" New Australian Fishes in the Queensland Museum." By
Charles W. de Vis, M.A.

" Revision of the Recent Lamellebranchiata of New Zealand."
By Captain F. W. Hutton, F.G.S.

"The Myrtacea? of Australia." By Rev. W. Woolls, Ph.D.

"Plants which have become Naturalized in New South Wales."
By Rev. W. Woolls, Ph D.

" Marine Annelids of the Order Serpula?. Some observations
on the Anatomy, with the Chai'acteristics of the Australian
Species." By W. A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc.

Besides numerous special Papers upon various subjects of Natural
History, by Baron Sir Ferd. von Mueller, K.C.M.G., F.R.S., Dr.
James C. Cox, F.L.S., Professor W. J. Stephens, M.A., Dr. FT.
B. Guppy, R.N., Baron Miklouho-Maclay, M. F. Ratte, M.E.,
and other authors mentioned in my previous address.

The Paper on the " Mode of Formation of Barrier Reefs in
Bougainville Straits, Solomon Group. " By Dr. H. B. Guppy,
R.N., is specially interesting as throwing additional light upon
the origin of the Barrier Reefs. Dr. Guppy states that these
Barrier Reefs have evidently been formed, during a period not of
subsidence but of upheaval, and than the intervening channels
represent belts of detritus upon whhch the reef building corals
could not live ; and he arrives at the conclusion that in the case
of reefs which possess such a gradual felope that the lower margin
of this band of detritus lies within I the zone of reef-building
corals, a line of barrier reef will be ultimately formed beyond
this band with a deep channel inside> ; but in the case of reefs

1216 president's address.

which possess a more rapid sub-marine slope, so that the lower
limit of the band of detritus extends far beyond the depths in
which the reef corals thrive., no such Barrier Reef will be formed.
He also thinks it probable that reef corals may commence to
build in depths greater than those usually assigned.

The Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.L.S., in a Paper which was
read at our December Meeting, gives a very graphic description of
the Physical Geography and Geology of the State of Perak. The
lofty mountains rising to a height of 8000 feet, fronted by
precipices of limestone of various colours, and at their base
plains covered with dense ji ingle, must appear truly grand. But
of more practical interest ai-e the extensive tin-bearing deposits.
Mr. Tenison- Woods states that the original source of the tin
ore was the granites near their junction with the Palaeozoic sedi-
mentary rocks. This mode of occurrence of the ore is in many
respects similar to that which has been observed in the tin mining
districts of New England in New South Wales.

Dr. R. von Lendenfeld who joined the Society at the commence-
ment of last year, read over '30 Papers, mostly on the lower marine
animals of the Australian 'Seas. The experience and material
collected by him during his Lhree years stay in different Australian
Colonies, is utilized in these Papers. The Hydromedusse and the
Scyphomedusae are finisher 1, some new Ctenophorse have been
described, and a Monograph of the Australian Sponges commenced.
It may be hoped that the in defatigable Author will be able to finish
this in the way it has been foegun, and so fill up a very large gap in
our knowledge of Australia n animals. Many of his Papers dwell
on Comparative Morphology \ He has discovered several interesting
facts of a general scientific interest. The development of one of
our large Jellyfish was foui^d to be totally different from what was
hitherto known about thei: c Metamorphosis. In a Paper on the
Geographical distribution of ' Medusae, the influence of ocean currents
on the Marine Fauna was il lustrated. A most important discovery
was that of certain cells in Sponges which the Author considers as
Nervous elements. Their/ existence in the Sponges furnishes a
proof that these organism s are more highly developed Matazoa

president's address. 1217

than was hitherto supposed. Some interesting changes which one
of the large Jellyfish in our harbour has undergone during the last
forty years were described in another Paper. It appears that the
specimens collected in Port Jackson in the early part of this century
until 1845, when Huxley found this animal, were always blue, as
they are to this day in Port Phillip. Here in Sydney their colour
has changed and now they are brown ; so that a new variety has
been formed within the last forty yeai's. In other Papers the
Author dwells on several physiological facts concerning the diges-
tion of Sponges, &c. Some short Geological Papers in the Glacial
Period in New Zealand, and the Eruption of Krakatoa were
also furnished by Dr. R. von Lendenfeld.

The interest of our monthly meetings has been much enhanced
by exhibits of Natural history specimens, many of which have
been brought forward in illustration of the papers read. At our
last meeting Mr. W. H. Caldwell, B.A., exhibited some specimens
showing certain stages in the development of the Mono tr ernes.
And at a meeting of the Royal Society he gave an account of the
results of his recent discoveries in this colony and Queensland in
reference to the embiyology of Marsupials, Monotremata and
Ceratodus. These embryological researches of Mr. Caldwell are
of the highest value, and will awaken in all scientific circles a
lively interest in the study of the unique fauna of Australia.
Probably in no other part of the globe can the principles of the
descent of animal and plant life thi'ough vast periods of time be
studied with greater advantage.

The Honorary Librarian, Mr. W. A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc,
informs me that during the year nearly 1500 additions have been
made to the Society's Library. In no previous year has such a
large number of works been received in exchange from the
Society's foreign correspondents ; and two gentlemen have made
very munificient donations of books. These are the Hon. William
Macleay and Monsieur Theodore Lefevre, Secretary of La Societe
Royale Malacologique de Belgique, from the latter was received
a large collection of Belgian Scientific publications.

1218 president's address.

Other donations have been received from Professor W. J.
Stephens, M.A. ; Mr. W. A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc. ; Mr, E. C.
Merewether ; Baron Maclay ; Mr. H. C. Russell, B.A. ; Dr. R.
von Lendenfeld, ; Mr. R. M. Johnson ; Professor Ralph Tate ;
Baron Sir F. von Mueller, K.C.M.G.; Mr. Harrie Wood ; Mr. J. F.
Bailey ; Dr. Schutte ; Mr. E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S. : Mr.
Thomas Whitelegge ; Professor Edward Mowen ; Mr. A. J.
Campbell ; Capt. Hutton, F.R.S., F.G.S, ; Dr. Finsch ; Professor
Liversidge, F.R.S. ; Dr. Thos. Dixon, M.R.C.S.; Mr. J. J.
Fletcher, M.A., B.Sc. ; Professor J. von Haast.

It may be well for the members to know that the following
most important works are now in the Library : —

" Annals and Magazine of Natural History," 103 vols. ; Pro-
ceedings of the Zoological Society, London," 55 vols. ; " British
Museum Catalogue," 100 vols. ; " Archiv jur Naturgeschichte."
94 vols. ; " Suite a Buffon," 84 vols. ; « Revue de Zoologie," 53
vols. ; " Bulletin de la Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes de
Moscou," 58 vols. ; " Philosophical Transactions of the Royal
Society of London," 23 vols. Two vols. (IX. and X.) "Challenger
Report (Zoology)," published during the year ; " The final decade
of the Eucalyptographia," by Baron von Mueller, also published
during the year.

We are indebted to the energetic editorial labours of the
Honorary Secretaries, the Hon. William Macleay, M.L.C., F.L.S..
and Professor W. J. Stephens, M.A., for the prompt issue of the
Society's Proceedings ; three of the quarterly Parts of Volume IX.,
have been published, and Part IV., is in the printer's hands.

I have been informed that the prize of £100 which had been
munificently offered by a Member of this Society for an Essay on
" The Life History of the Bacillus of Typhoid Fever," will not be
awarded, for though three Essays have been received, none of them
are considered to have fulfilled the conditions required for the treat-
ment of the subject. That the results have not realized our
expectations is to be regretted, especially at the present time
when Typhoid Fever is so prevalent throughout the country. It
is interesting to know that the Germ-theory of some forms of

president's address. 1219

disease was mooted so far back as the year 1726. In the English
Mechanic of April 1883, the following extracts are given from
an old book published in its fifth edition in 1726, and entitled,
" New Improvements of Planting and Gardening, both Philoso-
phical and Practical," by Richard Bradley, Professor of Botany
in the University of Cambridge and F.R.S.

In the Chapter on Blights of Plants, he says : — " I am very
apt to believe that the most epidemical distempers mankind is
subject to proceed from poisonous insects, which are either eaten
unregarded or sucked into the stomach with the breath, as that
worthy gentleman Mr. Batte so curiously observes in a letter I
have received from him relating to infectious distempers, which I
shall annex to this chapter, as it contains many observations which
may help to explain and confirm what I shall offer concerning
blights." The letter is as follows : —

"To Mr. Bradley, &c,

" Sir, — Upon discoursing with you some time since upon blights
upon trees, you seemed to be of opinion that they were the effect
of insects brought in vast quantities by the easterly winds, and by
lodging upon the plants proper for their nourishment, they produce
there the distemper which is known as a " B' .ght or Blast." You
was then desirous of what observations I had made concerning pesti-
lential distempers subject to mankind, which I believe to proceed
from the same cause that produced blights, i.e., from insects. It
is a common received opinion, that the plague proceeds from an

infection in the air, and so undoutedly it does

He then shows that it cannot be the sole operation of " poisonous
vapours from minerals," or such as are found in the Grotto del
Cane, or in mines, though " they are plainly more destructive
to animal life than any others that have been known, in that they
act much quicker upon the spirits of animal bodies than those
which are said to occasion the plague and other pestilential diseases.
And there is this difference likewise between them, that a body
poisoned by the first will not communicate that poison to another,
79

1220

PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.

as people infected by that vapour which causeth the plague are
known to do ; therefore, I think it is plain that the most nauseous
vapour of itself will not cause any distemper that is epidemical."

" It seems then, that the plague proceeds from some other cause,
and that I suppose to be insects of that extraordinary smallness
that they are not to be discerned by the naked eyes ; they are so
light that they float in the air, and so are sucked in by the breath.
Such insects not being among us commonly, but only when they
are either brought to us from some remote place by the wind, or
hatched or nourished by some intemperance of air, or from some
poisonous vapours, arising from bogs, ponds, ditches, or some such
unwholesome funds of stagnating water.

" The insects are various according to the nature of the water
or air they are bred in ; their eggs being first laid by some flying
animals which are then hatched and passing through several changes
common to insects, at length take wing, and being drawn in with
the breath, may perhaps be either killed in our bodies and cause a
violent ferment in the juices ; or else finding a proper nourishment
they breed in the lungs, stomach, and other parts within in us,
and probably may occasion those biles and breakings out in the
tender parts of the body that are called plague sores. But these
insects, are some of them so exti'emely small that they are only
capable of being discerned with good microscopes."

The following papers wei-e read at the General Monthly
Meetings of the Royal Society of New South Wales, during
1884:—

May 7th. — Anniversary Address by the Hon. Professor Smith,
C.M.G., &c. &c.

June 4th. — (a) Paper by Mr. Edwin Lowe, "On Pain and its
Causes."

(b) Paper by Mr. Walter Shellshear, A.M., I.C.E.,
" On the Removal of Bars from the Entrances
to our Rivers."

PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 1221

July 2nd. — (a) " Notes on Gold." By Dr. Leibius, M.A., F.C.S.

(b) " On the Oven Mounds of Aborigines of
Victoria." By Rev, P. MacPherson, M.A.

Aug. 6th. — " Notes on the Trochoided Plane." By Mr. L.
Hargrave, with explanatary models.

Sept. 3rd. — "On a New Form of Actinometer." By Mr. H.
C. Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S.

Nov. 5th. — " Notes on Some Mineral Localities in the Northern
District of New South Wales." By Mr. D.
A. Poi-ter.

Nov. 5th. — " Exhibits of Minerals from Mittagong & Berrima."
By Professor Liversidge, F.R.S. ; and from
Silverton, by Mr. C. S. Wilkinson, F.G.S.

" Exhibition of Hughes's Induction Balance and
Sonometer." By the Hon. Professor Smith,
C.M.G.

Dec. 3rd. — (a) " Notes on Doryanthus," illustrated by specimen
of a new species. By Mr. C. Moore, F.L.S.

(6) " Notes on a Self-registeiing Anemometer." By
Mr. H. C. Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S.

(c) " On Water Supply in the interior of New
South Wales." By Mr. W. E. Abbott.

Dec. 17th.— At "Special Meeting," Mr. Caldwell, Fellow of
Caius College and Balfour Student of Cam-
bridge, gave a resume of his investigations
lately carried on by him in Australia, with
regard to the " Echidna, Platypus and Cera-
todus," illustrated by specimens and diagrams.

The Geographical Society of Australasia, of which Sir Edward
Strickland is Vice-President, is now making arrangements for
sending an exploring expedition to New Guinea, which is likely to
lead to important discoveries of great interest to our Society.

1222 president's address.

During the last year Baron von Mueller has made several
additions to his valuable "Census of Australian Plants," a work
which affords the means of tracing the geographical limits of
species, and estimating their numbers in the Australian Colonies
respectively. He has just published the Tenth Decade of his
Eucalyptographia, thereby completing a handsome volume con-
taining descriptions of figures of one hundred species of the genus
Eucalyptus, a genus which, since the days of R. Bi'own, has been
a source of intense difficulty to botanists. Though some thirty or
forty species remain to be described, they are for the most part of
a shrubby nature, and not of the same economic value as those
mentioned in the present volume. This work is one of the
greatest in which the Baron has been engaged, and must ever
remain as an enduring monument of his ability and perseverance.

In addition to several new plants described by him in Melbourne
periodicals during the year, he has issued a supplement to the
Fragmenta Fhytographue Australian containing a list of Australian
Fungi enumerated by the eminent mycologist Mr. C. Cooke. His
latest efforts have been directed towards geographical discovery in
Australia, he having been elected Vice-President of the Victorian
branch of the Geographical Society recently formed.

Mr. C. Moore, F.L.S., Director of the Botanical Garden, has
published, " A Census of the Plants of New South Wales,"
compiled from Baron von Mueller's list and arranged according to
the system of the Flora Australiensis.

Mr. B.. D. Fitzgerald, F.L.S., has issued another part of his
elegant work on Australian Orchids, in which he has figured and
described several new species.

Mr. F. M. Bailley, F.L.S., of Brisbane has made some important
additions to his Synopsis of the Queensland Flora, in describing
new species and furnishing some interesting accounts of Crypto-
gamous Plants.

Mr. J. E. Brown, F.L.S., has in course of publication, under the
auspices of the South Australian Government, an elegant work on

president's address. 1223

" The Forest Flora " of that Colony with illustrations of Eucalyptus
&c. Mr. Brown acknowledges his obligations to Baron F. von
Mueller for the elucidation and classification of Plants.

Some of the latest information respecting Western Australian
Plants is contained in Baron F. von Mueller's descriptions of the
collections made by the Hon. J. Forrest, C.M.G., &c, around
Sharks Bay and its vicinity.

Dr. Woolls, F.L.S., has sent to the Linnean Society of New
South Wales during the last year Papers on " Natiiralised Plants,"
"The Myrtacese," and " Protaceas." He is also printing in a
popular form a List of the Plants of New South Wales with
occasional notes on the same.

The Botanical world has sustained a great loss in the death of
the venerable George Bentham, F.R.S., C.M.G., &c, for many
years one of the most distinguished and indefatigable Botanists of
Europe. His name will be ever associated with the Flora of
Australia from the fact of his having devoted, in connection with
Baron F. von Mueller, sixteen years to the preparation and
publication of the " Flora Australiensis " in seven volumes.

In my last address I alluded to the possibility of effecting
improvements in our fodder plants, fruits, cereals and flowers, by
means of artificial cross fertilization.

In reference to this interesting subject, I am assured by my
friend, Mr. W. Farrer, B.A., L.S., who takes a special interest in
this branch of practical science, and particularly in the production
of improved vai'ieties of wheat, that systematic work is being
done, and during several years has been clone (and especially in
America) in this direction. Two of the numerous hybrid wheats
that Mr. Pringle has produced — the " Defiance " and " The
Champlain " — are pretty well known in Australia. Professor
Blount, also, of the University of Colorado, has taken in hand
the production of new and improved varieties of wheat by this
means ] and from a letter lately received from him by my friend,
I learn that he has 41 varieties which he himself has originated
by hybridization, and one of them has been pronounced by the
Government Chemist at Washington, to be the best milling wheat

1224 president's address.

in America. Professor Blount also mentions in his letter that in
the case of corn, by means of systematic selection, combined
probably with hybridization, during a period of ten years, he
succeeded in increasing the amount of grain per stalk from 10 oz.
to 48^ oz. average; reduced the period of maturity from 131 days
to 98 ; and increased the proportion of grain to stalk from 28%
of grain and 72% of stalk to 50% of grain and 49% of stalk.
He also says that 10 years ago, when he began his labours, there
was not a single wheat cultivated in the State of Colorado that
contained in its grain a greater quantity of gluten than 10% ; and
that at the present time none is cultivated that stands below
12% ; and when we consider that gluten is the most valuable
constituent of the wheat-grain — that by means of which the loss
of muscle or brain substance, which follows the doing of work, is
repaired — we can see how important an improvement this is.

It ought, however, be stated that since Professor Blount began
his labours, a revolution has taken place in the method of milling
in America, in consequence of which it became desirable to cultivate
hard wheats which are richer in gluten, instead of soft wheats, with
which alone the old-fashioned stones could deal. When I mention
that before roller machinery was invented, our efforts to produce
and cultivate wheat that possessed in a high degree rust-resisting
qualities were defeated by the fact that our milling machinery
was. unable to deal with the hard grain which is produced by, and
is in correlation with, the hard straw that resists the rust, we can
see how important is the bearing of this invention likely to be on
the future of wheat-growing in Australia, and especially in our moist
joast districts. A s soon as our millers adopt the roller-machinery
we shall be in a position to cultivate sorts that are not only rust-
resisting, but produce grain that is actually more nutritious.

So decided has the preference for hard wheats become in
America, that (as Professor Blount mentions) the milling qualities
of a wheat are now judged by the proportion of gluten (albuminoids)
it contains.

With regard to fruits, I am glad to say something is being done
in Australia towards getting improved varieties by means of cross-

president's address. 1225

fertilization. The Messrs. Cole of Melbourne, give us from time
to time delicious new fruits. One of the last they gave us, viz.,
the pear " Madam Cole," was produced by crossing the two
delicious pears " Beurre Clairgeau " and " Winter Nelis,r' and
this new pear is said to combine in a marked degree, blended
together, the excellencies 6"f its two parents.

Iu the case of the potatoe, we know that many new varieties
are produced by artificial hybridization ; for it is quite an ordinary
thing for nurserymen (Americans especially) to give with a new
variety its parentage.

Artificial hybridization is also largely used in the production of
new varieties of our cultivated flowers. In the case of the rose, it
is by no means uncommon to give with a new variety, its pedigree.
In fact, some of the English Rose Catalogues contain a separate
list of new pedigree roses.

The late Mr. Ellwanger of Rochester, New York, gives in his
book on •' The Rose " a list of 26 roses, which are claimed to be
the result of artificial crossing ; and amongst them are the names
of some of our most beautiful vai'ieties.

In my last Anniversary Address I made refei'ence to the economic
mineral resources of New South Wales. I also briefly alluded to
the fact that the chief characteristic physical features of Australia
are represented within the limits of our own colony ; and that
upon our favotired geographical position, and the varied nature of
the land features, we must naturally look for a corresponding
variety in the climate and in the Fauna and Flora. Now in
investigating these we are inevitably led to a consideration of
their origin, and as this at once involves geological research, I beg
that you will allow me to make a few remarks on one of the most
interesting and important periods of geological history as affecting
this question. In doing so I will ask you to accompany me not
very far back into the history of the earth, but as it were only one
step from the present into the past — geologically speaking, from
the Recent to the Pleistocene period — a period when some of the
living forms of animals and plants co-existed with many that are
now extinct. No marked line of division can be drawn between

1226 president's address.

these so-called periods ; like all other epochs they are as inseparable
and continuous portions of the earth's history, as are the individual
" years " of a man's life. We must however make certain divisions
for the purpose of recording in their order of succession the events
and changes which have brought about the natural history phen-
omena which it is the especial work of this Society to study.

During the periods referred to the main physical features
of the country have remained pretty constant. There have
been no great local disturbances ; our most recent volcano,
Mount Canobolas, near Orange, whose conical summit 4565
feet above the sea level towers above the surrounding
country, had already ceased to cloud the atmosphei'e with its
steam and dust. The Great Dividing Range, with all its main
valleys, and the low lying country of the interior, presented the
same general outline at the commencement of the Pleistocene
period that we observe at the present clay.

All these principal physical features were shaped prior to the
Pleistocene period by different causes — volcanic irruptions at
various times, faultings, and the unceasing atmospheric denuding
agencies which have operated since the last main elevation of the
Dividing Range in early Mesozoic times.

Then earlier than this, in the Carboniferous period, there was a
stretch of ocean where now our picturesque Blue Mountain stand,
which extended from the Shoalhaven ranges on the south, to
beyond the point where the tunnel of the Great Northern Rail-
way pierces the Dividing Range near Murrurundi. And the
mountains of New England are not much oldei', for we find that
the granites composing them have upheaved and tilted the lower
Carboniferous or Devonian strata surrounding them.

We have no evidence to show that the higher points of our
Dividing Range, or those over 4000 feet above the sea level, have
again been submerged since the general upheaval, after the deposition
of the Hawkesbury formation of our Blue Mountains. There is
little doubt but that the first surface undulations which appealed
as the land rose from the sea were the guiding features for the
development of our ranges and deeply eroded valleys. The

president's address. 1227

marsupials, ceratodus, araucarias, zamias and other ancient forms
of animal and vegetable life which are now found upon the
continent also attest the antiquity of the land ; and the different
Tertiary " deep leads " or buried river-beds, and the later deposits in
the principal valleys, are also evidence that the Dividing Range
has been subject to atmospheric influences varying in intensity
from a very remote period to the present time. There is, perhaps,
no portion of this epoch of greater importance than the Pleis-
tocene period.

The Pleistocene deposits are indicated by such vast accumula-
tions of the drift and diluvial sediment which have been derived
from the erosion of the deep valleys in the highlands, and spi'ead
out over the low lying country, as to point to a time of much
greater rainfal than obtains at present.

Were we from a great height to look down upon, or as it were
to take a bird's eye view of our country, or what would serve the
same purpose, to look upon an accurately made model of it, the
great Coast Range, the Barrier Ranges beyond the Darling, and all
the other surface prominences would resemble some railway or
other earth embankments, whose sides have been furrowed by the
action of rain, whilst the great plains of the Darling, and Riverina,
with their network of Billabong drainage channels intei-secting
them, would appear like the patches of silt filling the hollows near
the denuded earth embankment with the little water rills crossing
them. Our comparison would not be an inappropi-iate one ; for
many of the minor surface appearances are due to the same cause,
sub-aerial denudation, which in the one case has produced these
effects in a few years, whilst in the other the erosion is the work
of ages.

But on closely examining the country we find that the present
surface features are but the production of the latest of many
changes that have taken place.

As an instance I will give you a splendid section which is
exposed in the Mooi'abool Valley between Geelong and Ballaarat.
I measured the section myself some years ago. The river flows
over the upturned edges of an old slate formation, traversed by

1228 president's address.

quartz reefs ; upon this are layers of conglomerates and sandstones,
probably freshwater deposits, containing fossil plants believed to
be of the lower Miocene age. The surface of this formation had
been worn into hollows, thus marking the lapse of some time
before it was covered by the next deposit which consists of lime-
stone abounding in marine shells of Miocene age ; this is overlaid
by a thick mass of basalt. Then comes a layer of marble limestone
full of Miocene shells ; and above this is another flow of basalt,
upon which is a bed of Upper Miocene limestone, composed almost
entirely of bryzoa and corals ; this is covered by a thin Pliocene
quartz pebble drift, and lastly, forming the summit of the hill we
have climbed, is basaltic lava which extends as a wide sheet over
the surrounding country, and forms vast stony plains as far as the
conical volcanic hill whence it' issued. Now it is evident that the
rain water draining from the higher Dividing Range, gradually cut
through this sheet of basalt, and^formed a channel, which during
the Pleistocene period, developed into the grand Moorabool Valley,
which is here about 300 feet deep. Upon the sides of the valley
there are terraces of drift" which indicate intervals of time when
the eroding water flowed with diminished force.

We will take another instance in this colony. In the Cudjegong
Valley near Grulgong we find in section, granite, slates, and carbon-
iferous rocks overlaid by quartz drifts and clays believed to be of
Miocene age ; then, basalt, and next in order of time the rich gold
bearing leads containing numerous^ fossil plants of Pliocene age ;
and above these basalt. All the four last named formations lie
within a valley which was eroded probably in Miocene times. But
what I desire to draw your'attention to is the fact, that not only
have the upper basalt and the other Tertiary formations been cut
through by the drainage water of the Pleistocene period, but that
the present valley has been. eroded to a greater depth than the old
one ; and, as in the case of the Moorabool Valley, we have here
also terrace banks of gravel.

Similar evidence of enormous erosion having taken place during
the Pleistocene period, is afforded in almost every part of the
country, but it is unnecessary to adduce other instances than the

president's address. 1229

two above mentioned ; for as these are given from such widely
separated localities, we may be assured that the physical conditions
which they indicate prevailed also over the whole country. And
this is further supported by the occurrence of those extensive
plains of the interior which have been formed by the deposition of
the gravels and earthy sediment washed from the hills. Reference
was made to this subject at one of our monthly meetings when Mr.
J. G. Griffin, C.E., exhibited samples of the fluviatile deposits
of the Riverina plains near Deniliquin.

The rainfall of the Pleistocene period must have been consider-
ably greater than that of the present.

Excepting in places where the declivity of the ground is steep,
or where the protecting covering of vegetation has been removed
by traffic of stock or artificial cuttings, allowing running water
access to soft earths or drifts, the tendency chiefly is for the
alluvial debris from the hills, not to be swept away by the running
streams, but to accumulate and form alluvial flats in the valleys.
And the highest floods now experienced, though in places, as on
the Darling, Murrumbidgee, and other rivers, they overflow the
country for many miles on either side of their ordinary channels,
yet they do not rise so high as to cover other portions of the great
plains which have clearly been formed under the flood waters of
the Pleistocene period. Mr. Russell, the Government Astronomer,
in his pamphlet on the " Physical Geography and Climate of
New South Wales," after describing the Macquarie and other
tributaries flowing into the Darling from the south-east, says
"Beyond all these, to the N.W., the Darling at one time must
have been fed by very large tributaries bringing the water from
tropical Queensland ; the courses of several of these can still be
traced to the Darling, but except in great floods they never
contain water and cannot now be called tributaries, There are
many unmistakeable proofs that the Darling was at one time
subject to much greater floods. In addition to these now little-
used water-courses, the banks of the river are higher than the
back country, and have evidently been made so by alluvial
deposits where floods never reach now."

1230 president's address.

Then again the occurrence of numerous remains of crocodiles
(reptiles which are now extinct in the valley of the Darling) at
Cuddie Springs on the flat country, 15 miles south of the Darling,
and far from other watercourses, points to a time when abundance
of water or swampy marshes existed over that now dry country.

Professor Ralph Tate, of the Adelaide University, is also of
opinion, from the distribution of the Diprotodon, that the
Pleistocene was a period of great rainfall.

As to the cause of this interesting pluvial period over a large
portion of the Southern Hemisphere — for its effects have also been
observed in New Zealand, South America and South Africa — I
will state briefly some of the theories which have been put forward
upon the subject.

We know that the Pleistocene deposits &c, just described, bear
the same relation to the present physical features, as do those of
the so called " Glacial Period " of the Northern Hemisphere ; and
it has been asserted that diu'ing the glaciation of portions of the
latter, a more humid climate than the present must have prevailed
in the Southern Hemisphere — an assertion which the geological
facts above mentioned unquestionably favor. Various causes of the
Glacial Period have been suggested ; but the views advanced by Dr.
Croll, Dr. Geikie, Professor Ramsay, Mr. A. R. Wallace, and some
others, have received much support. These eminent authorities
have suggested " that the combined effect of the precession of the
equinoxes and of the excentricity of the earth's orbit" ; together
with " changes in the distribution of land and water " are sufficient
to produce the phenomena observed.

Owing to the precession of the equinoxes the inclination of the
earth's axis towards the sun is reversed every 10,500 years and it
happens that whichever hemisphere is turned from the sun when
the earth is in aphelion during the period of great excentricity
which, according to Dr. Croll, lasted for 160,000 years ending about
80,000 years ago, the winter of that hemisphere is so long and cold
as to induce a large accumulation of snow and ice upon high lands
situated within regions of great precipitation : at the same time
the opposite hemisphere would experience equally long and cool

president's address. 1231

summers. When the excentricity had attained its maximum,
about 210,000 years ago, the length of summer in one hemisphere
exceeded that of the winter in the other by about twenty eight
days

At the time that the Northern Hemisphere was glaciated, the
long summer of the Southern Hemisphere would have been cool
and like " a perpetual spring." When the alternation took place
10,500 years after, and the southern regions were subjected to the
cooling influences, the Antartic ice would be so greatly extended
as to produce on a larger scale and nearer to the Australian Conti-
nent, the fogs, rain and snowstorms which now prevail in the
Antarctic Ocean. The present glaciated condition of the Antarctic
regions being due to the winter of the Southern Hemisphere
occurring in aphelion, we may readily perceive how these condi-
tions must have been intensified in the Pleistocene period when
the eccentricity was three and a-half times greater than it now is.
And it is thought that, owing to the then extreme difference
between the temperature of the South Pole and that of the tropics,
the south-east trade winds, which are now stronger than the north-
east trades, would blow with greater force over a large area of
ocean surface, and so the upper counter trades would return laden
with an increased amount of aqueous vapour. Therefore, during
the long glacial period, the southern regions must have experienced
a proportionately increased rainfall ; of which we may now adduce
another proof in the recent discovery by Dr. P. von Lendenfeld of
former glacial action on Mount Kosciusko, the highest mountain
in Australia.

Near the summit of the mountain, Dr. von Lendenfeld found the
granite rocks — roches ?noiUooinees — rounded off and polished to a
height of 500 feet above the bed of the valley, showing that the
valley to that extent had been once filled by a glacier. Traces of
glacier action were not seen at a lower level than 5800 feet above
the sea ; and the extent of country above this height, embracing
valleys which may have contained glaciers, is said to be 150 square
miles. No glaciers exist there now ; but patches of snow lie on
the sheltered slopes of the hills and never disappear. It is inter-

1232 president's addbess.

esting to know, as Dr. von Lendenfeld points out, " that the
patches of eternal snow are found on Mount Kosciusko in a
latitude of 37° S., about 1500 feet lower than in the European Alps
in a latitude of 47° N. To find a place in Europe where ever-
lasting snow comes down to 6000 feet, we would have to go up to
latitude 52°. Here in Australia the snow comes as far down in
37°, as in Europe in 52°. In New Zealand the snow and ice are
also very much more extensive than in Europe at a similar
latitude. We have, therefore, another proof of the old statement
that the Southern Hemisphere is colder and damper than the
Northern."

The greater rainfall during the Glacial epoch would no doubt
have produced much surface water here and there over the flat
country in the interior, besides filling the lake -depressions to the
north of Adelaide, evaporation from which would to some extent
increase the humidity of the westerly winds.

In 1877 the late Mr. T. Belt suggested that the great precipi-
tation of snow upon the polar ice rings during this period would
become fixed as ice, and that the water being in this way stored
up and not returned to the ocean, would have the effect of lowering
the level of the ocean some 2000 feet ; and thus while plants and
animals would be able to migrate between lands which are now
separated by shallow seas, the mountains, would, in relation to the
sea level, be increased in height, and consequently induce a greater
rainfall. This suggestion has been more or less reservedly accepted
by Wallace and others as affording an explanation of the geogra-
phical distribution of some animals and plants. But apart from
its consideration, we have the more certain geological and astron-
omical evidence above-mentioned.

It is my present purpose to indicate the nature of these changes
that have taken place since the Pliocene times, rather than to
discuss the cpiestion of the origin and distribution of the Fauna
and Flora of Australia.

Nearly all the available information bearing upon this subject
has been referred to by Captain F. W. Hutton, F.G.S., in his

president's address. 1233

Annual Addresses to the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury,
New Zealand, 1883-4. I cannot agree with some of the views
expressed by the Author.

I may, however, here mention that the learned Palaeontologist,
Baron von Ettingshausen, is now engaged upon an examination of
an extensive collection of fossil plants which 'were obtained by Mr.
T. W. E. David, F.G.S., Geological Surveyor, and myself, from the
Lower Tertiary deposits in New England, and the result of his
labours will be awaited with much interest. In acknowledging the
receipt of this collection the Baron writes that " he recognized
instantly several types common with the Tertiaiy Floi'a of Europe
and other Tertiary Floras, and strange to the living Flora of
Australia. There is no doubt that the Tertiaiy Flora of Australia
contains besides the elements of the living Flora, also the elements
of other Floras extinct in Australia, but developed now in other
parts of the globe. We have found the same mixture of the
elements of the Floras in the Tertiary Flora of Europe, of America,
and of Asia. When such a thorough going analogy as this is found
to run through all Tertiary Floras we have investigated, no other
explanation is possible, but that the Tertiary Flora in general is
an original Flora which contains the elements of the living
Floras, and from which all living Floras must have descended.
The descendants only have developed and varied off from it in
different directions."

It may be well also to note the evidence which the fossil re-
mains afford regarding the temperature of the climate of the
period immediately preceding the Pleistocene.

The fossil plants from the upper Pliocene auriferous drifts of
Victoria and New South Wales, which have been described and
figured by Baron Sir F. von Mueller, indicate the prevalence
during that period of a warmer climate than the present. In
reference to these fossils and their living representatives the Rev.
Dr. Woolls, F.L.S., remarks that " the Phymatocaryon Mackayi
which was taken from the Haddon Gold Field at a depth of about
150 feet approaches in many respects some species of the Sapind-
aceae, of the fossil genus Civpanoides, and yet at the present day, no

1234 president's address.

species of Cupania extends to Victoria, the great majority of the
species being semi-tropical. Trematocuryon McLellani found in
the auriferous drift of the Pliocene formation in the same locality
belongs apparently to the Sapindacese and yet no genus now existing
in Australia is represented by it. In all probability it flourished
under climatic conditions very different from those now prevailing.
Hhytidotheca Lynchii (a fossil found under similar circumstances)
may have belonged to some plant of the Meliacece, though at the
present day no genus of the order is found in Victoria, the species
occurring for the most part in the Northern District of New South
Wales and Queensland. Baron Mueller remarks in reference to
this fact that ' The newly discovered remnant of a past Flora
indicates a clime formerly warmer and more humid and equable
than that of the spot where now vestiges of extinct forests are
buried.' Celyphina McGoyi had a fruit resembling Helicia prcealta
of the Proteacese from the warmer parts of eastern Australia.
Odontocaryon is unlike any existing genus ; but Goachotheca
rotundata from the Pliocene formation at Nitingbool seems very
like some extinct species of Grevillea of that section now exclu-
sively tropical. Eisotltecaryon semiseptatum, found at Gulgong
in the Upper Pliocene layers, comes very close to Villaresia,
a genus now represented in Eastern Australia by two
species, the one in Queensland and the other not known farther
south than Clarence River. Araucaria Johnstonii of Tasmania,
found imbedded in the yellow Tertiary freshwater limestone near
Hobart, is supposed to be allied to A. Cunninghami, " the Moreton
Bay Pine," a species ranging from Queensland to the Hastings
and Clarence. A. Bidwilli or " The Bunya Bunya " is peculiar to
Queensland, and A. excelsa to Norfolk Island. The occurrence of
an Araucaria in Tasmania is highly interesting, and as it has been
found in company with fruits of plants exhumed from the gold
drifts of Victoria and N. S. Wales, it may well be associated with the
Flora of the past as indicating a wanner climate in Victoria and N. S.
Wales. The wood and fruit of Banksia and the foliage of Eucalyptus
obliqua were enumerated by Prof. McCoy, from auriferous drifts,
but as these are probably identical with living species, the Rev. W.

president's address. 1235

B. Clarke appears to have assigned them to a more recent period.
Amongst the auriferous drifts from which specimens have been
described by Baron von Mueller in the Geological Survey of
Victoria, no fruits or leaves of Eucalyptus have been mentioned,
and indeed such is the difficulty of determining the species without
;i specimen of the flowers, and fruit, that it would be some-
what hazardous to offer any opinion from leaves only. From
a consideration of the fossils, so far as yet known and
described, it is not chimerical to affirm, that, in the Eocene and
Miocene periods, and in the Pliocene also, the climate of Victoria
and New South Wales was different from what it now is, being
probably adapted to the growth and perpetuation of tropical and
semi-tropical plants, which have long ceased to flourish in these
colonies, and whose living representatives are now found in the
north and north-eastern portions of Australia or in India. It
would appear also that previous to some changes which occurred
during the Tertiary period, the genus Eucalyptus which at the
present time is so widely spread over the Continent and is almost
restricted to it, did not constitute the large forests of Eastern
Australia, but that these were composed to a great extent of
Sapindaceous, Meliaceous, Capparideous, and other trees which
imparted a semi-tropical character to the vegetation. Regarding
Western Australia as the grand repository for types purely
Australian, it is very remarkable that the fossils now found in
auriferous drifts have few or no living representatives in that
colony. No species of Meliaceaj, with the exception of Owenia
reticulata, has been found there, whilst 32 species occur in New
South Wales and Queensland. Of the Sapindacere, Dodoncea,
Diplopeltis and Heterodendron only are represented there ; whilst
species of 14 genera (of which Cupania and Xephelium are the
chief in point of numbers) belong to Eastern Australia. So again
as regards the Olacineoi only two species are western, whilst 13 in
which two Villaresias are included, are eastern. As but little
progress has yet been made in the fossil Botany of Australia, it
may be advisable to exercise caution in forming any conclusions
too hastily."
80

1236 president's address.

Baron von Mueller remarks " the discovery of these organic
remains in a far distant tract of country in New South Wales, is
not without considerable interest inasmuch as thereby now is
shown, that the pristine forests, which have left us these vestiges,
were of wide geographical extent." He then modestly adds " we
as yet possess no data to reconstruct imaginavily in their integrity
these Australian trees of the last of past epochs."

Having this evidence of the existence of a semi-tropical
Flora in south-eastern Australia in the Pliocene period and
of its subsequent banishment from this region, it follows that a
threat change of climate must have supervened in Post Pliocene
times. That this change was due to a general lowering of the
temperature of the Southern Hemisphere during a glacial epoch
seems probable from the arguments already adduced. And an
interesting discovery lately made by Mr. R. D. Fitzgerald, F.L.S.,
Deputy Surveyor General, appears to favor these views I
refer to a small pine which has only been found under or close
to the Falls at Katoomba on the Blue Mountains, and which has
been named by Baron Sir F. von Mueller, Pherosphcera Fitzgeraldi.
The cold, shady, constantly wet cliii's adjoining the Falls appear to
be its last retreat, and there only a very few plants cling to the
crevices, their trailing branches taking root in the mud and sphag-
num and their glaucous foliage always dripping with spray. It
grows about nine feet high and is intermediate between aLycopodium
and a Juniper. The genus is Tasmanian, and there the only other
species belongs to the " high Alpine flats." The nearest allied
genus Dacrydium is also Tasmanian but extends to New Zealand,
New Caledonia and even the Indian Archipelago. The species
tound in Tasmania is known as the " Huon Pine."

But the evidence which Fitzgei'ald's Pine affords of a former
colder climate is perhaps not so conclusive as is that of the animals
which have survived from the Pleistocene period. Entombed with
the remains of Diprotodon and of the other extinct animals
occur in the Wellington Caves bones of the " Pouched Tiger,"
the " Tasmanian Devil," and of a rat, Mastacomys fuscus — animals
which, as Mr. E. P. Ramsay informs me, are now only living in

president's address. 1237

Tasmania, where the mean annual temperature is 7° below that of
the locality in which these remains are found.

These facts favour the supposition that the climate of N. S.
Wales in the Pliocene period was warmer than at present and that
in Post-Pliocene times it became more humid and colder than now.

Before considering the probable influence of these changes on the
fauna of N. S. Wales, it is necessary to refer briefly to the
principal types of animals inhabiting South-eastern Australia
during the Pleistocene Period, when they attained their greatest
development.

Amongst the Diprotodonts one of the most remarkable forms
was the carnivorous Pouched Lion, Thylacoleo, considered however,
by Professor Flower to have been herbivorous. Thylacoleo was
furnished with carnassial teeth somewhat similar to those of the
Sabre-toothed Lion, whose remains are found in the cave deposits
of Europe. It was provided with " non-retractile, sub-compressed,
decurved, pointed claws, equalling or excelling those of the lion or
tiger in size ;" and from the size and form of its carnassial teeth,
Sir Richard Owen infers that it was one of the fellest and most
destructive of predatory beasts.

Of the large herbivorous Diprotodonts the most conspicuous form
was Diprotodon, an animal taking the same place amongst Austra-
lian mammals that the Pachyderms do amongst the Fauna of other
Continents. Its great size may be inferred from the length
of its skull, which in one specimen measured three feet.
" This genus," says Sir Richard Owen, u has near affinities to
the Kangaroo with an osculant l'elationship to the Wombat." Its
hind pair of limbs were much shortened and strengthened (as
compared with those of the Kangaroo) while the fore pair were
lengthened as well as strengthened. This monster probably walked
like an elephant, and " brought down the tempting foliage by erosion
of the (tree) trunk, not by the strong haul of forcible grasp," (like
the Megatherium, the great extinct Sloth of South America).
Allied to Diprotodon was the Notothterium, another large
herbivorous mammal, somewhat resembling the South American
tapir. The Kangaroos, Wombats, and Echidnas of the Pleistocene

1238 president's address.

period also attained far larger dimensions than they do now ;
while the lizards were represented by the huge horned lizard
" Megalania prisca," and the flesh-eating Notiosaxirus.

The bones of Dromornis may be taken as belonging to a species
of bird of which the emu is the smaller modern type. Remains
of Crocodiles have also been found, associated with those of
Dvprotodon in a manner presently to be described.

All these large mammals, with the exception of Thylacinus,
Sarcophilus and Thylacoleo were herbivorous, and as their
remains are found not only in the Pleistocene deposits of the
Dividing Range and in Caves, but also in the now arid plains of
the western interior, it may be inferred that the whole country,
wherever the soil was favourable, was more or less clothed with a
luxuriant growth of vegetation capable of supporting these huge
herbivores.

As to the precise character of this vegetation no certain clue
has as yet been found : it would be premature therefore in the
present state of our knowledge to affirm that it has altogether
died out. This much is certain, that these gigantic animals have
been entirely extirpated ; and it remains to be considered what
was the probable cause of their extermination. Sir Richard
Owen has suggested that they were killed off by man, aided
possibly by the Dingo, which may have immigrated with him
from the Papuan Continent : but of this, as Sir Richard Owen
remarks, we have as yet no conclusive proof. On the other hand
striking evidence has been afforded by the dryness of the last few
seasons, of how quickly, through want of rain, and overstocking,
savannahs of waving grass may be converted into desert-like
plains ; and the immediate influence of these climatal changes on
the Fauna is fully attested by the numbers of Kangaroos and
Emus, which died last year through want of sustenance on the
western plains.

Fragments of the bones of the extinct Pleistocene Mammalia are
met with in the deposits of gravels and clays of that age at a depth
of over 70 feet from the surface ; while others more perfectly
preserved have been found at a depth of only a few feet. A

president's address. 1239

locality, in which their remains have been discovered in great
abundance is at Caddie Springs, 15 miles south of the Darling
River, near Brewarrina.

These are boggy springs, situated in a small depression, one
quarter of a mile in diameter, and five feet deep, on the open plains.
In the centre of this hollow a shaft was sunk 28 feet deep in mud
full of bones. Amongst these were bones of Dijyrotodon, Sthenurus,
Macropus Titan, large wombats, large birds probably emus, ci-oco-
diles, and a gigantic carnivorous lizard, Notiosaurus, which has
lately been described by Sir Richard Owen. These bones arc
found only within a few yards of the centre of the Spring, which
is ten miles distant from the nearest watercourse.

The occurrence here of the remains of crocodiles shows, as has
been already stated, that previous to their dying out, there must
have been abundance of water in this now waterless country ; and
the association of their bones with those of the animals above
mentioned, in such numbers in this small boghole, is very signifi-
cant as to the cause of their extinction. Nothing but want of water
could have brought together such a heterogeneous assemblage of
animals to the same drinking-place ; and what must have been their
last terrible struggle for existence, as the supply of water failed,
must be beyond description.

This one instance may be taken as typical of the general cause
of the disappearance of these animals since Pleistocene times, viz ,
want of water ; and want of water must have been consequent on
diminished rainfall, which in its turn probably led to the gradual
dying out of the once rich Pleistocene Flora.

Stinted of their food supplies, and being unable from their great
bulk to migrate rapidly or adapt themselves readily to the altered
conditions of life, Diprotodon and the other large herbivores,
perished by degrees from the combined effects of want of suste-
nance, the raids of predatory beasts, and possibly the attacks of
man.

Their likeness, however, is still to be traced in the Native Bear,
Wombat, Kangaroo, &c., which still survive on our mountain
ranges and plains, as the comparatively pigmy types of their
gigantic predecessors.

1240 president's address.

Apart from Natural History considerations, the Geology of the
Pleistocene period has perhaps a more immediate and practical
bearing upon the future development of a large portion of our
territory than that of any other period. From the fact of the
old river channels having been silted up and buried beneath'
alluvial deposits, we may be certain that in the lower portions of
the main valleys, and passing under the wide alluvial plains
beyond, there exist underground streams of water which, when
discovered by systematic exploration by boring and sinking, may
be made available for increasing the pastoral and agricultural
capabilities of the country. And besides this, where the Pleistocene
deposits cover old river channels which have been eroded through
auriferous and tin-bearing formations, miners may with confidence
expect to find in them payable " leads."

At our previous Annual Meeting, I informed you of a deep bore
which was being put down in the Cretaceous formation at Tarka-
uina in South Australia. It has since been carried to a depth of
1230 feet, when good water was struck, which rose in the bore and
flowed from the pipes 20 feet above the surface of the ground. In
another diamond drill bore, also in the Cretaceous strata at Hergott
in the same colony, water was met with at a depth of 340 feet, and
it rose to a height of 60 feet above the surface. As you are
already aware, artesian water flowing from the pipes 10 feet above
the surface, has been obtained in a bore near Bourke. As the
Cretaceous formation extends westward from here almost without a
break to the Flinders Range in South Australia, there is little
doubt but that artesian wells may be obtained in any part of it, and
that this enormous tract of now arid land may be made by proper
enterprise a splendidly watered country.

The occupation of the country under our new land laws, and the
settlement of lai'ge numbers of people in places like those where
the important discoveries of silver have lately been made, will
necessitate the improvement of the natural advantages we have
Indicated; let us hope that they may be speedily utilised. And
may our Society in its scientific sphere continue its labours in
revealing the availability of nature's rich stores, for the direct and

president's address. 1241

indirect advancement of the varied and progressive human interests
— advancement which in the past has proceeded on definite lines
through the mineral and vegetable kingdoms into the animal
kingdom, and in humanity leads on to a higher — the [Spiritual
Kingdom of God.

A vote of thanks was accorded to the President on the motion
of Dr. MacLaurin for his interesting and valuable Address.

The Treasurer, Hon. James Norton, M.L.C., reported on the
finances of the Society, showing a credit balance of £77 lis. 3d.

Mr. Macleay moved in accordance with notice given — " That
from and after this 1st February, 1885, the Annual Subscription
of each Member shall be £2 2s., without Entrance Fee."

Mr. Griffin moved — " That henceforth Ladies may be admitted
by election as Associates of the Society for £1 Is. per annum,
with all the privileges of Ordinary Members except the right to
attend the Meetings of the Society."

These resolutions were both adopted, and the Council were
instructed to make the necessary changes in the Rules.

The Meeting then proceeded to the election of Officers for the
current year, with the following result : —

President :
Professor W. J. Stephens, M.A., F.G.S.

Vice-Presidents :

Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.L.S., F.G.S.
Dr. James 0. Cox, F.L.S., &c.
C. S. Wilkinson, F.L.S., F.G.S.

Honorary Secretaries :

Hon. William Macleay, F.L.S.
E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., ic.

1242 office-bearers.

Hon. Librarian :
William A. Haswell. M.A , B.Sc.

Hon. Treasurer :
Hon. James Norton, M.L.C.

Council :

John Brazier, C. M.Z.S Edwin Haviland, Esq.

Dr. Thomas Dixson. Hon. P. G. Kink, M.L.C

J. J. Fletcher, M.A., B.Sc. E. Meyrick, B.A.
J. G. Griffin, C.E., &c. P. R. Pedley, Esq.

H. R. Whittell, Esq.

INDEX TO VOL. IX.

Page

Pas;e

Acalyptus superciliosus

565

Aglaophenia mens ...

.. 4S1

Acanthella effusa

47!)

Aipysurus anguilliformis

.. 565

Acanthophis antarctica

. 564

f useus

.. 565

Achirus poroptera ...

51

lsevis

"iii")

Aclis hyalina

. 935

Alethopteris australis

.. 251

Acmasa cingulata

. 372

concinna

.. 250

conoidea

. 373

Currani

.. 250

ci uticata

. 372

Allium fragrans

.. 203

flammea

. 373

Allorchestes crassicornis

.. 1,035

fragilis

. 374

rupicola

.. 1,036

pileopsis

. 373

Amar-antacaa

.. 194

rubiginosa ...

. 372

Amarantus blitum ...

.. 194

Acmseidas ...

. 372

paniculatus

.. 194

Actaster insignis ...

. 499

viridis ...

.. 194

Actinocucumis ditficilis

. 506

Amathella cornuta ...

.. 536

Actinometra intermedia

49S

Ambassis marianus

8

Jukesii

. 498

Muelleri

7

Solaris

. 498

Amblyopus niger

.. C98

.Eginura myosura ...

.. 619

Amblypneustes ovum

.. 502

.Equorea eurhodina

. 610

Ammi majus

.. 197

.Equorida;

. 60S

Ammothea assimilis

.. 1,026

Agelasta obscma

. 707

longicollis

.. 1,028

Aglaophenia aurita ...

. 484

Ammotretis zonatus

50

brevicaidis

. 484

Amphisile cristata ...

.. 872

brevirostris

. 484

Amphiura constricta

.. 500

crucialis

. 483

Amphoriscus cyathiscus

.. 1,105

delicatula

. 483

cylindrus

.. 1,103

divaricata

. 482

poculum

.. 1,103

rimbriata

. 4S5

Anagallis arvensis ...

.. 200

flexuosa

. 4S5

Anamixilla Torresii . .

.. 1,109

formosa

. 484

Anatina Angasii

.. 514

glutinosa

. 485

Anatinidae ...

514

Huxleyi

. 4S2

Anceus ferox

.. 1,005

Kirchenpaueri .

. 480

Ancillaria cingulata

.. 795

longicornis

. 481

elongata ...

795

Macgillivrayi .

. 484

Anethum fceniculatum

.. 197

parvrila

. 483

Anguilla amboinensis

59

phcenicea

. 482

marginipinnis

59

pluma

. 483

Anomia alectus

.. 532

plumosa

481

cy taeum

.. 532

ramosa i

82, 534

Stowei

.. 532

ramulosa

. 484

Anomiidas ...

.. 532

rubens

. 4S1

Antedon mauonema

.. 497

squarrosa

4S1

Milberti ...

497

Page

Pa<re

Antedon pumila

498

Aspidomorpha sanctae-crucis

709

spicata

497

Astartidie ...

.. 520

Antennarius Moluccensis

546

Aster dumosus

.. 19S

Antennularia cylindrica

478

Asterias calamaria ...

.. 49S

cymodoca

47 8

Asterina calcar

.. 499

Anthemis cotula

19S

Gunnii

.. 498

Anthias rasor

4

Astropecten polyacanthus

.. 499

Anthomedusidse ... 909,

5, 518

Asteropsis verniicina

.. 499

Anthoxantbum odoratum

204

Athenea tuberculosa

., 49S

Anthribidse

706

Atherina elongata ...

39

Aploactea lichen

461

tasmaniensis

.. 442

Apluda mutica

203

Atberinichthys esox

39

Apocyneas ...

201

maculatus

40

Apogon conspersus ...

8

punctatus

.. 869

Guntheri ...

9

Atherinosoma Jamesonii

.. 171

Lemprieri...

10

Atheropla melichlora

.. 759

punctatua

9

Atolla Wyvillei

.. 262

rudis

395

Atriplex patula

.. 195

simplex . .

394

Atylus lippus

.. 1,037

Apogonichthys longicauda

i ...

395

megalophthalmus

.. 1,037

marmoratus ...

8

Atys cylindrica

.. 990

polystigim

8

Aurelia clausa

.. 279

Apor-rhaidee

937

ccerulea

.. 280

Apbrophoridse

1,164

colpota

.. 279

Arachnoides placenta

503

Aurosa furcata

.. 2S1

Arachnopora argenta

614

Autisthes argenteus

.. 39S

Area decixssata

528

A vena fatua

.. 204

donaciformis ...

528

Aviculidse ...

.. 530

fusca...

802

Azygoplon rostratum

.. 48S

Arcidse

527

Bankivia varians

.. 365

ArcKirhiza aurosa ...

2S

2, 425

Barnea sinvlis

.. 512

prjmordialis

28

2, 425

Batocera Wallacei ...

.. 707

Argemone Mexicana

192

Batrachus Mulleri ...

29

Argyrolobium Andre wsianum

195

punctatulus

29

Aristeis chrysotucb.es

762

Belone Grceneri

57

Aristeus cavifrons ...

34

Beryx Mulleri

21

perporosus...

694

Bidens pilosa

.. 19S

Arisus atripennis ...

703

Bimerinaa ...

.. 401

Arsysia spilonota

703

Bittium exilis

.. 936

Ascaltis Lamarkii ...

901,

1,087

terel)elloides

.. 936

Ascandra densa

902,

l.oss

Blastopolypidsa 401,

90S, 910

bta Challengerii

899,

1,085

Boidw

.. 551

dictyoides ...

1,084

Bolina Chuni

.. 930

loculosa

1,085

Brachiolopbus collaris

.. 291

Macleayi ...

1,086

Brachionichtbys hirsutns

30

poterium

1,084,

lsevis

30

primordialis

897,

1 ,085

Brachymeles Garagasii

715

proeumbens

1,086

Bracbynemata cingulata

.. 1,045

Asclepiadaci

200

Bracbysoma diadema

558

Aseonidae ...

897,

1,"S4

simile ...

.. 558

Asperifoliae

202

triste . . .

. . 558

Aspidiotes melanocephalus ...

552

Bracbyuropbis australis

.. 5.-)!)

1 ! i msayi...

552

seniifasciata

.. 559

Pa^e

Page

Brassica campestris

... 192

Caranx cives

... 540

Bregmocorella tricornis

... 1,004

compressus ...

24

Brenthidse

... 706

ecclipsif er . . .

... 541

Breynia australasise

... 503

ignobilis

24

Briza maxima

... 204

procaranx ...

... 540

minora

... 204

■ Carcharodon Rondeletii

S3

Bromus mollis

.... 204

Carcharias crenidens

62

sterilis

... 204

Cardiidae ...

... 524

Bugula dentata

... 535

Cardita australis

... 527

Bulla ampulla

... 990

compressa . . .

... 527

Bupleurum rotundifolium

... 197

crassicostata

... S02

Buprestidse

... 703

ditficilis

... 527

Cacophis Blackmanni

... 559

Tasmanica ...

... 5-27

Fordei

... 559

Cardium striatulum

... 524

Harrietts

... 560

subrugosum

... 801

Kreiiti ...

... 560

Carduus marianus ...

... 19S

modesta . . .

... 560

Carthamnus tinctorius

... 197

Cajanus bicolor

196

Caryophylleaj

... 194

Callioiiymus acliates

35

Cassiopea andromeda

... 284

luuatus

35

depressa ...

... 2S5

phasis

35

ornata

285, 426

Camaris Giltschii

... 618

Cassis achatina

... 934

Comelina dentata ...

192

pyrum

... 934

Campanulaceaj

... 200

Cateniocella Buskii...

535

Campanularia costata

... 403

elegans

535

macrocy ttaria . . . 402

margaritacea

535

tincta

... 403

ventricosa

535

urnigera

... 402

Celeuthetes bicristatus

... 705

Campanularina?

... 402

Cellularia cuspidata

535

Campanulina caliculata

910, 922

Celsia cretica

... 201

Campanulinidaj

... 611

Centaurea calcitrapa

... 197

Cancellaria Trailli ...

... 936

melitensis

... 197

Cancellariidre

... 936

Centriscus gracilis ...

42

Cannabinacea?

... 194

Centropogon nit ens...

... 459

Cannabis sativa

... 194

Centrostephanus Rodgersii

... 501

Cannorhiza connexa

294, 427

Cephea conifera

... 2S6

Cannota dodecantha

... 600

fusca

287, 426

Cannotidas

... 600

Cerambycidae

... 707

Cantharidus cadatus

... 363

Cerastium vulgatum

... 194

dilatatus

... 363

Ceratella fusca

... 612

Huttoni

... 362

Ceratochloa unilioides

... 204

iris

... 361

Cerberus australis ...

... 555

pruninus

... 361

Ceresium pachymenun

709

pupillus

... 362

Cerithidea bicarmata

... 937

purpuratus

... 361

subcarinata

... 937

rufozona

... 362

tricarinata

... 937

sanguineus

... 362

Ceriithiidse

... 936

simulatus

... 363

Cestraciontid;v

... 113

Caprella requilibra ...

... 999

Chajrops albigena . . .

... S7»i

attenuata ...

... 1,000

concolor . . .

... 876

inermis

... 1,000;

grapbieus . . .

... 878

Capsella bursa-pastoris

... 192 {

olivaceus ...

... 876

Caranx auriga

... 53S)

perpulcher

... 877

Page '

i Ihserops unimaculatus

877

Ccesyra amphilyca ...

Chaetodon aurora

. 453

amy lodes ...

ephippium

453

annularis ...

germanus

. 454

anthodora ...

nigripes ...

. 453

aphanes

Townleyi

. 454

apothyma ...

Chamostrsea albida ...

. 516

arenivaga ...

Charybdea alata

244

aspasia

Charybdeidae

. 242

austalea

Chatoessus elongatus

59

basilica

Erebi ...

59

catoptrina ...

Chaunostomidse ... S

92, 426

concisella ...

Chelmo Mulleri

14

cyclotoma ...

Chenopodium ambrosioides .

. 195

deltosema ...

murale

. 195

dichroella ...

Chilodactylus asper. . .

17

discineta

Mulhalli

IS

disema

nebulosus

17

distephana ...

spectabilis

17

ecliptica

Chirodropidae

. 247

ergatis

Chirodropus gorilla...

. 249

gephyrota ...

palmatus

. 249

iozona

Chiropsalmus quadrumanus.

. 248

isogramma ...

zygonema

. 247

melliflua

Chorinemus Fancti-Petri

24

ocellaris

Chrysanthemum partheniui

i 199

ochroptera ...

segetum .

. 199

amichlota ...

Chrysaora Blossevillei

. 268

ophthalmica

calliparea

. 270

panchrysa ...

fulgida ...

. 26S

panxantha ...

plocamia

. 269

pai'acycla ...

Chrysomelidse

. 709

paragramma

Cichorins intybus ...

. 199

parbula

Cicindela D'Urvillei

. 701

pei'sonata ...

Cicindelidse

701

philoxena ...

Circium lanceolatum

. 198

pyrrhoptera

Cladocanna polyclada

601

seleniaca

thalassina

600

stenoptera ...

Cladograpsus furcatus

. 470

triptycha ...

ramosus

469

vegrandis ...

Cladonemidse

591

zanclotoma ...

Clava simplex

. 349

zonostola

Clavidse

. 348

Colocbirus australis

Cleidopus gloria-maris

20

tuberculosus

Climacograptus bicornis

. 471

Colubridse ...

Clinus marmoratus ...

37

Colossendeis tenuissima

Clytanthus luxata ...

709

Commelina africana

< toidoglanis Mulleri

53

Commelineae

Coccinellidse

. 710

Compositss

( !odonidi» ...

. 582

Conifera) ...

Coeranica eritima ...

. 760

Conns complanatus...

isabella ...

.. 760

glaucus

('■I syra acrotropa ...

779

stillatus

Page

Pag

Conns trigonus

. 796

1 \ anea annaskala ...

275

Victoria

. 796

Cyaneidaa ..

271

Convolvulaceae

. 201

Cybium semifasciatum

2S

Cookia Davisii

. 356

tigris

545

sulcata

. 358

Oycadaceag

253

Corbis Sowerbyi

. SOI

Cyclostrema fluctuata

356

Corbula albuginosa ...

. 991

Cymospira brachycera

662

crassa

"09, 99ii

Morchii

662

erythrodon ..

. 513

Cynoglossus quadrilineatua ..

53

Haastiana ...

514

Cyphocrania lobiceps

710

neozelanica

. 513

Macleayi

710

Cordylophorinaj

. 401

Cyphogastra Mniszeckii

703

Coiocella ophione

934

Cypraeidse ...

935

Coris coronata

. 883

Cytseidae ...

612

semicincta

47

Cytherea multistriata

523

Coronella australis ...

. 553

Dactylis glomerata...

204

Correa Baurelenii ...

960

Dactylometra lactea

271

Corvina argentea

23

Dactylophora semimaculata..

is

australis

23

Datura tabula

201

axillaris

. 538

Dehitella atrorubens

612

canina

. 538

Delphinula lacinata...

70S

comes

. 538

Dendrophidaj

553

miles

23

Dendrophis bilorealis

553

Coryninai ...

. 349

calbigastra

554

Corypluenoides Tasmania:

4S

darnleyensia

554

(/ossyphus Frenchii

46

gracilis...

554

latro

. S7S

olicacea

554

Crambessa cruciata,...

. 298

punctulata

554

mosaica ... S

•99, 428

Desmonema annasethe

273

palmipes 5

99, 427

Gaudichaudi

274

Crambessida? ... i

!97, 427

pendula

274

Cramborhiza flagellata

. 297

Dentalium longithrorsuin

990

Crassatella bellula ...

. 526

Dentex upeneoides ...

14

decipiens

. 802

Diadema setosum

501

Craterolophus macrocystis .

. 165

Diagramma labiosum

13

Crenatula viridis

. 802

punctatum

13

Crenella impacta

. 530

Dianthus prolifera ...

194

Crcpidoscelis exanthema

. 1,057

Dichograptidae

40S

iostephana

. 1,056

Dicodouium dissonema

5S5

Crepidula costata ...

. 938

Dicoryne annulata ...

491

monoxyla

. 93S

DicorynidaB

490

unguiformis

. 93S

Dicranograptidse

470

Crepis japonica

. 199

Didymia simplex

535

Crisia margaritacea

. 536

Didymograpsus bryonoides ..

468

Christaria coccinea ...

193

caducens

469

Cristiceps tristis

3S

extensus

469

Crossorhinus barbatus

92

fruticosus

46S

ornatus

63

gracilis

469

Cruciferre ...

. 192

Headi

469

Cryptohelia pudica ...

. 616

Logani

469

Cryptostemma calendulaceui

i 199

octobrachiatuE

468

Curculionidsa

7(14

quadribrachiatui

468

Cuscuta epithymum

201

Thureani

469

VI.

Page

Page

1 (iemenia aspidorhyncha

555

Echinaster purpurea

... 498

atra

... 556

Echinocardium australe

... 503

f erox

... 556

Echinometra lacunter

... 502

microlepidota

... 556

Echinostrephus molare

... 502

Mulleri ...

... 556

Echinothrix calamaria

... 501

olivacea

... 556

Echium violaceum ...

... 202

psammophis

... 556

Ectocemus pterygorhinus

... 706

reticulata...

... 556

Eglisia plicata

... 939

superciliosa

... 557

Eisothistos vermiformis

... 677

torquata . . .

... 557

Elapidae

. 155

Dihamus rarus

... 707

Elapocranium ornaticeps

... 560

Dione bullata

992

Eleotris apoi-ocephalus

33

impar

... 800

cavifrons ...

.. 693

Dipelicus nasulus ...

... 702

concolor

.. 692

Diphasia attenuata...

... 415

cyanostigma

.. 693

digitalis . . .

... 415

cyprinoides

33

mutulata ...

... 416

humilis

690

pinnata

... 415

laticeps

.. 692

rectangularis

909, 914

macrodon ...

34

subcarinata

... 416

mimus

.. 690

symmetrica

... 414

planiceps ...

33

Diplocheilus mirabilis

... 4S5

reticulatus...

33

Diplograpsus mucronatus

... 470

robustus ...

692

palmens

... 471

Selheimi ...

33

pristis

... 470

Elhardia Schulzei ...

.. 1,143

rectangularis

... 470

Emarginula emarginata

.. 371

Diplograptidse

... -170

striatula

.. 371

Dipsacea- ...

... 197

Emma crystallina ...

.. 535

Dipsadidse

... 554

Emydocephalus annulatus .

565

Dipsas Boydii

... 554

Engraulis Carpentaria'

57

fusca

... 554

Hamiltonii

58

irregularis ...

... 554

heterolobus

57

Disteira doliata

... 565

mystax ...

58

Dissonema saphenella

... 599

Enhydrina bengalensis

.. 566

Distichopora coccinea

... 614

Ephyra discometra...

.. 260

gracilis

... 615

prometeor

. 260

livida ...

... 615

Ephyridaa ...

. . 260

rosea . . .

... 614

Epilachna consputa

710

violacea

... 614

hi morrhoa

710

Doliidse

933

Epilobium roseum ...

196

1 tedium variegatum ....

... 933

Epipyga agaclita

.. 791

1 lorcopsis Chahnersii

... 569

Equula argentea

542

1 (osinia australis

... 5-23

asina

544

canaliculata

... 992

decora

543

contusa

... 801

dispar

. 542

Grayi

... 524

edentula

25

limbata

... 523

longispina ...

. 542

scalaris

... 801

nuchalis

545

subrosea

. . . 523

ovalis

543

1 >rymonema gorgo ...

... 276

profunda ...

. 544

1 lilies liuinilis

... 396

simplex

544

Echinanthus testudinarius

... 502

splendens

25

fcumidus

... 502

Erigeron canadensis

. 198

VII.

Paee

Erigeron Uniforms ...

.. 198

Galinsogea parviflora

.. 198

Erodium moschatum

.. 193

Galium asparine

.. 200

Erycinidse...

.. 525

Gasterochisma melampus

26

Euchelus atratus

.. 798

Genyoroge Macleayana

6

bellus

357

nigricauda

.. 391

denigratus

.. 79S

notata . . .

.. 391

Hamiltoni

.. 358

Geraniacese

.. 193

iricolor

- 35S

Gerres splendens

400

Eucnemidaa

.. 703

Geryonia dianaea

.. 618

Eucopa annulata

.. 602

Geryonid;e...

617

hyalina ... !

)10, 920

Gibbnla nitida

364

Eucopella campanularia

.. 608

oppressa

.. 364

Eucopellinte

.. 607

Girella carbonaria ...

15

EucopidaB

.. 601

mentalis

15

Eucrambessa MiLUeri

.. 302

Gladiograptidffi

.. 472

Eudendridffl

.. 350

Gladiolus cuspidatus

.. 203

Eudendrium generalis

.. 351

Glaucosoma scapulare

7

pusillum

.. 352

Glenea picta

.. 70S

Eulachna dasyptera

.. 761

Glossograptidae

.. 471

Eupatorium cannabinum

.. 198

Glycerina affinis

.. 1,036

Eupholus azureus

.. 704

Glycimeridae

.. 513

Euphorbia helioscopia

.. 193

Glyphidodon expansus

.. S75

peplus . . .

.. 193

melanopus

45

Euphorbiaceae

.. 193

Gnaphalium luteo-album

.. 199

Euphysa australis ...

.. 5S6

purpureum

.. 199

Eupilema claustra ...

.. 290

Gobiesox cardinalis

43

scapulare

.. 2S9

Gobius annulatus ...

.. 688

Eupomatus elegans...

.. 660

concolor

689

Euryale aspersa

.. 500

festivus

.. 687

Eutimalphes pretiosa

.. 607

flavescens . . .

.. 6S9

Ficoideae ...

.. 195

marginalis ...

.. 6S6

Ficula gracilis

.. 796

nebulopunctatus

31

Fissurella monilifera

.. 370

pauper

.. 687

squamosa

.. 370

princeps

.. 685

Fissurellidae

.. 370

stigmaticus . . .

686

Floresca palladia

.. 27S

tamarensis ...

32

parthenia ...

.. 277

W atkinsoni . . .

.. 6S5

Floscula pandora

.. 277

Goniocidaris geranioides

.. 501

promethea...

.. 277

tubaria

.. 501

Flosculidse...

.. 276

Gom pilocarpus fruticosus

.. 200

Flustra denticulata . . .

.. 535

Graminaceae

.. 203

Fordonia variabilis ...

555

(irantessa sacca

.. 1.09S

Fossarina varius

.. 942

Grantia lobata

.. 1,106

Fumaria officinalis ...

.. 192

Graphtolithidae

467

Furina bicucullata ...

.. 559

GryUidae

.. 712

bimaculata ...

.. 55S

Gulliveria Ramsay i...

11

Galaxias Atkinsoni ...

56

Gypsophila tabulosa

.. 194

auratus

56

Halecium tenellum ...

.. 405

Findlayi ...

56

Halicomaria ascidioides

.. 4S6

rostratus . . .

55

Baileyi

4S6

Weed on i ...

56

furcata

.. 487

Galerus neozelanicus

.. 93S

Haswelli

.. 4S7

scutum

.. 93S

hians ...

.. 4S6

Page

Page

Ealicornaria humilis

. 4S7

Hoplocephalus ater

... 561

ilicistoma

. 488

Bransbyi

... 561

longirostria

. 487

coronatua

... 561

prolifera

. 487

coronoides

... 561

superba

. 486

eurtua

... 561

Balicornopsis avicularis

488

Damelii

... 561

Ealiophasma purpureum

1,012

flagellum

... 561

Haliotidae ...

369

Gouldii

... 562

Haliotis gibba

370

maculatus

... 562

Huttoni

370

Mastersi

... 562

iris

369

minor

... 562

rugoso-plicata

369

nigrescens

... 562

Haplodactylus mceandratua ..

16

nigriceps

... 562

Haplochiton Sealii ...

54

nigro-striatua.. 562

Harmonia crassipes...

1,044

pallidiceps

... 563

Holiastes hypsilepis

4.->

Ramsayi

... 563

Helix Goldiei

804

signatus

... 563

zeno

S05

spectabilis

... 563

Helotes profundior ...

397

Stephensi

... 563

Eemerocaetes Haswelli

36

superbua

... 563

Hemiaster apicatus ...

503

temporalis

... 563

Hemimactra elongata

518

variegatua

... 564

notata ...

51S

Hoplorhiza punctata

294, 427

ovata ...

518

simplex...

293, 427

Hephaestus tulliensis

399

Hordeum murinum . . .

... 205

Heptadecanthus brevipinnis . . .

872

nodosum ...

... 205

maculosus ...

873

Hydra fusca

348, 908

Heptanchus indicus SS, 382

oligactis

... 34S

Herbertophis pluinbeus

553

viridis

... 348

Herops munda

392

Hydractinida-

... 611

Heteroeentrotus mammelatua

502

Hydride

347, 90S

Heteroplon pluma ...

480

Eydrophidse

... 564

Heteropegnia nodus-gordii ...

1,107

Eydrophis Bel

cheri

... 566

Heteroscarus tenuiceps

8S3

elegans ...

... 566

Heterozyga coppatias

1,049

ocella

... 566

Hiatula incerta

520

Stokesii

... 566

nitida

520

Hyla Eothii

66

siliqua

520

Hymenophyllil

es dubia

... 253

Hierodula timorensis

710

Hypnos subniger

... 104

Hipponyx australis...

939

Hypocha-ris glabra ...

... 199

Hh'cella cornigera ...

999

ra

liata

... 199

Eistiopterus labiosus

13

Idia pristis

... 419

Holacanthus bicolar

457

Imperator impc

rialis

... 356

semi-circularis ...

457

Ipomcea purpu

•ea ...

... 101

Sphynx

457

Iridese

... 203

Holcus lanatus

204

Janthina communis

... 944

Holothuria pulla

507

exigua

... 944

Eoloxenus ealaneus

19

iricolor

... 944

Homalogrystea luctuosus

12

Janthinidse

... 944

Eomalopsidse

555

Jasmineae ...

... 200

1 [omodemus cavifrona

396

Julichthys inornata...

... 884

Eomoderma sycandra 903,

1,088

Julia ventralis

... 884

Eomodermidse 903,

1,088

Kelliu antipoduin ...

... 526

Paee

[Page

Kellia citrrna

.. 526

Leueandra cucumis ...

.. 1,134

sanguinea

.. 526

meandrina

.. 1,128

Labiata:

.. 202

saccharata

.. 1,137

Labrichthys cruentatus

.. S79

typica

.. 1,130

dux

47

vaginata...

.. 1,133

( nmtberi

.. S79

villosa

.. 1,131

maculatua

..- 881

Leucetta clatbrata ...

.. 1,118

nudigena

.. SSI

dura

.. 1,118

rex

.. S10

microrhaphis

.. 1,117

sexlineatus

880

pandora . . .

.. 1,118

Lactarius delicatulus

26

Leuconidse

.. 1,116

La?ops parviceps

52

Leucopsidse

.. 1,089

Lafcea cylindrica ...

20S, 912

Leucopsis pednnculata

.. 1,089

f ruticosa

.. 404

Leucortis loricata ...

.. 1,123

Laganum decagonale

.. 502

pulvinar

.. 1,124

Peronii . . .

.. 503

Lialis amethystinus

551

Lamellaria cerebroides

.. 934

Childreni

.. 552

Lamellariidse

.. 934

cornwallisius

.. 552

Lamnidse ...

.. 114

fuscus

552

Lantana camara

.. 202

maculosus

.. 552

Laomedea antipathes

.. 403

olivacea

.. 552

Lairii

.. 403

Ligia australiensis ...

.. 1,005

marginata

.. 404

Liliaceas

.. 203

reptans ..

403

Lima angulata

.. 531

rufa

404

bullata

.. 531

Torresii...

.. 403

neozelanica

.. 531

Lates darwiniensis . . .

4

Limidse

.. 531

Leda pullata

.. 992

Limnorea triedra

.. 591

Legtuninosse

.. 195

Linantha lunulata ...

.. 263

Leme mordax

34

Linaria elatine

202

purpurascens ...

.. 69S

Linckia marmorata...

... 49S

Leonites leonurus ...

.. 202

Linese

.. 192

Leontodon hirtus

.. 200

Lineolaria fiexuosa ...

. . 405

Leonura lepture

305, 428

Linergidte ...

.. 263

terminalis ...

... 306

Linergis aquila

264

Lepidiota quinquelineata

.. 701

Liniscus ornithopterus

264

scutellata

.. 702

Linuche Lamarckii...

.. 265

Lepidium ruderale ...

.. 192

Limim gallicum

.. 192

sativum . . .

.. 192

Liotiidaj

.. 356

Leptobrachia leptopus

.. 304

Lithodomus cinnamominus

.. 802

Leptograptidse

.. 468

gracilis

.. S02

Lepidotrigla Mulhalli

31

truncatus

.. 530

Leptomedusidse ... 599,

910, 919

Littorina cincta

.. 942

Lethrinus nebulosus

16

mauritiana

.. 942

ornatus

.. 45S

Littorinidae

.. 941

reticulars

17

Lixus Duponti

.. 706

Leucaltis bathybia

.. 1,121

Lizusa prolifera

.. 5S9

helena

.. 1,119

Lobelia erinns

.. 200

pumila

.. 1,120

Loda concinna

.. 529

Leueandra alcicornis

.. 1,125

Lolium perenne

.. 205

bomba ...

.. 1,136

teumlentum...

.. 205

cataphracta

.. 1,129

Lomaptera adelpha . . .

.. 703

conica

.. 1,126

Lophorhoinbus crista tus

52

81

Lophotes Guntheri ...
Lotella vSwannii
Lotus tetragonobolus
Lovenia elongata ...
Lucernarid.se
Lucina dentata
Lucinidse ...
Luciola ruficollis
Lyclmoihiza lucerna
Lycium chinense
Lygseus pacincus ...
Lymnodynastes lineatus

olivaceus
Macroptis gracilis ...

jukesii
Mactra sequilatera ...
discors
scalpellum ...
Mactridse ...
Malacodermidse
Malleus vulsellatus ...
Malva parviflora

rotundifolia ...
sylvestris
Malvaceae ...
Mantidse ...
Maretia planulata ...
Margarita antipoda...

fulminata

rosea
Margilidse ...
Margelis trinema ...
Marubium vulgare ...
Maatigiaa ocellata ...

pantherina

papua
Mecopiis bispinosus...
Medicago denticulata

lupulina

maculata

sativa ...
Medora reticulata ...
Megymenum dentatum
Melilotus parviflora...
Melusiua iormosa ...
Membraneporamembranacia.

pilosa
Mendosoma Allporti
Merianopteris major
Mesoprion argentimaculatus.

fulvinamma
Metriorhynchus papuensis .
Microbela allocoma

Page

i age

443

Microbela epicona ...

... 1,046

47

monodyas

... 1,048

196

Microdeuteropus Mortoni

... 1,040

503

tenuipes

... 1,040

165

Microperca Tasmaniae

11

525

Micropteryx Queenslandise

... 541

525

Millepora tortuosa...

... 613

704

Milleporidae

... H13

2S9

Minos rimata

... 369

201

Mitrocomium annae

... 606

712

Modiola australis

... ."..so

65

fluviatilis ...

... .".30

65

Mcera dentifera

... 1,044

894

festiva

... 1,037

S91

Petriei

... 1,039

517

spinosa

... 1,044

517

sub-carinata ...

... 1,039

517

Molucella lsevis

... 202

517

Monilea egena

... 365

704

Monodonta sethiops . . .

. . . 365

803

excavata

... 36S

193

guttata...

... 367

193

melaloma

... 366

193

mimetica

... 368

193

nigerrima

... 366

710

plumbea

... 367

503

subrostrata

... 367

363

sulcata . . .

.. 367

364

undulosa

... 366

364

Monograptidpe

... 467

589

Monohammus variolaria

... 707

909

Monosklera pusilla 908,

911, 918

202

Montagua Miersii ...

... 1,043

301

Morelia spilotes

... 551

302

variegata . . .

... 551

300

Mugil convexus

... 869

706

gelatinosus ...

41

195

longimanus

41

195

marginalia

... S70

195

Mulleri

42

195

nasutus

42

272

planiceps

;o

712

Ramsayi

42

196

splendens

... S71

276

tade

40

536

Mulloides armatus ...

... 458

536

Mursenichthys macropterua

59

19

Murexmonodon

... 793

250

Stainforthi ...

... 793

6

Myliobatidae

... 117

6

Myodora antipodum

... 516

704

Boltoni

... 517

1,047

brevis

... 515

Page |

Pa.-e

Myodora crassa

... 516

Octorhopalon fertilis

910, 91!)

neozelanica

... 516 1

Ocystola acrobapb.es

... 1,374

pandoriformis

... 515

acroxantha

... 1,066

rotundata

... 515

agela>a

... 1.070

striata

... 514

anthera

... 1,066

subrostrata

... 516

callista

... 1,067

Myriothelidae

... 349

chionea

... 1,676

Myron Richardsonii

..." 555

coniata

... 1,069

Mysia globularis

... 525

crystallina

... 1,077

neozelanica . .

... 525

.diclethra . . .

... 1,079

striata

... 525

enoplia

... 1,069

Mytilidse

... 529

euanthes . . .

... 1,072

Mytilus ater

... 530

glacialis ...

... 1,077

chorus

... 529

gnomica . . .

... 1,062

latus

... 529

hemicalypta

... 1,061

magellanicus

... 529

hemisema...

... 1,063

Nannoperca obscura

10

homoleuca

... 1,076

riverinae

10

illuta

... 1,074

Nardoa Gilberti

... 552

isarithma...

... 1,065

Narkamedusidae

... 618

lithophanes

... 1,075

Naseus strigatus

... 539

macella

... 1,064

Nassa bicallosa

... 794

mesoxantha

... 1,073

liquijarensis . . .

... 9SS

milichia . . .

... 1,071

unicoralata ...

... 793

monostropha

... 1,075

Natica australis

... 934

neurota

.. 1,082

globosa

... 796

niphodesma

... 1,080

Gruneriana . . .

... 797

oxytora

... 1,064

Jukesi

... 797

paulinella . . .

... 1,078

neozelanica ...

934

placoxantha

... 1,072

solida

... 797

protosticha

... 1,071

vitrea

... 934

psamathina

... l,07o

Naticida; ...

... 934

pyramis ...

... 1,073

Nauphanta Challengeri

... 262

suppressella

... 1,079

Neaera Trailli

... 514

thalamepola

... 1.0S1

Nemopsis pavonia ...

591

thiasotis . . .

... 1,062

Neoniphon hasta

... 537

thymodes

... 1,061

Nerita saturata

... 354

trilicella ...

... 1,081

Neritidse ...

... 354

tyranna ...

... 1,068

Nessiara diplomata...

... 706

Odontopteris macrophylla

.. 250

Neuropteris australis

... 250

Odostomia lactea

... 935

Nicandra physaloides

... 201

(Esophoridae

721 1,045

Nicotiana glauca

... 201

CEnothei*a biennis ...

... 196

Notodanidaj

... 112

tetraptera

... 196

Novacula jacksoniensis

46

Oides limbata

... 710

Nucula lacunosa

... 528

Olaja eui'opsea

... 200

nitidula

... 528

Olenocamptus bilobus

... 70S

Strangei

... 52S

Oligorus goliath

12

N ymphon sequidigitatu m

... 1,022

macijiuiriensis

12

validum...

... 1,144

Olisthei'ops Brownii

... 443

Nymphopsis armatus

... 1,025

Oliva caldania

... 79+

Obelia australis ... 604,

910, 920

ispidula

... 989

geniculata ...

... 603

lepida

... 989

Obeliscus roseus

... 935

neostina

... 9S9

Xll.

Page

Oliva sidelia

. 919

Patinella denticulata

Onagreae ...

. 196

Earlii

Onar nebulosum

. 875

flava

Onopordon acanthium

197

illuminata

Onustidaa ...

943

inconspicua

Ophioactis resiliens...

499

olivacea ...

Ophiarthrum elegans

. 500

pholidota

Ophiocoma erinaceus

. 500

radians . . .

scolopendima

. 500

redimiculum

Ophioflocus Lmbricatus

. 499

Reevei

Ophioglypha multispira

. 499

stellifera ...

Ophiomastix annulosa

. 500

strigilis . . .

Ophionereis Schayeri

500

Pecten asperimus ...

Ophiothrix ccespitora

. 500

oonvexus

fumaria

. 500

laticostatus ...

longipeda

. 500

neozelaiiica ...

Opuntia ficus-iiulica

. 195

radiatus

tuna

195

Pectinidae ...

vulgaris

. 195

Pectinura gorgonia . . .

Orcula perspicillum...

. 506

marmorata

Orophia cinetica

. 738

stellata . . .

Ostrea Angasi

. 533

Peetunculus laticostatus

edulis

. 533

striatularis

glomerata

. 533

Pelagia discoidea . . .

reniformis

. 533

panopyra

Ostreidss ...

. 533

papillata

Oxalis cernua

. 193

Pelagidse

Pachydissus ternatensis

. 70S

Pelamis bicolar

Pachymetopon squamosum .

16

Pelargonium graveolens

Palephyra antiqua ...

. 261

Pelor barbatus

Pallene pachycheira

. 1,030

Peltophora argutella

Pandrea minima ... 9

09, 916

atricollis

Panopsea, neozelaiiica

. 513

basioplaga

Papaveracaa

. 192

caiphalea

Paphia spissa

. 519

cataxera

ventricosa ..

519

ceratina

Paphiidse ...

. 519

conjunctella

Paramenia dentifera

. 1,004

coniortia

Paratanais ignotus ...

. 1,042

crypsileuca

linearis ...

. 1,008

fulvia ...

Paranthura australis

. 1,012

glaphyropla

crassicornia

. 1,011

gloriosella

diemensis

. 1,011

helias ...

Miersii ...

. 1,012

incomposita

Parmophorus intermedins .

. 371

marionella

unguis

. 371

ni})hias...

Pascoea [dse

. 709

orthogramma

Passiflora cserulea ...

1H7

privatella

Passifloreae

197

proximella

Pastinacia sativa

. 197

psilopla

Pasythea hexodon ...

.. 419

theorica

quadridentata

419

thermachroa

PatellidsB

.. 374

Pemilcpterus indicus

Pa;;e 1

Paae

Pempheria Mulleri

21

Plantago

major

200

multiradiatus

21

Plantaginese

200

Pennaria adainsia ...

... 595

Platurus

Fischeri ...

564

australis ...

... 593

scutatua ..

564

rosea

... 594

Platycephalus longispinis

170

Pentagonaster australis

... 49S

Mortoni

31

Pentrandra Balei

... 490

Mulleri

31

pai'vula ...

..." 489

semermis

31

Percis concinna

... 546

speculator

30

Coxii

2S

Platyeha-rops Mulleri

46

stricticeps

... 545

Platyglossua amabilia

SS5

Pericolpa quadrigata

... 166

equinus

SS5

Pericolpidse

... 166

punctatus

885

Pericrypta campana

... 167

Plectropoma dentex

6

galea

... 167

Pleurota

argoptera ...

75S

Periphema regina ...

... 169

brevivettella

75-2

Periphylla mirabilis

... 16S

callizona

753

Peronii . . .

... 168

clochyta

757

Periphyllidaa

... 16S

crassinervis

752

Perna australica

... 802

endesma

755

Petricolidse

.. 524

gypsina

756

Petrodymon cueullatum

... 559

peloxantha

753

Petroscii'tes lineatus

... 698

protogramma

751

Wilaoni

... 171

psammoxantha

755

Phalaris canariensis

... 204

pyroseina

751

Pharmatidse

... 710

psephena

751

Philonympha aparthena

... 722

stasiastica

757

pura ...

. 722

tephrina

750

Philougria marina ... 464, 1,042

tbemeropis

74!)

Pholadidse

... 512

zalocoma

749

Pholadidea tridens...

... 512

Pleuron

sctes moretoniensis ..

50

Phoxichilus charybdaeus

... 1,033

Pleurotomariidae

. 36S

Phoxicbilidium tubiferum

... 1,032

Plumularia aglaophenioides ..

473

Phryganeutis cinerea

... 742

australis

. 47.1

1 'hyllacanthns imperialis

... 501

Buskii ...

. 473

tenuispinus

... 501

companula

. 473

Phyllograptidse

... 471

compressa

. 475

Phyllograptus folium

... 471

cornuta

. 474

Phyllophora speciosa

... 712

delicatula

. 474

Phyllorhiza punctata

296, 427

efl'usa ...

. 473

Physiculua palmatus

48

filamentosa

. 475

Phytolacca octandra

... 195

filicaulis

474

Phytolaccese

... 195

Goldateini

. 474

Picris hieracioidea ...

... 199

gracilis...

. 476

Pilema capense

... 290

hyalina...

. 475

Pilemidse

... 2SS

laxa

. 476

Pinna neozelanica ...

8

obconica

. 473

Pithomictus irroratus

... 707

obliqua

. 474

Placuanomia ione ...

... 532

producta

. 474

neozelanica

... 532

pulchella

. 475

Plagusia guttata

51

radia

. 473

notata

51

Ramsayi

. 473

Plantago lanceolata...

... 200

1

rubra

. 476

Plumularia scabra ...

setaceoides
spinulosa
sulcata
tripartita
torresia
Plumularidae
l'o;i annua ...
glauca
pratensis
Podocerus longimanus
Podozamites sp.
Polejna uter

Polycarpon tetraphylluni
Polygonacese
Polygonum aviculare
orientale
Polynemus Sheridani
specularis
tetradactylus
Polyrhiza homopneusis

orithyia
Poinaceutrus apicalis

cyanospilus
fasciatus
frenatus
profundus
prosopotamia
subniger
tseniurus
trilineatus
Pomotostegus Bowerbanki

elaphus
Porichthys Queenslandise
Portulacca oleracea
Priacanthus junonis
Primulaceae
Pristidae ...
Pristiophoridse
Pristiophorus cirratus
Probolium Miersii
Procharybdis cuboides
rlagellata
securigera
tetraptera
Procyanea protosema
Protella australis ... 9!

echinata
Haswelliana
Proto condylata
Protomacha cara

chalcaspis
consuetella

Page

Tag-e

... 47(3

Psammobia lineolata

... 520

... 474

neozelanica

... 520

... 475

Stangeri

... 519

... 476

Pseudambassis convex us

... 394

... 477

nigripinnis

... 393

... 477

pallidus

... 393

... 472

Pseudechis australis

... 557

... 204

darwiniensis

557

... 204

porphyraceiis

... 558

... 204

scute] latus

... 558

... 1.044

Pseudojulis murrayanus

... S82

... 253

ziczac . . .

... 8S2

... 1,115

Pseudochromis Mulleri

28

... 194

Pseudolates cavifrons

4

... 195

Pseudonaja affinis...

... 557

... 195

Pseudophycis breviusculus

48"

... 195

Pseudorhombus Mulleri

49

•21

Russellii

49

21

Pseudoscarus flavipinnis

... 486

21

fuscus

... 887

... 287

strigipinnis

... 8S6

... 287

Pseudorhiza aurosa . . .

293, 526

... S74

Psilocranium Coxii ..

19

44

Psomeles plagiatus ..

... 706

45

Pteronema ambiguuni

... 592

... 874

Darwinii

... 592

... 873

Pythina Stowei

... 526

... 873

Kaeta perspicua

... 51S

.. 873

Raja australis

63

44

dentata

63

44

nitida

63

... 663

Rajida;

... 1)7

... 663

Kanella albivaricosa

... 93S

30

Argus

... 933

... 194

leucostonia

... 933

... 392

Ranunculaceae

... 191

... 200

Ranunculus muricatus

... 191

... 116

Raphanus raplianistrum

... 192

... 115

Rhetiolites australis

... 472

98, 6S0

R.hegmatodes thalassina

... 611

... 1,043

Rhinelaps fasciolatus

... 559

... 244

Rhinidse ...

... 115

... 243

Rhinobatidse

... HO

... 244

Rhinoscapha Maclayi

... 704

... 242

Rhopilema rhopalophora

... 291

... 271

Rhynchophorus velutinus

... 70ti

)7, 1,042

Rhyparida atrata ...

... 709

... 998

Ricinus communis ...

... 193

... 998

Rissoa flammulata ...

... 941

... 993

impolita

... 941

... 740

limbata

... 941

... 740

nana

... 941

... 739

purpurea

... 940

Pa.'e

Pasre

Rissoa rosea

.. 941

Scatophagus quadranus

455

rugulosa

.. 940

Scifena Mulleri

24

Rissoidae

. . 940

Scissurella Mantelli...

.. 36S

Rissoina annulata ...

.. 940

Sciurella indivisa

.. 479

olivacea

.. 940

Scomber janesaba . . .

27

Kobinia pseudacacia

.. 196

kanagurta...

27

Rosa rubiginosa

.. 196

tapeiocephalus

27

Rosacea?

L96

Scolopsis affinis

13

Rotella neozelanica...

.. 357

pleba-ius . . .

. . 400

Rotellida? ...

.. 357

specularis

14

Rubiacese ...

.. 200

Scrophulariueai

.. 202

Rumex acetocella ...

.. 195

Scyllidae

.. 115

conglomeratus

.. 195

Seylliolamnidse

114

crispus

.. 195

Selache maxima

62

Sabella punctulata ...

.. 671

Senebiera didyma . . .

.. 192

velata

.. 671

Senecio scandens ...

.. 199

Salarias belemnites ..

.. 695

vulgaris

.. 199

calvus

.. 697

Serpula Jukesii

669

decipiens ...

.. 694

vasif era

.. 668

furcatus

.. 696

Serranus armatus ...

6

furvus

.. 696

estuarius ...

6

H tdena?

.. 697

mars

. . 390

Mullen ...

.. • 36

mysticalis

.. 3^0

pauper

695

polypodophilus

4

punctillatus

37

subfasciatus

.. 3S9

sublineatus

.. 695

Sertularella divaricata

.. 418

viperidens

.. 697

Johnstoni '

US, 534

Salmacina australis

.. 669

hevis . . .

417

Salmacis Alexandri

.. 501

macrotheca

.. 417

bicolor

.. 502

microgona

.. 416

Dussumieri

.. 502

neglecta

.. 418

sulcata

.. 502

polyzonias

.. 417

Salsnlacese

.. 195

pygmsea

.. 417

Salvia verbenacea ...

.. 202

ramosa...

.. 418

Saropla cadatella

.. 745

simplex

. . 534

cleronoma ...

.. 746

solidula

.. 417

hyperocha ...

.. 744

Sertularia aianthostoma

.. 410

melanoneura

.. 744

arbuscula

.. 412

philocala ...

746

australis

.. 40S

Sarsia minima

5S4, 909

barbata ...

.. 413

radiata

583, 640

bicornis ...

.. 410

Saurida ferox

55

bidens . . .

.. 408

Saxicava australis ... ,

513, 799

bispinosa

.. 407

Scabiosa atropurpurea

.. 197

conf erta . . .

.. 412

Scalaria acuminata ...

.. 797

creuata . . .

.. 411

Jukesiana ...

. . 943

distans ...

414

philippinarum

.. 797

divergens

.. 410

tenella

.. 943

elongata

.. 409

zelebori

.. 943

f ertilis . . .

.. 406

Scalaridse

.. 943

flexilis ...

.. 409

Scarabaeidse

.. 701

geminata

.. 409

Scapanes politus

702

grossedentata

412

Scatophagus aitate-varians

.. 456

insignis ...

.. 410

XVI.

Pagi

Page

Sertularia irregularis

406 '

Solenella australis ...

529

loculosa

tl2

Solenognathus fasciatus

61

Iycopodium

534

Solidula suturalis ...

798

macrocarpa

410

Soliva anthemifolia...

199

Maplestoni

408

Sonchus oleraceua ...

199

millefolium

534

Sparaxis tricolor

203

minima ...

411

Sphergula arvensis ...

194

rninuta ...

411

Sphaerecbinus australis

502

obliqua ...

413

Sphenopteris crebra

250

operculata

407

glossophylla ...

•250

orthogonia

411

Sphyraena strenua

39

patula

411

Spiralia crispa

536

penna

4IKI

dentata

536

pulchella

40S

Spirographis australiensis ...

673

recta

410

Spondylus castus

803

rigida

414

Lamarckii

SI 13

scandena

414

ocellatus

803

simplex ... 909, 913

915

Wrightianus

803

tenuis

410

Staehys arvensis

202

tridentata 409

414

Stauraglaura tetragonima

617

trigonostoma

410

Steganiporella sp. ...

535

trispinosa

408

Stellaria media

194

tuba

411

Stellaster Incei

49S

tumiformis

412

Stenetrium armatum

1,009

turbinata ...

413

Stenoptycha Goetbana

272

typica ...

413

rosea...

'272

unguiculata

409

Stenotapbriun ainericanum ...

203

Sertularinaa

405

Steroderma validum

507

Sherardia arvensis ...

200

Sticbopus sp

507

Sida rhombifolia

193

Stomatellidae

368

Siegesbeckia orientalis

198

Stomolopbus fritillaria

292

Silene gallica

194

Stromotoporidae

613

Siliquaria australis ...

942

Strombus canarium...

9S9

Sillago sihama

28

Strongylocentrotus erythro-

Siphognatbus argyrophanes ...

47

grammus

502

Sisymbrium officinale

192

tuberculatus

502

inchium Bermudianum ...

203

Struthiolaria papulosa

937

micranthum

203

\ crnis

938

Sium angustifolium...

197

Stylaster gemmascens

615

latifolium

197

gracilis

615

Solanaceae...

201

sanguineus

615

Solanum auriculatum

20J

Stylasteridae

614

pseudocapsicum

20]

>> ca adra alcyoncellum

1,096

Sodomaeum

20J

arborea

1,095

Solariidae ...

943

coronata ...

1,092

Solarium luteum

943

inconspicua

1,093

Solea rluviatilis

50

Uanisayi

1,097

lineata

51

i aphanus ...

1,093

poroptera

51

Sycetta primitiva ...

1,191

uncinata

50

Syconidie

1,091

SoL mya Parkinsoni

526

Sycortusa laevigata ...

1,102

Solemyidse...

526

Sylleibidas...

1,110

v« 1' n bimorensis

798

synagris upeneoides

14

P«H?e

Pace

Synapis arvensia

... 192

Therapon fnliginosus

13

Synaptura oinerea ...

51

Macleayanus

12

fasciata ..

51

niger

12

Fitzroiensis

51

parviceps...

13

Selheimi...

51

spinosior ...

397

Syngnathus cai'etta

60

Thinnfeldia media ...

250

superciliaria

60

odontopteroides 250,

252

Synthccium elegans

909, 913

Thuiaria cartilaginea

534

Taeniura Mortoni

..." 64

fenestrata ...

420

Tagetus glandulifera

... 19S

lata

420

Tamoya bursaria?

... 246

quadridens 420, 909,

915

gargantua ...

... 247

Thy one buccalis

506

haplonema...

... 244

Thynnus thynnus ...

27

Tanais tenuicornis ...

... 1,006

Thysanostoma melitea

303

Tapes intermedia ...

... 524

thysanura... 303,

428

Taraxieum dens-leonia

... 200

Tiara papua

5S7

Teichonella labyrinthica

... 1,142

Tiaridae

5S6

prolifera

... 1,141

Tiaropsis Macleayi ...

605

Teichonidse

... 1,140

Tibiana ramosa

598

Tellina alba

... 520

Tmesisternus trivittatus

709

conspicua ...

... 991

Tolpis barbata

198

disculus

... 521

Toreuma Gegenbauri

284

foliacea

... 991

thamnostoma

283

glabrella . . .

... 520

theophila ... 283,

426

McAndrewi

... 991

Toreumidaa ... 282,

425

pinguis

... 991

Tornatella flammea

728

radiata

... 521

Torresia lineata

881

scalpellum

... 991

Torpenidaa

116

spectabilis

... 992

Toxoelytus roseus ...

28S

subovata ...

... 521

Trachichthys Macleayi

20

ticaonica . . .

521

Trachomedusidre

616

TellinadiE

... 519

Traehypterus altivelis

43

Teracia vitrea

... 514

Tragopogon porrifolius

200

Terebra duplicata ...

... 795

Trebrachyoerinus corrugatus 1,158

straminea ...

... 9S9

Trichocopis inornata

936

strigilata . . .

... 795

Trichonema bulbicodium

203

undulata . . .

... 796

TrichotropicLe

936

Teredidae

... 512

Trifolium pratense...

196

Teredo antarctica . . .

... 512

repens

196

Tessera princeps

... 164

Triphorus Angasii ...

936

Tesseridse ...

... 164

gemmulatus

937

Tesserantha connectens

... 165

Triton nodiferus

932

Tetraroge bellona ...

... 460

olearium

932

Hamiltoni

.. 460

Spengleri

933

Tetrodon reticularis

61

tritonis

932

Teuthis flava

... 462

Tritonidse

932

f useescens . . .

20

Trivia australis

935

gibbosus

... 461

europsea

935

sutor

20

Trochidie

357

teuthopsis . . .

... 462

Trochocopus sanguinolentus . . .

46

Thalassophryne coeca

... 546

Trochus chathamensis

359

Thalerotricba mylicella

... 741

tiara tus

358

Thaumantidse

... 599

viridis

358

Therapon acutirostris

... 39S

Tropidechis carinata

564

82

.rage

Pa«e

Tropidonotus angusticeps

.. 553

Venus costata

... 522

picturatus

.. 553

crebra

... 522

Trygon pastinaca ...

.. 100

imbricata

... 992

sephen

64

lamellaris

... 799

Trygonidaa

.. 117

mesodesma ...

... 523

Trygonorhina fasciata

. 107

oblonga

... 521

Tubularia gracilis . . .

.. 597

Stutchburyi

... 522

pygmoea ...

.. 597

tiara

... 799

Ralphi

.. 597

Yatei

... 522

spongicola

.. 597

Verbascum blattaria

... 201

Tubularidae

.. 592

Verbena bonariensis

... 202

TurbidfB

.. 354

venosa

... 202

Turbo granosus

.. 355

Verbenaceaa

... 202

Shandi

.. 355

Vermetidse

... 942

smaragdus ...

.. 355

Vermetus lamellosus

... 942

trice-status

.. 355

neozelanicus

... 942

Turbonilla neozelanica

.. 934

reseus

... 942

Turbonillidas

.. 934

Vermicella annulata

... 560

Turritella carlottas ...

.. 939

Bertholdi

... 560

fulminata

.. 939

lunulata

... 560

pagoda . .

.. 939

Vermilia caespitosa

... 665

rosea

.. 939

rosea

... 667

tricincta...

.. 939

strigiceps . . .

665

vittata . . .

.. 939

Versura palmata

... 295

Turritellidre

.. 939

pinnata

... 295

Turritopsis lata

.. 58S

vesicata

296

pleurostoma

.. 588

Versuridaa

293, 427

Typhlopidsa

.. 550

Vicia hirsuta

... 196

Typhlops australis ...

.. 550

sativa

... 196

bicolor . . .

.. 550

Vinca rosea

... 201

bituberculatus

.. 550

Viperidse

... 564

Guntheri . . .

.. 550

Vosmteria gracilis ...

... 1,111

nigrescens

.. 551

Haeckeliana

... 1,114

unguirostris

.. 551

imperfecta

... 1,113

Wiedii ..

.. 551

Walchia Milneana ..

... 250

Ulex europaeus

.. 196

piniformis .

... 253

Ulmaridae

.. 278

Wcdelia hispida

... 199

Ulmaris prototypus

.. 278

Wyvillea longimanus

... 1,044

Umbellif erse

.. 197

Xanthium spinosum

.. 198

Umbrina Mulleri ...

23

Xenophora conchyliophora

... 943

Ungulinidee

.. 525

Zamenoplris australis

... 553

Upeneoides rubriniger

.. 45S

Zenatia acinaces

... 518

Urolophus bucculentus

.. 172

Zephyranthus atamasco

... 203

sp.

.. 103

Zizyphinus decarinatus

... 359

Urtica dioica

.. 193

granatum

.. 360

urens

.. 193

punctulatus

... 360

Urticacese

.. 193

selectus

... 359

Ute argentea

.. 1,100

spectabilis

... 360

Uvanilla rimbriata . . .

.. 797

Zonephyra connectens

... 261

Vanganella Taylori

.. 51S

Zygocanna costata ...

608

Veneridae

... 521

pleuronota

... 6()9

Venorupis elegans ...

... 524

Zygocannoia purpurea

... 609

reflexa ...

... 524

Zygocannula diploconus

... 610

Venus calophylla ...

992

undulosa

... 610

F. CUHMINBHAMB & Co.. STl

;am Maciii

vii Printers. 140 Pitt Street, Syj

JNEY.

Macrofus gracilis. MacUy

I 6-7

P.L.S. Vol 9.

Pl 40.

■

FelA, del.

P.LS. Vol. 9.

Pl4I

I

feld del.

S.Sedy field lilh

:«9Se3»

P. L.S. Vol 9

Pl 43.

|

t9

20.

'

■:?.

v-. Zendenfeld del.

S. SedqfieU.

P-L.S. VoL.9. pL u

■■■::,.,

\

■

*****

\

v-.Lemlenfeld del.

S Sedo field, lilh

P.L.S. Vol. 9.

Pl 45.

Mi ^ •■

#

%

v. Lendenfeld. del.

S. Sedqfield iitk.

P.L.S. Vol. 9.

Pl 46

C Chilton del.

P.L.S. Vol 9.

Pl47

C. Chilton del

P.L.S. Vol. 9.

Pl.48.

W.A.H. del.

S. Sedgfield lith.

P.LS. Vol. 9

Pl49

\

W.A H. del.

S ScJfFuU Ltk.

P.L.S. Vol. 9.

Pl. 50

i- — ^^P^1^

W.A.H. del.

S. Sedq field lith-

P.L.S. Vol. 9.

Pl 51.

W.A.H. del.

S. Sedgfield litk.

P.L.S. Vol. 9.

Pl. 52.

W.A.R. del

S. Se da field lith-

P.L.S. Vol. 9.

Pl.53.

WA.H. del

S. SedgHeld htfi.

P.L.S Vol 9.

Pl. 54.

W A H del.

SSedafleld lith.

P.L.S. Vol 9

Pl. 55

W.A.H. del.

3. Sea ,

PL 5 Vol. 9.

Pl 56.

W A H. del

S ■ Se do field lith.

PL.S Vol .9.

Pl 57.

WA.ff. del.

S Sedn''

Section of the Shortland Id

^iiiii^^

£
%

am island of _Alu

A hflli c/' VoLC€UUC Fvrmatirrt

j'B Inland ridgqs representing ancient bamrr-reets . The

(C coral -h.mr.y(<nc ' is hen shewn overlying the sett pberopod
deposit .

!D Present tines or-' 'barrier- reefs m th interior lagoon channels

E 0i£ i'lnerhtie O has Veen, jtpheaved about a hundred? -feci ul'.v.
tiic . Tea . the eater Izne E about fot-tv feet, and hctJi €ve composed
ofetiYtlltme.'rtenc The depth of ' the inner laacrn elianrtel is
abcubfa-efathtmis, entire- outer channel about twelve fathemis

Profile of the Barrier-Reef of Choiseul Bay

The Barrier -Reef of CnorsEUL Bay

11111111111

■■"■■

Mi

Seaward slope of the Barrier- Reef of Choiseul Bay
(cb-arrn on, Ac true, jade to the- hundred fathom line- 1250 yards fivnv edge- ofreefflabj

P LS Vol. 9.

Pi .59.

35

P L S Vol 9

Pl 60.

,

\> Vr*»

!■■■-

.

P.L.S. Vol 9

Pl 61

Ltrultn'

1<^\

o

-o-£7

V\\

19

P.L S. Voi 9

Pl 64.

P.L.S. Vol 9

Pl.66

I

IK

I'A

ti.

P.L.S. Vol 9

Pl 67

P.L.S. Vol. 9

Pl 68.

S. Sedy field htk.

P.L.S. Vol 9.

Pl 69

T. JtattS. del.

P.L.S. Vol. 9.

Pl 70

\ i

i /

?-?■■■

..^r-

•'.'.US DOHIAHUS. Ramsay
rig' :

-'IS LUCTUOSA. D'MSerl.

03PHRAWTER RUPUS Set
■

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

LINNEAN SOCIETY

OF

NEW SOUTH WALES,

VOL. IX.
FART THE FIRST.

Containing the Papers read at the Meetings held in
January and February, 1884.

"W

ITH T^WO PLATES.

MAY %3, 1884.

S

S<

*$»!*

SYDNEY :
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOE THE SOCIETY

BY

F. CUNNINGHAME & CO., 146 PITT STREET,

AND

SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.
LPrice, 8/-]

%:

CONTENTS OF VOL. IX.. PART 1.

Supplement to the Descriptive Catalogue of the Fishes of Australia.

By William Macleay, F.L.S., &c 2

OnsomeBatrachians from Queensland. (>y Charles W. Dk Vis, M.A. 65

Occasional Notes on Plants Indigenous in the immediate neighbour-
hood of Sydney. No. G. By E. Hayiland G7

Studies of the Elasmobranch Skeleton (Plates 1 and 2). By. William
A. Easwell, M.A., B.Sc

A Monograph of the Australian Sponges. By R. von Lendenfeld,
Ph.D. Parti

The Scyphomedusse of the Southern Hemisphere. Part I. By R.

von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

Notices of new Fishes. By William Macleay, F.L.S., &c.

On the Improvements effected by the Australian Climate, Soil, and
Culture on the Merino Sheep. By P. N. TreBKCK, Esq.

71

121

155
170

173

Notes and Exhibits

111), 178

THE

PROCEEDINGS

LINNEAN SOCIETY

OF

NEW SOUTH WALES,

VOL. IX.
PART THE SECOND.

Containing the Papers read at the Meetings held in
March, April and May, 1884.

"WITIEI ZEIG-ZHTT I3 ID .A. T IE S -

AUGUST 19, 1881

SYDNEY :
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY

BY

F. CUNNINGHAME & CO., 146 PITT STREET,
SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.

[Price, 12/-]

H

9@-

CONTENTS OF VOL. IX.. PART t

PAGE

Plants which have become Naturalized in New South Wales. By

W. Woolls, Ph.D., F.L.S 185

The Australian Hydromedusae. By B. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D. ... 206
The Scyphomedusae of the Southern Hemisphere. Part II. By E.

von Lendenfeld, Ph.D 242

On some Fossil Plants from Dubbo, N.S.W. Plate IX. By the Eev.

J. Milne Curran, F.G.S 250

On the Preservation of Tender Marine Animals. By E. von Lenden-

feld, Ph.D ... 256

On the Scyphomedusae of the Southern Hemisphere. Part III., Plates

III. and IV. By E. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D 259

Note on the Developement of the Vermrhlce. Plate V. By E. von

Lendenff.ld, Ph.D 307

Monograph of the Australian Sponges. Part II. By E. von Lenden-

feld, Ph.D 310

The Australian Hydromedusae, Part II. , Plate VI. By E. von

Lendenfeld, Ph.D 345

Eevision of the Eecent Ehipidoglossate and Docoglossate Mollusca of

New Zealand. By Professor F. W. Hdtton, F.G.S 354

Notes on Hybridism in the Genus Brachychiton. By Baron F. von

Mueller, K.C.M.G., F.E.S., &c 379

Notes on the Claspers of Heptanchus. Plate X. By W. A. Haswell,

M.A., B.Sc 381

New Australian Fishes in the Queensland Museum. By Charles W.

DeVis, M.A 389

The Australian Hydromedusae. Part III., Plates VII. and VIII. By

E. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D 401

The Geographical Distribution of the Australian Scyphomedusae. By

E. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D 421

The Digestion of Sponges Ectoderm or Entoderm ? By E. von

Lkndenfeld, Ph.D 434

The Eruption in the Straits Settlements and the Evening Glow. By

E. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D 439

Notes and Exhibits 254, 382, 442

ry^-

THE

A

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

L1NNEAN SOCIETY

OF

NEW SOUTH WALES,

VOL. I2£-

PA RT TEE THIRD-

Containing the Papers read at the Meetings held in
June, July and August, 188-4.

WITH

TWIElsTTY-IEia-IHIT PLATES-

SUV EMBER A 1884.

SYDNEY :
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY

BY

F. CUNNINGHAME & CO., 146 PITT STREET,

AND

SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.
*\> [Price, 25/-]

<xr —

CONTENTS OF VOL. IX., PART 3.

PAGE

Occasional Notes on Plants indigenous in the immediate neighbour-
hood of Sydm-y. Xo. 7- By E. Haviland 449

New Australian Fishe< in the Queensland Museum. No. 2. By

Chas. W. De Vis, M.A 453

On a Marine Species of Philougria. Plate XI. By Charles

Chilton, M.A. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 403

The Australian Hydromedusae. Tart IV , Plates XII. to XVII. By

R \iin Lenhkni'elh, PhD 467

On the occurrence of Flesh-spicules in Sponges. By R. von Lenden-

FELD, Ph.!) 493

Note on the Slimy Coatings of certain Boltenias in Port Jackson. By

R. VON Lendenfeld, Ph.D 495

Report on a collection of Echinodermata, from Australia. By P.

Jeffrey Bell, M.A., &c 496

Revision of the recent Lamellebranchiata of New Zealand. By

Captain F. YV. HuTTON, F.G.S., &c. 512

A Record of Localities of some New South Wales Zoophytes. By

Baron Sir F. von Muller, M D., F.R.S., &c 534

New Fishes in the Queensland Museum. No. 3. By Charles W.

De Vis, M.A ... 537

Census of Australian Snakes, with description of two New Species.

By William Macleay, F.L.S 548

On a New Species of Kangaroo from New Guinea. By N. de

Mikloi iio-Maclay. Plate XIX 569

On some peculiarities in the Brain of the Australian Aboriginal.

Plate XVIII. By N. de Miklouho-Maolay 57S

The Australian Hydromedusae. Part V., Plates XX. to XXIX. By

R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D. ... ... ... ... 581

Muscular Tissues in Hydroid Polyps. Plate XXX. By R von

Lendenfeld, Ph.D. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 635

Notes on the Fibres of certain Australian Hireinida?. By R. von

Lendenfeld, Ph.D 641

On the Myrtaceae of Australia. By the Rev. W. Woolls. Ph.D.,

F.L.S.', &c • ... 643

The Marine Annelides of the order Serpulea. Some observations on

their Anatomy, with the characteristics of the Australian Species.

Plates XXXI. to XXXV By William A. Haswell. M.A., B.Se. 649
On a new Crustacean found inhabiting the tubes of Vermilia. Plates

XXXVI. and XXXVII. By William A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc. 676
Note on the Young of Pristiophorua cirratus. By William a..

Haswell. M.A., B.Sc. . 680

New Fishes in the Queensland Museum. No 4. By CHARLES W.

De Vis, M.A 685

Note on the Eyes of Deep Sea Pishes. By R. vox Lendenfeld, Ph.D. 699
The Insects of the Maclay-Coast, New Guinea. By William

Macleay, FL.S., &c 700

On a Subgenus of Paramelidse (Brachymelis), from New Guinea.

\ XXVIII. By N. de Miklouho-Maclay ... ... ... 713

of Australian Microlepidoptera. Part XL By E.

MEYEiCK, B.A 721

Critical list of Mollusca from the North-west coast of Australia. By

John Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c. 793

Synonymy of some Land Shells from New Guinea. By John

Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c 804

The time of the Glacial Period in New Zealand. By R. von Len-
denfeld, Ph.D , ••• S06

Catalogue of Papers and Works relating to the Orders Marsnpialia

Monotremata. By J. J. Fletcher, M.A., B.Sc. .. ... 809

On two new Birds from the Austro-Malayan Region. By E. P.

Ramsay, F.R.S.E., P.L.S., &c 863

Notes and Exhibits 507, 681, 864

t^chr!

THE

PEOCEEDINGS

OF THE

LINNEAN SOCIETY

OF

NEW SOUTH WALES,

YOL. IX.
FART THE FOU R T 11.

Containing the Papers read at the Meetings

held in

September, October, November and December, 1884.

WITH TZHZIZRTY-TIHIIEaiEIE PLATES.

MARCH JL 1885.

it

SYDNEY :
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY

BY

F. CUNNINGHAME & CO., 14G PITT STREET

AND

SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.
[Price, 25/-]

CONTENTS OF VOL. II., PART 4.

New Fishes in Queensland Museum, No. 5. By CHARLES W. De

Vis, M.A 869

Notes on the Temperature of the Sea on the East Coast of Australia.

By N. de Miklouho-Maclay .. ... 887

On two new species of Macropus, from New Guinea (with Plate).

By N. de Miklouho-Maclay 890

The Homoccela of Australia ami the new family Homodermidce. By

K. yon Lbndenfeld, Ph.D. S9(i

Addenda to the Australian Hydromedusa (with Plates). By R. vox

Lexdexfeld, Ph.D. ... 90S

Local colour-varieties of Scyphomedusce. By R. von' Lexdexfeld,

Ph.D 925

The Metamorphosis of Bolina Chuni (with I Plate). By R. vox

Lbndenfeld, Ph.D 929

Revision of the Marine Taenioglossate and Ptcnoglossate Mollusca of

New Zealand. By Captain Hctton, P.O. 8., ice. ... 932

Suggestions as to the formation of Barrier Reefs in the Solomon

Islands. By H. B. Guppy, Surgeon, P. N., with Plate 949

Record of an uudescribed Correct, of New South Wales. By Baron

Sir Ferd. von Mueller, K.O.M.G., F.R.S., &c 960

On traces of Volcanic Action on the north-cast of New Guinea. By

N. de Miklouho-Maclay 963

Notes on a Beroid of Port Jackson. By R. vox Lexdexfeld. Ph.D. 968
The Histology and Nervous System of Calcareous Sponges. By R.

vox Lexdexfeld, Ph. D 977

Addenda to the Australian Hydromedusce, No. 2. By R. vox

Lexdexfeld, Ph.D 984

Note on the Plight of Insects. By R. von Lexdexfeld, Ph.D. ... 986
List of recent Shells found in clay on the Maclay Coast, New

Guinea. By John Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c 9S8

Revision of the Australian Lsemodipoda (with 2 Plates). By

William A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc. 993

Revision of the Australian Isopoda (with 4 Plates ). By William A.

H\s\vell, M.A.,B.Sc 1001

On a New Instance of Symbiosis. ByWiLLJAM A. Harwell, M.A. ,

B.Sc 1019

On the Pycnogonida of the Australian Coast (with 4 Plates). By

William A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc. 1021

Notes on Australian Edriophthalmata (with 2 Plates). By Charles

Chilton, M.A 10:55

Descriptions of Australian Micro-Lepidoptera, No. XII. By E.

Meyrick,B.A 1045

A Monograph of the Australian Sponges, Part 3 (with 9 Plates.) By

R. vox Lendenfeld, Ph.D 10S3

Notes on the Direction of the Hair in some Kangaroos (with 1 Plate.)

By N. de Miklouho-Maclay 1151

On Tribrachyocrinvs corrugatus from the Sandstone of New South

Wales (with 1 Plate.) By P. Ratte, Eng. Arts and Manuf. ... 1158
On the Larvae and Larva Cases of some Australian Aphrophoridse

(with 2 Plates.) By F. Ratte, Eng. Arts and Manuf 1164

Occasional Notes on Plants indigenous in the Immediate Neighbour-
hood of Sydney. By l£. Hayiland... ... ••• 1171

The Geology and Physical Geography of the State of Perak. By the

Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods, F.G.S., F.L.S. 1175

On the Temperature of the Body of Ornithorhynchus paradoxus. By

N. de Miklouho-Maclay .. 1204

Notes and Exhibits 944,1015,1169,1205

President's Address .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 120]

Offic< Bearers and Council for 1885 ... ... 1241

Title page, Contents, and Index for Vol. IX,

UH 1ACN T